En-yn.ynt.001.a
This document was uploaded by user and they confirmed that they have the permission to share it. If you are author or own the copyright of this book, please report to us by using this DMCA report form. Report DMCA
Overview
Download & View En-yn.ynt.001.a as PDF for free.
More details
- Words: 220,007
- Pages: 1,135
Loading documents preview...
User manual en-YN.YNT.001.A
POLCID® for administrators
Code Word Order number POLYSIUS Order Code (POC)
Table of contents
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
Table of contents 1 1.1 1.2 1.3 1.4 1.4.1 1.4.2 1.4.3
Foreword ................................................................................................... 1-1 Target group.............................................................................................. 1-1 Scope of documentation ........................................................................... 1-1 Purpose of this manual ............................................................................. 1-1 Overview of the software .......................................................................... 1-2 Purpose of the software ......................................................................... 1-2 Function of the software ......................................................................... 1-2 Software environment ............................................................................ 1-2
2 Concepts ................................................................................................... 2-1 2.1 Process overview ...................................................................................... 2-1 2.1.1 Overview of the blocks ........................................................................... 2-1 2.1.2 Blocks of the group 'General Drive Control' ........................................... 2-2 2.1.3 Control principles for drives .................................................................... 2-4 2.2 Terminology .............................................................................................. 2-5 2.2.1 Basic terms............................................................................................. 2-5 2.2.2 Structure of the block description ........................................................... 2-7 2.2.3 Text library "POLCID_Standard" .......................................................... 2-12 2.2.4 Explanation of symbols ........................................................................ 2-18 2.2.5 Name of the parameter bits, data bits and status bits.......................... 2-18 2.2.6 Names of the analogue variables......................................................... 2-22 2.2.7 Representation of the block symbol ..................................................... 2-23 2.2.8 Names of internal auxiliary flags .......................................................... 2-27 2.2.9 Profibus-DP diagnosis data.................................................................. 2-29 2.2.10 Cyclical signals from the SIMOCODE-DP/pro C/V motor controller .... 2-30 2.2.11 Noncyclical signals from the SIMOCODE-DP motor controller............ 2-31 2.2.12 Noncyclical signals from the SIMOCODE-DP/pro C/V motor controller2-34 2.2.13 Signals from the AUMATIC Actuator.................................................... 2-38 2.2.14 Signals from Hasler dosing devices ..................................................... 2-39 2.2.15 Signals from General Electric frequency converters ............................ 2-42 2.2.16 Signals from multifunctional measuring device Gossen Metrawatt A20002-44 2.2.17 Signals from Pfister rotary weighfeeders ............................................. 2-45 2.2.18 Signals from ABB frequency converters .............................................. 2-47 2.2.19 Signals from Siemens frequency converters........................................ 2-48 2.2.20 Signals from general frequency converters.......................................... 2-51 3 3.1 3.2 3.3 3.4 3.5 3.6 3.7
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks........................................................................................................ 3-1 Data exchange block DB_SYS: POLCID data exchange ......................... 3-1 ® Data exchange block LAB_IN: Input data from POLAB ........................ 3-13 ® Data exchange block LAB_OUT: Output data to POLAB ..................... 3-16 ® Data exchange block LAB_ANA: Analysis results of POLAB ............... 3-21 A2000_PA: Parameter data for the Multimess A2000 measuring device3-23 A2000_DA: Measured values from the Multimess A2000 measuring device3-37 SEND_DB_DOSn: Values from the Disocont slave blocks to the Disocont master block............................................................................................ 3-44
User manual
Table of contents ®
POLCID for administrators
3.8 3.9 3.10 3.11 3.12 3.13 3.14 3.15 3.16 3.17 3.18 3.19 3.20 3.21 3.22 3.23 3.24 3.25 3.26 3.27 3.28 3.29 3.30 3.31 3.32 3.33 3.34 3.35 3.36 3.37 3.38 3.39 3.40 3.41 3.42 3.43 3.44 3.45
RECEIVE_DB_DOSn: Values to the Disocont slave blocks from the Disocont master block............................................................................. 3-47 COMMAND_MASTER: Values from the Disocont master block to the Disocont master PC ................................................................................ 3-51 STATUS_MASTER: Values from the Disocont master PC to the Disocont master block............................................................................................ 3-53 SEND_DB_DOSn: Transmit buffer memory of all values transmitted to the Disocont master PC. ............................................................................... 3-55 RECEIVE_DB_SCHENK_PC: Receive buffer memory of all values transmitted from the Disocont master PC............................................... 3-58 SEND_DB_KME: Values from the Disocont master block to the Disocont master PC (MKME) ................................................................................. 3-62 RECEIVE_DB_KME: Values to the Disocont master block from the Disocont master PC (MKME).................................................................. 3-65 DIRIS_PA: Parameter data for measuring device DIRIS A40 ................ 3-70 DIRIS_DA: Measured values for measuring device DIRIS A40 ............. 3-88 DIRIS_CA: Calibration values for measuring device DIRIS A40 ............ 3-96 General block POLCID: General control of the drives .......................... 3-104 General block TIME_GEN: Time base generator ................................. 3-108 General block GLO_R_OB: Global-Reset generation .......................... 3-110 General block CYC_BEG: Start cycle time measurement.................... 3-112 General block CYC_END: Stop cycle time measurement .................... 3-113 General drive control UNID: setting drive ............................................. 3-115 General drive control REVD: Reversible drive...................................... 3-124 General drive control RVDL: reversible drive with limit switches.......... 3-134 General drive control VALV: Valve control ........................................... 3-143 General drive control CONT_DO: Actuator with digital outputs............ 3-152 General drive control CONT_AO: Actuator with analogue output ........ 3-161 General drive control GROC: Group control......................................... 3-169 General drive control SEQU: operating sequence................................ 3-183 General drive control SISV: Signal alarming ........................................ 3-194 General drive control SITR: Signal transfer .......................................... 3-201 AILIM analogue value processing: Analogue limit value monitoring .... 3-204 SETP analogue value processing: Analogue setpoint value ................ 3-210 OPER analogue value processing: Operating hour counter................. 3-213 NCOU analogue value processing: Counter......................................... 3-216 RCOU analogue value processing: Resettable reverse counter .......... 3-219 AIDPL analogue value processing: Analogue value display ................ 3-221 STASTP analogue value processing: Start/stop with analogue value.. 3-222 SIDDPL: Analogue value display .......................................................... 3-224 Interlock system logic CCOP: Conditioned bit copying......................... 3-225 Interlock system logic CCOW: Conditioned bit copying with indication 3-226 Interlock system logic CNT: Pulse counter ........................................... 3-228 Interlock system logic NSD: Non-storing delay..................................... 3-230 Interlock system logic S: Storing........................................................... 3-232
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Table of contents
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
3.46 3.47 3.48 3.49 3.50 3.51 3.52 3.53 3.54 3.55 3.56 3.57 3.58 3.59 3.60 3.61 3.62 3.63 3.64 3.65 3.66 3.67 3.68 3.69 3.70 3.71 3.72 3.73 3.74 3.75 3.76 3.77 3.78 3.79 3.80
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Interlock system logic SD: Memory with delay ..................................... 3-234 Interlock system logic ST: Storing pulse ............................................... 3-236 Interlock system logic T: Pulse ............................................................. 3-238 Interlock system logic T_SYS: System time indicator........................... 3-240 Interlock system logic TON: On-delay .................................................. 3-242 Interlock system logic TOF: Switch-off delay........................................ 3-244 Interlock system logic DBL_FLAP: Double flap valve with valves ........ 3-246 Interlock system logic CHA_OPTI: Alternate operation of two devices 3-248 Interlock system logic STA_SEQ: Sequential start and stop................ 3-252 Mathematical function CMP_DW: Comparator for double words ......... 3-257 Mathematical function CMP_R: Comparator for floating point numbers3-259 Mathematical function CMP_W: Comparator for words........................ 3-261 Mathematical function CMP_B: Comparator for byte ........................... 3-263 Mathematical function MOV_R: Conditioned copying of a floating point number .................................................................................................. 3-265 Mathematical function MOV_W: Conditioned copying of a data word.. 3-267 Mathematical function MOV_DI: Conditioned copying of a double fixed point number ......................................................................................... 3-268 Mathematical Functions MOV_I: Conditioned copying of a fixed point number .................................................................................................. 3-269 Mathematical Functions MOV_DW: Conditioned copying of a double data word ...................................................................................................... 3-270 Mathematical Functions MOV_B: Conditioned copying of a data byte 3-271 Simocode-DP drive control UNID_ST: setting drive ............................. 3-272 Simocode-DP drive control REVD_ST: Reversible drive...................... 3-290 Simocode-DP drive control RVDL_ST: reversible drive with limit switches3-310 Simocode-DP drive control CONT_ST: Actuator.................................. 3-330 SIMOCODE pro drive control UNID_SC: Setup operation with SIMOCODE pro C ..................................................................................................... 3-350 SIMOCODE pro drive control UNID_SV: Setup operation with SIMOCODE pro V...................................................................................................... 3-369 SIMOCODE pro drive control REVD_SC: Reversible drive with SIMOCODE pro C................................................................................. 3-389 SIMOCODE pro drive control REVD_SV: Reversible drive with SIMOCODE pro V ................................................................................. 3-409 SIMOCODE pro drive control RVDL_SC: Reversible drive with limit switches with SIMOCODE pro C .......................................................... 3-431 SIMOCODE pro drive control RVDL_SV: Reversible drive with limit switches with SIMOCODE pro V........................................................... 3-450 SIMOCODE pro drive control CONT_SV: Actuator with SIMOCODE pro V3-470 Profibus Special Drive AUMATIC: Actuator AUMATIC......................... 3-490 Profibus Special Drive HASLER_B: Weighbelt feeder Hasler .............. 3-504 Profibus Special Drive HASLER_F: Hasler flowmeter.......................... 3-524 Profibus Special Drive AF300 G11: General Electric frequency converter3-548 Profibus Special Drive DB5IMV: General Electric DuraBilt 5i MV frequency converter ............................................................................................... 3-564
User manual
Table of contents ®
POLCID for administrators
3.81 Profibus Special Drive SLAVE_DP: Exchange Profibus data with DB . 3-582 3.82 Profibus Special Drive A2000: Multifunctional power measuring device3-585 3.83 Profibus Special Drive HASLER_L: Weighbelt feeder without load cell Hasler .................................................................................................... 3-606 3.84 Profibus Special Drive CSC_DRW: Pfister rotary weighfeeder ............ 3-627 3.85 Profibus Special Drive S7_DRIVE: Display Profibus data from DB...... 3-647 3.86 Profibus Special Drive S7_VALVE: Display Profibus data from DB ..... 3-653 3.87 Profibus Special Drive DISOCONT: Weighbelt feeder Schenk ............ 3-658 3.88 Profibus Special Drive DISO_MAS: Disocont Master PC (PROVIT 5000) Schenk .................................................................................................. 3-680 3.89 Profibus Special Drive DISO_SLA: Disocont slave .............................. 3-694 3.90 Profibus Special Drive COMBOX_P: Compressor control by Atlas Copco3-705 3.91 Profibus Special Drive ACS800: ABB ACS800 frequency converter ... 3-723 ® 3.92 Profibus Special Drive MOVIDRIV: SEW MOVIDRIVE frequency converter ............................................................................................... 3-738 3.93 Profibus Special Drive MICROMAS: Siemens MICROMASTER frequency converter ............................................................................................... 3-754 3.94 Profibus Special Drive SIMOV_LV: Siemens SIMOVERT MASTERDRIVES frequency converter .............................................................................. 3-771 3.95 Profibus Special Drive FRQCONV: Frequency converter in general ... 3-789 3.96 Profibus Special Drive DIRISA40: Multifunctional power measuring device3-803 3.97 Maerz blocks: PB_TO_VI: Preselection of the display ......................... 3-810 3.98 Maerz blocks: FACEPLATE: Status display ......................................... 3-812 3.99 Maerz blocks: PARA: Parameter transfer............................................. 3-815 3.100 Maerz blocks: AILIMEX: Analogue limit value monitoring expanded ... 3-817 3.101 Maerz blocks: UNID_P: Setup operation with preselection .................. 3-824 3.102 Maerz blocks: REVD_P: reversible drive with preselection .................. 3-833 3.103 Maerz blocks: RVDL_P: reversible drive with limit switches and preselection........................................................................................... 3-844 3.104 Maerz blocks: VALV_P: valve controller with preselection ................... 3-855 3.105 Maerz blocks: CONT_DOP: Actuator with digital outputs and preselection3-864 3.106 Maerz blocks: UNID_SCP: Setup drive with SIMOCODE pro C and preselection........................................................................................... 3-874 3.107 Maerz blocks: UNID_SVP: Setup drive with SIMOCODE pro V and preselection........................................................................................... 3-894 3.108 Maerz blocks: REVD_SCP: reversible drive with Simocode pro C and preselection........................................................................................... 3-915 3.109 Maerz blocks: REVD_SVP: reversible drive with Simocode pro V and preselection........................................................................................... 3-936 3.110 Maerz blocks: RVDL_SCP: reversible drive with limit switches with SIMOCODE pro C and preselection. .................................................... 3-957 3.111 Maerz blocks: RVDL_SVP: reversible drive with limit switches with SIMOCODE pro V and preselection. .................................................... 3-978 3.112 Maerz blocks: CONT_SVP: actuator with SIMOCODE pro V and preselection........................................................................................... 3-999
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Table of contents
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
3.113 Maerz blocks: MICROM_P: Siemens MICROMASTER frequency converter and preselection.................................................................................. 3-1020 3.114 Maerz blocks: SIMO_LVP: Siemens SIMOVERT MASTERDRIVES frequency converter and preselection................................................. 3-1038 3.115 Maerz blocks: FRQCON_P: Frequency converter in general and preselection......................................................................................... 3-1057
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Foreword
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
1
1-1
Foreword
1.1 Target group ®
This manual is intended for the administrators and programmers of the POLCID . Administrators are responsible for system maintenance, fault localisation and fault elimination. Programmers are responsible for the expansion and alteration of the system. In most cases one person will be responsible at the same time for administration as well as programming. Within the meaning of the above context this document only refers to administrators. As a precondition for the above-stated activities the following knowledge is required: ● Operation and administration of the operating systems Microsoft Windows XP Professional and Microsoft Windows Server 2003 ● Operation of the program package Microsoft Office ● Administration and programming of the Siemens PCS7 system
1.2 Scope of documentation ®
This document comprises a description of the POLCID blocks. The description of the complete operation of the Siemens PCS7 system as well as further details are contained in the following Siemens manuals: ● Master process control system PCS7 – Getting Started – Part 1 ● Master process control system PCS7 – Getting Started – Part 2 ● Master process control system PCS7 – PC configuration and authorisation ● Master process control system PCS7 – Engineering System ● Master process control system PCS7 – Operator System ● SIMATIC – The Process Device Manager ● CFC for S7 – Continuous Function Chart
1.3 Purpose of this manual ®
This manual enables you to manage and operate a POLCID system. As administrator you will be familiarised with the following activities:
en-YN.YNT.001.A
1.
Installing the system
2.
Create and edit projects
3.
Create data pool
4.
Using blocks
User manual
Foreword ®
POLCID for administrators
1-2
1.4 Overview of the software 1.4.1
Purpose of the software
®
POLCID , the process-engineering based master process control system, offers the user a logically structured system for the optimum control, regulation and monitoring of the processes in the cement manufacturing industry. 1.4.2
Function of the software ®
The POLCID master process control system hast to process optimally a very large number of signals and uses standardised functions for this purpose. This is a decentralised system whose components arranged at different levels are assigned predefined tasks. Owing to the modular structure with standard components, the system is scalable and can be efficiently adjusted to plants of any size. All process control tasks are easily performed with high reliability. 1.4.3
Software environment ®
POLCID is a master process control system based on the Siemens PCS7 system. It is an application software based on Microsoft Windows. Process control is possible via standard interfaces to other Polysius automation systems (POLAB, POLEXPERT, IMS, KTS) as well as freely programmable systems from other manufacturers. The system provides the option to separate the plant bus with the PLC systems completely from the terminal bus with the PCs. This leads to additional security for plant operation as no faults from the general computer network can enter the plant bus. A server or, optionally, a redundant server pair comprises two network links. The one connection is used to realise the communication with the PLC systems and to exchange data. With the second connection the prepared process data are made available to the clients for representing the process. A further process is the setup of redundant networks. The Ethernet networks as well as the field bus systems for connecting the I/O hardware may be designed as redundant networks, if required.
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Foreword
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
Fig. 1:
Structure of the POLCID® automation system
In the figure above there exists a central control room in which the server and most of the clients have been placed. The servers collect the process data, evaluate the same and make them available to all clients. The clients themselves have no direct access to the process data. Using this structure, local control panels can be set up with a standard client as operator workstation. Normally, in that case, a client and the PLC which controls the associated plant section will be placed in the local control room. These units will then be connected to the central control room via the corresponding networks. Using this technology, local control panels can be integrated very easily into the system structure in a fail-safe fashion. If the networks are executed redundantly, the function of any other local control panel will not be detrimentally affected if a local control panel fails. Note Microsoft, MS and Windows are registered trademarks of Microsoft Corporation. Other brands and their products are trademarks or registered trademarks and should be considered as being such.
en-YN.YNT.001.A
1-3
Concepts
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
2
Concepts
2.1 Process overview 2.1.1
Overview of the blocks ®
For POLCID an own library with blocks on Siemens PCS7 basis was developed in order to have a standardised logic for the activation and interlock system of machines and for the processing of signals. This logic has been co-ordinated with the Polysius standards, for example basic motor circuits and measuring points. In addition, the blocks in this library are compatible with the usual trade standards in the cement industry. In order to ensure a better overview the blocks are subdivided into several groups according to their function: ● Data exchange blocks ● Blocks for the data exchange between different blocks and for the ® POLAB laboratory automation system ● General blocks ● Blocks that are required for the general control of the other blocks ● General drive control ● Blocks for the control of different types of drives. Blocks for the control of drive groups and blocks for the sequential process control (operating sequences) ● Analogue value processing ● Blocks for the filtration and limit value monitoring of analogue input and analogue output values. Blocks for the processing of counters ● Interlock system logic ● Blocks for the general interlock system logics such as for example accumulators, delay times or pulse generators ● Mathematical functions ● Mathematical calculations and evaluations that are not contained within the PCS 7 scope of supply ● Simocode drive control ● Blocks for the activation of motor control units with Profibus interface of the type Simocode in connection with the interlock system logic of the general drive control system ● Special drives with Profibus interface ● Blocks for the control of special drives via a Profibus interface in connection with the interlock system logic of the general drive control system.
en-YN.YNT.001.A
2-1
User manual
Concepts ®
POLCID for administrators
2-2
● Blocks for Maerz Ofenbau ®
● Blocks with enhanced logic which are based on the POLCID standard blocks. However, for the requirements of Maerz Ofenbau the internal logic of the blocks was expanded. ®
In normal POLCID projects drives are assembled into groups. These drive groups will then be driven by the group control block (GROC, ® FB502). This block is not used in Maerz POLCID projects. ®
The reason for this is that there is a control block for Maerz POLCID projects, which controls the entire plant. This block again controls all drives of the plant. Therefore, no GROC is required. However, this requires the ability to preselect drives. Using a manual or automatic preselection mode, the corresponding drive is preselected for automatic operation by means of the associated central control block. ®
In the Maerz blocks the standard interlock system logic of the POLCID blocks has been taken over without change. An additional preselection option was created. 2.1.2
Blocks of the group 'General Drive Control' These blocks, also designated as nucleus blocks, feature a series of inputs which detect standardised signals from the process, lock the same and also report them to the plant operator. The basic idea of the drive interlock system logic (nucleus logic) and the operation is that entire drive groups are started and stopped instead of individual drives. A drive group controls any desired number of single drives. Groups of individual drives are combined in up to eight different operating modes. A nucleus block may comprise different functions: ● Monitoring and control of an individual drive ● Monitoring and control of a drive group ● Sequential control of a start or stop sequence (operating sequence) of drives ● Monitoring and reporting individual signals from the plant The following general functions and data flows are performed: ● The operator is given information about drives, drive groups and process signals from the data words of the blocks ● The operator gives commands for starting or stopping drive groups, which are transmitted to the control system via command bits ● The blocks are given information about individual drives and the starting or stopping conditions of the individual operating modes ● Starting/stopping commands by the operator are linked by group control programs and generate signals which activate the associated start or stop sequences (operating sequences). ● After activation, these operating sequences generate the starting/stopping commands for the respective drives in the sequence of the programmed steps.
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Concepts
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
2-3
Status information of the associated drives is required for correct execution of the individual steps. ● The blocks for drives receive digital or analogue information from the process and starting/stopping commands from the operating sequences They themselves send status information about status bits to other blocks (e.g. to operating sequence and group blocks) or as data words to the plant operator When the block is activated, a check is first made whether the input data has been changed. If this is not the case, the block is abandoned immediately. In the case of a changed parameter word, the status and data words are generated by the internal block logic. These data words are used in the master control system for display purposes. The status bits provide the information on the current state of the drive. They are used for the setting/reset of digital outputs and for further interlock system in the corresponding blocks. The following blocks are available: ● UNID
Setting drive
● REVD
Reversible drive
● RVDL
Reversible drive with limit switches
● VALV - Valve control ● CONT-DO
-
Actuator with digital outputs (+/-)
● CONT-AO -
Actuator with analogue output
● GROC
-
Group control
● SEQU - operating sequence ● SISV - Signal alarm ● SITR - Signal transfer The internal logic of the nuclei is defined by stating the setting and resetting conditions of the flags from the data word and the status word. The reset condition always has a higher priority than the setting condition. The symbolic names of the flags are obtained from the flag name table of the associated nucleus type.
en-YN.YNT.001.A
User manual
Concepts ®
POLCID for administrators
2-4
2.1.3
Control principles for drives The principles described in this section are fundamental for the internal logic of all drive control blocks. These principles will be explained here and assumed to be known in the following sections. ● Only if the control voltage applies, (that is, the bit "CVON" in the parameter word is "1" and the bit "CSF" in the parameter word is "0") the other flags of the parameter word is evaluated. ● If a "Not available" case (see below) exists, it is impossible to start a drive. ● Before a drive can be started, the starting command 'STA1/2' and the process interlock 'ILC1/2' must be active and (if permitted), the stopping command 'STOP' must have been cancelled. ● Under these conditions, the command 'SEN1/2' is issued to enable the start and, if it exists, the run command for drives 'PWON' is also issued (activation command for the drive). ● Two types of fault exist ● 'Not available' ('NOTA'): This is always the case when one or more single faults have occurred ● Operating trouble ('EROP'): This is the case when a 'not available' case occurs while a drive is running ● The acknowledgement of all faults of a drive in the dynamic process display (WinCC) or the setting of the "GRESET" input of the monitoring block "POLCID" causes that the drive will be released again for starting after a fault has been removed.
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Concepts
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
2.2 Terminology 2.2.1
Basic terms This owner's manual repeatedly uses the following basic terms: ● CFC Continuous Function Charts. A graphical editor in which a S7 program can be created. ● Organisation block All blocks of a S7 program must be called up in an organisation block (OB). The S7-PLC processes exclusively OBs. In order to be able to run a program, it must be fitted into an OB. ● Time interrupt OB This is an organisation block in a S7 PLC which is called up within a fixed cycle, for example at S7-400 the OB35 is called up every 100ms. In a time interrupt OB it is customary for all blocks to be installed. ● Time fault OB This organisation block (OB 80 at S7-400) is called up automatically, if the cycle time of a time interrupt OB is exceeded. In this block, it will then be possible to program specific responses to this event. ● Parameter word This is a double word (32 bit ) onto which all input bits of a block can be mapped. This is an output of a block and is used to represent the block status in the master control system. ● Data word This is a double word (32 bit) in which the internal operating and fault states of a block can be mapped. This is an output of a block and is used to represent the block status in the master control system. ● Status word On this double word (32 bit) the output bits of a block will be mapped. This is an output of a block and is used to represent the block status in the master control system. ● Parameter bit This signifies a bit from the parameter word. Normally, a parameter bit is simultaneously also a block input. ● Data bit This is a bit from the data word. Normally, this is an internal noting bit of the block which reflects a specific state of the block. ● Status bit This is a bit from the status word. A status bit is simultaneously also an output of a block.
en-YN.YNT.001.A
2-5
User manual
Concepts ®
POLCID for administrators
2-6
● Command bit Bits set on the master control system, which start a control function, such as for example starting or stopping a drive group. ● Block This is a function block which is used during programming. It has defined inputs and outputs and a defined function. It may comprise an interface for display (WinCC). ● Block symbol A block with an interface for display normally features a block symbol on the display (typical). This block symbol represents the current operating status of the block on the display. ● Display driver block In the display it is possible to activate a display driver block (faceplate) by means of the block symbol for a block. A faceplate is an overlaid window by means of which the plant operator receives additional information about the operating status of a block. A faceplate may also contain switching options for a plant operator. ● Profibus This refers to the Profibus-DP field bus system. This is a serial bus system by means of which field equipment (slaves) is connected to a PLC. ● Slave Properly designated as Profibus Slave. This refers to field equipment which is connected to a PLC via the Profibus-DP bus system. Here, the PLC is the master which controls the slaves and reads data off them. ● Master The Profibus master controls a maximum number of 125 Slaves. It reads defined data from the slaves and sends control data to the same. A master is normally a S7-PLC.
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Concepts
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
2.2.2
Structure of the block description Note The block descriptions always have the same structure. The sections used will only be mentioned if they are applicable and have the following meaning.
Title of the block description Example: General drive control UNID: Setting drive The title starts with the group of the function (General Drive Control) which this block belongs to. Next, the type name of the block (UNID) is specified. This symbolic name is entered in the symbol table and must be unique throughout the entire project. Next to the type name you will find the key word relating to the task or function of the block (setting drive). Object name (Type + Number) FB x The object name for the block type is composed of the implementation type function block = FB, function = FC or data block = DB and the block number x. Calling OBs Here, you find details on the organisation blocks (OBs), in which the block described must be embedded. When using the CFC, installation is effected in the cyclic OB (time interrupt) and automatically in the OBs listed in the task list of the block (e.g. in OB 100 for restarting). The CFC generates the necessary OBs during conversion. When using the blocks without CFC, you must program these OBs and call up their block instance from within them. Function Here, the function of the block is described in summary form. In the case of complex blocks, further information is contributed in the Section 'Mode of Operation'. Profibus This title is only found in blocks which communicate directly with a Profibus slave. If special settings need to be made there, these will be described here. Operating principle You will receive more detailed information on the function of individual inputs, operating modes, time sequences a.o. You should know the interrelationships described here in order to be able to use the block effectively.
en-YN.YNT.001.A
2-7
User manual
Concepts ®
POLCID for administrators
2-8
Internal logic This represents the internal logic of the block in a symbolic form. The operating mode of the block can be understood in detail by means of the internal logic. Starting characteristics Two modes of behaviour are differentiated: ● Initial run The block is called for the first time from the OB in which it is incorporated. Normally, this is the OB in which the standard process-related processing takes place (e.g. the time interrupt OB). The block adopts the state which corresponds to the input parameters. These can be preset values (see also "Connections") or already configured values, which you have e.g. parameterised in the CFC. The initial run characteristics are not specially described here, unless the block features any deviations from this rule. ● Start-up The block is processed once when the CPU starts up. This makes that the block is called from a starting OB (where it is additionally installed either automatically by the ES or, via STEP 7, manually by yourself). In such a case, the starting characteristics are described. Note here that the block outputs are preset with specific values and may have an effect on other blocks during CPU start-up, if these are processed first. The correct starting characteristics of the blocks lie in the project engineer's own responsibility. Time behaviour The block with this behaviour must be installed in a time interrupt OB. It calculates its time constants / parameters by means of its sampling interval (the time interval between two successive cyclic processing events). In the case of a CFC configuration on ES, the sampling interval is also determined by the speed reduction of the so-called sequence group. This ensures that the block is not processed at each OB pass. This sampling interval is entered in the connections section, in the parameter SAMPLE_T. For CFC configurations, this is done automatically after incorporation of the block into the OB and sequence group (for this reason this input is set to invisible within the CFC). In the case of the STEP 7 configuration, you must implement this manually. Time behaviour will be mentioned only if the block features the same. Time error Any blocks with this behaviour must be installed in the time error OB (OB 80). In the event of the cycle time being exceeded, a specific behaviour of the block will then be triggered. In the case of CFC programming the installation in the time error OB is effected automatically; in the case of a STEP 7 configuration the programmer must install the block manually.
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Concepts
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
2-9
Message actions The block with these actions reports various different events to the superordinate OS. If applicable, the necessary parameters for message generation are documented. Blocks without any message actions can be supplemented by additional annunciator blocks. A reference to the relevant message actions is shown in the description of the various individual message-enabled blocks. Assignment of message text and message class to the block parameters Message no.
Block parameter
Default message text
1
EROP
$$BlockComment$$ AH - Betriebsstörung
Message class
Suppressable Yes
… This table shows all messages of a block which the user can access with project engineering means. The columns have the following meanings: ● Message no. Consecutive number of the message ● Block parameter Name of the internal parameter / marker bit which triggers the associated message. ● Default message text Standard message text which is used whenever no special message text is entered.
en-YN.YNT.001.A
User manual
Concepts ®
POLCID for administrators
2-10
● Message class Class of the message. There are the following various message classes: Abbreviation
Type
AH
Alarm – high
AL
Alarm – low
WH
Warning – high
WL
Warning – low
PF
AS control system message – fault
PE
AS control system message – error
OF
OS control system message – fault
PM
Preventive maintenance – general
PA
Operating message – with acknowledgement ● Suppressable The message can be deactivated or activated at runtime.
Connections of ... The connections provide the data interface of the block. Using this data interface, you can pass data to the block and retrieve results from the same. Connection Meaning (parameters) TIME1
Data type Def.
Monitoring REAL time
0.0
Type
Attr.
O&O
Perm. values
I
Q
+
>0
In the table "Connections" all input and output parameters of the block type are shown, which the user can access with his project engineering means. They are alphabetically sorted. Elements that are reached only by the algorithm of the block are not shown (so-called internal variables). The columns have the following meanings: ● Connection Name of the parameter, derived from the English designation, e.g. PV_IN = Process Variable Input (process variable, controlled variable). Inasmuch as provided for by the SIMATIC conventions, the same name rules were used. The delivery state of the block representation in the CFC is characterised as follows: Connection name in bold print = connection visible, normal = invisible. ● Meaning Function (poss. brief description) ● Data type
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Concepts
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
2-11
S7 data type of the parameter (BOOL, REAL a.o.). ● Def. (Default) The value of the parameter before the first run of the block (if not changed by the configuration). ● Type Type of block algorithm access to the parameter; differentiates inputs, not inputs and outputs free from feedback (see table) Abbreviation
Type
I
Input. Value provision of the block (Display in the CFC: left block side)
O
Output. Output value. (Display in the CFC: right block side)
IO
Input/output. Interacting input which can be written to by means of the OS and returned from the block (Display in the CFC: left block side) ● Attr. (Attributes) Additional characteristics of the parameter when used under CFC. Any nonconnected input and input/output parameters can be parameterised (for FCs online only input/output parameters). Output parameters cannot be parameterised and can be transferred in the CFC by connection to an input of the same data type. Additional characteristics of the parameter are detailed as follows:
Abbreviation
Attribute
B
Can be operated (only via OS block). Write access is possible by an OS. In the CFC, it is set to invisible.
M
MESSAGE ID for annunciator block (e.g. ALARM_8P) not parameterisable.
Q
Interconnectable. The connection can be interconnected with another output of the same type.
en-YN.YNT.001.A
User manual
Concepts ®
POLCID for administrators
2-12
● O&O the parameters marked by a "+" can be operated or viewed via the associated OS block. ● Permissible values additional limit within the data type range of values. Operation and observation If a faceplate is available for the AS block, reference is made to the description of the associated faceplate and block symbol. 2.2.3
Text library "POLCID_Standard" ®
In the case of the POLCID blocks the texts for alarms and messages are not entered directly into the text line provided for this purpose. An indirect method is used by means of which the texts from the text library "POLCID_Standard“ are used via an index. To this end, each alarm and each message in a block is assigned an index variable of the type 'integer'. In this variable, the number of that index is entered whose text is to be indicated in the alarm or the message. The content of the text library "POLCID Standard“ can be represented as follows: Index
Text
0
Not used
1
Malfunction
2
Error: Overload
3
Error: Local/remote selector switch
4
Error: Speed monitor
5
Error: Machine protection
6
Error: Emergency off
7
Error: Monitoring time
8
Error: Check-back signal
9
Error: Item
10
Error: Position check-back
11
Error: Monitoring time
12
Error: Start-up warning
13
Error: Operating mode 0 not available
14
Error: Operating mode 1 not available
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Concepts
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
Index
Text
15
Error: Operating mode 2 not available
16
Error: Operating mode 3 not available
17
Error: Operating mode 4 not available
18
Error: Operating mode 5 not available
19
Error: Operating mode 6 not available
20
Error: Operating mode 7 not available
21
Error: Message signal 0
22
Error: Message signal 1
23
Error: Message signal 2
24
Error: Message signal 3
25
Error: Message signal 4
26
Error: Message signal 5
27
Error: Message signal 6
28
Error: Message signal 7
29
Simocode group error
30
Error: Motor blocked
31
Simocode in download mode
32
Simocode group warning
33
Error: Earth fault
34
Error: Motor current > maximum
35
Error: Thermistor
36
Error: Overload and asymmetry
37
Error: Torque > Max. when closing
38
Error: Torque > Max. when opening
39
AUMATIC group warning
40
Error: Motor temperature > maximum
41
Error: Phase jump
42
Error: Wrong command
43
Error: Clear status
44
AUMATIC group error
en-YN.YNT.001.A
2-13
User manual
Concepts ®
POLCID for administrators
2-14
Index
Text
45
Hasler group warning
46
Error: Skewing of the belt
47
Error: Belt speed measurement
48
Error: Belt motor temperature > maximum
49
Error: Communications with the master control system
50
Error: Emergency local operating mode
51
Error: Setpoint value < minimum
52
Error: Belt load < minimum
53
Error: Setpoint value > maximum
54
Error: Feed bin weight < minimum
55
Error: Feed bin weight > maximum
56
Error: Belt load > maximum
57
Error: Timeout interlock
58
Error: Belt index
59
Error: Belt calibration
60
Error: Volume flow < minimum
61
Error: Volume flow > maximum
62
Hasler group error
63
Error: Watchdog failure
64
Error: Both limit switches of dosing system
65
Error: Dosing system limit switch open
66
Error: Dosing system limit switch closed
67
Error: Check-back signal from rotary flow regulating valve
68
Error: Rotary flow regulating valve temperature
69
Error: Safety limit switch
70
Error: Calibration outside of limits
71
Group warning AF-300 G11
72
Group error AF-300 G11
73
Error: Bypass operation
74
Dura-Bilt 5i MV group warning
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Concepts
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
Index
Text
75
Dura-Bilt 5i MV group error
76
Error: Overcurrent > 5 minutes
77
Error: Overcurrent > 20 minutes
78
Error: Cabinet fan
79
Error: Current limit exceeded
80
Error: Communication frequency converter
81
Error: Speed limit exceeded
82
Error: Voltage U1 > maximum
83
Error: Voltage U2 > maximum
84
Error: Voltage U3 > maximum
85
Error: Current I1 > maximum
86
Error: Current I2 > maximum
87
Error: Current I3 > maximum
88
Error: Frequency > maximum
89
Error: Device not calibrated
90
Error: Wrong phase sequence
91
Error: Measuring input defective
92
Error: Impermissible parameter value
93
Error: Real time clock power failure
94
Error: Real time clock defective
95
Error: EEPROM setting parameter
96
Error: EEPROM power meter reading
97
Error: EEPROM defective
98
Error: Filling time expired
99
Error: Filling aborted
100
Pfister group error
101
Feed conveyor group error
102
Error: Load outside limits
103
Error: Control deviation rotation times
104
Error: Actuator dosing
en-YN.YNT.001.A
2-15
User manual
Concepts ®
POLCID for administrators
2-16
Index
Text
105
Error: Control deviation feed outside limits
106
Error: Profibus read error no.
107
Error: Aeration valve fuse
108
Error: Control voltage CSC
109
Error: Agitator
110
Pfister group warning
111
Schenk group warning
112
Error: Load cell input
113
Error: Tacho input
114
Error: Power failure
115
Error: Belt limit switch
116
Error: Belt sequence
117
Error: No enabling
118
Error: Mechanical components
119
Error: Electrical equipment
120
Error: Mechatronics
121
Error: Not ready
122
Error: Not ready to be switched on
123
Schenk group error
124
Error: Conveying capacity > maximum
125
Error: Conveying capacity < minimum
126
Error: Belt speed > maximum
127
Error: Belt speed < minimum
128
Error: Atlas Copco compressor
129
Group error Start
130
Error: General shutdown
131
Group warning ACS800
132
Group error ACS800
133
Error: Basic interlock ACS800
134
MOVIDRIVE group warning
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Concepts
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
Index
Text
135
MOVIDRIVE group error
136
Micromaster group warning
137
Micromaster group error
138
Warning: Motor current > maximum
139
Error: Converter overload
140
Error: Not ready for operation
141
Error: Cut-in lock
142
Simovert group warning
143
Simovert group error
144
Error: Undervoltage DC-link
145
Warning: Converter thermal overload
146
Error: Inverter temperature > maximum
147
Warning: Inverter temperature > maximum
148
Warning: Motor temperature > maximum
149
Error: Motor tilted or blocked
150
Converter group warning
151
Converter group error
152
Error: Converter fault
153
> upper instrument limit
154
> upper alarm limit
155
> upper operating limit
156
< lower operating limit
157
< lower alarm limit
158
< lower instrument limit
159
Error: Input fault
160
Error: Pre-selection
161
Error: Voltage U1 > minimum
162
Error: Voltage U2 > minimum
163
Error: Voltage U3 > minimum
164
Error: Current I1 > minimum
en-YN.YNT.001.A
2-17
User manual
Concepts ®
POLCID for administrators
2-18
Index
Text
165
Error: Current I2 > minimum
166
Error: Current I3 > minimum
167
Error: Frequency > minimum
168
Error: DC offset > maximum channel
169
Error: Loading on load cell > maximum
170
Error: Loading on load cell > minimum
2.2.4
Explanation of symbols In order to explain the internal logic of the blocks, the logic operations within the block are shown in a symbolic form below.
Symbolic form
Description
AAAA
:
Symbolic bitname
S AAAA
:
Setting condition for AAAA (Set)
C AAAA
:
Reset condition for AAAA (Reset)
AAAA“
:
AAAA value calculated from current data (in contrast to the values from the preceding cycle)
-AAAA
:
Negated value of AAAA
:=
:
Allocated value
_&
:
Logical AND operation
/
:
Logical OR operation (AND operation has a higher priority level than OR operation)
=
:
Logical equivalence (A_&B) / (-A_&-B))
-=
:
Logical antivalence (A_&B) / (-A_&-B))
<
:
Less than (A < B )
<=
:
Less than or equal to (A <= B )
>
:
Greater than (A > B )
>=
:
Greater than or equal to (A >= B )
<>
:
Not equal to (A > B )
2.2.5
Name of the parameter bits, data bits and status bits In this section there is a list of the names of the parameter bits, data bits and status bits. The bits are listed by name here, and a description will be given. In the text below the names described here are used.
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Concepts
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
2-19
ACTM
(GROC,S)
Activate mode
AUTO
(CONT,P)
Setpoint automatic
AVBL
( ,P)
Available
CLSE
(CONT,D)
Close actuator
CMAN
(CONT,D)
Controller manual
COLOUR_n ( ,D)
Colour for typical
CSF
( ,P)
Control system fault
CVON
( ,P)
Control voltage on
DACM
(GROC,S)
Deactivate mode
DAVB
( ,S)
Drive available
DOFF
( ,S)
Drive off
DSn
(SEQU,D)
Step n active
ERAV
(GROC,D)
Error: Startup-warning not available
ERDS
(CONT,D)
Error: Actuator
ERDn
(SISV ,P)
Error Delay n
EMOF
( ,S)
Emergency off
ERES
( ,P)
Error reset
EREO
( ,D)
Error: Emergency off
ERMS
( ,D)
Error: Motor switch
EROL
( ,D)
Error: Overload
EROP
( ,D)
Error: In operation
EROR
( ,S)
Error: In operation
ERPI
( ,D)
E: Protective interl.
ERPS
( ,D)
E: Position locking
ERSn
(SISV ,D)
Error: Signal n
ERSP
( ,D)
Error: Speed
ERRC
( ,D)
Error: RCR
ERTI
(GROC,D)
In GROC
ETIM
( ,D)
Error: Time supervision
F
(General)
Release output
GROF
(GROC,P)
Group off
en-YN.YNT.001.A
User manual
Concepts ®
POLCID for administrators
2-20
GRSP
(GROC,P)
Group stop
HILI
(CONT,P)
High limit
I
(General)
Input
IODS
(CONT,P)
No disturbed
LCT1
( ,D)
Local control time 1
LEMO
( ,P)
Local emergency off
LOCA
( ,S)
Operation mode local
LOLI
(CONT,P)
Low limit
LSER
( ,P)
Enable local service
LST1/2
( ,P)
Local start
LSP1/2
( ,P)
Local start prot. interlocking
LSW1/2
( ,P)
Limit switch 1/2
MANU
(CONT,S)
Controller manual
MAVn
(GROC,P)
Mode available n
MDAn
(GROC,D)
Mode available n
MDOn
(GROC,D)
Mode on:n
MIOP
(GROC,P)
Mode in operation
MOAC
(GROC,S)
Mode active
MODn
(GROC,S)
Mode n
MONn
(GROC,P)
Mode on:n
NOAV
(GROC,S)
In GROC not available
NOTA
( ,D)
Not available
O
(General)
Output
OLPT
( ,P)
Overload protection
OMDn
( ,D)
Operation mode: n
OPEN
(CONT,D)
Open actuator
OPER
( ,S)
Operation signal
OPL1/2
( ,D)
Operation local 1/2
OPS1/2
( ,S)
Operation signal 1/2
OSG1/2
( ,D)
Operation signal 1/2
PMI1/2
( ,P)
Protect. interl. 1/2
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Concepts
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
2-21
POS1/2
( ,P)
Position 1/2
PSEN
(REVD,P)
Permanent SEN
PWON
( ,P)
Power on
QBAD
( ,S)
Quality bad
R
(General)
Reset
RCR1/2
( ,P)
Revertive sign. 1/2
RLSn
(SISV ,P)
Release signal n
RLSA
( ,P)
Release alarming
RLST
(GROC,P)
Release time
SEN1/2
( , S)
Start enable
SET
(General)
Set initial value
SGIn
(SISV ,P)
Signal input n
SGOn
(SISV ,P)
Signal output n
SIn
(SEQU,P)
Step input n
SPCL
( ,P)
Speed control
SPn
(SEQU,S)
Step output n
STAT
(GROC,D)
Starting time
STA1/2
( ,P)
Start 1/2
STMn
(GROC,P)
Start mode n
STPT
(GROC,D)
Stopping time
SST1/2
( ,P)
Single start
SSTP
( ,P)
Single stop
SUPR
( ,P)
Suppress alarms
SWAV
(GROC,P)
Startup-warning available
SWLO
( ,P)
Selection startup warning local
SWRE
( ,P)
Startup warning release
SWST
( ,P)
Startup warning start
TIM
(General)
Hourly reset
TRES
(GROC,S)
Time reset
URG1/2
(CONT,D)
Urgent operation1/2
URO1/2
(CONT,S)
Urgent operation1/2
en-YN.YNT.001.A
User manual
Concepts ®
POLCID for administrators
2-22
UST1/2
(CONT,P)
Urgent start 1/2
WATI
(GROC,S)
Warning time
2.2.6
Names of the analogue variables In this section there is a list of the names of the input variables which are used for analogue values. The variables are listed here by name, and a description will be given. In the text below the names described here are used.
Name
Description (German)
Description (English)
A1
Actual output value
(actual value)
ACTn
Actual value for time monitoring system
(actual time)
ALH_F
Higher alarm limit
(alarm limit high)
ALL_F
Lower alarm limit
(alarm limit low)
A_IN
Automatic input value
(automatic input)
ASET
Automatic setpoint value
(automatic setpoint)
BW
Bandwidth for recalculation of the output value
(bandwidth)
C1
Actual counter output value
(actual counter)
CAL
Calibration factor
(calibration factor)
CI
Counter input value
(counter input)
CL
Last counter output value
(Last counter)
CNT_NR
Number permanent counter value
(no. permanent counter)
COLOUR
Colour for indication value
(colour)
CSET
Output setpoint value
(output setpoint)
FF
Filter factor
(filter factor)
FIX
Fix value
(fix value)
HIGH
Higher limit
(high limit)
IA1
Internal output value
(internal actual value)
ILH_F
Higher instrument limit
(instrument limit high)
ILL_F
Lower instrument limit
(instrument limit low)
IN
Input value
(input value)
LOW
Lower limit
(low limit)
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Concepts
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
2-23
Name
Description (German)
Description (English)
OLH_F
Higher operating limit
(operation limit high)
OLL_F
Lower operating limit
(operation limit low)
OPTI
Operating hour counter
(operation time counter)
RDATE
Date reset Time when reset input activated
(reset date)
RHOUR
Hour reset Time when reset input activated
(reset hour)
RMINUTE
Minute reset Time when reset input activated
(reset minute)
RSECOND
Second reset Time when reset input activated
(reset second)
SAFE
Safety position
(safety position)
SET
Manual setpoint value
(manual setpoint)
SET_VAL
Initial value
(initial value)
SWIT
Switching hysteresis
(switching difference)
TIMEn
Setpoint time monitor
(setpoint time)
TIMERn
Setpoint time monitor
(setpoint time)
VAL
Input value
(input value)
2.2.7
Representation of the block symbol In order to represent the colour and the operating status of the block symbol 4 bits are reserved in the data word (output DW) of a block. These bits are marked in the following text by COLOUR_1 to COLOUR_4. The combinations of these bits represent a specific operating status and thus simultaneously a specific colour of the block symbol.
en-YN.YNT.001.A
User manual
Concepts ®
POLCID for administrators
2-24
2.2.7.1
Symbols for normal actuators The interrelationships are shown in the following table:
No.
COLOUR
Operating condition
Colour
_1
_2
_3
_4
1
0
0
0
0
Available
White
2
0
0
0
1
Deactivated (bus fault)
Dark blue
3
0
0
1
0
Unacknowledged fault
Red / white
4
0
0
1
1
Fault
Red
5
0
1
0
0
Automatic mode direction 1
Green
6
0
1
0
1
Not available
Yellow
7
0
1
1
0
Local operation direction 1
Magenta
8
0
1
1
1
Local operation direction 2
Magenta
9
1
0
0
0
Automatic mode direction 2
Green
10
1
0
0
1
Limit switch direction 1 pending
White
11
1
0
1
0
Limit switch direction 2 pending
White
12
1
0
1
1
No control voltage
Dark grey
13
1
1
0
0
Automatic mode and fault
Green / red
14
1
1
0
1
Local operation and fault
Magenta / red
15
1
1
1
0
Not used
16
1
1
1
1
Not used
The table described above is valid for all normal drive blocks. It does not apply to the blocks for the company Maerz. The bits COLOUR_1 to COLOUR_4 are normally located in bit positions 28 to 31 in the data word. Some drive blocks do not have all operating states described. In this case the corresponding bit combinations are not used. The description for the blocks indicates the consecutive numbers of the operating states used there.
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Concepts
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
2.2.7.2
2-25
Symbols for Maerz actuators The interrelationships are shown in the following table:
No.
COLOUR
Operating condition
Colour
_1
_2
_3
_4
1
0
0
0
0
Available
White
2
0
0
0
1
Deactivated (bus fault)
Dark blue
3
0
0
1
0
Unacknowledged fault
Red / white
4
0
0
1
1
Fault
Red
5
0
1
0
0
Automatic mode direction 1
Green
6
0
1
0
1
Not available
Yellow
7
0
1
1
0
Local operation direction 1
Magenta
8
0
1
1
1
Local operation direction 2
Magenta
9
1
0
0
0
Automatic mode direction 2
Green
10
1
0
0
1
Limit switch direction 1 pending
White
11
1
0
1
0
Limit switch direction 2 pending
White
12
1
0
1
1
No control voltage
Dark grey
13
1
1
0
0
Automatic mode and fault
Green / red
14
1
1
0
1
Actuator preselected
Brown
15
1
1
1
0
Not used
16
1
1
1
1
Not used
The above-described table is valid for the Maerz blocks. For all Maerz blocks, the number 13 is either non-existent or it has the same signification as in the case of the normal blocks (automatic mode and fault). The bits COLOUR_1 to COLOUR_4 are normally located in bit positions 28 to 31 in the data word. Some drive blocks do not have all operating states described. In this case the corresponding bit combinations are not used. The description for the blocks indicates the consecutive numbers of the operating states used there.
en-YN.YNT.001.A
User manual
Concepts ®
POLCID for administrators
2-26
2.2.7.3
Symbols for Maerz valves The interrelationships are shown in the following table:
No.
COLOUR
Operating condition
Colour
_1
_2
_3
_4
1
0
0
0
0
Available
White
2
0
0
0
1
Deactivated (bus fault)
Dark blue
3
0
0
1
0
Unacknowledged fault
Red / white
4
0
0
1
1
Fault
Red
5
0
1
0
0
Automatic mode direction 1
Green
6
0
1
0
1
Not available
Yellow
7
0
1
1
0
Travel in direction 1
White / grey
8
0
1
1
1
Travel in direction 2
Green / grey
9
1
0
0
0
Automatic mode direction 2
Green
10
1
0
0
1
Limit switch direction 1 pending
White
11
1
0
1
0
Limit switch direction 2 pending
White
12
1
0
1
1
No control voltage
Dark grey
13
1
1
0
0
Fault for direction 1
Red / white
14
1
1
0
1
Actuator preselected
Brown
15
1
1
1
0
Fault for direction 2
Red / white
16
1
1
1
1
Not used
The above described table is valid for the Maerz valve blocks (VALV_P). The bits COLOUR_1 to COLOUR_4 are normally located in bit positions 28 to 31 in the data word. Some drive blocks do not have all operating states described. In this case the corresponding bit combinations are not used. The description for the blocks indicates the consecutive numbers of the operating states used there.
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Concepts
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
2.2.8
2-27
Names of internal auxiliary flags In the following description auxiliary flags with the same name occur. These are variables that store intermediate results in the internal logic and are not listed as inputs or outputs from the block. The signification of the auxiliary flags is described here.
Names of internal auxiliary variables
Description
AVAIL
Available for automatic operation
CLEROP
Reset non-static errors
CLERPS
Acknowledgement after position error
GO1
Starting command direction 1
GO2
Starting command direction 2
I_O
Internal memory
I_S
Internal memory
IAVBL
Available for automatic operation
ICVON
Control voltage on
IOLPT
Overload not available
IRCR1
Operation check-back signal, direction 1
IRCR2
Operation check-back signal, direction 2
ISTA1
Start, direction 1
ISTA2
Start, direction 2
LSWALL
Both limit switches pending at the same time
LSWPOS
One of the two final positions pending
NOAV
Not available
NOSEN
No output set
PMNOT
Both PMI inputs are not pending
RESET
Reset error
RUN1
Trigger signal direction 1
RUN2
Trigger signal direction 2
RUNSTP
Stopping command due to STOP or error
SLAVE_A2000
Profibus-DP slave is an A2000 measuring device
SLAVE_ABBFC
Profibus-DP slave is an ABB frequency converter
en-YN.YNT.001.A
User manual
Concepts ®
POLCID for administrators
2-28
Names of internal auxiliary variables
Description
SLAVE_AUMA
Profibus-DP slave is an AUMATIC actuator
SLAVE_DPV1
Profibus-DP slave operates in operating mode DPV1
SLAVE_FC
Profibus-DP slave is a frequency converter
SLAVE_GEFC
Profibus-DP slave is a General Electric frequency converter
SLAVE_HASL
Profibus-DP slave is a Hasler dosing device
SLAVE_MMCFC
Profibus-DP Slave is a Siemens MICROMASTER frequency converter
SLAVE_OK
Profibus-DP slave, no fault
SLAVE_PFIST
Profibus-DP slave is a Pfister rotary weighfeeder
SLAVE_SCH
Profibus-DP slave is a Schenk DISOCONT
SLAVE_SCH2
Profibus-DP slave is a Schenk DISOCONT Master
SLAVE_SIMO
Profibus-DP slave is a SIMOCODE device
SLAVE_SIVFC
Profibus-DP Slave is a Siemens SIMOVERT frequency converter
STAT_LOCAL
Local operating mode is pending at Hasler dosing device ( CTRPOINT = 1 )
STAT_MAINT
Local maintenance operating mode is pending at Hasler dosing device ( CTRPOINT = 2 )
STAT_REMOTE
Central operating mode is pending at Hasler dosing device ( CTRPOINT = 3 )
TDn
Waiting time n ended
TDAn
Waiting time is active
TDSn
Starting condition for waiting time
WDFI
Watchdog monitoring expired
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Concepts
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
2.2.9
2-29
Profibus-DP diagnosis data Each Profibus slave provides a data record of standard diagnosis data the structure of which is always identical. These data show the status of the Profibus slave and, in the case of most blocks which communicate directly with Profibus slaves, are represented by means of a faceplate. These data are described in the following list:
Name of the data record
Description
ST_NOEX
Station cannot be contacted by the master
ST_NORDY
Station is not ready for data exchange
ST_INSLR
Master was not able to interpret the response of the station
ST_SENSU
The requested function is not supported by the station
ST_MASLO
The station has been parameterised by another master
ST_WATCH
Time monitoring of this station is activated
ST_STDIA
Static diagnosis. The station is unable to transfer data
ST_EXDIA
There is information or a message.
ST_EXDOV
There are more diagnosis data than the station is able to store.
ST_SYNC
The Station received the control command "SYNC".
ST_FREEZ
The Station received the control command "FREEZE".
ST_PAREQ
The station parameters must be reassigned.
ST_PARFA
The parameterising data received last were faulty.
ST_SLCCF
The configuration data transmitted by the master are faulty.
ST_SLDEA
The station is deactivated, i.e. it is not processed
ST_STASL
The diagnosis data of the station have been read.
HARD_ID
Manufacturer identification number of the station
en-YN.YNT.001.A
User manual
Concepts ®
POLCID for administrators
2-30
Name of the data record
Description
DPPA_ADR
Profibus-DP address of the station
SUBNETID
Number of the Profibus line to which the station is connected
2.2.10 Cyclical signals from the SIMOCODE-DP/pro C/V motor controller In the following test, some blocks are described which communicate with the SIMOCODE motor controller and control this device. Here, a series of standardised signals is exchanged. In the following list, you will find the signal names and an explanation of the function. Name of the signal
Description
AUTO
SIMOCODE is in automatic mode
GFLT
SIMOCODE group fault
GWARN
SIMOCODE group warning
IMIN
Motor current detected
READY
SIMOCODE is ready for operation
BLOCK
Fault, motor blocked
DPOK
Fault, Profibus slave
EARTH
Fault, earth fault
IMAX
Fault, motor current > maximum
OVLD
Fault, SIMOCODE overload
THERM
Fault, motor thermistor
UNSYM
Fault, overload and asymmetrical load In addition, the blocks communicating with a SIMOCODE have some additional inputs and outputs that do not exist on the drives of the Nuclei group.
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Concepts
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
2-31
These are the following inputs and outputs: Name of the signal
Description
DOWNL
SIMOCODE is in "Download" mode (device can be reconfigured)
LSW1E
External limit switch closed
LSW1I
Internal limit switch closed
LSW2E
External limit switch open
LSW2I
Internal limit switch open
QBAD
Communication fault with Profibus slave
TEST
SIMOCODE is in "Test" mode (simulated internal operating message)
TRQ1
Torque limiting switch closed
TRQ2
Torque limiting switch open
2.2.11 Noncyclical signals from the SIMOCODE-DP motor controller In the case of the SIMOCODE-DP motor controller, extended status and diagnosis data can be requested via an acyclic communication (DPV1 communication). The blocks for controlling the SIMOCODE-DP (see from) (see page 3-272) read some important diagnosis data of the SIMOCODE-DP and display these in the associated faceplate. More detailed information on the function and programming of the SIMOCODEDP motor controller can be found in the appliance manual "Win-SIMOCODE-DP system manual“. The following data of the SIMOCODE-DP are used here: Name of the signal
Description
ON1
Motor is in operation in direction 1
OFF
Motor is off
ON2
Motor is in operation in direction 2
OVL_WAR
Overload warning pending
LOCK_OT
Interlock system time when switching over the motor is active
AUTO
SIMOCODE-DP is in automatic mode
FAULT
Group fault pending
WARNING
Group warning pending
READY
Motor is ready for operation
en-YN.YNT.001.A
User manual
Concepts ®
POLCID for administrators
2-32
Name of the signal
Description
IDL_TIM
Pause interval after normal stoppage is running
INI_PAR
The device has not yet been parameterised (The default settings are set)
PAR_ACT
Loaded parameters are active
COOL_TI
Cooling down time after overload triggering is active
CST
Test check-back signal (motor is in testing mode)
OPENING
Actuator opens
CLOSING
Actuator closes
POS_CLOS
Actuator limit switch closed
POS_OPEN
Actuator limit switch open
TRQ_CLOS
Actuator torque limit switch closed
TRQ_OPEN
Actuator torque limit switch open
DP_FAIL
Communication via Profibus-DP has failed
DP_BLOCK
Parameter blocking for parametering via Profibus DP is active
EM_START
Emergency start is active (cooling down time is not observed)
HW_TEST
Hardware test successful
EXT_SIG1
External message 1 pending
EXT_SIG2
External message 2 pending
EXT_SIG3
External message 3 pending
EX_WARN
External warning pending
UNSYM
Warning: asymmetry greater than 40%
PLC_CPU
PLC-CPU of the Profibus DP master has failed
SENS_SC
Warning: Short circuit in the thermistor sensor line
WA_EARTH
Warning: Earth fault detected
WA_OVLD
Warning: Overload detected
WA_UNSYM
Warning: Overload and asymmetry detected
WA_I1MAX
Warning: Current motor current is greater than set current Ie1
WA_I2MIN
Warning: Current motor current is less than set current Ie1
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Concepts
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
2-33
Name of the signal
Description
WA_I2MAX
Warning: Current motor current is greater than set current Ie2
WA_I2MIN
Warning: Current motor current is less than set current Ie2
WA_THERM
Warning: Thermistor motor temperature too high
ER_EARTH
Fault: Earth fault detected
ER_OVLD
Fault: Overload detected
ER_UNSYM
Fault: Overload and asymmetry detected
ER_I1MAX
Fault: Current motor current is greater than set current Ie1
ER_I2MIN
Fault: Current motor current is less than set current Ie1
ER_I2MAX
Fault: Current motor current is greater than set current Ie2
ER_I2MIN
Fault: Current motor current is less than set current Ie2
ER_THERM
Fault: Thermistor motor temperature too high
CURR_ON
Fault: Motor not switched on and motor current detected
CURR_OFF
Fault: Motor switched on and motor current not detected
MOT_STAL
Fault: Motor blocked (fivefold set current detected)
POS_STAL
Fault: Damper blocked (fivefold set current detected)
ER_DOUB0
Fault: Both torque limit switches contacted at the same time
ER_DOUB1
Fault: Both limit switches contacted at the same time
ER_ENDPO
Fault: Actuator has left end position without travel command
ER_NONEQ
Fault: Torque limit switch defective
RTS
Fault: Signal "Ready for switching on" not pending
OPO
Fault: Signal "Operation protection off" pending
UVO
Fault: Signal "Undervoltage off" pending
EXT_FLT1
Fault: Signal "External error 1" pending
EXT_FLT2
Fault: Signal "External error 2" pending
ER_CST
Fault: Signal "Test check-back" pending and motor current detected
ER_RT_ON
Fault: No motor current detected after ON command and expiry of running time
ER_RT_OF
Fault: Motor current detected after OFF command and expiry of running time
PARA_ER0
Fault: Discrepancies in current settings Ie1 / Ie2
en-YN.YNT.001.A
User manual
Concepts ®
POLCID for administrators
2-34
Name of the signal
Description
PARA_ER1
Fault: Wrong device type for earth fault / thermistor protection
PARA_ER2
Fault: Discrepancies in sensor settings
PARA_ER3
Fault: Discrepancies between current setting and control function
PARA_ER4
Fault: Allocation without operation block
PARA_ER5
Fault: Allocation without extension block
PARA_ER6
Fault: Bistable behaviour not available
PARA_ER7
Fault: Hardware error memory defective
RUN_TIME
Motor running time
NO_START
Number of starts
COUNTER1
Internal counter 1
COUNTER2
Internal counter 2
COOL_TIM
Cooling down time
NO_OVLD
Number of overload trippings
I_MAX
Maximum current
I_TRIP
Current value at the last overcurrent tripping
R_SENSOR
Resistance of the thermistor sensor
2.2.12 Noncyclical signals from the SIMOCODE-DP/pro C/V motor controller In the case of the SIMOCODE-pr C/V motor controller, extended status and diagnosis data can be requested via an acyclic communication (DPV1 communication). The blocks for controlling the SIMOCODE-pro C/V (see from) (see page 3-272) read some important diagnosis data of the SIMOCODE-pro C/V and display these in the associated faceplate. More detailed information on the function and programming of the SIMOCODEpro C/V motor controller can be found in the appliance manual "Win-SIMOCODEpro C/V system manual“. The following data of the SIMOCODE-pro C/V are used here: Name of the signal
Description
GENER_FAULT
Group fault pending
WARNING
Group warning pending
FAULT_RUNT_ON
Fault: Check-back signal ON command
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Concepts
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
Name of the signal
Description
FAULT_RUNT_OF
Fault: Check-back signal OFF command
FAULT_FEED_ON
Fault: Check-back signal ON
FAULT_FEED_OF
Fault: Check-back signal OFF
FAULT_COLD_ST
Fault: Cold operation (RMT)
FAULT_UVO
Fault: Power supply
FAULT_BLOCK_S
Fault: Damper blocked
FAULT_DOUB_0
Fault: Both torque limit switches contacted
FAULT_DOUB_1
Fault: Both limit switches contacted
FAULT_END_PO
Fault: Final position
FAULT_ANTIVAL
Fault: Antivalence
FAULT_OVLD
Fault: Overload
FAULT_OVLD_PF
Fault: Overload and phase error
FAULT_ASYM
Fault: Asymmetry
FAULT_MOT_STA
Fault: Motor blocked
FAULT_TH_OVLD
Fault: Thermistor overload
FAULT_IMAX
Fault: Overcurrent
FAULT_IMIN
Fault: Current less than minimum
FAULT_INT_EF
Fault: Internal earth fault
FAULT_TM_TEMP
Fault: Temperature greater than max (temperature block)
FAULT_EXT_F1
Fault: External error 1
FAULT_EXT_F1
Fault: External error 2
FAULT_BUS
Fault: Bus
FAULT_PLC
Fault: PLC
FAULT_HW_BU
Fault: Hardware basis unit
FAULT_MODULE
Fault: Block
FAULT_CONFIG
Fault: Configuration error
FAULT_TH_SC
Fault: Thermistor short circuit
FAULT_TH_WB
Fault: Thermistor cable breakage
FAULT_TM_SF
Fault: Temperature block sensor error
FAULT_TM_OR
Fault: Temperature block sensor outside measuring range
en-YN.YNT.001.A
2-35
User manual
Concepts ®
POLCID for administrators
2-36
Name of the signal
Description
FAULT_PARA
Fault: Faulty parameters
FAULT_TEST_SD
Fault: Test switch-off
FAULT_OPO
Fault: Operation protection off (BSA)
WARN_ASYM
Warning: Asymmetry
WARN_OVL
Warning: Overload
WARN_OVL_PF
Warning: Overload and phase error
WARN_BLOCK
Warning: Blockage
WARN_TH_OVL
Warning: Thermistor overload
WARN_CURR_HI
Warning: Overcurrent
WARN_CURR_LO
Warning: Current less than minimum
WARN_TM_HT
Warning: Temperature greater than max (temperature block)
WARN_TM_SE
Warning: Temperature block sensor error
WARN_TM_OR
Warning: Temperature block sensor outside measuring range
STA_DEV
Status: Device OK
STA_BUS
Status: Bus OK
STA_PLC
Status: PLC OK
STA_CURR
Status: Motor current flowing
ON11
Motor runs rapidly in direction 1
ON1
Motor runs in direction 1
OFF
Motor is off
ON2
Motor runs in direction 2
ON22
Motor runs rapidly in direction 2
START_ACTIVE
Motor starts
LOCK_ACTIVE
Interlock system time active
IDL_TIME
Waiting time (Star Delta)
OPER_PRO_OFF
Operation protection OFF
AUTO_MODE
Motor is in automatic mode
TEST_POS_FEED
Test position check-back signal
FEED_CLOSE
Check-back signal closed
FEED_OPEN
Check-back signal open
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Concepts
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
2-37
Name of the signal
Description
TRQ_CLOSE
Torque closed
TRQ_OPEN
Torque open
COOL_DOWN_TIM
Cooling down time running
BREA_TIM_ACT
Pause interval is active
EMER_STA_EXE
Emergency start executed
Table 1: Data record 92 (device diagnosis)
Name of the signal
Description
HEAT_UP_MOT_MO
Heating model in %
PHASE_ASYM
Phase asymmetry in %
RECOV_TIME
Time until re-switching on
TEMP1
Temperature block temperature 1
TEMP2
Temperature block temperature 2
TEMP3
Temperature block temperature 3
TIME_TO_TRIP
Time until tripping of overcurrent protection device
I_L1
Current conductor 1
I_L2
Current conductor 2
I_L3
Current conductor 3
Table 2: Data record 94 (measured values)
Name of the signal
Description
NO_OVLD
Number of overload trippings
M_OP_HOURS
Operating hours
RECOV_TIME
Time until re-switching on
NO_START
Number of starts
Table 3: Data record 95 (statistical values)
Name of the signal
Description
ALH_TEMP
Temperature alarm limit
OLH_TEMP
Temperature operating limit
Table 4: Data record 132 (extended device parameters)
en-YN.YNT.001.A
User manual
Concepts ®
POLCID for administrators
2-38
2.2.13 Signals from the AUMATIC Actuator The blocks which communicate with the AUMATIC Actuator and control these devices exchange a series of standardised signals. In the following list, you will find the signal names and an explanation of the function.
Name of the signal
Description
ACTSET
Actual value and setpoint value do not correspond (selected position reached)
CLEAR
"Global Control Clear" command received
COMWR
Wrong command
CONFIG
Configuration error
DIGINP1
Digital input 1
DIGINP2
Digital input 2
DIGINP3
Digital input 3
DIGINP4
Digital input 4
EDW
Running time warning (maximum running time exceeded)
GFLT
Group fault pending
GWARN
Group warning pending
IMPOS1
Intermediate position 1
IMPOS2
Intermediate position 2
IMPOS3
Intermediate position 3
IMPOS4
Intermediate position 4
INTF
Internal error
INTW
Internal warning
LOCAL
Local Selector switch in position "Local"
LSW1
Limit switch direction 1 (closed)
LSW2
Limit switch direction 2 (open)
NOAV
Not ready for remote operation
NOREF
Current position not calibrated (no reference movement performed)
NREMOTE
Selector switch is not set to position "Remote"
OPLOCA
Drive operates locally
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Concepts
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
2-39
Name of the signal
Description
OPMANU
Drive operates with hand wheel
OPREM
Drive operates in remote operation
PAUSE
Travel pause
PHASE
Phase error
PHASF
Phase error
POS
Current actuator position
POS1
Limit switch direction 1 (closed)
POS2
Limit switch direction 2 (open)
POSDIS
Wire breakage at analogue input E2 (current position)
PROPOR
Proportional travel
PULS
Enter cycle route
RCR
Drive operating
RCR1
Drive operating in direction 1 (close)
RCR2
Drive operating in direction 2 (open)
TEMP
Thermo error (motor protection)
TEMPF
Thermo error (motor protection)
TIMEW
Actuating time warning (maximum actuating time exceeded)
TORQ1
Torque direction 1 (close)
TORQ1F
Torque error direction 1 (close)
TORQ2
Torque direction 2 (open)
TORQ2F
Torque error direction 2 (open)
REMOTE
Selector switch in position "Remote"
2.2.14 Signals from Hasler dosing devices The blocks which communicate with Hasler dosing devices and control these devices exchange a series of standardised signals. In the following list, you will find the signal names and an explanation of the function. Name of the signal
Description
BTARA
Belt calibration in operation
AVBL
Dosing device available
en-YN.YNT.001.A
User manual
Concepts ®
POLCID for administrators
2-40
Name of the signal
Description
BTARA
Belt calibration running
CAVBL
Online calibration is available
CMEAS
Online calibration is in measuring phase
COUN1
Material counter 1
COUN2
Material counter 2
CRCR1
Online calibration is in operation
CRNGX
Online calibration result outside permissible limit values
CTRPOINT
Current monitoring position for dosing device ( 0 = central, 1 = local, 2 = local maintenance )
CWACC
Online calibration waiting for acceptance of results
DSW
Belt skew monitoring switch
EMERG
Local emergency operation
ERBI
Error - belt index
ERBMA2
Error - belt load > maximum
ERBMI2
Error - belt load < minimum
ERBTA
Error in belt calibration
ERCC
Error - Communication to master control system
ERBS
Belt speed measuring error
ERBT
Error - Belt motor temperature too high
ERHMA2
Error - feed bin weight > maximum
ERHMI2
Error - Feed bin weight < minimum
ERLSW1
Error - "limit switch closed" is expected but does not arrive
ERLSW2
Error - "limit switch open" is expected but does not arrive
ERLSWB
Error - Both limit switches for open and closed pending
ERLSWS
Error - safety limit switch (torque)
ERMMA2
Error - Mass flow > maximum
ERMMI2
Error - Mass flow < minimum
ERSMA2
Error - setpoint value > maximum
ERSMI2
Error - setpoint value < minimum
ERPROF
Error - rotary flow regulating valve position check-back signal
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Concepts
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
2-41
Name of the signal
Description
ERPROT
Error - rotary flow regulating valve temperature > maximum
ERRA
Error - refilling aborted
ERRT
Error - refilling time expired
ERWD
Error - communication monitoring (Watchdog)
GFLT
Group fault
HWT
Feed bin filling weight
HWT_LIM
Maximum refilling limit
HWTLIM_S
Maximum feed bin filling level setpoint value
FEED
Command - Start feed bin filling
FDRPOS1
Rotary flow regulating valve 1 current position
FDRPOS2
Rotary flow regulating valve 2 current position
FDR1LSC
Rotary flow regulating valve 1 is closed
FDR1LSO
Rotary flow regulating valve 1 is open
FDR2LSC
Rotary flow regulating valve 2 is closed
FDR2LSO
Rotary flow regulating valve 2 is open
FDREMERG
Selected rotary flow regulating valve in emergency local operating mode
FDRLSC
Selected rotary flow regulating valve is closed
FDRLSO
Selected rotary flow regulating valve is open
FLOWR
Current flow rate
GRAVI
Gravimetric operating mode
ILC1
Interlock system signal
ILCF
Error - monitoring time for interlock has expired
LOCAL
Dosing device in local operating mode
RCR1
Dosing device operation check-back signal
REMOTE
Dosing device in central operating mode
RESULT
Online calibration result
RFIL
Feed bin refilling
RFIL_OSG
Feed bin refilling in operation
RFIL_STA
Start feed bin refilling
en-YN.YNT.001.A
User manual
Concepts ®
POLCID for administrators
2-42
Name of the signal
Description
RFIL_STP
Stop feed bin refilling
SETFB
Setpoint value check-back signal
STPAL
Stop alarm (only this alarm stops the dosing device)
2.2.15 Signals from General Electric frequency converters The blocks which communicate with General Electric frequency converters and control these devices exchange a series of standardised signals. In the following list, you will find the signal names and an explanation of the function. Name of the signal
Description
ALARM
Alarm pending
ACTSET
Actual frequency value is equal to setpoint value
AVBL
Ready to be switched on
CLIM
Drive has reached current limit
COMOK
Communication is O.K.
CUT
"CUT“ detection
FLT
Group fault
FRANGE
Current frequency is equal to or greater than the setpoint value
FSTPR
Fast stop is active
FWD
Forwards operating mode
I_DECR
Reduce local speed
I_EMOF
Local emergency off device
I_INCR
Increase local speed
I_JOG
Local jog monitoring
I_PMI1
Machine protection interlock input
I_REMO
Central operating mode
I_START
Local start
I_TEMP
Motor temperature too high
OVLD
Overcurrent tripping
OVLD1
Overcurrent existing for more than 5 minutes
OVLD2
Overcurrent existing for more than 20 minutes
PMI1R
Machine protection interlock is active
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Concepts
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
2-43
Name of the signal
Description
POWER
Current power consumption
READY
Ready for operation
REMOTE
Available for remote operation
RESET
Reset of faults
RCR1
Drive operating
REV
Backwards operating mode
RUN
Drive operating
SETP
Frequency setpoint value (speed)
SPEED
Current frequency (speed)
SLIM
Drive has reached speed limit
STADIS
Switching on blocked
TORQUE
Current torque
VENT
Cabinet fan is in operation
en-YN.YNT.001.A
User manual
Concepts ®
POLCID for administrators
2-44
2.2.16 Signals from multifunctional measuring device Gossen Metrawatt A2000 Block which communicates with the multifunctional measuring device A2000 and exchanges a series of standardised signals. In the following list, you will find the signal names and an explanation of the function. Name of the signal
Description
ALARM1
Alarm 1 (relay 1) active
ALARM2
Alarm 2 (relay 2) active
CA_ERR
Device not calibrated (recalibriation required)
CL_ERR
Real time clock defective
CN_AL1
Condition for alarm 1 fulfilled
CN_AL2
Condition for alarm 2 fulfilled
CV_ERR
Real time clock power failure; real time value is wrong
DC_ERR
DC-Offset too large (measuring input defective)
EC_ERR
Power meter reading from EEPROM faulty
EP_ERR
Setting parameters from EEPROM faulty
EPR_ERR
EEPROM defective
FR_MAX
Supply frequency > 70Hz
FR_MIN
Supply frequency < 40Hz or not existing
I1_MAX
Current I1 overflow
I1_MIN
Current I1 < 0.8% of the measuring range or not existing
I2_MAX
Current I2 overflow
I2_MIN
Current I2 < 0.8% of the measuring range or not existing
I3_MAX
Current I3 overflow
I3_MIN
Current I3 < 0.8% of the measuring range or not existing
IN_ERR
Measuring input defective
PA_ERR
Parameter value impermissible, the transferred values are not taken over to the EEPROM
PH_ERR
Three-wire connection with sequence L1, L3, L2
U1_MAX
Voltage U1 overflow
U1_MIN
Voltage U1 < 0.7% of the measuring range or not existing
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Concepts
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
2-45
Name of the signal
Description
U2_MAX
Voltage U2 overflow
U2_MIN
Voltage U2< 0.7% of the measuring range or not existing
U3_MAX
Voltage U3 overflow
U3_MIN
Voltage U3< 0.7% of the measuring range or not existing
2.2.17 Signals from Pfister rotary weighfeeders Block which communicates with the rotary weighfeeder by Pfister and exchanges a series of standardised signals. In the following list, you will find the signal names and an explanation of the function. Name of the signal
Description
A120
Emergency off is active
A121
Volumetric filling level sensor of the feed bin
A122
Start enabling
A123
Motor message
A124
Rotor damper error
A125
Rotor damper is closed
A126
Rotor damper is open
A127
Temperature overload of rotor motor
A130
Silo damper error
A131
Open silo damper
A133
Correction exceeded
A134
Feed conveyor in operation
A135
Message from feed conveyor
A136
Feed conveyor motor temperature too high
A140
Check-back signal: Feed bin aeration is active
A141
Aeration error: aeration valve fuse
A142
Message: Power supply error or safety switch activated
A143
Message: Agitator motor temperature too high
A144
Message: maintenance switch or temperature overload
en-YN.YNT.001.A
User manual
Concepts ®
POLCID for administrators
2-46
Name of the signal
Description
A145
Message: OLM error, communication with PLC disturbed
AUTOLOC
CSC dosing controller in local automatic operating mode
AUTOREM
CSC dosing controller in remote automatic operating mode
DOFF
CSC dosing controller is deactivated
ERDEV
Error: Control deviation outside limits
ERDOS
Group fault, stoppage of dosing device
ERDRV
Error of dosing device drive
ERFIL
Feed conveyor group fault
ERLOD
Load outside limit values
ERTRK
Deviation between setpoint value and current rotation time
LMAX1
Maximum limit value, start limit for online calibration
LMAX2
Maximum limit value, refilling must be stopped
LMIN1
Minimum limit for online calibration
LMIN2
Minimum limit, feed bin is empty
LOCBOX
CSC dosing controller is in local operating mode
MODEADJ
CSC dosing controller is calibrated during operation
MSGSETP
CSC dosing controller in batch operating mode
OLCEND
Online calibration is finished
OLCFIL
Online calibration - Start refilling
OLCRCR
Online calibration is in operation
OLCSTA
Online calibration has started
RCR1
CSC dosing controller is in operation
REMOFF
Command block CSC dosing controller in remote operating mode
REMON
Command enabling CSC dosing controller from remote
RESET
Command acknowledge the errors of the CSC dosing controller
RESCOU
Command reset material quantity counter 1
SERVICE
CSC dosing controller in service operating mode
SPLOC
Local setpoint value is active
SPREM
Remote setpoint value is active
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Concepts
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
2-47
Name of the signal
Description
START
Starting command for CSC dosing controller in automatic mode
STOP
Stopping command for CSC dosing controller in automatic mode
2.2.18 Signals from ABB frequency converters The blocks which communicate with General Electric frequency converters and control these devices exchange a series of standardised signals. In the following list, you will find the signal names and an explanation of the function. Name of the signal
Description
ALARM
Alarm pending
AVBL
Ready to be switched on
CW
Command word from master to slave
FINT
Basic interlock (frequency converter stops)
FLT
Group fault
OLPT1
Overload tripping
PMI
Machine protection interlock is active
PON
Start/Stop frequency converter
POWER
Current power consumption
RESET
Reset of faults
RCR
Drive operating
SEN
Start pulse for frequency converter
SETP
Frequency setpoint value (speed)
SFIN
Selection for FINT operating principle ( 0 = FINT is interlocked on LEMO / 1 = FINT is interlocked on PMI1)
SPEED
Current frequency (speed)
en-YN.YNT.001.A
User manual
Concepts ®
POLCID for administrators
2-48
2.2.19 Signals from Siemens frequency converters The blocks which communicate with General Electric frequency converters and control these devices exchange a series of standardised signals. In the following list, you will find the signal names and an explanation of the function. Name of the signal
Description
ALARM
Alarm pending
ACTSET
Actual frequency value is equal to setpoint value
AVBL
Ready to be switched on
BRACT
Bridging contactor activated
BREAK
External holding brake
CAT_ACT
Function catching active or exciter time running
CLIM
Drive has reached current limit
CURR_MAX
Motor current is greater than or equal to limitation
DC_BREAK
D.C. injection brake
DIR_INV
Change direction of rotation
DIR_L_R
Direction of motor rotation left/right
ERCL
Error current limit reached
ERFR
Error frequency greater than maximum
ERIH
Cut-in lock error
ERO1
Error motor overload
ERO2
Error converter overload
ERTB
Error motor tilted or blocked
ERTM
Error motor temperature > maximum
ERTR
Error inverter temperature > maximum
ERUV
Error undervoltage
ERYS
Error not ready to be switched on
EXTFLT1
External error 1
EXTFLT2
External error 2
EXTWARN
External warning
FAULT
Group fault
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Concepts
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
2-49
Name of the signal
Description
FRANGE
Current frequency is equal to or greater than the setpoint value
FRQ_MAX
Frequency is less than shutdown limit
FRQGACT
Actual frequency is greater than reference frequency
FRQGSET
Actual frequency is greater than or equal to setpoint value
FRQLACT
Actual frequency is lower than reference frequency
JOG1
Jogging right
JOG2
Jogging left
KIP_FLN
Function kinetic buffering or flexible yielding is active
MRACT
Main contactor activated
OFF1
Start/Stop frequency converter
OFF2
Immediate pulse inhibitor, drive coasts
OFF3
Quick stop, shutting down with shortest deceleration time
OLPT_W
Warning converter thermal overload
OLPT1
Motor overload
OLPT2
converter overload
OPDIR
Change direction of rotation
OPER_ENB
Enable operation
PAR_SET
Selection parameter set local or remote
PILLIM
PI frequency is less than threshold value
PISAT
PI saturation
POTI_MI
Motor potentiometer lower
POTI_PL
Motor potentiometer higher
POWER
Current power consumption
PRELOAD
Preloading active
RAMP_ACT
Run-up initiator active
RAMP_ENB
Enabling ramp generator
RAMP_UNF
Enabling ramp generator setpoint value
RDY_OPER
Ready for operation
RDY_SWIT
Ready to be switched on
REMOTE
Available for remote operation
en-YN.YNT.001.A
User manual
Concepts ®
POLCID for administrators
2-50
Name of the signal
Description
RESET
Reset of faults
ROT_L
Command left rotating field
ROT_R
Command right rotating field
SETP
Frequency setpoint value (speed)
SETP_ENB
Enabling setpoint value
SPEED
Current frequency (speed)
SWIT_INH
Operation disabled
SYNC
Synchronicity reached
SYNC_W
Warning synchronisation error
TEMP
Converter temperature
TEMP_MF
Error temperature motor > maximum
TEMP_MW
Warning temperature motor > maximum
TEMP_RF
Error temperature inverter > maximum
TEMP_RW
Warning temperature inverter > maximum
TURN_BL
Error motor is tilted or blocked
UGLIM
Voltage greater than threshold value
ULLIM
Voltage lower than threshold value
UVOLT
undervoltage DC-link
WAOL
Warning converter overload
WATM
Warning motor temperature > maximum
WATR
Warning inverter temperature > maximum
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Concepts
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
2-51
2.2.20 Signals from general frequency converters The blocks which communicate with frequency converters and control these devices exchange a series of standardised signals. In the following list, you will find the signal names and an explanation of the function. Name of the signal
Description
ERF1
Error frequency converter faulty
ERF2
Error frequency converter faulty
ERF3
Error frequency converter faulty
ERF4
Error frequency converter faulty
ERF5
Error frequency converter faulty
ERF6
Error frequency converter faulty
GFLT
Frequency converter group fault
FLT1
Frequency converter fault
FLT2
Frequency converter fault
FLT3
Frequency converter fault
FLT4
Frequency converter fault
FLT5
Frequency converter fault
FLT6
Frequency converter fault
GWAR
Frequency converter group warning
GWARN
Frequency converter group warning
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
3
3-1
Blocks
3.1 Data exchange block DB_SYS: POLCID data exchange Description of DB_SYS Object name (Type + Number) DB 1 Function ®
The block is used for the data exchange of POLCID blocks between one another. The block contains signals that are necessary for the overall fault acknowledgement. In addition, it contains signals by means of which special alarms (EROP and MDAn) can be suppressed. Finally, it also contains a system ® time in seconds. This is the time base for all times in the POLCID blocks. Connections of DB_SYS Connection (parameters)
Meaning
Data type
GLOBAL_RESET
General error acknowledgement
BOOL 0
IO
Q
GLOBAL_RESET_OB30
Error acknowledgement in OB30
BOOL 0
IO
Q
GLOBAL_RESET_OB31
Error acknowledgement in OB31
BOOL 0
IO
Q
GLOBAL_RESET_OB32
Error acknowledgement in OB32
BOOL 0
IO
Q
GLOBAL_RESET_OB33
Error acknowledgement in OB33
BOOL 0
IO
Q
GLOBAL_RESET_OB34
Error acknowledgement in OB34
BOOL 0
IO
Q
GLOBAL_RESET_OB35
Error acknowledgement in OB35
BOOL 0
IO
Q
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Def.
Type Attr. O&O Perm. values
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-2
Connection (parameters)
Meaning
Data type
GLOBAL_RESET_OB36
Error acknowledgement in OB36
BOOL 0
IO
Q
GLOBAL_RESET_OB37
Error acknowledgement in OB37
BOOL 0
IO
Q
GLOBAL_RESET_OB38
Error acknowledgement in OB38
BOOL 0
IO
Q
C_GLOBAL_RESET_OB30 Start error acknowledgement in OB30
BOOL 0
IO
Q
C_GLOBAL_RESET_OB31 Start error acknowledgement in OB31
BOOL 0
IO
Q
C_GLOBAL_RESET_OB32 Start error acknowledgement in OB32
BOOL 0
IO
Q
C_GLOBAL_RESET_OB33 Start error acknowledgement in OB33
BOOL 0
IO
Q
C_GLOBAL_RESET_OB34 Start error acknowledgement in OB34
BOOL 0
IO
Q
C_GLOBAL_RESET_OB35 Start error acknowledgement in OB35
BOOL 0
IO
Q
C_GLOBAL_RESET_OB36 Start error acknowledgement in OB36
BOOL 0
IO
Q
C_GLOBAL_RESET_OB37 Start error acknowledgement in OB37
BOOL 0
IO
Q
C_GLOBAL_RESET_OB38 Start error acknowledgement in OB38
BOOL 0
IO
Q
ALARM_EROP
BOOL 0
IO
Q
EROP alarm suppression
Def.
Type Attr. O&O Perm. values
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
3-3
Connection (parameters)
Meaning
Data type
ALARM_GROC_MDA
MDA alarm suppression
BOOL 0
IO
Q
RESTART
System has restarted
BOOL 0
IO
Q
Spare04
Spare
BOOL 0
IO
Q
Spare05
Spare
BOOL 0
IO
Q
Spare06
Spare
BOOL 0
IO
Q
Spare07
Spare
BOOL 0
IO
Q
Spare08
Spare
BOOL 0
IO
Q
Spare09
Spare
BOOL 0
IO
Q
Spare10
Spare
BOOL 0
IO
Q
Spare11
Spare
BOOL 0
IO
Q
S_CYCLE_TIME_ERR
Memory bit for calling OB80 (cycle time error)
BOOL 0
IO
Q
S_CYCLE_TIME_ER30
Memory bit for calling OB80 (cycle time error) for use in OB30
BOOL 0
IO
Q
S_CYCLE_TIME_ER31
Memory bit for calling OB80 (cycle time error) for use in OB31
BOOL 0
IO
Q
S_CYCLE_TIME_ER32
Memory bit for calling OB80 (cycle time error) for use in OB32
BOOL 0
IO
Q
S_CYCLE_TIME_ER33
Memory bit for calling OB80 (cycle time error) for use in OB33
BOOL 0
IO
Q
S_CYCLE_TIME_ER34
Memory bit for calling OB80 (cycle time error) for use in OB34
BOOL 0
IO
Q
S_CYCLE_TIME_ER35
Memory bit for calling OB80 (cycle time error) for use in OB35
BOOL 0
IO
Q
S_CYCLE_TIME_ER36
Memory bit for calling OB80 (cycle time error) for use in OB36
BOOL 0
IO
Q
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Def.
Type Attr. O&O Perm. values
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-4
Connection (parameters)
Meaning
Data type
Def.
Type Attr. O&O Perm. values
S_CYCLE_TIME_ER37
Memory bit for calling OB80 (cycle time error) for use in OB37
BOOL 0
IO
Q
S_CYCLE_TIME_ER38
Memory bit for calling OB80 (cycle time error) for use in OB38
BOOL 0
IO
Q
CYCLE_TIME_ERROR
Memory bit for cycle time error
BOOL 0
IO
Q
CYCLE_TIME_ERR_30
Memory bit for cycle time error for use in OB30
BOOL 0
IO
Q
CYCLE_TIME_ERR_31
Memory bit for cycle time error for use in OB31
BOOL 0
IO
Q
CYCLE_TIME_ERR_32
Memory bit for cycle time error for use in OB32
BOOL 0
IO
Q
CYCLE_TIME_ERR_33
Memory bit for cycle time error for use in OB33
BOOL 0
IO
Q
CYCLE_TIME_ERR_34
Memory bit for cycle time error for use in OB34
BOOL 0
IO
Q
CYCLE_TIME_ERR_35
Memory bit for cycle time error for use in OB35
BOOL 0
IO
Q
CYCLE_TIME_ERR_36
Memory bit for cycle time error for use in OB36
BOOL 0
IO
Q
CYCLE_TIME_ERR_37
Memory bit for cycle time error for use in OB37
BOOL 0
IO
Q
CYCLE_TIME_ERR_38
Memory bit for cycle time error for use in OB38
BOOL 0
IO
Q
S_WARM_RESTART
Memory bit for calling OB100 (warm start)
BOOL 0
IO
Q
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
3-5
Connection (parameters)
Meaning
Data type
S_WARM_RESTART_30
Memory bit for calling OB100 (warm start) for use in OB30
BOOL 0
IO
Q
S_WARM_RESTART_31
Memory bit for calling OB100 (warm start) for use in OB31
BOOL 0
IO
Q
S_WARM_RESTART_32
Memory bit for calling OB100 (warm start) for use in OB32
BOOL 0
IO
Q
S_WARM_RESTART_33
Memory bit for calling OB100 (warm start) for use in OB33
BOOL 0
IO
Q
S_WARM_RESTART_34
Memory bit for calling OB100 (warm start) for use in OB34
BOOL 0
IO
Q
S_WARM_RESTART_35
Memory bit for calling OB100 (warm start) for use in OB35
BOOL 0
IO
Q
S_WARM_RESTART_36
Memory bit for calling OB100 (warm start) for use in OB36
BOOL 0
IO
Q
S_WARM_RESTART_37
Memory bit for calling OB100 (warm start) for use in OB37
BOOL 0
IO
Q
S_WARM_RESTART_38
Memory bit for calling OB100 (warm start) for use in OB38
BOOL 0
IO
Q
WARM_RESTART
Memory bit for warm start
BOOL 0
IO
Q
WARM_RESTART_OB30
Memory bit for warm start for use in OB30
BOOL 0
IO
Q
WARM_RESTART_OB31
Memory bit for warm start for use in OB31
BOOL 0
IO
Q
WARM_RESTART_OB32
Memory bit for warm start for use in OB32
BOOL 0
IO
Q
WARM_RESTART_OB33
Memory bit for warm start for use in OB33
BOOL 0
IO
Q
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Def.
Type Attr. O&O Perm. values
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-6
Connection (parameters)
Meaning
Data type
Def.
Type Attr. O&O Perm. values
WARM_RESTART_OB34
Memory bit for warm start for use in OB34
BOOL 0
IO
Q
WARM_RESTART_OB35
Memory bit for warm start for use in OB35
BOOL 0
IO
Q
WARM_RESTART_OB36
Memory bit for warm start for use in OB36
BOOL 0
IO
Q
WARM_RESTART_OB37
Memory bit for warm start for use in OB37
BOOL 0
IO
Q
WARM_RESTART_OB38
Memory bit for warm start for use in OB38
BOOL 0
IO
Q
S_NORM_RESTART
Memory bit for calling OB101 (restarting)
BOOL 0
IO
Q
S_NORM_RESTART_30
Memory bit for calling OB101 (restarting) for use in OB30
BOOL 0
IO
Q
S_NORM_RESTART_31
Memory bit for calling OB101 (restarting) for use in OB31
BOOL 0
IO
Q
S_NORM_RESTART_32
Memory bit for calling OB101 (restarting) for use in OB32
BOOL 0
IO
Q
S_NORM_RESTART_33
Memory bit for calling OB101 (restarting) for use in OB33
BOOL 0
IO
Q
S_NORM_RESTART_34
Memory bit for calling OB101 (restarting) for use in OB34
BOOL 0
IO
Q
S_NORM_RESTART_35
Memory bit for calling OB101 (restarting) for use in OB35
BOOL 0
IO
Q
S_NORM_RESTART_36
Memory bit for calling OB101 (restarting) for use in OB36
BOOL 0
IO
Q
S_NORM_RESTART_37
Memory bit for calling OB101 (restarting) for use in OB37
BOOL 0
IO
Q
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
3-7
Connection (parameters)
Meaning
Data type
S_NORM_RESTART_38
Memory bit for calling OB101 (restarting) for use in OB38
BOOL 0
IO
Q
NORM_RESTART
Memory bit for restarting
BOOL 0
IO
Q
NORM_RESTART_OB30
Memory bit for restarting for use in OB30
BOOL 0
IO
Q
NORM_RESTART_OB31
Memory bit for restarting for use in OB31
BOOL 0
IO
Q
NORM_RESTART_OB32
Memory bit for restarting for use in OB32
BOOL 0
IO
Q
NORM_RESTART_OB33
Memory bit for restarting for use in OB33
BOOL 0
IO
Q
NORM_RESTART_OB34
Memory bit for restarting for use in OB34
BOOL 0
IO
Q
NORM_RESTART_OB35
Memory bit for restarting for use in OB35
BOOL 0
IO
Q
NORM_RESTART_OB36
Memory bit for restarting for use in OB36
BOOL 0
IO
Q
NORM_RESTART_OB37
Memory bit for restarting for use in OB37
BOOL 0
IO
Q
NORM_RESTART_OB38
Memory bit for restarting for use in OB38
BOOL 0
IO
Q
S_COLD_RESTART
Memory bit for calling OB100 (cold start)
BOOL 0
IO
Q
S_COLD_RESTART_30
Memory bit for calling OB100 (cold start) for use in OB30
BOOL 0
IO
Q
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Def.
Type Attr. O&O Perm. values
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-8
Connection (parameters)
Meaning
Data type
Def.
Type Attr. O&O Perm. values
S_COLD_RESTART_31
Memory bit for calling OB100 (cold start) for use in OB31
BOOL 0
IO
Q
S_COLD_RESTART_32
Memory bit for calling OB100 (cold start) for use in OB32
BOOL 0
IO
Q
S_COLD_RESTART_33
Memory bit for calling OB100 (cold start) for use in OB33
BOOL 0
IO
Q
S_COLD_RESTART_34
Memory bit for calling OB100 (cold start) for use in OB34
BOOL 0
IO
Q
S_COLD_RESTART_35
Memory bit for calling OB100 (cold start) for use in OB35
BOOL 0
IO
Q
S_COLD_RESTART_36
Memory bit for calling OB100 (cold start) for use in OB36
BOOL 0
IO
Q
S_COLD_RESTART_37
Memory bit for calling OB100 (cold start) for use in OB37
BOOL 0
IO
Q
S_COLD_RESTART_38
Memory bit for calling OB100 (cold start) for use in OB38
BOOL 0
IO
Q
COLD_RESTART
Memory bit for cold start
BOOL 0
IO
Q
COLD_RESTART_OB30
Memory bit for cold start for use in OB30
BOOL 0
IO
Q
COLD_RESTART_OB31
Memory bit for cold start for use in OB31
BOOL 0
IO
Q
COLD_RESTART_OB32
Memory bit for cold start for use in OB32
BOOL 0
IO
Q
COLD_RESTART_OB33
Memory bit for cold start for use in OB33
BOOL 0
IO
Q
COLD_RESTART_OB34
Memory bit for cold start for use in OB34
BOOL 0
IO
Q
COLD_RESTART_OB35
Memory bit for cold start for use in OB35
BOOL 0
IO
Q
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
3-9
Connection (parameters)
Meaning
Data type
COLD_RESTART_OB36
Memory bit for cold start for use in OB36
BOOL 0
IO
Q
COLD_RESTART_OB37
Memory bit for cold start for use in OB37
BOOL 0
IO
Q
COLD_RESTART_OB38
Memory bit for cold start for use in OB38
BOOL 0
IO
Q
S_END_HOUR_DONE
Memory bit for end of BOOL 0 hour nearly reached is finished
IO
Q
S_END_HOUR
Memory bit for end of hour nearly reached
BOOL 0
IO
Q
S_END_HOUR_OB30
Memory bit for end of hour nearly reached for use in OB30
BOOL 0
IO
Q
S_END_HOUR_OB31
Memory bit for end of hour nearly reached for use in OB31
BOOL 0
IO
Q
S_END_HOUR_OB32
Memory bit for end of hour nearly reached for use in OB32
BOOL 0
IO
Q
S_END_HOUR_OB33
Memory bit for end of hour nearly reached for use in OB33
BOOL 0
IO
Q
S_END_HOUR_OB34
Memory bit for end of hour nearly reached for use in OB34
BOOL 0
IO
Q
S_END_HOUR_OB35
Memory bit for end of hour nearly reached for use in OB35
BOOL 0
IO
Q
S_END_HOUR_OB36
Memory bit for end of hour nearly reached for use in OB36
BOOL 0
IO
Q
S_END_HOUR_OB37
Memory bit for end of hour nearly reached for use in OB37
BOOL 0
IO
Q
S_END_HOUR_OB38
Memory bit for end of hour nearly reached for use in OB38
BOOL 0
IO
Q
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Def.
Type Attr. O&O Perm. values
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-10
Connection (parameters)
Meaning
Data type
Def.
Type Attr. O&O Perm. values
END_HOUR
Memory bit for end of hour nearly reached
BOOL 0
IO
Q
END_HOUR_OB30
Memory bit for end of hour nearly reached for use in OB30
BOOL 0
IO
Q
END_HOUR_OB31
Memory bit for end of hour nearly reached for use in OB31
BOOL 0
IO
Q
END_HOUR_OB32
Memory bit for end of hour nearly reached for use in OB32
BOOL 0
IO
Q
END_HOUR_OB33
Memory bit for end of hour nearly reached for use in OB33
BOOL 0
IO
Q
END_HOUR_OB34
Memory bit for end of hour nearly reached for use in OB34
BOOL 0
IO
Q
END_HOUR_OB35
Memory bit for end of hour nearly reached for use in OB35
BOOL 0
IO
Q
END_HOUR_OB36
Memory bit for end of hour nearly reached for use in OB36
BOOL 0
IO
Q
END_HOUR_OB37
Memory bit for end of hour nearly reached for use in OB37
BOOL 0
IO
Q
END_HOUR_OB38
Memory bit for end of hour nearly reached for use in OB38
BOOL 0
IO
Q
P_END_HOUR
Memory bit for pulse end of hour nearly reached
BOOL 0
IO
Q
P_END_HOUR_OB30
Memory bit for pulse end of hour nearly reached for use in OB30
BOOL 0
IO
Q
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
3-11
Connection (parameters)
Meaning
Data type
P_END_HOUR_OB31
Memory bit for pulse end of hour nearly reached for use in OB31
BOOL 0
IO
Q
P_END_HOUR_OB32
Memory bit for pulse end of hour nearly reached for use in OB32
BOOL 0
IO
Q
P_END_HOUR_OB33
Memory bit for pulse end of hour nearly reached for use in OB33
BOOL 0
IO
Q
P_END_HOUR_OB34
Memory bit for pulse end of hour nearly reached for use in OB34
BOOL 0
IO
Q
P_END_HOUR_OB35
Memory bit for pulse end of hour nearly reached for use in OB35
BOOL 0
IO
Q
P_END_HOUR_OB36
Memory bit for pulse end of hour nearly reached for use in OB36
BOOL 0
IO
Q
P_END_HOUR_OB37
Memory bit for pulse end of hour nearly reached for use in OB37
BOOL 0
IO
Q
P_END_HOUR_OB38
Memory bit for pulse end of hour nearly reached for use in OB38
BOOL 0
IO
Q
DIAG_MIN
Minimum permitted diagnosis address
INT
1
O
Q
DIAG_MAX
Maximum permitted diagnosis address
INT
16384 O
Q
SUBNET_MIN
Minimum permitted subnetwork number
INT
1
O
Q
SUBNET_MAX
Maximum permitted subnetwork number
INT
32
O
Q
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Def.
Type Attr. O&O Perm. values
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-12
Connection (parameters)
Meaning
Data type
Def.
Type Attr. O&O Perm. values
SLAVE_MIN
Minimum permitted slave address
INT
0
O
Q
SLAVE_MAX
Maximum permitted slave address
INT
127
O
Q
SYS_TIME
System time in seconds
REAL 0.0
IO
Q
DAT_TIM.YEAR
Year of the current date
BYTE 0
IO
Q
DAT_TIM.MONTH
Month of the current date
BYTE 0
IO
Q
DAT_TIM.DAY
Day of the current date
BYTE 0
IO
Q
DAT_TIM.HOUR
Hour of the current time
BYTE 0
IO
Q
DAT_TIM.MINU
Minute of the current time
BYTE 0
IO
Q
DAT_TIM.SCND
Second of the current time
BYTE 0
IO
Q
DAT_TIM.DAYW
Week day of the current date
BYTE 0
IO
Q
ADATE
System time
DATE 0
IO
Q
SUBNET_FAULT
Array for subnetwork errors [1..32,0..127]
BOOL 0
IO
Q
RACK_FAULT
Array for slave errors [1..16384]
BOOL 0
IO
Q
REQ_DIAGNOSTIC
Array for request to BOOL 0 call the diagnosis data [1..16384]
IO
Q
>0
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
3-13
3.2 Data exchange block LAB_IN: Input data from POLAB® Description of LAB_IN Object name (Type + Number) DB 2 Function ®
®
This block is a part of the data exchange between POLCID and the POLAB ® laboratory automation system. In this block, the input data of the POLAB laboratory automation system are written. Connections of LAB_IN Connection (parameters)
Meaning
Data type
Def. Type Attr. O&O Perm. values
POLAB_OSG
POLAB is in operation
BOOL
0
I
Q
POLAB_ERROR
POLAB fault
BOOL
0
I
Q
POLAB_CTR_ON
POLAB control system is in operation
BOOL
0
I
Q
SPARE003
Spare
BOOL
0
I
Q
SPARE004
Spare
BOOL
0
I
Q
SPARE005
Spare
BOOL
0
I
Q
SPARE006
Spare
BOOL
0
I
Q
SPARE007
Spare
BOOL
0
I
Q
SPARE010
Spare
BOOL
0
I
Q
SPARE011
Spare
BOOL
0
I
Q
SPARE012
Spare
BOOL
0
I
Q
SPARE013
Spare
BOOL
0
I
Q
SPARE014
Spare
BOOL
0
I
Q
SPARE015
Spare
BOOL
0
I
Q
SPARE016
Spare
BOOL
0
I
Q
SPARE017
Spare
BOOL
0
I
Q
SPARE020
Spare
BOOL
0
I
Q
SPARE021
Spare
BOOL
0
I
Q
SPARE022
Spare
BOOL
0
I
Q
en-YN.YNT.001.A
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-14
Connection (parameters)
Meaning
Data type
Def. Type Attr. O&O Perm. values
SPARE023
Spare
BOOL
0
I
Q
SPARE024
Spare
BOOL
0
I
Q
SPARE025
Spare
BOOL
0
I
Q
SPARE026
Spare
BOOL
0
I
Q
SPARE027
Spare
BOOL
0
I
Q
SPARE030
Spare
BOOL
0
I
Q
SPARE031
Spare
BOOL
0
I
Q
SPARE032
Spare
BOOL
0
I
Q
SPARE033
Spare
BOOL
0
I
Q
SPARE034
Spare
BOOL
0
I
Q
SPARE035
Spare
BOOL
0
I
Q
SPARE036
Spare
BOOL
0
I
Q
SPARE037
Spare
BOOL
0
I
Q
COMP1_SET
Component 1 setpoint value
REAL
0.0
I
Q
>0
COMP2_SET
Component 2 setpoint value
REAL
0.0
I
Q
>0
COMP3_SET
Component 3 setpoint value
REAL
0.0
I
Q
>0
COMP4_SET
Component 4 setpoint value
REAL
0.0
I
Q
>0
COMP5_SET
Component 5 setpoint value
REAL
0.0
I
Q
>0
COMP6_SET
Component 6 setpoint value
REAL
0.0
I
Q
>0
COMP7_SET
Component 7 setpoint value
REAL
0.0
I
Q
>0
COMP8_SET
Component 8 setpoint value
REAL
0.0
I
Q
>0
WATCHDOG_OUT1 Watchdog to POLAB 1
WORD 0
O
Q
WATCHDOG_OUT2 Watchdog to POLAB 2
WORD 0
O
Q
WATCHDOG_IN1
Watchdog from POLAB 1
WORD 0
I
Q
WATCHDOG_IN2
Watchdog from POLAB 2
WORD 0
I
Q
WATCHDOG_ERR1 Communication error with POLAB 1
BOOL
0
O
Q
WATCHDOG_ERR2 Communication error with POLAB 2
BOOL
0
O
Q
WATCHDOG_B442
BOOL
0
O
Q
Spare
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
3-15
Connection (parameters)
Meaning
Data type
Def. Type Attr. O&O Perm. values
WATCHDOG_B443
Spare
BOOL
0
O
Q
WATCHDOG_B444
Spare
BOOL
0
O
Q
WATCHDOG_B445
Spare
BOOL
0
O
Q
WATCHDOG_B446
Spare
BOOL
0
O
Q
WATCHDOG_B447
Spare
BOOL
0
O
Q
WATCHDOG_B450
Spare
BOOL
0
O
Q
WATCHDOG_B451
Spare
BOOL
0
O
Q
WATCHDOG_B452
Spare
BOOL
0
O
Q
WATCHDOG_B453
Spare
BOOL
0
O
Q
WATCHDOG_B454
Spare
BOOL
0
O
Q
WATCHDOG_B455
Spare
BOOL
0
O
Q
WATCHDOG_B456
Spare
BOOL
0
O
Q
WATCHDOG_B457
Spare
BOOL
0
O
Q
en-YN.YNT.001.A
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-16
3.3 Data exchange block LAB_OUT: Output data to POLAB® Description of LAB_OUT Object name (Type + Number) DB 3 Function ®
®
This block is a part of the data exchange between POLCID and the POLAB ® laboratory automation system. In this block, the output data of the POLAB laboratory automation system are written. Connections of LAB_OUT
Def. Type Attr. O&O Perm. values
Connection (parameters)
Meaning
Data type
COMP1_AVBL
Component 1 is available
BOOL 0
O
Q
COMP1_OSG1
Component 1 is in operation
BOOL 0
O
Q
COMP1_PART
Component 1 is participating
BOOL 0
O
Q
SPARE003
Spare
BOOL 0
O
Q
COMP2_AVBL
Component 2 is available
BOOL 0
O
Q
COMP2_OSG1
Component 2 is in operation
BOOL 0
O
Q
COMP2_PART
Component 2 is participating
BOOL 0
O
Q
SPARE007
Spare
BOOL 0
O
Q
COMP3_AVBL
Component 3 is available
BOOL 0
O
Q
COMP3_OSG1
Component 3 is in operation
BOOL 0
O
Q
COMP3_PART
Component 3 is participating
BOOL 0
O
Q
SPARE013
Spare
BOOL 0
O
Q
COMP4_AVBL
Component 4 is available
BOOL 0
O
Q
COMP4_OSG1
Component 4 is in operation
BOOL 0
O
Q
COMP4_PART
Component 4 is participating
BOOL 0
O
Q
SPARE017
Spare
BOOL 0
O
Q
COMP5_AVBL
Component 5 is available
BOOL 0
O
Q
COMP5_OSG1
Component 5 is in operation
BOOL 0
O
Q
COMP5_PART
Component 5 is participating
BOOL 0
O
Q
SPARE023
Spare
BOOL 0
O
Q
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
3-17
Connection (parameters)
Meaning
Data type
COMP6_AVBL
Component 6 is available
BOOL 0
O
Q
COMP6_OSG1
Component 6 is in operation
BOOL 0
O
Q
COMP6_PART
Component 6 is participating
BOOL 0
O
Q
SPARE027
Spare
BOOL 0
O
Q
COMP7_AVBL
Component 7 is available
BOOL 0
O
Q
COMP7_OSG1
Component 7 is in operation
BOOL 0
O
Q
COMP7_PART
Component 7 is participating
BOOL 0
O
Q
SPARE033
Spare
BOOL 0
O
Q
COMP8_AVBL
Component 8 is available
BOOL 0
O
Q
COMP8_OSG1
Component 8 is in operation
BOOL 0
O
Q
COMP8_PART
Component 8 is participating
BOOL 0
O
Q
SPARE037
Spare
BOOL 0
O
Q
PLNT_PART_OSG1 Plant section main machine in operation
BOOL 0
O
Q
PLNT_PART_MAT
Plant section main machine operates with material
BOOL 0
O
Q
SPARE042
Spare
BOOL 0
O
Q
SPARE043
Spare
BOOL 0
O
Q
TRSP_SA1_OSG1
Sampler 1 transport in operation
BOOL 0
O
Q
TRSP_SA1_MAT
Sampler 1 transport with material in operation
BOOL 0
O
Q
SPARE046
Spare
BOOL 0
O
Q
SPARE047
Spare
BOOL 0
O
Q
TRSP_SA2_OSG1
Sampler 2 transport in operation
BOOL 0
O
Q
TRSP_SA2_MAT
Sampler 2 transport with material in operation
BOOL 0
O
Q
SPARE052
Spare
BOOL 0
O
Q
SPARE053
Spare
BOOL 0
O
Q
TRSP_SA3_OSG1
Sampler 3 transport in operation
BOOL 0
O
Q
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Def. Type Attr. O&O Perm. values
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-18
Connection (parameters)
Meaning
Data type
Def. Type Attr. O&O Perm. values
TRSP_SA3_MAT
Sampler 3 transport with material in operation
BOOL 0
O
Q
SPARE056
Spare
BOOL 0
O
Q
SPARE057
Spare
BOOL 0
O
Q
TRSP_SA4_OSG1
Sampler 4 transport in operation
BOOL 0
O
Q
TRSP_SA4_MAT
Sampler 4 transport with material in operation
BOOL 0
O
Q
SPARE062
Spare
BOOL 0
O
Q
SPARE063
Spare
BOOL 0
O
Q
SPARE064
Spare
BOOL 0
O
Q
SPARE065
Spare
BOOL 0
O
Q
SPARE066
Spare
BOOL 0
O
Q
SPARE067
Spare
BOOL 0
O
Q
SPARE070
Spare
BOOL 0
O
Q
SPARE071
Spare
BOOL 0
O
Q
SPARE072
Spare
BOOL 0
O
Q
SPARE073
Spare
BOOL 0
O
Q
SPARE074
Spare
BOOL 0
O
Q
SPARE075
Spare
BOOL 0
O
Q
SPARE076
Spare
BOOL 0
O
Q
SPARE077
Spare
BOOL 0
O
Q
COMP1_ACT
Component 1 actual value
REAL 0.0
O
Q
>0
COMP1_SET
Component 1 setpoint value
REAL 0.0
O
Q
>0
COMP2_ACT
Component 2 actual value
REAL 0.0
O
Q
>0
COMP2_SET
Component 2 setpoint value
REAL 0.0
I
Q
>0
COMP3_ACT
Component 3 actual value
REAL 0.0
O
Q
>0
COMP3_SET
Component 3 setpoint value
REAL 0.0
I
Q
>0
COMP4_ACT
Component 4 actual value
REAL 0.0
O
Q
>0
COMP4_SET
Component 4 setpoint value
REAL 0.0
I
Q
>0
COMP5_ACT
Component 5 actual value
REAL 0.0
O
Q
>0
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
3-19
Connection (parameters)
Meaning
Data type
COMP5_SET
Component 5 setpoint value
REAL 0.0
I
Q
>0
COMP6_ACT
Component 6 actual value
REAL 0.0
O
Q
>0
COMP6_SET
Component 6 setpoint value
REAL 0.0
I
Q
>0
COMP7_ACT
Component 7 actual value
REAL 0.0
O
Q
>0
COMP7_SET
Component 7 setpoint value
REAL 0.0
I
Q
>0
COMP8_ACT
Component 8 actual value
REAL 0.0
O
Q
>0
COMP8_SET
Component 8 setpoint value
REAL 0.0
I
Q
>0
SAMP1_SILO
Target silo for sampler 1
REAL 0.0
I
Q
>0
SAMP1_TYPE
Material type for sampler 1
REAL 0.0
I
Q
>0
SAMP2_SILO
Target silo for sampler 2
REAL 0.0
I
Q
>0
SAMP2_TYPE
Material type for sampler 2
REAL 0.0
I
Q
>0
SAMP3_SILO
Target silo for sampler 3
REAL 0.0
I
Q
>0
SAMP3_TYPE
Material type for sampler 3
REAL 0.0
I
Q
>0
TOTAL_SET
Total feed rate setpoint value
REAL 0.0
I
Q
>0
TOTAL_ACT
Total feed rate actual value
REAL 0.0
I
Q
>0
COUNTER01
Material quantity counter
REAL 0.0
I
Q
>0
COUNTER02
Material quantity counter
REAL 0.0
I
Q
>0
COUNTER03
Material quantity counter
REAL 0.0
I
Q
>0
COUNTER04
Material quantity counter
REAL 0.0
I
Q
>0
COUNTER05
Material quantity counter
REAL 0.0
I
Q
>0
COUNTER06
Material quantity counter
REAL 0.0
I
Q
>0
COUNTER07
Material quantity counter
REAL 0.0
I
Q
>0
COUNTER08
Material quantity counter
REAL 0.0
I
Q
>0
COUNTER09
Material quantity counter
REAL 0.0
I
Q
>0
COUNTER10
Material quantity counter
REAL 0.0
I
Q
>0
COUNTER11
Material quantity counter
REAL 0.0
I
Q
>0
COUNTER12
Material quantity counter
REAL 0.0
I
Q
>0
COUNTER13
Material quantity counter
REAL 0.0
I
Q
>0
COUNTER14
Material quantity counter
REAL 0.0
I
Q
>0
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Def. Type Attr. O&O Perm. values
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-20
Connection (parameters)
Meaning
Data type
Def. Type Attr. O&O Perm. values
COUNTER15
Material quantity counter
REAL 0.0
I
Q
>0
COUNTER16
Material quantity counter
REAL 0.0
I
Q
>0
COUNTER17
Material quantity counter
REAL 0.0
I
Q
>0
COUNTER18
Material quantity counter
REAL 0.0
I
Q
>0
SPARE_R001
Spare
REAL 0.0
I
Q
SPARE_R002
Spare
REAL 0.0
I
Q
SPARE_R003
Spare
REAL 0.0
I
Q
SPARE_R004
Spare
REAL 0.0
I
Q
SPARE_R005
Spare
REAL 0.0
I
Q
SPARE_R006
Spare
REAL 0.0
I
Q
SPARE_R007
Spare
REAL 0.0
I
Q
SPARE_R008
Spare
REAL 0.0
I
Q
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
3-21
3.4 Data exchange block LAB_ANA: Analysis results of POLAB® Description of LAB_ANA Object name (Type + Number) DB 4 Function ®
®
This block is a part of the data exchange between POLCID and the POLAB ® laboratory automation system. In this block, the analysis results of the POLAB laboratory automation system are written. Connections of LAB_ANA Connection (parameters)
Meaning
Data type
Def. Type Attr. O&O Perm. values
POLAB_ANA01
Analysis result no. 01
REAL
0.0
I
Q
POLAB_ANA02
Analysis result no. 02
REAL
0.0
I
Q
POLAB_ANA03
Analysis result no. 03
REAL
0.0
I
Q
POLAB_ANA04
Analysis result no. 04
REAL
0.0
I
Q
POLAB_ANA05
Analysis result no. 05
REAL
0.0
I
Q
POLAB_ANA06
Analysis result no. 06
REAL
0.0
I
Q
POLAB_ANA07
Analysis result no. 07
REAL
0.0
I
Q
POLAB_ANA08
Analysis result no. 08
REAL
0.0
I
Q
POLAB_ANA09
Analysis result no. 09
REAL
0.0
I
Q
POLAB_ANA10
Analysis result no. 10
REAL
0.0
I
Q
POLAB_ANA11
Analysis result no. 11
REAL
0.0
I
Q
POLAB_ANA12
Analysis result no. 12
REAL
0.0
I
Q
POLAB_ANA13
Analysis result no. 13
REAL
0.0
I
Q
POLAB_ANA14
Analysis result no. 14
REAL
0.0
I
Q
POLAB_ANA15
Analysis result no. 15
REAL
0.0
I
Q
POLAB_ANA16
Analysis result no. 16
REAL
0.0
I
Q
POLAB_ANA17
Analysis result no. 17
REAL
0.0
I
Q
POLAB_ANA18
Analysis result no. 18
REAL
0.0
I
Q
POLAB_ANA19
Analysis result no. 19
REAL
0.0
I
Q
POLAB_ANA20
Analysis result no. 20
REAL
0.0
I
Q
en-YN.YNT.001.A
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-22
Connection (parameters)
Meaning
Data type
Def. Type Attr. O&O Perm. values
POLAB_ANA21
Analysis result no. 21
REAL
0.0
I
Q
POLAB_ANA22
Analysis result no. 22
REAL
0.0
I
Q
POLAB_ANA23
Analysis result no. 23
REAL
0.0
I
Q
POLAB_ANA24
Analysis result no. 24
REAL
0.0
I
Q
POLAB_ANA25
Analysis result no. 25
REAL
0.0
I
Q
POLAB_ANA26
Analysis result no. 26
REAL
0.0
I
Q
POLAB_ANA27
Analysis result no. 27
REAL
0.0
I
Q
POLAB_ANA28
Analysis result no. 28
REAL
0.0
I
Q
POLAB_ANA29
Analysis result no. 29
REAL
0.0
I
Q
POLAB_ANA30
Analysis result no. 30
REAL
0.0
I
Q
POLAB_ANA31
Analysis result no. 31
REAL
0.0
I
Q
POLAB_ANA32
Analysis result no. 32
REAL
0.0
I
Q
I
Q
POLAB_SAMPID Sample identification of current sample
STRING[15] 0
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
3-23
3.5 A2000_PA: Parameter data for the Multimess A2000 measuring device Description of A2000_PA Object name (Type + Number) DB 10 Function This block is used by the function block FB 530 (A2000) which is used for communication with the measuring device Gossen Metrawatt Multimess A2000. It contains parameter values which are required for requesting the different measured values from the Multimess A2000. When communicating with this measuring device via a Profibus interface, it is not defined fixed values that are transmitted but freely parameterisable values. The parameters for a specific measured value are transmitted to the device, after which the device then sends the corresponding measured value. The block listed below contains the parameters for all values that are transmitted to the block by the measuring device. The values will then be stored in a second data block DB 11 (A2000_DA) and can be used in the program from there. A request for a measured value always includes two consecutive bytes, the measured value number (NR) and the parameter index of the group (PI). Connections of A2000_PA Connection Meaning (parameters)
Data type
NR_00_01
Phase-to-neutral voltage U1
BYTE 1
I
Q
PI_00_01
Parameter index group 00 - phaseto-neutral voltages
BYTE 0
I
Q
NR_00_02
Phase-to-neutral voltage U2
BYTE 2
I
Q
PI_00_02
Parameter index group 00 - phaseto-neutral voltages
BYTE 0
I
Q
NR_00_03
Phase-to-neutral voltage U3
BYTE 3
I
Q
PI_00_03
Parameter index group 00 - phaseto-neutral voltages
BYTE 0
I
Q
NR_00_04
Total of phase-to-neutral voltages UΣ
BYTE 4
I
Q
PI_00_04
Parameter index group 00 - phaseto-neutral voltages
BYTE 0
I
Q
NR_01_01
Phase-to-phase voltage U12
BYTE 1
I
Q
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Def.
Type Attr. O&O Perm. values
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-24
Connection Meaning (parameters)
Data type
Def.
Type Attr. O&O Perm. values
PI_01_01
Parameter index group 01 - phaseto-phase voltages
BYTE 1
I
Q
NR_01_02
Phase-to-phase voltage U23
BYTE 2
I
Q
PI_01_02
Parameter index group 01 - phaseto-phase voltages
BYTE 1
I
Q
NR_01_03
Phase-to-phase voltage U31
BYTE 3
I
Q
PI_01_03
Parameter index group 01 - phaseto-phase voltages
BYTE 1
I
Q
NR_01_04
Total of phase-to-phase voltages U∆Σ
BYTE 4
I
Q
PI_01_04
Parameter index group 01 - phaseto-phase voltages
BYTE 1
I
Q
NR_02_01
Phase current I1
BYTE 1
I
Q
PI_02_01
Parameter index group 02 - phase currents
BYTE 2
I
Q
NR_02_02
Phase current I2
BYTE 2
I
Q
PI_02_02
Parameter index group 02 - phase currents
BYTE 2
I
Q
NR_02_03
Phase current I3
BYTE 3
I
Q
PI_02_03
Parameter index group 02 - phase currents
BYTE 2
I
Q
NR_02_04
Total of phase currents IΣ
BYTE 4
I
Q
PI_02_04
Parameter index group 02 - phase currents
BYTE 2
I
Q
NR_03_01
Average phase current I1AVG
BYTE 1
I
Q
PI_03_01
Parameter index group 03 - average BYTE 3 phase currents
I
Q
NR_03_02
Average phase current I2AVG
BYTE 2
I
Q
PI_03_02
Parameter index group 03 - average BYTE 3 phase currents
I
Q
NR_03_03
Average phase current I3AVG
BYTE 3
I
Q
PI_03_03
Parameter index group 03 - average BYTE 3 phase currents
I
Q
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
3-25
Connection Meaning (parameters)
Data type
NR_03_04
Average total of phase currents IΣAVG
BYTE 4
I
Q
PI_03_04
Parameter index group 03 - average BYTE 3 phase currents
I
Q
NR_04_01
Effective power P1
BYTE 1
I
Q
PI_04_01
Parameter index group 04 effective powers
BYTE 4
I
Q
NR_04_02
Effective power P2
BYTE 2
I
Q
PI_04_02
Parameter index group 04 effective powers
BYTE 4
I
Q
NR_04_03
Effective power P3
BYTE 3
I
Q
PI_04_03
Parameter index group 04 effective powers
BYTE 4
I
Q
NR_04_04
Total of effective powers PΣ
BYTE 4
I
Q
PI_04_04
Parameter index group 04 effective powers
BYTE 4
I
Q
NR_05_01
Reactive power Q1
BYTE 1
I
Q
PI_05_01
Parameter index group 05 - reactive BYTE 5 powers
I
Q
NR_05_02
Reactive power Q2
BYTE 2
I
Q
PI_05_02
Parameter index group 05 - reactive BYTE 5 powers
I
Q
NR_05_03
Reactive power Q3
BYTE 3
I
Q
PI_05_03
Parameter index group 05 - reactive BYTE 5 powers
I
Q
NR_05_04
Total of reactive powers QΣ
BYTE 4
I
Q
PI_05_04
Parameter index group 05 - reactive BYTE 5 powers
I
Q
NR_06_01
Apparent power S1
BYTE 1
I
Q
PI_06_01
Parameter index group 06 apparent powers
BYTE 6
I
Q
NR_06_02
Apparent power S2
BYTE 2
I
Q
PI_06_02
Parameter index group 06 apparent powers
BYTE 6
I
Q
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Def.
Type Attr. O&O Perm. values
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-26
Connection Meaning (parameters)
Data type
Def.
Type Attr. O&O Perm. values
NR_06_03
Apparent power S3
BYTE 3
I
Q
PI_06_03
Parameter index group 06 apparent powers
BYTE 6
I
Q
NR_06_04
Total of apparent powers SΣ
BYTE 4
I
Q
PI_06_04
Parameter index group 06 apparent powers
BYTE 6
I
Q
NR_07_01
Power factor PF1
BYTE 1
I
Q
PI_07_01
Parameter index group 07 - power factors
BYTE 7
I
Q
NR_07_02
Power factor PF2
BYTE 2
I
Q
PI_07_02
Parameter index group 07 - power factors
BYTE 7
I
Q
NR_07_03
Power factor PF3
BYTE 3
I
Q
PI_07_03
Parameter index group 07 - power factors
BYTE 7
I
Q
NR_07_04
Total of power factors PFΣ
BYTE 4
I
Q
PI_07_04
Parameter index group 07 - power factors
BYTE 7
I
Q
NR_13_01
Neutral conductor current IN
BYTE 1
I
Q
PI_13_01
Parameter index group 13 - neutral conductor currents
BYTE 13
I
Q
NR_13_02
Maximum value neutral conductor current IN max
BYTE 2
I
Q
PI_13_02
Parameter index group 13 - neutral conductor currents
BYTE 13
I
Q
NR_13_03
Average neutral conductor current IN AVGx
BYTE 3
I
Q
PI_13_03
Parameter index group 13 - neutral conductor currents
BYTE 13
I
Q
NR_13_04
Maximum value average neutral conductor current IN AVG MAX
BYTE 4
I
Q
PI_13_04
Parameter index group 13 - neutral conductor currents
BYTE 13
I
Q
NR_15_01
Supply frequency
BYTE 1
I
Q
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
3-27
Connection Meaning (parameters)
Data type
PI_15_01
Parameter index group 15 - supply frequency
BYTE 15
I
Q
NR_09_01
Effective power of current interval PInt Σ
BYTE 1
I
Q
PI_09_01
Effective power intervals
BYTE 9
I
Q
NR_10_01
Reactive power of current interval QInt Σ
BYTE 1
I
Q
PI_10_01
Reactive power intervals
BYTE 10
I
Q
NR_11_01
Apparent power of current interval SInt Σ
BYTE 1
I
Q
PI_11_01
Apparent power intervals
BYTE 11
I
Q
NR_00_08
Maximum value total of phase-toneutral voltages UΣMAX
BYTE 8
I
Q
PI_00_08
Parameter index group 00 - phaseto-neutral voltages
BYTE 0
I
Q
NR_01_08
Maximum value total of phase-tophase voltages U∆ΣMAX
BYTE 8
I
Q
PI_01_08
Parameter index group 01 - phaseto-phase voltages
BYTE 1
I
Q
NR_02_08
Maximum value total of phase currents IΣ
BYTE 8
I
Q
PI_02_08
Parameter index group 02 - phase currents
BYTE 2
I
Q
NR_03_08
Maximum value average total of phase currents IΣAVG MAX
BYTE 8
I
Q
PI_03_08
Parameter index group 03 - average BYTE 3 phase currents
I
Q
NR_04_08
Maximum value total of effective powers U∆ΣMAX
BYTE 8
I
Q
PI_04_08
Parameter index group 04 effective powers
BYTE 4
I
Q
NR_05_08
Maximum value total of reactive powers QΣMAX
BYTE 8
I
Q
PI_05_08
Parameter index group 05 - reactive BYTE 5 powers
I
Q
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Def.
Type Attr. O&O Perm. values
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-28
Connection Meaning (parameters)
Data type
Def.
Type Attr. O&O Perm. values
NR_06_08
Maximum value total of apparent powers SΣMAX
BYTE 8
I
Q
PI_06_08
Parameter index group 06 apparent powers
BYTE 6
I
Q
NR_07_08
Minimum value total of power factors PFΣMIN
BYTE 8
I
Q
PI_07_08
Parameter index group 07 - power factors
BYTE 7
I
Q
NR_00_05
Maximum value phase-to-neutral voltage U1MAX
BYTE 5
I
Q
PI_00_05
Parameter index group 00 - phaseto-neutral voltages
BYTE 0
I
Q
NR_00_06
Maximum value phase-to-neutral voltage U2MAX
BYTE 6
I
Q
PI_00_06
Parameter index group 00 - phaseto-neutral voltages
BYTE 0
I
Q
NR_00_07
Maximum value phase-to-neutral voltage U3MAX
BYTE 7
I
Q
PI_00_07
Parameter index group 00 - phaseto-neutral voltages
BYTE 0
I
Q
NR_01_05
Maximum value phase-to-phase voltage U12MAX
BYTE 5
I
Q
PI_01_05
Parameter index group 01 - phaseto-phase voltages
BYTE 1
I
Q
NR_01_06
Maximum value phase-to-phase voltage U23MAX
BYTE 6
I
Q
PI_01_06
Parameter index group 01 - phaseto-phase voltages
BYTE 1
I
Q
NR_01_07
Maximum value phase-to-phase voltage U31MAX
BYTE 7
I
Q
PI_01_07
Parameter index group 01 - phaseto-phase voltages
BYTE 1
I
Q
NR_02_05
Maximum value phase current I1
BYTE 5
I
Q
BYTE 2
I
Q
MAX
PI_02_05
Parameter index group 02 - phase currents
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
3-29
Connection Meaning (parameters)
Data type
NR_02_06
BYTE 6
I
Q
Parameter index group 02 - phase currents
BYTE 2
I
Q
Maximum value phase current I3
BYTE 7
I
Q
Maximum value phase current I2
Def.
Type Attr. O&O Perm. values
MAX
PI_02_06 NR_02_07
MAX
PI_02_07
Parameter index group 02 - phase currents
BYTE 2
I
Q
NR_03_05
Maximum value average phase current I1AVG MAX
BYTE 5
I
Q
PI_03_05
Parameter index group 03 - average BYTE 3 phase currents
I
Q
NR_03_06
Maximum value average phase current I2AVG MAX
BYTE 6
I
Q
PI_03_06
Parameter index group 03 - average BYTE 3 phase currents
I
Q
NR_03_07
Maximum value average phase current I3AVG MAX
BYTE 7
I
Q
PI_03_07
Parameter index group 03 - average BYTE 3 phase currents
I
Q
Maximum value effective power P1
BYTE 5
I
Q
NR_04_05
MAX
PI_04_05
Parameter index group 04 effective powers
BYTE 4
I
Q
NR_04_06
Maximum value effective power P2
BYTE 6
I
Q
Parameter index group 04 effective powers
BYTE 4
I
Q
Maximum value effective power P3
BYTE 7
I
Q
MAX
PI_04_06 NR_04_07
MAX
PI_04_07
Parameter index group 04 effective powers
BYTE 4
I
Q
NR_05_05
Maximum value reactive power Q1MAX
BYTE 5
I
Q
PI_05_05
Parameter index group 05 - reactive BYTE 5 powers
I
Q
en-YN.YNT.001.A
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-30
Connection Meaning (parameters)
Data type
Def.
Type Attr. O&O Perm. values
NR_05_06
Maximum value reactive power Q2MAX
BYTE 6
I
Q
PI_05_06
Parameter index group 05 - reactive BYTE 5 powers
I
Q
NR_05_07
Maximum value reactive power Q3MAX
BYTE 7
I
Q
PI_05_07
Parameter index group 05 - reactive BYTE 5 powers
I
Q
NR_06_05
Maximum value apparent power S1MAX
BYTE 5
I
Q
PI_06_05
Parameter index group 06 apparent powers
BYTE 6
I
Q
NR_06_06
Maximum value apparent power S2MAX
BYTE 6
I
Q
PI_06_06
Parameter index group 06 apparent powers
BYTE 6
I
Q
NR_06_07
Maximum value apparent power S3
BYTE 7
I
Q
MAX
PI_06_07
Parameter index group 06 apparent powers
BYTE 6
I
Q
NR_07_05
Minimum value power factor PF1 MIN BYTE 5
I
Q
PI_07_05
Parameter index group 07 - power factors
BYTE 7
I
Q
NR_07_06
Minimum value power factor PF2 MIN BYTE 6
I
Q
PI_07_06
Parameter index group 07 - power factors
BYTE 7
I
Q
NR_07_07
Minimum value power factor PF3 MIN BYTE 7
I
Q
PI_07_07
Parameter index group 07 - power factors
BYTE 7
I
Q
NR_08_01
Active energy supplied in low-load hours
BYTE 1
I
Q
PI_08_01
Parameter index group 08 - active energy meter
BYTE 8
I
Q
PIN08_01
Value not used
BYTE 1
I
Q
PID08_01
Value not used
BYTE 8
I
Q
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
3-31
Connection Meaning (parameters)
Data type
NR_08_02
Active energy drawn in low-load hours
BYTE 2
I
Q
PI_08_02
Parameter index group 08 - active energy meter
BYTE 8
I
Q
PIN08_02
Value not used
BYTE 2
I
Q
PID08_02
Value not used
BYTE 8
I
Q
NR_08_03
Active energy supplied in high-load hours
BYTE 3
I
Q
PI_08_03
Parameter index group 08 - active energy meter
BYTE 8
I
Q
PIN08_03
Value not used
BYTE 3
I
Q
PID08_03
Value not used
BYTE 8
I
Q
NR_08_04
Active energy drawn in high-load hours
BYTE 4
I
Q
PI_08_04
Parameter index group 08 - active energy meter
BYTE 8
I
Q
PIN08_04
Value not used
BYTE 4
I
Q
PID08_04
Value not used
BYTE 8
I
Q
NR_12_01
Active energy supplied in low-load hours
BYTE 1
I
Q
PI_12_01
Parameter index group 12 - reactive BYTE 12 energy meter
I
Q
PIN12_01
Value not used
BYTE 1
I
Q
PID12_01
Value not used
BYTE 12
I
Q
NR_12_02
Active energy drawn in low-load hours
BYTE 2
I
Q
PI_12_02
Parameter index group 12 - reactive BYTE 12 energy meter
I
Q
PIN12_02
Value not used
BYTE 2
I
Q
PID12_02
Value not used
BYTE 12
I
Q
NR_12_03
Active energy supplied in high-load hours
BYTE 3
I
Q
PI_12_03
Parameter index group 12 - reactive BYTE 12 energy meter
I
Q
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Def.
Type Attr. O&O Perm. values
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-32
Connection Meaning (parameters)
Data type
Def.
Type Attr. O&O Perm. values
PIN12_03
Value not used
BYTE 3
I
Q
PID12_03
Value not used
BYTE 12
I
Q
NR_12_04
Active energy drawn in high-load hours
BYTE 4
I
Q
PI_12_04
Parameter index group 12 - reactive BYTE 12 energy meter
I
Q
PIN12_04
Value not used
BYTE 4
I
Q
PID12_04
Value not used
BYTE 12
I
Q
NR_09_02
Effective power of 1st previous interval PInt Σ
BYTE 2
I
Q
PI_09_02
Effective power intervals
BYTE 9
I
Q
NR_09_03
Effective power of 2nd previous interval PInt Σ
BYTE 3
I
Q
PI_09_03
Effective power intervals
BYTE 9
I
Q
NR_09_04
Effective power of 3rd previous interval PInt Σ
BYTE 4
I
Q
PI_09_04
Effective power intervals
BYTE 9
I
Q
NR_09_05
Effective power of 4th previous interval PInt Σ
BYTE 5
I
Q
PI_09_05
Effective power intervals
BYTE 9
I
Q
NR_09_06
Effective power of 5th previous interval PInt Σ
BYTE 6
I
Q
PI_09_06
Effective power intervals
BYTE 9
I
Q
NR_09_07
Effective power of 6th previous interval PInt Σ
BYTE 7
I
Q
PI_09_07
Effective power intervals
BYTE 9
I
Q
NR_09_08
Effective power of 7th previous interval PInt Σ
BYTE 8
I
Q
PI_09_08
Effective power intervals
BYTE 9
I
Q
NR_09_09
Effective power of 8th previous interval PInt Σ
BYTE 9
I
Q
PI_09_09
Effective power intervals
BYTE 9
I
Q
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
3-33
Connection Meaning (parameters)
Data type
NR_09_10
Effective power of 9th previous interval PInt Σ
BYTE 10
I
Q
PI_09_10
Effective power intervals
BYTE 9
I
Q
NR_09_11
Effective power of 10th previous interval PInt Σ
BYTE 11
I
Q
PI_09_11
Effective power intervals
BYTE 9
I
Q
NR_09_12
Maximum value effective power of interval PInt Σ
BYTE 12
I
Q
PI_09_12
Effective power intervals
BYTE 9
I
Q
NR_10_02
Reactive power of 1st previous interval QInt Σ
BYTE 2
I
Q
PI_10_02
Reactive power intervals
BYTE 10
I
Q
NR_10_03
Reactive power of 2nd previous interval QInt Σ
BYTE 3
I
Q
PI_10_03
Reactive power intervals
BYTE 10
I
Q
NR_10_04
Reactive power of 3rd previous interval QInt Σ
BYTE 4
I
Q
PI_10_04
Reactive power intervals
BYTE 10
I
Q
NR_10_05
Reactive power of 4th previous interval QInt Σ
BYTE 5
I
Q
PI_10_05
Reactive power intervals
BYTE 10
I
Q
NR_10_06
Reactive power of 5th previous interval QInt Σ
BYTE 6
I
Q
PI_10_06
Reactive power intervals
BYTE 10
I
Q
NR_10_07
Reactive power of 6th previous interval QInt Σ
BYTE 7
I
Q
PI_10_07
Reactive power intervals
BYTE 10
I
Q
NR_10_08
Reactive power of 7th previous interval QInt Σ
BYTE 8
I
Q
PI_10_08
Reactive power intervals
BYTE 10
I
Q
NR_10_09
Reactive power of 8th previous interval QInt Σ
BYTE 9
I
Q
PI_10_09
Reactive power intervals
BYTE 10
I
Q
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Def.
Type Attr. O&O Perm. values
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-34
Connection Meaning (parameters)
Data type
Def.
Type Attr. O&O Perm. values
NR_10_10
Reactive power of 9th previous interval QInt Σ
BYTE 10
I
Q
PI_10_10
Reactive power intervals
BYTE 10
I
Q
NR_10_11
Reactive power of 10th previous interval QInt Σ
BYTE 11
I
Q
PI_10_11
Reactive power intervals
BYTE 10
I
Q
NR_10_12
Maximum value reactive power of interval QInt Σ
BYTE 12
I
Q
PI_10_12
Reactive power intervals
BYTE 10
I
Q
NR_11_02
Apparent power of 1st previous interval SInt Σ
BYTE 2
I
Q
PI_11_02
Apparent power intervals
BYTE 11
I
Q
NR_11_03
Apparent power of 2nd previous interval SInt Σ
BYTE 3
I
Q
PI_11_03
Apparent power intervals
BYTE 11
I
Q
NR_11_04
Apparent power of 3rd previous interval SInt Σ
BYTE 4
I
Q
PI_11_04
Apparent power intervals
BYTE 11
I
Q
NR_11_05
Apparent power of 4th previous interval SInt Σ
BYTE 5
I
Q
PI_11_05
Apparent power intervals
BYTE 11
I
Q
NR_11_06
Apparent power of 5th previous interval SInt Σ
BYTE 6
I
Q
PI_11_06
Apparent power intervals
BYTE 11
I
Q
NR_11_07
Apparent power of 6th previous interval SInt Σ
BYTE 7
I
Q
PI_11_07
Apparent power intervals
BYTE 11
I
Q
NR_11_08
Apparent power of 7th previous interval SInt Σ
BYTE 8
I
Q
PI_11_08
Apparent power intervals
BYTE 11
I
Q
NR_11_09
Apparent power of 8th previous interval SInt Σ
BYTE 9
I
Q
PI_11_09
Apparent power intervals
BYTE 11
I
Q
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
3-35
Connection Meaning (parameters)
Data type
NR_11_10
Apparent power of 9th previous interval SInt Σ
BYTE 10
I
Q
PI_11_10
Apparent power intervals
BYTE 11
I
Q
NR_11_11
Apparent power of 10th previous interval SInt Σ
BYTE 11
I
Q
PI_11_11
Apparent power intervals
BYTE 11
I
Q
NR_11_12
Maximum value apparent power of interval SInt Σ
BYTE 12
I
Q
PI_11_12
Apparent power intervals
BYTE 11
I
Q
PINXX_02
Not used
BYTE 1
I
Q
PIDXX_02
Not used
BYTE 0
I
Q
PINXX_03
Not used
BYTE 2
I
Q
PIDXX_03
Not used
BYTE 0
I
Q
PINXX_04
Not used
BYTE 3
I
Q
PIDXX_04
Not used
BYTE 0
I
Q
PINXX_05
Not used
BYTE 4
I
Q
PIDXX_05
Not used
BYTE 0
I
Q
PINXX_06
Not used
BYTE 1
I
Q
PIDXX_06
Not used
BYTE 1
I
Q
PINXX_07
Not used
BYTE 2
I
Q
PIDXX_07
Not used
BYTE 1
I
Q
PINXX_08
Not used
BYTE 3
I
Q
PIDXX_08
Not used
BYTE 1
I
Q
PINXX_09
Not used
BYTE 4
I
Q
PIDXX_09
Not used
BYTE 1
I
Q
PINXX_10
Not used
BYTE 1
I
Q
PIDXX_10
Not used
BYTE 2
I
Q
PINXX_11
Not used
BYTE 2
I
Q
PIDXX_11
Not used
BYTE 2
I
Q
PINXX_12
Not used
BYTE 3
I
Q
PIDXX_12
Not used
BYTE 2
I
Q
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Def.
Type Attr. O&O Perm. values
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-36
Connection Meaning (parameters)
Data type
Def.
Type Attr. O&O Perm. values
MF_N3
Multiplication factor 0.001
REAL 1.0e-3 I
Q
MF_N2
Multiplication factor 0.01
REAL 1.0e-2 I
Q
MF_N1
Multiplication factor 0.1
REAL 1.0e-1 I
Q
MF_P0
Multiplication factor 1
REAL 1.0e+0 I
Q
MF_P1
Multiplication factor 10
REAL 1.0e+1 I
Q
MF_P2
Multiplication factor 100
REAL 1.0e+2 I
Q
MF_P3
Multiplication factor 1,000
REAL 1.0e+3 I
Q
MF_P4
Multiplication factor 10,000
REAL 1.0e+4 I
Q
MF_P5
Multiplication factor 100,000
REAL 1.0e+5 I
Q
MF_P6
Multiplication factor 1,000,000
REAL 1.0e+6 I
Q
MF_P7
Multiplication factor 10,000,000
REAL 1.0e+7 I
Q
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
3-37
3.6 A2000_DA: Measured values from the Multimess A2000 measuring device Description of A2000_DA Object name (Type + Number) DB 11 Function This block is used by the function block FB 530 (A2000) which is used for communication with the measuring device Gossen Metrawatt Multimess A2000. It contains the measured values that are read from the Multimess A2000. When communicating with this measuring device via a Profibus interface, it is not defined fixed values that are transmitted but freely parameterisable values. The parameters for a specific measured value are transmitted to the device, after which the device then sends the corresponding measured value. The block DB 10 (A2000_PA) contains the parameters for all values that are transmitted to the block by the measuring device. The values will then be stored in the data block described below and can be used in the program from there. Connections of A2000_DA Connection Meaning (parameters)
Data type
PH_U1ACT
Phase-to-neutral voltage U1
REAL 0.0
I
Q
PH_U2ACT
Phase-to-neutral voltage U2
REAL 0.0
I
Q
PH_U3ACT
Phase-to-neutral voltage U3
REAL 0.0
I
Q
PH_UTACT
Total of phase-to-neutral voltages UΣ
REAL 0.0
I
Q
D_U12ACT
Phase-to-phase voltage U12
REAL 0.0
I
Q
D_U23ACT
Phase-to-phase voltage U23
REAL 0.0
I
Q
D_U31ACT
Phase-to-phase voltage U31
REAL 0.0
I
Q
D_UTACT
Total of phase-to-phase voltages U∆Σ
REAL 0.0
I
Q
PH_I1ACT
Phase current I1
REAL 0.0
I
Q
PH_I2ACT
Phase current I2
REAL 0.0
I
Q
PH_I3ACT
Phase current I3
REAL 0.0
I
Q
PH_ISACT
Total of phase currents IΣ
REAL 0.0
I
Q
PH_I1AVG
Average phase current I1AVG
REAL 0.0
I
Q
PH_I2AVG
Average phase current I2AVG
REAL 0.0
I
Q
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Def. Type Attr. O&O Perm. values
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-38
Connection Meaning (parameters)
Data type
PH_I3AVG
Average phase current I3AVG
REAL 0.0
I
Q
PH_ISAVG
Average total of phase currents IΣAVG
REAL 0.0
I
Q
P1ACT
Effective power P1
REAL 0.0
I
Q
P2ACT
Effective power P2
REAL 0.0
I
Q
P3ACT
Effective power P3
REAL 0.0
I
Q
PSACT
Total of effective powers PΣ
REAL 0.0
I
Q
Q1ACT
Reactive power Q1
REAL 0.0
I
Q
Q2ACT
Reactive power Q2
REAL 0.0
I
Q
Q3ACT
Reactive power Q3
REAL 0.0
I
Q
QSACT
Total of reactive powers QΣ
REAL 0.0
I
Q
S1ACT
Apparent power S1
REAL 0.0
I
Q
S2ACT
Apparent power S2
REAL 0.0
I
Q
S3ACT
Apparent power S3
REAL 0.0
I
Q
SSACT
Total of apparent powers SΣ
REAL 0.0
I
Q
PF1ACT
Power factor PF1
REAL 0.0
I
Q
PF2ACT
Power factor PF2
REAL 0.0
I
Q
PF3ACT
Power factor PF3
REAL 0.0
I
Q
PFSACT
Total of power factors PFΣ
REAL 0.0
I
Q
INACT
Neutral conductor current IN
REAL 0.0
I
Q
INMAX
Maximum value neutral conductor current IN max
REAL 0.0
I
Q
Average neutral conductor current IN
REAL 0.0
I
Q
INAVG
Def. Type Attr. O&O Perm. values
AVGx
INAMA
Maximum value average neutral conductor current IN AVG MAX
REAL 0.0
I
Q
FREQ
Supply frequency
REAL 0.0
I
Q
PACT_I01
Effective power of current interval PInt Σ REAL 0.0
I
Q
QACT_I01
Reactive power of current interval QInt Σ REAL 0.0
I
Q
SACT_I01
Apparent power of current interval SInt Σ REAL 0.0
I
Q
PH_UMAX
Maximum value total of phase-toneutral voltages UΣMAX
I
Q
REAL 0.0
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
3-39
Connection Meaning (parameters)
Data type
D_UTMAX
Maximum value total of phase-tophase voltages U∆ΣMAX
REAL 0.0
I
Q
PH_ISMAX
Maximum value total of phase currents REAL 0.0 IΣ
I
Q
PH_ISAMA
Maximum value average total of phase REAL 0.0 currents IΣAVG MAX
I
Q
PSMAX
Maximum value total of effective powers U∆ΣMAX
REAL 0.0
I
Q
QSMAX
Maximum value total of reactive powers QΣMAX
REAL 0.0
I
Q
SSMAX
Maximum value total of apparent powers SΣMAX
REAL 0.0
I
Q
PFSMIN
Minimum value total of power factors PFΣMIN
REAL 0.0
I
Q
PH_U1MAX
Maximum value phase-to-neutral voltage U1MAX
REAL 0.0
I
Q
PH_U2MAX
Maximum value phase-to-neutral voltage U2MAX
REAL 0.0
I
Q
PH_U3MAX
Maximum value phase-to-neutral voltage U3MAX
REAL 0.0
I
Q
D_U12MAX
Maximum value phase-to-phase voltage U12MAX
REAL 0.0
I
Q
D_U23MAX
Maximum value phase-to-phase voltage U23MAX
REAL 0.0
I
Q
D_U31MAX
Maximum value phase-to-phase voltage U31MAX
REAL 0.0
I
Q
PH_I1MAX
Maximum value phase current I1 MAX
REAL 0.0
I
Q
PH_I2MAX
Maximum value phase current I2 MAX
REAL 0.0
I
Q
PH_I3MAX
Maximum value phase current I3 MAX
REAL 0.0
I
Q
PH_I1AMA
Maximum value average phase current REAL 0.0 I1AVG MAX
I
Q
PH_I2AMA
Maximum value average phase current REAL 0.0 I2AVG MAX
I
Q
PH_I3AMA
Maximum value average phase current REAL 0.0 I3AVG MAX
I
Q
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Def. Type Attr. O&O Perm. values
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-40
Connection Meaning (parameters)
Data type
Def. Type Attr. O&O Perm. values
P1MAX
Maximum value effective power P1 MAX REAL 0.0
I
Q
P2MAX
Maximum value effective power P2 MAX REAL 0.0
I
Q
P3MAX
Maximum value effective power P3 MAX REAL 0.0
I
Q
Q1MAX
Maximum value reactive power Q1MAX
REAL 0.0
I
Q
Q2MAX
Maximum value reactive power Q2MAX
REAL 0.0
I
Q
Q3MAX
Maximum value reactive power Q3MAX
REAL 0.0
I
Q
S1MAX
Maximum value apparent power S1MAX REAL 0.0
I
Q
S2MAX
Maximum value apparent power S2MAX REAL 0.0
I
Q
Maximum value apparent power S3
REAL 0.0
I
Q
S3MAX
MAX
PF1MIN
Minimum value power factor PF1 MIN
REAL 0.0
I
Q
PF2MIN
Minimum value power factor PF2 MIN
REAL 0.0
I
Q
PF3MIN
Minimum value power factor PF3 MIN
REAL 0.0
I
Q
PTOT_INL
Active energy supplied in low-load hours
REAL 0.0
I
Q
DUMMY01
Value not used
REAL 0.0
I
Q
PTOT_IML
Active energy drawn in low-load hours
REAL 0.0
I
Q
DUMMY02
Value not used
REAL 0.0
I
Q
PTOT_INH
Active energy supplied in high-load hours
REAL 0.0
I
Q
DUMMY03
Value not used
REAL 0.0
I
Q
PTOT_IMH
Active energy drawn in high-load hours REAL 0.0
I
Q
DUMMY04
Value not used
REAL 0.0
I
Q
QTOT_INL
Active energy supplied in low-load hours
REAL 0.0
I
Q
DUMMY05
Value not used
REAL 0.0
I
Q
QTOT_IML
Active energy drawn in low-load hours
REAL 0.0
I
Q
DUMMY06
Value not used
REAL 0.0
I
Q
QTOT_INH
Active energy supplied in high-load hours
REAL 0.0
I
Q
DUMMY07
Value not used
REAL 0.0
I
Q
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
Connection Meaning (parameters)
3-41
Data type
Def. Type Attr. O&O Perm. values
QTOT_IMH
Active energy drawn in high-load hours REAL 0.0
I
Q
DUMMY08
Value not used
REAL 0.0
I
Q
PACT_I02
Effective power of 1st previous interval REAL 0.0 PInt Σ
I
Q
PACT_I03
Effective power of 2nd previous interval PInt Σ
REAL 0.0
I
Q
PACT_I04
Effective power of 3rd previous interval REAL 0.0 PInt Σ
I
Q
PACT_I05
Effective power of 4th previous interval REAL 0.0 PInt Σ
I
Q
PACT_I06
Effective power of 5th previous interval REAL 0.0 PInt Σ
I
Q
PACT_I07
Effective power of 6th previous interval REAL 0.0 PInt Σ
I
Q
PACT_I08
Effective power of 7th previous interval REAL 0.0 PInt Σ
I
Q
PACT_I09
Effective power of 8th previous interval REAL 0.0 PInt Σ
I
Q
PACT_I10
Effective power of 9th previous interval REAL 0.0 PInt Σ
I
Q
PACT_I11
Effective power of 10th previous interval PInt Σ
REAL 0.0
I
Q
PACT_MAX
Maximum value effective power of interval PInt Σ
REAL 0.0
I
Q
QACT_I02
Reactive power of 1st previous interval REAL 0.0 QInt Σ
I
Q
QACT_I03
Reactive power of 2nd previous interval QInt Σ
REAL 0.0
I
Q
QACT_I04
Reactive power of 3rd previous interval REAL 0.0 QInt Σ
I
Q
QACT_I05
Reactive power of 4th previous interval REAL 0.0 QInt Σ
I
Q
QACT_I06
Reactive power of 5th previous interval REAL 0.0 QInt Σ
I
Q
QACT_I07
Reactive power of 6th previous interval REAL 0.0 QInt Σ
I
Q
en-YN.YNT.001.A
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-42
Connection Meaning (parameters)
Data type
Def. Type Attr. O&O Perm. values
QACT_I08
Reactive power of 7th previous interval REAL 0.0 QInt Σ
I
Q
QACT_I09
Reactive power of 8th previous interval REAL 0.0 QInt Σ
I
Q
QACT_I10
Reactive power of 9th previous interval REAL 0.0 QInt Σ
I
Q
QACT_I11
Reactive power of 10th previous interval QInt Σ
REAL 0.0
I
Q
QACT_MAX
Maximum value reactive power of interval QInt Σ
REAL 0.0
I
Q
SACT_I02
Apparent power of 1st previous interval SInt Σ
REAL 0.0
I
Q
SACT_I03
Apparent power of 2nd previous interval SInt Σ
REAL 0.0
I
Q
SACT_I04
Apparent power of 3rd previous interval SInt Σ
REAL 0.0
I
Q
SACT_I05
Apparent power of 4th previous interval SInt Σ
REAL 0.0
I
Q
SACT_I06
Apparent power of 5th previous interval SInt Σ
REAL 0.0
I
Q
SACT_I07
Apparent power of 6th previous interval SInt Σ
REAL 0.0
I
Q
SACT_I08
Apparent power of 7th previous interval SInt Σ
REAL 0.0
I
Q
SACT_I09
Apparent power of 8th previous interval SInt Σ
REAL 0.0
I
Q
SACT_I10
Apparent power of 9th previous interval SInt Σ
REAL 0.0
I
Q
SACT_I11
Apparent power of 10th previous interval SInt Σ
REAL 0.0
I
Q
SACT_MAX
Maximum value apparent power of interval SINT Σ
REAL 0.0
I
Q
DUMMY09
Value not used
REAL 0.0
I
Q
DUMMY10
Value not used
REAL 0.0
I
Q
DUMMY11
Value not used
REAL 0.0
I
Q
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
3-43
Connection Meaning (parameters)
Data type
DUMMY12
Value not used
REAL 0.0
I
Q
DUMMY13
Value not used
REAL 0.0
I
Q
DUMMY14
Value not used
REAL 0.0
I
Q
DUMMY15
Value not used
REAL 0.0
I
Q
DUMMY16
Value not used
REAL 0.0
I
Q
DUMMY17
Value not used
REAL 0.0
I
Q
DUMMY18
Value not used
REAL 0.0
I
Q
DUMMY19
Value not used
REAL 0.0
I
Q
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Def. Type Attr. O&O Perm. values
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-44
3.7 SEND_DB_DOSn: Values from the Disocont slave blocks to the Disocont master block Description of SEND_DB_DOSn (n=1…10) Object name (Type + Number) DB 21…DB30 Function Via the data blocks DB21…DB30, the Disocont slave block FB535 (DISO_SLA) sends data to the Disocont master block FB534 (DISO_MAS). Connections of SEND_DB_DOSn Connection (parameters)
Meaning
Data type
Send.Telegramm_ID
Standard telegram weigher identification 1 to 16
WORD 16#0100... 1000
Send.Kommando.ID140B8_Volumetrisch
Preselection volumetric BOOL
0
Send.Kommando.ID140B9_FeuchtKorrek_Ein
Moisture correction on
BOOL
0
Send.Kommando.ID140BA_FeuchtKorrek_Aus
Moisture correction off
BOOL
0
Send.Kommando.ID140BB_Messantrieb_Aus
Measuring drive off
BOOL
0
Send.Kommando.ID140BC_PLS_KlapRueckMel
PLS flap check-back signal
BOOL
0
Send.Kommando.ID140BD_ZuteilManuel_AUF
Metering device OPEN manually (only ES)
BOOL
0
Send.Kommando.ID140BE_ZuteilManuelSTOP
Metering device STOP manually (only ES)
BOOL
0
Send.Kommando.ID140BF_ZuteilManuel_ZU
Metering device CLOSED manually (only ES)
BOOL
0
Send.Kommando.ID140B0_Waage_START
Start
BOOL
0
Send.Kommando.ID140B1_Waage_STOP
Stop
BOOL
0
Send.Kommando.ID140B2_Ereigniss_QUITT
Acknowledge events
BOOL
0
Send.Kommando.ID140B3_Waage_FREIGABE
Enabling
BOOL
0
Send.Kommando.ID140B4_Wahl_Volumet
Preselection volumetric BOOL
0
Send.Kommando.ID140B5_Wahl_Gravimet
Preselection
0
BOOL
Def.
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
Connection (parameters)
3-45
Meaning
Data type
Def.
Send.Kommando.ID140B6_FoerMengZ1_RESET Reset conveying rate counter 1
BOOL
0
Send.Kommando.ID140B7_FoerMengZ2_RESET Reset conveying rate counter 2
BOOL
0
Send.Kommando.ID150B8_Fuellen_START
Filling start
BOOL
0
Send.Kommando.ID150B9_Fuellen_STOP
Filling stop
BOOL
0
Send.Kommando.ID150BA_Leeren_START
Emptying start
BOOL
0
Send.Kommando.ID150BB_Leeren_STOP
Emptying stop
BOOL
0
Send.Kommando.ID150BC_BunkRegel_INITIA
Initialise bin controller
BOOL
0
Send.Kommando.ID150BD_FueOrganAktivier
Activate filling device
BOOL
0
Send.Kommando.ID150BE_ZuteilerBeteilig
Involve metering device
BOOL
0
Send.Kommando.ID150BF_ZuteilerSchliess
Close metering device
BOOL
0
Send.Kommando.ID150B0_WahlChargieren
Charge preselection
BOOL
0
Send.Kommando.ID150B1_AbwahlChargieren
Charge deselection
BOOL
0
Send.Kommando.ID150B2_BeendChargieren
Quit charging
BOOL
0
Send.Kommando.ID150B3_NechsCharLeerFar
Next batch with empty running
BOOL
0
Send.Kommando.ID150B4_Nachverladen
Reloading
BOOL
0
Send.Kommando.ID150B5_Notsollwert_EIN
Emergency setpoint value on
BOOL
0
Send.Kommando.ID150B6_Notsollwert_AUS
Emergency setpoint value off
BOOL
0
Send.Kommando.ID150B7_Messantrieb_EIN
Measuring drive on
BOOL
0
Send.Sollwert
Setpoint value kgh
Real
0.0
Send.Status_2
Status 2 requested
WORD 16#0310
Send.Zahler_1
Conveying rate counter WORD 16#0752 1 requested
Send.Zahler_2
Conveying rate counter WORD 16#0754 2 requested
Send.Drehzahl
Speed (not requested here)
gravimetric
en-YN.YNT.001.A
WORD 16#0000
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-46
Connection (parameters)
Meaning
Data type
Def.
Send.Bunker_Fuellstand
Bin filling level (not requested here)
WORD 16#0000
Send.Fuellgewicht
Batch weigher filling weight requested
WORD 16#0762
Send.Reserve1…23
Spare (IDs to request further values)
WORD 16#0000
Send.Reserve24…38
Spare
REAL
0.0
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
3-47
3.8 RECEIVE_DB_DOSn: Values to the Disocont slave blocks from the Disocont master block Description of RECEIVE_DB_DOSn (n=1…10) Object name (Type + Number) DB 31…DB40 Function Via the data blocks DB31…DB40, the Disocont slave block FB535 (DISO_SLA) sends data from the Disocont master block FB534 (DISO_MAS). Connections of RECEIVE_DB_DOSn Connection (parameters)
Meaning
Data type
Empfang.Telegramm_ID
Echo
WORD 16#0000
Empfang.Status.ID2F0B8_Normalbetrieb
Normal operation
BOOL
0
Empfang.Status.ID2F0B9_TastaturMode
Keyboard mode
BOOL
0
Empfang.Status.ID2F0BA_LocalBetrieb
Local operation
BOOL
0
Empfang.Status.ID2F0BB_SimulatioBetrieb
Simulation operation
BOOL
0
Empfang.Status.ID2F0BC_AnfahrBetrieb
Start up operation
BOOL
0
Empfang.Status.ID2F0BD_MessantriebLaeuf
Measuring drive operating
BOOL
0
Empfang.Status.ID2F0BE_VerzMessradDosie
Delay of measuring wheel dosing drive
BOOL
0
Empfang.Status.ID2F0BF_SollwertBegrenzt
Setpoint value limited
BOOL
0
Empfang.Status.ID2F0B0_WaageLaeuft
Balance running
BOOL
0
Empfang.Status.ID2F0B1_KeineFreigabe
No enabling
BOOL
0
Empfang.Status.ID2F0B2_FoerdermengenZae
Conveying rate counter active
BOOL
0
Empfang.Status.ID2F0B3_VolumetrischDos
Volumetric
BOOL
0
Empfang.Status.ID2F0B4_WahlspracheOK
Selected language OK
BOOL
0
Empfang.Status.ID2F0B5_SammelAlarm
Group alarm
BOOL
0
Empfang.Status.ID2F0B6_SammelWarnung
Group warning
BOOL
0
Empfang.Status.ID2F0B7_JustageAktiv
Adjustment active
BOOL
0
Empfang.Status.ID300B8_WaageTarieren
Calibrating
BOOL
0
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Def.
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-48
Connection (parameters)
Meaning
Data type
Def.
Empfang.Status.ID300B9_WaageNullstellen
Zeroising
BOOL
0
Empfang.Status.ID300BA_Gewichtskontroll
Weight monitoring
BOOL
0
Empfang.Status.ID300BB_ImpulsBandumlauf
Pulse / Belt circuit
BOOL
0
Empfang.Status.ID300BC_Justage_DAE
DAE adjustment
BOOL
0
Empfang.Status.ID300BD_Auto_NullAktiv
Auto zero active
BOOL
0
Empfang.Status.ID300BE_Vol_AustragsAdap
Vol. discharge adapter
BOOL
0
Empfang.Status.ID300BF_ReglerOptimierun
Controller optimisation
BOOL
0
Empfang.Status.ID300B0_WahlChargierung
Charging preselected
BOOL
0
Empfang.Status.ID300B1_ChargierungAktiv
Charging active
BOOL
0
Empfang.Status.ID300B2_AuslaufCharge
Batch discharge (series contact)
BOOL
0
Empfang.Status.ID300B3_ChargierLeerFahr
Charging with empty running
BOOL
0
Empfang.Status.ID300B4_NONSI_Aktiv
NONSI active
BOOL
0
Empfang.Status.ID300B5_TotzeitAktiv
Dead time active
BOOL
0
Empfang.Status.ID300B6_TotzeitSollAktiv
Dead time setpoint value active
BOOL
0
Empfang.Status.ID300B7_TotzeitEin_AusAk
Dead time ON / OFF active
BOOL
0
Empfang.Istwert
Actual value kgh
Real
0.0
Empfang.Status_2.ID310B8_FoerderStaerMax
Flow rate > max.
BOOL
0
Empfang.Status_2.ID310B9_FoerderStaerMin
Flow rate > min.
BOOL
0
Empfang.Status_2.ID310BA_BandbelMax
Belt load > max.
BOOL
0
Empfang.Status_2.ID310BB_BandbelMin
Belt load > min.
BOOL
0
Empfang.Status_2.ID310BC_GeschwMax
Speed > max.
BOOL
0
Empfang.Status_2.ID310BD_GeschwMin
Speed < min.
BOOL
0
Empfang.Status_2.ID310BE_BehaelWaageMax
Batch weigher > max.
BOOL
0
Empfang.Status_2.ID310BF_BehaelWaageMin
Batch weigher > min.
BOOL
0
Empfang.Status_2.ID310B0_MessendesSystem
Measuring system
BOOL
0
Empfang.Status_2.ID310B1_FuellendesSystem
Filling system
BOOL
0
Empfang.Status_2.ID310B2_FuellenAktiv
Filling active
BOOL
0
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
3-49
Connection (parameters)
Meaning
Data type
Def.
Empfang.Status-_2.ID310B3_LeerenAktiv
Emptying active
BOOL
0
Empfang.Status_2.ID310B4_Klappe_Offen
Flap open
BOOL
0
Empfang.Status_2.ID310B5_Klappe_Zu
Flap closed
BOOL
0
Empfang.Status_2.ID310B6_ChargiereinAktiv
2nd charging unit active
BOOL
0
Empfang.Status_2.ID310B7_BehaelWaageAktiv
Batch weigher active
BOOL
0
Empfang.Status_2.ID320B8_KME_Vorhanden
KME provided
BOOL
0
Empfang.Status_2.ID320B9_KME_TaraRelUeber
KME Tara relatively exceeded
BOOL
0
Empfang.Status_2.ID320BA_KME_TaraAbsUeber
KME Tara absolutely exceeded
BOOL
0
Empfang.Status_2.ID320BB_KME_BereRelUeber
KME range relatively exceeded
BOOL
0
Empfang.Status_2.ID320BC_KME_BereAbsUeber
KME range absolutely exceeded
BOOL
0
Empfang.Status_2.ID320BD_KME_MessungAngem KME measurement announced
BOOL
0
Empfang.Status_2.ID320BE_KME_Vorbereiten
KME prepare
BOOL
0
Empfang.Status_2.ID320BF_KME_Laeuft
KME running
BOOL
0
Empfang.Status_2.ID320B0_FuellRegelVorh
Filling level control provided
BOOL
0
Empfang.Status_2.ID320B1_FuellstandMax
Filling level > max.
BOOL
0
Empfang.Status_2.ID320B2_LuellstandMin
Filling level < min
BOOL
0
Empfang.Status_2.ID320B3_MesslastMax
Measuring load > max. BOOL
0
Empfang.Status_2.ID320B4_MesslastMin
Measuring load < min.
BOOL
0
Empfang.Status_2.ID320B5_DrehzahlMax
Speed > max.
BOOL
0
Empfang.Status_2.ID320B6_DrehzahlMin
Speed < min.
BOOL
0
Empfang.Status_2.ID320B7_KME_WartetQuitt
KME waiting for acknowledgement
BOOL
0
Empfang.Zaehler_1
Conveying rate counter 1
REAL
0.0
Empfang.Zaehler_2
Conveying rate counter 2
REAL
0.0
en-YN.YNT.001.A
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-50
Connection (parameters)
Meaning
Data type
Def.
Empfang.Drehzahl
Speed (not requested here)
REAL
0.0
Empfang.Bunker_Fuellstand
Bin filling level (not requested here)
REAL
0.0
Empfang.Fuellgewicht
Batch weigher filling weight
REAL
0.0
Empfang.Reserve1…23
Spare
REAL
0.0
Empfang.TelegrammDiagnose
Value must be zero
WORD 16#0000
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
3-51
3.9 COMMAND_MASTER: Values from the Disocont master block to the Disocont master PC Description of COMMAND_MASTER Object name (Type + Number) DB 41 Function From the data block DB41 the Disocont master block FB534 (DISO_MAS) sends data to the Disocont master PC. Connections of COMMAND_MASTER Connection (parameters)
Meaning
Data type
Def.
Send.Telegramm_ID
Standard telegram weigher identification group
WORD 16#1F00
Send.Kommando.nicht_vorhanden
BOOL
0
Send.Kommando. nicht_vorhanden1
BOOL
0
Send.Kommando. nicht_vorhanden2
BOOL
0
Send.Kommando. nicht_vorhanden3
BOOL
0
Send.Kommando. nicht_vorhanden4
BOOL
0
Send.Kommando. nicht_vorhanden5
BOOL
0
Send.Kommando. nicht_vorhanden6
BOOL
0
Send.Kommando. nicht_vorhanden7
BOOL
0
Send.Kommando.ID140B0_Gruppe_START
Start
BOOL
0
Send.Kommando.ID140B1_Gruppe_STOP
Stop
BOOL
0
Send.Kommando.ID140B2_Ereigniss_QUITT
Acknowledge events
BOOL
0
Send.Kommando. nicht_vorhanden8
BOOL
0
Send.Kommando. nicht_vorhanden9
BOOL
0
Send.Kommando. nicht_vorhanden10
BOOL
0
Send.Kommando.ID140B6_FoerMengZ1_RESET Reset conveying rate counter 1
BOOL
0
Send.Kommando.ID140B7_FoerMengZ2_RESET Reset conveying rate counter 2
BOOL
0
en-YN.YNT.001.A
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-52
Connection (parameters)
Meaning
Data type
Def.
Send.Kommando. nicht_vorhanden11
BOOL
0
Send.Kommando. nicht_vorhanden12
BOOL
0
Send.Kommando. nicht_vorhanden13
BOOL
0
Send.Kommando. nicht_vorhanden14
BOOL
0
Send.Kommando. nicht_vorhanden15
BOOL
0
Send.Kommando. nicht_vorhanden16
BOOL
0
Send.Kommando. nicht_vorhanden17
BOOL
0
Send.Kommando. nicht_vorhanden18
BOOL
0
Send.Kommando. nicht_vorhanden19
BOOL
0
Send.Kommando. nicht_vorhanden20
BOOL
0
Send.Kommando. nicht_vorhanden21
BOOL
0
Send.Kommando. nicht_vorhanden22
BOOL
0
Send.Kommando. nicht_vorhanden23
BOOL
0
Send.Kommando. nicht_vorhanden24
BOOL
0
Send.Kommando. nicht_vorhanden25
BOOL
0
Send.Kommando. nicht_vorhanden26
BOOL
0
Send.GruppenSollwert
Setpoint value kgh
REAL
0.0
Send.Reserve1…29
Spare
REAL
0.0
Send.Reserve30
Spare
WORD 16#0000
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
3-53
3.10 STATUS_MASTER: Values from the Disocont master PC to the Disocont master block Description of STATUS_MASTER Object name (Type + Number) DB 42 Function Via the data block DB41 the Disocont master block FB534 (DISO_MAS) receives data from the Disocont master PC. Connections of STATUS_MASTER Connection (parameters)
Meaning
Data type
Empfang.Telegramm_ID
Echo
WORD 16#0000
Empfang.Status.ID2F0B8_Normalbetrueb
Normal operation
BOOL
0
Empfang.Status.ID2F0B9_TastaturMode
Keyboard mode
BOOL
0
Empfang.Status. nicht_vorhanden1
BOOL
0
Empfang.Status. nicht_vorhanden2
BOOL
0
Empfang.Status. nicht_vorhanden3
BOOL
0
Empfang.Status. nicht_vorhanden4
BOOL
0
Empfang.Status. nicht_vorhanden5
BOOL
0
Empfang.Status. nicht_vorhanden6
BOOL
0
BOOL
0
BOOL
0
BOOL
0
Empfang.Status.nicht_vorhanden9
BOOL
0
Empfang.Status.nicht_vorhanden10
BOOL
0
BOOL
0
Empfang.Status.ID2F0B6_SammelWarnung Group warning
BOOL
0
Empfang.Status.nicht_vorhanden11
BOOL
0
Empfang.Status.nicht_vorhanden12
BOOL
0
Empfang.Status.nicht_vorhanden13
BOOL
0
Empfang.Status.ID2F0B0_GruppeLaeuft
Group active
Empfang.Status.nicht_vorhanden7 Empfang.Status.nicht_vorhanden8
Empfang.Status.ID2F0B5_SammelAlarm
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Acknowledge events
Group alarm
Def.
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-54
Connection (parameters)
Data type
Def.
Empfang.Status.nicht_vorhanden14
BOOL
0
Empfang.Status.nicht_vorhanden15
BOOL
0
Empfang.Status.nicht_vorhanden16
BOOL
0
Empfang.Status.nicht_vorhanden17
BOOL
0
Empfang.Status.nicht_vorhanden18
BOOL
0
Empfang.Status.nicht_vorhanden19
BOOL
0
Empfang.Status.nicht_vorhanden20
BOOL
0
Empfang.Status.nicht_vorhanden21
BOOL
0
Empfang.Status.nicht_vorhanden22
BOOL
0
Empfang.Status.nicht_vorhanden23
BOOL
0
Empfang.Status.nicht_vorhanden24
BOOL
0
Empfang.Status.nicht_vorhanden25
BOOL
0
Empfang.Status.nicht_vorhanden26
BOOL
0
Empfang.Status.nicht_vorhanden27
BOOL
0
REAL
0.0
REAL
0.0
Empfang.Ist_Foerderstaerke
Meaning
Actual flow rate
Empfang.Status.nicht_vorhanden33 Empfang.Foerdermengenzaehler_1
Conveying rate counter 1 (not requested)
REAL
0.0
Empfang.Foerdermengenzaehler_2
Conveying rate counter 2 (not requested)
REAL
0.0
Empfang.Wirksamer_Sollwert
Effective setpoint value (not requested)
REAL
0.0
Empfang.Reserve5…30
Spare
REAL
0.0
Empfang.TelegrammDiagnose
Value must be zero
WORD 16#0000
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
3-55
3.11 SEND_DB_DOSn: Transmit buffer memory of all values transmitted to the Disocont master PC. Description of SEND_DB_SCHENK_PC Object name (Type + Number) DB 45 Function The data block DB45 is used as a transmit buffer memory for the data from the Disocont master block FB534 (DISO_MAS) to the Disocont master PC. Connections of SEND_DB_SCHENK_PC Connection (parameters)
Meaning
Send.Telegramm_ID
Data type
Def.
WORD 16#0100
Send.Kommando.ID140B8_Volumetrisch
Preselection volumetric
BOOL
0
Send.Kommando.ID140B9_FeuchtKorrek_Ein
Moisture BOOL correction on
0
Send.Kommando.ID140BA_FeuchtKorrek_Aus
Moisture BOOL correction off
0
Send.Kommando.ID140BB_Messantrieb_Aus
Measuring drive off
BOOL
0
Send.Kommando.ID140BC_PLS_KlapRueckMel
PLS flap check-back signal
BOOL
0
Send.Kommando.ID140BD_ZuteilManuel_AUF
Metering device OPEN manually (only ES)
BOOL
0
Send.Kommando.ID140BE_ZuteilManuelSTOP
Metering BOOL device STOP manually (only ES)
0
Send.Kommando.ID140BF_ZuteilManuel_ZU
Metering device CLOSED manually (only ES)
0
en-YN.YNT.001.A
BOOL
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-56
Connection (parameters)
Meaning
Data type
Def.
Send.Kommando.ID140B0_Waage_START
Start
BOOL
0
Send.Kommando.ID140B1_Waage_STOP
Stop
BOOL
0
Send.Kommando.ID140B2_Ereigniss_QUITT
Acknowledge BOOL events
0
Send.Kommando.ID140B3_Waage_FREIGABE
Enabling
BOOL
0
Send.Kommando.ID140B4_Wahl_Volumet
Preselection volumetric
BOOL
0
Send.Kommando.ID140B5_Wahl_Gravimet
Preselection gravimetric
BOOL
0
Send.Kommando.ID140B6_FoerMengZ1_RESET
Reset conveying rate counter 1
BOOL
0
Send.Kommando.ID140B7_FoerMengZ2_RESET
Reset conveying rate counter 2
BOOL
0
Send.Kommando.ID150B8_Fuellen_START
Filling start
BOOL
0
Send.Kommando.ID150B9_Fuellen_STOP
Filling stop
BOOL
0
Send.Kommando.ID150BA_Leeren_START
Emptying start
BOOL
0
Send.Kommando.ID150BB_Leeren_STOP
Emptying stop
BOOL
0
Send.Kommando.ID150BC_BunkRegel_INITIA
Initialise bin controller
BOOL
0
Send.Kommando.ID150BD_FueOrganAktivier
Activate filling device
BOOL
0
Send.Kommando.ID150BE_ZuteilerBeteilig
Involve metering device
BOOL
0
Send.Kommando.ID150BF_ZuteilerSchliess
Close metering device
BOOL
0
Send.Kommando.ID150B0_WahlChargieren
Charge preselection
BOOL
0
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
3-57
Connection (parameters)
Meaning
Data type
Def.
Send.Kommando.ID150B1_AbwahlChargieren
Charge deselection
BOOL
0
Send.Kommando.ID150B2_BeendChargieren
Quit charging BOOL
0
Send.Kommando.ID150B3_NechsCharLeerFar
Next batch with empty running
BOOL
0
Send.Kommando.ID150B4_Nachverladen
Reloading
BOOL
0
Send.Kommando.ID150B5_Notsollwert_EIN
Emergency setpoint value on
BOOL
0
Send.Kommando.ID150B6_Notsollwert_AUS
Emergency setpoint value off
BOOL
0
Send.Kommando.ID150B7_Messantrieb_EIN
Measuring drive on
BOOL
0
Send.Sollwert
Setpoint value kgh
Real
0.0
Send.Status_2
Status 2 requested
WORD 16#0000
Send.Zahler_1
Conveying rate counter 1
WORD 16#0000
Send.Zahler_2
Conveying rate counter 2
WORD 16#0000
Send.Drehzahl
Rotation speed
WORD 16#0000
Send.Bunker_Fuellstand
Bin filling level
WORD 16#0000
Send.Fuellgewicht
Batch weigher filling weight
WORD 16#0000
Send.Reserve1…23
Spare
WORD 16#0000
Send.Reserve24…26,41,51,61,71,81,91,101,111,121,131,141,151 Spare
en-YN.YNT.001.A
REAL
0.0
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-58
3.12 RECEIVE_DB_SCHENK_PC: Receive buffer memory of all values transmitted from the Disocont master PC. Description of RECEIVE_DB_SCHENK_PC Object name (Type + Number) DB 46 Function The data block DB46 is used as a receive buffer memory for the data from the Disocont master PC to the Discocont master block FB534 (DISO_MAS). Connections of RECEIVE_DB_SCHENK_PC Connection (parameters)
Meaning
Data type
Def.
Empfang.Telegramm_ID
Echo
WORD 16#0000
Empfang.Status.ID2F0B8_Normalbetrieb
Normal operation
BOOL
0
Empfang.Status.ID2F0B9_TastaturMode
Keyboard mode
BOOL
0
Empfang.Status.ID2F0BA_LocalBetrieb
Local operation
BOOL
0
Empfang.Status.ID2F0BB_SimulatioBetrieb
Simulation operation
BOOL
0
Empfang.Status.ID2F0BC_AnfahrBetrieb
Start up operation
BOOL
0
Empfang.Status.ID2F0BD_MessantriebLaeuf
Measuring drive operating
BOOL
0
Empfang.Status.ID2F0BE_VerzMessradDosie
Delay of measuring wheel dosing drive
BOOL
0
Empfang.Status.ID2F0BF_SollwertBegrenzt
Setpoint value limited
BOOL
0
Empfang.Status.ID2F0B0_WaageLaeuft
Balance running
BOOL
0
Empfang.Status.ID2F0B1_KeineFreigabe
No enabling
BOOL
0
Empfang.Status.ID2F0B2_FoerdermengenZae
Conveying rate counter active
BOOL
0
Empfang.Status.ID2F0B3_VolumetrischDos
Volumetric
BOOL
0
Empfang.Status.ID2F0B4_WahlspracheOK
Selected language OK
BOOL
0
Empfang.Status.ID2F0B5_SammelAlarm
Group alarm
BOOL
0
Empfang.Status.ID2F0B6_SammelWarnung
Group warning
BOOL
0
Empfang.Status.ID2F0B7_JustageAktiv
Adjustment active
BOOL
0
Empfang.Status.ID300B8_WaageTarieren
Calibrating
BOOL
0
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
3-59
Connection (parameters)
Meaning
Data type
Def.
Empfang.Status.ID300B9_WaageNullstellen
Zeroising
BOOL
0
Empfang.Status.ID300BA_Gewichtskontroll
Weight monitoring
BOOL
0
Empfang.Status.ID300BB_ImpulsBandumlauf
Pulse / Belt circuit
BOOL
0
Empfang.Status.ID300BC_Justage_DAE
DAE adjustment
BOOL
0
Empfang.Status.ID300BD_Auto_NullAktiv
Auto zero active
BOOL
0
Empfang.Status.ID300BE_Vol_AustragsAdap
Vol. discharge adapter
BOOL
0
Empfang.Status.ID300BF_ReglerOptimierun
Controller optimisation
BOOL
0
Empfang.Status.ID300B0_WahlChargierung
Charging preselected
BOOL
0
Empfang.Status.ID300B1_ChargierungAktiv
Charging active
BOOL
0
Empfang.Status.ID300B2_AuslaufCharge
Batch discharge (series contact)
BOOL
0
Empfang.Status.ID300B3_ChargierLeerFahr
Charging with empty running
BOOL
0
Empfang.Status.ID300B4_NONSI_Aktiv
NONSI active
BOOL
0
Empfang.Status.ID300B5_TotzeitAktiv
Dead time active
BOOL
0
Empfang.Status.ID300B6_TotzeitSollAktiv
Dead time setpoint value active
BOOL
0
Empfang.Status.ID300B7_TotzeitEin_AusAk
Dead time ON / OFF active
BOOL
0
Empfang.Istwert
Actual value kgh
Real
0.0
Empfang.Status_2.ID310B8_FoerderStaerMax
Flow rate > max.
BOOL
0
Empfang.Status_2.ID310B9_FoerderStaerMin
Flow rate > min.
BOOL
0
Empfang.Status_2.ID310BA_BandbelMax
Belt load > max.
BOOL
0
Empfang.Status_2.ID310BB_BandbelMin
Belt load > min.
BOOL
0
Empfang.Status_2.ID310BC_GeschwMax
Speed > max.
BOOL
0
Empfang.Status_2.ID310BD_GeschwMin
Speed < min.
BOOL
0
Empfang.Status_2.ID310BE_BehaelWaageMax
Batch weigher > max.
BOOL
0
Empfang.Status_2.ID310BF_BehaelWaageMin
Batch weigher > min.
BOOL
0
Empfang.Status_2.ID310B0_MessendesSystem
Measuring system
BOOL
0
Empfang.Status_2.ID310B1_FuellendesSystem
Filling system
BOOL
0
Empfang.Status_2.ID310B2_FuellenAktiv
Filling active
BOOL
0
en-YN.YNT.001.A
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-60
Connection (parameters)
Meaning
Data type
Def.
Empfang.Status-_2.ID310B3_LeerenAktiv
Emptying active
BOOL
0
Empfang.Status_2.ID310B4_Klappe_Offen
Flap open
BOOL
0
Empfang.Status_2.ID310B5_Klappe_Zu
Flap closed
BOOL
0
Empfang.Status_2.ID310B6_ChargiereinAktiv
2nd charging unit active
BOOL
0
Empfang.Status_2.ID310B7_BehaelWaageAktiv
Batch weigher active
BOOL
0
Empfang.Status_2.ID320B8_KME_Vorhanden
KME provided
BOOL
0
Empfang.Status_2.ID320B9_KME_TaraRelUeber
KME Tara relatively exceeded
BOOL
0
Empfang.Status_2.ID320BA_KME_TaraAbsUeber
KME Tara absolutely exceeded
BOOL
0
Empfang.Status_2.ID320BB_KME_BereRelUeber
KME range relatively exceeded
BOOL
0
Empfang.Status_2.ID320BC_KME_BereAbsUeber
KME range absolutely exceeded
BOOL
0
Empfang.Status_2.ID320BD_KME_MessungAngem KME measurement announced
BOOL
0
Empfang.Status_2.ID320BE_KME_Vorbereiten
KME prepare
BOOL
0
Empfang.Status_2.ID320BF_KME_Laeuft
KME running
BOOL
0
Empfang.Status_2.ID320B0_FuellRegelVorh
Filling level control provided
BOOL
0
Empfang.Status_2.ID320B1_FuellstandMax
Filling level > max.
BOOL
0
Empfang.Status_2.ID320B2_LuellstandMin
Filling level < min
BOOL
0
Empfang.Status_2.ID320B3_MesslastMax
Measuring load > max. BOOL
0
Empfang.Status_2.ID320B4_MesslastMin
Measuring load < min.
BOOL
0
Empfang.Status_2.ID320B5_DrehzahlMax
Speed > max.
BOOL
0
Empfang.Status_2.ID320B6_DrehzahlMin
Speed < min.
BOOL
0
Empfang.Status_2.ID320B7_KME_WartetQuitt
KME waiting for acknowledgement
BOOL
0
Empfang.Zaehler_1
Conveying rate counter 1
REAL
0.0
Empfang.Zaehler_2
Conveying rate counter 2
REAL
0.0
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
3-61
Connection (parameters)
Meaning
Data type
Def.
Empfang.Drehzahl
Speed (not requested here)
REAL
0.0
Empfang.Bunker_Fuellstand
Bin filling level (not requested here)
REAL
0.0
Empfang.Fuellgewicht
Batch weigher filling weight
REAL
0.0
Empfang.Reserve1…23
Spare
REAL
0.0
Empfang.Reserve24
Spare
WORD 16#0000
en-YN.YNT.001.A
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-62
3.13 SEND_DB_KME: Values from the Disocont master block to the Disocont master PC (MKME) Description of SEND_DB_KME Object name (Type + Number) DB 43 Function Via the data block DB43 the Disocont master block FB534 (DISO_MAS) transmits data for the multi-weigher control measuring device (MKME) to the Disocont master PC. Connections of SEND_DB_KME Connection (parameters)
Meaning
Data type
Send.Telegramm_ID
Special telegram for MKME
WORD 16#2400
Send.Kommando.not_available
Def.
BYTE
16#0
Send.Kommando.Start_KME_tare
Start KME with target=Tara
BOOL
0
Send.Kommando.Start_KME_range
Start KME with target=range
BOOL
0
Send.Kommando.Correct_continuous_Scale Correct continuous weigher
BOOL
0
Send.Kommando.Reject_check_result
Reject monitoring result
BOOL
0
Send.Kommando.Release_KME
Enabling KME
BOOL
0
Send.Kommando.Prefeeder_Off
Metering device is OFF
BOOL
0
Send.Kommando.not_available1
BOOL
0
Send.Kommando.not_available2
BOOL
0
Send.Kommando.Scale09_T_check_result
Weigher 09: Result is transferred
BOOL
0
Send.Kommando.Scale10_T_check_result
Weigher 10: Result is transferred
BOOL
0
Send.Kommando.Scale11_T_check_result
Weigher 11: Result is transferred
BOOL
0
Send.Kommando.Scale12_T_check_result
Weigher 12: Result is transferred
BOOL
0
Send.Kommando.Scale13_T_check_result
Weigher 13: Result is transferred
BOOL
0
Send.Kommando.Scale14_T_check_result
Weigher 14: Result is
BOOL
0
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
Connection (parameters)
3-63
Meaning
Data type
Def.
transferred Send.Kommando.Scale15_T_check_result
Weigher 15: Result is transferred
BOOL
0
Send.Kommando.Scale16_T_check_result
Weigher 16: Result is transferred
BOOL
0
Send.Kommando.Scale01_T_check_result
Weigher 01: Result is transferred
BOOL
0
Send.Kommando.Scale02_T_check_result
Weigher 02: Result is transferred
BOOL
0
Send.Kommando.Scale03_T_check_result
Weigher 03: Result is transferred
BOOL
0
Send.Kommando.Scale04_T_check_result
Weigher 04: Result is transferred
BOOL
0
Send.Kommando.Scale05_T_check_result
Weigher 05: Result is transferred
BOOL
0
Send.Kommando.Scale06_T_check_result
Weigher 06: Result is transferred
BOOL
0
Send.Kommando.Scale07_T_check_result
Weigher 07: Result is transferred
BOOL
0
Send.Kommando.Scale08_T_check_result
Weigher 08: Result is transferred
BOOL
0
Send.KME_Status_Word3
KME Status 3 requested
WORD 16#0A40
Send.Check_quantity
Test quantity requested
WORD 16#0B00
Send.KMS_Bin_weigher_measurem
KMS - measured value for batch weigher requested
WORD 16#0B02
Send.KMK_measurem_value_total
KMK - total of measured values of all continuous weighers requested
WORD 16#0B04
Send.REL_KMS
REL (KMS) - relative total error of measurement regarding KMKS requested
WORD 16#0B06
Send.REL_KMK
REL (KMK) - relative total error of measurement regarding KMK requested
WORD 16#0B08
Send.Bin_level
Container filling level requested
WORD 16#0B0A
en-YN.YNT.001.A
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-64
Connection (parameters)
Meaning
Data type
Def.
Send.KME_result_F_Z
KME - result F/Z requested
WORD 16#0B0C
Send.Reserve1…23
Spare
WORD 16#0000
Send.Reserve24…38
Spare
REAL
0.0
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
3-65
3.14 RECEIVE_DB_KME: Values to the Disocont master block from the Disocont master PC (MKME) Description of RECEIVE_DB_KME Object name (Type + Number) DB 44 Function Via the data block DB43 the Disocont master block FB534 (DISO_MAS) receives data for the multi-weigher control measuring device (MKME) from the Disocont master PC. Connections of RECEIVE_DB_KME Connection (parameters)
Meaning
Data type
Def.
Empfang.Telegramm_ID
Echo
WORD
16#0000
Empfang.Status.No_Scale_selected
Error: No weigher participating
BOOL
0
Empfang.Status.No_Scale_started
Error: No weigher ON
BOOL
0
Empfang.Status.Bin_not_OK
Error: Container not OK
BOOL
0
Empfang.Status.Start_Stop_during_measur
Error: Weigher ON/OFF during KME
BOOL
0
Empfang.Status.Error_ABS
Error: ABS faulty > max. BOOL (min. 1 weigher)
0
Empfang.Status.Error_REL
Error: REL faulty > max. (min. 1 weigher)
BOOL
0
Empfang.Status.No_prefeeder_echo
Error: Lack of metering device echo
BOOL
0
Empfang.Status.Master_parameter_wrong
Error: Master parameters wrong or weigher parameters are not transferred
BOOL
0
Empfang.Status.KME_active
KME active
BOOL
0
Empfang.Status.Prefeeder_OFF
Metering device is OFF
BOOL
0
Empfang.Status.KME_waits_for_release
KME waiting for enabling
BOOL
0
Empfang.Status.Bin_filled
Bin is filled for
BOOL
0
en-YN.YNT.001.A
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-66
Connection (parameters)
Meaning
Data type
Def.
preparation Empfang.Status.Settling_time_ON
Stabilisation time running
BOOL
0
Empfang.Status.Check_measurement_ON
Check measurement running
BOOL
0
Empfang.Status.C_m_waits_f_corr_release
Check measurement waiting for correction enabling
BOOL
0
Empfang.Status.Correction_ON
Correction running
BOOL
0
Empfang.Status.not_available
BOOL
0
Empfang.Status.not_available1
BOOL
0
Empfang.Status.not_available2
BOOL
0
Empfang.Status.not_available3
BOOL
0
Empfang.Status.not_available4
BOOL
0
Empfang.Status.not_available5
BOOL
0
Empfang.Status.not_available6
BOOL
0
Empfang.Status.not_available7
BOOL
0
BOOL
0
Empfang.Status. not_available8
BOOL
0
Empfang.Status. not_available9
BOOL
0
Empfang.Status.Error_Bin_level_MIN
Error: Container filling level < min.
Empfang.Status.Automatic_correction_acq
Correction taken over automatically
BOOL
0
Empfang.Status.Corr_in_acc_w_act_feed_r
Correction according to actual flow rate
BOOL
0
Empfang.Status.Equal_corr_f_all_Scales
Correction is the same for all involved
BOOL
0
Empfang.Status.Corr_in_acc_w_nom_fedd_r
Correction according to nominal flow rate
BOOL
0
BOOL
0
Empfang.Status.not_available10 Empfang.Status_Word3.Scale09_Relativ_error
Weigher 09: Error relatively exceeded
BOOL
0
Empfang.Status_Word3.Scale10_Relativ_error
Weigher 10: Error
BOOL
0
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
Connection (parameters)
3-67
Meaning
Data type
Def.
relatively exceeded Empfang.Status_Word3.Scale11_Relativ_error
Weigher 11: Error relatively exceeded
BOOL
0
Empfang.Status_Word3.Scale12_Relativ_error
Weigher 12: Error relatively exceeded
BOOL
0
Empfang.Status_Word3.Scale13_Relativ_error
Weigher 13: Error relatively exceeded
BOOL
0
Empfang.Status_Word3.Scale14_Relativ_error
Weigher 14: Error relatively exceeded
BOOL
0
Empfang.Status_Word3.Scale15_Relativ_error
Weigher 15: Error relatively exceeded
BOOL
0
Empfang.Status_Word3.Scale16_Relativ_error
Weigher 16: Error relatively exceeded
BOOL
0
Empfang.Status_Word3.Scale01_Relativ_error
Weigher 01: Error relatively exceeded
BOOL
0
Empfang.Status_Word3.Scale02_Relativ_error
Weigher 02: Error relatively exceeded
BOOL
0
Empfang.Status_Word3.Scale03_Relativ_error
Weigher 03: Error relatively exceeded
BOOL
0
Empfang.Status_Word3.Scale04_Relativ_error
Weigher 04: Error relatively exceeded
BOOL
0
Empfang.Status_Word3.Scale05_Relativ_error
Weigher 05: Error relatively exceeded
BOOL
0
Empfang.Status_Word3.Scale06_Relativ_error
Weigher 06: Error relatively exceeded
BOOL
0
Empfang.Status_Word3.Scale07_Relativ_error
Weigher 07: Error relatively exceeded
BOOL
0
Empfang.Status_Word3.Scale08_Relativ_error
Weigher 08: Error relatively exceeded
BOOL
0
Empfang.Status_Word3.Scale09_Absolute_error Weigher 09: Error absolutely exceeded
BOOL
0
Empfang.Status_Word3.Scale10_Absolute_error Weigher 10: Error absolutely exceeded
BOOL
0
Empfang.Status_Word3.Scale11_Absolute_error Weigher 11: Error absolutely exceeded
BOOL
0
Empfang.Status_Word3.Scale12_Absolute_error Weigher 12: Error
BOOL
0
en-YN.YNT.001.A
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-68
Connection (parameters)
Meaning
Data type
Def.
Empfang.Status_Word3.Scale13_Absolute_error Weigher 13: Error absolutely exceeded
BOOL
0
Empfang.Status_Word3.Scale14_Absolute_error Weigher 14: Error absolutely exceeded
BOOL
0
Empfang.Status_Word3.Scale15_Absolute_error Weigher 15: Error absolutely exceeded
BOOL
0
Empfang.Status_Word3.Scale16_Absolute_error Weigher 16: Error absolutely exceeded
BOOL
0
Empfang.Status_Word3.Scale01_Absolute_error Weigher 01: Error absolutely exceeded
BOOL
0
Empfang.Status_Word3.Scale02_Absolute_error Weigher 02: Error absolutely exceeded
BOOL
0
Empfang.Status_Word3.Scale03_Absolute_error Weigher 03: Error absolutely exceeded
BOOL
0
Empfang.Status_Word3.Scale04_Absolute_error Weigher 04: Error absolutely exceeded
BOOL
0
Empfang.Status_Word3.Scale05_Absolute_error Weigher 05: Error absolutely exceeded
BOOL
0
Empfang.Status_Word3.Scale06_Absolute_error Weigher 06: Error absolutely exceeded
BOOL
0
Empfang.Status_Word3.Scale07_Absolute_error Weigher 07: Error absolutely exceeded
BOOL
0
Empfang.Status_Word3.Scale08_Absolute_error Weigher 08: Error absolutely exceeded
BOOL
0
Empfang.Check_quantity
Test quantity
REAL
0.0
Empfang.KMS_Bin_weigher_measurem
KMS - measured value for batch weigher
REAL
0.0
Empfang.KMK_measurem_value_total
KMK - total of measured REAL values of all continuous weighers
0.0
Empfang.REL_KMS
REL (KMS) - relative total error of measurement regarding KMS
REAL
0.0
Empfang.REL_KMK
REL (KMK) - relative
REAL
0.0
absolutely exceeded
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
Connection (parameters)
3-69
Meaning
Data type
Def.
total error of measurement regarding KMK Empfang.Bin_level
Container filling level
REAL
0.0
Empfang.KME_result_F_Z
KME - result F/Z
REAL
0.0
Reserve.Reserve1…22
Spare
DWORD 0.0
Reserve.TelegrammDiagnose
Value must be zero
WORD
en-YN.YNT.001.A
16#0000
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-70
3.15 DIRIS_PA: Parameter data for measuring device DIRIS A40 Description of DIRIS_PA Object name (Type + Number) DB 12 Function This block is used by the function block DIRISA40 (FB 547) which is used for communicating with the multifunctional performance measuring device Diris A40 by Socomec. This measuring device records a.o. voltages, currents and power. The communication takes place such that the function block transmits a parameter set for specific measured values to the measuring device, with the measuring device then returning the corresponding measured values. For its correct functioning, the function block requires three data blocks, of which one contains the parameters, one contains the calibration values, and the other the measured values transmitted. The parameter data block is normally DB 12 (DIRIS_PA) and contains the parameters for requesting all measured values. Connections of DIRIS_PA Connection (parameters)
Meaning
Data type
Def.
Cycle 00: Parameter settings RELAY1B
Byte0 bit0 relay 1
BOOL 0
RELAY2B
Byte0 bit1 relay 2
BOOL 0
RELAY3B
Byte0 bit2 relay 3
BOOL 0
RELAY4B
Byte0 bit3 relay 4
BOOL 0
CH_REL_CON
Byte0bit4 Changing the configuration of one relay
BOOL 0
RES_ONE_MES
Byte0 bit5 Resetting of a variable
BOOL 0
SPARE
Byte0 bit6 not used
BOOL 0
FRAME_MODE
Byte0 bit7 0 -> Table for parametering
BOOL 0
RELAY1
Byte1 status in resting position relay 1 0 : Open 1 : Closed
BYTE B#16#0
RELAY2
Byte2 status in resting position relay 1 0 : Open 1 : Closed
BYTE B#16#0
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
3-71
Connection (parameters)
Meaning
Data type
Def.
RELAY3
Byte3 status in resting position relay 1 0 : Open 1 : Closed
BYTE B#16#0
RELAY4
Byte4 status in resting position relay 1 0 : Open 1 : Closed
BYTE B#16#0
ALL_OUT1
Byte5 assignment OUT 1 BYTE B#16#0 (0=Command,1=I,2=U,3=P+,4=Q+,5=S,6=F,7=PFL,8=Thd 3I, 9=Thd 3U,10=In,11=TIME,12=V,13=Thd In,14=Thd 3V,15=P-,16= Q-,17=PFC)
LOW_TH_OUT1_1
Byte6 lower threshold OUT 1
BYTE B#16#0
LOW_TH_OUT1_2
Byte7 lower threshold OUT 1
BYTE B#16#0
LOW_TH_UNIT_OUT1 Byte8 unit lower threshold OUT 1 0:/ 1:k 2:M
BYTE B#16#0
UP_TH_OUT1_1
Byte9 upper threshold OUT 1
BYTE B#16#0
UP_TH_OUT1_2
Byte10 upper threshold OUT 1
BYTE B#16#0
UP_TH_UNIT_OUT1
Byte11 unit upper threshold OUT 1 0:/ 1:k 2:M
BYTE B#16#0
HY_OUT1
Byte12 hysteresis 0 to 99 OUT 1 (%)
BYTE B#16#0
TIM_DEL_OUT1_1
Byte13 delay OUT 1 (s)
BYTE B#16#0
TIM_DEL_OUT1_2
Byte14 delay OUT 1 (s)
BYTE B#16#0
ALL_OUT2
Byte15 assignment OUT 2 BYTE B#16#0 (0=Command,1=I,2=U,3=P+,4=Q+,5=S,6=F,7=PFL,8=Thd 3I, 9=Thd 3U,10=In,11=TIME,12=V,13=Thd In,14=Thd 3V,15=P-,16= Q-,17=PFC)
LOW_TH_OUT2_1
Byte16 lower threshold OUT 2
BYTE B#16#0
LOW_TH_OUT2_2
Byte17 lower threshold OUT 2
BYTE B#16#0
LOW_TH_UNIT_OUT2 Byte18 unit lower threshold OUT 2 0:/ 1:k 2:M
en-YN.YNT.001.A
BYTE B#16#0
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-72
Connection (parameters)
Meaning
Data type
Def.
UP_TH_OUT2_1
Byte19 upper threshold OUT 2
BYTE B#16#0
UP_TH_OUT2_2
Byte20 upper threshold OUT 2
BYTE B#16#0
UP_TH_UNIT_OUT2
Byte21 unit upper threshold OUT 2 0:/ 1:k 2:M
BYTE B#16#0
HY_OUT2
Byte22 hysteresis 0 to 99 OUT 2 (%)
BYTE B#16#0
TIM_DEL_OUT2_1
Byte23 delay OUT 2 (s)
BYTE B#16#0
TIM_DEL_OUT2_2
Byte24 delay OUT 2 (s)
BYTE B#16#0
KVARH_PLUS
Byte25 Bit0 resetting kvarh+
BOOL 0
KVA
Byte25 Bit1 resetting kVA
BOOL 0
KWH_MINUS
Byte25 Bit2 resetting kWh-
BOOL 0
KVARH_MINUS
Byte25 Bit3 resetting kvarh+
BOOL 0
ALL_PARA
Byte25 Bit4 resetting all parameters
BOOL 0
INPUT1_1
Byte25 Bit5 resetting input 1
BOOL 0
INPUT2_1
Byte25 Bit6 resetting input 2
BOOL 0
NOTUSED_1
Byte25 bit7 not used
BOOL 0
MAX3I
Byte26 bit0 resetting Max 3I
BOOL 0
MAXP_PLUS
Byte26 bit1 resetting max P+
BOOL 0
MAXP_MINUS
Byte26 bit2 resetting max P-
BOOL 0
MAXQ_PLUS
Byte26 bit3 resetting max Q+
BOOL 0
MAXQ_MINUS
Byte26 bit4 resetting max Q-
BOOL 0
MAXS
Byte26 bit5 resetting max S
BOOL 0
H_METER
Byte26 bit6 resetting hour counter
BOOL 0
KWH_PLUS
Byte26 bit7 resetting kWh+
BOOL 0
MINMAXU
Byte27 bit0 resetting min max U
BOOL 0
MINMAXF
Byte27 bit1 resetting minimum / maximum frequency
BOOL 0
MINMAXPF
Byte27 bit2 resetting min max PF
BOOL 0
MINMAXP
Byte27 bit3 resetting min max P
BOOL 0
MINMAXQ
Byte27 bit4 resetting min max Q
BOOL 0
MINMAXTHDI
Byte27 bit5 resetting min max Thd I
BOOL 0
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
3-73
Connection (parameters)
Meaning
Data type
Def.
MINMAXTHDIN
Byte27 bit6 resetting min max Thd In
BOOL 0
MINMAXTHDU
Byte27 bit7 resetting min max Thd U
BOOL 0
INPUT1
Byte28 Bit0 resetting input 1
BOOL 0
INPUT2
Byte28 Bit1 resetting input 2
BOOL 0
INPUT3
Byte28 Bit2 resetting input 3
BOOL 0
INPUT4
Byte28 Bit3 resetting input 4
BOOL 0
INPUT5
Byte28 Bit4 resetting input 5
BOOL 0
INPUT6
Byte28 Bit5 resetting input 6
BOOL 0
MINMAXI
Byte28 bit6 resetting min max I
BOOL 0
MINMAXIN
Byte28 bit7 resetting min max In
BOOL 0
NOTUSED_2
Byte29 not used
BYTE B#16#0
NOTUSED_3
Byte30 not used
BYTE B#16#0
NOTUSED_4
Byte31 not used
BYTE B#16#0
NOTUSED_5
Byte32 not used
BYTE B#16#0
Query cycle 01: Requesting 16 values (1-16) FRAME_NO1
Bit 0 - 6 : Table number, bit7: 1 -> address table
BYTE B#16#81
A_VAL_01_001_M
Address: Current phase 1 (msb)
BYTE B#16#0
A_VAL_01_001_L
Address: Current phase 1 (lsb)
BYTE B#16#0
A_VAL_01_002_M
Address: Current phase 2 (msb)
BYTE B#16#0
A_VAL_01_002_L
Address: Current phase 2 (lsb)
BYTE B#16#1
A_VAL_01_003_M
Address: Current phase 3 (msb)
BYTE B#16#0
A_VAL_01_003_L
Address: Current phase 3 (lsb)
BYTE B#16#2
A_VAL_01_004_M
Address: Current neutral conductor (msb)
BYTE B#16#0
A_VAL_01_004_L
Address: Current neutral conductor (lsb)
BYTE B#16#3
A_VAL_01_005_M
Address: Line-to-line voltage U12 (msb)
BYTE B#16#0
A_VAL_01_005_L
Address: Line-to-line voltage U12 (lsb)
BYTE B#16#4
A_VAL_01_006_M
Address: Line-to-line voltage U23 (msb)
BYTE B#16#0
A_VAL_01_006_L
Address: Line-to-line voltage U23 (lsb)
BYTE B#16#5
A_VAL_01_007_M
Address: Line-to-line voltage U31 (msb)
BYTE B#16#0
en-YN.YNT.001.A
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-74
Connection (parameters)
Meaning
Data type
Def.
A_VAL_01_007_L
Address: Line-to-line voltage U31 (lsb)
BYTE B#16#6
A_VAL_01_008_M
Address: Phase-to-neutral voltage phase 1 (msb)
BYTE B#16#0
A_VAL_01_008_L
Address: Phase-to-neutral voltage phase 1 (lsb)
BYTE B#16#7
A_VAL_01_009_M
Address: Phase-to-neutral voltage phase 2 (msb)
BYTE B#16#0
A_VAL_01_009_L
Address: Phase-to-neutral voltage phase 2 (lsb)
BYTE B#16#8
A_VAL_01_010_M
Address: Phase-to-neutral voltage phase 3 (msb)
BYTE B#16#0
A_VAL_01_010_L
Address: Phase-to-neutral voltage phase 3 (lsb)
BYTE B#16#9
A_VAL_01_011_M
Address: Frequency (msb)
BYTE B#16#0
A_VAL_01_011_L
Address: Frequency (lsb)
BYTE B#16#A
A_VAL_01_012_M
Address: Σ effective power (msb)
BYTE B#16#0
A_VAL_01_012_L
Address: Σ effective power (lsb)
BYTE B#16#B
A_VAL_01_013_M
Address: Σ reactive power (msb)
BYTE B#16#0
A_VAL_01_013_L
Address: Σ reactive power (lsb)
BYTE B#16#C
A_VAL_01_014_M
Address: Σ apparent power (msb)
BYTE B#16#0
A_VAL_01_014_L
Address: Σ apparent power (lsb)
BYTE B#16#D
A_VAL_01_015_M
Address: Σ power factor L/C (msb)
BYTE B#16#0
A_VAL_01_015_L
Address: Σ power factor L/C (lsb)
BYTE B#16#E
A_VAL_01_016_M
Address: I1 maximum (msb)
BYTE B#16#0
A_VAL_01_016_L
Address: I1 maximum (lsb)
BYTE B#16#F
Query cycle 02: Requesting 16 values (17-32) FRAME_NO2
Bit 0 - 6 : Table number, bit7: 1 -> address table
BYTE B#16#82
A_VAL_02_017_M
Address: I2 maximum (msb)
BYTE B#16#0
A_VAL_02_017_L
Address: I2 maximum (lsb)
BYTE B#16#10
A_VAL_02_018_M
Address: I3 maximum (msb)
BYTE B#16#0
A_VAL_02_018_L
Address: I3 maximum (lsb)
BYTE B#16#11
A_VAL_02_019_M
Address: Max. value effective power + (msb)
BYTE B#16#0
A_VAL_02_019_L
Address: Max. value effective power + (lsb)
BYTE B#16#12
A_VAL_02_020_M
Address: Max. value effective power - (msb)
BYTE B#16#0
A_VAL_02_020_L
Address: Max. value effective power - (lsb)
BYTE B#16#13
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
3-75
Connection (parameters)
Meaning
Data type
Def.
A_VAL_02_021_M
Address: Max. value reactive power + (msb)
BYTE B#16#0
A_VAL_02_021_L
Address: Max. value reactive power + (lsb)
BYTE B#16#14
A_VAL_02_022_M
Address: Max. value reactive power - (msb)
BYTE B#16#0
A_VAL_02_022_L
Address: Max. value reactive power - (lsb)
BYTE B#16#15
A_VAL_02_023_M
Address: Max. value apparent power (msb)
BYTE B#16#0
A_VAL_02_023_L
Address: Max. value apparent power (lsb)
BYTE B#16#16
A_VAL_02_024_M
Address: Active energy + <10000 (msb)
BYTE B#16#0
A_VAL_02_024_L
Address: Active energy + <10000 (lsb)
BYTE B#16#17
A_VAL_02_025_M
Address: Active energy + <10000 (msb)
BYTE B#16#0
A_VAL_02_025_L
Address: Active energy + <10000 (lsb)
BYTE B#16#18
A_VAL_02_026_M
Address: Reactive energy + <10000 (msb)
BYTE B#16#0
A_VAL_02_026_L
Address: Reactive energy + <10000 (lsb)
BYTE B#16#19
A_VAL_02_027_M
Address: Reactive energy + <10000 (msb)
BYTE B#16#0
A_VAL_02_027_L
Address: Reactive energy + <10000 (lsb)
BYTE B#16#1A
A_VAL_02_028_M
Address: Apparent energy + <10000 (msb)
BYTE B#16#0
A_VAL_02_028_L
Address: Apparent energy + <10000 (lsb)
BYTE B#16#1B
A_VAL_02_029_M
Address: Apparent energy + <10000 (msb)
BYTE B#16#0
A_VAL_02_029_L
Address: Apparent energy + <10000 (lsb)
BYTE B#16#1C
A_VAL_02_030_M
Address: Effective power phase 1 (msb)
BYTE B#16#0
A_VAL_02_030_L
Address: Effective power phase 1 (lsb)
BYTE B#16#1D
A_VAL_02_031_M
Address: Effective power phase 2 (msb)
BYTE B#16#0
A_VAL_02_031_L
Address: Effective power phase 2 (lsb)
BYTE B#16#1E
A_VAL_02_032_M
Address: Effective power phase 3 (msb)
BYTE B#16#0
A_VAL_02_032_L
Address: Effective power phase 3 (lsb)
BYTE B#16#1F
Query cycle 03: Requesting 16 values (33-48) FRAME_NO3
Bit 0 - 6 : Table number, bit7: 1 -> address table
BYTE B#16#83
A_VAL_03_033_M
Address: Reactive power phase 1 (msb)
BYTE B#16#0
A_VAL_03_033_L
Address: Reactive power phase 1 (lsb)
BYTE B#16#20
A_VAL_03_034_M
Address: Reactive power phase 2 (msb)
BYTE B#16#0
en-YN.YNT.001.A
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-76
Connection (parameters)
Meaning
Data type
Def.
A_VAL_03_034_L
Address: Reactive power phase 2 (lsb)
BYTE B#16#21
A_VAL_03_035_M
Address: Reactive power phase 3 (msb)
BYTE B#16#0
A_VAL_03_035_L
Address: Reactive power phase 3 (lsb)
BYTE B#16#22
A_VAL_03_036_M
Address: Apparent power phase 1 (msb)
BYTE B#16#0
A_VAL_03_036_L
Address: Apparent power phase 1 (lsb)
BYTE B#16#23
A_VAL_03_037_M
Address: Apparent power phase 2 (msb)
BYTE B#16#0
A_VAL_03_037_L
Address: Apparent power phase 2 (lsb)
BYTE B#16#24
A_VAL_03_038_M
Address: Apparent power phase 3 (msb)
BYTE B#16#0
A_VAL_03_038_L
Address: Apparent power phase 3 (lsb)
BYTE B#16#25
A_VAL_03_039_M
Address: Power factor phase 1 (msb)
BYTE B#16#0
A_VAL_03_039_L
Address: Power factor phase 1 (lsb)
BYTE B#16#26
A_VAL_03_040_M
Address: Power factor phase 2 (msb)
BYTE B#16#0
A_VAL_03_040_L
Address: Power factor phase 2 (lsb)
BYTE B#16#27
A_VAL_03_041_M
Address: Power factor phase 3 (msb)
BYTE B#16#0
A_VAL_03_041_L
Address: Power factor phase 3 (lsb)
BYTE B#16#28
A_VAL_03_042_M
Address: I1 average (msb)
BYTE B#16#0
A_VAL_03_042_L
Address: I1 average (lsb)
BYTE B#16#29
A_VAL_03_043_M
Address: I2 average (msb)
BYTE B#16#0
A_VAL_03_043_L
Address: I2 average (lsb)
BYTE B#16#2A
A_VAL_03_044_M
Address: I3 average (msb)
BYTE B#16#0
A_VAL_03_044_L
Address: I3 average (lsb)
BYTE B#16#2B
A_VAL_03_045_M
Address: Average value effective power + (msb)
BYTE B#16#0
A_VAL_03_045_L
Address: Average value effective power + (lsb)
BYTE B#16#2C
A_VAL_03_046_M
Address: Average value effective power - (msb)
BYTE B#16#0
A_VAL_03_046_L
Address: Average value effective power - (lsb)
BYTE B#16#2D
A_VAL_03_047_M
Address: Average value reactive power + (msb)
BYTE B#16#0
A_VAL_03_047_L
Address: Average value reactive power + (lsb)
BYTE B#16#2E
A_VAL_03_048_M
Address: Average value reactive power - (msb)
BYTE B#16#0
A_VAL_03_048_L
Address: Average value reactive power - (lsb)
BYTE B#16#2F
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
Connection (parameters)
Meaning
3-77
Data type
Def.
Query cycle 04: Requesting 16 values (49-64) FRAME_NO4
Bit 0 - 6 : Table number, bit7: 1 -> address table
BYTE B#16#84
A_VAL_04_049_M
Address: Average value apparent power (msb)
BYTE B#16#0
A_VAL_04_049_L
Address: Average value apparent power (lsb)
BYTE B#16#30
A_VAL_04_050_M
Address: Active energy - <10000 (msb)
BYTE B#16#0
A_VAL_04_050_L
Address: Active energy - <10000 (lsb)
BYTE B#16#31
A_VAL_04_051_M
Address: Active energy - <10000 (msb)
BYTE B#16#0
A_VAL_04_051_L
Address: Active energy - <10000 (lsb)
BYTE B#16#32
A_VAL_04_052_M
Address: Reactive energy - <10000 (msb)
BYTE B#16#0
A_VAL_04_052_L
Address: Reactive energy - <10000 (lsb)
BYTE B#16#33
A_VAL_04_053_M
Address: Reactive energy - <10000 (msb)
BYTE B#16#0
A_VAL_04_053_L
Address: Reactive energy - <10000 (lsb)
BYTE B#16#34
A_VAL_04_054_M
Address: Pulse counter input 1 <10000 (msb)
BYTE B#16#0
A_VAL_04_054_L
Address: Pulse counter input 1 <10000 (lsb)
BYTE B#16#35
A_VAL_04_055_M
Address: Pulse counter input 1 <10000 (msb)
BYTE B#16#0
A_VAL_04_055_L
Address: Pulse counter input 1 <10000 (lsb)
BYTE B#16#36
A_VAL_04_056_M
Address: Pulse counter input 2 <10000 (msb)
BYTE B#16#0
A_VAL_04_056_L
Address: Pulse counter input 2 <10000 (lsb)
BYTE B#16#37
A_VAL_04_057_M
Address: Pulse counter input 2 <10000 (msb)
BYTE B#16#0
A_VAL_04_057_L
Address: Pulse counter input 2 <10000 (lsb)
BYTE B#16#38
A_VAL_04_058_M
Address: Pulse counter input 3 <10000 (msb)
BYTE B#16#0
A_VAL_04_058_L
Address: Pulse counter input 3 <10000 (lsb)
BYTE B#16#39
A_VAL_04_059_M
Address: Pulse counter input 3 <10000 (msb)
BYTE B#16#0
A_VAL_04_059_L
Address: Pulse counter input 3 <10000 (lsb)
BYTE B#16#3A
A_VAL_04_060_M
Address: Pulse counter input 4 <10000 (msb)
BYTE B#16#0
A_VAL_04_060_L
Address: Pulse counter input 4 <10000 (lsb)
BYTE B#16#3B
A_VAL_04_061_M
Address: Pulse counter input 4 <10000 (msb)
BYTE B#16#0
A_VAL_04_061_L
Address: Pulse counter input 4 <10000 (lsb)
BYTE B#16#3C
A_VAL_04_062_M
Address: Status of inputs 1,2,3,4 (msb)
BYTE B#16#0
en-YN.YNT.001.A
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-78
Connection (parameters)
Meaning
Data type
Def.
A_VAL_04_062_L
Address: Status of inputs 1,2,3,4 (lsb)
BYTE B#16#3D
A_VAL_04_063_M
Address: Hour counter <10000 (msb)
BYTE B#16#0
A_VAL_04_063_L
Address: Hour counter >10000 (lsb)
BYTE B#16#91
A_VAL_04_064_M
Address: Hour counter >10000 (msb)
BYTE B#16#0
A_VAL_04_064_L
Address: Hour counter >10000 (lsb)
BYTE B#16#92
Query cycle 05-subcycle 00: Requesting 16 values (65-80) FRAME_NO50
Bit 0 - 6 : Table number, bit7: 1 -> address table
BYTE B#16#85
A_VAL_05_065_M
Address: Thd I1 (msb)
BYTE B#16#0
A_VAL_05_065_L
Address: Thd I1 (lsb)
BYTE B#16#3E
A_VAL_05_066_M
Address: Thd I2 (msb)
BYTE B#16#0
A_VAL_05_066_L
Address: Thd I2 (lsb)
BYTE B#16#3F
A_VAL_05_067_M
Address: Thd I3 (msb)
BYTE B#16#0
A_VAL_05_067_L
Address: Thd I3 (lsb)
BYTE B#16#40
A_VAL_05_068_M
Address: Thd In (msb)
BYTE B#16#0
A_VAL_05_068_L
Address: Thd In (lsb)
BYTE B#16#41
A_VAL_05_069_M
Address: Harmonic oscillation I1 rank 3 (msb)
BYTE B#16#0
A_VAL_05_069_L
Address: Harmonic oscillation I1 rank 3 (lsb)
BYTE B#16#42
A_VAL_05_070_M
Address: Harmonic oscillation I2 rank 3 (msb)
BYTE B#16#0
A_VAL_05_070_L
Address: Harmonic oscillation I2 rank 3 (lsb)
BYTE B#16#43
A_VAL_05_071_M
Address: Harmonic oscillation I3 rank 3 (msb)
BYTE B#16#0
A_VAL_05_071_L
Address: Harmonic oscillation I3 rank 3 (lsb)
BYTE B#16#44
A_VAL_05_072_M
Address: Harmonic oscillation IN rank 3 (msb)
BYTE B#16#0
A_VAL_05_072_L
Address: Harmonic oscillation IN rank 3 (lsb)
BYTE B#16#45
A_VAL_05_073_M
Address: Harmonic oscillation I1 rank 5 (msb)
BYTE B#16#0
A_VAL_05_073_L
Address: Harmonic oscillation I1 rank 5 (lsb)
BYTE B#16#46
A_VAL_05_074_M
Address: Harmonic oscillation I2 rank 5 (msb)
BYTE B#16#0
A_VAL_05_074_L
Address: Harmonic oscillation I2 rank 5 (lsb)
BYTE B#16#47
A_VAL_05_075_M
Address: Harmonic oscillation I3 rank 5 (msb)
BYTE B#16#0
A_VAL_05_075_L
Address: Harmonic oscillation I3 rank 5 (lsb)
BYTE B#16#48
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
3-79
Connection (parameters)
Meaning
Data type
Def.
A_VAL_05_076_M
Address: Harmonic oscillation IN rank 5 (msb)
BYTE B#16#0
A_VAL_05_076_L
Address: Harmonic oscillation IN rank 5 (lsb)
BYTE B#16#49
A_VAL_05_077_M
Address: Harmonic oscillation I1 rank 7 (msb)
BYTE B#16#0
A_VAL_05_077_L
Address: Harmonic oscillation I1 rank 7 (lsb)
BYTE B#16#4A
A_VAL_05_078_M
Address: Harmonic oscillation I2 rank 7 (msb)
BYTE B#16#0
A_VAL_05_078_L
Address: Harmonic oscillation I2 rank 7 (lsb)
BYTE B#16#4B
A_VAL_05_079_M
Address: Harmonic oscillation I3 rank 7 (msb)
BYTE B#16#0
A_VAL_05_079_L
Address: Harmonic oscillation I3 rank 7 (lsb)
BYTE B#16#4C
A_VAL_05_080_M
Address: Harmonic oscillation IN rank 7 (msb)
BYTE B#16#0
A_VAL_05_080_L
Address: Harmonic oscillation IN rank 7 (lsb)
BYTE B#16#4D
Query cycle 05-subcycle 01: Requesting 16 values (81-96) FRAME_NO51
Bit 0 - 6 : Table number, bit7: 1 -> address table
BYTE B#16#86
A_VAL_05_081_M
Address: Harmonic oscillation I1 rank 9 (msb)
BYTE B#16#0
A_VAL_05_081_L
Address: Harmonic oscillation I1 rank 9 (lsb)
BYTE B#16#4E
A_VAL_05_082_M
Address: Harmonic oscillation I2 rank 9 (msb)
BYTE B#16#0
A_VAL_05_082_L
Address: Harmonic oscillation I2 rank 9 (lsb)
BYTE B#16#4F
A_VAL_05_083_M
Address: Harmonic oscillation I3 rank 9 (msb)
BYTE B#16#0
A_VAL_05_083_L
Address: Harmonic oscillation I3 rank 9 (lsb)
BYTE B#16#50
A_VAL_05_084_M
Address: Harmonic oscillation IN rank 9 (msb)
BYTE B#16#0
A_VAL_05_084_L
Address: Harmonic oscillation IN rank 9 (lsb)
BYTE B#16#51
A_VAL_05_085_M
Address: Harmonic oscillation I1 rank 11 (msb)
BYTE B#16#0
A_VAL_05_085_L
Address: Harmonic oscillation I1 rank 11 l(sb)
BYTE B#16#52
A_VAL_05_086_M
Address: Harmonic oscillation I2 rank 11 (msb)
BYTE B#16#0
A_VAL_05_086_L
Address: Harmonic oscillation I2 rank 11 (lsb)
BYTE B#16#53
A_VAL_05_087_M
Address: Harmonic oscillation I3 rank 11 (msb)
BYTE B#16#0
A_VAL_05_087_L
Address: Harmonic oscillation I3 rank 11 (lsb)
BYTE B#16#54
A_VAL_05_088_M
Address: Harmonic oscillation IN rank 11 (msb)
BYTE B#16#0
A_VAL_05_088_L
Address: Harmonic oscillation IN rank 11 (lsb)
BYTE B#16#55
A_VAL_05_089_M
Address: Harmonic oscillation I1 rank 13 (msb)
BYTE B#16#0
en-YN.YNT.001.A
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-80
Connection (parameters)
Meaning
Data type
Def.
A_VAL_05_089_L
Address: Harmonic oscillation I1 rank 13 l(sb)
BYTE B#16#56
A_VAL_05_090_M
Address: Harmonic oscillation I2 rank 13 (msb)
BYTE B#16#0
A_VAL_05_090_L
Address: Harmonic oscillation I2 rank 13 (lsb)
BYTE B#16#57
A_VAL_05_091_M
Address: Harmonic oscillation I3 rank 13 (msb)
BYTE B#16#0
A_VAL_05_091_L
Address: Harmonic oscillation I3 rank 13 (lsb)
BYTE B#16#58
A_VAL_05_092_M
Address: Harmonic oscillation IN rank 13 (msb)
BYTE B#16#0
A_VAL_05_092_L
Address: Harmonic oscillation IN rank 13 (lsb)
BYTE B#16#59
A_VAL_05_093_M
Address: Harmonic oscillation I1 rank 15 (msb)
BYTE B#16#0
A_VAL_05_093_L
Address: Harmonic oscillation I1 rank 15 l(sb)
BYTE B#16#5A
A_VAL_05_094_M
Address: Harmonic oscillation I2 rank 15 (msb)
BYTE B#16#0
A_VAL_05_094_L
Address: Harmonic oscillation I2 rank 15 (lsb)
BYTE B#16#5B
A_VAL_05_095_M
Address: Harmonic oscillation I3 rank 15 (msb)
BYTE B#16#0
A_VAL_05_095_L
Address: Harmonic oscillation I3 rank 15 (lsb)
BYTE B#16#5C
A_VAL_05_096_M
Address: Harmonic oscillation IN rank 15 (msb)
BYTE B#16#0
A_VAL_05_096_L
Address: Harmonic oscillation IN rank 15 (lsb)
BYTE B#16#5D
Query cycle 05-subcycle 02: Requesting 16 values (97-112) FRAME_NO52
Bit 0 - 6 : Table number, bit7: 1 -> address table
BYTE B#16#87
A_VAL_05_097_M
Address: Thd U12 (msb)
BYTE B#16#0
A_VAL_05_097_L
Address: Thd U12 (lsb)
BYTE B#16#5E
A_VAL_05_098_M
Address: Thd U23 (msb)
BYTE B#16#0
A_VAL_05_098_L
Address: Thd U23 (lsb)
BYTE B#16#5F
A_VAL_05_099_M
Address: Thd U31 (msb)
BYTE B#16#0
A_VAL_05_099_L
Address: Thd U31 (lsb)
BYTE B#16#60
A_VAL_05_100_M
Address: Harmonic oscillation U12 rank 3 (msb)
BYTE B#16#0
A_VAL_05_100_L
Address: Harmonic oscillation U12 rank 3 (lsb)
BYTE B#16#61
A_VAL_05_101_M
Address: Harmonic oscillation U23 rank 3 (msb)
BYTE B#16#0
A_VAL_05_101_L
Address: Harmonic oscillation U23 rank 3 (lsb)
BYTE B#16#62
A_VAL_05_102_M
Address: Harmonic oscillation U31 rank 3 (msb)
BYTE B#16#0
A_VAL_05_102_L
Address: Harmonic oscillation U31 rank 3 (lsb)
BYTE B#16#63
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
3-81
Connection (parameters)
Meaning
Data type
Def.
A_VAL_05_103_M
Address: Harmonic oscillation U12 rank 5 (msb)
BYTE B#16#0
A_VAL_05_103_L
Address: Harmonic oscillation U12 rank 5 (lsb)
BYTE B#16#64
A_VAL_05_104_M
Address: Harmonic oscillation U23 rank 5 (msb)
BYTE B#16#0
A_VAL_05_104_L
Address: Harmonic oscillation U23 rank 5 (lsb)
BYTE B#16#65
A_VAL_05_105_M
Address: Harmonic oscillation U31 rank 5 (msb)
BYTE B#16#0
A_VAL_05_105_L
Address: Harmonic oscillation U31 rank 5 (lsb)
BYTE B#16#66
A_VAL_05_106_M
Address: Harmonic oscillation U12 rank 7 (msb)
BYTE B#16#0
A_VAL_05_106_L
Address: Harmonic oscillation U12 rank 7 (lsb)
BYTE B#16#67
A_VAL_05_107_M
Address: Harmonic oscillation U23 rank 7 (msb)
BYTE B#16#0
A_VAL_05_107_L
Address: Harmonic oscillation U23 rank 7 (lsb)
BYTE B#16#68
A_VAL_05_108_M
Address: Harmonic oscillation U31 rank 7 (msb)
BYTE B#16#0
A_VAL_05_108_L
Address: Harmonic oscillation U31 rank 7 (lsb)
BYTE B#16#69
A_VAL_05_109_M
Address: Harmonic oscillation U12 rank 9 (msb)
BYTE B#16#0
A_VAL_05_109_L
Address: Harmonic oscillation U12 rank 9 (lsb)
BYTE B#16#6A
A_VAL_05_110_M
Address: Harmonic oscillation U23 rank 9 (msb)
BYTE B#16#0
A_VAL_05_110_L
Address: Harmonic oscillation U23 rank 9 (lsb)
BYTE B#16#6B
A_VAL_05_111_M
Address: Harmonic oscillation U31 rank 9 (msb)
BYTE B#16#0
A_VAL_05_111_L
Address: Harmonic oscillation U31 rank 9 (lsb)
BYTE B#16#6C
A_VAL_05_112_M
Address: Harmonic oscillation U12 rank 11 (msb)
BYTE B#16#0
A_VAL_05_112_L
Address: Harmonic oscillation U12 rank 11 (lsb)
BYTE B#16#6D
Query cycle 05-subcycle 03: Requesting 16 values (113-128) FRAME_NO53
Bit 0 - 6 : Table number, bit7: 1 -> address table
BYTE B#16#88
A_VAL_05_113_M
Address: Harmonic oscillation U23 rank 11 (msb)
BYTE B#16#0
A_VAL_05_113_L
Address: Harmonic oscillation U23 rank 11 (lsb)
BYTE B#16#6E
A_VAL_05_114_M
Address: Harmonic oscillation U31 rank 11 (msb)
BYTE B#16#0
A_VAL_05_114_L
Address: Harmonic oscillation U31 rank 11 (lsb)
BYTE B#16#6F
A_VAL_05_115_M
Address: Harmonic oscillation U12 rank 13 (msb)
BYTE B#16#0
A_VAL_05_115_L
Address: Harmonic oscillation U12 rank 13 (lsb)
BYTE B#16#70
A_VAL_05_116_M
Address: Harmonic oscillation U23 rank 13 (msb)
BYTE B#16#0
en-YN.YNT.001.A
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-82
Connection (parameters)
Meaning
Data type
Def.
A_VAL_05_116_L
Address: Harmonic oscillation U23 rank 13 (lsb)
BYTE B#16#71
A_VAL_05_117_M
Address: Harmonic oscillation U31 rank 13 (msb)
BYTE B#16#0
A_VAL_05_117_L
Address: Harmonic oscillation U31 rank 13 (lsb)
BYTE B#16#72
A_VAL_05_118_M
Address: Harmonic oscillation U12 rank 15 (msb)
BYTE B#16#0
A_VAL_05_118_L
Address: Harmonic oscillation U12 rank 15 (lsb)
BYTE B#16#73
A_VAL_05_119_M
Address: Harmonic oscillation U23 rank 15 (msb)
BYTE B#16#0
A_VAL_05_119_L
Address: Harmonic oscillation U23 rank 15 (lsb)
BYTE B#16#74
A_VAL_05_120_M
Address: Harmonic oscillation U31 rank 15 (msb)
BYTE B#16#0
A_VAL_05_120_L
Address: Harmonic oscillation U31 rank 15 (lsb)
BYTE B#16#75
A_VAL_05_121_M
Address: Thd V1 (msb)
BYTE B#16#0
A_VAL_05_121_L
Address: Thd V1 (lsb)
BYTE B#16#76
A_VAL_05_122_M
Address: Thd V2 (msb)
BYTE B#16#0
A_VAL_05_122_L
Address: Thd V2 (lsb)
BYTE B#16#77
A_VAL_05_123_M
Address: Thd V3 (msb)
BYTE B#16#0
A_VAL_05_123_L
Address: Thd V3 (lsb)
BYTE B#16#78
A_VAL_05_124_M
Address: Harmonic oscillation V1 rank 3 (msb)
BYTE B#16#0
A_VAL_05_124_L
Address: Harmonic oscillation V1 rank 3 (lsb)
BYTE B#16#79
A_VAL_05_125_M
Address: Harmonic oscillation V2 rank 3 (msb)
BYTE B#16#0
A_VAL_05_125_L
Address: Harmonic oscillation V2 rank 3 (lsb)
BYTE B#16#7A
A_VAL_05_126_M
Address: Harmonic oscillation V3 rank 3 (msb)
BYTE B#16#0
A_VAL_05_126_L
Address: Harmonic oscillation V3 rank 3 (lsb)
BYTE B#16#7B
A_VAL_05_127_M
Address: Harmonic oscillation V1 rank 5 (msb)
BYTE B#16#0
A_VAL_05_127_L
Address: Harmonic oscillation V1 rank 5 (lsb)
BYTE B#16#7C
A_VAL_05_128_M
Address: Harmonic oscillation V2 rank 5 (msb)
BYTE B#16#0
A_VAL_05_128_L
Address: Harmonic oscillation V2 rank 5 (lsb)
BYTE B#16#7D
Query cycle 05-subcycle 04: Requesting 16 values (129-144) FRAME_NO54
Bit 0 - 6 : Table number, bit7: 1 -> address table
BYTE B#16#89
A_VAL_05_129_M
Address: Harmonic oscillation V3 rank 5 (msb)
BYTE B#16#0
A_VAL_05_129_L
Address: Harmonic oscillation V3 rank 5 (lsb)
BYTE B#16#7E
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
3-83
Connection (parameters)
Meaning
Data type
A_VAL_05_130_M
Address: Harmonic oscillation V1 rank 7 (msb)
BYTE B#16#0
A_VAL_05_130_L
Address: Harmonic oscillation V1 rank 7 (lsb)
BYTE B#16#7F
A_VAL_05_131_M
Address: Harmonic oscillation V2 rank 7 (msb)
BYTE B#16#0
A_VAL_05_131_L
Address: Harmonic oscillation V2 rank 7 (lsb)
BYTE B#16#80
A_VAL_05_132_M
Address: Harmonic oscillation V3 rank 7 (msb)
BYTE B#16#0
A_VAL_05_132_L
Address: Harmonic oscillation V3 rank 7 (lsb)
BYTE B#16#81
A_VAL_05_133_M
Address: Harmonic oscillation V1 rank 9 (msb)
BYTE B#16#0
A_VAL_05_133_L
Address: Harmonic oscillation V1 rank 9 (lsb)
BYTE B#16#82
A_VAL_05_134_M
Address: Harmonic oscillation V2 rank 9 (msb)
BYTE B#16#0
A_VAL_05_134_L
Address: Harmonic oscillation V2 rank 9 (lsb)
BYTE B#16#83
A_VAL_05_135_M
Address: Harmonic oscillation V3 rank 9 (msb)
BYTE B#16#0
A_VAL_05_135_L
Address: Harmonic oscillation V3 rank 9 (lsb)
BYTE B#16#84
A_VAL_05_136_M
Address: Harmonic oscillation V1 rank 11 (msb)
BYTE B#16#0
A_VAL_05_136_L
Address: Harmonic oscillation V1 rank 11 (lsb)
BYTE B#16#85
A_VAL_05_137_M
Address: Harmonic oscillation V2 rank 11 (msb)
BYTE B#16#0
A_VAL_05_137_L
Address: Harmonic oscillation V2 rank 11 (lsb)
BYTE B#16#86
A_VAL_05_138_M
Address: Harmonic oscillation V3 rank 11 (msb)
BYTE B#16#0
A_VAL_05_138_L
Address: Harmonic oscillation V3 rank 11 (lsb)
BYTE B#16#87
A_VAL_05_139_M
Address: Harmonic oscillation V1 rank 13 (msb)
BYTE B#16#0
A_VAL_05_139_L
Address: Harmonic oscillation V1 rank 13 (lsb)
BYTE B#16#88
A_VAL_05_140_M
Address: Harmonic oscillation V2 rank 13 (msb)
BYTE B#16#0
A_VAL_05_140_L
Address: Harmonic oscillation V2 rank 13 (lsb)
BYTE B#16#89
A_VAL_05_141_M
Address: Harmonic oscillation V3 rank 13 (msb)
BYTE B#16#0
A_VAL_05_141_L
Address: Harmonic oscillation V3 rank 13 (lsb)
BYTE B#16#8A
A_VAL_05_142_M
Address: Harmonic oscillation V1 rank 15 (msb)
BYTE B#16#0
A_VAL_05_142_L
Address: Harmonic oscillation V1 rank 15 (lsb)
BYTE B#16#8B
A_VAL_05_143_M
Address: Harmonic oscillation V2 rank 15 (msb)
BYTE B#16#0
A_VAL_05_143_L
Address: Harmonic oscillation V2 rank 15 (lsb)
BYTE B#16#8C
A_VAL_05_144_M
Address: Harmonic oscillation V3 rank 15 (msb)
BYTE B#16#0
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Def.
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-84
Connection (parameters)
Meaning
Data type
Def.
A_VAL_05_144_L
Address: Harmonic oscillation V3 rank 15 (lsb)
BYTE B#16#8D
Query cycle 05-subcycle 05: Requesting 16 values (145-160) FRAME_NO55
Bit 0 - 6 : Table number, bit7: 1 -> address table
BYTE B#16#8A
A_VAL_05_145_M
Address: I system (msb)
BYTE B#16#0
A_VAL_05_145_L
Address: I system (lsb)
BYTE B#16#8E
A_VAL_05_146_M
Address: U system (msb)
BYTE B#16#0
A_VAL_05_146_L
Address: U system (lsb)
BYTE B#16#8F
A_VAL_05_147_M
Address: V system (msb)
BYTE B#16#0
A_VAL_05_147_L
Address: V system (lsb)
BYTE B#16#90
A_VAL_05_148_M
Address: Alarm1 OUT 1 lower threshold (msb)
BYTE B#16#10
A_VAL_05_148_L
Address: Alarm1 OUT 1 lower threshold (lsb)
BYTE B#16#00
A_VAL_05_149_M
Address: Alarm1 OUT 1 upper threshold (msb)
BYTE B#16#10
A_VAL_05_149_L
Address: Alarm1 OUT 1 upper threshold (lsb)
BYTE B#16#01
A_VAL_05_150_M
Address: Alarm1 OUT 1 lower threshold value MSB (msb) BYTE B#16#10
A_VAL_05_150_L
Address: Alarm1 OUT 1 lower threshold value MSB (lsb)
BYTE B#16#02
A_VAL_05_151_M
Address: Alarm1 OUT 1 lower threshold value LSB (msb)
BYTE B#16#10
A_VAL_05_151_L
Address: Alarm1 OUT 1 lower threshold value LSB (lsb)
BYTE B#16#03
A_VAL_05_152_M
Address: Alarm1 OUT 1 upper threshold value MSB (msb) BYTE B#16#10
A_VAL_05_152_L
Address: Alarm1 OUT 1 upper threshold value MSB (lsb)
BYTE B#16#04
A_VAL_05_153_M
Address: Alarm1 OUT 1 upper threshold value LSB (msb)
BYTE B#16#10
A_VAL_05_153_L
Address: Alarm1 OUT 1 upper threshold value LSB (lsb)
BYTE B#16#05
A_VAL_05_154_M
Address: Alarm1 OUT 1 duration (msb)
BYTE B#16#10
A_VAL_05_154_L
Address: Alarm1 OUT 1 duration (lsb)
BYTE B#16#06
A_VAL_05_155_M
Address: Alarm2 OUT 1 lower threshold (msb)
BYTE B#16#10
A_VAL_05_155_L
Address: Alarm2 OUT 1 lower threshold (lsb)
BYTE B#16#07
A_VAL_05_156_M
Address: Alarm2 OUT 1 upper threshold (msb)
BYTE B#16#10
A_VAL_05_156_L
Address: Alarm2 OUT 1 upper threshold (lsb)
BYTE B#16#08
A_VAL_05_157_M
Address: Alarm2 OUT 1 lower threshold value MSB (msb) BYTE B#16#10
A_VAL_05_157_L
Address: Alarm2 OUT 1 lower threshold value MSB (msb) BYTE B#16#09
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
3-85
Connection (parameters)
Meaning
Data type
Def.
A_VAL_05_158_M
Address: Alarm2 OUT 1 lower threshold value LSB (msb)
BYTE B#16#10
A_VAL_05_158_L
Address: Alarm2 OUT 1 lower threshold value LSB (lsb)
BYTE B#16#0A
A_VAL_05_159_M
Address: Alarm2 OUT 1 upper threshold value MSB (msb) BYTE B#16#10
A_VAL_05_159_L
Address: Alarm2 OUT 1 upper threshold value MSB (msb) BYTE B#16#0B
A_VAL_05_160_M
Address: Alarm2 OUT 1 upper threshold value LSB (msb)
BYTE B#16#10
A_VAL_05_160_L
Address: Alarm2 OUT 1 upper threshold value LSB (lsb)
BYTE B#16#0C
Query cycle 05-subcycle 06: Requesting 16 values (161-176) FRAME_NO56
Bit 0 - 6 : Table number, bit7: 1 -> address table
BYTE B#16#8B
A_VAL_05_161_M
Address: Alarm2 OUT 1 duration (msb)
BYTE B#16#10
A_VAL_05_161_L
Address: Alarm2 OUT 1 duration (lsb)
BYTE B#16#0D
A_VAL_05_162_M
Address: Alarm3 OUT 1 lower threshold (msb)
BYTE B#16#10
A_VAL_05_162_L
Address: Alarm3 OUT 1 lower threshold (lsb)
BYTE B#16#0E
A_VAL_05_163_M
Address: Alarm3 OUT 1 upper threshold (msb)
BYTE B#16#10
A_VAL_05_163_L
Address: Alarm3 OUT 1 upper threshold (lsb)
BYTE B#16#0F
A_VAL_05_164_M
Address: Alarm3 OUT 1 lower threshold value MSB (msb) BYTE B#16#10
A_VAL_05_164_L
Address: Alarm3 OUT 1 lower threshold value MSB (lsb)
BYTE B#16#10
A_VAL_05_165_M
Address: Alarm3 OUT 1 lower threshold value LSB (msb)
BYTE B#16#10
A_VAL_05_165_L
Address: Alarm3 OUT 1 lower threshold value LSB (lsb)
BYTE B#16#11
A_VAL_05_166_M
Address: Alarm3 OUT 1 upper threshold value MSB (msb) BYTE B#16#10
A_VAL_05_166_L
Address: Alarm3 OUT 1 upper threshold value MSB (lsb)
BYTE B#16#12
A_VAL_05_167_M
Address: Alarm3 OUT 1 upper threshold value LSB (msb)
BYTE B#16#10
A_VAL_05_167_L
Address: Alarm3 OUT 1 upper threshold value LSB (lsb)
BYTE B#16#13
A_VAL_05_168_M
Address: Alarm3 OUT 1 duration (msb)
BYTE B#16#10
A_VAL_05_168_L
Address: Alarm3 OUT 1 duration (lsb)
BYTE B#16#14
A_VAL_05_169_M
Address: Alarm1 OUT 2 lower threshold (msb)
BYTE B#16#10
A_VAL_05_169_L
Address: Alarm1 OUT 2 lower threshold (lsb)
BYTE B#16#15
A_VAL_05_170_M
Address: Alarm1 OUT 2 upper threshold (msb)
BYTE B#16#10
A_VAL_05_170_L
Address: Alarm1 OUT 2 upper threshold (lsb)
BYTE B#16#16
A_VAL_05_171_M
Address: Alarm1 OUT 2 lower threshold value MSB (msb) BYTE B#16#10
en-YN.YNT.001.A
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-86
Connection (parameters)
Meaning
Data type
Def.
A_VAL_05_171_L
Address: Alarm1 OUT 2 lower threshold value MSB (lsb)
BYTE B#16#17
A_VAL_05_172_M
Address: Alarm1 OUT 2 lower threshold value LSB (msb)
BYTE B#16#10
A_VAL_05_172_L
Address: Alarm1 OUT 2 lower threshold value LSB (lsb)
BYTE B#16#18
A_VAL_05_173_M
Address: Alarm1 OUT 2 upper threshold value MSB (msb) BYTE B#16#10
A_VAL_05_173_L
Address: Alarm1 OUT 2 upper threshold value MSB (lsb)
BYTE B#16#19
A_VAL_05_174_M
Address: Alarm1 OUT 2 upper threshold value LSB (msb)
BYTE B#16#10
A_VAL_05_174_L
Address: Alarm1 OUT 2 upper threshold value LSB (lsb)
BYTE B#16#1A
A_VAL_05_175_M
Address: Alarm1 OUT 2 duration (msb)
BYTE B#16#10
A_VAL_05_175_L
Address: Alarm1 OUT 2 duration (lsb)
BYTE B#16#1B
A_VAL_05_176_M
Address: Alarm2 OUT 2 lower threshold (msb)
BYTE B#16#10
A_VAL_05_176_L
Address: Alarm2 OUT 2 lower threshold (lsb)
BYTE B#16#1C
Query cycle 05-subcycle 07: Requesting 16 values (177-192) FRAME_NO57
Bit 0 - 6 : Table number, bit7: 1 -> address table
BYTE B#16#8C
A_VAL_05_177_M
Address: Alarm2 OUT 2 upper threshold (msb)
BYTE B#16#10
A_VAL_05_177_L
Address: Alarm2 OUT 2 upper threshold (lsb)
BYTE B#16#0D
A_VAL_05_178_M
Address: Alarm2 OUT 2 lower threshold value MSB (msb) BYTE B#16#10
A_VAL_05_178_L
Address: Alarm2 OUT 2 lower threshold value MSB (lsb)
BYTE B#16#0E
A_VAL_05_179_M
Address: Alarm2 OUT 2 lower threshold value LSB (msb)
BYTE B#16#10
A_VAL_05_179_L
Address: Alarm2 OUT 2 lower threshold value LSB (lsb)
BYTE B#16#0F
A_VAL_05_180_M
Address: Alarm2 OUT 2 upper threshold value MSB (msb) BYTE B#16#10
A_VAL_05_180_L
Address: Alarm2 OUT 2 upper threshold value MSB (lsb)
BYTE B#16#10
A_VAL_05_181_M
Address: Alarm2 OUT 2 upper threshold value LSB (msb)
BYTE B#16#10
A_VAL_05_181_L
Address: Alarm2 OUT 2 upper threshold value LSB (lsb)
BYTE B#16#11
A_VAL_05_182_M
Address: Alarm2 OUT 2 duration (msb)
BYTE B#16#10
A_VAL_05_182_L
Address: Alarm2 OUT 2 duration (lsb)
BYTE B#16#12
A_VAL_05_183_M
Address: Alarm3 OUT 2 lower threshold (msb)
BYTE B#16#10
A_VAL_05_183_L
Address: Alarm3 OUT 2 lower threshold (lsb)
BYTE B#16#13
A_VAL_05_184_M
Address: Alarm3 OUT 2 upper threshold (msb)
BYTE B#16#10
A_VAL_05_184_L
Address: Alarm3 OUT 2 upper threshold (lsb)
BYTE B#16#14
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
3-87
Connection (parameters)
Meaning
A_VAL_05_185_M
Address: Alarm3 OUT 2 lower threshold value MSB (msb) BYTE B#16#10
A_VAL_05_185_L
Address: Alarm3 OUT 2 lower threshold value MSB (lsb)
BYTE B#16#15
A_VAL_05_186_M
Address: Alarm3 OUT 2 lower threshold value LSB (msb)
BYTE B#16#10
A_VAL_05_186_L
Address: Alarm3 OUT 2 lower threshold value LSB (lsb)
BYTE B#16#16
A_VAL_05_187_M
Address: Alarm3 OUT 2 upper threshold value MSB (msb) BYTE B#16#10
A_VAL_05_187_L
Address: Alarm3 OUT 2 upper threshold value MSB (lsb)
BYTE B#16#17
A_VAL_05_188_M
Address: Alarm3 OUT 2 upper threshold value LSB (msb)
BYTE B#16#10
A_VAL_05_188_L
Address: Alarm3 OUT 2 upper threshold value LSB (lsb)
BYTE B#16#18
A_VAL_05_189_M
Address: Alarm3 OUT 2 duration (msb)
BYTE B#16#10
A_VAL_05_189_L
Address: Alarm3 OUT 2 duration (lsb)
BYTE B#16#19
A_VAL_05_190_M
Address: Not used
BYTE B#16#0
A_VAL_05_190_L
Address: Not used
BYTE B#16#0
A_VAL_05_191_M
Address: Not used
BYTE B#16#0
A_VAL_05_191_L
Address: Not used
BYTE B#16#0
A_VAL_05_192_M
Address: Not used
BYTE B#16#0
A_VAL_05_192_L
Address: Not used
BYTE B#16#0
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Data type
Def.
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-88
3.16 DIRIS_DA: Measured values for measuring device DIRIS A40 Description of DIRIS_DA Object name (Type + Number) DB 13 Function This block is used by the function block DIRISA40 (FB 547) which is used for communicating with the multifunctional performance measuring device Diris A40 by Socomec. This measuring device records a.o. voltages, currents and power. The communication takes place such that the function block transmits a parameter set for specific measured values to the measuring device, with the measuring device then returning the corresponding measured values. For its correct functioning, the function block requires three data blocks, of which one contains the parameters, one contains the calibration values, and the other the measured values transmitted. The measured value data block is normally DB 13 (DIRIS_DA) and contains the receiving and calibrated measured values. The receiving values are multiplied by the corresponding calibration value from DB14. Currents are additionally multiplied by the transmission ratio RATIO_I, voltages are multiplied by RATIO_U and power with RATIO_I and RATIO_U. Connections of DIRIS_DA Connection (parameters)
Meaning
Data type
Def.
Reception cycle 01: Receiving 16 values (1-16) PHASE_1_I
Current phase 1 (A)
REAL 0.0
PHASE_2_I
Current phase 2 (A)
REAL 0.0
PHASE_3_I
Current phase 3 (A)
REAL 0.0
NEUTRAL_I
Current neutral conductor (A)
REAL 0.0
PH_TO_PH_U12
Line-to-line voltage U12 (V)
REAL 0.0
PH_TO_PH_U23
Line-to-line voltage U23 (V)
REAL 0.0
PH_TO_PH_U31
Line-to-line voltage U31 (V)
REAL 0.0
PH_TO_N_PH1
Phase-to-neutral voltage phase 1 (V)
REAL 0.0
PH_TO_N_PH2
Phase-to-neutral voltage phase 2 (V)
REAL 0.0
PH_TO_N_PH3
Phase-to-neutral voltage phase 3 (V)
REAL 0.0
FREQ
Frequency (Hz)
REAL 0.0
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
3-89
Connection (parameters)
Meaning
Data type
Def.
ACT_POWER
Σ effective power (kW)
REAL 0.0
REACT_POWER
Σ reactive power (kvar)
REAL 0.0
APPARENT_POWER
Σ apparent power (kVA)
REAL 0.0
POWER_FAC_LC
Σ power factor L/C
REAL 0.0
MAX_VAL_I1
I1 maximum (A)
REAL 0.0
Reception cycle 02: Receiving 16 values (17-32) MAX_VAL_I2
I2 maximum (A)
REAL 0.0
MAX_VAL_I3
I3 maximum (A)
REAL 0.0
MAX_ACT_POW_P
Max. value effective power + (kW)
REAL 0.0
MAX_ACT_POW_M
Max. value effective power - (kW)
REAL 0.0
MAX_REACT_POW_P Max. value reactive power + (kvar)
REAL 0.0
MAX_REACT_POW_M Max. value reactive power - (kvar)
REAL 0.0
MAX_APPAR_POW
Max. value apparent power (kVA)
REAL 0.0
ACT_EN_P_LESS
Active energy + <10000 (kWh)
REAL 0.0
ACT_EN_P_MORE
Active energy + >10000 (kWh)
REAL 0.0
REACT_EN_P_LESS
Reactive energy + <10000 (kvarh)
REAL 0.0
REACT_EN_P_MORE
Reactive energy + >10000 (kvarh)
REAL 0.0
APPAR_EN_P_LESS
Apparent energy + <10000 (kVAh)
REAL 0.0
APPAR_EN_P_MORE
Apparent energy + >10000 (kVAh)
REAL 0.0
ACT_POW_PH1
Effective power phase 1 (kW)
REAL 0.0
ACT_POW_PH2
Effective power phase 2 (kW)
REAL 0.0
ACT_POW_PH3
Effective power phase 3 (kW)
REAL 0.0
Reception cycle 03: Receiving 16 values (33-48) REACT_POW_PH1
Reactive power phase 1 (kvar)
REAL 0.0
REACT_POW_PH2
Reactive power phase 2 (kvar)
REAL 0.0
REACT_POW_PH3
Reactive power phase 3 (kvar)
REAL 0.0
APPAR_POW_PH1
Apparent power phase 1 (kVA)
REAL 0.0
APPAR_POW_PH2
Apparent power phase 2 (kVA)
REAL 0.0
APPAR_POW_PH3
Apparent power phase 3 (kVA)
REAL 0.0
en-YN.YNT.001.A
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-90
Connection (parameters)
Meaning
Data type
Def.
POW_FAC_PH1
Power factor phase 1
REAL 0.0
POW_FAC_PH2
Power factor phase 2
REAL 0.0
POW_FAC_PH3
Power factor phase 3
REAL 0.0
AVG_VAL_I1
I1 average (A)
REAL 0.0
AVG_VAL_I2
I2 average (A)
REAL 0.0
AVG_VAL_I3
I3 average (A)
REAL 0.0
AVG_ACT_POW_P
Average value effective power + (kW)
REAL 0.0
AVG_ACT_POW_M
Average value effective power - (kW)
REAL 0.0
AVG_REACT_POW_P Average value reactive power + (kvar)
REAL 0.0
AVG_REACT_POW_M Average value reactive power - (kvar)
REAL 0.0
Reception cycle 04: Receiving 16 values (49-64) AVG_APPAR_POW
Average value apparent power (kVA)
REAL 0.0
ACT_EN_M_LESS
Active energy - <10000 (kWh)
REAL 0.0
ACT_EN_M_MORE
Active energy - >10000 (kWh)
REAL 0.0
REACT_EN_M_LESS
Reactive energy - <10000 (kvarh)
REAL 0.0
REACT_EN_M_MORE Reactive energy - >10000 (kvarh)
REAL 0.0
IN_PU_M1_LESS
Pulse counter input 1 <10000
REAL 0.0
IN_PU_M1_MORE
Pulse counter input 1 >10000
REAL 0.0
IN_PU_M2_LESS
Pulse counter input 2 <10000
REAL 0.0
IN_PU_M2_MORE
Pulse counter input 2 >10000
REAL 0.0
IN_PU_M3_LESS
Pulse counter input 3 <10000
REAL 0.0
IN_PU_M3_MORE
Pulse counter input 3 >10000
REAL 0.0
IN_PU_M4_LESS
Pulse counter input 4 <10000
REAL 0.0
IN_PU_M4_MORE
Pulse counter input 4 >10000
REAL 0.0
STAT_IN
Status of inputs 1,2,3,4
REAL 0.0
HOUR_M_LESS
Hour counter <10000 (h)
REAL 0.0
HOUR_M_MORE
Hour counter >10000 (h)
REAL 0.0
Reception cycle 05, subcycle 00: Receiving 16 values (65-80) THD_I1
Thd I1 (%)
REAL 0.0
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
3-91
Connection (parameters)
Meaning
Data type
Def.
THD_I2
Thd I2 (%)
REAL 0.0
THD_I3
Thd I3 (%)
REAL 0.0
THD_IN
Thd In (%)
REAL 0.0
HAR_I1_R3
Harmonic oscillation I1 rank 3 (%)
REAL 0.0
HAR_I2_R3
Harmonic oscillation I2 rank 3 (%)
REAL 0.0
HAR_I3_R3
Harmonic oscillation I3 rank 3 (%)
REAL 0.0
HAR_IN_R3
Harmonic oscillation IN rank 3 (%)
REAL 0.0
HAR_I1_R5
Harmonic oscillation I1 rank 5 (%)
REAL 0.0
HAR_I2_R5
Harmonic oscillation I2 rank 5 (%)
REAL 0.0
HAR_I3_R5
Harmonic oscillation I3 rank 5 (%)
REAL 0.0
HAR_IN_R5
Harmonic oscillation IN rank 5 (%)
REAL 0.0
HAR_I1_R7
Harmonic oscillation I1 rank 7 (%)
REAL 0.0
HAR_I2_R7
Harmonic oscillation I2 rank 7 (%)
REAL 0.0
HAR_I3_R7
Harmonic oscillation I3 rank 7 (%)
REAL 0.0
HAR_IN_R7
Harmonic oscillation IN rank 7 (%)
REAL 0.0
Reception cycle 05, subcycle 01: Receiving 16 values (81-96) HAR_I1_R9
Harmonic oscillation I1 rank 9 (%)
REAL 0.0
HAR_I2_R9
Harmonic oscillation I2 rank 9 (%)
REAL 0.0
HAR_I3_R9
Harmonic oscillation I3 rank 9 (%)
REAL 0.0
HAR_IN_R9
Harmonic oscillation IN rank 9 (%)
REAL 0.0
HAR_I1_R11
Harmonic oscillation I1 rank 11 (%)
REAL 0.0
HAR_I2_R11
Harmonic oscillation I2 rank 11 (%)
REAL 0.0
HAR_I3_R11
Harmonic oscillation I3 rank 11 (%)
REAL 0.0
HAR_IN_R11
Harmonic oscillation IN rank 11 (%)
REAL 0.0
HAR_I1_R13
Harmonic oscillation I1 rank 13 (%)
REAL 0.0
HAR_I2_R13
Harmonic oscillation I2 rank 13 (%)
REAL 0.0
HAR_I3_R13
Harmonic oscillation I3 rank 13 (%)
REAL 0.0
HAR_IN_R13
Harmonic oscillation IN rank 13 (%)
REAL 0.0
HAR_I1_R15
Harmonic oscillation I1 rank 15 (%)
REAL 0.0
en-YN.YNT.001.A
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-92
Connection (parameters)
Meaning
Data type
Def.
HAR_I2_R15
Harmonic oscillation I2 rank 15 (%)
REAL 0.0
HAR_I3_R15
Harmonic oscillation I3 rank 15 (%)
REAL 0.0
HAR_IN_R15
Harmonic oscillation IN rank 15 (%)
REAL 0.0
Reception cycle 05, subcycle 02: Receiving 16 values (97-112) THD_U12
Thd U12 (%)
REAL 0.0
THD_U23
Thd U23 (%)
REAL 0.0
THD_U31
Thd U31 (%)
REAL 0.0
HAR_U12_R3
Harmonic oscillation U12 rank 3 (%)
REAL 0.0
HAR_U23_R3
Harmonic oscillation U23 rank 3 (%)
REAL 0.0
HAR_U31_R3
Harmonic oscillation U31 rank 3 (%)
REAL 0.0
HAR_U12_R5
Harmonic oscillation U12 rank 5 (%)
REAL 0.0
HAR_U23_R5
Harmonic oscillation U23 rank 5 (%)
REAL 0.0
HAR_U31_R5
Harmonic oscillation U31 rank 5 (%)
REAL 0.0
HAR_U12_R7
Harmonic oscillation U12 rank 7 (%)
REAL 0.0
HAR_U23_R7
Harmonic oscillation U23 rank 7 (%)
REAL 0.0
HAR_U31_R7
Harmonic oscillation U31 rank 7 (%)
REAL 0.0
HAR_U12_R9
Harmonic oscillation U12 rank 9 (%)
REAL 0.0
HAR_U23_R9
Harmonic oscillation U23 rank 9 (%)
REAL 0.0
HAR_U31_R9
Harmonic oscillation U31 rank 9 (%)
REAL 0.0
HAR_U12_R11
Harmonic oscillation U12 rank 11 (%)
REAL 0.0
Reception cycle 05, subcycle 03: Receiving 16 values (113-128) HAR_U23_R11
Harmonic oscillation U23 rank 11 (%)
REAL 0.0
HAR_U31_R11
Harmonic oscillation U31 rank 11 (%)
REAL 0.0
HAR_U12_R13
Harmonic oscillation U12 rank 13 (%)
REAL 0.0
HAR_U23_R13
Harmonic oscillation U23 rank 13 (%)
REAL 0.0
HAR_U31_R13
Harmonic oscillation U31 rank 13 (%)
REAL 0.0
HAR_U12_R15
Harmonic oscillation U12 rank 15 (%)
REAL 0.0
HAR_U23_R15
Harmonic oscillation U23 rank 15 (%)
REAL 0.0
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
3-93
Connection (parameters)
Meaning
Data type
Def.
HAR_U31_R15
Harmonic oscillation U31 rank 15 (%)
REAL 0.0
THD_V1
Thd V1 (%)
REAL 0.0
THD_V2
Thd V2 (%)
REAL 0.0
THD_V3
Thd V3 (%)
REAL 0.0
HAR_V1_R3
Harmonic oscillation V1 rank 3 (%)
REAL 0.0
HAR_V2_R3
Harmonic oscillation V2 rank 3 (%)
REAL 0.0
HAR_V3_R3
Harmonic oscillation V3 rank 3 (%)
REAL 0.0
HAR_V1_R5
Harmonic oscillation V1 rank 5 (%)
REAL 0.0
HAR_V2_R5
Harmonic oscillation V2 rank 5 (%)
REAL 0.0
Reception cycle 05, subcycle 04: Receiving 16 values (129-144) HAR_V3_R5
Harmonic oscillation V3 rank 5 (%)
REAL 0.0
HAR_V1_R7
Harmonic oscillation V1 rank 7 (%)
REAL 0.0
HAR_V2_R7
Harmonic oscillation V2 rank 7 (%)
REAL 0.0
HAR_V3_R7
Harmonic oscillation V3 rank 7 (%)
REAL 0.0
HAR_V1_R9
Harmonic oscillation V1 rank 9 (%)
REAL 0.0
HAR_V2_R9
Harmonic oscillation V2 rank 9 (%)
REAL 0.0
HAR_V3_R9
Harmonic oscillation V3 rank 9 (%)
REAL 0.0
HAR_V1_R11
Harmonic oscillation V1 rank 11 (%)
REAL 0.0
HAR_V2_R11
Harmonic oscillation V2 rank 11 (%)
REAL 0.0
HAR_V3_R11
Harmonic oscillation V3 rank 11 (%)
REAL 0.0
HAR_V1_R13
Harmonic oscillation V1 rank 13 (%)
REAL 0.0
HAR_V2_R13
Harmonic oscillation V2 rank 13 (%)
REAL 0.0
HAR_V3_R13
Harmonic oscillation V3 rank 13 (%)
REAL 0.0
HAR_V1_R15
Harmonic oscillation V1 rank 15 (%)
REAL 0.0
HAR_V2_R15
Harmonic oscillation V2 rank 15 (%)
REAL 0.0
HAR_V3_R15
Harmonic oscillation V3 rank 15 (%)
REAL 0.0
Reception cycle 05, subcycle 05: Receiving 16 values (145-160) I_SYSTEM
en-YN.YNT.001.A
I system (A)
REAL 0.0
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-94
Connection (parameters)
Meaning
Data type
Def.
U_SYSTEM
U system (V)
REAL 0.0
V_SYSTEM
V system (V)
REAL 0.0
AL1_OUT1_LO_THD
Alarm1 OUT 1 lower threshold
REAL 0.0
AL1_OUT1_UP_THD
Alarm1 OUT 1 upper threshold
REAL 0.0
AL1_OUT1_LO_MSB
Alarm1 OUT 1 lower threshold value MSB
REAL 0.0
AL1_OUT1_LO_LSB
Alarm1 OUT 1 lower threshold value LSB
REAL 0.0
AL1_OUT1_UP_MSB
Alarm1 OUT 1 upper threshold value MSB
REAL 0.0
AL1_OUT1_UP_LSB
Alarm1 OUT 1 upper threshold value LSB
REAL 0.0
AL1_OUT1_DUR
Alarm1 OUT 1 duration
REAL 0.0
AL2_OUT1_LO_THD
Alarm2 OUT 1 lower threshold
REAL 0.0
AL2_OUT1_UP_THD
Alarm2 OUT 1 upper threshold
REAL 0.0
AL2_OUT1_LO_MSB
Alarm2 OUT 1 lower threshold value MSB
REAL 0.0
AL2_OUT1_LO_LSB
Alarm2 OUT 1 lower threshold value LSB
REAL 0.0
AL2_OUT1_UP_MSB
Alarm2 OUT 1 upper threshold value MSB
REAL 0.0
AL2_OUT1_UP_LSB
Alarm2 OUT 1 upper threshold value LSB
REAL 0.0
Reception cycle 05, subcycle 06: Receiving 16 values (161-176) AL2_OUT1_DUR
Alarm2 OUT 1 duration
REAL 0.0
AL3_OUT1_LO_THD
Alarm3 OUT 1 lower threshold
REAL 0.0
AL3_OUT1_UP_THD
Alarm3 OUT 1 upper threshold
REAL 0.0
AL3_OUT1_LO_MSB
Alarm3 OUT 1 lower threshold value MSB
REAL 0.0
AL3_OUT1_LO_LSB
Alarm3 OUT 1 lower threshold value LSB
REAL 0.0
AL3_OUT1_UP_MSB
Alarm3 OUT 1 upper threshold value MSB
REAL 0.0
AL3_OUT1_UP_LSB
Alarm3 OUT 1 upper threshold value LSB
REAL 0.0
AL3_OUT1_DUR
Alarm3 OUT 1 duration
REAL 0.0
AL1_OUT2_LO_THD
Alarm1 OUT 2 lower threshold
REAL 0.0
AL1_OUT2_UP_THD
Alarm1 OUT 2 upper threshold
REAL 0.0
AL1_OUT2_LO_MSB
Alarm1 OUT 2 lower threshold value MSB
REAL 0.0
AL1_OUT2_LO_LSB
Alarm1 OUT 2 lower threshold value LSB
REAL 0.0
AL1_OUT2_UP_MSB
Alarm1 OUT 2 upper threshold value MSB
REAL 0.0
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
3-95
Connection (parameters)
Meaning
Data type
Def.
AL1_OUT2_UP_LSB
Alarm1 OUT 2 upper threshold value LSB
REAL 0.0
AL1_OUT2_DUR
Alarm1 OUT 2 duration
REAL 0.0
AL2_OUT2_LO_THD
Alarm2 OUT 2 lower threshold
REAL 0.0
Reception cycle 05, subcycle 07: Receiving 16 values (177-192) AL2_OUT2_UP_THD
Alarm2 OUT 2 upper threshold
REAL 0.0
AL2_OUT2_LO_MSB
Alarm2 OUT 2 lower threshold value MSB
REAL 0.0
AL2_OUT2_LO_LSB
Alarm2 OUT 2 lower threshold value LSB
REAL 0.0
AL2_OUT2_UP_MSB
Alarm2 OUT 2 upper threshold value MSB
REAL 0.0
AL2_OUT2_UP_LSB
Alarm2 OUT 2 upper threshold value LSB
REAL 0.0
AL2_OUT2_DUR
Alarm2 OUT 2 duration
REAL 0.0
AL3_OUT2_LO_THD
Alarm3 OUT 2 lower threshold
REAL 0.0
AL3_OUT2_UP_THD
Alarm3 OUT 2 upper threshold
REAL 0.0
AL3_OUT2_LO_MSB
Alarm3 OUT 2 lower threshold value MSB
REAL 0.0
AL3_OUT2_LO_LSB
Alarm3 OUT 2 lower threshold value LSB
REAL 0.0
AL3_OUT2_UP_MSB
Alarm3 OUT 2 upper threshold value MSB
REAL 0.0
AL3_OUT2_UP_LSB
Alarm3 OUT 2 upper threshold value LSB
REAL 0.0
AL3_OUT2_DUR
Alarm3 OUT 2 duration
REAL 0.0
SPARE190
Not used
REAL 0.0
SPARE191
Not used
REAL 0.0
SPARE192
Not used
REAL 0.0
en-YN.YNT.001.A
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-96
3.17 DIRIS_CA: Calibration values for measuring device DIRIS A40 Description of DIRIS_CA Object name (Type + Number) DB 14 Function This block is used by the function block DIRISA40 (FB 547) which is used for communicating with the multifunctional performance measuring device Diris A40 by Socomec. This measuring device records a.o. voltages, currents and power. The communication takes place such that the function block transmits a parameter set for specific measured values to the measuring device, with the measuring device then returning the corresponding measured values. For its correct functioning, the function block requires three data blocks, of which one contains the parameters, one contains the calibration values, and the other the measured values transmitted. The calibration values data block is normally DB 14 (DIRIS_CA) which contains the calibration values. Connections of DIRIS_CA Connection (parameters)
Meaning
Data type
Def.
Reception cycle 01: Calibrating 16 values (1-16) A_CAL_01_001
Current phase 1 (mA -> A)
REAL 0.001
A_CAL_01_002
Current phase 2 (mA -> A)
REAL 0.001
A_CAL_01_003
Current phase 3 (mA -> A)
REAL 0.001
A_CAL_01_004
Current neutral conductor (mA -> A)
REAL 0.001
A_CAL_01_005
Line-to-line voltage U12 (V/10 -> V)
REAL 0.1
A_CAL_01_006
Line-to-line voltage U23 (V/10 -> V)
REAL 0.1
A_CAL_01_007
Line-to-line voltage U31 (V/10 -> V)
REAL 0.1
A_CAL_01_008
Phase-to-neutral voltage phase 1 (V/10 -> V)
REAL 0.1
A_CAL_01_009
Phase-to-neutral voltage phase 2 (V/10 -> V)
REAL 0.1
A_CAL_01_010
Phase-to-neutral voltage phase 3 (V/10 -> V)
REAL 0.1
A_CAL_01_011
Frequency (Hz/100 -> Hz)
REAL 0.01
A_CAL_01_012
Σ effective power (kW/10 -> kW)
REAL 0.1
A_CAL_01_013
Σ reactive power (kvar/10 -> kvar)
REAL 0.1
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
3-97
Connection (parameters)
Meaning
Data type
Def.
A_CAL_01_014
Σ apparent power (kVA/10 -> kVA)
REAL 0.1
A_CAL_01_015
Σ power factor L/C (1/1000 -> 1)
REAL 0.001
A_CAL_01_016
I1 maximum (mA -> A)
REAL 0.001
Reception cycle 02: Calibrating 16 values (17-32) A_CAL_02_017
I2 maximum (mA -> A)
REAL 0.001
A_CAL_02_018
I3 maximum (mA -> A)
REAL 0.001
A_CAL_02_019
Max. value effective power + (kW/100 -> kW)
REAL 0.01
A_CAL_02_020
Max. value effective power - (kW/100 -> kW)
REAL 0.01
A_CAL_02_021
Max. value reactive power + (kvar/100 -> kvar)
REAL 0.01
A_CAL_02_022
Max. value reactive power - (kvar/100 -> kvar)
REAL 0.01
A_CAL_02_023
Max. value apparent power - (kVA/100 -> kVA)
REAL 0.01
A_CAL_02_024
Active energy + <10000 (kWh)
REAL 1.0
A_CAL_02_025
Active energy + >10000 (kWh)
REAL 1.0
A_CAL_02_026
Reactive energy + <10000 (kvarh)
REAL 1.0
A_CAL_02_027
Reactive energy + >10000 (kvarh)
REAL 1.0
A_CAL_02_028
Apparent energy + <10000 (kVAh)
REAL 1.0
A_CAL_02_029
Apparent energy + >10000 (kVAh)
REAL 1.0
A_CAL_02_030
Effective power phase 1 (kW/10 -> kW)
REAL 0.1
A_CAL_02_031
Effective power phase 2 (kW/10 -> kW)
REAL 0.1
A_CAL_02_032
Effective power phase 3 (kW/10 -> kW)
REAL 0.1
Reception cycle 03: Calibrating 16 values (33-48) A_CAL_03_033
Reactive power phase 1 (kvar/10 -> kvar)
REAL 0.1
A_CAL_03_034
Reactive power phase 2 (kvar/10 -> kvar)
REAL 0.1
A_CAL_03_035
Reactive power phase 3 (kvar/10 -> kvar)
REAL 0.1
A_CAL_03_036
Apparent power phase 1 (kVA/10 -> kVA)
REAL 0.1
A_CAL_03_037
Apparent power phase 2 (kVA/10 -> kVA)
REAL 0.1
A_CAL_03_038
Apparent power phase 3 (kVA/10 -> kVA)
REAL 0.1
A_CAL_03_039
Power factor phase 1 (1/1000 -> 1)
REAL 0.001
A_CAL_03_040
Power factor phase 2 (1/1000 -> 1)
REAL 0.001
en-YN.YNT.001.A
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-98
Connection (parameters)
Meaning
Data type
Def.
A_CAL_03_041
Power factor phase 3 (1/1000 -> 1)
REAL 0.001
A_CAL_03_042
I1 average (mA -> A)
REAL 0.001
A_CAL_03_043
I2 average (mA -> A)
REAL 0.001
A_CAL_03_044
I3 average (mA -> A)
REAL 0.001
A_CAL_03_045
Average value effective power + (kW/100 -> kW)
REAL 0.01
A_CAL_03_046
Average value effective power - (kW/100 -> kW)
REAL 0.01
A_CAL_03_047
Average value reactive power + (kvar/100 -> kvar)
REAL 0.01
A_CAL_03_048
Average value reactive power - (kvar/100 -> kvar)
REAL 0.01
Reception cycle 04: Calibrating 16 values (49-64) A_CAL_04_049
Average value apparent power (kVA/100 -> kVA)
REAL 0.01
A_CAL_04_050
Active energy - <10000 (kWh)
REAL 1.0
A_CAL_04_051
Active energy - >10000 (kWh)
REAL 1.0
A_CAL_04_052
Reactive energy - <10000 (kvarh)
REAL 1.0
A_CAL_04_053
Reactive energy - >10000 (kvarh)
REAL 1.0
A_CAL_04_054
Pulse counter input 1 <10000
REAL 1.0
A_CAL_04_055
Pulse counter input 1 >10000
REAL 1.0
A_CAL_04_056
Pulse counter input 2 <10000
REAL 1.0
A_CAL_04_057
Pulse counter input 2 >10000
REAL 1.0
A_CAL_04_058
Pulse counter input 3 <10000
REAL 1.0
A_CAL_04_059
Pulse counter input 3 >10000
REAL 1.0
A_CAL_04_060
Pulse counter input 4 <10000
REAL 1.0
A_CAL_04_061
Pulse counter input 4 >10000
REAL 1.0
A_CAL_04_062
Status of inputs 1,2,3,4
REAL 1.0
A_CAL_04_063
Hour counter <10000 (H/100)
REAL 0.01
A_CAL_04_064
Hour counter >10000 (H/100)
REAL 0.01
Reception cycle 05, subcycle 00: Calibrating 16 values (65-80) A_CAL_05_065
Thd I1 (%/10 -> %)
REAL 0.1
A_CAL_05_066
Thd I2 (%/10 -> %)
REAL 0.1
A_CAL_05_067
Thd I3 (%/10 -> %)
REAL 0.1
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
3-99
Connection (parameters)
Meaning
Data type
Def.
A_CAL_05_068
Thd In (%/10 -> %)
REAL 0.1
A_CAL_05_069
Harmonic oscillation I1 rank 3 (%/10 -> %)
REAL 0.1
A_CAL_05_070
Harmonic oscillation I2 rank 3 (%/10 -> %)
REAL 0.1
A_CAL_05_071
Harmonic oscillation I3 rank 3 (%/10 -> %)
REAL 0.1
A_CAL_05_072
Harmonic oscillation IN rank 3 (%/10 -> %)
REAL 0.1
A_CAL_05_073
Harmonic oscillation I1 rank 5 (%/10 -> %)
REAL 0.1
A_CAL_05_074
Harmonic oscillation I2 rank 5 (%/10 -> %)
REAL 0.1
A_CAL_05_075
Harmonic oscillation I3 rank 5 (%/10 -> %)
REAL 0.1
A_CAL_05_076
Harmonic oscillation IN rank 5 (%/10 -> %)
REAL 0.1
A_CAL_05_077
Harmonic oscillation I1 rank 7 (%/10 -> %)
REAL 0.1
A_CAL_05_078
Harmonic oscillation I2 rank 7 (%/10 -> %)
REAL 0.1
A_CAL_05_079
Harmonic oscillation I3 rank 7 (%/10 -> %)
REAL 0.1
A_CAL_05_080
Harmonic oscillation IN rank 7 (%/10 -> %)
REAL 0.1
Reception cycle 05, subcycle 01: Calibrating 16 values (81-96) A_CAL_05_081
Harmonic oscillation I1 rank 9 (%/10 -> %)
REAL 0.1
A_CAL_05_082
Harmonic oscillation I2 rank 9 (%/10 -> %)
REAL 0.1
A_CAL_05_083
Harmonic oscillation I3 rank 9 (%/10 -> %)
REAL 0.1
A_CAL_05_084
Harmonic oscillation IN rank 9 (%/10 -> %)
REAL 0.1
A_CAL_05_085
Harmonic oscillation I1 rank 11 (%/10 -> %)
REAL 0.1
A_CAL_05_086
Harmonic oscillation I2 rank 11 (%/10 -> %)
REAL 0.1
A_CAL_05_087
Harmonic oscillation I3 rank 11 (%/10 -> %)
REAL 0.1
A_CAL_05_088
Harmonic oscillation IN rank 11 (%/10 -> %)
REAL 0.1
A_CAL_05_089
Harmonic oscillation I1 rank 13 (%/10 -> %)
REAL 0.1
A_CAL_05_090
Harmonic oscillation I2 rank 13 (%/10 -> %)
REAL 0.1
A_CAL_05_091
Harmonic oscillation I3 rank 13 (%/10 -> %)
REAL 0.1
A_CAL_05_092
Harmonic oscillation IN rank 13 (%/10 -> %)
REAL 0.1
A_CAL_05_093
Harmonic oscillation I1 rank 15 (%/10 -> %)
REAL 0.1
A_CAL_05_094
Harmonic oscillation I2 rank 15 (%/10 -> %)
REAL 0.1
A_CAL_05_095
Harmonic oscillation I3 rank 15 (%/10 -> %)
REAL 0.1
en-YN.YNT.001.A
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-100
Connection (parameters)
Meaning
Data type
Def.
A_CAL_05_096
Harmonic oscillation IN rank 15 (%/10 -> %)
REAL 0.1
Reception cycle 05, subcycle 02: Calibrating 16 values (97-112) A_CAL_05_097
Thd U12 (%/10 -> %)
REAL 0.1
A_CAL_05_098
Thd U23 (%/10 -> %)
REAL 0.1
A_CAL_05_099
Thd U31 (%/10 -> %)
REAL 0.1
A_CAL_05_100
Harmonic oscillation U12 rank 3 (%/10 -> %)
REAL 0.1
A_CAL_05_101
Harmonic oscillation U23 rank 3 (%/10 -> %)
REAL 0.1
A_CAL_05_102
Harmonic oscillation U31 rank 3 (%/10 -> %)
REAL 0.1
A_CAL_05_103
Harmonic oscillation U12 rank 5 (%/10 -> %)
REAL 0.1
A_CAL_05_104
Harmonic oscillation U23 rank 5 (%/10 -> %)
REAL 0.1
A_CAL_05_105
Harmonic oscillation U31 rank 5 (%/10 -> %)
REAL 0.1
A_CAL_05_106
Harmonic oscillation U12 rank 7 (%/10 -> %)
REAL 0.1
A_CAL_05_107
Harmonic oscillation U23 rank 7 (%/10 -> %)
REAL 0.1
A_CAL_05_108
Harmonic oscillation U31 rank 7 (%/10 -> %)
REAL 0.1
A_CAL_05_109
Harmonic oscillation U12 rank 9 (%/10 -> %)
REAL 0.1
A_CAL_05_110
Harmonic oscillation U23 rank 9 (%/10 -> %)
REAL 0.1
A_CAL_05_111
Harmonic oscillation U31 rank 9 (%/10 -> %)
REAL 0.1
A_CAL_05_112
Harmonic oscillation U12 rank 11 (%/10 -> %)
REAL 0.1
Reception cycle 05, subcycle 03: Calibrating 16 values (113-128) A_CAL_05_113
Harmonic oscillation U23 rank 11 (%/10 -> %)
REAL 0.1
A_CAL_05_114
Harmonic oscillation U31 rank 11 (%/10 -> %)
REAL 0.1
A_CAL_05_115
Harmonic oscillation U12 rank 13 (%/10 -> %)
REAL 0.1
A_CAL_05_116
Harmonic oscillation U23 rank 13 (%/10 -> %)
REAL 0.1
A_CAL_05_117
Harmonic oscillation U31 rank 13 (%/10 -> %)
REAL 0.1
A_CAL_05_118
Harmonic oscillation U12 rank 15 (%/10 -> %)
REAL 0.1
A_CAL_05_119
Harmonic oscillation U23 rank 15 (%/10 -> %)
REAL 0.1
A_CAL_05_120
Harmonic oscillation U31 rank 15 (%/10 -> %)
REAL 0.1
A_CAL_05_121
Thd V1 (%/10 -> %)
REAL 0.1
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
3-101
Connection (parameters)
Meaning
Data type
Def.
A_CAL_05_122
Thd V2 (%/10 -> %)
REAL 0.1
A_CAL_05_123
Thd V3 (%/10 -> %)
REAL 0.1
A_CAL_05_124
Harmonic oscillation V1 rank 3 (%/10 -> %)
REAL 0.1
A_CAL_05_125
Harmonic oscillation V2 rank 3 (%/10 -> %)
REAL 0.1
A_CAL_05_126
Harmonic oscillation V3 rank 3 (%/10 -> %)
REAL 0.1
A_CAL_05_127
Harmonic oscillation V1 rank 5 (%/10 -> %)
REAL 0.1
A_CAL_05_128
Harmonic oscillation V2 rank 5 (%/10 -> %)
REAL 0.1
Reception cycle 05, subcycle 04: Calibrating 16 values (129-144) A_CAL_05_129
Harmonic oscillation V3 rank 5 (%/10 -> %)
REAL 0.1
A_CAL_05_130
Harmonic oscillation V1 rank 7 (%/10 -> %)
REAL 0.1
A_CAL_05_131
Harmonic oscillation V2 rank 7 (%/10 -> %)
REAL 0.1
A_CAL_05_132
Harmonic oscillation V3 rank 7 (%/10 -> %)
REAL 0.1
A_CAL_05_133
Harmonic oscillation V1 rank 9 (%/10 -> %)
REAL 0.1
A_CAL_05_134
Harmonic oscillation V2 rank 9 (%/10 -> %)
REAL 0.1
A_CAL_05_135
Harmonic oscillation V3 rank 9 (%/10 -> %)
REAL 0.1
A_CAL_05_136
Harmonic oscillation V1 rank 11 (%/10 -> %)
REAL 0.1
A_CAL_05_137
Harmonic oscillation V2 rank 11 (%/10 -> %)
REAL 0.1
A_CAL_05_138
Harmonic oscillation V3 rank 11 (%/10 -> %)
REAL 0.1
A_CAL_05_139
Harmonic oscillation V1 rank 13 (%/10 -> %)
REAL 0.1
A_CAL_05_140
Harmonic oscillation V2 rank 13 (%/10 -> %)
REAL 0.1
A_CAL_05_141
Harmonic oscillation V3 rank 13 (%/10 -> %)
REAL 0.1
A_CAL_05_142
Harmonic oscillation V1 rank 15 (%/10 -> %)
REAL 0.1
A_CAL_05_143
Harmonic oscillation V2 rank 15 (%/10 -> %)
REAL 0.1
A_CAL_05_144
Harmonic oscillation V3 rank 15 (%/10 -> %)
REAL 0.1
en-YN.YNT.001.A
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-102
Connection (parameters)
Meaning
Data type
Def.
Reception cycle 05, subcycle 05: Calibrating 16 values (145-160) A_CAL_05_145
I system (mA -> A)
REAL 0.001
A_CAL_05_146
U system (V/100 -> V)
REAL 0.01
A_CAL_05_147
V system (V/100 -> V)
REAL 0.01
A_CAL_05_148
Alarm1 OUT 1 lower threshold
REAL 1.0
A_CAL_05_149
Alarm1 OUT 1 upper threshold
REAL 1.0
A_CAL_05_150
Alarm1 OUT 1 lower threshold value MSB
REAL 1.0
A_CAL_05_151
Alarm1 OUT 1 lower threshold value LSB
REAL 1.0
A_CAL_05_152
Alarm1 OUT 1 upper threshold value MSB
REAL 1.0
A_CAL_05_153
Alarm1 OUT 1 upper threshold value LSB
REAL 1.0
A_CAL_05_154
Alarm1 OUT 1 duration
REAL 1.0
A_CAL_05_155
Alarm2 OUT 1 lower threshold
REAL 1.0
A_CAL_05_156
Alarm2 OUT 1 upper threshold
REAL 1.0
A_CAL_05_157
Alarm2 OUT 1 lower threshold value MSB
REAL 1.0
A_CAL_05_158
Alarm2 OUT 1 lower threshold value LSB
REAL 1.0
A_CAL_05_159
Alarm2 OUT 1 upper threshold value MSB
REAL 1.0
A_CAL_05_160
Alarm2 OUT 1 upper threshold value LSB
REAL 1.0
Reception cycle 05, subcycle 06: Calibrating 16 values (161-176) A_CAL_05_161
Alarm2 OUT 1 duration
REAL 1.0
A_CAL_05_162
Alarm3 OUT 1 lower threshold
REAL 1.0
A_CAL_05_163
Alarm3 OUT 1 upper threshold
REAL 10
A_CAL_05_164
Alarm3 OUT 1 lower threshold value MSB
REAL 1.0
A_CAL_05_165
Alarm3 OUT 1 lower threshold value LSB
REAL 1.0
A_CAL_05_166
Alarm3 OUT 1 upper threshold value MSB
REAL 1.0
A_CAL_05_167
Alarm3 OUT 1 upper threshold value LSB
REAL 1.0
A_CAL_05_168
Alarm3 OUT 1 duration
REAL 1.0
A_CAL_05_169
Alarm1 OUT 2 lower threshold
REAL 1.0
A_CAL_05_170
Alarm1 OUT 2 upper threshold
REAL 1.0
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
3-103
Connection (parameters)
Meaning
Data type
Def.
A_CAL_05_171
Alarm1 OUT 2 lower threshold value MSB
REAL 1.0
A_CAL_05_172
Alarm1 OUT 2 lower threshold value LSB
REAL 1.0
A_CAL_05_173
Alarm1 OUT 2 upper threshold value MSB
REAL 1.0
A_CAL_05_174
Alarm1 OUT 2 upper threshold value LSB
REAL 1.0
A_CAL_05_175
Alarm1 OUT 2 duration
REAL 1.0
A_CAL_05_176
Alarm2 OUT 2 lower threshold
REAL 1.0
Reception cycle 05, subcycle 07: Calibrating 16 values (177-192) A_CAL_05_017
Alarm2 OUT 2 upper threshold
REAL 1.0
A_CAL_05_018
Alarm2 OUT 2 lower threshold value MSB
REAL 1.0
A_CAL_05_019
Alarm2 OUT 2 lower threshold value LSB
REAL 1.0
A_CAL_05_020
Alarm2 OUT 2 upper threshold value MSB
REAL 1.0
A_CAL_05_021
Alarm2 OUT 2 upper threshold value LSB
REAL 1.0
A_CAL_05_022
Alarm2 OUT 2 duration
REAL 1.0
A_CAL_05_023
Alarm3 OUT 2 lower threshold
REAL 1.0
A_CAL_05_024
Alarm3 OUT 2 upper threshold
REAL 1.0
en-YN.YNT.001.A
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-104
3.18 General block POLCID: General control of the drives Description of POLCID Object name (Type + Number) FB 510 Calling OBs The OB in which the block is installed (e.g. OB 1). This may be a time interrupt OB or OB1. Additionally in the OB40, OB 80 (see time error), OB82, OB86, OB 100 (see starting characteristics), OB101 and OB102. Function The block monitors the communication with the superordinate master control system and deactivates all drives after communication fails. In addition, it can monitor the function of the I/O system and, in the event of any failure, also deactivate the drives. On the other hand, it registers all calls from relevant error OBs and sets corresponding bits in DB_SYS. These bits are evaluated by other blocks. In this way, only the POLCID block needs to be called in the error OBs. Note ® In a POLCID project, a POLCID block must be installed.
Operating principle The inputs TOGGLIN1 and TOGGLIN2 are cyclically set and reset by the master control system (normally WinCC-Server). The block checks whether the input changes. Optionally, the input WREC1 and WREC2 can be used for monitoring. It is monitored by the block for any changes. If no further change is detected in TOGGLIN1, TOGGLIN2, WREC1 and WREC2, then all drives will be deactivated on expiry of an adjustable waiting time TIMEOUT. The block is designed for co-operation with a redundant WinCC server pair. Here, the master server sets the inputs TOGGLIN1 and WREC1, and the standby server sets the inputs TOGGLIN2 and WREC2. The outputs ERR1 and ERR2 indicate when communication monitoring has been triggered. Here, ERR1 indicates the failure of the communication to the master server and ERR2 the failure of the communication to the standby server. The output CYCLE is set as long as the drives are activated. If the drives should be deactivated by e.g. communication failure, then CYCLE is reset. In the outputs ACT1 and ACT2, the waiting time is indicated which remains after communication failure to the master server (ACT1) and standby server (ACT2) until the drives are deactivated. The drives are deactivated only if the communication to both servers has failed. In addition, the function of the I/O system is monitored via the input IO_RUN. Even when IO_RUN is reset, the drives are deactivated.
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
3-105
By means of the input FORCE the communication monitoring to the master control system can be deactivated. If FORCE’ is set, then a failure of the communication monitoring no longer leads to a deactivation of the drives. The inlet TEST_MODE switches all drives to a test operation mode. These can then be operated without any external circuits and simulate operating feedback messages and other things on an internal basis. This function is used for testing a program without any I/O hardware. ®
Using GRESET the faults of all blocks can be reset. A POLCID PCS7 block will only be released after the faults have been acknowledged. These faults will normally be acknowledged via the master control system. Using GRESET all faults can be reset without acknowledgement by the master control system. The input C_ALARM_EROP enables the alarms for malfunction (EROP) in all blocks. With C_ALARM_EROP = 0 the malfunction is not alarmed. The input C_ALARM_GROC_MDA suppresses the alarms "Mode n not available" of the GROC block. In the case C_ALARM_EROP = 0 these faults are not alarmed.
Fig. 2:
POLCID block
Starting characteristics When the CPU starts up, all times and internal state flags of the POLCID block are reset. To this end, the block must be called up also in the starting OB. In the case of the CFC configuration this is done automatically. In the case of a simple STEP 7 programming this must be done manually. Following start-up the block waits for the number of cycles projected in the input RUNUPCYC, and will only be activated thereafter. A first start-up whilst the program is running is treated internally like a CPU startup. Time behaviour The block must be called via a time interrupt OB or OB1. It does not have a parameter for the sampling interval. Behaviour in case of a time error The block must also be installed in the time error OB. During CFC configuration this is done automatically, only in the case of STEP 7 programming this must be done manually. In the case of a time error the outputs will then be reset. In addition the internal state flags will be reset.
en-YN.YNT.001.A
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-106
Connections of POLCID Connection (parameters)
Meaning
Data type
Def. Type Attr. O&O Perm. values
FORCE
Bridging communication monitoring
BOOL 0
I
Q
IO_RUN
E/A system in operation
BOOL 1
I
Q
TEST_MODE
Drives in test operation
BOOL 0
I
GRESET
General alarm acknowledgement
BOOL 0
I
C_ALARM_EROP
EROP alarm suppression
BOOL 1
I
C_ALARM_GROC_MDA MDA alarm suppression
BOOL 1
I
TOGGLEIN1
Alternating signal communication master server
BOOL 0
I
B
TOGGLEIN2
Alternating signal communication standby server
BOOL 0
I
B
WREC1
Alternating signal communication master server
INT
0
I
B
WREC2
Alternating signal communication standby server
INT
0
I
B
TIMEOUT
Communication monitoring REAL 20.0 I time
GRESET
Resetting the fault of all blocks
BOOL 0
IO
BQ
ERR1
Communication failure master server
BOOL 0
O
Q
ERR2
Communication failure standby server
BOOL 0
O
Q
CYCL
Drives activated (cycle running)
BOOL 0
O
Q
TOGGLOUT
Alternating signal for monitoring communication to server
BOOL 0
O
BQ
+
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
3-107
Connection (parameters)
Meaning
Data type
Def. Type Attr. O&O Perm. values
WSND
Alternating signal for monitoring communication to server
INT
0
O
BQ
ACT1
Current communication monitoring time
BOOL 0
O
Q
ACT2
Current communication monitoring time
BOOL 0
O
Q
Operation and observation of POLCID The POLCID block does not have any block symbol and no faceplate either. It generates exclusively tags in the WinCC data pool. These can then be used in order to represent and animate symbols in the plant displays. Also, it is necessary to install a function in WinCC which changes cyclically the inputs TOGGLlN1 and TOGGLIN2 or WREC of the POLCID block.
en-YN.YNT.001.A
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-108
3.19 General block TIME_GEN: Time base generator Description of TIME_GEN Object name (Type + Number) FB 513 Calling OBs The time interrupt OB, into which the block is installed. The block must be installed mandatorily into a time interrupt OB. Function ®
The block generates a time base by means of which all other POLCID blocks make their internal time monitoring. Note ® In a POLCID project, a TIME_GEN block must be installed.
Operating principle Via the input SAMPLE_T, the cycle time of the calling time interrupt OB is communicated to the block. By means of this cycle time, the block determines the difference between two calls. Using this difference time, the output SYS_TIME is incremented. Using this output, the system time is incremented in seconds. If the output reaches the value 999999 seconds, it is reset to zero. In addition, the system time of the CPU is read out. As the CPU contains the system time in GMT (General Mean Time of Greenwich, Great Britain), the inputs SUTI (selection whether it is now summer time =1 or winter time =0) and ZONE (time difference in hours in relation to GMT) are required in order to indicate the local time. In addition, the value of SYS_TIME is written into the same name input of the DB_SYS. The system time is also written into the DB_SYS, in the inputs DAT_TIM and ADATE. There, it is read by all blocks which use this value.
Fig. 3:
TIME_GEN block
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
3-109
Connections of TIME_GEN Connection Meaning (parameters)
Data type
Def. Type Attr. O&O Perm. values
SAMPLE_T
Opening time of time interrupt OB
REAL 1.0
I
SUTI
Selection for summer time
BOOL 0
I
ZONE
Time difference to GMT
INT
I
SYS_TIME
System time output
REAL 0
en-YN.YNT.001.A
-1
O
>0
Q
>0
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-110
3.20 General block GLO_R_OB: Global-Reset generation Description of GLO_R_OB Object name (Type + Number) FB 511 Calling OBs The time interrupt OB, into which the block is installed. Function The block detects that a general alarm acknowledgement has been set and generates a signal acknowledgement with the same length as the time interrupt OB cycle, into which the block has been installed. In addition, it treats the time error and start-up bits from DB_SYS in the same way. Operating principle The block determines in which time interrupt OB it is called. It then reads the associated parameter from DB_SYS, C_GLOBAL_RESET_OB3n. If it is called e.g. in OB35, then it reads the parameter C_GLOBAL_RESET_OB35. If this is set, then the block sets the parameter GLOBAL_RESET_OB35 for exactly one cycle. The parameter C_GLOBAL_RESET_OB35 is reset immediately. All ® POLCID blocks located in OB35 read the parameter GLOBAL_RESET_OB35 from DB_SYS and thus reset their own faults. In DB_SYS there are also corresponding bits for calling OB80 (time fault), OB100 (warm start), OB101 (restart) and OB102 (cold start). These bits are structured in the same way and are treated in the same way as the bits for the GLOBAL_RESET. Note ® In each time interrupt OB or in OB1, in which POLCID blocks are installed, there must also be a GLO_R_OB block. Otherwise the superordinate alarm acknowledgement and the fault evaluation of the blocks do not function.
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
Fig. 4:
3-111
GLO_R_OB block
Connections of GLO_R_OB Connection Meaning (parameters) GRESET
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Data type
Def.
General alarm BOOL 0 acknowledgement signal
Type
Attr.
O
Q
O&O
Perm. values
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-112
3.21 General block CYC_BEG: Start cycle time measurement Description of CYC_BEG
Object name (Type + Number) FB 517 Calling OBs The OB, into which the block is installed. This block can be operated in all possible OBs Function This block is the start of a cycle time measurement. It requires the block CYC_END, in order to function. Operating principle In conjunction with the block CYC_END, the difference time between the call of the block CYC_BEG and the call of the block CYC_END is determined. This block reads the system time of the PLC and provides the same as a value in the format DINT at the output OTIM.
Fig. 5:
CYC_BEG block
Connections of CYC_BEG Connection Meaning (parameters)
Data type Def.
Type
Attr.
OTIM
DINT
O
Q
System time
0
O&O
Perm. values
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
3-113
3.22 General block CYC_END: Stop cycle time measurement Description of CYC_END Object name (Type + Number) FB 518 Calling OBs The OB, into which the block is installed. This block can be operated in all possible OBs Function This block is the end of a cycle time measurement. It requires the block CYC_BEG, in order to function. Operating principle In conjunction with the block CYC_BEG, the difference time between the call of the block CYC_BEG and the call of the block CYC_END can be determined. This block receives the system time linked as DINT value at the input ITIM (normally from the OTIM output of a CYC_BEG block). This block reads the system time of the PLC and, with the time ITM read in, determines the difference between calling CYC_BEG and CYC_END. As outputs, the current cycle time, as well as minimum, maximum and average cycle times are made available. By means of an R input the minimum, maximum and average values can be reset.
Fig. 6:
CYC_END block
Connections of CYC_END Connection Meaning (parameters)
Data type Def.
Type
Attr.
ITIM
System time start
DINT
0
I
Q
R
Resetting stored values
BOOL
0
I
Q
en-YN.YNT.001.A
O&O
Perm. values
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-114
Connection Meaning (parameters)
Data type Def.
Type
Attr.
ACT_TIM
Current INT cycle time
0
O
Q
MIN_TIM
Minimum INT cycle time
0
O
Q
AVE_TIM
Average INT cycle time
0
O
Q
MAX_TIM
Maximum INT cycle time
0
O
Q
O&O
Perm. values
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
3.23 General drive control UNID: setting drive Description of UNID Object name (Type + Number) FB 501 Calling OBs The time interrupt OB in which the block is installed (e.g. OB 35). Function The block is used for controlling a setup drive with a control signal (on/off). The operation feedback of the drive is monitored and must be connected as a digital signal to the input of the block. Operating principle A valid starting command exists when the signals: 'STA1', 'ILC1', 'AVBL', 'OLPT', 'LEMO' and 'PMI1' are set and the stopping command 'STOP' is not set. In this case, the start enable signal 'SEN1' and the run command 'PWON' are set (activation signals for the motor). If the check-back signal 'RCR1' is set together with the speed monitor signal 'SPCL' when a valid starting command is active, the control state switches to selflatching status. It is a characteristic of this state that the operating bits 'OSG1', 'OPS1' are set and that the start release command 'SEN1' is reset while the run command 'PWON' is set. From this moment, the starting commands 'STA1' or 'STA2' can be rescinded without risking reset of the run command PWON. The setting drive is stopped correctly by setting the stopping command 'STOP' or when the process interlock 'ILC1' is deactivated. The monitoring time TIME1 at the start of the drive in seconds states in which time the check-back signal RCR1 and the rotary monitoring signal must be set. In addition, it monitors the time during stopping after which the check-back signal RCR1 must be set. If time = 0, no time monitoring of the start and stop is employed. By means of the signals SST1 and SSTP an individual start of the drive can be realised in automatic mode. In the faceplate of the drive, the operator sets the signals SST1 or SSTP. After processing in the block, these signals are reset by the block. After operation of the signal SST1 the output SWST is set at first. By means of this output an external start-up warning can be started. If the start-up warning time has expired, then the input SWRE must be set. In this way, there is a valid starting command and the drive is then started as described above. With the exception of the combination with the signals SWST and SWRE the signal SST1 behaves in the same way as signal STA1. Using SSTP, the drive is stopped. SSTP behaves in the same way with the input STOP.
en-YN.YNT.001.A
3-115
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-116
With the signals LSER, LST1 and LSP1 operation of the drive is possible via external switches, keyboards or from the control panel. With the signal LSER the drive is switched to local operation. The availability of the drive disappears therewith. Using the parameter SWLO, it is selected whether the input SWRE is taken into consideration for the evaluation of the inputs LST1 and LSP1. Note Via the signals LST1 and LSP1 the drive can be started (1) or stopped ("0"). Via LST1 the drive is started independently from the interlock signals!
Via LSP1 the signals CVON, OLPT, PMI1 and LEMO are taken into consideration. As long as the start signal is pending the drive runs, if the start signal changes to zero the drive is stopped. Internal logic The sequence of the flags is determined by the sequence in which they must be generated. In this relation, the flags marked (with ") must be taken into account in the setting and reset conditions! Auxiliary flag RESET
:=
-PWON_&(-EROP/ERES)
CLEROP
:=
EROP_&ERES
AVAIL
:=
AVBL_&OLPT_&LEMO_&PMI1
Data word S ERPI C ERPI
: :
-PMI1 -CVON/PMI1_&RESET
S ERSP C ERSP
: :
(STA1/OPS1)_&ILC1_&PWON_&SPCL_&-STOP_&-NOTA” -CVON/CLEROP
S ERRC C ERRC
: :
(STA1/OPS1)_&ILC1_&PWON_&RCR1_&-STOP_&-NOTA” -CVON/CLEROP
S NOTA C NOTA
: :
-AVAIL/ERSP”/ERRC”/ETIM” -CVON/AVAIL_&RESET
S EROP C EROP
: :
PWON_&ILC1_&NOTA”_&STOP -CVON/CLEROP
S OPS1 C OPS1
: :
PWON_&RCR1_&SPCL -CVON/-RCR1/-ILC1
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
3-117
S EROL C EROL
: :
-OLPT -CVON/OLPT_&RESET
S ERMS C ERMS
: :
-AVBL_&OLPT_&LEMO -CVON/(AVBL/-OLPT/LEMO))_&RESET
S EREO C EREO
: :
-LEMO -CVON/LEMO_&RESET
OPL1
:=
-OPS1_&RCR1_&-PWON_&AVBL_&OLPT
S ETIM C ETIM
: :
-LCT1_&SEN1_&(-RCR1/SPCL) -CLEROP
Status word S PWON C PWON
: :
STA1_&ILC1 -CVON/NOTA”/STOP/-ILC1
S OSG1 C OSG1
: :
OPS1 -OPS1”
S SEN1 C SEN1
: :
PWON” OSG1”/-PWON”
EMOF
:=
EREO”
DAVB EROR
:= :=
-NOTA”_&CVON EROP”
DOFF
:=
-OSG1”
en-YN.YNT.001.A
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-118
Block view
Fig. 7:
UNID block
Starting characteristics During the CPU start-up the UNID block is deactivated. All internal state flags (shown in the data word) are reset. Following start-up the block waits for the number of cycles projected in the input RUNUPCYC, and will only be activated thereafter. A first start-up whilst the program is running is treated internally like a CPU startup. Time behaviour The block must be called via a time interrupt OB or OB1. It does not have a parameter for the sampling interval. Behaviour in case of a time error In the case of a time error the outputs will then be reset. In addition the internal state flags will be reset.
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
3-119
Message actions The block UNID internally uses an ALARM_8P block for generating the messages. Messages are generated for the following tripping devices: ● Operating trouble (EROP) ● Overload protection (OLPT) ● Machine availability (AVBL) ● Speed monitor (SPCL) ● Machine protection (PMI1) ● Local emergency off (LEMO) ● Monitoring time (ETIM) ● Check-back signal (RCR1) The messages can be suppressed by setting the input SUPR or by resetting the input RLSA. The input SUPR, however, is activated by the operator interface (WinCC), and RLSA by the program. The inputs CVON (at value 0) and CSF (at value 1) also suppress the output of messages. Assignment of message text and message class to the block parameters Message Block Default message text no. parameters
Message Suppressable class
1
EROP
$$BlockComment$$ @1I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
2
EROL
$$BlockComment$$ @2I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
3
ERMS
$$BlockComment$$ @3I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
4
ERSP
$$BlockComment$$ @4I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
5
ERPI
$$BlockComment$$ @5I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
6
EREO
$$BlockComment$$ @6I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
7
ETIM
$$BlockComment$$ @7I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
8
ERRC
$$BlockComment$$ @8I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
en-YN.YNT.001.A
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-120
Connections of UNID Connection Meaning (parameters)
Data type
Def. Type Attr. O&O Perm. values
STA1
Start drive
BOOL
0
I
Q
ILC1
Process-technological interlock
BOOL
1
I
Q
STOP
Stop drive
BOOL
0
I
Q
CVON
Control voltage on
BOOL
1
I
Q
OLPT
Overload protection
BOOL
1
I
Q
AVBL
Machine availability
BOOL
1
I
Q
RCR1
Check-back signal
BOOL
0
I
Q
PMI1
Machine protection interlock
BOOL
1
I
Q
SPCL
Speed monitor
BOOL
1
I
Q
LEMO
Local emergency off
BOOL
1
I
Q
CSF
Control system error
BOOL
0
I
Q
LST1
Local start/stop without PMI1
BOOL
0
I
Q
LSP1
Local start/stop with PMI1
BOOL
0
I
Q
SWRE
Enabling start-up warning
BOOL
1
I
Q
ESST
Display of softkeys for single faceplate start
BOOL
0
I
Q
SWLO
Start-up warning also in local operating mode
BOOL
0
I
Q
RLSA
Enabling alarm generation
BOOL
1
I
Q
TIME1
Monitoring time setpoint value
REAL
5.0
I
BQ
RUNUPCYC
Waiting cycles at start
INT
3
I
EV_ID
Message ID
DWORD 0
I
M
LSER
Enabling of local operation
BOOL
0
IO
BQ
+
SST1
Single start
BOOL
0
IO
B
+
SSTP
Single stop
BOOL
0
IO
B
+
SUPR
Suppression of alarms
BOOL
0
IO
B
+
EV_SIG1
Index variable for message no. 1
INT
1
IO
EV_SIG2
Index variable for message no. 2
INT
2
IO
+
+
>0
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
3-121
Connection Meaning (parameters)
Data type
Def. Type Attr. O&O Perm. values
EV_SIG3
Index variable for message no. 3
INT
3
IO
EV_SIG4
Index variable for message no. 4
INT
4
IO
EV_SIG5
Index variable for message no. 5
INT
5
IO
EV_SIG6
Index variable for message no. 6
INT
6
IO
EV_SIG7
Index variable for message no. 7
INT
7
IO
EV_SIG8
Index variable for message no. 8
INT
8
IO
PWON
Run command for drive
BOOL
0
O
Q
OSG1
Operating message
BOOL
0
O
Q
SEN1
Start enabling
BOOL
0
O
Q
EMOF
Emergency off activated
BOOL
0
O
Q
DAVB
Drive is available
BOOL
0
O
Q
EROR
Drive is faulty
BOOL
0
O
Q
DOFF
Drive is off
BOOL
0
O
Q
SWST
Start start-up warning
BOOL
0
O
Q
ACT1
Current monitoring time
REAL
0.0
O
Q
+
PW
Parameter word
DWORD 0
O
Q
+
DW
Data word
DWORD 0
O
Q
+
SW
Status word
DWORD 0
O
Q
+
Operation and observation of UNID See the description of the block symbol and the faceplate in the corresponding manual in this regard.
en-YN.YNT.001.A
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-122
PW, DW and SW of UNID The inputs, outputs and the internal status of the respective block are mapped on the parameter word, the data word and the status word. The assignment of the bits is found in the following table: > UNID < Bit
Parameter word
Data word
Status word
0
STA1
OPS1
SEN1
1 2
EROP ILC1
3
OSG1 NOTA
4
EMOF
5
DAVB
6
STOP
OPL1
EROR
7
CVON
8
OLPT
EROL
DOFF
9
AVBL
ERMS
SWST
10
RCR1
ERSP
PMI1
ERPI
PWON
11 12 13
EREO
14
SPCL
15
LEMO
16
LSER
17
LST1
ETIM
ERRC
18 19
LSP1
20 21
SST1
22 23
SSTP
24
SWRE
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
25
3-123
CSF
26 27 28
COLOUR_1
29
COLOUR_2
30
COLOUR_3
31
COLOUR_4 In the case of the COLOUR operating states, the block UNID does not have all possible states. It features the states with the numbers 1, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7 and 11.
en-YN.YNT.001.A
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-124
3.24 General drive control REVD: Reversible drive Description of REVD Object name (Type + Number) FB 503 Calling OBs The time interrupt OB in which the block is installed (e.g. OB 35). Function The block is used for controlling a reversible drive by means of a control signal (on/off) and two activation signals for both directions of the drive. The operating feedback messages of the drive are monitored and must be connected as digital signals at the input of the block. Operating principle A valid starting command exists if the signals STA1, ILC1, AVBL, OLPT, LEMO, PMI1 or STA2, ILC2, AVBL, OLPT, LEMO, PMI2 have been set and the stopping command STOP has been reset. In this case, the start enable signal 'SEN1' or 'SEN2' and the run command 'PWON' are set (activation signals for the motor). If the check-back signal 'RCR1' or 'RCR1' together with the speed monitor signal 'SPCL' are set when a valid starting command is active, the control state switches to self-latching status. A characteristic of this status is that the operating bits 'OSG1', 'OPS1' are set or that 'OSG2', OPS2' are set and the start enable signal 'SEN1' or 'SEN2' is being reset while the run command 'PWON' is active. From this moment, the starting commands 'STA1' or 'STA2' can be rescinded without risking reset of the run command PWON. The reversible drive is stopped correctly when either the stopping command 'STOP' is set or when the process interlock 'ILC1' or 'ILC2' is missing. If the machine protection fails for both directions simultaneously, the error signal 'ERPI' is generated regardless of the current operating status. If the machine protection fails for one direction only, this is only detected and signalled when the drive is started or in operation in this direction. When the reversible drive is stationary and starting commands are issued simultaneously for both directions, no error is signalled. If the drive is running in one direction, starting commands for the other direction are ignored. The monitoring time TIME1 in seconds when the drive is started specifies the period in which the check-back signal RCR1/RCR2 must be set. If time = 0, no time monitoring of the start is employed. Via the parameter PSEN it can be defined, that in the case of pending checkback signal the output signals SEN1/2 are not reset. By means of the signals SST1, SST2 and SSTP an individual start of the drive can be realised in automatic mode. In the faceplate of the drive, the operator sets the signals SST1, SST2 or SSTP. After processing in the block, these signals are reset by the block.
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
After operation of the signal SST1/2 the output SWST is set at first. By means of this output an external start-up warning can be started. If the start-up warning time has expired, then the input SWRE must be set. In this way, there is a valid starting command and the drive is then started as described above. With the exception of the combination with the signals SWST and SWRE the signals SST1/2 behave in the same way with signal STA1/2. Using SSTP, the drive is stopped. SSTP behaves in the same way with the input STOP. With the signals LSER, LST1/2 and LSP1/2 it is possible to operate the drive via external switches, keyboards or from the control panel. With the signal LSER the drive is switched to local operation. The availability of the drive disappears therewith. Via the signals LST1/2 and LSP1/2 the drive can be started. Using the parameter SWLO, it is selected whether the input SWRE is taken into consideration for the evaluation of the inputs LST1/2 and LSP1/2. Note Via the signals LST1/2 and LSP1/2, the drive can be started ("1") or stopped ("0"). Via LST1/2 the drive is started independently from the interlock signals! Via LSP1/2 the signals CVON, OLPT, PMI1/2 and LEMO are taken into consideration. As long as the start signals are pending the drive runs, if the start signal changes to zero the drive is stopped. Internal logic The sequence of the flags is determined by the sequence in which they must be generated. In this relation, the flags marked (with ") must be taken into account in the setting and reset conditions!
en-YN.YNT.001.A
3-125
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-126
Auxiliary flag GO1
:=
STA1_&ILC1
GO2
:=
STA2_&ILC2
RUN1
:=
SEN1/OSG1
RUN2
:=
SEN2/OSG2
RESET
:=
-PWON_&(-EROP/ERES)
PMNOT
:=
-PMI1_&-PMI2
CLEROP
:=
EROP_&ERES
AVAIL
:=
AVBL_&OLPT_&LEMO
RUNSTP
:=
CVON/EROP”/STOP
Data word S ERPI C ERPI
: :
PMNOT/C-STOP_&(-EROP/ERES)_&PMI1_& ILC1_&(RUN1/STA1)_&RUN2_&-GO2/PMI2_&ILC2_&(RUN2/STA2_&-RUN1_&GO1) -CVON/RESET_&(PMI1_&PMI2/-PMNOT _&(GO1_&GO2/STOP)/PMI1_&-GO2/ PMI2_&-GO1))
S ERSP C ERSP
: :
PWON_&AVAIL_&STOP_&(ILC1_&(OPS1/-STA1_& SEN1)/ILC2_&(OPS2/-STA2_&SEN2))_&SPCL -CVON/CLEROP
S ERRC C ERRC
: :
PWON_&AVAIL_&STOP_&(ILC1_&(OPS1/-STA1_& SEN1)_&-RCR1/ILC2_&(OPS2/STA2_&SEN2)_&-RCR2) -CVON/CLEROP
S NOTA C NOTA
: :
-AVAIL/ERPI”/ERSP”/ERRC”/ETIM” -CVON/AVAIL_&-ERPI”_&RESET
S EROP C EROP
: :
(RUN1_&ILC1/RUN2_&ILC2)_&NOTA”_&STOP/ ERSP”/-PMNOT_&ERPI” (-CVON/CLEROP)_&(PMNOT/-ERPI”)
S OPS1 C OPS1
: :
SEN1_&RCR1_&SPCL -ILC1/-CVON/EROP/-RCR1
S OPS2 C OPS2
: :
SEN2_&RCR2_&SPCL -ILC2/-CVON/EROP/-RCR2
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
3-127
S EROL C EROL
: :
-OLPT -CVON/OLPT_&RESET
S ERMS C ERMS
: :
-AVBL_&OLPT_&LEMO -CVON/(AVBL/-OLPT/-LEMO)_&RESET
S EREO C EREO
: :
-LEMO -CVON/LEMO_&RESET
OPL1
:=
-PWON_&-OPS1_&RCR1_&OLPT_&AVBL
OPL2
:=
-PWON_&-OPS2_&RCR2_&OLPT_&AVBL
S ETIM C ETIM
: :
LCT1_&((SEN1_&(-RCR1/SPCL))/SEN2_&(-RCR2/-SPCL))) CLEROP
Status word OSG1 OSG2
:= :=
OPS1” OPS2”
S SEN1 C SEN1
: :
GO1_&-GO2_&-RUN2 RUNSTP/NOTA”/ILC1/OSG1”_&PSEN
S SEN2 C SEN2
: :
GO2_&-GO1_&-RUN1 RUNSTP/NOTA”/ILC2/OSG2”_&PSEN
EMOF DAVB EROR
:= := :=
EREO” CVON_&-NOTA” EROP”
S PWON C PWON
: :
SEN1”/SEN2” RUNSTP/NOTA”/(RUN1_&ILC1)/(RUN2_&-ILC2)
DOFF
:=
-OSG1”_&-OSG2”
en-YN.YNT.001.A
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-128
Block view
Fig. 8:
REVD block
Starting characteristics During the CPU start-up the REVD block is deactivated. All internal state flags (shown in the data word) are reset. Following start-up the block waits for the number of cycles projected in the input RUNUPCYC, and will only be activated thereafter. A first start-up whilst the program is running is treated internally like a CPU start-up. Time behaviour The block must be called via a time interrupt OB or OB1. It does not have a parameter for the sampling interval. Behaviour in case of a time error In the case of a time error the outputs will then be reset. In addition the internal state flags will be reset. Message actions
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
3-129
The block REVD internally uses an ALARM_8P block for generating the messages. Messages are generated for the following tripping devices: ● Operating trouble (EROP) ● Overload protection (OLPT) ● Machine availability (AVBL) ● Speed monitor (SPCL) ● Machine protection (PMI1/2) ● Local emergency off (LEMO) ● Monitoring time (ETIM) ● Check-back signal (RCR1/2) The messages can be suppressed by setting the input SUPR or by resetting the input RLSA. The input SUPR, however, is activated by the operator interface (WinCC), and RLSA by the program. The inputs CVON (at value 0) and CSF (at value 1) also suppress the output of messages. Assignment of message text and message class to the block parameters Message Block Default message text no. parameters
Message Suppressable class
1
EROP
$$BlockComment$$ @1I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
2
EROL
$$BlockComment$$ @2I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
3
ERMS
$$BlockComment$$ @3I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
4
ERSP
$$BlockComment$$ @4I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
5
ERPI
$$BlockComment$$ @5I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
6
EREO
$$BlockComment$$ @6I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
7
ETIM
$$BlockComment$$ @7I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
8
ERRC
$$BlockComment$$ @8I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
en-YN.YNT.001.A
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-130
Connections of REVD Connection Meaning (parameters)
Data type
Def. Type Attr. O&O Perm. values
STA1
Start drive in direction 1
BOOL
0
I
Q
STA2
Start drive in direction 2
BOOL
0
I
Q
ILC1
Process-technological interlock, direction 1
BOOL
1
I
Q
ILC2
Process-technological interlock, direction 2
BOOL
1
I
Q
STOP
Stop drive
BOOL
0
I
Q
CVON
Control voltage on
BOOL
1
I
Q
OLPT
Overload protection
BOOL
1
I
Q
AVBL
Machine availability
BOOL
1
I
Q
RCR1
Check-back signal for direction 1
BOOL
0
I
Q
RCR2
Check-back signal for direction 2
BOOL
0
I
Q
PMI1
Machine protection interlock for direction 1
BOOL
1
I
Q
PMI2
Machine protection interlock for direction 2
BOOL
1
I
Q
SPCL
Speed monitor
BOOL
1
I
Q
LEMO
Local emergency off
BOOL
1
I
Q
CSF
Control system error
BOOL
0
I
Q
LST1
Local start/stop without PMI1 for direction 1
BOOL
0
I
Q
LST2
Local start/stop without PMI2 for direction 2
BOOL
0
I
Q
LSP1
Local start/stop with PMI1 for direction 1
BOOL
0
I
Q
LSP1
Local start/stop with PMI2 for direction 2
BOOL
0
I
Q
SWRE
Enabling start-up warning
BOOL
1
I
Q
ESST
Display of softkeys for single faceplate start
BOOL
0
I
Q
+
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
3-131
Connection Meaning (parameters)
Data type
Def. Type Attr. O&O Perm. values
PSEN
Selection of permanent SEN1 and SEN2
BOOL
1
I
SWLO
Start-up warning also in local operating mode
BOOL
0
I
Q
RLSA
Enabling alarm generation
BOOL
1
I
Q
TIME1
Monitoring time setpoint value
REAL
5.0
I
BQ
RUNUPCYC
Waiting cycles at start
INT
3
I
EV_ID
Message ID
DWORD 0
I
M
LSER
Enabling of local operation
BOOL
0
IO
BQ
+
SST1
Single start for direction 1
BOOL
0
IO
B
+
SST2
Single start for direction 2
BOOL
0
IO
B
+
SSTP
Single stop
BOOL
0
IO
B
+
SUPR
Suppression of alarms
BOOL
0
IO
B
+
EV_SIG1
Index variable for message no. 1
INT
1
IO
EV_SIG2
Index variable for message no. 2
INT
2
IO
EV_SIG3
Index variable for message no. 3
INT
3
IO
EV_SIG4
Index variable for message no. 4
INT
4
IO
EV_SIG5
Index variable for message no. 5
INT
5
IO
EV_SIG6
Index variable for message no. 6
INT
6
IO
EV_SIG7
Index variable for message no. 7
INT
7
IO
EV_SIG8
Index variable for message no. 8
INT
8
IO
SEN1
Enabling start for direction 1
BOOL
0
O
Q
SEN2
Enabling start for direction 2
BOOL
0
O
Q
OSG1
Operating message for direction 1
BOOL
0
O
Q
OSG2
Operating message for direction 2
BOOL
0
O
Q
EMOF
Emergency off activated
BOOL
0
O
Q
DAVB
Drive is available
BOOL
0
O
Q
EROR
Drive is faulty
BOOL
0
O
Q
PWON
Run command for drive
BOOL
0
O
Q
DOFF
Drive is off
BOOL
0
O
Q
en-YN.YNT.001.A
+
>0
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-132
Connection Meaning (parameters)
Data type
Def. Type Attr. O&O Perm. values
SWST
Start start-up warning
BOOL
0
O
Q
ACT1
Current monitoring time
REAL
0.0
O
Q
+
PW
Parameter word
DWORD 0
O
Q
+
DW
Data word
DWORD 0
O
Q
+
SW
Status word
DWORD 0
O
Q
+
Operation and observation of REVD See the description of the block symbol and the faceplate in the corresponding manual in this regard. PW, DW and SW of REVD The inputs, outputs and the internal status of the block are mapped on the parameter word, the data word and the status word. The assignment of the bits is found in the following table: > REVD < Bit
Parameter word
Data word
Status word
0
STA1
OPS1
SEN1
1
STA2
EROP
SEN2
2
ILC1
OPS2
OSG1
3
ILC2
NOTA
OSG2
4
EMOF
5
DAVB
6
STOP
OPL1
EROR
7
CVON
OPL2
PWON
8
OLPT
EROL
DOFF
9
AVBL
ERMS
SWST
10
RCR1
ERSP
11
RCR2
12
PMI1
ERPI
13
PMI2
EREO
14
SPCL
ETIM
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
15
LEMO
16
LSER
17
LST1
18
LST2
19
LSP1
20
LSP2
21
SST1
22
SST2
23
SSTP
24
SWRE
25
CSF
3-133
ERRC
26 27 28
COLOUR_1
29
COLOUR_2
30
COLOUR_3
31
COLOUR_4 In the case of the COLOUR operating states, the block REVD does not have all possible states. It features the states with the numbers 1, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9 and 11.
en-YN.YNT.001.A
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-134
3.25 General drive control RVDL: reversible drive with limit switches Description of REVD Object name (Type + Number) FB 504 Calling OBs The time interrupt OB in which the block is installed (e.g. OB 35). Function The block is used for controlling a reversible drive with limit switches by means of two activation signals for both directions of the drive. The operating feedback messages and limit switches of the drive must be connected as digital signals at the input of the block. The travel time of the drive is monitored until the limit switch is reached. Operating principle If one of the two end positions applies, the start of a drive can only be effected if a valid starting command for the direction leading away from the end position is given. If the drive was stopped between the end positions (caused by a fault), a valid starting command can optionally be given for one of the two directions. A valid starting command exists when the signals: 'STA1', 'ILC1', 'AVBL', 'OLPT', 'PMI1' or 'STA2', 'ILC2', 'AVBL', 'OLPT', 'PMI2' are set. In this case, the start enable signals 'SEN1' or 'SEN2' are set (motor activating signals) and the end position indicator 'POS1' or POS2' is cleared. If the check-back signal 'RCR1' or 'RCR2' is set while a valid starting command is present, the drive changes over to the operating condition which is characterised by the bits 'OSG1', 'OPS1' or 'OSG2', 'OPS2'. Correct stopping is performed by activation of the associated limit switch 'LSW1' or 'LSW2'. If the machine protection fails for both directions simultaneously, the error signal 'ERPI' is generated regardless of the current operating status. If the machine protection fails for one direction only, this is only detected and signalled when the drive is started or in operation in this direction. When the reversible drive with limit switches is stationary and starting commands are issued simultaneously for both directions, no error is signalled. If the drive is running in one direction, starting commands for the other direction are ignored. The time TIME1 monitors the time in seconds, e.g. for movement of the drive from POS1 to POS2, in which the associated limit switch must be set. If time = 0, no time monitoring of the movement is performed. By means of the signals SST1 and SST2 an individual start of the drive can be realised in automatic mode. In the faceplate of the drive, the operator sets the signals SST1 or SST2. After processing in the block, these signals are reset by the block.
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
3-135
After operation of the signal SST1/2 the output SWST is set at first. By means of this output an external start-up warning can be started. If the start-up warning time has expired, then the input SWRE must be set. In this way, there is a valid starting command and the drive is then started as described above. With the exception of the combination with the signals SWST and SWRE the signals SST1/2 behave in the same way with signal STA1/2. With the signals LSER, LST1/2 and LSP1/2 it is possible to operate the drive via external switches, keyboards or from the control panel. With the signal LSER the drive is switched to local operation. The availability of the drive disappears therewith. Using the signals LST1/2 and LSP1/2 the drive can then be started. The parameter SWLO is used to select whether the input SWRE is taken into consideration when evaluating the inputs LST1/2 and LSP1/2. Note Via the signals LST1/2 and LSP1/2, the drive can be started ("1") or stopped ("0"). Via LST1/2 the drive is started independently from the interlock signals! Via LSP1/2 the signals CVON, OLPT and PMI1/2 are taken into consideration. As long as the start signals are pending the drive runs, if the start signal changes to zero the drive is stopped. Internal logic The sequence of the flags is determined by the sequence in which they must be generated. In this relation, the flags marked (with ") must be taken into account in the setting and reset conditions! Auxiliary flag GO1
:=
STA1_&ILC1
GO2
:=
STA2_&ILC2
NOSEN
:=
-(SEN1/SEN2)
RESET
:=
NOSEN_&(-EROP/ERES)
CLEROP
:=
EROP_&ERES
CLERPS
:=
ERPS_&ERES
LSWALL
:=
LSW1_&LSW2
LSWPOS
:=
-LSW1_&POS1_&-SEN2_&-OSG2/-LSW2_&POS2 _&SEN1_&-OSG1
AVAIL
:=
AVBL_&OLPT
en-YN.YNT.001.A
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-136
Data word S ERPS C ERPS
: :
(LSWALL/-CLERPS_&LSWPOS/ (LSW1_&ILC2_&SEN2_&(STA2/AVAIL _&PMI2_&OPS2)/LSW2_&ILC1_&SEN1_& (STA1/AVAIL_&PMI1_&OPS1))/( (LSW1.EQV.LSW2)_&(SEN1_&STA1_&ILC1 /SEN2_&-STA2_&ILC2)))/ETIM” -CVON/-LSWALL_&ERPS_&RESET
S ERPI C ERPI
: :
(-PMI1_&-PMI2)/(-EROP/ERES)_& (-PMI1_&LSW1_&GO1_&(SEN1/-SEN2 _&(LSW2/-GO2)/-PMI2_&LSW2_&GO2_& (SEN2/-SEN1_&(LSW1/-GO1)) -CVON/(PMI1_&PMI2/ERPS”_&(PMI1/PMI2)/ PMI1_&(GO2/LSW2/GO1_&-LSW1) /PMI2_&(-GO1/LSW1/GO2_&LSW2)) _&RESET
S ERRC C ERRC
: :
AVAIL_&-ERPI”_&-ERPS_&(OPS1_& GO1_&-RCR1_&LSW1/OPS2_& GO2_&-RCR2_&-LSW2) -CVON/CLEROP
S NOTA C NOTA
: :
-AVAIL/ERPI”/ERPS”/ERRC” -CVON/AVAIL_&-ERPI”_&-ERPS”_&RESET
S EROP C EROP
: :
((SEN1_&ILC1_&-LSW1/SEN2_&ILC2_&-LSW2) _&NOTA”)/(ERPS”/ERRC”_&(SEN1/SEN2/OSG1/OSG2)) -CVON/CLEROP_&(ERPS_&-LSWPOS/-ERPS”)
S OPS1 C OPS1
: :
GO1_&SEN1_&RCR1 -CVON/-GO1/LSW1/NOTA”
S OPS2 C OPS2
: :
GO2_&SEN2_&RCR2 -CVON/-GO2/LSW2/NOTA”
S EROL C EROL
: :
-OLPT -CVON/OLPT_&RESET
S ERMS C ERMS
: :
-AVBL_&OLPT -CVON/(AVBL/-OLPT)_&RESET
S ETIM C ETIM
: :
LCT1_&((SEN1_&-LSW1)/(SEN2_&-LSW2)) -CVON/RESET
S POS1 C POS1
: :
LSW1_&(-POS2/-LSW2_&CLERPS) -CVON/LSWALL/-LSW1_&(CLERPS/SEN2”/OSG2/ERPS”_&LSW1)
S POS2 C POS2
: :
LSW2_&(-POS1/-LSW1_&CLERPS) -CVON/LSWALL/-LSW2_&(CLERPS/SEN1”/OSG1/ERPS”_&LSW2)
OPL1
:=
-SEN1_&-OPS1_&RCR1
OPL2
:=
-SEN2_&-OPS2_&RCR2
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
3-137
Status word S SEN1 C SEN1
: :
GO1_&(LSW2/-GO2)_&-SEN2 -CVON/-GO1/NOTA”/LSW1/EROP”
S SEN2 C SEN2
: :
GO2_&(LSW1/-GO1)_&-SEN1 -CVON/-GO2/NOTA”/LSW2/EROP”
OSG1
:=
OPS1”
OSG2
:=
OPS2”
DAVB
:=
CVON_&-NOTA”
EROR
:=
EROP”
Block view
Fig. 9:
REVL block
Starting characteristics
en-YN.YNT.001.A
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-138
During the CPU start-up the RVDL block is deactivated. All internal state flags (shown in the data word) are reset. Following start-up the block waits for the number of cycles projected in the input RUNUPCYC, and will only be activated thereafter. A first start-up whilst the program is running is treated internally like a CPU startup. Time behaviour The block must be called via a time interrupt OB or OB1. It does not have a parameter for the sampling interval. Behaviour in case of a time error In the case of a time error the outputs will then be reset. In addition the internal state flags will be reset. Message actions The block REVD internally uses an ALARM_8P block for generating the messages. Messages are generated for the following tripping devices: ● Operating trouble (EROP) ● Overload protection (OLPT) ● Machine availability (AVBL) ● Machine protection (PMI1/2) ● Position monitoring (ERPS) ● Monitoring time (ETIM) ● Check-back signal (RCR1/2) The messages can be suppressed by setting the input SUPR or by resetting the input RLSA. The input SUPR, however, is activated by the operator interface (WinCC), and RLSA by the program. The inputs CVON (at value 0) and CSF (at value 1) also suppress the output of messages. Assignment of message text and message class to the block parameters Message Block Default message text no. parameter
Message Suppressable class
1
EROP
$$BlockComment$$ @1I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
2
EROL
$$BlockComment$$ @2I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
3
ERMS
$$BlockComment$$ @3I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
4
ERPI
$$BlockComment$$ @4I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
5
ERPS
$$BlockComment$$ @5I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
3-139
Message Block Default message text no. parameter
Message Suppressable class
6
ETIM
$$BlockComment$$ @6I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
7
ERRC
$$BlockComment$$ @7I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
8
$$BlockComment$$ @8I%t#POLCID_Standard@
Connections of RVDL Connection Meaning (parameters)
Data type
Def. Type Attr. O&O Perm. values
STA1
Start drive in direction 1
BOOL
0
I
Q
STA2
Start drive in direction 2
BOOL
0
I
Q
ILC1
Process-technological interlock, direction 1
BOOL
1
I
Q
ILC2
Process-technological interlock, direction 2
BOOL
1
I
Q
LSW1
Limit switch for direction 1
BOOL
0
I
Q
LSW2
Limit switch for direction 2
BOOL
0
I
Q
CVON
Control voltage on
BOOL
1
I
Q
OLPT
Overload protection
BOOL
1
I
Q
AVBL
Machine availability
BOOL
1
I
Q
RCR1
Check-back signal for direction 1
BOOL
0
I
Q
RCR2
Check-back signal for direction 2
BOOL
0
I
Q
PMI1
Machine protection interlock for direction 1
BOOL
1
I
Q
PMI2
Machine protection interlock for direction 2
BOOL
1
I
Q
CSF
Control system error
BOOL
0
I
Q
LST1
Local start/stop without PMI1 for direction 1
BOOL
0
I
Q
LST2
Local start/stop without PMI2 for direction 2
BOOL
0
I
Q
LSP1
Local start/stop with PMI1 for direction 1
BOOL
0
I
Q
en-YN.YNT.001.A
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-140
Connection Meaning (parameters)
Data type
Def. Type Attr. O&O Perm. values
LSP1
Local start/stop with PMI2 for direction 2
BOOL
0
I
Q
SWRE
Enabling start-up warning
BOOL
1
I
Q
ESST
Display of softkeys for single faceplate start
BOOL
0
I
Q
RLSA
Enabling alarm generation
BOOL
1
I
Q
TIME1
Monitoring time setpoint value
REAL
5.0
I
BQ
RUNUPCYC
Waiting cycles at start
INT
3
I
EV_ID
Message ID
DWORD 0
I
M
LSER
Enabling of local operation
BOOL
0
IO
BQ
+
SST1
Single start for direction 1
BOOL
0
IO
B
+
SST2
Single start for direction 2
BOOL
0
IO
B
+
SUPR
Suppression of alarms
BOOL
0
IO
B
+
EV_SIG1
Index variable for message no. 1
INT
1
IO
EV_SIG2
Index variable for message no. 2
INT
2
IO
EV_SIG3
Index variable for message no. 3
INT
3
IO
EV_SIG4
Index variable for message no. 4
INT
5
IO
EV_SIG5
Index variable for message no. 5
INT
9
IO
EV_SIG6
Index variable for message no. 6
INT
7
IO
EV_SIG7
Index variable for message no. 7
INT
8
IO
EV_SIG8
Index variable for message no. 8
INT
0
IO
SEN1
Enabling start for direction 1
BOOL
0
O
Q
SEN2
Enabling start for direction 2
BOOL
0
O
Q
OSG1
Operating message for direction 1
BOOL
0
O
Q
OSG2
Operating message for direction 2
BOOL
0
O
Q
DAVB
Drive is available
BOOL
0
O
Q
EROR
Drive is faulty
BOOL
0
O
Q
DOFF
Drive is off
BOOL
0
O
Q
SWST
Start start-up warning
BOOL
0
O
Q
ACT1
Current monitoring time
REAL
0.0
O
Q
+
+
>0
+
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
3-141
Connection Meaning (parameters)
Data type
Def. Type Attr. O&O Perm. values
PW
Parameter word
DWORD 0
O
Q
+
DW
Data word
DWORD 0
O
Q
+
SW
Status word
DWORD 0
O
Q
+
Operation and observation of RVDL See the description of the block symbol and the faceplate in the corresponding manual in this regard. PW, DW and SW of REVL The inputs, outputs and the internal status of the respective block are mapped on the parameter word, the data word and the status word. The assignment of the bits is found in the following table: > RVDL< Bit
Parameter word
Data word
Status word
0
STA1
OPS1
SEN1
1
STA2
EROP
SEN2
2
ILC1
OPS2
OSG1
3
ILC2
NOTA
OSG2
4
LSW1
POS1
5
LSW2
POS2
DAVB
OPL1
EROR
6 7
CVON
OPL2
8
OLPT
EROL
DOFF
9
AVBL
ERMS
SWST
10
RCR1
11
RCR2
12
PMI1
ERPI
13
PMI2
ERPS
14
ETIM
15 16
en-YN.YNT.001.A
LSER
ERRC
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-142
17
LST1
18
LST2
19
LSP1
20
LSP2
21
SST1
22
SST2
23 24
SWRE
25
CSF
26 27 28
COLOUR_1
29
COLOUR_2
30
COLOUR_3
31
COLOUR_4 The block RVDL has the COLOUR operating states from 1 to 11.
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
3.26 General drive control VALV: Valve control Description of VALV Object name (Type + Number) FB 505 Calling OBs The time interrupt OB in which the block is installed (e.g. OB 35). Function Operating principle Apart from the initial state, a valve must always be activated in one of the two directions, i.e. the related output signal must be issued to the valve. If a valve is active in one direction, the starting command 'STA1' or 'STA2' can be reset without loss of the start enable signal 'SEN1' or 'SEN2'. Only a valid starting command for the other direction causes the valve to switch to the changed direction. The values of the limit switches 'LSW1' and 'LSW2' have no influence on the issue of control commands and serve only to generate position signals. If, however, both limit switches are set, the position error signal 'ERPS' is generated. If, in the case of a valve, one of the two limit switches is available, and simultaneously starting commands for both directions are given, then there will be no reaction. If the valve is active in one direction and starting commands are issued for both directions simultaneously, the command for the opposite direction is ignored. The time TIME1 monitors the time in seconds, e.g. for movement of the valve from POS1 to POS2, in which the associated limit switch must be set. If time = 0, no time monitoring of the movement is performed. By means of the signals SST1 and SST2 an individual start of the valve can be realised in automatic mode. In the faceplate associated with the valve, the operator sets the signals SST1 or SST2. After processing in the block, these signals are reset by the block. After operation of the signal SST1/2 the output SWST is set at first. By means of this output an external start-up warning can be started. If the start-up warning time has expired, then the input SWRE must be set. In this way, there is a valid starting command and the valve is then started as described above. With the exception of the combination with the signals SWST and SWRE the signals SST1/2 behave in the same way with signal STA1/2. With the signals LSER, LST1/2 and LSP1/2 it is possible to operate the valve via external switches, keyboards or from the control panel. With the signal LSER the valve is switched to local operation. The availability of the drive disappears therewith. Via the signals LST1/2 and LSP1/2 the valve can be started. Using the parameter SWLO, it is selected whether the input SWRE is taken into consideration for the evaluation of the inputs LST1/2 and LSP1/2.
en-YN.YNT.001.A
3-143
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-144
Note Via the signals LST1/2 and LSP1/2, the valve can be started ("1") or stopped ("0"). Via LST1/2 the valve is started independently from the interlock signals! Via LSP1/2 the signals CVON and OLPT are taken into consideration. As long as the start signals are pending the valve operates, if the start signal changes to zero the valve is stopped. Internal logic The sequence of the flags is determined by the sequence in which they must be generated. In this relation, the flags marked (with ") must be taken into account in the setting and reset conditions! Auxiliary flag NOSEN
:=
-(SEN1/SEN2)
RESET
:=
NOSEN_&(-EROP/ERES)
CLEROP
:=
EROP_&ERES
LSWALL
:=
LSW1_&LSW2
GO1
:=
STA1_&ILC1
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
3-145
Data word S ERPS C ERPS
: :
LSWALL/ETIM”/(SUPS_&(POS1_&SEN1_&-LSW1_&-GO2/ (POS2_&SEN2_&-LSW2_&-GO1)) -CVON/-LSWALL_&RESET
S NOTA C NOTA
: :
-OLPT/ERPS” -CVON/OLPT_&-ERPS”_&RESET
S EROP C EROP
: :
NOTA”_&(SEN1_&ILC1/SEN2_&ILC2/ERPS”&(SEN1/SEN2)) -CVON/CLEROP
S EROL C EROL
: :
-OLPT -CVON/OLPT_&RESET
S POS1 C POS1
: :
LSW1 -CVON/-LSW1/LSW2
S POS2 C POS2
: :
LSW2 -CVON/-LSW2/LSW1
S ETIM C ETIM
: :
LCT1_&((SEN1_&LSW1)/(SEN2_&LSW2)) -CVON/RESET
OPS1
:=
SEN1”
OPS2
:=
SEN2”
Status word S SEN1 C SEN1
: :
GO1_&-GO2 -CVON/-ILC1/NOTA”/GO2_&-STA1/EROP”
S SEN2 C SEN2
: :
GO2_&-GO1) -CVON/-ILC2/NOTA”/GO1_&-STA2/EROP”
DAVB
:=
CVON_&-NOTA”
EROR
:=
EROP”
en-YN.YNT.001.A
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-146
Block view
Fig. 10: VALV block
Starting characteristics During the CPU start-up the VALV block is deactivated. All internal state flags (shown in the data word) are reset. Following start-up the block waits for the number of cycles projected in the input RUNUPCYC, and will only be activated thereafter. A first start-up whilst the program is running is treated internally like a CPU startup. Time behaviour The block must be called via a time interrupt OB or OB1. It does not have a parameter for the sampling interval. Behaviour in case of a time error In the case of a time error the outputs will then be reset. In addition the internal state flags will be reset.
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
3-147
Message actions The block VALV internally uses an ALARM_8P block for generating the messages. Messages are generated for the following tripping devices: ● Operating trouble (EROP) ● Overload protection (OLPT) ● Position monitoring (ERPS) ● Monitoring time (ETIM) The messages can be suppressed by setting the input SUPR or by resetting the input RLSA. The input SUPR, however, is activated by the operator interface (WinCC), and RLSA by the program. The inputs CVON (at value 0) and CSF (at value 1) also suppress the output of messages. Assignment of message text and message class to the block parameters Message Block Default message text no. parameter
Message Suppressable class
1
EROP
$$BlockComment$$ @1I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
2
EROL
$$BlockComment$$ @2I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
3
ERPS
$$BlockComment$$ @3I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
4
ETIM
$$BlockComment$$ @4I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
5
$$BlockComment$$ @5I%t#POLCID_Standard@
6
$$BlockComment$$ @6I%t#POLCID_Standard@
7
$$BlockComment$$ @7I%t#POLCID_Standard@
8
$$BlockComment$$ @8I%t#POLCID_Standard@
en-YN.YNT.001.A
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-148
Connections of VALV Connection Meaning (parameters)
Data type
Def. Type Attr. O&O Perm. values
STA1
Start drive in direction 1
BOOL
0
I
Q
STA2
Start drive in direction 2
BOOL
0
I
Q
ILC1
Process-technological interlock, direction 1
BOOL
1
I
Q
ILC2
Process-technological interlock, direction 2
BOOL
1
I
Q
LSW1
Limit switch for direction 1
BOOL
0
I
Q
LSW2
Limit switch for direction 2
BOOL
0
I
Q
CVON
Control voltage on
BOOL
1
I
Q
OLPT
Overload protection
BOOL
1
I
Q
CSF
Control system error
BOOL
0
I
Q
LST1
Local start/stop without PMI1 for direction 1
BOOL
0
I
Q
LST2
Local start/stop without PMI2 for direction 2
BOOL
0
I
Q
LSP1
Local start/stop with PMI1 for direction 1
BOOL
0
I
Q
LSP1
Local start/stop with PMI2 for direction 2
BOOL
0
I
Q
SWRE
Enabling start-up warning
BOOL
1
I
Q
ESST
Display of softkeys for single faceplate start
BOOL
0
I
Q
SWLO
Start-up warning also in local operating mode
BOOL
0
I
Q
RLSA
Enabling alarm generation
BOOL
1
I
Q
TIME1
Monitoring time setpoint value
REAL
5.0
I
BQ
RUNUPCYC
Waiting cycles at start
INT
3
I
EV_ID
Message ID
DWORD 0
I
M
LSER
Enabling of local operation
BOOL
0
IO
BQ
+
SST1
Single start for direction 1
BOOL
0
IO
B
+
SST2
Single start for direction 2
BOOL
0
IO
B
+
+
+
>0
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
3-149
Connection Meaning (parameters)
Data type
Def. Type Attr. O&O Perm. values
SUPR
Suppression of alarms
BOOL
0
IO
EV_SIG1
Index variable for message no. 1
INT
1
IO
EV_SIG2
Index variable for message no. 2
INT
2
IO
EV_SIG3
Index variable for message no. 3
INT
9
IO
EV_SIG4
Index variable for message no. 4
INT
7
IO
EV_SIG5
Index variable for message no. 5
INT
0
IO
EV_SIG6
Index variable for message no. 6
INT
0
IO
EV_SIG7
Index variable for message no. 7
INT
0
IO
EV_SIG8
Index variable for message no. 8
INT
0
IO
SEN1
Enabling start for direction 1
BOOL
0
O
Q
SEN2
Enabling start for direction 2
BOOL
0
O
Q
DAVB
Drive is available
BOOL
0
O
Q
EROR
Drive is faulty
BOOL
0
O
Q
SWST
Start start-up warning
BOOL
0
O
Q
ACT1
Current monitoring time
REAL
0.0
O
Q
+
PW
Parameter word
DWORD 0
O
Q
+
DW
Data word
DWORD 0
O
Q
+
SW
Status word
DWORD 0
O
Q
+
B
+
Operation and observation of VALV See the description of the block symbol and the faceplate in the corresponding manual in this regard.
en-YN.YNT.001.A
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-150
PW, DW and SW of VALV The inputs, outputs and the internal status of the respective block are mapped on the parameter word, the data word and the status word. The assignment of the bits is found in the following table: >VALV< Bit
Parameter word
Data word
Status word
0
STA1
OPS1
SEN1
1
STA2
EROP
SEN2
2
ILC1
OPS2
3
ILC2
NOTA
4
LSW1
POS1
5
LSW2
POS2
6
DAVB EROR
7
CVON
8
OLPT
EROL
9
SWST
10 11 12 13
ERPS
14
ETIM
15 16
LSER
17
LST1
18
LST2
19
LSP1
20
LSP2
21
SST1
22
SST2
23 24
SWRE
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
25
3-151
CSF
26 27 28
COLOUR_1
29
COLOUR_2
30
COLOUR_3
31
COLOUR_4 The block VALV has the COLOUR operating states from 1 to 11.
en-YN.YNT.001.A
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-152
3.27 General drive control CONT_DO: Actuator with digital outputs Description of CONT_DO Object name (Type + Number) FB 506 Calling OBs The time interrupt OB in which the block is installed (e.g. OB 35). Function The block is used to control an actuator by means of two digital output signals for More or Less. The block features as an input the analogue value of the position of the actuator and a setpoint value. In this way, using the more/less outputs, it controls the actuator to the preset setpoint value. Operating principle If the drive is available, i.e. the 'DAVB' bit in the status word is set, the CONT_DO operates as a three-step controller. If the deviation between the actual value ACT and the setpoint SET is greater than the switching difference SWIT, the output 'CLSE' or 'OPEN' in the data word is set according to the sign of the deviation and the bit 'SEN1' or 'SEN2' is simultaneously set in the status word, which must then be switched to the associated digital outputs in the drive program. The setpoint value is formed from the automatic setpoint value ASET (can be connected in the program) and the setpoint value from the faceplate SET. By means of the input AUTO it is selected which of the two setpoint values is activated. With AUTO = 0, setpoint value SET is active, and with AUTO = 1 setpoint value ASET is active. In the case of AUTO = 1 the setpoint value is deactivated in the faceplate and the value of SET is equalled to the value of ASET. A special function of the drive block is movement to specific positions in dependence on the control bits in the parameter word. For this, the limits HIGH and LOW are used as values. The setpoint is overwritten with a specified limit value by setting two bits in the parameter word. After releasing the forced limit, normal operation is resumed only if a new, changed setpoint is sent. During the travel time of the actuator the input of the position check-back must have changed by at least 0.0025 within the time TIMEOUT (in seconds). If not, a position error is created. After a fault the setpoint must change, in order that a new process is started. The setpoint must also be changed after a forced open/close, in order that it is approached to. The current set up setpoint is displayed in the variable CSET.
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
The availability of the actuator is monitored in a similar manner as normal drives because the same signals are received from the inputs (CVON, OLPT AVBL and PMI1/2) Bit 'ERDS' is set when the associated input bit in the parameter word 'IODS' is set whereas these inputs influence the status bit 'DAVB': Switching of the input bit 'IODS' (analogue input fault) is performed with the availability flag of the analogue channel. Monitoring of the limit switches is performed in the same manner as in the 'VALV' block, i.e. non-availability is only signalled when both limit switches are closed. The limit position HIGH can be moved to by setting the input HILI, and the limit position LOW can be moved to by setting the input LOLI. The input RLS generally enables adjustment or blocks the same. At RLS = 0 both outputs SEN1 and SEN2 are deactivated. With the signals LSER, LST1/2 and LSP1/2 it is possible to operate the drive via external switches, keyboards or from the control panel. With the signal LSER the drive is switched to local operation. The availability of the drive disappears therewith. Via the signals LST1/2 and LSP1/2 the drive can be started. Using the parameter SWLO, it is selected whether the input SWRE is taken into consideration for the evaluation of the inputs LST1/2 and LSP1/2. Note Via the signals LST1/2 and LSP1/2, the drive can be started ("1") or stopped ("0"). Via LST1/2 the drive is started independently from the interlock signals! Via LSP1/2 the signals CVON, OLPT and PMI1/2 are taken into consideration. As long as the start signals are pending the drive runs, if the start signal changes to zero the drive is stopped. Internal logic The sequence of the flags is determined by the sequence in which they must be generated. In this relation, the flags marked (with ") must be taken into account in the setting and reset conditions!
en-YN.YNT.001.A
3-153
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-154
Data word S URO1 C URO1
: :
HILI -CVON/(-HILI/LOLI)
S URO2 C URO2
: :
LOCI -CVON/(-LOLI/HILI)
S EROP C EROP
: :
(-IODS/LCT-OLPT/-AVBL/-PMI1/-PMI2)_&(CLSE/OPEN) ERES/-CVON
NOTA
:=
-CVON/ERMS”/ERPI”/ERPS”/ERDS”/EROL”/EROP”
S POS1 C POS1
: :
LSW1 -CVON/(-LSW1/LSW2)
S POS2 C POS2
: :
LSW2 -CVON/(-LSW2/LSW1)
CMAN
:=
URO1”/URO2”
EROL
:=
-OLPT_&CVON
ERMS
:=
-AVBL_&CVON
ERPI
:=
(-PMI1/-PMI2)_&CVON
S ERPS C ERPS
: :
LSW1_&LSW2/LCT1_&(OPEN/CLSE) -CVON/(-LSW1/-LSW2)_&(ERES/EROP)
ERDS
:=
IODS_&CVON
Status word URG1
:=
URO1
URG2
:=
URO2
DAVB
:=
-NOTA_&CVON
EROR
:=
EROP
MANU
:=
CMAN
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
Block view
Fig. 11: CONT_DO block
Starting characteristics At CPU start-up the CONT_DO block is deactivated. All internal state flags (shown in the data word) are reset. Following start-up the block waits for the number of cycles projected in the input RUNUPCYC, and will only be activated thereafter. A first start-up whilst the program is running is treated internally like a CPU startup. Time behaviour The block must be called via a time interrupt OB or OB1. It does not have a parameter for the sampling interval. Behaviour in case of a time error In the case of a time error the outputs will then be reset. In addition the internal state flags will be reset.
en-YN.YNT.001.A
3-155
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-156
Message actions The block CONT_DO internally uses an ALARM_8P block for generating the messages. Messages are generated for the following tripping devices: ● Operating trouble (EROP) ● Overload protection (OLPT) ● Machine availability (AVBL) ● Position monitoring (ERPS) ● Machine protection (PMI1/2) ● Position check-back (IODS) The messages can be suppressed by setting the input SUPR or by resetting the input RLSA. The input SUPR, however, is activated by the operator interface (WinCC), and RLSA by the program. The inputs CVON (at value 0) and CSF (at value 1) also suppress the output of messages. Assignment of message text and message class to the block parameters Default message text Message Block no. parameter
Message Suppressable class
1
EROP
$$BlockComment$$ @1I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
2
EROL
$$BlockComment$$ @2I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
3
ERMS
$$BlockComment$$ @3I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
4
ERPS
$$BlockComment$$ @4I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
5
ERPI
$$BlockComment$$ @5I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
6
ETIM
$$BlockComment$$ @6I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
7
$$BlockComment$$ @7I%t#POLCID_Standard@
8
$$BlockComment$$ @8I%t#POLCID_Standard@
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
3-157
Connections of CONT_DO Connection Meaning (parameters)
Data type
Def. Type Attr. O&O Perm. values
HILI
Setting HIGH setpoint value as active setpoint value
BOOL
0
I
Q
LOLI
Setting LOW setpoint value as active setpoint value
BOOL
0
I
Q
LSW1
Limit switch for direction 1
BOOL
0
I
Q
LSW2
Limit switch for direction 2
BOOL
0
I
Q
CVON
Control voltage on
BOOL
1
I
Q
OLPT
Overload protection
BOOL
1
I
Q
AVBL
Machine availability
BOOL
1
I
Q
PMI1
Machine protection interlock for direction 1
BOOL
1
I
Q
PMI2
Machine protection interlock for direction 2
BOOL
1
I
Q
AUTO
Activate ASET ( = 1 ) or SET ( = 0 ) input
BOOL
0
I
Q
IODS
Fault input value ACT
BOOL
1
I
Q
RLS
Enabling outputs SEN1/2
BOOL
1
I
Q
CSF
Control system error
BOOL
0
I
Q
LST1
Local start/stop without PMI1 for direction 1
BOOL
0
I
Q
LST2
Local start/stop without PMI2 for direction 2
BOOL
0
I
Q
LSP1
Local start/stop with PMI1 for direction 1
BOOL
0
I
Q
LSP2
Local start/stop with PMI2 for direction 2
BOOL
0
I
Q
RLSA
Enabling alarm generation
BOOL
1
I
Q
ASET
Automatic setpoint value
REAL
0.0
I
Q
ACT
Current position check-back value
REAL
0.0
I
Q
+
HIGH
Upper limit value for setpoint value
REAL
0.0
I
BQ
+
LOW
Lower limit value for setpoint value
REAL
0.0
I
BQ
+
en-YN.YNT.001.A
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-158
Connection Meaning (parameters)
Data type
Def. Type Attr. O&O Perm. values
SWIT
Switching hysteresis for comparing setpoint value/actual value
REAL
0.0
I
BQ
+
SAFE
Safety position in case of system failure
REAL
0.0
I
BQ
+
TIMEOUT
Monitoring time for position change
REAL
0.0
I
BQ
+
RUNUPCYC
Waiting cycles at start
INT
3
I
EV_ID
Message ID
DWORD 0
I
M
LSER
Enabling of local operation
BOOL
0
IO
BQ
+
SUPR
Suppression of alarms
BOOL
0
IO
B
+
SET
Setpoint value for faceplate
REAL
0.0
IO
B
+
EV_SIG1
Index variable for message no. 1
INT
1
IO
EV_SIG2
Index variable for message no. 2
INT
2
IO
EV_SIG3
Index variable for message no. 3
INT
3
IO
EV_SIG4
Index variable for message no. 4
INT
9
IO
EV_SIG5
Index variable for message no. 5
INT
5
IO
EV_SIG6
Index variable for message no. 6
INT
10
IO
EV_SIG7
Index variable for message no. 7
INT
0
IO
EV_SIG8
Index variable for message no. 8
INT
0
IO
SEN1
Enabling start for direction 1
BOOL
0
O
Q
SEN2
Enabling start for direction 2
BOOL
0
O
Q
URG1
Forced open command pending (HILI)
BOOL
0
O
Q
URG2
Forced close command pending (LOLI)
BOOL
0
O
Q
DAVB
Drive is available
BOOL
0
O
Q
EROR
Drive is faulty
BOOL
0
O
Q
MANU
Actuator in manual operating mode (no HILI, LOLI)
BOOL
0
O
Q
CSET
Active internal setpoint value
REAL
0.0
O
Q
+
PW
Parameter word
DWORD 0
O
Q
+
DW
Data word
DWORD 0
O
Q
+
>0
>0
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
3-159
Connection Meaning (parameters)
Data type
SW
DWORD 0
Status word
Def. Type Attr. O&O Perm. values O
Q
+
Operation and observation of CONT_DO See the description of the block symbol and the faceplate in the corresponding manual in this regard. PW, DW and SW of CONT_DO The inputs, outputs and the internal status of the respective block are mapped on the parameter word, the data word and the status word. The assignment of the bits is found in the following table: > CONT_DO < Bit
Parameter word
Data word
Status word
0
HILI
URO1
URG1
1
LOLI
EROP
URG2
2
URO2
SEN1
3
NOTA
SEN2
4
LSW1
POS1
5
LSW2
POS2
DAVB
CMAN
EROR
6 7
CVON
MANU
8
OLPT
EROL
9
AVBL
ERMS
12
PMI1
ERPI
13
PMI2
ERPS
10 11
14
ERDS
15
AUTO
16
IODS
CLSE
17
RLS
OPEN
18
en-YN.YNT.001.A
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-160
19 20 21
LSER
22
LST1
23
LST2
24
LSP1
25
LSP2
26
CSF
27 28
COLOUR_1
29
COLOUR_2
30
COLOUR_3
31
COLOUR_4 The block CONT_DO has the COLOUR operating states from 1 to 11.
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
3.28 General drive control CONT_AO: Actuator with analogue output Description of CONT_AO Object name (Type + Number) FB 507 Calling OBs The time interrupt OB in which the block is installed (e.g. OB 35). Function The block is used for controlling an actuator by means of an analogue output signal. Operating principle A special function of the drive block is movement to specific positions in dependence on the control bits in the parameter word. For this, the limits HIGH and LOW are used as values. The setpoint is overwritten with a specified limit value by setting two bits in the parameter word. If no safety value and no forced limit are to be started up, then the value of the setpoint is switched to analogue output. After setting the forced limit the setpoint must first be changed, in order that it can be copied to the analogue output. The setpoint value is formed from the automatic setpoint value ASET (can be connected in the program) and the setpoint value from the faceplate SET. By means of the input AUTO it is selected which of the two setpoint values is activated. With AUTO = 0, setpoint value SET is active, and with AUTO = 1 setpoint value ASET is active. In the case of AUTO = 1 the setpoint value is deactivated in the faceplate and the value of SET is equalled to the value of ASET. The current set output value is displayed in the variable CSET. The availability of the actuator is monitored in a similar manner as normal drives because the same signals are received from the inputs (CVON, OLPT AVBL and PMI1/2) Bit 'ERDS' is set when the associated input bit in the parameter word 'IODS' is set whereas these inputs influence the status bit 'DAVB': Switching of the input bit 'IODS' (analogue input fault) is performed with the availability flag of the analogue channel. Monitoring of the limit switches is performed in the same manner as in the 'VALV' block, i.e. non-availability is only signalled when both limit switches are closed. The limit position HIGH can be moved to by setting the input HILI, and the limit position LOW can be moved to by setting the input LOLI. Internal logic The sequence of the flags is determined by the sequence in which they must be generated. In this relation, the flags marked (with ") must be taken into account in the setting and reset conditions! Data word
en-YN.YNT.001.A
3-161
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-162
S URO1 C URO1
: :
HILI -CVON/(-HILI/LOLI)
S URO2 C URO2
: :
LOLI -CVON/(-LOLI/HILI)
NOTA
:=
-CVON/ERMS”/ERPI”/ERPS”/ERDS”/EROL”/EROP”
EROP
:=
IODS_&CVON
S POS1 C POS1
: :
LSW1 -CVON/(-LSW1/LSW2)
S POS2 C POS2
: :
LSW2 -CVON/(-LSW2/LSW1)
CMAN
:=
URO1”/URO2”
EROL
:=
-OLPT_&CVON
ERMS
:=
-AVBL_&CVON
ERPS
:=
(LSW1_&LSW2)_&CVON
ERPI
:=
(-PMI1/-PMI2)_&CVON
ERDS
:=
IODS_&CVON
Status word URG1
:=
URO1
URG2
:=
URO2
DAVB
:=
-NOTA
EROR
:=
EROP
MANU
:=
CMAN
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
Block view
Fig. 12: CONT_AO block
en-YN.YNT.001.A
3-163
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-164
Starting characteristics At CPU start-up the CONT_AO block is deactivated. All internal state flags (shown in the data word) are reset. Following start-up the block waits for the number of cycles projected in the input RUNUPCYC, and will only be activated thereafter. A first start-up whilst the program is running is treated internally like a CPU startup. Time behaviour The block must be called via a time interrupt OB or OB1. It does not have a parameter for the sampling interval. Behaviour in case of a time error In the case of a time error the outputs will then be reset. In addition the internal state flags will be reset. Message actions The block CONT_AO internally uses an ALARM_8P block for generating the messages. Messages are generated for the following tripping devices: ● Operating trouble (EROP) ● Overload protection (OLPT) ● Machine availability (AVBL) ● Position monitoring (ERPS) ● Machine protection (PMI1/2) ● Position check-back (IODS) The messages can be suppressed by setting the input SUPR or by resetting the input RLSA. The input SUPR, however, is activated by the operator interface (WinCC), and RLSA by the program. The inputs CVON (at value 0) and CSF (at value 1) also suppress the output of messages. Assignment of message text and message class to the block parameters Message Block Default message text no. parameter
Message Suppressable class
1
EROP
$$BlockComment$$ @1I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
2
EROL
$$BlockComment$$ @2I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
3
ERMS
$$BlockComment$$ @3I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
4
ERPS
$$BlockComment$$ @4I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
5
ERPI
$$BlockComment$$ @5I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
3-165
Message Block Default message text no. parameter
Message Suppressable class
6
AH
ETIM
$$BlockComment$$ @6I%t#POLCID_Standard@
7
$$BlockComment$$ @7I%t#POLCID_Standard@
8
$$BlockComment$$ @8I%t#POLCID_Standard@
Yes
Connections of CONT_AO Connection Meaning (parameters)
Data type
Def. Type Attr. O&O Perm. values
HILI
Setting HIGH setpoint value as active setpoint value
BOOL
0
I
Q
LOLI
Setting LOW setpoint value as active setpoint value
BOOL
0
I
Q
LSW1
Limit switch for direction 1
BOOL
0
I
Q
LSW2
Limit switch for direction 2
BOOL
0
I
Q
CVON
Control voltage on
BOOL
1
I
Q
OLPT
Overload protection
BOOL
1
I
Q
AVBL
Machine availability
BOOL
1
I
Q
PMI1
Machine protection interlock for direction 1
BOOL
1
I
Q
PMI2
Machine protection interlock for direction 2
BOOL
1
I
Q
AUTO
Activate ASET ( = 1 ) or SET ( = 0 ) input
BOOL
0
I
Q
IODS
Fault input value ACT
BOOL
1
I
Q
CSF
Control system error
BOOL
0
I
Q
RLSA
Enabling alarm generation
BOOL
1
I
Q
ASET
Automatic setpoint value
REAL
0.0
I
Q
ACT
Current position check-back value
REAL
0.0
I
Q
+
HIGH
Upper limit value for setpoint value
REAL
0.0
I
BQ
+
LOW
Lower limit value for setpoint value
REAL
0.0
I
BQ
+
SAFE
Safety position in case of system
REAL
0.0
I
BQ
+
en-YN.YNT.001.A
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-166
Connection Meaning (parameters)
Data type
Def. Type Attr. O&O Perm. values
failure RUNUPCYC
Waiting cycles at start
INT
3
I
EV_ID
Message ID
DWORD 0
I
M
SUPR
Suppression of alarms
BOOL
0
IO
B
+
SET
Setpoint value for faceplate
REAL
0.0
IO
B
+
EV_SIG1
Index variable for message no. 1
INT
1
IO
EV_SIG2
Index variable for message no. 2
INT
2
IO
EV_SIG3
Index variable for message no. 3
INT
3
IO
EV_SIG4
Index variable for message no. 4
INT
9
IO
EV_SIG5
Index variable for message no. 5
INT
5
IO
EV_SIG6
Index variable for message no. 6
INT
10
IO
EV_SIG7
Index variable for message no. 7
INT
0
IO
EV_SIG8
Index variable for message no. 8
INT
0
IO
URG1
Forced open command pending (HILI)
BOOL
0
O
Q
URG2
Forced close command pending (LOLI)
BOOL
0
O
Q
DAVB
Drive is available
BOOL
0
O
Q
EROR
Drive is faulty
BOOL
0
O
Q
MANU
Actuator in manual operating mode (no HILI, LOLI)
BOOL
0
O
Q
CSET
Active internal setpoint value
REAL
0.0
O
Q
+
PW
Parameter word
DWORD 0
O
Q
+
DW
Data word
DWORD 0
O
Q
+
SW
Status word
DWORD 0
O
Q
+
Operation and observation of CONT_AO See the description of the block symbol and the faceplate in the corresponding manual in this regard.
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
3-167
PW, DW and SW of CONT_AO The inputs, outputs and the internal status of the respective block are mapped on the parameter word, the data word and the status word. The assignment of the bits is found in the following table: > CONT_AO < Bit
Parameter word
Data word
Status word
0
HILI
URO1
URG1
1
LOLI
EROP
URG2
2
URO2
3
NOTA
4
LSW1
POS1
5
LSW2
POS2
DAVB
CMAN
EROR
6 7
CVON
MANU
8
OLPT
EROL
9
AVBL
ERMS
12
PMI1
ERPI
13
PMI2
ERPS
10 11
14
ERDS
15
AUTO
16
IODS
CLSE
17
CSF
OPEN
18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25
en-YN.YNT.001.A
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-168
26 27 28
COLOUR_1
29
COLOUR_2
30
COLOUR_3
31
COLOUR_4 The block CONT_AO has the COLOUR operating states from 1 to 11.
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
3.29 General drive control GROC: Group control Description of GROC Object name (Type + Number) FB 502 Calling OBs The time interrupt OB in which the block is installed (e.g. OB 35). Function The block checks and controls a group of drives. This has the advantage that the plant operator does not need to start the drives individually, but can start a functional group of drives at the same time or successively within a single operating process. A group may comprise up to eight different operating modes, in which the drives can be started and stopped in various different ways Operating principle The functions of group control are as follows: ● Acceptance of start and stopping commands for drive groups from the control panel. ● Monitoring of the availability of the related operating modes. ● Control and monitoring of the starting and stopping phases of the activated groups. ● Transmission of the status signals of all groups to the control panel. Single drives which are functionally associated with one another in the process are consolidated into drive groups. It is characteristic of such groups that they can be operated in different (max. eight) operating modes (e.g. different transport routes to silos 1 -n, etc.). The operator is no longer responsible for switching each single drive on and off, but only determines the manner in which a group of several machines is operated or stopped. The start and stopping commands for these drive groups are transmitted to the GROC block where they are linked with all other significant status values. The results are values which represent the current status of the group and enabling signals for the starting and stopping operating sequences. For this reason, it is necessary to allocate every drive of a plant section to a drive group. In addition to the parameter, data and status words, for the fulfilment of its tasks, each GROC block is assigned several command bits in which the starting and stopping commands generated by the control panel for the up to max. eight different operating modes are stored. The significance of the parameter bits is as follows, the index (I) being used for one of the eight operating modes.
en-YN.YNT.001.A
3-169
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-170
● GRSP: stopping command for the entire drive group, i.e. it applies without specification of an operating mode and is generated directly from the command flag CM00; ● RLST: Terminates the warning time (WATI) and starts the enabling time. ● GROF: Must always be set when all drives of the group are stationary. ● STM(I): starting command for an operating mode of the drive group. The starting command given by the operator is written to CM01 for Start and to CM08...CM15 for the selected operating mode, i.e. CM08 for operating mode 0, CM09 for operating mode 1, ...CM15 for operating mode 7. These and other possible flags like e.g. process interlocks are used to generate the starting command; ● MON(I): Input showing that all drives affected by the operating mode are running and that thereby the start-up phase is complete. The following measures must be taken in the program: ● To avoid inadvertent starting of an operating mode, it is advisable to link the starting command of the command word with a process-related condition and only then to transfer this to STM(I) so that - apart from non-availability - a start is only possible at times which are appropriate to the process. ● The parameter bits 'GROF' and 'MAV(I)' must be generated from the status data of the affected drives for each operating mode. ● The stopping command must be transferred from the command flag 'CM00' to 'GRSP'. ● It must be ensured that the signals for the end of the warning time are generated according to the specifications of the process for the bit 'RLST' (taking account of the status bits 'WATI' and 'TRES'). ● Determination of the conditions for 'MON(I)': The operating signals of the involved drives do not need to be combined in all cases. If, for example, the last drive in a starting operating sequence fails first by a process interlock as the result of a fault, its operating signal alone generates the condition for MON (I). Significance of the status bits: ● ACTM: Activation command to start the drive in the associated operating mode, terminates the preparation time. ● DACM: Command to stop the drives of a group. ● WATI: Defines the warning time phase after a valid starting command. ● MOAC: Defines the end of the start-up phase and the period of the stationary phase of the operating mode. ● EROR: Defines a fault during the 'ACTM' and 'MOAX' phase. ● TRES: If set alone, defines the state of rest or the end of the 'DACM' phase; is additionally set in an 'EROR' case and can therefore be used as a reset command for any active time commands. Significance of the command word bits:
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
● CM00: stopping command for the group (attention: CM08...CM15 can also be set). ● CM01: starting command for an operating mode of the group (attention: CM08...CM15 designate the selected operating mode). ● CM08: Selected operating mode 0. . . . ● CM15: Selected operating mode 7. Two times exist to monitor the starting and stopping phases: ● TIME1: Monitoring time in seconds when the group is started. If time = 0, no time monitoring of the start is employed. ● TIME2: Monitoring time in seconds when the group is stopped. If time = 0, no time monitoring of the stop is employed. Using the signals CSM0 to CSM7, the respective operating modes of the group are started; the group is started with CSTP. The plant operator now sets the respective signal in the faceplate associated with the group. After the signal has been processed, it is reset within the block. The signals CSMx and CSTP are the commands of the plant operator for starting and stopping. These then generate the outputs CMxx. These outputs CMxx will then be used in the interlock system, in order to initiate the starting or stopping procedures of a GROC block. The signal CSM0 sets the outputs CM01 and CM08, the signal CSM 1 sets the outputs CM01 and CM09 up to the signal CSM7, which sets the outputs CM01 and CM15. The signal CSTP sets the output CM00. The outputs CMxx will only be set for a single processing cycle of the block and then reset.
en-YN.YNT.001.A
3-171
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-172
Internal logic The sequence of the flags is determined by the sequence in which they must be generated. In this relation, the flags marked (with ") must be taken into account in the setting and reset conditions! (I)
:
Index of the activated mode
(J)
:
Index of all other modes
(K)
:
Index of the selected mode
(L)
:
Index of all modes not selected
Auxiliary flag S NOAV C NOAV
: :
-MAV(I)_&PRTI/EROR” -EROR_&MAV(I)/(GRSP/STM(J)_&MAV(J)_&ERTI_HELP)/EROR_&GROF
Data word MIOP
:=
MOAC”
EROP
:=
EROR”/NOAV”
STAT
:=
WATI”/ACTM”
S STPT C STPT
: :
DACM”/-GROF_&(WATI_&GRSP/NOAV_&-EROR_&ERTI_&(GRSP/MAV(I))) GROF/STAT”
OMD(J)
:=
MOD(J)”
OMD(I)
:=
MOD(I)”
MDA(J)
:=
MAV(J)
MDA(I)
:=
MAV(I)
MAV(I)
:=
MAV(I)_&-ERTI_HELP
S ERTI C ERTI
: :
ERTI_HELP -EROR”_&(-NOAV”/STPT)_&-ERTI_HELP
S ERAV C ERAV
: :
STM(I)_&MAV(I)_&-ACTM_&-SWAV SWAV
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
3-173
Status word S ACTM C ACTM
: :
WATI_&RLST -MAV(I)/(MON(K)_&-WATI)/GRSP
S DACM C DACM
: :
GRSP_&((MOAC/ACTM)_&MAV(I)/EROR) GROF
S PRT C PRT
: :
STM(J)_&MAV(J)_&-ACTM_&-ERAV” GRSP/(NOAV”/(RLST_&WATI))
S MOAC C MOAC
: :
ACTM_&MON(K) -MAV(I)/GRSP/STM(L)_&MAV(L)/-MON(K)
S TRES C TRES
: :
WATI_&GRSP/DACM_&GROF/-MAV(I)_& (WATI/ACTM/MOAC) WATI”_&-NOAV”/DACM”/STM(L)_&MAV(L)
S EROR C EROR
: :
-MAV(I)_&(ACTM/MOAC/DACM)/MOAC_&-MON(I) GROF/STM(J)_&MAV(J)_&-ERTI_HELP/ MAV(I)_&(STM(I)/DACM)/GRSP
S MOD(J) C MOD(I)
: :
STM(J)_&MAV(J)_&-ACTM MOD(L)”/-MOAC”_&-ACTM”_&GROF_&WATI_&-ERTI_HELP
en-YN.YNT.001.A
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-174
Block view
Fig. 13: GROC block
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
Starting characteristics During the CPU start-up the UNID block is deactivated. All internal state flags (shown in the data word) are reset. Following start-up the block waits for the number of cycles projected in the input RUNUPCYC, and will only be activated thereafter. A first start-up whilst the program is running is treated internally like a CPU startup. Time behaviour The block must be called via a time interrupt OB or OB1. It does not have a parameter for the sampling interval. Behaviour in case of a time error In the case of a time error the outputs will then be reset. In addition the internal state flags will be reset. Message actions The block GROC internally uses an ALARM_8P block for generating the messages. Messages are generated for the following tripping devices: ● Operating trouble (EROP) ● Monitoring time (TIME1, TIME2) ● Start-up warning (STAV) ● Mode 0 available (MAV0) ● Mode 1 available (MAV1) ● Mode 2 available (MAV2) ● Mode 3 available (MAV3) ● Mode 4 available (MAV4) ● Mode 5 available (MAV5) ● Mode 6 available (MAV6) ● Mode 7 available (MAV7) The messages can be suppressed by setting the input SUPR or by resetting the input RLSA. The input SUPR, however, is activated by the operator interface (WinCC), and RLSA by the program. The inputs CVON (at value 0) and CSF (at value 1) also suppress the output of messages.
en-YN.YNT.001.A
3-175
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-176
Assignment of message text and message class to the block parameters Default message text Message Block no. parameter
Message Suppressable class
1
EROP
$$BlockComment$$ @1I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
2
ERTI
$$BlockComment$$ @2I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
3
ERAV
$$BlockComment$$ @3I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
4
$$BlockComment$$ @4I%t#POLCID_Standard@
5
$$BlockComment$$ @5I%t#POLCID_Standard@
6
$$BlockComment$$ @6I%t#POLCID_Standard@
7
$$BlockComment$$ @7I%t#POLCID_Standard@
8
$$BlockComment$$ @8I%t#POLCID_Standard@
9
MDA0
$$BlockComment$$ @1I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
10
MDA1
$$BlockComment$$ @2I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
11
MDA2
$$BlockComment$$ @3I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
12
MDA3
$$BlockComment$$ @4I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
13
MDA4
$$BlockComment$$ @5I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
14
MDA5
$$BlockComment$$ @6I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
15
MDA6
$$BlockComment$$ @7I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
16
MDA7
$$BlockComment$$ @8I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
3-177
Connections of GROC Connection Meaning (parameters)
Data type
Def. Type Attr. O&O Perm. values
GRSP
Stop group
BOOL
0
I
Q
GROF
All drives of the group have been stopped
BOOL
0
I
Q
RLST
Warning time expired, start enabling BOOL time
0
I
Q
SWAV
Start-up warning available
BOOL
1
I
Q
STM0
Start group in operating mode 0
BOOL
0
I
Q
STM1
Start group in operating mode 1
BOOL
0
I
Q
STM2
Start group in operating mode 2
BOOL
0
I
Q
STM3
Start group in operating mode 3
BOOL
0
I
Q
STM4
Start group in operating mode 4
BOOL
0
I
Q
STM5
Start group in operating mode 5
BOOL
0
I
Q
STM6
Start group in operating mode 6
BOOL
0
I
Q
STM7
Start group in operating mode 7
BOOL
0
I
Q
MAV0
Operating mode 0 of the group is available
BOOL
0
I
Q
MAV1
Operating mode 1 of the group is available
BOOL
0
I
Q
MAV2
Operating mode 2 of the group is available
BOOL
0
I
Q
MAV3
Operating mode 3 of the group is available
BOOL
0
I
Q
MAV4
Operating mode 4 of the group is available
BOOL
0
I
Q
MAV5
Operating mode 5 of the group is available
BOOL
0
I
Q
MAV6
Operating mode 6 of the group is available
BOOL
0
I
Q
MAV7
Operating mode 7 of the group is available
BOOL
0
I
Q
MON0
Operating mode 0 of the group is running
BOOL
0
I
Q
en-YN.YNT.001.A
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-178
Connection Meaning (parameters)
Data type
Def. Type Attr. O&O Perm. values
MON1
Operating mode 1 of the group is running
BOOL
0
I
Q
MON2
Operating mode 2 of the group is running
BOOL
0
I
Q
MON3
Operating mode 3 of the group is running
BOOL
0
I
Q
MON4
Operating mode 4 of the group is running
BOOL
0
I
Q
MON5
Operating mode 5 of the group is running
BOOL
0
I
Q
MON6
Operating mode 6 of the group is running
BOOL
0
I
Q
MON7
Operating mode 7 of the group is running
BOOL
0
I
Q
RLSA
Enabling alarm generation
BOOL
1
I
Q
TIME1
Monitoring time setpoint value for start
REAL
0.0
I
BQ
+
TIME2
Monitoring time setpoint value for stop
REAL
0.0
I
BQ
+
RUNUPCYC
Waiting cycles at start
INT
3
I
EV_ID1
Message ID no. 1
DWORD 0
I
M
EV_ID2
Message ID no. 2
DWORD 0
I
M
SUPR
Suppression of alarms
BOOL
0
IO
B
+
CSM0
Start of the group in operating mode BOOL 0
0
IO
B
+
CSM1
Start of the group in operating mode BOOL 1
0
IO
B
+
CSM2
Start of the group in operating mode BOOL 2
0
IO
B
+
CSM3
Start of the group in operating mode BOOL 3
0
IO
B
+
CSM4
Start of the group in operating mode BOOL 4
0
IO
B
+
CSM5
Start of the group in operating mode BOOL 5
0
IO
B
+
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
Connection Meaning (parameters)
3-179
Data type
Def. Type Attr. O&O Perm. values
CSM6
Start of the group in operating mode BOOL 6
0
IO
B
+
CSM7
Start of the group in operating mode BOOL 7
0
IO
B
+
CSTP
Stop of the group
BOOL
0
IO
B
+
EV1_SIG1
Index variable for message no. 1
INT
1
IO
EV1_SIG2
Index variable for message no. 2
INT
11
IO
EV1_SIG3
Index variable for message no. 3
INT
12
IO
EV1_SIG4
Index variable for message no. 4
INT
0
IO
EV1_SIG5
Index variable for message no. 5
INT
0
IO
EV1_SIG6
Index variable for message no. 6
INT
0
IO
EV1_SIG7
Index variable for message no. 7
INT
0
IO
EV1_SIG8
Index variable for message no. 8
INT
0
IO
EV2_SIG1
Index variable for message no. 9
INT
13
IO
EV2_SIG2
Index variable for message no. 10
INT
14
IO
EV2_SIG3
Index variable for message no. 11
INT
15
IO
EV2_SIG4
Index variable for message no. 12
INT
16
IO
EV2_SIG5
Index variable for message no. 13
INT
17
IO
EV2_SIG6
Index variable for message no. 14
INT
18
IO
EV2_SIG7
Index variable for message no. 15
INT
19
IO
EV2_SIG8
Index variable for message no. 16
INT
20
IO
CM00
Stop the group
BOOL
0
O
Q
CM01
Start the group
BOOL
0
O
Q
CM08
Selection operating mode 0
BOOL
0
O
Q
CM09
Selection operating mode 1
BOOL
0
O
Q
CM10
Selection operating mode 2
BOOL
0
O
Q
CM11
Selection operating mode 3
BOOL
0
O
Q
CM12
Selection operating mode 4
BOOL
0
O
Q
CM13
Selection operating mode 5
BOOL
0
O
Q
CM14
Selection operating mode 6
BOOL
0
O
Q
en-YN.YNT.001.A
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-180
Connection Meaning (parameters)
Data type
Def. Type Attr. O&O Perm. values
CM15
Selection operating mode 7
BOOL
0
O
Q
ACTM
Activate operating mode (starting the drives)
BOOL
0
O
Q
DACM
Deactivate operating mode (stopping the drives)
BOOL
0
O
Q
WATI
Activate warning time (start start-up warning)
BOOL
0
O
Q
MOAC
Group is operating in selected operating mode
BOOL
0
O
Q
EROR
Fault of the group
BOOL
0
O
Q
NOAV
Group is not available
BOOL
0
O
Q
TRES
Resetting the start-up process
BOOL
0
O
Q
MOD0
Operating mode 0 is selected
BOOL
0
O
Q
MOD1
Operating mode 1 is selected
BOOL
0
O
Q
MOD2
Operating mode 2 is selected
BOOL
0
O
Q
MOD3
Operating mode 3 is selected
BOOL
0
O
Q
MOD4
Operating mode 4 is selected
BOOL
0
O
Q
MOD5
Operating mode 5 is selected
BOOL
0
O
Q
MOD6
Operating mode 6 is selected
BOOL
0
O
Q
MOD7
Operating mode 7 is selected
BOOL
0
O
Q
ACT1
Current monitoring time of start
REAL
0.0
O
Q
+
>0
ACT2
Current monitoring time of stop
REAL
0.0
O
Q
+
>0
PW
Parameter word
DWORD 0
O
Q
+
DW
Data word
DWORD 0
O
Q
+
SW
Status word
DWORD 0
O
Q
+
Operation and observation of GROC See the description of the block symbol and the faceplate in the corresponding manual in this regard.
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
3-181
PW, DW and SW of GROC The inputs, outputs and the internal status of the respective block are mapped on the parameter word, the data word and the status word. The assignment of the bits is found in the following table: > GROC < Bit
Parameter word
Data word
Status word
0
GRSP
MIOP
ACTM
1
GROF
EROP
DACM
2
RLST
STAT
WATI
3
SWAV
STPT
4
ERTI
5
ERAV
MOAC
6
EROR
7
TRES
8
STM0
OMD0
MOD0
9
STM1
OMD1
MOD1
10
STM2
OMD2
MOD2
11
STM3
OMD3
MOD3
12
STM4
OMD4
MOD4
13
STM5
OMD5
MOD5
14
STM6
OMD6
MOD6
15
STM7
OMD7
MOD7
16
MAV0
MDA0
17
MAV1
MDA1
18
MAV2
MDA2
19
MAV3
MDA3
20
MAV4
MDA4
21
MAV5
MDA5
22
MAV6
MDA6
23
MAV7
MDA7
24
MON0
25
MON1
en-YN.YNT.001.A
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-182
26
MON2
27
MON3
28
MON4
COLOUR_1
29
MON5
COLOUR_2
30
MON6
COLOUR_3
31
MON7
COLOUR_4
In the case of the COLOUR operating states, the block GROC does not have all possible states. It only has the operating status with the number 3. As the operating states for drives are defined, it is not possible to simply take over all the other states for the GROC.
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
3-183
3.30 General drive control SEQU: operating sequence Description of SEQU Object name (Type + Number) FB 512 Calling OBs The time interrupt OB in which the block is installed (e.g. OB 35). Function Up to 32 individual steps are available in the block of an operating sequence. Internal logic of the block of an operating sequence: If the release input SQRE in the parameter word is not reset, all step outputs SPxx in the status word are reset. Because the data word is a copy of the status word, the following applies: DSxx:= SPxx (xx = 00...31) and therefore all bits of the data words are also reset. If the enable input SQRE changes from 0 to 1, then the first step flag SP00 is set in the status word, provided that the first step input SI01 is 0. If the first step input is subsequently set to 1, then the first step flag SP00 is reset and the next step flag SP01 is set. When one step switches to the next, the associated step input can return from 1 to 0 without influencing the status and data words. If several step inputs are set in sequence, the step flags are passed over. If a step is reached and the input conditions for the subsequent step are set, the waiting time is not started. A delay time (in seconds) exists for each step. The next step is only activated when this time has expired, i.e. if the time is 5 seconds, the input signal of the step must be active for 5 seconds before the step and status flags are set. If the input signal is active for less than 5 seconds, the time is terminated and must be restarted. Internal logic The sequence of the flags is determined by the sequence in which they must be generated. In this relation, the flags marked (with ") must be taken into account in the setting and reset conditions! (I)
:
Index of all steps from 0 to 31
(J)
:
Index of all steps from 1 to 31, not step 0
(J-1)
:
Index of the previous step
(J+1)
:
Index of the next step
en-YN.YNT.001.A
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-184
Auxiliary flag TDS(J)
:
SP(J-1)_&SI(J)_&-SI(J+1)
Data word DS(I)
:
SP(I) Status word
S SP00 C SP00
: :
SQRE_&-SP00&-SP01...&-SP31 -SQRE/SP01
S SP(J) C SP(J)
: :
SP(J-1)_&(TD(J)/SI(J))_&SI(J) -SQRE/SP(J+1)
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
Block view
Fig. 14: SEQU block
en-YN.YNT.001.A
3-185
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-186
Time behaviour The block must be called via a time interrupt OB or OB1. It does not have a parameter for the sampling interval. Connections of SEQU Connection (parameters)
Meaning
Data type
Def.
Type Attr.
SQRE
Enabling operating sequence
BOOL
0
I
Q
SI01
Step input 01
BOOL
0
I
Q
SI02
Step input 02
BOOL
0
I
Q
SI03
Step input 03
BOOL
0
I
Q
SI04
Step input 04
BOOL
0
I
Q
SI05
Step input 05
BOOL
0
I
Q
SI06
Step input 06
BOOL
0
I
Q
SI07
Step input 07
BOOL
0
I
Q
SI08
Step input 08
BOOL
0
I
Q
SI09
Step input 09
BOOL
0
I
Q
SI10
Step input 10
BOOL
0
I
Q
SI11
Step input 11
BOOL
0
I
Q
SI12
Step input 12
BOOL
0
I
Q
SI13
Step input 13
BOOL
0
I
Q
SI14
Step input 14
BOOL
0
I
Q
SI15
Step input 15
BOOL
0
I
Q
SI16
Step input 16
BOOL
0
I
Q
SI17
Step input 17
BOOL
0
I
Q
SI18
Step input 18
BOOL
0
I
Q
SI19
Step input 19
BOOL
0
I
Q
SI20
Step input 20
BOOL
0
I
Q
SI21
Step input 21
BOOL
0
I
Q
SI22
Step input 22
BOOL
0
I
Q
SI23
Step input 23
BOOL
0
I
Q
SI24
Step input 24
BOOL
0
I
Q
O&O Perm. values
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
3-187
Connection (parameters)
Meaning
Data type
Def.
Type Attr.
SI25
Step input 25
BOOL
0
I
Q
SI26
Step input 26
BOOL
0
I
Q
SI27
Step input 27
BOOL
0
I
Q
SI28
Step input 28
BOOL
0
I
Q
SI29
Step input 29
BOOL
0
I
Q
SI30
Step input 30
BOOL
0
I
Q
SI31
Step input 31
BOOL
0
I
Q
TIMER01
Setpoint value for REAL waiting time step 01
0.0
I
Q
TIMER02
Setpoint value for REAL waiting time step 02
0.0
I
Q
TIMER03
Setpoint value for REAL waiting time step 03
0.0
I
Q
TIMER04
Setpoint value for REAL waiting time step 04
0.0
I
Q
TIMER05
Setpoint value for REAL waiting time step 05
0.0
I
Q
TIMER06
Setpoint value for REAL waiting time step 06
0.0
I
Q
TIMER07
Setpoint value for REAL waiting time step 07
0.0
I
Q
TIMER08
Setpoint value for REAL waiting time step 08
0.0
I
Q
TIMER09
Setpoint value for REAL waiting time step 09
0.0
I
Q
TIMER10
Setpoint value for REAL waiting time step 10
0.0
I
Q
TIMER11
Setpoint value for REAL waiting time step 11
0.0
I
Q
TIMER12
Setpoint value for REAL waiting time step 12
0.0
I
Q
TIMER13
Setpoint value for REAL waiting time step 13
0.0
I
Q
TIMER14
Setpoint value for REAL waiting time step 14
0.0
I
Q
en-YN.YNT.001.A
O&O Perm. values
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-188
Connection (parameters)
Meaning
TIMER15
Def.
Type Attr.
Setpoint value for REAL waiting time step 15
0.0
I
Q
TIMER16
Setpoint value for REAL waiting time step 16
0.0
I
Q
TIMER17
Setpoint value for REAL waiting time step 17
0.0
I
Q
TIMER18
Setpoint value for REAL waiting time step 18
0.0
I
Q
TIMER19
Setpoint value for REAL waiting time step 19
0.0
I
Q
TIMER20
Setpoint value for REAL waiting time step 20
0.0
I
Q
TIMER21
Setpoint value for REAL waiting time step 21
0.0
I
Q
TIMER22
Setpoint value for REAL waiting time step 22
0.0
I
Q
TIMER23
Setpoint value for REAL waiting time step 23
0.0
I
Q
TIMER24
Setpoint value for REAL waiting time step 24
0.0
I
Q
TIMER25
Setpoint value for REAL waiting time step 25
0.0
I
Q
TIMER26
Setpoint value for REAL waiting time step 26
0.0
I
Q
TIMER27
Setpoint value for REAL waiting time step 27
0.0
I
Q
TIMER28
Setpoint value for REAL waiting time step 28
0.0
I
Q
TIMER29
Setpoint value for REAL waiting time step 29
0.0
I
Q
TIMER30
Setpoint value for REAL waiting time step 30
0.0
I
Q
TIMER31
Setpoint value for REAL waiting time step 31
0.0
I
Q
I
Q
NO_SQRE_INFO Operating sequence
Data type
STRING[40]
O&O Perm. values
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
Connection (parameters)
Meaning
3-189
Data type
Def.
Type Attr.
information text off STEP00_INFO
Step 00 information STRING[40] text active
I
Q
STEP01_INFO
Step 01 information STRING[40] text active
I
Q
STEP02_INFO
Step 02 information STRING[40] text active
I
Q
STEP03_INFO
Step 03 information STRING[40] text active
I
Q
STEP04_INFO
Step 04 information STRING[40] text active
I
Q
STEP05_INFO
Step 05 information STRING[40] text active
I
Q
STEP06_INFO
Step 06 information STRING[40] text active
I
Q
STEP07_INFO
Step 07 information STRING[40] text active
I
Q
STEP08_INFO
Step 08 information STRING[40] text active
I
Q
STEP09_INFO
Step 09 information STRING[40] text active
I
Q
STEP10_INFO
Step 10 information STRING[40] text active
I
Q
STEP11_INFO
Step 11 information STRING[40] text active
I
Q
STEP12_INFO
Step 12 information STRING[40] text active
I
Q
STEP13_INFO
Step 13 information STRING[40] text active
I
Q
STEP14_INFO
Step 14 information STRING[40] text active
I
Q
STEP15_INFO
Step 15 information STRING[40] text active
I
Q
STEP16_INFO
Step 16 information STRING[40] text active
I
Q
STEP17_INFO
Step 17 information STRING[40]
I
Q
en-YN.YNT.001.A
O&O Perm. values
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-190
Connection (parameters)
Meaning
Data type
Def.
Type Attr.
O&O Perm. values
text active STEP18_INFO
Step 18 information STRING[40] text active
I
Q
STEP19_INFO
Step 19 information STRING[40] text active
I
Q
STEP20_INFO
Step 20 information STRING[40] text active
I
Q
STEP21_INFO
Step 21 information STRING[40] text active
I
Q
STEP22_INFO
Step 22 information STRING[40] text active
I
Q
STEP23_INFO
Step 23 information STRING[40] text active
I
Q
STEP24_INFO
Step 24 information STRING[40] text active
I
Q
STEP25_INFO
Step 25 information STRING[40] text active
I
Q
STEP26_INFO
Step 26 information STRING[40] text active
I
Q
STEP27_INFO
Step 27 information STRING[40] text active
I
Q
STEP28_INFO
Step 28 information STRING[40] text active
I
Q
STEP29_INFO
Step 29 information STRING[40] text active
I
Q
STEP30_INFO
Step 30 information STRING[40] text active
I
Q
STEP31_INFO
Step 31 information STRING[40] text active
I
Q
SP00
Step output 00
BOOL
0
O
Q
SP01
Step output 01
BOOL
0
O
Q
SP02
Step output 02
BOOL
0
O
Q
SP03
Step output 03
BOOL
0
O
Q
SP04
Step output 04
BOOL
0
O
Q
SP05
Step output 05
BOOL
0
O
Q
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
3-191
Connection (parameters)
Meaning
Data type
Def.
Type Attr.
SP06
Step output 06
BOOL
0
O
Q
SP07
Step output 07
BOOL
0
O
Q
SP08
Step output 08
BOOL
0
O
Q
SP09
Step output 09
BOOL
0
O
Q
SP10
Step output 10
BOOL
0
O
Q
SP11
Step output 11
BOOL
0
O
Q
SP12
Step output 12
BOOL
0
O
Q
SP13
Step output 13
BOOL
0
O
Q
SP14
Step output 14
BOOL
0
O
Q
SP15
Step output 15
BOOL
0
O
Q
SP16
Step output 16
BOOL
0
O
Q
SP17
Step output 17
BOOL
0
O
Q
SP18
Step output 18
BOOL
0
O
Q
SP19
Step output 19
BOOL
0
O
Q
SP20
Step output 20
BOOL
0
O
Q
SP21
Step output 21
BOOL
0
O
Q
SP22
Step output 22
BOOL
0
O
Q
SP23
Step output 23
BOOL
0
O
Q
SP24
Step output 24
BOOL
0
O
Q
SP25
Step output 25
BOOL
0
O
Q
SP26
Step output 26
BOOL
0
O
Q
SP27
Step output 27
BOOL
0
O
Q
SP28
Step output 28
BOOL
0
O
Q
SP29
Step output 29
BOOL
0
O
Q
SP30
Step output 30
BOOL
0
O
Q
SP31
Step output 31
BOOL
0
O
Q
STEP
Number of the active step
INT
0
O
Q
+
PW
Parameter word
DWORD
0
O
Q
+
DW
Data word
DWORD
0
O
Q
+
en-YN.YNT.001.A
O&O Perm. values
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-192
Connection (parameters)
Meaning
Data type
Def.
Type Attr.
O&O Perm. values
SW
Status word
DWORD
0
O
Q
+
ACT
Current waiting time REAL of the active step
0.0
O
Q
+
INFO
Information text of the active step
O
Q
+
STRING[40]
Operation and observation of SEQU See the description of the block symbol and the faceplate in the corresponding manual in this regard. PW, DW and SW of SEQU The inputs, outputs and the internal status of the respective block are mapped on the parameter word, the data word and the status word. The assignment of the bits is found in the following table: > SEQU < Bit
Parameter word
Data word
Status word
0
SQRE
DS00
SP00
1
SI01
DS01
SP01
2
SI02
DS02
SP02
3
SI03
DS03
SP03
4
SI04
DS04
SP04
5
SI05
DS05
SP05
6
SI06
DS06
SP06
7
SI07
DS07
SP07
8
SI08
DS08
SP08
9
SI09
DS09
SP09
10
SI10
DS10
SP10
11
SI11
DS11
SP11
12
SI12
DS12
SP12
13
SI13
DS13
SP13
14
SI14
DS14
SP14
15
SI15
DS15
SP15
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
3-193
16
SI16
DS16
SP16
17
SI17
DS17
SP17
18
SI18
DS18
SP18
19
SI19
DS19
SP19
20
SI20
DS20
SP20
21
SI21
DS21
SP21
22
SI22
DS22
SP22
23
SI23
DS23
SP23
24
SI24
DS24
SP24
25
SI25
DS25
SP25
26
SI26
DS26
SP26
27
SI27
DS27
SP27
28
SI28
DS28
SP28
29
SI29
DS29
SP29
30
SI30
DS30
SP30
31
SI31
DS31
SP31
en-YN.YNT.001.A
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-194
3.31 General drive control SISV: Signal alarming Description of SISV Object name (Type + Number) FB 508 Calling OBs The time interrupt OB in which the block is installed (e.g. OB 35). Function The block is used for the alarming of up to eight individual signals. The signals can be suppressed or provided with a bridging time. Operating principle Each of the eight signals of an SISV block is monitored in the following manner: If the input SGIn is not set, then the data bit ERSn is set. This is the memory for the detected fault. This bit is used to generate an alarm. The output SGOn follows the input SGIn, but will only be reset after acknowledgement. By means of the input RLSn the respective alarm can be suppressed, that is, the data bit ERSn will only be set if the input SGIn is not set and the input RLSn is set. The output SGOn will then also be reset. By means of a bridging time TIMEn the triggering of an alarm can be delayed. If the time = 0, then the alarm will be triggered without delay. Internal logic The sequence of the flags is determined by the sequence in which they must be generated. In this relation, the flags marked (with ") must be taken into account in the setting and reset conditions! (I)
:
Index of all alarms from 0 to 7
Auxiliary flag TDS(I)
:=
-SG(I)_&RLS(I)
Data word S ERS(I) C ERS(I)
: :
-SGI(I)_&RLS(I)_&TD(I) (SGI(I) / -RLS(I))&_ERES
Status word S SGO(I) C SGO(I)
: :
-SGI(I)_&RLS(I)_&-ERS(I)&_ERES ERS(I)/-RLS(I)
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
Block view
Fig. 15:
SISV block
Starting characteristics At CPU start-up, all times of the SISV block are deactivated. All internal state flags (shown in the data word) are reset. Following start-up the block waits for the number of cycles projected in the input RUNUPCYC, and will only be activated thereafter. A first start-up whilst the program is running is treated internally like a CPU startup. Time behaviour The block must be called via a time interrupt OB or OB1. It does not have a parameter for the sampling interval. Behaviour in case of a time error In the case of a time error the outputs will then be reset. In addition the internal state flags will be reset.
en-YN.YNT.001.A
3-195
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-196
Message actions The block SISV internally uses an ALARM_8P block for generating the messages. Messages are generated for the following tripping devices: ● Fault input 0 (SGI0) ● Fault input 1 (SGI1) ● Fault input 2 (SGI2) ● Fault input 3 (SGI3) ● Fault input 4 (SGI4) ● Fault input 5 (SGI5) ● Fault input 6 (SGI6) ● Fault input 7 (SGI7) The messages can be suppressed by setting the input SUPR or by resetting the input RLSA. The input SUPR, however, is activated by the operator interface (WinCC), and RLSA by the program. Assignment of message text and message class to the block parameters Default message text Message Block no. parameter
Message Suppressable class
1
ERS0
$$BlockComment$$ @1I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
2
ERS1
$$BlockComment$$ @2I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
3
ERS2
$$BlockComment$$ @3I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
4
ERS3
$$BlockComment$$ @4I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
5
ERS4
$$BlockComment$$ @5I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
6
ERS5
$$BlockComment$$ @6I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
7
ERS6
$$BlockComment$$ @7I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
8
ERS7
$$BlockComment$$ @8I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
3-197
Connections of SISV Connection Meaning (parameters)
Data type
Def. Type Attr. O&O Perm. values
SGI0
Signal input alarm channel 0
BOOL
1
I
Q
RLS0
Enabling alarm channel 0
BOOL
1
I
Q
SGI1
Signal input alarm channel 1
BOOL
1
I
Q
RLS1
Enabling alarm channel 1
BOOL
1
I
Q
SGI2
Signal input alarm channel 2
BOOL
1
I
Q
RLS2
Enabling alarm channel 2
BOOL
1
I
Q
SGI3
Signal input alarm channel 3
BOOL
1
I
Q
RLS3
Enabling alarm channel 3
BOOL
1
I
Q
SGI4
Signal input alarm channel 4
BOOL
1
I
Q
RLS4
Enabling alarm channel 4
BOOL
1
I
Q
SGI5
Signal input alarm channel 5
BOOL
1
I
Q
RLS5
Enabling alarm channel 5
BOOL
1
I
Q
SGI6
Signal input alarm channel 6
BOOL
1
I
Q
RLS6
Enabling alarm channel 6
BOOL
1
I
Q
SGI7
Signal input alarm channel 7
BOOL
1
I
Q
RLS7
Enabling alarm channel 7
BOOL
1
I
Q
TIME0
Bridging time setpoint value alarm channel 0
REAL
0.0
I
BQ
+
>0
TIME1
Bridging time setpoint value alarm channel 1
REAL
0.0
I
BQ
+
>0
TIME2
Bridging time setpoint value alarm channel 2
REAL
0.0
I
BQ
+
>0
TIME3
Bridging time setpoint value alarm channel 3
REAL
0.0
I
BQ
+
>0
TIME4
Bridging time setpoint value alarm channel 4
REAL
0.0
I
BQ
+
>0
TIME5
Bridging time setpoint value alarm channel 5
REAL
0.0
I
BQ
+
>0
TIME6
Bridging time setpoint value alarm channel 6
REAL
0.0
I
BQ
+
>0
en-YN.YNT.001.A
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-198
Connection Meaning (parameters)
Data type
Def. Type Attr. O&O Perm. values
TIME7
Bridging time setpoint value alarm channel 7
REAL
0.0
RUNUPCYC
Waiting cycles at start
INT
3
EV_ID
Message ID
SUPR0
I
BQ
+
DWORD 0
I
M
Alarm suppression for alarm channel 0
BOOL
0
IO
BQ
+
SUPR1
Alarm suppression for alarm channel 1
BOOL
0
IO
BQ
+
SUPR2
Alarm suppression for alarm channel 2
BOOL
0
IO
BQ
+
SUPR3
Alarm suppression for alarm channel 3
BOOL
0
IO
BQ
+
SUPR4
Alarm suppression for alarm channel 4
BOOL
0
IO
BQ
+
SUPR5
Alarm suppression for alarm channel 5
BOOL
0
IO
BQ
+
SUPR6
Alarm suppression for alarm channel 6
BOOL
0
IO
BQ
+
SUPR7
Alarm suppression for alarm channel 7
BOOL
0
IO
BQ
+
EV_SIG1
Index variable for message no. 1
INT
21
IO
EV_SIG2
Index variable for message no. 2
INT
22
IO
EV_SIG3
Index variable for message no. 3
INT
23
IO
EV_SIG4
Index variable for message no. 4
INT
24
IO
EV_SIG5
Index variable for message no. 5
INT
25
IO
EV_SIG6
Index variable for message no. 6
INT
26
IO
EV_SIG7
Index variable for message no. 7
INT
27
IO
EV_SIG8
Index variable for message no. 8
INT
28
IO
SGO0
Signal output alarm channel 0
BOOL
0
O
Q
SGO1
Signal output alarm channel 1
BOOL
0
O
Q
SGO2
Signal output alarm channel 2
BOOL
0
O
Q
SGO3
Signal output alarm channel 3
BOOL
0
O
Q
SGO4
Signal output alarm channel 4
BOOL
0
O
Q
>0
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
Connection Meaning (parameters)
3-199
Data type
Def. Type Attr. O&O Perm. values
SGO5
Signal output alarm channel 5
BOOL
0
O
Q
SGO6
Signal output alarm channel 6
BOOL
0
O
Q
SGO7
Signal output alarm channel 7
BOOL
0
O
Q
ERS0
Alarm channel 0 set
BOOL
0
O
Q
ERS1
Alarm channel 1 set
BOOL
0
O
Q
ERS2
Alarm channel 2 set
BOOL
0
O
Q
ERS3
Alarm channel 3 set
BOOL
0
O
Q
ERS4
Alarm channel 4 set
BOOL
0
O
Q
ERS5
Alarm channel 5 set
BOOL
0
O
Q
ERS6
Alarm channel 6 set
BOOL
0
O
Q
ERS7
Alarm channel 7 set
BOOL
0
O
Q
BLINK0
Unacknowledged alarm pending for channel 0
BOOL
0
O
BQ
BLINK1
Unacknowledged alarm pending for channel 1
BOOL
0
O
BQ
BLINK2
Unacknowledged alarm pending for channel 2
BOOL
0
O
BQ
BLINK3
Unacknowledged alarm pending for channel 3
BOOL
0
O
BQ
BLINK4
Unacknowledged alarm pending for channel 4
BOOL
0
O
BQ
BLINK5
Unacknowledged alarm pending for channel 5
BOOL
0
O
BQ
BLINK6
Unacknowledged alarm pending for channel 6
BOOL
0
O
BQ
BLINK7
Unacknowledged alarm pending for channel 7
BOOL
0
O
BQ
ACT0
Current bridging time alarm channel REAL 0
0.0
O
BQ
>0
ACT1
Current bridging time alarm channel REAL 1
0.0
O
BQ
>0
ACT2
Current bridging time alarm channel REAL 2
0.0
O
BQ
>0
en-YN.YNT.001.A
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-200
Connection Meaning (parameters)
Data type
Def. Type Attr. O&O Perm. values
ACT3
Current bridging time alarm channel REAL 3
0.0
O
BQ
>0
ACT4
Current bridging time alarm channel REAL 4
0.0
O
BQ
>0
ACT5
Current bridging time alarm channel REAL 5
0.0
O
BQ
>0
ACT6
Current bridging time alarm channel REAL 6
0.0
O
BQ
>0
ACT7
Current bridging time alarm channel REAL 7
0.0
O
BQ
>0
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
3.32 General drive control SITR: Signal transfer Description of SITR Object name (Type + Number) FB 509 Calling OBs The time interrupt OB in which the block is installed (e.g. OB 35). Function The block is used for the transmission of up to eight signals to the operator interface. Operating principle The SITR block has eight input signals, SI0 to SI7. These signals are copied to the respectively associated output signals SG0 to SG7. Here, input 0 is copied to output 0, input 1 to output 1 etc. The outputs are shown in the display surface (WinCC) and can be used there for the animation and representation of symbols. Internal logic The sequence of the flags is determined by the sequence in which they must be generated. In this relation, the flags marked (with ") must be taken into account in the setting and reset conditions! (I)
:
Index of all inputs and outputs from 0 to 7 Outputs
SG(I)
en-YN.YNT.001.A
:=
SI(I)
3-201
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-202
Block view
Fig. 16: – SITR block
Connections of SITR Connection (parameters)
Meaning
Data type
Def.
Type
Attr.
O&O
SI0
Input signal 0
BOOL
0
I
Q
SI1
Input signal 1
BOOL
0
I
Q
SI2
Input signal 2
BOOL
0
I
Q
SI3
Input signal 3
BOOL
1
I
Q
SI4
Input signal 4
BOOL
0
I
Q
SI5
Input signal 5
BOOL
0
I
Q
SI6
Input signal 6
BOOL
0
I
Q
SI7
Input signal 7
BOOL
0
I
Q
SG0
Output signal 0
BOOL
0
O
Q
+
SG1
Output signal 1
BOOL
0
O
Q
+
SG2
Output signal 2
BOOL
0
O
Q
+
SG3
Output signal 3
BOOL
0
O
Q
+
Perm. values
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
3-203
Connection (parameters)
Meaning
Data type
Def.
Type
Attr.
O&O
SG4
Output signal 4
BOOL
0
O
Q
+
SG5
Output signal 5
BOOL
0
O
Q
+
SG6
Output signal 6
BOOL
0
O
Q
+
SG7
Output signal 7
BOOL
0
O
Q
+
Perm. values
Operation and observation of SITR The SITR block does not have any block symbol and no faceplate either. It generates exclusively tags in the WinCC data pool. These can then be used in order to represent and animate symbols in the plant displays.
en-YN.YNT.001.A
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-204
3.33 AILIM analogue value processing: Analogue limit value monitoring Description of AILIM Object name (Type + Number) FB 550 Calling OBs The time interrupt OB in which the block is installed (e.g. OB 35). Function The block is used for the monitoring and alarming of limit values for an input value. In addition, the input value is transmitted to display. Operating principle The input value is expected to be a physical quantity. As a rule, calibration is effected by means of the block CH_AI (FC 275). As in most cases this input value is a measured value which is subject to fluctuations or faults, the value will first be filtered in the block. This filtration works according to the following formula: Y(n+1) = Y(n) + ( FF * ( VAL – Y(n) ) ) (n)
Index of the last filtered measured value
(n+1)
Index of the new filtered measured value
VAL
Unfiltered input value
FF
Filter factor (Range between 0 and 1) The newly determined value will be processed further only then if it differs from the most recent determined value by at least the bandwidth (BW) value. The calculated value is now compared with the limit value. If a limit is violated, the associated limit marker is reset. At the input CSF a signal is connected which represents the quality of the input value (this is usually connected to the QBAD output of the calibration block CH_AI). CSF = 0 signifies that the input signal is not faulty and CSF = 1 signifies that the input signal is faulty. The signal CSF forms the output DST by inversion, which can then be connected further within the program. Using the input DTE it can be influenced whether, as far as the output DST is available, the limit value flags (ILH, ALH, OLH, OLL, ALL and ILL) are reset ( DTE=1) or whether they keep their original state (DTE=0).
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
3-205
The infringement of the limit values or the fault condition of the value can be issued as an alarm. By means of corresponding input bits these alarms can be suppressed individually, however. In addition, all alarms can be suppressed simultaneously via the faceplate. For the alarms, a delay time can be defined by which, in the event of any infringement of the limit values, the triggering of the alarm is delayed. In addition, a no action area around the limit value can be defined. Following the occurrence of a limit value alarm, the analogue value must first have left the no action area again before it can trigger another alarm. This prevents any continuous repeated triggering of alarms in the event of any fluttering of the analogue value around the limit value. Using the input F, a replacement value RVAL can be connected to the output. If the input F is set, then the input VAL is connected through to the output A1. However, if the input F is not set, then the input RVAL is connected to the output A1. Furthermore, the block offers the option to set the output value and status bits to a fixed value (to fix the same). If the input X is set, it is not the input VAL which is copied to the output value but the input FIX. This permits defective input values to be bridged, for e.g. the time needed for the repair of the connected measuring transducer. Internal logic The output A1 is formed with the filtered input value VAL. Outputs A1
:=
( VAL_&-X ) / (FIX_&X)
ILH
:=
A1 <= ILH_F
ALH
:=
A1 <= ALH_F
OLH
:=
A1 <= OLH_F
OLL
:=
A1 >= OLL_F
ALL
:=
A1 >= ALL_F
ILL
:=
A1 >= ILL_F
DST
:=
-CSF / X
IA1
:=
VAL
en-YN.YNT.001.A
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-206
Block view
Fig. 17: AILIM block
Starting characteristics At CPU start-up, all times of the AILIM block are deactivated. All internal state flags are reset. Following start-up the block waits for the number of cycles projected in the input RUNUPCYC, and will only be activated thereafter. A first start-up whilst the program is running is treated internally like a CPU startup. Time behaviour The block must be called via a time interrupt OB or OB1. It does not have a parameter for the sampling interval. Behaviour in case of a time error In the case of a time error the outputs will then be reset. In addition the internal state flags will be reset. Message actions The block AILIM internally uses an ALARM_8P block for generating the messages. Messages are generated for the following tripping devices: ● Upper instrument limit exceeded (ILH) ● Upper alarm limit exceeded (ALH) ● Upper operating limit exceeded (OLH) ● Lower operating limit not reached (OLL) ● Lower alarm limit not reached (ALL) ● Lower instrument limit not reached (ILL) ● Input signal faulty (DST) The messages can be suppressed by setting the input SUPR or by resetting the input RLSA. The input SUPR, however, is activated by the operator interface (WinCC), and RLSA by the program.
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
3-207
Assignment of message text and message class to the block parameters
Default message text Message Block no. parameter
Message Suppressable class
1
ILH
$$BlockComment$$ PF @1I%t#POLCID_Standard@ - @9R%6.1f@
Yes
2
ALH
$$BlockComment$$ AH @1I%t#POLCID_Standard@ - @9R%6.1f@
Yes
3
OLH
$$BlockComment$$ WH @1I%t#POLCID_Standard@ - @9R%6.1f@
Yes
4
OLL
$$BlockComment$$ WL @1I%t#POLCID_Standard@ - @9R%6.1f@
Yes
5
ALL
$$BlockComment$$ AL @1I%t#POLCID_Standard@ - @9R%6.1f@
Yes
6
ILL
$$BlockComment$$ PF @1I%t#POLCID_Standard@ - @9R%6.1f@
Yes
7
DST
$$BlockComment$$ PF @1I%t#POLCID_Standard@ - @9R%6.1f@
Yes
8
$$BlockComment$$ @1I%t#POLCID_Standard@ - @9R%6.1f@
Connections of AILIM Connection Meaning (parameters)
Data type
Def.
Type Attr. O&O Perm. values
VAL
Analogue input value
REAL
0.0
I
BQ
QC_VAL
Quality code for input VAL
BYTE
16#80 I
BQ
ILH_F
Upper instrument limit for VAL
REAL
0.0
I
BQ
+
ALH_F
Upper alarm limit for VAL
REAL
0.0
I
BQ
+
OLH_F
Upper operating limit for VAL
REAL
0.0
I
BQ
+
OLL_F
Lower operating limit for VAL
REAL
0.0
I
BQ
+
ALL_F
Lower alarm limit for VAL
REAL
0.0
I
BQ
+
ILL_F
Lower instrument limit for VAL
REAL
0.0
I
BQ
+
SUPR_ILH
Upper instrument limit alarm suppression
BOOL
0
I
B
+
SUPR_ALH
Upper alarm limit alarm
BOOL
0
I
B
+
en-YN.YNT.001.A
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-208
Connection Meaning (parameters)
Data type
Def.
Type Attr. O&O Perm. values
suppression SUPR_OLH
Upper operating limit alarm suppression
BOOL
0
I
B
+
SUPR_OLL
Lower operating limit alarm suppression
BOOL
0
I
B
+
SUPR_ALL
Lower alarm limit alarm suppression
BOOL
0
I
B
+
SUPR_ILL
Lower instrument limit alarm suppression
BOOL
0
I
B
+
SUPR_DST
Channel fault alarm suppression
BOOL
0
I
B
+
DTE
At CSF resetting all limit value flags
BOOL
1
I
X
Bridging VAL with FIX
BOOL
0
I
B
+
CSF
Control system error
BOOL
0
I
Q
F
Activating the substitute value RVAL at output A1
BOOL
0
I
Q
RLSA
Enabling alarm generation
BOOL
1
I
Q
BW
Belt width for recalculation
REAL
0.0
I
B
+
FF
Filter factor
REAL
0.0
I
B
+
FIX
Bridging value for VAL
REAL
0.0
I
B
+
NOAC
No action range for alarm triggering
REAL
0.0
I
B
+
RVAL
Substitute value if F has been set
REAL
0.0
I
Q
TIME1
Setpoint value for alarm delay time
REAL
0.0
I
B
RUNUPCYC
Waiting cycles at start
INT
3
I
EV_ID
Message ID
DWORD 0
I
M
SUPR
Suppression of alarms
BOOL
0
IO
B
EV_SIG1
Index variable for message no. 1
INT
155
IO
EV_SIG2
Index variable for message no. 2
INT
156
IO
EV_SIG3
Index variable for message no. 3
INT
157
IO
EV_SIG4
Index variable for message no. 4
INT
158
IO
+
+
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
3-209
Connection Meaning (parameters)
Data type
Def.
Type Attr. O&O Perm. values
EV_SIG5
Index variable for message no. 5
INT
159
IO
EV_SIG6
Index variable for message no. 6
INT
160
IO
EV_SIG7
Index variable for message no. 7
INT
161
IO
EV_SIG8
Index variable for message no. 8
INT
0
IO
A1
Filtered analogue output value
REAL
0.0
O
Q
ILH_O
Upper instrument limit for calibration
REAL
0.0
O
Q
ILL_O
Lower instrument limit for calibration
REAL
0.0
O
Q
ILH
Analogue value is greater than ILH_F
BOOL
0
O
Q
ALH
Analogue value is greater than ALH_F
BOOL
0
O
Q
OLH
Analogue value is greater than OLH_F
BOOL
0
O
Q
OLL
Analogue value is less than OLL_F
BOOL
0
O
Q
ALL
Analogue value is less than ALL_F
BOOL
0
O
Q
ILL
Analogue value is less than ILL_F BOOL
0
O
Q
DST
Analogue input channel is faulty
BOOL
0
O
Q
BLINK
Display flashing (for WinCC)
BOOL
0
O
Q
+
IA1
Internal analogue output value
REAL
0.0
O
Q
+
ACT1
Current alarm delay time value
REAL
0.0
O
Q
+
COLOUR
Colour for display (for WinCC)
DWORD 16#0
O
Q
+
+
Operation and observation of AILIM See the description of the block symbol and the faceplate in the corresponding manual in this regard.
en-YN.YNT.001.A
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-210
3.34 SETP analogue value processing: Analogue setpoint value Description of SETP Object name (Type + Number) FB 551 Calling OBs The time interrupt OB in which the block is installed (e.g. OB 35). Function The block reads an input value and transmits the same onwards to the output. From there, it can e.g. be output to the I/O hardware. Operating principle The input value is expected to be a physical quantity and is passed on without change to the output of the block. Generally, the output is then connected to the block CH_AO (FC 276), which then carries out the conversion for the requirements of the I/O hardware. The output value VAL is formed from the automatic input A_IN (can be connected in the program) and the input from the faceplate IN. By means of the input AUTO it is selected which of the two inputs is activated. With AUTO = 0 the input IN is active and with AUTO = 1 the input A_IN is active. In the case of AUTO = 1 the input is deactivated in the faceplate and the value of IN is equalled to the value of A_IN. By setting the input LIM_O, the output value VAL can be additionally limited. If LIM_O = 1, then the output value is limited upwards to the top limit value HIGH and downwards to the bottom limit value LOW. At LIM_O = 0 no limit is set. If the input NO_SAFE = 0, then the output VAL is set to the value of the input SAFE, if the communication to the master control system fails. At NO_SAFE = 1 the output value is not changed in the event of a communications failure.
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
3-211
Block view
Fig. 18: SETP block
Connections of SETP Connection (parameters)
Meaning
Data type
Def.
Type
Attr.
O&O
A_IN
Automatic input value
REAL
0.0
I
Q
+
SAFE
Safety position REAL
0.0
I
Q
+
HIGH
Upper limit value
REAL
0.0
I
Q
+
LOW
Lower limit value
REAL
0.0
I
Q
+
AUTO
Activate A_IN BOOL ( = 1 ) or IN ( = 0 ) input
0
I
Q
+
LIM_O
Limitation output value VAL
BOOL
0
I
Q
+
NO_SAFE
Safety position BOOL not activated
0
I
+
IN
Manual input value
0.0
I
+
en-YN.YNT.001.A
REAL
Perm. values
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-212
Connection (parameters)
Meaning
Data type
Def.
Type
Attr.
VAL
Output value
BOOL
0
I
Q
O&O
Perm. values
Operation and observation of SETP See the description of the block symbol and the faceplate in the corresponding manual in this regard.
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
3.35 OPER analogue value processing: Operating hour counter Description of OPER Object name (Type + Number) FB 552 Calling OBs The time interrupt OB in which the block is installed (e.g. OB 35). Function The block forms an operating hour counter which counts the duration of the input signal in hours. Operating principle The block counts the duration of input I. At I = 1 the block counts the time during which the signal maintains the level 1. If I changes to level 0, then the operating hour counter stops. If the input changes back to 1 then the counter runs on starting from the last value. The value of the current runtime is shown in output C1. By means of input R the operating hour counter can be reset. If input R changes from 0 to 1, the value in output C1 is copied into output CL, with the output C1 then being reset to zero. The time of the most recent resetting of the counter is shown in the outputs RDATE, RHOUR, RMINUTE and RSECOND. With RDATE being the date, RHOUR the hour, RMINUTE the minute and RSECOND the second of the last reset process. By means of the input SET the value of the counter (output C1) can be set to a specific value. With an edge alternation from 0 to 1 at the input SET the value of the input SET_VAL is taken over into output C1. Using the input TIM, an automatic reset of the counter can be initiated at each hour change. If the input TIM = 1 and the hour changes (for example from 1:59 pm to 2:00 pm), then the counter value will be copied automatically from C1 to CL, and C1 will then be reset. Note If automatic resetting (TIM is set) has been selected, then manual resetting (R input) is deactivated. Using input CNT_NR, the counter value can be taken over in a permanent counter of the PLC. In the case of the value CNT_NR = B#16#FF (decimal 255), permanent storage is deactivated. Then, for example, the counter value is reset when a program is loaded completely into the PLC. If CNT_NR has a different value than 255, then this value is interpreted as the number of the permanent counter memory in the PLC. Then the counter value will also be written into the corresponding permanent counter memory and will also be available again after the complete loading of the PLC.
en-YN.YNT.001.A
3-213
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-214
Note A PLC always has a limited number of permanent memory locations. For a S7416 e.g., there are eight memory locations. Thus, for a S7-416, the permitted numbers of CNT_NR are 0 to 7. This is the maximum number of permanent memory locations which can be stored for each PLC. This value must be taken from the documentation of the PLC used. Block view
Fig. 19: OPER block
Connections of OPER Connection (parameters)
Meaning
Data type
Def.
Type
Attr.
I
Input (activate counter)
BOOL
0
I
Q
R
Reset counter
BOOL
0
I
Q
TIM
Reset counter at hour change (=1)
BOOL
1
I
Q
SET
Set counter to initial value (SET_VAL)
BOOL
0
I
Q
CNT_NR
Number of the BYTE permanent
B#16#FF I
Q
O&O
Perm. values
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
Connection (parameters)
Meaning
3-215
Data type
Def.
Type
Attr.
PLC counter SET_VAL
Initial value for REAL counter
0.0
I
Q
C1
Current counter value
REAL
0.0
O
Q
CL
Counter value before last reset
REAL
0.0
O
Q
RDATE
Date of last reset
DATE
0
O
Q
RHOUR
Hour of last reset
INT
0
O
Q
RMINUTE
Minute of last reset
INT
0
O
Q
RSECOND
Second of last reset
INT
0
O
Q
en-YN.YNT.001.A
O&O
Perm. values
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-216
3.36 NCOU analogue value processing: Counter Description of NCOU Object name (Type + Number) FB 553 Calling OBs The time interrupt OB in which the block is installed (e.g. OB 35). Function The block forms a counter which calibrates the changes at the input value and adds the same to the counter output. Operating principle The block determines the changes at the input CI by computing the difference of the current value CI and the value CI from the preceding processing cycle. This difference is multiplied by the calibration factor CAL and adds the same to the counter output. A resetting of the input CI to zero will be interpreted as a change by the value 1 and will, accordingly, be added to the output C1. By means of input R the counter can be reset. If input R changes from 0 to 1, the value in output C1 is copied into output CL, with the output C1 then being reset to zero. The time of the most recent resetting of the counter is shown in the outputs RDATE, RHOUR, RMINUTE and RSECOND. With RDATE being the date, RHOUR the hour, RMINUTE the minute and RSECOND the second of the last reset process. By means of the input SET the value of the counter (output C1) can be set to a specific value. With an edge alternation from 0 to 1 at the input SET the value of the input SET_VAL is taken over into output C1. Using the input TIM, an automatic reset of the counter can be initiated at each hour change. If the input TIM = 1 and the hour changes (for example from 1:59 pm to 2:00 pm), then the counter value will be copied automatically from C1 to CL, and C1 will then be reset. Note If automatic resetting (TIM is set) has been selected, then manual resetting (R input) is deactivated. Using input CNT_NR, the counter value can be taken over in a permanent counter of the PLC. In the case of the value CNT_NR = B#16#FF (decimal 255), permanent storage is deactivated. Then, for example, the counter value is reset when a program is loaded completely into the PLC. If CNT_NR has a different value than 255, then this value is interpreted as the number of the permanent counter memory in the PLC. Then the counter value will also be written into the corresponding permanent counter memory and will also be available again after the complete loading of the PLC.
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
3-217
Note A PLC always has a limited number of permanent memory locations. For a S7416, there are eight memory locations. Thus, for a S7-416, the permitted numbers of CNT_NR are 0 to 7. This is the maximum number of permanent counters which can be stored for each PLC. This value must be taken from the documentation of the PLC used. Block view
Fig. 20: NCOU block
Connections of NCOU Connection (parameters)
Meaning
Data type
Def.
Type
Attr.
CI
Counter input value
INT
0
I
Q
CAL
Calibration factor
REAL
1.0
I
Q
R
Reset counter
BOOL
0
I
Q
TIM
Reset counter at hour change (=1)
BOOL
1
I
Q
SET
Set counter to initial value (SET_VAL)
BOOL
0
I
Q
en-YN.YNT.001.A
O&O
Perm. values
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-218
Connection (parameters)
Meaning
Data type
Def.
Type
Attr.
CNT_NR
Number of the BYTE permanent PLC counter
B#16#FF I
Q
SET_VAL
Initial value for REAL counter
0.0
I
Q
C1
Current counter value
REAL
0.0
O
Q
CL
Counter value before last reset
REAL
0.0
O
Q
RDATE
Date of last reset
DATE
0
O
Q
RHOUR
Hour of last reset
INT
0
O
Q
RMINUTE
Minute of last reset
INT
0
RSECOND
Second of last reset
INT
0
O
Q
O&O
Perm. values
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
3-219
3.37 RCOU analogue value processing: Resettable reverse counter Description of RCOU Object name (Type + Number) FB 554 Calling OBs The time interrupt OB in which the block is installed (e.g. OB 35). Function The block forms the reverse counter which calibrates the changes at the input value and subtracts the same from the counter output. Operating principle The block determines the changes at the input CI by computing the difference of the current value CI and the value CI from the preceding processing cycle. This difference is multiplied by the calibration factor CAL and subtracts the same from the counter output. A resetting of the input CI to zero will be interpreted as a change by the value 1 and will, accordingly, be subtracted from the output C1. By means of the input R the counter can be reset to an initial value. If input R changes from 0 to 1, the value of the input SET is copied to the output C1. From this initial value the changes will then be subtracted again from CI. Block view
Fig. 21: RCOU block
Connections of RCOU Connection (parameters)
Meaning
Data type
Def.
Type
Attr.
CI
Counter input value
INT
0
I
Q
CAL
Calibration
REAL
1.0
I
Q
en-YN.YNT.001.A
O&O
Perm. values
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-220
Connection (parameters)
Meaning
Data type
Def.
Type
Attr.
O&O
Perm. values
factor R
Reset counter
BOOL
0
I
Q
SET
Initial value of the counter
REAL
0.0
I
Q
C1
Current counter value
REAL
0.0
O
Q
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
3-221
3.38 AIDPL analogue value processing: Analogue value display Description of AIDPL Object name (Type + Number) FB 555 Calling OBs The time interrupt OB in which the block is installed (e.g. OB 35). Function The block reads an input value and transmits the same onwards to the output. From there, it can then be indicated in the display (WinCC). Operating principle The input value is passed on as a floating point value to the output. The output is configured such that the output value is shown in the display. The block is used for indicating e.g. analogue values which do not require any limit value monitoring and alarming such as e.g. in the case of the block AILIM. Block view
Fig. 22: AIDPL block
Connections of AIDPL Connection Meaning (parameters)
Data type
Def. Type Attr. O&O Perm. values
VAL
Input value
REAL
0.0
I
Q
A1
Output value
REAL
0.0
O
BQ
Operation and observation of AIDPL See the description of the block symbol and the faceplate in the corresponding manual in this regard.
en-YN.YNT.001.A
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-222
3.39 STASTP analogue value processing: Start/stop with analogue value Description of STASTP Object name (Type + Number) FB 556 Calling OBs The time interrupt OB in which the block is installed (e.g. OB 35). Function The block is used for controlling drives by means of the limit values of an analogue value. Operating principle The input value VAL is compared with the two values VALSTA and VALSTP. Using this comparison and the parameter INV the two outputs START and STOP are set. In general, the block is used for controlling the drives across the limits of analogue values. Parameter INV = 0 : If VAL is greater than VALSTA, then the output START is set. If the value VAL is less than VALSTP, then the output STOP is set. Parameter INV = 1 : If VAL is less than VALSTA, then the output START is set. If the value VAL is greater than VALSTP, then the output STOP is set. The input CSF indicates whether or not the value VAL is in a fault condition. If the input CSF is set, then the output START is reset and the output STOP is set, irrespective of all other values. Block view
Fig. 23: STASTP block
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
3-223
Connections of STASTP Connection Meaning (parameters)
Data type
Def. Type Attr. O&O Perm. values
VAL
Input value
REAL
0.0
I
BQ
VALSTA
Limit value for controlling output START
REAL
0.0
I
BQ
+
VALSTP
Limit value for controlling output STOP
REAL
0.0
I
BQ
+
ILHSTA
Upper instrument limit for VALSTA
REAL
0.0
I
BQ
ILLSTA
Lower instrument limit for VALSTA
REAL
0.0
I
BQ
ILHSTP
Upper instrument limit for VALSTP
REAL
0.0
I
BQ
ILLSTP
Lower instrument limit for VALSTP
REAL
0.0
I
BQ
INV
Inverting start/stop function
BOOL 0
I
BQ
CSF
Control system error
BOOL 0
I
Q
START
Start of a drive
BOOL 0
O
BQ
STOP
Stop of a drive
BOOL 0
O
BQ
Operation and observation of STASTP See the description of the block symbol and the faceplate in the corresponding manual in this regard.
en-YN.YNT.001.A
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-224
3.40 SIDDPL: Analogue value display Description of SIDDPL Object name (Type + Number) FB 557 Calling OBs The time interrupt OB in which the block is installed (e.g. OB 35). Function The block reads an input value and transmits the same onwards to the output. From there, it can then be indicated in the display (WinCC). Operating principle The input value is passed to the output as a character string with 15 characters. The output is configured such that the output value is shown in the display. ®
The block is used for indicating e.g. the sample ID of the POLAB system which is transmitted as a 15 digit character string. Block view
Fig. 24: SIDDPL block
Connections of SIDDPL Connection Meaning (parameters)
Data type
Def. Type Attr. O&O Perm. values
INP
Input value
STRING[15]
I
Q
OUT
Output value
STRING[15]
O
BQ
Operation and observation of SIDDPL See the description of the block symbol and the faceplate in the corresponding manual in this regard.
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
3-225
3.41 Interlock system logic CCOP: Conditioned bit copying Description of CCOP Object name (Type + Number) FB 570 Calling OBs The time interrupt OB in which the block is installed (e.g. OB 35). Function The block comprises the conditioned copying of a bit from the input to the output. Operating principle If the input F = 1, then the value of input I will be copied to output O. If the input F = 0, then the output will no longer be changed. Internal logic Outputs SO
=
I_&F
CO
=
-I_&F
Block view
Fig. 25: CCOP block
Connections of CCOP Connection (parameters)
Meaning
Data type
Def.
Type
Attr.
I
Input
BOOL
0
I
Q
F
Enabling
BOOL
0
I
Q
O
Output
BOOL
0
O
Q
en-YN.YNT.001.A
O&O
Perm. values
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-226
3.42 Interlock system logic CCOW: Conditioned bit copying with indication Description of CCOW Object name (Type + Number) FB 571 Calling OBs The time interrupt OB in which the block is installed (e.g. OB 35). Function The block comprises the conditioned copying of a bit from the input to the output. Operating principle If the input F = 1, then the value of input I will be copied to output O. If the input F = 0, then the output will no longer be changed. In addition to the function of the block CCOP, the output O is present in the display. If the input F = 0, then it is possible to change the output O from the faceplate. If F = 1 then input I will again be copied to O and the changes in the faceplate will be overwritten. Internal logic Outputs SO
=
I_&F
CO
=
-I_&F
Block view
Fig. 26: CCOW block
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
3-227
Connections of CCOW Connection (parameters)
Meaning
Data type
Def.
Type
Attr.
I
Input
BOOL
0
I
Q
F
Enabling
BOOL
0
I
Q
O
Output
BOOL
0
O
Q
O&O
Perm. values
Operation and observation of CCOW See the description of the block symbol and the faceplate in the corresponding manual in this regard.
en-YN.YNT.001.A
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-228
3.43 Interlock system logic CNT: Pulse counter Description of CNT Object name (Type + Number) FB 572 Calling OBs The time interrupt OB in which the block is installed (e.g. OB 35). Function The block is a pulse counter which is able to count upwards as well as downwards. Operating principle If at the input UP an edge alternation from 0 to 1 is detected, then the block of output ACT increments by the value 1. If, vice versa, an edge alternation from 0 to 1 is detected at the input DN, then the block decrements the output ACT by the value 1. If the output ACT changes to the value 32767, then an overflow takes place and the output is reset to zero. The output ACT is compared with the input SET. If ACT is greater or equal SET, then the output O is set to 1. If ACT is less or equal SET, then the output O is set to 0. Using input R, the counter is reset to the initial value INI. If an edge alternation from 0 to 1 is detected at input R, then the input INI is copied to the output ACT.
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
3-229
Block view
Fig. 27: CNT block
Connections of CNT Connection (parameters)
Meaning
Data type
Def.
Type
Attr.
SET
Counter setpoint value
INT
0
I
Q
INI
Counter initial value
INT
0
I
Q
R
Reset counter
BOOL
0
I
Q
UP
Count upwards
BOOL
0
I
Q
DN
Count downwards
BOOL
0
I
Q
ACT
Current counter value
INT
0
O
Q
O
Counter setpoint value reached
BOOL
0
O
Q
en-YN.YNT.001.A
O&O
Perm. values
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-230
3.44 Interlock system logic NSD: Non-storing delay Description of NSD Object name (Type + Number) FB 573 Calling OBs The time interrupt OB in which the block is installed (e.g. OB 35). Function The block comprises a non-storing delay. Operating principle If the input flag I is set, the defined delay SET is started. The output O is set after expiry of this time. Resetting the input flag I clears the output flag O. The time is reset if the input signal is not set. A resetting of the enable flag whilst the output flag is set, resets the output flag, but does not stop any currently running waiting time. Internal logic Auxiliary flag TDS1
:=
I
:=
I _& TD1 & F
Outputs O
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
3-231
Block view
Fig. 28: NSD block
Connections of NSD Connection (parameters)
Meaning
Data type
Def.
Type
Attr.
SET
Waiting time setpoint value
REAL
0.0
I
Q
I
Input start waiting time
BOOL
0
I
Q
F
Enabling output
BOOL
0
I
Q
ACT
Current waiting time
REAL
0.0
O
Q
O
Output waiting BOOL time finished
0
O
Q
en-YN.YNT.001.A
O&O
Perm. values
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-232
3.45 Interlock system logic S: Storing Description of S Object name (Type + Number) FB 574 Calling OBs The time interrupt OB in which the block is installed (e.g. OB 35). Function The block comprises storing. Operating principle Setting the input I whilst simultaneously resetting input R will set the internal memory. When input I is reset, the internal memory remains set. Only after input R has been set, will the internal memory be reset. Output O is set if the internal memory is set and the enable input F is set. When resetting input F, output O is reset but the internal memory remains set. If input F is set again, then output O is also set. Internal logic Auxiliary flag S I_O C I_O
= =
I R
:=
F _& I_O
Outputs O
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
3-233
Block view
Fig. 29: S block
Connections of S Connection (parameters)
Meaning
Data type
Def.
Type
Attr.
I
Set storing
BOOL
0
I
Q
R
Reset storing
BOOL
0
I
Q
F
Enabling output
BOOL
1
I
Q
O
Output storing set
BOOL
0
O
Q
en-YN.YNT.001.A
O&O
Perm. values
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-234
3.46 Interlock system logic SD: Memory with delay Description of SD Object name (Type + Number) FB 575 Calling OBs The time interrupt OB in which the block is installed (e.g. OB 35). Function The block comprises a memory with delayed output. (Storing Delayed). Operating principle Setting the input "I" whilst simultaneously resetting input "R" will set the internal memory. When input "I" is reset, the internal memory remains set. Only after input "R" has been set, will the internal memory be reset. Output "O" is set if the internal memory has been set, enable input "F" has been set and the waiting time "SET" has expired. When resetting input "F", output O is reset but the internal memory remains set. If input "F" is set again, then output "O" is also set. The internal memory will only be cleared by setting the reset input "R". Simultaneously, this resets the output. Internal logic Auxiliary flag S I_S C I_S
= =
I R
TDS1
:=
I_S
I_O
:=
I_S _& TD1
:=
F _& I_O
Outputs O
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
3-235
Block view
Fig. 30: SD block
Connections of SD Connection (parameters)
Meaning
Data type
Def.
Type
Attr.
SET
Delay time setpoint value
REAL
0.0
I
Q
I
Set storing
BOOL
0
I
Q
R
Reset storing
BOOL
0
I
Q
F
Enabling output
BOOL
1
I
Q
ACT
Current delay time value
REAL
0.0
O
Q
O
Output storing set
BOOL
0
O
Q
en-YN.YNT.001.A
O&O
Perm. values
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-236
3.47 Interlock system logic ST: Storing pulse Description of ST Object name (Type + Number) FB 576 Calling OBs The time interrupt OB in which the block is installed (e.g. OB 35). Function The block generates a storing pulse. (Storing Timed). Operating principle Setting the input I sets the internal memory. When input I is reset, the internal memory remains set. On expiry of the waiting time defined in input SET, the internal memory is reset. Output O is set if the internal memory is set and the enable input F is set. When resetting input F, output O is reset but the internal memory remains set. If input F is set again, then output O is also set. The expiry of the internal time is not related to the enable input F. If, during the phase in which the waiting time is running, input F should be reset, then the time will not be stopped. Internal logic Auxiliary flag S I_S C I_S
= =
I TD1
TDS1
:=
I_S
I_O
:=
I_S
:=
F _& I_O
Outputs O
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
3-237
Block view
Fig. 31: ST block
Connections of ST Connection (parameters)
Meaning
Data type
Def.
Type
Attr.
SET
Pulse time setpoint value
REAL
0.0
I
Q
I
Set storing
BOOL
0
I
Q
F
Enabling output
BOOL
1
I
Q
ACT
Current pulse time value
REAL
0.0
O
Q
O
Output storing set
BOOL
0
O
Q
en-YN.YNT.001.A
O&O
Perm. values
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-238
3.48 Interlock system logic T: Pulse Description of T Object name (Type + Number) FB 577 Calling OBs The time interrupt OB in which the block is installed (e.g. OB 35). Function The block generates a pulse. (Timed). Operating principle Setting the input I sets the internal flag. On expiry of the waiting time defined in input SET, the internal flag is reset. In addition, it will also be reset when input I is reset. Output O is set if the internal flag and the enable input F are set. When resetting input F, output O is reset but the internal flag remains set. If input F is set again, then output O is also set. The expiry of the internal time is not related to the enable input F. If, during the phase in which the pulse time is running, input F should be reset, then the time will not be stopped. Internal logic Auxiliary flag TDS1
:=
I
I_O
:=
TDA1
:=
F _& I_O
Outputs O
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
3-239
Block view
Fig. 32: T block
Connections of T Connection (parameters)
Meaning
Data type
Def.
Type
Attr.
SET
Pulse time setpoint value
REAL
0.0
I
Q
I
Start pulse time
BOOL
0
I
Q
F
Enabling output
BOOL
1
I
Q
ACT
Current pulse time value
REAL
0.0
O
Q
O
Output pulse time running
BOOL
0
O
Q
en-YN.YNT.001.A
O&O
Perm. values
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-240
3.49 Interlock system logic T_SYS: System time indicator Description of T_SYS Object name (Type + Number) FB 578 Calling OBs The time interrupt OB in which the block is installed (e.g. OB 35). Function The block reads the PLC system time and outputs the same. Operating principle The block reads the PLC system time and outputs the same at various outputs. All outputs are numerical values of the type integer and indicate a part of the system time. The output SCND contains the current second of the system time, the output MINU contains the current minute, and the output HOUR the current hour, of the system time. In DAY, the day of the month is indicated, in MONTH the month of the year and in YEAR the year. Finally, in DAY_W the day of the week is indicated. The corresponding values will be read from DB_SYS where they are stored by the block TIME_GEN. For the function of this block it is therefore absolutely necessary that the block TIME_GEN is present in the project. Block view
Fig. 33: T_SYS block
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
3-241
Connections of T_SYS Connection (parameters)
Meaning
Data type
Def.
Type
Attr.
SCND
Current second
INT
0
O
Q
0 to 59
MINU
Current minute INT
0
O
Q
0 to 59
HOUR
Current hour
INT
0
O
Q
0 to 23
DAY
Current day
INT
0
O
Q
1 to 31
MONTH
Current month INT
0
O
Q
1 to 12
YEAR
Current year
INT
0
O
Q
DAY_W
Current week day
INT
0
O
Q
en-YN.YNT.001.A
O&O
Perm. values
1 to 7
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-242
3.50 Interlock system logic TON: On-delay Description of TON Object name (Type + Number) FB 579 Calling OBs The time interrupt OB in which the block is installed (e.g. OB 35). Function The block generates an on-delay. (Timer ON delay). Operating principle Setting of the input I starts the internal time whose length is specified at input SET. Setting the input R resets the internal time and clears all outputs. During the runtime of the internal time output TT is set and on expiry of this time output DN is set. Output TT is also a pulse for a specific period and output DN is a delay. Resetting the output I or setting the input R resets the internal time and clears the two outputs TT and DN. Internal logic Auxiliary flag TDS1
:=
I_&-R
TT
:=
TDA1
DN
:=
TD1
Outputs
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
3-243
Block view
Fig. 34: TON block
Connections of TON Connection (parameters)
Meaning
Data type
Def.
Type
Attr.
SET
Pulse time setpoint value
REAL
0.0
I
Q
I
Start pulse time
BOOL
0
I
Q
R
Resetting pulse time
BOOL
1
I
Q
ACT
Current pulse time value
REAL
0.0
O
Q
TT
Output pulse time running
BOOL
0
O
Q
DN
Output pulse BOOL time is finished
0
O
Q
en-YN.YNT.001.A
O&O
Perm. values
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-244
3.51 Interlock system logic TOF: Switch-off delay Description of TOF Object name (Type + Number) FB 580 Calling OBs The time interrupt OB in which the block is installed (e.g. OB 35). Function The block generates a switch-off delay. (Timer OFF delay). Operating principle Resetting of the input I starts the internal time whose length is specified at input SET. Setting the input R resets the internal time and clears all outputs. During the runtime of the internal time output TT is set and on expiry of this time output DN is reset. Output TT is also a pulse for a specific period and output DN is a delay. Setting the input I or setting the input R resets the internal time and clears the output TT and sets the output DN. Internal logic Auxiliary flag TDS1
:=
I_&-R
TT
:=
TDA1
DN
:=
I / TDA1
Outputs
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
3-245
Block view
Fig. 35: TOF block
Connections of TOF Connection (parameters)
Meaning
Data type
Def.
Type
Attr.
SET
Pulse time setpoint value
REAL
0.0
I
Q
I
Start pulse time
BOOL
0
I
Q
R
Resetting pulse time
BOOL
1
I
Q
ACT
Current pulse time value
REAL
0.0
O
Q
TT
Output pulse time running
BOOL
0
O
Q
DN
Output pulse BOOL time is finished
0
O
Q
en-YN.YNT.001.A
O&O
Perm. values
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-246
3.52 Interlock system logic DBL_FLAP: Double flap valve with valves Description of DBL_FLAP Object name (Type + Number) FB 581 Calling OBs The time interrupt OB in which the block is installed (e.g. OB 35). Function The block drives two valve blocks which control a double flap valve. The block first opens the top valve, closes the same again, then opens the bottom valve and closes the same again. After a waiting time the cycle restarts with the top valve. Operating principle The block is activated with the setting of the input REL and starts its internal cycle. First the output LSTA2 is set for opening the bottom valve. Thereafter, input LLSW2 must be set which indicates the open position of the valve. Then the time for the opening duration of the bottom valve LO_TIM starts to run. On expiry of this time, output LSTA2 is reset and output LSTA1 is set for closing the top valve. If input LLSW1 is then set, which indicates the closed position of the valve, then the output USTA1 is reset. Then cycle pause time PA_TIM starts up. On expiry of this time period the top valve is opened. To this end, first the output USTA2 is set for opening the top valve. Thereafter, input ULSW2 must be set which indicates the open position of the valve. Then the time for the opening duration of the top valve UP_TIM starts to run. On expiry of this time, output USTA2 is reset and output USTA1 is set for closing the top valve. If input ULSW1 is then set, which indicates the closed position of the valve, then the output USTA1 is reset. If the bottom valve is closed again, waiting time WA_TIM starts to run. Then the cycle is restarted with the opening of the top valve. A waiting time does not run now.
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
3-247
Block view
Fig. 36: DBL_FLAP block
Connections of DBL_FLAP Connection Meaning (parameters)
Data type
Def.
Type Attr. O&O Perm. values
REL
Enabling operation
BOOL 0
I
Q
ULSW1
Limit switch closed upper valve
BOOL 0
I
Q
ULSW2
Limit switch open upper valve
BOOL 1
I
Q
LLSW1
Limit switch closed lower valve
BOOL 0
I
Q
LLSW2
Limit switch open lower valve
BOOL 0
I
Q
UP_TIM
Opening time setpoint value upper valve
REAL 3.0
I
Q
LO_TIM
Opening time setpoint value lower valve
REAL 5.0
I
Q
PA_TIM
Pause interval setpoint value
REAL 20.0
I
Q
WA_TIM
Waiting time setpoint value upper/lower valve
REAL 1.0
I
Q
USTA1
Output close upper valve
BOOL 0
O
Q
USTA2
Output open upper valve
BOOL 0
O
Q
LSTA1
Output close lower valve
BOOL 0
O
Q
LSTA2
Output open lower valve
BOOL 0
O
Q
en-YN.YNT.001.A
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-248
Connection Meaning (parameters) ACT
Current active time value
Data type
Def.
REAL 0.0
Type Attr. O&O Perm. values O
Q
3.53 Interlock system logic CHA_OPTI: Alternate operation of two devices Description of CHA_OPTI Object name (Type + Number) FB 588 Calling OBs The time interrupt OB in which the block is installed (e.g. OB 35). Function The block controls two devices. One of the two is activated. The change occurs after a selected runtime. If one of the two devices is not available, the other one will be automatically activated. Operating principle The block is activated by setting the input STA1. Using this signal, output REL is set. Now the function of the block is activated. With the input STOP the output REL is reset. If the output REL is not set, then the inputs STA1_OUT and STOP_OUT do not have any function. If REL is set, and if the input STA1_OUT is set, the outputs PWON1 or PWON2 are set. If the corresponding check-back signal is available (RCR1 for PWON1 and RCR2 for PWON2) the outputs PWON1 and PWON2 are reset. If STOP_OUT is now set, then the output PWOFF will be activated until both inputs RCR1 and RCR2 have been reset. Via the setpoint value TIME1 the runtime (in hours) is entered following which the other device is activated. The current runtime of the devices is counted by setting the inputs RCR1 and RCR2. The runtime of device 1 (RCR1) is shown in the output ACT1, and the runtime of device 2 (RCR2) is shown in the output ACT2. If device 1 is in operation, then the output PWON2 is set on expiry of the waiting time. This signal must be used to start the second device and to stop the first device. This is normally done by starting another mode from a GROC block. If RCR2 is available, PWON2 is reset. If runtime TIME1 for device 2 has now been reached, then the output PWON1 is set by means of which device 1 must be started and device 2 must be stopped. If RCR1 is available, PWON1 will be reset. If device 1 or 2 should not be available ( inputs AVBL1 or AVBL2 have been reset), then only the available device will be activated and no alternate operation will be carried out. If one of the devices should be in operation, the runtime not yet expired, and the associated availability signal (AVBL1 or AVBL2) be cancelled, then there will be a switchover to the other device without delay.
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
Using the edge alternation from 0 to 1 of the input R, the current runtimes ACT1 and ACT2 are reset. In this case, the runtime counter starts to increment again from zero for the active device.
en-YN.YNT.001.A
3-249
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-250
Internal logic Auxiliary flag ACT1_END
:=
ACT1 >= TIME1
ACT2_END
:=
ACT2 >= TIME1
ACT1_HIGH
:=
ACT1 >= ACT2
ACT2_HIGH
:=
ACT2 > ACT1
S REL_OUT C REL_OUT
: :
STA1_OUT_&RELSTOP_OUT/-REL
S PWON1_I C PWON1_I
: :
(REL_OUT_&AVBL1_&AVBL2_&-PWON1_I&-PWON2_I_&ACT1_HIGH)/(PWON2_I_&ACT2_END_&ACT2_HIGH)/(AVBL1&_AVBL2)(REL_OUT_&AVBL1_&AVBL2_&-PWON1_I&PWON2_I_&ACT1_HIGH)/(PWON1_I_&ACT1_END_&ACT1_HIGH)/AVBL1
S PWON2_I C PWON2_I
: :
(REL_OUT_&AVBL1_&AVBL2_&-PWON1_I&PWON2_I_&ACT1_HIGH)/(PWON1_I_&ACT1_END_&ACT1_HIGH)/(AVBL1&_AVBL2)(REL_OUT_&AVBL1_&AVBL2_&-PWON1_I&PWON2_I_&-ACT1_HIGH)/(PWON2_I_&ACT2_END_&ACT2_HIGH)/AVBL2
Outputs S REL C REL
: :
STA1 STOP
PWON1
:=
PWON1_I_&REL_OUT_&-RCR1
PWON2
:=
PWON2_I_&REL_OUT_&-RCR2
PWOFF
:=
-REL_OUT_&(RCR1/RCR2)
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
3-251
Block view
Fig. 37: CHA_OPTI block
Connections of CHA_OPTI Connection Meaning (parameters)
Data type
Def.
Type Attr. O&O Perm. values
STA1
Start enabling for operation
BOOL 0
I
Q
STOP
Stop enabling for operation
BOOL 0
I
Q
STA1_OUT
Start operation of the devices
BOOL 0
I
Q
STOP_OUT
Stop operation of the devices
BOOL 0
I
Q
AVBL1
Device 1 is available
BOOL 0
I
Q
AVBL2
Device 2 is available
BOOL 0
I
Q
RCR1
Device 1 is in operation
BOOL 0
I
Q
RCR2
Device 2 is in operation
BOOL 0
I
Q
R
Reset running time counter
BOOL 0
I
Q
TIME1
Running time setpoint value until device change
REAL 24.0
I
Q
RUNUPCYC
Waiting cycles at start
INT
I
REL
Enabling for operation
BOOL 0
O
Q
PWON1
Starting the first device
BOOL 0
O
Q
PWON2
Starting the second device
BOOL 0
O
Q
PWOFF
Stopping both devices
BOOL 0
O
Q
ACT1
Current running time of device 1
REAL 0.0
O
Q
en-YN.YNT.001.A
3
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-252
Connection Meaning (parameters) ACT2
Current running time of device 2
Data type
Def.
REAL 0.0
Type Attr. O&O Perm. values O
Q
3.54 Interlock system logic STA_SEQ: Sequential start and stop Description of STA_SEQ Object name (Type + Number) FB 589 Calling OBs The time interrupt OB in which the block is installed (e.g. OB 35). Function The block controls up to 10 devices. In the event of a start request one device after another will be started successively until the request is no longer available. If the stop request is available, one device after another will also be stopped until the request is no longer available Operating principle The block is activated by setting the input STA1. Using this signal, output REL is set. Now the function of the block is activated. With the input STOP the output REL is reset. If the output REL is not set, then the inputs STA1_OUT and STOP_OUT do not have any function. With REL set, and if input is STA1_OUT, a device is started. If STOP_OUT is now set, then a device is stopped. Each of the maximum 10 devices has a set of signals by means of which it is driven or by means of which the current status of the device is represented. Here, the signals are numbered from 01 to 10. For simplification, an x is inserted into the name instead of the number. If the input AVBLx is set, then the corresponding device is available. The input RCRx indicates that the corresponding device is in operation. Using output PWONx the corresponding device is started, and it is stopped with PWOFx. With the start request of the corresponding device, the output PWONx is set if AVBLx is set. It is reset, if the check-back signal RCRx is available. In the case of a stop request, the output PWOFx is set until the check-back signal RCRx has been reset. This procedure will always be carried out, when device starting and stopping are talked about. If the input STA1_OUT is available, and output REL is set, then the first device is started. On expiry of the waiting time which is specified in input TIME2, the next device is started. If the input STA1_OUT and the output REL should still be available, then the next device will be started on renewed expiry of the waiting time. The action is repeated until all 10 devices are in operation or the input STA1_OUT has been reset.
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
During stopping the devices are stopped again in reverse start sequence. If the input STOP_OUT is available, and output REL is set, then the most recently started device is stopped. On expiry of the waiting time TIME2, the last but one device started is stopped. This action is repeated until STOP_OUT has been reset or all 10 devices have been stopped. The actions described above show that the device started first has the longest runtime, and the device started last the shortest. In order to compensate for the different runtimes, a base load alternation operation is implemented. On expiry of the waiting time TIME1 there will be a change in the device which, if required, is started first and stopped last. In the output BASE_DEV the number of the device is indicated which is started first. Output ACT_DEV indicates the number of the devices which are activated. If a device should not be available (input AVBLx has been reset), it is skipped in the start and stop sequence. If, for example, the base load device is number 1, then the start sequence is Device 1, Device 2 etc. up to Device 10. The stop sequence will then be device 10, device 9 to device 1. However, if the base load device is number 4 then the start sequence will be Device 4 to Device 10 and thereafter Device 1 to Device 3. The stop sequence will then be device 3 to 1 and then again devices 10 to 4. Input R resets the waiting time 1 between the start of two devices as well as the waiting time 2 until the next change of the base load device.
en-YN.YNT.001.A
3-253
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-254
Block view
Fig. 38: Connections of STA_SEQ
Connections of STA_SEQ Connection Meaning (parameters)
Data type
Def.
Type Attr. O&O Perm. values
STA1
Start enabling for operation
BOOL 0
I
Q
STOP
Stop enabling for operation
BOOL 0
I
Q
STA1_OUT
Start operation of the devices
BOOL 0
I
Q
STOP_OUT
Stop operation of the devices
BOOL 0
I
Q
AVBL01
Device 1 is available
BOOL 0
I
Q
AVBL02
Device 2 is available
BOOL 0
I
Q
AVBL03
Device 3 is available
BOOL 0
I
Q
AVBL04
Device 4 is available
BOOL 0
I
Q
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
Connection Meaning (parameters)
3-255
Data type
Def.
Type Attr. O&O Perm. values
AVBL05
Device 5 is available
BOOL 0
I
Q
AVBL06
Device 6 is available
BOOL 0
I
Q
AVBL07
Device 7 is available
BOOL 0
I
Q
AVBL08
Device 8 is available
BOOL 0
I
Q
AVBL09
Device 9 is available
BOOL 0
I
Q
AVBL10
Device 10 is available
BOOL 0
I
Q
RCR01
Device 1 is in operation
BOOL 0
I
Q
RCR02
Device 2 is in operation
BOOL 0
I
Q
RCR03
Device 3 is in operation
BOOL 0
I
Q
RCR04
Device 4 is in operation
BOOL 0
I
Q
RCR05
Device 5 is in operation
BOOL 0
I
Q
RCR06
Device 6 is in operation
BOOL 0
I
Q
RCR07
Device 7 is in operation
BOOL 0
I
Q
RCR08
Device 8 is in operation
BOOL 0
I
Q
RCR09
Device 9 is in operation
BOOL 0
I
Q
RCR10
Device 10 is in operation
BOOL 0
I
Q
R
Reset running time counter
BOOL 0
I
Q
TIME1
Waiting time setpoint value until basic load change
REAL 24.0
I
Q
TIME2
Waiting time setpoint value before REAL 15.0 starting or stopping the next device
I
Q
RUNUPCYC
Waiting cycles at start
INT
I
REL
Enabling for operation
BOOL 0
O
Q
PWON01
Starting command device 1
BOOL 0
O
Q
PWON02
Starting command device 2
BOOL 0
O
Q
PWON03
Starting command device 3
BOOL 0
O
Q
PWON04
Starting command device 4
BOOL 0
O
Q
PWON05
Starting command device 5
BOOL 0
O
Q
PWON06
Starting command device 6
BOOL 0
O
Q
PWON07
Starting command device 7
BOOL 0
O
Q
en-YN.YNT.001.A
3
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-256
Connection Meaning (parameters)
Data type
Def.
Type Attr. O&O Perm. values
PWON08
Starting command device 8
BOOL 0
O
Q
PWON09
Starting command device 9
BOOL 0
O
Q
PWON10
Starting command device 10
BOOL 0
O
Q
PWOF01
Stopping command device 1
BOOL 0
O
Q
PWOF02
Stopping command device 2
BOOL 0
O
Q
PWOF03
Stopping command device 3
BOOL 0
O
Q
PWOF04
Stopping command device 4
BOOL 0
O
Q
PWOF05
Stopping command device 5
BOOL 0
O
Q
PWOF06
Stopping command device 6
BOOL 0
O
Q
PWOF07
Stopping command device 7
BOOL 0
O
Q
PWOF08
Stopping command device 8
BOOL 0
O
Q
PWOF09
Stopping command device 9
BOOL 0
O
Q
PWOF10
Stopping command device 10
BOOL 0
O
Q
ACT1
Current waiting time until basic load change
REAL 0.0
O
Q
ACT2
Current waiting time before starting REAL 0.0 or stopping the next device
O
Q
BASE_DEV
No. of the first device for start
INT
0
O
Q
ACT_DEV
Number of devices in operation
INT
0
O
Q
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
3-257
3.55 Mathematical function CMP_DW: Comparator for double words Description of CMP_DW Object name (Type + Number) FC 520 Calling OBs The time interrupt OB in which the block is installed (e.g. OB 35). Function The block compares two inputs of the type DWORD (double word). Operating principle The block compares the two inputs IN1 and IN2. Depending on the result of the comparison, the corresponding output is set. There is an output GT for "Greater than", GE for "Greater or equal", EQ for "Equal", LE for "Less or equal", L for "Less than" and NE for "Not Equal". Internal logic Outputs GT
:=
IN1 > IN2
GE
:=
IN1 >= IN2
EQ
:=
IN1 = IN2
NE
:=
IN1 <> IN2
LE
:=
IN1 <= IN2
LT
:=
IN1 < IN2
Block view
en-YN.YNT.001.A
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-258
Fig. 39: CMP_DW block
Connections of CMP_DW Connection (parameters)
Meaning
Data type
Def.
Type
Attr.
IN1
Input value 1
DWORD
0
I
Q
IN2
Input value 2
DWORD
0
I
Q
GT
IN1 is greater than IN2
BOOL
0
O
Q
GE
IN1 is greater than or equal to IN2
BOOL
0
O
Q
EQ
IN1 is equal to BOOL IN2
0
O
Q
NE
IN1 is not equal to IN2
BOOL
0
O
Q
LE
IN1 is less than or equal to IN2
BOOL
0
O
Q
LT
IN1 is less than IN2
BOOL
0
O
Q
O&O
Perm. values
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
3-259
3.56 Mathematical function CMP_R: Comparator for floating point numbers Description of CMP_R Object name (Type + Number) FC 521 Calling OBs The time interrupt OB in which the block is installed (e.g. OB 35). Function The block compares two inputs of the type REAL (floating point number). Operating principle The block compares the two inputs IN1 and IN2. Depending on the result of the comparison, the corresponding output is set. There is an output GT for "Greater than", GE for "Greater or equal", EQ for "Equal", LE for "Less or equal", LT for "Less than" and NE for "Not Equal". Internal logic Outputs GT
:=
IN1 > IN2
GE
:=
IN1 >= IN2
EQ
:=
IN1 = IN2
NE
:=
IN1 <> IN2
LE
:=
IN1 <= IN2
LT
:=
IN1 < IN2
en-YN.YNT.001.A
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-260
Block view
Fig. 40: CMP_R block
Connections of CMP_R Connection (parameters)
Meaning
Data type
Def.
Type
Attr.
IN1
Input value 1
REAL
0.0
I
Q
IN2
Input value 2
REAL
0.0
I
Q
GT
IN1 is greater than IN2
BOOL
0
O
Q
GE
IN1 is greater than or equal to IN2
BOOL
0
O
Q
EQ
IN1 is equal to BOOL IN2
0
O
Q
NE
IN1 is not equal to IN2
BOOL
0
O
Q
LE
IN1 is less than or equal to IN2
BOOL
0
O
Q
LT
IN1 is less than IN2
BOOL
0
O
Q
O&O
Perm. values
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
3-261
3.57 Mathematical function CMP_W: Comparator for words Description of CMP_W Object name (Type + Number) FC 522 Calling OBs The time interrupt OB in which the block is installed (e.g. OB 35). Function The block compares two inputs of the type WORD (word). Operating principle The block compares the two inputs IN1 and IN2. Depending on the result of the comparison, the corresponding output is set. There is an output GT for "Greater than", GE for "Greater or equal", EQ for "Equal", LE for "Less or equal", LT for "Less than" and NE for "Not Equal". Internal logic Outputs GT
:=
IN1 > IN2
GE
:=
IN1 >= IN2
EQ
:=
IN1 = IN2
NE
:=
IN1 <> IN2
LE
:=
IN1 <= IN2
LT
:=
IN1 < IN2
en-YN.YNT.001.A
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-262
Block view
Fig. 41: CMP_W block
Connections of CMP_W Connection (parameters)
Meaning
Data type
Def.
Type
Attr.
IN1
Input value 1
WORD
0
I
Q
IN2
Input value 2
WORD
0
I
Q
GT
IN1 is greater than IN2
BOOL
0
O
Q
GE
IN1 is greater than or equal to IN2
BOOL
0
O
Q
EQ
IN1 is equal to BOOL IN2
0
O
Q
NE
IN1 is not equal to IN2
BOOL
0
O
Q
LE
IN1 is less than or equal to IN2
BOOL
0
O
Q
LT
IN1 is less than IN2
BOOL
0
O
Q
O&O
Perm. values
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
3-263
3.58 Mathematical function CMP_B: Comparator for byte Description of CMP_B Object name (Type + Number) FC 523 Calling OBs The time interrupt OB in which the block is installed (e.g. OB 35). Function The block compares two inputs of the type BYTE (byte). Operating principle The block compares the two inputs IN1 and IN2. Depending on the result of the comparison, the corresponding output is set. There is an output GT for "Greater than", GE for "Greater or equal", EQ for "Equal", LE for "Less or equal", LT for "Less than" and NE for "Not Equal". Internal logic Outputs GT
:=
IN1 > IN2
GE
:=
IN1 >= IN2
EQ
:=
IN1 = IN2
NE
:=
IN1 <> IN2
LE
:=
IN1 <= IN2
LT
:=
IN1 < IN2
Block view
Fig. 42: CMP_B block
en-YN.YNT.001.A
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-264
Connections of CMP_B Connection (parameters)
Meaning
Data type
Def.
Type
Attr.
IN1
Input value 1
BYTE
0
I
Q
IN2
Input value 2
BYTE
0
I
Q
GT
IN1 is greater than IN2
BOOL
0
O
Q
GE
IN1 is greater than or equal to IN2
BOOL
0
O
Q
EQ
IN1 is equal to BOOL IN2
0
O
Q
NE
IN1 is not equal to IN2
BOOL
0
O
Q
LE
IN1 is less than or equal to IN2
BOOL
0
O
Q
LT
IN1 is less than IN2
BOOL
0
O
Q
O&O
Perm. values
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
3.59 Mathematical function MOV_R: Conditioned copying of a floating point number Description of MOV_R Object name (Type + Number) FB 582 Calling OBs The time interrupt OB in which the block is installed (e.g. OB 35). Function The block copies the input value IN to the output value OUT inasmuch as the input REL has been set. Operating principle If the input REL has been set, then with each call-up the value of the input IN is written into the output OUT. If REL has not been set, then the output OUT remains unaffected and keeps its most recent value.
en-YN.YNT.001.A
3-265
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-266
Block view
Fig. 43: MOV_R block
Connections of MOV_R Connection Meaning (parameters)
Data type
Def.
Type Attr. O&O Perm. values
0.0
I
Q
IN
Input value
REAL
REL
Enabling copying
BOOL 0
I
Q
OUT
Output value
REAL
O
Q
0.0
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
3-267
3.60 Mathematical function MOV_W: Conditioned copying of a data word Description of MOV_W Object name (Type + Number) FB 583 Calling OBs The time interrupt OB in which the block is installed (e.g. OB 35). Function The block copies the input value IN to the output value OUT inasmuch as the input REL has been set. Operating principle If the input REL has been set, then with each call-up the value of the input IN is written into the output OUT. If REL has not been set, then the output OUT remains unaffected and keeps its most recent value. Block view
Fig. 44: MOV_W block
Connections of MOV_W Connection Meaning (parameters)
Data type
Def.
Type Attr. O&O Perm. values
IN
Input value
WORD 0
I
Q
REL
Enabling copying
BOOL
I
Q
OUT
Output value
WORD 0
O
Q
en-YN.YNT.001.A
0
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-268
3.61 Mathematical function MOV_DI: Conditioned copying of a double fixed point number Description of MOV_DI Object name (Type + Number) FB 584 Calling OBs The time interrupt OB in which the block is installed (e.g. OB 35). Function The block copies the input value IN to the output value OUT inasmuch as the input REL has been set. Operating principle If the input REL has been set, then with each call-up the value of the input IN is written into the output OUT. If REL has not been set, then the output OUT remains unaffected and keeps its most recent value. Block view
Fig. 45: MOV_DI block
Connections of MOV_DI Connection Meaning (parameters)
Data type
Def.
Type Attr. O&O Perm. values
IN
Input value
DINT
0
I
Q
REL
Enabling copying
BOOL 0
I
Q
OUT
Output value
DINT
O
Q
0
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
3-269
3.62 Mathematical Functions MOV_I: Conditioned copying of a fixed point number Description of MOV_I Object name (Type + Number) FB 585 Calling OBs The time interrupt OB in which the block is installed (e.g. OB 35). Function The block copies the input value IN to the output value OUT inasmuch as the input REL has been set. Operating principle If the input REL has been set, then with each call-up the value of the input IN is written into the output OUT. If REL has not been set, then the output OUT remains unaffected and keeps its most recent value. Block view
Fig. 46: MOV_I block
Connections of MOV_I Connection Meaning (parameters)
Data type
Def.
Type Attr. O&O Perm. values
IN
Input value
INT
0
I
Q
REL
Enabling copying
BOOL 0
I
Q
OUT
Output value
INT
O
Q
en-YN.YNT.001.A
0
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-270
3.63 Mathematical Functions MOV_DW: Conditioned copying of a double data word Description of MOV_DW Object name (Type + Number) FB 586 Calling OBs The time interrupt OB in which the block is installed (e.g. OB 35). Function The block copies the input value IN to the output value OUT inasmuch as the input REL has been set. Operating principle If the input REL has been set, then with each call-up the value of the input IN is written into the output OUT. If REL has not been set, then the output OUT remains unaffected and keeps its most recent value. Block view
Fig. 47: MOV_DW block
Connections of MOV_DW Connection Meaning (parameters)
Data type
Def.
Type Attr. O&O Perm. values
IN
Input value
DWORD 0
I
Q
REL
Enabling copying
BOOL
I
Q
OUT
Output value
DWORD 0
O
Q
0
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
3-271
3.64 Mathematical Functions MOV_B: Conditioned copying of a data byte Description of MOV_B Object name (Type + Number) FB 587 Calling OBs The time interrupt OB in which the block is installed (e.g. OB 35). Function The block copies the input value IN to the output value OUT inasmuch as the input REL has been set. Operating principle If the input REL has been set, then with each call-up the value of the input IN is written into the output OUT. If REL has not been set, then the output OUT remains unaffected and keeps its most recent value. Block view
Fig. 48: MOV_B block
Connections of MOV_B Connection Meaning (parameters)
Data type
Def.
Type Attr. O&O Perm. values
IN
Input value
BYTE
0
I
Q
REL
Enabling copying
BOOL 0
I
Q
OUT
Output value
BYTE
O
Q
en-YN.YNT.001.A
0
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-272
3.65 Simocode-DP drive control UNID_ST: setting drive Description of UNID_ST Object name (Type + Number) FB 520 Calling OBs The time interrupt OB in which the block is installed (e.g. OB 35). Function The block is used for controlling a setup drive which is driven by a SIMOCODEDP motor controller. The SIMOCODE-DP is connected to the PLC via the Profibus. The block communicates directly with the Profibus device SIMOCODEDP. Profibus In order to integrate the block, the type SIMOCODE-DPV1 PDM is used for this purpose in the PCS7 program HW Konfig. This is part of the scope of supply of the PCS7 and does not need to be installed subsequently. In HW Konfig, in the catalogue, the profile Standard is set for this purpose. Now the folder PROFIBUS-DP is opened. There the subfolders Further field equipment, switchgear and SIMOCODE are openedHere, the entry SIMOCODEDPV1 PDM is located.
Fig. 49: HW Konfig with SIMOCODE
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
This entry is used for the definition of the Profibus-DP slave. As a block, DPV1: BasicType 2 compact is used. Following the definition of the Profibus slave, a setting must be carried out. To this end the object properties and then the page 'Parameterising the slave' must be opened.
Fig. 50: Object properties of SIMOCODE-DPV1 PDM
Here, under "Station parameters" in the line "Equipment-specific parameters" the entry "Diagnosing according to DPV1" must be activated with "Yes". Only if the above-stated settings for a SIMOCODE-DP have been completely made, will the full functional scope of the block be ensured. Operating principle The block communicates directly with the SIMOCODE-DP motor controller. This device is defined as a Profibus slave. At the input SUBNETID, the number of the Profibus system, which the SIMOCODE-DP is connected to, must be entered. At the input DPPA_ADR the slave address of the SIMOCODE-DP must be entered and at the input DADDR the diagnose address of the SIMOCODE-DP must be entered.
en-YN.YNT.001.A
3-273
User manual
Blocks 3-274
®
POLCID for administrators
All these values may be taken from the hardware configuration of a STEP7 project. Using these values, the block can communicate automatically with the corresponding SIMOCODE-DP. Internally, the same logic is used as for the block UNID (FB 501). However, the block UNID_ST reads some signals directly from the Profibus (SIMOCODE-DP) and these need not be connected as inputs or outputs. These are the inputs OLPT, AVBL, RCR1, LEMO, PWON and SEN1. They are read directly by SIMOCODE-DP or written to the SIMOCODE-DP. These inputs and outputs will nevertheless be used in the internal logic. In addition, status signals are still used in the interlock system which the SIMOCODE-DP generates. In detail, these are the signals READY, FAULT, AUTO and IMIN. A valid starting command exists when the signals: 'STA1', 'ILC1', 'AVBL', 'OLPT', 'LEMO', 'PMI1', 'AUTO' and 'READY' are set and the stopping command 'STOP' is not set. In this case, the start enable signal 'SEN1' and the run command 'PWON' are set (activation signals for the motor). If the check-back signal 'RCR1' is set together with the speed monitor signal 'SPCL' when a valid starting command is active, the control state switches to selflatching status. It is a characteristic of this state that the operating bits 'OSG1', 'OPS1' are set and that the start release command 'SEN1' is reset while the run command 'PWON' is set. From this moment, the starting commands 'STA1' or 'STA2' can be rescinded without risking reset of the run command PWON. The setting drive is stopped correctly by setting the stopping command 'STOP' or when the process interlock 'ILC1' is deactivated. The monitoring time in seconds TIME1 when a drive is started specifies the period in which the check-back signal RCR1 must be set. In addition, it monitors the time during stopping within which the check-back signal RCR1 must have been reset. If time = 0, no time monitoring of the start and stop is employed. By means of the signals SST1 and SSTP an individual start of the drive can be realised in automatic mode. In the faceplate of the drive, the operator sets the signals SST1 or SSTP. After processing in the block, these signals are reset by the block. After operation of the signal SST1 the output SWST is set at first. By means of this output an external start-up warning can be started. If the start-up warning time has expired, then the input SWRE must be set. In this way, there is a valid starting command and the drive is then started as described above. With the exception of the combination with the signals SWST and SWRE the signal SST1 behaves in the same way as signal STA1. Using SSTP, the drive is stopped. SSTP behaves in the same way with the input STOP. With the signals LSER, LST1 and LSP1 operation of the drive is possible via external switches, keyboards or from the control panel. With the signal LSER the drive is switched to local operation. The availability of the drive disappears therewith. Using the parameter SWLO, it is selected whether the input SWRE is taken into consideration for the evaluation of the inputs LST1 and LSP1.
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
Note Via the signals LST1 and LSP1 the drive can be started (1) or stopped ("0"). Via LST1 the drive is started independently from the interlock signals! Via LSP1 the signals CVON, OLPT, PMI1 and LEMO are taken into consideration. As long as the start signals are pending the drive runs, if the start signal changes to zero the drive is stopped. The block additionally outputs the motor current of the drive at output A1. Standardised from 0 to 100 % of the rated current, the motor current is read by the SIMOCODE-DP. By means of the rated current ILH it is calibrated into the unit Ampere and filtered with BW and FF. This filtration works according to the following formula: Y(n+1) = Y(n) + ( FF * ( VAL – Y(n) ) ) (n) :
Index of the last filtered measured value
(n+1) :
Index of the new filtered measured value
VAL :
Unfiltered input value
FF :
Filter factor (Range between 0 and 1)
The newly determined value will be processed further only then if it differs from the most recent determined value by at least the bandwidth (BW) value. The block cyclically reads the extended diagnosis data provided by the SIMOCODE-DP. These are e.g. the operating hours or the number of starts of the SIMOCODE-DP. These data are shown in the faceplate. The block is called up in the event of a change of the diagnosis data via an interrupt and will then read the same in an event-controlled fashion. In addition there exists a cycle for the reading of the diagnosis data. The cycle time can be parameterised in the input WACYC. The standard setting for the cycle time is 10800 seconds (3 hours). Via the input PAGE, the faceplate communicates which page of the diagnosis the plant operator has called up. The block then writes the required data into the outputs DWA, DWB and DWC. They are evaluated on the faceplate page called up.For the various different diagnosis pages, the content of the three outputs differs and will not be further described here. The faceplate is able to interpret the data accordingly.
en-YN.YNT.001.A
3-275
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-276
Internal logic The sequence of the flags is determined by the sequence in which they must be generated. In this relation, the flags marked (with ") must be taken into account in the setting and reset conditions! Auxiliary flag IAVBL
:=
AVBL_&AUTO_&-DOWNL
ICVON
:=
CVON_&SLAVE_OK
IOLPT
:=
(OLPT/TEST)_&-FAULT
S IRCR1 C IRCR1
= =
RCR1/(IMIN_&-AVBL_&OLPT) -RCR1_&-IMIN
ISTA1
:=
STA1_&READY
RESET
:=
-PWON_&(-EROP/ERES)
CLEROP
:=
EROP_&ERES
AVAIL
:=
IAVBL_&IOLPT_&LEMO_&PMI1
Data word S ERPI C ERPI
: :
-PMI1-ICVON/PMI1_&RESET
S ERSP C ERSP
: :
(-ISTA1/OPS1)_&ILC1_&PWON_&-SPCL_&-STOP_&-NOTA”ICVON/CLEROP
S ERRC C ERRC
: :
(-ISTA1/OPS1)_&ILC1_&PWON_&-IRCR1_&-STOP_&-NOTA”ICVON/CLEROP
S NOTA C NOTA
: :
-AVAIL/ERSP”/ERRC”/ETIM”-ICVON/AVAIL_&RESET
S EROP C EROP
: :
PWON_&ILC1_&NOTA”_&-STOP-ICVON/CLEROP
S OPS1 C OPS1
: :
PWON_&IRCR1_&SPCL-ICVON/-IRCR1/-ILC1
S GFLT C GFLT
: :
-IOLPT-ICVON/IOLPT_&RESET
S ERMS C ERMS
: :
-IAVBL_&IOLPT_&LEMO-ICVON/(IAVBL/-IOLPT/-LEMO))_&RESET
S EREO C EREO
: :
-LEMO-ICVON/LEMO_&RESET
OPL1
:=
-OPS1_&IRCR1_&-PWON_&-IAVBL_&IOLPT
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
S ETIM C ETIM
: :
-LCT1_&SEN1_&(-IRCR1/SPCL)-CLEROP
TEST
:=
TEST
S BLOCK C BLOCK
= =
BLOCK -ICVON/-BLOCK_&RESET
S DOWNL C DOWNL
= =
DOWNL -ICVON/-DOWNL_&RESET
S GWARN C GWARN
= =
GWARN -GWARN_&RESET
S EARTH C EARTH
= =
EARTH -ICVON/-EARTH_&RESET
S IMAX C IMAX
= =
IMAX -ICVON/-IMAX_&RESET
S OVLD C OVLD
= =
OVLD/-OLPT -ICVON/-OVLD_&OLPT_&RESET
S THERM C THERM
= =
THERM -ICVON/-THERM_&RESET
S UNSYM C UNSYM
= =
UNSYM -ICVON/-UNSYM_&RESET
Status word S PWON C PWON
: :
ISTA1_&ILC1-ICVON/NOTA”/STOP/-ILC1
S OSG1 C OSG1
: :
OPS1-OPS1”
S SEN1 C SEN1
: :
PWON”OSG1”/-PWON”
EMOF
:=
EREO”
DAVB
:=
-NOTA”_&ICVON
EROR
:=
EROP”
DOFF
:=
-OSG1”
OPER
:=
IMIN
QBAD
:=
-SLAVE_OK
LOCA
:=
(-AVBL/LSER)_&SLAVE_OK
en-YN.YNT.001.A
3-277
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-278
Block view
Fig. 51: UNID_ST block
Starting characteristics During the CPU start-up the UNID_ST block is deactivated. All internal state flags (shown in the data word) are reset. Following start-up the block waits for the number of cycles projected in the input RUNUPCYC, and will only be activated thereafter. A first start-up whilst the program is running is treated internally like a CPU startup. Time behaviour The block must be called via a time interrupt OB or OB1. It does not have a parameter for the sampling interval. Behaviour in case of a time error In the case of a time error the outputs will then be reset. In addition the internal state flags will be reset. Message actions The block UNID_ST internally uses an ALARM_8P block for generating the messages. Messages are generated for the following tripping devices: ● Operating trouble (EROP) ● SIMOCODE-DP group fault (GFLT) ● Machine availability (AVBL) ● Speed monitor (SPCL) ● Machine protection (PMI1) ● Local emergency off (LEMO) ● Monitoring time (ETIM) ● Check-back signal (RCR1)
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
3-279
● Motor blocked (BLOCK) ● SIMOCODE-DP to download mode (DOWNL) ● SIMOCODE-DP group warning (GWARN) ● Earth fault (EARTH) ● Maximum motor current (IMAX) ● Overload (OLPT and OVLD) ● Thermistor error (THERM) ● Overload and asymmetry (UNSYM) The messages can be suppressed by setting the input SUPR or by resetting the input RLSA. The input SUPR, however, is activated by the operator interface (WinCC), and RLSA by the program. The inputs CVON (at value 0) and CSF (at value 1) also suppress the output of messages. Assignment of message text and message class to the block parameters
Mess. Block Default message text no. parameter
Message Suppressable class
1
EROP
$$BlockComment$$ @1I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
2
GFLT
$$BlockComment$$ @2I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
3
ERMS
$$BlockComment$$ @3I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
4
ERSP
$$BlockComment$$ @4I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
5
ERPI
$$BlockComment$$ @5I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
6
EREO
$$BlockComment$$ @6I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
7
ETIM
$$BlockComment$$ @7I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
8
ERRC
$$BlockComment$$ @8I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
9
BLOCK
$$BlockComment$$ @1I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
10
DOWNL
$$BlockComment$$ @2I%t#POLCID_Standard@
PF
Yes
11
GWARN
$$BlockComment$$ -
WH
Yes
en-YN.YNT.001.A
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-280
Mess. Block Default message text no. parameter
Message Suppressable class
@3I%t#POLCID_Standard@ 12
EARTH
$$BlockComment$$ @4I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
13
IMAX
$$BlockComment$$ @5I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
14
OVLD
$$BlockComment$$ @6I%t#POLCID_Standard@ - @9R%6.1f@A
AH
Yes
15
THERN
$$BlockComment$$ @7I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
16
UNSYM
$$BlockComment$$ @8I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
Connections of UNID_ST Connection Meaning (parameters)
Data type
Def.
Type Attr. O&O Perm. values
SUNETID
Number of the Profibus subsystem of the PLC
INT
0
I
DPPA_ADR
Slave address of the Profibus device
INT
0
I
DADDR
Diagnosis address of the Profibus slave
INT
0
I
STA1
Start drive
BOOL
0
I
Q
ILC1
Process-technological interlock
BOOL
1
I
Q
STOP
Stop drive
BOOL
0
I
Q
CVON
Control voltage on
BOOL
1
I
Q
PMI1
Machine protection interlock
BOOL
1
I
Q
SPCL
Speed monitor
BOOL
1
I
Q
CSF
Control system error
BOOL
0
I
Q
DOWNL
Set SIMOCODE-DP to download mode
BOOL
0
I
Q
TEST
Set SIMOCODE-DP to test mode
BOOL
0
I
Q
LST1
Local start/stop without PMI1
BOOL
0
I
Q
LSP1
Local start/stop with PMI1
BOOL
0
I
Q
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
3-281
Connection Meaning (parameters)
Data type
Def.
Type Attr. O&O Perm. values
SWRE
Enabling start-up warning
BOOL
1
I
ESST
Display of softkeys for single faceplate start
BOOL
0
I
+
ENRE
Display of softkeys for faceplate BOOL reset
0
I
+
SWLO
Start-up warning also in local operating mode
BOOL
0
I
LSEL
Selection LSER switches Simocode device to local operating mode
BOOL
0
I
RLSA
Enabling alarm generation
BOOL
1
I
Q
TIME1
Monitoring time setpoint value
REAL
5.0
I
BQ
BW
Belt width for filtering motor current value
INT
1
I
Q
FF
Filter factor motor current value
REAL
0.5
I
Q
ILH
Rated current for motor current value calibration
REAL
100.0
I
Q
WACYC
Waiting cycle for reading diagnosis data
REAL
10800.0 I
Q
RUNUPCYC
Waiting cycles at start
INT
3
I
PAGE
Activated page of the faceplate
INT
1
I
B
EV_ID1
Message ID no. 1
DWORD 0
I
M
EV_ID2
Message ID no. 2
DWORD 0
I
M
RESET
Resetting error SIMOCODE-DP BOOL
0
IO
BQ
+
LSER
Enabling of local operation
BOOL
0
IO
BQ
+
SST1
Single start
BOOL
0
IO
B
+
SSTP
Single stop
BOOL
0
IO
B
+
SUPR
Suppression of alarms
BOOL
0
IO
B
+
EV1_SIG1
Index variable for message no. 1
INT
1
IO
EV1_SIG2
Index variable for message no. 2
INT
29
IO
EV1_SIG3
Index variable for message no.
INT
3
IO
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Q
+
+
+
>0
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-282
Connection Meaning (parameters)
Data type
Def.
Type Attr. O&O Perm. values
3 EV1_SIG4
Index variable for message no. 4
INT
4
IO
EV1_SIG5
Index variable for message no. 5
INT
5
IO
EV1_SIG6
Index variable for message no. 6
INT
6
IO
EV1_SIG7
Index variable for message no. 7
INT
7
IO
EV1_SIG8
Index variable for message no. 8
INT
8
IO
EV2_SIG1
Index variable for message no. 9
INT
30
IO
EV2_SIG2
Index variable for message no. 10
INT
31
IO
EV2_SIG3
Index variable for message no. 11
INT
32
IO
EV2_SIG4
Index variable for message no. 12
INT
33
IO
EV2_SIG5
Index variable for message no. 13
INT
34
IO
EV2_SIG6
Index variable for message no. 14
INT
2
IO
EV2_SIG7
Index variable for message no. 15
INT
35
IO
EV2_SIG8
Index variable for message no. 16
INT
36
IO
OSG1
Operating message
BOOL
0
O
Q
EMOF
Emergency off activated
BOOL
0
O
Q
DAVB
Drive is available
BOOL
0
O
Q
EROR
Drive is faulty
BOOL
0
O
Q
DOFF
Drive is off
BOOL
0
O
Q
SWST
Start start-up warning
BOOL
0
O
Q
OPER
Drive is operating (locally or automatically)
BOOL
0
O
Q
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
3-283
Connection Meaning (parameters)
Data type
Def.
Type Attr. O&O Perm. values
QBAD
Profibus slave faulty
BOOL
0
O
Q
LOCA
Drive is in local operating mode
BOOL
0
O
Q
ACT1
Current monitoring time
REAL
0.0
O
Q
+
A1
Current motor current
REAL
0.0
O
Q
+
OPTI
Current operating hours SIMOCODE-DP
REAL
0.0
O
Q
+
NOST
Number of starts performed
REAL
0.0
O
Q
+
NOOV
Number of overload trippings
REAL
0.0
O
Q
+
PW
Parameter word
DWORD 0
O
Q
+
DW
Data word
DWORD 0
O
Q
+
SW
Status word
DWORD 0
O
Q
+
DWA
Extended diagnosis data for faceplate
DWORD 0
O
Q
+
DWB
Extended diagnosis data for faceplate
DWORD 0
O
Q
+
DWC
Extended diagnosis data for faceplate
DWORD 0
O
Q
+
Operation and observation of UNID_ST See the description of the block symbol and the faceplate in the corresponding manual in this regard. PW, DW and SW of UNID_ST The inputs, outputs and the internal status of the respective block are mapped on the parameter word, the data word and the status word. The assignment of the bits is found in the following table: > UNID_ST < Bit
Parameter word
Data word
Status word
0
STA1
OPS1
SEN1
1 2
EROP ILC1
3
en-YN.YNT.001.A
OSG1 NOTA
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-284
4
EMOF
5
DAVB
6
STOP
OPL1
7
CVON
8
GFLT
GFLT
DOFF
9
AVBL
ERMS
SWST
10
RCR1
ERSP
OPER
PWON
11 12
QBAD PMI1
ERPI
13 SPCL
15
LEMO
16
LSER
ERRC
17
LST1
TEST
ETIM
18
BLOCK LSP1
DOWNL
20 21
LOCA
EREO
14
19
EROR
GWARN SST1
EARTH
22
IMAX
23
SSTP
OVLD
24
SWRE
THERM
25
CSF
UNSYM
26
DOWNL
27
TEST
28
COLOUR_1
29
COLOUR_2
30
COLOUR_3
31
COLOUR_4 In the case of the COLOUR operating states, the block UNID_ST does not have all possible states. It features the states with the numbers 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7 and 11.
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
DWA, DWB and DWC of UNID_ST The block has three additional data words: DWA, DWB and DWC. These words offer additional information on the SIMOCODE-DP motor controller and the Profibus slave. This information is shown in the associated faceplate. The assignment of the data words changes with the value of the input PAGE. When activating the corresponding page of the faceplate, the latter automatically sets the input PAGE to the value corresponding to the activated diagnosis page.
en-YN.YNT.001.A
3-285
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-286
The input PAGE may have the following values: Page
Activated diagnosis page of the faceplate
1
:
PROFIBUS – Information on the Profibus slave
2
:
SIMOCODE – Extended information on the SIMOCODE-DP motor controller
4
:
STATISTICS – Statistics data and motor current of the SIMOCODE-DP With the different values of PAGE the content of the data words DWA, DWB and DWC also varies. A content list follows below:
> UNID_ST with PAGE = 1 < Bit
Data word A
Data word B
0
ST_NOEX
HARD_ID
1
ST_NORDY
2
ST_INSLR
3
ST_SENSU
4
ST_MASLO
5
ST_WATCH
6
ST_STDIA
7
ST_EXDIA
8
ST_EXDOV
9
ST_SYNC
10
ST_FREEZ
11
ST_PAREQ
12
ST_PARFA
13
ST_SLCCF
14
ST_SLDEA
15
ST_STASL
16
SLAVE_OK
17
SLAVE_DPV1
18
SLAVE_SIMO
Data word C
DPPA_ADR
SUBNETID
19 20 21
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
3-287
22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31
> UNID_ST with PAGE = 2 < Bit
Data word A
Data word B
Data word C
0
ON1
WA_EARTH
ER_EARTH
1
OFF
WA_OVLD
ER_OVLD
2
ON2
WA_UNSYM
ER_UNSYM
3
OVL_WAR
WA_I1MAX
ER_THERM
4
AUTO
WA_I1MIN
ER_I1MAX
5
LOCK_OT
WA_I2MAX
ER_I1MIN
6
FAULT
WA_I2MIN
ER_I2MAX
7
WARNING
EXT_WARN
ER_I2MIN
8
READY
WA_THERM
CURR_ON
9
IDL_TIM
UNSYM
CURR_OFF
10
INI_PAR
SENS_SC
MOT_STAL
11
PAR_ACT
POS_STAL
12
COOL_TI
ER_DOUB0
13
CST
ER_DOUB1
14
OPENING
ER_ENDPO
15
CLOSING
ER_NONEQ
16
POS_CLOS
RTS
17
POS_OPEN
OPO
en-YN.YNT.001.A
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-288
18
TRQ_CLOS
UVO
19
TRQ_OPEN
EXT_FLT1
20
DP_BLOCK
EXT_FLT2
21
DP_FAIL
ER_CST
22
PLC_CPU
ER_RT_ON
23
EM_START
ER_RT_OF
24
HW_TEST
PARA_ER0
25
EXT_SIG1
PARA_ER1
26
EXT_SIG2
PARA_ER2
27
EXT_SIG3
PARA_ER3
28
PARA_ER4
29
PARA_ER5
30
PARA_ER6
31
PARA_ER7
> UNID_ST with PAGE = 4 < Bit
Data word A
Data word B
Data word C
0
RUN_TIME
NO_START
ACT_COLTI
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
3-289
14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31
en-YN.YNT.001.A
NO_OVLD
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-290
3.66 Simocode-DP drive control REVD_ST: Reversible drive Description of REVD_ST Object name (Type + Number) FB 521 Calling OBs The time interrupt OB in which the block is installed (e.g. OB 35). Function The block is used for controlling a reversible drive which is driven by a SIMOCODE-DP motor controller. The SIMOCODE-DP is connected to the PLC via the Profibus. The block communicates directly with the Profibus device SIMOCODE-DP. Profibus In order to integrate the block, the type SIMOCODE-DPV1 PDM is used for this purpose in the PCS7 program HW Konfig. This is part of the scope of supply of the PCS7 and does not need to be installed subsequently. In HW Konfig, in the catalogue, the profile Standard is set for this purpose. Now the folder PROFIBUS-DP is opened. There the subfolders Further field equipment, switchgear and SIMOCODE are opened. Here, the entry SIMOCODE-DPV1 PDM is located.
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
Fig. 52: HW Konfig with SIMOCODE
This entry is used for the definition of the Profibus-DP slave. As a block, DPV1: BasicType 2 compact is used. Following the definition of the Profibus slave, a setting must be carried out. To this end the object properties and then the page 'Parameterising the slave' must be opened.
en-YN.YNT.001.A
3-291
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-292
Fig. 53: Object properties of SIMOCODE-DPV1 PDM
Here, under "Station parameters" in the line "Equipment-specific parameters" the entry "Diagnosing according to DPV1" must be activated with "Yes". Only if the above-stated settings for a SIMOCODE-DP have been completely made, will the full functional scope of the block be ensured. Operating principle The block communicates directly with the SIMOCODE-DP motor controller. This device is defined as a Profibus slave. At the input SUBNETID, the number of the Profibus system, which the SIMOCODE-DP is connected to, must be entered. At the input DPPA_ADR the slave address of the SIMOCODE-DP must be entered and at the input DADDR the diagnose address of the SIMOCODE-DP must be entered. All these values may be taken from the hardware configuration of a STEP7 project. Using these values, the block can communicate automatically with the corresponding SIMOCODE-DP.
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
Internally, the same logic is used as for the block REVD (FB 503). However, the block REVD_ST reads some signals directly from the Profibus (SIMOCODE-DP) and these need not be connected as inputs or outputs. These are the inputs OLPT, AVBL, RCR1, RCR2 LEMO, PWON, SEN1 and SEN2. They are read directly by SIMOCODE-DP or written to the SIMOCODEDP. Nevertheless these inputs and outputs are used in the internal logic. In addition, status signals are still used in the interlock system which the SIMOCODE-DP generates. In detail, these are the signals READY, FAULT, AUTO and IMIN. A valid starting command exists when the signals: 'STA1', 'ILC1', 'AVBL', 'OLPT', 'LEMO', 'PMI1', 'READY' or 'STA2', 'ILC2', 'AVBL', 'OLPT', LEMO', 'PMI2', 'READY' are set and the stopping command 'STOP' is reset. In this case, the start enable signal 'SEN1' or 'SEN2' and the run command 'PWON' are set (activation signals for the motor). If the check-back signal 'RCR1' or 'RCR1' together with the speed monitor signal 'SPCL' are set when a valid starting command is active, the control state switches to self-latching status. A characteristic of this status is that the operating bits 'OSG1', 'OPS1' are set or that 'OSG1', OPS2' are set while the run commands 'PWON' and 'SEN1' or 'SEN2' are active. From this moment, the starting commands 'STA1' or 'STA2' can be rescinded without risking reset of the run command PWON and SEN1 or SEN2. The reversible drive is stopped correctly when either the stopping command 'STOP' is set or when the process interlock 'ILC1' or 'ILC2' is missing. If the machine protection fails for both directions simultaneously, the error signal 'ERPI' is generated regardless of the current operating status. If the machine protection fails for one direction only, this is only detected and signalled when the drive is started or in operation in this direction. When the reversible drive is stationary and starting commands are issued simultaneously for both directions, no error is signalled. If the drive is running in one direction, starting commands for the other direction are ignored. The monitoring time TIME1 in seconds when the drive is started specifies the period in which the check-back signal RCR1/RCR2 must be set. If time = 0, no time monitoring of the start is employed. By means of the signals SST1, SST2 and SSTP an individual start of the drive can be realised in automatic mode. In the faceplate of the drive, the operator sets the signals SST1, SST2 or SSTP. After processing in the block, these signals are reset by the block. After operation of the signal SST1/2 the output SWST is set at first. By means of this output an external start-up warning can be started. If the start-up warning time has expired, then the input SWRE must be set. In this way, there is a valid starting command and the drive is then started as described above. With the exception of the combination with the signals SWST and SWRE the signals SST1/2 behave in the same way with signal STA1/2. Using SSTP, the drive is stopped. SSTP behaves in the same way with the input STOP.
en-YN.YNT.001.A
3-293
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-294
With the signals LSER, LST1/2 and LSP1/2 it is possible to operate the drive via external switches, keyboards or from the control panel. With the signal LSER the drive is switched to local operation. The availability of the drive disappears therewith. Via the signals LST1/2 and LSP1/2 the drive can be started. Using the parameter SWLO, it is selected whether the input SWRE is taken into consideration for the evaluation of the inputs LST1/2 and LSP1/2. Note Via the signals LST1/2 and LSP1/2, the drive can be started ("1") or stopped ("0"). Via LST1/2 the drive is started independently from the interlock signals! Via LSP1/2 the signals CVON, OLPT, PMI1/2 and LEMO are taken into consideration. As long as the start signals are pending the drive runs, if the start signal changes to zero the drive is stopped. The block additionally outputs the motor current of the drive at output A1. Standardised from 0 to 100 % of the rated current, the motor current is read by the SIMOCODE-DP. By means of the rated current ILH it is calibrated into the unit Ampere and filtered with BW and FF. This filtration works according to the following formula: Y(n+1) = Y(n) + ( FF * ( VAL – Y(n) ) ) (n) :
Index of the last filtered measured value
(n+1) :
Index of the new filtered measured value
VAL :
Unfiltered input value
FF :
Filter factor (Range between 0 and 1)
The newly determined value will be processed further only then if it differs from the most recent determined value by at least the bandwidth (BW) value. The block cyclically reads the extended diagnosis data provided by the SIMOCODE-DP. These are e.g. the operating hours or the number of starts of the SIMOCODE-DP. These data are shown in the faceplate. The block is called up in the event of a change of the diagnosis data via an interrupt and will then read the same in an event-controlled fashion. In addition there exists a cycle for the reading of the diagnosis data. The cycle time can be parameterised in the input WACYC. The standard setting for the cycle time is 10800 seconds (3 hours). Via the input PAGE, the faceplate communicates which page of the diagnosis the plant operator has called up. The block then writes the required data into the outputs DWA, DWB and DWC. They are evaluated on the faceplate page called up. For the various different diagnosis pages, the content of the three outputs differs and will not be further described here. The faceplate is able to interpret the data accordingly. Internal logic
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
The sequence of the flags is determined by the sequence in which they must be generated. In this relation, the flags marked (with ") must be taken into account in the setting and reset conditions! Auxiliary flag IAVBL
:=
AVBL_&AUTO_&-DOWNL
ICVON
:=
CVON_&SLAVE_OK
IOLPT
:=
(OLPT/TEST)_&-FAULT
S IRCR1 C IRCR1
= =
RCR1/(IMIN_&-AVBL_&OLPT) -RCR1_&-IMIN
ISTA1
:=
STA1_&READY
ISTA2
:=
STA2_&READY
GO1
:=
ISTA1_&ILC1
GO2
:=
ISTA2_&ILC2
RUN1
:=
SEN1/OSG1
RUN2
:=
SEN2/OSG2
RESET
:=
-PWON_&(-EROP/ERES)
PMNOT
:=
-PMI1_&-PMI2
CLEROP
:=
EROP_&ERES
AVAIL
:=
IAVBL_&IOLPT_&LEMO
RUNSTP
:=
ICVON/EROP”/STOP
en-YN.YNT.001.A
3-295
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-296
Data word S ERPI C ERPI
: :
PMNOT/C-STOP_&(-EROP/ERES)_&PMI1_&ILC1_&(RUN1/ISTA1)_&-RUN2_&-GO2/PMI2_&ILC2_&(RUN2/ISTA2_&-RUN1_&-GO1)ICVON/RESET_&(PMI1_&PMI2/PMNOT_&(GO1_&GO2/STOP)/PMI1_&-GO2/PMI2_&-GO1))
S ERSP C ERSP
: :
PWON_&AVAIL_&-STOP_&(ILC1_&(OPS1/ISTA1_&SEN1)/ILC2_&(OPS2/-ISTA2_&SEN2))_&-SPCLICVON/CLEROP
S ERRC C ERRC
: :
PWON_&AVAIL_&-STOP_&(ILC1_&(OPS1/-ISTA1_&SEN1)_&IRCR1/ILC2_&(OPS2/-ISTA2_&SEN2)_&-RCR2)-ICVON/CLEROP
S NOTA C NOTA
: :
-AVAIL/ERPI”/ERSP”/ERRC”/ETIM”-ICVON/AVAIL_&-ERPI”_&RESET
S EROP C EROP
: :
(RUN1_&ILC1/RUN2_&ILC2)_&NOTA”_&-STOP/ERSP”/PMNOT_&ERPI”(-ICVON/CLEROP)_&(PMNOT/-ERPI”)
S OPS1 C OPS1
: :
SEN1_&IRCR1_&SPCL-ILC1/-ICVON/EROP/-IRCR1
S OPS2 C OPS2
: :
SEN2_&RCR2_&SPCL-ILC2/-ICVON/EROP/-RCR2
S GFLT C GFLT
: :
-IOLPT-ICVON/IOLPT_&RESET
S ERMS C ERMS
: :
-IAVBL_&IOLPT_&LEMO-ICVON/(IAVBL/-IOLPT/-LEMO)_&RESET
S EREO C EREO
: :
-LEMO-ICVON/LEMO_&RESET
OPL1
:=
-PWON_&-OPS1_&IRCR1_&IOLPT_&-IAVBL
OPL2
:=
-PWON_&-OPS2_&RCR2_&IOLPT_&-IAVBL
S ETIM C ETIM
: :
LCT1_&((SEN1_&(-IRCR1/-SPCL))/SEN2_&(-RCR2/-SPCL)))CLEROP
TEST
:=
TEST
S BLOCK C BLOCK
= =
BLOCK -ICVON/-BLOCK_&RESET
S DOWNL C DOWNL
= =
DOWNL -ICVON/-DOWNL_&RESET
S GWARN C GWARN
= =
GWARN -GWARN_&RESET
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
S EARTH C EARTH
= =
EARTH -ICVON/-EARTH_&RESET
S IMAX C IMAX
= =
IMAX -ICVON/-IMAX_&RESET
S OVLD C OVLD
= =
OVLD/-OLPT -ICVON/-OVLD_&OLPT_&RESET
S THERM C THERM
= =
THERM -ICVON/-THERM_&RESET
Status word OSG1 OSG2
:= :=
OPS1”OPS2”
S SEN1 C SEN1
: :
GO1_&-GO2_&-RUN2RUNSTP/NOTA”/-ILC1/OSG1”_&PSEN
S SEN2 C SEN2
: :
GO2_&-GO1_&-RUN1RUNSTP/NOTA”/-ILC2/OSG2”_&PSEN
EMOF DAVB EROR
:= := :=
EREO”ICVON_&-NOTA”EROP”
S PWON C PWON
: :
SEN1”/SEN2”RUNSTP/NOTA”/(RUN1_&-ILC1)/(RUN2_&-ILC2)
DOFF
:=
-OSG1”_&-OSG2”
OPER
:=
IMIN
QBAD
:=
-SLAVE_OK
LOCA
:=
(-AVBL/LSER)_&SLAVE_OK
en-YN.YNT.001.A
3-297
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-298
Block view
Fig. 54: REVD_ST block
Starting characteristics During the CPU start-up the REVD_ST block is deactivated. All internal state flags (shown in the data word) are reset. Following start-up the block waits for the number of cycles projected in the input RUNUPCYC, and will only be activated thereafter. A first start-up whilst the program is running is treated internally like a CPU startup. Time behaviour The block must be called via a time interrupt OB or OB1. It does not have a parameter for the sampling interval. Behaviour in case of a time error In the case of a time error the outputs will then be reset. In addition the internal state flags will be reset. Message actions The block REVD_ST internally uses an ALARM_8P block for generating the messages. Messages are generated for the following tripping devices: ● Operating trouble (EROP) ● SIMOCODE-DP group fault (GFLT) ● Machine availability (AVBL) ● Speed monitor (SPCL) ● Machine protection (PMI1) ● Local emergency off (LEMO)
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
3-299
● Monitoring time (ETIM) ● Check-back signal (RCR1) ● Motor blocked (BLOCK) ● SIMOCODE-DP to download mode (DOWNL) ● SIMOCODE-DP group warning (GWARN) ● Earth fault (EARTH) ● Maximum motor current (IMAX) ● Overload (OLPT and OVLD) ● Thermistor error (THERM) ● Overload and asymmetry (UNSYM) The messages can be suppressed by setting the input SUPR or by resetting the input RLSA. The input SUPR, however, is activated by the operator interface (WinCC), and RLSA by the program. The inputs CVON (at value 0) and CSF (at value 1) also suppress the output of messages. Assignment of message text and message class to the block parameters
Mess. Block Default message text no. parameter
Message Suppressable class
1
EROP
$$BlockComment$$ @1I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
2
GFLT
$$BlockComment$$ @2I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
3
ERMS
$$BlockComment$$ @3I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
4
ERSP
$$BlockComment$$ @4I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
5
ERPI
$$BlockComment$$ @5I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
6
EREO
$$BlockComment$$ @6I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
7
ETIM
$$BlockComment$$ @7I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
8
ERRC
$$BlockComment$$ @8I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
9
BLOCK
$$BlockComment$$ @1I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
10
DOWNL
$$BlockComment$$ @2I%t#POLCID_Standard@
PF
Yes
en-YN.YNT.001.A
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-300
Mess. Block Default message text no. parameter
Message Suppressable class
11
GWARN
$$BlockComment$$ @3I%t#POLCID_Standard@
WH
Yes
12
EARTH
$$BlockComment$$ @4I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
13
IMAX
$$BlockComment$$ @5I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
14
OVLD
$$BlockComment$$ @6I%t#POLCID_Standard@ - @9R%6.1f@A
AH
Yes
15
THERN
$$BlockComment$$ @7I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
16
UNSYM
$$BlockComment$$ @8I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
Connections of REVD_ST Connection Meaning (parameters)
Data type
Def.
Type Attr. O&O Perm. values
SUBNETID
Number of the Profibus subsystem of the PLC
INT
0
I
DPPA_ADR
Slave address of the Profibus device
INT
0
I
DADDR
Diagnosis address of the Profibus slave
INT
0
I
STA1
Start drive direction 1
BOOL
0
I
Q
STA2
Start drive direction 2
BOOL
0
I
Q
ILC1
Process-technological interlock direction 1
BOOL
1
I
Q
ILC2
Process-technological interlock direction 2
BOOL
1
I
Q
STOP
Stop drive
BOOL
0
I
Q
CVON
Control voltage on
BOOL
1
I
Q
PMI1
Machine protection interlock direction 1
BOOL
1
I
Q
PMI2
Machine protection interlock direction 2
BOOL
1
I
Q
SPCL
Speed monitor
BOOL
1
I
Q
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
Connection Meaning (parameters)
3-301
Data type
Def.
Type Attr. O&O Perm. values
CSF
Control system error
BOOL
0
I
Q
DOWNL
Set SIMOCODE-DP to download mode
BOOL
0
I
Q
TEST
Set SIMOCODE-DP to test mode
BOOL
0
I
Q
LST1
Local start/stop without PMI1
BOOL
0
I
Q
LST2
Local start/stop without PMI2
BOOL
0
I
Q
LSP1
Local start/stop with PMI1
BOOL
0
I
Q
LSP2
Local start/stop with PMI2
BOOL
0
I
Q
SWRE
Enabling start-up warning
BOOL
1
I
Q
ESST
Display of softkeys for single faceplate start
BOOL
0
I
+
ENRE
Display of softkeys for faceplate BOOL reset
0
I
+
SWLO
Start-up warning also in local operating mode
BOOL
0
I
LSEL
Selection LSER switches Simocode device to local operating mode
BOOL
0
I
RLSA
Enabling alarm generation
BOOL
1
I
Q
TIME1
Monitoring time setpoint value
REAL
5.0
I
BQ
BW
Belt width for filtering motor current value
INT
1
I
Q
FF
Filter factor motor current value
REAL
0.5
I
Q
ILH
Rated current for motor current value calibration
REAL
100.0
I
Q
WACYC
Waiting cycle for reading diagnosis data
REAL
10800.0 I
Q
RUNUPCYC
Waiting cycles at start
INT
3
I
PAGE
Activated page of the faceplate
INT
1
I
B
EV_ID1
Message ID no. 1
DWORD 0
I
M
EV_ID2
Message ID no. 2
DWORD 0
I
M
RESET
Resetting error SIMOCODE-DP BOOL
IO
BQ
en-YN.YNT.001.A
0
+
+
+
+
>0
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-302
Connection Meaning (parameters)
Data type
Def.
Type Attr. O&O Perm. values
LSER
Enabling of local operation
BOOL
0
IO
BQ
+
SST1
Single start direction 1
BOOL
0
IO
B
+
SST2
Single start direction 2
BOOL
0
IO
B
+
SSTP
Single stop
BOOL
0
IO
B
+
SUPR
Suppression of alarms
BOOL
0
IO
B
+
EV1_SIG1
Index variable for message no. 1
INT
1
IO
EV1_SIG2
Index variable for message no. 2
INT
29
IO
EV1_SIG3
Index variable for message no. 3
INT
3
IO
EV1_SIG4
Index variable for message no. 4
INT
4
IO
EV1_SIG5
Index variable for message no. 5
INT
5
IO
EV1_SIG6
Index variable for message no. 6
INT
6
IO
EV1_SIG7
Index variable for message no. 7
INT
7
IO
EV1_SIG8
Index variable for message no. 8
INT
8
IO
EV2_SIG1
Index variable for message no. 9
INT
30
IO
EV2_SIG2
Index variable for message no. 10
INT
31
IO
EV2_SIG3
Index variable for message no. 11
INT
32
IO
EV2_SIG4
Index variable for message no. 12
INT
33
IO
EV2_SIG5
Index variable for message no. 13
INT
34
IO
EV2_SIG6
Index variable for message no. 14
INT
2
IO
EV2_SIG7
Index variable for message no. 15
INT
35
IO
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
3-303
Connection Meaning (parameters)
Data type
Def.
Type Attr. O&O Perm. values
EV2_SIG8
Index variable for message no. 16
INT
36
IO
OSG1
Operating message direction 1
BOOL
0
O
Q
OSG2
Operating message direction 2
BOOL
0
O
Q
EMOF
Emergency off activated
BOOL
0
O
Q
DAVB
Drive is available
BOOL
0
O
Q
EROR
Drive is faulty
BOOL
0
O
Q
DOFF
Drive is off
BOOL
0
O
Q
SWST
Start start-up warning
BOOL
0
O
Q
OPER
Drive is operating (locally or automatically)
BOOL
0
O
Q
QBAD
Profibus slave faulty
BOOL
0
O
Q
LOCA
Drive is in local operating mode
BOOL
0
O
Q
ACT1
Current monitoring time
REAL
0.0
O
Q
+
A1
Current motor current
REAL
0.0
O
Q
+
OPTI
Current operating hours SIMOCODE-DP
REAL
0.0
O
Q
+
NOST
Number of starts performed
REAL
0.0
O
Q
+
NOOV
Number of overload trippings
REAL
0.0
O
Q
+
PW
Parameter word
DWORD 0
O
Q
+
DW
Data word
DWORD 0
O
Q
+
SW
Status word
DWORD 0
O
Q
+
DWA
Extended diagnosis data for faceplate
DWORD 0
O
Q
+
DWB
Extended diagnosis data for faceplate
DWORD 0
O
Q
+
DWC
Extended diagnosis data for faceplate
DWORD 0
O
Q
+
Operation and observation of REVD_ST See the description of the block symbol and the faceplate in the corresponding manual in this regard.
en-YN.YNT.001.A
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-304
PW, DW and SW of REVD_ST The inputs, outputs and the internal status of the respective block are mapped on the parameter word, the data word and the status word. The assignment of the bits is found in the following table: > REVD_ST < Bit
Parameter word
Data word
Status word
0
STA1
OPS1
SEN1
1
STA2
EROP
SEN2
2
ILC1
OPS2
OSG1
3
ILC2
NOTA
OSG2
4
EMOF
5
DAVB
6
STOP
OPL1
EROR
7
CVON
OLP2
PWON
8
GFLT
GFLT
DOFF
9
AVBL
ERMS
SWST
10
RCR1
ERSP
OPER
11
RCR2
12
PMI1
ERPI
13
PMI2
EREO
14
SPCL
ETIM
15
LEMO
16
LSER
ERRC
17
LST1
TEST
18
LST2
BLOCK
19
LSP1
DOWNL
20
LSP2
GWARN
21
SST1
EARTH
22
SST2
IMAX
23
SSTP
OVLD
24
SWRE
THERM
QBAD
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
25
CSF
26
DOWNL
27
TEST
3-305
UNSYM
28
COLOUR_1
29
COLOUR_2
30
COLOUR_3
31
COLOUR_4 In the case of the COLOUR operating states, the block REVD_ST does not have all possible states. It features the states with the numbers 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9 and 12.
DWA, DWB and DWC of REVD_ST The block has three additional data words: DWA, DWB and DWC. These words offer additional information on the SIMOCODE-DP motor controller and the Profibus slave. This information is shown in the associated faceplate. The assignment of the data words changes with the value of the input PAGE. When activating the corresponding page of the faceplate, the latter automatically sets the input PAGE to the value corresponding to the activated diagnosis page. The input PAGE may have the following values: Page
Activated diagnosis page of the faceplate
1
:
PROFIBUS – Information on the Profibus slave
2
:
SIMOCODE – Extended information on the SIMOCODE-DP motor controller
4
:
STATISTICS – Statistics data and motor current of the SIMOCODE-DP
en-YN.YNT.001.A
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-306
With the different values of PAGE the content of the data words DWA, DWB and DWC also varies. A content list follows below: > REVD_ST with PAGE = 1 < Bit
Data word A
Data word B
0
ST_NOEX
HARD_ID
1
ST_NORDY
2
ST_INSLR
3
ST_SENSU
4
ST_MASLO
5
ST_WATCH
6
ST_STDIA
7
ST_EXDIA
8
ST_EXDOV
9
ST_SYNC
10
ST_FREEZ
11
ST_PAREQ
12
ST_PARFA
13
ST_SLCCF
14
ST_SLDEA
15
ST_STASL
16
SLAVE_OK
17
SLAVE_DPV1
18
SLAVE_SIMO
Data word C
DPPA_ADR
SUBNETID
19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
3-307
27 28 29 30 31
> REVD_ST with PAGE = 2 < Bit
Data word A
Data word B
Data word C
0
ON1
WA_EARTH
ER_EARTH
1
OFF
WA_OVLD
ER_OVLD
2
ON2
WA_UNSYM
ER_UNSYM
3
OVL_WAR
WA_I1MAX
ER_THERM
4
AUTO
WA_I1MIN
ER_I1MAX
5
LOCK_OT
WA_I2MAX
ER_I1MIN
6
FAULT
WA_I2MIN
ER_I2MAX
7
WARNING
EXT_WARN
ER_I2MIN
8
READY
WA_THERM
CURR_ON
9
IDL_TIM
UNSYM
CURR_OFF
10
INI_PAR
SENS_SC
MOT_STAL
11
PAR_ACT
POS_STAL
12
COOL_TI
ER_DOUB0
13
CST
ER_DOUB1
14
OPENING
ER_ENDPO
15
CLOSING
ER_NONEQ
16
POS_CLOS
RTS
17
POS_OPEN
OPO
18
TRQ_CLOS
UVO
19
TRQ_OPEN
EXT_FLT1
20
DP_BLOCK
EXT_FLT2
21
DP_FAIL
ER_CST
22
PLC_CPU
ER_RT_ON
en-YN.YNT.001.A
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-308
23
EM_START
ER_RT_OF
24
HW_TEST
PARA_ER0
25
EXT_SIG1
PARA_ER1
26
EXT_SIG2
PARA_ER2
27
EXT_SIG3
PARA_ER3
28
PARA_ER4
29
PARA_ER5
30
PARA_ER6
31
PARA_ER7
> REVD_ST with PAGE = 4 < Bit
Data word A
Data word B
0
RUN_TIME
NO_START
Data word C
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
ACT_COLTI
8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
NO_OVLD
17 18
en-YN.YNT.001.A
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-309
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-310
3.67 Simocode-DP drive control RVDL_ST: reversible drive with limit switches Description of RVDL_ST Object name (Type + Number) FB 522 Calling OBs The time interrupt OB in which the block is installed (e.g. OB 35). Function The block is used for controlling a reversible drive with limit switches which is driven by a SIMOCODE-DP motor controller. The SIMOCODE-DP is connected to the PLC via the Profibus. The block communicates directly with the Profibus device SIMOCODE-DP. Profibus In order to integrate the block, the type SIMOCODE-DPV1 PDM is used for this purpose in the PCS7 program HW Konfig. This is part of the scope of supply of the PCS7 and does not need to be installed subsequently. In HW Konfig, in the catalogue, the profile Standard is set for this purpose. Now the folder PROFIBUS-DP is opened. There the subfolders Further field equipment, switchgear and SIMOCODE are opened. Here, the entry SIMOCODE-DPV1 PDM is located.
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
Fig. 55: HW Konfig with SIMOCODE
This entry is used for the definition of the Profibus-DP slave. As a block, DPV1: BasicType 2 compact is used. Following the definition of the Profibus slave, a setting must be carried out. To this end the object properties and then the page 'Parameterising the slave' must be opened.
en-YN.YNT.001.A
3-311
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-312
Fig. 56: Object properties of SIMOCODE-DPV1 PDM
Here, under "Station parameters" in the line "Equipment-specific parameters" the entry "Diagnosing according to DPV1" must be activated with "Yes". Only if the above-stated settings for a SIMOCODE-DP have been completely made, will the full functional scope of the block be ensured. Operating principle The block communicates directly with the SIMOCODE-DP-DP motor controller. This device is defined as a Profibus slave. At the input SUBNETID, the number of the Profibus system, which the SIMOCODE-DP is connected to, must be entered. At the input DPPA_ADR the slave address of the SIMOCODE-DP must be entered and at the input DADDR the diagnose address of the SIMOCODE-DP must be entered. All these values may be taken from the hardware configuration of a STEP7 project. Using these values, the block can communicate automatically with the corresponding SIMOCODE-DP.
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
Internally, the same logic is used as for the block RVDL (FB 504). However, the block RVDL_ST reads some signals directly from the Profibus (SIMOCODE-DP) and these need not be connected as inputs or outputs. These are the inputs OLPT, AVBL, RCR1, RCR2, SEN1 and SEN2. They are read directly by SIMOCODE-DP or written to the SIMOCODE-DP. Nevertheless these inputs and outputs are used in the internal logic. In addition, status signals are still used in the interlock system which the SIMOCODE-DP generates. In detail, these are the signals READY, FAULT, AUTO and IMIN. If one of the two end positions applies, the start of a drive can only be effected if a valid starting command for the direction leading away from the end position is given. If the drive was stopped between the end positions (caused by a fault), a valid starting command can optionally be given for one of the two directions. A valid starting command exists when the signals: 'STA1', 'ILC1', 'AVBL', 'OLPT', 'PMI1', 'READY' or 'STA2', 'ILC2', 'AVBL', 'OLPT', 'PMI2', 'READY' are set. In this case, the start enable signals 'SEN1' or 'SEN2' are set (motor activating signals) and the end position indicator 'POS1' or POS2' is cleared. If the check-back signal 'RCR1' or 'RCR2' is set while a valid starting command is present, the drive changes over to the operating condition which is characterised by the bits 'OSG1', 'OPS1' or 'OSG2', 'OPS2'. Correct stopping is performed by activation of the associated limit switch 'LSW1' or 'LSW2'. If the machine protection fails for both directions simultaneously, the error signal 'ERPI' is generated regardless of the current operating status. If the machine protection fails for one direction only, this is only detected and signalled when the drive is started or in operation in this direction. When the reversible drive with limit switches is stationary and starting commands are issued simultaneously for both directions, no error is signalled. If the drive is running in one direction, starting commands for the other direction are ignored. The time TIME1 monitors the time in seconds, e.g. for movement of the drive from POS1 to POS2, in which the associated limit switch must be set. If time = 0, no time monitoring of the movement is performed. By means of the signals SST1 and SST2 an individual start of the drive can be realised in automatic mode. In the faceplate of the drive, the operator sets the signals SST1 or SST2. After processing in the block, these signals are reset by the block. After operation of the signal SST1/2 the output SWST is set at first. By means of this output an external start-up warning can be started. If the start-up warning time has expired, then the input SWRE must be set. In this way, there is a valid starting command and the drive is then started as described above. With the exception of the combination with the signals SWST and SWRE the signals SST1/2 behave in the same way with signal STA1/2.
en-YN.YNT.001.A
3-313
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-314
With the signals LSER, LST1 and LSP1 operation of the drive is possible via external switches, keyboards or from the control panel. With the signal LSER the drive is switched to local operation. The availability of the drive disappears therewith. Using the parameter SWLO, it is selected whether the input SWRE is taken into consideration for the evaluation of the inputs LST1 and LSP1. Note Via the signals LST1/2 and LSP1/2, the drive can be started ("1") or stopped ("0"). Via LST1/2 the drive is started independently from the interlock signals! Via LSP1/2 the signals CVON, OLPT and PMI1/2 are taken into consideration. As long as the start signals are pending the drive runs, if the start signal changes to zero the drive is stopped. The block additionally outputs the motor current of the drive at output A1. Standardised from 0 to 100 % of the rated current, the motor current is read by the SIMOCODE-DP. By means of the rated current ILH it is calibrated into the unit Ampere and filtered with BW and FF. This filtration works according to the following formula: Y(n+1) = Y(n) + ( FF * ( VAL – Y(n) ) ) (n) :
Index of the last filtered measured value
(n+1) :
Index of the new filtered measured value
VAL :
Unfiltered input value
FF :
Filter factor (Range between 0 and 1)
The newly determined value will be processed further only then if it differs from the most recent determined value by at least the bandwidth (BW) value. The block cyclically reads the extended diagnosis data provided by the SIMOCODE-DP. These are e.g. the operating hours or the number of starts of the SIMOCODE-DP. These data are shown in the faceplate. The block is called up in the event of a change of the diagnosis data via an interrupt and will then read the same in an event-controlled fashion. In addition there exists a cycle for the reading of the diagnosis data. The cycle time can be parameterised in the input WACYC. The standard setting for the cycle time is 10800 seconds (3 hours). Via the input PAGE, the faceplate communicates which page of the diagnosis the plant operator has called up. The block then writes the required data into the outputs DWA, DWB and DWC. They are evaluated on the faceplate page called up. For the various different diagnosis pages, the content of the three outputs differs and will not be further described here. The faceplate is able to interpret the data accordingly. Internal logic The sequence of the flags is determined by the sequence in which they must be generated. In this relation, the flags marked (with ") must be taken into account in the setting and reset conditions!
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
Auxiliary flag IAVBL
:=
AVBL_&AUTO_&-DOWNL
ICVON
:=
CVON_&SLAVE_OK
IOLPT
:=
(OLPT/TEST)_&-FAULT
S IRCR1 C IRCR1
= =
RCR1/(IMIN_&-AVBL_&OLPT) -RCR1_&-IMIN
ISTA1
:=
STA1_&READY
ISTA2
:=
STA2_&READY
GO1
:=
ISTA1_&ILC1
GO2
:=
ISTA2_&ILC2
NOSEN
:=
-(SEN1/SEN2)
RESET
:=
NOSEN_&(-EROP/ERES)
CLEROP
:=
EROP_&ERES
CLERPS
:=
ERPS_&ERES
LSWALL
:=
LSW1_&LSW2
LSWPOS
:=
-LSW1_&POS1_&-SEN2_&-OSG2/-LSW2_&POS2_&-SEN1_&-OSG1
AVAIL
:=
IAVBL_&IOLPT
en-YN.YNT.001.A
3-315
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-316
Data word S ERPS C ERPS
: :
(LSWALL/-CLERPS_&LSWPOS/(LSW1_&ILC2_&SEN2_&(ISTA2/AVAIL_&PMI2_&OPS2)/LSW2_&ILC1_&SEN1_&(ISTA1/AVAIL_&PMI1_&OPS1))/((LSW1.EQV.LSW2)_&(SEN1_&ISTA1_&ILC1/SEN2_&-ISTA2_&ILC2)))/ETIM”-ICVON/LSWALL_&ERPS_&RESET
S ERPI C ERPI
::
S ERRC C ERRC
: :
AVAIL_&-ERPI”_&-ERPS_&(OPS1_&GO1_&-IRCR1_&LSW1/OPS2_&GO2_&-RCR2_&-LSW2)-ICVON/CLEROP
S NOTA C NOTA
: :
-AVAIL/ERPI”/ERPS”/ERRC”-ICVON/AVAIL_&-ERPI”_&ERPS”_&RESET
S EROP C EROP
: :
((SEN1_&ILC1_&-LSW1/SEN2_&ILC2_&LSW2)_&NOTA”)/(ERPS”/ERRC”_&(SEN1/SEN2/OSG1/OSG2))ICVON/CLEROP_&(ERPS_&-LSWPOS/-ERPS”)
S OPS1 C OPS1
: :
GO1_&SEN1_&IRCR1-ICVON/-GO1/LSW1/NOTA”
S OPS2 C OPS2
: :
GO2_&SEN2_&RCR2-ICVON/-GO2/LSW2/NOTA”
S GFLT C GFLT
: :
-IOLPT-ICVON/IOLPT_&RESET
S ERMS C ERMS
: :
-IAVBL_&IOLPT-ICVON/(IAVBL/-IOLPT)_&RESET
S ETIM C ETIM
: :
LCT1_&((SEN1_&-LSW1)/(SEN2_&-LSW2))-ICVON/RESET
S POS1 C POS1
: :
LSW1_&(-POS2/-LSW2_&CLERPS)-ICVON/LSWALL/LSW1_&(CLERPS/SEN2”/OSG2/-ERPS”_&LSW1)
S POS2 C POS2
: :
LSW2_&(-POS1/-LSW1_&CLERPS)-ICVON/LSWALL/LSW2_&(CLERPS/SEN1”/OSG1/-ERPS”_&LSW2)
OPL1
:=
-SEN1_&-OPS1_&IRCR1
OPL2
:=
-SEN2_&-OPS2_&RCR2
TEST
:=
TEST
S BLOCK C BLOCK
= =
BLOCK -ICVON/-BLOCK_&RESET
(-PMI1_&-PMI2)/(-EROP/ERES)_&(-PMI1_&-LSW1_&GO1_&(SEN1/SEN2_&(LSW2/-GO2)/-PMI2_&-LSW2_&GO2_&(SEN2/SEN1_&(LSW1/-GO1))ICVON/(PMI1_&PMI2/ERPS”_&(PMI1/PMI2)/PMI1_&(GO2/LSW2/GO1_&-LSW1)/PMI2_&(-GO1/LSW1/GO2_&LSW2))_&RESET
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
S DOWNL C DOWNL
= =
DOWNL -ICVON/-DOWNL_&RESET
S GWARN C GWARN
= =
GWARN -GWARN_&RESET
S EARTH C EARTH
= =
EARTH -ICVON/-EARTH_&RESET
S IMAX C IMAX
= =
IMAX -ICVON/-IMAX_&RESET
S OVLD C OVLD
= =
OVLD/-OLPT -ICVON/-OVLD_&OLPT_&RESET
S THERM C THERM
= =
THERM -ICVON/-THERM_&RESET
Status word S PWON C PWON
: :
ISTA1_&ILC1-ICVON/NOTA”/STOP/-ILC1
S OSG1 C OSG1
: :
OPS1-OPS1”
S SEN1 C SEN1
: :
PWON”OSG1”/-PWON”
EMOF
:=
EREO”
DAVB
:=
-NOTA”_&ICVON
EROR
:=
EROP”
DOFF
:=
-OSG1”
OPER
:=
IMIN
QBAD
:=
-SLAVE_OK
LOCA
:=
(-AVBL/LSER)_&SLAVE_OK
en-YN.YNT.001.A
3-317
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-318
Block view
Fig. 57: RVDL_ST block
Starting characteristics During the CPU start-up the RVDL_ST block is deactivated. All internal state flags (shown in the data word) are reset. Following start-up the block waits for the number of cycles projected in the input RUNUPCYC, and will only be activated thereafter. A first start-up whilst the program is running is treated internally like a CPU startup. Time behaviour The block must be called via a time interrupt OB or OB1. It does not have a parameter for the sampling interval. Behaviour in case of a time error In the case of a time error the outputs will then be reset. In addition the internal state flags will be reset. Message actions The block RVDL_ST internally uses an ALARM_8P block for generating the messages. Messages are generated for the following tripping devices: ● Operating trouble (EROP) ● SIMOCODE-DP group fault (GFLT) ● Machine availability (AVBL) ● Machine protection (PMI1) ● Position monitoring (ERPS)
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
3-319
● Monitoring time (ETIM) ● Check-back signal (RCR1) ● Motor blocked (BLOCK) ● SIMOCODE-DP to download mode (DOWNL) ● SIMOCODE-DP group warning (GWARN) ● Earth fault (EARTH) ● Maximum motor current (IMAX) ● Overload (OLPT and OVLD) ● Thermistor error (THERM) ● Overload and asymmetry (UNSYM) The messages can be suppressed by setting the input SUPR or by resetting the input RLSA. The input SUPR, however, is activated by the operator interface (WinCC), and RLSA by the program. Including the inputs CVON (at value 0) Assignment of message text and message class to the block parameters
Mess. Block Default message text no. parameter
Message Suppressable class
1
EROP
$$BlockComment$$ @1I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
2
GFLT
$$BlockComment$$ @2I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
3
ERMS
$$BlockComment$$ @3I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
4
ERSP
$$BlockComment$$ @4I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
5
ERPI
$$BlockComment$$ @5I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
6
EREO
$$BlockComment$$ @6I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
7
ETIM
$$BlockComment$$ @7I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
8
ERRC
$$BlockComment$$ @8I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
9
BLOCK
$$BlockComment$$ @1I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
10
DOWNL
$$BlockComment$$ @2I%t#POLCID_Standard@
PF
Yes
en-YN.YNT.001.A
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-320
Mess. Block Default message text no. parameter
Message Suppressable class
11
GWARN
$$BlockComment$$ @3I%t#POLCID_Standard@
WH
Yes
12
EARTH
$$BlockComment$$ @4I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
13
IMAX
$$BlockComment$$ @5I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
14
OVLD
$$BlockComment$$ @6I%t#POLCID_Standard@ - @9R%6.1f@A
AH
Yes
15
THERN
$$BlockComment$$ @7I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
16
UNSYM
$$BlockComment$$ @8I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
Connections of RVDL_ST Connection Meaning (parameters)
Data type
Def.
Type Attr. O&O Perm. values
SUBNETID
Number of the Profibus subsystem of the PLC
INT
0
I
DPPA_ADR
Slave address of the Profibus device
INT
0
I
DADDR
Diagnosis address of the Profibus slave
INT
0
I
STA1
Start drive
BOOL
0
I
Q
ILC1
Process-technological interlock
BOOL
1
I
Q
STOP
Stop drive
BOOL
0
I
Q
CVON
Control voltage on
BOOL
1
I
Q
PMI1
Machine protection interlock
BOOL
1
I
Q
SPCL
Speed monitor
BOOL
1
I
Q
CSF
Control system error
BOOL
0
I
Q
DOWNL
Set SIMOCODE-DP to download mode
BOOL
0
I
Q
TEST
Set SIMOCODE-DP to test mode
BOOL
0
I
Q
LST1
Local start/stop without PMI1
BOOL
0
I
Q
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
3-321
Connection Meaning (parameters)
Data type
Def.
Type Attr. O&O Perm. values
LSP1
Local start/stop with PMI1
BOOL
0
I
Q
SWRE
Enabling start-up warning
BOOL
1
I
Q
ESST
Display of softkeys for single faceplate start
BOOL
0
I
+
ENRE
Display of softkeys for faceplate BOOL reset
0
I
+
SWLO
Start-up warning also in local operating mode
BOOL
0
I
LSEL
Selection LSER switches Simocode device to local operating mode
BOOL
0
I
RLSA
Enabling alarm generation
BOOL
1
I
Q
TIME1
Monitoring time setpoint value
REAL
5.0
I
BQ
BW
Belt width for filtering motor current value
INT
1
I
Q
FF
Filter factor motor current value
REAL
0.5
I
Q
ILH
Rated current for motor current value calibration
REAL
100.0
I
Q
WACYC
Waiting cycle for reading diagnosis data
REAL
10800.0 I
Q
RUNUPCYC
Waiting cycles at start
INT
3
I
PAGE
Activated page of the faceplate
INT
1
I
B
EV_ID1
Message ID no. 1
DWORD 0
I
M
EV_ID2
Message ID no. 2
DWORD 0
I
M
RESET
Resetting error SIMOCODE-DP BOOL
0
IO
BQ
+
LSER
Enabling of local operation
BOOL
0
IO
BQ
+
SST1
Single start
BOOL
0
IO
B
+
SSTP
Single stop
BOOL
0
IO
B
+
SUPR
Suppression of alarms
BOOL
0
IO
B
+
EV1_SIG1
Index variable for message no. 1
INT
1
IO
EV1_SIG2
Index variable for message no. 2
INT
29
IO
en-YN.YNT.001.A
+
+
+
>0
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-322
Connection Meaning (parameters)
Data type
Def.
Type Attr. O&O Perm. values
EV1_SIG3
Index variable for message no. 3
INT
3
IO
EV1_SIG4
Index variable for message no. 4
INT
4
IO
EV1_SIG5
Index variable for message no. 5
INT
5
IO
EV1_SIG6
Index variable for message no. 6
INT
6
IO
EV1_SIG7
Index variable for message no. 7
INT
7
IO
EV1_SIG8
Index variable for message no. 8
INT
8
IO
EV2_SIG1
Index variable for message no. 9
INT
30
IO
EV2_SIG2
Index variable for message no. 10
INT
31
IO
EV2_SIG3
Index variable for message no. 11
INT
32
IO
EV2_SIG4
Index variable for message no. 12
INT
33
IO
EV2_SIG5
Index variable for message no. 13
INT
34
IO
EV2_SIG6
Index variable for message no. 14
INT
2
IO
EV2_SIG7
Index variable for message no. 15
INT
35
IO
EV2_SIG8
Index variable for message no. 16
INT
36
IO
OSG1
Operating message
BOOL
0
O
Q
EMOF
Emergency off activated
BOOL
0
O
Q
DAVB
Drive is available
BOOL
0
O
Q
EROR
Drive is faulty
BOOL
0
O
Q
DOFF
Drive is off
BOOL
0
O
Q
SWST
Start start-up warning
BOOL
0
O
Q
OPER
Drive is operating (locally or
BOOL
0
O
Q
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
3-323
Connection Meaning (parameters)
Data type
Def.
Type Attr. O&O Perm. values
automatically) QBAD
Profibus slave faulty
BOOL
0
O
Q
LOCA
Drive is in local operating mode
BOOL
0
O
Q
ACT1
Current monitoring time
REAL
0.0
O
Q
+
A1
Current motor current
REAL
0.0
O
Q
+
OPTI
Current operating hours SIMOCODE-DP
REAL
0.0
O
Q
+
NOST
Number of starts performed
REAL
0.0
O
Q
+
NOOV
Number of overload trippings
REAL
0.0
O
Q
+
PW
Parameter word
DWORD 0
O
Q
+
DW
Data word
DWORD 0
O
Q
+
SW
Status word
DWORD 0
O
Q
+
DWA
Extended diagnosis data for faceplate
DWORD 0
O
Q
+
DWB
Extended diagnosis data for faceplate
DWORD 0
O
Q
+
DWC
Extended diagnosis data for faceplate
DWORD 0
O
Q
+
Operation and observation of RVDL_ST See the description of the block symbol and the faceplate in the corresponding manual in this regard. PW, DW and SW of RVDL_ST The inputs, outputs and the internal status of the respective block are mapped on the parameter word, the data word and the status word. The assignment of the bits is found in the following table: > RVDL_ST < Bit
Parameter word
Data word
Status word
0
STA1
OPS1
SEN1
1 2
EROP ILC1
en-YN.YNT.001.A
OSG1
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-324
3
NOTA
4
EMOF
5
DAVB
6
STOP
OPL1
7
CVON
8
GFLT
GFLT
DOFF
9
AVBL
ERMS
SWST
10
RCR1
ERSP
OPER
PWON
11 12
QBAD PMI1
ERPI
13 SPCL
15
LEMO
16
LSER
ERRC
17
LST1
TEST
ETIM
18
BLOCK LSP1
DOWNL
20 21
LOCA
EREO
14
19
EROR
GWARN SST1
EARTH
22
IMAX
23
SSTP
OVLD
24
SWRE
THERM
25
CSF
UNSYM
26
DOWNL
27
TEST
28
COLOUR_1
29
COLOUR_2
30
COLOUR_3
31
COLOUR_4 In the case of the COLOUR operating states, the block RVDL_ST has all defined states from 1 to 11.
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
DWA, DWB and DWC of RVDL_ST The block has three additional data words: DWA, DWB and DWC. These words offer additional information on the SIMOCODE-DP motor controller and the Profibus slave. This information is shown in the associated faceplate. The assignment of the data words changes with the value of the input PAGE. When activating the corresponding page of the faceplate, the latter automatically sets the input PAGE to the value corresponding to the activated diagnosis page.
en-YN.YNT.001.A
3-325
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-326
The input PAGE may have the following values: Page
Activated diagnosis page of the faceplate
1
:
PROFIBUS – Information on the Profibus slave
2
:
SIMOCODE – Extended information on the SIMOCODE-DP motor controller
4
:
STATISTICS – Statistics data and motor current of the SIMOCODE-DP With the different values of PAGE the content of the data words DWA, DWB and DWC also varies. A content list follows below:
> RVDL_ST with PAGE = 1 < Bit
Data word A
Data word B
0
ST_NOEX
HARD_ID
1
ST_NORDY
2
ST_INSLR
3
ST_SENSU
4
ST_MASLO
5
ST_WATCH
6
ST_STDIA
7
ST_EXDIA
8
ST_EXDOV
9
ST_SYNC
10
ST_FREEZ
11
ST_PAREQ
12
ST_PARFA
13
ST_SLCCF
14
ST_SLDEA
15
ST_STASL
16
SLAVE_OK
17
SLAVE_DPV1
18
SLAVE_SIMO
Data word C
DPPA_ADR
SUBNETID
19 20 21
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
3-327
22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31
> RVDL_ST with PAGE = 2 < Bit
Data word A
Data word B
Data word C
0
ON1
WA_EARTH
ER_EARTH
1
OFF
WA_OVLD
ER_OVLD
2
ON2
WA_UNSYM
ER_UNSYM
3
OVL_WAR
WA_I1MAX
ER_THERM
4
AUTO
WA_I1MIN
ER_I1MAX
5
LOCK_OT
WA_I2MAX
ER_I1MIN
6
FAULT
WA_I2MIN
ER_I2MAX
7
WARNING
EXT_WARN
ER_I2MIN
8
READY
WA_THERM
CURR_ON
9
IDL_TIM
UNSYM
CURR_OFF
10
INI_PAR
SENS_SC
MOT_STAL
11
PAR_ACT
POS_STAL
12
COOL_TI
ER_DOUB0
13
CST
ER_DOUB1
14
OPENING
ER_ENDPO
15
CLOSING
ER_NONEQ
16
POS_CLOS
RTS
17
POS_OPEN
OPO
en-YN.YNT.001.A
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-328
18
TRQ_CLOS
UVO
19
TRQ_OPEN
EXT_FLT1
20
DP_BLOCK
EXT_FLT2
21
DP_FAIL
ER_CST
22
PLC_CPU
ER_RT_ON
23
EM_START
ER_RT_OF
24
HW_TEST
PARA_ER0
25
EXT_SIG1
PARA_ER1
26
EXT_SIG2
PARA_ER2
27
EXT_SIG3
PARA_ER3
28
PARA_ER4
29
PARA_ER5
30
PARA_ER6
31
PARA_ER7
> RVDL_ST with PAGE = 4 < Bit
Data word A
Data word B
Data word C
0
RUN_TIME
NO_START
ACT_COLTI
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
3-329
14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31
en-YN.YNT.001.A
NO_OVLD
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-330
3.68 Simocode-DP drive control CONT_ST: Actuator Description of CONT_ST Object name (Type + Number) FB 523 Calling OBs The time interrupt OB in which the block is installed (e.g. OB 35). Function The block is used for controlling an actuator with limit switches which is driven by a SIMOCODE-DP motor controller. The SIMOCODE-DP is connected to the PLC via the Profibus. The block communicates directly with the Profibus device SIMOCODE-DP. Profibus In order to integrate the block, the type SIMOCODE-DPV1 PDM is used for this purpose in the PCS7 program HW Konfig. This is part of the scope of supply of the PCS7 and does not need to be installed subsequently. In HW Konfig, in the catalogue, the profile Standard is set for this purpose. Now the folder PROFIBUS-DP is opened. There the subfolders Further field equipment, switchgear and SIMOCODE are opened. Here, the entry SIMOCODE-DPV1 PDM is located.
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
Fig. 58: HW Konfig with SIMOCODE
This entry is used for the definition of the Profibus-DP slave. As a block, DPV1: BasicType 2 compact is used. Following the definition of the Profibus slave, a setting must be carried out. To this end the object properties and then the page 'Parameterising the slave' must be opened.
en-YN.YNT.001.A
3-331
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-332
Fig. 59: Object properties of SIMOCODE-DPV1 PDM
Here, under "Station parameters" in the line "Equipment-specific parameters" the entry "Diagnosing according to DPV1" must be activated with "Yes". Only if the above-stated settings for a SIMOCODE-DP have been completely made, will the full functional scope of the block be ensured. Operating principle The block communicates directly with the SIMOCODE-DP motor controller. This device is defined as a Profibus slave. At the input SUBNETID, the number of the Profibus system, which the SIMOCODE-DP is connected to, must be entered. At the input DPPA_ADR the slave address of the SIMOCODE-DP must be entered and at the input DADDR the diagnose address of the SIMOCODE-DP must be entered. All these values may be taken from the hardware configuration of a STEP7 project. Using these values, the block can communicate automatically with the corresponding SIMOCODE-DP.
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
Internally, the same logic is used as for the block CONT_DO (FB 506). However, the block CONT_ST reads some signals directly from the Profibus (SIMOCODEDP) and these need not be connected as inputs or outputs. These are the inputs OLPT, AVBL, SEN1 and SEN2. They are read directly by SIMOCODE-DP or written to the SIMOCODE-DP. These inputs and outputs will nevertheless be used in the internal logic. In addition, status signals are still used in the interlock system which the SIMOCODE-DP generates. In detail, these are the signals READY, FAULT, AUTO and IMIN. If the drive is available, i.e. the 'DAVB' bit in the status word is set, the CONT_DO operates as a three-step controller. If the deviation between the actual value ACT and the setpoint SET is greater than the switching difference SWIT, the output 'CLSE' or 'OPEN' in the data word is set according to the sign of the deviation and the bit 'SEN1' or 'SEN2' is simultaneously set in the status word, which must then be switched to the associated digital outputs in the drive program. The setpoint value is formed from the automatic setpoint value ASET (can be connected in the program) and the setpoint value from the faceplate SET. By means of the input AUTO it is selected which of the two setpoint values is activated. With AUTO = 0, setpoint value SET is active, and with AUTO = 1 setpoint value ASET is active. In the case of AUTO = 1 the setpoint value is deactivated in the faceplate and the value of SET is equalled to the value of ASET. A special function of the drive block is movement to specific positions in dependence on the control bits in the parameter word. For this, the limits HIGH and LOW are used as values. The setpoint is overwritten with a specified limit value by setting two bits in the parameter word. After releasing the forced limit, normal operation is resumed only if a new, changed setpoint is sent. During the travel time of the actuator the input of the position check-back must have changed by at least 0.0025 within the time TIMEOUT (in seconds). If not, a position error is created. After a fault the setpoint must change, in order that a new process is started. The setpoint must also be changed after a forced open/close, in order that it is approached to. The current set up setpoint is displayed in the variable CSET. The availability of the actuator is monitored in a similar manner as normal drives because the same signals are received from the inputs (CVON, OLPT AVBL and PMI1/2) Bit 'ERDS' is set when the associated input bit in the parameter word 'IODS' is set whereas these inputs influence the status bit 'DAVB': Switching of the input bit 'IODS' (analogue input fault) is performed with the availability flag of the analogue channel. Monitoring of the limit switches is performed in the same manner as in the 'VALV' block, i.e. non-availability is only signalled when both limit switches are closed.
en-YN.YNT.001.A
3-333
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-334
The limit position HIGH can be moved to by setting the input HILI, and the limit position LOW can be moved to by setting the input LOLI. The input RLS generally enables adjustment or blocks the same. At RLS = 0 both outputs SEN1 and SEN2 are deactivated. With the signals LSER, LST1/2 and LSP1/2 it is possible to operate the drive via external switches, keyboards or from the control panel. With the signal LSER the drive is switched to local operation. The availability of the drive disappears therewith. Via the signals LST1/2 and LSP1/2 the drive can be started. Note Via the signals LST1/2 and LSP1/2, the drive can be started ("1") or stopped ("0"). Via LST1/2 the drive is started independently from the interlock signals! Via LSP1/2 the signals CVON, OLPT and PMI1/2 are taken into consideration. As long as the start signals are pending the drive runs, if the start signal changes to zero the drive is stopped. The block additionally outputs the motor current of the drive at output A1. Standardised from 0 to 100 % of the rated current, the motor current is read by the SIMOCODE-DP. By means of the rated current ILH it is calibrated into the unit Ampere and filtered with BW and FF. This filtration works according to the following formula: Y(n+1) = Y(n) + ( FF * ( VAL – Y(n) ) ) (n) :
Index of the last filtered measured value
(n+1) :
Index of the new filtered measured value
VAL :
Unfiltered input value
FF :
Filter factor (Range between 0 and 1)
The newly determined value will be processed further only then if it differs from the most recent determined value by at least the bandwidth (BW) value. The block cyclically reads the extended diagnosis data provided by the SIMOCODE-DP. These are e.g. the operating hours or the number of starts of the SIMOCODE-DP. These data are shown in the faceplate. The block is called up in the event of a change of the diagnosis data via an interrupt and will then read the same in an event-controlled fashion. In addition there exists a cycle for the reading of the diagnosis data. The cycle time can be parameterised in the input WACYC. The standard setting for the cycle time is 10800 seconds (3 hours). Via the input PAGE, the faceplate communicates which page of the diagnosis the plant operator has called up. The block then writes the required data into the outputs DWA, DWB and DWC. They are evaluated on the faceplate page called up. For the various different diagnosis pages, the content of the three outputs differs and will not be further described here. The faceplate is able to interpret the data accordingly. Internal logic
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
The sequence of the flags is determined by the sequence in which they must be generated. In this relation, the flags marked (with ") must be taken into account in the setting and reset conditions! Auxiliary flag IAVBL
:=
AVBL_&AUTO_&-DOWNL
ICVON
:=
CVON_&SLAVE_OK
IOLPT
:=
(OLPT/TEST)_&-FAULT
IHILI
:=
HILI_&READY
ILOLI
:=
LOLI_&READY
Data word S URO1 C URO1
: :
IHILI-ICVON/(-IHILI/ILOLI)
S URO2 C URO2
: :
ILOLI-ICVON/(-ILOLI/IHILI)
S EROP C EROP
: :
(-IODS/LCT-IOLPT/-IAVBL/-PMI1/-PMI2)_&(CLSE/OPEN)ERES/ICVON
NOTA
:=
-ICVON/ERMS”/ERPI”/ERPS”/ERDS”/EROL”/EROP”
S POS1 C POS1
: :
LSW1-ICVON/(-LSW1/LSW2)
S POS2 C POS2
: :
LSW2-ICVON/(-LSW2/LSW1)
CMAN
:=
URO1”/URO2”
GFLT
:=
-IOLPT_&ICVON
ERMS
:=
-IAVBL_&ICVON
ERPI
:=
(-PMI1/-PMI2)_&ICVON
S ERPS C ERPS
: :
LSW1_&LSW2/LCT1_&(OPEN/CLSE)-ICVON/(-LSW1/LSW2)_&(ERES/EROP)
ERDS
:=
IODS_&ICVON
TEST
:=
TEST
S BLOCK C BLOCK
= =
BLOCK -ICVON/-BLOCK_&RESET
S DOWNL C DOWNL
= =
DOWNL -ICVON/-DOWNL_&RESET
S GWARN C GWARN
= =
GWARN -GWARN_&RESET
en-YN.YNT.001.A
3-335
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-336
S EARTH C EARTH
= =
EARTH -ICVON/-EARTH_&RESET
S IMAX C IMAX
= =
IMAX -ICVON/-IMAX_&RESET
S OVLD C OVLD
= =
OVLD/-OLPT -ICVON/-OVLD_&OLPT_&RESET
S THERM C THERM
= =
THERM -ICVON/-THERM_&RESET
Status word URG1
:=
URO1
URG2
:=
URO2
DAVB
:=
-NOTA_&ICVON
EROR
:=
EROP
MANU
:=
CMAN
OPER
:=
IMIN
QBAD
:=
-SLAVE_OK
LOCA
:=
(-AVBL/LSER)_&SLAVE_OK
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
Block view
Fig. 60: CONT_ST block
Starting characteristics At CPU start-up the CONT_ST block is deactivated. All internal state flags (shown in the data word) are reset. Following start-up the block waits for the number of cycles projected in the input RUNUPCYC, and will only be activated thereafter. A first start-up whilst the program is running is treated internally like a CPU startup. Time behaviour The block must be called via a time interrupt OB or OB1. It does not have a parameter for the sampling interval. Behaviour in case of a time error In the case of a time error the outputs will then be reset. In addition the internal state flags will be reset. Message actions The block CONT_ST internally uses an ALARM_8P block for generating the messages. Messages are generated for the following tripping devices: ● Operating trouble (EROP) ● SIMOCODE-DP group fault (GFLT) ● Machine availability (AVBL)
en-YN.YNT.001.A
3-337
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-338
● Position monitoring (ERPS) ● Machine protection (PMI1) ● Position check-back (IODS) ● Motor blocked (BLOCK) ● SIMOCODE-DP to download mode (DOWNL) ● SIMOCODE-DP group warning (GWARN) ● Earth fault (EARTH) ● Maximum motor current (IMAX) ● Overload (OLPT and OVLD) ● Thermistor error (THERM) ● Overload and asymmetry (UNSYM) The messages can be suppressed by setting the input SUPR or by resetting the input RLSA. The input SUPR, however, is activated by the operator interface (WinCC), and RLSA by the program. The inputs CVON (at value 0) and CSF (at value 1) also suppress the output of messages. Assignment of message text and message class to the block parameters
Mess. Block Default message text no. parameters
Message Suppressable class
1
EROP
$$BlockComment$$ @1I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
2
GFLT
$$BlockComment$$ @2I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
3
ERMS
$$BlockComment$$ @3I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
4
ERPS
$$BlockComment$$ @4I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
5
ERPI
$$BlockComment$$ @5I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
6
ERDS
$$BlockComment$$ @6I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
7
$$BlockComment$$ @7I%t#POLCID_Standard@
Yes
8
$$BlockComment$$ @8I%t#POLCID_Standard@
Yes
9
BLOCK
$$BlockComment$$ @1I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
10
DOWNL
$$BlockComment$$ -
PF
Yes
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
3-339
Mess. Block Default message text no. parameters
Message Suppressable class
@2I%t#POLCID_Standard@ 11
GWARN
$$BlockComment$$ @3I%t#POLCID_Standard@
WH
Yes
12
EARTH
$$BlockComment$$ @4I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
13
IMAX
$$BlockComment$$ @5I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
14
OVLD
$$BlockComment$$ @6I%t#POLCID_Standard@ - @9R%6.1f@A
AH
Yes
15
THERN
$$BlockComment$$ @7I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
16
UNSYM
$$BlockComment$$ @8I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
Connections of CONT_ST Connection Meaning (parameters)
Data type
Def.
Type Attr. O&O Perm. values
SUBNETID
Number of the Profibus subsystem of the PLC
INT
0
I
DPPA_ADR
Slave address of the Profibus device
INT
0
I
DADDR
Diagnosis address of the Profibus slave
INT
0
I
HILI
Setting HIGH setpoint value as active setpoint value
BOOL
0
I
Q
LOLI
Setting LOW setpoint value as active setpoint value
BOOL
0
I
Q
LSW1
Limit switch direction 1
BOOL
0
I
Q
LSW2
Limit switch direction 2
BOOL
0
I
Q
CVON
Control voltage on
BOOL
1
I
Q
PMI1
Machine protection interlock direction 1
BOOL
1
I
Q
PMI2
Machine protection interlock direction 2
BOOL
1
I
Q
en-YN.YNT.001.A
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-340
Connection Meaning (parameters)
Data type
Def.
Type Attr. O&O Perm. values
AUTO
Activate ASET ( = 1 ) or SET ( = BOOL 0 ) input
0
I
Q
IODS
Fault input value ACT
BOOL
1
I
Q
RLS
Enabling outputs SEN1/2
BOOL
1
I
Q
CSF
Control system error
BOOL
0
I
Q
DOWNL
Set SIMOCODE-DP to download mode
BOOL
0
I
Q
TEST
Set SIMOCODE-DP to test mode
BOOL
0
I
Q
LST1
Local start/stop without PMI1
BOOL
0
I
Q
LST2
Local start/stop without PMI2
BOOL
0
I
Q
LSP1
Local start/stop with PMI1
BOOL
0
I
Q
LSP2
Local start/stop with PMI2
BOOL
0
I
Q
ENRE
Display of softkeys for faceplate BOOL reset
0
I
LSEL
Selection LSER switches Simocode device to local operating mode
BOOL
0
I
RLSA
Enabling alarm generation
BOOL
1
I
Q
ASET
Automatic setpoint value
REAL
0.0
I
Q
ACT
Current position check-back value
REAL
0.0
I
Q
+
HIGH
Upper limit value for setpoint value
REAL
0.0
I
BQ
+
LOW
Lower limit value for setpoint value
REAL
0.0
I
BQ
+
SWIT
Switching hysteresis for REAL comparing setpoint value/actual value
0.0
I
BQ
+
SAFE
Safety position in case of system failure
REAL
0.0
I
BQ
+
TIMEOUT
Monitoring time for position change
REAL
0.0
I
BQ
+
BW
Belt width for filtering motor current value
INT
1
I
Q
+
>0
>0
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
3-341
Connection Meaning (parameters)
Data type
Def.
Type Attr. O&O Perm. values
FF
Filter factor motor current value
REAL
0.5
I
Q
ILH
Rated current for motor current value calibration
REAL
100.0
I
Q
WACYC
Waiting cycle for reading diagnosis data
REAL
10800.0 I
Q
RUNUPCYC
Waiting cycles at start
INT
3
I
PAGE
Activated page of the faceplate
INT
1
I
B
EV_ID1
Message ID no. 1
DWORD 0
I
M
EV_ID2
Message ID no. 2
DWORD 0
I
M
RESET
Resetting error SIMOCODE-DP BOOL
0
IO
BQ
+
LSER
Enabling of local operation
BOOL
0
IO
BQ
+
SUPR
Suppression of alarms
BOOL
0
IO
B
+
SET
Setpoint value for faceplate
REAL
0.0
IO
B
+
EV1_SIG1
Index variable for message no. 1
INT
1
IO
EV1_SIG2
Index variable for message no. 2
INT
29
IO
EV1_SIG3
Index variable for message no. 3
INT
3
IO
EV1_SIG4
Index variable for message no. 4
INT
9
IO
EV1_SIG5
Index variable for message no. 5
INT
5
IO
EV1_SIG6
Index variable for message no. 6
INT
10
IO
EV1_SIG7
Index variable for message no. 7
INT
0
IO
EV1_SIG8
Index variable for message no. 8
INT
0
IO
EV2_SIG1
Index variable for message no. 9
INT
30
IO
EV2_SIG2
Index variable for message no. 10
INT
31
IO
en-YN.YNT.001.A
+
+
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-342
Connection Meaning (parameters)
Data type
Def.
Type Attr. O&O Perm. values
EV2_SIG3
Index variable for message no. 11
INT
32
IO
EV2_SIG4
Index variable for message no. 12
INT
33
IO
EV2_SIG5
Index variable for message no. 13
INT
34
IO
EV2_SIG6
Index variable for message no. 14
INT
2
IO
EV2_SIG7
Index variable for message no. 15
INT
40
IO
EV2_SIG8
Index variable for message no. 16
INT
36
IO
URG1
Forced open command pending BOOL (HILI)
0
O
Q
URG2
Forced close command pending BOOL (LOLI)
0
O
Q
DAVB
Drive is available
BOOL
0
O
Q
EROR
Drive is faulty
BOOL
0
O
Q
MANU
Actuator in manual operating mode (no HILI, LOLI)
BOOL
0
O
Q
OPER
Drive is operating (locally or automatically)
BOOL
0
O
Q
QBAD
Profibus slave faulty
BOOL
0
O
Q
LOCA
Drive is in local operating mode
BOOL
0
O
Q
LSW1I
Internal limit switch direction 1
BOOL
0
O
Q
LSW2I
Internal limit switch direction 2
BOOL
0
O
Q
TRQ1
Torque limit switch direction 1
BOOL
0
O
Q
TRQ2
Torque limit switch direction 2
BOOL
0
O
Q
LSW1E
External limit switch direction 1
BOOL
0
O
Q
LSW2E
External limit switch direction 2
BOOL
0
O
Q
CSET
Active internal setpoint value
REAL
0.0
O
Q
+
A1
Current motor current
REAL
0.0
O
Q
+
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
3-343
Connection Meaning (parameters)
Data type
Def.
Type Attr. O&O Perm. values
OPTI
Current operating hours SIMOCODE-DP
REAL
0.0
O
Q
+
NOST
Number of starts performed
REAL
0.0
O
Q
+
NOOV
Number of overload trippings
REAL
0.0
O
Q
+
PW
Parameter word
DWORD 0
O
Q
+
DW
Data word
DWORD 0
O
Q
+
SW
Status word
DWORD 0
O
Q
+
DWA
Extended diagnosis data for faceplate
DWORD 0
O
Q
+
DWB
Extended diagnosis data for faceplate
DWORD 0
O
Q
+
DWC
Extended diagnosis data for faceplate
DWORD 0
O
Q
+
Operation and observation of CONT_ST See the description of the block symbol and the faceplate in the corresponding manual in this regard. PW, DW and SW of CONT_ST The inputs, outputs and the internal status of the respective block are mapped on the parameter word, the data word and the status word. The assignment of the bits is found in the following table: > CONT_ST < Bit
Parameter word
Data word
Status word
0
HILI
URO1
URG1
1
LOLI
EROP
URG2
2
URO2
SEN1
3
NOTA
SEN2
4
LSW1
POS1
5
LSW2
POS2
DAVB
CMAN
EROR
6 7
CVON
en-YN.YNT.001.A
MANU
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-344
8
GFLT
GFLT
9
AVBL
ERMS
10
OPER
11
QBAD
12
PMI1
ERPI
LSW1I
13
PMI2
ERPS
LSW2I
ERDS
TRQ1
14 15
AUTO
TRQ2
16
IODS
CLSE
LSW1E
17
RLS
OPEN
LSW2E
18
TEST
LOCA
19
BLOCK
20
DOWNL
DOWNL
21
LSER
GWARN
22
LST1
EARTH
23
LST2
IMAX
24
LSP1
OVLD
25
LSP2
THERM
26
CSF
UNSYM
27
TEST
28
COLOUR_1
29
COLOUR_2
30
COLOUR_3
31
COLOUR_4 In the case of the COLOUR operating states, the block CONT_ST has all defined states from 1 to 11.
DWA, DWB and DWC of CONT_ST The block has three additional data words: DWA, DWB and DWC. These words offer additional information on the SIMOCODE-DP motor controller and the Profibus slave. This information is shown in the associated faceplate.
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
The assignment of the data words changes with the value of the input PAGE. When activating the corresponding page of the faceplate, the latter automatically sets the input PAGE to the value corresponding to the activated diagnosis page. The input PAGE may have the following values: Page
Activated diagnosis page of the faceplate
1
:
PROFIBUS – Information on the Profibus slave
2
:
SIMOCODE – Extended information on the SIMOCODE-DP motor controller
4
:
STATISTICS – Statistics data and motor current of the SIMOCODE-DP
en-YN.YNT.001.A
3-345
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-346
With the different values of PAGE the content of the data words DWA, DWB and DWC also varies. A content list follows below: > CONT_ST with PAGE = 1 < Bit
Data word A
Data word B
0
ST_NOEX
HARD_ID
1
ST_NORDY
2
ST_INSLR
3
ST_SENSU
4
ST_MASLO
5
ST_WATCH
6
ST_STDIA
7
ST_EXDIA
8
ST_EXDOV
9
ST_SYNC
10
ST_FREEZ
11
ST_PAREQ
12
ST_PARFA
13
ST_SLCCF
14
ST_SLDEA
15
ST_STASL
16
SLAVE_OK
17
SLAVE_DPV1
18
SLAVE_SIMO
Data word C
DPPA_ADR
SUBNETID
19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
3-347
27 28 29 30 31
> CONT_ST with PAGE = 2 < Bit
Data word A
Data word B
Data word C
0
ON1
WA_EARTH
ER_EARTH
1
OFF
WA_OVLD
ER_OVLD
2
ON2
WA_UNSYM
ER_UNSYM
3
OVL_WAR
WA_I1MAX
ER_THERM
4
AUTO
WA_I1MIN
ER_I1MAX
5
LOCK_OT
WA_I2MAX
ER_I1MIN
6
FAULT
WA_I2MIN
ER_I2MAX
7
WARNING
EXT_WARN
ER_I2MIN
8
READY
WA_THERM
CURR_ON
9
IDL_TIM
UNSYM
CURR_OFF
10
INI_PAR
SENS_SC
MOT_STAL
11
PAR_ACT
POS_STAL
12
COOL_TI
ER_DOUB0
13
CST
ER_DOUB1
14
OPENING
ER_ENDPO
15
CLOSING
ER_NONEQ
16
POS_CLOS
RTS
17
POS_OPEN
OPO
18
TRQ_CLOS
UVO
19
TRQ_OPEN
EXT_FLT1
20
DP_BLOCK
EXT_FLT2
21
DP_FAIL
ER_CST
22
PLC_CPU
ER_RT_ON
en-YN.YNT.001.A
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-348
23
EM_START
ER_RT_OF
24
HW_TEST
PARA_ER0
25
EXT_SIG1
PARA_ER1
26
EXT_SIG2
PARA_ER2
27
EXT_SIG3
PARA_ER3
28
PARA_ER4
29
PARA_ER5
30
PARA_ER6
31
PARA_ER7
> CONT_ST with PAGE = 4 < Bit
Data word A
Data word B
0
RUN_TIME
NO_START
Data word C
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
ACT_COLTI
8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
NO_OVLD
17 18
en-YN.YNT.001.A
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-349
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-350
3.69 SIMOCODE pro drive control UNID_SC: Setup operation with SIMOCODE pro C Description of UNID_SC Object name (Type + Number) FB 544 Calling OBs The time interrupt OB in which the block is installed (e.g. OB 35). Function The block is used for controlling a setup drive which is driven by a SIMOCODE pro C motor controller. The SIMOCODE pro C is connected to the PLC via the Profibus. The block communicates directly with the Profibus device SIMOCODE pro C. Profibus In order to integrate the block, the type SIMOCODE pro C (PDM) is used for this purpose in the PCS7 program HW Konfig. This is part of the scope of supply of the PCS7 and does not need to be installed subsequently. In HW Konfig, in the catalogue, the profile Standard is set for this purpose. Now the folder PROFIBUS-DP is opened. There, the subfolders "DP V0 Slaves, Switchgear and SIMOCODE" are opened. Here, the entry SIMOCODE pro C (PDM) is located.
Fig. 61: HW Konfig with SIMOCODE pro C
This entry is used for the definition of the Profibus-DP slave. As standard, the base type 2 is used as a block. Following the definition of the Profibus slave, a setting must be carried out. To this end the object properties and then the page 'Parameterising the slave' must be opened.
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
Fig. 62: Object properties of SIMOCODE-DPV1 PDM
Here, under "Station parameters" in the line "DPV1-Alarms" the entries "Diagnosis alarms" and "Process interrupt" must be activated by means of a tick. Only if the above-stated settings for a SIMOCODE pro C have been completely made, will the full functional scope of the block be ensured. Operating principle The block communicates directly with the SIMOCODE pro C motor controller. This device is defined as a Profibus slave. At the input SUBNETID, the number of the Profibus system, which the SIMOCODE pro C is connected to, must be entered. At the input DPPA_ADR the slave address of the SIMOCODE pro C must be entered and at the input DADDR the diagnose address of the SIMOCODE pro C must be entered. All these values may be taken from the hardware configuration of a STEP7 project. Using these values, the block can communicate automatically with the corresponding SIMOCODE pro C.
en-YN.YNT.001.A
3-351
User manual
Blocks 3-352
®
POLCID for administrators
Internally, the same logic is used as for the block UNID (FB 501). However, the block UNID_SC reads some signals directly from the Profibus (SIMOCODE pro C) and these need not be connected as inputs or outputs. These are the inputs OLPT, AVBL, RCR1, LEMO, PWON and SEN1. They are read directly by the SIMOCODE pro C or written to the SIMOCODE pro C. Nevertheless these inputs and outputs are used in the internal logic. In addition, status signals are still used in the interlock system which the SIMOCODE pro C generates. In detail, these are the signals READY, FAULT, AUTO and IMIN. A valid starting command exists when the signals: 'STA1', 'ILC1', 'AVBL', 'OLPT', 'LEMO', 'PMI1', 'AUTO' and 'READY' are set and the stopping command 'STOP' is not set. In this case, the start enable signal 'SEN1' and the run command 'PWON' are set (activation signals for the motor). If the check-back signal 'RCR1' is set together with the speed monitor signal 'SPCL' when a valid starting command is active, the control state switches to selflatching status. It is a characteristic of this state that the operating bits 'OSG1', 'OPS1' are set and that the start release command 'SEN1' is reset while the run command 'PWON' is set. From this moment, the starting commands 'STA1' or 'STA2' can be rescinded without risking reset of the run command PWON. The setting drive is stopped correctly by setting the stopping command 'STOP' or when the process interlock 'ILC1' is deactivated. The monitoring time in seconds TIME1 when a drive is started specifies the period in which the check-back signal RCR1 must be set. In addition, it monitors the time during stopping when the check-back signal RCR1 must have been reset. If time = 0, no time monitoring of the starting and stopping procedure is employed. By means of the signals SST1 and SSTP an individual start of the drive can be realised in automatic mode. In the faceplate of the drive, the operator sets the signals SST1 or SSTP. After processing in the block, these signals are reset by the block. After operation of the signal SST1 the output SWST is set at first. By means of this output an external start-up warning can be started. If the start-up warning time has expired, then the input SWRE must be set. In this way, there is a valid starting command and the drive is then started as described above. With the exception of the combination with the signals SWST and SWRE the signal SST1 behaves in the same way as signal STA1. Using SSTP, the drive is stopped. SSTP behaves in the same way with the input STOP. With the signals LSER, LST1 and LSP1 operation of the drive is possible via external switches, keyboards or from the control panel. With the signal LSER the drive is switched to local operation. The availability of the drive disappears therewith. Using the parameter SWLO, it is selected whether the input SWRE is taken into consideration for the evaluation of the inputs LST1 and LSP1. Note Via the signals LST1 and LSP1 the drive can be started (1) or stopped ("0"). Via LST1 the drive is started independently from the interlock signals!
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
3-353
Via LSP1 the signals CVON, OLPT, PMI1 and LEMO are taken into consideration. As long as the start signals are pending the drive runs, if the start signal changes to zero the drive is stopped. The block additionally outputs the motor current of the drive at output A1. Standardised from 0 to 100 % of the rated current, the motor current is read by the SIMOCODE pro C. By means of the rated current ILH it is calibrated into the unit Ampere and filtered with BW and FF. This filtration works according to the following formula: Y(n+1) = Y(n) + ( FF * ( VAL - Y(n) ) ) (n)
:
Index of the last filtered measured value
(n+1)
:
Index of the new filtered measured value
VAL
:
Unfiltered input value
FF
:
Filter factor (Range between 0 and 1)
The newly determined value will be processed further only then if it differs from the most recent determined value by at least the bandwidth (BW) value. The block cyclically reads the extended diagnosis data which the SIMOCODE pro C provides. These are e.g. the operating hours or the number of starts of the SIMOCODE pro C. These data are shown in the faceplate. The block is called up in the event of a change of the diagnosis data via an interrupt and will then read the same in an event-controlled fashion. In addition there exists a cycle for the reading of the diagnosis data. The cycle time can be parameterised in the input WACYC. The standard setting for the cycle time is 10800 seconds (3 hours). Via the input PAGE, the faceplate communicates which page of the diagnosis the plant operator has called up. The block then writes the required data into the outputs DWA, DWB and DWC. They are evaluated on the faceplate page called up. For the various different diagnosis pages, the content of the three outputs differs and will not be further described here. The faceplate is able to interpret the data accordingly. Internal logic The sequence of the flags is determined by the sequence in which they must be generated. In this relation, the flags marked (with ") must be taken into account in the setting and reset conditions! Auxiliary flag IAVBL
:=
AVBL_&AUTO_&-DOWNL
ICVON
:=
CVON_&SLAVE_OK
IOLPT
:=
(OLPT/TEST)_&-FAULT
S IRCR1 C IRCR1
= =
RCR1/(IMIN_&-AVBL_&OLPT) -RCR1_&-IMIN
en-YN.YNT.001.A
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-354
ISTA1
:=
STA1_&READY
RESET
:=
-PWON_&(-EROP/ERES)
CLEROP
:=
EROP_&ERES
AVAIL
:=
IAVBL_&IOLPT_&LEMO_&PMI1
Data word S ERPI C ERPI
: :
-PMI1-ICVON/PMI1_&RESET
S ERSP C ERSP
: :
(-ISTA1/OPS1)_&ILC1_&PWON_&-SPCL_&-STOP_&-NOTA”ICVON/CLEROP
S ERRC C ERRC
: :
(-ISTA1/OPS1)_&ILC1_&PWON_&-IRCR1_&-STOP_&-NOTA”ICVON/CLEROP
S NOTA C NOTA
: :
-AVAIL/ERSP”/ERRC”/ETIM”-ICVON/AVAIL_&RESET
S EROP C EROP
: :
PWON_&ILC1_&NOTA”_&-STOP-ICVON/CLEROP
S OPS1 C OPS1
: :
PWON_&IRCR1_&SPCL-ICVON/-IRCR1/-ILC1
S GFLT C GFLT
: :
-IOLPT-ICVON/IOLPT_&RESET
S ERMS C ERMS
: :
-IAVBL_&IOLPT_&LEMO-ICVON/(IAVBL/-IOLPT/-LEMO))_&RESET
S EREO C EREO
: :
-LEMO-ICVON/LEMO_&RESET
OPL1
:=
-OPS1_&IRCR1_&-PWON_&-IAVBL_&IOLPT
S ETIM C ETIM
: :
-LCT1_&SEN1_&(-IRCR1/SPCL)-CLEROP
TEST
:=
TEST
S BLOCK C BLOCK
= =
BLOCK -ICVON/-BLOCK_&RESET
S DOWNL C DOWNL
= =
DOWNL -ICVON/-DOWNL_&RESET
S GWARN C GWARN
= =
GWARN -GWARN_&RESET
S EARTH C EARTH
= =
EARTH -ICVON/-EARTH_&RESET
S IMAX
=
IMAX
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
C IMAX
=
-ICVON/-IMAX_&RESET
S OVLD C OVLD
= =
OVLD/-OLPT -ICVON/-OVLD_&OLPT_&RESET
S THERM C THERM
= =
THERM -ICVON/-THERM_&RESET
S UNSYM C UNSYM
= =
UNSYM -ICVON/-UNSYM_&RESET
Status word S PWON C PWON
: :
ISTA1_&ILC1-ICVON/NOTA”/STOP/-ILC1
S OSG1 C OSG1
: :
OPS1-OPS1”
S SEN1 C SEN1
: :
PWON”OSG1”/-PWON”
EMOF
:=
EREO”
DAVB
:=
-NOTA”_&ICVON
EROR
:=
EROP”
DOFF
:=
-OSG1”
OPER
:=
IMIN
QBAD
:=
-SLAVE_OK
LOCA
:=
(-AVBL/LSER)_&SLAVE_OK
en-YN.YNT.001.A
3-355
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-356
Block view
Fig. 63: UNID_SC block
Starting characteristics During the CPU start-up the UNID_SC block is deactivated. All internal state flags (shown in the data word) are reset. Following start-up the block waits for the number of cycles projected in the input RUNUPCYC, and will only be activated thereafter. A first start-up whilst the program is running is treated internally like a CPU startup. Time behaviour The block must be called via a time interrupt OB or OB1. It does not have a parameter for the sampling interval. Behaviour in case of a time error In the case of a time error the outputs will then be reset. In addition the internal state flags will be reset.
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
3-357
Message actions The block UNID_SC internally uses an ALARM_8P block for generating the messages. Messages are generated for the following tripping devices: ● Operating trouble (EROP) ● SIMOCODE pro C group fault (GFLT) ● Machine availability (AVBL) ● Speed monitor (SPCL) ● Machine protection (PMI1) ● Local emergency off (LEMO) ● Monitoring time (ETIM) ● Check-back signal (RCR1) ● Motor blocked (BLOCK) ● SIMOCODE pro C to download mode (DOWNL) ● SIMOCODE pro C group warning (GWARN) ● Earth fault (EARTH) ● Maximum motor current (IMAX) ● Overload (OLPT and OVLD) ● Thermistor error (THERM) ● Overload and asymmetry (UNSYM) The messages can be suppressed by setting the input SUPR or by resetting the input RLSA. The input SUPR, however, is activated by the operator interface (WinCC), and RLSA by the program. The inputs CVON (at value 0) and CSF (at value 1) also suppress the output of messages. Assignment of message text and message class to the block parameters
Mess. Block Default message text no. parameter
Message Suppressable class
1
EROP
$$BlockComment$$ @1I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
2
GFLT
$$BlockComment$$ @2I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
3
ERMS
$$BlockComment$$ @3I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
4
ERSP
$$BlockComment$$ @4I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
5
ERPI
$$BlockComment$$ @5I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
en-YN.YNT.001.A
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-358
Mess. Block Default message text no. parameter
Message Suppressable class
6
EREO
$$BlockComment$$ @6I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
7
ETIM
$$BlockComment$$ @7I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
8
ERRC
$$BlockComment$$ @8I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
9
BLOCK
$$BlockComment$$ @1I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
10
DOWNL
$$BlockComment$$ @2I%t#POLCID_Standard@
PF
Yes
11
GWARN
$$BlockComment$$ @3I%t#POLCID_Standard@
WH
Yes
12
EARTH
$$BlockComment$$ @4I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
13
IMAX
$$BlockComment$$ @5I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
14
OVLD
$$BlockComment$$ @6I%t#POLCID_Standard@ - @9R%6.1f@A
AH
Yes
15
THERN
$$BlockComment$$ @7I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
16
UNSYM
$$BlockComment$$ @8I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
Connections of UNID_SC Connection (parameters)
Meaning
Data type
Def.
Type Attr. O&O Perm. values
SUBNETID
Number of the Profibus subsystem of the PLC
INT
0
I
DPPA_ADR
Slave address of the Profibus device
INT
0
I
DADDR
Diagnosis address of the Profibus slave
INT
0
I
STA1
Start drive
BOOL
0
I
Q
ILC1
Process-technological interlock
BOOL
1
I
Q
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
3-359
Connection (parameters)
Meaning
Data type
Def.
Type Attr. O&O Perm. values
STOP
Stop drive
BOOL
0
I
Q
CVON
Control voltage on
BOOL
1
I
Q
PMI1
Machine protection interlock
BOOL
1
I
Q
SPCL
Speed monitor
BOOL
1
I
Q
CSF
Control system error
BOOL
0
I
Q
DOWNL
Set SIMOCODE pro C to download mode
BOOL
0
I
Q
TEST
Set SIMOCODE pro C to test mode
BOOL
0
I
Q
LST1
Local start/stop without PMI1
BOOL
0
I
Q
LSP1
Local start/stop with PMI1
BOOL
0
I
Q
SWRE
Enabling start-up warning
BOOL
1
I
Q
ESST
Display of softkeys for single faceplate start
BOOL
0
I
+
ENRE
Display of softkeys for faceplate reset
BOOL
0
I
+
SWLO
Start-up warning also in local operating mode
BOOL
0
I
LSEL
Selection LSER switches Simocode device to local operating mode
BOOL
0
I
RLSA
Enabling alarm generation
BOOL
1
I
Q
TIME1
Monitoring time setpoint value
REAL
5.0
I
BQ
BW
Belt width for filtering motor current value
INT
1
I
Q
FF
Filter factor motor current value
REAL
0.5
I
Q
ILH
Rated current for motor current value calibration
REAL
100.0
I
Q
WACYC
Waiting cycle for reading diagnosis data
REAL
10800.0 I
Q
RUNUPCYC
Waiting cycles at start
INT
3
I
EV_ID1
Message ID no. 1
DWORD 0
I
en-YN.YNT.001.A
M
+
+
>0
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-360
Connection (parameters)
Meaning
Data type
Def.
Type Attr. O&O Perm. values
EV_ID2
Message ID no. 2
DWORD 0
I
M
RESET
Resetting error SIMOCODE pro C
BOOL
0
IO
BQ
+
LSER
Enabling of local operation
BOOL
0
IO
BQ
+
SST1
Single start
BOOL
0
IO
B
+
SSTP
Single stop
BOOL
0
IO
B
+
SUPR
Suppression of alarms
BOOL
0
IO
B
+
PAGE
Activated page of the faceplate
INT
1
IO
B
+
VALUE_CODE Coding the values for transfer to the faceplate
INT
1
IO
B
+
EV1_SIG1
Index variable for message no. 1
INT
1
IO
EV1_SIG2
Index variable for message no. 2
INT
29
IO
EV1_SIG3
Index variable for message no. 3
INT
3
IO
EV1_SIG4
Index variable for message no. 4
INT
4
IO
EV1_SIG5
Index variable for message no. 5
INT
5
IO
EV1_SIG6
Index variable for message no. 6
INT
6
IO
EV1_SIG7
Index variable for message no. 7
INT
7
IO
EV1_SIG8
Index variable for message no. 8
INT
8
IO
EV2_SIG1
Index variable for message no. 9
INT
30
IO
EV2_SIG2
Index variable for message no. 10
INT
31
IO
EV2_SIG3
Index variable for message no. 11
INT
32
IO
EV2_SIG4
Index variable for message no. 12
INT
33
IO
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
3-361
Connection (parameters)
Meaning
Data type
Def.
Type Attr. O&O Perm. values
EV2_SIG5
Index variable for message no. 13
INT
34
IO
EV2_SIG6
Index variable for message no. 14
INT
2
IO
EV2_SIG7
Index variable for message no. 15
INT
35
IO
EV2_SIG8
Index variable for message no. 16
INT
36
IO
OSG1
Operating message
BOOL
0
O
Q
EMOF
Emergency off activated
BOOL
0
O
Q
DAVB
Drive is available
BOOL
0
O
Q
EROR
Drive is faulty
BOOL
0
O
Q
DOFF
Drive is off
BOOL
0
O
Q
SWST
Start start-up warning
BOOL
0
O
Q
OPER
Drive is operating (locally or automatically)
BOOL
0
O
Q
QBAD
Profibus slave faulty
BOOL
0
O
Q
LOCA
Drive is in local operating mode
BOOL
0
O
Q
ACT1
Current monitoring time
REAL
0.0
O
Q
+
A1
Current motor current
REAL
0.0
O
Q
+
OPTI
Current operating hours SIMOCODE pro C
REAL
0.0
O
Q
+
NOST
Number of starts performed
REAL
0.0
O
Q
+
NOOV
Number of overload trippings
REAL
0.0
O
Q
+
I_MAX
Maximum current in % of set current
REAL
0.0
O
Q
+
PW
Parameter word
DWORD 0
O
Q
+
DW
Data word
DWORD 0
O
Q
+
SW
Status word
DWORD 0
O
Q
+
DWA
Extended diagnosis data for faceplate
DWORD 0
O
Q
+
DWB
Extended diagnosis data for
DWORD 0
O
Q
+
en-YN.YNT.001.A
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-362
Connection (parameters)
Meaning
Data type
Def.
Type Attr. O&O Perm. values
faceplate DWC
Extended diagnosis data for faceplate
DWORD 0
O
Q
+
Operation and observation of UNID_SC See the description of the block symbol and the faceplate in the corresponding manual in this regard. PW, DW and SW of UNID_SC The inputs, outputs and the internal status of the respective block are mapped on the parameter word, the data word and the status word. The assignment of the bits is found in the following table:
> UNID_SC < Bit
Parameter word
Data word
Status word
0
STA1
OPS1
SEN1
1 2
EROP ILC1
3
OSG1 NOTA
4
EMOF
5
DAVB
6
STOP
OPL1
7
CVON
8
GFLT
GFLT
DOFF
9
AVBL
ERMS
SWST
10
RCR1
ERSP
OPER
PWON
11 12
EROR
QBAD PMI1
13
ERPI
LOCA
EREO
14
SPCL
15
LEMO
16
LSER
ETIM
ERRC
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
17
LST1
TEST
18 19
BLOCK LSP1
DOWNL
20 21
3-363
GWARN SST1
EARTH
22
IMAX
23
SSTP
OVLD
24
SWRE
THERM
25
CSF
UNSYM
26
DOWNL
27
TEST
28
COLOUR_1
29
COLOUR_2
30
COLOUR_3
31
COLOUR_4 In the case of the COLOUR operating states, the block UNID_SC does not have all possible states. It features the states with the numbers 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7 and 11.
DWA, DWB and DWC of UNID_SC The block has three additional data words: DWA, DWB and DWC. These words offer additional information on the SIMOCODE pro C motor controller and the Profibus slave. This information is shown in the associated faceplate. The assignment of the data words changes with the value of the input PAGE. When activating the corresponding page of the faceplate, the latter automatically sets the input PAGE to the value corresponding to the activated diagnosis page. The input PAGE may have the following values: Page
Activated diagnosis page of the faceplate
1
:
PROFIBUS – Information on the Profibus slave
2
:
SIMOCODE - Parts of data record 92 are read in
4
:
SIMOCODE - Parts of data records 94 and 95 are read in one after the other
8
SIMOCODE - Parts of data record 92 are read in
100
SIMOCODE - Data records are newly requested
en-YN.YNT.001.A
User manual
Blocks 3-364
®
POLCID for administrators
With the different values of PAGE the content of the data words DWA, DWB and DWC also varies. In addition, there is the variable VALUE_CODE. This variable encodes single values. The values with their associated VALUE_CODE will then be written sequentially to the data word A.
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
3-365
A content list follows below: > UNID_SC with PAGE = 1 < Bit
Data word A
Data word B
0
ST_NOEX
HARD_ID
1
ST_NORDY
2
ST_INSLR
3
ST_SENSU
4
ST_MASLO
5
ST_WATCH
6
ST_STDIA
7
ST_EXDIA
8
ST_EXDOV
9
ST_SYNC
10
ST_FREEZ
11
ST_PAREQ
12
ST_PARFA
13
ST_SLCCF
14
ST_SLDEA
15
ST_STASL
16
SLAVE_OK
17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Data word C
DPPA_ADR
SUBNETID
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-366
28 29 30 31
> UNID_SC with PAGE = 2 < Bit
Data word A
Data word B
0
GENER_FAULT
FAULT_TM_SF
1
WARNING
FAULT_TM_OR
2
FAULT_RUNT_ON
FAULT_PARA
3
FAULT_RUNT_OF
FAULT_TEST_SD
4
FAULT_FEED_ON
FAULT_OPO
5
FAULT_FEED_OF
6
FAULT_COLD_ST
WARN_ASYM
7
FAULT_UVO
WARN_OVL
8
STA_PLC
WARN_OVL_PF
9
FAULT_BLOCK_S
WARN_BLOCK
10
FAULT_DOUB_0
WARN_TH_OVL
11
FAULT_DOUB_1
WARN_CURR_HI
12
FAULT_END_PO
WARN_CURR_LO
13
FAULT_ANTIVAL
WARN_TM_HT
14
FAULT_OVLD
WARN_TM_SE
15
FAULT_OVLD_PF
WARN_TM_OR
16
FAULT_ASYM
17
FAULT_MOT_STA
18
FAULT_TH_OVLD
19
FAULT_IMAX
20
FAULT_IMIN
21
FAULT_INT_EF
22
FAULT_TM_TEMP
23
FAULT_EXT_F1
Data word C
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
24
FAULT_EXT_F2
25
FAULT_BUS
26
FAULT_PLC
27
FAULT_HW_BU
28
FAULT_MODULE
29
FAULT_CONFIG
30
FAULT_TH_SC
31
FAULT_TH_WB
3-367
> UNID_SC with PAGE = 4 < VALUE_CODE BYTE
Data word A
101
1
HEAT_UP_MOT_MO
2
PHASE_ASYM
3-4
RECOV_TIME
103
1-4
105
1-2 3-4
TIME_TO_TRIP
1-2
I_L1
3-4
I_L2
1-2
I_L3
3-4
NO_OVLD
111
1-4
M_OP_HOURS
113
1-4
NO_START
107
109
Data word B
> UNID_SC with PAGE = 8 < Bit
Data word A
0
GENER_FAULT
1
WARNING
2
STA_DEV
3
STA_BUS
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Data word B
Data word C
Data word C
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-368
4
STA_PLC
5
STA_CURR
6
ON11
7
ON1
8
OFF
9
ON2
10
ON22
11
START_ACTIVE
12
LOCK_ACTIVE
13
IDL_TIME
14
OPER_PRO_OFF
15
AUTO_MODE
16
TEST_POS_FEED
17
FEED_CLOSE
18
FEED_OPEN
19
TRQ_CLOSE
20
TRQ_OPEN
21
COOL_DOWN_TIM
22
BREA_TIM_ACT
23
EMER_STA_EXE
24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
3.70 SIMOCODE pro drive control UNID_SV: Setup operation with SIMOCODE pro V Description of UNID_SV Object name (Type + Number) FB 540 Calling OBs The time interrupt OB in which the block is installed (e.g. OB 35). Function The block is used for controlling a setup drive which is driven by a SIMOCODE pro V motor controller. The SIMOCODE pro V is connected to the PLC via the Profibus. The block communicates directly with the Profibus device SIMOCODE pro V. Profibus In order to integrate the block, the type SIMOCODE pro V (PDM) is used for this purpose in the PCS7 program HW Konfig. This is part of the scope of supply of the PCS7 and does not need to be installed subsequently. In HW Konfig, in the catalogue, the profile Standard is set for this purpose. Now the folder PROFIBUS-DP is opened. There, the subfolders "DP V0 Slaves, Switchgear and SIMOCODE" are opened. Here, the entry SIMOCODE pro V (PDM) is located.
Fig. 64: HW Konfig with SIMOCODE pro V
This entry is used for the definition of the Profibus-DP slave. As standard, the base type 1 is used as a block. Following the definition of the Profibus slave, a setting must be carried out. To this end the object properties and then the page 'Parameterising the slave' must be opened.
en-YN.YNT.001.A
3-369
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-370
Fig. 65: Object properties of SIMOCODE pro V PDM
Here, under "Station parameters" in the line "DPV1-Alarms" the entries "Diagnosis alarms" and "Process interrupt" must be activated by means of a tick. Only if the above-stated settings for a SIMOCODE pro V have been completely made, will the full functional scope of the block be ensured. Operating principle The block communicates directly with the SIMOCODE pro V motor controller. This device is defined as a Profibus slave. At the input SUBNETID, the number of the Profibus system, which the SIMOCODE pro V is connected to, must be entered. At the input DPPA_ADR the slave address of the SIMOCODE pro V must be entered and at the input DADDR the diagnose address of the SIMOCODE pro C must be entered. All these values may be taken from the hardware configuration of a STEP7 project. Using these values, the block can communicate automatically with the corresponding SIMOCODE pro V.
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
Internally, the same logic is used as for the block UNID (FB 501). However, the block UNID_SC reads some signals directly from the Profibus (SIMOCODE pro V) and these need not be connected as inputs or outputs. These are the inputs OLPT, AVBL, RCR1, LEMO, PWON and SEN1. They are read directly by the SIMOCODE pro V or written to the SIMOCODE pro V. Nevertheless these inputs and outputs are used in the internal logic. In addition, status signals are still used in the interlock system which the SIMOCODE pro V generates. In detail, these are the signals READY, FAULT, AUTO and IMIN. A valid starting command exists when the signals: 'STA1', 'ILC1', 'AVBL', 'OLPT', 'LEMO', 'PMI1', 'AUTO' and 'READY' are set and the stopping command 'STOP' is not set. In this case, the start enable signal 'SEN1' and the run command 'PWON' are set (activation signals for the motor). If the check-back signal 'RCR1' is set together with the speed monitor signal 'SPCL' when a valid starting command is active, the control state switches to selflatching status. It is a characteristic of this state that the operating bits 'OSG1', 'OPS1' are set and that the start release command 'SEN1' is reset while the run command 'PWON' is set. From this moment, the starting commands 'STA1' or 'STA2' can be rescinded without risking reset of the run command PWON. The setting drive is stopped correctly by setting the stopping command 'STOP' or when the process interlock 'ILC1' is deactivated. The monitoring time in seconds TIME1 when a drive is started specifies the period in which the check-back signal RCR1 must be set. In addition, it monitors the time during stopping when the check-back signal RCR1 must have been reset. If time = 0, no time monitoring of the starting and stopping procedure is employed. By means of the signals SST1 and SSTP an individual start of the drive can be realised in automatic mode. In the faceplate of the drive, the operator sets the signals SST1 or SSTP. After processing in the block, these signals are reset by the block. After operation of the signal SST1 the output SWST is set at first. By means of this output an external start-up warning can be started. If the start-up warning time has expired, then the input SWRE must be set. In this way, there is a valid starting command and the drive is then started as described above. With the exception of the combination with the signals SWST and SWRE the signal SST1 behaves in the same way as signal STA1. Using SSTP, the drive is stopped. SSTP behaves in the same way with the input STOP. With the signals LSER, LST1 and LSP1 operation of the drive is possible via external switches, keyboards or from the control panel. With the signal LSER the drive is switched to local operation. The availability of the drive disappears therewith. Using the parameter SWLO, it is selected whether the input SWRE is taken into consideration for the evaluation of the inputs LST1 and LSP1. Note Via the signals LST1 and LSP1 the drive can be started (1) or stopped ("0"). Via LST1 the drive is started independently from the interlock signals!
en-YN.YNT.001.A
3-371
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-372
Via LSP1 the signals CVON, OLPT, PMI1 and LEMO are taken into consideration. As long as the start signals are pending the drive runs, if the start signal changes to zero the drive is stopped. The block additionally outputs the motor current of the drive at output A1. Standardised from 0 to 100 % of the rated current, the motor current is read by the SIMOCODE pro V. By means of the rated current ILH it is calibrated into the unit Ampere and filtered with BW and FF. If the block is used in combination with the temperature block, the block outputs the corresponding temperature in °C at the outputs Temp1, Temp2 and Temp3. The temperatures are acquired by means of PT100, using the associated temperature block. The temperatures can be assigned a shutdown limit (input ALH_TEMP) and a warning limit (input OLH_Temp). If the warning limit is reached; the SIMOCODE pro V generates a warning. If the temperature has reached or exceeded the alarm limit, the SIMOCODE pro V deactivates the drive, and an alarm message is generated. This filtration works according to the following formula: Y(n+1) = Y(n) + ( FF * ( VAL - Y(n) ) ) (n)
:
Index of the last filtered measured value
(n+1)
:
Index of the new filtered measured value
VAL
:
Unfiltered input value
FF
:
Filter factor (Range between 0 and 1)
The newly determined value will be processed further only then if it differs from the most recent determined value by at least the bandwidth (BW) value. The block cyclically reads the extended diagnosis data which the SIMOCODE pro V provides. These are e.g. the operating hours or the number of starts of the SIMOCODE pro V. These data are shown in the faceplate. The block is called up in the event of a change of the diagnosis data via an interrupt and will then read the same in an event-controlled fashion. In addition there exists a cycle for the reading of the diagnosis data. The cycle time can be parameterised in the input WACYC. The standard setting for the cycle time is 10800 seconds (3 hours). Via the input PAGE, the faceplate communicates which page of the diagnosis the plant operator has called up. The block then writes the required data into the outputs DWA, DWB and DWC. They are evaluated on the faceplate page called up. For the various different diagnosis pages, the content of the three outputs differs and will not be further described here. The faceplate is able to interpret the data accordingly. Internal logic The sequence of the flags is determined by the sequence in which they must be generated. In this relation, the flags marked (with ") must be taken into account in the setting and reset conditions! Auxiliary flag
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
IAVBL
:=
AVBL_&AUTO_&-DOWNL
ICVON
:=
CVON_&SLAVE_OK
IOLPT
:=
(OLPT/TEST)_&-FAULT
S IRCR1 C IRCR1
= =
RCR1/(IMIN_&-AVBL_&OLPT) -RCR1_&-IMIN
ISTA1
:=
STA1_&READY
RESET
:=
-PWON_&(-EROP/ERES)
CLEROP
:=
EROP_&ERES
AVAIL
:=
IAVBL_&IOLPT_&LEMO_&PMI1
Data word S ERPI C ERPI
: :
-PMI1-ICVON/PMI1_&RESET
S ERSP C ERSP
: :
(-ISTA1/OPS1)_&ILC1_&PWON_&-SPCL_&-STOP_&-NOTA”ICVON/CLEROP
S ERRC C ERRC
: :
(-ISTA1/OPS1)_&ILC1_&PWON_&-IRCR1_&-STOP_&-NOTA”ICVON/CLEROP
S NOTA C NOTA
::
-AVAIL/ERSP”/ERRC”/ETIM”-ICVON/AVAIL_&RESET
S EROP C EROP
: :
PWON_&ILC1_&NOTA”_&-STOP-ICVON/CLEROP
S OPS1 C OPS1
::
PWON_&IRCR1_&SPCL-ICVON/-IRCR1/-ILC1
S GFLT C GFLT
: :
-IOLPT-ICVON/IOLPT_&RESET
S ERMS C ERMS
: :
-IAVBL_&IOLPT_&LEMO-ICVON/(IAVBL/-IOLPT/-LEMO))_&RESET
S EREO C EREO
: :
-LEMO-ICVON/LEMO_&RESET
OPL1
:=
-OPS1_&IRCR1_&-PWON_&-IAVBL_&IOLPT
S ETIM C ETIM
::
-LCT1_&SEN1_&(-IRCR1/SPCL)-CLEROP
TEST
:=
TEST
S BLOCK C BLOCK
= =
BLOCK -ICVON/-BLOCK_&RESET
en-YN.YNT.001.A
3-373
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-374
S DOWNL C DOWNL
= =
DOWNL -ICVON/-DOWNL_&RESET
S GWARN C GWARN
= =
GWARN -GWARN_&RESET
S EARTH C EARTH
= =
EARTH -ICVON/-EARTH_&RESET
S IMAX C IMAX
= =
IMAX -ICVON/-IMAX_&RESET
S OVLD C OVLD
= =
OVLD/-OLPT -ICVON/-OVLD_&OLPT_&RESET
S THERM C THERM
= =
THERM -ICVON/-THERM_&RESET
S UNSYM C UNSYM
= =
UNSYM -ICVON/-UNSYM_&RESET
Status word S PWON C PWON
: :
ISTA1_&ILC1-ICVON/NOTA”/STOP/-ILC1
S OSG1 C OSG1
: :
OPS1-OPS1”
S SEN1 C SEN1
: :
PWON”OSG1”/-PWON”
EMOF
:=
EREO”
DAVB
:=
-NOTA”_&ICVON
EROR
:=
EROP”
DOFF
:=
-OSG1”
OPER
:=
IMIN
QBAD
:=
-SLAVE_OK
LOCA
:=
(-AVBL/LSER)_&SLAVE_OK
Block view
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
Fig. 66: UNID_SV block
Starting characteristics During the CPU start-up the UNID_SV block is deactivated. In the case of a simple STEP 7 programming this must be done manually. Following start-up the block waits for the number of cycles projected in the input RUNUPCYC, and will only be activated thereafter. A first start-up whilst the program is running is treated internally like a CPU startup. Time behaviour The block must be called via a time interrupt OB or OB1. It does not have a parameter for the sampling interval. Behaviour in case of a time error In the case of a time error the outputs will then be reset. In addition the internal state flags will be reset.
en-YN.YNT.001.A
3-375
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-376
Message actions The block UNID_SV internally uses an ALARM_8P block for generating the messages. Messages are generated for the following tripping devices: ● Operating trouble (EROP) ● SIMOCODE pro V group fault (GFLT) ● Machine availability (AVBL) ● Speed monitor (SPCL) ● Machine protection (PMI1) ● Local emergency off (LEMO) ● Monitoring time (ETIM) ● Check-back signal (RCR1) ● Motor blocked (BLOCK) ● SIMOCODE pro V to download mode (DOWNL) ● SIMOCODE pro V group warning (GWARN) ● Earth fault (EARTH) ● Maximum motor current (IMAX) ● Overload (OLPT and OVLD) ● Thermistor error (THERM) ● Overload and asymmetry (UNSYM) The messages can be suppressed by setting the input SUPR or by resetting the input RLSA. The input SUPR, however, is activated by the operator interface (WinCC), and RLSA by the program. The inputs CVON (at value 0) and CSF (at value 1) also suppress the output of messages. Assignment of message text and message class to the block parameters Mess. Block Default message text no. parameter
Message Suppressable class
1
EROP
$$BlockComment$$ @1I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
2
GFLT
$$BlockComment$$ @2I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
3
ERMS
$$BlockComment$$ @3I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
4
ERSP
$$BlockComment$$ @4I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
5
ERPI
$$BlockComment$$ @5I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
3-377
Mess. Block Default message text no. parameter
Message Suppressable class
6
EREO
$$BlockComment$$ @6I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
7
ETIM
$$BlockComment$$ @7I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
8
ERRC
$$BlockComment$$ @8I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
9
BLOCK
$$BlockComment$$ @1I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
10
DOWNL
$$BlockComment$$ @2I%t#POLCID_Standard@
PF
Yes
11
GWARN
$$BlockComment$$ @3I%t#POLCID_Standard@
WH
Yes
12
EARTH
$$BlockComment$$ @4I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
13
IMAX
$$BlockComment$$ @5I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
14
OVLD
$$BlockComment$$ @6I%t#POLCID_Standard@ - @9R%6.1f@A
AH
Yes
15
THERN
$$BlockComment$$ @7I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
16
UNSYM
$$BlockComment$$ @8I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
en-YN.YNT.001.A
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-378
Connections of UNID_SV Connection (parameters)
Meaning
Data type
Def.
Type Attr. O&O Perm. values
SUBNETID
Number of the Profibus subsystem of the PLC
INT
0
I
DPPA_ADR
Slave address of the Profibus device
INT
0
I
DADDR
Diagnosis address of the Profibus slave
INT
0
I
STA1
Start drive
BOOL
0
I
Q
ILC1
Process-technological interlock
BOOL
1
I
Q
STOP
Stop drive
BOOL
0
I
Q
CVON
Control voltage on
BOOL
1
I
Q
PMI1
Machine protection interlock
BOOL
1
I
Q
SPCL
Speed monitor
BOOL
1
I
Q
CSF
Control system error
BOOL
0
I
Q
DOWNL
Set SIMOCODE pro V to download mode
BOOL
0
I
Q
TEST
Set SIMOCODE pro V to test mode
BOOL
0
I
Q
LST1
Local start/stop without PMI1
BOOL
0
I
Q
LSP1
Local start/stop with PMI1
BOOL
0
I
Q
SWRE
Enabling start-up warning
BOOL
1
I
Q
ESST
Display of softkeys for single faceplate start
BOOL
0
I
+
ENRE
Display of softkeys for faceplate reset
BOOL
0
I
+
SWLO
Start-up warning also in local operating mode
BOOL
0
I
LSEL
Selection LSER switches Simocode device to local operating mode
BOOL
0
I
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
3-379
Connection (parameters)
Meaning
Data type
Def.
Type Attr. O&O Perm. values
RLSA
Enabling alarm generation
BOOL
1
I
Q
TIME1
Monitoring time setpoint value
REAL
5.0
I
BQ
BW
Belt width for filtering motor INT current value
1
I
Q
FF
Filter factor motor current value
REAL
0.5
I
Q
ILH
Rated current for motor current value calibration
REAL
100.0
I
Q
WACYC
Waiting cycle for reading diagnosis data
REAL
10800.0 I
Q
RUNUPCYC
Waiting cycles at start
INT
3
I
EV_ID1
Message ID no. 1
DWORD 0
I
M
EV_ID2
Message ID no. 2
DWORD 0
I
M
RESET
Resetting error SIMOCODE pro V
BOOL
0
IO
BQ
+
LSER
Enabling of local operation
BOOL
0
IO
BQ
+
SST1
Single start
BOOL
0
IO
B
+
SSTP
Single stop
BOOL
0
IO
B
+
SUPR
Suppression of alarms
BOOL
0
IO
B
+
PAGE
Activated page of the faceplate
INT
1
IO
B
+
VALUE_CODE
Coding the values for transfer to the faceplate
INT
1
IO
B
+
OLH_TEMP
Temperature warning limit
INT
80
IO
BQ
+
ALH_TEMP
Temperature shutdown limit
INT
90
IO
BQ
+
EV1_SIG1
Index variable for message no. 1
INT
1
IO
EV1_SIG2
Index variable for message no. 2
INT
29
IO
EV1_SIG3
Index variable for message no. 3
INT
3
IO
en-YN.YNT.001.A
+
+
>0
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-380
Connection (parameters)
Meaning
Data type
Def.
Type Attr. O&O Perm. values
EV1_SIG4
Index variable for message no. 4
INT
4
IO
EV1_SIG5
Index variable for message no. 5
INT
5
IO
EV1_SIG6
Index variable for message no. 6
INT
6
IO
EV1_SIG7
Index variable for message no. 7
INT
7
IO
EV1_SIG8
Index variable for message no. 8
INT
8
IO
EV2_SIG1
Index variable for message no. 9
INT
30
IO
EV2_SIG2
Index variable for message no. 10
INT
31
IO
EV2_SIG3
Index variable for message no. 11
INT
32
IO
EV2_SIG4
Index variable for message no. 12
INT
33
IO
EV2_SIG5
Index variable for message no. 13
INT
34
IO
EV2_SIG6
Index variable for message no. 14
INT
2
IO
EV2_SIG7
Index variable for message no. 15
INT
35
IO
EV2_SIG8
Index variable for message no. 16
INT
36
IO
OSG1
Operating message
BOOL
0
O
Q
EMOF
Emergency off activated
BOOL
0
O
Q
DAVB
Drive is available
BOOL
0
O
Q
EROR
Drive is faulty
BOOL
0
O
Q
DOFF
Drive is off
BOOL
0
O
Q
SWST
Start start-up warning
BOOL
0
O
Q
OPER
Drive is operating (locally or automatically)
BOOL
0
O
Q
QBAD
Profibus slave faulty
BOOL
0
O
Q
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
3-381
Connection (parameters)
Meaning
Data type
Def.
Type Attr. O&O Perm. values
LOCA
Drive is in local operating mode
BOOL
0
O
Q
ACT1
Current monitoring time
REAL
0.0
O
Q
+
A1
Current motor current
REAL
0.0
O
Q
+
OPTI
Current operating hours SIMOCODE pro V
REAL
0.0
O
Q
+
NOST
Number of starts performed REAL
0.0
O
Q
+
NOOV
Number of overload trippings
REAL
0.0
O
Q
+
I_MAX
Maximum current in % of set current
REAL
0.0
O
TEMP1
Temperature 1 at temperature block
REAL
0.0
O
BQ
+
TEMP2
Temperature 2 at temperature block
REAL
0.0
O
BQ
+
TEMP3
Temperature 3 at temperature block
REAL
0.0
O
BQ
+
OLH_TEMP_OUT Temperature block warning REAL limit
0.0
O
Q
ALH_TEMP_OUT Temperature block shutdown limit
REAL
0.0
O
Q
PW
Parameter word
DWORD 0
O
Q
+
DW
Data word
DWORD 0
O
Q
+
SW
Status word
DWORD 0
O
Q
+
DWA
Extended diagnosis data for faceplate
DWORD 0
O
Q
+
DWB
Extended diagnosis data for faceplate
DWORD 0
O
Q
+
DWC
Extended diagnosis data for faceplate
DWORD 0
O
Q
+
Operation and observation of UNID_SV See the description of the block symbol and the faceplate in the corresponding manual in this regard.
en-YN.YNT.001.A
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-382
PW, DW and SW of UNID_SV The inputs, outputs and the internal status of the respective block are mapped on the parameter word, the data word and the status word. The assignment of the bits is found in the following table:
> UNID_SV < Bit
Parameter word
Data word
Status word
0
STA1
OPS1
SEN1
1 2
EROP ILC1
3
OSG1 NOTA
4
EMOF
5
DAVB
6
STOP
OPL1
7
CVON
8
GFLT
GFLT
DOFF
9
AVBL
ERMS
SWST
10
RCR1
ERSP
OPER
PWON
11 12
QBAD PMI1
13
ERPI
SPCL
15
LEMO
16
LSER
ERRC
17
LST1
TEST
18
ETIM
BLOCK LSP1
20 21
LOCA
EREO
14
19
EROR
DOWNL GWARN
SST1
22
EARTH IMAX
23
SSTP
OVLD
24
SWRE
THERM
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
25
CSF
26
DOWNL
27
TEST
3-383
UNSYM
28
COLOUR_1
29
COLOUR_2
30
COLOUR_3
31
COLOUR_4 In the case of the COLOUR operating states, the block UNID_SV does not have all possible states. It features the states with the numbers 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7 and 11.
DWA, DWB and DWC of UNID_SV The block has three additional data words: DWA, DWB and DWC. These words offer additional information on the SIMOCODE pro V motor controller and the Profibus slave. This information is shown in the associated faceplate. The assignment of the data words changes with the value of the input PAGE. When activating the corresponding page of the faceplate, the latter automatically sets the input PAGE to the value corresponding to the activated diagnosis page. The input PAGE may have the following values: Page
Activated diagnosis page of the faceplate
1
:
PROFIBUS – Information on the Profibus slave
2
:
SIMOCODE - Parts of data record 92 are read in
4
:
SIMOCODE - Parts of data records 94 and 95 are read in one after the other
8
SIMOCODE - Parts of data record 92 are read in
10
SIMOCODE - Parts of data record 132 are written
100
SIMOCODE - Data records are newly requested With the different values of PAGE the content of the data words DWA, DWB and DWC also varies. In addition, there is the variable VALUE_CODE. This variable encodes single values. The values with their associated VALUE_CODE will then be written sequentially to the data word A.
en-YN.YNT.001.A
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-384
A content list follows below: > UNID_SV with PAGE = 1 < Bit
Data word A
Data word B
0
ST_NOEX
HARD_ID
1
ST_NORDY
2
ST_INSLR
3
ST_SENSU
4
ST_MASLO
5
ST_WATCH
6
ST_STDIA
7
ST_EXDIA
8
ST_EXDOV
9
ST_SYNC
10
ST_FREEZ
11
ST_PAREQ
12
ST_PARFA
13
ST_SLCCF
14
ST_SLDEA
15
ST_STASL
16
SLAVE_OK
Data word C
DPPA_ADR
SUBNETID
17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
3-385
28 29 30 31
> UNID_SV with PAGE = 2 < Bit
Data word A
Data word B
0
GENER_FAULT
FAULT_TM_SF
1
WARNING
FAULT_TM_OR
2
FAULT_RUNT_ON
FAULT_PARA
3
FAULT_RUNT_OF
FAULT_TEST_SD
4
FAULT_FEED_ON
FAULT_OPO
5
FAULT_FEED_OF
6
FAULT_COLD_ST
WARN_ASYM
7
FAULT_UVO
WARN_OVL
8
STA_PLC
WARN_OVL_PF
9
FAULT_BLOCK_S
WARN_BLOCK
10
FAULT_DOUB_0
WARN_TH_OVL
11
FAULT_DOUB_1
WARN_CURR_HI
12
FAULT_END_PO
WARN_CURR_LO
13
FAULT_ANTIVAL
WARN_TM_HT
14
FAULT_OVLD
WARN_TM_SE
15
FAULT_OVLD_PF
WARN_TM_OR
16
FAULT_ASYM
17
FAULT_MOT_STA
18
FAULT_TH_OVLD
19
FAULT_IMAX
20
FAULT_IMIN
21
FAULT_INT_EF
22
FAULT_TM_TEMP
23
FAULT_EXT_F1
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Data word C
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-386
24
FAULT_EXT_F2
25
FAULT_BUS
26
FAULT_PLC
27
FAULT_HW_BU
28
FAULT_MODULE
29
FAULT_CONFIG
30
FAULT_TH_SC
31
FAULT_TH_WB
> UNID_SV with PAGE = 4 < VALUE_CODE BYTE
Data word A
101
1
HEAT_UP_MOT_MO
2
PHASE_ASYM
3-4
RECOV_TIME
1-4
TEMP1 (in °C)
3-4
TEMP2 (in °C)
1-2
TEMP3 (in °C)
3-4
TIME_TO_TRIP
1-2
I_L1
3-4
I_L2
1-2
I_L3
3-4
NO_OVLD
111
1-4
M_OP_HOURS
113
1-4
NO_START
103
105
107
109
Data word B
Data word C
> UNID_SV with PAGE = 8 < Bit
Data word A
0
GENER_FAULT
1
WARNING
2
STA_DEV
Data word B
Data word C
en-YN.YNT.001.A
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
3
STA_BUS
4
STA_PLC
5
STA_CURR
6
ON11
7
ON1
8
OFF
9
ON2
10
ON22
11
START_ACTIVE
12
LOCK_ACTIVE
13
IDL_TIME
14
OPER_PRO_OFF
15
AUTO_MODE
16
TEST_POS_FEED
17
FEED_CLOSE
18
FEED_OPEN
19
TRQ_CLOSE
20
TRQ_OPEN
21
COOL_DOWN_TIM
22
BREA_TIM_ACT
23
EMER_STA_EXE
24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-387
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-388
> UNID_SV with PAGE = 10 < Byte
Data word A
1-2
TEMP_MAX
Data word B
Data word C
3-4
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
3.71 SIMOCODE pro drive control REVD_SC: Reversible drive with SIMOCODE pro C Description of REVD_SC Object name (Type + Number) FB 560 Calling OBs The time interrupt OB in which the block is installed (e.g. OB 35). Function The block is used for controlling a reversible drive which is driven by a SIMOCODE pro C motor controller. The SIMOCODE pro C is connected to the PLC via the Profibus. The block communicates directly with the Profibus device SIMOCODE pro C. Profibus In order to integrate the block, the type SIMOCODE pro C (PDM) is used for this purpose in the PCS7 program HW Konfig. This is part of the scope of supply of the PCS7 and does not need to be installed subsequently. In HW Konfig, in the catalogue, the profile Standard is set for this purpose. Now the folder PROFIBUS-DP is opened. There, the subfolders "DP V0 Slaves, Switchgear and SIMOCODE" are opened. Here, the entry SIMOCODE pro C (PDM) is located.
Fig. 67: HW Konfig with SIMOCODE pro C
This entry is used for the definition of the Profibus-DP slave. As standard, the base type 2 is used as a block. Following the definition of the Profibus slave, a setting must be carried out. To this end the object properties and then the page 'Parameterising the slave' must be opened.
en-YN.YNT.001.A
3-389
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-390
Fig. 68: Object properties of SIMOCODE-DPV1 PDM
Here, under "Station parameters" in the line "DPV1-Alarms" the entries "Diagnosis alarms" and "Process interrupt" must be activated by means of a tick. Only if the above-stated settings for a SIMOCODE pro C have been completely made, will the full functional scope of the block be ensured. Operating principle The block communicates directly with the SIMOCODE pro C motor controller. This device is defined as a Profibus slave. At the input SUBNETID, the number of the Profibus system, which the SIMOCODE pro C is connected to, must be entered. At the input DPPA_ADR the slave address of the SIMOCODE pro C must be entered and at the input DADDR the diagnose address of the SIMOCODE pro C must be entered. All these values may be taken from the hardware configuration of a STEP7 project. Using these values, the block can communicate automatically with the corresponding SIMOCODE pro C.
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
Internally, the same logic is used as for the block REVD (FB 503). However, the block REVD_ST reads some signals directly from the Profibus (SIMOCODE pro C) and these need not be connected as inputs or outputs. These are the inputs OLPT, AVBL, RCR1, RCR2 LEMO, PWON, SEN1 and SEN2. They are read directly by the SIMOCODE pro C or written to the SIMOCODE pro C. Nevertheless these inputs and outputs are used in the internal logic. In addition, status signals are still used in the interlock system which the SIMOCODE pro C generates. In detail, these are the signals READY, FAULT, AUTO and IMIN. A valid starting command exists when the signals: 'STA1', 'ILC1', 'AVBL', 'OLPT', 'LEMO', 'PMI1', 'READY' or 'STA2', 'ILC2', 'AVBL', 'OLPT', LEMO', 'PMI2', 'READY' are set and the stopping command 'STOP' is reset. In this case, the start enable signal 'SEN1' or 'SEN2' and the run command 'PWON' are set (activation signals for the motor). If the check-back signal 'RCR1' or 'RCR1' together with the speed monitor signal 'SPCL' are set when a valid starting command is active, the control state switches to self-latching status. A characteristic of this status is that the operating bits 'OSG1', 'OPS1' are set or that 'OSG2', OPS2' are set while the run commands 'PWON' and 'SEN1' or 'SEN2' are active. From this moment, the starting commands 'STA1' or 'STA2' can be rescinded without risking reset of the run command PWON and SEN1 or SEN2. The reversible drive is stopped correctly when either the stopping command 'STOP' is set or when the process interlock 'ILC1' or 'ILC2' is missing. If the machine protection fails for both directions simultaneously, the error signal 'ERPI' is generated regardless of the current operating status. If the machine protection fails for one direction only, this is only detected and signalled when the drive is started or in operation in this direction. When the reversible drive is stationary and starting commands are issued simultaneously for both directions, no error is signalled. If the drive is running in one direction, starting commands for the other direction are ignored. The monitoring time TIME1 in seconds when the drive is started specifies the period in which the check-back signal RCR1/RCR2 must be set. If time = 0, no time monitoring of the start is employed. By means of the signals SST1, SST2 and SSTP an individual start of the drive can be realised in automatic mode. In the faceplate of the drive, the operator sets the signals SST1, SST2 or SSTP. After processing in the block, these signals are reset by the block. After operation of the signal SST1/2 the output SWST is set at first. By means of this output an external start-up warning can be started. If the start-up warning time has expired, then the input SWRE must be set. In this way, there is a valid starting command and the drive is then started as described above. With the exception of the combination with the signals SWST and SWRE the signals SST1/2 behave in the same way with signal STA1/2. Using SSTP, the drive is stopped. SSTP behaves in the same way with the input STOP.
en-YN.YNT.001.A
3-391
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-392
With the signals LSER, LST1/2 and LSP1/2 it is possible to operate the drive via external switches, keyboards or from the control panel. With the signal LSER the drive is switched to local operation. The availability of the drive disappears therewith. Via the signals LST1/2 and LSP1/2 the drive can be started. Using the parameter SWLO, it is selected whether the input SWRE is taken into consideration for the evaluation of the inputs LST1/2 and LSP1/2. Note Via the signals LST1/2 and LSP1/2, the drive can be started ("1") or stopped ("0"). Via LST1/2 the drive is started independently from the interlock signals! Via LSP1/2 the signals CVON, OLPT, PMI1/2 and LEMO are taken into consideration. As long as the start signals are pending the drive runs, if the start signal changes to zero the drive is stopped. The block additionally outputs the motor current of the drive at output A1. Standardised from 0 to 100 % of the rated current, the motor current is read by the SIMOCODE pro C. By means of the rated current ILH it is calibrated into the unit Ampere and filtered with BW and FF. This filtration works according to the following formula: Y(n+1) = Y(n) + ( FF * ( VAL - Y(n) ) ) (n)
:
Index of the last filtered measured value
(n+1)
:
Index of the new filtered measured value
VAL
:
Unfiltered input value
FF
:
Filter factor (Range between 0 and 1)
The newly determined value will be processed further only then if it differs from the most recent determined value by at least the bandwidth (BW) value. The block cyclically reads the extended diagnosis data which the SIMOCODE pro C provides. These are e.g. the operating hours or the number of starts of the SIMOCODE pro C. These data are shown in the faceplate. The block is called up in the event of a change of the diagnosis data via an interrupt and will then read the same in an event-controlled fashion. In addition there exists a cycle for the reading of the diagnosis data. The cycle time can be parameterised in the input WACYC. The standard setting for the cycle time is 10800 seconds (3 hours). Via the input PAGE, the faceplate communicates which page of the diagnosis the plant operator has called up. The block then writes the required data into the outputs DWA, DWB and DWC. They are evaluated on the faceplate page called up. For the various different diagnosis pages, the content of the three outputs differs and will not be further described here. The faceplate is able to interpret the data accordingly. Internal logic The sequence of the flags is determined by the sequence in which they must be generated. In this relation, the flags marked (with ") must be taken into account in the setting and reset conditions!
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
Auxiliary flag IAVBL
:=
AVBL_&AUTO_&-DOWNL
ICVON
:=
CVON_&SLAVE_OK
IOLPT
:=
(OLPT/TEST)_&-FAULT
S IRCR1 C IRCR1
= =
RCR1/(IMIN_&-AVBL_&OLPT) -RCR1_&-IMIN
ISTA1
:=
STA1_&READY
ISTA2
:=
STA2_&READY
GO1
:=
ISTA1_&ILC1
GO2
:=
ISTA2_&ILC2
RUN1
:=
SEN1/OSG1
RUN2
:=
SEN2/OSG2
RESET
:=
-PWON_&(-EROP/ERES)
PMNOT
:=
-PMI1_&-PMI2
CLEROP
:=
EROP_&ERES
AVAIL
:=
IAVBL_&IOLPT_&LEMO
RUNSTP
:=
ICVON/EROP”/STOP
en-YN.YNT.001.A
3-393
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-394
Data word S ERPI C ERPI
: :
PMNOT/C-STOP_&(-EROP/ERES)_&PMI1_&ILC1_&(RUN1/ISTA1)_&-RUN2_&-GO2/PMI2_&ILC2_&(RUN2/ISTA2_&-RUN1_&-GO1)ICVON/RESET_&(PMI1_&PMI2/PMNOT_&(GO1_&GO2/STOP)/PMI1_&-GO2/PMI2_&-GO1))
S ERSP C ERSP
: :
PWON_&AVAIL_&-STOP_&(ILC1_&(OPS1/ISTA1_&SEN1)/ILC2_&(OPS2/-ISTA2_&SEN2))_&-SPCLICVON/CLEROP
S ERRC C ERRC
: :
PWON_&AVAIL_&-STOP_&(ILC1_&(OPS1/-ISTA1_&SEN1)_&IRCR1/ILC2_&(OPS2/-ISTA2_&SEN2)_&-RCR2)-ICVON/CLEROP
S NOTA C NOTA
: :
-AVAIL/ERPI”/ERSP”/ERRC”/ETIM”-ICVON/AVAIL_&-ERPI”_&RESET
S EROP C EROP
: :
(RUN1_&ILC1/RUN2_&ILC2)_&NOTA”_&-STOP/ERSP”/PMNOT_&ERPI”(-ICVON/CLEROP)_&(PMNOT/-ERPI”)
S OPS1 C OPS1
: :
SEN1_&IRCR1_&SPCL-ILC1/-ICVON/EROP/-IRCR1
S OPS2 C OPS2
: :
SEN2_&RCR2_&SPCL-ILC2/-ICVON/EROP/-RCR2
S GFLT C GFLT
: :
-IOLPT-ICVON/IOLPT_&RESET
S ERMS C ERMS
: :
-IAVBL_&IOLPT_&LEMO-ICVON/(IAVBL/-IOLPT/-LEMO)_&RESET
S EREO C EREO
: :
-LEMO-ICVON/LEMO_&RESET
OPL1
:=
-PWON_&-OPS1_&IRCR1_&IOLPT_&-IAVBL
OPL2
:=
-PWON_&-OPS2_&RCR2_&IOLPT_&-IAVBL
S ETIM C ETIM
: :
LCT1_&((SEN1_&(-IRCR1/-SPCL))/SEN2_&(-RCR2/-SPCL)))CLEROP
TEST
:=
TEST
S BLOCK C BLOCK
= =
BLOCK -ICVON/-BLOCK_&RESET
S DOWNL C DOWNL
= =
DOWNL -ICVON/-DOWNL_&RESET
S GWARN C GWARN
= =
GWARN -GWARN_&RESET
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
S EARTH C EARTH
= =
EARTH -ICVON/-EARTH_&RESET
S IMAX C IMAX
= =
IMAX -ICVON/-IMAX_&RESET
S OVLD C OVLD
= =
OVLD/-OLPT -ICVON/-OVLD_&OLPT_&RESET
S THERM C THERM
= =
THERM -ICVON/-THERM_&RESET
Status word OSG1 OSG2
:= :=
OPS1”OPS2”
S SEN1 C SEN1
: :
GO1_&-GO2_&-RUN2RUNSTP/NOTA”/-ILC1/OSG1”_&PSEN
S SEN2 C SEN2
: :
GO2_&-GO1_&-RUN1RUNSTP/NOTA”/-ILC2/OSG2”_&PSEN
EMOF DAVB EROR
:= := :=
EREO”ICVON_&-NOTA”EROP”
S PWON C PWON
: :
SEN1”/SEN2”RUNSTP/NOTA”/(RUN1_&-ILC1)/(RUN2_&-ILC2)
DOFF
:=
-OSG1”_&-OSG2”
OPER
:=
IMIN
QBAD
:=
-SLAVE_OK
LOCA
:=
(-AVBL/LSER)_&SLAVE_OK
en-YN.YNT.001.A
3-395
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-396
Block view
Fig. 69: REVD_SC block
Starting characteristics During the CPU start-up the REVD_SC block is deactivated. All internal state flags (shown in the data word) are reset. Following start-up the block waits for the number of cycles projected in the input RUNUPCYC, and will only be activated thereafter. A first start-up whilst the program is running is treated internally like a CPU startup. Time behaviour The block must be called via a time interrupt OB or OB1. It does not have a parameter for the sampling interval. Behaviour in case of a time error In the case of a time error the outputs will then be reset. In addition the internal state flags will be reset. Message actions The block REVD_SC internally uses an ALARM_8P block for generating the messages. Messages are generated for the following tripping devices: ● Operating trouble (EROP) ● SIMOCODE pro C group fault (GFLT) ● Machine availability (AVBL) ● Speed monitor (SPCL) ● Machine protection (PMI1)
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
3-397
● Local emergency off (LEMO) ● Monitoring time (ETIM) ● Check-back signal (RCR1) ● Motor blocked (BLOCK) ● SIMOCODE pro C to download mode (DOWNL) ● SIMOCODE pro C group warning (GWARN) ● Earth fault (EARTH) ● Maximum motor current (IMAX) ● Overload (OLPT and OVLD) ● Thermistor error (THERM) ● Overload and asymmetry (UNSYM) The messages can be suppressed by setting the input SUPR or by resetting the input RLSA. The input SUPR, however, is activated by the operator interface (WinCC), and RLSA by the program. The inputs CVON (at value 0) and CSF (at value 1) also suppress the output of messages. Assignment of message text and message class to the block parameters
Mess. Block Default message text no. parameter
Message Suppressable class
1
EROP
$$BlockComment$$ @1I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
2
GFLT
$$BlockComment$$ @2I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
3
ERMS
$$BlockComment$$ @3I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
4
ERSP
$$BlockComment$$ @4I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
5
ERPI
$$BlockComment$$ @5I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
6
EREO
$$BlockComment$$ @6I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
7
ETIM
$$BlockComment$$ @7I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
8
ERRC
$$BlockComment$$ @8I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
9
BLOCK
$$BlockComment$$ @1I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
en-YN.YNT.001.A
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-398
Mess. Block Default message text no. parameter
Message Suppressable class
10
DOWNL
$$BlockComment$$ @2I%t#POLCID_Standard@
PF
Yes
11
GWARN
$$BlockComment$$ @3I%t#POLCID_Standard@
WH
Yes
12
EARTH
$$BlockComment$$ @4I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
13
IMAX
$$BlockComment$$ @5I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
14
OVLD
$$BlockComment$$ @6I%t#POLCID_Standard@ - @9R%6.1f@A
AH
Yes
15
THERN
$$BlockComment$$ @7I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
16
UNSYM
$$BlockComment$$ @8I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
Connections of REVD_SC Connection (parameters)
Meaning
Data type
Def.
Type Attr. O&O Perm. values
SUBNETID
Number of the Profibus subsystem of the PLC
INT
0
I
DPPA_ADR
Slave address of the Profibus device
INT
0
I
DADDR
Diagnosis address of the Profibus slave
INT
0
I
STA1
Start drive direction 1
BOOL
0
I
Q
STA2
Start drive direction 2
BOOL
0
I
Q
ILC1
Process-technological interlock direction 1
BOOL
1
I
Q
ILC2
Process-technological interlock direction 2
BOOL
1
I
Q
STOP
Stop drive
BOOL
0
I
Q
CVON
Control voltage on
BOOL
1
I
Q
PMI1
Machine protection interlock direction 1
BOOL
1
I
Q
PMI2
Machine protection interlock
BOOL
1
I
Q
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
Connection (parameters)
Meaning
3-399
Data type
Def.
Type Attr. O&O Perm. values
direction 2 SPCL
Speed monitor
BOOL
1
I
Q
CSF
Control system error
BOOL
0
I
Q
DOWNL
Set SIMOCODE pro C to download mode
BOOL
0
I
Q
TEST
Set SIMOCODE pro C to test mode
BOOL
0
I
Q
LST1
Local start/stop without PMI1
BOOL
0
I
Q
LST2
Local start/stop without PMI2
BOOL
0
I
Q
LSP1
Local start/stop with PMI1
BOOL
0
I
Q
LSP2
Local start/stop with PMI2
BOOL
0
I
Q
SWRE
Enabling start-up warning
BOOL
1
I
Q
ESST
Display of softkeys for single faceplate start
BOOL
0
I
+
ENRE
Display of softkeys for faceplate reset
BOOL
0
I
+
SWLO
Start-up warning also in local operating mode
BOOL
0
I
LSEL
Selection LSER switches Simocode device to local operating mode
BOOL
0
I
RLSA
Enabling alarm generation
BOOL
1
I
Q
TIME1
Monitoring time setpoint value
REAL
5.0
I
BQ
BW
Belt width for filtering motor current value
INT
1
I
Q
FF
Filter factor motor current value
REAL
0.5
I
Q
ILH
Rated current for motor current value calibration
REAL
100.0
I
Q
WACYC
Waiting cycle for reading diagnosis data
REAL
10800.0 I
Q
RUNUPCYC
Waiting cycles at start
INT
3
I
EV_ID1
Message ID no. 1
DWORD 0
I
en-YN.YNT.001.A
M
+
+
>0
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-400
Connection (parameters)
Meaning
Data type
Def.
Type Attr. O&O Perm. values
EV_ID2
Message ID no. 2
DWORD 0
I
M
RESET
Resetting error SIMOCODE pro C
BOOL
0
IO
BQ
+
LSER
Enabling of local operation
BOOL
0
IO
BQ
+
SST1
Single start direction 1
BOOL
0
IO
B
+
SST2
Single start direction 2
BOOL
0
IO
B
+
SSTP
Single stop
BOOL
0
IO
B
+
SUPR
Suppression of alarms
BOOL
0
IO
B
+
PAGE
Activated page of the faceplate
INT
1
IO
B
+
VALUE_CODE Coding the values for transfer to the faceplate
INT
1
IO
B
+
EV1_SIG1
Index variable for message no. 1
INT
1
IO
EV1_SIG2
Index variable for message no. 2
INT
29
IO
EV1_SIG3
Index variable for message no. 3
INT
3
IO
EV1_SIG4
Index variable for message no. 4
INT
4
IO
EV1_SIG5
Index variable for message no. 5
INT
5
IO
EV1_SIG6
Index variable for message no. 6
INT
6
IO
EV1_SIG7
Index variable for message no. 7
INT
7
IO
EV1_SIG8
Index variable for message no. 8
INT
8
IO
EV2_SIG1
Index variable for message no. 9
INT
30
IO
EV2_SIG2
Index variable for message no. 10
INT
31
IO
EV2_SIG3
Index variable for message no. 11
INT
32
IO
EV2_SIG4
Index variable for message
INT
33
IO
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
Connection (parameters)
Meaning
3-401
Data type
Def.
Type Attr. O&O Perm. values
no. 12 EV2_SIG5
Index variable for message no. 13
INT
34
IO
EV2_SIG6
Index variable for message no. 14
INT
2
IO
EV2_SIG7
Index variable for message no. 15
INT
35
IO
EV2_SIG8
Index variable for message no. 16
INT
36
IO
OSG1
Operating message direction 1 BOOL
0
O
Q
OSG2
Operating message direction 2 BOOL
0
O
Q
EMOF
Emergency off activated
BOOL
0
O
Q
DAVB
Drive is available
BOOL
0
O
Q
EROR
Drive is faulty
BOOL
0
O
Q
DOFF
Drive is off
BOOL
0
O
Q
SWST
Start start-up warning
BOOL
0
O
Q
OPER
Drive is operating (locally or automatically)
BOOL
0
O
Q
QBAD
Profibus slave faulty
BOOL
0
O
Q
LOCA
Drive is in local operating mode
BOOL
0
O
Q
ACT1
Current monitoring time
REAL
0.0
O
Q
+
A1
Current motor current
REAL
0.0
O
Q
+
OPTI
Current operating hours SIMOCODE pro C
REAL
0.0
O
Q
+
NOST
Number of starts performed
REAL
0.0
O
Q
+
NOOV
Number of overload trippings
REAL
0.0
O
Q
+
I_MAX
Maximum current in % of set current
REAL
0.0
O
PW
Parameter word
DWORD 0
O
Q
+
DW
Data word
DWORD 0
O
Q
+
SW
Status word
DWORD 0
O
Q
+
en-YN.YNT.001.A
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-402
Connection (parameters)
Meaning
Data type
Def.
Type Attr. O&O Perm. values
DWA
Extended diagnosis data for faceplate
DWORD 0
O
Q
+
DWB
Extended diagnosis data for faceplate
DWORD 0
O
Q
+
DWC
Extended diagnosis data for faceplate
DWORD 0
O
Q
+
Operation and observation of REVD_SC See the description of the block symbol and the faceplate in the corresponding manual in this regard. PW, DW and SW of REVD_SC The inputs, outputs and the internal stati of the block are mapped on the parameter word, the data word and the status word. The assignment of the bits is found in the following table: > REVD_SC < Bit
Parameter word
Data word
Status word
0
STA1
OPS1
SEN1
1
STA2
EROP
SEN2
2
ILC1
OPS2
OSG1
3
ILC2
NOTA
OSG2
4
EMOF
5
DAVB
6
STOP
OPL1
EROR
7
CVON
OLP2
PWON
8
GFLT
GFLT
DOFF
9
AVBL
ERMS
SWST
10
RCR1
ERSP
OPER
11
RCR2
12
PMI1
ERPI
13
PMI2
EREO
14
SPCL
ETIM
QBAD LOCA
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
3-403
15
LEMO
16
LSER
ERRC
17
LST1
TEST
18
LST2
BLOCK
19
LSP1
DOWNL
20
LSP2
GWARN
21
SST1
EARTH
22
SST2
IMAX
23
SSTP
OVLD
24
SWRE
THERM
25
CSF
UNSYM
26
DOWNL
27
TEST
28
COLOUR_1
29
COLOUR_2
30
COLOUR_3
31
COLOUR_4
DWA, DWB and DWC of REVD_SC The block has three additional data words: DWA, DWB and DWC. These words offer additional information on the SIMOCODE pro C motor controller and the Profibus slave. This information is shown in the associated faceplate. The assignment of the data words changes with the value of the input PAGE. When activating the corresponding page of the faceplate, the latter automatically sets the input PAGE to the value corresponding to the activated diagnosis page. The input PAGE may have the following values: Page
Activated diagnosis page of the faceplate
1
:
PROFIBUS – Information on the Profibus slave
2
:
SIMOCODE - Parts of data record 92 are read in
4
:
SIMOCODE - Parts of data records 94 and 95 are read in one after the other
8
SIMOCODE - Parts of data record 92 are read in
100
SIMOCODE - Data records are newly requested
en-YN.YNT.001.A
User manual
Blocks 3-404
®
POLCID for administrators
With the different values of PAGE the content of the data words DWA, DWB and DWC also varies. In addition, there is the variable VALUE_CODE. This variable encodes single values. The values with their associated VALUE_CODE will then be written sequentially to the data word A.
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
3-405
A content list follows below: > REVD_SC with PAGE = 1 < Bit
Data word A
Data word B
0
ST_NOEX
HARD_ID
1
ST_NORDY
2
ST_INSLR
3
ST_SENSU
4
ST_MASLO
5
ST_WATCH
6
ST_STDIA
7
ST_EXDIA
8
ST_EXDOV
9
ST_SYNC
10
ST_FREEZ
11
ST_PAREQ
12
ST_PARFA
13
ST_SLCCF
14
ST_SLDEA
15
ST_STASL
16
SLAVE_OK
17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Data word C
DPPA_ADR
SUBNETID
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-406
28 29 30 31
> REVD_SC with PAGE = 2 < Bit
Data word A
Data word B
0
GENER_FAULT
FAULT_TM_SF
1
WARNING
FAULT_TM_OR
2
FAULT_RUNT_ON
FAULT_PARA
3
FAULT_RUNT_OF
FAULT_TEST_SD
4
FAULT_FEED_ON
FAULT_OPO
5
FAULT_FEED_OF
6
FAULT_COLD_ST
WARN_ASYM
7
FAULT_UVO
WARN_OVL
8
STA_PLC
WARN_OVL_PF
9
FAULT_BLOCK_S
WARN_BLOCK
10
FAULT_DOUB_0
WARN_TH_OVL
11
FAULT_DOUB_1
WARN_CURR_HI
12
FAULT_END_PO
WARN_CURR_LO
13
FAULT_ANTIVAL
WARN_TM_HT
14
FAULT_OVLD
WARN_TM_SE
15
FAULT_OVLD_PF
WARN_TM_OR
16
FAULT_ASYM
17
FAULT_MOT_STA
18
FAULT_TH_OVLD
19
FAULT_IMAX
20
FAULT_IMIN
21
FAULT_INT_EF
22
FAULT_TM_TEMP
23
FAULT_EXT_F1
Data word C
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
24
FAULT_EXT_F2
25
FAULT_BUS
26
FAULT_PLC
27
FAULT_HW_BU
28
FAULT_MODULE
29
FAULT_CONFIG
30
FAULT_TH_SC
31
FAULT_TH_WB
3-407
> REVD_SC with PAGE = 4 < VALUE_CODE BYTE
Data word A
101
1
HEAT_UP_MOT_MO
2
PHASE_ASYM
3-4
RECOV_TIME
103
1-4
105
1-2 3-4
TIME_TO_TRIP
1-2
I_L1
3-4
I_L2
1-2
I_L3
3-4
NO_OVLD
111
1-4
M_OP_HOURS
113
1-4
NO_START
107
109
Data word B
> REVD_SC with PAGE = 8 < Bit
Data word A
0
GENER_FAULT
1
WARNING
2
STA_DEV
3
STA_BUS
4
STA_PLC
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Data word B
Data word C
Data word C
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-408
5
STA_CURR
6
ON11
7
ON1
8
OFF
9
ON2
10
ON22
11
START_ACTIVE
12
LOCK_ACTIVE
13
IDL_TIME
14
OPER_PRO_OFF
15
AUTO_MODE
16
TEST_POS_FEED
17
FEED_CLOSE
18
FEED_OPEN
19
TRQ_CLOSE
20
TRQ_OPEN
21
COOL_DOWN_TIM
22
BREA_TIM_ACT
23
EMER_STA_EXE
24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
3.72 SIMOCODE pro drive control REVD_SV: Reversible drive with SIMOCODE pro V Description of REVD_SV Object name (Type + Number) FB 541 Calling OBs The time interrupt OB in which the block is installed (e.g. OB 35). Function The block is used for controlling a reversible drive which is driven by a SIMOCODE pro V motor controller. The SIMOCODE pro V is connected to the PLC via the Profibus. The block communicates directly with the Profibus device SIMOCODE pro V. Profibus In order to integrate the block, the type SIMOCODE pro V (PDM) is used for this purpose in the PCS7 program HW Konfig. This is part of the scope of supply of the PCS7 and does not need to be installed subsequently. In HW Konfig, in the catalogue, the profile Standard is set for this purpose. Now the folder PROFIBUS-DP is opened. There, the subfolders "DP V0 Slaves, Switchgear and SIMOCODE" are opened. Here, the entry SIMOCODE pro V (PDM) is located.
Fig. 70: HW Konfig with SIMOCODE pro V
This entry is used for the definition of the Profibus-DP slave. As standard, the base type 1 is used as a block. Following the definition of the Profibus slave, a setting must be carried out. To this end the object properties and then the page 'Parameterising the slave' must be opened.
en-YN.YNT.001.A
3-409
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-410
Fig. 71: Object properties of SIMOCODE pro V PDM
Here, under "Station parameters" in the line "DPV1-Alarms" the entries "Diagnosis alarms" and "Process interrupt" must be activated by means of a tick. Only if the above-stated settings for a SIMOCODE pro V have been completely made, will the full functional scope of the block be ensured. Operating principle The block communicates directly with the SIMOCODE pro V motor controller. This device is defined as a Profibus slave. At the input SUBNETID, the number of the Profibus system, which the SIMOCODE pro V is connected to, must be entered. At the input DPPA_ADR the slave address of the SIMOCODE pro V must be entered and at the input DADDR the diagnose address of the SIMOCODE pro C must be entered. All these values may be taken from the hardware configuration of a STEP7 project. Using these values, the block can communicate automatically with the corresponding SIMOCODE pro V.
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
Internally, the same logic is used as for the block REVD (FB 503). However, the block REVD_SV reads some signals directly from the Profibus (SIMOCODE pro V) and these need not be connected as inputs or outputs. These are the inputs OLPT, AVBL, RCR1, RCR2 LEMO, PWON, SEN1 and SEN2. They are read directly by the SIMOCODE pro V or written to the SIMOCODE pro V. Nevertheless these inputs and outputs are used in the internal logic. In addition, status signals are still used in the interlock system which the SIMOCODE pro V generates. In detail, these are the signals READY, FAULT, AUTO and IMIN. A valid starting command exists when the signals: 'STA1', 'ILC1', 'AVBL', 'OLPT', 'LEMO', 'PMI1', 'READY' or 'STA2', 'ILC2', 'AVBL', 'OLPT', LEMO', 'PMI2', 'READY' are set and the stopping command 'STOP' is reset. In this case, the start enable signal 'SEN1' or 'SEN2' and the run command 'PWON' are set (activation signals for the motor). If the check-back signal 'RCR1' or 'RCR1' together with the speed monitor signal 'SPCL' are set when a valid starting command is active, the control state switches to self-latching status. A characteristic of this status is that the operating bits 'OSG1', 'OPS1' are set or that 'OSG2', OPS2' are set while the run commands 'PWON' and 'SEN1' or 'SEN2' are active. From this moment, the starting commands 'STA1' or 'STA2' can be rescinded without risking reset of the run command PWON and SEN1 or SEN2. The reversible drive is stopped correctly when either the stopping command 'STOP' is set or when the process interlock 'ILC1' or 'ILC2' is missing. If the machine protection fails for both directions simultaneously, the error signal 'ERPI' is generated regardless of the current operating status. If the machine protection fails for one direction only, this is only detected and signalled when the drive is started or in operation in this direction. When the reversible drive is stationary and starting commands are issued simultaneously for both directions, no error is signalled. If the drive is running in one direction, starting commands for the other direction are ignored. The monitoring time TIME1 in seconds when the drive is started specifies the period in which the check-back signal RCR1/RCR2 must be set. If time = 0, no time monitoring of the start is employed. By means of the signals SST1, SST2 and SSTP an individual start of the drive can be realised in automatic mode. In the faceplate of the drive, the operator sets the signals SST1, SST2 or SSTP. After processing in the block, these signals are reset by the block. After operation of the signal SST1/2 the output SWST is set at first. By means of this output an external start-up warning can be started. If the start-up warning time has expired, then the input SWRE must be set. In this way, there is a valid starting command and the drive is then started as described above. With the exception of the combination with the signals SWST and SWRE the signals SST1/2 behave in the same way with signal STA1/2. Using SSTP, the drive is stopped. SSTP behaves in the same way with the input STOP.
en-YN.YNT.001.A
3-411
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-412
With the signals LSER, LST1/2 and LSP1/2 it is possible to operate the drive via external switches, keyboards or from the control panel. With the signal LSER the drive is switched to local operation. The availability of the drive disappears therewith. Via the signals LST1/2 and LSP1/2 the drive can be started. Using the parameter SWLO, it is selected whether the input SWRE is taken into consideration for the evaluation of the inputs LST1/2 and LSP1/2. Note Via the signals LST1/2 and LSP1/2, the drive can be started ("1") or stopped ("0"). Via LST1/2 the drive is started independently from the interlock signals! Via LSP1/2 the signals CVON, OLPT, PMI1/2 and LEMO are taken into consideration. As long as the start signals are pending the drive runs, if the start signal changes to zero the drive is stopped. The block additionally outputs the motor current of the drive at output A1. Standardised from 0 to 100 % of the rated current, the motor current is read by the SIMOCODE pro V. By means of the rated current ILH it is calibrated into the unit Ampere and filtered with BW and FF. This filtration works according to the following formula: Y(n+1) = Y(n) + ( FF * ( VAL - Y(n) ) ) (n)
:
Index of the last filtered measured value
(n+1)
:
Index of the new filtered measured value
VAL
:
Unfiltered input value
FF
:
Filter factor (Range between 0 and 1)
The newly determined value will be processed further only then if it differs from the most recent determined value by at least the bandwidth (BW) value. The block cyclically reads the extended diagnosis data which the SIMOCODE pro V provides. These are e.g. the operating hours or the number of starts of the SIMOCODE pro V. These data are shown in the faceplate. The block is called up in the event of a change of the diagnosis data via an interrupt and will then read the same in an event-controlled fashion. In addition there exists a cycle for the reading of the diagnosis data. The cycle time can be parameterised in the input WACYC. The standard setting for the cycle time is 10800 seconds (3 hours). Via the input PAGE, the faceplate communicates which page of the diagnosis the plant operator has called up. The block then writes the required data into the outputs DWA, DWB and DWC. They are evaluated on the faceplate page called up. For the various different diagnosis pages, the content of the three outputs differs and will not be further described here. The faceplate is able to interpret the data accordingly. Internal logic
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
The sequence of the flags is determined by the sequence in which they must be generated. In this relation, the flags marked (with ") must be taken into account in the setting and reset conditions! Auxiliary flag IAVBL
:=
AVBL_&AUTO_&-DOWNL
ICVON
:=
CVON_&SLAVE_OK
IOLPT
:=
(OLPT/TEST)_&-FAULT
S IRCR1 C IRCR1
= =
RCR1/(IMIN_&-AVBL_&OLPT) -RCR1_&-IMIN
ISTA1
:=
STA1_&READY
ISTA2
:=
STA2_&READY
GO1
:=
ISTA1_&ILC1
GO2
:=
ISTA2_&ILC2
RUN1
:=
SEN1/OSG1
RUN2
:=
SEN2/OSG2
RESET
:=
-PWON_&(-EROP/ERES)
PMNOT
:=
-PMI1_&-PMI2
CLEROP
:=
EROP_&ERES
AVAIL
:=
IAVBL_&IOLPT_&LEMO
RUNSTP
:=
ICVON/EROP”/STOP
en-YN.YNT.001.A
3-413
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-414
Data word S ERPI C ERPI
: :
PMNOT/C-STOP_&(-EROP/ERES)_&PMI1_&ILC1_&(RUN1/ISTA1)_&-RUN2_&-GO2/PMI2_&ILC2_&(RUN2/ISTA2_&-RUN1_&-GO1)ICVON/RESET_&(PMI1_&PMI2/PMNOT_&(GO1_&GO2/STOP)/PMI1_&-GO2/PMI2_&-GO1))
S ERSP C ERSP
: :
PWON_&AVAIL_&-STOP_&(ILC1_&(OPS1/ISTA1_&SEN1)/ILC2_&(OPS2/-ISTA2_&SEN2))_&-SPCLICVON/CLEROP
S ERRC C ERRC
: :
PWON_&AVAIL_&-STOP_&(ILC1_&(OPS1/-ISTA1_&SEN1)_&IRCR1/ILC2_&(OPS2/-ISTA2_&SEN2)_&-RCR2)-ICVON/CLEROP
S NOTA C NOTA
: :
-AVAIL/ERPI”/ERSP”/ERRC”/ETIM”-ICVON/AVAIL_&-ERPI”_&RESET
S EROP C EROP
: :
(RUN1_&ILC1/RUN2_&ILC2)_&NOTA”_&-STOP/ERSP”/PMNOT_&ERPI”(-ICVON/CLEROP)_&(PMNOT/-ERPI”)
S OPS1 C OPS1
: :
SEN1_&IRCR1_&SPCL-ILC1/-ICVON/EROP/-IRCR1
S OPS2 C OPS2
: :
SEN2_&RCR2_&SPCL-ILC2/-ICVON/EROP/-RCR2
S GFLT C GFLT
: :
-IOLPT-ICVON/IOLPT_&RESET
S ERMS C ERMS
: :
-IAVBL_&IOLPT_&LEMO-ICVON/(IAVBL/-IOLPT/-LEMO)_&RESET
S EREO C EREO
: :
-LEMO-ICVON/LEMO_&RESET
OPL1
:=
-PWON_&-OPS1_&IRCR1_&IOLPT_&-IAVBL
OPL2
:=
-PWON_&-OPS2_&RCR2_&IOLPT_&-IAVBL
S ETIM C ETIM
: :
LCT1_&((SEN1_&(-IRCR1/-SPCL))/SEN2_&(-RCR2/-SPCL)))CLEROP
TEST
:=
TEST
S BLOCK C BLOCK
= =
BLOCK -ICVON/-BLOCK_&RESET
S DOWNL C DOWNL
= =
DOWNL -ICVON/-DOWNL_&RESET
S GWARN C GWARN
= =
GWARN -GWARN_&RESET
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
S EARTH C EARTH
= =
EARTH -ICVON/-EARTH_&RESET
S IMAX C IMAX
= =
IMAX -ICVON/-IMAX_&RESET
S OVLD C OVLD
= =
OVLD/-OLPT -ICVON/-OVLD_&OLPT_&RESET
S THERM C THERM
= =
THERM -ICVON/-THERM_&RESET
Status word OSG1 OSG2
:= :=
OPS1”OPS2”
S SEN1 C SEN1
: :
GO1_&-GO2_&-RUN2RUNSTP/NOTA”/-ILC1/OSG1”_&PSEN
S SEN2 C SEN2
: :
GO2_&-GO1_&-RUN1RUNSTP/NOTA”/-ILC2/OSG2”_&PSEN
EMOF DAVB EROR
:= := :=
EREO”ICVON_&-NOTA”EROP”
S PWON C PWON
::
SEN1”/SEN2”RUNSTP/NOTA”/(RUN1_&-ILC1)/(RUN2_&-ILC2)
DOFF
:=
-OSG1”_&-OSG2”
OPER
:=
IMIN
QBAD
:=
-SLAVE_OK
LOCA
:=
(-AVBL/LSER)_&SLAVE_OK
en-YN.YNT.001.A
3-415
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-416
Block view
Fig. 72: REVD_SV block
Starting characteristics During the CPU start-up the REVD_SV block is deactivated. All internal state flags (shown in the data word) are reset. Following start-up the block waits for the number of cycles projected in the input RUNUPCYC, and will only be activated thereafter. A first start-up whilst the program is running is treated internally like a CPU startup. Time behaviour The block must be called via a time interrupt OB or OB1. It does not have a parameter for the sampling interval. Behaviour in case of a time error In the case of a time error the outputs will then be reset. In addition the internal state flags will be reset.
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
3-417
Message actions The block REVD_SV internally uses an ALARM_8P block for generating the messages. Messages are generated for the following tripping devices: ● Operating trouble (EROP) ● SIMOCODE pro V group fault (GFLT) ● Machine availability (AVBL) ● Speed monitor (SPCL) ● Machine protection (PMI1) ● Local emergency off (LEMO) ● Monitoring time (ETIM) ● Check-back signal (RCR1) ● Motor blocked (BLOCK) ● SIMOCODE pro V to download mode (DOWNL) ● SIMOCODE pro V group warning (GWARN) ● Earth fault (EARTH) ● Maximum motor current (IMAX) ● Overload (OLPT and OVLD) ● Thermistor error (THERM) ● Overload and asymmetry (UNSYM) The messages can be suppressed by setting the input SUPR or by resetting the input RLSA. The input SUPR, however, is activated by the operator interface (WinCC), and RLSA by the program. The inputs CVON (at value 0) and CSF (at value 1) also suppress the output of messages. Assignment of message text and message class to the block parameters
Mess. Block Default message text no. parameter
Message Suppressable class
1
EROP
$$BlockComment$$ @1I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
2
GFLT
$$BlockComment$$ @2I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
3
ERMS
$$BlockComment$$ @3I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
4
ERSP
$$BlockComment$$ @4I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
5
ERPI
$$BlockComment$$ @5I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
en-YN.YNT.001.A
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-418
Mess. Block Default message text no. parameter
Message Suppressable class
6
EREO
$$BlockComment$$ @6I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
7
ETIM
$$BlockComment$$ @7I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
8
ERRC
$$BlockComment$$ @8I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
9
BLOCK
$$BlockComment$$ @1I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
10
DOWNL
$$BlockComment$$ @2I%t#POLCID_Standard@
PF
Yes
11
GWARN
$$BlockComment$$ @3I%t#POLCID_Standard@
WH
Yes
12
EARTH
$$BlockComment$$ @4I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
13
IMAX
$$BlockComment$$ @5I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
14
OVLD
$$BlockComment$$ @6I%t#POLCID_Standard@ - @9R%6.1f@A
AH
Yes
15
THERN
$$BlockComment$$ @7I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
16
UNSYM
$$BlockComment$$ @8I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
3-419
Connections of REVD_SV Connection (parameters)
Meaning
Data type
Def.
Type Attr. O&O Perm. values
SUBNETID
Number of the Profibus subsystem of the PLC
INT
0
I
DPPA_ADR
Slave address of the Profibus device
INT
0
I
DADDR
Diagnosis address of the Profibus slave
INT
0
I
STA1
Start drive direction 1
BOOL
0
I
Q
STA2
Start drive direction 2
BOOL
0
I
Q
ILC1
Process-technological interlock direction 1
BOOL
1
I
Q
ILC2
Process-technological interlock direction 2
BOOL
1
I
Q
STOP
Stop drive
BOOL
0
I
Q
CVON
Control voltage on
BOOL
1
I
Q
PMI1
Machine protection interlock direction 1
BOOL
1
I
Q
PMI2
Machine protection interlock direction 2
BOOL
1
I
Q
SPCL
Speed monitor
BOOL
1
I
Q
CSF
Control system error
BOOL
0
I
Q
DOWNL
Set SIMOCODE pro V to download mode
BOOL
0
I
Q
TEST
Set SIMOCODE pro V to test mode
BOOL
0
I
Q
LST1
Local start/stop without PMI1
BOOL
0
I
Q
LST2
Local start/stop without PMI2
BOOL
0
I
Q
LSP1
Local start/stop with PMI1
BOOL
0
I
Q
LSP2
Local start/stop with PMI2
BOOL
0
I
Q
SWRE
Enabling start-up warning
BOOL
1
I
Q
ESST
Display of softkeys for single faceplate start
BOOL
0
I
en-YN.YNT.001.A
+
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-420
Connection (parameters)
Meaning
Data type
Def.
Type Attr. O&O Perm. values
ENRE
Display of softkeys for faceplate reset
BOOL
0
I
SWLO
Start-up warning also in local operating mode
BOOL
0
I
LSEL
Selection LSER switches Simocode device to local operating mode
BOOL
0
I
RLSA
Enabling alarm generation
BOOL
1
I
Q
TIME1
Monitoring time setpoint value
REAL
5.0
I
BQ
BW
Belt width for filtering motor current value
INT
1
I
Q
FF
Filter factor motor current value
REAL
0.5
I
Q
ILH
Rated current for motor current value calibration
REAL
100.0
I
Q
WACYC
Waiting cycle for reading diagnosis data
REAL
10800.0 I
Q
RUNUPCYC
Waiting cycles at start
INT
3
I
EV_ID1
Message ID no. 1
DWORD 0
I
M
EV_ID2
Message ID no. 2
DWORD 0
I
M
RESET
Resetting error SIMOCODE pro V
BOOL
0
IO
BQ
+
LSER
Enabling of local operation
BOOL
0
IO
BQ
+
SST1
Single start direction 1
BOOL
0
IO
B
+
SST2
Single start direction 2
BOOL
0
IO
B
+
SSTP
Single stop
BOOL
0
IO
B
+
SUPR
Suppression of alarms
BOOL
0
IO
B
+
PAGE
Activated page of the faceplate
INT
1
IO
B
+
INT
1
IO
B
+
VALUE_CODE Coding the values for transfer to the faceplate
+
+
>0
+
OLH_TEMP
Temperature warning limit
INT
80
I
BQ
+
ALH_TEMP
Temperature shutdown limit
INT
90
I
BQ
+
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
3-421
Connection (parameters)
Meaning
Data type
Def.
Type Attr. O&O Perm. values
EV1_SIG1
Index variable for message no. 1
INT
1
IO
EV1_SIG2
Index variable for message no. 2
INT
29
IO
EV1_SIG3
Index variable for message no. 3
INT
3
IO
EV1_SIG4
Index variable for message no. 4
INT
4
IO
EV1_SIG5
Index variable for message no. 5
INT
5
IO
EV1_SIG6
Index variable for message no. 6
INT
6
IO
EV1_SIG7
Index variable for message no. 7
INT
7
IO
EV1_SIG8
Index variable for message no. 8
INT
8
IO
EV2_SIG1
Index variable for message no. 9
INT
30
IO
EV2_SIG2
Index variable for message no. 10
INT
31
IO
EV2_SIG3
Index variable for message no. 11
INT
32
IO
EV2_SIG4
Index variable for message no. 12
INT
33
IO
EV2_SIG5
Index variable for message no. 13
INT
34
IO
EV2_SIG6
Index variable for message no. 14
INT
2
IO
EV2_SIG7
Index variable for message no. 15
INT
35
IO
EV2_SIG8
Index variable for message no. 16
INT
36
IO
OSG1
Operating message direction 1 BOOL
0
O
Q
OSG2
Operating message direction 2 BOOL
0
O
Q
EMOF
Emergency off activated
0
O
Q
en-YN.YNT.001.A
BOOL
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-422
Connection (parameters)
Meaning
Data type
Def.
Type Attr. O&O Perm. values
DAVB
Drive is available
BOOL
0
O
Q
EROR
Drive is faulty
BOOL
0
O
Q
DOFF
Drive is off
BOOL
0
O
Q
SWST
Start start-up warning
BOOL
0
O
Q
OPER
Drive is operating (locally or automatically)
BOOL
0
O
Q
QBAD
Profibus slave faulty
BOOL
0
O
Q
LOCA
Drive is in local operating mode
BOOL
0
O
Q
ACT1
Current monitoring time
REAL
0.0
O
Q
+
A1
Current motor current
REAL
0.0
O
Q
+
OPTI
Current operating hours SIMOCODE pro V
REAL
0.0
O
Q
+
NOST
Number of starts performed
REAL
0.0
O
Q
+
NOOV
Number of overload trippings
REAL
0.0
O
Q
+
I_MAX
Maximum current in % of set current
REAL
0.0
O
TEMP1
Temperature 1 at temperature block
REAL
0.0
O
BQ
+
TEMP2
Temperature 2 at temperature block
REAL
0.0
O
BQ
+
TEMP3
Temperature 3 at temperature block
REAL
0.0
O
BQ
+
OLH_TEMP
Temperature warning limit
REAL
0.0
O
Q
ALH_TEMP
Temperature shutdown limit
REAL
0.0
O
Q
PW
Parameter word
DWORD 0
O
Q
+
DW
Data word
DWORD 0
O
Q
+
SW
Status word
DWORD 0
O
Q
+
DWA
Extended diagnosis data for faceplate
DWORD 0
O
Q
+
DWB
Extended diagnosis data for faceplate
DWORD 0
O
Q
+
DWC
Extended diagnosis data for
DWORD 0
O
Q
+
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
Connection (parameters)
Meaning
3-423
Data type
Def.
Type Attr. O&O Perm. values
faceplate Operation and observation of REVD_SV See the description of the block symbol and the faceplate in the corresponding manual in this regard.
en-YN.YNT.001.A
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-424
PW, DW and SW of REVD_SV The inputs, outputs and the internal status of the respective block are mapped on the parameter word, the data word and the status word. The assignment of the bits is found in the following table:
> REVD_SV < Bit
Parameter word
Data word
Status word
0
STA1
OPS1
SEN1
1
STA2
EROP
SEN2
2
ILC1
OPS2
OSG1
3
ILC2
NOTA
OSG2
4
EMOF
5
DAVB
6
STOP
OPL1
EROR
7
CVON
OLP2
PWON
8
GFLT
GFLT
DOFF
9
AVBL
ERMS
SWST
10
RCR1
ERSP
OPER
11
RCR2
12
PMI1
ERPI
13
PMI2
EREO
14
SPCL
ETIM
15
LEMO
16
LSER
ERRC
17
LST1
TEST
18
LST2
BLOCK
19
LSP1
DOWNL
20
LSP2
GWARN
21
SST1
EARTH
22
SST2
IMAX
23
SSTP
OVLD
QBAD LOCA
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
3-425
24
SWRE
THERM
25
CSF
UNSYM
26
DOWNL
27
TEST
28
COLOUR_1
29
COLOUR_2
30
COLOUR_3
31
COLOUR_4 In the case of the COLOUR operating states, the block REVD_SV does not have all possible states. It features the states with the numbers 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9 and 11.
DWA, DWB and DWC of REVD_SV The block has three additional data words: DWA, DWB and DWC. These words offer additional information on the SIMOCODE pro V motor controller and the Profibus slave. This information is shown in the associated faceplate. The assignment of the data words changes with the value of the input PAGE. When activating the corresponding page of the faceplate, the latter automatically sets the input PAGE to the value corresponding to the activated diagnosis page. The input PAGE may have the following values: Page
Activated diagnosis page of the faceplate
1
:
PROFIBUS – Information on the Profibus slave
2
:
SIMOCODE - Parts of data record 92 are read in
4
:
SIMOCODE - Parts of data records 94 and 95 are read in one after the other
8
SIMOCODE - Parts of data record 92 are read in
10
SIMOCODE - Parts of data record 132 are written
100
SIMOCODE - Data records are newly requested With the different values of PAGE the content of the data words DWA, DWB and DWC also varies. In addition, there is the variable VALUE_CODE. This variable encodes single values. The values with their associated VALUE_CODE will then be written sequentially to the data word A.
en-YN.YNT.001.A
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-426
A content list follows below: > REVD_SV with PAGE = 1 < Bit
Data word A
Data word B
0
ST_NOEX
HARD_ID
1
ST_NORDY
2
ST_INSLR
3
ST_SENSU
4
ST_MASLO
5
ST_WATCH
6
ST_STDIA
7
ST_EXDIA
8
ST_EXDOV
9
ST_SYNC
10
ST_FREEZ
11
ST_PAREQ
12
ST_PARFA
13
ST_SLCCF
14
ST_SLDEA
15
ST_STASL
16
SLAVE_OK
Data word C
DPPA_ADR
SUBNETID
17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
3-427
28 29 30 31
> REVD_SV with PAGE = 2 < Bit
Data word A
Data word B
0
GENER_FAULT
FAULT_TM_SF
1
WARNING
FAULT_TM_OR
2
FAULT_RUNT_ON
FAULT_PARA
3
FAULT_RUNT_OF
FAULT_TEST_SD
4
FAULT_FEED_ON
FAULT_OPO
5
FAULT_FEED_OF
6
FAULT_COLD_ST
WARN_ASYM
7
FAULT_UVO
WARN_OVL
8
STA_PLC
WARN_OVL_PF
9
FAULT_BLOCK_S
WARN_BLOCK
10
FAULT_DOUB_0
WARN_TH_OVL
11
FAULT_DOUB_1
WARN_CURR_HI
12
FAULT_END_PO
WARN_CURR_LO
13
FAULT_ANTIVAL
WARN_TM_HT
14
FAULT_OVLD
WARN_TM_SE
15
FAULT_OVLD_PF
WARN_TM_OR
16
FAULT_ASYM
17
FAULT_MOT_STA
18
FAULT_TH_OVLD
19
FAULT_IMAX
20
FAULT_IMIN
21
FAULT_INT_EF
22
FAULT_TM_TEMP
23
FAULT_EXT_F1
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Data word C
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-428
24
FAULT_EXT_F2
25
FAULT_BUS
26
FAULT_PLC
27
FAULT_HW_BU
28
FAULT_MODULE
29
FAULT_CONFIG
30
FAULT_TH_SC
31
FAULT_TH_WB
> REVD_SV with PAGE = 4 < VALUE_CODE BYTE
Data word A
101
1
HEAT_UP_MOT_MO
2
PHASE_ASYM
3-4
RECOV_TIME
1-4
TEMP1 (in °C)
3-4
TEMP2 (in °C)
1-2
TEMP3 (in °C)
3-4
TIME_TO_TRIP
1-2
I_L1
3-4
I_L2
1-2
I_L3
3-4
NO_OVLD
111
1-4
M_OP_HOURS
113
1-4
NO_START
103
105
107
109
Data word B
Data word C
> REVD_SV with PAGE = 8 < Bit
Data word A
0
GENER_FAULT
1
WARNING
2
STA_DEV
Data word B
Data word C
en-YN.YNT.001.A
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
3
STA_BUS
4
STA_PLC
5
STA_CURR
6
ON11
7
ON1
8
OFF
9
ON2
10
ON22
11
START_ACTIVE
12
LOCK_ACTIVE
13
IDL_TIME
14
OPER_PRO_OFF
15
AUTO_MODE
16
TEST_POS_FEED
17
FEED_CLOSE
18
FEED_OPEN
19
TRQ_CLOSE
20
TRQ_OPEN
21
COOL_DOWN_TIM
22
BREA_TIM_ACT
23
EMER_STA_EXE
24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-429
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-430
> REVD_SV with PAGE = 10 < Byte
Data word A
1-2
TEMP_MAX
Data word B
Data word C
3-4
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
3.73 SIMOCODE pro drive control RVDL_SC: Reversible drive with limit switches with SIMOCODE pro C Description of RVDL_SC Object name (Type + Number) FB 542 Calling OBs The time interrupt OB in which the block is installed (e.g. OB 35). Function The block is used for controlling a reversible drive which is driven by a SIMOCODE pro C motor controller. The SIMOCODE pro C is connected to the PLC via the Profibus. The block communicates directly with the Profibus device SIMOCODE pro C. Profibus In order to integrate the block, the type SIMOCODE pro C (PDM) is used for this purpose in the PCS7 program HW Konfig. This is part of the scope of supply of the PCS7 and does not need to be installed subsequently. In HW Konfig, in the catalogue, the profile Standard is set for this purpose. Now the folder PROFIBUS-DP is opened. There, the subfolders "DP V0 Slaves, Switchgear and SIMOCODE" are opened. Here, the entry SIMOCODE pro C (PDM) is located.
Fig. 73: HW Konfig with SIMOCODE pro C
This entry is used for the definition of the Profibus-DP slave. As standard, the base type 2 is used as a block. Following the definition of the Profibus slave, a setting must be carried out. To this end the object properties and then the page 'Parameterising the slave' must be opened.
en-YN.YNT.001.A
3-431
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-432
Fig. 74: Object properties of SIMOCODE-DPV1 PDM
Here, under "Station parameters" in the line "DPV1-Alarms" the entries "Diagnosis alarms" and "Process interrupt" must be activated by means of a tick. Only if the above-stated settings for a SIMOCODE pro C have been completely made, will the full functional scope of the block be ensured. Operating principle The block communicates directly with the SIMOCODE pro C motor controller. This device is defined as a Profibus slave. At the input SUBNETID, the number of the Profibus system, which the SIMOCODE pro C is connected to, must be entered. At the input DPPA_ADR the slave address of the SIMOCODE pro C must be entered and at the input DADDR the diagnose address of the SIMOCODE pro C must be entered. All these values may be taken from the hardware configuration of a STEP7 project. Using these values, the block can communicate automatically with the corresponding SIMOCODE pro C.
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
Internally, the same logic is used as for the block RVDL (FB 504). However, the block RVDL_ST reads some signals directly from the Profibus (SIMOCODE pro C) and these need not be connected as inputs or outputs. These are the inputs OLPT, AVBL, RCR1, RCR2, SEN1 and SEN2. They are read directly by the SIMOCODE pro C or written to the SIMOCODE pro C. These inputs and outputs will nevertheless be used in the internal logic. In addition, status signals are still used in the interlock system which the SIMOCODE pro C generates. In detail, these are the signals READY, FAULT, AUTO and IMIN. If one of the two end positions applies, the start of a drive can only be effected if a valid starting command for the direction leading away from the end position is given. If the drive was stopped between the end positions (caused by a fault), a valid starting command can optionally be given for one of the two directions. A valid starting command exists when the signals: 'STA1', 'ILC1', 'AVBL', 'OLPT', 'PMI1', 'READY' or 'STA2', 'ILC2', 'AVBL', 'OLPT', 'PMI2', 'READY' are set. In this case, the start enable signals 'SEN1' or 'SEN2' are set (motor activating signals) and the end position indicator 'POS1' or POS2' is cleared. If the check-back signal 'RCR1' or 'RCR2' is set while a valid starting command is present, the drive changes over to the operating condition which is characterised by the bits 'OSG1', 'OPS1' or 'OSG2', 'OPS2'. Correct stopping is performed by activation of the associated limit switch 'LSW1' or 'LSW2'. If the machine protection fails for both directions simultaneously, the error signal 'ERPI' is generated regardless of the current operating status. If the machine protection fails for one direction only, this is only detected and signalled when the drive is started or in operation in this direction. When the reversible drive with limit switches is stationary and starting commands are issued simultaneously for both directions, no error is signalled. If the drive is running in one direction, starting commands for the other direction are ignored. The time TIME1 monitors the time in seconds, e.g. for movement of the drive from POS1 to POS2, in which the associated limit switch must be set. If time = 0, no time monitoring of the movement is performed. By means of the signals SST1 and SST2 an individual start of the drive can be realised in automatic mode. In the faceplate of the drive, the operator sets the signals SST1 or SST2. After processing in the block, these signals are reset by the block. After operation of the signal SST1/2 the output SWST is set at first. By means of this output an external start-up warning can be started. If the start-up warning time has expired, then the input SWRE must be set. In this way, there is a valid starting command and the drive is then started as described above. With the exception of the combination with the signals SWST and SWRE the signals SST1/2 behave in the same way with signal STA1/2.
en-YN.YNT.001.A
3-433
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-434
With the signals LSER, LST1/2 and LSP1/2 it is possible to operate the drive via external switches, keyboards or from the control panel. With the signal LSER the drive is switched to local operation. The availability of the drive disappears therewith. Via the signals LST1/2 and LSP1/2 the drive can be started. Using the parameter SWLO, it is selected whether the input SWRE is taken into consideration for the evaluation of the inputs LST1/2 and LSP1/2. Note Via the signals LST1/2 and LSP1/2, the drive can be started ("1") or stopped ("0"). Via LST1/2 the drive is started independently from the interlock signals! Via LSP1/2 the signals CVON, OLPT and PMI1/2 are taken into consideration. As long as the start signals are pending the drive runs, if the start signal changes to zero the drive is stopped. The block additionally outputs the motor current of the drive at output A1. Standardised from 0 to 100 % of the rated current, the motor current is read by the SIMOCODE pro C. By means of the rated current ILH it is calibrated into the unit Ampere and filtered with BW and FF. This filtration works according to the following formula: Y(n+1) = Y(n) + ( FF * ( VAL - Y(n) ) ) (n)
:
Index of the last filtered measured value
(n+1)
:
Index of the new filtered measured value
VAL
:
Unfiltered input value
FF
:
Filter factor (Range between 0 and 1)
The newly determined value will be processed further only then if it differs from the most recent determined value by at least the bandwidth (BW) value. The block cyclically reads the extended diagnosis data which the SIMOCODE pro C provides. These are e.g. the operating hours or the number of starts of the SIMOCODE pro C. These data are shown in the faceplate. The block is called up in the event of a change of the diagnosis data via an interrupt and will then read the same in an event-controlled fashion. In addition there exists a cycle for the reading of the diagnosis data. The cycle time can be parameterised in the input WACYC. The standard setting for the cycle time is 10800 seconds (3 hours). Via the input PAGE, the faceplate communicates which page of the diagnosis the plant operator has called up. The block then writes the required data into the outputs DWA, DWB and DWC. They are evaluated on the faceplate page called up. For the various different diagnosis pages, the content of the three outputs differs and will not be further described here. The faceplate is able to interpret the data accordingly. Internal logic
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
The sequence of the flags is determined by the sequence in which they must be generated. In this relation, the flags marked (with ") must be taken into account in the setting and reset conditions! Auxiliary flag IAVBL
:=
AVBL_&AUTO_&-DOWNL
ICVON
:=
CVON_&SLAVE_OK
IOLPT
:=
(OLPT/TEST)_&-FAULT
S IRCR1 C IRCR1
= =
RCR1/(IMIN_&-AVBL_&OLPT) -RCR1_&-IMIN
ISTA1
:=
STA1_&READY
ISTA2
:=
STA2_&READY
GO1
:=
ISTA1_&ILC1
GO2
:=
ISTA2_&ILC2
NOSEN
:=
-(SEN1/SEN2)
RESET
:=
NOSEN_&(-EROP/ERES)
CLEROP
:=
EROP_&ERES
CLERPS
:=
ERPS_&ERES
LSWALL
:=
LSW1_&LSW2
LSWPOS
:=
-LSW1_&POS1_&-SEN2_&-OSG2/-LSW2_&POS2_&-SEN1_&-OSG1
AVAIL
:=
IAVBL_&IOLPT
Data word S ERPS C ERPS
: :
(LSWALL/-CLERPS_&LSWPOS/(LSW1_&ILC2_&SEN2_&(ISTA2/AVAIL_&PMI2_&OPS2)/LSW2_&ILC1_&SEN1_&(ISTA1/AVAIL_&PMI1_&OPS1))/((LSW1.EQV.LSW2)_&(SEN1_&ISTA1_&ILC1/SEN2_&-ISTA2_&ILC2)))/ETIM”-ICVON/LSWALL_&ERPS_&RESET
S ERP IC ERPI
: :
(-PMI1_&-PMI2)/(-EROP/ERES)_&(-PMI1_&-LSW1_&GO1_&(SEN1/SEN2_&(LSW2/-GO2)/-PMI2_&-LSW2_&GO2_&(SEN2/SEN1_&(LSW1/-GO1))ICVON/(PMI1_&PMI2/ERPS”_&(PMI1/PMI2)/PMI1_&(GO2/LSW2/GO1_&-LSW1)/PMI2_&(-GO1/LSW1/GO2_&LSW2))_&RESET
S ERRC C ERRC
: :
AVAIL_&-ERPI”_&-ERPS_&(OPS1_&GO1_&-IRCR1_&LSW1/OPS2_&GO2_&-RCR2_&-LSW2)-ICVON/CLEROP
S NOTA C NOTA
: :
-AVAIL/ERPI”/ERPS”/ERRC”-ICVON/AVAIL_&-ERPI”_&ERPS”_&RESET
en-YN.YNT.001.A
3-435
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-436
S EROP C EROP
: :
((SEN1_&ILC1_&-LSW1/SEN2_&ILC2_&LSW2)_&NOTA”)/(ERPS”/ERRC”_&(SEN1/SEN2/OSG1/OSG2))ICVON/CLEROP_&(ERPS_&-LSWPOS/-ERPS”)
S OPS1 C OPS1
: :
GO1_&SEN1_&IRCR1-ICVON/-GO1/LSW1/NOTA”
S OPS2 C OPS2
: :
GO2_&SEN2_&RCR2-ICVON/-GO2/LSW2/NOTA”
S GFLT C GFLT
::
-IOLPT-ICVON/IOLPT_&RESET
S ERMS C ERMS
: :
-IAVBL_&IOLPT-ICVON/(IAVBL/-IOLPT)_&RESET
S ETIM C ETIM
: :
LCT1_&((SEN1_&-LSW1)/(SEN2_&-LSW2))-ICVON/RESET
S POS1 C POS1
: :
LSW1_&(-POS2/-LSW2_&CLERPS)-ICVON/LSWALL/LSW1_&(CLERPS/SEN2”/OSG2/-ERPS”_&LSW1)
S POS2 C POS2
: :
LSW2_&(-POS1/-LSW1_&CLERPS)-ICVON/LSWALL/LSW2_&(CLERPS/SEN1”/OSG1/-ERPS”_&LSW2)
OPL1
:=
-SEN1_&-OPS1_&IRCR1
OPL2
:=
-SEN2_&-OPS2_&RCR2
TEST
:=
TEST
S BLOCK C BLOCK
= =
BLOCK -ICVON/-BLOCK_&RESET
S DOWNL C DOWNL
= =
DOWNL -ICVON/-DOWNL_&RESET
S GWARN C GWARN
= =
GWARN -GWARN_&RESET
S EARTH C EARTH
= =
EARTH -ICVON/-EARTH_&RESET
S IMAX C IMAX
= =
IMAX -ICVON/-IMAX_&RESET
S OVLD C OVLD
= =
OVLD/-OLPT -ICVON/-OVLD_&OLPT_&RESET
S THERM C THERM
= =
THERM -ICVON/-THERM_&RESET
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
Status word S SEN1 C SEN1
: :
GO1_&(LSW2/-GO2)_&-SEN2-ICVON/-GO1/NOTA”/LSW1/EROP”
S SEN2 C SEN2
: :
GO2_&(LSW1/-GO1)_&-SEN1-ICVON/-GO2/NOTA”/LSW2/EROP”
OSG1
:=
OPS1”
OSG2
:=
OPS2”
DAVB
:=
ICVON_&-NOTA”
EROR
:=
EROP”
OPER
:=
IMIN
QBAD
:=
-SLAVE_OK
LOCA
:=
(-AVBL/LSER)_&SLAVE_OK
Block view
Fig. 75: RVDL_SC block
Starting characteristics During the CPU start-up the RVDL_SC block is deactivated. All internal state flags (shown in the data word) are reset. Following start-up the block waits for the number of cycles projected in the input RUNUPCYC, and will only be activated thereafter. A first start-up whilst the program is running is treated internally like a CPU startup.
en-YN.YNT.001.A
3-437
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-438
Time behaviour The block must be called via a time interrupt OB or OB1. It does not have a parameter for the sampling interval. Behaviour in case of a time error In the case of a time error the outputs will then be reset. In addition the internal state flags will be reset. Message actions The block RVDL_SC internally uses an ALARM_8P block for generating the messages. Messages are generated for the following tripping devices: ● Operating trouble (EROP) ● SIMOCODE pro C group fault (GFLT) ● Machine availability (AVBL) ● Machine protection (PMI1) ● Position monitoring (ERPS) ● Monitoring time (ETIM) ● Check-back signal (RCR1) ● Motor blocked (BLOCK) ● SIMOCODE pro C to download mode (DOWNL) ● SIMOCODE pro C group warning (GWARN) ● Earth fault (EARTH) ● Maximum motor current (IMAX) ● Overload (OLPT and OVLD) ● Thermistor error (THERM) ● Overload and asymmetry (UNSYM) The messages can be suppressed by setting the input SUPR or by resetting the input RLSA. The input SUPR, however, is activated by the operator interface (WinCC), and RLSA by the program. The inputs CVON (at value 0) and CSF (at value 1) also suppress the output of messages.
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
3-439
Assignment of message text and message class to the block parameters
Default message text Mess. Block no. parameter
Message Suppressable class
1
EROP
$$BlockComment$$ @1I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
2
GFLT
$$BlockComment$$ @2I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
3
ERMS
$$BlockComment$$ @3I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
4
ERPI
$$BlockComment$$ @4I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
5
ERPS
$$BlockComment$$ @5I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
6
ETIM
$$BlockComment$$ @6I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
7
ERRC
$$BlockComment$$ @7I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
8
$$BlockComment$$ @8I%t#POLCID_Standard@
Yes
9
BLOCK
$$BlockComment$$ @1I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
10
DOWNL
$$BlockComment$$ @2I%t#POLCID_Standard@
PF
Yes
11
GWARN
$$BlockComment$$ @3I%t#POLCID_Standard@
WH
Yes
12
EARTH
$$BlockComment$$ @4I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
13
IMAX
$$BlockComment$$ @5I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
14
OVLD
$$BlockComment$$ @6I%t#POLCID_Standard@ - @9R%6.1f@A
AH
Yes
15
THERN
$$BlockComment$$ @7I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
16
UNSYM
$$BlockComment$$ @8I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
en-YN.YNT.001.A
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-440
Connections of RVDL_SC Connection (parameters)
Meaning
Data type
Def.
Type Attr. O&O Perm. values
SUBNETID
Number of the Profibus subsystem of the PLC
INT
0
I
DPPA_ADR
Slave address of the Profibus device
INT
0
I
DADDR
Diagnosis address of the Profibus slave
INT
0
I
STA1
Start drive direction 1
BOOL
0
I
Q
STA2
Start drive direction 2
BOOL
0
I
Q
ILC1
Process-technological interlock direction 1
BOOL
1
I
Q
ILC2
Process-technological interlock direction 2
BOOL
1
I
Q
LSW1
Limit switch direction 1
BOOL
0
I
Q
LSW2
Limit switch direction 2
BOOL
0
I
Q
CVON
Control voltage on
BOOL
1
I
Q
PMI1
Machine protection interlock direction 1
BOOL
1
I
Q
PMI2
Machine protection interlock direction 2
BOOL
1
I
Q
CSF
Control system error
BOOL
0
I
Q
DOWNL
Set SIMOCODE pro C to download mode
BOOL
0
I
Q
TEST
Set SIMOCODE pro C to test mode
BOOL
0
I
Q
LST1
Local start/stop without PMI1
BOOL
0
I
Q
LST2
Local start/stop without PMI2
BOOL
0
I
Q
LSP1
Local start/stop with PMI1
BOOL
0
I
Q
LSP2
Local start/stop with PMI2
BOOL
0
I
Q
SWRE
Enabling start-up warning
BOOL
1
I
Q
ESST
Display of softkeys for single faceplate start
BOOL
0
I
+
ENRE
Display of softkeys for
BOOL
0
I
+
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
Connection (parameters)
Meaning
3-441
Data type
Def.
Type Attr. O&O Perm. values
faceplate reset SWLO
Start-up warning also in local operating mode
BOOL
0
I
LSEL
Selection LSER switches Simocode device to local operating mode
BOOL
0
I
RLSA
Enabling alarm generation
BOOL
1
I
Q
TIME1
Monitoring time setpoint value
REAL
5.0
I
BQ
BW
Belt width for filtering motor current value
INT
1
I
Q
FF
Filter factor motor current value
REAL
0.5
I
Q
ILH
Rated current for motor current value calibration
REAL
100.0
I
Q
WACYC
Waiting cycle for reading diagnosis data
REAL
10800.0 I
Q
RUNUPCYC
Waiting cycles at start
INT
3
I
EV_ID1
Message ID no. 1
DWORD 0
I
M
EV_ID2
Message ID no. 2
DWORD 0
I
M
RESET
Resetting error SIMOCODE pro C
BOOL
0
IO
BQ
+
LSER
Enabling of local operation
BOOL
0
IO
BQ
+
SST1
Single start direction 1
BOOL
0
IO
B
+
SST2
Single start direction 2
BOOL
0
IO
B
+
SUPR
Suppression of alarms
BOOL
0
IO
B
+
PAGE
Activated page of the faceplate
INT
1
IO
B
+
VALUE_CODE Coding the values for transfer to the faceplate
INT
1
IO
B
+
EV1_SIG1
Index variable for message no. 1
INT
1
IO
EV1_SIG2
Index variable for message no. 2
INT
29
IO
EV1_SIG3
Index variable for message
INT
3
IO
en-YN.YNT.001.A
+
+
>0
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-442
Connection (parameters)
Meaning
Data type
Def.
Type Attr. O&O Perm. values
no. 3 EV1_SIG4
Index variable for message no. 4
INT
5
IO
EV1_SIG5
Index variable for message no. 5
INT
9
IO
EV1_SIG6
Index variable for message no. 6
INT
7
IO
EV1_SIG7
Index variable for message no. 7
INT
8
IO
EV1_SIG8
Index variable for message no. 8
INT
0
IO
EV2_SIG1
Index variable for message no. 9
INT
30
IO
EV2_SIG2
Index variable for message no. 10
INT
31
IO
EV2_SIG3
Index variable for message no. 11
INT
32
IO
EV2_SIG4
Index variable for message no. 12
INT
33
IO
EV2_SIG5
Index variable for message no. 13
INT
34
IO
EV2_SIG6
Index variable for message no. 14
INT
2
IO
EV2_SIG7
Index variable for message no. 15
INT
40
IO
EV2_SIG8
Index variable for message no. 16
INT
36
IO
OSG1
Operating message direction 1 BOOL
0
O
Q
OSG2
Operating message direction 2 BOOL
0
O
Q
DAVB
Drive is available
BOOL
0
O
Q
EROR
Drive is faulty
BOOL
0
O
Q
DOFF
Drive is off
BOOL
0
O
Q
OPER
Drive is operating (locally or automatically)
BOOL
0
O
Q
QBAD
Profibus slave faulty
BOOL
0
O
Q
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
3-443
Connection (parameters)
Meaning
Data type
Def.
Type Attr. O&O Perm. values
SWST
Start start-up warning
BOOL
0
O
Q
LOCA
Drive is in local operating mode
BOOL
0
O
Q
ACT1
Current monitoring time
REAL
0.0
O
Q
+
A1
Current motor current
REAL
0.0
O
Q
+
OPTI
Current operating hours SIMOCODE pro C
REAL
0.0
O
Q
+
NOST
Number of starts performed
REAL
0.0
O
Q
+
NOOV
Number of overload trippings
REAL
0.0
O
Q
+
I_MAX
Maximum current in % of set current
REAL
0.0
O
PW
Parameter word
DWORD 0
O
Q
+
DW
Data word
DWORD 0
O
Q
+
SW
Status word
DWORD 0
O
Q
+
DWA
Extended diagnosis data for faceplate
DWORD 0
O
Q
+
DWB
Extended diagnosis data for faceplate
DWORD 0
O
Q
+
DWC
Extended diagnosis data for faceplate
DWORD 0
O
Q
+
Operation and observation of RVDL_SC See the description of the block symbol and the faceplate in the corresponding manual in this regard. PW, DW and SW of RVDL_SC The inputs, outputs and the internal status of the respective block are mapped on the parameter word, the data word and the status word. The assignment of the bits is found in the following table:
> RVDL_SC < Bit
Parameter word
Data word
Status word
0
STA1
OPS1
SEN1
en-YN.YNT.001.A
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-444
1
STA2
EROP
SEN2
2
ILC1
OPS2
OSG1
3
ILC2
NOTA
OSG2
4
LSW1
POS1
5
LSW2
POS2
DAVB
OPL1
EROR
6 7
CVON
OLP2
8
GFLT
GFLT
DOFF
9
AVBL
ERMS
SWST
10
RCR1
OPER
11
RCR2
QBAD
12
PMI1
ERPI
LSW1I
13
PMI2
ERPS
LSW2I
ETIM
TRQ1
14 15
TRQ2
16
LSER
ERRC
SWST
17
LST1
TEST
LOCA
18
LST2
BLOCK
19
LSP1
DOWNL
20
LSP2
GWARN
21
SST1
EARTH
22
SST2
IMAX
23
OVLD
24
SWRE
THERM
25
CSF
UNSYM
26
DOWNL
27
TEST
28
COLOUR_1
29
COLOUR_2
30
COLOUR_3
31
COLOUR_4
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
3-445
In the case of the COLOUR operating states, the block RVDL_SC has all defined states from 1 to 11. DWA, DWB and DWC of RVDL_SC The block has three additional data words: DWA, DWB and DWC. These words offer additional information on the SIMOCODE pro C motor controller and the Profibus slave. This information is shown in the associated faceplate. The assignment of the data words changes with the value of the input PAGE. When activating the corresponding page of the faceplate, the latter automatically sets the input PAGE to the value corresponding to the activated diagnosis page. The input PAGE may have the following values: Page
Activated diagnosis page of the faceplate
1
:
PROFIBUS – Information on the Profibus slave
2
:
SIMOCODE - Parts of data record 92 are read in
4
:
SIMOCODE - Parts of data records 94 and 95 are read in one after the other
8
SIMOCODE - Parts of data record 92 are read in
100
SIMOCODE - Data records are newly requested With the different values of PAGE the content of the data words DWA, DWB and DWC also varies. In addition, there is the variable VALUE_CODE. This variable encodes single values. The values with their associated VALUE_CODE will then be written sequentially to the data word A. A content list follows below:
> RVDL_SC with PAGE = 1 < Bit
Data word A
Data word B
Data word C
0
ST_NOEX
HARD_ID
DPPA_ADR
1
ST_NORDY
2
ST_INSLR
3
ST_SENSU
4
ST_MASLO
5
ST_WATCH
6
ST_STDIA
7
ST_EXDIA
8
ST_EXDOV
9
ST_SYNC
en-YN.YNT.001.A
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-446
10
ST_FREEZ
11
ST_PAREQ
12
ST_PARFA
13
ST_SLCCF
14
ST_SLDEA
15
ST_STASL
16
SLAVE_OK
17 18 19 20 21 22 23
SUBNETID
24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31
> RVDL_SC with PAGE = 2 < Bit
Data word A
Data word B
0
GENER_FAULT
FAULT_TM_SF
1
WARNING
FAULT_TM_OR
2
FAULT_RUNT_ON
FAULT_PARA
3
FAULT_RUNT_OF
FAULT_TEST_SD
4
FAULT_FEED_ON
FAULT_OPO
5
FAULT_FEED_OF
Data word C
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
3-447
6
FAULT_COLD_ST
WARN_ASYM
7
FAULT_UVO
WARN_OVL
8
STA_PLC
WARN_OVL_PF
9
FAULT_BLOCK_S
WARN_BLOCK
10
FAULT_DOUB_0
WARN_TH_OVL
11
FAULT_DOUB_1
WARN_CURR_HI
12
FAULT_END_PO
WARN_CURR_LO
13
FAULT_ANTIVAL
WARN_TM_HT
14
FAULT_OVLD
WARN_TM_SE
15
FAULT_OVLD_PF
WARN_TM_OR
16
FAULT_ASYM
17
FAULT_MOT_STA
18
FAULT_TH_OVLD
19
FAULT_IMAX
20
FAULT_IMIN
21
FAULT_INT_EF
22
FAULT_TM_TEMP
23
FAULT_EXT_F1
24
FAULT_EXT_F2
25
FAULT_BUS
26
FAULT_PLC
27
FAULT_HW_BU
28
FAULT_MODULE
29
FAULT_CONFIG
30
FAULT_TH_SC
31
FAULT_TH_WB
> RVDL_SC with PAGE = 4 < VALUE_CODE BYTE
Data word A
101
1
HEAT_UP_MOT_MO
2
PHASE_ASYM
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Data word B
Data word C
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-448
3-4 103
1-4
105
1-2
RECOV_TIME
3-4
TIME_TO_TRIP
1-2
I_L1
3-4
I_L2
1-2
I_L3
3-4
NO_OVLD
111
1-4
M_OP_HOURS
113
1-4
NO_START
107
109
> RVDL_SC with PAGE = 8 < Bit
Data word A
0
GENER_FAULT
1
WARNING
2
STA_DEV
3
STA_BUS
4
STA_PLC
5
STA_CURR
6
ON11
7
ON1
8
OFF
9
ON2
10
ON22
11
START_ACTIVE
12
LOCK_ACTIVE
13
IDL_TIME
14
OPER_PRO_OFF
15
AUTO_MODE
16
TEST_POS_FEED
17
FEED_CLOSE
Data word B
Data word C
en-YN.YNT.001.A
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
18
FEED_OPEN
19
TRQ_CLOSE
20
TRQ_OPEN
21
COOL_DOWN_TIM
22
BREA_TIM_ACT
23
EMER_STA_EXE
24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-449
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-450
3.74 SIMOCODE pro drive control RVDL_SV: Reversible drive with limit switches with SIMOCODE pro V Description of RVDL_SV Object name (Type + Number) FB 542 Calling OBs The time interrupt OB in which the block is installed (e.g. OB 35). Function The block is used for controlling a reversible drive which is driven by a SIMOCODE pro V motor controller. The SIMOCODE pro V is connected to the PLC via the Profibus. The block communicates directly with the Profibus device SIMOCODE pro V. Profibus In order to integrate the block, the type SIMOCODE pro V (PDM) is used for this purpose in the PCS7 program HW Konfig. This is part of the scope of supply of the PCS7 and does not need to be installed subsequently. In HW Konfig, in the catalogue, the profile Standard is set for this purpose. Now the folder PROFIBUS-DP is opened. There, the subfolders "DP V0 Slaves, Switchgear and SIMOCODE" are opened. Here, the entry SIMOCODE pro V (PDM) is located.
Fig. 76: HW Konfig with SIMOCODE pro V
This entry is used for the definition of the Profibus-DP slave. As standard, the base type 1 is used as a block. Following the definition of the Profibus slave, a setting must be carried out. To this end the object properties and then the page 'Parameterising the slave' must be opened.
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
Fig. 77: Object properties of SIMOCODE pro V PDM
Here, under "Station parameters" in the line "DPV1-Alarms" the entries "Diagnosis alarms" and "Process interrupt" must be activated by means of a tick. Only if the above-stated settings for a SIMOCODE pro V have been completely made, will the full functional scope of the block be ensured. Operating principle The block communicates directly with the SIMOCODE pro V motor controller. This device is defined as a Profibus slave. At the input SUBNETID, the number of the Profibus system, which the SIMOCODE pro V is connected to, must be entered. At the input DPPA_ADR the slave address of the SIMOCODE pro V must be entered and at the input DADDR the diagnose address of the SIMOCODE pro C must be entered. All these values may be taken from the hardware configuration of a STEP7 project. Using these values, the block can communicate automatically with the corresponding SIMOCODE pro V.
en-YN.YNT.001.A
3-451
User manual
Blocks 3-452
®
POLCID for administrators
Internally, the same logic is used as for the block RVDL (FB 504). However, the block RVDL_ST reads some signals directly from the Profibus (SIMOCODE pro V) and these need not be connected as inputs or outputs. These are the inputs OLPT, AVBL, RCR1, RCR2, SEN1 and SEN2. They are read directly by the SIMOCODE pro V or written to the SIMOCODE pro V. Nevertheless these inputs and outputs are used in the internal logic. In addition, status signals are still used in the interlock system which the SIMOCODE pro V generates. In detail, these are the signals READY, FAULT, AUTO and IMIN. If one of the two end positions applies, the start of a drive can only be effected if a valid starting command for the direction leading away from the end position is given. If the drive was stopped between the end positions (caused by a fault), a valid starting command can optionally be given for one of the two directions. A valid starting command exists when the signals: 'STA1', 'ILC1', 'AVBL', 'OLPT', 'PMI1', 'READY' or 'STA2', 'ILC2', 'AVBL', 'OLPT', 'PMI2', 'READY' are set. In this case, the start enable signals 'SEN1' or 'SEN2' are set (motor activating signals) and the end position indicator 'POS1' or POS2' is cleared. If the check-back signal 'RCR1' or 'RCR2' is set while a valid starting command is present, the drive changes over to the operating condition which is characterised by the bits 'OSG1', 'OPS1' or 'OSG2', 'OPS2'. Correct stopping is performed by activation of the associated limit switch 'LSW1' or 'LSW2'. If the machine protection fails for both directions simultaneously, the error signal 'ERPI' is generated regardless of the current operating status. If the machine protection fails for one direction only, this is only detected and signalled when the drive is started or in operation in this direction. When the reversible drive with limit switches is stationary and starting commands are issued simultaneously for both directions, no error is signalled. If the drive is running in one direction, starting commands for the other direction are ignored. The time TIME1 monitors the time in seconds, e.g. for movement of the drive from POS1 to POS2, in which the associated limit switch must be set. If time = 0, no time monitoring of the movement is performed. By means of the signals SST1 and SST2 an individual start of the drive can be realised in automatic mode. In the faceplate of the drive, the operator sets the signals SST1 or SST2. After processing in the block, these signals are reset by the block. After operation of the signal SST1/2 the output SWST is set at first. By means of this output an external start-up warning can be started. If the start-up warning time has expired, then the input SWRE must be set. In this way, there is a valid starting command and the drive is then started as described above. With the exception of the combination with the signals SWST and SWRE the signals SST1/2 behave in the same way with signal STA1/2.
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
With the signals LSER, LST1/2 and LSP1/2 it is possible to operate the drive via external switches, keyboards or from the control panel. With the signal LSER the drive is switched to local operation. The availability of the drive disappears therewith. Via the signals LST1/2 and LSP1/2 the drive can be started. Using the parameter SWLO, it is selected whether the input SWRE is taken into consideration for the evaluation of the inputs LST1/2 and LSP1/2. Note Via the signals LST1/2 and LSP1/2, the drive can be started ("1") or stopped ("0"). Via LST1/2 the drive is started independently from the interlock signals! Via LSP1/2 the signals CVON, OLPT and PMI1/2 are taken into consideration. As long as the start signals are pending the drive runs, if the start signal changes to zero the drive is stopped. The block additionally outputs the motor current of the drive at output A1. Standardised from 0 to 100 % of the rated current, the motor current is read by the SIMOCODE pro V. By means of the rated current ILH it is calibrated into the unit Ampere and filtered with BW and FF. This filtration works according to the following formula: Y(n+1) = Y(n) + ( FF * ( VAL - Y(n) ) ) (n)
:
Index of the last filtered measured value
(n+1)
:
Index of the new filtered measured value
VAL
:
Unfiltered input value
FF
:
Filter factor (Range between 0 and 1)
The newly determined value will be processed further only then if it differs from the most recent determined value by at least the bandwidth (BW) value. The block cyclically reads the extended diagnosis data which the SIMOCODE pro V provides. These are e.g. the operating hours or the number of starts of the SIMOCODE pro V. These data are shown in the faceplate. The block is called up in the event of a change of the diagnosis data via an interrupt and will then read the same in an event-controlled fashion. In addition there exists a cycle for the reading of the diagnosis data. The cycle time can be parameterised in the input WACYC. The standard setting for the cycle time is 10800 seconds (3 hours). Via the input PAGE, the faceplate communicates which page of the diagnosis the plant operator has called up. The block then writes the required data into the outputs DWA, DWB and DWC. They are evaluated on the faceplate page called up. For the various different diagnosis pages, the content of the three outputs differs and will not be further described here. The faceplate is able to interpret the data accordingly. Internal logic
en-YN.YNT.001.A
3-453
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-454
The sequence of the flags is determined by the sequence in which they must be generated. In this relation, the flags marked (with ") must be taken into account in the setting and reset conditions! Auxiliary flag IAVBL
:=
AVBL_&AUTO_&-DOWNL
ICVON
:=
CVON_&SLAVE_OK
IOLPT
:=
(OLPT/TEST)_&-FAULT
S IRCR1 C IRCR1
= =
RCR1/(IMIN_&-AVBL_&OLPT) -RCR1_&-IMIN
ISTA1
:=
STA1_&READY
ISTA2
:=
STA2_&READY
GO1
:=
ISTA1_&ILC1
GO2
:=
ISTA2_&ILC2
NOSEN
:=
-(SEN1/SEN2)
RESET
:=
NOSEN_&(-EROP/ERES)
CLEROP
:=
EROP_&ERES
CLERPS
:=
ERPS_&ERES
LSWALL
:=
LSW1_&LSW2
LSWPOS
:=
-LSW1_&POS1_&-SEN2_&-OSG2/-LSW2_&POS2_&-SEN1_&-OSG1
AVAIL
:=
IAVBL_&IOLPT
Data word S ERPS C ERPS
: :
(LSWALL/-CLERPS_&LSWPOS/(LSW1_&ILC2_&SEN2_&(ISTA2/AVAIL_&PMI2_&OPS2)/LSW2_&ILC1_&SEN1_&(ISTA1/AVAIL_&PMI1_&OPS1))/((LSW1.EQV.LSW2)_&(SEN1_&ISTA1_&ILC1/SEN2_&-ISTA2_&ILC2)))/ETIM”-ICVON/LSWALL_&ERPS_&RESET
S ERPI C ERPI
: :
(-PMI1_&-PMI2)/(-EROP/ERES)_&(-PMI1_&-LSW1_&GO1_&(SEN1/SEN2_&(LSW2/-GO2)/-PMI2_&-LSW2_&GO2_&(SEN2/SEN1_&(LSW1/-GO1))ICVON/(PMI1_&PMI2/ERPS”_&(PMI1/PMI2)/PMI1_&(GO2/LSW2/GO1_&-LSW1)/PMI2_&(-GO1/LSW1/GO2_&LSW2))_&RESET
S ERRC C ERRC
: :
AVAIL_&-ERPI”_&-ERPS_&(OPS1_&GO1_&-IRCR1_&LSW1/OPS2_&GO2_&-RCR2_&-LSW2)-ICVON/CLEROP
S NOTA C NOTA
: :
-AVAIL/ERPI”/ERPS”/ERRC”-ICVON/AVAIL_&-ERPI”_&ERPS”_&RESET
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
S EROP C EROP
: :
((SEN1_&ILC1_&-LSW1/SEN2_&ILC2_&LSW2)_&NOTA”)/(ERPS”/ERRC”_&(SEN1/SEN2/OSG1/OSG2))ICVON/CLEROP_&(ERPS_&-LSWPOS/-ERPS”)
S OPS1 C OPS1
: :
GO1_&SEN1_&IRCR1-ICVON/-GO1/LSW1/NOTA”
S OPS2 C OPS2
: :
GO2_&SEN2_&RCR2-ICVON/-GO2/LSW2/NOTA”
S GFLT C GFLT
::
-IOLPT-ICVON/IOLPT_&RESET
S ERMS C ERMS
: :
-IAVBL_&IOLPT-ICVON/(IAVBL/-IOLPT)_&RESET
S ETIM C ETIM
: :
LCT1_&((SEN1_&-LSW1)/(SEN2_&-LSW2))-ICVON/RESET
S POS1 C POS1
: :
LSW1_&(-POS2/-LSW2_&CLERPS)-ICVON/LSWALL/LSW1_&(CLERPS/SEN2”/OSG2/-ERPS”_&LSW1)
S POS2 C POS2
::
LSW2_&(-POS1/-LSW1_&CLERPS)-ICVON/LSWALL/LSW2_&(CLERPS/SEN1”/OSG1/-ERPS”_&LSW2)
OPL1
:=
-SEN1_&-OPS1_&IRCR1
OPL2
:=
-SEN2_&-OPS2_&RCR2
TEST
:=
TEST
S BLOCK C BLOCK
= =
BLOCK -ICVON/-BLOCK_&RESET
S DOWNL C DOWNL
= =
DOWNL -ICVON/-DOWNL_&RESET
S GWARN C GWARN
= =
GWARN -GWARN_&RESET
S EARTH C EARTH
= =
EARTH -ICVON/-EARTH_&RESET
S IMAX C IMAX
= =
IMAX -ICVON/-IMAX_&RESET
S OVLD C OVLD
= =
OVLD/-OLPT -ICVON/-OVLD_&OLPT_&RESET
S THERM C THERM
= =
THERM -ICVON/-THERM_&RESET
en-YN.YNT.001.A
3-455
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-456
Status word S SEN1 C SEN1
: :
GO1_&(LSW2/-GO2)_&-SEN2-ICVON/-GO1/NOTA”/LSW1/EROP”
S SEN2 C SEN2
: :
GO2_&(LSW1/-GO1)_&-SEN1-ICVON/-GO2/NOTA”/LSW2/EROP”
OSG1
:=
OPS1”
OSG2
:=
OPS2”
DAVB
:=
ICVON_&-NOTA”
EROR
:=
EROP”
OPER
:=
IMIN
QBAD
:=
-SLAVE_OK
LOCA
:=
(-AVBL/LSER)_&SLAVE_OK
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
Block view
Fig. 78: RVDL_SV block
Starting characteristics During the CPU start-up the RVDL_SV block is deactivated. All internal state flags (shown in the data word) are reset. Following start-up the block waits for the number of cycles projected in the input RUNUPCYC, and will only be activated thereafter. A first start-up whilst the program is running is treated internally like a CPU startup. Time behaviour The block must be called via a time interrupt OB or OB1. It does not have a parameter for the sampling interval. Behaviour in case of a time error In the case of a time error the outputs will then be reset. In addition the internal state flags will be reset.
en-YN.YNT.001.A
3-457
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-458
Message actions The block RVDL_SV internally uses an ALARM_8P block for generating the messages. Messages are generated for the following tripping devices: ● Operating trouble (EROP) ● SIMOCODE pro V group fault (GFLT) ● Machine availability (AVBL) ● Machine protection (PMI1) ● Position monitoring (ERPS) ● Monitoring time (ETIM) ● Check-back signal (RCR1) ● Motor blocked (BLOCK) ● SIMOCODE pro V to download mode (DOWNL) ● SIMOCODE pro V group warning (GWARN) ● Earth fault (EARTH) ● Maximum motor current (IMAX) ● Overload (OLPT and OVLD) ● Thermistor error (THERM) ● Overload and asymmetry (UNSYM) The messages can be suppressed by setting the input SUPR or by resetting the input RLSA. The input SUPR, however, is activated by the operator interface (WinCC), and RLSA by the program. The inputs CVON (at value 0) and CSF (at value 1) also suppress the output of messages. Assignment of message text and message class to the block parameters
Mess. Block Default message text no. parameter
Message Suppressable class
1
EROP
$$BlockComment$$ @1I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
2
GFLT
$$BlockComment$$ @2I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
3
ERMS
$$BlockComment$$ @3I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
4
ERPI
$$BlockComment$$ @4I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
5
ERPS
$$BlockComment$$ @5I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
3-459
Mess. Block Default message text no. parameter
Message Suppressable class
6
ETIM
$$BlockComment$$ @6I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
7
ERRC
$$BlockComment$$ @7I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
8
$$BlockComment$$ @8I%t#POLCID_Standard@
Yes
9
BLOCK
$$BlockComment$$ @1I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
10
DOWNL
$$BlockComment$$ @2I%t#POLCID_Standard@
PF
Yes
11
GWARN
$$BlockComment$$ @3I%t#POLCID_Standard@
WH
Yes
12
EARTH
$$BlockComment$$ @4I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
13
IMAX
$$BlockComment$$ @5I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
14
OVLD
$$BlockComment$$ @6I%t#POLCID_Standard@ - @9R%6.1f@A
AH
Yes
15
THERN
$$BlockComment$$ @7I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
16
UNSYM
$$BlockComment$$ @8I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
Connections of RVDL_SV Connection (parameters)
Meaning
Data type
Def.
Type Attr. O&O Perm. values
SUBNETID
Number of the Profibus subsystem of the PLC
INT
0
I
DPPA_ADR
Slave address of the Profibus device
INT
0
I
DADDR
Diagnosis address of the Profibus slave
INT
0
I
STA1
Start drive direction 1
BOOL
0
I
Q
STA2
Start drive direction 2
BOOL
0
I
Q
ILC1
Process-technological
BOOL
1
I
Q
en-YN.YNT.001.A
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-460
Connection (parameters)
Meaning
Data type
Def.
Type Attr. O&O Perm. values
interlock direction 1 ILC2
Process-technological interlock direction 2
BOOL
1
I
Q
LSW1
Limit switch direction 1
BOOL
0
I
Q
LSW2
Limit switch direction 2
BOOL
0
I
Q
CVON
Control voltage on
BOOL
1
I
Q
PMI1
Machine protection interlock direction 1
BOOL
1
I
Q
PMI2
Machine protection interlock direction 2
BOOL
1
I
Q
CSF
Control system error
BOOL
0
I
Q
DOWNL
Set SIMOCODE pro V to download mode
BOOL
0
I
Q
TEST
Set SIMOCODE pro V to test mode
BOOL
0
I
Q
LST1
Local start/stop without PMI1
BOOL
0
I
Q
LST2
Local start/stop without PMI2
BOOL
0
I
Q
LSP1
Local start/stop with PMI1
BOOL
0
I
Q
LSP2
Local start/stop with PMI2
BOOL
0
I
Q
SWRE
Enabling start-up warning
BOOL
1
I
Q
ESST
Display of softkeys for single faceplate start
BOOL
0
I
+
ENRE
Display of softkeys for faceplate reset
BOOL
0
I
+
SWLO
Start-up warning also in local operating mode
BOOL
0
I
LSEL
Selection LSER switches Simocode device to local operating mode
BOOL
0
I
RLSA
Enabling alarm generation
BOOL
1
I
Q
TIME1
Monitoring time setpoint value
REAL
5.0
I
BQ
BW
Belt width for filtering motor current value
INT
1
I
Q
+
>0
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
3-461
Connection (parameters)
Meaning
Data type
Def.
Type Attr. O&O Perm. values
FF
Filter factor motor current value
REAL
0.5
I
Q
ILH
Rated current for motor current value calibration
REAL
100.0
I
Q
WACYC
Waiting cycle for reading diagnosis data
REAL
10800.0 I
Q
RUNUPCYC
Waiting cycles at start
INT
3
I
EV_ID1
Message ID no. 1
DWORD 0
I
M
EV_ID2
Message ID no. 2
DWORD 0
I
M
RESET
Resetting error SIMOCODE pro V
BOOL
0
IO
BQ
+
LSER
Enabling of local operation
BOOL
0
IO
BQ
+
SST1
Single start direction 1
BOOL
0
IO
B
+
SST2
Single start direction 2
BOOL
0
IO
B
+
SUPR
Suppression of alarms
BOOL
0
IO
B
+
PAGE
Activated page of the faceplate
INT
1
IO
B
+
VALUE_CODE Coding the values for transfer to the faceplate
INT
1
IO
B
+
EV1_SIG1
Index variable for message no. 1
INT
1
IO
EV1_SIG2
Index variable for message no. 2
INT
29
IO
EV1_SIG3
Index variable for message no. 3
INT
3
IO
EV1_SIG4
Index variable for message no. 4
INT
5
IO
EV1_SIG5
Index variable for message no. 5
INT
9
IO
EV1_SIG6
Index variable for message no. 6
INT
7
IO
EV1_SIG7
Index variable for message no. 7
INT
8
IO
EV1_SIG8
Index variable for message no. 8
INT
0
IO
en-YN.YNT.001.A
+
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-462
Connection (parameters)
Meaning
Data type
Def.
Type Attr. O&O Perm. values
EV2_SIG1
Index variable for message no. 9
INT
30
IO
EV2_SIG2
Index variable for message no. 10
INT
31
IO
EV2_SIG3
Index variable for message no. 11
INT
32
IO
EV2_SIG4
Index variable for message no. 12
INT
33
IO
EV2_SIG5
Index variable for message no. 13
INT
34
IO
EV2_SIG6
Index variable for message no. 14
INT
2
IO
EV2_SIG7
Index variable for message no. 15
INT
40
IO
EV2_SIG8
Index variable for message no. 16
INT
36
IO
OSG1
Operating message direction 1 BOOL
0
O
Q
OSG2
Operating message direction 2 BOOL
0
O
Q
DAVB
Drive is available
BOOL
0
O
Q
EROR
Drive is faulty
BOOL
0
O
Q
DOFF
Drive is off
BOOL
0
O
Q
OPER
Drive is operating (locally or automatically)
BOOL
0
O
Q
QBAD
Profibus slave faulty
BOOL
0
O
Q
LSW1I
Internal limit switch direction 1
BOOL
0
O
Q
LSW2I
Internal limit switch direction 2
BOOL
0
O
Q
TRQ1
Torque limit switch direction 1
BOOL
0
O
Q
TRQ2
Torque limit switch direction 2
BOOL
0
O
Q
LSW1E
External limit switch direction 1
BOOL
0
O
Q
LSW2E
External limit switch direction 2
BOOL
0
O
Q
SWST
Start start-up warning
BOOL
0
O
Q
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
3-463
Connection (parameters)
Meaning
Data type
Def.
Type Attr. O&O Perm. values
LOCA
Drive is in local operating mode
BOOL
0
O
Q
ACT1
Current monitoring time
REAL
0.0
O
Q
+
A1
Current motor current
REAL
0.0
O
Q
+
OPTI
Current operating hours SIMOCODE pro V
REAL
0.0
O
Q
+
NOST
Number of starts performed
REAL
0.0
O
Q
+
NOOV
Number of overload trippings
REAL
0.0
O
Q
+
I_MAX
Maximum current in % of set current
REAL
0.0
O
PW
Parameter word
DWORD 0
O
Q
+
DW
Data word
DWORD 0
O
Q
+
SW
Status word
DWORD 0
O
Q
+
DWA
Extended diagnosis data for faceplate
DWORD 0
O
Q
+
DWB
Extended diagnosis data for faceplate
DWORD 0
O
Q
+
DWC
Extended diagnosis data for faceplate
DWORD 0
O
Q
+
Operation and observation of RVDL_SV See the description of the block symbol and the faceplate in the corresponding manual in this regard. PW, DW and SW of RVDL_SV The inputs, outputs and the internal status of the respective block are mapped on the parameter word, the data word and the status word. The assignment of the bits is found in the following table:
> RVDL_SV < Bit
Parameter word
Data word
Status word
0
STA1
OPS1
SEN1
1
STA2
EROP
SEN2
en-YN.YNT.001.A
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-464
2
ILC1
OPS2
OSG1
3
ILC2
NOTA
OSG2
4
LSW1
POS1
5
LSW2
POS2
DAVB
OPL1
EROR
6 7
CVON
OLP2
8
GFLT
GFLT
DOFF
9
AVBL
ERMS
SWST
10
RCR1
OPER
11
RCR2
QBAD
12
PMI1
ERPI
LSW1I
13
PMI2
ERPS
LSW2I
ETIM
TRQ1
14 15
TRQ2
16
LSER
ERRC
SWST
17
LST1
TEST
LOCA
18
LST2
BLOCK
19
LSP1
DOWNL
20
LSP2
GWARN
21
SST1
EARTH
22
SST2
IMAX
23
OVLD
24
SWRE
THERM
25
CSF
UNSYM
26
DOWNL
27
TEST
28
COLOUR_1
29
COLOUR_2
30
COLOUR_3
31
COLOUR_4
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
3-465
In the case of the COLOUR operating states, the block RVDL_SV has all defined states from 1 to 11. DWA, DWB and DWC of RVDL_SV The block has three additional data words: DWA, DWB and DWC. These words offer additional information on the SIMOCODE pro V motor controller and the Profibus slave. This information is shown in the associated faceplate. The assignment of the data words changes with the value of the input PAGE. When activating the corresponding page of the faceplate, the latter automatically sets the input PAGE to the value corresponding to the activated diagnosis page. The input PAGE may have the following values: Page
Activated diagnosis page of the faceplate
1
:
PROFIBUS – Information on the Profibus slave
2
:
SIMOCODE - Parts of data record 92 are read in
4
:
SIMOCODE - Parts of data records 94 and 95 are read in one after the other
8
SIMOCODE - Parts of data record 92 are read in
100
SIMOCODE - Data records are newly requested With the different values of PAGE the content of the data words DWA, DWB and DWC also varies. In addition, there is the variable VALUE_CODE. This variable encodes single values. The values with their associated VALUE_CODE will then be written sequentially to the data word A. A content list follows below:
> RVDL_SV with PAGE = 1 < Bit
Data word A
Data word B
Data word C
0
ST_NOEX
HARD_ID
DPPA_ADR
1
ST_NORDY
2
ST_INSLR
3
ST_SENSU
4
ST_MASLO
5
ST_WATCH
6
ST_STDIA
7
ST_EXDIA
8
ST_EXDOV
9
ST_SYNC
en-YN.YNT.001.A
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-466
10
ST_FREEZ
11
ST_PAREQ
12
ST_PARFA
13
ST_SLCCF
14
ST_SLDEA
15
ST_STASL
16
SLAVE_OK
17 18 19 20 21 22 23
SUBNETID
24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31
> RVDL_SV with PAGE = 2 < Bit
Data word A
Data word B
0
GENER_FAULT
FAULT_TM_SF
1
WARNING
FAULT_TM_OR
2
FAULT_RUNT_ON
FAULT_PARA
3
FAULT_RUNT_OF
FAULT_TEST_SD
4
FAULT_FEED_ON
FAULT_OPO
5
FAULT_FEED_OF
Data word C
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
3-467
6
FAULT_COLD_ST
WARN_ASYM
7
FAULT_UVO
WARN_OVL
8
STA_PLC
WARN_OVL_PF
9
FAULT_BLOCK_S
WARN_BLOCK
10
FAULT_DOUB_0
WARN_TH_OVL
11
FAULT_DOUB_1
WARN_CURR_HI
12
FAULT_END_PO
WARN_CURR_LO
13
FAULT_ANTIVAL
WARN_TM_HT
14
FAULT_OVLD
WARN_TM_SE
15
FAULT_OVLD_PF
WARN_TM_OR
16
FAULT_ASYM
17
FAULT_MOT_STA
18
FAULT_TH_OVLD
19
FAULT_IMAX
20
FAULT_IMIN
21
FAULT_INT_EF
22
FAULT_TM_TEMP
23
FAULT_EXT_F1
24
FAULT_EXT_F2
25
FAULT_BUS
26
FAULT_PLC
27
FAULT_HW_BU
28
FAULT_MODULE
29
FAULT_CONFIG
30
FAULT_TH_SC
31
FAULT_TH_WB
> RVDL_SV with PAGE = 4 < VALUE_CODE BYTE
Data word A
101
1
HEAT_UP_MOT_MO
2
PHASE_ASYM
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Data word B
Data word C
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-468
3-4 103
RECOV_TIME
1-4 3-4
105
1-2 3-4
TIME_TO_TRIP
1-2
I_L1
3-4
I_L2
1-2
I_L3
3-4
NO_OVLD
111
1-4
M_OP_HOURS
113
1-4
NO_START
107
109
> RVDL_SV with PAGE = 8 < Bit
Data word A
0
GENER_FAULT
1
WARNING
2
STA_DEV
3
STA_BUS
4
STA_PLC
5
STA_CURR
6
ON11
7
ON1
8
OFF
9
ON2
10
ON22
11
START_ACTIVE
12
LOCK_ACTIVE
13
IDL_TIME
14
OPER_PRO_OFF
15
AUTO_MODE
16
TEST_POS_FEED
Data word B
Data word C
en-YN.YNT.001.A
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
17
FEED_CLOSE
18
FEED_OPEN
19
TRQ_CLOSE
20
TRQ_OPEN
21
COOL_DOWN_TIM
22
BREA_TIM_ACT
23
EMER_STA_EXE
24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-469
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-470
3.75 SIMOCODE pro drive control CONT_SV: Actuator with SIMOCODE pro V Description of CONT_SV Object name (Type + Number) FB 543 Calling OBs The time interrupt OB in which the block is installed (e.g. OB 35). Function The block is used for controlling a reversible drive which is driven by a SIMOCODE pro V motor controller. The SIMOCODE pro V is connected to the PLC via the Profibus. The block communicates directly with the Profibus device SIMOCODE pro V. Profibus In order to integrate the block, the type SIMOCODE pro V (PDM) is used for this purpose in the PCS7 program HW Konfig. This is part of the scope of supply of the PCS7 and does not need to be installed subsequently. In HW Konfig, in the catalogue, the profile Standard is set for this purpose. Now the folder PROFIBUS-DP is opened. There, the subfolders "DP V0 Slaves, Switchgear and SIMOCODE" are opened. Here, the entry SIMOCODE pro V (PDM) is located.
Fig. 79: HW Konfig with SIMOCODE pro V
This entry is used for the definition of the Profibus-DP slave. As standard, the base type 1 is used as a block. Following the definition of the Profibus slave, a setting must be carried out. To this end the object properties and then the page 'Parameterising the slave' must be opened.
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
Fig. 80: Object properties of SIMOCODE pro V PDM
Here, under "Station parameters" in the line "DPV1-Alarms" the entries "Diagnosis alarms" and "Process interrupt" must be activated by means of a tick. Only if the above-stated settings for a SIMOCODE pro V have been completely made, will the full functional scope of the block be ensured. Operating principle The block communicates directly with the SIMOCODE pro V motor controller. This device is defined as a Profibus slave. At the input SUBNETID, the number of the Profibus system, which the SIMOCODE pro V is connected to, must be entered. At the input DPPA_ADR the slave address of the SIMOCODE pro V must be entered and at the input DADDR the diagnose address of the SIMOCODE pro C must be entered. All these values may be taken from the hardware configuration of a STEP7 project. Using these values, the block can communicate automatically with the corresponding SIMOCODE pro V.
en-YN.YNT.001.A
3-471
User manual
Blocks 3-472
®
POLCID for administrators
Internally, the same logic is used as for the block CONT_DO (FB 506). However, the block CONT_SV reads some signals directly from the Profibus (SIMOCODE pro V) and these need not be connected as inputs or outputs. These are the inputs OLPT, AVBL, SEN1 and SEN2. They are read directly by the SIMOCODE pro V or written to the SIMOCODE pro V. Nevertheless these inputs and outputs are used in the internal logic. In addition, status signals are still used in the interlock system which the SIMOCODE pro V generates. In detail, these are the signals READY, FAULT, AUTO and IMIN. If the drive is available, i.e. the 'DAVB' bit in the status word is set, the CONT_DO operates as a three-step controller. If the deviation between the actual value ACT and the setpoint SET is greater than the switching difference SWIT, the output 'CLSE' or 'OPEN' in the data word is set according to the sign of the deviation and the bit 'SEN1' or 'SEN2' is simultaneously set in the status word, which must then be switched to the associated digital outputs in the drive program. The setpoint value is formed from the automatic setpoint value ASET (can be connected in the program) and the setpoint value from the faceplate SET. By means of the input AUTO it is selected which of the two setpoint values is activated. With AUTO = 0, setpoint value SET is active, and with AUTO = 1 setpoint value ASET is active. In the case of AUTO = 1 the setpoint value is deactivated in the faceplate and the value of SET is equalled to the value of ASET. A special function of the drive block is movement to specific positions in dependence on the control bits in the parameter word. For this, the limits HIGH and LOW are used as values. The setpoint is overwritten with a specified limit value by setting two bits in the parameter word. After releasing the forced limit, normal operation is resumed only if a new, changed setpoint is sent. During the travel time of the actuator the input of the position check-back must have changed by at least 0.0025 within the time TIMEOUT (in seconds). If not, a position error is created. After a fault the setpoint must change, in order that a new process is started. The setpoint must also be changed after a forced open/close, in order that it is approached to. The current set up setpoint is displayed in the variable CSET. The availability of the actuator is monitored in a similar manner as normal drives because the same signals are received from the inputs (CVON, OLPT AVBL and PMI1/2) Bit 'ERDS' is set when the associated input bit in the parameter word 'IODS' is set whereas these inputs influence the status bit 'DAVB': Switching of the input bit 'IODS' (analogue input fault) is performed with the availability flag of the analogue channel. Monitoring of the limit switches is performed in the same manner as in the 'VALV' block, i.e. non-availability is only signalled when both limit switches are closed.
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
The limit position HIGH can be moved to by setting the input HILI, and the limit position LOW can be moved to by setting the input LOLI. The input RLS generally enables adjustment or blocks the same. At RLS = 0 both outputs SEN1 and SEN2 are deactivated. With the signals LSER, LST1/2 and LSP1/2 it is possible to operate the drive via external switches, keyboards or from the control panel. With the signal LSER the drive is switched to local operation. The availability of the drive disappears therewith. Via the signals LST1/2 and LSP1/2 the drive can be started. Note Via the signals LST1/2 and LSP1/2, the drive can be started ("1") or stopped ("0"). Via LST1/2 the drive is started independently from the interlock signals! Via LSP1/2 the signals CVON, OLPT and PMI1/2 are taken into consideration. As long as the start signals are pending the drive runs, if the start signal changes to zero the drive is stopped. The block additionally outputs the motor current of the drive at output A1. Standardised from 0 to 100 % of the rated current, the motor current is read by the SIMOCODE pro V. By means of the rated current ILH it is calibrated into the unit Ampere and filtered with BW and FF.
en-YN.YNT.001.A
3-473
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-474
This filtration works according to the following formula: Y(n+1) = Y(n) + ( FF * ( VAL – Y(n) ) ) (n)
:
Index of the last filtered measured value
(n+1)
:
Index of the new filtered measured value
VAL
:
Unfiltered input value
FF
:
Filter factor (Range between 0 and 1)
The newly determined value will be processed further only then if it differs from the most recent determined value by at least the bandwidth (BW) value. The block cyclically reads the extended diagnosis data which the SIMOCODE pro V provides. These are e.g. the operating hours or the number of starts of the SIMOCODE pro V. These data are shown in the faceplate. The block is called up in the event of a change of the diagnosis data via an interrupt and will then read the same in an event-controlled fashion. In addition there exists a cycle for the reading of the diagnosis data. The cycle time can be parameterised in the input WACYC. The standard setting for the cycle time is 10800 seconds (3 hours). Via the input PAGE, the faceplate communicates which page of the diagnosis the plant operator has called up. The block then writes the required data into the outputs DWA, DWB and DWC. They are evaluated on the faceplate page called up. For the various different diagnosis pages, the content of the three outputs differs and will not be further described here. The faceplate is able to interpret the data accordingly. Internal logic The sequence of the flags is determined by the sequence in which they must be generated. In this relation, the flags marked (with ") must be taken into account in the setting and reset conditions! Auxiliary flag IAVBL
:=
AVBL_&AUTO_&-DOWNL
ICVON
:=
CVON_&SLAVE_OK
IOLPT
:=
(OLPT/TEST)_&-FAULT
IHILI
:=
HILI_&READY
ILOLI
:=
LOLI_&READY
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
Data word S URO1 C URO1
: :
IHILI-ICVON/(-IHILI/ILOLI)
S URO2 C URO2
: :
ILOLI-ICVON/(-ILOLI/IHILI)
S EROP C EROP
: :
(-IODS/LCT-IOLPT/-IAVBL/-PMI1/-PMI2)_&(CLSE/OPEN)ERES/ICVON
NOTA
:=
-ICVON/ERMS”/ERPI”/ERPS”/ERDS”/EROL”/EROP”
S POS1 C POS1
: :
LSW1-ICVON/(-LSW1/LSW2)
S POS2 C POS2
: :
LSW2-ICVON/(-LSW2/LSW1)
CMAN
:=
URO1”/URO2”
GFLT
:=
-IOLPT_&ICVON
ERMS
:=
-IAVBL_&ICVON
ERPI
:=
(-PMI1/-PMI2)_&ICVON
S ERPS C ERPS
: :
LSW1_&LSW2/LCT1_&(OPEN/CLSE)-ICVON/(-LSW1/LSW2)_&(ERES/EROP)
ERDS
:=
IODS_&ICVON
TEST
:=
TEST
S BLOCK C BLOCK
= =
BLOCK -ICVON/-BLOCK_&RESET
S DOWNL C DOWNL
= =
DOWNL -ICVON/-DOWNL_&RESET
S GWARN C GWARN
= =
GWARN -GWARN_&RESET
S EARTH C EARTH
= =
EARTH -ICVON/-EARTH_&RESET
S IMAX C IMAX
= =
IMAX -ICVON/-IMAX_&RESET
S OVLD C OVLD
= =
OVLD/-OLPT -ICVON/-OVLD_&OLPT_&RESET
S THERM C THERM
= =
THERM -ICVON/-THERM_&RESET
en-YN.YNT.001.A
3-475
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-476
Status word URG1
:=
URO1
URG2
:=
URO2
DAVB
:=
-NOTA_&ICVON
EROR
:=
EROP
MANU
:=
CMAN
OPER
:=
IMIN
QBAD
:=
-SLAVE_OK
LOCA
:=
(-AVBL/LSER)_&SLAVE_OK
Block view
Fig. 81: CONT_SV block
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
Starting characteristics During the CPU start-up the CONT_SV block is deactivated. All internal state flags (shown in the data word) are reset. Following start-up the block waits for the number of cycles projected in the input RUNUPCYC, and will only be activated thereafter. A first start-up whilst the program is running is treated internally like a CPU startup. Time behaviour The block must be called via a time interrupt OB or OB1. It does not have a parameter for the sampling interval. Behaviour in case of a time error In the case of a time error the outputs will then be reset. In addition the internal state flags will be reset. Message actions The block CONT_SV internally uses an ALARM_8P block for generating the messages. Messages are generated for the following tripping devices: ● Operating trouble (EROP) ● SIMOCODE pro V group fault (GFLT) ● Machine availability (AVBL) ● Position monitoring (ERPS) ● Machine protection (PMI1) ● Position check-back (IODS) ● Motor blocked (BLOCK) ● SIMOCODE pro V to download mode (DOWNL) ● SIMOCODE pro V group warning (GWARN) ● Earth fault (EARTH) ● Maximum motor current (IMAX) ● Overload (OLPT and OVLD) ● Thermistor error (THERM) ● Overload and asymmetry (UNSYM) The messages can be suppressed by setting the input SUPR or by resetting the input RLSA. The input SUPR, however, is activated by the operator interface (WinCC), and RLSA by the program. The inputs CVON (at value 0) and CSF (at value 1) also suppress the output of messages.
en-YN.YNT.001.A
3-477
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-478
Assignment of message text and message class to the block parameters
Default message text Mess. Block no. parameter
Message Suppressable class
1
EROP
$$BlockComment$$ @1I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
2
GFLT
$$BlockComment$$ @2I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
3
ERMS
$$BlockComment$$ @3I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
4
ERPS
$$BlockComment$$ @4I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
5
ERPI
$$BlockComment$$ @5I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
6
ERDS
$$BlockComment$$ @6I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
7
$$BlockComment$$ @7I%t#POLCID_Standard@
Yes
8
$$BlockComment$$ @8I%t#POLCID_Standard@
Yes
9
BLOCK
$$BlockComment$$ @1I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
10
DOWNL
$$BlockComment$$ @2I%t#POLCID_Standard@
PF
Yes
11
GWARN
$$BlockComment$$ @3I%t#POLCID_Standard@
WH
Yes
12
EARTH
$$BlockComment$$ @4I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
13
IMAX
$$BlockComment$$ @5I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
14
OVLD
$$BlockComment$$ @6I%t#POLCID_Standard@ - @9R%6.1f@A
AH
Yes
15
THERN
$$BlockComment$$ @7I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
16
UNSYM
$$BlockComment$$ @8I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
3-479
Connections of CONT_SV Connection (parameters)
Meaning
Data type
Def.
Type Attr. O&O Perm. values
SUBNETID
Number of the Profibus subsystem of the PLC
INT
0
I
DPPA_ADR
Slave address of the Profibus device
INT
0
I
DADDR
Diagnosis address of the Profibus slave
INT
0
I
HILI
Setting HIGH setpoint value as active setpoint value
BOOL
0
I
Q
LOLI
Setting LOW setpoint value as BOOL active setpoint value
0
I
Q
LSW1
Limit switch direction 1
BOOL
0
I
Q
LSW2
Limit switch direction 2
BOOL
0
I
Q
CVON
Control voltage on
BOOL
1
I
Q
PMI1
Machine protection interlock direction 1
BOOL
1
I
Q
PMI2
Machine protection interlock direction 2
BOOL
1
I
Q
AUTO
Activate ASET ( = 1 ) or SET ( = 0 ) input
BOOL
0
I
Q
IODS
Fault input value ACT
BOOL
1
I
Q
RLS
Enabling outputs SEN1/2
BOOL
1
I
Q
CSF
Control system error
BOOL
0
I
Q
DOWNL
Set SIMOCODE pro V to download mode
BOOL
0
I
Q
TEST
Set SIMOCODE pro V to test mode
BOOL
0
I
Q
LST1
Local start/stop without PMI1
BOOL
0
I
Q
LST2
Local start/stop without PMI2
BOOL
0
I
Q
LSP1
Local start/stop with PMI1
BOOL
0
I
Q
LSP2
Local start/stop with PMI2
BOOL
0
I
Q
ENRE
Display of softkeys for faceplate reset
BOOL
0
I
en-YN.YNT.001.A
+
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-480
Connection (parameters)
Meaning
Data type
Def.
Type Attr. O&O Perm. values
LSEL
Selection LSER switches Simocode device to local operating mode
BOOL
0
I
RLSA
Enabling alarm generation
BOOL
1
I
Q
ASET
Automatic setpoint value
REAL
0.0
I
Q
ACT
Current position check-back value
REAL
0.0
I
Q
+
HIGH
Upper limit value for setpoint value
REAL
0.0
I
BQ
+
LOW
Lower limit value for setpoint value
REAL
0.0
I
BQ
+
SWIT
Switching hysteresis for comparing setpoint value/actual value
REAL
0.0
I
BQ
+
SAFE
Safety position in case of system failure
REAL
0.0
I
BQ
+
TIMEOUT
Monitoring time for position change
REAL
0.0
I
BQ
+
BW
Belt width for filtering motor current value
INT
1
I
Q
FF
Filter factor motor current value
REAL
0.5
I
Q
ILH
Rated current for motor current value calibration
REAL
100.0
I
Q
WACYC
Waiting cycle for reading diagnosis data
REAL
10800.0 I
Q
RUNUPCYC
Waiting cycles at start
INT
3
I
EV_ID1
Message ID no. 1
DWORD 0
I
M
EV_ID2
Message ID no. 2
DWORD 0
I
M
RESET
Resetting error SIMOCODE pro V
BOOL
0
IO
BQ
+
LSER
Enabling of local operation
BOOL
0
IO
BQ
+
SUPR
Suppression of alarms
BOOL
0
IO
B
+
SET
Setpoint value for faceplate
REAL
0.0
IO
B
+
PAGE
Activated page of the
INT
1
IO
B
+
>0
>0
+
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
Connection (parameters)
Meaning
3-481
Data type
Def.
Type Attr. O&O Perm. values
VALUE_CODE Coding the values for transfer to the faceplate
INT
1
IO
EV1_SIG1
Index variable for message no. 1
INT
1
IO
EV1_SIG2
Index variable for message no. 2
INT
29
IO
EV1_SIG3
Index variable for message no. 3
INT
3
IO
EV1_SIG4
Index variable for message no. 4
INT
9
IO
EV1_SIG5
Index variable for message no. 5
INT
5
IO
EV1_SIG6
Index variable for message no. 6
INT
10
IO
EV1_SIG7
Index variable for message no. 7
INT
0
IO
EV1_SIG8
Index variable for message no. 8
INT
0
IO
EV2_SIG1
Index variable for message no. 9
INT
30
IO
EV2_SIG2
Index variable for message no. 10
INT
31
IO
EV2_SIG3
Index variable for message no. 11
INT
32
IO
EV2_SIG4
Index variable for message no. 12
INT
33
IO
EV2_SIG5
Index variable for message no. 13
INT
34
IO
EV2_SIG6
Index variable for message no. 14
INT
2
IO
EV2_SIG7
Index variable for message no. 15
INT
40
IO
EV2_SIG8
Index variable for message no. 16
INT
36
IO
URG1
Forced open command
BOOL
0
O
faceplate
en-YN.YNT.001.A
B
Q
+
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-482
Connection (parameters)
Meaning
Data type
Def.
Type Attr. O&O Perm. values
pending (HILI) URG2
Forced close command pending (LOLI)
BOOL
0
O
Q
DAVB
Drive is available
BOOL
0
O
Q
EROR
Drive is faulty
BOOL
0
O
Q
MANU
Actuator in manual operating mode (no HILI, LOLI)
BOOL
0
O
Q
OPER
Drive is operating (locally or automatically)
BOOL
0
O
Q
QBAD
Profibus slave faulty
BOOL
0
O
Q
LOCA
Drive is in local operating mode
BOOL
0
O
Q
LSW1I
Internal limit switch direction 1
BOOL
0
O
Q
LSW2I
Internal limit switch direction 2
BOOL
0
O
Q
TRQ1
Torque limit switch direction 1
BOOL
0
O
Q
TRQ2
Torque limit switch direction 2
BOOL
0
O
Q
CSET
Active internal setpoint value
REAL
0.0
O
Q
+
A1
Current motor current
REAL
0.0
O
Q
+
OPTI
Current operating hours SIMOCODE pro V
REAL
0.0
O
Q
+
NOST
Number of starts performed
REAL
0.0
O
Q
+
NOOV
Number of overload trippings
REAL
0.0
O
Q
+
I_MAX
Maximum current in % of set current
REAL
0.0
O
PW
Parameter word
DWORD 0
O
Q
+
DW
Data word
DWORD 0
O
Q
+
SW
Status word
DWORD 0
O
Q
+
DWA
Extended diagnosis data for faceplate
DWORD 0
O
Q
+
DWB
Extended diagnosis data for faceplate
DWORD 0
O
Q
+
DWC
Extended diagnosis data for faceplate
DWORD 0
O
Q
+
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
3-483
Operation and observation of CONT_SV See the description of the block symbol and the faceplate in the corresponding manual in this regard. PW, DW and SW of CONT_SV The inputs, outputs and the internal status of the respective block are mapped on the parameter word, the data word and the status word. The assignment of the bits is found in the following table:
> CONT_SV < Bit
Parameter word
Data word
Status word
0
HILI
URO1
URG1
1
LOLI
EROP
URG2
2
URO2
SEN1
3
NOTA
SEN2
4
LSW1
POS1
5
LSW2
POS2
DAVB
CMAN
EROR
6 7
CVON
MANU
8
GFLT
GFLT
9
AVBL
ERMS
10
OPER
11
QBAD
12
PMI1
ERPI
LSW1I
13
PMI2
ERPS
LSW2I
ERDS
TRQ1
14 15
AUTO
TRQ2
16
IODS
CLSE
17
RLS
OPEN
18
TEST
19
BLOCK
20
DOWNL
DOWNL
21
LSER
GWARN
en-YN.YNT.001.A
LOCA
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-484
22
LST1
EARTH
23
LST2
IMAX
24
LSP1
OVLD
25
LSP2
THERM
26
CSF
UNSYM
27
TEST
28
COLOUR_1
29
COLOUR_2
30
COLOUR_3
31
COLOUR_4 In the case of the COLOUR operating states, the block CONT_SV has all defined states from 1 to 11.
DWA, DWB and DWC of CONT_SV The block has three additional data words: DWA, DWB and DWC. These words offer additional information on the SIMOCODE pro V motor controller and the Profibus slave. This information is shown in the associated faceplate. The assignment of the data words changes with the value of the input PAGE. When activating the corresponding page of the faceplate, the latter automatically sets the input PAGE to the value corresponding to the activated diagnosis page. The input PAGE may have the following values: Page
Activated diagnosis page of the faceplate
1
:
PROFIBUS – Information on the Profibus slave
2
:
SIMOCODE - Parts of data record 92 are read in
4
:
SIMOCODE - Parts of data records 94 and 95 are read in one after the other
8
SIMOCODE - Parts of data record 92 are read in
100
SIMOCODE - Data records are newly requested With the different values of PAGE the content of the data words DWA, DWB and DWC also varies. In addition, there is the variable VALUE_CODE. This variable encodes single values. The values with their associated VALUE_CODE will then be written sequentially to the data word A.
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
3-485
A content list follows below: > CONTL_SV with PAGE = 1 < Bit
Data word A
Data word B
0
ST_NOEX
HARD_ID
1
ST_NORDY
2
ST_INSLR
3
ST_SENSU
4
ST_MASLO
5
ST_WATCH
6
ST_STDIA
7
ST_EXDIA
8
ST_EXDOV
9
ST_SYNC
10
ST_FREEZ
11
ST_PAREQ
12
ST_PARFA
13
ST_SLCCF
14
ST_SLDEA
15
ST_STASL
16
SLAVE_OK
17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Data word C
DPPA_ADR
SUBNETID
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-486
28 29 30 31
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
3-487
> CONTL_SV with PAGE = 2 < Bit
Data word A
Data word B
0
GENER_FAULT
FAULT_TM_SF
1
WARNING
FAULT_TM_OR
2
FAULT_RUNT_ON
FAULT_PARA
3
FAULT_RUNT_OF
FAULT_TEST_SD
4
FAULT_FEED_ON
FAULT_OPO
5
FAULT_FEED_OF
6
FAULT_COLD_ST
WARN_ASYM
7
FAULT_UVO
WARN_OVL
8
STA_PLC
WARN_OVL_PF
9
FAULT_BLOCK_S
WARN_BLOCK
10
FAULT_DOUB_0
WARN_TH_OVL
11
FAULT_DOUB_1
WARN_CURR_HI
12
FAULT_END_PO
WARN_CURR_LO
13
FAULT_ANTIVAL
WARN_TM_HT
14
FAULT_OVLD
WARN_TM_SE
15
FAULT_OVLD_PF
WARN_TM_OR
16
FAULT_ASYM
17
FAULT_MOT_STA
18
FAULT_TH_OVLD
19
FAULT_IMAX
20
FAULT_IMIN
21
FAULT_INT_EF
22
FAULT_TM_TEMP
23
FAULT_EXT_F1
24
FAULT_EXT_F2
25
FAULT_BUS
26
FAULT_PLC
27
FAULT_HW_BU
28
FAULT_MODULE
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Data word C
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-488
29
FAULT_CONFIG
30
FAULT_TH_SC
31
FAULT_TH_WB
> CONTL_SV with PAGE = 4 < VALUE_CODE BYTE
Data word A
101
1
HEAT_UP_MOT_MO
2
PHASE_ASYM
3-4
RECOV_TIME
103
Data word B
Data word C
1-4 3-4
105
1-2 3-4
TIME_TO_TRIP
1-2
I_L1
3-4
I_L2
1-2
I_L3
3-4
NO_OVLD
111
1-4
M_OP_HOURS
113
1-4
NO_START
107
109
> CONTL_SV with PAGE = 8 < Bit
Data word A
0
GENER_FAULT
1
WARNING
2
STA_DEV
3
STA_BUS
4
STA_PLC
5
STA_CURR
6
ON11
7
ON1
Data word B
Data word C
en-YN.YNT.001.A
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
8
OFF
9
ON2
10
ON22
11
START_ACTIVE
12
LOCK_ACTIVE
13
IDL_TIME
14
OPER_PRO_OFF
15
AUTO_MODE
16
TEST_POS_FEED
17
FEED_CLOSE
18
FEED_OPEN
19
TRQ_CLOSE
20
TRQ_OPEN
21
COOL_DOWN_TIM
22
BREA_TIM_ACT
23
EMER_STA_EXE
24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-489
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-490
3.76 Profibus Special Drive AUMATIC: Actuator AUMATIC Description of AUMATIC Object name (Type + Number) FB 524 Calling OBs The time interrupt OB in which the block is installed (e.g. OB 35). Function The block is used to control an actuator of the type AUMATIC. The AUMATIC actuator is connected to the PLC via the Profibus. The block communicates directly with the Profibus device AUMATIC. Profibus In order to integrate the block, the type AUMATIC is used for this purpose in the PCS7 program HW Konfig. This must be installed additionally. The GSD file necessary for this purpose can be downloaded from the manufacturer's web site www.auma.com. It must then be installed in HW Konfig. In HW Konfig, in the catalogue, the profile Standard is set for locating the same. Now the folder PROFIBUS-DP is opened. There the subfolders "Further field equipment and General" are opened. Here, the entry AUMATIC is found.
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
Fig. 82: HW Konfig with AUMATIC
This entry is used for the definition of the Profibus-DP slave. As a block for block slot 1 "22 byte in,8 byte out" are consistently used.
en-YN.YNT.001.A
3-491
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-492
Operating principle The block communicates directly with the AUMATIC actuator. This device is defined as a Profibus slave. At the input SUBNETID, the number of the Profibus system, which the AUMATIC is connected to, must be entered. At the input DPPA_ADR the slave address of the AUMATIC must be entered and at the input DADDR the diagnose address of the AUMATIC must be entered. All these values may be taken from the hardware configuration of a STEP7 project. Using these values, the block can communicate automatically with the corresponding AUMATIC. Internally, the same logic is used as for the block CONT_DO (FB 506). However, the block AUMATIC reads some signals directly from the Profibus (AUMATIC) and these need not be connected as inputs or outputs. These are the inputs LSW1, LSW2, AVBL, IODS, ACT, SEN1 and SEN2. They are read directly by the AUMATIC, or written directly to the AUMATIC. Nevertheless these inputs and outputs are used in the internal logic. In addition, status signals are still used in the interlock system which the AUMATIC generates. In detail, these are the signals REMOTE, NOAV, LOCAL, TRQ1F, TRQ2F, EROR and NREMOTE. If the drive is available, i.e. the 'DAVB' bit in the status word is set, the CONT_DO operates as a three-step controller. If the deviation between the actual value ACT and the setpoint is greater than the switching difference SWIT, the output 'CLSE' or 'OPEN' in the data word is set according to the sign of the deviation and the bit 'SEN1' or 'SEN2' is simultaneously set in the status word. The setpoint value is formed from the automatic setpoint value ASET (can be connected in the program) and the setpoint value from the faceplate SET. By means of the input AUTO it is selected which of the two setpoint values is activated. With AUTO = 0, setpoint value SET is active, and with AUTO = 1 setpoint value ASET is active. In the case of AUTO = 1 the setpoint value is deactivated in the faceplate and the value of SET is equalled to the value of ASET. A special function of the drive block is movement to specific positions in dependence on the control bits in the parameter word. For this, the limits HIGH and LOW are used as values. The setpoint is overwritten with a specified limit value by setting two bits in the parameter word. After releasing the forced limit, normal operation is resumed only if a new, changed setpoint is sent. During the travel time of the actuator the input of the position check-back must have changed by at least 0.0025 within the time TIMEOUT (in seconds). If not, a position error is created. After a fault the setpoint must change, in order that a new process is started. The setpoint must also be changed after a forced open/close, in order that it is approached to. The current set up setpoint is displayed in the variable CSET. This value is output as a setpoint value to the AUMATIC actuator.
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
The availability of the actuator is monitored in a similar manner as normal drives because the same signals are received from the inputs (CVON, OLPT AVBL and PMI1/2) Bit 'ERDS' is set when the associated input bit in the parameter word 'IODS' is set whereas these inputs influence the status bit 'DAVB': Switching of the input bit 'IODS' (analogue input fault) is performed with the availability flag of the analogue channel. Monitoring of the limit switches is performed in the same manner as in the 'VALV' block, i.e. non-availability is only signalled when both limit switches are closed. The limit position HIGH can be moved to by setting the input HILI, and the limit position LOW can be moved to by setting the input LOLI. The input RLS generally enables adjustment or blocks the same. At RLS = 0 both outputs SEN1 and SEN2 are deactivated. With the signals LSER, LST1/2 and LSP1/2 it is possible to operate the drive via external switches, keyboards or from the control panel. With the signal LSER the drive is switched to local operation. The availability of the drive disappears therewith. Via the signals LST1/2 and LSP1/2 the drive can be started. Note Via the signals LST1/2 and LSP1/2, the drive can be started ("1") or stopped ("0"). Via LST1/2 the drive is started independently from the interlock signals! Via LSP1/2 the signals CVON, OLPT and PMI1/2 are taken into consideration. As long as the start signals are pending the drive runs, if the start signal changes to zero the drive is stopped. Internal logic The sequence of the flags is determined by the sequence in which they must be generated. In this relation, the flags marked (with ") must be taken into account in the setting and reset conditions!
en-YN.YNT.001.A
3-493
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-494
Auxiliary flag ILSW1
:=
POS1_&LSW1
ILSW2
:=
POS2_&LSW2
ICVON
:=
CVON_&SLAVE_OK
IAVBL
:=
REMOTE_&-NOAV_&-LOCAL_&-NREMOTE
IPMI1
:=
PMI1_&(-EROR/(EROR_&TRQ2F))
IPMI2
:=
PMI2_&(-EROR/(EROR_&TRQ1F))
IIODS
:=
-POSDIS
Data word S URO1 C URO1
: :
HILI-ICVON/(-HILI/LOLI)
S URO2 C URO2
: :
LOLI-ICVON/(-LOLI/HILI)
S EROP C EROP
: :
(-IIODS/LCT-OLPT/-IAVBL/-IPMI1/-IPMI2)_&(CLSE/OPEN)ERES/ICVON
NOTA
:=
-ICVON/ERMS”/ERPI”/ERPS”/ERDS”/EROL”/EROP”
S POS1 C POS1
::
ILSW1-ICVON/(-ILSW1/ILSW2)
S POS2 C POS2
::
ILSW2-ICVON/(-ILSW2/ILSW1)
CMAN
:=
URO1”/URO2”
OLPT
:=
-OLPT_&ICVON
ERMS
:=
-IAVBL_&ICVON
ERPI
:=
(-IPMI1/-IPMI2)_&ICVON
S ERPS C ERPS
: :
ILSW1_&ILSW2/LCT1_&(OPEN/CLSE)-ICVON/(-ILSW1/ILSW2)_&(ERES/EROP)
ERDS
:=
IIODS_&ICVON
S TRQ1F C TRQ1F
= =
TRQ1F -CVON/(-TRQ1F_&RESET)
S TRQ2F C TRQ2F
= =
TRQ2F -CVON/(-TRQ2F_&RESET)
S WARN C WARN
= =
WARN -WARN_&RESET
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
S TEMPF C TEMPF
= =
TEMPF -CVON/(-TEMPF_&RESET)
S PHASF C PHASF
= =
PHASF -CVON/(-PHASF_&RESET)
S COMWR C COMWR
= =
COMWR -CVON/(-COMWR_&RESET)
S CLEAR C CLEAR
= =
CLEAR -CVON/(-CLEAR_&RESET)
S EROR C EROR
= =
EROR -CVON/(-EROR_&RESET)
Status word URG1
:=
URO1
URG2
:=
URO2
DAVB
:=
-NOTA_&ICVON
EROR
:=
EROP
MANU
:=
CMAN
OPER
:=
RCR1_&SLAVE_OK
QBAD
:=
-SLAVE_OK
LOCA
:=
(LOCAL/LSER)_&SLAVE_OK
LSW1
:=
LSW1
LSW2
:=
LSW2
TRQ1
:=
TRQ1
TRQ2
:=
TRQ2
en-YN.YNT.001.A
3-495
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-496
Block view
Fig. 83: AUMATIC block
Starting characteristics During the CPU start-up the AUMATIC block is deactivated. All internal state flags (shown in the data word) are reset. Following start-up the block waits for the number of cycles projected in the input RUNUPCYC, and will only be activated thereafter. A first start-up whilst the program is running is treated internally like a CPU startup. Time behaviour The block must be called via a time interrupt OB or OB1. It does not have a parameter for the sampling interval. Behaviour in case of a time error In the case of a time error the outputs will then be reset. In addition the internal state flags will be reset. Message actions The block AUMATIC internally uses an ALARM_8P block for generating the messages. Messages are generated for the following tripping devices: ● Operating trouble (EROP) ● Overload (OLPT) ● Machine availability (AVBL) ● Position monitoring (ERPS) ● Machine protection (PMI1) ● Position check-back (IODS)
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
3-497
● Torque at closing (TRQ1) ● Torque at opening (TRQ2) ● AUMATIC group warning(WARN) ● Motor temperature (TEMP) ● Phase jump (PHAS) ● Wrong command (COMWR) ● Status Global Command Clear (CLEAR) ● AUMATIC group fault (EROR) The messages can be suppressed by setting the input SUPR or by resetting the input RLSA. The input SUPR, however, is activated by the operator interface (WinCC), and RLSA by the program. The inputs CVON (at value 0) and CSF (at value 1) also suppress the output of messages. Assignment of message text and message class to the block parameters
Mess. Block Default message text no. parameter
Message Suppressable class
1
EROP
$$BlockComment$$ @1I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
2
OLPT
$$BlockComment$$ @2I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
3
ERMS
$$BlockComment$$ @3I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
4
ERPS
$$BlockComment$$ @4I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
5
ERPI
$$BlockComment$$ @5I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
6
ERDS
$$BlockComment$$ @6I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
7
$$BlockComment$$ @7I%t#POLCID_Standard@
Yes
8
$$BlockComment$$ @8I%t#POLCID_Standard@
Yes
9
TRQ1F
$$BlockComment$$ @1I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
10
TRQ2F
$$BlockComment$$ @2I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
11
WARN
$$BlockComment$$ @3I%t#POLCID_Standard@
WH
Yes
en-YN.YNT.001.A
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-498
Mess. Block Default message text no. parameter
Message Suppressable class
12
TEMPF
$$BlockComment$$ @4I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
13
PHASF
$$BlockComment$$ @5I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
14
COMWR
$$BlockComment$$ @6I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
15
CLEAR
$$BlockComment$$ @7I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
16
EROR
$$BlockComment$$ @8I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
Connections of AUMATIC Connection Meaning (parameters)
Data type
Def.
Type Attr. O&O Perm. values
SUBNETID
Number of the Profibus subsystem INT of the PLC
0
I
DPPA_ADR
Slave address of the Profibus device
INT
0
I
DADDR
Diagnosis address of the Profibus slave
INT
0
I
HILI
Setting HIGH setpoint value as active setpoint value
BOOL
0
I
Q
LOLI
Setting LOW setpoint value as active setpoint value
BOOL
0
I
Q
CVON
Control voltage on
BOOL
1
I
Q
OLPT
Overload protection
BOOL
1
I
Q
PMI1
Machine protection interlock direction 1
BOOL
1
I
Q
PMI2
Machine protection interlock direction 2
BOOL
1
I
Q
AUTO
Activate ASET ( = 1 ) or SET ( = 0 ) input
BOOL
0
I
Q
RLS
Enabling outputs SEN1/2
BOOL
1
I
Q
CSF
Control system error
BOOL
0
I
Q
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
3-499
Connection Meaning (parameters)
Data type
Def.
Type Attr. O&O Perm. values
LST1
Local start/stop without PMI1
BOOL
0
I
Q
LST2
Local start/stop without PMI2
BOOL
0
I
Q
LSP1
Local start/stop with PMI1
BOOL
0
I
Q
LSP2
Local start/stop with PMI2
BOOL
0
I
Q
ENRE
Display of softkeys for faceplate reset
BOOL
0
I
RLSA
Enabling alarm generation
BOOL
1
I
Q
ASET
Automatic setpoint value
REAL
0.0
I
Q
ACT
Current position check-back value
REAL
0.0
I
Q
+
HIGH
Upper limit value for setpoint value REAL
0.0
I
BQ
+
LOW
Lower limit value for setpoint value REAL
0.0
I
BQ
+
SWIT
Switching hysteresis for comparing REAL setpoint value/actual value
0.0
I
BQ
+
SAFE
Safety position in case of system failure
REAL
0.0
I
BQ
+
TIMEOUT
Monitoring time for position change
REAL
0.0
I
BQ
+
RUNUPCYC
Waiting cycles at start
INT
3
I
EV_ID1
Message ID no. 1
DWORD 0
I
M
EV_ID2
Message ID no. 2
DWORD 0
I
M
RESET
Resetting error AUMATIC
BOOL
0
IO
BQ
+
LSER
Enabling of local operation
BOOL
0
IO
BQ
+
SUPR
Suppression of alarms
BOOL
0
IO
B
+
SET
Setpoint value for faceplate
REAL
0.0
IO
B
+
EV1_SIG1
Index variable for message no. 1
INT
1
IO
EV1_SIG2
Index variable for message no. 2
INT
2
IO
EV1_SIG3
Index variable for message no. 3
INT
3
IO
EV1_SIG4
Index variable for message no. 4
INT
9
IO
EV1_SIG5
Index variable for message no. 5
INT
5
IO
EV1_SIG6
Index variable for message no. 6
INT
10
IO
EV1_SIG7
Index variable for message no. 7
INT
0
IO
en-YN.YNT.001.A
+
>0
>0
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-500
Connection Meaning (parameters)
Data type
Def.
Type Attr. O&O Perm. values
EV1_SIG8
Index variable for message no. 8
INT
0
IO
EV2_SIG1
Index variable for message no. 9
INT
37
IO
EV2_SIG2
Index variable for message no. 10
INT
38
IO
EV2_SIG3
Index variable for message no. 11
INT
39
IO
EV2_SIG4
Index variable for message no. 12
INT
40
IO
EV2_SIG5
Index variable for message no. 13
INT
41
IO
EV2_SIG6
Index variable for message no. 14
INT
42
IO
EV2_SIG7
Index variable for message no. 15
INT
43
IO
EV2_SIG8
Index variable for message no. 16
INT
44
IO
URG1
Forced open command pending (HILI)
BOOL
0
O
Q
URG2
Forced close command pending (LOLI)
BOOL
0
O
Q
DAVB
Drive is available
BOOL
0
O
Q
EROR
Drive is faulty
BOOL
0
O
Q
MANU
Actuator in manual operating mode (no HILI, LOLI)
BOOL
0
O
Q
OPER
Drive is operating (locally or automatically)
BOOL
0
O
Q
QBAD
Profibus slave faulty
BOOL
0
O
Q
LOCA
Drive is in local operating mode
BOOL
0
O
Q
LSW1
Limit switch direction 1
BOOL
0
O
Q
LSW2
Limit switch direction 2
BOOL
0
O
Q
TRQ1
Torque limit switch direction 1
BOOL
0
O
Q
TRQ2
Torque limit switch direction 2
BOOL
0
O
Q
CSET
Active internal setpoint value
REAL
0.0
O
Q
+
ACT
Current actuator position
REAL
0.0
O
Q
+
PW
Parameter word
DWORD 0
O
Q
+
DW
Data word
DWORD 0
O
Q
+
SW
Status word
DWORD 0
O
Q
+
DWA
Extended diagnosis data for
DWORD 0
O
Q
+
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
3-501
Connection Meaning (parameters)
Data type
Def.
Type Attr. O&O Perm. values
faceplate DWB
Extended diagnosis data for faceplate
DWORD 0
O
Q
+
DWC
Extended diagnosis data for faceplate
DWORD 0
O
Q
+
Operation and observation of AUMATIC See the description of the block symbol and the faceplate in the corresponding manual in this regard. PW, DW and SW of AUMATIC The inputs, outputs and the internal status of the block are mapped on the parameter word, the data word and the status word. The assignment of the bits is found in the following table: > AUMATIC < Bit
Parameter word
Data word
Status word
0
HILI
URO1
URG1
1
LOLI
EROP
URG2
2
URO2
SEN1
3
NOTA
SEN2
4
LSW1
POS1
5
LSW2
POS2
DAVB
CMAN
EROR
6 7
CVON
8
OLPT
EROL
9
AVBL
ERMS
10
RCR1
OPER
11
RCR2
QBAD
12
PMI1
ERPI
LSW1
13
PMI2
ERPS
LSW2
14
GFLT
ERDS
TRQ1
15
AUTO
en-YN.YNT.001.A
MANU
TRQ2
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-502
16
IODS
CLSE
17
RLS
OPEN
18
TRQ1F
19
TRQ2F
20
DOWNL
GWARN
21
LSER
TEMPF
22
LST1
PHASF
23
LST2
COMWR
24
LSP1
CLEAR
25
LSP2
GFLT
26
CSF
LOCA
27 28
COLOUR_1
29
COLOUR_2
30
COLOUR_3
31
COLOUR_4 In the case of the COLOUR operating states, the block AUMATIC has the states 1 to 11.
DWA, DWB and DWC of AUMATIC The block has three additional data words: DWA, DWB and DWC. These words offer additional information on the AUMATIC actuator and the Profibus slave. This information is shown in the associated faceplate. > AUMATIC < Bit
Data word A
Data word B
Data word C
0
ST_NOEX
TORQ2
HARD_ID
1
ST_NORDY
TORQ1
2
ST_INSLR
PAUSE
3
ST_SENSU
PROPOR
4
ST_MASLO
PULS
5
ST_WATCH
RCR
6
ST_STDIA
OPMANU
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
3-503
7
ST_EXDIA
OPREM
8
ST_EXDOV
OPLOCA
9
ST_SYNC
IMPOS1
10
ST_FREEZ
IMPOS2
11
ST_PAREQ
IMPOS3
12
ST_PARFA
IMPOS4
13
ST_SLCCF
DIGINP1
14
ST_SLDEA
DIGINP2
15
ST_STASL
DIGINP3
16
SLAVE_OK
DIGINP4
17
SLAVE_AUMA
COMWR
18
POS2
NREMOTE
19
POS1
CLEAR
20
ACTSET
CONFIG
21
NOAV
TORQ2F
22
RCR2
TORQ1F
23
RCR1
INTF
24
GWARN
INTW
25
GFLT
NOREF
26
TEMP
EDW
27
PHASE
TIMEW
28
REMOTE
POSDIS
29
LOCAL
30
LSW2
31
LSW1
en-YN.YNT.001.A
DPPA_ADR
SUBNETID
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-504
3.77 Profibus Special Drive HASLER_B: Weighbelt feeder Hasler Description of HASLER_B Object name (Type + Number) FB 525 Calling OBs The time interrupt OB in which the block is installed (e.g. OB 35). Function The block is used to control a weighbelt feeder by Hasler. The Hasler weighbelt feeder is connected to the PLC via the Profibus. The block communicates directly with the Profibus device HASLER_BW. Profibus In order to integrate the block, the type HASLER_BW is used for this purpose in the PCS7 program HW Konfig. This must be installed additionally. The GSD file necessary for this purpose can be obtained from the manufacturer. In addition, the supplier of the weighbelt normally also provides the appropriate GSD file. It must then be installed in HW Konfig. In HW Konfig, in the catalogue, the profile Standard is set for locating the same. Now the folder PROFIBUS-DP is opened. There the subfolders "Further field equipment and General" are opened. Here, the entry HASLER_BW is found.
en-YN.YNT.001.A
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
Fig. 84:
HW Konfig with HASLER_BW
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-505
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-506
This entry is used for the definition of the Profibus-DP slave. As a block in block slot 1, INPUT: 64 Byte (32 word) is used. For block slot 2, OUTPUT: 64 Byte (32 word) is defined. Operating principle The block communicates directly with the Hasler weighbelt feeder. This device is defined as a Profibus slave. At the input SUBNETID, the number of the Profibus system, which the HASLER_BW is connected to, must be entered. At the input DPPA_ADR the slave address of the HASLER_BW must be entered and at the input DADDR the diagnose address of the HASLER_BW must be entered. All these values may be taken from the hardware configuration of a STEP7 project. Using these values, the block can communicate automatically with the corresponding weighbelt feeder. Internally, the same logic is used as for the block UNID (FB 501). However, the block HASLER_BW reads some signals directly from the Profibus (HASLER_BW) and these need not be connected as inputs or outputs. These are the inputs AVBL, RCR1 and PWON. They are read directly from the weighbelt feeder or written directly to the same. Nevertheless these inputs and outputs are used in the internal logic. In addition, status signals are still used in the interlock system which the weighbelt feeder generates. In detail, these are the signals LOCAL and STPAL. A valid starting command exists when the signals: 'STA1', 'ILC1', 'AVBL', 'OLPT', 'LEMO' and 'PMI1' are set and the stopping command 'STOP' is not set. In this case, the start enable signal 'SEN1' and the run command 'PWON' are set (activation signals for the motor). If the check-back signal 'RCR1' is set together with the speed monitor signal 'SPCL' when a valid starting command is active, the control state switches to selflatching status. It is a characteristic of this state that the operating bits 'OSG1', 'OPS1' are set and that the start release command 'SEN1' is reset while the run command 'PWON' is set. From this moment, the starting commands 'STA1' or 'STA2' can be rescinded without risking reset of the run command PWON. The setting drive is stopped correctly by setting the stopping command 'STOP' or when the process interlock 'ILC1' is deactivated. The monitoring time in seconds TIME1 when a drive is started specifies the period in which the check-back signal RCR1 must be set. In addition, it monitors the time during stopping within which the check-back signal RCR1 must have been reset. If time = 0, no time monitoring of the start and stop is employed. By means of the signals SST1 and SSTP an individual start of the drive can be realised in automatic mode. In the faceplate of the drive, the operator sets the signals SST1 or SSTP. After processing in the block, these signals are reset by the block.
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
After operation of the signal SST1 the output SWST is set at first. By means of this output an external start-up warning can be started. If the start-up warning time has expired, then the input SWRE must be set. In this way, there is a valid starting command and the drive is then started as described above. With the exception of the combination with the signals SWST and SWRE the signal SST1 behaves in the same way as signal STA1. Using SSTP, the drive is stopped. SSTP behaves in the same way with the input STOP. With the signals LSER, LST1 and LSP1 operation of the drive is possible via external switches, keyboards or from the control panel. With the signal LSER the drive is switched to local operation. The availability of the drive disappears therewith. Using the parameter SWLO, it is selected whether the input SWRE is taken into consideration for the evaluation of the inputs LST1 and LSP1. Note Via the signals LST1 and LSP1 the drive can be started (1) or stopped ("0"). Via LST1 the drive is started independently from the interlock signals! Via LSP1 the signals CVON, OLPT, PMI1 and LEMO are taken into consideration. As long as the start signals are pending the drive runs, if the start signal changes to zero the drive is stopped. In addition, this block also supplies some analogue values of the weighbelt feeder. The output FLOW indicates the current conveying rate of the weighbelt, the outputs COUN1 and COUN2 contain material counters, HWT comprises the feed bin weight and SETF is the check-back signal of the preset setpoint value. The outputs HIGH and LOW contain the maximum and minimum conveying rates of the weighbelt, the output HWTMAX contains the maximum filling weight of the feed bin, the output BLOAD contains the current belt load and BLNOM the maximum belt load. The setpoint value is formed from the automatic setpoint value ASET (can be connected in the program) and the setpoint value from the faceplate SET. By means of the input AUTO it is selected which of the two setpoint values is activated. With AUTO = 0, setpoint value SET is active, and with AUTO = 1 setpoint value ASET is active. In the case of AUTO = 1 the setpoint value is deactivated in the faceplate and the value of SET is equalled to the value of ASET. The inputs HIGH and LOW are the top and bottom limit values for the setpoint value input of the plant operator. The input RESCOU can be used to clear the internal material counter of the weighbelt. The input GRAVI is used to set the weigher to gravimetric operation, and with the input VOLUM it can be set to volumetric operation. Using TARES, a belt calibration is started. Internal logic The sequence of the flags is determined by the sequence in which they must be generated. In this relation, the flags marked (with ") must be taken into account in the setting and reset conditions!
en-YN.YNT.001.A
3-507
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-508
Auxiliary flag IAVBL
:=
AVBL_&-LOCAL
ICVON
:=
CVON_&SLAVE_OK&-WDFI
IPMI1
:=
PMI1&_-STPAL
RESET
:=
-PWON_&(-EROP/ERES)
CLEROP
:=
EROP_&ERES
AVAIL
:=
IAVBL_&OLPT_&LEMO_&IPMI1
Data word S ERPI C ERPI
: :
-IPMI1-ICVON/IPMI1_&RESET
S ERSP C ERSP
: :
(-ISTA1/OPS1)_&ILC1_&PWON_&-SPCL_&-STOP_&-NOTA”ICVON/CLEROP
S ERRC C ERRC
: :
(-ISTA1/OPS1)_&ILC1_&PWON_&-RCR1_&-STOP_&-NOTA”ICVON/CLEROP
S NOTA C NOTA
: :
-AVAIL/ERSP”/ERRC”/ETIM”-ICVON/AVAIL_&RESET
S EROP C EROP
::
PWON_&ILC1_&NOTA”_&-STOP-ICVON/CLEROP
S OPS1 C OPS1
: :
PWON_&RCR1_&SPCL-ICVON/-RCR1/-ILC1
S EROL C EROL
: :
-OLPT-ICVON/OLPT_&RESET
S ERMS C ERMS
: :
-IAVBL_&OLPT_&LEMO-ICVON/(IAVBL/-OLPT/-LEMO))_&RESET
S EREO C EREO
: :
-LEMO-ICVON/LEMO_&RESET
OPL1
:=
-OPS1_&RCR1_&-PWON_&-IAVBL_&OLPT
S ETIM C ETIM
: :
-LCT1_&SEN1_&(-RCR1/SPCL)-CLEROP
S GWARN C GWARN
: :
GFLT_&-STPAL -CVON/(-GFLT_&-STPAL_&RESET)
S GFLT C GFLT
: :
STPAL -CVON/(-STPAL_&RESET)
S DSW C DSW
: :
DSW -CVON/(-DSW_&RESET)
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
S ERBS C ERBS
: :
ERBS -CVON/(-ERBS_&RESET)
S ERBT C ERBT
: :
ERBT -CVON/(-ERBT_&RESET)
S ERCC C ERCC
: :
ERCC -CVON/(-ERCC_&RESET)
S ERBI C ERBI
: :
ERBI -CVON/(-ERBI_&RESET)
S ERBTA C ERBTA
: :
ERBTA -CVON/(-ERBTA_&RESET)
S ERWD C ERWD
::
WDFI -CVON/(-WDFI_&RESET)
Status word S PWON C PWON
: :
ISTA1_&ILC1-ICVON/NOTA”/STOP/-ILC1
S OSG1 C OSG1
: :
OPS1-OPS1”
S SEN1 C SEN1
: :
PWON”OSG1”/-PWON”
EMOF
:=
EREO”
DAVB
:=
-NOTA”_&ICVON
EROR
:=
EROP”
DOFF
:=
-OSG1”
OPER
:=
RCR1_&SLAVE_OK
QBAD
:=
-SLAVE_OK
LOCA
:=
(STAT_LOCAL/STAT_MAINT/LSER)_& SLAVE_OK
GRAV
:=
GRAVI
TARA
:=
BTARA
en-YN.YNT.001.A
3-509
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-510
Block view
Fig. 85: HASLER_B block
Starting characteristics During the CPU start-up the HASLER_B block is deactivated. All internal state flags (shown in the data word) are reset. Following start-up the block waits for the number of cycles projected in the input RUNUPCYC, and will only be activated thereafter. A first start-up whilst the program is running is treated internally like a CPU startup. Time behaviour The block must be called via a time interrupt OB or OB1. It does not have a parameter for the sampling interval. Behaviour in case of a time error In the case of a time error the outputs will then be reset. In addition the internal state flags will be reset.
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
Message actions The block HASLER_B internally uses an ALARM_8P block for generating the messages. Messages are generated for the following tripping devices: ● Operating trouble (EROP) ● Overload (OLPT) ● Machine availability (AVBL) ● Speed monitor (SPCL) ● Machine protection (PMI1) ● Local emergency off (LEMO) ● Monitoring time (ETIM) ● Check-back signal (RCR1) ● Hasler group warning (GWARN) ● Belt skewing (DSW) ● Belt speed measurement (ERBS) ● Belt motor temperature(ERBT) ● Communication to master control system (ERCC) ● Emergency local operation (lEMERG) ● Setpoint value < minimum (ERSMI2) ● Belt load < minimum (ERBMI2) ● Setpoint value > maximum (ERSMA2) ● Feed bin weight < Minimum (ERHMI2) ● Feed bin weight > maximum (ERSHMA2) ● Belt load > maximum (ERBMA2) ● Timeout interlock (ILCF) ● Belt index (ERBI) ● Belt calibration (ERBTA) ● Volume flow < minimum (ERMMI2) ● Volume flow > maximum (ERMMA2) ● Hasler group fault (GFLT) ● Watchdog failure (ERWD) The messages can be suppressed by setting the input SUPR or by resetting the input RLSA. The input SUPR, however, is activated by the operator interface (WinCC), and RLSA by the program. The inputs CVON (at value 0) and CSF (at value 1) also suppress the output of messages.
en-YN.YNT.001.A
3-511
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-512
Assignment of message text and message class to the block parameters
Mess. Block Default message text no. parameter
Message Suppressable class
1
EROP
$$BlockComment$$ @1I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
2
OLPT
$$BlockComment$$ @2I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
3
ERMS
$$BlockComment$$ @3I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
4
ERSP
$$BlockComment$$ @4I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
5
ERPI
$$BlockComment$$ @5I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
6
EREO
$$BlockComment$$ @6I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
7
ETIM
$$BlockComment$$ @7I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
8
ERRC
$$BlockComment$$ @8I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
9
GWARN
$$BlockComment$$ @1I%t#POLCID_Standard@
WH
Yes
10
DSW
$$BlockComment$$ @2I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
11
ERBS
$$BlockComment$$ @3I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
12
ERBT
$$BlockComment$$ @4I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
13
ERCC
$$BlockComment$$ @5I%t#POLCID_Standard@
PF
Yes
14
EMERG
$$BlockComment$$ @6I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
15
ERSMI2
$$BlockComment$$ @7I%t#POLCID_Standard@
WL
Yes
16
ERBMI2
$$BlockComment$$ @8I%t#POLCID_Standard@
WL
Yes
17
ERSMA2
$$BlockComment$$ @1I%t#POLCID_Standard@
WH
Yes
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
3-513
Mess. Block Default message text no. parameter
Message Suppressable class
18
ERHMI2
$$BlockComment$$ @2I%t#POLCID_Standard@
WL
Yes
19
ERHMA2
$$BlockComment$$ @3I%t#POLCID_Standard@
WH
Yes
20
ERBMA2
$$BlockComment$$ @4I%t#POLCID_Standard@
WH
Yes
21
ILCF
$$BlockComment$$ @5I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
22
ERBI
$$BlockComment$$ @6I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
23
ERBTA
$$BlockComment$$ @7I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
24
ERMMI2
$$BlockComment$$ @8I%t#POLCID_Standard@
WL
Yes
25
ERMMA2
$$BlockComment$$ @1I%t#POLCID_Standard@
WH
Yes
26
GFLT
$$BlockComment$$ @2I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
27
ERWD
$$BlockComment$$ @3I%t#POLCID_Standard@
PF
Yes
28
$$BlockComment$$ @4I%t#POLCID_Standard@
29
$$BlockComment$$ @5I%t#POLCID_Standard@
30
$$BlockComment$$ @6I%t#POLCID_Standard@
31
$$BlockComment$$ @7I%t#POLCID_Standard@
32
$$BlockComment$$ @8I%t#POLCID_Standard@
en-YN.YNT.001.A
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-514
Connections of HASLER_B Connection Meaning (parameters)
Data type
Def.
Type Attr. O&O Perm. values
SUBNETID
Number of the Profibus subsystem INT of the PLC
0
I
DPPA_ADR
Slave address of the Profibus device
INT
0
I
DADDR
Diagnosis address of the Profibus slave
INT
0
I
STA1
Start drive
BOOL
0
I
Q
ILC1
Process-technological interlock
BOOL
1
I
Q
STOP
Stop drive
BOOL
0
I
Q
CVON
Control voltage on
BOOL
1
I
Q
OLPT
Overload protection
BOOL
1
I
Q
PMI1
Machine protection interlock
BOOL
1
I
Q
SPCL
Speed monitor
BOOL
1
I
Q
LEMO
Local emergency off
BOOL
1
I
Q
AUTO
Activate ASET ( = 1 ) or SET ( = 0 ) input
BOOL
0
I
Q
CSF
Control system error
BOOL
0
I
Q
LST1
Local start/stop without PMI1
BOOL
0
I
Q
LSP1
Local start/stop with PMI1
BOOL
0
I
Q
SWRE
Enabling start-up warning
BOOL
1
I
Q
TIM
Reset COUN1 at hour change (=1) BOOL
1
I
ESST
Display of softkeys for single faceplate start
BOOL
0
I
+
ENRE
Display of softkeys for faceplate reset
BOOL
0
I
+
ENMO
Display of softkeys for gravimetric/volumetric faceplate
BOOL
0
I
+
ENTA
Display of softkeys for belt calibration faceplate
BOOL
0
I
+
SWLO
Start-up warning also in local operating mode
BOOL
0
I
Q
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
Connection Meaning (parameters)
3-515
Data type
Def.
Type Attr. O&O Perm. values
RLSA
Enabling alarm generation
BOOL
1
I
Q
ASET
Automatic setpoint value
REAL
0.0
I
Q
TIME1
Monitoring time setpoint value
REAL
5.0
I
BQ
RUNUPCYC
Waiting cycles at start
INT
3
I
EV_ID1
Message ID no. 1
DWORD 0
I
M
EV_ID2
Message ID no. 2
DWORD 0
I
M
EV_ID3
Message ID no. 3
DWORD 0
I
M
EV_ID4
Message ID no. 4
DWORD 0
I
M
RESET
Resetting error Hasler
BOOL
0
IO
BQ
+
RESCOU
Reset material counter COUN1
BOOL
0
I
BQ
+
GRAVI
Gravimetric operating mode
BOOL
0
IO
BQ
+
VOLUM
Volumetric operating mode
BOOL
0
IO
BQ
+
TARES
Start belt calibration
BOOL
0
IO
BQ
+
LSER
Enabling of local operation
BOOL
0
IO
BQ
+
SST1
Single start
BOOL
0
IO
B
+
SSTP
Single stop
BOOL
0
IO
B
+
SUPR
Suppression of alarms
BOOL
0
IO
B
+
SET
Setpoint value for faceplate
REAL
0.0
IO
B
+
EV1_SIG1
Index variable for message no. 1
INT
1
IO
EV1_SIG2
Index variable for message no. 2
INT
2
IO
EV1_SIG3
Index variable for message no. 3
INT
3
IO
EV1_SIG4
Index variable for message no. 4
INT
4
IO
EV1_SIG5
Index variable for message no. 5
INT
5
IO
EV1_SIG6
Index variable for message no. 6
INT
6
IO
EV1_SIG7
Index variable for message no. 7
INT
7
IO
EV1_SIG8
Index variable for message no. 8
INT
8
IO
EV2_SIG1
Index variable for message no. 9
INT
45
IO
EV2_SIG2
Index variable for message no. 10
INT
46
IO
EV2_SIG3
Index variable for message no. 11
INT
47
IO
en-YN.YNT.001.A
+
>0
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-516
Connection Meaning (parameters)
Data type
Def.
Type Attr. O&O Perm. values
EV2_SIG4
Index variable for message no. 12
INT
48
IO
EV2_SIG5
Index variable for message no. 13
INT
49
IO
EV2_SIG6
Index variable for message no. 14
INT
50
IO
EV2_SIG7
Index variable for message no. 15
INT
51
IO
EV2_SIG8
Index variable for message no. 16
INT
52
IO
EV3_SIG1
Index variable for message no. 17
INT
53
IO
EV3_SIG2
Index variable for message no. 18
INT
54
IO
EV3_SIG3
Index variable for message no. 19
INT
55
IO
EV3_SIG4
Index variable for message no. 20
INT
56
IO
EV3_SIG5
Index variable for message no. 21
INT
57
IO
EV3_SIG6
Index variable for message no. 22
INT
58
IO
EV3_SIG7
Index variable for message no. 23
INT
59
IO
EV3_SIG8
Index variable for message no. 24
INT
60
IO
EV4_SIG1
Index variable for message no. 25
INT
61
IO
EV4_SIG2
Index variable for message no. 26
INT
62
IO
EV4_SIG3
Index variable for message no. 27
INT
63
IO
EV4_SIG4
Index variable for message no. 28
INT
0
IO
EV4_SIG5
Index variable for message no. 29
INT
0
IO
EV4_SIG6
Index variable for message no. 30
INT
0
IO
EV4_SIG7
Index variable for message no. 31
INT
0
IO
EV4_SIG8
Index variable for message no. 32
INT
0
IO
OSG1
Operating message
BOOL
0
O
Q
EMOF
Emergency off activated
BOOL
0
O
Q
DAVB
Drive is available
BOOL
0
O
Q
EROR
Drive is faulty
BOOL
0
O
Q
DOFF
Drive is off
BOOL
0
O
Q
SWST
Start start-up warning
BOOL
0
O
Q
OPER
Drive is operating (locally or automatically)
BOOL
0
O
Q
QBAD
Profibus slave faulty
BOOL
0
O
Q
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
Connection Meaning (parameters)
3-517
Data type
Def.
Type Attr. O&O Perm. values
LOCA
Drive is in local operating mode
BOOL
0
O
Q
GRAV
Gravimetric operating mode
BOOL
0
O
Q
TARA
Belt calibration running
BOOL
0
O
Q
HIGH
Upper limit value for setpoint value REAL
0.0
I
BQ
+
LOW
Lower limit value for setpoint value REAL
0.0
I
BQ
+
FLOW
Current conveying rate
REAL
0.0
O
Q
+
COUN1
Resettable material counter
REAL
0.0
O
Q
+
COUN2
Not resettable material counter
REAL
0.0
O
Q
+
SETF
Setpoint value check-back signal
REAL
0.0
O
Q
+
HWTMAX
Maximum feed bin filling weight
REAL
0.0
O
Q
+
HWT
Feed bin filling weight
REAL
0.0
O
Q
+
BLOAD
Current belt load
REAL
0.0
O
Q
+
BLNOM
Maximum belt load
REAL
0.0
O
Q
+
ACT1
Current monitoring time
REAL
0.0
O
Q
+
PW
Parameter word
DWORD 0
O
Q
+
DW
Data word
DWORD 0
O
Q
+
SW
Status word
DWORD 0
O
Q
+
DWA
Extended diagnosis data for faceplate
DWORD 0
O
Q
+
DWB
Extended diagnosis data for faceplate
DWORD 0
O
Q
+
DWC
Extended diagnosis data for faceplate
DWORD 0
O
Q
+
Operation and observation of HASLER_B See the description of the block symbol and the faceplate in the corresponding manual in this regard. PW, DW and SW of HASLER_B The inputs, outputs and the internal status of the respective block are mapped on the parameter word, the data word and the status word. The assignment of the bits is found in the following table:
en-YN.YNT.001.A
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-518
> HASLER_B < Bit
Parameter word
Data word
Status word
0
STA1
OPS1
SEN1
1 2
EROP ILC1
3
OSG1 NOTA
4
EMOF
5
DAVB
6
STOP
7
CVON
8
OLPT
EROL
DOFF
9
AVBL
ERMS
SWST
10
RCR1
ERSP
OPER
11
GFLT
12
PMI1
ERPI
GRAV
13
AUTO
EREO
TARA
14
SPCL
ETIM
LOCA
15
LEMO
16
LSER
ERRC
17
LST1
GWARN
18 19
EROR PWON
QBAD
GFLT LSP1
20 21
OPL1
DSW ERBS
SST1
22
ERBT ERCC
23
SSTP
ERBI
24
SWRE
ERBTA
25
CSF
ERWD
26 27 28
COLOUR_1
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
3-519
29
COLOUR_2
30
COLOUR_3
31
COLOUR_4 In the case of the COLOUR operating states, the block HASLER_B does not have all possible states. It features the states with the numbers 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 12 and 13.
DWA, DWB and DWC of HASLER_B The block has three additional data words: DWA, DWB and DWC. These words offer additional information on the Hasler weighbelt feeder and the Profibus slave. This information is shown in the associated faceplate. > HASLER_B < Bit
Data word A
0
ST_NOEX
DSW
1
ST_NORDY
ERBS
2
ST_INSLR
ERBT
3
ST_SENSU
ERCC
4
ST_MASLO
EMERG
5
ST_WATCH
ERSMI2
6
ST_STDIA
ERBMI2
7
ST_EXDIA
8
ST_EXDOV
ERHMI2
9
ST_SYNC
ERHMA2
10
ST_FREEZ
ERBMA2
11
ST_PAREQ
ILCF
12
ST_PARFA
ERBI
13
ST_SLCCF
ERBTA
14
ST_SLDEA
ERMMI2
15
ST_STASL
ERMMA2
16
SLAVE_OK
17
SLAVE_HASL
18
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Data word B
HARD_ID
DPPA_ADR
Data word C
ERSMA2
GFLT RCR1 AVBL
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-520
19
GRAVI
20
LOCAL
21
STPAL
22
ILC1
23
BTARA
24 25 26 27
SUBNETID
28 29 30 31 Profibus interface for HASLER_B If this block is used with a control by Hasler, the Hasler control system requires a specific Profibus layout. It must be taken into account here that the LSB and MSB are rotated for bit values during communication. For Int- or Float-values this does not need to be taken into account. The tables below contain the data exchange as it must be defined on the part of Hasler. In the Profibus configuration 32 data words of input data and 32 words of output data are defined for the data exchange. In the case of this block 25 words of input data and 4 words of output data are used. These data are described in the following two tables. This signifies that 7 input words and 28 output words are reserves and are not used by the block. However, the defined data must occur in data exchange exactly in the sequence as defined below. Input data from Hasler: Word Bit no. no.
Type
Hasler Description designation
LSB
POLCID design.
1st status word
0
0
Bit
ASW
97
Feed bin weight < minimum
ERHMI2
0
1
Bit
ASW
98
Feed bin weight > maximum
ERHMA2
0
2
Bit
ASW
102
Belt load > maximum
ERBMA2
0
3
Bit
ASW
24
Monitoring time for interlock expired
ILCF
0
4
Bit
ASW
84
Belt index error
ERBI
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
3-521
Word Bit no. no.
Type
Hasler Description designation
POLCID design.
0
5
Bit
ASW
90
Error in belt calibration
ERBTA
0
6
Bit
ASW
11
Mass flow < minimum
ERMMI2
0
7
Bit
ASW
10
Mass flow > maximum
ERMMA2
MSB 0
8
Bit
ASW
80
Belt skew monitoring switch
DSW
0
9
Bit
ASW
86
Belt speed measuring error
ERBS
0
10
Bit
ASW
201
Belt motor temperature too high
ERBT
0
11
Bit
ASW
21
Communications with the master control system
ERCC
0
12
Bit
ASW
61
Local emergency operation
EMERG
0
13
Bit
ASW
26
Setpoint value < minimum
ERSMI2
0
14
Bit
ASW
101
Belt load < minimum
ERBMI2
0
15
Bit
ASW
27
Setpoint value > maximum
ERSMA2
LSB
2nd status word
1
0
Bit
1
1
Bit
1
2
Bit
1
3
Bit
1
4
Bit
1
5
Bit
1
6
Bit
1
7
Bit
MSB 1
8
Bit
PSR
14
Group fault
GFLT
1
9
Bit
PSW
0
Operation check-back signal
RCR1
1
10
Bit
PSW
15
Available
AVBL
1
11
Bit
PSR
11
Gravimetric operating mode
GRAVI
1
12
Bit
PSW
47
Remote mode
REMOTE
1
13
Bit
PSW
25
Stop alarm (only this alarm stops the device)
STPAL
1
14
Bit
PSW
9
Interlock system signal
ILC1
en-YN.YNT.001.A
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-522
Word Bit no. no.
Type
Hasler Description designation
POLCID design.
1
Bit
PSR
BTARA
15
6
Belt calibration in operation 3rd and 4th status word
2/3
Float
Conveying rate
FLOWR
5th and 6th status word 4/5
Float
Material counter 1
COUN1
7th and 8th status word 6/7
Float
Set setpoint value
SETFB
9th and 10th status word 8/9
Float
Bin weight
HWT
11th status word 10
Int
Heart-Beat signal (Watchdog) 12th and 13th status word
11/12
Float
Material counter 2
COUN2
14th and 15th status word 13/14
Float
Minimum conveying rate
LOW
16th and 17th status word 15/16
Float
Maximum conveying rate
HIGH
18th and 19th status word 17/18
Float
Nominal bin weight
HWTMAX
20th and 21st status word 19/20
Float
Nominal belt load
BLOADMAX
22nd and 23rd status word 21/22
Float
Belt loading
BLOAD
24th and 25th status word 23
INT
Active monitoring position ( 0 = central, 1 = local, 2 = local maintenance )
CTRPOINT
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
3-523
Output data to Hasler: Word Bit no. no.
Type
Hasler designation
LSB
Description
POLCID design.
1st control word
0
0
Bit
0
1
Bit
0
2
Bit
0
3
Bit
0
4
Bit
0
5
Bit
0
6
Bit
0
7
Bit
CTR2
Start belt calibration
BTARA
MSB 0
8
Bit
CSTC
Start
START
0
9
Bit
CALC
Resetting alarms
RESET
0
10
Bit
CTOC
Resetting material counter 1
RESCOU
0
11
Bit
CSPC
Stop
STOP
0
12
Bit
CCPM
Selecting central operation
REMOTE
0
13
Bit
CCPA
Selecting local operating mode
LOCAL
0
14
Bit
CMAM
Selecting gravimetric operation
GRAVI
0
15
Bit
CVOM
Selecting volumetric operation
VOLUM
2nd control word 1
Heart-Beat signal (Watchdog) 3rd and 4th control word
2/3
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Material quantity setpoint value
SET
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-524
3.78 Profibus Special Drive HASLER_F: Hasler flowmeter Description of HASLER_F Object name (Type + Number) FB 526 Calling OBs The time interrupt OB in which the block is installed (e.g. OB 35). Function The block is used to control a flowmeter by Hasler. The Hasler flowmeter is connected to the PLC via the Profibus. The block communicates directly with the Profibus device HASLER_BW. Profibus In order to integrate the block, the type HASLER_BW is used for this purpose in the PCS7 program HW Konfig. This must be installed additionally. The GSD file necessary for this purpose can be obtained from the manufacturer. In addition, the supplier of the flowmeter normally also provides the appropriate GSD file. It must then be installed in HW Konfig. In HW Konfig, in the catalogue, the profile Standard is set for locating the same. Now the folder PROFIBUS-DP is opened. There the subfolders "Further field equipment and General" are opened. Here, the entry HASLER_BW is found.
en-YN.YNT.001.A
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
Fig. 86:
HW Konfig with HASLER_BW
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-525
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-526
This entry is used for the definition of the Profibus-DP slave. As a block in block slot 1, INPUT: 64 Byte (32 word) is used. For block slot 2, OUTPUT: 64 Byte (32 word) is defined. Operating principle The block communicates directly with the Hasler flowmeter. This device is defined as a Profibus slave. At the input SUBNETID, the number of the Profibus system, which the HASLER_BW is connected to, must be entered. At the input DPPA_ADR the slave address of the HASLER_BW must be entered and at the input DADDR the diagnose address of the HASLER_BW must be entered. All these values may be taken from the hardware configuration of a STEP7 project. Using these values, the block can communicate automatically with the corresponding weighbelt feeder. Internally, the same logic is used as for the block UNID (FB 501). However, the block HASLER_F reads some signals directly from the Profibus (HASLER_BW) and these need not be connected as inputs or outputs. These are the inputs AVBL, RCR1 and PWON. They are read directly from the flowmeter, or they are written directly to the flowmeter. Nevertheless these inputs and outputs are used in the internal logic. In addition, status signals are still used in the interlock system which the flowmeter generates. In detail, these are the signals LOCAL and STPAL. A valid starting command exists when the signals: 'STA1', 'ILC1', 'AVBL', 'OLPT', 'LEMO' and 'PMI1' are set and the stopping command 'STOP' is not set. In this case, the start enable signal 'SEN1' and the run command 'PWON' are set (activation signals for the motor). If the check-back signal 'RCR1' is set together with the speed monitor signal 'SPCL' when a valid starting command is active, the control state switches to selflatching status. It is a characteristic of this state that the operating bits 'OSG1', 'OPS1' are set and that the start release command 'SEN1' is reset while the run command 'PWON' is set. From this moment, the starting commands 'STA1' or 'STA2' can be rescinded without risking reset of the run command PWON. The setting drive is stopped correctly by setting the stopping command 'STOP' or when the process interlock 'ILC1' is deactivated. The monitoring time in seconds TIME1 when a drive is started specifies the period in which the check-back signal RCR1 must be set. In addition, it monitors the time during stopping within which the check-back signal RCR1 must have been reset. If time = 0, no time monitoring of the start and stop is employed. By means of the signals SST1 and SSTP an individual start of the drive can be realised in automatic mode. In the faceplate of the drive, the operator sets the signals SST1 or SSTP. After processing in the block, these signals are reset by the block.
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
After operation of the signal SST1 the output SWST is set at first. By means of this output an external start-up warning can be started. If the start-up warning time has expired, then the input SWRE must be set. In this way, there is a valid starting command and the drive is then started as described above. With the exception of the combination with the signals SWST and SWRE the signal SST1 behaves in the same way as signal STA1. Using SSTP, the drive is stopped. SSTP behaves in the same way with the input STOP. With the signals LSER, LST1 and LSP1 operation of the drive is possible via external switches, keyboards or from the control panel. With the signal LSER the drive is switched to local operation. The availability of the drive disappears therewith. Using the parameter SWLO, it is selected whether the input SWRE is taken into consideration for the evaluation of the inputs LST1 and LSP1. Via the signals LST1 and LSP1 the drive can be started (1) or stopped ("0"). Via LST1 the drive is started independently from the interlock signals! Via LSP1 the signals CVON, OLPT, PMI1 and LEMO are taken into consideration. As long as the start signals are pending the drive runs, if the start signal changes to zero the drive is stopped. In addition, this block also supplies some analogue values of the flowmeter. The output FLOW indicates the current conveying rate of the flowmeter, the outputs COUN1 and COUN2 contain material counters, HWT comprises the feed bin weight and SETF is the check-back signal of the preset setpoint value. The output DEV contains the last calibration result from the online calibration. The outputs HIGH and LOW contain the maximum and minimum flow rate of the flowmeter, and the output HWTMAX contains the maximum filling weight of the feed bin. The setpoint value is formed from the automatic setpoint value ASET (can be connected in the program) and the setpoint value from the faceplate SET. By means of the input AUTO it is selected which of the two setpoint values is activated. With AUTO = 0, setpoint value SET is active, and with AUTO = 1 setpoint value ASET is active. In the case of AUTO = 1 the setpoint value is deactivated in the faceplate and the value of SET is equalled to the value of ASET. The inputs HIGH and LOW are the top and bottom limit values for the setpoint value input of the plant operator. The input RESCOU can be used to clear the internal material counter of the flowmeter. The input GRAVI is used to set the weigher to gravimetric operation, and with the input VOLUM it can be set to volumetric operation. Using TARES, a belt calibration is started. Optionally, the flowmeter can control two dosing devices which are selected via a digital output. The control of these dosing devices is effected via the flowmeter. Internal logic The sequence of the flags is determined by the sequence in which they must be generated. In this relation, the flags marked (with ") must be taken into account in the setting and reset conditions!
en-YN.YNT.001.A
3-527
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-528
Auxiliary flag IAVBL
:=
AVBL_&-LOCAL
ICVON
:=
CVON_&SLAVE_OK&-WDFI
IPMI1
:=
PMI1&_-STPAL
RESET
:=
-PWON_&(-EROP/ERES)
CLEROP
:=
EROP_&ERES
AVAIL
:=
IAVBL_&OLPT_&LEMO_&IPMI1
Data word S ERPIC ERPI ::
-IPMI1-ICVON/IPMI1_&RESET
S ERSPC ERSP
::
(-ISTA1/OPS1)_&ILC1_&PWON_&-SPCL_&-STOP_&-NOTA”ICVON/CLEROP
S ERRCC ERRC
::
(-ISTA1/OPS1)_&ILC1_&PWON_&-RCR1_&-STOP_&-NOTA”ICVON/CLEROP
S NOTAC NOTA
::
-AVAIL/ERSP”/ERRC”/ETIM”-ICVON/AVAIL_&RESET
S EROPC EROP
::
PWON_&ILC1_&NOTA”_&-STOP-ICVON/CLEROP
S OPS1C OPS1
::
PWON_&RCR1_&SPCL-ICVON/-RCR1/-ILC1
S EROLC EROL
::
-OLPT-ICVON/OLPT_&RESET
S ERMSC ERMS
::
-IAVBL_&OLPT_&LEMO-ICVON/(IAVBL/-OLPT/-LEMO))_&RESET
S EREOC EREO
::
-LEMO-ICVON/LEMO_&RESET
OPL1
:=
-OPS1_&RCR1_&-PWON_&-IAVBL_&OLPT
S ETIMC ETIM
: :
-LCT1_&SEN1_&(-RCR1/SPCL)-CLEROP
S GWARN C GWARN
: :
GFLT_&-STPAL -CVON/(-GFLT_&-STPAL_&RESET)
S GFLT C GFLT
: :
STPAL -CVON/(-STPAL_&RESET)
S CRNGX C CRNGX
: :
CRNGX -CVON/(-CRNGX_&RESET)
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
S ERWD C ERWD
: :
WDFI -CVON/(-WDFI_&RESET)
Status word S PWON C PWON
: :
ISTA1_&ILC1-ICVON/NOTA”/STOP/-ILC1
S OSG1 C OSG1
: :
OPS1-OPS1”
S SEN1 C SEN1
: :
PWON”OSG1”/-PWON”
EMOF
:=
EREO”
DAVB
:=
-NOTA”_&ICVON
EROR
:=
EROP”
DOFF
:=
-OSG1”
OPER
:=
RCR1_&SLAVE_OK
QBAD
:=
-SLAVE_OK
LOCA
:=
(STAT_LOCAL/STAT_MAINT/LSER)_& SLAVE_OK
GRAV
:=
GRAVI
CAVBL
:=
CAVBL
CRCR1
:=
CRCR1
CMEAS
:=
CMEAS
CWACC
:=
CWACC
FEED
:=
FEED
en-YN.YNT.001.A
3-529
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-530
Block view
Fig. 87:
HASLER_F block
Starting characteristics During the CPU start-up the HASLER_F block is deactivated. All internal state flags (shown in the data word) are reset. Following start-up the block waits for the number of cycles projected in the input RUNUPCYC, and will only be activated thereafter. A first start-up whilst the program is running is treated internally like a CPU startup. Time behaviour The block must be called via a time interrupt OB or OB1. It does not have a parameter for the sampling interval. Behaviour in case of a time error In the case of a time error the outputs will then be reset. In addition the internal state flags will be reset.
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
Message actions The block HASLER_F internally uses an ALARM_8P block for generating the messages. Messages are generated for the following tripping devices: Operating trouble (EROP) Overload (OLPT) Machine availability (AVBL) Speed monitor (SPCL) Machine protection (PMI1) Local emergency off (LEMO) Monitoring time (ETIM) Check-back signal (RCR1) Hasler group warning (GWARN) Both limit switches pending (ERLSWB) Limit switch open (ERLSW2) Limit switch closed (ERLSW1) Communication to master control system (ERCC) Emergency local operation (lEMERG) Setpoint value < minimum (ERSMI2) Setpoint value > maximum (ERSMA2) Feed bin weight < Minimum (ERHMI2) Feed bin weight > maximum (ERSHMA2) Rotary flow regulating valve check-back signal (ERPROF) Timeout interlock (ILCF) Rotary flow regulating valve temperature (ERPROT) Safety limit switch (ERLSWS) Volume flow < minimum (ERMMI2) Volume flow > maximum (ERMMA2) Hasler group fault (GFLT) Watchdog failure (ERWD) Calibrating result outside the permitted limits (CRNGX) The messages can be suppressed by setting the input SUPR or by resetting the input RLSA. The input SUPR, however, is activated by the operator interface (WinCC), and RLSA by the program. The inputs CVON (at value 0) and CSF (at value 1) also suppress the output of messages.
en-YN.YNT.001.A
3-531
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-532
Assignment of message text and message class to the block parameters Default message text Mess. Block no. parameter
Message Suppressable class
1
EROP
$$BlockComment$$ @1I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
2
OLPT
$$BlockComment$$ @2I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
3
ERMS
$$BlockComment$$ @3I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
4
ERSP
$$BlockComment$$ @4I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
5
ERPI
$$BlockComment$$ @5I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
6
EREO
$$BlockComment$$ @6I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
7
ETIM
$$BlockComment$$ @7I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
8
ERRC
$$BlockComment$$ @8I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
9
GWARN
$$BlockComment$$ @1I%t#POLCID_Standard@
WH
Yes
10
ERLSWB
$$BlockComment$$ @2I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
11
ERLSW2
$$BlockComment$$ @3I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
12
ERLSW1
$$BlockComment$$ @4I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
13
ERCC
$$BlockComment$$ @5I%t#POLCID_Standard@
PF
Yes
14
EMERG
$$BlockComment$$ @6I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
15
ERSMI2
$$BlockComment$$ @7I%t#POLCID_Standard@
WL
Yes
16
ERSMA2
$$BlockComment$$ @8I%t#POLCID_Standard@
WH
Yes
17
ERHMI2
$$BlockComment$$ @1I%t#POLCID_Standard@
WL
Yes
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
3-533
Mess. Block Default message text no. parameter
Message Suppressable class
18
ERHMA2
$$BlockComment$$ @2I%t#POLCID_Standard@
WH
Yes
19
ERPROF
$$BlockComment$$ @3I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
20
ILCF
$$BlockComment$$ @4I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
21
ERPROT
$$BlockComment$$ @5I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
22
ERLSWS
$$BlockComment$$ @6I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
23
ERMMI2
$$BlockComment$$ @7I%t#POLCID_Standard@
WL
Yes
24
ERMMA2
$$BlockComment$$ @8I%t#POLCID_Standard@
WH
Yes
25
GFLT
$$BlockComment$$ @1I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
26
ERWD
$$BlockComment$$ @2I%t#POLCID_Standard@
PF
Yes
27
CRNGX
$$BlockComment$$ @3I%t#POLCID_Standard@
WH
Yes
28
$$BlockComment$$ @4I%t#POLCID_Standard@
29
$$BlockComment$$ @5I%t#POLCID_Standard@
30
$$BlockComment$$ @6I%t#POLCID_Standard@
31
$$BlockComment$$ @7I%t#POLCID_Standard@
32
$$BlockComment$$ @8I%t#POLCID_Standard@
en-YN.YNT.001.A
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-534
Connections of HASLER_F Connection Meaning (parameters)
Data type
Def.
Type Attr. O&O Perm. values
SUBNETID
Number of the Profibus subsystem INT of the PLC
0
I
DPPA_ADR
Slave address of the Profibus device
INT
0
I
DADDR
Diagnosis address of the Profibus slave
INT
0
I
STA1
Start drive
BOOL
0
I
Q
ILC1
Process-technological interlock
BOOL
1
I
Q
STOP
Stop drive
BOOL
0
I
Q
CVON
Control voltage on
BOOL
1
I
Q
OLPT
Overload protection
BOOL
1
I
Q
PMI1
Machine protection interlock
BOOL
1
I
Q
SPCL
Speed monitor
BOOL
1
I
Q
LEMO
Local emergency off
BOOL
1
I
Q
AUTO
Activate ASET ( = 1 ) or SET ( = 0 ) input
BOOL
0
I
Q
CSF
Control system error
BOOL
0
I
Q
CSTA
Starting online calibration
BOOL
0
I
Q
CABO
Aborting online calibration
BOOL
0
I
Q
FDOF
Feed bin filling system is off
BOOL
0
I
Q
LST1
Local start/stop without PMI1
BOOL
0
I
Q
LSP1
Local start/stop with PMI1
BOOL
0
I
Q
SWRE
Enabling start-up warning
BOOL
1
I
Q
TIM
Reset COUN1 at hour change (=1) BOOL
1
I
ESST
Display of softkeys for single faceplate start
BOOL
0
I
+
ENRE
Display of softkeys for faceplate reset
BOOL
0
I
+
ENMO
Display of softkeys for gravimetric/volumetric faceplate
BOOL
0
I
+
SWLO
Start-up warning also in local
BOOL
0
I
Q
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
Connection Meaning (parameters)
3-535
Data type
Def.
Type Attr. O&O Perm. values
operating mode RLSA
Enabling alarm generation
BOOL
1
I
Q
ASET
Automatic setpoint value
REAL
0.0
I
Q
TIME1
Monitoring time setpoint value
REAL
5.0
I
BQ
RUNUPCYC
Waiting cycles at start
INT
3
I
EV_ID1
Message ID no. 1
DWORD 0
I
M
EV_ID2
Message ID no. 2
DWORD 0
I
M
EV_ID3
Message ID no. 3
DWORD 0
I
M
EV_ID4
Message ID no. 4
DWORD 0
I
M
RESET
Resetting error Hasler
BOOL
0
IO
BQ
+
RESCOU
Reset material counter
BOOL
0
IO
BQ
+
GRAVI
Gravimetric operating mode
BOOL
0
IO
BQ
+
VOLUM
Volumetric operating mode
BOOL
0
IO
BQ
+
CACC
Accepting calibrating result
BOOL
0
IO
BQ
+
LSER
Enabling of local operation
BOOL
0
IO
BQ
+
SST1
Single start
BOOL
0
IO
B
+
SSTP
Single stop
BOOL
0
IO
B
+
SUPR
Suppression of alarms
BOOL
0
IO
B
+
SET
Setpoint value for faceplate
REAL
0.0
IO
B
+
EV1_SIG1
Index variable for message no. 1
INT
1
IO
EV1_SIG2
Index variable for message no. 2
INT
2
IO
EV1_SIG3
Index variable for message no. 3
INT
3
IO
EV1_SIG4
Index variable for message no. 4
INT
4
IO
EV1_SIG5
Index variable for message no. 5
INT
5
IO
EV1_SIG6
Index variable for message no. 6
INT
6
IO
EV1_SIG7
Index variable for message no. 7
INT
7
IO
EV1_SIG8
Index variable for message no. 8
INT
8
IO
EV2_SIG1
Index variable for message no. 9
INT
45
IO
EV2_SIG2
Index variable for message no. 10
INT
64
IO
en-YN.YNT.001.A
+
>0
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-536
Connection Meaning (parameters)
Data type
Def.
Type Attr. O&O Perm. values
EV2_SIG3
Index variable for message no. 11
INT
65
IO
EV2_SIG4
Index variable for message no. 12
INT
66
IO
EV2_SIG5
Index variable for message no. 13
INT
49
IO
EV2_SIG6
Index variable for message no. 14
INT
50
IO
EV2_SIG7
Index variable for message no. 15
INT
51
IO
EV2_SIG8
Index variable for message no. 16
INT
53
IO
EV3_SIG1
Index variable for message no. 17
INT
54
IO
EV3_SIG2
Index variable for message no. 18
INT
55
IO
EV3_SIG3
Index variable for message no. 19
INT
67
IO
EV3_SIG4
Index variable for message no. 20
INT
57
IO
EV3_SIG5
Index variable for message no. 21
INT
68
IO
EV3_SIG6
Index variable for message no. 22
INT
69
IO
EV3_SIG7
Index variable for message no. 23
INT
60
IO
EV3_SIG8
Index variable for message no. 24
INT
61
IO
EV4_SIG1
Index variable for message no. 25
INT
62
IO
EV4_SIG2
Index variable for message no. 26
INT
63
IO
EV4_SIG3
Index variable for message no. 27
INT
70
IO
EV4_SIG4
Index variable for message no. 28
INT
0
IO
EV4_SIG5
Index variable for message no. 29
INT
0
IO
EV4_SIG6
Index variable for message no. 30
INT
0
IO
EV4_SIG7
Index variable for message no. 31
INT
0
IO
EV4_SIG8
Index variable for message no. 32
INT
0
IO
OSG1
Operating message
BOOL
0
O
Q
EMOF
Emergency off activated
BOOL
0
O
Q
DAVB
Drive is available
BOOL
0
O
Q
EROR
Drive is faulty
BOOL
0
O
Q
DOFF
Drive is off
BOOL
0
O
Q
SWST
Start start-up warning
BOOL
0
O
Q
OPER
Drive is operating (locally or automatically)
BOOL
0
O
Q
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
3-537
Connection Meaning (parameters)
Data type
Def.
Type Attr. O&O Perm. values
QBAD
Profibus slave faulty
BOOL
0
O
Q
LOCA
Drive is in local operating mode
BOOL
0
O
Q
GRAV
Belt calibration running
BOOL
0
O
Q
CAVBL
Online calibration is available
BOOL
0
O
Q
CRCR1
Online calibration is in operation
BOOL
0
O
Q
CMEAS
Online calibration is in measuring phase
BOOL
0
O
Q
CWACC
Waiting for acceptance of calibrating result
BOOL
0
O
Q
FEED
Enabling feed bin filling system
BOOL
0
O
Q
F1_POS
Current position of rotary flow regulating valve 1
REAL
0.0
O
Q
+
F2_POS
Current position of rotary flow regulating valve 2
REAL
0.0
O
Q
+
HIGH
Upper limit value for setpoint value REAL
0.0
O
Q
+
LOW
Lower limit value for setpoint value REAL
0.0
O
Q
+
FLOW
Current conveying rate
REAL
0.0
O
Q
+
COUN1
Resettable material counter
REAL
0.0
O
Q
+
COUN2
Not resettable material counter
REAL
0.0
O
Q
+
SETF
Setpoint value check-back signal
REAL
0.0
O
Q
+
HWTMAX
Maximum feed bin filling weight
REAL
0.0
O
Q
+
HWT
Feed bin filling weight
REAL
0.0
O
Q
+
DEV
Online calibration result
REAL
0.0
O
Q
+
ACT1
Current monitoring time
REAL
0.0
O
Q
+
PW
Parameter word
DWORD 0
O
Q
+
DW
Data word
DWORD 0
O
Q
+
SW
Status word
DWORD 0
O
Q
+
DWA
Extended diagnosis data for faceplate
DWORD 0
O
Q
+
DWB
Extended diagnosis data for faceplate
DWORD 0
O
Q
+
DWC
Extended diagnosis data for
DWORD 0
O
Q
+
en-YN.YNT.001.A
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-538
Connection Meaning (parameters)
Data type
Def.
Type Attr. O&O Perm. values
faceplate DWD
Extended diagnosis data for faceplate
DWORD 0
O
Q
+
DWIP
Status of the digital inputs of the device
DWORD 0
O
Q
+
DWOP
Status of the digital outputs of the device
DWORD 0
O
Q
+
Operation and observation of HASLER_F See the description of the block symbol and the faceplate in the corresponding manual in this regard. PW, DW and SW of HASLER_F The inputs, outputs and the internal stati of the block are mapped on the parameter word, the data word and the status word. The assignment of the bits is found in the following table: > HASLER_F < Bit
Parameter word
Data word
Status word
0
STA1
OPS1
SEN1
1 2
EROP ILC1
3
OSG1 NOTA
4
EMOF
5
DAVB
6
STOP
OPL1
EROR
7
CVON
8
OLPT
EROL
DOFF
9
AVBL
ERMS
SWST
10
RCR1
ERSP
OPER
11
GFLT
12
PMI1
ERPI
GRAV
13
AUTO
EREO
CAVBL
PWON
QBAD
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
3-539
14
SPCL
ETIM
15
LEMO
16
LSER
ERRC
CWACC
17
LST1
GWARN
FEED
GFLT
LOCA
CMEAS
18 19
LSP1
CRNGX
20 21
CRCR1
ERWD SST1
22 23
SSTP
24
SWRE
25
CSF
26
CSTA
27
CABO
28
FDOF
COLOUR_1
29
COLOUR_2
30
COLOUR_3
31
COLOUR_4 In the case of the COLOUR operating states, the block HASLER_F does not have all possible states. It features the states with the numbers 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 12 and 13.
DWA, DWB and DWC of HASLER_F The block has four additional data words: DWA, DWB, DWC and DWD. These words offer additional information on the Hasler flowmeter and the Profibus slave. This information is shown in the associated faceplate. > HASLER_F < Bit
Data word A
Data word B
Data word C
Data word D
0
ST_NOEX
HARD_ID
ERLSWB
FDRTEMP
1
ST_NORDY
ERLSW2
FDRILC1
2
ST_INSLR
ERLSW1
FDREMERG
3
ST_SENSU
ERCC
FDRON
en-YN.YNT.001.A
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-540
4
ST_MASLO
EMERG
FDRLSO
5
ST_WATCH
ERSMI2
FDRLSC
6
ST_STDIA
ERSMA2
GATELSO
7
ST_EXDIA
ERHMI2
GATELSC
8
ST_EXDOV
ERHMA2
FDR1AVBL
9
ST_SYNC
ERPROF
FDR1TEMP
10
ST_FREEZ
ILCF
FDR1TORQ
11
ST_PAREQ
ERPROT
FDR1LSO
12
ST_PARFA
ERLSWS
FDR1LSC
13
ST_SLCCF
ERMMI2
FDR1ON
14
ST_SLDEA
ERMMA2
GATE1LSO
15
ST_STASL
GFLT
GATE1LSC
16
SLAVE_OK
RCR1
FDR2AVBL
17
SLAVE_HASL
AVBL
FDR2TEMP
GRAVI
FDR2TORQ
LOCAL
FDR2LSO
20
STPAL
FDR2LSC
21
ILC1
FDR2ON
22
CAVBL
GATE2LSO
23
CRCR1
GATE2LSC
24
CMEAS
GATEOPEN
25
CRNGX
FDRSTART
26
CWACC
FEED
18 19
27
DPPA_ADR
SUBNETID
28 29 30 31
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
3-541
Profibus interface for HASLER_F If this block is used with a control by Hasler, the Hasler control system requires a specific Profibus layout. It must be taken into account here that the LSB and MSB are rotated for bit values during communication. For Int- or Float-values this does not need to be taken into account. The tables below contain the data exchange as it must be defined on the part of Hasler. In the Profibus configuration 32 data words of input data and 32 words of output data are defined for the data exchange. In the case of this block 31 words of input data and 4 words of output data are used. These data are described in the following two tables. This signifies that 1 input words and 28 output words are reserves and are not used by the block. However, the defined data must occur in data exchange exactly in the sequence as defined below. Input data from Hasler: Word Bit no. no.
Type
Hasler Description designation
LSB
POLCID design.
1st status word
0
0
Bit
ASW
97
Feed bin weight < minimum
ERHMI2
0
1
Bit
ASW
98
Feed bin weight > maximum
ERHMA2
0
2
Bit
ASW
208
Error rotary flow regulating valve position check-back signal
ERPROF
0
3
Bit
ASW
24
Monitoring time for interlock expired
ILCF
0
4
Bit
ASW
209
Error rotary flow regulating valve temperature ERPROT > maximum
0
5
Bit
ASW
210
Safety limit switch (torque)
ERLSWS
0
6
Bit
ASW
11
Mass flow < minimum
ERMMI2
0
7
Bit
ASW
10
Mass flow > maximum
ERMMA2
MSB 0
8
Bit
ASW
212
Both limit switches pending
ERLSWB
0
9
Bit
ASW
213
Limit switch open expected, but has not arrived
ERLSW2
0
10
Bit
ASW
214
Limit switch closed expected, but has not arrived
ERLSW1
0
11
Bit
ASW
21
Communications with the master control system
ERCC
0
12
Bit
ASW
61
Local emergency operation
EMERG
0
13
Bit
ASW
26
Setpoint value < minimum
ERSMI2
0
14
Bit
ASW
en-YN.YNT.001.A
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-542
Word Bit no. no.
Type
Hasler Description designation
POLCID design.
0
Bit
ASW
ERSMA2
15
27
LSB
Setpoint value > maximum 2nd status word
1
0
Bit
PSW
148
Online calibration available
CAVBL
1
1
Bit
PSW
149
Online calibration in operation
CRCR1
1
2
Bit
PSW
150
Online calibration in measuring phase
CMEAS
1
3
Bit
ASW
91
Online calibration result outside limits
CRNGX
1
4
Bit
PSW
161
Online calibration waiting for takeover of result
CWACC
1
5
Bit
1
6
Bit
1
7
Bit
MSB 1
8
Bit
PSR
14
Group fault
GFLT
1
9
Bit
PSW
0
Operation check-back signal
RCR1
1
10
Bit
PSW
15
Available
AVBL
1
11
Bit
PSR
11
Gravimetric operating mode
GRAVI
1
12
Bit
PSW
47
Remote mode
REMOTE
1
13
Bit
PSW
25
Stop alarm (only this alarm stops the device)
STPAL
1
14
Bit
PSW
9
Interlock system signal
ILC1
1
15
Bit 3rd and 4th status word
2/3
Float
Conveying rate
FLOWR
5th and 6th status word 4/5
Float
Material counter 1
COUN1
7th and 8th status word 6/7
Float
Set setpoint value
SETFB
9th and 10th status word 8/9
Float
Position of rotary flow regulating valve 1
FDRPOS1
11th and 12th status word 10/11
Float
Position of rotary flow regulating valve 2
FDRPOS2
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
Word Bit no. no.
Type
3-543
Hasler Description designation
POLCID design.
13th and 14th status word 12/13
Float
Bin weight
HWT
15th and 16th status word 14/15
Float
Online calibration result
RESULT
17th status word 16
Int
Heart-Beat signal (Watchdog)
LSB
18th and 19th status word
17
0
Bit
MSB
31
Digital input 32
17
1
Bit
MSB
30
Digital input 31
17
2
Bit
MSB
29
Digital input 30
17
3
Bit
MSB
28
Digital input 29
17
4
Bit
MSB
27
Digital input 28
17
5
Bit
MSB
26
Digital input 27
17
6
Bit
MSB
25
Digital input 26
17
7
Bit
MSB
24
Digital input 25
MSB 17
8
Bit
MSB
23
Digital input 24
17
9
Bit
MSB
22
Digital input 23
17
10
Bit
MSB
21
Digital input 22
17
11
Bit
MSB
20
Digital input 21
17
12
Bit
MSB
19
Digital input 20
17
13
Bit
MSB
18
Digital input 19
17
14
Bit
MSB
17
Digital input 18
17
15
Bit
MSB
16
Digital input 17
LSB 18
0
Bit
LSB
15
Digital input 16
18
1
Bit
LSB
14
Digital input 15
18
2
Bit
LSB
13
Digital input 14 - rotary flow regulating valve open
FDRLSO
18
3
Bit
LSB
12
Digital input 13 - rotary flow regulating valve
FDRLSC
en-YN.YNT.001.A
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-544
Word Bit no. no.
Type
Hasler Description designation
POLCID design.
closed 18
4
Bit
LSB
11
Digital input 12 - rotary flow regulating valve 2 open
FDR2LSO
18
5
Bit
LSB
10
Digital input 11 - rotary flow regulating valve 1 open
FDR1LSO
18
6
Bit
LSB
9
Digital input 10 - rotary flow regulating valve 2 closed
FDR2LSC
18
7
Bit
LSB
8
Digital input 9 - rotary flow regulating valve 1 closed
FDR1LSC
FDREMERG
MSB 18
8
Bit
LSB
7
Digital input 8 - emergency off
18
9
Bit
LSB
6
Digital input 7
18
10
Bit
LSB
5
Digital input 6 - bypass check-back signal
18
11
Bit
LSB
4
Digital input 5 - interlock
18
12
Bit
LSB
3
Digital input 4 - dosing device check-back signal
18
13
Bit
LSB
2
Digital input 3
18
14
Bit
LSB
1
Digital input 2
18
15
Bit
LSB
0
Digital input 1 - normal check-back signal
LSB
20th and 21st status word
19
0
Bit
MSB
31
Digital output 32
19
1
Bit
MSB
30
Digital output 31
19
2
Bit
MSB
29
Digital output 30
19
3
Bit
MSB
28
Digital output 29
19
4
Bit
MSB
27
Digital output 28
19
5
Bit
MSB
26
Digital output 27
19
6
Bit
MSB
25
Digital output 26
19
7
Bit
MSB
24
Digital output 25
MSB 19
8
Bit
MSB
23
Digital output 24
19
9
Bit
MSB
22
Digital output 23
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
3-545
Word Bit no. no.
Type
Hasler Description designation
19
10
Bit
MSB
21
Digital output 22
19
11
Bit
MSB
20
Digital output 21
19
12
Bit
MSB
19
Digital output 20
19
13
Bit
MSB
18
Digital output 19
19
14
Bit
MSB
17
Digital output 18
19
15
Bit
MSB
16
Digital output 17
POLCID design.
LSB 20
0
Bit
LSB
15
Digital output 16
20
1
Bit
LSB
14
Digital output 15
20
2
Bit
LSB
13
Digital output 14
20
3
Bit
LSB
12
Digital output 13
20
4
Bit
LSB
11
Digital output 12
20
5
Bit
LSB
10
Digital output 11 - start filling feed bin
20
6
Bit
LSB
9
Digital output 10 - enabling drive
20
7
Bit
LSB
8
Digital output 9 - dosing in operation
MSB 20
8
Bit
LSB
7
Digital output 8
20
9
Bit
LSB
6
Digital output 7
20
10
Bit
LSB
5
Digital output 6
20
11
Bit
LSB
4
Digital output 5
20
12
Bit
LSB
3
Digital output 4
20
13
Bit
LSB
2
Digital output 3 - dosing motor
20
14
Bit
LSB
1
Digital output 2 - bypass valve
20
15
Bit
LSB
0
Digital output 1 - rotary flow regulating valve on 22nd and 23rd status word
21/22
Float
Material counter 2
COUN2
24th and 25th status word 23/24
Float
Minimum conveying rate 26th and 27th status word
en-YN.YNT.001.A
LOW
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-546
Word Bit no. no.
Type
25/26
Float
Hasler Description designation Maximum conveying rate
POLCID design. HIGH
28th and 29th status word 27/28
Float
Nominal bin weight
HWTMAX
30th status word 29
Int
Active monitoring position ( 0 = central, 1 = local, 2 = local maintenance )
CTRPOINT
Output data to Hasler: Word Bit no. no.
Type
Hasler designation
LSB
Description
POLCID design.
1st control word
0
0
Bit
COCS
Start online calibration
CSTART
0
1
Bit
COCA
Abort online calibration
CABORT
0
2
Bit
COCV
Accepting online calibration result
CACCEPT
0
3
Bit
0
4
Bit
0
5
Bit
0
6
Bit
0
7
Bit
MSB 0
8
Bit
CSTC
Start
START
0
9
Bit
CALC
Resetting alarms
RESET
0
10
Bit
CTOC
Resetting material counter 1
RESCOU
0
11
Bit
CSPC
Stop
STOP
0
12
Bit
CCPM
Selecting central operation
REMOTE
0
13
Bit
CCPA
Selecting local operating mode
LOCAL
0
14
Bit
CMAM
Selecting gravimetric operation
GRAVI
0
15
Bit
CVOM
Selecting volumetric operation
VOLUM
2nd control word 1
Heart-Beat signal (Watchdog) 3rd and 4th status word
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
Word Bit no. no. 2/3
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Type
Hasler designation
3-547
Description
POLCID design.
Material quantity setpoint value
SET
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-548
3.79 Profibus Special Drive AF300 G11: General Electric frequency converter Description of AF300 G11 Object name (Type + Number) FB 527 Calling OBs The time interrupt OB in which the block is installed (e.g. OB 35). Function The block is used for controlling a frequency converter of the type AF-300 G11 by General Electric. The frequency converter is connected to the PLC via the Profibus. The block communicates directly with the Profibus device. Profibus In order to integrate the block, the type OPC-G11S-PDP is used for this purpose in the PCS7 program HW Konfig. This must be installed additionally. The GSD file necessary for this purpose can be obtained from the manufacturer. In addition, the supplier of the frequency converter normally also provides the appropriate GSD file. It must then be installed in HW Konfig. In HW Konfig, in the catalogue, the profile Standard is set for locating the same. Now the folder PROFIBUS-DP is opened. There the subfolders "Further field equipment and Drives" are opened. Here, the entry OPC-G11S-PDP is found.
Fig. 88: HW Konfig with OPC-G11S-PDP
This entry is used for the definition of the Profibus-DP slave. Operating principle The block communicates directly with the frequency converter. This device is defined as a Profibus slave. At the input SUBNETID, the number of the Profibus system, which the AF-300 G11 is connected to, must be entered. At the input DPPA_ADR the slave address of the AF-300 G11 must be entered and at the input DADDR the diagnose address of the AF-300 G11 must be entered. All these values may be taken from the hardware configuration of a STEP7 project. Using these values, the block can communicate automatically with the corresponding frequency converter.
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
Internally, the same logic is used as for the block UNID (FB 501). However, the block AF-300 G11 reads some signals directly from the Profibus and these need not be connected as inputs or outputs. These are the inputs AVBL, RCR1 and PWON. They are read directly from the frequency converter, or they are written directly to the frequency converter. Nevertheless these inputs and outputs are used in the internal logic. In addition, the interlock system still uses status signals generated by the frequency converter. In detail these are the signals READY, REMOTE, STADIS, RUN and FLT. A valid starting command exists when the signals: 'STA1', 'ILC1', 'AVBL', 'OLPT', 'LEMO' and 'PMI1' are set and the stopping command 'STOP' is not set. In this case, the start enable signal 'SEN1' and the run command 'PWON' are set (activation signals for the motor). If the check-back signal 'RCR1' is set together with the speed monitor signal 'SPCL' when a valid starting command is active, the control state switches to selflatching status. It is a characteristic of this state that the operating bits 'OSG1', 'OPS1' are set and that the start release command 'SEN1' is reset while the run command 'PWON' is set. From this moment, the starting commands 'STA1' or 'STA2' can be rescinded without risking reset of the run command PWON. The setting drive is stopped correctly by setting the stopping command 'STOP' or when the process interlock 'ILC1' is deactivated. The monitoring time in seconds TIME1 when a drive is started specifies the period in which the check-back signal RCR1 must be set. In addition, it monitors the time during stopping within which the check-back signal RCR1 must have been reset. If time = 0, no time monitoring of the start and stop is employed. By means of the signals SST1 and SSTP an individual start of the drive can be realised in automatic mode. In the faceplate of the drive, the operator sets the signals SST1 or SSTP. After processing in the block, these signals are reset by the block. After operation of the signal SST1 the output SWST is set at first. By means of this output an external start-up warning can be started. If the start-up warning time has expired, then the input SWRE must be set. In this way, there is a valid starting command and the drive is then started as described above. With the exception of the combination with the signals SWST and SWRE the signal SST1 behaves in the same way as signal STA1. Using SSTP, the drive is stopped. SSTP behaves in the same way with the input STOP. With the signals LSER, LST1 and LSP1 operation of the drive is possible via external switches, keyboards or from the control panel. With the signal LSER the drive is switched to local operation. The availability of the drive disappears therewith. Using the parameter SWLO, it is selected whether the input SWRE is taken into consideration for the evaluation of the inputs LST1 and LSP1. Via the signals LST1 and LSP1 the drive can be started (1) or stopped ("0"). Via LST1 the drive is started independently from the interlock signals!
en-YN.YNT.001.A
3-549
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-550
Via LSP1 the signals CVON, OLPT, PMI1 and LEMO are taken into consideration. As long as the start signals are pending the drive runs, if the start signal changes to zero the drive is stopped. In addition, this block also supplies some analogue values of the frequency converter. The output SPED shows the current rotation speed of the drive, the output POWR contains the power input and TORQ is the current torque of the drive. The setpoint value is formed from the automatic setpoint value ASET (can be connected in the program) and the setpoint value from the faceplate SET. By means of the input AUTO it is selected which of the two setpoint values is activated. With AUTO = 0, setpoint value SET is active, and with AUTO = 1 setpoint value ASET is active. In the case of AUTO = 1 the setpoint value is deactivated in the faceplate and the value of SET is equalled to the value of ASET. The inputs ILHF and ILLF are the top and bottom limit value for the limitation of the setpoint value and the current rotation speed of the drive, and ILHC is the final value for the calibration of the nominal and actual values of the speed. The input ILHT is used to calibrate the torque. Some frequency converters of this type feature a bypass configuration. Here, the frequency converter can be bypassed and the drive can be operated as a standard AC drive. In bypass mode the block must be deactivated, as the frequency converter will then also be without function. If the input BYPS has been set, this signifies that the frequency converter is in bypass mode, and the block is set to "Not available". Internal logic The sequence of the flags is determined by the sequence in which they must be generated. In this relation, the flags marked (with ") must be taken into account in the setting and reset conditions! Auxiliary flag IAVBL
:=
AVBL_&REMOTE_&READY_&-STADIS_&-BYPS
ICVON
:=
CVON_&SLAVE_OK
IPMI1
:=
PMI1&_-FLT
RESET
:=
-PWON_&(-EROP/ERES)
CLEROP
:=
EROP_&ERES
AVAIL
:=
IAVBL_&OLPT_&LEMO_&IPMI1
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
Data word S ERPI C ERPI
: :
-IPMI1-ICVON/IPMI1_&RESET
S ERSP C ERSP
: :
(-ISTA1/OPS1)_&ILC1_&PWON_&-SPCL_&-STOP_&-NOTA”ICVON/CLEROP
S ERRC C ERRC
: :
(-ISTA1/OPS1)_&ILC1_&PWON_&-RCR1_&-STOP_&-NOTA”ICVON/CLEROP
S NOTA C NOTA
: :
-AVAIL/ERSP”/ERRC”/ETIM”-ICVON/AVAIL_&RESET
S EROP C EROP
: :
PWON_&ILC1_&NOTA”_&-STOP-ICVON/CLEROP
S OPS1 C OPS1
: :
PWON_&RCR1_&SPCL-ICVON/-RCR1/-ILC1
S EROL C EROL
: :
-OLPT-ICVON/OLPT_&RESET
S ERMS C ERMS
: :
-IAVBL_&OLPT_&LEMO-ICVON/(IAVBL/-OLPT/-LEMO))_&RESET
S EREO C EREO
: :
-LEMO-ICVON/LEMO_&RESET
OPL1
:=
-OPS1_&RCR1_&-PWON_&-IAVBL_&OLPT
S ETIM C ETIM
: :
-LCT1_&SEN1_&(-RCR1/SPCL)-CLEROP
S GWARN C GWARN
: :
ALARM_&-FLT -CVON/(-ALARM_&-FLT_&RESET)
S GFLT C GFLT
: :
FLT -CVON/(-FLT_&RESET)
S ERTH C ERTH
: :
THERM -CVON/(-THERM_&RESET)
S ERBY C ERBY
: :
BYPS -CVON/(-BYPS_&RESET)
en-YN.YNT.001.A
3-551
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-552
Status word S PWON C PWON
: :
ISTA1_&ILC1-ICVON/NOTA”/STOP/-ILC1
S OSG1 C OSG1
: :
OPS1-OPS1”
S SEN1 C SEN1
: :
PWON”OSG1”/-PWON”
EMOF
:=
EREO”
DAVB
:=
-NOTA”_&ICVON
EROR
:=
EROP”
DOFF
:=
-OSG1”
OPER
:=
RUN_&SLAVE_OK
LOCA
:=
(-REMO/LSER)_&SLAVE_OK
QBAD
:=
-SLAVE_OK
Block view
Fig. 89: AF300-G11 block
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
Starting characteristics During the CPU start-up the AF300-G11 block is deactivated. All internal state flags (shown in the data word) are reset. Following start-up the block waits for the number of cycles projected in the input RUNUPCYC, and will only be activated thereafter. A first start-up whilst the program is running is treated internally like a CPU startup. Time behaviour The block must be called via a time interrupt OB or OB1. It does not have a parameter for the sampling interval. Behaviour in case of a time error In the case of a time error the outputs will then be reset. In addition the internal state flags will be reset. Message actions The block AF300-G11 internally uses an ALARM_8P block for generating the messages. Messages are generated for the following tripping devices: Operating trouble (EROP) Overload (OLPT) Machine availability (AVBL) Speed monitor (SPCL) Machine protection (PMI1) Local emergency off (LEMO) Monitoring time (ETIM) Check-back signal (RCR1) Group warning AF-300 G11 (ALARM) Group fault AF-300 G11 (FLT) Thermistor (THERM) Bypass operation (BYPS) The messages can be suppressed by setting the input SUPR or by resetting the input RLSA. The input SUPR, however, is activated by the operator interface (WinCC), and RLSA by the program. The inputs CVON (at value 0) and CSF (at value 1) also suppress the output of messages.
en-YN.YNT.001.A
3-553
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-554
Assignment of message text and message class to the block parameters
Default message text Mess. Block no. parameter
Message Suppressable class
1
EROP
$$BlockComment$$ @1I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
2
OLPT
$$BlockComment$$ @2I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
3
ERMS
$$BlockComment$$ @3I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
4
ERSP
$$BlockComment$$ @4I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
5
ERPI
$$BlockComment$$ @5I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
6
EREO
$$BlockComment$$ @6I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
7
ETIM
$$BlockComment$$ @7I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
8
ERRC
$$BlockComment$$ @8I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
9
GWARN
$$BlockComment$$ @1I%t#POLCID_Standard@
WH
Yes
10
GFLT
$$BlockComment$$ @2I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
11
THERM
$$BlockComment$$ @3I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
12
ERBY
$$BlockComment$$ @4I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
13
$$BlockComment$$ @5I%t#POLCID_Standard@
14
$$BlockComment$$ @6I%t#POLCID_Standard@
15
$$BlockComment$$ @7I%t#POLCID_Standard@
16
$$BlockComment$$ @8I%t#POLCID_Standard@
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
3-555
Connections of AF300-G11 Connection Meaning (parameters)
Data type
Def.
Type Attr. O&O Perm. values
SUBNETID
Number of the Profibus subsystem INT of the PLC
0
I
DPPA_ADR
Slave address of the Profibus device
INT
0
I
DADDR
Diagnosis address of the Profibus slave
INT
0
I
STA1
Start drive
BOOL
0
I
Q
ILC1
Process-technological interlock
BOOL
1
I
Q
STOP
Stop drive
BOOL
0
I
Q
CVON
Control voltage on
BOOL
1
I
Q
OLPT
Overload protection
BOOL
1
I
Q
PMI1
Machine protection interlock
BOOL
1
I
Q
SPCL
Speed monitor
BOOL
1
I
Q
LEMO
Local emergency off
BOOL
1
I
Q
AUTO
Activate ASET ( = 1 ) or SET ( = 0 ) input
BOOL
0
I
Q
CSF
Control system error
BOOL
0
I
Q
BYPS
Bypass operating mode
BOOL
0
I
Q
LST1
Local start/stop without PMI1
BOOL
0
I
Q
LSP1
Local start/stop with PMI1
BOOL
0
I
Q
SWRE
Enabling start-up warning
BOOL
1
I
Q
ESST
Display of softkeys for single faceplate start
BOOL
0
I
+
ENRE
Display of softkeys for faceplate reset
BOOL
0
I
+
SWLO
Start-up warning also in local operating mode
BOOL
0
I
Q
RLSA
Enabling alarm generation
BOOL
1
I
Q
ASET
Automatic setpoint value
REAL
0.0
I
Q
ILHF
Upper limit value for speed
REAL
100.0 I
Q
+
ILLF
Lower limit value for speed
REAL
0.0
Q
+
en-YN.YNT.001.A
I
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-556
Connection Meaning (parameters)
Data type
Def.
Type Attr. O&O Perm. values
ILHC
Upper limit value for speed calibration
REAL
100.0 I
Q
ILHT
Upper limit value for torque calibration
REAL
100.0 I
Q
TIME1
Monitoring time setpoint value
REAL
5.0
I
BQ
RUNUPCYC
Waiting cycles at start
INT
3
I
EV_ID1
Message ID no. 1
DWORD 0
I
M
EV_ID2
Message ID no. 2
DWORD 0
I
M
RESET
Resetting error Hasler
BOOL
0
IO
BQ
+
LSER
Enabling of local operation
BOOL
0
IO
BQ
+
SST1
Single start
BOOL
0
IO
B
+
SSTP
Single stop
BOOL
0
IO
B
+
SUPR
Suppression of alarms
BOOL
0
IO
B
+
SET
Setpoint value for faceplate
REAL
0.0
IO
B
+
EV1_SIG1
Index variable for message no. 1
INT
1
IO
EV1_SIG2
Index variable for message no. 2
INT
2
IO
EV1_SIG3
Index variable for message no. 3
INT
3
IO
EV1_SIG4
Index variable for message no. 4
INT
4
IO
EV1_SIG5
Index variable for message no. 5
INT
5
IO
EV1_SIG6
Index variable for message no. 6
INT
6
IO
EV1_SIG7
Index variable for message no. 7
INT
7
IO
EV1_SIG8
Index variable for message no. 8
INT
8
IO
EV2_SIG1
Index variable for message no. 9
INT
71
IO
EV2_SIG2
Index variable for message no. 10
INT
72
IO
EV2_SIG3
Index variable for message no. 11
INT
35
IO
EV2_SIG4
Index variable for message no. 12
INT
73
IO
EV2_SIG5
Index variable for message no. 13
INT
0
IO
EV2_SIG6
Index variable for message no. 14
INT
0
IO
EV2_SIG7
Index variable for message no. 15
INT
0
IO
EV2_SIG8
Index variable for message no. 16
INT
0
IO
+
>0
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
Connection Meaning (parameters)
3-557
Data type
Def.
Type Attr. O&O Perm. values
OSG1
Operating message
BOOL
0
O
Q
EMOF
Emergency off activated
BOOL
0
O
Q
DAVB
Drive is available
BOOL
0
O
Q
EROR
Drive is faulty
BOOL
0
O
Q
DOFF
Drive is off
BOOL
0
O
Q
SWST
Start start-up warning
BOOL
0
O
Q
OPER
Drive is operating (locally or automatically)
BOOL
0
O
Q
QBAD
Profibus slave faulty
BOOL
0
O
Q
LOCA
Drive is in local operating mode
BOOL
0
O
Q
SPED
Current speed
REAL
0.0
O
Q
+
POWR
Current power
REAL
0.0
O
Q
+
TORQ
Current torque
REAL
0.0
O
Q
+
ACT1
Current monitoring time
REAL
0.0
O
Q
+
PW
Parameter word
DWORD 0
O
Q
+
DW
Data word
DWORD 0
O
Q
+
SW
Status word
DWORD 0
O
Q
+
DWA
Extended diagnosis data for faceplate
DWORD 0
O
Q
+
DWB
Extended diagnosis data for faceplate
DWORD 0
O
Q
+
DWC
Extended diagnosis data for faceplate
DWORD 0
O
Q
+
Operation and observation of AF300-G11 See the description of the block symbol and the faceplate in the corresponding manual in this regard. PW, DW and SW of AF-300 G11 The inputs, outputs and the internal stati of the block are mapped on the parameter word, the data word and the status word. The assignment of the bits is found in the following table:
en-YN.YNT.001.A
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-558
> AF300G11 < Bit
Parameter word
Data word
Status word
0
STA1
OPS1
SEN1
1 2
EROP ILC1
3
OSG1 NOTA
4
EMOF
5
DAVB
6
STOP
7
CVON
8
OLPT
EROL
DOFF
9
AVBL
ERMS
SWST
10
RCR1
ERSP
OPER
11
GFLT
12
PMI1
ERPI
13
AUTO
EREO
14
SPCL
ETIM
15
LEMO
16
LSER
ERRC
17
LST1
GWARN
18 19
EROR PWON
QBAD LOCA
GFLT LSP1
20 21
OPL1
EROV ERVE
SST1
ERBY
22 23
SSTP
24
SWRE
25
CSF
26
BYPS
27
OVLD
28
VENT
COLOUR_1
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
3-559
29
COLOUR_2
30
COLOUR_3
31
COLOUR_4 In the case of the COLOUR operating states, the block AF-300 G11 does not have all possible states. It features the states with the numbers 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 11, 12 and 13.
DWA, DWB and DWC of AF300G11 The block has two additional data words: DWA and DWB. These words offer additional information on the frequency converter and the Profibus slave. This information is shown in the associated faceplate. > AF300G11 < Bit
Data word A
0
ST_NOEX
I_TEMP
1
ST_NORDY
I_PMI1
2
ST_INSLR
I_REMO
3
ST_SENSU
I_START
4
ST_MASLO
I_JOG
5
ST_WATCH
I_INCR
6
ST_STDIA
I_DECR
7
ST_EXDIA
8
ST_EXDOV
9
ST_SYNC
10
ST_FREEZ
11
ST_PAREQ
12
ST_PARFA
13
ST_SLCCF
14
ST_SLDEA
15
ST_STASL
16
SLAVE_OK
17
SLAVE_GEFC
18
AVBL
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Data word B
HARD_ID
Data word C
I_EMOF RESET
DPPA_ADR
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-560
19
READY
20
RUN
21
FLT
22
PMI1R
23
FSTPR
24
STADIS
25
ALARM
26
ACTSET
27
REMOTE
28
FRANGE
29
FWD
30
REV
SUBNETID
31 Profibus interface for AF300G11 The operation of this block with a frequency converter AF-300 G11 makes a specific Profibus layout on the part of the frequency converter necessary. It must be taken into account here that the LSB and MSB are rotated for bit values during communication. For Int- or Float-values this does not need to be taken into account. The tables below contain the data exchange as it must be defined on the part of the frequency converter. In the Profibus configuration 6 data words of input data and 6 words of output data are defined for the data exchange. In the case of this block 5 words of input data and 2 words of output data are used. These data are described in the following two tables. This signifies that 1 input words and 4 output words are reserves and are not used by the block. However, the defined data must occur in data exchange exactly in the sequence as defined below.
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
3-561
Input data from AF300G11: Word Bit no. no.
Type
AF300-G11 designation
LSB
Description
POLCID design.
1st status word
0
0
Bit
Ready to switch on
Ready to be switched on
AVBL
0
1
Bit
Ready for operation
Ready for operation
READY
0
2
Bit
Operation enabled
Drive in operation
RUN
0
3
Bit
TRIP
Group fault
FLT
0
4
Bit
ON2
Check-back signal command ON2
PMI1R
0
5
Bit
ON3
Check-back signal command ON3
FSTPR
0
6
Bit
Start enable
Start enabling
STADIS
0
7
Bit
ALARM
Alarm
ALARM
Current frequency corresponds to setpoint value
ACTSET
Central operation is selected
REMOTE
Frequency within the permitted range
FRANGE
MSB 0
8
Bit
0
9
Bit
0
10
Bit
0
11
Bit
0
12
Bit
0
13
Bit
0
14
Bit
0
15
Bit
Bus Control
2nd status word 1
Word
Frequency
SPEED
3rd status word 2
Word
Effective power
POWER
4th status word 3
Word
LSB
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Torque
5th status word
TORQUE
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-562
Word Bit no. no.
Type
4
0
4
AF300-G11 designation
Description
POLCID design.
Bit
Direction of rotation forwards
FWD
1
Bit
Direction of rotation backwards
REV
4
2
Bit
Input X1
External temperature switch
I_TEMP
4
3
Bit
Input X2
Machine protection
I_PMI1
4
4
Bit
Input X3
Central operating mode
I_REMO
4
5
Bit
Input X4
Local start
I_START
4
6
Bit
Input X5
Local jog
I_JOG
4
7
Bit
Input X6
Increase local speed
I_INCR
MSB 4
8
Bit
Input X7
Reduce local speed
I_DECR
4
9
Bit
Input X8
Emergency off
I_EMOF
4
10
Bit
Input X9
4
11
Bit
4
12
Bit
4
13
Bit
4
14
Bit
4
15
Bit
Reset command pending
RESET
Description
POLCID design.
Output data to AF300G11: Word Bit no. no.
Type
AF300-G11 designation
LSB
1st control word
0
0
Bit
ON1
Normal starting/stopping command
PON1
0
1
Bit
ON2
Direct stop (without ramp function)
PMI1
0
2
Bit
ON3
Fast stop
FSTP
0
3
Bit
Operation enabled
Enabling operation
ILC1
0
4
Bit
Condit. for operation
Operating conditions enabling ramp generator
RMPDIS
0
5
Bit
Ramp gen. enabled
Start ramp generator
RMPSTP
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
3-563
Word Bit no. no.
Type
AF300-G11 designation
Description
POLCID design.
0
6
Bit
Setpoint enabled
Enabling setpoint value
SETENA
0
7
Bit
Fault acknowledge
Resetting error
RESET
MSB 0
8
Bit
0
9
Bit
0
10
Bit
Data valid
Data valid
DATAV
0
11
Bit
Reversing
Changing the direction of rotation
REV
0
12
Bit
0
13
Bit
0
14
Bit
0
15
Bit 2nd status word
1
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Word
Frequency setpoint value
SETP
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-564
3.80 Profibus Special Drive DB5IMV: General Electric DuraBilt 5i MV frequency converter Description of DB5IMV Object name (Type + Number) FB 528 Calling OBs The time interrupt OB in which the block is installed (e.g. OB 35). Function The block is used for controlling a frequency converter of the type DuraBilt 5i MV by General Electric. The frequency converter is connected to the PLC via the Profibus. The block communicates directly with the Profibus device. Profibus In order to integrate the block, the type AB-DT-PDP is used for this purpose in the PCS7 program HW Konfig. This must be installed additionally. The GSD file necessary for this purpose can be obtained from the manufacturer. In addition, the supplier of the frequency converter normally also provides the appropriate GSD file. It must then be installed in HW Konfig. In HW Konfig, in the catalogue, the profile Standard is set for locating the same. Now the folder PROFIBUS-DP is opened. There the subfolders "Further field equipment and General" are opened. Here, the entry AB-DT-PDP is found.
Fig. 90: HW Konfig with AB-DT-PDP
This entry is used for the definition of the Profibus-DP slave. As a block for block slot 1, INPUT/OUTPUT: 12 Byte is used. Operating principle The block communicates directly with the frequency converter. This device is defined as a Profibus slave. At the input SUBNETID, the number of the Profibus system, which the Dura-Bilt 5i MV is connected to, must be entered. At the input DPPA_ADR the slave address of the AB-DT-PDP must be entered and at the input DADDR the diagnose address of the DuraBilt 5i MV must be entered. All these values may be taken from the hardware configuration of a STEP7 project. Using these values, the block can communicate automatically with the corresponding frequency converter.
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
Internally, the same logic is used as for the block UNID (FB 501). However, the block DB5IMV reads some signals directly from the Profibus and these need not be connected as inputs or outputs. These are the inputs AVBL, RCR1 and PWON. They are read directly from the frequency converter, or they are written directly to the frequency converter. Nevertheless these inputs and outputs are used in the internal logic. In addition, the interlock system still uses status signals generated by the frequency converter. In detail, these are the signals REMOTE, COMOK, and FLT. A valid starting command exists when the signals: 'STA1', 'ILC1', 'AVBL', 'OLPT', 'LEMO' and 'PMI1' are set and the stopping command 'STOP' is not set. In this case, the start enable signal 'SEN1' and the run command 'PWON' are set (activation signals for the motor). If the check-back signal 'RCR1' is set together with the speed monitor signal 'SPCL' when a valid starting command is active, the control state switches to selflatching status. It is a characteristic of this state that the operating bits 'OSG1', 'OPS1' are set and that the start release command 'SEN1' is reset while the run command 'PWON' is set. From this moment, the starting commands 'STA1' or 'STA2' can be rescinded without risking reset of the run command PWON. The setting drive is stopped correctly by setting the stopping command 'STOP' or when the process interlock 'ILC1' is deactivated. The monitoring time in seconds TIME1 when a drive is started specifies the period in which the check-back signal RCR1 must be set. In addition, it monitors the time during stopping within which the check-back signal RCR1 must have been reset. If time = 0, no time monitoring of the start and stop is employed. By means of the signals SST1 and SSTP an individual start of the drive can be realised in automatic mode. In the faceplate of the drive, the operator sets the signals SST1 or SSTP. After processing in the block, these signals are reset by the block. After operation of the signal SST1 the output SWST is set at first. By means of this output an external start-up warning can be started. If the start-up warning time has expired, then the input SWRE must be set. In this way, there is a valid starting command and the drive is then started as described above. With the exception of the combination with the signals SWST and SWRE the signal SST1 behaves in the same way as signal STA1. Using SSTP, the drive is stopped. SSTP behaves in the same way with the input STOP. With the signals LSER, LST1 and LSP1 operation of the drive is possible via external switches, keyboards or from the control panel. With the signal LSER the drive is switched to local operation. The availability of the drive disappears therewith. Using the parameter SWLO, it is selected whether the input SWRE is taken into consideration for the evaluation of the inputs LST1 and LSP1. Via the signals LST1 and LSP1 the drive can be started (1) or stopped ("0"). Via LST1 the drive is started independently from the interlock signals!
en-YN.YNT.001.A
3-565
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-566
Via LSP1 the signals CVON, OLPT, PMI1 and LEMO are taken into consideration. As long as the start signals are pending the drive runs, if the start signal changes to zero the drive is stopped. In addition, this block also supplies some analogue values of the frequency converter. The output SPED indicates the current rotation speed of the drive, and the output POWR contains the power input. The setpoint value is formed from the automatic setpoint value ASET (can be connected in the program) and the setpoint value from the faceplate SET. By means of the input AUTO it is selected which of the two setpoint values is activated. With AUTO = 0, setpoint value SET is active, and with AUTO = 1 setpoint value ASET is active. In the case of AUTO = 1 the setpoint value is deactivated in the faceplate and the value of SET is equalled to the value of ASET. The inputs ILHF and ILLF are the top and bottom limit value for the limitation of the setpoint value and the current rotation speed of the drive, and ILHC is the final value for the calibration of the nominal and actual values of the speed. The input ILHT is used to calibrate the torque. Some frequency converters of this type feature a bypass configuration. Here, the frequency converter can be bypassed and the drive can be operated as a standard AC drive. In bypass mode the block must be deactivated, as the frequency converter will then also be without function. If the input BYPS has been set, this signifies that the frequency converter is in bypass mode, and the block is set to "Not available". Internal logic The sequence of the flags is determined by the sequence in which they must be generated. In this relation, the flags marked (with ") must be taken into account in the setting and reset conditions! Auxiliary flag IAVBL
:=
AVBL_&REMOTE_&-BYPS
ICVON
:=
CVON_&SLAVE_OK
IPMI1
:=
PMI1&_-FLT_&COMOK
RESET
:=
-PWON_&(-EROP/ERES)
CLEROP
:=
EROP_&ERES
AVAIL
:=
IAVBL_&OLPT_&LEMO_&IPMI1
Data word S ERPI C ERPI
: :
-IPMI1-ICVON/IPMI1_&RESET
S ERSP C ERSP
: :
(-ISTA1/OPS1)_&ILC1_&PWON_&-SPCL_&-STOP_&-NOTA”ICVON/CLEROP
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
S ERRC C ERRC
: :
(-ISTA1/OPS1)_&ILC1_&PWON_&-RCR1_&-STOP_&-NOTA”ICVON/CLEROP
S NOTA C NOTA
: :
-AVAIL/ERSP”/ERRC”/ETIM”-ICVON/AVAIL_&RESET
S EROP C EROP
: :
PWON_&ILC1_&NOTA”_&-STOP-ICVON/CLEROP
S OPS1 C OPS1
: :
PWON_&RCR1_&SPCL-ICVON/-RCR1/-ILC1
S EROL C EROL
: :
-OLPT-ICVON/OLPT_&RESET
S ERMS C ERMS
: :
-IAVBL_&OLPT_&LEMO-ICVON/(IAVBL/-OLPT/-LEMO))_&RESET
S EREO C EREO
: :
-LEMO-ICVON/LEMO_&RESET
OPL1
:=
-OPS1_&RCR1_&-PWON_&-IAVBL_&OLPT
S ETIM C ETIM
: :
-LCT1_&SEN1_&(-RCR1/SPCL)-CLEROP
S GWARN C GWARN
: :
ALARM_&-FLT -CVON/(-ALARM_&-FLT_&RESET)
S GFLT C GFLT
: :
FLT -CVON/(-FLT_&RESET)
S ERO1 C ERO1
: :
OVL1 -CVON/(-OVL1_&RESET)
S ERO2 C ERO2
: :
OVL2 -CVON/(-OVL2_&RESET)
S ERVE C ERVE
::
-VENT -CVON/(VENT_&RESET)
S ERBY C ERBY
::
BYPS -CVON/(-BYPS_&RESET)
S ERCL C ERCL
::
CLIM -CVON/(-CLIM_&RESET)
S ERCO C ERCO
::
-COMOK -CVON/(COMOK _&RESET)
S ERSL C ERSL
::
SLIM -CVON/(-SLIM_&RESET)
Status word S PWON
en-YN.YNT.001.A
::
ISTA1_&ILC1-ICVON/NOTA”/STOP/-ILC1
3-567
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-568
C PWON S OSG1 C OSG1
::
OPS1-OPS1”
S SEN1 C SEN1
::
PWON”OSG1”/-PWON”
EMOF
:=
EREO”
DAVB
:=
-NOTA”_&ICVON
EROR
:=
EROP”
DOFF
:=
-OSG1”
OPER
:=
RCR1_&SLAVE_OK
QBAD
:=
-SLAVE_OK
LOCA
:=
(LOCAL/LSER)_&SLAVE_OK
Block view
Fig. 91: DB5IMV block
Starting characteristics During the CPU start-up the DB5IMV block is deactivated. All internal state flags (shown in the data word) are reset. Following start-up the block waits for the number of cycles projected in the input RUNUPCYC, and will only be activated thereafter. A first start-up whilst the program is running is treated internally like a CPU startup. Time behaviour
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
The block must be called via a time interrupt OB or OB1. It does not have a parameter for the sampling interval. Behaviour in case of a time error In the case of a time error the outputs will then be reset. In addition the internal state flags will be reset.
en-YN.YNT.001.A
3-569
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-570
Message actions The block DB5IMV internally uses an ALARM_8P block for generating the messages. Messages are generated for the following tripping devices: ● Operating trouble (EROP) ● Overload (OLPT) ● Machine availability (AVBL) ● Speed monitor (SPCL) ● Machine protection (PMI1) ● Local emergency off (LEMO) ● Monitoring time (ETIM) ● Check-back signal (RCR1) ● Group warning DB5IMV (ALARM) ● Group fault DB5IMV (FLT) ● Drive overcurrent 5 minutes (OVL1) ● Drive overcurrent 20 minutes (OVL20) ● Cabinet fan (VENT) ● Bypass operation (BYPS) ● Current limit (CLIM) ● Communication monitoring (COMOK) ● Speed limit (SLIM) The messages can be suppressed by setting the input SUPR or by resetting the input RLSA. The input SUPR, however, is activated by the operator interface (WinCC), and RLSA by the program. The inputs CVON (at value 0) and CSF (at value 1) also suppress the output of messages. Assignment of message text and message class to the block parameters
Mess. Block Default message text no. parameter
Message Suppressable class
1
EROP
$$BlockComment$$ @1I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
2
OLPT
$$BlockComment$$ @2I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
3
ERMS
$$BlockComment$$ @3I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
4
ERSP
$$BlockComment$$ @4I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
3-571
5
ERPI
$$BlockComment$$ @5I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
6
EREO
$$BlockComment$$ @6I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
7
ETIM
$$BlockComment$$ @7I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
8
ERRC
$$BlockComment$$ @8I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
9
GWARN
$$BlockComment$$ @1I%t#POLCID_Standard@
WH
Yes
10
GFLT
$$BlockComment$$ @2I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
11
ERO1
$$BlockComment$$ @3I%t#POLCID_Standard@
WH
Yes
12
ERO2
$$BlockComment$$ @4I%t#POLCID_Standard@
WH
Yes
13
ERVE
$$BlockComment$$ @5I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
14
ERBY
$$BlockComment$$ @6I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
15
ERCL
$$BlockComment$$ @7I%t#POLCID_Standard@
WH
Yes
16
ERCO
$$BlockComment$$ @8I%t#POLCID_Standard@
OF
Yes
17
ERSL
$$BlockComment$$ @1I%t#POLCID_Standard@
WH
Yes
18
$$BlockComment$$ @2I%t#POLCID_Standard@
19
$$BlockComment$$ @3I%t#POLCID_Standard@
20
$$BlockComment$$ @4I%t#POLCID_Standard@
21
$$BlockComment$$ @5I%t#POLCID_Standard@
22
$$BlockComment$$ @6I%t#POLCID_Standard@
23
$$BlockComment$$ @7I%t#POLCID_Standard@
en-YN.YNT.001.A
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-572
24
$$BlockComment$$ @8I%t#POLCID_Standard@
Connections of DB5IMV Connection Meaning (parameters)
Data type
Def.
Type Attr. O&O Perm. values
SUBNETID
Number of the Profibus subsystem INT of the PLC
0
I
DPPA_ADR
Slave address of the Profibus device
INT
0
I
DADDR
Diagnosis address of the Profibus slave
INT
0
I
STA1
Start drive
BOOL
0
I
Q
ILC1
Process-technological interlock
BOOL
1
I
Q
STOP
Stop drive
BOOL
0
I
Q
CVON
Control voltage on
BOOL
1
I
Q
OLPT
Overload protection
BOOL
1
I
Q
PMI1
Machine protection interlock
BOOL
1
I
Q
SPCL
Speed monitor
BOOL
1
I
Q
LEMO
Local emergency off
BOOL
1
I
Q
AUTO
Activate ASET ( = 1 ) or SET ( = 0 ) input
BOOL
0
I
Q
CSF
Control system error
BOOL
0
I
Q
BYPS
Bypass operating mode
BOOL
0
I
Q
LST1
Local start/stop without PMI1
BOOL
0
I
Q
LSP1
Local start/stop with PMI1
BOOL
0
I
Q
SWRE
Enabling start-up warning
BOOL
1
I
Q
ESST
Display of softkeys for single faceplate start
BOOL
0
I
+
ENRE
Display of softkeys for faceplate reset
BOOL
0
I
+
SWLO
Start-up warning also in local operating mode
BOOL
0
I
Q
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
Connection Meaning (parameters)
3-573
Data type
Def.
Type Attr. O&O Perm. values
RLSA
Enabling alarm generation
BOOL
1
I
Q
ASET
Automatic setpoint value
REAL
0.0
I
Q
ILHF
Upper limit value for speed
REAL
100.0 I
Q
+
ILLF
Lower limit value for speed
REAL
0.0
I
Q
+
ILHC
Upper limit value for speed calibration
REAL
100.0 I
Q
ILHT
Upper limit value for torque calibration
REAL
100.0 I
Q
TIME1
Monitoring time setpoint value
REAL
5.0
I
BQ
RUNUPCYC
Waiting cycles at start
INT
3
I
EV_ID1
Message ID no. 1
DWORD 0
I
M
EV_ID2
Message ID no. 2
DWORD 0
I
M
EV_ID3
Message ID no. 3
DWORD 0
I
M
RESET
Resetting error Hasler
BOOL
0
IO
BQ
+
LSER
Enabling of local operation
BOOL
0
IO
BQ
+
SST1
Single start
BOOL
0
IO
B
+
SSTP
Single stop
BOOL
0
IO
B
+
SUPR
Suppression of alarms
BOOL
0
IO
B
+
SET
Setpoint value for faceplate
REAL
0.0
IO
B
+
EV1_SIG1
Index variable for message no. 1
INT
1
IO
EV1_SIG2
Index variable for message no. 2
INT
2
IO
EV1_SIG3
Index variable for message no. 3
INT
3
IO
EV1_SIG4
Index variable for message no. 4
INT
4
IO
EV1_SIG5
Index variable for message no. 5
INT
5
IO
EV1_SIG6
Index variable for message no. 6
INT
6
IO
EV1_SIG7
Index variable for message no. 7
INT
7
IO
EV1_SIG8
Index variable for message no. 8
INT
8
IO
EV2_SIG1
Index variable for message no. 9
INT
74
IO
EV2_SIG2
Index variable for message no. 10
INT
75
IO
EV2_SIG3
Index variable for message no. 11
INT
76
IO
en-YN.YNT.001.A
+
>0
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-574
Connection Meaning (parameters)
Data type
Def.
Type Attr. O&O Perm. values
EV2_SIG4
Index variable for message no. 12
INT
77
IO
EV2_SIG5
Index variable for message no. 13
INT
78
IO
EV2_SIG6
Index variable for message no. 14
INT
73
IO
EV2_SIG7
Index variable for message no. 15
INT
79
IO
EV2_SIG8
Index variable for message no. 16
INT
80
IO
EV2_SIG1
Index variable for message no. 17
INT
81
IO
EV2_SIG2
Index variable for message no. 18
INT
0
IO
EV2_SIG3
Index variable for message no. 19
INT
0
IO
EV2_SIG4
Index variable for message no. 20
INT
0
IO
EV2_SIG5
Index variable for message no. 21
INT
0
IO
EV2_SIG6
Index variable for message no. 22
INT
0
IO
EV2_SIG7
Index variable for message no. 23
INT
0
IO
EV2_SIG8
Index variable for message no. 24
INT
0
IO
OSG1
Operating message
BOOL
0
O
Q
EMOF
Emergency off activated
BOOL
0
O
Q
DAVB
Drive is available
BOOL
0
O
Q
EROR
Drive is faulty
BOOL
0
O
Q
DOFF
Drive is off
BOOL
0
O
Q
SWST
Start start-up warning
BOOL
0
O
Q
OPER
Drive is operating (locally or automatically)
BOOL
0
O
Q
QBAD
Profibus slave faulty
BOOL
0
O
Q
LOCA
Drive is in local operating mode
BOOL
0
O
Q
SPED
Current speed
REAL
0.0
O
Q
+
POWR
Current power
REAL
0.0
O
Q
+
TORQ
Current torque
REAL
0.0
O
Q
+
ACT1
Current monitoring time
REAL
0.0
O
Q
+
PW
Parameter word
DWORD 0
O
Q
+
DW
Data word
DWORD 0
O
Q
+
SW
Status word
DWORD 0
O
Q
+
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
3-575
Connection Meaning (parameters)
Data type
Def.
Type Attr. O&O Perm. values
DWA
Extended diagnosis data for faceplate
DWORD 0
O
Q
+
DWB
Extended diagnosis data for faceplate
DWORD 0
O
Q
+
Operation and observation of DB5IMV See the description of the block symbol and the faceplate in the corresponding manual in this regard. PW, DW and SW of DB5IMV The inputs, outputs and the internal stati of the block are mapped on the parameter word, the data word and the status word. The assignment of the bits is found in the following table: > DB5IMV < Bit
Parameter word
Data word
Status word
0
STA1
OPS1
SEN1
1 2
EROP ILC1
3
OSG1 NOTA
4
EMOF
5
DAVB
6
STOP
7
CVON
8
OLPT
EROL
DOFF
9
AVBL
ERMS
SWST
10
RCR1
ERSP
OPER
11
GFLT
12
PMI1
ERPI
13
AUTO
EREO
14
SPCL
ETIM
15
LEMO
16
LSER
en-YN.YNT.001.A
OPL1
EROR PWON
QBAD
ERRC
LOCA
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-576
17
LST1
GWARN
18 19
GFLT LSP1
ERO1
20 21
ERO2 SST1
ERVE
22
ERBY
23
SSTP
ERCL
24
SWRE
ERCO
25
CSF
ERSL
26
BYPS
27
OVL1
28
OVL2
COLOUR_1
29
VENT
COLOUR_2
30
COMOK
COLOUR_3
31
COLOUR_4 In the case of the COLOUR operating states, the block DB5IMV does not have all possible states. It features the states with the numbers 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 11, 12 and 13.
DWA and DWB of DB5IMV The block has two additional data words: DWA and DWB. These words offer additional information on the frequency converter and the Profibus slave. This information is shown in the associated faceplate. > DB5IMV < Bit
Data word A
Data word B
0
ST_NOEX
HARD_ID
1
ST_NORDY
2
ST_INSLR
3
ST_SENSU
4
ST_MASLO
5
ST_WATCH
6
ST_STDIA
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
7
ST_EXDIA
8
ST_EXDOV
9
ST_SYNC
10
ST_FREEZ
11
ST_PAREQ
12
ST_PARFA
13
ST_SLCCF
14
ST_SLDEA
15
ST_STASL
16
SLAVE_OK
17
SLAVE_GEFC
18
AVBL
19
READY
20
RUN
21
FLT
22
PMI1R
23
FSTPR
24
STADIS
25
ALARM
26
ACTSET
27
REMOTE
28
FRANGE
29
VENT
30
OVLD
3-577
DPPA_ADR
SUBNETID
31 Profibus interface for DB5IMV The operation of this block with a frequency converter DuraBilt 5i MV makes a specific Profibus layout on the part of the frequency converter necessary. It must be taken into account here that the LSB and MSB are rotated for bit values during communication. For Int- or Float-values this does not need to be taken into account. The tables below contain the data exchange as it must be defined on the part of the frequency converter.
en-YN.YNT.001.A
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-578
In the Profibus configuration 6 data words of input data and 6 words of output data are defined for the data exchange. In the case of this block 6 words of input data and 2 words of output data are used. These data are described in the following two tables. This signifies that no input word and 4 output words are reserves and are not used by the block. However, the defined data must occur in data exchange exactly in the sequence as defined below. Input data from DB5IMV: Word Bit no. no.
Type
DuraBilt 5i MV designation
Description
POLCID design.
READY
Ready for operation
AVBL
FAULT
Group fault
FLT
ALARM
Alarm
ALARM
LSB 0
0
Bit
0
1
Bit
0
2
Bit
0
3
Bit
0
4
Bit
0
5
Bit
0
6
Bit
0
7
Bit
MSB 0
8
Bit
0
9
Bit
0
10
Bit
CUT
Cut detection
CUT
0
11
Bit
C/L
Current limit reached
CLIM
0
12
Bit
Alternating signal for communication monitoring
HB_FBK
0
13
Bit
SP-LMT
Speed limit reached
SLIM
0
14
Bit
UV
Operating conditions
PMI1R
0
15
Bit
RNTD
Operation signal
RCR1
2nd status word 1
Word
Frequency
SPEED
3rd status word 2
Word LSB
Effective power
POWER
4th status word
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
Word Bit no. no.
Type
3
0
Bit
3
1
Bit
3
2
Bit
3
3
Bit
3
4
Bit
3
5
Bit
3
6
Bit
3
7
Bit
DuraBilt 5i MV designation
3-579
Description
POLCID design.
Cabinet fan in operation
VENT
MSB 3
8
Bit
3
9
Bit
3
10
Bit
3
11
Bit
3
12
Bit
Overcurrent 5min
Overcurrent for more than 5 minutes
OLPT1
3
13
Bit
Overcurrent 20min
Overcurrent for more than 20 minutes
OLPT2
3
14
Bit
3
15
Bit
LSB
5th status word
4
0
Bit
4
1
Bit
Central operating mode
REMOTE
4
2
Bit
Local operating mode
LOCAL
4
3
Bit
4
4
Bit
4
5
Bit
4
6
Bit
4
7
Bit
MSB 4
8
Bit
4
9
Bit
en-YN.YNT.001.A
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-580
Word Bit no. no.
Type
4
10
Bit
4
11
Bit
4
12
Bit
4
13
Bit
4
14
Bit
4
15
Bit
DuraBilt 5i MV designation
Description
POLCID design.
6th status word 5
Word
Torque
TORQUE
Description
POLCID design.
Output data to DB5IMV: Word Bit no. no.
Type
DuraBilt 5i MV designation
LSB
1st control word
0
0
Bit
0
1
Bit
0
2
Bit
0
3
Bit
0
4
Bit
0
5
Bit
0
6
Bit
0
7
Bit
UVS
Machine protection
PMI1
EXT
Ttarting command
PON1
EXTRST
Reset error
RESET
MSB 0
8
Bit
0
9
Bit
0
10
Bit
0
11
Bit
CLUTCH
Torque control system
SELTRQ
0
12
Bit
R-TEN
Change direction of rotation
REV
0
13
Bit
FLD
Field excitation
FLD
0
14
Bit
Alternating signal for communication monitoring
HB_REF
0
15
Bit
Open brake
BRAKE
B
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
Word Bit no. no.
Type
DuraBilt 5i MV designation
3-581
Description
POLCID design.
2nd status word 1
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Word
Frequency setpoint value
SETP
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-582
3.81 Profibus Special Drive SLAVE_DP: Exchange Profibus data with DB Description of SLAVE_DP Object name (Type + Number) FB 529 Calling OBs The time interrupt OB in which the block is installed (e.g. OB 35). Function The block is used for exchanging data between any Profibus slave and a data block. Operating principle The block reads data of a specified length from a specified Profibus slave and writes these data into a defined data block. It reads data from a second data block and writes these into the data area of the Profibus slave. At the input SUBNETID, the number of the Profibus system, which the slave is connected to, must be entered. At the input DPPA_ADR the slave address must be entered and at the input DADDR the diagnose address of the slave must be entered. All these values may be taken from the hardware configuration of a STEP7 project. Using these values, the block can communicate automatically with the corresponding slave. In the input SLOT_I the slot number of the slave is entered, in which the input data start. In DSTA_I the start offset in the target data block is stated, from which the Profibus data are entered. In the input DLEN_I the length of the input data to be transmitted is started in bytes. DBNR_I contains the number of the target data block. In the input SLOT_ O the slot number of the slave is entered, in which the output data start. In DSTA_O the start offset in the source data block, from which point onwards the data are on the Profibus for transfer, is entered. In the input DLEN_O the length of the output data to be transmitted is stated in bytes. DBNR_O contains the number of the source data block. Note The input as well as the output data on the slave may distribute across several block slots. However, it is absolutely necessary that the data area for inputs and outputs has associated addressing ranges, respectively. At the output QBAD it is possible to read off whether the communication with the slave is troublefree. If the communication is faulty, no data are transmitted to the Profibus and no new data are read from the Profibus either. Block view
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
Fig. 92:
SLAVE_DP block
Starting characteristics At CPU start-up the diagnostic program for the slave is called up by the SLAVE_DP block. In the case of a simple STEP 7 programming this must be done manually. Following start-up the block waits for the number of cycles projected in the input RUNUPCYC, and will only be activated thereafter. A first start-up whilst the program is running is treated internally like a CPU startup.
en-YN.YNT.001.A
3-583
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-584
Time behaviour The block must be called via a time interrupt OB or OB1. It does not have a parameter for the sampling interval. Behaviour in case of a time error In the case of a time error the outputs will then be reset. In addition the internal state flags will be reset. Connections of SLAVE_DP Connection Meaning (parameters)
Data type
Def.
Type Attr. O&O Perm. values
SUBNETID
Number of the Profibus subsystem of the PLC
INT
0
I
DPPA_ADR
Slave address of the Profibus device
INT
0
I
DADDR
Diagnosis address of the Profibus slave
INT
0
I
SLOT_I
Slot number for input data
INT
0
I
DSTA_I
Start offset in source data block
INT
0
I
DLEN_I
Data length for input data
INT
0
I
DBNR_I
Number of the source data block
INT
0
I
SLOT_I
Slot number for input data
INT
0
I
DSTA_I
Data offset in source data block
INT
0
I
DLEN_I
Data length for input data
INT
0
I
DBNR_I
Number of the source data block
INT
0
I
RUNUPCYC
Waiting cycles at start
INT
3
I
QBAD
Profibus slave faulty
BOOL 0
O
Q
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
3.82 Profibus Special Drive A2000: Multifunctional power measuring device Description of A2000 Object name (Type + Number) FB 530 Calling OBs The time interrupt OB in which the block is installed (e.g. OB 35). Function The block is used for communicating with the multifunctional power measuring device A2000 by Gossen Metrawatt. This measuring device acquires voltages, currents and power. Using this block, all values captured by the measuring device will be transmitted to the block. The communication will be realised such that the block transmits a parameter for a specific measured value to the measuring device, with the block then sending the corresponding measured value. For correct functioning the block requires two data blocks, one of which contains the parameters and the other the measured values transmitted. The parameter data block is normally DB 10 (A2000_PA) and contains the parameters for transmitting all measured values. The measured value data block is normally DB 11 (A2000_DA). This is where the function block FB 530 (A2000) stores all measured values received. Profibus In order to integrate the block, the type A2000 is used for this purpose in the PCS7 program HW Konfig. This must be installed additionally. The GSD file necessary for this purpose can be obtained from the manufacturer. The documentation and the GSD file can be found on the web page for download. It must then be installed in HW Konfig. In HW Konfig, in the catalogue, the profile Standard is set for locating the same. Now the folder PROFIBUS-DP is opened. There the subfolders "Further field equipment, I/O and Indicators" are opened. Here, the entry A2000 is found.
Fig. 93: HW Konfig with A2000
en-YN.YNT.001.A
3-585
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-586
Operating principle The block communicates directly with the measuring device A2000. This device is defined as a Profibus slave. At the input SUBNETID, the number of the Profibus system, which the A2000 is connected to, must be entered. At the input DPPA_ADR the slave address of the A2000 must be entered and at the input DADDR the diagnose address of the A2000 must be entered. All these values may be taken from the hardware configuration of a STEP7 project. Using these values, the block can communicate automatically with the corresponding measuring device. In the input DBNR_P, the number of the parameter data block (normally 10 for DB 10) is entered. At the input DBNR_M, the number of the measured values data block (normally 11 for DB 11) is entered. At the output QBAD it is possible to read off whether the communication with the slave is troublefree. If the communication is faulty, no data are transmitted to the Profibus and no new data are read from the Profibus either. The output DIM_U contains the measured value dimension of the voltage measured values (for example, the value 1000, if the voltage is transmitted in kV). The output DIM_I contains the dimension of the measured current values, the output DIM_P the dimension of the measured power values and the output DIM_E the dimension of the measured energy values. Block view
Fig. 94: A2000 block
Starting characteristics At CPU start-up the diagnostic program for the slave is called up by the A2000 block. Following start-up the block waits for the number of cycles projected in the input RUNUPCYC, and will only be activated thereafter. A first start-up whilst the program is running is treated internally like a CPU startup. Time behaviour The block must be called via a time interrupt OB or OB1. It does not have a parameter for the sampling interval.
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
Behaviour in case of a time error In the case of a time error the outputs will then be reset. In addition the internal state flags will be reset. Message actions The block HASLER_B internally uses an ALARM_8P block for generating the messages. Messages are generated for the following tripping devices: ● Voltage U1 < minimum (U1_MIN) ● Voltage U2 < minimum (U2_MIN) ● Voltage U3 < minimum (U3_MIN) ● Current I1 < minimum (I1_MIN) ● Current I2 < minimum (I2_MIN) ● Current I3 < minimum (I3_MIN) ● DC-Offset too large (DC_ERR) ● Supply frequency < minimum (FR_MIN) ● Voltage U1 > maximum (U1_MAX) ● Voltage U2 > maximum (U2_MAX) ● Voltage U3 > maximum (U3_MAX) ● Current I1 > maximum (I1_MAX) ● Current I2 > maximum (I2_MAX) ● Current I3 > maximum (I3_MAX) ● Supply frequency > maximum (FR_MAX) ● Device not calibrated (CA_ERR) ● Three-wire connection with sequence L1-L3-L2 (PH_ERR) ● Measuring input defective (IN_ERR) ● Parameter value impermissible (PA_ERR) ● Real time clock power failure (CV_ERR) ● Real time clock defective (CL_ERR) ● Setting parameters from EEPROM faulty (EP_ERR) ● Power meter reading from EEPROM faulty (EC_ERR) ● EEPROM defective (EPR_ERR) ● The messages can be suppressed by setting the input SUPR.
en-YN.YNT.001.A
3-587
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-588
Assignment of message text and message class to the block parameters Default message text Mess. Block no. parameter
Message Suppressable class
1
U1_MIN
$$BlockComment$$ @1I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AL
Yes
2
U2_MIN
$$BlockComment$$ @2I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AL
Yes
3
U3_MIN
$$BlockComment$$ @3I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AL
Yes
4
I1_MIN
$$BlockComment$$ @4I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AL
Yes
5
I2_MIN
$$BlockComment$$ @5I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AL
Yes
6
I3_MIN
$$BlockComment$$ @6I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AL
Yes
7
DC_ERR
$$BlockComment$$ @7I%t#POLCID_Standard@ @9%d@
AH
Yes
8
FR_MIN
$$BlockComment$$ @8I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AL
Yes
9
U1_MAX
$$BlockComment$$ @1I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
10
U2_MAX
$$BlockComment$$ @2I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
11
U3_MAX
$$BlockComment$$ @3I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
12
I1_MAX
$$BlockComment$$ @4I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
13
I2_MAX
$$BlockComment$$ @5I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
14
I3_MAX
$$BlockComment$$ @6I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
15
FR_MAX
$$BlockComment$$ @7I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
16
CA_ERR
$$BlockComment$$ @8I%t#POLCID_Standard@
PF
Yes
17
PH_ERR
$$BlockComment$$ @1I%t#POLCID_Standard@
WH
Yes
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
3-589
Mess. Block Default message text no. parameter
Message Suppressable class
18
IN_ERR
$$BlockComment$$ @2I%t#POLCID_Standard@
PF
Yes
19
PA_ERR
$$BlockComment$$ @3I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
20
CV_ERR
$$BlockComment$$ @4I%t#POLCID_Standard@
WH
Yes
21
CL_ERR
$$BlockComment$$ @5I%t#POLCID_Standard@
PF
Yes
22
EP_ERR
$$BlockComment$$ @6I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
23
EC_ERR
$$BlockComment$$ @7I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
24
EPR_ERR $$BlockComment$$ @8I%t#POLCID_Standard@
PF
Yes
Connections of A2000 Connection (parameters)
Meaning
Data type
Def.
Type Attr. O&O Perm. values
SUBNETID
Number of the Profibus subsystem of the PLC
INT
0
I
DPPA_ADR
Slave address of the Profibus device
INT
0
I
DADDR
Diagnosis address of the Profibus slave
INT
0
I
DBNR_P
Number of parameter data block
INT
10
I
DBNR_M
Number of measured value data block
INT
11
I
CYR_DIM
Cyclical reading of the measured BOOL value dimensions
1
I
B
ENRE
Display of softkeys for faceplate reset
BOOL
0
I
B
RLSA
Enabling alarm generation
BOOL
1
I
Q
CAL_U
Calibration factor for voltages
REAL
1
I
B
+
CAL_I
Calibration factor for currents
REAL
1
I
B
+
CAL_P
Calibration factor for powers
REAL
0.001 I
B
+
en-YN.YNT.001.A
+
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-590
Connection (parameters)
Meaning
Data type
Def.
CAL_E
Calibration factor for energy
REAL
0.001 I
B
LOW
Lower limit value for dimensions reading cycle
REAL
0
I
B
WACYC
Waiting cycle for reading dimensions
REAL
60
I
B
RUNUPCYC
Waiting cycles at start
INT
3
I
EV_ID1
Message ID no. 1
DWORD 0
I
M
EV_ID2
Message ID no. 2
DWORD 0
I
M
EV_ID3
Message ID no. 3
DWORD 0
I
M
RES_EGY
Resetting energy meter
BOOL
0
IO
B
+
RES_MA1
Resetting maximum values of voltage and current
BOOL
0
IO
B
+
RES_MA2
Resetting maximum values of power and energy
BOOL
0
IO
B
+
REQ_DIM
Requesting dimension reading
BOOL
0
IO
B
+
SUPR
Suppression of alarms
BOOL
0
IO
B
+
ENUP
Activating the softkeys for BOOL updating the measured values in the faceplate
0
IO
B
+
VALUE_CODE Coding for transferred measured INT value
1
IO
B
+
EV1_SIG1
Index variable for message no. 1 INT
161
IO
EV1_SIG2
Index variable for message no. 2 INT
162
IO
EV1_SIG3
Index variable for message no. 3 INT
163
IO
EV1_SIG4
Index variable for message no. 4 INT
164
IO
EV1_SIG5
Index variable for message no. 5 INT
165
IO
EV1_SIG6
Index variable for message no. 6 INT
166
IO
EV1_SIG7
Index variable for message no. 7 INT
167
IO
EV1_SIG8
Index variable for message no. 8 INT
168
IO
EV2_SIG1
Index variable for message no. 9 INT
82
IO
EV2_SIG2
Index variable for message no. 10
83
IO
INT
Type Attr. O&O Perm. values +
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
3-591
Connection (parameters)
Meaning
Data type
Def.
Type Attr. O&O Perm. values
EV2_SIG3
Index variable for message no. 11
INT
84
IO
EV2_SIG4
Index variable for message no. 12
INT
85
IO
EV2_SIG5
Index variable for message no. 13
INT
86
IO
EV2_SIG6
Index variable for message no. 14
INT
87
IO
EV2_SIG7
Index variable for message no. 15
INT
88
IO
EV2_SIG8
Index variable for message no. 16
INT
89
IO
EV2_SIG1
Index variable for message no. 17
INT
90
IO
EV2_SIG2
Index variable for message no. 18
INT
91
IO
EV2_SIG3
Index variable for message no. 19
INT
92
IO
EV2_SIG4
Index variable for message no. 20
INT
93
IO
EV2_SIG5
Index variable for message no. 21
INT
94
IO
EV2_SIG6
Index variable for message no. 22
INT
95
IO
EV2_SIG7
Index variable for message no. 23
INT
96
IO
EV2_SIG8
Index variable for message no. 24
INT
97
IO
ENRQ
Activating the softkeys for BOOL requesting the dimensions in the faceplate
0
O
BQ
QBAD
Profibus slave faulty
BOOL
0
O
BQ
DIM_U
Dimension for measured voltage REAL values
0
O
BQ
DIM_I
Dimension for measured current values
0
O
BQ
en-YN.YNT.001.A
REAL
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-592
Connection (parameters)
Meaning
Data type
Def.
Type Attr. O&O Perm. values
DIM_P
Dimension for measured power values
REAL
0
O
BQ
DIM_E
Dimension for measured energy values
REAL
0
O
BQ
VALUE
Measured value for display in faceplate
REAL
0
O
BQ
DW
Data word
DWORD 0
O
Q
+
DWA
Extended diagnosis data for faceplate
DWORD 0
O
Q
+
DWB
Extended diagnosis data for faceplate
DWORD 0
O
Q
+
Operation and observation of A2000 See the description of the block symbol and the faceplate in the corresponding manual in this regard. DW, DWA and DWB of A2000 The inputs, outputs and the internal stati of the block are mapped on the parameter word, the data word and the status word. The assignment of the bits is found in the following table: > A2000 < Bit
Data word
Data word A
Data word B
0
U1_MIN
ST_NOEX
HARD_ID
1
U2_MIN
ST_NORDY
2
U3_MIN
ST_INSLR
3
I1_MIN
ST_SENSU
4
I2_MIN
ST_MASLO
5
I3_MIN
ST_WATCH
6
DC_ERR
ST_STDIA
7
FR_MIN
ST_EXDIA
8
U1_MAX
ST_EXDOV
9
U2_MAX
ST_SYNC
10
U3_MAX
ST_FREEZ
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
3-593
11
I1_MAX
ST_PAREQ
12
I2_MAX
ST_PARFA
13
I3_MAX
ST_SLCCF
14
FR_MAX
ST_SLDEA
15
CA_ERR
ST_STASL
16
ALARM1
SLAVE_OK
17
ALARM2
SLAVE_A2000
18
CN_AL1
19
CN_AL2
20
PH_ERR
DPPA_ADR
21 22 23 24
IN_ERR
25
PA_ERR
26 27
CV_ERR
28
CL_ERR
29
EP_ERR
30
EC_ERR
31
EPR_ERR
en-YN.YNT.001.A
SUBNETID
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-594
VALUE_CODE and VALUE of A2000 The output VALUE is used with alternating content so that all measured values of the measuring device A2000 can be represented in the faceplate.. To this end, the variable VALUE_CODE contains an ID, indicating which value is currently found in the output VALUE. For this purpose, the faceplate writes an ID with the request of a value into VALUE_CODE. The function block writes the value requested into the output VALUE and changes the ID in the variable VALUE_CODE in order to make clear that the value requested is now available. The following table shows the IDs in VALUE_CODE and the associated significations: VALUE_CODE
Description
10000
:
Requesting measured value of phase-to-neutral voltage U1
10001
:
Measured value of phase-to-neutral voltage U1 available
10002
:
Requesting measured value of phase-to-neutral voltage U2
10003
:
Measured value of phase-to-neutral voltage U2 available
10004
:
Requesting measured value of phase-to-neutral voltage U3
10005
:
Measured value of phase-to-neutral voltage U3 available
10006
:
Requesting measured value of phase-to-neutral voltage total UΣ
10007
:
Measured value of phase-to-neutral voltage total UΣ available
10008
:
Requesting measured maximum value of phase-to-neutral voltage U1MAX
10009
:
Measured maximum value of phase-to-neutral voltage U1MAX available
10010
:
Requesting measured maximum value of phase-to-neutral voltage U2MAX
10011
:
Measured maximum value of phase-to-neutral voltage U2MAX available
10012
:
Requesting measured maximum value of phase-to-neutral voltage U3MAX
10013
:
Messwert Maximalwert Phasenspannung U3MAX steht bereit
10014
:
Requesting measured maximum value of phase-to-neutral voltage total UΣMAX
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
VALUE_CODE
3-595
Description
10015
:
Measured maximum value of phase-to-neutral voltage total UΣMAX available
10100
:
Requesting measured value of phase-to-phase voltage U12
10101
:
Measured value of phase-to-phase voltage U12 available
10102
:
Requesting measured value of phase-to-phase voltage U23
10103
:
Measured value of phase-to-phase voltage U23 available
10104
:
Requesting measured value of phase-to-phase voltage U31
10105
:
Measured value of phase-to-phase voltage U31 available
10106
:
Requesting measured value of phase-to-phase voltage total U∆Σ
10107
:
Measured value of phase-to-phase voltage total U∆Σ available
10108
:
Requesting measured maximum value of phase-to-phase voltage U12MAX
10109
:
Measured maximum value of phase-to-phase voltage U12MAX available
10110
:
Requesting maximum measured value of phase-to-phase voltage U23MAX
10111
:
Measured maximum value of phase-to-phase voltage U23MAX available
10112
:
Requesting maximum measured value of phase-to-phase voltage U31MAX
10113
:
Measured maximum value of phase-to-phase voltage U31MAX available
10114
:
Requesting measured maximum value of phase-to-phase voltage total U∆ΣMAX
10115
:
Measured maximum value total of phase-to-phase voltages U∆ΣMAX available
10200
:
Requesting measured value of phase current I1
10201
:
Measured value of phase current I1 available
10202
:
Requesting measured value of phase current I2
10203
:
Measured value of phase current I2 available
10204
:
Requesting measured value of phase current I3
10205
:
Measured value of phase current I3 available
en-YN.YNT.001.A
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-596
VALUE_CODE
Description
10206
:
Requesting measured value of phase current total IΣ
10207
:
Measured value of phase current total IΣ available
10208
:
Requesting measured maximum value of phase current I1MAX
10209
:
Measured maximum value of phase current I1MAX available
10210
:
Requesting measured maximum value of phase current I2MAX
10211
:
Measured maximum value of phase current I2MAX available
10212
:
Requesting measured maximum value of phase current I3MAX
10213
:
Measured maximum value of phase current I3MAX available
10214
:
Requesting measured maximum value of phase current total IΣMAX
10215
:
Measured maximum value of phase current total IΣMAX f
10300
:
Requesting measured average value of phase current I1AVG
10301
:
Measured average value of phase current I1AVG available
10302
:
Requesting measured average value of phase current I2AVG
10303
:
Measured average value of phase current I2AVG available
10304
:
Requesting measured average value of phase current I3AVG
10305
:
Measured average value of phase current I3AVG available
10306
:
Requesting measured average value of phase current total IΣAVG
10307
:
Measured average value of phase current total IΣAVG available
10308
:
Requesting measured maximum average value of phase current I1AVGMAX
10309
:
Measured maximum average value of phase current I1AVGMAX available
10310
:
Requesting measured maximum average value of phase current I2AVGMAX
10311
:
Measured maximum average value of phase current I2AVGMAX available
10312
:
Requesting measured maximum average value of phase current I3AVGMAX
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
VALUE_CODE
3-597
Description
10313
:
Measured maximum average value of phase current I3AVGMAX available
10314
:
Requesting measured maximum average value of phase current total IΣAVGMAX
10315
:
Measured maximum average value of phase current total IΣAVGMAX available
10400
:
Requesting measured value of effective power P1
10401
:
Measured value of effective power P1 available
10402
:
Requesting measured value of effective power P2
10403
:
Measured value of effective power P2 available
10404
:
Requesting measured value of effective power P3
10405
:
Measured value of effective power P3 available
10406
:
Requesting measured value of effective power total PΣ
10407
:
Measured value of effective power total PΣ available
10408
:
Requesting measured maximum value of effective power P1MAX
10409
:
Measured maximum value of effective power P1MAX available
10410
:
Requesting measured maximum value of effective power P2MAX
10411
:
Measured maximum value of effective power P2MAX available
10412
:
Requesting measured maximum value of effective power P3MAX
10413
:
Measured maximum value of effective power P3MAX available
10414
:
Requesting measured maximum value of effective power total PΣMAX
10415
:
Measured maximum value of effective power total PΣMAX available
10500
:
Requesting measured value of reactive power Q1
10501
:
Measured value of reactive power Q1 available
10502
:
Requesting measured value of reactive power Q2
10503
:
Measured value of reactive power Q2 available
10504
:
Requesting measured value of reactive power Q3
10505
:
Measured value of reactive power Q3 available
en-YN.YNT.001.A
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-598
VALUE_CODE
Description
10506
:
Requesting measured value of reactive power total QΣ
10507
:
Measured value of reactive power total QΣ available
10508
:
Requesting measured maximum value of reactive power Q1MAX
10509
:
Measured maximum value of reactive power Q1MAX available
10510
:
Requesting measured maximum value of reactive power Q2MAX
10511
:
Measured maximum value of reactive power Q2MAX available
10512
:
Requesting measured maximum value of reactive power Q3MAX
10513
:
Measured maximum value of reactive power Q3MAX available
10514
:
Requesting measured maximum value of reactive power total QΣMAX
10515
:
Measured maximum value of reactive power total QΣMAX available
10600
:
Requesting measured value of apparent power S1
10601
:
Measured value of apparent power S1 available
10602
:
Requesting measured value of apparent power S2
10603
:
Measured value of apparent power S2 available
10604
:
Requesting measured value of apparent power S3
10605
:
Measured value of apparent power S3 available
10606
:
Requesting measured value of apparent power total SΣ
10607
:
Measured value of apparent power total SΣ available
10608
:
Requesting measured maximum value of apparent power S1MAX
10609
:
Measured maximum value of apparent power S1MAX available
10610
:
Requesting measured maximum value of apparent power S2MAX
10611
:
Measured maximum value of apparent power S2MAX available
10612
:
Requesting measured maximum value of apparent power S3MAX
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
VALUE_CODE
3-599
Description
10613
:
Measured maximum value of apparent power S3MAX available
10614
:
Requesting measured maximum value of apparent power total SΣMAX
10615
:
Measured maximum value of apparent power total SΣMAX available
10700
:
Requesting measured value of power factor PF1
10701
:
Measured value of power factor PF1 available
10702
:
Requesting measured value of power factor PF2
10703
:
Measured value of power factor PF2 available
10704
:
Requesting measured value of power factor PF3
10705
:
Measured value of power factor PF3 available
10706
:
Requesting measured value of power factor total PFΣ
10707
:
Measured value of power factor total PFΣ available
10708
:
Requesting measured minimum value of power factor PF1MIN
10709
:
Measured minimum value of power factor PF1MIN available
10710
:
Requesting measured minimum value of power factor PF2MIN
10711
:
Measured minimum value of power factor PF2MIN available
10712
:
Requesting minimum measured value of power factor PF3MIN
10713
:
Measured minimum value of power factor PF3MIN available
10714
:
Requesting minimum measured value of power factor total PFΣMIN
10715
:
Measured minimum value of power factor total PFΣMIN available
10800
:
Requesting measured value of total active energy EPΣ-NT drawn during low-load hours
10801
:
Measured value of total active energy EPΣ-NT drawn during low-load hours available
10802
:
Requesting measured value of total active energy EPΣ+NT supplied during low-load hours
10803
:
Measured value of total active energy EPΣ+NT supplied during low-load hours available
10804
:
Requesting measured value of total active energy EPΣ-HT drawn during high-load hours
en-YN.YNT.001.A
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-600
VALUE_CODE
Description
10805
:
Measured value of total active energy EPΣ-HT drawn during high-load hours available
10806
:
Requesting measured value of total active energy EPΣ+HT supplied during high-load hours
10807
:
Measured value of total active energy EPΣ+HT supplied during high-load hours available
10900
:
Requesting measured value of effective power of current interval PInt Σ
10901
:
Measured value of effective power of current interval PInt Σ available
10902
:
Requesting measured value of effective power of 1st previous interval PInt Σ
10903
:
Measured value of effective power of 1st previous interval PInt Σ available
10904
:
Requesting measured value of effective power of 2nd previous interval PInt Σ
10905
:
Measured value of effective power of 2nd previous interval PInt Σ available
10906
:
Requesting measured value of effective power of 3rd previous interval PInt Σ
10907
:
Measured value of effective power of 3rd previous interval PInt Σ available
10908
:
Requesting measured value of effective power of 4th previous interval PInt Σ
10909
:
Measured value of effective power of 4th previous interval PInt Σ available
10910
:
Requesting measured value of effective power of 5th previous interval PInt Σ
10911
:
Measured value of effective power of 5th previous interval PInt Σ available
10912
:
Requesting measured value of effective power of 6th previous interval PInt Σ
10913
:
Measured value of effective power of 6th previous interval PInt Σ available
10914
:
Requesting measured value of effective power of 7th previous interval PInt Σ
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
VALUE_CODE
3-601
Description
10915
:
Measured value of effective power of 7th previous interval PInt Σ available
10916
:
Requesting measured value of effective power of 8th previous interval PInt Σ
10917
:
Measured value of effective power of 8th previous interval PInt Σ available
10918
:
Requesting measured value of effective power of 9th previous interval PInt Σ
10919
:
Measured value of effective power of 9th previous interval PInt Σ available
10920
:
Requesting measured value of effective power of 10th previous interval PInt Σ
10921
:
Measured value of effective power of 10th previous interval PInt Σ available
10922
:
Requesting measured maximum value of effective power of interval PInt Σ
10923
:
Measured maximum value of effective power of interval PInt Σ available
11000
:
Requesting measured value of reactive power of current interval QInt Σ
11001
:
Measured value of reactive power of current interval QInt Σ available
11002
:
Requesting measured value of reactive power of 1st previous interval QInt Σ
11003
:
Measured value of reactive power of 1st previous interval QInt Σ available
11004
:
Requesting measured value of reactive power of 2nd previous interval QInt Σ
11005
:
Measured value of reactive power of 2nd previous interval QInt Σ available
11006
:
Requesting measured value of reactive power of 3rd previous interval QInt Σ
11007
:
Measured value of reactive power of 3rd previous interval QInt Σ available
11008
:
Requesting measured value of reactive power of 4th previous interval QInt Σ
en-YN.YNT.001.A
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-602
VALUE_CODE
Description
11009
:
Measured value of reactive power of 4th previous interval QInt Σ available
11010
:
Requesting measured value of reactive power of 5th previous interval QInt Σ
11011
:
Measured value of reactive power of 5th previous interval QInt Σ available
11012
:
Requesting measured value of reactive power of 6th previous interval QInt Σ
11013
:
Measured value of reactive power of 6th previous interval QInt Σ available
11014
:
Requesting measured value of reactive power of 7th previous interval QInt Σ
11015
:
Measured value of reactive power of 7th previous interval QInt Σ available
11016
:
Requesting measured value of reactive power of 8th previous interval QInt Σ
11017
:
Measured value of reactive power of 8th previous interval QInt Σ available
11018
:
Requesting measured value of reactive power of 9th previous interval QInt Σ
11019
:
Measured value of reactive power of 9th previous interval QInt Σ available
11020
:
Requesting measured value of reactive power of 10th previous interval QInt Σ
11021
:
Measured value of reactive power of 10th previous interval QInt Σ available
11022
:
Requesting measured maximum value of reactive power of interval QInt Σ
11023
:
Measured maximum value of reactive power of interval QInt Σ available
11100
:
Requesting measured value of apparent power of current interval SInt Σ
11101
:
Measured value of apparent power of current interval SInt Σ available
11102
Requesting measured value of apparent power of 1st previous interval SInt Σ
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
VALUE_CODE
3-603
Description
11103
:
Measured value of apparent power of 1st previous interval SInt Σ available
11104
:
Requesting measured value of apparent power of 2nd previous interval SInt Σ
11105
:
Measured value of apparent power of 2nd previous interval SInt Σ available
11106
:
Requesting measured value of apparent power of 3rd previous interval SInt Σ
11107
:
Measured value of apparent power of 3rd previous interval SInt Σ available
11108
:
Requesting measured value of apparent power of 4th previous interval SInt Σ
11109
:
Measured value of apparent power of 4th previous interval SInt Σ available
11110
:
Requesting measured value of apparent power of 5th previous interval SInt Σ
11111
:
Measured value of apparent power of 5th previous interval SInt Σ available
11112
:
Requesting measured value of apparent power of 6th previous interval SInt Σ
11113
:
Measured value of apparent power of 6th previous interval SInt Σ available
11114
:
Requesting measured value of apparent power of 7th previous interval SInt Σ
11115
:
Measured value of apparent power of 7th previous interval SInt Σ available
11116
:
Requesting measured value of apparent power of 8th previous interval SInt Σ
11117
:
Measured value of apparent power of 8th previous interval SInt Σ available
11118
:
Requesting measured value of apparent power of 9th previous interval SInt Σ
11119
:
Measured value of apparent power of 9th previous interval SInt Σ available
11120
:
Requesting measured value of apparent power of 10th previous interval SInt Σ
en-YN.YNT.001.A
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-604
VALUE_CODE
Description
11121
:
Measured value of apparent power of 10th previous interval SInt Σ available
11122
:
Requesting measured maximum value of apparent power of interval SInt Σ
11123
:
Measured maximum value of apparent power of interval SInt Σ available
11200
:
Requesting measured value of total reactive energy EQΣ-NT drawn during low-load hours
11201
:
Measured value of total reactive energy EQΣ-NT drawn during low-load hours available
11202
:
Requesting measured value of total reactive energy EQΣ+NT supplied during low-load hours
11203
:
Measured value of total reactive energy EQΣ+NT supplied during low-load hours available
11204
:
Requesting measured value of total reactive energy EQΣ-HT drawn during high-load hours
11205
:
Measured value of total reactive energy EQΣ-HT drawn during high-load hours available
11206
:
Requesting measured value of total reactive energy EQΣ+HT supplied during high-load hours
11207
:
Measured value of total reactive energy EQΣ+HT supplied during high-load hours available
11300
:
Requesting measured value of neutral conductor current IN
11301
:
Measured value of neutral conductor current IN available
11302
:
Requesting measured maximum value of neutral conductor current IN MAX
11303
:
Measured maximum value of neutral conductor current IN MAX available
11304
:
Requesting measured average value of neutral conductor current IN AVG
11305
:
Measured average value of neutral conductor current IN AVG available
11306
:
Requesting measured maximum value of neutral conductor current IN MAX
11307
:
Measured maximum value of neutral conductor current IN MAX available
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
VALUE_CODE
3-605
Description
11500
:
Requesting measured value of supply frequency
11501
:
Measured value of supply frequency available
19999
:
End of the measured value transfer process
en-YN.YNT.001.A
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-606
3.83 Profibus Special Drive HASLER_L: Weighbelt feeder without load cell Hasler Description of HASLER_L Object name (Type + Number) FB 531 Calling OBs The time interrupt OB in which the block is installed (e.g. OB 35). Function The block is used to control a Hasler weighbelt feeder without load cell. The Hasler weighbelt feeder without load cell is connected to the PLC via the Profibus. The block communicates directly with the Profibus device HASLER_BW. Profibus In order to integrate the block, the type HASLER_BW is used for this purpose in the PCS7 program HW Konfig. This must be installed additionally. The GSD file necessary for this purpose can be obtained from the manufacturer. In addition, the supplier of the weighbelt normally also provides the appropriate GSD file. It must then be installed in HW Konfig. In HW Konfig, in the catalogue, the profile Standard is set for locating the same. Now the folder PROFIBUS-DP is opened. There the subfolders "Further field equipment and General" are opened. Here, the entry HASLER_BW is found.
en-YN.YNT.001.A
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
Fig. 95: HW Konfig with HASLER_BW
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-607
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-608
This entry is used for the definition of the Profibus-DP slave. As a block in block slot 1, INPUT: 64 Byte (32 word) is used. For block slot 2, OUTPUT: 64 Byte (32 word) is defined. Operating principle The block communicates directly with the Hasler weighbelt feeder without load cell. This device is defined as a Profibus slave. At the input SUBNETID, the number of the Profibus system, which the HASLER_BW is connected to, must be entered. At the input DPPA_ADR the slave address of the HASLER_BW must be entered and at the input DADDR the diagnose address of the HASLER_BW must be entered. All these values may be taken from the hardware configuration of a STEP7 project. Using these values, the block can communicate automatically with the corresponding weighbelt feeder without load cell. Internally, the same logic is used as for the block UNID (FB 501). However, the block HASLER_L reads some signals directly from the Profibus (HASLER_BW) and these need not be connected as inputs or outputs. These are the inputs AVBL, RCR1 and PWON. They are read directly by the weighbelt feeder without load cell, or they are written directly to the weighbelt feeder without load cell. Nevertheless these inputs and outputs are used in the internal logic. In addition, the interlock system still uses status signals generated by the weighbelt feeder without load cell. In detail, these are the signals LOCAL and STPAL. A valid starting command exists when the signals: 'STA1', 'ILC1', 'AVBL', 'OLPT', 'LEMO' and 'PMI1' are set and the stopping command 'STOP' is not set. In this case, the start enable signal 'SEN1' and the run command 'PWON' are set (activation signals for the motor). If the check-back signal 'RCR1' is set together with the speed monitor signal 'SPCL' when a valid starting command is active, the control state switches to selflatching status. It is a characteristic of this state that the operating bits 'OSG1', 'OPS1' are set and that the start release command 'SEN1' is reset while the run command 'PWON' is set. From this moment, the starting commands 'STA1' or 'STA2' can be rescinded without risking reset of the run command PWON. The setting drive is stopped correctly by setting the stopping command 'STOP' or when the process interlock 'ILC1' is deactivated. The monitoring time in seconds TIME1 when a drive is started specifies the period in which the check-back signal RCR1 must be set. In addition, it monitors the time during stopping within which the check-back signal RCR1 must have been reset. If time = 0, no time monitoring of the start and stop is employed. By means of the signals SST1 and SSTP an individual start of the drive can be realised in automatic mode. In the faceplate of the drive, the operator sets the signals SST1 or SSTP. After processing in the block, these signals are reset by the block.
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
After operation of the signal SST1 the output SWST is set at first. By means of this output an external start-up warning can be started. If the start-up warning time has expired, then the input SWRE must be set. In this way, there is a valid starting command and the drive is then started as described above. With the exception of the combination with the signals SWST and SWRE the signal SST1 behaves in the same way as signal STA1. Using SSTP, the drive is stopped. SSTP behaves in the same way with the input STOP. With the signals LSER, LST1 and LSP1 operation of the drive is possible via external switches, keyboards or from the control panel. With the signal LSER the drive is switched to local operation. The availability of the drive disappears therewith. Using the parameter SWLO, it is selected whether the input SWRE is taken into consideration for the evaluation of the inputs LST1 and LSP1. Note Via the signals LST1 and LSP1 the drive can be started (1) or stopped ("0"). Via LST1 the drive is started independently from the interlock signals! Via LSP1 the signals CVON, OLPT, PMI1 and LEMO are taken into consideration. As long as the start signals are pending the drive runs, if the start signal changes to zero the drive is stopped. In addition, this block also supplies some analogue values of the weighbelt feeder without load cell. The output FLOW indicates the current conveying rate of the weighbelt, the output COUN1 contains the material counter, HWT comprises the feed bin weight and SETF is the check-back signal of the preset setpoint value. The setpoint value is formed from the automatic setpoint value ASET (can be connected in the program) and the setpoint value from the faceplate SET. By means of the input AUTO it is selected which of the two setpoint values is activated. With AUTO = 0, setpoint value SET is active, and with AUTO = 1 setpoint value ASET is active. In the case of AUTO = 1 the setpoint value is deactivated in the faceplate and the value of SET is equalled to the value of ASET. The inputs HIGH and LOW are the top and bottom limit values for the setpoint value input of the plant operator. The input RESCOU can be used to clear the internal material counter of the weighbelt. The input GRAVI is used to set the weigher to gravimetric operation, and with the input VOLUM it can be set to volumetric operation. Using TARES, a belt calibration is started. Internal logic The sequence of the flags is determined by the sequence in which they must be generated. In this relation, the flags marked (with ") must be taken into account in the setting and reset conditions!
en-YN.YNT.001.A
3-609
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-610
Auxiliary flag IAVBL
:=
AVBL_&-LOCAL
ICVON
:=
CVON_&SLAVE_OK&-WDFI
IPMI1
:=
PMI1&_-STPAL
RESET
:=
-PWON_&(-EROP/ERES)
CLEROP
:=
EROP_&ERES
AVAIL
:=
IAVBL_&OLPT_&LEMO_&IPMI1
Data word S ERPI
:
-IPMI1
C ERPI
:
-ICVON/IPMI1_&RESET
S ERSP
:
(-ISTA1/OPS1)_&ILC1_&PWON_&-SPCL_&-STOP_&-NOTA”
C ERSP
:
-ICVON/CLEROP
S ERRC
:
(-ISTA1/OPS1)_&ILC1_&PWON_&-RCR1_&-STOP_&-NOTA”
C ERRC
:
-ICVON/CLEROP
S NOTA
:
-AVAIL/ERSP”/ERRC”/ETIM”
C NOTA
:
-ICVON/AVAIL_&RESET
S EROP
:
PWON_&ILC1_&NOTA”_&-STOP
C EROP
:
-ICVON/CLEROP
S OPS1
:
PWON_&RCR1_&SPCL
C OPS1
:
-ICVON/-RCR1/-ILC1
S EROL
:
-OLPT
C EROL
:
-ICVON/OLPT_&RESET
S ERMS
:
-IAVBL_&OLPT_&LEMO
C ERMS
:
-ICVON/(IAVBL/-OLPT/-LEMO))_&RESET
S EREO
:
-LEMO
C EREO
:
-ICVON/LEMO_&RESET
OPL1
:=
-OPS1_&RCR1_&-PWON_&-IAVBL_&OLPT
S ETIM
:
-LCT1_&SEN1_&(-RCR1/SPCL)
C ETIM
:
-CLEROP
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
S GWARN
:
GFLT_&-STPAL
C GWARN
:
-CVON/(-GFLT_&-STPAL_&RESET)
S GFLT
:
STPAL
C GFLT
:
-CVON/(-STPAL_&RESET)
S ERBT
:
ERBT
C ERBT
:
-CVON/(-ERBT_&RESET)
S ERCC
:
ERCC
C ERCC
:
-CVON/(-ERCC_&RESET)
S ERRT
:
ERRT
C ERRT
:
-CVON/(-ERRT_&RESET)
S ERRA
:
ERRA
C ERRA
:
-CVON/(-ERRA_&RESET)
S ERWD
:
WDFI
C ERWD
:
-CVON/(-WDFI_&RESET)
Status word S PWON
:
ISTA1_&ILC1
C PWON
:
-ICVON/NOTA”/STOP/-ILC1
S OSG1
:
OPS1
C OSG1
:
-OPS1”
S SEN1
:
PWON”
C SEN1
:
OSG1”/-PWON”
EMOF
:=
EREO”
DAVB
:=
-NOTA”_&ICVON
EROR
:=
EROP”
DOFF
:=
-OSG1”
OPER
:=
RCR1_&SLAVE_OK
QBAD
:=
-SLAVE_OK
LOCA
:=
(STAT_LOCAL/STAT_MAINT/LSER)_& SLAVE_OK
GRAV
:=
GRAVI
FEED
:=
FEED
en-YN.YNT.001.A
3-611
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-612
Block view
Fig. 96: HASLER_L block
Starting characteristics During the CPU start-up the HASLER_L block is deactivated. All internal state flags (shown in the data word) are reset. Following start-up the block waits for the number of cycles projected in the input RUNUPCYC, and will only be activated thereafter. A first start-up whilst the program is running is treated internally like a CPU startup. Time behaviour The block must be called via a time interrupt OB or OB1. It does not have a parameter for the sampling interval. Behaviour in case of a time error In the case of a time error the outputs will then be reset. In addition the internal state flags will be reset. Message actions The block HASLER_L internally uses an ALARM_8P block for generating the messages. Messages are generated for the following tripping devices: ● Operating trouble (EROP) ● Overload (OLPT)
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
3-613
● Machine availability (AVBL) ● Speed monitor (SPCL) ● Machine protection (PMI1) ● Local emergency off (LEMO) ● Monitoring time (ETIM) ● Check-back signal (RCR1) ● Hasler group warning (GWARN) ● Belt motor temperature(ERBT) ● Communication to master control system (ERCC) ● Emergency local operation (lEMERG) ● Setpoint value < minimum (ERSMI2) ● Setpoint value > maximum (ERSMA2) ● Feed bin weight < Minimum (ERHMI2) ● Feed bin weight > maximum (ERSHMA2) ● Timeout interlock (ILCF) ● Refilling time expired (REXP) ● Refilling aborted (RABO) ● Volume flow < minimum (ERMMI2) ● Volume flow > maximum (ERMMA2) ● Hasler group fault (GFLT) ● Watchdog failure (ERWD) The messages can be suppressed by setting the input SUPR or by resetting the input RLSA. The input SUPR, however, is activated by the operator interface (WinCC), and RLSA by the program. The inputs CVON (at value 0) and CSF (at value 1) also suppress the output of messages. Assignment of message text and message class to the block parameters Mess. Block Default message text no. parameter
Message Suppressable class
1
EROP
$$BlockComment$$ @1I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
2
OLPT
$$BlockComment$$ @2I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
3
ERMS
$$BlockComment$$ @3I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
4
ERSP
$$BlockComment$$ @4I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
5
ERPI
$$BlockComment$$ @5I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
en-YN.YNT.001.A
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-614
Mess. Block Default message text no. parameter
Message Suppressable class
6
EREO
$$BlockComment$$ @6I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
7
ETIM
$$BlockComment$$ @7I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
8
ERRC
$$BlockComment$$ @8I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
9
GWARN
$$BlockComment$$ @1I%t#POLCID_Standard@
WH
Yes
10
ERBT
$$BlockComment$$ @2I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
11
ERCC
$$BlockComment$$ @3I%t#POLCID_Standard@
PF
Yes
12
EMERG
$$BlockComment$$ @4I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
13
ERSMI2
$$BlockComment$$ @5I%t#POLCID_Standard@
WL
Yes
14
ERSMA2
$$BlockComment$$ @6I%t#POLCID_Standard@
WH
Yes
15
ERHMI2
$$BlockComment$$ @7I%t#POLCID_Standard@
WL
Yes
16
ERHMA2
$$BlockComment$$ @8I%t#POLCID_Standard@
WH
Yes
17
ILCF
$$BlockComment$$ @1I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
18
REXP
$$BlockComment$$ @2I%t#POLCID_Standard@
WH
Yes
19
RABO
$$BlockComment$$ @3I%t#POLCID_Standard@
WH
Yes
20
ERMMI2
$$BlockComment$$ @4I%t#POLCID_Standard@
WL
Yes
21
ERMMA2
$$BlockComment$$ @5I%t#POLCID_Standard@
WH
Yes
22
GFLT
$$BlockComment$$ @6I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
23
ERWD
$$BlockComment$$ @7I%t#POLCID_Standard@
PF
Yes
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
3-615
Mess. Block Default message text no. parameter 24
Message Suppressable class
$$BlockComment$$ @8I%t#POLCID_Standard@
Connections of HASLER_L
Connection Meaning (parameters)
Data type
Def.
Type Attr. O&O Perm. values
SUBNETID
Number of the Profibus subsystem INT of the PLC
0
I
DPPA_ADR
Slave address of the Profibus device
INT
0
I
DADDR
Diagnosis address of the Profibus slave
INT
0
I
STA1
Start drive
BOOL
0
I
Q
ILC1
Process-technological interlock
BOOL
1
I
Q
STOP
Stop drive
BOOL
0
I
Q
CVON
Control voltage on
BOOL
1
I
Q
OLPT
Overload protection
BOOL
1
I
Q
PMI1
Machine protection interlock
BOOL
1
I
Q
SPCL
Speed monitor
BOOL
1
I
Q
LEMO
Local emergency off
BOOL
1
I
Q
AUTO
Activate ASET ( = 1 ) or SET ( = 0 ) input
BOOL
0
I
Q
CSF
Control system error
BOOL
0
I
Q
FDOF
Feed bin filling system is off
BOOL
0
I
Q
LST1
Local start/stop without PMI1
BOOL
0
I
Q
LSP1
Local start/stop with PMI1
BOOL
0
I
Q
SWRE
Enabling start-up warning
BOOL
1
I
Q
TIM
Reset COUN1 at hour change (=1) BOOL
1
I
ESST
Display of softkeys for single faceplate start
BOOL
0
I
+
ENRE
Display of softkeys for faceplate
BOOL
0
I
+
en-YN.YNT.001.A
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-616
Connection Meaning (parameters)
Data type
Def.
Type Attr. O&O Perm. values
reset ENMO
Display of softkeys for gravimetric/volumetric faceplate
BOOL
0
I
+
SWLO
Start-up warning also in local operating mode
BOOL
0
I
Q
RLSA
Enabling alarm generation
BOOL
1
I
Q
ASET
Automatic setpoint value
REAL
0.0
I
Q
TIME1
Monitoring time setpoint value
REAL
5.0
I
BQ
RUNUPCYC
Waiting cycles at start
INT
3
I
EV_ID1
Message ID no. 1
DWORD 0
I
M
EV_ID2
Message ID no. 2
DWORD 0
I
M
EV_ID3
Message ID no. 3
DWORD 0
I
M
RESET
Resetting error Hasler
BOOL
0
IO
BQ
+
RESCOU
Reset material counter
BOOL
0
I
BQ
+
GRAVI
Gravimetric operating mode
BOOL
0
IO
BQ
+
VOLUM
Volumetric operating mode
BOOL
0
IO
BQ
+
LSER
Enabling of local operation
BOOL
0
IO
BQ
+
SST1
Single start
BOOL
0
IO
B
+
SSTP
Single stop
BOOL
0
IO
B
+
SUPR
Suppression of alarms
BOOL
0
IO
B
+
SET
Setpoint value for faceplate
REAL
0.0
IO
B
+
EV1_SIG1
Index variable for message no. 1
INT
1
IO
EV1_SIG2
Index variable for message no. 2
INT
2
IO
EV1_SIG3
Index variable for message no. 3
INT
3
IO
EV1_SIG4
Index variable for message no. 4
INT
4
IO
EV1_SIG5
Index variable for message no. 5
INT
5
IO
EV1_SIG6
Index variable for message no. 6
INT
6
IO
EV1_SIG7
Index variable for message no. 7
INT
7
IO
EV1_SIG8
Index variable for message no. 8
INT
8
IO
EV2_SIG1
Index variable for message no. 9
INT
45
IO
+
>0
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
3-617
Connection Meaning (parameters)
Data type
Def.
Type Attr. O&O Perm. values
EV2_SIG2
Index variable for message no. 10
INT
48
IO
EV2_SIG3
Index variable for message no. 11
INT
49
IO
EV2_SIG4
Index variable for message no. 12
INT
50
IO
EV2_SIG5
Index variable for message no. 13
INT
51
IO
EV2_SIG6
Index variable for message no. 14
INT
53
IO
EV2_SIG7
Index variable for message no. 15
INT
54
IO
EV2_SIG8
Index variable for message no. 16
INT
55
IO
EV2_SIG1
Index variable for message no. 17
INT
57
IO
EV2_SIG2
Index variable for message no. 18
INT
98
IO
EV2_SIG3
Index variable for message no. 19
INT
99
IO
EV2_SIG4
Index variable for message no. 20
INT
60
IO
EV2_SIG5
Index variable for message no. 21
INT
61
IO
EV2_SIG6
Index variable for message no. 22
INT
62
IO
EV2_SIG7
Index variable for message no. 23
INT
63
IO
EV2_SIG8
Index variable for message no. 24
INT
0
IO
OSG1
Operating message
BOOL
0
O
Q
EMOF
Emergency off activated
BOOL
0
O
Q
DAVB
Drive is available
BOOL
0
O
Q
EROR
Drive is faulty
BOOL
0
O
Q
DOFF
Drive is off
BOOL
0
O
Q
SWST
Start start-up warning
BOOL
0
O
Q
OPER
Drive is operating (locally or automatically)
BOOL
0
O
Q
QBAD
Profibus slave faulty
BOOL
0
O
Q
LOCA
Drive is in local operating mode
BOOL
0
O
Q
GRAV
Gravimetric operating mode
BOOL
0
O
Q
FEED
Enabling feed bin filling system
BOOL
0
O
Q
HIGH
Upper limit value for setpoint value REAL
0.0
I
BQ
+
LOW
Lower limit value for setpoint value REAL
0.0
I
BQ
+
FLOW
Current conveying rate
0.0
O
Q
+
en-YN.YNT.001.A
REAL
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-618
Connection Meaning (parameters)
Data type
Def.
Type Attr. O&O Perm. values
COUN1
Resettable material counter
REAL
0.0
O
Q
+
COUN2
Not resettable material counter
REAL
0.0
O
Q
+
SETF
Setpoint value check-back signal
REAL
0.0
O
Q
+
HWTMAX
Maximum feed bin filling weight
REAL
0.0
O
Q
+
HWT
Feed bin filling weight
REAL
0.0
O
Q
+
ACT1
Current monitoring time
REAL
0.0
O
Q
+
PW
Parameter word
DWORD 0
O
Q
+
DW
Data word
DWORD 0
O
Q
+
SW
Status word
DWORD 0
O
Q
+
DWA
Extended diagnosis data for faceplate
DWORD 0
O
Q
+
DWB
Extended diagnosis data for faceplate
DWORD 0
O
Q
+
DWC
Extended diagnosis data for faceplate
DWORD 0
O
Q
+
Operation and observation of HASLER_L
See the description of the block symbol and the faceplate in the corresponding manual in this regard. PW, DW and SW of HASLER_L
The inputs, outputs and the internal status of the respective block are mapped on the parameter word, the data word and the status word. The assignment of the bits is found in the following table:
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
3-619
> HASLER_L < Bit
Parameter word
Data word
Status word
0
STA1
OPS1
SEN1
1 2
EROP ILC1
3
OSG1 NOTA
4
EMOF
5
DAVB
6
STOP
7
CVON
8
OLPT
EROL
DOFF
9
AVBL
ERMS
SWST
10
RCR1
ERSP
OPER
11
GFLT
12
PMI1
ERPI
GRAV
13
AUTO
EREO
FEED
14
SPCL
ETIM
LOCA
15
LEMO
16
LSER
ERRC
17
LST1
GWARN
18 19
LSP1
QBAD
ERBT ERCC
SST1
22
ERRT ERRA
23
SSTP
ERWD
24
SWRE
ERBTA
25
CSF
ERWD
26
FDOF
27 28
en-YN.YNT.001.A
EROR PWON
GFLT
20 21
OPL1
COLOUR_1
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-620
29
COLOUR_2
30
COLOUR_3
31
COLOUR_4 In the case of the COLOUR operating states, the block HASLER_L does not have all possible states. It features the states with the numbers 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 12 and 13.
DWA, DWB and DWC of HASLER_L
The block has three additional data words: DWA, DWB and DWC. These words offer additional information on the Hasler weighbelt feeder without load cell and the Profibus slave. This information is shown in the associated faceplate. > HASLER_L < Bit
Data word A
0
ST_NOEX
ERBT
1
ST_NORDY
ERCC
2
ST_INSLR
EMERG
3
ST_SENSU
ERSMI2
4
ST_MASLO
ERSMA2
5
ST_WATCH
ERHMI2
6
ST_STDIA
ERHMA2
7
ST_EXDIA
8
ST_EXDOV
REXP
9
ST_SYNC
RABO
10
ST_FREEZ
ERMMI2
11
ST_PAREQ
ERMMA2
12
ST_PARFA
GFLT
13
ST_SLCCF
RCR1
14
ST_SLDEA
AVBL
15
ST_STASL
GRAVI
16
SLAVE_OK
17
SLAVE_HASL
18
Data word B
HARD_ID
DPPA_ADR
Data word C
ILCF
LOCAL STPAL ILC1
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
3-621
19
RFIL
20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27
SUBNETID
28 29 30 31 Profibus interface for HASLER_L
If this block is used with a control by Hasler, the Hasler control system requires a specific Profibus layout. It must be taken into account here that the LSB and MSB are rotated for bit values during communication. For Int- or Float-values this does not need to be taken into account. The tables below contain the data exchange as it must be defined on the part of Hasler. In the Profibus configuration 32 data words of input data and 32 words of output data are defined for the data exchange. In the case of this block 22 words of input data and 8 words of output data are used. These data are described in the following two tables. This signifies that 10 input words and 24 output words are reserves and are not used by the block. However, the defined data must occur in data exchange exactly in the sequence as defined below.
en-YN.YNT.001.A
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-622
Input data from Hasler: Word Bit no. no.
Type
Description Hasler designation
LSB
POLCID design.
1st status word
0
0
Bit
ASW
97
Feed bin weight < minimum
ERHMI2
0
1
Bit
ASW
98
Feed bin weight > maximum
ERHMA2
0
2
Bit
0
3
Bit
ASW
24
Monitoring time for interlock expired
ILCF
0
4
Bit
ASW
80
Refilling time expired
ERRT
0
5
Bit
ASW
86
Refilling aborted
ERRA
0
6
Bit
ASW
11
Mass flow < minimum
ERMMI2
0
7
Bit
ASW
10
Mass flow > maximum
ERMMA2
MSB 0
8
Bit
0
9
Bit
0
10
Bit
ASW
201
Motor temperature too high
ERBT
0
11
Bit
ASW
21
Communications with the master control system
ERCC
0
12
Bit
ASW
61
Local emergency operation
EMERG
0
13
Bit
ASW
26
Setpoint value < minimum
ERSMI2
0
14
Bit
0
15
Bit
ASW
27
Setpoint value > maximum
ERSMA2
LSB
2nd status word
1
0
Bit
1
1
Bit
1
2
Bit
1
3
Bit
1
4
Bit
1
5
Bit
1
6
Bit
1
7
Bit
MSB
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
3-623
Word Bit no. no.
Type
Hasler Description designation
POLCID design.
1
8
Bit
PSR
14
Group fault
GFLT
1
9
Bit
PSW
0
Operation check-back signal
RCR1
1
10
Bit
PSW
15
Available
AVBL
1
11
Bit
PSR
11
Gravimetric operating mode
GRAVI
1
12
Bit
PSW
47
Remote mode
REMOTE
1
13
Bit
PSW
25
Stop alarm (only this alarm stops the device)
STPAL
1
14
Bit
PSW
9
Interlock system signal
ILC1
1
15
Bit
PSR
129
Command feed bin filling
RFIL
3rd and 4th status word 2/3
Float
Conveying rate
FLOWR
5th and 6th status word 4/5
Float
Material counter 1
COUN1
7th and 8th status word 6/7
Float
Set setpoint value
SETFB
9th and 10th status word 8/9
Float
Bin weight
HWT
11th status word 10
Int
Heart-Beat signal (Watchdog) 12th and 13th status word
11/12
Float
Material counter 2
COUN2
14th and 15th status word 13/14
Float
Minimum conveying rate
LOW
16th and 17th status word 15/16
Float
Maximum conveying rate
HIGH
18th status word 17
Bit
Active monitoring position ( 0 = central, 1 = local, 2 = local maintenance )
CTRPOINT
19th and 20th status word 18/19
Float
Rotor speed setpoint value 21st and 22nd status word
en-YN.YNT.001.A
ROTSPEED
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-624
Word Bit no. no.
Type
20/21
Float
Hasler Description designation Maximum feed bin refilling limit
POLCID design. HWT_LIM
Output data to Hasler: Word Bit no. no.
Type
Hasler designation
LSB
Description
POLCID design.
1st control word
0
0
Bit
0
1
Bit
0
2
Bit
0
3
Bit
0
4
Bit
0
5
Bit
0
6
Bit
0
7
Bit
CCRF
Start feed bin refilling
RFIL_STA
MSB 0
8
Bit
CSTC
Start
START
0
9
Bit
CALC
Resetting alarms
RESET
0
10
Bit
CTOC
Resetting material counter 1
RESCOU
0
11
Bit
CSPC
Stop
STOP
0
12
Bit
CCPM
Selecting central operation
REMOTE
0
13
Bit
CCPA
Selecting local operating mode
LOCAL
0
14
Bit
CMAM
Selecting gravimetric operation
GRAVI
0
15
Bit
CVOM
Selecting volumetric operation
VOLUM
2nd control word 1
Heart-Beat signal (Watchdog) 3rd and 4th control word
2/3
Material quantity setpoint value LSB
SET
5th control word
4
0
Bit
4
1
Bit
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
Word Bit no. no.
Type
4
2
Bit
4
3
Bit
4
4
Bit
4
5
Bit
4
6
Bit
4
7
Bit
Hasler designation
3-625
Description
POLCID design.
Stop refilling
RFIL_STP
MSB 4
8
Bit
4
9
Bit
4
10
Bit
4
11
Bit
4
12
Bit
4
13
Bit
4
14
Bit
4
15
Bit
LSB
6th control word
5
0
Bit
5
1
Bit
5
2
Bit
5
3
Bit
5
4
Bit
5
5
Bit
5
6
Bit
5
7
Bit
MSB 5
8
Bit
5
9
Bit
5
10
Bit
5
11
Bit
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Refilling in operation
RFIL_OSG
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-626
Word Bit no. no.
Type
5
12
Bit
5
13
Bit
5
14
Bit
5
15
Bit
Hasler designation
Description
POLCID design.
7th and 8th control word 6/7
Maximum feed bin filling level setpoint value
S_HWTLIM
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
3.84 Profibus Special Drive CSC_DRW: Pfister rotary weighfeeder Description of CSC_DRW Object name (Type + Number) FB 532 Calling OBs The time interrupt OB in which the block is installed (e.g. OB 35). Function The block is used to control a rotary weighfeeder by Pfister. The Pfister rotary weighfeeder is connected to the PLC via the Profibus. The block communicates directly with the Profibus device CSC_DRW. Profibus In order to integrate the block, the type COM-DPS is used for this purpose in the PCS7 program HW Konfig. This must be installed additionally. The GSD file necessary for this purpose can be obtained from the manufacturer. In addition, the supplier of the weighbelt normally also provides the appropriate GSD file. It must then be installed in HW Konfig. In HW Konfig, in the catalogue, the profile Standard is set for locating the same. Now the folder PROFIBUS-DP is opened. There the subfolders "Further field equipment and General" are opened. This is where the entry COM-DPS is located.
Fig. 97: HW Konfig with COM-DPS
This entry is used for the definition of the Profibus-DP slave. As a block in block slot 1, 64 byte input con (0x40,0xBF) is used. For block slot 2, 64 byte output con (0x80,0xBF) is defined. Operating principle
en-YN.YNT.001.A
3-627
User manual
Blocks 3-628
®
POLCID for administrators
The block communicates directly with the Pfister rotary weighfeeder. This device is defined as a Profibus slave. At the input SUBNETID, the number of the Profibus system, which the CSC_DRW is connected to, must be entered. At the input DPPA_ADR the slave address of the CSC_DRW must be entered and at the input DADDR the diagnose address of the CSC_DRW must be entered. All these values may be taken from the hardware configuration of a STEP7 project. Using these values, the block can communicate automatically with the corresponding rotary weighfeeder. Internally, the same logic is used as for the block UNID (FB 501). However, the block CSC_DRW reads some signals directly from the Profibus and these need not be connected as inputs or outputs. These are the inputs AVBL, RCR1 and PWON. They are read directly from the rotary weighfeeder or written directly to the same. Nevertheless these inputs and outputs are used in the internal logic. In addition, status signals are still used in the interlock system which the rotary weighfeeder generates. In detail, these are the signals AUTOREM, AUTOLOC, LOCBOX, SERVICE and ERDOS. A valid starting command exists when the signals: 'STA1', 'ILC1', 'AVBL', 'OLPT', 'LEMO' and 'PMI1' are set and the stopping command 'STOP' is not set. In this case, the start enable signal 'SEN1' and the run command 'PWON' are set (activation signals for the motor). If the check-back signal 'RCR1' is set together with the speed monitor signal 'SPCL' when a valid starting command is active, the control state switches to selflatching status. It is a characteristic of this state that the operating bits 'OSG1', 'OPS1' are set and that the start release command 'SEN1' is reset while the run command 'PWON' is set. From this moment, the starting commands 'STA1' or 'STA2' can be rescinded without risking reset of the run command PWON. The setting drive is stopped correctly by setting the stopping command 'STOP' or when the process interlock 'ILC1' is deactivated. The monitoring time in seconds TIME1 when a drive is started specifies the period in which the check-back signal RCR1 must be set. In addition, it monitors the time during stopping within which the check-back signal RCR1 must have been reset. If time = 0, no time monitoring of the start and stop is employed. By means of the signals SST1 and SSTP an individual start of the drive can be realised in automatic mode. In the faceplate of the drive, the operator sets the signals SST1 or SSTP. After processing in the block, these signals are reset by the block. After operation of the signal SST1 the output SWST is set at first. By means of this output an external start-up warning can be started. If the start-up warning time has expired, then the input SWRE must be set. In this way, there is a valid starting command and the drive is then started as described above. With the exception of the combination with the signals SWST and SWRE the signal SST1 behaves in the same way as signal STA1. Using SSTP, the drive is stopped. SSTP behaves in the same way with the input STOP.
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
With the signals LSER, LST1 and LSP1 operation of the drive is possible via external switches, keyboards or from the control panel. With the signal LSER the drive is switched to local operation. The availability of the drive disappears therewith. Using the parameter SWLO, it is selected whether the input SWRE is taken into consideration for the evaluation of the inputs LST1 and LSP1. Note Via the signals LST1 and LSP1 the drive can be started (1) or stopped ("0"). Via LST1 the drive is started independently from the interlock signals! Via LSP1 the signals CVON, OLPT, PMI1 and LEMO are taken into consideration. As long as the start signals are pending the drive runs, if the start signal changes to zero the drive is stopped. In addition, this block also supplies some analogue values of the rotary weighfeeder. The output FLOW indicates the current conveying rate of the weighbelt, the outputs COUN1 and COUN2 contain material counters, HWT contains the feed bin weight, SETF is the check-back signal of the preset setpoint value and CORR is the correction factor which was determined during the last online calibration. The setpoint value is formed from the automatic setpoint value ASET (can be connected in the program) and the setpoint value from the faceplate SET. By means of the input AUTO it is selected which of the two setpoint values is activated. With AUTO = 0, setpoint value SET is active, and with AUTO = 1 setpoint value ASET is active. In the case of AUTO = 1 the setpoint value is deactivated in the faceplate and the value of SET is equalled to the value of ASET. The inputs HIGH and LOW are the top and bottom limit values for the setpoint value input of the plant operator. The input RESCOU can be used to clear the internal material counter of the rotor scale. Using CACC, the result of the last online calibration is accepted. Internal logic The sequence of the flags is determined by the sequence in which they must be generated. In this relation, the flags marked (with ") must be taken into account in the setting and reset conditions! Auxiliary flag IAVBL
:=
AUTOREM_&-AUTOLOC_&-LOCBOX_&-SERVICE
ICVON
:=
CVON_&SLAVE_OK
IPMI1
:=
PMI1&_-ERDOS
RESET
:=
-PWON_&(-EROP/ERES)
CLEROP
:=
EROP_&ERES
AVAIL
:=
IAVBL_&OLPT_&LEMO_&IPMI1
en-YN.YNT.001.A
3-629
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-630
Data word S ERPI
:
-IPMI1
C ERPI
:
-ICVON/IPMI1_&RESET
S ERRC
:
(-ISTA1/OPS1)_&ILC1_&PWON_&-RCR1_&-STOP_&-NOTA”
C ERRC
:
-ICVON/CLEROP
S NOTA
:
-AVAIL/ERSP”/ERRC”/ETIM”
C NOTA
:
-ICVON/AVAIL_&RESET
S EROP
:
PWON_&ILC1_&NOTA”_&-STOP
C EROP
:
-ICVON/CLEROP
S OPS1
:
PWON_&RCR1_&SPCL
C OPS1
:
-ICVON/-RCR1/-ILC1
S EROL
:
-OLPT
C EROL
:
-ICVON/OLPT_&RESET
S ERMS
:
-IAVBL_&OLPT_&LEMO
C ERMS
:
-ICVON/(IAVBL/-OLPT/-LEMO))_&RESET
S EREO
:
-LEMO
C EREO
:
-ICVON/LEMO_&RESET
OPL1
:=
-OPS1_&RCR1_&-PWON_&-IAVBL_&OLPT
S ETIM
:
-LCT1_&SEN1_&(-RCR1/SPCL)
C ETIM
:
-CLEROP
S ERFIL
:
ERFIL
C ERFIL
:
-CVON/(-ERFIL_&RESET)
S ERLOD
:
ERLOD
C ERLOD
:
-CVON/(-ERLOD_&RESET)
S ERTRK
:
ERTRK
C ERTRK
:
-CVON/(-ERTRK_&RESET)
S ERDEV
:
ERDEV
C ERDEV
:
-CVON/(-ERDEV_&RESET)
S ERCOD
:
ERCOD
C ERCOD
:
-CVON/(-ERCOD_&RESET)
S ERAER
:
ERAER
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
C ERAER
:
-CVON/(-ERAER_&RESET)
S ERLCB
:
ERLCB
C ERLCB
:
-CVON/(-ERLCB_&RESET)
S ERAGI
:
ERAGI
C ERAGI
:
-CVON/(-ERAGI_&RESET)
S EROLM
:
EROLM
C EROLM
:
-CVON/(-EROLM_&RESET)
Status word S PWON
:
ISTA1_&ILC1
C PWON
:
-ICVON/NOTA”/STOP/-ILC1
S OSG1
:
OPS1
C OSG1
:
-OPS1”
S SEN1
:
PWON”
C SEN1
:
OSG1”/-PWON”
EMOF
:=
EREO”
DAVB
:=
-NOTA”_&ICVON
EROR
:=
EROP”
DOFF
:=
-OSG1”
OPER
:=
RCR1_&SLAVE_OK
QBAD
:=
-SLAVE_OK
LOCA
:=
(AUTOLOC/LOCBOX/LSER)_&SLAVE_OK
CAVBL
:=
RCR1
CRCR1
:=
OLCRCR
CWACC
:=
OLCEND
CSTAT
:=
OLCSTA
FEED
:=
OLCFIL
Block view
en-YN.YNT.001.A
3-631
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-632
Fig. 98: CSC_DRW block
Starting characteristics During the CPU start-up the CSC_DRW block is deactivated. All internal state flags (shown in the data word) are reset. Following start-up the block waits for the number of cycles projected in the input RUNUPCYC, and will only be activated thereafter. A first start-up whilst the program is running is treated internally like a CPU startup. Time behaviour The block must be called via a time interrupt OB or OB1. It does not have a parameter for the sampling interval. Behaviour in case of a time error In the case of a time error the outputs will then be reset. In addition the internal state flags will be reset. Message actions The block CSC_DRW internally uses an ALARM_8P block for generating the messages. Messages are generated for the following tripping devices: ● Operating trouble (EROP) ● Overload (OLPT) ● Machine availability (AVBL)
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
● Speed monitor (SPCL) ● Machine protection (PMI1) ● Local emergency off (LEMO) ● Monitoring time (ETIM) ● Check-back signal (RCR1) ● Pfister group fault (GFLT) ● Feed conveyor group fault (ERFIL) ● Load outside the permitted limits (ERLOAD) ● Rotation time deviation (ERTRK) ● Error dosing device drive (ERDRV) ● Error dosing device control deviation (ERDEV) ● Read error of Profibus (ERCOD) ● Error aeration valve fuse (ERAER) ● Error CSC control voltage (ERLCB) ● Error agitator (ERAGI) ● Error communication to PLC (EROLIM)) ● Pfister group warning (GWARN) The messages can be suppressed by setting the input SUPR or by resetting the input RLSA. The input SUPR, however, is activated by the operator interface (WinCC), and RLSA by the program. The inputs CVON (at value 0) and CSF (at value 1) also suppress the output of messages.
en-YN.YNT.001.A
3-633
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-634
Assignment of message text and message class to the block parameters
Default message text Mess. Block no. parameter
Message Suppressable class
1
EROP
$$BlockComment$$ @1I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
2
OLPT
$$BlockComment$$ @2I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
3
ERMS
$$BlockComment$$ @3I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
4
ERSP
$$BlockComment$$ @4I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
5
ERPI
$$BlockComment$$ @5I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
6
EREO
$$BlockComment$$ @6I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
7
ETIM
$$BlockComment$$ @7I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
8
ERRC
$$BlockComment$$ @8I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
9
GFLT
$$BlockComment$$ @1I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
10
ERFIL
$$BlockComment$$ @2I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
11
ERLOD
$$BlockComment$$ @3I%t#POLCID_Standard@
WH
Yes
12
ERTRK
$$BlockComment$$ @4I%t#POLCID_Standard@
WH
Yes
13
ERDRV
$$BlockComment$$ @5I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
14
ERDEV
$$BlockComment$$ @6I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
15
ERCOD
$$BlockComment$$ @7I%t#POLCID_Standard@ @9%d@
PF
Yes
16
ERAER
$$BlockComment$$ @8I%t#POLCID_Standard@
WH
Yes
17
ERLCB
$$BlockComment$$ @1I%t#POLCID_Standard@
WH
Yes
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
3-635
Mess. Block Default message text no. parameter
Message Suppressable class
18
ERAGI
$$BlockComment$$ @2I%t#POLCID_Standard@
WH
Yes
19
EROLM
$$BlockComment$$ @3I%t#POLCID_Standard@
PF
Yes
20
GWARN
$$BlockComment$$ @4I%t#POLCID_Standard@
WH
Yes
21
$$BlockComment$$ @5I%t#POLCID_Standard@
22
$$BlockComment$$ @6I%t#POLCID_Standard@
23
$$BlockComment$$ @7I%t#POLCID_Standard@
24
$$BlockComment$$ @8I%t#POLCID_Standard@
Connections of CSC_DRW Connection (parameters)
Meaning
Data type
Def. Type Attr. O&O Perm. values
SUBNETID
Number of the Profibus subsystem of the PLC
INT
0
I
DPPA_ADR
Slave address of the Profibus device
INT
0
I
DADDR
Diagnosis address of the Profibus INT slave
0
I
STA1
Start drive
BOOL
0
I
Q
ILC1
Process-technological interlock
BOOL
1
I
Q
STOP
Stop drive
BOOL
0
I
Q
CVON
Control voltage on
BOOL
1
I
Q
OLPT
Overload protection
BOOL
1
I
Q
PMI1
Machine protection interlock
BOOL
1
I
Q
SPCL
Speed monitor
BOOL
1
I
Q
LEMO
Local emergency off
BOOL
1
I
Q
AUTO
Activate ASET ( = 1 ) or SET ( = 0 ) input
BOOL
0
I
Q
en-YN.YNT.001.A
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-636
Connection (parameters)
Meaning
Data type
Def. Type Attr. O&O Perm. values
CSF
Control system error
BOOL
0
I
Q
CSTA
Starting online calibration
BOOL
0
I
Q
CABO
Stopping online calibration
BOOL
0
I
Q
FDOF
Feed bin filling system is off
BOOL
0
I
Q
LST1
Local start/stop without PMI1
BOOL
0
I
Q
LSP1
Local start/stop with PMI1
BOOL
0
I
Q
SWRE
Enabling start-up warning
BOOL
1
I
Q
TIM
Reset COUN1 at hour change (=1)
BOOL
1
I
ESST
Display of softkeys for single faceplate start
BOOL
0
I
+
ENRE
Display of softkeys for faceplate reset
BOOL
0
I
+
ENLI
Display of softkeys for changing the limit values
BOOL
0
I
+
ENAE
Display of softkeys for aeration control system
BOOL
0
I
+
SWLO
Start-up warning also in local operating mode
BOOL
0
I
Q
RLSA
Enabling alarm generation
BOOL
1
I
Q
ASET
Automatic setpoint value
REAL
0
I
Q
RSET
Zero value correction factor setpoint value
REAL
0
I
HIGH
Upper limit value for setpoint value
REAL
0
I
BQ
+
LOW
Lower limit value for setpoint value
REAL
0
I
BQ
+
TIME1
Monitoring time setpoint value
REAL
5
I
BQ
+
>0
LINO
Number of the limit value to be changed
INT
0
I
BQ
+
>0
RUNUPCYC
Waiting cycles at start
INT
3
I
EV_ID1
Message ID no. 1
DWORD 0
I
M
EV_ID2
Message ID no. 2
DWORD 0
I
M
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
3-637
Connection (parameters)
Meaning
Data type
EV_ID3
Message ID no. 3
DWORD 0
I
M
RESET
Resetting error Hasler
BOOL
0
IO
BQ
+
RESCOU
Reset material counter
BOOL
0
I
BQ
+
CACC
Accepting online calibration result BOOL
0
IO
BQ
+
RACC
Accepting new zero value correction factor
BOOL
0
IO
BQ
+
LACT
New limit value is being sent
BOOL
0
IO
BQ
+
AERP
Start of permanent feed bin aeration
BOOL
0
IO
BQ
+
AERR
Enabling feed bin aeration
BOOL
0
IO
BQ
+
HOPE
Enabling feed bin emptying
BOOL
0
IO
BQ
+
LSER
Enabling of local operation
BOOL
0
IO
BQ
+
SST1
Single start
BOOL
0
IO
B
+
SSTP
Single stop
BOOL
0
IO
B
+
SUPR
Suppression of alarms
BOOL
0
IO
B
+
ENUPP
Activating the softkeys for requesting the values in the faceplate
BOOL
0
IO
B
+
ENUPS
Activating the softkeys for requesting the limit values in the faceplate
BOOL
0
IO
B
+
SET
Setpoint value for faceplate
REAL
0
IO
B
+
LSET
Coding for transferred measured value
REAL
0
IO
B
+
VALUE_CODE Coding for transferred measured value
INT
1
IO
B
+
LSET_CODE
Coding for transferred limit value
INT
1
IO
B
+
EV1_SIG1
Index variable for message no. 1
INT
1
IO
EV1_SIG2
Index variable for message no. 2
INT
2
IO
EV1_SIG3
Index variable for message no. 3
INT
3
IO
EV1_SIG4
Index variable for message no. 4
INT
4
IO
EV1_SIG5
Index variable for message no. 5
INT
5
IO
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Def. Type Attr. O&O Perm. values
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-638
Connection (parameters)
Meaning
Data type
Def. Type Attr. O&O Perm. values
EV1_SIG6
Index variable for message no. 6
INT
6
IO
EV1_SIG7
Index variable for message no. 7
INT
7
IO
EV1_SIG8
Index variable for message no. 8
INT
8
IO
EV2_SIG1
Index variable for message no. 9
INT
100
IO
EV2_SIG2
Index variable for message no. 10 INT
101
IO
EV2_SIG3
Index variable for message no. 11 INT
102
IO
EV2_SIG4
Index variable for message no. 12 INT
103
IO
EV2_SIG5
Index variable for message no. 13 INT
104
IO
EV2_SIG6
Index variable for message no. 14 INT
105
IO
EV2_SIG7
Index variable for message no. 15 INT
106
IO
EV2_SIG8
Index variable for message no. 16 INT
107
IO
EV2_SIG1
Index variable for message no. 17 INT
108
IO
EV2_SIG2
Index variable for message no. 18 INT
109
IO
EV2_SIG3
Index variable for message no. 19 INT
49
IO
EV2_SIG4
Index variable for message no. 20 INT
110
IO
EV2_SIG5
Index variable for message no. 21 INT
0
IO
EV2_SIG6
Index variable for message no. 22 INT
0
IO
EV2_SIG7
Index variable for message no. 23 INT
0
IO
EV2_SIG8
Index variable for message no. 24 INT
0
IO
OSG1
Operating message
BOOL
0
O
Q
EMOF
Emergency off activated
BOOL
0
O
Q
DAVB
Drive is available
BOOL
0
O
Q
EROR
Drive is faulty
BOOL
0
O
Q
DOFF
Drive is off
BOOL
0
O
Q
SWST
Start start-up warning
BOOL
0
O
Q
OPER
Drive is operating (locally or automatically)
BOOL
0
O
Q
QBAD
Profibus slave faulty
BOOL
0
O
Q
LOCA
Drive is in local operating mode
BOOL
0
O
Q
CAVBL
Online calibration is available
BOOL
0
O
Q
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
3-639
Connection (parameters)
Meaning
Data type
Def. Type Attr. O&O Perm. values
CRCR1
Online calibration is in operation
BOOL
0
O
Q
CWACC
Waiting for acceptance of calibrating result
BOOL
0
O
Q
CSTAT
Online calibration has started
BOOL
0
O
Q
FEED
Enabling feed bin filling system
BOOL
0
O
Q
FPOS
Current position of dosing system REAL
0
O
Q
FLOW
Current conveying rate
REAL
0
O
Q
+
COUN1
Resettable material counter
REAL
0
O
Q
+
COUN2
Resettable material counter
REAL
0
O
Q
+
SETF
Setpoint value check-back signal
REAL
0
O
Q
+
HWT
Feed bin filling weight
REAL
0
O
Q
+
CORR
Online calibration correction value REAL
0
O
Q
LOAD
Material loading of the rotor
REAL
0
O
Q
SPEED
Speed of the rotor drive
REAL
0
O
Q
SETFD
Feed conveyor speed setpoint value
REAL
0
O
Q
DEV
Deviation between setpoint value and actual value
REAL
0
O
Q
MLOAD
Material loading of the rotor
REAL
0
O
Q
SETFR
Setpoint output value to conveyor REAL Y
0
O
Q
CAMNT
Material quantity drawn during online calibration
REAL
0
O
Q
CACTM
Material quantity conveyed during REAL online calibration
0
O
Q
CORMAX
Maximum correction factor of online calibration
REAL
0
O
Q
CORTOT
Total value of zero value correction factor
REAL
0
O
Q
COROVF
Correction overflow value
REAL
0
O
Q
FEDMAX
Maximum flow rate
REAL
0
O
Q
HWMAX2
Maximum feed bin weight
REAL
0
O
Q
en-YN.YNT.001.A
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-640
Connection (parameters)
Meaning
Data type
Def. Type Attr. O&O Perm. values
HWMAX1
Maximum feed bin refilling weight
REAL
0
O
Q
DEVP
Maximum permitted deviation
REAL
0
O
Q
DEVT
Period of control deviation
REAL
0
O
Q
ACT1
Current monitoring time
REAL
0
O
Q
+
VALUE
Transferred measured value (to the display in WinCC)
REAL
0
O
Q
+
PW
Parameter word
DWORD 0
O
Q
+
DW
Data word
DWORD 0
O
Q
+
SW
Status word
DWORD 0
O
Q
+
DWA
Extended diagnosis data for faceplate
DWORD 0
O
Q
+
DWB
Extended diagnosis data for faceplate
DWORD 0
O
Q
+
DWC
Extended diagnosis data for faceplate
DWORD 0
O
Q
+
Operation and observation of CSC_DRW See the description of the block symbol and the faceplate in the corresponding manual in this regard. PW, DW and SW of CSC_DRW The inputs, outputs and the internal status of the respective block are mapped on the parameter word, the data word and the status word. The assignment of the bits is found in the following table:
> CSC_DRW < Bit
Parameter word
Data word
Status word
0
STA1
OPS1
SEN1
1 2 3
EROP ILC1
OSG1 NOTA
4
EMOF
5
DAVB
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
3-641
6
STOP
7
CVON
8
OLPT
EROL
DOFF
9
AVBL
ERMS
SWST
10
RCR1
ERSP
OPER
11
GFLT
12
PMI1
ERPI
CAVBL
13
AUTO
EREO
CRCR1
14
SPCL
ETIM
CWACC
15
LEMO
16
LSER
ERRC
FEED
17
LST1
GFLT
LOCA
18 19
EROR PWON
QBAD
CSTAT
ERFIL LSP1
20 21
OPL1
ERLOD ERTRK
SST1
22
ERDRV ERDEV
23
SSTP
ERCOD
24
SWRE
ERAER
25
CSF
ERLCB
26
CSTA
ERAGI
27
CABO
EROLM
28
FDOF
COLOUR_1
29
COLOUR_2
30
COLOUR_3
31
COLOUR_4 In the case of the COLOUR operating states, the block CSC_DRW does not have all possible states. It features the states with the numbers 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 12,13 and 14.
en-YN.YNT.001.A
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-642
DWA, DWB and DWC of CSC_DRW The block has three additional data words: DWA, DWB and DWC. These words offer additional information on the Hasler weighbelt feeder without load cell and the Profibus slave. This information is shown in the associated faceplate. > CSC_DRW < Bit
Data word A
Data word B
0
ST_NOEX
AUTOREM
1
ST_NORDY
MSGSETP
2
ST_INSLR
DOFF
3
ST_SENSU
MODEADJ
4
ST_MASLO
RCR1
5
ST_WATCH
LOCBOX
6
ST_STDIA
A140
7
ST_EXDIA
8
ST_EXDOV
A142
9
ST_SYNC
A143
10
ST_FREEZ
A144
11
ST_PAREQ
A145
12
ST_PARFA
A130
13
ST_SLCCF
A131
14
ST_SLDEA
A133
15
ST_STASL
A134
16
SLAVE_OK
A135
17
SLAVE_PFIST
A136
18
LMIN1
A120
19
LMIN2
20
LMAX1
A122
21
LMAX2
A123
22
EDOS
A124
23
ERFIL
A125
24
SPLOC
25
SPREM
HARD_ID
DPPA_ADR
SUBNETID
Data word C
A141
A121
A126 A127
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
3-643
26
ERLOD
START
27
ERTRK
STOP
28
ERDRV
REMON
29
ERDEV
REMOFF
30
SERVICE
RESET
31
AUTOLOC
RESCOU
VALUE_CODE and VALUE of CSC_DRW The output VALUE is used with alternating content so that all values of the rotor weighfeeder CSC_DRW can be represented in the faceplate. To this end, the variable VALUE_CODE contains an ID, indicating which value is currently found in the output VALUE. For this purpose, the faceplate writes an ID with the request of a value into VALUE_CODE. The function block writes the value requested into the output VALUE and changes the ID in the variable VALUE_CODE in order to make clear that the value requested is now available.
en-YN.YNT.001.A
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-644
The following table shows the IDs in VALUE_CODE and the associated significations: VALUE_CODE
Description
100
:
Requesting material loading
101
:
Value of material loading pending
102
:
Requesting rotor drive speed
103
:
Value of rotor drive speed pending
104
:
Requesting feed conveyor speed setpoint value
105
:
Value of feed conveyor speed setpoint pending
106
:
Requesting deviation between setpoint value and current flow rate
107
:
Value of deviation between setpoint value and current flow rate pending
108
:
Requesting material loading on the rotor
109
:
Value of material loading on the rotor pending
110
:
Requesting setpoint output value to conveyor Y
111
:
Value of setpoint output to conveyor Y pending
112
:
Requesting quantity of material drawn during online calibration
113
:
Value of quantity of material drawn during online calibration m
114
:
Requesting quantity of material supplied during online calibration
115
:
Value of quantity of material supplied during online calibration m
116
:
Requesting maximum value correction factor from online calibration
117
:
Value of maximum value correction factor from online calibration pending
118
:
Requesting total zero point correction value
119
:
Value of total zero point correction pending
120
:
Requesting correction overflow value
121
:
Value of correction overflow pending
122
:
Requesting maximum flow rate value
123
:
Value of maximum flow rate pending
124
:
Requesting maximum feed bin content
125
:
Value of maximum feed bin content pending
126
:
Requesting maximum refilling limit
127
:
Value of maximum refilling limit pending
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
VALUE_CODE
Description
128
:
Requesting maximum permitted deviation
129
:
Value of maximum permitted deviation pending
130
:
Requesting deviation time
131
:
Value of deviation time pending
999
:
End of the measured value transfer process
LSET_CODE and LSET of CSC_DRW The rotor weighfeeder CSC_DRW has several different setpoint values for parameterising the device. The output LSET is used with alternating content so that all values of the rotor weighfeeder CSC_DRW can be represented in the faceplate. To this end, the variable LSET_CODE contains an ID, indicating which value is currently found in the output LSET. For this purpose, the faceplate writes an ID with the request of a value into LSET_CODE. The function block writes the value requested into the input LSET and changes the ID in the variable LSET_CODE in order to make clear that the value requested is now available. The following table shows the IDs in LSET_CODE and the associated significations: LSET_CODE
Description
100
:
Requesting setpoint value for maximum rotor load
101
:
Value of setpoint for maximum rotor load pending
102
:
Requesting setpoint value for minimum rotor load
103
:
Value of setpoint for minimum rotor load pending
104
:
Requesting rotor empty load setpoint value
105
:
Value of rotor empty load setpoint pending
106
:
Requesting setpoint value for feed bin filling weight MaxMax
107
:
Value of setpoint for feed bin filling weight MaxMax pending
108
:
Requesting setpoint value for feed bin filling weight Max
109
:
Value of setpoint for feed bin filling weight Max pending
110
:
Requesting setpoint value for feed bin filling weight Min
111
:
Value of setpoint for feed bin filling weight Min pending
112
:
Requesting setpoint value for feed bin filling weight MinMin
113
:
Value of setpoint for feed bin filling weight MinMin pending
en-YN.YNT.001.A
3-645
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-646
LSET_CODE
Description
114
:
Requesting material quantity setpoint value for online calibration
115
:
Value of material quantity setpoint for online calibration pending
116
:
Requesting setpoint value for quantity Q
117
:
Value of setpoint for quantity Q pending
118
:
Requesting setpoint value for relative feed bin filling weight MaxMax
119
:
Value of setpoint for relative feed bin filling weight MaxMax pending
120
:
Requesting setpoint value for relative feed bin filling weight Max
121
:
Value of setpoint for relative feed bin filling weight Max pending
122
:
Requesting setpoint value for relative feed bin filling weight Min
123
:
Value of setpoint for relative feed bin filling weight Min pending
124
:
Requesting setpoint value for relative feed bin filling weight MinMin
125
:
Value of setpoint for relative feed bin filling weight MinMin pending
130
:
Writing setpoint value for maximum rotor load
131
:
Writing setpoint value for minimum rotor load
132
:
Writing rotor empty load setpoint value
133
:
Writing setpoint value for feed bin filling weight MaxMax
134
:
Writing setpoint value for feed bin filling weight Max
135
:
Writing setpoint value for feed bin filling weight Min
136
:
Writing setpoint value for feed bin filling weight MinMin
137
:
Writing material quantity setpoint value for online calibration
138
:
Writing setpoint value for quantity Q
139
:
Writing setpoint value for relative feed bin filling weight MaxMax
140
:
Writing setpoint value for relative feed bin filling weight Max
141
:
Writing setpoint value for relative feed bin filling weight Min
142
:
Setpoint value for relative feed bin filling weight MinMin
199
:
End of the setpoint value writing process
999
:
End of the measured value transfer process
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
3.85 Profibus Special Drive S7_DRIVE: Display Profibus data from DB Description of S7_DRIVE Object name (Type + Number) FB 514 Calling OBs The time interrupt OB in which the block is installed (e.g. OB 35). Function Function block for processing data words coming from Profibus slaves (S7 couplings) and indicating the condition of a drive. Operating principle Using the function block, data words from Profibus slaves (S7 couplings, e.g. Polysius S7 Stacker or reclaimer control subsystem) with the structure (data type) UDT19 ‘DB5_DR’ can be displayed and connected within the CFC. The data word from the Profibus slave is read in and evaluated from a DB by means of the data type UDT19 ‘DB5_DR’. Internal logic Data word of UDT19 ‘DB5_DR’ data type OPS1
:=
S7DW(Byte1,Bit0)”
EROP
:=
S7DW(Byte1,Bit2)”
OPS2
:=
S7DW(Byte1,Bit1)”
NOTA
:=
S7DW(Byte1,Bit5)”
OPL1
:=
S7DW(Byte1,Bit3)”
OPL2
:=
S7DW(Byte1,Bit4)”
EROL
:=
S7DW(Byte0,Bit0)”
ERMS
:=
S7DW(Byte0,Bit1)”
ERSP
:=
S7DW(Byte0,Bit2)”
ERPI
:=
S7DW(Byte0,Bit3)”
EREO
:=
S7DW(Byte0,Bit4)”
ETIM
:=
S7DW(Byte0,Bit7)”
ERRC
:=
S7DW(Byte0,Bit5)”
ERAL
:=
S7DW(Byte0,Bit6)”
en-YN.YNT.001.A
3-647
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-648
Status word OSG1
:=
OPS1”
OSG2
:=
OPS2”
EMOF
:=
EREO”
DAVB
:=
-NOTA”
EROR
:=
EROP”
DOFF
:=
-OSG1 _& -OSG2
Block view
Fig. 99: S7_DRIVE block
Time behaviour The block must be called via a time interrupt OB or OB1. It does not have a parameter for the sampling interval. Message actions The block S7_DRIVE internally uses two ALARM_8P blocks for generating the messages. Messages are generated for the following tripping devices: ● Operating trouble (EROP) ● Overload protection (OLPT) ● Machine availability (AVBL) ● Speed monitor (SPCL)
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
3-649
● Machine protection (PMI1/2) ● Local emergency off (LEMO) ● Monitoring time (ETIM) ● Check-back signal (RCR1/2) ● Skewing (ERAL) The messages can be suppressed by setting the input SUPR. Assignment of message text and message class to the block parameters
Message Block Default message text no. parameters
Message Suppressable class
1
EROP
$$BlockComment$$ @1I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
2
EROL
$$BlockComment$$ @2I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
3
ERMS
$$BlockComment$$ @3I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
4
ERSP
$$BlockComment$$ @4I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
5
ERPI
$$BlockComment$$ @5I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
6
EREO
$$BlockComment$$ @6I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
7
ETIM
$$BlockComment$$ @7I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
8
ERRC
$$BlockComment$$ @8I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
9
ERAL
$$BlockComment$$ @1I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
10
$$BlockComment$$ @2I%t#POLCID_Standard@
11
$$BlockComment$$ @3I%t#POLCID_Standard@
12
$$BlockComment$$ @4I%t#POLCID_Standard@
13
$$BlockComment$$ @5I%t#POLCID_Standard@
14
$$BlockComment$$ @6I%t#POLCID_Standard@
en-YN.YNT.001.A
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-650
Message Block Default message text no. parameters
Message Suppressable class
15
$$BlockComment$$ @7I%t#POLCID_Standard@
16
$$BlockComment$$ @8I%t#POLCID_Standard@
Connections of S7_DRIVE Connection Meaning (parameters)
Data type
Def. Type Attr. O&O Perm. values
S7DW
S7 data word from DB of UDT19 data type
WORD
0
I
Q
CSF
Control system error
BOOL
0
I
Q
INV
Swapping high and low bytes of the S7 data word
BOOL
0
I
RLSA
Enabling alarm generation
BOOL
1
I
RUNUPCYC
Waiting cycles at start
INT
3
I
EV_ID1
Message ID 1
DWORD 0
I
M
EV_ID2
Message ID 2
DWORD 0
I
M
SUPR
Suppression of alarms
BOOL
0
IO
B
EV1_SIG1
Index variable for message no. 1
INT
1
IO
EV1_SIG2
Index variable for message no. 2
INT
2
IO
EV1_SIG3
Index variable for message no. 3
INT
3
IO
EV1_SIG4
Index variable for message no. 4
INT
4
IO
EV1_SIG5
Index variable for message no. 5
INT
5
IO
EV1_SIG6
Index variable for message no. 6
INT
6
IO
EV1_SIG7
Index variable for message no. 7
INT
7
IO
EV1_SIG8
Index variable for message no. 8
INT
8
IO
EV2_SIG1
Index variable for message no. 9
INT
46
IO
EV2_SIG2
Index variable for message no. 10
INT
0
IO
EV2_SIG3
Index variable for message no. 11
INT
0
IO
EV2_SIG4
Index variable for message no. 12
INT
0
IO
EV2_SIG5
Index variable for message no. 13
INT
0
IO
+
Q
+
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
3-651
Connection Meaning (parameters)
Data type
Def. Type Attr. O&O Perm. values
EV2_SIG6
Index variable for message no. 14
INT
0
IO
EV2_SIG7
Index variable for message no. 15
INT
0
IO
EV2_SIG8
Index variable for message no. 16
INT
0
IO
OSG1
Operating message for direction 1
BOOL
0
O
Q
OSG2
Operating message for direction 2
BOOL
0
O
Q
EMOF
Emergency off activated
BOOL
0
O
Q
DAVB
Drive is available
BOOL
0
O
Q
EROR
Drive is faulty
BOOL
0
O
Q
DOFF
Drive is off
BOOL
0
O
Q
PW
Parameter word
DWORD 0
O
Q
+
DW
Data word
DWORD 0
O
Q
+
SW
Status word
DWORD 0
O
Q
+
Operating and observation of S7_DRIVE See the description of the block symbol and the faceplate in the corresponding manual in this regard. PW, DW and SW of S7_DRIVE The inputs, outputs and the internal status of the respective block are mapped on the parameter word, the data word and the status word. The assignment of the bits is found in the following table:
> S7_DRIVE < Bit
Parameter word
Data word
Status word
0
OPS1
1
EROP
2
OPS2
OSG1
3
NOTA
OSG2
4
EMOF
5
DAVB
6
en-YN.YNT.001.A
OPL1
EROR
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-652
7
OPL2
8
EROL
9
ERMS
10
ERSP
DOFF
11 12
ERPI
13
EREO
14
ETIM
15 16
ERRC
17
ERAL
18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25
CSF
26 27 28
COLOUR_1
29
COLOUR_2
30
COLOUR_3
31
COLOUR_4 In the case of the COLOUR operating states, the block S7_DRIVE does not have all possible states. It features the states with the numbers 1, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9 and 12.
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
3.86 Profibus Special Drive S7_VALVE: Display Profibus data from DB Description of S7_VALVE Object name (Type + Number) FB 515 Calling OBs The time interrupt OB in which the block is installed (e.g. OB 35). Function Function block for processing data words coming from Profibus slaves (S7 couplings) and indicating the condition of a valve. Operating principle Using the function block, data words from Profibus slaves (S7 couplings, e.g. Polysius S7 Stacker or reclaimer control subsystem) with the structure (data type) UDT20 ‘DB5_Va’ can be displayed and connected within the CFC. The data word from the Profibus slave is read in and evaluated from a DB by means of the data type UDT20 ‘DB5_Va’. Internal logic Data word of UDT20 ‘DB5_Va data type OPS1
:=
S7DW(Byte1,Bit0)”
EROP
:=
S7DW(Byte1,Bit2)”
OPS2
:=
S7DW(Byte1,Bit1)”
NOTA
:=
S7DW(Byte1,Bit5)”
POS1
:=
S7DW(Byte1,Bit6)”
POS2
:=
S7DW(Byte1,Bit7)”
OPL1
:=
S7DW(Byte1,Bit3)”
OPL2
:=
S7DW(Byte1,Bit4)”
EROL
:=
S7DW(Byte0,Bit0)”
ERMS
:=
S7DW(Byte0,Bit1)”
ERPS
:=
S7DW(Byte0,Bit5)”
ETIM
:=
S7DW(Byte0,Bit7)”
en-YN.YNT.001.A
3-653
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-654
Status word DAVB
:=
-NOTA”
EROR
:=
EROP”
LSW1
:=
POS1“
LSW2
:=
POS2“
Block view
Fig. 100: S7_VALVE block
Time behaviour The block must be called via a time interrupt OB or OB1. It does not have a parameter for the sampling interval. Message actions The block S7_VALVE internally uses one ALARM_8P block for generating the messages. Messages are generated for the following tripping devices: ● Operating trouble (EROP) ● Overload protection (OLPT) ● Machine availability (AVBL) ● Position monitoring (ERPS) ● Monitoring time (ETIM) The messages can be suppressed by setting the input SUPR.
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
3-655
Assignment of message text and message class to the block parameters
Message Block Default message text no. parameters
Message Suppressable class
1
EROP
$$BlockComment$$ @1I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
2
EROL
$$BlockComment$$ @2I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
3
ERMS
$$BlockComment$$ @3I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
4
ERPS
$$BlockComment$$ @4I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
5
ETIM
$$BlockComment$$ @5I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
6
$$BlockComment$$ @6I%t#POLCID_Standard@
7
$$BlockComment$$ @7I%t#POLCID_Standard@
8
$$BlockComment$$ @8I%t#POLCID_Standard@
Connections of S7_VALVE Connection Meaning (parameters)
Data type
Def. Type Attr. O&O Perm. values
S7DW
S7 data word from DB of UDT20 data type
WORD
0
I
Q
CSF
Control system error
BOOL
0
I
Q
INV
Swapping high and low bytes of the S7 data word
BOOL
0
I
RLSA
Enabling alarm generation
BOOL
1
I
RUNUPCYC
Waiting cycles at start
INT
3
I
EV_ID1
Message ID 1
DWORD 0
I
M
SUPR
Suppression of alarms
BOOL
0
IO
B
EV1_SIG1
Index variable for message no. 1
INT
1
IO
EV1_SIG2
Index variable for message no. 2
INT
2
IO
EV1_SIG3
Index variable for message no. 3
INT
3
IO
en-YN.YNT.001.A
+
Q
+
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-656
Connection Meaning (parameters)
Data type
Def. Type Attr. O&O Perm. values
EV1_SIG4
Index variable for message no. 4
INT
9
IO
EV1_SIG5
Index variable for message no. 5
INT
7
IO
EV1_SIG6
Index variable for message no. 6
INT
0
IO
EV1_SIG7
Index variable for message no. 7
INT
0
IO
EV1_SIG8
Index variable for message no. 8
INT
0
IO
DAVB
Drive is available
BOOL
0
O
Q
EROR
Drive is faulty
BOOL
0
O
Q
LSW1
Limit switch for direction 1
BOOL
0
O
Q
LSW2
Limit switch for direction 2
BOOL
0
O
Q
PW
Parameter word
DWORD 0
O
Q
+
DW
Data word
DWORD 0
O
Q
+
SW
Status word
DWORD 0
O
Q
+
Operating and observation of S7_VALVE See the description of the block symbol and the faceplate in the corresponding manual in this regard. PW, DW and SW of S7_VALVE The inputs, outputs and the internal status of the respective block are mapped on the parameter word, the data word and the status word. The assignment of the bits is found in the following table:
> S7_VALVE < Bit
Parameter word
Data word
Status word
0
OPS1
1
EROP
2
OPS2
3
NOTA
4
POS1
5
POS2
DAVB
6
OPL1
EROR
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
3-657
7
OPL2
8
EROL
9
ERMS
10 11 12
LSW1
13
ERPS
14
ETIM
LSW2
15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25
CSF
26 27 28
COLOUR_1
29
COLOUR_2
30
COLOUR_3
31
COLOUR_4
The block S7_VALVE has all defined COLOUR operating states.
en-YN.YNT.001.A
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-658
3.87 Profibus Special Drive DISOCONT: Weighbelt feeder Schenk Description of DISOCONT Object name (Type + Number) FB 533 Calling OBs The time interrupt OB in which the block is installed (e.g. OB 35). Function The block is used to control a weighbelt feeder by Schenk. The Schenk weighbelt feeder is connected to the PLC via the Profibus. The block communicates directly with the Profibus device (DP-Slave-Type) Disocont. The following weigher types are supported: ● VDB weighbelt feeder ● VBW weighbelt ● VDD flowmeter For parameterising the weighers the software Schenk EasyServ is used. This software is supplied together with the weigher. The program is connected to the weigher (Disocont) via the serial interface. For controlling via the Profibus, the EasyServ software must be used to make specific settings in the Disocont: ● View -> Parameter Online -> Blocks -> 20Comm. Field bus: P20.01 Protocol Type: PROFIBUS DP P20.14 PB-DP Address: Enter Profibus Address P20.17 PB-DP-Number-ID: 12 P20.23 PB-DP-Num-Set-Values: 3 Preset Ids Assignment Profibus Parameter to GSD block: PPO12:0 0 PKW,3 Set, 14 PZD; 42 Byte In (Mas->Slv), 56 Byte Out (Slv -> Mas) ● View -> Parameter Online -> Blocks -> Control Sources: P03.02 Switch on: FB P03.03 Setpoint value: FB P03.06 Enable: FB ● View -> Parameter Online -> Blocks -> Control Meas. Dev. Corresponding controls must be enabled for the FB. All analogue values are expected kg or kgh and converted to T or T/h in the Disocont block.
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
Profibus In order to integrate the block, the type Discont is used for this purpose in the PCS7 program HW Konfig. This must be installed additionally. The GSD file necessary for this purpose can be obtained from the manufacturer. In addition, the supplier of the weighbelt normally also provides the appropriate GSD file (DCV10456.gsd). It must then be installed in HW Konfig. In HW Konfig, in the catalogue, the profile Standard is set for locating the same. Now the folder PROFIBUS-DP is opened. There the subfolders "Further field equipment and Control" are opened. Here, the entry Disocont is found.
en-YN.YNT.001.A
3-659
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-660
Fig. 101: HW Konfig with Disocont (GSD file)
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
The entry PPO12:0 PKW,3 Set, 14 PZD is used for the definition of the ProfibusDP slave. Operating principle The block communicates directly with the Schenk weighbelt feeder. This device is defined as a Profibus slave. At the input SUBNETID, the number of the Profibus system (Master system no.), which the Disocont is connected to, must be entered.
Fig. 102: HW Konfig with Disocont (SUBNETID)
At the input DPPA_ADR the slave address of the Disocont must be entered and at the input DADDR the diagnose address of the Disocont must be entered.
en-YN.YNT.001.A
3-661
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-662
Fig. 103: HW Konfig with Disocont (Addresses)
All these values may be taken from the hardware configuration of a STEP7 project. Using these values, the block can communicate automatically with the corresponding weighbelt feeder. Internally, the same logic is used as for the block UNID (FB 501). However, the block DISOCONT reads some signals directly from the Profibus (Disocont) and these need not be connected as inputs or outputs. These are the inputs AVBL, RCR1 and PWON. They are read directly from the weighbelt feeder or written directly to the same. These inputs and outputs will nevertheless be used in the internal logic. In addition, status signals are still used in the interlock system which the weighbelt feeder generates. In detail, this is the signal ALARM. A valid starting command exists when the signals: 'STA1', 'ILC1', 'AVBL', 'OLPT', 'LEMO' and 'PMI1' are set and the stopping command 'STOP' is not set. In this case, the start enable signal 'SEN1' and the run command 'PWON' are set (activation signals for the motor). If the check-back signal 'RCR1' is set together with the speed monitor signal 'SPCL' when a valid starting command is active, the control state switches to selflatching status. It is a characteristic of this state that the operating bits 'OSG1', 'OPS1' are set and that the start release command 'SEN1' is reset while the run command 'PWON' is set. From this moment, the starting commands 'STA1' or 'STA2' can be rescinded without risking reset of the run command PWON. The setting drive is stopped correctly by setting the stopping command 'STOP' or when the process interlock 'ILC1' is deactivated.
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
The monitoring time in seconds TIME1 when a drive is started specifies the period in which the check-back signal RCR1 must be set. In addition, it monitors the time during stopping within which the check-back signal RCR1 must have been reset. If time = 0, no time monitoring of the start and stop is employed. By means of the signals SST1 and SSTP an individual start of the drive can be realised in automatic mode. In the faceplate of the drive, the operator sets the signals SST1 or SSTP. After processing in the block, these signals are reset by the block. After operation of the signal SST1 the output SWST is set at first. By means of this output an external start-up warning can be started. If the start-up warning time has expired, then the input SWRE must be set. In this way, there is a valid starting command and the drive is then started as described above. With the exception of the combination with the signals SWST and SWRE the signal SST1 behaves in the same way as signal STA1. Using SSTP, the drive is stopped. SSTP behaves in the same way with the input STOP. With the signals LSER, LST1 and LSP1 operation of the drive is possible via external switches, keyboards or from the control panel. With the signal LSER the drive is switched to local operation. The availability of the drive disappears therewith. Using the parameter SWLO, it is selected whether the input SWRE is taken into consideration for the evaluation of the inputs LST1 and LSP1. Note Via the signals LST1 and LSP1 the drive can be started (1) or stopped ("0"). Via LST1 the drive is started independently from the interlock signals! Via LSP1 the signals CVON, OLPT, PMI1 and LEMO are taken into consideration. As long as the start signals are pending the drive runs, if the start signal changes to zero the drive is stopped. In addition, this block also supplies some analogue values of the weighbelt feeder. The output FEED indicates the current conveying rate of the weighbelt, the output CI01 contains the conveying rate counter 1, the output CI02 contains the conveying rate counter 2 and HOFI contains the bin filling level. The setpoint value is formed from the automatic setpoint value ASET (can be connected in the program) and the setpoint value from the faceplate SET. By means of the input AUTO it is selected which of the two setpoint values is activated. With AUTO = 0, setpoint value SET is active, and with AUTO = 1 setpoint value ASET is active. In the case of AUTO = 1 the setpoint value is deactivated in the faceplate and the value of SET is equalled to the value of ASET. The inputs HIGH and LOW are the top and bottom limit values for the setpoint value input of the plant operator. The input ENRE makes the softkey for the signal RESET visible in the faceplate. RESET is used to acknowledge events. RESET is set for the duration of PULSETIM and then reset.
en-YN.YNT.001.A
3-663
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-664
Via the set TIMCI1 the conveying rate counter1 is reset at each full hour. RCI1 and MRCI1 are then deactivated. Using the inputs RCI1 / RCI2 the internal conveyor counters 1 and 2 of the weighbelt can be cleared directly at the block, if ENCI1 and TIMCI1 / ENCI2 are not set. With ENCI1 / ENCI2 the softkeys for the reset of the conveyor counters are shown. If ENCI1 / ENCI2 have been set, the conveyor counters can be cleared in the faceplate only via the softkeys using MRCI1 / MRCI2. MRCI1 / MRCI2 are set for the duration of PULSETIM and then again reset. MCRI1 is functional only when TIMCI1 is not set. With the input ENMO set, the softkeys for the changeover between gravimetric and volumetric operation are represented in the faceplate. With SGRV the weigher is set to gravimetric operation, and with SVOL it is set to volumetric operation. SGRV / SVOL are set for the duration of PULSETIM and then again reset. With the input ,ENUID the five freely available values in the faceplate are shown. With the inputs UID08, UID09 and UID10, different measured values can be requested per ID code. These are then placed in the variables VAL08, VAL09 and VAL10. With the input UID11, a status can be requested per ID code. This is then placed in the variable VAL11 (hexadecimal value). With the input UID12, a Long can be requested per ID code. This is then placed in the variable VAL12 (hexadecimal value). The ID codes are contained in the Schenk Manual "Field Bus Interface, Field bus Data" (BV-H2100DE). With the input KTST (Target Tara) or KRST (Target area), the internal KME is started. To this end KRLS must have been enabled. The result of the KME can be taken over into the faceplate via the softkey by means of KACC (visible when ENKAC is set). KACC is set for the duration of PULSETIM and then reset again. KREJ is used to cancel the KME. Internal logic The sequence of the flags is determined by the sequence in which they must be generated. In this relation, the flags marked (with ") must be taken into account in the setting and reset conditions!
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
Auxiliary flag IAVBL
:=
AVBL_&-LOCAL
ICVON
:=
CVON_&SLAVE_OK&-WDFI
IPMI1
:=
PMI1&_-ALARM
RESET
:=
-PWON_&(-EROP/ERES)
CLEROP
:=
EROP_&ERES
AVAIL
:=
IAVBL_&OLPT_&LEMO_&IPMI1
Data word S ERPI C ERPI
: :
-IPMI1-ICVON/IPMI1_&RESET
S ERSP C ERSP
: :
(-ISTA1/OPS1)_&ILC1_&PWON_&-SPCL_&-STOP_&-NOTA”ICVON/CLEROP
S ERRC C ERRC
: :
(-ISTA1/OPS1)_&ILC1_&PWON_&-RCR1_&-STOP_&-NOTA”ICVON/CLEROP
S NOTA C NOTA
: :
-AVAIL/ERSP”/ERRC”/ETIM”-ICVON/AVAIL_&RESET
S EROP C EROP
: :
PWON_&ILC1_&NOTA”_&-STOP-ICVON/CLEROP
S OPS1 C OPS1
: :
PWON_&RCR1_&SPCL-ICVON/-RCR1/-ILC1
S EROL C EROL
: :
-OLPT-ICVON/OLPT_&RESET
S ERMS C ERMS
: :
-IAVBL_&OLPT_&LEMO-ICVON/(IAVBL/-OLPT/-LEMO))_&RESET
S EREO C EREO
: :
-LEMO-ICVON/LEMO_&RESET
OPL1
:=
-OPS1_&RCR1_&-PWON_&-IAVBL_&OLPT
S ETIM C ETIM
: :
-LCT1_&SEN1_&(-RCR1/SPCL)-CLEROP
S GWARN C GWARN
: :
WARN_&SLAVE_OK -CVON/(-WARN_&RESET)
S GFLT C GFLT
: :
ALARM -CVON/(-ALARM_&RESET)
S ERCE C ERCE
: :
ERCE -CVON/(-ERCE_&RESET)
en-YN.YNT.001.A
3-665
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-666
S ERTA C ERTA
: :
ERTA -CVON/(-ERTA_&RESET)
S ERPW C ERPW
: :
ERPW -CVON/(-ERPW_&RESET)
S ERME C ERME
: :
ERME -CVON/(-ERME_&RESET)
S EREL C EREL
: :
EREL -CVON/(-EREL_&RESET)
S ERMT C ERMT
: :
ERMT -CVON/(-ERMT_&RESET)
Status word S PWON C PWON
: :
ISTA1_&ILC1-ICVON/NOTA”/STOP/-ILC1
S OSG1 C OSG1
: :
OPS1-OPS1”
S SEN1 C SEN1
: :
PWON”OSG1”/-PWON”
EMOF
:=
EREO”
DAVB
:=
-NOTA”_&ICVON
EROR
:=
EROP”
DOFF
:=
-OSG1”
OPER
:=
OPER_&SLAVE_OK
QBAD
:=
-SLAVE_OK
GRAV
:=
-VOLU
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
Block view
Fig. 104: DISOCONT block
en-YN.YNT.001.A
3-667
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-668
Starting characteristics During the CPU start-up the DISOCONT block is deactivated. All internal state flags (shown in the data word) are reset. Following start-up the block waits for the number of cycles projected in the input RUNUPCYC, and will only be activated thereafter. A first start-up whilst the program is running is treated internally like a CPU startup. Time behaviour The block must be called via a time interrupt OB or OB1. It does not have a parameter for the sampling interval. Behaviour in case of a time error In the case of a time error the outputs will then be reset. In addition the internal state flags will be reset. Message actions The block DISOCONT internally uses an ALARM_8P block for generating the messages. Messages are generated for the following tripping devices: ● Operating trouble (EROP) ● Overload (OLPT) ● Machine availability (AVBL) ● Speed monitor (SPCL) ● Machine protection (PMI1) ● Local emergency off (LEMO) ● Monitoring time (ETIM) ● Check-back signal (RCR1) ● General Schenk warning (GWARN) ● Load cell input (ERCE) ● Tachometer input (ERTA) ● Load cell load > MAX (CMAX) ● Load cell load < MIN (CMIN) ● Power failure (ERPW) ● Belt limit switch (BLSW) ● Belt sequence (BEFR) ● Belt skewing (BDFT) ● No enabling (NORL) ● Mechanics (ERME) ● Electrics (EREL) ● Mechatronics (ERMT) ● Not ready (NORE) ● Not ready to be switched on (NOAV)
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
3-669
● General Schenk alarm (GFLT) ● Conveying capacity > MAX (IMAX) ● Conveying capacity < MIN (IMIN) ● Belt load > MAX (LMAX) ● Belt load < MIN (LMIN) ● Speed > MAX (VMAX) ● Speed < MIN (VMIN) ● BIN > MAX (BMAX) ● BIN < MIN (BMIN) The messages can be suppressed by setting the input SUPR or by resetting the input RLSA. The input SUPR, however, is activated by the operator interface (WinCC), and RLSA by the program. The inputs CVON (at value 0) and CSF (at value 1) also suppress the output of messages. Assignment of message text and message class to the block parameters
Mess. Block Default message text no. parameter
Message Suppressable class
1
EROP
$$BlockComment$$ @1I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
2
OLPT
$$BlockComment$$ @2I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
3
ERMS
$$BlockComment$$ @3I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
4
ERSP
$$BlockComment$$ @4I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
5
ERPI
$$BlockComment$$ @5I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
6
EREO
$$BlockComment$$ @6I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
7
ETIM
$$BlockComment$$ @7I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
8
ERRC
$$BlockComment$$ @8I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
9
GWARN
$$BlockComment$$ @1I%t#POLCID_Standard@
WH
Yes
10
ERCE
$$BlockComment$$ @2I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
en-YN.YNT.001.A
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-670
Mess. Block Default message text no. parameter
Message Suppressable class
11
ERTA
$$BlockComment$$ @3I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
12
CMAX
$$BlockComment$$ @4I%t#POLCID_Standard@
WH
Yes
13
CMIN
$$BlockComment$$ @5I%t#POLCID_Standard@
WH
Yes
14
ERPW
$$BlockComment$$ @6I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
15
BLSW
$$BlockComment$$ @7I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
16
BEFR
$$BlockComment$$ @8I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
17
BDFT
$$BlockComment$$ @1I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
18
NORL
$$BlockComment$$ @2I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
19
ERME
$$BlockComment$$ @3I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
20
EREL
$$BlockComment$$ @4I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
21
ERMT
$$BlockComment$$ @5I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
22
NORE
$$BlockComment$$ @6I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
23
NOAV
$$BlockComment$$ @7I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
24
GFLT
$$BlockComment$$ @8I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
25
IMAX
$$BlockComment$$ @1I%t#POLCID_Standard@
WH
Yes
26
IMIN
$$BlockComment$$ @2I%t#POLCID_Standard@
WH
Yes
27
LMAX
$$BlockComment$$ @3I%t#POLCID_Standard@
WH
Yes
28
LMIN
$$BlockComment$$ @4I%t#POLCID_Standard@
WH
Yes
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
3-671
Mess. Block Default message text no. parameter
Message Suppressable class
29
VMAX
$$BlockComment$$ @5I%t#POLCID_Standard@
WH
Yes
30
VMIN
$$BlockComment$$ @6I%t#POLCID_Standard@
WH
Yes
31
BMAX
$$BlockComment$$ @7I%t#POLCID_Standard@
WH
Yes
32
BMIN
$$BlockComment$$ @8I%t#POLCID_Standard@
WH
Yes
Connections of DISOCONT Connection Meaning (parameters)
Data type
Def.
Type Attr. O&O Perm. values
SUBNETID
Number of the Profibus subsystem INT of the PLC
0
I
DPPA_ADR
Slave address of the Profibus device
INT
0
I
DADDR
Diagnosis address of the Profibus slave
INT
0
I
STA1
Start drive
BOOL
0
I
Q
ILC1
Process-technological interlock
BOOL
1
I
Q
STOP
Stop drive
BOOL
0
I
Q
CVON
Control voltage on
BOOL
1
I
Q
OLPT
Overload protection
BOOL
1
I
Q
PMI1
Machine protection interlock
BOOL
1
I
Q
SPCL
Speed monitor
BOOL
1
I
Q
LEMO
Local emergency off
BOOL
1
I
Q
AUTO
Activate ASET ( = 1 ) or SET ( = 0 ) input
BOOL
0
I
Q
CSF
Control system error
BOOL
0
I
Q
RELS
Enabling weigher
BOOL
0
I
Q
LST1
Local start/stop without PMI1
BOOL
0
I
Q
LSP1
Local start/stop with PMI1
BOOL
0
I
Q
SWRE
Enabling start-up warning
BOOL
1
I
Q
en-YN.YNT.001.A
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-672
Connection Meaning (parameters)
Data type
Def.
Type Attr. O&O Perm. values
TIMCI1
Automatic reset of conveying rate counter1 every hour on the hour RCI1 and MRCI1 are deactivated.
BOOL
1
I
KTST
Start internal KME with target Tara BOOL
0
I
Q
KRST
Start internal KME with target Range
BOOL
0
I
Q
KREJ
KME abort
BOOL
0
I
Q
KRLS
Enabling KME
BOOL
0
I
Q
KAET
Take over external correction value for Tara
BOOL
0
I
Q
KAER
Take over external correction value for Range
BOOL
0
I
Q
KSTE
Start external KME
BOOL
0
I
Q
ESST
Display of softkeys for single faceplate start
BOOL
0
I
+
ENMO
Display of softkeys for gravimetric and volumetric operating modes
BOOL
0
I
+
ENRE
Display of softkey for weigher reset
BOOL
0
I
+
ENCI1
Display of softkey for reset of conveying rate counter1 and changeover switch MRCI1 ( =1 ) or RCI1 ( =0 )
BOOL
0
I
+
ENCI2
Display of softkey for reset of conveying rate counter2 and changeover switch MRCI2 ( =1 ) or RCI2 ( =0 )
BOOL
0
I
+
ENUID
Display of user IDs
BOOL
0
I
+
ENKAC
Display of softkey for takeover of internal KME result
BOOL
0
I
+
RCI1
Reset conveying rate counter1 on the block
BOOL
0
I
Q
RCI2
Reset conveying rate counter2 on the block
BOOL
0
I
Q
SWLO
Start-up warning also in local operating mode
BOOL
0
I
Q
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
Connection Meaning (parameters)
3-673
Data type
Def.
Type Attr. O&O Perm. values
RLSA
Enabling alarm generation
BOOL
1
I
Q
ASET
Automatic setpoint value
REAL
0.0
I
Q
HIGH
Upper limit value for setpoint value REAL
100.0 I
BQ
+
LOW
Lower limit value for setpoint value REAL
0.0
I
BQ
+
TIME1
Monitoring time setpoint value
REAL
5.0
I
BQ
+
PULSETIM
Pulse duration for reset, SGRV, SVOL, MRCI1 and MRCI2
INT
3
I
RUNUPCYC
Waiting cycles at start
INT
3
I
EV_ID1
Message ID no. 1
DWORD 0
I
M
EV_ID2
Message ID no. 2
DWORD 0
I
M
EV_ID3
Message ID no. 3
DWORD 0
I
M
EV_ID4
Message ID no. 4
DWORD 0
I
M
RESET
Resetting error Schenk
BOOL
0
IO
B
+
SVOL
Volumetric operating mode
BOOL
0
IO
B
+
SGRV
Gravimetric operating mode
BOOL
0
IO
B
+
MRCI1
Reset conveying rate counter1 via faceplate
BOOL
0
IO
B
+
MRCI2
Reset conveying rate counter2 via faceplate
BOOL
0
IO
B
+
KACC
Take over KME result
BOOL
0
IO
B
+
LSER
Enabling of local operation
BOOL
0
IO
BQ
+
SST1
Single start
BOOL
0
IO
B
+
SSTP
Single stop
BOOL
0
IO
B
+
SUPR
Suppression of alarms
BOOL
0
IO
B
+
SET
Setpoint value for faceplate
REAL
0.0
IO
B
+
UID08
User definable ID code (measured WORD value)
0
IO
BQ
+
UID09
User definable ID code (measured WORD value)
0
IO
BQ
+
UID10
User definable ID code (measured WORD value)
0
IO
BQ
+
UID11
User definable ID code (status)
0
IO
BQ
+
en-YN.YNT.001.A
WORD
>0
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-674
Connection Meaning (parameters)
Data type
Def.
Type Attr. O&O Perm. values
UID12
User definable ID code (long)
WORD
0
IO
EV1_SIG1
Index variable for message no. 1
INT
1
IO
EV1_SIG2
Index variable for message no. 2
INT
2
IO
EV1_SIG3
Index variable for message no. 3
INT
3
IO
EV1_SIG4
Index variable for message no. 4
INT
4
IO
EV1_SIG5
Index variable for message no. 5
INT
5
IO
EV1_SIG6
Index variable for message no. 6
INT
6
IO
EV1_SIG7
Index variable for message no. 7
INT
7
IO
EV1_SIG8
Index variable for message no. 8
INT
8
IO
EV2_SIG1
Index variable for message no. 9
INT
111
IO
EV2_SIG2
Index variable for message no. 10
INT
112
IO
EV2_SIG3
Index variable for message no. 11
INT
113
IO
EV2_SIG4
Index variable for message no. 12
INT
169
IO
EV2_SIG5
Index variable for message no. 13
INT
170
IO
EV2_SIG6
Index variable for message no. 14
INT
114
IO
EV2_SIG7
Index variable for message no. 15
INT
115
IO
EV2_SIG8
Index variable for message no. 16
INT
116
IO
EV3_SIG1
Index variable for message no. 17
INT
46
IO
EV3_SIG2
Index variable for message no. 18
INT
117
IO
EV3_SIG3
Index variable for message no. 19
INT
118
IO
EV3_SIG4
Index variable for message no. 20
INT
119
IO
EV3_SIG5
Index variable for message no. 21
INT
120
IO
EV3_SIG6
Index variable for message no. 22
INT
121
IO
EV3_SIG7
Index variable for message no. 23
INT
122
IO
EV3_SIG8
Index variable for message no. 24
INT
123
IO
EV4_SIG1
Index variable for message no. 25
INT
124
IO
EV4_SIG2
Index variable for message no. 26
INT
125
IO
EV4_SIG3
Index variable for message no. 27
INT
56
IO
EV4_SIG4
Index variable for message no. 28
INT
52
IO
BQ
+
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
3-675
Connection Meaning (parameters)
Data type
Def.
Type Attr. O&O Perm. values
EV4_SIG5
Index variable for message no. 29
INT
126
IO
EV4_SIG6
Index variable for message no. 30
INT
127
IO
EV4_SIG7
Index variable for message no. 31
INT
55
IO
EV4_SIG8
Index variable for message no. 32
INT
54
IO
OSG1
Operating message
BOOL
0
O
Q
EMOF
Emergency off activated
BOOL
0
O
Q
DAVB
Drive is available
BOOL
0
O
Q
EROR
Drive is faulty
BOOL
0
O
Q
DOFF
Drive is off
BOOL
0
O
Q
SWST
Start start-up warning
BOOL
0
O
Q
OPER
Drive operating
BOOL
0
O
Q
QBAD
Profibus slave faulty
BOOL
0
O
Q
LOCA
Drive is in local operating mode
BOOL
0
O
Q
NORL
No enabling
BOOL
0
O
Q
CIAC
Conveying rate counter active
BOOL
0
O
Q
VOLU
Volumetric
BOOL
0
O
Q
AUTON
Normal operation
BOOL
0
O
Q
KACK
KME waiting for acknowledgement BOOL
0
O
Q
+
KME
KME provided
BOOL
0
O
Q
+
ATEX
KME Tara absolutely exceeded
BOOL
0
O
Q
+
RTEX
KME Tara relatively exceeded
BOOL
0
O
Q
+
AREX
KME range absolutely exceeded
BOOL
0
O
Q
+
RREX
KME range relatively exceeded
BOOL
0
O
Q
+
MEAN
KME measurement announced
BOOL
0
O
Q
+
PRME
KME provided
BOOL
0
O
Q
+
KACT
KME running
BOOL
0
O
Q
+
FEED
Actual flow rate
REAL
0.0
O
Q
+
CI01
Conveying rate counter 1
REAL
0.0
O
Q
+
CI02
Conveying rate counter 2
REAL
0.0
O
Q
+
en-YN.YNT.001.A
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-676
Connection Meaning (parameters)
Data type
Def.
Type Attr. O&O Perm. values
HOFI
Batch weigher filling weight
REAL
0.0
O
Q
+
KTRE
KME Tara relative
REAL
0.0
O
Q
+
KRRE
KME range relative
REAL
0.0
O
Q
+
VAL08
Value of UID08 request (measured value)
REAL
0.0
O
Q
+
VAL09
Value of UID09 request (measured value)
REAL
0.0
O
Q
+
VAL10
Value of UID10 request (measured value)
REAL
0.0
O
Q
+
VAL11
Value of UID11 request (status)
DWORD 0
O
Q
+
VAL12
Value of UID12 request (long)
DWORD 0
O
Q
+
ACT1
Current monitoring time
REAL
0.0
O
Q
+
EVT
Event group
WORD
0
O
Q
+
NR
Event number
WORD
0
O
Q
+
TYP
Event type
WORD
0
O
Q
+
PW
Parameter word
DWORD 0
O
Q
+
DW
Data word
DWORD 0
O
Q
+
SW
Status word
DWORD 0
O
Q
+
DWA
Extended diagnosis data for faceplate
DWORD 0
O
Q
+
DWB
Extended diagnosis data for faceplate
DWORD 0
O
Q
+
DWC
Extended diagnosis data for faceplate
DWORD 0
O
Q
+
Operation and observation of DISOCONT See the description of the block symbol and the faceplate in the corresponding manual in this regard. PW, DW and SW of DISOCONT The inputs, outputs and the internal status of the respective block are mapped on the parameter word, the data word and the status word. The assignment of the bits is found in the following table:
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
3-677
> DISOCONT < Bit
Parameter word
Data word
Status word
0
STA1
OPS1
SEN1
1 2
EROP ILC1
3
OSG1 NOTA
4
EMOF
5
DAVB
6
STOP
7
CVON
8
OLPT
EROL
DOFF
9
AVBL
ERMS
SWST
10
RCR1
ERSP
OPER
11
GFLT
12
PMI1
ERPI
GRAV
13
AUTO
EREO
LOCA
14
SPCL
ETIM
15
LEMO
16
LSER
ERRC
17
LST1
GWARN
18 19
LSP1
QBAD
ERCE ERTA
SST1
22
ERPW ERME
23
SSTP
EREL
24
SWRE
ERMT
25
CSF
26 27 28
en-YN.YNT.001.A
EROR PWON
GFLT
20 21
OPL1
COLOUR_1
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-678
29
COLOUR_2
30
COLOUR_3
31
COLOUR_4 In the case of the COLOUR operating states, the block Disocont does not have all possible states. It features the states with the numbers 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7 and 12.
DWA, DWB and DWC of DISOCONT The block has three additional data words: DWA, DWB and DWC. These words offer additional information on the Schenk weighbelt feeder and the Profibus slave. This information is shown in the associated faceplate. > DISOCONT < Bit
Data word A
0
ST_NOEX
AUTON
1
ST_NORDY
OPER
2
ST_INSLR
NORL
3
ST_SENSU
CIAC
4
ST_MASLO
VOLU
5
ST_WATCH
WARN
6
ST_STDIA
ALARM
7
ST_EXDIA
8
ST_EXDOV
ERTA
9
ST_SYNC
CMAX
10
ST_FREEZ
CMIN
11
ST_PAREQ
ERPW
12
ST_PARFA
BLSW
13
ST_SLCCF
BEFR
14
ST_SLDEA
BDFT
15
ST_STASL
NORL
16
SLAVE_OK
17
SLAVE_SCH
18
Data word B
HARD_ID
DPPA_ADR
Data word C
ERCE
ERME EREL ERMT
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
3-679
19
NORE
20
NOAV
21
IMAX
22
IMIN
23
LMAX
24
LMIN
25
VMAX
26
VMIN
27 28 29 30 31
en-YN.YNT.001.A
SUBNETID
BMAX BMIN
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-680
3.88 Profibus Special Drive DISO_MAS: Disocont Master PC (PROVIT 5000) Schenk Description of DISO_MAS
Object name (Type + Number) FB 534 Calling OBs The time interrupt OB in which the block is installed (e.g. OB 35). Function The block is used for the control of the Disocont Master PC PROVIT 5000 by Schenk. The Schenk Disocont Master PC is connected to the PLC via the Profibus. The block communicates directly with the Profibus device (DP-SlaveType) Disocont Master (PCI). For the perfect communication with the DISO_MAS block, the Disocont Master must be enabled for the field bus and the Profibus address entered. Profibus In order to integrate the block, the type Discont Master (PCI) is used for this purpose in the PCS7 program HW Konfig. This must be installed additionally. The GSD file necessary for this purpose can be obtained from the manufacturer. In addition, the supplier of the weighbelt normally also provides the appropriate GSD file (DCM_049F.gsd). It must then be installed in HW Konfig. In HW Konfig, in the catalogue, the profile Standard is set for locating the same. Now the folder PROFIBUS-DP is opened. There the subfolders "Further field equipment and General" are opened. Here, the entry Disocont Master (PCI) is found.
Fig. 105: HW_Konfig with Disocont Master (PCI) (GSD file)
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
Operating principle The block communicates directly with the Schenk Disocont Master PC. This device is defined as a Profibus slave. At the input SUBNETID, the number of the Profibus system (Master system no.), which the Disocont Master is connected to, must be entered.
Fig. 106: HW Konfig with Disocont (SUBNETID)
At the input DPPA_ADR the slave address of the Disocont Master must be entered and at the input DADDR the diagnose address of the Disocont Master must be entered.
en-YN.YNT.001.A
3-681
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-682
Fig. 107: HW Konfig with Disocont (Addresses)
All these values may be taken from the hardware configuration of a STEP7 project. Using these values, the block can communicate automatically with the corresponding Disocont Master PC. The entire communication is handled via data blocks. Via the data blocks, the data from the Disocont slave (block DISO_SLA FB535) are received and transmitted to the Disocont Master PC. The data from the Disocont Master PC are received by the block and passed on to the Disocont slaves via data blocks.
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
3-683
List of the data blocks: DB21...DB30
SEND_DB_DOS1....SEND_DB_DOS10
Values from Disocont slaves to the Disocont master PC.
DB31...DB40
RECEIVE_DB_DOS1...RECEIVE_DB_DOS10 Values from Disocont master PC to Disocont slaves.
DB41
COMMAND_MASTER
Values from DISO_MAS block to the Disocont master PC (group).
DB42
STATUS_MASTER
Values from Disocont master PC (group) to DISO_MAS block.
DB43
SEND_DB_KME
Values from DISO_MAS block to the Disocont master PC (MKME Multiple weigher check measuring device).
DB44
RECEIVE_DB_KME
Values from Disocont master PC (MKME) to DISO_MAS block.
DB45
SEND_DB_SCHENK_PC
Transmit buffer memory of all values transmitted to the Disocont master PC.
DB46
RECEIVE_DB_SCHENK_PC
Receive buffer memory of all values received from Disocont master PC.
(Parameter description of the data blocks: (see page 3-44) to (see page 3-65)) If the input RELS is set, the communication between the block and the Disocont Master PC is enabled. The inputs SCALE1 to SCALE10 respectively enable the communication to the individual weighers 1- 10. For each individual weigher the respective input must be set to 1. For MKME the input KME must be set. Weigher group GSTART and GSTOP starting and stopping of the weigher group. To this end, in the Disocont Master PC, individual weighers must be combined into a group.
en-YN.YNT.001.A
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-684
The group setpoint value is formed from the automatic setpoint value GASET (can be connected in the program) and the setpoint value from the faceplate GSET. By means of the input AUTO it is selected which of the two setpoint values is activated. With AUTO = 0, setpoint value GSET is active, and with AUTO = 1 setpoint value GASET is active. In the case of AUTO = 1 the setpoint value is deactivated in the faceplate and the value of SET is equalled to the value of GASET. The inputs HIGH and LOW are the top and bottom limit values for the group setpoint value input of the plant operator. The input ENRE makes the softkey for the signal RESET visible in the faceplate. RESET is used to acknowledge the events of the Disocont Master PC. RESET is set for the duration of PULSETIM and then reset. Using the inputs RCI1 / RCI2 the internal conveyor counters 1 and 2 of the Disocont Master PC can be cleared directly at the block, if ENCI1 and TIMCI1 / ENCI2 are not set. With ENCI1 / ENCI2 the softkeys for the reset of the conveyor counters are shown. If ENCI1 / ENCI2 have been set, the conveyor counters can be cleared in the faceplate only via the softkeys using MRCI1 / MRCI2. MRCI1 / MRCI2 are set for the duration of PULSETIM and then again reset. The output FEED indicates the current conveying rate of the group. Multiple weigher check measuring device With the input KTST (Target Tara) or KRST (Target area), MKME is started. To this end KRLS must have been enabled. The result of the KME can be taken over into the faceplate via the softkey by means of KACC (visible when ENKAC is set). KACC is set for the duration of PULSETIM and then reset again. Additionally, for results takeover, the weighers involved must be preselected. To this end, the inputs KACQ1 to KAQC10 are available. If the result should be taken over, KACC and the affected weighers KAQCn (n=1...10) must be set. With KREJ or by resetting KRLS, KME is cancelled.
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
Block view
Fig. 108: DISO_MAS block
Starting characteristics During the CPU start-up the DISO_MAS block is deactivated. All internal state flags (shown in the data word) are reset. Following start-up the block waits for the number of cycles projected in the input RUNUPCYC, and will only be activated thereafter.
en-YN.YNT.001.A
3-685
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-686
A first start-up whilst the program is running is treated internally like a CPU startup. Time behaviour The block must be called via a time interrupt OB or OB1. It does not have a parameter for the sampling interval. Behaviour in case of a time error In the case of a time error the outputs will then be reset. In addition the internal state flags will be reset. Message actions The block DISO_MAS internally uses an ALARM_8P block for generating the messages. Messages are generated for the following tripping devices: ● General Schenk warning (WARN) ● General Schenk alarm (ALARM) ● Watchdog (WATCH) The messages can be suppressed by setting the input SUPR or by resetting the input RLSA. The input SUPR, however, is activated by the operator interface (WinCC), and RLSA by the program. The inputs CVON (at value 0) and CSF (at value 1) also suppress the output of messages. Assignment of message text and message class to the block parameters
Mess. Block Default message text no. parameters
Message Suppressable class
1
ALARM
$$BlockComment$$ @1I%t#POLCID_Standard@
WH
Yes
2
WARN
$$BlockComment$$ @2I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
3
WATCH
$$BlockComment$$ @3I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
4
$$BlockComment$$ @4I%t#POLCID_Standard@
5
$$BlockComment$$ @5I%t#POLCID_Standard@
6
$$BlockComment$$ @6I%t#POLCID_Standard@
7
$$BlockComment$$ @7I%t#POLCID_Standard@
8
$$BlockComment$$ @8I%t#POLCID_Standard@
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
3-687
Connections of DISO_MAS Connection Meaning (parameters)
Data type
Def.
Type Attr. O&O Perm. values
SUBNETID
Number of the Profibus subsystem INT of the PLC
0
I
DPPA_ADR
Slave address of the Profibus device
INT
0
I
DADDR
Diagnosis address of the Profibus slave
INT
0
I
RELS
Enabling weigher
BOOL
0
I
Q
GSTART
Start weigher group
BOOL
0
I
Q
GSTOP
Stop weigher group
BOOL
0
I
Q
AUTO
Activate ASET ( = 1 ) or SET ( = 0 ) input
BOOL
0
I
Q
SCALE1
Enable communication to weigher 1
BOOL
0
I
Q
SCALE2
Enable communication to weigher 2
BOOL
0
I
Q
SCALE3
Enable communication to weigher 3
BOOL
0
I
Q
SCALE4
Enable communication to weigher 4
BOOL
0
I
Q
SCALE5
Enable communication to weigher 5
BOOL
0
I
Q
SCALE6
Enable communication to weigher 6
BOOL
0
I
Q
SCALE7
Enable communication to weigher 7
BOOL
0
I
Q
SCALE8
Enable communication to weigher 8
BOOL
0
I
Q
SCALE9
Enable communication to weigher 9
BOOL
0
I
Q
SCALE10
Enable communication to weigher 10
BOOL
0
I
Q
KME
Enable communication to MKME
BOOL
0
I
Q
KTST
Start internal KME with target Tara BOOL
0
I
Q
en-YN.YNT.001.A
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-688
Connection Meaning (parameters)
Data type
Def.
Type Attr. O&O Perm. values
KRST
Start internal KME with target Range
BOOL
0
I
Q
KREJ
Reject KME result
BOOL
0
I
Q
KRLS
Enabling KME
BOOL
0
I
Q
KACQ1
Enabling weigher 1 taking over result
BOOL
0
I
Q
KACQ2
Enabling weigher 2 taking over result
BOOL
0
I
Q
KACQ3
Enabling weigher 3 taking over result
BOOL
0
I
Q
KACQ4
Enabling weigher 4 taking over result
BOOL
0
I
Q
KACQ5
Enabling weigher 5 taking over result
BOOL
0
I
Q
KACQ6
Enabling weigher 6 taking over result
BOOL
0
I
Q
KACQ7
Enabling weigher 7 taking over result
BOOL
0
I
Q
KACQ8
Enabling weigher 8 taking over result
BOOL
0
I
Q
KACQ9
Enabling weigher 9 taking over result
BOOL
0
I
Q
KACQ10
Enabling weigher 10 taking over result
BOOL
0
I
Q
RCI1
Reset conveying rate counter1 on the block
BOOL
0
I
Q
RCI2
Reset conveying rate counter2 on the block
BOOL
0
I
Q
ENCI1
Display of softkey for reset of conveying rate counter1 and changeover switch MRCI1 ( =1 ) or RCI1 ( =0 )
BOOL
0
I
+
ENCI2
Display of softkey for reset of conveying rate counter2 and changeover switch MRCI2 ( =1 ) or RCI2 ( =0 )
BOOL
0
I
+
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
3-689
Connection Meaning (parameters)
Data type
Def.
Type Attr. O&O Perm. values
ENRE
Display of softkey for weigher reset
BOOL
0
I
+
ENKAC
Display of softkey for takeover of internal KME result
BOOL
0
I
+
GASET
Automatic group setpoint value
REAL
0.0
I
HIGH
Upper limit value for setpoint value REAL
100.0 I
BQ
+
LOW
Lower limit value for setpoint value REAL
0.0
I
BQ
+
RLSA
Enabling alarm generation
BOOL
1
I
Q
WSETCYC
Waiting cycle setpoint value for Watchdog
INT
10
I
PULSETIM
Pulse duration for reset, MRCI1 and MRCI2
INT
3
I
RUNUPCYC
Waiting cycles at start
INT
3
I
EV_ID1
Message ID no. 1
DWORD 0
I
M
RESET
Resetting error Schenk
BOOL
0
IO
B
+
MRCI1
Reset conveying rate counter1 via faceplate
BOOL
0
IO
B
+
MRCI2
Reset conveying rate counter2 via faceplate
BOOL
0
IO
B
+
KACC
Take over KME result
BOOL
0
IO
BQ
+
SUPR
Suppression of alarms
BOOL
0
IO
B
+
GSET
Group setpoint value for faceplate
REAL
0.0
IO
B
+
EV1_SIG1
Index variable for message no. 1
INT
123
IO
EV1_SIG2
Index variable for message no. 2
INT
111
IO
EV1_SIG3
Index variable for message no. 3
INT
63
IO
EV1_SIG4
Index variable for message no. 4
INT
0
IO
EV1_SIG5
Index variable for message no. 5
INT
0
IO
EV1_SIG6
Index variable for message no. 6
INT
0
IO
EV1_SIG7
Index variable for message no. 7
INT
0
IO
EV1_SIG8
Index variable for message no. 8
INT
0
IO
GOPER
Weigher group operating
BOOL
0
O
Q
QBAD
Profibus slave faulty
BOOL
0
O
Q
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Q
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-690
Connection Meaning (parameters)
Data type
Def.
Type Attr. O&O Perm. values
LOCA
Drive is in local operating mode
BOOL
0
O
Q
ALARM
General error
BOOL
0
O
Q
+
WARN
General warning
BOOL
0
O
Q
+
AUTON
Normal operation
BOOL
0
O
Q
+
KACT
KME running
BOOL
0
O
Q
+
KACK
KME waiting for acknowledgement BOOL
0
O
Q
+
FEED
Actual flow rate
REAL
0.0
O
Q
+
KCHECK
KME test quantity
REAL
0.0
O
Q
+
KBIN
KME measured value for batch weigher
REAL
0.0
O
Q
+
KSUM
KME total of measured values of all weighers
REAL
0.0
O
Q
+
KLBIN
KME container filling level
REAL
0.0
O
Q
+
KRES
KME result F/Z
REAL
0.0
O
Q
+
WACTCYC
Waiting cycles for Watchdog
INT
10
O
Q
DW
Data word
DWORD 0
O
Q
+
DWA
Extended diagnosis data for faceplate
DWORD 0
O
Q
+
DWB
Extended diagnosis data for faceplate
DWORD 0
O
Q
+
Operation and observation of DISO_MAS See the description of the block symbol and the faceplate in the corresponding manual in this regard.
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
3-691
PW, DW and SW of DISO_MAS The inputs, outputs and the internal status of the respective block are mapped on the parameter word, the data word and the status word. The assignment of the bits is found in the following table:
> DISO_MAS < Bit
Parameter word
0
Data word GOPER
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17
WARN
18
ALARM
19
WATCH
20
AUTON
21 22 23
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Status word
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-692
24 25 26 27 28
COLOUR_1
29
COLOUR_2
30
COLOUR_3
31
COLOUR_4 In the case of the COLOUR operating states, the block DISO_MAS does not have all possible states. It features the states with the numbers 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6 and 12.
DWA and DWB of DISO_MAS The block has two additional data words: DWA and DWB. These words offer additional information on the Schenk Disocont Master PC and the Profibus slave. This information is shown in the associated faceplate. > DISO_MAS < Bit
Data word A
Data word B
0
ST_NOEX
HARD_ID
1
ST_NORDY
2
ST_INSLR
3
ST_SENSU
4
ST_MASLO
5
ST_WATCH
6
ST_STDIA
7
ST_EXDIA
8
ST_EXDOV
9
ST_SYNC
10
ST_FREEZ
11
ST_PAREQ
12
ST_PARFA
13
ST_SLCCF
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
14
ST_SLDEA
15
ST_STASL
16
SLAVE_OK
17
SLAVE_SCH
3-693
18 19
DPPA_ADR
20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31
en-YN.YNT.001.A
SUBNETID
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-694
3.89 Profibus Special Drive DISO_SLA: Disocont slave Description of DISO_SLA Object name (Type + Number) FB 535 Calling OBs The time interrupt OB in which the block is installed (e.g. OB 35). Function The block is used for controlling the Disocont weighers by Schenk which are connected to a Disocont Master PC. The Schenk Disocont Master PC is connected to the PLC via the Profibus and controlled by the DISO_MAS block. The Disocont slave block communicates with the DISO_MAS block via data blocks.
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
3-695
Operating principle The entire communication is handled via data blocks. Via the data blocks, the data from the Disocont slaves are received and transmitted by the DISO_MAS block to the Disocont Master PC. The data from the Disocont Master PC are received by the DISO_MAS block and passed on to the Disocont slaves via data blocks. List of the data blocks: DB21...DB30
SEND_DB_DOS1....SEND_DB_DOS10
Values from Disocont slaves to the Disocont master PC.
DB31...DB40
RECEIVE_DB_DOS1...RECEIVE_DB_DOS10 Values from Disocont master PC to Disocont slaves. (Parameter description of the data blocks: see chapters 3.7 to 3.14) The input NUM is used to set the number of the Disocont weigher. The number must be identical with the weigher definition in the Disocont Master PC. Number 1 signifies, for example, that the Disocont slave transmits via the DB21 and receives via DB31. If input RELS is set, the weigher is enabled. START and STOP starting and stopping the weigher. To this end, individual weighers must be defined in the Disocont Master PC and no group. The setpoint value is formed from the automatic setpoint value ASET (can be connected in the program) and the setpoint value from the faceplate SET. By means of the input AUTO it is selected which of the two setpoint values is activated. With AUTO = 0, setpoint value SET is active, and with AUTO = 1 setpoint value ASET is active. In the case of AUTO = 1 the setpoint value is deactivated in the faceplate and the value of SET is equalled to the value of ASET. The inputs HIGH and LOW are the top and bottom limit values for the setpoint value input of the plant operator. The input ENRE makes the softkey for the signal RESET visible in the faceplate. RESET is used to acknowledge the results of the Disocont weigher. RESET is set for the duration of PULSETIM and then reset. Via the set TIMCI1 the conveying rate counter1 is reset at each full hour. RCI1 and MRCI1 are then deactivated. Using the inputs RCI1 / RCI2 the internal conveyor counters 1 and 2 of the Discont weigher can be cleared directly at the block, if ENCI1 and TIMCI1 / ENCI2 are not set. With ENCI1 / ENCI2 the softkeys for the reset of the conveyor counters are shown. If ENCI1 / ENCI2 have been set, the conveyor counters can be cleared in the faceplate only via the softkeys using MRCI1 / MRCI2. MRCI1 / MRCI2 are set for the duration of PULSETIM and then again reset. MCRI1 is functional only when TIMCI1 is not set.
en-YN.YNT.001.A
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-696
With the input ENMO set, the softkeys for the changeover between gravimetric and volumetric operation are represented in the faceplate. With SGRV the weigher is set to gravimetric operation, and with SVOL it is set to volumetric operation. SGRV / SVOL are set for the duration of PULSETIM and then again reset. In addition, this block also supplies some analogue values of the Disocont weigher. The output FEED indicates the current conveying rate of the weigher, the output CI01 contains the conveying rate counter 1, the output CI02 contains the conveying rate counter 2 and HOFI contains the bin filling level. Below, you will find an example for a CFC with a DISO_MAS block (connection to the Disocont Master PC via Profibus) and four DISO_SLA blocks (individual weighers).
Fig. 109: Example CFC
In the example a kiln feed bin with three continuous measuring dosing devices and a weighing system are shown. The Disocont slaves are numbered from 1 to 4 in accordance with the definition in the Disocont Master PC.
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
Block view
Fig. 110: DISO_SLA block
Starting characteristics During the CPU start-up the DISO_SLA block is deactivated. All internal state flags (shown in the data word) are reset. Following start-up the block waits for the number of cycles projected in the input RUNUPCYC, and will only be activated thereafter. A first start-up whilst the program is running is treated internally like a CPU startup. Time behaviour The block must be called via a time interrupt OB or OB1. It does not have a parameter for the sampling interval. Behaviour in case of a time error In the case of a time error the outputs will then be reset. In addition the internal state flags will be reset.
en-YN.YNT.001.A
3-697
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-698
Message actions The block DISO_SLA internally uses an ALARM_8P block for generating the messages. Messages are generated for the following tripping devices: ● General Schenk warning (WARN) ● General Schenk alarm (ALARM) ● Watchdog (WATCH) ● Conveying capacity > MAX (IMAX) ● Conveying capacity < MIN (IMIN) ● Belt load > MAX (LMAX) ● Belt load < MIN (LMIN) ● Speed > MAX (VMAX) ● Speed < MIN (VMIN) ● BIN > MAX (BMAX) ● BIN < MIN (BMIN) The messages can be suppressed by setting the input SUPR. Assignment of message text and message class to the block parameters
Mess. Block Default message text no. parameter
Message Suppressable class
1
WARN
$$BlockComment$$ @1I%t#POLCID_Standard@
WH
Yes
2
ALARM
$$BlockComment$$ @2I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
3
WATCH
$$BlockComment$$ @3I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
WH
Yes
4
$$BlockComment$$ @4I%t#POLCID_Standard@
5
$$BlockComment$$ @5I%t#POLCID_Standard@
6
$$BlockComment$$ @6I%t#POLCID_Standard@
7
$$BlockComment$$ @7I%t#POLCID_Standard@
8
$$BlockComment$$ @8I%t#POLCID_Standard@
9
IMAX
$$BlockComment$$ @1I%t#POLCID_Standard@
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
3-699
Mess. Block Default message text no. parameter
Message Suppressable class
10
IMIN
$$BlockComment$$ @2I%t#POLCID_Standard@
WH
Yes
11
LMAX
$$BlockComment$$ @3I%t#POLCID_Standard@
WH
Yes
12
LMIN
$$BlockComment$$ @4I%t#POLCID_Standard@
WH
Yes
13
VMAX
$$BlockComment$$ @5I%t#POLCID_Standard@
WH
Yes
14
VMIN
$$BlockComment$$ @6I%t#POLCID_Standard@
WH
Yes
15
BMAX
$$BlockComment$$ @7I%t#POLCID_Standard@
WH
Yes
16
BMIN
$$BlockComment$$ @8I%t#POLCID_Standard@
WH
Yes
Connections of DISO_SLA Connection Meaning (parameters)
Data type
Def.
Type Attr. O&O Perm. values
NUM
Number of Schenk weigher
INT
0
I
START
Start balance
BOOL
0
I
Q
STOP
Stop weigher
BOOL
0
I
Q
AUTO
Activate ASET ( = 1 ) or SET ( = 0 ) input
BOOL
0
I
Q
CSF
Control system error
BOOL
0
I
Q
RELS
Enabling weigher
BOOL
0
I
Q
TIMCI1
Automatic reset of conveying rate counter1 every hour on the hour RCI1 and MRCI1 are deactivated.
BOOL
1
I
RCI1
Reset conveying rate counter1 on the block
BOOL
0
I
Q
RCI2
Reset conveying rate counter2 on the block
BOOL
0
I
Q
en-YN.YNT.001.A
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-700
Connection Meaning (parameters)
Data type
Def.
Type Attr. O&O Perm. values
ENCI1
Display of softkey for reset of conveying rate counter1 and changeover switch MRCI1 ( =1 ) or RCI1 ( =0 )
BOOL
0
I
+
ENCI2
Display of softkey for reset of conveying rate counter2 and changeover switch MRCI2 ( =1 ) or RCI2 ( =0 )
BOOL
0
I
+
ENRE
Display of softkey for weigher reset
BOOL
0
I
+
ENMO
Display of softkeys for gravimetric and volumetric operating modes
BOOL
0
I
+
RLSA
Enabling alarm generation
BOOL
1
I
Q
ASET
Automatic setpoint value
REAL
0.0
I
Q
HIGH
Upper limit value for setpoint value REAL
100.0 I
BQ
+
LOW
Lower limit value for setpoint value REAL
0.0
I
BQ
+
PULSETIM
Pulse duration for reset, MRCI1 and MRCI2
INT
3
I
RUNUPCYC
Waiting cycles at start
INT
3
I
EV_ID1
Message ID no. 1
DWORD 0
I
M
EV_ID2
Message ID no. 2
DWORD 0
I
M
RESET
Resetting error Schenk
BOOL
0
IO
B
+
SVOL
Volumetric operating mode
BOOL
0
IO
B
+
SGRV
Gravimetric operating mode
BOOL
0
IO
B
+
MRCI1
Reset conveying rate counter1 via faceplate
BOOL
0
IO
B
+
MRCI2
Reset conveying rate counter2 via faceplate
BOOL
0
IO
B
+
SUPR
Suppression of alarms
BOOL
0
IO
B
+
SET
Setpoint value for faceplate
REAL
0.0
IO
B
+
EV1_SIG1
Index variable for message no. 1
INT
123
IO
EV1_SIG2
Index variable for message no. 2
INT
111
IO
EV1_SIG3
Index variable for message no. 3
INT
0
IO
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
3-701
Connection Meaning (parameters)
Data type
Def.
Type Attr. O&O Perm. values
EV1_SIG4
Index variable for message no. 4
INT
0
IO
EV1_SIG5
Index variable for message no. 5
INT
0
IO
EV1_SIG6
Index variable for message no. 6
INT
0
IO
EV1_SIG7
Index variable for message no. 7
INT
0
IO
EV1_SIG8
Index variable for message no. 8
INT
0
IO
EV2_SIG1
Index variable for message no. 1
INT
124
IO
EV2_SIG2
Index variable for message no. 2
INT
125
IO
EV2_SIG3
Index variable for message no. 3
INT
56
IO
EV2_SIG4
Index variable for message no. 4
INT
52
IO
EV2_SIG5
Index variable for message no. 5
INT
126
IO
EV2_SIG6
Index variable for message no. 6
INT
127
IO
EV2_SIG7
Index variable for message no. 7
INT
55
IO
EV2_SIG8
Index variable for message no. 8
INT
54
IO
OPER
Balance running
BOOL
0
O
Q
NORL
No enabling
BOOL
0
O
Q
CIAC
Conveying rate counter active
BOOL
0
O
Q
VOLU
Volumetric
BOOL
0
O
Q
ALARM
General error
BOOL
0
O
Q
+
WARN
General warning
BOOL
0
O
Q
+
AUTON
Normal operation
BOOL
0
O
Q
+
IMAX
Conveying capacity > MAX
BOOL
0
O
Q
+
IMIN
Conveying capacity < MIN
BOOL
0
O
Q
+
LMAX
Belt load > MAX
BOOL
0
O
Q
+
LMIN
Belt load > MIN
BOOL
0
O
Q
+
VMAX
Speed > MAX
BOOL
0
O
Q
+
VMIN
Speed < MIN
BOOL
0
O
Q
+
BMAX
BIN > MAX
BOOL
0
O
Q
+
BMIN
BIN < MIN
BOOL
0
O
Q
+
FEED
Actual flow rate
REAL
0.0
O
Q
+
en-YN.YNT.001.A
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-702
Connection Meaning (parameters)
Data type
Def.
Type Attr. O&O Perm. values
CI01
Conveying rate counter 1
REAL
0.0
O
Q
+
CI02
Conveying rate counter 2
REAL
0.0
O
Q
+
HOFI
Batch weigher filling weight
REAL
0.0
O
Q
+
DW
Data word
DWORD 0
O
Q
+
DWC
Extended diagnosis data for faceplate
DWORD 0
O
Q
+
Operation and observation of DISO_SLA See the description of the block symbol and the faceplate in the corresponding manual in this regard. PW, DW and SW of DISO_SLA The inputs, outputs and the internal status of the respective block are mapped on the parameter word, the data word and the status word. The assignment of the bits is found in the following table:
> DISO_SLA< Bit 0
Parameter word
Data word
Status word
GOPER
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
3-703
13 14 15 16 17
WARN
18
ALARM
19
WATCH
20
AUTON
21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28
COLOUR_1
29
COLOUR_2
30
COLOUR_3
31
COLOUR_4 In the case of the COLOUR operating states, the block DISO_SLA does not have all possible states. It features the states with the numbers 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6 and 12.
DWC of DISO_SLA The block has an additional data word: DWC. Additional information on the weigher is represented in this word. This information is shown in the associated faceplate. > DISO_SLA < Bit
Data word C
0
AUTON
1
OPER
2
NORL
3
CIAC
en-YN.YNT.001.A
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-704
4
VOLU
5
WARN
6
ALARM
7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21
IMAX
22
IMIN
23
LMAX
24
LMIN
25
VMAX
26
VMIN
27
BMAX
28
BMIN
29 30 31
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
3.90 Profibus Special Drive COMBOX_P: Compressor control by Atlas Copco Description of COMBOX_P Object name (Type + Number) FB 536 Calling OBs The time interrupt OB in which the block is installed (e.g. OB 35). Function The block is used for controlling the ComBox - P by Atlas Copco. The Atlas Copco ComBox - P is connected to the PLC via the Profibus. The block communicates directly with the Profibus device (DP-Slave-Type) ComBox - P. For setting up a Profibus connection to one or several compressors in the network, a special interface block must be inserted into the network. The ComBox - P. Via the ComBox - P, the communication to the compressors is effected on the CAN Bus. The Profibus protocol for the ComBox - P is contained in the operating instructions for the Profibus interface of the ComBox - P (BA for Profibus Protokoll Elektronikon ComBox - P rev2.pdf).
Fig. 111: Compressors in the network
en-YN.YNT.001.A
3-705
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-706
For the communication between the ComBox - P and the component COMBOX_P in the PLC, the following settings / preconditions must have been met: ● The communication is effected via one data record. That is, the ComBox - P must be programmed with a data record. ● In order to control the compressors via the Profibus interface, the control mode LAN Control must be selected at the compressor control systems (Elektronikon) (see operating instructions for the compressors e.g GA 90-15 MKIV 2004-04.pdf). As standard, the compressor will then adopt Controller Mode 4a (Switching the compressor on and off via the Profibus. Pressure control is effected via the compressor control system). Profibus In order to integrate the block, the type Profi2Can is used in the PCS7 program HW Konfig. This must be installed additionally. The GSD file necessary for this purpose can be obtained from the manufacturer. In addition, the supplier of the frequency converter normally also provides the appropriate GSD file (PROF2CAN.gsd). It must then be installed in HW Konfig. In HW Konfig, in the catalogue, the profile Standard is set for locating the same. Now the folder PROFIBUS-DP is opened. There the subfolders "Further field equipment and General" are opened. Here, the entry Profi2Can is found.
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
Fig. 112: HW Konfig with Profi2Can (GSD file)
The universal mode must be selected and defined as out/input type with a length of 8 bytes each.
en-YN.YNT.001.A
3-707
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-708
Fig. 113: HW Konfig with Profi2Can (configuration)
Operating principle The block communicates directly with Atlas Copco ComBox - P. This device is defined as a Profibus slave. At the input SUBNETID, the number of the Profibus system (Master system no.), which the ComBox - P is connected to, must be entered.
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
Fig. 114: HW Konfig with ComBox - P (SUBNETID)
At the input DPPA_ADR the slave address of the ComBox - P must be entered and at the input DADDR the diagnose address must be entered.
en-YN.YNT.001.A
3-709
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-710
Fig. 115: HW Konfig with ComBox - P (Addresses)
All these values may be taken from the hardware configuration of a STEP7 project. Using these values, the block can communicate automatically with the ComBox - P. At the CAN_NODE input, the CAN Bus address of the compressor control must be entered. If input F has been set, the communication between the block and the ComBox P is enabled. START and STOP switch the compressor control On and Off. If only one compressor control is connected to the ComBox - P via the CAN Bus, no Token control is required and the NOTOKEN input must be set to 1. If several compressor controls exist, these must be chained via ITOKEN and OTOKEN. A compressor control must receive the first token by setting FTOKEN.
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
Fig. 116: Example for three compressor controls at the ComBox - P
Up to 10 analogue values can be retrieved via the compressor control. The number (1 to 10) must be set at the input NUM_AI. For retrieval the inputs PARA_AIn (n=0 .. 9) must be connected to the parameter IDs. The parameter IDs can be different for each type of compressor and must therefore be taken from the parameter list of the respective compressor. A standard compressor may have 1 to 4 pressure inputs and 1 to 10 temperature inputs. The calibration of the values is effected via the inputs CAL_Ain (n=0...9). Pressures are transmitted e.g. in 0.001Bar and temperatures in 0.1°C. For each analogue input, a description may additionally be given by means of DESC_AIn (n=0...9). The outputs AIn contain the analogue values called up by the inputs PARA_Ain, multiplied by CAL_AIn (n=0...9). STAT_AIn contains the status registers for the analogue values. The output NODE_IDS indicates the compressors connected. Bit0 set signifies that the Node ID (CAN Bus address) 1 was found, and Bit1 signifies that the Node ID 2 was found, etc.
en-YN.YNT.001.A
3-711
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-712
Block view
Fig. 117: COMBOX_P block
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
3-713
Starting characteristics During the CPU start-up the COMBOX_P block is deactivated. All internal state flags (shown in the data word) are reset. Following start-up the block waits for the number of cycles projected in the input RUNUPCYC, and will only be activated thereafter. A first start-up whilst the program is running is treated internally like a CPU startup. Time behaviour The block must be called via a time interrupt OB or OB1. It does not have a parameter for the sampling interval. Behaviour in case of a time error In the case of a time error the outputs will then be reset. In addition the internal state flags will be reset. Message actions The block COMBOX_P internally uses an ALARM_8P block for generating the messages. Messages are generated for the following tripping devices: ● Error Atlas Copco Compressor (ER) ● General start failure (GEN_STA) ● General shutdown (GEN_SHUT) The messages can be suppressed by setting the input SUPR. Assignment of message text and message class to the block parameters
Mess. Block no. parameter
Default message text
Message Suppressable class
1
ER
$$BlockComment$$ @1I%t#POLCID_Standard@ @1I%2d@
AH
Yes
2
GEN_STA
$$BlockComment$$ @2I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
3
GEN_SHUT $$BlockComment$$ @3I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
4
$$BlockComment$$ @4I%t#POLCID_Standard@
5
$$BlockComment$$ @5I%t#POLCID_Standard@
6
$$BlockComment$$ @6I%t#POLCID_Standard@
7
$$BlockComment$$ @7I%t#POLCID_Standard@
en-YN.YNT.001.A
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-714
Mess. Block no. parameter
Default message text
8
$$BlockComment$$ @8I%t#POLCID_Standard@
Message Suppressable class
Connections of COMBOX_P Connection Meaning (parameters)
Data type
Def.
Type Attr. O&O Perm. values
SUBNETID
Number of the Profibus subsystem INT of the PLC
0
I
DPPA_ADR
Slave address of the Profibus device
INT
0
I
DADDR
Diagnosis address of the Profibus slave
INT
0
I
F
Enabling
BOOL
0
I
Q
START
Start compressor control system
BOOL
0
I
Q
STOP
Stop compressor control system
BOOL
0
I
Q
ITOKEN
Input token for linked compressor control systems
BOOL
0
I
Q
FTOKEN
First token. One compressor control system must be assigned the first token.
BOOL
0
I
NOTOKEN
No token control. Only one compressor control system existing
BOOL
0
I
RLSA
Enabling alarm generation
BOOL
1
I
CAN_NODE
CAN Bus address of compressor control system
INT
0
I
NUM_AI
Number of the analogue inputs to be read in
INT
0
I
PARA_AI0
Parameter ID for analogue input 0
INT
0
I
PARA_AI1
Parameter ID for analogue input 1
INT
0
I
PARA_AI2
Parameter ID for analogue input 2
INT
0
I
PARA_AI3
Parameter ID for analogue input 3
INT
0
I
PARA_AI4
Parameter ID for analogue input 4
INT
0
I
PARA_AI5
Parameter ID for analogue input 5
INT
0
I
Q
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
3-715
Connection Meaning (parameters)
Data type
Def.
Type Attr. O&O Perm. values
PARA_AI6
Parameter ID for analogue input 6
INT
0
I
PARA_AI7
Parameter ID for analogue input 7
INT
0
I
PARA_AI8
Parameter ID for analogue input 8
INT
0
I
PARA_AI9
Parameter ID for analogue input 9
INT
0
I
CAL_AI0
Calibration for analogue input 0
REAL
0
I
Q
CAL_AI1
Calibration for analogue input 1
REAL
0
I
Q
CAL_AI2
Calibration for analogue input 2
REAL
0
I
Q
CAL_AI3
Calibration for analogue input 3
REAL
0
I
Q
CAL_AI4
Calibration for analogue input 4
REAL
0
I
Q
CAL_AI5
Calibration for analogue input 5
REAL
0
I
Q
CAL_AI6
Calibration for analogue input 6
REAL
0
I
Q
CAL_AI7
Calibration for analogue input 7
REAL
0
I
Q
CAL_AI8
Calibration for analogue input 8
REAL
0
I
Q
CAL_AI9
Calibration for analogue input 9
REAL
0
I
Q
DESC_AI0
Description for analogue input 0
STRING 'Text for AI0'
I
Q
+
DESC_AI1
Description for analogue input 1
STRING 'Text for AI1'
I
Q
+
DESC_AI2
Description for analogue input 2
STRING 'Text for AI2'
I
Q
+
DESC_AI3
Description for analogue input 3
STRING 'Text for AI3'
I
Q
+
DESC_AI4
Description for analogue input 4
STRING 'Text for AI4'
I
Q
+
DESC_AI5
Description for analogue input 5
STRING 'Text for AI5'
I
Q
+
en-YN.YNT.001.A
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-716
Connection Meaning (parameters)
Data type
Def.
Type Attr. O&O Perm. values
DESC_AI6
Description for analogue input 6
STRING 'Text for AI6'
I
Q
+
DESC_AI7
Description for analogue input 7
STRING 'Text for AI7'
I
Q
+
DESC_AI8
Description for analogue input 8
STRING 'Text for AI8'
I
Q
+
DESC_AI9
Description for analogue input 9
STRING 'Text for AI9'
I
Q
+
RUNUPCYC
Waiting cycles at start
INT
3
I
TOKEN_ST
Token timeout time in seconds
INT
10
I
GENER_ST
General timeout time in seconds
INT
60
I
Q
EV_ID1
Message ID no. 1
DWORD 0
I
M
SUPR
Suppression of alarms
BOOL
0
IO
B
EV1_SIG1
Index variable for message no. 1
INT
128
IO
EV1_SIG2
Index variable for message no. 2
INT
129
IO
EV1_SIG3
Index variable for message no. 3
INT
130
IO
EV1_SIG4
Index variable for message no. 4
INT
0
IO
EV1_SIG5
Index variable for message no. 5
INT
0
IO
EV1_SIG6
Index variable for message no. 6
INT
0
IO
EV1_SIG7
Index variable for message no. 7
INT
0
IO
EV1_SIG8
Index variable for message no. 8
INT
0
IO
ER
Error signal
BOOL
0
O
Q
OTOKEN
Input token for linked compressor control systems
BOOL
0
O
Q
PRE_WARN
Pre-warning
BOOL
0
O
Q
GEN_WARN General warning
BOOL
0
O
Q
GEN_SH_W
General shutdown warning
BOOL
0
O
Q
GEN_SHUT
General shutdown
BOOL
0
O
Q
GEN_SERV
General service
BOOL
0
O
Q
+
+
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
Connection Meaning (parameters)
3-717
Data type
Def.
Type Attr. O&O Perm. values
QBAD
Profibus slave faulty
BOOL
0
O
Q
GEN_STA
General start error
BOOL
0
O
Q
EM_STOP
Emergency stop
BOOL
0
O
Q
MAN_AUT
Manual / automatic
BOOL
0
O
Q
LOC_REM
Local / remote
BOOL
0
O
Q
TIM_ACT
Timer not active / active
BOOL
0
O
Q
PWARN_R
Pre-warning service running time hours
BOOL
0
O
Q
PWARN_A
Pre-warning service accumulated M3
BOOL
0
O
Q
CMS_STOP
Mechanical compressor status: stopped
BOOL
0
O
Q
CMS_UNL
Mechanical compressor status: not BOOL loaded
0
O
Q
CMS_LOAD
Mechanical compressor status: loaded
BOOL
0
O
Q
CS_A
Compressor status: A
BOOL
0
O
Q
CS_V
Compressor status: V
BOOL
0
O
Q
CS_MCC_A
Compressor status MMC: A
BOOL
0
O
Q
CS_MCC_D
Compressor status MMC: E
BOOL
0
O
Q
COM_A
Compressor status VSD: A
BOOL
0
O
Q
COM_V
Compressor status VSD: V
BOOL
0
O
Q
CCM2A
Compressor control mode: 2a
BOOL
0
O
Q
CCM2B
Compressor control mode: 2b
BOOL
0
O
Q
CCM3A
Compressor control mode: 3a
BOOL
0
O
Q
CCM3B
Compressor control mode: 3b
BOOL
0
O
Q
CCM4A
Compressor control mode: 4a
BOOL
0
O
Q
CCM4B
Compressor control mode: 4b
BOOL
0
O
Q
CCM4C
Compressor control mode: 4c
BOOL
0
O
Q
CCM4D
Compressor control mode: 4d
BOOL
0
O
Q
NODE_IDS
Compressor connections
DWORD 0
O
Q
en-YN.YNT.001.A
+
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-718
Connection Meaning (parameters)
Data type
Def.
Type Attr. O&O Perm. values
RUN_HOUR
Running time hours
REAL
0
O
Q
+
LOA_HOUR
Loading hours
REAL
0
O
Q
+
ERR_CODE
Error code which was last INT pending. -1 = Token timeout. The block received the token, but did not receive a response from ComBox P by expiry of timeout time. -2 = General timeout. The block did not receive a token by expiry of timeout time. 1 ..7 = Error in data record or 1 ..3 = Error in header (see operating instructions for the Profibus interface of ComBox - P)
0
O
Q
+
AI0
Analogue value 0. Opened by PARA_AI0
REAL
0
O
Q
+
AI1
Analogue value 1. Opened by PARA_AI1
REAL
0
O
Q
+
AI2
Analogue value 2. Opened by PARA_AI2
REAL
0
O
Q
+
AI3
Analogue value 3. Opened by PARA_AI3
REAL
0
O
Q
+
AI4
Analogue value 4. Opened by PARA_AI4
REAL
0
O
Q
+
AI5
Analogue value 5. Opened by PARA_AI5
REAL
0
O
Q
+
AI6
Analogue value 6. Opened by PARA_AI6
REAL
0
O
Q
+
AI7
Analogue value 7. Opened by PARA_AI7
REAL
0
O
Q
+
AI8
Analogue value 8. Opened by PARA_AI8
REAL
0
O
Q
+
AI9
Analogue value 9. Opened by PARA_AI9
REAL
0
O
Q
+
STAT_AI0
Status register of AI0
WORD
0
O
Q
+
STAT_AI1
Status register of AI1
WORD
0
O
Q
+
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
3-719
Connection Meaning (parameters)
Data type
Def.
Type Attr. O&O Perm. values
STAT_AI2
Status register of AI2
WORD
0
O
Q
+
STAT_AI3
Status register of AI3
WORD
0
O
Q
+
STAT_AI4
Status register of AI4
WORD
0
O
Q
+
STAT_AI5
Status register of AI5
WORD
0
O
Q
+
STAT_AI6
Status register of AI6
WORD
0
O
Q
+
STAT_AI7
Status register of AI7
WORD
0
O
Q
+
STAT_AI8
Status register of AI8
WORD
0
O
Q
+
STAT_AI9
Status register of AI9
WORD
0
O
Q
+
ACT_TOK
Current token timeout time in seconds
REAL
0
O
Q
+
ACT_GEN
Current general timeout time in seconds
REAL
0
O
Q
+
DW
Data word
DWORD 0
O
Q
+
DWA
Extended diagnosis data for faceplate
DWORD 0
O
Q
+
DWB
Extended diagnosis data for faceplate
DWORD 0
O
Q
+
DWC
Status information for faceplate
DWORD 0
O
Q
+
Operation and observation of COMBOX_P See the description of the block symbol and the faceplate in the corresponding manual in this regard. PW, DW and SW of COMBOX_P The inputs, outputs and the internal status of the respective block are mapped on the parameter word, the data word and the status word. The assignment of the bits is found in the following table:
en-YN.YNT.001.A
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-720
> COMBOX_P < Bit
Parameter word
Data word
Status word
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28
COLOUR_1
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
3-721
29
COLOUR_2
30
COLOUR_3
31
COLOUR_4 In the case of the COLOUR operating states, the block COMBOX_P does not have all possible states. It features the states with the numbers 1, 2, 3, 4, and 5.
DWA, DWB and DWC of COMBOX_P The block has two additional data words: DWA, DWB and DWC. These words offer additional information on the Schenk Atlas Copco ComBox - P and the Profibus slave. This information is shown in the associated faceplate. > COMBOX_P < Bit
Data word A
Data word B
0
ST_NOEX
PRE_WARN
1
ST_NORDY
GEN_WARN
2
ST_INSLR
GEN_SH_W
3
ST_SENSU
GEN_SHUT
4
ST_MASLO
GEN_SERV
5
ST_WATCH
GEN_STA
6
ST_STDIA
EM_STOP
7
ST_EXDIA
8
ST_EXDOV
LOC_REM
9
ST_SYNC
TIM_ACT
10
ST_FREEZ
PWARN_R
11
ST_PAREQ
PWARN_A
12
ST_PARFA
CMS_STOP
13
ST_SLCCF
CMS_UNL
14
ST_SLDEA
CMS_LOAD
15
ST_STASL
CS_A
16
SLAVE_OK
17
SLAVE_SCH
HARD_ID
DPPA_ADR
Data word C
MAN_AUT
CS_V CS_MCC_A
18
CS_MCC_D
19
COM_A
en-YN.YNT.001.A
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-722
20
COM_V
21
CCM2A
22
CCM2B
23
CCM3A
24
CCM3B
25
CCM4A
26
CCM4B
27 28
SUBNETID
CCM4C CCM4D
29 30 31
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
3.91 Profibus Special Drive ACS800: ABB ACS800 frequency converter Description of ACS800 Object name (Type + Number) FB 537 Calling OBs The time interrupt OB in which the block is installed (e.g. OB 35). Function The block is used for controlling a type ACS800 frequency converter by ABB. The frequency converter is connected to the PLC via the Profibus. The block communicates directly with the Profibus device. Profibus In order to integrate the block, the type ABB Drives RPBA-01 is used for this purpose in the PCS7 program HW Konfig. This must be installed additionally. The GSD file necessary for this purpose can be obtained from the manufacturer. In addition, the supplier of the frequency converter normally also provides the appropriate GSD file. It must then be installed in HW Konfig. In HW Konfig, in the catalogue, the profile Standard is set for locating the same. Now the folder PROFIBUS-DP is opened. There the subfolders "Further field equipment and Drives" are opened. Here, the entry "ABB Drives RPBA-01" is found.
Fig. 118: HW Konfig with ABB Drives RPBA-01
This entry is used for the definition of the Profibus-DP slave. As a block in block slot 1, PPO Type 4 is used.
en-YN.YNT.001.A
3-723
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-724
Operating principle The block communicates directly with the frequency converter. This device is defined as a Profibus slave. At the input SUBNETID, the number of the Profibus system, which the ACS800 is connected to, must be entered. At the input DPPA_ADR the slave address of the ACS800 must be entered and at the input DADDR the diagnose address of the ACS800 must be entered. All these values may be taken from the hardware configuration of a STEP7 project. Using these values, the block can communicate automatically with the corresponding frequency converter. Internally, the same logic is used as for the block UNID (FB 501). However, the block ACS800 reads some signals directly from the Profibus and these need not be connected as inputs or outputs. These are the inputs OLPT, AVBL, RCR1, PWON and SEN1. They are read directly from the frequency converter, or they are written directly to the frequency converter. These inputs and outputs will nevertheless be used in the internal logic. In addition, the interlock system still uses status signals generated by the frequency converter. In detail, these are the signals FLT and FINT. A valid starting command exists when the signals: 'STA1', 'ILC1', 'AVBL', 'OLPT', 'LEMO' and 'PMI1' are set and the stopping command 'STOP' is not set. In this case, the start enable signal 'SEN1' and the run command 'PWON' are set (activation signals for the motor). If the check-back signal 'RCR1' is set together with the speed monitor signal 'SPCL' when a valid starting command is active, the control state switches to selflatching status. It is a characteristic of this state that the operating bits 'OSG1', 'OPS1' are set and that the start release command 'SEN1' is reset while the run command 'PWON' is set. From this moment, the starting commands 'STA1' or 'STA2' can be rescinded without risking reset of the run command PWON. The setting drive is stopped correctly by setting the stopping command 'STOP' or when the process interlock 'ILC1' is deactivated. The monitoring time in seconds TIME1 when a drive is started specifies the period in which the check-back signal RCR1 must be set. In addition, it monitors the time during stopping within which the check-back signal RCR1 must have been reset. If time = 0, no time monitoring of the start and stop is employed. By means of the signals SST1 and SSTP an individual start of the drive can be realised in automatic mode. In the faceplate of the drive, the operator sets the signals SST1 or SSTP. After processing in the block, these signals are reset by the block. After operation of the signal SST1 the output SWST is set at first. By means of this output an external start-up warning can be started. If the start-up warning time has expired, then the input SWRE must be set. In this way, there is a valid starting command and the drive is then started as described above. With the exception of the combination with the signals SWST and SWRE the signal SST1 behaves in the same way as signal STA1. Using SSTP, the drive is stopped. SSTP behaves in the same way with the input STOP.
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
With the signals LSER, LST1 and LSP1 operation of the drive is possible via external switches, keyboards or from the control panel. With the signal LSER the drive is switched to local operation. The availability of the drive disappears therewith. Using the parameter SWLO, it is selected whether the input SWRE is taken into consideration for the evaluation of the inputs LST1 and LSP1. Note Via the signals LST1 and LSP1 the drive can be started (1) or stopped ("0"). Via LST1 the drive is started independently from the interlock signals! Via LSP1 the signals CVON, OLPT, PMI1 and LEMO are taken into consideration. As long as the start signals are pending the drive runs, if the start signal changes to zero the drive is stopped. In addition, this block also supplies some analogue values of the frequency converter. The output SPED indicates the current rotation speed of the drive, and the output POWR contains the power input. The setpoint value is formed from the automatic setpoint value ASET (can be connected in the program) and the setpoint value from the faceplate SET. By means of the input AUTO it is selected which of the two setpoint values is activated. With AUTO = 0, setpoint value SET is active, and with AUTO = 1 setpoint value ASET is active. In the case of AUTO = 1 the setpoint value is deactivated in the faceplate and the value of SET is equalled to the value of ASET. The inputs ILHF and ILLF are the top and bottom limit value for the limitation of the setpoint value and the current rotation speed of the drive, and ILHC is the final value for the calibration of the nominal and actual values of the speed. The input ILHP is used to calibrate power. Internal logic The sequence of the flags is determined by the sequence in which they must be generated. In this relation, the flags marked (with ") must be taken into account in the setting and reset conditions! Auxiliary flag ICVON
:=
CVON_&SLAVE_OK
IPMI1
:=
PMI1_&FLT_&(FINT/-SFIN)
ILEMO
:=
LEMO_&(FINT/SFIN)
RESET
:=
-PWON_&(-EROP/ERES)
CLEROP
:=
EROP_&ERES
AVAIL
:=
AVBL_&OLPT_&LEMO_&IPMI1
en-YN.YNT.001.A
3-725
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-726
Data word S ERPI C ERPI
: :
-IPMI1-ICVON/IPMI1_&RESET
S ERSP C ERSP
: :
(-ISTA1/OPS1)_&ILC1_&PWON_&-SPCL_&-STOP_&-NOTA”ICVON/CLEROP
S ERRC C ERRC
: :
(-ISTA1/OPS1)_&ILC1_&PWON_&-RCR1_&-STOP_&-NOTA”ICVON/CLEROP
S NOTA C NOTA
: :
-AVAIL/ERSP”/ERRC”/ETIM”-ICVON/AVAIL_&RESET
S EROP C EROP
: :
PWON_&ILC1_&NOTA”_&-STOP-ICVON/CLEROP
S OPS1 C OPS1
: :
PWON_&RCR_&SPCL-ICVON/-RCR/-ILC1
S EROL C EROL
: :
-OLPT-ICVON/OLPT_&RESET
S ERMS C ERMS
: :
-IAVBL_&OLPT_&ILEMO-ICVON/(IAVBL/-OLPT/-ILEMO))_&RESET
S EREO C EREO
: :
-ILEMO-ICVON/ILEMO_&RESET
OPL1
:=
-OPS1_&RCR1_&-PWON_&-IAVBL_&OLPT
S ETIM C ETIM
: :
-LCT1_&SEN1_&(-RCR1/SPCL)-CLEROP
S GWARN C GWARN
: :
-ALARM -CVON/(ALARM_&RESET)
S GFLT C GFLT
: :
-FLT -CVON/(FLT_&RESET)
S ERFI C ERFI
: :
-FINT -CVON/(FINT_&RESET)
Status word S PWON C PWON
: :
STA1_&ILC1-ICVON/NOTA”/STOP/-ILC1
S OSG1 C OSG1
: :
OPS1-OPS1”
S SEN1 C SEN1
: :
PWON”OSG1”/-PWON”
EMOF
:=
EREO”
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
DAVB
:=
-NOTA”_&ICVON
EROR
:=
EROP”
DOFF
:=
-OSG1”
OPER
:=
RCR_&SLAVE_OK
LOCA
:=
-AVBL_&SLAVE_OK
QBAD
:=
-SLAVE_OK
en-YN.YNT.001.A
3-727
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-728
Block view
Fig. 119: ACS800 block
Starting characteristics During the CPU start-up the ACS800 block is deactivated. All internal state flags (shown in the data word) are reset. Following start-up the block waits for the number of cycles projected in the input RUNUPCYC, and will only be activated thereafter. A first start-up whilst the program is running is treated internally like a CPU startup. Time behaviour The block must be called via a time interrupt OB or OB1. It does not have a parameter for the sampling interval. Behaviour in case of a time error In the case of a time error the outputs will then be reset. In addition the internal state flags will be reset. Message actions The block ACS800 internally uses an ALARM_8P block for generating the messages. Messages are generated for the following tripping devices: ● Operating trouble (EROP) ● Overload (OLPT) ● Machine availability (AVBL) ● Speed monitor (SPCL) ● Machine protection (PMI1) ● Local emergency off (LEMO) ● Monitoring time (ETIM)
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
3-729
● Check-back signal (RCR) ● Group warning ACS800 (ALARM) ● Group fault ACS800 (FLT) ● Basic interlock (FINT) The messages can be suppressed by setting the input SUPR or by resetting the input RLSA. The input SUPR, however, is activated by the operator interface (WinCC), and RLSA by the program. The inputs CVON (at value 0) and CSF (at value 1) also suppress the output of messages. Assignment of message text and message class to the block parameters
Default message text Mess. Block no. parameter
Message Suppressable class
1
EROP
$$BlockComment$$ @1I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
2
OLPT
$$BlockComment$$ @2I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
3
ERMS
$$BlockComment$$ @3I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
4
ERSP
$$BlockComment$$ @4I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
5
ERPI
$$BlockComment$$ @5I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
6
EREO
$$BlockComment$$ @6I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
7
ETIM
$$BlockComment$$ @7I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
8
ERRC
$$BlockComment$$ @8I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
9
GWARN
$$BlockComment$$ @1I%t#POLCID_Standard@
WH
Yes
10
GFLT
$$BlockComment$$ @2I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
11
ERFI
$$BlockComment$$ @3I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
12
$$BlockComment$$ @4I%t#POLCID_Standard@
13
$$BlockComment$$ @5I%t#POLCID_Standard@
en-YN.YNT.001.A
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-730
Mess. Block Default message text no. parameter 14
$$BlockComment$$ @6I%t#POLCID_Standard@
15
$$BlockComment$$ @7I%t#POLCID_Standard@
16
$$BlockComment$$ @8I%t#POLCID_Standard@
Message Suppressable class
Connections of ACS800 Connection Meaning (parameters)
Data type
Def.
Type Attr. O&O Perm. values
SUBNETID
Number of the Profibus subsystem INT of the PLC
0
I
DPPA_ADR
Slave address of the Profibus device
INT
0
I
DADDR
Diagnosis address of the Profibus slave
INT
0
I
STA1
Start drive
BOOL
0
I
Q
ILC1
Process-technological interlock
BOOL
1
I
Q
STOP
Stop drive
BOOL
0
I
Q
CVON
Control voltage on
BOOL
1
I
Q
PMI1
Machine protection interlock
BOOL
1
I
Q
SPCL
Speed monitor
BOOL
1
I
Q
LEMO
Local emergency off
BOOL
1
I
Q
AUTO
Activate ASET ( = 1 ) or SET ( = 0 ) input
BOOL
0
I
Q
CSF
Control system error
BOOL
0
I
Q
LST1
Local start/stop without PMI1
BOOL
0
I
Q
LSP1
Local start/stop with PMI1
BOOL
0
I
Q
SWRE
Enabling start-up warning
BOOL
1
I
Q
ESST
Display of softkeys for single faceplate start
BOOL
0
I
+
ENRE
Display of softkeys for faceplate reset
BOOL
0
I
+
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
3-731
Connection Meaning (parameters)
Data type
Def.
Type Attr. O&O Perm. values
SWLO
Start-up warning also in local operating mode
BOOL
0
I
Q
SFIN
Selection whether FINT is interconnected to LEMO or PMI1
BOOL
0
I
Q
RLSA
Enabling alarm generation
BOOL
1
I
Q
ASET
Automatic setpoint value
REAL
0.0
I
Q
ILHF
Upper limit value for speed
REAL
100.0 I
Q
+
ILLF
Lower limit value for speed
REAL
0.0
I
Q
+
ILHC
Upper limit value for speed calibration
REAL
100.0 I
Q
ILHP
Upper limit value for power calibration
REAL
100.0 I
Q
TIME1
Monitoring time setpoint value
REAL
5.0
I
BQ
RUNUPCYC
Waiting cycles at start
INT
3
I
EV_ID1
Message ID no. 1
DWORD 0
I
M
EV_ID2
Message ID no. 2
DWORD 0
I
M
RESET
Resetting error Hasler
BOOL
0
IO
BQ
+
LSER
Enabling of local operation
BOOL
0
IO
BQ
+
SST1
Single start
BOOL
0
IO
B
+
SSTP
Single stop
BOOL
0
IO
B
+
SUPR
Suppression of alarms
BOOL
0
IO
B
+
SET
Setpoint value for faceplate
REAL
0.0
IO
B
+
EV1_SIG1
Index variable for message no. 1
INT
1
IO
EV1_SIG2
Index variable for message no. 2
INT
2
IO
EV1_SIG3
Index variable for message no. 3
INT
3
IO
EV1_SIG4
Index variable for message no. 4
INT
4
IO
EV1_SIG5
Index variable for message no. 5
INT
5
IO
EV1_SIG6
Index variable for message no. 6
INT
6
IO
EV1_SIG7
Index variable for message no. 7
INT
7
IO
EV1_SIG8
Index variable for message no. 8
INT
8
IO
EV2_SIG1
Index variable for message no. 9
INT
131
IO
en-YN.YNT.001.A
+
>0
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-732
Connection Meaning (parameters)
Data type
Def.
Type Attr. O&O Perm. values
EV2_SIG2
Index variable for message no. 10
INT
132
IO
EV2_SIG3
Index variable for message no. 11
INT
133
IO
EV2_SIG4
Index variable for message no. 12
INT
0
IO
EV2_SIG5
Index variable for message no. 13
INT
0
IO
EV2_SIG6
Index variable for message no. 14
INT
0
IO
EV2_SIG7
Index variable for message no. 15
INT
0
IO
EV2_SIG8
Index variable for message no. 16
INT
0
IO
OSG1
Operating message
BOOL
0
O
Q
EMOF
Emergency off activated
BOOL
0
O
Q
DAVB
Drive is available
BOOL
0
O
Q
EROR
Drive is faulty
BOOL
0
O
Q
DOFF
Drive is off
BOOL
0
O
Q
SWST
Start start-up warning
BOOL
0
O
Q
OPER
Drive is operating (locally or automatically)
BOOL
0
O
Q
QBAD
Profibus slave faulty
BOOL
0
O
Q
LOCA
Drive is in local operating mode
BOOL
0
O
Q
SPED
Current speed
REAL
0.0
O
Q
+
POWR
Current power
REAL
0.0
O
Q
+
ACT1
Current monitoring time
REAL
0.0
O
Q
+
PW
Parameter word
DWORD 0
O
Q
+
DW
Data word
DWORD 0
O
Q
+
SW
Status word
DWORD 0
O
Q
+
DWA
Extended diagnosis data for faceplate
DWORD 0
O
Q
+
DWB
Extended diagnosis data for faceplate
DWORD 0
O
Q
+
Operation and observation of ACS800 See the description of the block symbol and the faceplate in the corresponding manual in this regard.
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
3-733
PW, DW and SW of ACS800 The inputs, outputs and the internal status of the respective block are mapped on the parameter word, the data word and the status word. The assignment of the bits is found in the following table:
> ACS800 < Bit
Parameter word
Data word
Status word
0
STA1
OPS1
SEN1
1 2
EROP ILC1
3
OSG1 NOTA
4
EMOF
5
DAVB
6
STOP
7
CVON
8
OLPT
EROL
DOFF
9
AVBL
ERMS
SWST
10
RCR1
ERSP
OPER
11
GFLT
12
PMI1
ERPI
13
AUTO
EREO
14
SPCL
ETIM
15
LEMO
16
LSER
ERRC
17
LST1
GWARN
18 19
LSP1
SST1
22 23
SSTP
24
SWRE
en-YN.YNT.001.A
EROR PWON
QBAD
GFLT
20 21
OPL1
ERFI
LOCA
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-734
25
CSF
26
FINT
27 28
COLOUR_1
29
COLOUR_2
30
COLOUR_3
31
COLOUR_4 In the case of the COLOUR operating states, the block ACS800 does not have all possible states. It features the states with the numbers 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 11, 12 and 13.
DWA and DWB of ACS800 The block has two additional data words: DWA and DWB. These words offer additional information on the frequency converter and the Profibus slave. This information is shown in the associated faceplate. > ACS800 < Bit
Data word A
Data word B
0
ST_NOEX
HARD_ID
1
ST_NORDY
2
ST_INSLR
3
ST_SENSU
4
ST_MASLO
5
ST_WATCH
6
ST_STDIA
7
ST_EXDIA
8
ST_EXDOV
9
ST_SYNC
10
ST_FREEZ
11
ST_PAREQ
12
ST_PARFA
13
ST_SLCCF
14
ST_SLDEA
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
15
ST_STASL
16
SLAVE_OK
17
SLAVE_ABBFC
18
OLPT1
19
RCR
20
FLT
21
AVBL
22
ALARM
23
FINT
3-735
DPPA_ADR
24 25 26 27
SUBNETID
28 29 30 31
Profibus interface for ACS800 The operation of this block with a frequency converter ACS800 makes a specific Profibus layout on the part of the frequency converter necessary. It must be taken into account here that the LSB and MSB are rotated for bit values during communication. For Int- or Float-values this does not need to be taken into account. The tables below contain the data exchange as it must be defined on the part of the frequency converter. In the Profibus configuration 6 data words of input data and 6 words of output data are defined for the data exchange. In the case of this block 4 words of input data and 3 words of output data are used. These data are described in the following two tables. This signifies that 2 input words and 3 output words are reserves and are not used by the block. However, the defined data must occur in data exchange exactly in the sequence as defined below.
en-YN.YNT.001.A
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-736
Input data from ACS800: Word Bit no. no.
Type
ACS800 designation
Description
POLCID design.
1st status word 0
Word
Spare 2nd status word
1
Word
Frequency
SPEED
3rd status word 2
Word LSB
Effective power
POWER
4th status word
3
0
Bit
Overload
OLPT1
3
1
Bit
Operating message
RCR
3
2
Bit
Group fault
FLT
3
3
Bit
Available
AVBL
3
4
Bit
Group warning
ALARM
3
5
Bit
Basic interlock
FINT
3
6
Bit
3
7
Bit
MSB 3
8
Bit
3
9
Bit
3
10
Bit
3
11
Bit
3
12
Bit
3
13
Bit
3
14
Bit
3
15
Bit
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
3-737
Output data to ACS800: Word Bit no. no.
Type
ACS800 designation
Description
POLCID design.
1st control word 0
Word
Command word master after slave
CW
2nd control word 1
Word LSB
Frequency setpoint value
SETP
3rd control word
2
0
Bit
Start/Stop frequency converter
PON
2
1
Bit
Start pulse frequency converter
SEN
2
2
Bit
Emergency off
EMOF
2
3
Bit
Machine protection
PMI
2
4
Bit
Resetting error
RESET
2
5
Bit
2
6
Bit
2
7
Bit
MSB 2
8
Bit
2
9
Bit
2
10
Bit
2
11
Bit
2
12
Bit
2
13
Bit
2
14
Bit
2
15
Bit
en-YN.YNT.001.A
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-738
3.92 Profibus Special Drive MOVIDRIV: SEW MOVIDRIVE® frequency converter Description of MOVIDRIV Object name (Type + Number) FB 539 Calling OBs The time interrupt OB in which the block is installed (e.g. OB 35). Function ®
The block is used for controlling a type MOVIDRIVE frequency converter by SEW. The frequency converter is connected to the PLC via the Profibus. The block communicates directly with the Profibus device. Profibus In order to integrate the block, the type MOVIDRIVE DFP21 (DPV1) is used for this purpose in the PCS7 program HW Konfig. This must be installed additionally. The GSD file necessary for this purpose can be obtained from the manufacturer. In addition, the supplier of the frequency converter normally also provides the appropriate GSD file. It must then be installed in HW Konfig. In HW Konfig, in the catalogue, the profile Standard is set for locating the same. Now the folder PROFIBUS-DP is opened. There the subfolders "Further field equipment, Drives SEW and DPV1" are opened. Here, the entry MOVIDRIVE DFP21 (DPV1) is found.
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
Fig. 120: HW Konfig with MOVIDRIVE DFP21 (DPV1)
This entry is used for the definition of the Profibus-DP slave. As a block in block slot 1, 3PD (3 words) is used. Operating principle The block communicates directly with the frequency converter. This device is defined as a Profibus slave. At the input SUBNETID, the number of the Profibus ® system, which the MOVIDRIVE is connected to, must be entered. At the input ® DPPA_ADR the slave address of the MOVIDRIVE must be entered and at the ® input DADDR the diagnose address of the MOVIDRIVE must be entered. All these values may be taken from the hardware configuration of a STEP7 project. Using these values, the block can communicate automatically with the corresponding frequency converter. Internally, the same logic is used as for the block UNID (FB 501). However, the block MOVIDRIV reads some signals directly from the Profibus and these need not be connected as inputs or outputs. These are the inputs OLPT, AVBL, RCR1, PWON and SEN1. They are read directly from the frequency converter, or they are written directly to the frequency converter. These inputs and outputs will nevertheless be used in the internal logic.
en-YN.YNT.001.A
3-739
User manual
Blocks 3-740
®
POLCID for administrators
In addition, the interlock system still uses status signals generated by the frequency converter. This is the signal FLT. A valid starting command exists when the signals: 'STA1', 'ILC1', 'AVBL', 'OLPT', 'LEMO' and 'PMI1' are set and the stopping command 'STOP' is not set. In this case, the start enable signal 'SEN1' and the run command 'PWON' are set (activation signals for the motor). If the check-back signal 'RCR1' is set together with the speed monitor signal 'SPCL' when a valid starting command is active, the control state switches to selflatching status. It is a characteristic of this state that the operating bits 'OSG1', 'OPS1' are set and that the start release command 'SEN1' is reset while the run command 'PWON' is set. From this moment, the starting commands 'STA1' or 'STA2' can be rescinded without risking reset of the run command PWON. The setting drive is stopped correctly by setting the stopping command 'STOP' or when the process interlock 'ILC1' is deactivated. The monitoring time in seconds TIME1 when a drive is started specifies the period in which the check-back signal RCR1 must be set. In addition, it monitors the time during stopping within which the check-back signal RCR1 must have been reset. If time = 0, no time monitoring of the start and stop is employed. By means of the signals SST1 and SSTP an individual start of the drive can be realised in automatic mode. In the faceplate of the drive, the operator sets the signals SST1 or SSTP. After processing in the block, these signals are reset by the block. After operation of the signal SST1 the output SWST is set at first. By means of this output an external start-up warning can be started. If the start-up warning time has expired, then the input SWRE must be set. In this way, there is a valid starting command and the drive is then started as described above. With the exception of the combination with the signals SWST and SWRE the signal SST1 behaves in the same way as signal STA1. Using SSTP, the drive is stopped. SSTP behaves in the same way with the input STOP. With the signals LSER, LST1 and LSP1 operation of the drive is possible via external switches, keyboards or from the control panel. With the signal LSER the drive is switched to local operation. The availability of the drive disappears therewith. Using the parameter SWLO, it is selected whether the input SWRE is taken into consideration for the evaluation of the inputs LST1 and LSP1. Note Via the signals LST1 and LSP1 the drive can be started (1) or stopped ("0"). Via LST1 the drive is started independently from the interlock signals! Via LSP1 the signals CVON, OLPT, PMI1 and LEMO are taken into consideration. As long as the start signals are pending the drive runs, if the start signal changes to zero the drive is stopped. In addition, this block also supplies some analogue values of the frequency converter. The output SPED indicates the current rotation speed of the drive, and the output POWR contains the power input.
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
The setpoint value is formed from the automatic setpoint value ASET (can be connected in the program) and the setpoint value from the faceplate SET. By means of the input AUTO it is selected which of the two setpoint values is activated. With AUTO = 0, setpoint value SET is active, and with AUTO = 1 setpoint value ASET is active. In the case of AUTO = 1 the setpoint value is deactivated in the faceplate and the value of SET is equalled to the value of ASET. The inputs ILHF and ILLF are the top and bottom limit value for the limitation of the setpoint value and the current rotation speed of the drive, and ILHC is the final value for the calibration of the nominal and actual values of the speed. The input ILHP is used to calibrate power. Internal logic The sequence of the flags is determined by the sequence in which they must be generated. In this relation, the flags marked (with ") must be taken into account in the setting and reset conditions!
en-YN.YNT.001.A
3-741
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-742
Auxiliary flag ICVON
:=
CVON_&SLAVE_OK
IPMI1
:=
PMI1&_FLT
RESET
:=
-PWON_&(-EROP/ERES)
CLEROP
:=
EROP_&ERES
AVAIL
:=
AVBL_&OLPT_&LEMO_&IPMI1
Data word S ERPI C ERPI
: :
-IPMI1-ICVON/IPMI1_&RESET
S ERSP C ERSP
: :
(-ISTA1/OPS1)_&ILC1_&PWON_&-SPCL_&-STOP_&-NOTA”ICVON/CLEROP
S ERRC C ERRC
: :
(-ISTA1/OPS1)_&ILC1_&PWON_&-RCR1_&-STOP_&-NOTA”ICVON/CLEROP
S NOTA C NOTA
: :
-AVAIL/ERSP”/ERRC”/ETIM”-ICVON/AVAIL_&RESET
S EROP C EROP
: :
PWON_&ILC1_&NOTA”_&-STOP-ICVON/CLEROP
S OPS1 C OPS1
: :
PWON_&RCR_&SPCL-ICVON/-RCR/-ILC1
S EROL C EROL
: :
-OLPT-ICVON/OLPT_&RESET
S ERMS C ERMS
: :
-IAVBL_&OLPT_&LEMO-ICVON/(IAVBL/-OLPT/-LEMO))_&RESET
S EREO C EREO
: :
-LEMO-ICVON/LEMO_&RESET
OPL1
:=
-OPS1_&RCR1_&-PWON_&-IAVBL_&OLPT
S ETIM C ETIM
: :
-LCT1_&SEN1_&(-RCR1/SPCL)-CLEROP
S GWARN C GWARN
: :
-ALARM -CVON/(ALARM_&RESET)
S GFLT C GFLT
::
-FLT -CVON/(FLT_&RESET)
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
Status word S PWON C PWON
::
STA1_&ILC1-ICVON/NOTA”/STOP/-ILC1
S OSG1 C OSG1
: :
OPS1-OPS1”
S SEN1 C SEN1
: :
PWON”OSG1”/-PWON”
EMOF
:=
EREO”
DAVB
:=
-NOTA”_&ICVON
EROR
:=
EROP”
DOFF
:=
-OSG1”
OPER
:=
RCR_&SLAVE_OK
LOCA
:=
-AVBL_&SLAVE_OK
QBAD
:=
-SLAVE_OK
Block view
Fig. 121: MOVIDRIV block
Starting characteristics During the CPU start-up the MOVIDRIV block is deactivated. All internal state flags (shown in the data word) are reset. Following start-up the block waits for the number of cycles projected in the input RUNUPCYC, and will only be activated thereafter.
en-YN.YNT.001.A
3-743
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-744
A first start-up whilst the program is running is treated internally like a CPU startup. Time behaviour The block must be called via a time interrupt OB or OB1. It does not have a parameter for the sampling interval. Behaviour in case of a time error In the case of a time error the outputs will then be reset. In addition the internal state flags will be reset. Message actions The block MOVIDRIV internally uses an ALARM_8P block for generating the messages. Messages are generated for the following tripping devices: ● Operating trouble (EROP) ● Overload (OLPT) ● Machine availability (AVBL) ● Speed monitor (SPCL) ● Machine protection (PMI1) ● Local emergency off (LEMO) ● Monitoring time (ETIM) ● Check-back signal (RCR) ● MOVIDRIV group warning (ALARM) ● MOVIDRIV group fault (FLT) The messages can be suppressed by setting the input SUPR or by resetting the input RLSA. The input SUPR, however, is activated by the operator interface (WinCC), and RLSA by the program. The inputs CVON (at value 0) and CSF (at value 1) also suppress the output of messages. Assignment of message text and message class to the block parameters
Mess. Block Default message text no. parameter
Message Suppressable class
1
EROP
$$BlockComment$$ @1I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
2
OLPT
$$BlockComment$$ @2I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
3
ERMS
$$BlockComment$$ @3I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
4
ERSP
$$BlockComment$$ @4I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
5
ERPI
$$BlockComment$$ @5I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
3-745
Mess. Block Default message text no. parameter
Message Suppressable class
6
EREO
$$BlockComment$$ @6I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
7
ETIM
$$BlockComment$$ @7I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
8
ERRC
$$BlockComment$$ @8I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
9
GWARN
$$BlockComment$$ @1I%t#POLCID_Standard@
WH
Yes
10
GFLT
$$BlockComment$$ @2I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
11
$$BlockComment$$ @3I%t#POLCID_Standard@
12
$$BlockComment$$ @4I%t#POLCID_Standard@
13
$$BlockComment$$ @5I%t#POLCID_Standard@
14
$$BlockComment$$ @6I%t#POLCID_Standard@
15
$$BlockComment$$ @7I%t#POLCID_Standard@
16
$$BlockComment$$ @8I%t#POLCID_Standard@
Connections of MOVIDRIV Connection Meaning (parameters)
Data type
Def.
Type Attr. O&O Perm. values
SUBNETID
Number of the Profibus subsystem INT of the PLC
0
I
DPPA_ADR
Slave address of the Profibus device
INT
0
I
DADDR
Diagnosis address of the Profibus slave
INT
0
I
STA1
Start drive
BOOL
0
I
Q
ILC1
Process-technological interlock
BOOL
1
I
Q
STOP
Stop drive
BOOL
0
I
Q
en-YN.YNT.001.A
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-746
Connection Meaning (parameters)
Data type
Def.
Type Attr. O&O Perm. values
CVON
Control voltage on
BOOL
1
I
Q
PMI1
Machine protection interlock
BOOL
1
I
Q
SPCL
Speed monitor
BOOL
1
I
Q
LEMO
Local emergency off
BOOL
1
I
Q
AUTO
Activate ASET ( = 1 ) or SET ( = 0 ) input
BOOL
0
I
Q
CSF
Control system error
BOOL
0
I
Q
LST1
Local start/stop without PMI1
BOOL
0
I
Q
LSP1
Local start/stop with PMI1
BOOL
0
I
Q
SWRE
Enabling start-up warning
BOOL
1
I
Q
ESST
Display of softkeys for single faceplate start
BOOL
0
I
+
ENRE
Display of softkeys for faceplate reset
BOOL
0
I
+
SWLO
Start-up warning also in local operating mode
BOOL
0
I
Q
RLSA
Enabling alarm generation
BOOL
1
I
Q
ASET
Automatic setpoint value
REAL
0.0
I
Q
ILHF
Upper limit value for speed
REAL
100.0 I
Q
+
ILLF
Lower limit value for speed
REAL
0.0
I
Q
+
ILHC
Upper limit value for speed calibration
REAL
100.0 I
Q
ILHP
Upper limit value for power calibration
REAL
100.0 I
Q
TIME1
Monitoring time setpoint value
REAL
5.0
I
BQ
RUNUPCYC
Waiting cycles at start
INT
3
I
EV_ID1
Message ID no. 1
DWORD 0
I
M
EV_ID2
Message ID no. 2
DWORD 0
I
M
RESET
Resetting error Hasler
BOOL
0
IO
BQ
+
LSER
Enabling of local operation
BOOL
0
IO
BQ
+
SST1
Single start
BOOL
0
IO
B
+
SSTP
Single stop
BOOL
0
IO
B
+
+
>0
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
3-747
Connection Meaning (parameters)
Data type
Def.
Type Attr. O&O Perm. values
SUPR
Suppression of alarms
BOOL
0
IO
B
+
SET
Setpoint value for faceplate
REAL
0.0
IO
B
+
EV1_SIG1
Index variable for message no. 1
INT
1
IO
EV1_SIG2
Index variable for message no. 2
INT
2
IO
EV1_SIG3
Index variable for message no. 3
INT
3
IO
EV1_SIG4
Index variable for message no. 4
INT
4
IO
EV1_SIG5
Index variable for message no. 5
INT
5
IO
EV1_SIG6
Index variable for message no. 6
INT
6
IO
EV1_SIG7
Index variable for message no. 7
INT
7
IO
EV1_SIG8
Index variable for message no. 8
INT
8
IO
EV2_SIG1
Index variable for message no. 9
INT
135
IO
EV2_SIG2
Index variable for message no. 10
INT
136
IO
EV2_SIG3
Index variable for message no. 11
INT
0
IO
EV2_SIG4
Index variable for message no. 12
INT
0
IO
EV2_SIG5
Index variable for message no. 13
INT
0
IO
EV2_SIG6
Index variable for message no. 14
INT
0
IO
EV2_SIG7
Index variable for message no. 15
INT
0
IO
EV2_SIG8
Index variable for message no. 16
INT
0
IO
OSG1
Operating message
BOOL
0
O
Q
EMOF
Emergency off activated
BOOL
0
O
Q
DAVB
Drive is available
BOOL
0
O
Q
EROR
Drive is faulty
BOOL
0
O
Q
DOFF
Drive is off
BOOL
0
O
Q
SWST
Start start-up warning
BOOL
0
O
Q
OPER
Drive is operating (locally or automatically)
BOOL
0
O
Q
QBAD
Profibus slave faulty
BOOL
0
O
Q
LOCA
Drive is in local operating mode
BOOL
0
O
Q
SPED
Current speed
REAL
0.0
O
Q
+
POWR
Current power
REAL
0.0
O
Q
+
en-YN.YNT.001.A
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-748
Connection Meaning (parameters)
Data type
Def.
Type Attr. O&O Perm. values
ACT1
Current monitoring time
REAL
0.0
O
Q
+
PW
Parameter word
DWORD 0
O
Q
+
DW
Data word
DWORD 0
O
Q
+
SW
Status word
DWORD 0
O
Q
+
DWA
Extended diagnosis data for faceplate
DWORD 0
O
Q
+
DWB
Extended diagnosis data for faceplate
DWORD 0
O
Q
+
Operation and observation of MOVIDRIV See the description of the block symbol and the faceplate in the corresponding manual in this regard. PW, DW and SW of MOVIDRIV The inputs, outputs and the internal status of the respective block are mapped on the parameter word, the data word and the status word. The assignment of the bits is found in the following table:
> MOVIDRIV < Bit
Parameter word
Data word
Status word
0
STA1
OPS1
SEN1
1 2
EROP ILC1
3
OSG1 NOTA
4
EMOF
5
DAVB
6
STOP
OPL1
EROR
7
CVON
8
OLPT
EROL
DOFF
9
AVBL
ERMS
SWST
10
RCR1
ERSP
OPER
11
GFLT
PWON
QBAD
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
3-749
12
PMI1
ERPI
13
AUTO
EREO
14
SPCL
ETIM
15
LEMO
16
LSER
ERRC
17
LST1
GWARN
18 19
LOCA
GFLT LSP1
20 21
SST1
22 23
SSTP
24
SWRE
25
CSF
26 27 28
COLOUR_1
29
COLOUR_2
30
COLOUR_3
31
COLOUR_4 In the case of the COLOUR operating states, the block MOVIDRIV does not have all possible states. It features the states with the numbers 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 11, 12 and 13.
en-YN.YNT.001.A
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-750
DWA and DWB of MOVIDRIV The block has two additional data words: DWA and DWB. These words offer additional information on the frequency converter and the Profibus slave. This information is shown in the associated faceplate. > MOVIDRIV < Bit
Data word A
0
ST_NOEX
1
ST_NORDY
2
ST_INSLR
3
ST_SENSU
4
ST_MASLO
5
ST_WATCH
6
ST_STDIA
7
ST_EXDIA
8
ST_EXDOV
9
ST_SYNC
10
ST_FREEZ
11
ST_PAREQ
12
ST_PARFA
13
ST_SLCCF
14
ST_SLDEA
15
ST_STASL
16
SLAVE_OK
17
SLAVE_SEWFC
18
OLPT
19
RCR1
20
FLT
21
AVBL
22
ALARM
23
EMOF
24
Data word B
HARD_ID
DPPA_ADR
SUBNETID
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
3-751
25 26 27 28 29 30 31 Profibus interface for MOVIDRIV The operation of this block with a frequency converter MOVIDRIV makes a specific Profibus layout on the part of the frequency converter necessary. It must be taken into account here that the LSB and MSB are rotated for bit values during communication. For Int- or Float-values this does not need to be taken into account. The tables below contain the data exchange as it must be defined on the part of the frequency converter. In the Profibus configuration 3 data words of input data and 3 words of output data are defined for the data exchange. In the case of this block 3 words of input data and 2 words of output data are used. These data are described in the following two tables. This signifies that no input word and 1 output word are reserves and are not used by the block. However, the defined data must occur in data exchange exactly in the sequence as defined below. Input data from MOVIDRIV: Word Bit no. no.
Type
LSB
MOVIDRIV designation
Description
POLCID design.
1st status word
0
0
Bit
Overload
OLPT
0
1
Bit
Operating message
RCR1
0
2
Bit
Group fault
FLT
0
3
Bit
Group warning
ALARM
0
4
Bit
Available
AVBL
0
5
Bit
Emergency off
EMOF
0
6
Bit
0
7
Bit
MSB 0
8
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Bit
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-752
Word Bit no. no.
Type
0
9
Bit
0
10
Bit
0
11
Bit
0
12
Bit
0
13
Bit
0
14
Bit
0
15
Bit
MOVIDRIV designation
Description
POLCID design.
2nd status word 1
Word
Frequency
SPEED
3rd status word 2
Word
Effective power
POWER
Description
POLCID design.
Output data to MOVIDRIV: Word Bit no. no.
Type
MOVIDRIV designation
1st control word 0
Word
Command word master after slave
CW
2nd control word 1
Word LSB
Frequency setpoint value
SETP
3rd control word
0
0
Bit
0
1
Bit
0
2
Bit
0
3
Bit
0
4
Bit
0
5
Bit
0
6
Bit
0
7
Bit
Start/Stop frequency converter
PON1
Machine protection
PMI
Resetting error
RESET
MSB 0
8
Bit
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
Word Bit no. no.
Type
0
9
Bit
0
10
Bit
0
11
Bit
0
12
Bit
0
13
Bit
0
14
Bit
0
15
Bit
en-YN.YNT.001.A
MOVIDRIV designation
3-753
Description
POLCID design.
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-754
3.93 Profibus Special Drive MICROMAS: Siemens MICROMASTER frequency converter Description of MICROMAS Object name (Type + Number) FB 545 Calling OBs The time interrupt OB in which the block is installed (e.g. OB 35). Function The block is used for controlling a type MICROMASTER frequency converter by Siemens. The frequency converter is connected to the PLC via the Profibus. The block communicates directly with the Profibus device. Profibus In order to integrate the block, the type MICROMASTER 4 is used for this purpose in the PCS7 program HW Konfig. This must be installed additionally. The GSD file necessary for this purpose can be obtained from the manufacturer. In addition, the supplier of the frequency converter normally also provides the appropriate GSD file. It must then be installed in HW Konfig. In HW Konfig, in the catalogue, the profile Standard is set for locating the same. Now the folder PROFIBUS-DP is opened. There the subfolders "Further field equipment, Drives and SIMOVERT" are opened. Here, the entry MICROMASTER 4 is found.
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
Fig. 122: HW Konfig with MICROMASTER 4
This entry is used for the definition of the Profibus-DP slave. As a block in block slot 1, 0 PKW, 4 PZD whole cons. is used. Operating principle The block communicates directly with the frequency converter. This device is defined as a Profibus slave. At the input SUBNETID, the number of the Profibus system, which the MICROMASTER is connected to, must be entered. At the input DPPA_ADR the slave address of the MICROMASTER must be entered and at the input DADDR the diagnose address of the MICROMASTER must be entered. All these values may be taken from the hardware configuration of a STEP7 project. Using these values, the block can communicate automatically with the corresponding frequency converter. Internally, the same logic is used as for the block UNID (FB 501). However, the block MICROMAS reads some signals directly from the Profibus and these need not be connected as inputs or outputs.
en-YN.YNT.001.A
3-755
User manual
Blocks 3-756
®
POLCID for administrators
These are the inputs OLPT, AVBL, RCR1, PWON and SEN1. They are read directly from the frequency converter, or they are written directly to the frequency converter. These inputs and outputs will nevertheless be used in the internal logic. In addition, the interlock system still uses status signals generated by the frequency converter. These are the signals OLPT1, OLPT2, RDY_SWIT, SWIT_INH and FAULT. A valid starting command exists when the signals: 'STA1', 'ILC1', 'AVBL', 'OLPT', 'LEMO' and 'PMI1' are set and the stopping command 'STOP' is not set. In this case, the start enable signal 'SEN1' and the run command 'PWON' are set (activation signals for the motor). If the check-back signal 'RCR1' is set together with the speed monitor signal 'SPCL' when a valid starting command is active, the control state switches to selflatching status. It is a characteristic of this state that the operating bits 'OSG1', 'OPS1' are set and that the start release command 'SEN1' is reset while the run command 'PWON' is set. From this moment, the starting commands 'STA1' or 'STA2' can be rescinded without risking reset of the run command PWON. The setting drive is stopped correctly by setting the stopping command 'STOP' or when the process interlock 'ILC1' is deactivated. The monitoring time in seconds TIME1 when a drive is started specifies the period in which the check-back signal RCR1 must be set. In addition, it monitors the time during stopping within which the check-back signal RCR1 must have been reset. If time = 0, no time monitoring of the start and stop is employed. By means of the signals SST1 and SSTP an individual start of the drive can be realised in automatic mode. In the faceplate of the drive, the operator sets the signals SST1 or SSTP. After processing in the block, these signals are reset by the block. After operation of the signal SST1 the output SWST is set at first. By means of this output an external start-up warning can be started. If the start-up warning time has expired, then the input SWRE must be set. In this way, there is a valid starting command and the drive is then started as described above. With the exception of the combination with the signals SWST and SWRE the signal SST1 behaves in the same way as signal STA1. Using SSTP, the drive is stopped. SSTP behaves in the same way with the input STOP. With the signals LSER, LST1 and LSP1 operation of the drive is possible via external switches, keyboards or from the control panel. With the signal LSER the drive is switched to local operation. The availability of the drive disappears therewith. Using the parameter SWLO, it is selected whether the input SWRE is taken into consideration for the evaluation of the inputs LST1 and LSP1. Note Via the signals LST1 and LSP1 the drive can be started (1) or stopped ("0"). Via LST1 the drive is started independently from the interlock signals!
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
Via LSP1 the signals CVON, OLPT, PMI1 and LEMO are taken into consideration. As long as the start signals are pending the drive runs, if the start signal changes to zero the drive is stopped. In addition, this block also supplies some analogue values of the frequency converter. The output SPED indicates the current rotation speed of the drive, and the output POWR contains the power input. The setpoint value is formed from the automatic setpoint value ASET (can be connected in the program) and the setpoint value from the faceplate SET. By means of the input AUTO it is selected which of the two setpoint values is activated. With AUTO = 0, setpoint value SET is active, and with AUTO = 1 setpoint value ASET is active. In the case of AUTO = 1 the setpoint value is deactivated in the faceplate and the value of SET is equalled to the value of ASET. The inputs ILHF and ILLF are the top and bottom limit value for the limitation of the setpoint value and the current rotation speed of the drive, and ILHC is the final value for the calibration of the nominal and actual values of the speed. The input ILHP is used to calibrate power. Internal logic The sequence of the flags is determined by the sequence in which they must be generated. In this relation, the flags marked (with ") must be taken into account in the setting and reset conditions! Auxiliary flag ICVON
:=
CVON_&SLAVE_OK
IPMI1
:=
PMI1&_-FAULT_&OLPT2
RESET
:=
-PWON_&(-EROP/ERES)
CLEROP
:=
EROP_&ERES
IAVBL
:=
(RDY_SWIT/RCR1)_&SWIT_INH_&REMOTE
AVAIL
:=
IAVBL_&OLPT_&LEMO_&IPMI1
Data word S ERPI C ERPI
: :
-IPMI1-ICVON/IPMI1_&RESET
S ERSP C ERSP
: :
(-ISTA1/OPS1)_&ILC1_&PWON_&-SPCL_&-STOP_&-NOTA”ICVON/CLEROP
S ERRC C ERRC
: :
(-ISTA1/OPS1)_&ILC1_&PWON_&-RCR1_&-STOP_&-NOTA”ICVON/CLEROP
S NOTA C NOTA
: :
-AVAIL/ERSP”/ERRC”/ETIM”-ICVON/AVAIL_&RESET
S EROP C EROP
: :
PWON_&ILC1_&NOTA”_&-STOP-ICVON/CLEROP
en-YN.YNT.001.A
3-757
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-758
S OPS1 C OPS1
: :
PWON_&RCR_&SPCL-ICVON/-RCR/-ILC1
S ERO1 C ERO1
: :
-OLPT1-ICVON/OLPT1_&RESET
S ERMS C ERMS
: :
-IAVBL_&OLPT_&LEMO-ICVON/(IAVBL/-OLPT/-LEMO))_&RESET
S EREO C EREO
: :
-LEMO-ICVON/LEMO_&RESET
OPL1
:=
-OPS1_&RCR1_&-PWON_&-IAVBL_&OLPT
S ETIM C ETIM
: :
-LCT1_&SEN1_&(-RCR1/SPCL)-CLEROP
S GWARN C GWARN
: :
-ALARM -CVON/(ALARM_&RESET)
S GFLT C GFLT
: :
FAULT_&OLPT2 -CVON/(-FAULT_&RESET)
S ERFR C ERFR
: :
FRQ_MAX -CVON/(-FRQ_MAX_&RESET)
S ERCL C ERCL
: :
-CLIM -CVON/(CLIM_&RESET)
S ERO2 C ERO2
: :
-OLPT2 -CVON/(OLPT2_&RESET)
S ERYS C ERYS
: :
-RDY_SWIT_&-RCR1 -CVON/(RDY_SWIT_&RESET)
S ERIN C ERIN
: :
SWIT_INH -CVON/(-SWIT_INH_&RESET)
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
Status word S PWON C PWON
: :
STA1_&ILC1-ICVON/NOTA”/STOP/-ILC1
S OSG1 C OSG1
: :
OPS1-OPS1”
S SEN1 C SEN1
: :
PWON”OSG1”/-PWON”
EMOF
:=
EREO”
DAVB
:=
-NOTA”_&ICVON
EROR
:=
EROP”
DOFF
:=
-OSG1”
OPER
:=
OPER_ENB_&SLAVE_OK
LOCA
:=
-AVBL_&SLAVE_OK
QBAD
:=
-SLAVE_OK
Block view
Fig. 123: MICROMAS block
Starting characteristics During the CPU start-up the MICROMAS block is deactivated. All internal state flags (shown in the data word) are reset. Following start-up the block waits for the number of cycles projected in the input RUNUPCYC, and will only be activated thereafter. A first start-up whilst the program is running is treated internally like a CPU startup.
en-YN.YNT.001.A
3-759
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-760
Time behaviour The block must be called via a time interrupt OB or OB1. It does not have a parameter for the sampling interval. Behaviour in case of a time error In the case of a time error the outputs will then be reset. In addition the internal state flags will be reset. Message actions The block MICROMAS internally uses an ALARM_8P block for generating the messages. Messages are generated for the following tripping devices: ● Operating trouble (EROP) ● Overload (OLPT) ● Machine availability (AVBL) ● Speed monitor (SPCL) ● Machine protection (PMI1) ● Local emergency off (LEMO) ● Monitoring time (ETIM) ● Check-back signal (RCR1) ● MICROMAS group warning (ALARM) ● MICROMAS group fault (FAULT) ● Frequency > maximum (FRQ_MAX) ● Current limit (CLIM) ● Overload frequency converter (OLPT2) ● Not ready to be switched on (RDY_SWIT) ● Cut-in lock (SWIT_INH) The messages can be suppressed by setting the input SUPR or by resetting the input RLSA. The input SUPR, however, is activated by the operator interface (WinCC), and RLSA by the program. The inputs CVON (at value 0) and CSF (at value 1) also suppress the output of messages. Assignment of message text and message class to the block parameters
Mess. Block Default message text no. parameter
Message Suppressable class
1
EROP
$$BlockComment$$ @1I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
2
ERO1
$$BlockComment$$ @2I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
3
ERMS
$$BlockComment$$ @3I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
3-761
Mess. Block Default message text no. parameter
Message Suppressable class
4
ERSP
$$BlockComment$$ @4I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
5
ERPI
$$BlockComment$$ @5I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
6
EREO
$$BlockComment$$ @6I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
7
ETIM
$$BlockComment$$ @7I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
8
ERRC
$$BlockComment$$ @8I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
9
GWARN
$$BlockComment$$ @1I%t#POLCID_Standard@
WH
Yes
10
GFLT
$$BlockComment$$ @2I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
11
ERFR
$$BlockComment$$ @3I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
12
ERCL
$$BlockComment$$ @4I%t#POLCID_Standard@
WH
Yes
13
ERO2
$$BlockComment$$ @5I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
14
ERYS
$$BlockComment$$ @6I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
15
ERIH
$$BlockComment$$ @7I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
16
$$BlockComment$$ @8I%t#POLCID_Standard@
Connections of MICROMAS Connection Meaning (parameters)
Data type
Def.
Type Attr. O&O Perm. values
SUBNETID
Number of the Profibus subsystem INT of the PLC
0
I
DPPA_ADR
Slave address of the Profibus device
INT
0
I
DADDR
Diagnosis address of the Profibus slave
INT
0
I
en-YN.YNT.001.A
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-762
Connection Meaning (parameters)
Data type
Def.
Type Attr. O&O Perm. values
STA1
Start drive
BOOL
0
I
Q
ILC1
Process-technological interlock
BOOL
1
I
Q
STOP
Stop drive
BOOL
0
I
Q
CVON
Control voltage on
BOOL
1
I
Q
PMI1
Machine protection interlock
BOOL
1
I
Q
SPCL
Speed monitor
BOOL
1
I
Q
LEMO
Local emergency off
BOOL
1
I
Q
AUTO
Activate ASET ( = 1 ) or SET ( = 0 ) input
BOOL
0
I
Q
CSF
Control system error
BOOL
0
I
Q
LST1
Local start/stop without PMI1
BOOL
0
I
Q
LSP1
Local start/stop with PMI1
BOOL
0
I
Q
SINC
Increase speed locally
BOOL
0
I
Q
SDEC
Reduce speed locally
BOOL
0
I
Q
SWRE
Enabling start-up warning
BOOL
1
I
Q
ESST
Display of softkeys for single faceplate start
BOOL
0
I
+
ENRE
Display of softkeys for faceplate reset
BOOL
0
I
+
SWLO
Start-up warning also in local operating mode
BOOL
0
I
Q
RLSA
Enabling alarm generation
BOOL
1
I
Q
ASET
Automatic setpoint value
REAL
0.0
I
Q
ILHF
Upper limit value for speed
REAL
100.0 I
Q
+
ILLF
Lower limit value for speed
REAL
0.0
I
Q
+
ILHC
Upper limit value for speed calibration
REAL
100.0 I
Q
ILHP
Upper limit value for power calibration
REAL
100.0 I
Q
TIME1
Monitoring time setpoint value
REAL
5.0
I
BQ
RUNUPCYC
Waiting cycles at start
INT
3
I
EV_ID1
Message ID no. 1
DWORD 0
I
+
>0
M
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
3-763
Connection Meaning (parameters)
Data type
EV_ID2
Message ID no. 2
DWORD 0
I
M
RESET
Resetting error Hasler
BOOL
0
IO
BQ
+
LSER
Enabling of local operation
BOOL
0
IO
BQ
+
SST1
Single start
BOOL
0
IO
B
+
SSTP
Single stop
BOOL
0
IO
B
+
SUPR
Suppression of alarms
BOOL
0
IO
B
+
SET
Setpoint value for faceplate
REAL
0.0
IO
B
+
EV1_SIG1
Index variable for message no. 1
INT
1
IO
EV1_SIG2
Index variable for message no. 2
INT
171
IO
EV1_SIG3
Index variable for message no. 3
INT
3
IO
EV1_SIG4
Index variable for message no. 4
INT
4
IO
EV1_SIG5
Index variable for message no. 5
INT
5
IO
EV1_SIG6
Index variable for message no. 6
INT
6
IO
EV1_SIG7
Index variable for message no. 7
INT
7
IO
EV1_SIG8
Index variable for message no. 8
INT
8
IO
EV2_SIG1
Index variable for message no. 9
INT
136
IO
EV2_SIG2
Index variable for message no. 10
INT
137
IO
EV2_SIG3
Index variable for message no. 11
INT
81
IO
EV2_SIG4
Index variable for message no. 12
INT
138
IO
EV2_SIG5
Index variable for message no. 13
INT
139
IO
EV2_SIG6
Index variable for message no. 14
INT
140
IO
EV2_SIG7
Index variable for message no. 15
INT
141
IO
EV2_SIG8
Index variable for message no. 16
INT
0
IO
OSG1
Operating message
BOOL
0
O
Q
EMOF
Emergency off activated
BOOL
0
O
Q
DAVB
Drive is available
BOOL
0
O
Q
EROR
Drive is faulty
BOOL
0
O
Q
DOFF
Drive is off
BOOL
0
O
Q
SWST
Start start-up warning
BOOL
0
O
Q
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Def.
Type Attr. O&O Perm. values
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-764
Connection Meaning (parameters)
Data type
Def.
Type Attr. O&O Perm. values
OPER
Drive is operating (locally or automatically)
BOOL
0
O
Q
QBAD
Profibus slave faulty
BOOL
0
O
Q
LOCA
Drive is in local operating mode
BOOL
0
O
Q
BREAK
Activating external holding brake
BOOL
0
O
Q
SPED
Current speed
REAL
0.0
O
Q
+
POWR
Current power
REAL
0.0
O
Q
+
ACT1
Current monitoring time
REAL
0.0
O
Q
+
PW
Parameter word
DWORD 0
O
Q
+
DW
Data word
DWORD 0
O
Q
+
SW
Status word
DWORD 0
O
Q
+
DWA
Extended diagnosis data for faceplate
DWORD 0
O
Q
+
DWB
Extended diagnosis data for faceplate
DWORD 0
O
Q
+
DWC
Extended diagnosis data for faceplate
DWORD 0
O
Q
+
Operation and observation of MICROMAS See the description of the block symbol and the faceplate in the corresponding manual in this regard. PW, DW and SW of MICROMAS The inputs, outputs and the internal status of the respective block are mapped on the parameter word, the data word and the status word. The assignment of the bits is found in the following table:
> MICROMAS < Bit
Parameter word
Data word
Status word
0
STA1
OPS1
SEN1
1 2 3
EROP ILC1
OSG1 NOTA
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
3-765
4
EMOF
5
DAVB
6
STOP
7
CVON
8
OLPT1
ERO1
DOFF
9
AVBL
ERMS
SWST
10
RCR1
ERSP
OPER
11
GFLT
12
PMI1
ERPI
LOCA
13
AUTO
EREO
BREAK
14
SPCL
ETIM
15
LEMO
16
LSER
ERRC
17
LST1
GWARN
18 19
EROR PWON
QBAD
GFLT LSP1
20 21
OPL1
ERFR ERCL
SST1
22
ERO2 ERYS
23
SSTP
24
SWRE
25
CSF
26
OLPT2
27
RDYS
28
INHB
ERIH
COLOUR_1
29
COLOUR_2
30
COLOUR_3
31
COLOUR_4 In the case of the COLOUR operating states, the block MICROMAS does not have all possible states. It features the states with the numbers 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 11, 12 and 13.
en-YN.YNT.001.A
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-766
DWA, DWB and DWC of MICROMAS The block has three additional data words: DWA, DWB and DWC. These words offer additional information on the frequency converter and the Profibus slave. This information is shown in the associated faceplate. > MICROMAS < Bit
Data word A
Data word B
0
ST_NOEX
RDY_SWIT
1
ST_NORDY
RDY_OPER
2
ST_INSLR
OPER_ENB
3
ST_SENSU
FAULT
4
ST_MASLO
OFF2
5
ST_WATCH
OFF3
6
ST_STDIA
SWIT_INH
7
ST_EXDIA
8
ST_EXDOV
ACTSET
9
ST_SYNC
REMOTE
10
ST_FREEZ
FRANGE
11
ST_PAREQ
CLIM
12
ST_PARFA
BREAK
13
ST_SLCCF
OLPT1
14
ST_SLDEA
DIR_L_R
15
ST_STASL
OLPT2
16
SLAVE_OK
DC_BREAK
17
SLAVE_MMCFC
FRQ_MAX
HARD_ID
18 19
Data word C
ALARM
CURR_MAX DPPA_ADR
FRQGACT
20
FRQLACT
21
FRQGSET
22
ULLIM
23
UGLIM
24 25
SUBNETID
OPDIR PILLIM
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
3-767
26
PISAT
27 28 29 30 31 Profibus interface for MICROMAS The operation of this block with a frequency converter MICROMAS makes a specific Profibus layout on the part of the frequency converter necessary. It must be taken into account here that the LSB and MSB are rotated for bit values during communication. For Int- or Float-values this does not need to be taken into account. The tables below contain the data exchange as it must be defined on the part of the frequency converter. In the Profibus configuration 4 data words of input data and 4 words of output data are defined for the data exchange. In the case of this block 4 words of input data and 2 words of output data are used. These data are described in the following two tables. This signifies that no input words and 2 output words are reserves and are not used by the block. However, the defined data must occur in data exchange exactly in the sequence as defined below. Input data from MICROMAS: Word Bit no. no.
Type
MICROMAS designation
LSB
Description
POLCID design.
1st status word
0
0
Bit
Ready to be switched on
RDY_SWIT
0
1
Bit
Ready for operation
RDY_OPER
0
2
Bit
Enable operation
OPER_ENB
0
3
Bit
Group fault
FAULT
0
4
Bit
AUS2
Immediate pulse inhibitor, drive coasts
OFF2
0
5
Bit
AUS3
Quick stop, shutting down with shortest deceleration time
OFF3
0
6
Bit
Cut-in lock
SWIT_INH
0
7
Bit
Group warning
ALARM
Bit
Setpoint / actual value deviation within tolerance range
ACTSET
MSB 0
8
en-YN.YNT.001.A
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-768
Word Bit no. no.
Type
0
9
0
MICROMAS designation
Description
POLCID design.
Bit
Operating mode remote operation
REMOTE
10
Bit
Frequency is greater than or equal to setpoint value
FRANGE
0
11
Bit
Motor current has reached current limit
CLIM
0
12
Bit
External holding brake
BREAK
0
13
Bit
Motor overload
OLPT1
0
14
Bit
Travel to left/right
DIR_L_R
0
15
Bit
Converter overload
OLPT2
2nd status word 1
Word
Frequency
SPEED
3rd status word 2
Word LSB
Effective power
POWER
4th status word
3
0
Bit
D.C. injection brake
DC_BREAK
3
1
Bit
Converter frequency less than shutdown FRQ_MAX limit
3
2
Bit
3
3
Bit
Motor current is greater than or equal to current limitation
CURR_MAX
3
4
Bit
Actual frequency is greater than reference frequency
FRQGACT
3
5
Bit
Actual frequency is lower than reference FRQLACT frequency
3
6
Bit
Actual frequency is greater than or equal to setpoint value
FRQGSET
3
7
Bit
Voltage lower than threshold value
ULLIM
MSB 3
8
Bit
Voltage greater than threshold value
UGLIM
3
9
Bit
Opposite direction
OPDIR
3
10
Bit
PI frequency is less than threshold value PILLIM
3
11
Bit
PI saturation
3
12
Bit
PISAT
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
Word Bit no. no.
Type
3
13
Bit
3
14
Bit
3
15
Bit
en-YN.YNT.001.A
MICROMAS designation
3-769
Description
POLCID design.
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-770
Output data to MICROMAS: Word Bit no. no.
Type
LSB
MICROMAS designation
Description
POLCID design.
1st control word
0
0
Bit
Start/stop drive
OFF1
0
1
Bit
Immediate pulse inhibitor, drive coasts
OFF2
0
2
Bit
Quick stop, shutting down with shortest deceleration time
OFF3
0
3
Bit
Enable operation
OPER_ENB
0
4
Bit
Enable ramp generator
RAMP_ENB
0
5
Bit
Enabling ramp generator setpoint value
RAMP_UNF
0
6
Bit
Release setpoint value
SETP_ENB
0
7
Bit
Reset error
RESET
MSB 0
8
Bit
Jogging right
JOG1
0
9
Bit
Jogging left
JOG2
0
10
Bit
Operating mode remote operation
REMOTE
0
11
Bit
Invert direction of rotation
DIR_INV
0
12
Bit
0
13
Bit
Motor potentiometer up
POTI_PL
0
14
Bit
Motor potentiometer down
POTI_MI
0
15
Bit
Activate parameter set local or remote
PAR_SET
2nd control word 1
Word
Frequency setpoint value
SETP
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
3.94 Profibus Special Drive SIMOV_LV: Siemens SIMOVERT MASTERDRIVES frequency converter Description of SIMOV_LV Object name (Type + Number) FB 545 Calling OBs The time interrupt OB in which the block is installed (e.g. OB 35). Function The block is used for controlling a type SIMOVERT MASTERDRIVES frequency converter by Siemens. The frequency converter is connected to the PLC via the Profibus. The block communicates directly with the Profibus device. Profibus In order to integrate the block, the type MASTERDRIVES/DC MASTER CBP2 DPV1 is used for this purpose in the PCS7 program HW Konfig. This must be installed additionally. The GSD file necessary for this purpose can be obtained from the manufacturer. In addition, the supplier of the frequency converter normally also provides the appropriate GSD file. It must then be installed in HW Konfig. In HW Konfig, in the catalogue, the profile Standard is set for locating the same. Now the folder PROFIBUS-DP is opened. There the subfolder SIMOVERT is found. Here the entry MASTERDRIVES/DC MASTER CBP2 DPV1 is found.
en-YN.YNT.001.A
3-771
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-772
Fig. 124: HW Konfig with MASTERDRIVES/DC MASTER CBP2 DPV1
This entry is used for the definition of the Profibus-DP slave. As a block in block slot 1, PPO 5: 4 PKW , 10 PZD is used. Operating principle The block communicates directly with the frequency converter. This device is defined as a Profibus slave. At the input SUBNETID, the number of the Profibus system, which the SIMOVERT MASTERDRIVES is connected to, must be entered. At the input DPPA_ADR the slave address of the SIMOVERT MASTERDRIVES must be entered and at the input DADDR the diagnose address of the SIMOVERT MASTERDRIVES must be entered. All these values may be taken from the hardware configuration of a STEP7 project. Using these values, the block can communicate automatically with the corresponding frequency converter. Internally, the same logic is used as for the block UNID (FB 501). However, the block SIMOV_LV reads some signals directly from the Profibus and these need not be connected as inputs or outputs. These are the inputs OLPT, AVBL, RCR1, PWON and SEN1. They are read directly from the frequency converter, or they are written directly to the frequency converter. Nevertheless these inputs and outputs are used in the internal logic. In addition, the interlock system still uses status signals generated by the frequency converter. This is the signal FAULT. A valid starting command exists when the signals: 'STA1', 'ILC1', 'AVBL', 'OLPT', 'LEMO' and 'PMI1' are set and the stopping command 'STOP' is not set. In this case, the start enable signal 'SEN1' and the run command 'PWON' are set (activation signals for the motor).
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
If the check-back signal 'RCR1' is set together with the speed monitor signal 'SPCL' when a valid starting command is active, the control state switches to selflatching status. It is a characteristic of this state that the operating bits 'OSG1', 'OPS1' are set and that the start release command 'SEN1' is reset while the run command 'PWON' is set. From this moment, the starting commands 'STA1' or 'STA2' can be rescinded without risking reset of the run command PWON. The setting drive is stopped correctly by setting the stopping command 'STOP' or when the process interlock 'ILC1' is deactivated. The monitoring time in seconds TIME1 when a drive is started specifies the period in which the check-back signal RCR1 must be set. In addition, it monitors the time during stopping within which the check-back signal RCR1 must have been reset. If time = 0, no time monitoring of the start and stop is employed. By means of the signals SST1 and SSTP an individual start of the drive can be realised in automatic mode. In the faceplate of the drive, the operator sets the signals SST1 or SSTP. After processing in the block, these signals are reset by the block. After operation of the signal SST1 the output SWST is set at first. By means of this output an external start-up warning can be started. If the start-up warning time has expired, then the input SWRE must be set. In this way, there is a valid starting command and the drive is then started as described above. With the exception of the combination with the signals SWST and SWRE the signal SST1 behaves in the same way as signal STA1. Using SSTP, the drive is stopped. SSTP behaves in the same way with the input STOP. With the signals LSER, LST1 and LSP1 operation of the drive is possible via external switches, keyboards or from the control panel. With the signal LSER the drive is switched to local operation. The availability of the drive disappears therewith. Using the parameter SWLO, it is selected whether the input SWRE is taken into consideration for the evaluation of the inputs LST1 and LSP1. Note Via the signals LST1 and LSP1 the drive can be started (1) or stopped ("0"). Via LST1 the drive is started independently from the interlock signals! Via LSP1 the signals CVON, OLPT, PMI1 and LEMO are taken into consideration. As long as the start signals are pending the drive runs, if the start signal changes to zero the drive is stopped. In addition, this block also supplies some analogue values of the frequency converter. The output SPED indicates the current rotation speed of the drive, and the output POWR contains the power input. The setpoint value is formed from the automatic setpoint value ASET (can be connected in the program) and the setpoint value from the faceplate SET. By means of the input AUTO it is selected which of the two setpoint values is activated. With AUTO = 0, setpoint value SET is active, and with AUTO = 1 setpoint value ASET is active. In the case of AUTO = 1 the setpoint value is deactivated in the faceplate and the value of SET is equalled to the value of ASET.
en-YN.YNT.001.A
3-773
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-774
The inputs ILHF and ILLF are the top and bottom limit value for the limitation of the setpoint value and the current rotation speed of the drive, and ILHC is the final value for the calibration of the nominal and actual values of the speed. The input ILHP calibrates power, and input ILHT calibrates torque. Internal logic The sequence of the flags is determined by the sequence in which they must be generated. In this relation, the flags marked (with ") must be taken into account in the setting and reset conditions!
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
Auxiliary flag ICVON
:=
CVON_&SLAVE_OK
IPMI1
:=
PMI1&_-FAULT
RESET
:=
-PWON_&(-EROP/ERES)
CLEROP
:=
EROP_&ERES
IAVBL
:=
(RDY_SWIT/RCR1)_&SWIT_INH_&REMOTE
AVAIL
:=
IAVBL_&OLPT_&LEMO_&IPMI1
Data word S ERPI C ERPI
: :
-IPMI1-ICVON/IPMI1_&RESET
S ERSP C ERSP
: :
(-ISTA1/OPS1)_&ILC1_&PWON_&-SPCL_&-STOP_&-NOTA”ICVON/CLEROP
S ERRC C ERRC
: :
(-ISTA1/OPS1)_&ILC1_&PWON_&-RCR1_&-STOP_&-NOTA”ICVON/CLEROP
S NOTA C NOTA
: :
-AVAIL/ERSP”/ERRC”/ETIM”-ICVON/AVAIL_&RESET
S EROP C EROP
: :
PWON_&ILC1_&NOTA”_&-STOP-ICVON/CLEROP
S OPS1 C OPS1
: :
PWON_&RCR_&SPCL-ICVON/-RCR/-ILC1
S EROL C EROL
: :
-OLPT-ICVON/OLPT_&RESET
S ERMS C ERMS
: :
-IAVBL_&OLPT_&LEMO-ICVON/(IAVBL/-OLPT/-LEMO))_&RESET
S EREO C EREO
: :
-LEMO-ICVON/LEMO_&RESET
OPL1
:=
-OPS1_&RCR1_&-PWON_&-IAVBL_&OLPT
S ETIM C ETIM
: :
-LCT1_&SEN1_&(-RCR1/SPCL)-CLEROP
S GWARN C GWARN
: :
-ALARM -CVON/(ALARM_&RESET)
S GFLT C GFLT
::
FAULT -CVON/(-FAULT_&RESET)
S ERYS C ERYS
: :
-RDY_SWIT_&-RCR1 -CVON/(RDY_SWIT_&RESET)
en-YN.YNT.001.A
3-775
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-776
S ERIN C ERIN
: :
SWIT_INH -CVON/(-SWIT_INH_&RESET)
S ERUV C ERUV
: :
FRQ_MAX -CVON/(-FRQ_MAX_&RESET)
S ERFR C ERFR
: :
FRQ_MAX -CVON/(-FRQ_MAX_&RESET)
S ERTR C ERTR
: :
TEMP_RF -CVON/(-TEMP_RF_&RESET)
S ERTM C ERTM
: :
TEMP_MF -CVON/(-TEMP_MF_&RESET)
S ERTB C ERTB
: :
TURN_BL -CVON/(-TURN_BL_&RESET)
Status word S PWON C PWON
: :
STA1_&ILC1-ICVON/NOTA”/STOP/-ILC1
S OSG1 C OSG1
: :
OPS1-OPS1”
S SEN1 C SEN1
::
PWON”OSG1”/-PWON”
EMOF
:=
EREO”
DAVB
:=
-NOTA”_&ICVON
EROR
:=
EROP”
DOFF
:=
-OSG1”
OPER
:=
OPER_ENB_&SLAVE_OK
LOCA
:=
-AVBL_&SLAVE_OK
QBAD
:=
-SLAVE_OK
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
Block view
Fig. 125: SIMOV_LV block
Starting characteristics During the CPU start-up the SIMOV_LV block is deactivated. All internal state flags (shown in the data word) are reset. Following start-up the block waits for the number of cycles projected in the input RUNUPCYC, and will only be activated thereafter. A first start-up whilst the program is running is treated internally like a CPU startup. Time behaviour The block must be called via a time interrupt OB or OB1. It does not have a parameter for the sampling interval. Behaviour in case of a time error In the case of a time error the outputs will then be reset. In addition the internal state flags will be reset. Message actions The block SIMOV_LV internally uses an ALARM_8P block for generating the messages. Messages are generated for the following tripping devices: ● Operating trouble (EROP) ● Overload (OLPT) ● Machine availability (AVBL) ● Speed monitor (SPCL) ● Machine protection (PMI1) ● Local emergency off (LEMO)
en-YN.YNT.001.A
3-777
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-778
● Monitoring time (ETIM) ● Check-back signal (RCR1) ● SIMOV_LV group warning (ALARM) ● SIMOV_LV group fault (FAULT) ● Not ready to be switched on (RDY_SWIT) ● Cut-in lock (SWIT_INH) ● Undervoltage DC-link (UVOLT) ● Frequency > maximum (FRQ_MAX) ● Warning overload converter (OLPT_W) ● Error temperature inverter > maximum (TEMP_RF) ● Warning temperature inverter > maximum (TEMP_RW) ● Warning temperature motor > maximum (TEMP_MW) ● Error temperature motor > maximum (TEMP_MF) ● Error motor tilted or blocked (TURN_BL) The messages can be suppressed by setting the input SUPR or by resetting the input RLSA. The input SUPR, however, is activated by the operator interface (WinCC), and RLSA by the program. The inputs CVON (at value 0) and CSF (at value 1) also suppress the output of messages. Assignment of message text and message class to the block parameters
Mess. Block Default message text no. parameter
Message Suppressable class
1
EROP
$$BlockComment$$ @1I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
2
ERO1
$$BlockComment$$ @2I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
3
ERMS
$$BlockComment$$ @3I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
4
ERSP
$$BlockComment$$ @4I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
5
ERPI
$$BlockComment$$ @5I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
6
EREO
$$BlockComment$$ @6I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
7
ETIM
$$BlockComment$$ @7I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
8
ERRC
$$BlockComment$$ @8I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
3-779
Mess. Block Default message text no. parameter
Message Suppressable class
9
GWARN
$$BlockComment$$ @1I%t#POLCID_Standard@
WH
Yes
10
GFLT
$$BlockComment$$ @2I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
11
ERYS
$$BlockComment$$ @3I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
12
ERIH
$$BlockComment$$ @4I%t#POLCID_Standard@
WH
Yes
13
ERUV
$$BlockComment$$ @5I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
14
ERFR
$$BlockComment$$ @6I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
15
WAOL
$$BlockComment$$ @7I%t#POLCID_Standard@
WH
Yes
16
$$BlockComment$$ @8I%t#POLCID_Standard@
17
ERTR
$$BlockComment$$ @1I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
18
WATR
$$BlockComment$$ @2I%t#POLCID_Standard@
WH
Yes
19
WATM
$$BlockComment$$ @3I%t#POLCID_Standard@
WH
Yes
20
ERTM
$$BlockComment$$ @4I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
21
ERTB
$$BlockComment$$ @5I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
22
$$BlockComment$$ @6I%t#POLCID_Standard@
23
$$BlockComment$$ @7I%t#POLCID_Standard@
24
$$BlockComment$$ @8I%t#POLCID_Standard@
en-YN.YNT.001.A
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-780
Connections of SIMOV_LV Connection Meaning (parameters)
Data type
Def.
Type Attr. O&O Perm. values
SUBNETID
Number of the Profibus subsystem INT of the PLC
0
I
DPPA_ADR
Slave address of the Profibus device
INT
0
I
DADDR
Diagnosis address of the Profibus slave
INT
0
I
STA1
Start drive
BOOL
0
I
Q
ILC1
Process-technological interlock
BOOL
1
I
Q
STOP
Stop drive
BOOL
0
I
Q
CVON
Control voltage on
BOOL
1
I
Q
OLPT
Overload protection
BOOL
1
I
Q
PMI1
Machine protection interlock
BOOL
1
I
Q
SPCL
Speed monitor
BOOL
1
I
Q
LEMO
Local emergency off
BOOL
1
I
Q
AUTO
Activate ASET ( = 1 ) or SET ( = 0 ) input
BOOL
0
I
Q
CSF
Control system error
BOOL
0
I
Q
LST1
Local start/stop without PMI1
BOOL
0
I
Q
LSP1
Local start/stop with PMI1
BOOL
0
I
Q
SINC
Increase speed locally
BOOL
0
I
Q
SDEC
Reduce speed locally
BOOL
0
I
Q
SWRE
Enabling start-up warning
BOOL
1
I
Q
ESST
Display of softkeys for single faceplate start
BOOL
0
I
+
ENRE
Display of softkeys for faceplate reset
BOOL
0
I
+
SWLO
Start-up warning also in local operating mode
BOOL
0
I
Q
RLSA
Enabling alarm generation
BOOL
1
I
Q
ASET
Automatic setpoint value
REAL
0.0
I
Q
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
3-781
Connection Meaning (parameters)
Data type
Def.
Type Attr. O&O Perm. values
ILHF
Upper limit value for speed
REAL
0.0
I
Q
+
ILLF
Lower limit value for speed
REAL
0.0
I
Q
+
ILHC
Upper limit value for speed calibration
REAL
100.0 I
Q
ILHP
Upper limit value for power calibration
REAL
100.0 I
Q
ILHT
Upper limit value for torque calibration
REAL
100.0 I
Q
TIME1
Monitoring time setpoint value
REAL
5.0
I
BQ
RUNUPCYC
Waiting cycles at start
INT
3
I
EV_ID1
Message ID no. 1
DWORD 0
I
M
EV_ID2
Message ID no. 2
DWORD 0
I
M
EV_ID3
Message ID no. 2
DWORD 0
I
M
RESET
Resetting error Hasler
BOOL
0
IO
BQ
+
LSER
Enabling of local operation
BOOL
0
IO
BQ
+
SST1
Single start
BOOL
0
IO
B
+
SSTP
Single stop
BOOL
0
IO
B
+
SUPR
Suppression of alarms
BOOL
0
IO
B
+
SET
Setpoint value for faceplate
REAL
0.0
IO
B
+
EV1_SIG1
Index variable for message no. 1
INT
1
IO
EV1_SIG2
Index variable for message no. 2
INT
2
IO
EV1_SIG3
Index variable for message no. 3
INT
3
IO
EV1_SIG4
Index variable for message no. 4
INT
4
IO
EV1_SIG5
Index variable for message no. 5
INT
5
IO
EV1_SIG6
Index variable for message no. 6
INT
6
IO
EV1_SIG7
Index variable for message no. 7
INT
7
IO
EV1_SIG8
Index variable for message no. 8
INT
8
IO
EV2_SIG1
Index variable for message no. 9
INT
142
IO
EV2_SIG2
Index variable for message no. 10
INT
143
IO
EV2_SIG3
Index variable for message no. 11
INT
122
IO
EV2_SIG4
Index variable for message no. 12
INT
141
IO
en-YN.YNT.001.A
+
>0
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-782
Connection Meaning (parameters)
Data type
Def.
Type Attr. O&O Perm. values
EV2_SIG5
Index variable for message no. 13
INT
144
IO
EV2_SIG6
Index variable for message no. 14
INT
88
IO
EV2_SIG7
Index variable for message no. 15
INT
145
IO
EV2_SIG8
Index variable for message no. 16
INT
0
IO
EV3_SIG1
Index variable for message no. 17
INT
146
IO
EV3_SIG2
Index variable for message no. 18
INT
147
IO
EV3_SIG3
Index variable for message no. 19
INT
148
IO
EV3_SIG4
Index variable for message no. 20
INT
40
IO
EV3_SIG5
Index variable for message no. 21
INT
149
IO
EV3_SIG6
Index variable for message no. 22
INT
0
IO
EV3_SIG7
Index variable for message no. 23
INT
0
IO
EV3_SIG8
Index variable for message no. 24
INT
0
IO
OSG1
Operating message
BOOL
0
O
Q
EMOF
Emergency off activated
BOOL
0
O
Q
DAVB
Drive is available
BOOL
0
O
Q
EROR
Drive is faulty
BOOL
0
O
Q
DOFF
Drive is off
BOOL
0
O
Q
SWST
Start start-up warning
BOOL
0
O
Q
OPER
Drive is operating (locally or automatically)
BOOL
0
O
Q
QBAD
Profibus slave faulty
BOOL
0
O
Q
LOCA
Drive is in local operating mode
BOOL
0
O
Q
BREAK
Activating external holding brake
BOOL
0
O
Q
SPED
Current speed
REAL
0.0
O
Q
+
POWR
Current power
REAL
0.0
O
Q
+
TORQ
Current torque
REAL
0.0
O
Q
+
TEMP
Current converter temperature
REAL
0.0
O
Q
+
ACT1
Current monitoring time
REAL
0.0
O
Q
+
PW
Parameter word
DWORD 0
O
Q
+
DW
Data word
DWORD 0
O
Q
+
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
3-783
Connection Meaning (parameters)
Data type
Def.
Type Attr. O&O Perm. values
SW
Status word
DWORD 0
O
Q
+
DWA
Extended diagnosis data for faceplate
DWORD 0
O
Q
+
DWB
Extended diagnosis data for faceplate
DWORD 0
O
Q
+
DWC
Extended diagnosis data for faceplate
DWORD 0
O
Q
+
Operation and observation of SIMOV_LV See the description of the block symbol and the faceplate in the corresponding manual in this regard. PW, DW and SW of SIMOV_LV The inputs, outputs and the internal status of the respective block are mapped on the parameter word, the data word and the status word. The assignment of the bits is found in the following table:
> SIMOV_LV < Bit
Parameter word
Data word
Status word
0
STA1
OPS1
SEN1
1 2
EROP ILC1
3
OSG1 NOTA
4
EMOF
5
DAVB
6
STOP
7
CVON
8
OLPT
ERO1
DOFF
9
AVBL
ERMS
SWST
10
RCR1
ERSP
OPER
11
GFLT
12
PMI1
en-YN.YNT.001.A
OPL1
EROR PWON
QBAD ERPI
LOCA
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-784
13
AUTO
EREO
14
SPCL
ETIM
15
LEMO
16
LSER
ERRC
17
LST1
GWARN
18 19
GFLT LSP1
ERYS
20 21
ERIH SST1
ERUV
22
ERFR
23
SSTP
ERTR
24
SWRE
ERTM
25
CSF
ERTB
26
RDYS
27
INHB
28
COLOUR_1
29
COLOUR_2
30
COLOUR_3
31
COLOUR_4 In the case of the COLOUR operating states, the block SIMOV_LV does not have all possible states. It features the states with the numbers 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 11, 12 and 13.
DWA, DWB and DWC of SIMOV_LV The block has three additional data words: DWA, DWB and DWC. These words offer additional information on the frequency converter and the Profibus slave. This information is shown in the associated faceplate. > SIMOV_LV < Bit
Data word A
Data word B
Data word C
0
ST_NOEX
HARD_ID
RDY_SWIT
1
ST_NORDY
RDY_OPER
2
ST_INSLR
OPER_ENB
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
3-785
3
ST_SENSU
FAULT
4
ST_MASLO
OFF2
5
ST_WATCH
OFF3
6
ST_STDIA
SWIT_INH
7
ST_EXDIA
ALARM
8
ST_EXDOV
ACTSET
9
ST_SYNC
REMOTE
10
ST_FREEZ
FRANGE
11
ST_PAREQ
UVOLT
12
ST_PARFA
MRACT
13
ST_SLCCF
RAMP_ACT
14
ST_SLDEA
DIR_L_R
15
ST_STASL
KIP_FLN
16
SLAVE_OK
CAT_ACT
17
SLAVE_SIVFC
SYNC
18 19
FRQ_MAX DPPA_ADR
EXTFLT1
20
EXTFLT2
21
EXTWARN
22
OLPT_W
23
TEMP_RF
24
TEMP_RW
25
TEMP_MW
26
TEMP_MF
27
SUBNETID
TURN_BL
28
BRACT
29
SYNC_W
30
PRELOAD
31
en-YN.YNT.001.A
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-786
Profibus interface for SIMOV_LV The operation of this block with a frequency converter SIMOV_LV makes a specific Profibus layout on the part of the frequency converter necessary. It must be taken into account here that the LSB and MSB are rotated for bit values during communication. For Int- or Float-values this does not need to be taken into account. The tables below contain the data exchange as it must be defined on the part of the frequency converter. In the Profibus configuration 14 data words of input data and 14 words of output data are defined for the data exchange. From these, respectively, the first four words are used only for the parameter assignment of the frequency converter. They are not used by the block but cannot be used for other purposes either. In the case of this block 6 words of input data and 2 words of output data are used. These data are described in the following two tables. This signifies that 4 input words and 8 output words are reserves and are not used by the block. However, the defined data must occur in data exchange exactly in the sequence as defined below. Input data from SIMOV_LV: Word Bit no. no.
Type
SIMOV_LV designation
LSB
Description
POLCID design.
1st status word
0
0
Bit
Ready to be switched on
RDY_SWIT
0
1
Bit
Ready for operation
RDY_OPER
0
2
Bit
Enable operation
OPER_ENB
0
3
Bit
Group fault
FAULT
0
4
Bit
AUS2
Immediate pulse inhibitor, drive coasts
OFF2
0
5
Bit
AUS3
Quick stop, shutting down with shortest deceleration time
OFF3
0
6
Bit
Cut-in lock
SWIT_INH
0
7
Bit
Group warning
ALARM
MSB 0
8
Bit
Setpoint / actual value deviation within tolerance range
ACTSET
0
9
Bit
Operating mode remote operation
REMOTE
0
10
Bit
Frequency is greater than or equal to setpoint value
FRANGE
0
11
Bit
Undervoltage in DC-link
UVOLT
0
12
Bit
Main contactor is activated
MRACT
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
Word Bit no. no.
Type
0
13
0 0
Description
POLCID design.
Bit
Run-up initiator is active
RAMP_ACT
14
Bit
Travel to left/right
DIR_L_R
15
Bit
Function kinetic buffering or flexible yielding is active
KIP_FLN
Word
Frequency
SPEED
1
SIMOV_LV designation
3-787
3rd status word 2
Word LSB
Torque
TORQUE
4th status word
3
0
Bit
Function catching active or exciter time running
CAT_ACT
3
1
Bit
Synchronicity reached
SYNC
3
2
Bit
Frequency is less than shutdown limit
FRQ_MAX
3
3
Bit
External error 1
EXTFLT1
3
4
Bit
External error 2
EXTFLT2
3
5
Bit
External warning
EXTWARN
3
6
Bit
Warning converter thermal overload
OLPT_W
3
7
Bit
Error temperature inverter > maximum
TEMP_RF
MSB 3
8
Bit
Warning temperature inverter > maximum
TEMP_RW
3
9
Bit
Warning temperature motor > maximum
TEMP_MW
3
10
Bit
Error temperature motor > maximum
TEMP_MF
3
11
Bit
3
12
Bit
Motor is tilted or blocked
TURN_BL
3
13
Bit
Bridging contactor is active
BRACT
3
14
Bit
Warning synchronisation error
SYNC_W
3
15
Bit
Preloading active
PRELOAD
5th status word 4
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Word
Effective power
POWER
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-788
Word Bit no. no.
Type
SIMOV_LV designation
Description
POLCID design.
6th status word 5
Word
Converter temperature
TEMP
Description
POLCID design.
Output data to SIMOV_LV: Word Bit no. no.
Type
LSB
SIMOV_LV designation
1st control word
0
0
Bit
Start/stop drive
OFF1
0
1
Bit
Immediate pulse inhibitor, drive coasts
OFF2
0
2
Bit
Quick stop, shutting down with shortest deceleration time
OFF3
0
3
Bit
Enable operation
OPER_ENB
0
4
Bit
Enable ramp generator
RAMP_ENB
0
5
Bit
Enabling ramp generator setpoint value
RAMP_UNF
0
6
Bit
Release setpoint value
SETP_ENB
0
7
Bit
Reset error
RESET
MSB 0
8
Bit
Jogging right
JOG1
0
9
Bit
Jogging left
JOG2
0
10
Bit
Operating mode remote operation
REMOTE
0
11
Bit
Command right rotating field
ROT_R
0
12
Bit
Command left rotating field
ROT_L
0
13
Bit
Motor potentiometer up
POTI_PL
0
14
Bit
Motor potentiometer down
POTI_MI
0
15
Bit
External error 1
EXTFLT1
2nd control word 1
Word
Frequency setpoint value
SETP
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
3.95 Profibus Special Drive FRQCONV: Frequency converter in general Description of FRQCONV Object name (Type + Number) FB 545 Calling OBs The time interrupt OB in which the block is installed (e.g. OB 35). Function The block is used for controlling a frequency converter. The frequency converter is connected to the PLC via the Profibus. The block automatically determines the status of the frequency converter at the Profibus. The interlock system and control signals, however, will be connected to the block by means of inputs and outputs. Using this mechanism, the frequency converters from any manufacturer can be easily controlled and represented. Operating principle The block only determines the status of the frequency converter at the Profibus and represents the same accordingly. The device is defined as a Profibus slave. At the input SUBNETID, the number of the Profibus system, which the frequency converter is connected to, must be entered. At the input DPPA_ADR the slave address of the frequency converter must be entered and at the input DADDR the diagnose address of the frequency converter must be entered. At the input HARD_ID the hardware identification number of the Profibus slave must be stated, by means of which the frequency converter is controlled. All these values may be taken from the hardware configuration of a STEP7 project. Using these values, the block can communicate automatically with the corresponding frequency converter. Internally, the same logic is used as for the block UNID (FB 501). In addition, the interlock system also processes the collective fault signal of the device ;GFLT. The signals ;GWAR and FLT1 to FLT6 are not interlocked and are only used for signalling additional messages or faults. A valid starting command exists when the signals: 'STA1', 'ILC1', 'AVBL', 'OLPT', 'LEMO', 'PMI1' and 'GFLT' are set and the stopping command 'STOP' is not set. In this case, the start enable signal 'SEN1' and the run command 'PWON' are set (activation signals for the motor). If the check-back signal 'RCR1' is set together with the speed monitor signal 'SPCL' when a valid starting command is active, the control state switches to selflatching status. It is a characteristic of this state that the operating bits 'OSG1', 'OPS1' are set and that the start release command 'SEN1' is reset while the run command 'PWON' is set. From this moment, the starting commands 'STA1' or 'STA2' can be rescinded without risking reset of the run command PWON. The setting drive is stopped correctly by setting the stopping command 'STOP' or when the process interlock 'ILC1' is deactivated.
en-YN.YNT.001.A
3-789
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-790
The monitoring time in seconds TIME1 when a drive is started specifies the period in which the check-back signal RCR1 must be set. In addition, it monitors the time during stopping within which the check-back signal RCR1 must have been reset. If time = 0, no time monitoring of the start and stop is employed. By means of the signals SST1 and SSTP an individual start of the drive can be realised in automatic mode. In the faceplate of the drive, the operator sets the signals SST1 or SSTP. After processing in the block, these signals are reset by the block. After operation of the signal SST1 the output SWST is set at first. By means of this output an external start-up warning can be started. If the start-up warning time has expired, then the input SWRE must be set. In this way, there is a valid starting command and the drive is then started as described above. With the exception of the combination with the signals SWST and SWRE the signal SST1 behaves in the same way as signal STA1. Using SSTP, the drive is stopped. SSTP behaves in the same way with the input STOP. With the signals LSER, LST1 and LSP1 operation of the drive is possible via external switches, keyboards or from the control panel. With the signal LSER the drive is switched to local operation. The availability of the drive disappears therewith. Using the parameter SWLO, it is selected whether the input SWRE is taken into consideration for the evaluation of the inputs LST1 and LSP1. Note Via the signals LST1 and LSP1 the drive can be started (1) or stopped ("0"). Via LST1 the drive is started independently from the interlock signals! Via LSP1 the signals CVON, OLPT, PMI1 and LEMO are taken into consideration. As long as the start signals are pending the drive runs, if the start signal changes to zero the drive is stopped. In addition, this block also supplies some analogue values of the frequency converter. The output SPED indicates the current rotation speed of the drive, and the output POWR contains the power input. The setpoint value is formed from the automatic setpoint value ASET (can be connected in the program) and the setpoint value from the faceplate SET. By means of the input AUTO it is selected which of the two setpoint values is activated. With AUTO = 0, setpoint value SET is active, and with AUTO = 1 setpoint value ASET is active. In the case of AUTO = 1 the setpoint value is deactivated in the faceplate and the value of SET is equalled to the value of ASET. The inputs ILHF and ILLF are the top and bottom limit values for the limitation of the setpoint value and the current rotation speed. The analogue values for speed (I_SPEED), power (I_POWER) and torque (I_TORQUE) are connected via corresponding inputs with the block. For each input, there is a separate calibration factor (CAL_S, CAL_P and CAL_T). This is used to convert the input words into physical units of the type Float. Internal logic
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
The sequence of the flags is determined by the sequence in which they must be generated. In this relation, the flags marked (with ") must be taken into account in the setting and reset conditions! Auxiliary flag ICVON
:=
CVON_&SLAVE_OK
IPMI1
:=
PMI1&_GFLT
RESET
:=
-PWON_&(-EROP/ERES)
CLEROP
:=
EROP_&ERES
AVAIL
:=
AVBL_&OLPT_&LEMO_&IPMI1
Data word S ERPI C ERPI
: :
-IPMI1-ICVON/IPMI1_&RESET
S ERSP C ERSP
: :
(-ISTA1/OPS1)_&ILC1_&PWON_&-SPCL_&-STOP_&-NOTA”ICVON/CLEROP
S ERRC C ERRC
: :
(-ISTA1/OPS1)_&ILC1_&PWON_&-RCR1_&-STOP_&-NOTA”ICVON/CLEROP
S NOTA C NOTA
: :
-AVAIL/ERSP”/ERRC”/ETIM”-ICVON/AVAIL_&RESET
S EROP C EROP
: :
PWON_&ILC1_&NOTA”_&-STOP-ICVON/CLEROP
S OPS1 C OPS1
: :
PWON_&RCR_&SPCL-ICVON/-RCR/-ILC1
S EROL C EROL
: :
-OLPT-ICVON/OLPT_&RESET
S ERMS C ERMS
: :
-IAVBL_&OLPT_&LEMO-ICVON/(IAVBL/-OLPT/-LEMO))_&RESET
S EREO C EREO
: :
-LEMO-ICVON/LEMO_&RESET
OPL1
:=
-OPS1_&RCR1_&-PWON_&-IAVBL_&OLPT
S ETIM C ETIM
: :
-LCT1_&SEN1_&(-RCR1/SPCL)-CLEROP
S GWARN C GWARN
: :
GWAR -CVON/(-GWAR_&RESET)
S GFLT C GFLT
: :
-GFLT -CVON/(GFLT_&RESET)
S ERF1
:
-FLT1
en-YN.YNT.001.A
3-791
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-792
C ERF1
:
-CVON/(FLT1_&RESET)
S ERF2 C ERF2
: :
-FLT2 -CVON/(FLT2_&RESET)
S ERF3 C ERF3
: :
-FLT3 -CVON/(FLT3_&RESET)
S ERF4 C ERF4
: :
-FLT4 -CVON/(FLT4_&RESET)
S ERF5 C ERF5
: :
-FLT5 -CVON/(FLT5_&RESET)
S ERF6 C ERF6
: :
-FLT6 -CVON/(FLT6_&RESET)
Status word S PWON C PWON
::
STA1_&ILC1-ICVON/NOTA”/STOP/-ILC1
S OSG1 C OSG1
: :
OPS1-OPS1”
S SEN1 C SEN1
: :
PWON”OSG1”/-PWON”
EMOF
:=
EREO”
DAVB
:=
-NOTA”_&ICVON
EROR
:=
EROP”
DOFF
:=
-OSG1”
OPER
:=
RCR1_&SLAVE_OK
LOCA
:=
-AVBL_&SLAVE_OK
QBAD
:=
-SLAVE_OK
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
Block view
Fig. 126: FRQCONV block
Starting characteristics During the CPU start-up the FRQCONV block is deactivated. All internal state flags (shown in the data word) are reset. Following start-up the block waits for the number of cycles projected in the input RUNUPCYC, and will only be activated thereafter. A first start-up whilst the program is running is treated internally like a CPU startup. Time behaviour The block must be called via a time interrupt OB or OB1. It does not have a parameter for the sampling interval.
en-YN.YNT.001.A
3-793
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-794
Behaviour in case of a time error In the case of a time error the outputs will then be reset. In addition the internal state flags will be reset. Message actions The block FRQCONV internally uses an ALARM_8P block for generating the messages. Messages are generated for the following tripping devices: ● Operating trouble (EROP) ● Overload (OLPT) ● Machine availability (AVBL) ● Speed monitor (SPCL) ● Machine protection (PMI1) ● Local emergency off (LEMO) ● Monitoring time (ETIM) ● Check-back signal (RCR1) ● FRQCONV group warning (GWARN) ● FRQCONV group fault (GFLT) ● Error no. 1 FRQCONV (FLT1) ● Error no. 2 FRQCONV (FLT2) ● Error no. 3 FRQCONV (FLT3) ● Error no. 4 FRQCONV (FLT4) ● Error no. 5 FRQCONV (FLT5) ● Error no. 6 FRQCONV (FLT6) The messages can be suppressed by setting the input SUPR or by resetting the input RLSA. The input SUPR, however, is activated by the operator interface (WinCC), and RLSA by the program. The inputs CVON (at value 0) and CSF (at value 1) also suppress the output of messages. Assignment of message text and message class to the block parameters
Mess. Block Default message text no. parameters
Message Suppressable class
1
EROP
$$BlockComment$$ @1I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
2
ERO1
$$BlockComment$$ @2I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
3
ERMS
$$BlockComment$$ @3I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
4
ERSP
$$BlockComment$$ @4I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
3-795
Mess. Block Default message text no. parameters
Message Suppressable class
5
ERPI
$$BlockComment$$ @5I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
6
EREO
$$BlockComment$$ @6I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
7
ETIM
$$BlockComment$$ @7I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
8
ERRC
$$BlockComment$$ @8I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
9
GWARN
$$BlockComment$$ @1I%t#POLCID_Standard@
WH
Yes
10
GFLT
$$BlockComment$$ @2I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
11
ERF1
$$BlockComment$$ @3I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
12
ERF2
$$BlockComment$$ @4I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
13
ERF3
$$BlockComment$$ @5I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
14
ERF4
$$BlockComment$$ @6I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
15
ERF5
$$BlockComment$$ @7I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
16
ERF6
$$BlockComment$$ @8I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
en-YN.YNT.001.A
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-796
Connections of FRQCONV Connection Meaning (parameters)
Data type
Def.
Type Attr. O&O Perm. values
SUBNETID
Number of the Profibus subsystem INT of the PLC
0
I
DPPA_ADR
Slave address of the Profibus device
INT
0
I
DADDR
Diagnosis address of the Profibus slave
INT
0
I
HARD_ID
Hardware ID of Profibus slave
WORD
0
I
STA1
Start drive
BOOL
0
I
Q
ILC1
Process-technological interlock
BOOL
1
I
Q
STOP
Stop drive
BOOL
0
I
Q
CVON
Control voltage on
BOOL
1
I
Q
OLPT
Overload protection
BOOL
1
I
Q
AVBL
Machine availability
BOOL
1
I
Q
RCR1
Check-back signal
BOOL
0
I
Q
GFLT
Frequency converter group fault
BOOL
1
I
Q
PMI1
Machine protection interlock
BOOL
1
I
Q
SPCL
Speed monitor
BOOL
1
I
Q
LEMO
Local emergency off
BOOL
1
I
Q
AUTO
Activate ASET ( = 1 ) or SET ( = 0 ) input
BOOL
0
I
Q
CSF
Control system error
BOOL
0
I
Q
GWAR
Frequency converter group warning
BOOL
0
I
Q
FLT1
Fault 1 frequency converter
BOOL
1
I
Q
FLT2
Fault 2 frequency converter
BOOL
1
I
Q
FLT3
Fault 3 frequency converter
BOOL
1
I
Q
FLT4
Fault 4 frequency converter
BOOL
1
I
Q
FLT5
Fault 5 frequency converter
BOOL
1
I
Q
FLT6
Fault 6 frequency converter
BOOL
1
I
Q
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
3-797
Connection Meaning (parameters)
Data type
Def.
Type Attr. O&O Perm. values
LST1
Local start/stop without PMI1
BOOL
0
I
Q
LSP1
Local start/stop with PMI1
BOOL
0
I
Q
SINC
Increase speed locally
BOOL
0
I
Q
SDEC
Reduce speed locally
BOOL
0
I
Q
SWRE
Enabling start-up warning
BOOL
1
I
Q
ESST
Display of softkeys for single faceplate start
BOOL
0
I
+
ENRE
Display of softkeys for faceplate reset
BOOL
0
I
+
SWLO
Start-up warning also in local operating mode
BOOL
0
I
Q
RLSA
Enabling alarm generation
BOOL
1
I
Q
I_SPEED
Frequency converter speed
WORD
0
I
Q
I_POWER
Frequency converter power
WORD
0
I
Q
I_TORQUE
Frequency converter torque
WORD
0
I
Q
ASET
Automatic setpoint value
REAL
0.0
I
Q
ILHF
Upper limit value for speed
REAL
0.0
I
Q
+
ILLF
Lower limit value for speed
REAL
0.0
I
Q
+
CAL_S
Calibration factor for speed
REAL
0.01
I
Q
CAL_P
Calibration factor for power
REAL
0.01
I
Q
CAL_T
Calibration factor for torque
REAL
0.01
I
Q
TIME1
Monitoring time setpoint value
REAL
5.0
I
BQ
RUNUPCYC
Waiting cycles at start
INT
3
I
EV_ID1
Message ID no. 1
DWORD 0
I
M
EV_ID2
Message ID no. 2
DWORD 0
I
M
RESET
Resetting error Hasler
BOOL
0
IO
BQ
+
LSER
Enabling of local operation
BOOL
0
IO
BQ
+
SST1
Single start
BOOL
0
IO
B
+
SSTP
Single stop
BOOL
0
IO
B
+
SUPR
Suppression of alarms
BOOL
0
IO
B
+
SET
Setpoint value for faceplate
REAL
0.0
IO
B
+
en-YN.YNT.001.A
+
>0
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-798
Connection Meaning (parameters)
Data type
Def.
Type Attr. O&O Perm. values
EV1_SIG1
Index variable for message no. 1
INT
1
IO
EV1_SIG2
Index variable for message no. 2
INT
2
IO
EV1_SIG3
Index variable for message no. 3
INT
3
IO
EV1_SIG4
Index variable for message no. 4
INT
4
IO
EV1_SIG5
Index variable for message no. 5
INT
5
IO
EV1_SIG6
Index variable for message no. 6
INT
6
IO
EV1_SIG7
Index variable for message no. 7
INT
7
IO
EV1_SIG8
Index variable for message no. 8
INT
8
IO
EV2_SIG1
Index variable for message no. 9
INT
150
IO
EV2_SIG2
Index variable for message no. 10
INT
151
IO
EV2_SIG3
Index variable for message no. 11
INT
152
IO
EV2_SIG4
Index variable for message no. 12
INT
152
IO
EV2_SIG5
Index variable for message no. 13
INT
152
IO
EV2_SIG6
Index variable for message no. 14
INT
152
IO
EV2_SIG7
Index variable for message no. 15
INT
152
IO
EV2_SIG8
Index variable for message no. 16
INT
152
IO
PWON
Run command for drive
BOOL
0
O
Q
OSG1
Operating message
BOOL
0
O
Q
SEN1
Start enabling
BOOL
0
O
Q
EMOF
Emergency off activated
BOOL
0
O
Q
DAVB
Drive is available
BOOL
0
O
Q
EROR
Drive is faulty
BOOL
0
O
Q
DOFF
Drive is off
BOOL
0
O
Q
SWST
Start start-up warning
BOOL
0
O
Q
OPER
Drive is operating (locally or automatically)
BOOL
0
O
Q
QBAD
Profibus slave faulty
BOOL
0
O
Q
LOCA
Drive is in local operating mode
BOOL
0
O
Q
O_PMI1
Machine protection
BOOL
0
O
Q
O_RES
Resetting faults
BOOL
0
O
Q
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
3-799
Connection Meaning (parameters)
Data type
Def.
Type Attr. O&O Perm. values
O_SETP
Setpoint value of speed
WORD
0
O
Q
SPED
Current speed
REAL
0.0
O
Q
+
POWR
Current power
REAL
0.0
O
Q
+
TORQ
Current torque
REAL
0.0
O
Q
+
ACT1
Current monitoring time
REAL
0.0
O
Q
+
PW
Parameter word
DWORD 0
O
Q
+
DW
Data word
DWORD 0
O
Q
+
SW
Status word
DWORD 0
O
Q
+
DWA
Extended diagnosis data for faceplate
DWORD 0
O
Q
+
DWB
Extended diagnosis data for faceplate
DWORD 0
O
Q
+
Operation and observation of FRQCONV See the description of the block symbol and the faceplate in the corresponding manual in this regard. PW, DW and SW of FRQCONV The inputs, outputs and the internal status of the respective block are mapped on the parameter word, the data word and the status word. The assignment of the bits is found in the following table:
> FRQCONV < Bit
Parameter word
Data word
Status word
0
STA1
OPS1
SEN1
1 2
EROP ILC1
3
OSG1 NOTA
4
EMOF
5
DAVB
6
STOP
7
CVON
en-YN.YNT.001.A
OPL1
EROR PWON
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-800
8
OLPT
ERO1
DOFF
9
AVBL
ERMS
SWST
10
RCR1
ERSP
OPER
11
GFLT
12
PMI1
ERPI
13
AUTO
EREO
14
SPCL
ETIM
15
LEMO
16
LSER
ERRC
17
LST1
GWARN
QBAD
18 19
GFLT LSP1
ERF1
20 21
LOCA
ERF2 SST1
ERF3
22
ERF4
23
SSTP
ERF5
24
SWRE
ERF6
25
CSF
26 27 28
COLOUR_1
29
COLOUR_2
30
COLOUR_3
31
COLOUR_4 In the case of the COLOUR operating states, the block FRQCONV does not have all possible states. It features the states with the numbers 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 11, 12 and 13.
DWA and DWB of FRQCONV The block has three additional data words: DWA and DWB. These words offer additional information on the frequency converter and the Profibus slave. This information is shown in the associated faceplate.
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
3-801
> FRQCONV < Bit
Data word A
0
ST_NOEX
1
ST_NORDY
2
ST_INSLR
3
ST_SENSU
4
ST_MASLO
5
ST_WATCH
6
ST_STDIA
7
ST_EXDIA
8
ST_EXDOV
9
ST_SYNC
10
ST_FREEZ
11
ST_PAREQ
12
ST_PARFA
13
ST_SLCCF
14
ST_SLDEA
15
ST_STASL
16
SLAVE_OK
17
SLAVE_FC
18
GFLT
19
GWAR
20
FLT1
21
FLT2
22
FLT3
23
FLT4
24
FLT5
25
FLT6
26 27 28
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Data word B
HARD_ID
DPPA_ADR
SUBNETID
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-802
29 30 31
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
3.96 Profibus Special Drive DIRISA40: Multifunctional power measuring device Description of DIRISA40 Object name (Type + Number) FB 547 Calling OBs The time interrupt OB in which the block is installed (e.g. OB 35). Function The block is used for communication with the multifunctional power measuring device Diris A40 by Socomec. This measuring device records a.o. voltages, currents and power. Using this block, all values captured by the measuring device will be transmitted to the block. The communication takes place such that the block transmits a parameter set for specific measured values to the measuring device, with the measuring device then sending the corresponding measured values. For its correct functioning, the block requires three data blocks, of which one contains the parameters, one contains the calibration values, and the other the measured values transmitted. The parameter data block is normally DB 12 (DIRIS_PA) and contains the parameters for transmitting all measured values. The measured value data block is normally DB 13 (DIRIS_DA). This is where the function block FB 547 (DIRISA40) stores all measured values received. The calibration data block is DB 14 (DIRIS_CA). The measured value data block DB 13 (DIRIS_DA) contains the received and calibrated measured values. The receiving values are multiplied by the corresponding calibration value from DB14. Currents are additionally multiplied by the transmission ratio RATIO_I, voltages are multiplied by RATIO_U and power with RATIO_I and RATIO_U. It is to be noted here that the preset calibration values only take into account the standard transmission ratios of the values from the measuring device (e.g. currents will be transmitted in mA, that is, the standard calibration value 0.001 must be converted in A). Any current or voltage transformers used must be additionally taken into account (see RATIO_U and RATIO_I). Profibus In order to integrate the block, the type DIRIS AP is used for this purpose in the PCS7 program HW Konfig. This must be installed additionally. The GSD file required for this purpose can be obtained from the manufacturer (DIRIS_ap.gsd). It must then be installed in HW Konfig. In HW Konfig, in the catalogue, the profile Standard is set for locating the same. Now the folder PROFIBUS-DP is opened. There the subfolders "Further field equipment and General" are opened. Here, the entry DIRIS AP is found.
en-YN.YNT.001.A
3-803
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-804
Fig. 127: HW Konfig with DIRIS AP
The entry Specific Data is used for the definition of the Profibus-DP slave (slot 1).
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
Operating principle The block communicates directly with the measuring device DIRIS A40. This device is defined as a Profibus slave. At the input SUBNETID, the number of the Profibus system, which the DIRIS A40 is connected to, must be entered. At the input DPPA_ADR the slave address of the DIRIS A40 must be entered and at the input DADDR the diagnose address of the DIRIS A40 must be entered. All these values may be taken from the hardware configuration of a STEP7 project. Using these values, the block can communicate automatically with the corresponding measuring device. In the input DBNR_P, the number of the parameter data block (normally 12 for DB 12) is entered. At the input DBNR_V, the number of the measured values data block (normally 13 for DB 13) is entered. In the input DBNR_C, the number of the calibration data block (normally 14 for DB 14) is entered. RATIO_U and RATIO_I must be used to set the transmission ratios of the current and voltage transformers (e.g. current transformer in DIRIS set to CT = 500/5A signifies RATIO_I = 100.0). The power capacities are multiplied automatically with the product RATIO_I times RATIO_U. At the output QBAD it is possible to read off whether the communication with the slave is troublefree. If the communication is faulty, no data are transmitted to the Profibus and no new data are read from the Profibus either. Block view
Fig. 128: DIRISA40 block
en-YN.YNT.001.A
3-805
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-806
Starting characteristics At CPU start-up the diagnostic program for the slave is called up by the DIRIS A40 block. Following start-up the block waits for the number of cycles projected in the input RUNUPCYC, and will only be activated thereafter. A first start-up whilst the program is running is treated internally like a CPU startup. Time behaviour The block must be called via a time interrupt OB or OB1. It does not have a parameter for the sampling interval. Behaviour in case of a time error In the case of a time error the outputs will then be reset. In addition the internal state flags will be reset.
Connections of DIRISA40 Connection (parameters)
Meaning
Data type
Def. Type Attr. O&O Perm. values
SUBNETID
Number of the Profibus subsystem of the PLC
INT
0
I
DPPA_ADR
Slave address of the Profibus device
INT
0
I
DADDR
Diagnosis address of the Profibus slave
INT
0
I
ENRE
Display of softkeys for faceplate reset
BOOL
0
I
RELS
Enabling
BOOL
0
I
DBNR_P
Number of parameter data block
INT
12
I
DBNR_V
Number of measured value data block
INT
13
I
DBNR_C
Number of calibration data block
INT
14
I
RATIO_U
Transmission ratio for voltages
REAL
1.0
I
RATIO_I
Transmission ratio for currents
REAL
1.0
I
RUNUPCYC
Waiting cycles at start
INT
3
I
PULSETIM
Pulse duration for RES_HOUR, RES_ENERGY, RES_MAX_P, RES_MAX_I
INT
20
I
B
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
3-807
Connection (parameters)
Meaning
Data type
Def. Type Attr. O&O Perm. values
RES_HOUR
Reset hour counter via faceplate
BOOL
0
IO
B
+
BOOL
0
IO
B
+
RES_ENERGY Reset conveying power meter via faceplate RES_MAX_P
Reset maximum powers via faceplate
BOOL
0
IO
B
+
RES_MAX_I
Reset maximum currents via faceplate
BOOL
0
IO
B
+
ENUP
Activating the softkeys for updating the measured values in the faceplate
BOOL
0
IO
B
+
INT
1
IO
B
+
VALUE_CODE Coding for transferred measured value QBAD
Profibus slave faulty
BOOL
0
O
BQ
VALUE
Measured value for display in faceplate
REAL
0.0
O
BQ
DWA
Extended diagnosis data for faceplate
DWORD 0
O
Q
+
DWB
Extended diagnosis data for faceplate
DWORD 0
O
Q
+
Operation and observation of DIRIS A40 See the description of the block symbol and the faceplate in the corresponding manual in this regard.
en-YN.YNT.001.A
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-808
DWA and DWB of DIRISA40 The inputs, outputs and the internal status of the respective block are mapped on the parameter word, the data word and the status word. The assignment of the bits is found in the following table: > DIRISA40< Bit
Data word A
0
ST_NOEX
1
ST_NORDY
2
ST_INSLR
3
ST_SENSU
4
ST_MASLO
5
ST_WATCH
6
ST_STDIA
7
ST_EXDIA
8
ST_EXDOV
9
ST_SYNC
10
ST_FREEZ
11
ST_PAREQ
12
ST_PARFA
13
ST_SLCCF
14
ST_SLDEA
15
ST_STASL
16
SLAVE_OK
17
SLAVE_DIRIS
Data word B
HARD_ID
18 19
DPPA_ADR
20 21 22 23 24
SUBNETID
en-YN.YNT.001.A
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
25 26 27 28 29 30 31
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-809
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-810
3.97 Maerz blocks: PB_TO_VI: Preselection of the display Description of PB_TO_VI Object name (Type + Number) FB 601 Calling OBs The time interrupt OB in which the block is installed (e.g. OB 35). Function Pushbutton for the display. Operating principle Using the faceplate, the output PB_VISU can be set. PB_VISU is reset via the input RESET. As long as RESET is set, PB_VISU cannot be set. In Faceplate and in Typical, the input TEXT_01 indicates the respective status text (string_0 or string_1) for the state (0 or 1). Block view
Fig. 129: PB_TO_VI block
Connections of PB_TO_VI
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
3-811
Connection Meaning (parameters)
Data type
Def.
Type Attr. O&O Perm. values
RESET
Reset signal for PB_VISU
BOOL 0
I
Q
TEXT_01
Status display
BOOL 0
I
Q
+
PB_VISU
Output bit
BOOL 0
O
BQ
+
Operation and observation of PB_TO_VI See the description of the block symbol and the faceplate in the corresponding manual in this regard.
en-YN.YNT.001.A
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-812
3.98 Maerz blocks: FACEPLATE: Status display Description of FACEPLATE Object name (Type + Number) FB 602 Calling OBs The time interrupt OB in which the block is installed (e.g. OB 35). Function From a double word the individual single bits are displayed. Operating principle The input double word STATUS is split up into single bits STATE_00 to STATE_31. Block view
Fig. 130: FACEPLATE block
1.
-
Connections of FACEPLATE Connection Meaning (parameters)
Data type
Def.
Type Attr. O&O Perm. values
STATUS
Input status as double word
DWORD 0
I
Q
STATE_00
Statusbit 0
BOOL
0
O
Q
+
STATE_01
Statusbit 1
BOOL
0
O
Q
+
STATE_02
Statusbit 2
BOOL
0
O
Q
+
STATE_03
Statusbit 3
BOOL
0
O
Q
+
STATE_04
Statusbit 4
BOOL
0
O
Q
+
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
3-813
Connection Meaning (parameters)
Data type
Def.
Type Attr. O&O Perm. values
STATE_05
Statusbit 5
BOOL
0
O
Q
+
STATE_06
Statusbit 6
BOOL
0
O
Q
+
STATE_07
Statusbit 7
BOOL
0
O
Q
+
STATE_08
Statusbit 8
BOOL
0
O
Q
+
STATE_09
Statusbit 9
BOOL
0
O
Q
+
STATE_10
Statusbit 10
BOOL
0
O
Q
+
STATE_11
Statusbit 11
BOOL
0
O
Q
+
STATE_12
Statusbit 12
BOOL
0
O
Q
+
STATE_13
Statusbit 13
BOOL
0
O
Q
+
STATE_14
Statusbit 14
BOOL
0
O
Q
+
STATE_15
Statusbit 15
BOOL
0
O
Q
+
STATE_16
Statusbit 16
BOOL
0
O
Q
+
STATE_17
Statusbit 17
BOOL
0
O
Q
+
STATE_18
Statusbit 18
BOOL
0
O
Q
+
STATE_19
Statusbit 19
BOOL
0
O
Q
+
STATE_20
Statusbit 20
BOOL
0
O
Q
+
STATE_21
Statusbit 21
BOOL
0
O
Q
+
STATE_22
Statusbit 22
BOOL
0
O
Q
+
STATE_23
Statusbit 23
BOOL
0
O
Q
+
STATE_24
Statusbit 24
BOOL
0
O
Q
+
STATE_25
Statusbit 25
BOOL
0
O
Q
+
STATE_26
Statusbit 26
BOOL
0
O
Q
+
STATE_27
Statusbit 27
BOOL
0
O
Q
+
STATE_28
Statusbit 28
BOOL
0
O
Q
+
STATE_29
Statusbit 29
BOOL
0
O
Q
+
STATE_30
Statusbit 30
BOOL
0
O
Q
+
STATE_31
Statusbit 31
BOOL
0
O
Q
+
en-YN.YNT.001.A
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-814
Operation and observation of FACEPLATE See the description of the block symbol and the faceplate in the corresponding manual in this regard.
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
3.99 Maerz blocks: PARA: Parameter transfer Description of PARA Object name (Type + Number) FB 603 Calling OBs The time interrupt OB in which the block is installed (e.g. OB 35). Function Parameter changes by the interlock program and the display. Operating principle The output parameter OUT can be set via the input IN as well as via the faceplate (inhouse value VAL). Whenever IN changes, this value is copied to the output OUT and transmitted to the display via the value VAL. If the internal value VAL is changed by the faceplate, this value is copied to the output OUT. If the input FORCE is set, then no change by the faceplate is possible. The value IN will then be copied continuously to the output OUT. In addition, OUT can be limited to the values HIGH and LOW. In order to limit OUT by HIGH and LOW, the input LIM_O must be set. In addition, there is still the input ACT for indicating the nominal (current) value in the display.
en-YN.YNT.001.A
3-815
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-816
Block view
Fig. 131: PARA block
Connections of PARA Connection Meaning (parameters)
Data type
Def.
Type Attr. O&O Perm. values
IN
Input value
REAL
0.0
I
Q
+
ACT
Nominal value
REAL
0.0
I
Q
+
HIGH
Upper limit value
REAL
100
I
BQ
+
LOW
Lower limit value
REAL
0.0
I
BQ
+
FORCE
If set: IN is continuously copied to BOOL 0 OUT. Changes of Faceplate are no longer possible.
I
Q
LIM_O
Enabling the limit values
BOOL 0
I
Q
VAL
Value of Faceplate
REAL
0
IO
B
+
OUT
Output value
REAL
0
O
Q
+
Operation and observation of PARA See the description of the block symbol and the faceplate in the corresponding manual in this regard.
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
3.100 Maerz blocks: AILIMEX: Analogue limit value monitoring expanded Description of AILIMEX Object name (Type + Number) FB 604 Calling OBs The time interrupt OB in which the block is installed (e.g. OB 35). Function The block is used for the monitoring and alarming of limit values for an input value. In addition, the input value is transmitted to display. Operating principle The input value is expected to be a calibrated physical quantity. As a rule, calibration is effected by means of the block CH_AI (FC 275). As in most cases this input value is a measured value which is subject to fluctuations or faults, the value will first be filtered in the block. This filtration works according to the following formula: Y(n+1) = Y(n) + ( FF * ( VAL - Y(n) ) )
(n) :
Index of the last filtered measured value
(n+1) :
Index of the new filtered measured value
VAL :
Unfiltered input value
FF :
Filter factor (Range between 0 and 1) The newly determined value will be processed further only then if it differs from the most recent determined value by at least the bandwidth (BW) value. The calculated value is now compared with the limit value. If a limit is violated, the associated limit marker is reset. In addition, the limit values can only be changed within specified limits. For this purpose, there are the parameters ILH_MAX, ILH_MIN, ALH_MAX, ALH_MIN, OLH_MAX, OLH_MIN, OLL_MAX, OLL_MIN, ALL_MAX, ALL_MIN, ILL_MAX,and ILL_MIN. At the input CSF a signal is connected which represents the quality of the input value (this is usually connected to the QBAD output of the calibration block CH_AI). CSF = 0 signifies that the input signal is OK and CSF = 1 signifies that the input signal is faulty. The signal CSF forms the output DST by inversion, which can then be connected further within the program. Using the input DTE it can be influenced whether, as far as the output DST is available, the limit value flags (ILH, ALH, OLH, OLL, ALL and ILL) are reset ( DTE=1) or whether they keep their original state (DTE=0).
en-YN.YNT.001.A
3-817
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-818
The infringement of the limit values or the fault condition of the value can be issued as an alarm. By means of corresponding input bits these alarms can be suppressed individually, however. In addition, all alarms can be suppressed simultaneously via the faceplate. For the alarms, a delay time can be defined by which, in the event of any infringement of the limit values, the triggering of the alarm is delayed. In addition, a no action area around the limit value can be defined. Following the occurrence of a limit value alarm, the analogue value must first have left the no action area again before it can trigger another alarm. This prevents any continuous repeated triggering of alarms in the event of any fluttering of the analogue value around the limit value. Using the input F, a replacement value RVAL can be connected to the output. If the input F is set, then the input VAL is connected through to the output A1. However, if the input F is not set, then the input RVAL is connected to the output A1. Furthermore, the block offers the option to set the output value and status bits to a fixed value (to fix the same). If the input X is set, it is not the input VAL which is copied to the output value but the input FIX. This permits defective input values to be bridged, for e.g. the time needed for the repair of the connected measuring transducer. Internal logic The output A1 is formed with the filtered input value VAL. Outputs A1
:=
( VAL_&-X ) / (FIX_&X)
ILH
:=
A1 <= ILH_F
ALH
:=
A1 <= ALH_F
OLH
:=
A1 <= OLH_F
OLL
:=
A1 >= OLL_F
ALL
:=
A1 >= ALL_F
ILL
:=
A1 >= ILL_F
DST
:=
-CSF / X
IA1
:=
VAL
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
Block view
Fig. 132: AILIMEX block
Starting characteristics At CPU start-up, all times of the AILIMEX block are deactivated. All internal state flags are reset. Following start-up the block waits for the number of cycles projected in the input RUNUPCYC, and will only be activated thereafter. A first start-up whilst the program is running is treated internally like a CPU startup. Time behaviour The block must be called via a time interrupt OB or OB1. It does not have a parameter for the sampling interval. Behaviour in case of a time error In the case of a time error the outputs will then be reset. In addition the internal state flags will be reset. Message actions The block AILIMEX internally uses an ALARM_8P block for generating the messages. Messages are generated for the following tripping devices: ● Upper instrument limit exceeded (ILH) ● Upper alarm limit exceeded (ALH) ● Upper operating limit exceeded (OLH) ● Lower operating limit not reached (OLL) ● Lower alarm limit not reached (ALL) ● Lower instrument limit not reached (ILL) ● Input signal faulty (DST)
en-YN.YNT.001.A
3-819
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-820
The messages can be suppressed by setting the input SUPR or by resetting the input RLSA. The input SUPR, however, is activated by the operator interface (WinCC), and RLSA by the program. Assignment of message text and message class to the block parameters
Message Block Default message text no. parameters
Message Suppressable class
1
ILH
$$BlockComment$$ @1I%t#POLCID_Standard@ @9R%6.1f@
PF
Yes
2
ALH
$$BlockComment$$ @1I%t#POLCID_Standard@ @9R%6.1f@
AH
Yes
3
OLH
$$BlockComment$$ @1I%t#POLCID_Standard@ @9R%6.1f@
WH
Yes
4
OLL
$$BlockComment$$ @1I%t#POLCID_Standard@ @9R%6.1f@
WL
Yes
5
ALL
$$BlockComment$$ @1I%t#POLCID_Standard@ @9R%6.1f@
AL
Yes
6
ILL
$$BlockComment$$ @1I%t#POLCID_Standard@ @9R%6.1f@
PF
Yes
7
DST
$$BlockComment$$ @1I%t#POLCID_Standard@ @9R%6.1f@
PF
Yes
8
$$BlockComment$$ @1I%t#POLCID_Standard@ @9R%6.1f@
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
3-821
Connections of AILIMEX Connection Meaning (parameters)
Data type
Def.
Type Attr. O&O Perm. values
VAL
Analogue input value
REAL
0.0
I
BQ
QC_VAL
Quality code for input VAL
BYTE
16#80 I
BQ
ILH_F
Upper instrument limit for VAL
REAL
0.0
I
BQ
+
ILH_MAX
Upper limit value for ILH
REAL
100
I
Q
+
ILH_MIN
Lower limit value for IHL
REAL
0.0
I
Q
+
ALH_F
Upper alarm limit for VAL
REAL
0.0
I
BQ
+
ALH_MAX
Upper limit value for ALH
REAL
100
I
Q
+
ALH_MIN
Lower limit value for ALH
REAL
0.0
I
Q
+
OLH_F
Upper operating limit for VAL
REAL
0.0
I
BQ
+
OLH_MAX
Upper limit value for OLH
REAL
100
I
Q
+
OLH_MIN
Lower limit value for OLH
REAL
0.0
I
Q
+
OLL_F
Lower operating limit for VAL
REAL
0.0
I
BQ
+
OLL_MAX
Upper limit value for OLL
REAL
100
I
Q
+
OLL_MIN
Lower limit value for OLL
REAL
0.0
I
Q
+
ALL_F
Lower alarm limit for VAL
REAL
0.0
I
BQ
+
ALL_MAX
Upper limit value for ALL
REAL
100
I
Q
+
ALL_MIN
Lower limit value for ALL
REAL
0.0
I
Q
+
ILL_F
Lower instrument limit for VAL
REAL
0.0
I
BQ
+
ILL_MAX
Upper limit value for ILL
REAL
100
I
Q
+
ILL_MIN
Lower limit value for ILL
REAL
0.0
I
Q
+
SUPR_ILH
Upper instrument limit alarm suppression
BOOL
0
I
B
+
SUPR_ALH
Upper alarm limit alarm suppression
BOOL
0
I
B
+
SUPR_OLH
Upper operating limit alarm suppression
BOOL
0
I
B
+
SUPR_OLL
Lower operating limit alarm suppression
BOOL
0
I
B
+
en-YN.YNT.001.A
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-822
Connection Meaning (parameters)
Data type
Def.
Type Attr. O&O Perm. values
SUPR_ALL
Lower alarm limit alarm suppression
BOOL
0
I
B
+
SUPR_ILL
Lower instrument limit alarm suppression
BOOL
0
I
B
+
SUPR_DST
Channel fault alarm suppression
BOOL
0
I
B
+
DTE
At CSF resetting all limit value flags
BOOL
1
I
X
Bridging VAL with FIX
BOOL
0
I
B
+
CSF
Control system error
BOOL
0
I
Q
F
Activating the substitute value RVAL at output A1
BOOL
0
I
Q
RLSA
Enabling alarm generation
BOOL
1
I
Q
BW
Belt width for recalculation
REAL
0.0
I
B
+
FF
Filter factor
REAL
0.0
I
B
+
FIX
Bridging value for VAL
REAL
0.0
I
B
+
NOAC
No action range for alarm triggering
REAL
0.0
I
B
+
RVAL
Substitute value if F has been set
REAL
0.0
I
Q
TIME1
Setpoint value for alarm delay time
REAL
0.0
I
B
RUNUPCYC
Waiting cycles at start
INT
3
I
EV_ID
Message ID
DWORD 0
I
M
SUPR
Suppression of alarms
BOOL
0
IO
B
+
EV_SIG1
Index variable for message no. 1
INT
155
IO
EV_SIG2
Index variable for message no. 2
INT
156
IO
EV_SIG3
Index variable for message no. 3
INT
157
IO
EV_SIG4
Index variable for message no. 4
INT
158
IO
EV_SIG5
Index variable for message no. 5
INT
159
IO
EV_SIG6
Index variable for message no. 6
INT
160
IO
EV_SIG7
Index variable for message no. 7
INT
161
IO
EV_SIG8
Index variable for message no. 8
INT
0
IO
A1
Filtered analogue output value
REAL
0.0
O
Q
+
+
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
Connection Meaning (parameters)
3-823
Data type
Def.
Type Attr. O&O Perm. values
ILH_O
Upper instrument limit for calibration
REAL
0.0
O
Q
ILL_O
Lower instrument limit for calibration
REAL
0.0
O
Q
ILH
Analogue value is greater than ILH_F
BOOL
0
O
Q
ALH
Analogue value is greater than ALH_F
BOOL
0
O
Q
OLH
Analogue value is greater than OLH_F
BOOL
0
O
Q
OLL
Analogue value is less than OLL_F
BOOL
0
O
Q
ALL
Analogue value is less than ALL_F
BOOL
0
O
Q
ILL
Analogue value is less than ILL_F BOOL
0
O
Q
DST
Analogue input channel is faulty
BOOL
0
O
Q
BLINK
Display flashing (for WinCC)
BOOL
0
O
Q
+
IA1
Internal analogue output value
REAL
0.0
O
Q
+
ACT1
Current alarm delay time value
REAL
0.0
O
Q
+
COLOUR
Colour for display (for WinCC)
DWORD 16#0
O
Q
+
Operation and observation of AILIMEX See the description of the block symbol and the faceplate in the corresponding manual in this regard.
en-YN.YNT.001.A
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-824
3.101 Maerz blocks: UNID_P: Setup operation with preselection Description of UNID_P Object name (Type + Number) FB 610 Calling OBs The time interrupt OB in which the block is installed (e.g. OB 35. Function The block is used for controlling a setup drive with a control signal (on/off). The operation feedback of the drive is monitored and must be connected as a digital signal to the input of the block. Operating principle A valid starting command exists when the signals: 'STA1', 'ILC1', 'AVBL', 'OLPT', 'LEMO' and 'PMI1' are set and the stopping command 'STOP' is not set. In this case, the start enable signal 'SEN1' and the run command 'PWON' are set (activation signals for the motor). If the check-back signal 'RCR1' is set together with the speed monitor signal 'SPCL' when a valid starting command is active, the control state switches to selflatching status. It is a characteristic of this state that the operating bits 'OSG1', 'OPS1' are set and that the start release command 'SEN1' is reset while the run command 'PWON' is set. From this moment, the starting commands 'STA1' or 'STA2' can be rescinded without risking reset of the run command PWON. The setting drive is stopped correctly by setting the stopping command 'STOP' or when the process interlock 'ILC1' is deactivated. The monitoring time in seconds TIME1 when a drive is started specifies the period in which the check-back signal RCR1 must be set. In addition, it monitors the time during stopping within which the check-back signal RCR1 must have been reset. If time = 0, no time monitoring of the start and stop is employed. By means of the signals SST1 and SSTP an individual start of the drive can be realised in automatic mode. In the faceplate of the drive, the operator sets the signals SST1 or SSTP. After processing in the block, these signals are reset by the block. After operation of the signal SST1 the output SWST is set at first. By means of this output an external start-up warning can be started. If the start-up warning time has expired, then the input SWRE must be set. In this way, there is a valid starting command and the drive is then started as described above. With the exception of the combination with the signals SWST and SWRE the signal SST1 behaves in the same way as signal STA1. Using SSTP, the drive is stopped. SSTP behaves in the same way with the input STOP.
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
With the signals LSER, LST1 and LSP1 operation of the drive is possible via external switches, keyboards or from the control panel. With the signal LSER the drive is switched to local operation. The availability of the drive disappears therewith. Using the parameter SWLO, it is selected whether the input SWRE is taken into consideration for the evaluation of the inputs LST1 and LSP1. Note Via the signals LST1 and LSP1 the drive can be started (1) or stopped ("0"). Via LST1 the drive is started independently from the interlock signals! Via LSP1 the signals CVON, OLPT, PMI1 and LEMO are taken into consideration. As long as the start signals are pending the drive runs, if the start signal changes to zero the drive is stopped. In addition, there is the input PRES’. If PRES’ is set and the drive is available (DAVB’), then the drive is preselected. If PRES’ is set, but the drive is not available, then the alarm EPSL is set. As a further logic PB_TO_VI is contained (see page 3-810) . The button for setting PB_VISU as well as the current status of TEXT_01 will only become visible in the faceplate, if the input EPB_TO_VI is set to 1. Internal logic The sequence of the flags is determined by the sequence in which they must be generated. In this relation, the flags marked (with ") must be taken into account in the setting and reset conditions! Auxiliary flag RESET
:=
-PWON_&(-EROP/ERES)
CLEROP
:=
EROP_&ERES
AVAIL
:=
AVBL_&OLPT_&LEMO_&PMI1
Data word S ERPI C ERPI
: :
-PMI1-CVON/PMI1_&RESET
S ERSP C ERSP
: :
(-STA1/OPS1)_&ILC1_&PWON_&-SPCL_&-STOP_&-NOTA”CVON/CLEROP
S ERRC C ERRC
: :
(-STA1/OPS1)_&ILC1_&PWON_&-RCR1_&-STOP_&-NOTA”CVON/CLEROP
S NOTA C NOTA
: :
-AVAIL/ERSP”/ERRC”/ETIM”-CVON/AVAIL_&RESET
S EROP C EROP
: :
PWON_&ILC1_&NOTA”_&-STOP-CVON/CLEROP
S OPS1 C OPS1
: :
PWON_&RCR1_&SPCL-CVON/-RCR1/-ILC1
en-YN.YNT.001.A
3-825
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-826
S EROL C EROL
: :
-OLPT-CVON/OLPT_&RESET
S ERMS C ERMS
: :
-AVBL_&OLPT_&LEMO-CVON/(AVBL/-OLPT/-LEMO))_&RESET
S EREO C EREO
: :
-LEMO-CVON/LEMO_&RESET
OPL1
:=
-OPS1_&RCR1_&-PWON_&-AVBL_&OLPT
S ETIM C ETIM
: :
-LCT1_&SEN1_&(-RCR1/SPCL)-CLEROP
EPSL
:=
PRES_&-DAVB
PSLA
:=
-EPSL_&PRES
Status word S PWON C PWON
: :
STA1_&ILC1-CVON/NOTA”/STOP/-ILC1
S OSG1 C OSG1
: :
OPS1-OPS1”
S SEN1 C SEN1
: :
PWON”OSG1”/-PWON”
EMOF
:=
EREO”
DAVB
:=
-NOTA”_&CVON
EROR
:=
EROP”
DOFF
:=
-OSG1”
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
Block view
Fig. 133: UNID_P block
Starting characteristics During the CPU start-up the UNID_P block is deactivated. All internal state flags (shown in the data word) are reset. Following start-up the block waits for the number of cycles projected in the input RUNUPCYC, and will only be activated thereafter. A first start-up whilst the program is running is treated internally like a CPU startup. Time behaviour The block must be called via a time interrupt OB or OB1. It does not have a parameter for the sampling interval. Behaviour in case of a time error In the case of a time error the outputs will then be reset. In addition the internal state flags will be reset. Message actions The block UNID_P internally uses an ALARM_8P block for generating the messages. Messages are generated for the following tripping devices: ● Operating trouble (EROP) ● Overload protection (OLPT) ● Machine availability (AVBL) ● Speed monitor (SPCL) ● Machine protection (PMI1) ● Local emergency off (LEMO) ● Monitoring time (ETIM)
en-YN.YNT.001.A
3-827
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-828
● Check-back signal (RCR1) ● Preselection error (EPSL) The messages can be suppressed by setting the input SUPR or by resetting the input RLSA. The input SUPR, however, is activated by the operator interface (WinCC), and RLSA by the program. The inputs CVON (at value 0) and CSF (at value 1) also suppress the output of messages. Assignment of message text and message class to the block parameters
Message Block Default message text no. parameters
Message Suppressable class
1
EROP
$$BlockComment$$ @1I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
2
EROL
$$BlockComment$$ @2I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
3
ERMS
$$BlockComment$$ @3I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
4
ERSP
$$BlockComment$$ @4I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
5
ERPI
$$BlockComment$$ @5I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
6
EREO
$$BlockComment$$ @6I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
7
ETIM
$$BlockComment$$ @7I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
8
ERRC
$$BlockComment$$ @8I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
9
EPSL
$$BlockComment$$ @1I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
$$BlockComment$$ @2I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @3I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @4I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @5I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @6I%t#POLCID_Standard@
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
3-829
Message Block Default message text no. parameters
Message Suppressable class
$$BlockComment$$ @7I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @8I%t#POLCID_Standard@ Connections of UNID_P Connection Meaning (parameters)
Data type
Def. Type Attr. O&O Perm. values
STA1
Start drive
BOOL
0
I
Q
ILC1
Process-technological interlock
BOOL
1
I
Q
STOP
Stop drive
BOOL
0
I
Q
CVON
Control voltage on
BOOL
1
I
Q
OLPT
Overload protection
BOOL
1
I
Q
AVBL
Machine availability
BOOL
1
I
Q
RCR1
Check-back signal
BOOL
0
I
Q
PMI1
Machine protection interlock
BOOL
1
I
Q
SPCL
Speed monitor
BOOL
1
I
Q
LEMO
Local emergency off
BOOL
1
I
Q
CSF
Control system error
BOOL
0
I
Q
PRES
Preselection
BOOL
0
I
Q
LST1
Local start/stop without PMI1
BOOL
0
I
Q
LSP1
Local start/stop with PMI1
BOOL
0
I
Q
SWRE
Enabling start-up warning
BOOL
1
I
Q
ESST
Display of softkeys for single faceplate start
BOOL
0
I
Q
SWLO
Start-up warning also in local operating mode
BOOL
0
I
Q
RLSA
Enabling alarm generation
BOOL
1
I
Q
EPB_TO_VI
Display of softkey for PB_VISU and for display of status TEXT_01
BOOL
0
I
RESET
Reset signal from PB_VISU
BOOL
0
I
Q
TEXT_01
Status display
BOOL
0
I
Q
en-YN.YNT.001.A
+
+
+
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-830
Connection Meaning (parameters)
Data type
Def. Type Attr. O&O Perm. values
TIME1
Monitoring time setpoint value
REAL
5.0
I
RUNUPCYC
Waiting cycles at start
INT
3
I
EV_ID1
Message ID1
DWORD 0
I
M
EV_ID2
Message ID2
DWORD 0
I
LSER
Enabling of local operation
BOOL
0
SST1
Single start
BOOL
SSTP
Single stop
SUPR
BQ
+
>0
BQ
+
>0
IO
BQ
+
0
IO
B
+
BOOL
0
IO
B
+
Suppression of alarms
BOOL
0
IO
B
+
EV1_SIG1
Index variable for message no. 1
INT
1
IO
EV1_SIG2
Index variable for message no. 2
INT
2
IO
EV1_SIG3
Index variable for message no. 3
INT
3
IO
EV1_SIG4
Index variable for message no. 4
INT
4
IO
EV1_SIG5
Index variable for message no. 5
INT
5
IO
EV1_SIG6
Index variable for message no. 6
INT
6
IO
EV1_SIG7
Index variable for message no. 7
INT
7
IO
EV1_SIG8
Index variable for message no. 8
INT
8
IO
EV2_SIG1
Index variable for message no. 9
INT
160 IO
EV2_SIG2
Index variable for message no. 10
INT
0
IO
EV2_SIG3
Index variable for message no. 11
INT
0
IO
EV2_SIG4
Index variable for message no. 12
INT
0
IO
EV2_SIG5
Index variable for message no. 13
INT
0
IO
EV2_SIG6
Index variable for message no. 14
INT
0
IO
EV2_SIG7
Index variable for message no. 15
INT
0
IO
EV2_SIG8
Index variable for message no. 16
INT
0
IO
PWON
Run command for drive
BOOL
0
O
Q
OSG1
Operating message
BOOL
0
O
Q
SEN1
Start enabling
BOOL
0
O
Q
EMOF
Emergency off activated
BOOL
0
O
Q
DAVB
Drive is available
BOOL
0
O
Q
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
3-831
Connection Meaning (parameters)
Data type
Def. Type Attr. O&O Perm. values
EROR
Drive is faulty
BOOL
0
O
Q
DOFF
Drive is off
BOOL
0
O
Q
SWST
Start start-up warning
BOOL
0
O
Q
PB_VISU
Output bit
BOOL
0
O
BQ
+
ACT1
Current monitoring time
REAL
0.0
O
Q
+
PW
Parameter word
DWORD 0
O
Q
+
DW
Data word
DWORD 0
O
Q
+
SW
Status word
DWORD 0
O
Q
+
Operation and observation of UNID_P See the description of the block symbol and the faceplate in the corresponding manual in this regard. PW, DW and SW of UNID_P The inputs, outputs and the respective status of the block are mapped on the parameter word, the data word and the status word. The assignment of the bits is found in the following table:
> UNID_P < Bit
Parameter word
Data word
Status word
0
STA1
OPS1
SEN1
1 2
EROP ILC1
3
OSG1 NOTA
4
EMOF
5
DAVB
6
STOP
7
CVON
8
OLPT
EROL
DOFF
9
AVBL
ERMS
SWST
10
RCR1
ERSP
en-YN.YNT.001.A
OPL1
EROR PWON
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-832
11 12
PMI1
13
ERPI EREO
14
SPCL
15
LEMO
16
LSER
ERRC
17
LST1
EPSL
18 19
ETIM
PSLA LSP1
20 21
SST1
22 23
SSTP
24
SWRE
25
CSF
26
PRES
27 28
COLOUR_1
29
COLOUR_2
30
COLOUR_3
31
COLOUR_4 In the case of the COLOUR operating states (Maerz drives), the block UNID_P does not have all possible states. It features the states with the numbers 1, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 11 and 14.
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
3.102 Maerz blocks: REVD_P: reversible drive with preselection Description of REVD_P Object name (Type + Number) FB 611 Calling OBs The time interrupt OB in which the block is installed (e.g. OB 35). Function The block is used for controlling a reversible drive by means of a control signal (on/off) and two activation signals for both directions of the drive. The operating feedback messages of the drive are monitored and must be connected as digital signals at the input of the block. Operating principle A valid starting command exists when the signals: 'STA1', 'ILC1', 'AVBL', 'OLPT', 'LEMO', 'PMI1' or 'STA2', 'ILC2', 'AVBL', 'OLPT', LEMO', 'PMI2' are set and the stopping command 'STOP' is reset. In this case, the start enable signal 'SEN1' or 'SEN2' and the run command 'PWON' are set (activation signals for the motor). If the check-back signal 'RCR1' or 'RCR1' together with the speed monitor signal 'SPCL' are set when a valid starting command is active, the control state switches to self-latching status. A characteristic of this status is that the operating bits 'OSG1', 'OPS1' are set or that 'OSG2', OPS2' are set and the start enable signal 'SEN1' or 'SEN2' is being reset while the run command 'PWON' is active. From this moment, the starting commands 'STA1' or 'STA2' can be rescinded without risking reset of the run command PWON. The reversible drive is stopped correctly when either the stopping command 'STOP' is set or when the process interlock 'ILC1' or 'ILC2' is missing. If the machine protection fails for both directions simultaneously, the error signal 'ERPI' is generated regardless of the current operating status. If the machine protection fails for one direction only, this is only detected and signalled when the drive is started or in operation in this direction. When the reversible drive is stationary and starting commands are issued simultaneously for both directions, no error is signalled. If the drive is running in one direction, starting commands for the other direction are ignored. The monitoring time TIME1 in seconds when the drive is started specifies the period in which the check-back signal RCR1/RCR2 must be set. If time = 0, no time monitoring of the start is employed. Via the parameter PSEN it can be defined, that in the case of pending checkback signal the output signals SEN1/2 are not reset. By means of the signals SST1, SST2 and SSTP an individual start of the drive can be realised in automatic mode. In the faceplate of the drive, the operator sets the signals SST1, SST2 or SSTP. After processing in the block, these signals are reset by the block.
en-YN.YNT.001.A
3-833
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-834
After operation of the signal SST1/2 the output SWST is set at first. By means of this output an external start-up warning can be started. If the start-up warning time has expired, then the input SWRE must be set. In this way, there is a valid starting command and the drive is then started as described above. With the exception of the combination with the signals SWST and SWRE the signals SST1/2 behave in the same way with signal STA1/2. Using SSTP, the drive is stopped. SSTP behaves in the same way with the input STOP. With the signals LSER, LST1/2 and LSP1/2 it is possible to operate the drive via external switches, keyboards or from the control panel. With the signal LSER the drive is switched to local operation. The availability of the drive disappears therewith. Via the signals LST1/2 and LSP1/2 the drive can be started. Using the parameter SWLO, it is selected whether the input SWRE is taken into consideration for the evaluation of the inputs LST1/2 and LSP1/2. Note Via the signals LST1/2 and LSP1/2, the drive can be started ("1") or stopped ("0"). Via LST1/2 the drive is started independently from the interlock signals! Via LSP1/2 the signals CVON, OLPT, PMI1/2 and LEMO are taken into consideration. As long as the start signals are pending the drive runs, if the start signal changes to zero the drive is stopped. In addition, there is the input PRES. If PRES is set and the drive is available (DAVB), then the drive is preselected. If PRES is set, but the drive is not available, then the alarm EPSL is set. As a further logic PB_TO_VI is contained (see page 3-810) . The button for setting PB_VISU as well as the current status of TEXT_01 will only become visible in the faceplate, if the input EPB_TO_VI is set to 1. Internal logic The sequence of the flags is determined by the sequence in which they must be generated. In this relation, the flags marked (with ") must be taken into account in the setting and reset conditions! Auxiliary flag GO1
:=
STA1_&ILC1
GO2
:=
STA2_&ILC2
RUN1
:=
SEN1/OSG1
RUN2
:=
SEN2/OSG2
RESET
:=
-PWON_&(-EROP/ERES)
PMNOT
:=
-PMI1_&-PMI2
CLEROP
:=
EROP_&ERES
AVAIL
:=
AVBL_&OLPT_&LEMO
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
RUNSTP
:=
CVON/EROP”/STOP
Data word S ERPI C ERPI
: :
PMNOT/C-STOP_&(-EROP/ERES)_&PMI1_&ILC1_&(RUN1/STA1)_&-RUN2_&-GO2/PMI2_&ILC2_&(RUN2/STA2_&-RUN1_&-GO1)CVON/RESET_&(PMI1_&PMI2/PMNOT_&(GO1_&GO2/STOP)/PMI1_&-GO2/PMI2_&-GO1))
S ERSP C ERSP
: :
PWON_&AVAIL_&-STOP_&(ILC1_&(OPS1/STA1_&SEN1)/ILC2_&(OPS2/-STA2_&SEN2))_&-SPCLCVON/CLEROP
S ERRC C ERRC
: :
PWON_&AVAIL_&-STOP_&(ILC1_&(OPS1/-STA1_&SEN1)_&RCR1/ILC2_&(OPS2/-STA2_&SEN2)_&-RCR2)-CVON/CLEROP
S NOTA C NOTA
: :
-AVAIL/ERPI”/ERSP”/ERRC”/ETIM”-CVON/AVAIL_&-ERPI”_&RESET
S EROP C EROP
: :
(RUN1_&ILC1/RUN2_&ILC2)_&NOTA”_&-STOP/ERSP”/PMNOT_&ERPI”(-CVON/CLEROP)_&(PMNOT/-ERPI”)
S OPS1 C OPS1
: :
SEN1_&RCR1_&SPCL-ILC1/-CVON/EROP/-RCR1
S OPS2 C OPS2
: :
SEN2_&RCR2_&SPCL-ILC2/-CVON/EROP/-RCR2
S EROL C EROL
: :
-OLPT-CVON/OLPT_&RESET
S ERMS C ERMS
: :
-AVBL_&OLPT_&LEMO-CVON/(AVBL/-OLPT/-LEMO)_&RESET
S EREO C EREO
: :
-LEMO-CVON/LEMO_&RESET
OPL1
:=
-PWON_&-OPS1_&RCR1_&OLPT_&-AVBL
OPL2
:=
-PWON_&-OPS2_&RCR2_&OLPT_&-AVBL
S ETIM C ETIM
: :
LCT1_&((SEN1_&(-RCR1/-SPCL))/SEN2_&(-RCR2/-SPCL)))CLEROP
EPSL
:=
PRES_&-DAVB
PSLA
:=
-EPSL_&PRES
Status word OSG1 OSG2
:= :=
OPS1”OPS2”
S SEN1
:
GO1_&-GO2_&-RUN2RUNSTP/NOTA”/-ILC1/OSG1”_&PSEN
en-YN.YNT.001.A
3-835
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-836
C SEN1
:
S SEN2 C SEN2
: :
GO2_&-GO1_&-RUN1RUNSTP/NOTA”/-ILC2/OSG2”_&PSEN
EMOF DAVB EROR
:= := :=
EREO”CVON_&-NOTA”EROP”
S PWON C PWON
: :
SEN1”/SEN2”RUNSTP/NOTA”/(RUN1_&-ILC1)/(RUN2_&-ILC2)
DOFF
:=
-OSG1”_&-OSG2”
Block view
Fig. 134: REVD_P block
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
Starting characteristics During the CPU start-up the REVD_P block is deactivated. All internal state flags (shown in the data word) are reset. Following start-up the block waits for the number of cycles projected in the input RUNUPCYC, and will only be activated thereafter. A first start-up whilst the program is running is treated internally like a CPU startup. Time behaviour The block must be called via a time interrupt OB or OB1. It does not have a parameter for the sampling interval. Behaviour in case of a time error In the case of a time error the outputs will then be reset. In addition the internal state flags will be reset. Message actions The block REVD_P internally uses an ALARM_8P block for generating the messages. Messages are generated for the following tripping devices: ● Operating trouble (EROP) ● Overload protection (OLPT) ● Machine availability (AVBL) ● Speed monitor (SPCL) ● Machine protection (PMI1/2) ● Local emergency off (LEMO) ● Monitoring time (ETIM) ● Check-back signal (RCR1/2) ● Preselection error (EPSL) The messages can be suppressed by setting the input SUPR or by resetting the input RLSA. The input SUPR, however, is activated by the operator interface (WinCC), and RLSA by the program. The inputs CVON (at value 0) and CSF (at value 1) also suppress the output of messages.
en-YN.YNT.001.A
3-837
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-838
Assignment of message text and message class to the block parameters
Default message text Message Block no. parameter
Message Suppressable class
1
EROP
$$BlockComment$$ @1I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
2
EROL
$$BlockComment$$ @2I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
3
ERMS
$$BlockComment$$ @3I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
4
ERSP
$$BlockComment$$ @4I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
5
ERPI
$$BlockComment$$ @5I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
6
EREO
$$BlockComment$$ @6I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
7
ETIM
$$BlockComment$$ @7I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
8
ERRC
$$BlockComment$$ @8I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
9
EPSL
$$BlockComment$$ @1I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
$$BlockComment$$ @2I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @3I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @4I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @5I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @6I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @7I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @8I%t#POLCID_Standard@
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
3-839
Connections of REVD_P Connection Meaning (parameters)
Data type
Def. Type Attr. O&O Perm. values
STA1
Start drive in direction 1
BOOL
0
I
Q
STA2
Start drive in direction 2
BOOL
0
I
Q
ILC1
Process-technological interlock, direction 1
BOOL
1
I
Q
ILC2
Process-technological interlock, direction 2
BOOL
1
I
Q
STOP
Stop drive
BOOL
0
I
Q
CVON
Control voltage on
BOOL
1
I
Q
OLPT
Overload protection
BOOL
1
I
Q
AVBL
Machine availability
BOOL
1
I
Q
RCR1
Check-back signal for direction 1
BOOL
0
I
Q
RCR2
Check-back signal for direction 2
BOOL
0
I
Q
PMI1
Machine protection interlock for direction 1
BOOL
1
I
Q
PMI2
Machine protection interlock for direction 2
BOOL
1
I
Q
SPCL
Speed monitor
BOOL
1
I
Q
LEMO
Local emergency off
BOOL
1
I
Q
CSF
Control system error
BOOL
0
I
Q
PRES
Preselection
BOOL
0
I
Q
LST1
Local start/stop without PMI1 for direction 1
BOOL
0
I
Q
LST2
Local start/stop without PMI2 for direction 2
BOOL
0
I
Q
LSP1
Local start/stop with PMI1 for direction 1
BOOL
0
I
Q
LSP1
Local start/stop with PMI2 for direction 2
BOOL
0
I
Q
SWRE
Enabling start-up warning
BOOL
1
I
Q
ESST
Display of softkeys for single faceplate start
BOOL
0
I
Q
en-YN.YNT.001.A
+
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-840
Connection Meaning (parameters)
Data type
Def. Type Attr. O&O Perm. values
PSEN
Selection of permanent SEN1 and SEN2
BOOL
1
I
SWLO
Start-up warning also in local operating mode
BOOL
0
I
Q
RLSA
Enabling alarm generation
BOOL
1
I
Q
EPB_TO_VI
Display of softkey for PB_VISU and for display of status TEXT_01
BOOL
0
I
RESET
Reset signal from PB_VISU
BOOL
0
I
Q
TEXT_01
Status display
BOOL
0
I
Q
+
TIME1
Monitoring time setpoint value
REAL
5.0
I
BQ
+
RUNUPCYC
Waiting cycles at start
INT
3
I
EV_ID1
Message ID no. 1
DWORD 0
I
M
EV_ID2
Message ID no. 2
DWORD 0
I
M
LSER
Enabling of local operation
BOOL
0
IO
BQ
+
SST1
Single start for direction 1
BOOL
0
IO
B
+
SST2
Single start for direction 2
BOOL
0
IO
B
+
SSTP
Single stop
BOOL
0
IO
B
+
SUPR
Suppression of alarms
BOOL
0
IO
B
+
EV1_SIG1
Index variable for message no. 1
INT
1
IO
EV1_SIG2
Index variable for message no. 2
INT
2
IO
EV1_SIG3
Index variable for message no. 3
INT
3
IO
EV1_SIG4
Index variable for message no. 4
INT
4
IO
EV1_SIG5
Index variable for message no. 5
INT
5
IO
EV1_SIG6
Index variable for message no. 6
INT
6
IO
EV1_SIG7
Index variable for message no. 7
INT
7
IO
EV1_SIG8
Index variable for message no. 8
INT
8
IO
EV2_SIG1
Index variable for message no. 9
INT
160 IO
EV2_SIG2
Index variable for message no. 10
INT
0
IO
EV2_SIG3
Index variable for message no. 11
INT
0
IO
EV2_SIG4
Index variable for message no. 12
INT
0
IO
EV2_SIG5
Index variable for message no. 13
INT
0
IO
+
>0
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
3-841
Connection Meaning (parameters)
Data type
Def. Type Attr. O&O Perm. values
EV2_SIG6
Index variable for message no. 14
INT
0
IO
EV2_SIG7
Index variable for message no. 15
INT
0
IO
EV2_SIG8
Index variable for message no. 16
INT
0
IO
SEN1
Enabling start for direction 1
BOOL
0
O
Q
SEN2
Enabling start for direction 2
BOOL
0
O
Q
OSG1
Operating message for direction 1
BOOL
0
O
Q
OSG2
Operating message for direction 2
BOOL
0
O
Q
EMOF
Emergency off activated
BOOL
0
O
Q
DAVB
Drive is available
BOOL
0
O
Q
EROR
Drive is faulty
BOOL
0
O
Q
PWON
Run command for drive
BOOL
0
O
Q
DOFF
Drive is off
BOOL
0
O
Q
SWST
Start start-up warning
BOOL
0
O
Q
PB_VISU
Output bit
BOOL
0
O
BQ
+
ACT1
Current monitoring time
REAL
0.0
O
Q
+
PW
Parameter word
DWORD 0
O
Q
+
DW
Data word
DWORD 0
O
Q
+
SW
Status word
DWORD 0
O
Q
+
Operation and observation of REVD_P See the description of the block symbol and the faceplate in the corresponding manual in this regard. PW, DW and SW of REVD_P The inputs, outputs and the internal status of the respective block are mapped on the parameter word, the data word and the status word. The assignment of the bits is found in the following table:
en-YN.YNT.001.A
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-842
> REVD_P < Bit
Parameter word
Data word
Status word
0
STA1
OPS1
SEN1
1
STA2
EROP
SEN2
2
ILC1
OPS2
OSG1
3
ILC2
NOTA
OSG2
4
EMOF
5
DAVB
6
STOP
OPL1
EROR
7
CVON
OPL2
PWON
8
OLPT
EROL
DOFF
9
AVBL
ERMS
SWST
10
RCR1
ERSP
11
RCR2
12
PMI1
ERPI
13
PMI2
EREO
14
SPCL
ETIM
15
LEMO
16
LSER
ERRC
17
LST1
EPSL
18
LST2
PSLA
19
LSP1
20
LSP2
21
SST1
22
SST2
23
SSTP
24
SWRE
25
CSF
26
PRES
27 28
COLOUR_1
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
3-843
29
COLOUR_2
30
COLOUR_3
31
COLOUR_4 In the case of the COLOUR operating states (Maerz drives), the block REVD_P does not have all possible states. It features the states with the numbers 1, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 11 and 14.
en-YN.YNT.001.A
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-844
3.103 Maerz blocks: RVDL_P: reversible drive with limit switches and preselection Description of RVDL_P Object name (Type + Number) FB 612 Calling OBs The time interrupt OB in which the block is installed (e.g. OB 35). Function The block is used for controlling a reversible drive with limit switches by means of two activation signals for both directions of the drive. The operating feedback messages and limit switches of the drive must be connected as digital signals at the input of the block. The travel time of the drive is monitored until the limit switch is reached. Operating principle If one of the two end positions applies, the start of a drive can only be effected if a valid starting command for the direction leading away from the end position is given. If the drive was stopped between the end positions (caused by a fault), a valid starting command can optionally be given for one of the two directions. A valid starting command exists when the signals: 'STA1', 'ILC1', 'AVBL', 'OLPT', 'PMI1' or 'STA2', 'ILC2', 'AVBL', 'OLPT', 'PMI2' are set. In this case, the start enable signals 'SEN1' or 'SEN2' are set (motor activating signals) and the end position indicator 'POS1' or POS2' is cleared. If the check-back signal 'RCR1' or 'RCR2' is set while a valid starting command is present, the drive changes over to the operating condition which is characterised by the bits 'OSG1', 'OPS1' or 'OSG2', 'OPS2'. Correct stopping is performed by activation of the associated limit switch 'LSW1' or 'LSW2'. If the machine protection fails for both directions simultaneously, the error signal 'ERPI' is generated regardless of the current operating status. If the machine protection fails for one direction only, this is only detected and signalled when the drive is started or in operation in this direction. When the reversible drive with limit switches is stationary and starting commands are issued simultaneously for both directions, no error is signalled. If the drive is running in one direction, starting commands for the other direction are ignored. The time TIME1 monitors the time in seconds, e.g. for movement of the drive from POS1 to POS2, in which the associated limit switch must be set. If time = 0, no time monitoring of the movement is performed. By means of the signals SST1 and SST2 an individual start of the drive can be realised in automatic mode. In the faceplate of the drive, the operator sets the signals SST1 or SST2. After processing in the block, these signals are reset by the block.
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
After operation of the signal SST1/2 the output SWST is set at first. By means of this output an external start-up warning can be started. If the start-up warning time has expired, then the input SWRE must be set. In this way, there is a valid starting command and the drive is then started as described above. With the exception of the combination with the signals SWST and SWRE the signals SST1/2 behave in the same way with signal STA1/2. With the signals LSER, LST1/2 and LSP1/2 it is possible to operate the drive via external switches, keyboards or from the control panel. With the signal LSER the drive is switched to local operation. The availability of the drive disappears therewith. Via the signals LST1/2 and LSP1/2 the drive can be started. Using the parameter SWLO, it is selected whether the input SWRE is taken into consideration for the evaluation of the inputs LST1/2 and LSP1/2. Note Via the signals LST1/2 and LSP1/2, the drive can be started ("1") or stopped ("0"). Via LST1/2 the drive is started independently from the interlock signals! Via LSP1/2 the signals CVON, OLPT and PMI1/2 are taken into consideration. As long as the start signals are pending the drive runs, if the start signal changes to zero the drive is stopped. In addition, there is the input PRES. If PRES is set and the drive is available (DAVB), then the drive is preselected. If PRES is set, but the drive is not available, then the alarm EPSL is set. As a further logic PB_TO_VI is contained (see page 3-810) . The button for setting PB_VISU as well as the current status of TEXT_01 will only become visible in the faceplate, if the input EPB_TO_VI is set to 1. Internal logic The sequence of the flags is determined by the sequence in which they must be generated. In this relation, the flags marked (with ") must be taken into account in the setting and reset conditions!
en-YN.YNT.001.A
3-845
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-846
Auxiliary flag GO1
:=
STA1_&ILC1
GO2
:=
STA2_&ILC2
NOSEN
:=
-(SEN1/SEN2)
RESET
:=
NOSEN_&(-EROP/ERES)
CLEROP
:=
EROP_&ERES
CLERPS
:=
ERPS_&ERES
LSWALL
:=
LSW1_&LSW2
LSWPOS
:=
-LSW1_&POS1_&-SEN2_&-OSG2/-LSW2_&POS2_&-SEN1_&-OSG1
AVAIL
:=
AVBL_&OLPT
Data word S ERPS C ERPS
: :
(LSWALL/-CLERPS_&LSWPOS/(LSW1_&ILC2_&SEN2_&(STA2/AVAIL_&PMI2_&OPS2)/LSW2_&ILC1_&SEN1_&(STA1/AVAIL_&PMI1_&OPS1))/((LSW1.EQV.LSW2)_&(SEN1_&STA1_&ILC1/SEN2_&-STA2_&ILC2)))/ETIM”-CVON/LSWALL_&ERPS_&RESET
S ERPI C ERPI
: :
(-PMI1_&-PMI2)/(-EROP/ERES)_&(-PMI1_&-LSW1_&GO1_&(SEN1/SEN2_&(LSW2/-GO2)/-PMI2_&-LSW2_&GO2_&(SEN2/SEN1_&(LSW1/-GO1))CVON/(PMI1_&PMI2/ERPS”_&(PMI1/PMI2)/PMI1_&(GO2/LSW2/GO1_&-LSW1)/PMI2_&(-GO1/LSW1/GO2_&LSW2))_&RESET
S ERRC C ERRC
: :
AVAIL_&-ERPI”_&-ERPS_&(OPS1_&GO1_&-RCR1_&LSW1/OPS2_&GO2_&-RCR2_&-LSW2)-CVON/CLEROP
S NOTA C NOTA
: :
-AVAIL/ERPI”/ERPS”/ERRC”-CVON/AVAIL_&-ERPI”_&ERPS”_&RESET
S EROP C EROP
: :
((SEN1_&ILC1_&-LSW1/SEN2_&ILC2_&LSW2)_&NOTA”)/(ERPS”/ERRC”_&(SEN1/SEN2/OSG1/OSG2))CVON/CLEROP_&(ERPS_&-LSWPOS/-ERPS”)
S OPS1 C OPS1
: :
GO1_&SEN1_&RCR1-CVON/-GO1/LSW1/NOTA”
S OPS2 C OPS2
: :
GO2_&SEN2_&RCR2-CVON/-GO2/LSW2/NOTA”
S EROL C EROL
: :
-OLPT-CVON/OLPT_&RESET
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
S ERMS C ERMS
: :
-AVBL_&OLPT-CVON/(AVBL/-OLPT)_&RESET
S ETIM C ETIM
: :
LCT1_&((SEN1_&-LSW1)/(SEN2_&-LSW2))-CVON/RESET
S POS1 C POS1
: :
LSW1_&(-POS2/-LSW2_&CLERPS)-CVON/LSWALL/LSW1_&(CLERPS/SEN2”/OSG2/-ERPS”_&LSW1)
S POS2 C POS2
: :
LSW2_&(-POS1/-LSW1_&CLERPS)-CVON/LSWALL/LSW2_&(CLERPS/SEN1”/OSG1/-ERPS”_&LSW2)
OPL1
:=
-SEN1_&-OPS1_&RCR1
OPL2
:=
-SEN2_&-OPS2_&RCR2
EPSL
:=
PRES_&-DAVB
PSLA
:=
-EPSL_&PRES
Status word
S SEN1 C SEN1
: :
GO1_&(LSW2/-GO2)_&-SEN2-CVON/-GO1/NOTA”/LSW1/EROP”
S SEN2 C SEN2
: :
GO2_&(LSW1/-GO1)_&-SEN1-CVON/-GO2/NOTA”/LSW2/EROP”
OSG1
:=
OPS1”
OSG2
:=
OPS2”
DAVB
:=
CVON_&-NOTA”
EROR
:=
EROP”
en-YN.YNT.001.A
3-847
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-848
Block view
Fig. 135: RVDL_P block
Starting characteristics During the CPU start-up the RVDL_P block is deactivated. All internal state flags (shown in the data word) are reset. Following start-up the block waits for the number of cycles projected in the input RUNUPCYC, and will only be activated thereafter. A first start-up whilst the program is running is treated internally like a CPU startup. Time behaviour The block must be called via a time interrupt OB or OB1. It does not have a parameter for the sampling interval. Behaviour in case of a time error In the case of a time error the outputs will then be reset. In addition the internal state flags will be reset. Message actions The block RVDL_P internally uses an ALARM_8P block for generating the messages. Messages are generated for the following tripping devices: ● Operating trouble (EROP) ● Overload protection (OLPT) ● Machine availability (AVBL) ● Machine protection (PMI1/2)
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
3-849
● Position monitoring (ERPS) ● Monitoring time (ETIM) ● Check-back signal (RCR1/2) ● Preselection error (EPSL) The messages can be suppressed by setting the input SUPR or by resetting the input RLSA. The input SUPR, however, is activated by the operator interface (WinCC), and RLSA by the program. The inputs CVON (at value 0) and CSF (at value 1) also suppress the output of messages. Assignment of message text and message class to the block parameters
Default message text Message Block no. parameter
Message Suppressable class
1
EROP
$$BlockComment$$ @1I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
2
EROL
$$BlockComment$$ @2I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
3
ERMS
$$BlockComment$$ @3I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
4
ERPI
$$BlockComment$$ @4I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
5
ERPS
$$BlockComment$$ @5I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
6
ETIM
$$BlockComment$$ @6I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
7
ERRC
$$BlockComment$$ @7I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
AH
Yes
8 9
$$BlockComment$$ @8I%t#POLCID_Standard@ EPSL
$$BlockComment$$ @1I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @2I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @3I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @4I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @5I%t#POLCID_Standard@
en-YN.YNT.001.A
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-850
Message Block Default message text no. parameter
Message Suppressable class
$$BlockComment$$ @6I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @7I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @8I%t#POLCID_Standard@ Connections of RVDL_P Connection Meaning (parameters)
Data type
Def. Type Attr. O&O Perm. values
STA1
Start drive in direction 1
BOOL
0
I
Q
STA2
Start drive in direction 2
BOOL
0
I
Q
ILC1
Process-technological interlock, direction 1
BOOL
1
I
Q
ILC2
Process-technological interlock, direction 2
BOOL
1
I
Q
LSW1
Limit switch for direction 1
BOOL
0
I
Q
LSW2
Limit switch for direction 2
BOOL
0
I
Q
CVON
Control voltage on
BOOL
1
I
Q
OLPT
Overload protection
BOOL
1
I
Q
AVBL
Machine availability
BOOL
1
I
Q
RCR1
Check-back signal for direction 1
BOOL
0
I
Q
RCR2
Check-back signal for direction 2
BOOL
0
I
Q
PMI1
Machine protection interlock for direction 1
BOOL
1
I
Q
PMI2
Machine protection interlock for direction 2
BOOL
1
I
Q
CSF
Control system error
BOOL
0
I
Q
PRES
Preselection
BOOL
0
I
Q
LST1
Local start/stop without PMI1 for direction 1
BOOL
0
I
Q
LST2
Local start/stop without PMI2 for direction 2
BOOL
0
I
Q
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
3-851
Connection Meaning (parameters)
Data type
Def. Type Attr. O&O Perm. values
LSP1
Local start/stop with PMI1 for direction 1
BOOL
0
I
Q
LSP1
Local start/stop with PMI2 for direction 2
BOOL
0
I
Q
SWRE
Enabling start-up warning
BOOL
1
I
Q
ESST
Display of softkeys for single faceplate start
BOOL
0
I
Q
RLSA
Enabling alarm generation
BOOL
1
I
Q
EPB_TO_VI
Display of softkey for PB_VISU and for display of status TEXT_01
BOOL
0
I
RESET
Reset signal from PB_VISU
BOOL
0
I
Q
TEXT_01
Status display
BOOL
0
I
Q
+
TIME1
Monitoring time setpoint value
REAL
5.0
I
BQ
+
RUNUPCYC
Waiting cycles at start
INT
3
I
EV_ID1
Message ID1
DWORD 0
I
M
EV_ID2
Message ID2
DWORD 0
I
M
LSER
Enabling of local operation
BOOL
0
IO
BQ
+
SST1
Single start for direction 1
BOOL
0
IO
B
+
SST2
Single start for direction 2
BOOL
0
IO
B
+
SUPR
Suppression of alarms
BOOL
0
IO
B
+
EV1_SIG1
Index variable for message no. 1
INT
1
IO
EV1_SIG2
Index variable for message no. 2
INT
2
IO
EV1_SIG3
Index variable for message no. 3
INT
3
IO
EV1_SIG4
Index variable for message no. 4
INT
5
IO
EV1_SIG5
Index variable for message no. 5
INT
9
IO
EV1_SIG6
Index variable for message no. 6
INT
7
IO
EV1_SIG7
Index variable for message no. 7
INT
8
IO
EV1_SIG8
Index variable for message no. 8
INT
0
IO
EV2_SIG1
Index variable for message no. 9
INT
160 IO
EV2_SIG2
Index variable for message no. 10
INT
0
IO
EV2_SIG3
Index variable for message no. 11
INT
0
IO
en-YN.YNT.001.A
+
+
>0
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-852
Connection Meaning (parameters)
Data type
Def. Type Attr. O&O Perm. values
EV2_SIG4
Index variable for message no. 12
INT
0
IO
EV2_SIG5
Index variable for message no. 13
INT
0
IO
EV2_SIG6
Index variable for message no. 14
INT
0
IO
EV2_SIG7
Index variable for message no. 15
INT
0
IO
EV2_SIG8
Index variable for message no. 16
INT
0
IO
SEN1
Enabling start for direction 1
BOOL
0
O
Q
SEN2
Enabling start for direction 2
BOOL
0
O
Q
OSG1
Operating message for direction 1
BOOL
0
O
Q
OSG2
Operating message for direction 2
BOOL
0
O
Q
DAVB
Drive is available
BOOL
0
O
Q
EROR
Drive is faulty
BOOL
0
O
Q
DOFF
Drive is off
BOOL
0
O
Q
SWST
Start start-up warning
BOOL
0
O
Q
PB_VISU
Output bit
BOOL
0
O
BQ
+
ACT1
Current monitoring time
REAL
0.0
O
Q
+
PW
Parameter word
DWORD 0
O
Q
+
DW
Data word
DWORD 0
O
Q
+
SW
Status word
DWORD 0
O
Q
+
Operation and observation of RVDL_P See the description of the block symbol and the faceplate in the corresponding manual in this regard. PW, DW and SW of RVDL_P The inputs, outputs and the internal status of the respective block are mapped on the parameter word, the data word and the status word. The assignment of the bits is found in the following table:
> RVDL_P < Bit
Parameter word
Data word
Status word
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
3-853
0
STA1
OPS1
SEN1
1
STA2
EROP
SEN2
2
ILC1
OPS2
OSG1
3
ILC2
NOTA
OSG2
4
LSW1
POS1
5
LSW2
POS2
DAVB
OPL1
EROR
6 7
CVON
OPL2
8
OLPT
EROL
DOFF
9
AVBL
ERMS
SWST
10
RCR1
11
RCR2
12
PMI1
ERPI
13
PMI2
ERPS
14
ETIM
15 16
LSER
ERRC
17
LST1
EPSL
18
LST2
PSLA
19
LSP1
20
LSP2
21
SST1
22
SST2
23 24
SWRE
25
CSF
26
PRES
27 28
COLOUR_1
29
COLOUR_2
30
COLOUR_3
en-YN.YNT.001.A
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-854
31
COLOUR_4
The block RVDL_P has the COLOUR operating states (Maerz drives) from 1 to 11 and 14.
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
3.104 Maerz blocks: VALV_P: valve controller with preselection Description of VALV_P Object name (Type + Number) FB 613 Calling OBs The time interrupt OB in which the block is installed (e.g. OB 35). Function The block is used for controlling a magnet coil of a valve with limit switches by means of two activation signals for both directions of the valve. The limit switches of the valve are connected as digital signals at the input of the block. The travel time of the drive is monitored until the limit switch is reached. Operating principle Apart from the initial state, a valve must always be active in one of the two directions, i.e. the related output signal must be issued to the valve. If a valve is active in one direction, the starting command 'STA1' or 'STA2' can be reset without loss of the start enable signal 'SEN1' or 'SEN2'. Only a valid starting command for the other direction causes the valve to switch to the changed direction. The values of the limit switches 'LSW1' and 'LSW2' have no influence on the issue of control commands and serve only to generate position signals. If, however, both limit switches are set, the position error signal 'ERPS' is generated. If, in the case of a valve, one of the two limit switch flags is available, and simultaneously starting commands for both directions are given, then there will be no reaction. If the valve is active in one direction and starting commands are issued for both directions simultaneously, the starting command for the opposite direction is ignored. The time TIME1 monitors the time in seconds, e.g. for movement of the valve from POS1 to POS2, in which the associated limit switch flag must be set. If time = 0, no time monitoring of the movement is performed. By means of the signals SST1 and SST2 an individual start of the valve can be realised in automatic mode. In the faceplate associated with the valve, the operator sets the signals SST1 or SST2. After processing in the block, these signals are reset by the block. After operation of the signal SST1/2 the output SWST is set at first. By means of this output an external start-up warning can be started. If the start-up warning time has expired, then the input SWRE must be set. In this way, there is a valid starting command and the valve is then started as described above. With the exception of the combination with the signals SWST and SWRE the signals SST1/2 behave in the same way with signal STA1/2.
en-YN.YNT.001.A
3-855
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-856
With the signals LSER, LST1/2 and LSP1/2 it is possible to operate the valve via external switches, keyboards or from the control panel. With the signal LSER the valve is switched to local operation. The availability of the drive disappears therewith. Via the signals LST1/2 and LSP1/2 the valve can be started. Using the parameter SWLO, it is selected whether the input SWRE is taken into consideration for the evaluation of the inputs LST1/2 and LSP1/2. Note Via the signals LST1/2 and LSP1/2, the valve can be started (1) or stopped (0). Via LST1/2 the valve is started independently from the interlock signals! Via LSP1/2 the signals CVON and OLPT are taken into consideration. As long as the start signals are pending the valve operates, if the start signal changes to zero the valve is stopped. In addition, there is the input PRES. If PRES is set and the drive is available (DAVB), then the drive is preselected. If PRES is set, but the drive is not available, then the alarm EPSL is set. As a further logic PB_TO_VI is contained (see page 3-810) . The button for setting PB_VISU as well as the current status of TEXT_01 will only become visible in the faceplate, if the input EPB_TO_VI is set to 1. Internal logic The sequence of the flags is determined by the sequence in which they must be generated. In this relation, the flags marked (with ") must be taken into account in the setting and reset conditions! Auxiliary flag NOSEN
:=
-(SEN1/SEN2)
RESET
:=
NOSEN_&(-EROP/ERES)
CLEROP
:=
EROP_&ERES
LSWALL
:=
LSW1_&LSW2
GO1
:=
STA1_&ILC1
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
Data word S ERPS C ERPS
: :
LSWALL/ETIM”/(SUPS_&(POS1_&SEN1_&-LSW1_&GO2/(POS2_&SEN2_&-LSW2_&-GO1))-CVON/-LSWALL_&RESET
S NOTA C NOTA
: :
-OLPT/ERPS”-CVON/OLPT_&-ERPS”_&RESET
S EROP C EROP
: :
NOTA”_&(SEN1_&ILC1/SEN2_&ILC2/ERPS”&(SEN1/SEN2))CVON/CLEROP
S EROL C EROL
: :
-OLPT-CVON/OLPT_&RESET
S POS1 C POS1
: :
LSW1-CVON/-LSW1/LSW2
S POS2 C POS2
: :
LSW2-CVON/-LSW2/LSW1
S ETIM C ETIM
: :
LCT1_&((SEN1_&LSW1)/(SEN2_&LSW2))-CVON/RESET
OPS1
:=
SEN1”
OPS2
:=
SEN2”
EPSL
:=
PRES_&-DAVB
PSLA
:=
-EPSL_&PRES
Status word S SEN1 C SEN1
: :
GO1_&-GO2-CVON/-ILC1/NOTA”/GO2_&-STA1/EROP”
S SEN2 C SEN2
: :
GO2_&-GO1)-CVON/-ILC2/NOTA”/GO1_&-STA2/EROP”
DAVB
:=
CVON_&-NOTA”
EROR
:=
EROP”
en-YN.YNT.001.A
3-857
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-858
Block view
Fig. 136: VALV_P block
Starting characteristics During the CPU start-up the VALV_P block is deactivated. All internal state flags (shown in the data word) are reset. Following start-up the block waits for the number of cycles projected in the input RUNUPCYC, and will only be activated thereafter. A first start-up whilst the program is running is treated internally like a CPU startup. Time behaviour The block must be called via a time interrupt OB or OB1. It does not have a parameter for the sampling interval. Behaviour in case of a time error In the case of a time error the outputs will then be reset. In addition the internal state flags will be reset. Message actions The block VALV internally uses an ALARM_8P block for generating the messages. Messages are generated for the following tripping devices: ● Operating trouble (EROP) ● Overload protection (OLPT) ● Position monitoring (ERPS) ● Monitoring time (ETIM) ● Preselection error (EPSL)
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
3-859
The messages can be suppressed by setting the input SUPR or by resetting the input RLSA. The input SUPR, however, is activated by the operator interface (WinCC), and RLSA by the program. The inputs CVON (at value 0) and CSF (at value 1) also suppress the output of messages. Assignment of message text and message class to the block parameters
Message Block Default message text no. parameter
Message Suppressable class
1
EROP
$$BlockComment$$ @1I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
2
EROL
$$BlockComment$$ @2I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
3
ERPS
$$BlockComment$$ @3I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
4
ETIM
$$BlockComment$$ @4I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
AH
Yes
5
$$BlockComment$$ @5I%t#POLCID_Standard@
6
$$BlockComment$$ @6I%t#POLCID_Standard@
7
$$BlockComment$$ @7I%t#POLCID_Standard@
8
$$BlockComment$$ @8I%t#POLCID_Standard@
9
EPSL
$$BlockComment$$ @1I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @2I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @3I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @4I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @5I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @6I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @7I%t#POLCID_Standard@
en-YN.YNT.001.A
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-860
Message Block Default message text no. parameter
Message Suppressable class
$$BlockComment$$ @8I%t#POLCID_Standard@ Connections of VALV_P Connection Meaning (parameters)
Data type
Def. Type Attr. O&O Perm. values
STA1
Start drive in direction 1
BOOL
0
I
Q
STA2
Start drive in direction 2
BOOL
0
I
Q
ILC1
Process-technological interlock, direction 1
BOOL
1
I
Q
ILC2
Process-technological interlock, direction 2
BOOL
1
I
Q
LSW1
Limit switch for direction 1
BOOL
0
I
Q
LSW2
Limit switch for direction 2
BOOL
0
I
Q
CVON
Control voltage on
BOOL
1
I
Q
OLPT
Overload protection
BOOL
1
I
Q
CSF
Control system error
BOOL
0
I
Q
PRES
Preselection
BOOL
0
I
Q
LST1
Local start/stop without PMI1 for direction 1
BOOL
0
I
Q
LST2
Local start/stop without PMI2 for direction 2
BOOL
0
I
Q
LSP1
Local start/stop with PMI1 for direction 1
BOOL
0
I
Q
LSP1
Local start/stop with PMI2 for direction 2
BOOL
0
I
Q
SWRE
Enabling start-up warning
BOOL
1
I
Q
ESST
Display of softkeys for single faceplate start
BOOL
0
I
Q
SWLO
Start-up warning also in local operating mode
BOOL
0
I
Q
RLSA
Enabling alarm generation
BOOL
1
I
Q
EPB_TO_VI
Display of softkey for PB_VISU and for display of status TEXT_01
BOOL
0
I
+
+
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
3-861
Connection Meaning (parameters)
Data type
Def. Type Attr. O&O Perm. values
RESET
Reset signal from PB_VISU
BOOL
0
I
Q
TEXT_01
Status display
BOOL
0
I
Q
+
TIME1
Monitoring time setpoint value
REAL
5.0
I
BQ
+
RUNUPCYC
Waiting cycles at start
INT
3
I
EV_ID1
Message ID1
DWORD 0
I
M
EV_ID2
Message ID2
DWORD 0
I
M
LSER
Enabling of local operation
BOOL
0
IO
BQ
+
SST1
Single start for direction 1
BOOL
0
IO
B
+
SST2
Single start for direction 2
BOOL
0
IO
B
+
SUPR
Suppression of alarms
BOOL
0
IO
B
+
EV1_SIG1
Index variable for message no. 1
INT
1
IO
EV1_SIG2
Index variable for message no. 2
INT
2
IO
EV1_SIG3
Index variable for message no. 3
INT
9
IO
EV1_SIG4
Index variable for message no. 4
INT
7
IO
EV1_SIG5
Index variable for message no. 5
INT
0
IO
EV1_SIG6
Index variable for message no. 6
INT
0
IO
EV1_SIG7
Index variable for message no. 7
INT
0
IO
EV1_SIG8
Index variable for message no. 8
INT
0
IO
EV2_SIG1
Index variable for message no. 9
INT
160 IO
EV2_SIG2
Index variable for message no. 10
INT
0
IO
EV2_SIG3
Index variable for message no. 11
INT
0
IO
EV2_SIG4
Index variable for message no. 12
INT
0
IO
EV2_SIG5
Index variable for message no. 13
INT
0
IO
EV2_SIG6
Index variable for message no. 14
INT
0
IO
EV2_SIG7
Index variable for message no. 15
INT
0
IO
EV2_SIG8
Index variable for message no. 16
INT
0
IO
SEN1
Enabling start for direction 1
BOOL
0
O
Q
SEN2
Enabling start for direction 2
BOOL
0
O
Q
DAVB
Drive is available
BOOL
0
O
Q
en-YN.YNT.001.A
>0
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-862
Connection Meaning (parameters)
Data type
Def. Type Attr. O&O Perm. values
EROR
Drive is faulty
BOOL
0
O
Q
SWST
Start start-up warning
BOOL
0
O
Q
PB_VISU
Output bit
BOOL
0
O
BQ
+
ACT1
Current monitoring time
REAL
0.0
O
Q
+
PW
Parameter word
DWORD 0
O
Q
+
DW
Data word
DWORD 0
O
Q
+
SW
Status word
DWORD 0
O
Q
+
Operation and observation of VALV_P See the description of the block symbol and the faceplate in the corresponding manual in this regard. PW, DW and SW of VALV_P The inputs, outputs and the internal status of the respective block are mapped on the parameter word, the data word and the status word. The assignment of the bits is found in the following table:
> VALV _P< Bit
Parameter word
Data word
Status word
0
STA1
OPS1
SEN1
1
STA2
EROP
SEN2
2
ILC1
OPS2
3
ILC2
NOTA
4
LSW1
POS1
5
LSW2
POS2
6
EROR
7
CVON
8
OLPT
9
DAVB
EROL SWST
10 11
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
3-863
12 13
ERPS
14
ETIM
15 16
LSER
17
LST1
EPSL
18
LST2
PSLA
19
LSP1
20
LSP2
21
SST1
22
SST2
23 24
SWRE
25
CSF
26
PRES
27 28
COLOUR_1
29
COLOUR_2
30
COLOUR_3
31
COLOUR_4 The block VALV_P has the COLOUR operating states (Maerz valves) from 1 to 11 and 13 to 15.
en-YN.YNT.001.A
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-864
3.105 Maerz blocks: CONT_DOP: Actuator with digital outputs and preselection Description of CONT_DOP Object name (Type + Number) FB 614 Calling OBs The time interrupt OB in which the block is installed (e.g. OB 35). Function The block is used to control an actuator by means of two digital output signals for More or Less. The block features as an input the analogue value of the position of the actuator and a setpoint value. In this way, using the more/less outputs, it controls the actuator to the preset setpoint value. Operating principle If the drive is available, i.e. the 'DAVB' bit in the status word is set, the CONT_DOP operates as a three-step controller. If the deviation between the actual value ACT and the setpoint SET is greater than the switching difference SWIT, the output 'CLSE' or 'OPEN' in the data word is set according to the sign of the deviation and the bit 'SEN1' or 'SEN2' is simultaneously set in the status word, which must then be switched to the associated digital outputs in the drive program. The setpoint value is formed from the automatic setpoint value ASET (can be connected in the program) and the setpoint value from the faceplate SET. By means of the input AUTO it is selected which of the two setpoint values is activated. With AUTO = 0, setpoint value SET is active, and with AUTO = 1 setpoint value ASET is active. In the case of AUTO = 1 the setpoint value is deactivated in the faceplate and the value of SET is equalled to the value of ASET. A special function of the drive block is movement to specific positions in dependence on the control bits in the parameter word. For this, the limits HIGH and LOW are used as values. The setpoint is overwritten with a specified limit value by setting two bits in the parameter word. After releasing the forced limit, normal operation is resumed only if a new, changed setpoint is sent. During the travel time of the actuator the input of the position check-back must have changed by at least 0.0025 within the time TIMEOUT (in seconds). If not, a position error is created. After a fault the setpoint must change, in order that a new process is started. The setpoint must also be changed after a forced open/close, in order that it is approached to. The current set up setpoint is displayed in the variable CSET.
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
The availability of the actuator is monitored in a similar manner as normal drives because the same signals are received from the inputs (CVON, OLPT AVBL and PMI1/2) Bit 'ERDS' is set when the associated input bit in the parameter word 'IODS' is set whereas these inputs influence the status bit 'DAVB': Switching of the input bit 'IODS' (analogue input fault) is performed with the availability flag of the analogue channel. Monitoring of the limit switches is performed in the same manner as in the 'VALV' block, i.e. non-availability is only signalled when both limit switches are closed. The limit position HIGH can be moved to by setting the input HILI, and the limit position LOW can be moved to by setting the input LOLI. The input RLS generally enables adjustment or blocks the same. At RLS = 0 both outputs SEN1 and SEN2 are deactivated. With the signals LSER, LST1/2 and LSP1/2 it is possible to operate the drive via external switches, keyboards or from the control panel. With the signal LSER the drive is switched to local operation. The availability of the drive disappears therewith. Via the signals LST1/2 and LSP1/2 the drive can be started. Using the parameter SWLO, it is selected whether the input SWRE is taken into consideration for the evaluation of the inputs LST1/2 and LSP1/2. Note Via the signals LST1/2 and LSP1/2, the drive can be started ("1") or stopped ("0"). Via LST1/2 the drive is started independently from the interlock signals! Via LSP1/2 the signals CVON, OLPT and PMI1/2 are taken into consideration. As long as the start signals are pending the drive runs, if the start signal changes to zero the drive is stopped. In addition, there is the input PRES. If PRES is set and the drive is available (DAVB), then the drive is preselected. If PRES is set, but the drive is not available, then the alarm EPSL is set. As a further logic PB_TO_VI is contained (see page 3-810) . The button for setting PB_VISU as well as the current status of TEXT_01 will only become visible in the faceplate, if the input EPB_TO_VI is set to 1. Internal logic The sequence of the flags is determined by the sequence in which they must be generated. In this relation, the flags marked (with ") must be taken into account in the setting and reset conditions!
en-YN.YNT.001.A
3-865
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-866
Data word S URO1 C URO1
: :
HILI-CVON/(-HILI/LOLI)
S URO2 C URO2
: :
LOCI-CVON/(-LOLI/HILI)
S EROP C EROP
: :
(-IODS/LCT-OLPT/-AVBL/-PMI1/-PMI2)_&(CLSE/OPEN)ERES/-CVON
NOTA
:=
-CVON/ERMS”/ERPI”/ERPS”/ERDS”/EROL”/EROP”
S POS1 C POS1
: :
LSW1-CVON/(-LSW1/LSW2)
S POS2 C POS2
: :
LSW2-CVON/(-LSW2/LSW1)
CMAN
:=
URO1”/URO2”
EROL
:=
-OLPT_&CVON
ERMS
:=
-AVBL_&CVON
ERPI
:=
(-PMI1/-PMI2)_&CVON
S ERPS C ERPS
: :
LSW1_&LSW2/LCT1_&(OPEN/CLSE)-CVON/(-LSW1/LSW2)_&(ERES/EROP)
ERDS
:=
IODS_&CVON
EPSL
:=
PRES_&-DAVB
PSLA
:=
-EPSL_&PRES
Status word URG1
:=
URO1
URG2
:=
URO2
DAVB
:=
-NOTA_&CVON
EROR
:=
EROP
MANU
:=
CMAN
Block view
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
Fig. 137: CONT_DOP block
Starting characteristics At CPU start-up the CONT_DOP block is deactivated. All internal state flags (shown in the data word) are reset. Following start-up the block waits for the number of cycles projected in the input RUNUPCYC, and will only be activated thereafter. A first start-up whilst the program is running is treated internally like a CPU startup. Time behaviour The block must be called via a time interrupt OB or OB1. It does not have a parameter for the sampling interval. Behaviour in case of a time error In the case of a time error the outputs will then be reset. In addition the internal state flags will be reset. Message actions The block CONT_DOP internally uses an ALARM_8P block for generating the messages. Messages are generated for the following tripping devices: ● Operating trouble (EROP) ● Overload protection (OLPT) ● Machine availability (AVBL) ● Position monitoring (ERPS)
en-YN.YNT.001.A
3-867
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-868
● Machine protection (PMI1/2) ● Position check-back (IODS) ● Preselection error (EPSL) The messages can be suppressed by setting the input SUPR or by resetting the input RLSA. The input SUPR, however, is activated by the operator interface (WinCC), and RLSA by the program. The inputs CVON (at value 0) and CSF (at value 1) also suppress the output of messages. Assignment of message text and message class to the block parameters
Message Block Default message text no. parameter
Message Suppressable class
1
EROP
$$BlockComment$$ @1I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
2
EROL
$$BlockComment$$ @2I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
3
ERMS
$$BlockComment$$ @3I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
4
ERPS
$$BlockComment$$ @4I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
5
ERPI
$$BlockComment$$ @5I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
6
ETIM
$$BlockComment$$ @6I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
AH
Yes
7
$$BlockComment$$ @7I%t#POLCID_Standard@
8
$$BlockComment$$ @8I%t#POLCID_Standard@
9
EPSL
$$BlockComment$$ @1I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @2I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @3I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @4I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @5I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ -
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
3-869
Message Block Default message text no. parameter
Message Suppressable class
@6I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @7I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @8I%t#POLCID_Standard@ Connections of CONT_DOP Connection Meaning (parameters)
Data type
Def. Type Attr. O&O Perm. values
HILI
Setting HIGH setpoint value as active setpoint value
BOOL
0
I
Q
LOLI
Setting LOW setpoint value as active setpoint value
BOOL
0
I
Q
LSW1
Limit switch for direction 1
BOOL
0
I
Q
LSW2
Limit switch for direction 2
BOOL
0
I
Q
CVON
Control voltage on
BOOL
1
I
Q
OLPT
Overload protection
BOOL
1
I
Q
AVBL
Machine availability
BOOL
1
I
Q
PMI1
Machine protection interlock for direction 1
BOOL
1
I
Q
PMI2
Machine protection interlock for direction 2
BOOL
1
I
Q
AUTO
Activate ASET ( = 1 ) or SET ( = 0 ) input
BOOL
0
I
Q
IODS
Fault input value ACT
BOOL
1
I
Q
RLS
Enabling outputs SEN1/2
BOOL
1
I
Q
CSF
Control system error
BOOL
0
I
Q
PRES
Preselection
BOOL
0
I
Q
LST1
Local start/stop without PMI1 for direction 1
BOOL
0
I
Q
LST2
Local start/stop without PMI2 for direction 2
BOOL
0
I
Q
LSP1
Local start/stop with PMI1 for direction 1
BOOL
0
I
Q
en-YN.YNT.001.A
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-870
Connection Meaning (parameters)
Data type
Def. Type Attr. O&O Perm. values
LSP1
Local start/stop with PMI2 for direction 2
BOOL
0
I
Q
RLSA
Enabling alarm generation
BOOL
1
I
Q
EPB_TO_VI
Display of softkey for PB_VISU and for display of status TEXT_01
BOOL
0
I
RESET
Reset signal from PB_VISU
BOOL
0
I
Q
TEXT_01
Status display
BOOL
0
I
Q
+
TIME1
Monitoring time setpoint value
REAL
5.0
I
BQ
+
RUNUPCYC
Waiting cycles at start
INT
3
I
ASET
Automatic setpoint value
REAL
0.0
I
Q
ACT
Current position check-back value
REAL
0.0
I
Q
+
HIGH
Upper limit value for setpoint value
REAL
0.0
I
BQ
+
LOW
Lower limit value for setpoint value
REAL
0.0
I
BQ
+
SWIT
Switching hysteresis for comparing setpoint value/actual value
REAL
0.0
I
BQ
+
SAFE
Safety position in case of system failure
REAL
0.0
I
BQ
+
TIMEOUT
Monitoring time for position change
REAL
0.0
I
BQ
+
RUNUPCYC
Waiting cycles at start
INT
3
I
EV_ID1
Message ID1
DWORD 0
I
M
EV_ID2
Message ID
DWORD 0
I
M
LSER
Enabling of local operation
BOOL
0
IO
BQ
+
SUPR
Suppression of alarms
BOOL
0
IO
B
+
SET
Setpoint value for faceplate
REAL
0.0
IO
B
+
EV1_SIG1
Index variable for message no. 1
INT
1
IO
EV1_SIG2
Index variable for message no. 2
INT
2
IO
EV1_SIG3
Index variable for message no. 3
INT
3
IO
EV1_SIG4
Index variable for message no. 4
INT
9
IO
EV1_SIG5
Index variable for message no. 5
INT
5
IO
EV1_SIG6
Index variable for message no. 6
INT
10
IO
EV1_SIG7
Index variable for message no. 7
INT
0
IO
+
>0
>0
>0
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
3-871
Connection Meaning (parameters)
Data type
Def. Type Attr. O&O Perm. values
EV1_SIG8
Index variable for message no. 8
INT
0
EV2_SIG1
Index variable for message no. 9
INT
160 IO
EV2_SIG2
Index variable for message no. 10
INT
0
IO
EV2_SIG3
Index variable for message no. 11
INT
0
IO
EV2_SIG4
Index variable for message no. 12
INT
0
IO
EV2_SIG5
Index variable for message no. 13
INT
0
IO
EV2_SIG6
Index variable for message no. 14
INT
0
IO
EV2_SIG7
Index variable for message no. 15
INT
0
IO
EV2_SIG8
Index variable for message no. 16
INT
0
IO
SEN1
Enabling start for direction 1
BOOL
0
O
Q
SEN2
Enabling start for direction 2
BOOL
0
O
Q
URG1
Forced open command pending (HILI)
BOOL
0
O
Q
URG2
Forced close command pending (LOLI)
BOOL
0
O
Q
DAVB
Drive is available
BOOL
0
O
Q
EROR
Drive is faulty
BOOL
0
O
Q
MANU
Actuator in manual operating mode (no HILI, LOLI)
BOOL
0
O
Q
PB_VISU
Output bit
BOOL
0
O
BQ
+
CSET
Active internal setpoint value
REAL
0.0
O
Q
+
PW
Parameter word
DWORD 0
O
Q
+
DW
Data word
DWORD 0
O
Q
+
SW
Status word
DWORD 0
O
Q
+
IO
Operation and observation of CONT_DOP See the description of the block symbol and the faceplate in the corresponding manual in this regard.
en-YN.YNT.001.A
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-872
PW, DW and SW of CONT_DOP The inputs, outputs and the internal status of the respective block are mapped on the parameter word, the data word and the status word. The assignment of the bits is found in the following table:
> CONT_DOP < Bit
Parameter word
Data word
Status word
0
HILI
URO1
URG1
1
LOLI
EROP
URG2
2
URO2
SEN1
3
NOTA
SEN2
4
LSW1
POS1
5
LSW2
POS2
DAVB
CMAN
EROR
6 7
CVON
MANU
8
OLPT
EROL
9
AVBL
ERMS
12
PMI1
ERPI
13
PMI2
ERPS
10 11
14
ERDS
15
AUTO
16
IODS
CLSE
17
RLS
OPEN
18
EPSL
19
PSLA
20 21
LSER
22
LST1
23
LST2
24
LSP1
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
25
LSP2
26
CSF
27
PRES
3-873
28
COLOUR_1
29
COLOUR_2
30
COLOUR_3
31
COLOUR_4 The block CONT_DOP has the COLOUR operating states (Maerz drives) from 1 to 11 and 14.
en-YN.YNT.001.A
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-874
3.106 Maerz blocks: UNID_SCP: Setup drive with SIMOCODE pro C and preselection Description of UNID_SCP Object name (Type + Number) FB 619 Calling OBs The time interrupt OB in which the block is installed (e.g. OB 35). Function The block is used for controlling a setup drive which is driven by a SIMOCODE pro C motor controller. The SIMOCODE pro C is connected to the PLC via the Profibus. The block communicates directly with the Profibus device SIMOCODE pro C. Profibus In order to integrate the block, the type SIMOCODE pro C (PDM) is used for this purpose in the PCS7 program HW Konfig. This is part of the scope of supply of the PCS7 and does not need to be installed subsequently. In HW Konfig, in the catalogue, the profile Standard is set for this purpose. Now the folder PROFIBUS-DP is opened. There, the subfolders "DP V0 Slaves, Switchgear and SIMOCODE" are opened. Here, the entry SIMOCODE pro C (PDM) is located.
Fig. 138: HW Konfig with SIMOCODE pro C
This entry is used for the definition of the Profibus-DP slave. As standard, the base type 2 is used as a block. Following the definition of the Profibus slave, a setting must be carried out. To this end the object properties and then the page 'Parameterising the slave' must be opened.
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
Fig. 139: Object properties of SIMOCODE-DPV1 PDM
Here, under "Station parameters" in the line "DPV1-Alarms" the entries "Diagnosis alarms" and "Process interrupt" must be activated by means of a tick. Only if the above-stated settings for a SIMOCODE pro C have been completely made, will the full functional scope of the block be ensured. Operating principle The block communicates directly with the SIMOCODE pro C motor controller. This device is defined as a Profibus slave. At the input SUBNETID, the number of the Profibus system, which the SIMOCODE pro C is connected to, must be entered. At the input DPPA_ADR the slave address of the SIMOCODE pro C must be entered and at the input DADDR the diagnose address of the SIMOCODE pro C must be entered. All these values may be taken from the hardware configuration of a STEP7 project. Using these values, the block can communicate automatically with the corresponding SIMOCODE pro C.
en-YN.YNT.001.A
3-875
User manual
Blocks 3-876
®
POLCID for administrators
Internally, the same logic is used as for the block UNID (FB 501). However, the block UNID_SCP reads some signals directly from the Profibus (SIMOCODE pro C) and these need not be connected as inputs or outputs. These are the inputs OLPT, AVBL, RCR1, LEMO, PWON and SEN1. They are read directly by the SIMOCODE pro C or written to the SIMOCODE pro C. These inputs and outputs will nevertheless be used in the internal logic. In addition, status signals are still used in the interlock system which the SIMOCODE pro C generates. In detail, these are the signals READY, FAULT, AUTO and IMIN. A valid starting command exists when the signals: 'STA1', 'ILC1', 'AVBL', 'OLPT', 'LEMO', 'PMI1', 'AUTO' and 'READY' are set and the stopping command 'STOP' is not set. In this case, the start enable signal 'SEN1' and the run command 'PWON' are set (activation signals for the motor). If the check-back signal 'RCR1' is set together with the speed monitor signal 'SPCL' when a valid starting command is active, the control state switches to selflatching status. It is a characteristic of this state that the operating bits 'OSG1', 'OPS1' are set and that the start release command 'SEN1' is reset while the run command 'PWON' is set. From this moment, the starting commands 'STA1' or 'STA2' can be rescinded without risking reset of the run command PWON. The setting drive is stopped correctly by setting the stopping command 'STOP' or when the process interlock 'ILC1' is deactivated. The monitoring time in seconds TIME1 when a drive is started specifies the period in which the check-back signal RCR1 must be set. In addition, it monitors the time during stopping when the check-back signal RCR1 must have been reset. If time = 0, no time monitoring of the starting and stopping procedure is employed. By means of the signals SST1 and SSTP an individual start of the drive can be realised in automatic mode. In the faceplate of the drive, the operator sets the signals SST1 or SSTP. After processing in the block, these signals are reset by the block. After operation of the signal SST1 the output SWST is set at first. By means of this output an external start-up warning can be started. If the start-up warning time has expired, then the input SWRE must be set. In this way, there is a valid starting command and the drive is then started as described above. With the exception of the combination with the signals SWST and SWRE the signal SST1 behaves in the same way as signal STA1. Using SSTP, the drive is stopped. SSTP behaves in the same way with the input STOP. With the signals LSER, LST1 and LSP1 operation of the drive is possible via external switches, keyboards or from the control panel. With the signal LSER the drive is switched to local operation. The availability of the drive disappears therewith. Using the parameter SWLO, it is selected whether the input SWRE is taken into consideration for the evaluation of the inputs LST1 and LSP1. Note Via the signals LST1 and LSP1 the drive can be started (1) or stopped ("0"). Via LST1 the drive is started independently from the interlock signals!
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
Via LSP1 the signals CVON, OLPT, PMI1 and LEMO are taken into consideration. As long as the start signals are pending the drive runs, if the start signal changes to zero the drive is stopped. The block additionally outputs the motor current of the drive at output A1. Standardised from 0 to 100 % of the rated current, the motor current is read by the SIMOCODE pro C. By means of the rated current ILH it is calibrated into the unit Ampere and filtered with BW and FF. This filtration works according to the following formula: Y(n+1) = Y(n) + ( FF * ( VAL - Y(n) ) ) (n) :
Index of the last filtered measured value
(n+1) :
Index of the new filtered measured value
VAL :
Unfiltered input value
FF :
Filter factor (Range between 0 and 1)
The newly determined value will be processed further only then if it differs from the most recent determined value by at least the bandwidth (BW) value. The block cyclically reads the extended diagnosis data which the SIMOCODE pro C provides. These are e.g. the operating hours or the number of starts of the SIMOCODE pro C. These data are shown in the faceplate. The block is called up in the event of a change of the diagnosis data via an interrupt and will then read the same in an event-controlled fashion. In addition there exists a cycle for the reading of the diagnosis data. The cycle time can be parameterised in the input WACYC. The standard setting for the cycle time is 10800 seconds (3 hours). Via the input PAGE, the faceplate communicates which page of the diagnosis the plant operator has called up. The block then writes the required data into the outputs DWA, DWB and DWC. They are evaluated on the faceplate page called up. For the various different diagnosis pages, the content of the three outputs differs and will not be further described here. The faceplate is able to interpret the data accordingly. In addition, there is the input PRES. If PRES is set and the drive is available (DAVB), then the drive is preselected. If PRES is set, but the drive is not available, then the alarm EPSL is set. As a further logic PB_TO_VI is contained (see page 3-810) . The button for setting PB_VISU as well as the current status of TEXT_01 will only become visible in the faceplate, if the input EPB_TO_VI is set to 1.
en-YN.YNT.001.A
3-877
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-878
Internal logic The sequence of the flags is determined by the sequence in which they must be generated. In this relation, the flags marked (with ") must be taken into account in the setting and reset conditions! Auxiliary flag IAVBL
:=
AVBL_&AUTO_&-DOWNL
ICVON
:=
CVON_&SLAVE_OK
IOLPT
:=
(OLPT/TEST)_&-FAULT
S IRCR1 C IRCR1
= =
RCR1/(IMIN_&-AVBL_&OLPT) -RCR1_&-IMIN
ISTA1
:=
STA1_&READY
RESET
:=
-PWON_&(-EROP/ERES)
CLEROP
:=
EROP_&ERES
AVAIL
:=
IAVBL_&IOLPT_&LEMO_&PMI1
Data word S ERPI C ERPI
: :
-PMI1-ICVON/PMI1_&RESET
S ERSP C ERSP
: :
(-ISTA1/OPS1)_&ILC1_&PWON_&-SPCL_&-STOP_&-NOTA”ICVON/CLEROP
S ERRC C ERRC
: :
(-ISTA1/OPS1)_&ILC1_&PWON_&-IRCR1_&-STOP_&-NOTA”ICVON/CLEROP
S NOTA C NOTA
: :
-AVAIL/ERSP”/ERRC”/ETIM”-ICVON/AVAIL_&RESET
S EROP C EROP
: :
PWON_&ILC1_&NOTA”_&-STOP-ICVON/CLEROP
S OPS1 C OPS1
: :
PWON_&IRCR1_&SPCL-ICVON/-IRCR1/-ILC1
S GFLT C GFLT
: :
-IOLPT-ICVON/IOLPT_&RESET
S ERMS C ERMS
: :
-IAVBL_&IOLPT_&LEMO-ICVON/(IAVBL/-IOLPT/-LEMO))_&RESET
S EREO C EREO
: :
-LEMO-ICVON/LEMO_&RESET
OPL1
:=
-OPS1_&IRCR1_&-PWON_&-IAVBL_&IOLPT
S ETIM
:
-LCT1_&SEN1_&(-IRCR1/SPCL)-CLEROP
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
C ETIM
:
TEST
:=
TEST
S BLOCK C BLOCK
= =
BLOCK -ICVON/-BLOCK_&RESET
S DOWNL C DOWNL
= =
DOWNL -ICVON/-DOWNL_&RESET
S GWARN C GWARN
= =
GWARN -GWARN_&RESET
S EARTH C EARTH
= =
EARTH -ICVON/-EARTH_&RESET
S IMAX C IMAX
= =
IMAX -ICVON/-IMAX_&RESET
S OVLD C OVLD
= =
OVLD/-OLPT -ICVON/-OVLD_&OLPT_&RESET
S THERM C THERM
= =
THERM -ICVON/-THERM_&RESET
S UNSYM C UNSYM
= =
UNSYM -ICVON/-UNSYM_&RESET
EPSL
:=
PRES_&-DAVB
PSLA
:=
-EPSL_&PRES
Status word S PWON C PWON
: :
ISTA1_&ILC1-ICVON/NOTA”/STOP/-ILC1
S OSG1 C OSG1
: :
OPS1-OPS1”
S SEN1 C SEN1
: :
PWON”OSG1”/-PWON”
EMOF
:=
EREO”
DAVB
:=
-NOTA”_&ICVON
EROR
:=
EROP”
DOFF
:=
-OSG1”
OPER
:=
IMIN
QBAD
:=
-SLAVE_OK
LOCA
:=
(-AVBL/LSER)_&SLAVE_OK
en-YN.YNT.001.A
3-879
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-880
Block view
Fig. 140: UNID_SCP block
Starting characteristics During the CPU start-up the UNID_SCP block is deactivated. All internal state flags (shown in the data word) are reset. Following start-up the block waits for the number of cycles projected in the input RUNUPCYC, and will only be activated thereafter. A first start-up whilst the program is running is treated internally like a CPU startup. Time behaviour The block must be called via a time interrupt OB or OB1. It does not have a parameter for the sampling interval. Behaviour in case of a time error In the case of a time error the outputs will then be reset. In addition the internal state flags will be reset.
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
3-881
Message actions The block UNID_SC internally uses an ALARM_8P block for generating the messages. Messages are generated for the following tripping devices: ● Operating trouble (EROP) ● SIMOCODE pro C group fault (GFLT) ● Machine availability (AVBL) ● Speed monitor (SPCL) ● Machine protection (PMI1) ● Local emergency off (LEMO) ● Monitoring time (ETIM) ● Check-back signal (RCR1) ● Motor blocked (BLOCK) ● SIMOCODE pro C to download mode (DOWNL) ● SIMOCODE pro C group warning (GWARN) ● Earth fault (EARTH) ● Maximum motor current (IMAX) ● Overload (OLPT and OVLD) ● Thermistor error (THERM) ● Overload and asymmetry (UNSYM) ● Preselection error (EPSL) The messages can be suppressed by setting the input SUPR or by resetting the input RLSA. The input SUPR, however, is activated by the operator interface (WinCC), and RLSA by the program. The inputs CVON (at value 0) and CSF (at value 1) also suppress the output of messages. Assignment of message text and message class to the block parameters
Mess. Block Default message text no. parameter
Message Suppressable class
1
EROP
$$BlockComment$$ @1I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
2
GFLT
$$BlockComment$$ @2I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
3
ERMS
$$BlockComment$$ @3I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
4
ERSP
$$BlockComment$$ @4I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
5
ERPI
$$BlockComment$$ @5I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
en-YN.YNT.001.A
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-882
Mess. Block Default message text no. parameter
Message Suppressable class
6
EREO
$$BlockComment$$ @6I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
7
ETIM
$$BlockComment$$ @7I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
8
ERRC
$$BlockComment$$ @8I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
9
BLOCK
$$BlockComment$$ @1I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
10
DOWNL
$$BlockComment$$ @2I%t#POLCID_Standard@
PF
Yes
11
GWARN
$$BlockComment$$ @3I%t#POLCID_Standard@
WH
Yes
12
EARTH
$$BlockComment$$ @4I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
13
IMAX
$$BlockComment$$ @5I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
14
OVLD
$$BlockComment$$ @6I%t#POLCID_Standard@ - @9R%6.1f@A
AH
Yes
15
THERN
$$BlockComment$$ @7I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
16
UNSYM
$$BlockComment$$ @8I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
17
EPSL
$$BlockComment$$ @1I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
$$BlockComment$$ @2I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @3I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @4I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @5I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @6I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @7I%t#POLCID_Standard@
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
3-883
Mess. Block Default message text no. parameter
Message Suppressable class
$$BlockComment$$ @8I%t#POLCID_Standard@ Connections of UNID_SCP
Connection (parameters)
Meaning
Data type
Def.
Type Attr. O&O Perm. values
SUBNETID
Number of the Profibus subsystem of the PLC
INT
0
I
DPPA_ADR
Slave address of the Profibus device
INT
0
I
DADDR
Diagnosis address of the Profibus slave
INT
0
I
STA1
Start drive
BOOL
0
I
Q
ILC1
Process-technological interlock
BOOL
1
I
Q
STOP
Stop drive
BOOL
0
I
Q
CVON
Control voltage on
BOOL
1
I
Q
PMI1
Machine protection interlock
BOOL
1
I
Q
SPCL
Speed monitor
BOOL
1
I
Q
CSF
Control system error
BOOL
0
I
Q
PRES
Preselection
BOOL
0
I
Q
DOWNL
Set SIMOCODE pro C to download mode
BOOL
0
I
Q
TEST
Set SIMOCODE pro C to test mode
BOOL
0
I
Q
LST1
Local start/stop without PMI1
BOOL
0
I
Q
LSP1
Local start/stop with PMI1
BOOL
0
I
Q
SWRE
Enabling start-up warning
BOOL
1
I
Q
ESST
Display of softkeys for single faceplate start
BOOL
0
I
+
ENRE
Display of softkeys for faceplate reset
BOOL
0
I
+
en-YN.YNT.001.A
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-884
Connection (parameters)
Meaning
Data type
Def.
Type Attr. O&O Perm. values
SWLO
Start-up warning also in local operating mode
BOOL
0
I
LSEL
Selection LSER switches Simocode device to local operating mode
BOOL
0
I
RLSA
Enabling alarm generation
BOOL
1
I
EPB_TO_VI
Display of softkey for PB_VISU and for display of status TEXT_01
BOOL
0
I
RES_VI
Reset signal from PB_VISU
BOOL
0
I
Q
TEXT_01
Status display
BOOL
0
I
Q
+
TIME1
Monitoring time setpoint value
REAL
5.0
I
BQ
+
BW
Belt width for filtering motor current value
INT
1
I
Q
FF
Filter factor motor current value
REAL
0.5
I
Q
ILH
Rated current for motor current value calibration
REAL
100.0
I
Q
WACYC
Waiting cycle for reading diagnosis data
REAL
10800.0 I
Q
RUNUPCYC
Waiting cycles at start
INT
3
I
EV_ID1
Message ID no. 1
DWORD 0
I
M
EV_ID2
Message ID no. 2
DWORD 0
I
M
EV_ID3
Message ID no. 3
DWORD 0
I
M
RESET
Resetting error SIMOCODE pro C
BOOL
0
IO
BQ
+
LSER
Enabling of local operation
BOOL
0
IO
BQ
+
SST1
Single start
BOOL
0
IO
B
+
SSTP
Single stop
BOOL
0
IO
B
+
SUPR
Suppression of alarms
BOOL
0
IO
B
+
PAGE
Activated page of the faceplate
INT
1
IO
B
+
INT
1
IO
B
+
VALUE_CODE Coding the values for transfer to the faceplate
Q +
>0
+
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
3-885
Connection (parameters)
Meaning
Data type
Def.
Type Attr. O&O Perm. values
EV1_SIG1
Index variable for message no. 1
INT
1
IO
EV1_SIG2
Index variable for message no. 2
INT
29
IO
EV1_SIG3
Index variable for message no. 3
INT
3
IO
EV1_SIG4
Index variable for message no. 4
INT
4
IO
EV1_SIG5
Index variable for message no. 5
INT
5
IO
EV1_SIG6
Index variable for message no. 6
INT
6
IO
EV1_SIG7
Index variable for message no. 7
INT
7
IO
EV1_SIG8
Index variable for message no. 8
INT
8
IO
EV2_SIG1
Index variable for message no. 9
INT
30
IO
EV2_SIG2
Index variable for message no. 10
INT
31
IO
EV2_SIG3
Index variable for message no. 11
INT
32
IO
EV2_SIG4
Index variable for message no. 12
INT
33
IO
EV2_SIG5
Index variable for message no. 13
INT
34
IO
EV2_SIG6
Index variable for message no. 14
INT
2
IO
EV2_SIG7
Index variable for message no. 15
INT
35
IO
EV2_SIG8
Index variable for message no. 16
INT
36
IO
EV3_SIG1
Index variable for message no. 17
INT
160
IO
EV3_SIG2
Index variable for message no. 18
INT
0
IO
en-YN.YNT.001.A
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-886
Connection (parameters)
Meaning
Data type
Def.
Type Attr. O&O Perm. values
EV3_SIG3
Index variable for message no. 19
INT
0
IO
EV3_SIG4
Index variable for message no. 20
INT
0
IO
EV3_SIG5
Index variable for message no. 21
INT
0
IO
EV3_SIG6
Index variable for message no. 22
INT
0
IO
EV3_SIG7
Index variable for message no. 23
INT
0
IO
EV3_SIG8
Index variable for message no. 24
INT
0
IO
OSG1
Operating message
BOOL
0
O
Q
EMOF
Emergency off activated
BOOL
0
O
Q
DAVB
Drive is available
BOOL
0
O
Q
EROR
Drive is faulty
BOOL
0
O
Q
DOFF
Drive is off
BOOL
0
O
Q
SWST
Start start-up warning
BOOL
0
O
Q
OPER
Drive is operating (locally or automatically)
BOOL
0
O
Q
QBAD
Profibus slave faulty
BOOL
0
O
Q
LOCA
Drive is in local operating mode
BOOL
0
O
Q
PB_VISU
Output bit
BOOL
0
O
BQ
+
ACT1
Current monitoring time
REAL
0.0
O
Q
+
A1
Current motor current
REAL
0.0
O
Q
+
OPTI
Current operating hours SIMOCODE pro C
REAL
0.0
O
Q
+
NOST
Number of starts performed
REAL
0.0
O
Q
+
NOOV
Number of overload trippings
REAL
0.0
O
Q
+
I_MAX
Maximum current in % of set current
REAL
0.0
O
Q
+
PW
Parameter word
DWORD 0
O
Q
+
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
3-887
Connection (parameters)
Meaning
Data type
Def.
Type Attr. O&O Perm. values
DW
Data word
DWORD 0
O
Q
+
SW
Status word
DWORD 0
O
Q
+
DWA
Extended diagnosis data for faceplate
DWORD 0
O
Q
+
DWB
Extended diagnosis data for faceplate
DWORD 0
O
Q
+
DWC
Extended diagnosis data for faceplate
DWORD 0
O
Q
+
Operation and observation of UNID_SCP See the description of the block symbol and the faceplate in the corresponding manual in this regard. PW, DW and SW of UNID_SCP The inputs, outputs and the internal status of the respective block are mapped on the parameter word, the data word and the status word. The assignment of the bits is found in the following table:
> UNID_SCP < Bit
Parameter word
Data word
Status word
0
STA1
OPS1
SEN1
1 2
EROP ILC1
3
OSG1 NOTA
4
EMOF
5
DAVB
6
STOP
7
CVON
8
GFLT
GFLT
DOFF
9
AVBL
ERMS
SWST
10
RCR1
ERSP
OPER
en-YN.YNT.001.A
OPL1
EROR PWON
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-888
11 12
QBAD PMI1
ERPI
13
EREO
14
SPCL
15
LEMO
16
LSER
ERRC
17
LST1
TEST
ETIM
18 19
BLOCK LSP1
DOWNL
20 21
LOCA
GWARN SST1
EARTH
22
IMAX
23
SSTP
OVLD
24
SWRE
THERM
25
CSF
UNSYM
26
DOWNL
EPSL
27
TEST
PSLA
28
PRES
COLOUR_1
29
COLOUR_2
30
COLOUR_3
31
COLOUR_4 In the case of the COLOUR operating states (Maerz drives), the block UNID_SCP does not have all possible states. It features the states with the numbers 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7 ,11 and 14.
DWA, DWB and DWC of UNID_SCP The block has three additional data words: DWA, DWB and DWC. These words offer additional information on the SIMOCODE pro C motor controller and the Profibus slave. This information is shown in the associated faceplate. The assignment of the data words changes with the value of the input PAGE. When activating the corresponding page of the faceplate, the latter automatically sets the input PAGE to the value corresponding to the activated diagnosis page.
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
3-889
The input PAGE may have the following values: Page
Activated diagnosis page of the faceplate
1
:
PROFIBUS – Information on the Profibus slave
2
:
SIMOCODE - Parts of data record 92 are read in
4
:
SIMOCODE - Parts of data records 94 and 95 are read in one after the other
8
SIMOCODE - Parts of data record 92 are read in
100
SIMOCODE - Data records are newly requested With the different values of PAGE the content of the data words DWA, DWB and DWC also varies. In addition, there is the variable VALUE_CODE. This variable encodes single values. The values with their associated VALUE_CODE will then be written sequentially to the data word A. A content list follows below:
> UNID_SCP with 'PAGE' = 1 < Bit
Data word A
Data word B
0
ST_NOEX
HARD_ID
1
ST_NORDY
2
ST_INSLR
3
ST_SENSU
4
ST_MASLO
5
ST_WATCH
6
ST_STDIA
7
ST_EXDIA
8
ST_EXDOV
9
ST_SYNC
10
ST_FREEZ
11
ST_PAREQ
12
ST_PARFA
13
ST_SLCCF
14
ST_SLDEA
15
ST_STASL
16
SLAVE_OK
17
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Data word C
DPPA_ADR
SUBNETID
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-890
18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31
> UNID_SCP with 'PAGE' = 2 < Bit
Data word A
Data word B
0
GENER_FAULT
FAULT_TM_SF
1
WARNING
FAULT_TM_OR
2
FAULT_RUNT_ON
FAULT_PARA
3
FAULT_RUNT_OF
FAULT_TEST_SD
4
FAULT_FEED_ON
FAULT_OPO
5
FAULT_FEED_OF
6
FAULT_COLD_ST
WARN_ASYM
7
FAULT_UVO
WARN_OVL
8
STA_PLC
WARN_OVL_PF
9
FAULT_BLOCK_S
WARN_BLOCK
10
FAULT_DOUB_0
WARN_TH_OVL
11
FAULT_DOUB_1
WARN_CURR_HI
12
FAULT_END_PO
WARN_CURR_LO
13
FAULT_ANTIVAL
WARN_TM_HT
Data word C
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
3-891
14
FAULT_OVLD
WARN_TM_SE
15
FAULT_OVLD_PF
WARN_TM_OR
16
FAULT_ASYM
17
FAULT_MOT_STA
18
FAULT_TH_OVLD
19
FAULT_IMAX
20
FAULT_IMIN
21
FAULT_INT_EF
22
FAULT_TM_TEMP
23
FAULT_EXT_F1
24
FAULT_EXT_F2
25
FAULT_BUS
26
FAULT_PLC
27
FAULT_HW_BU
28
FAULT_MODULE
29
FAULT_CONFIG
30
FAULT_TH_SC
31
FAULT_TH_WB
> UNID_SCP with 'PAGE' = 4 < VALUE_CODE BYTE
Data word A
101
1
HEAT_UP_MOT_MO
2
PHASE_ASYM
3-4
RECOV_TIME
103
1-4
105
1-2
107
109
en-YN.YNT.001.A
3-4
TIME_TO_TRIP
1-2
I_L1
3-4
I_L2
1-2
I_L3
3-4
NO_OVLD
Data word B
Data word C
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-892
111
1-4
M_OP_HOURS
113
1-4
NO_START
> UNID_SCP with 'PAGE' = 8 < Bit
Data word A
0
GENER_FAULT
1
WARNING
2
STA_DEV
3
STA_BUS
4
STA_PLC
5
STA_CURR
6
ON11
7
ON1
8
OFF
9
ON2
10
ON22
11
START_ACTIVE
12
LOCK_ACTIVE
13
IDL_TIME
14
OPER_PRO_OFF
15
AUTO_MODE
16
TEST_POS_FEED
17
FEED_CLOSE
18
FEED_OPEN
19
TRQ_CLOSE
20
TRQ_OPEN
21
COOL_DOWN_TIM
22
BREA_TIM_ACT
23
EMER_STA_EXE
Data word B
Data word C
24 25
en-YN.YNT.001.A
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
26 27 28 29 30 31
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-893
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-894
3.107 Maerz blocks: UNID_SVP: Setup drive with SIMOCODE pro V and preselection Description of UNID_SVP Object name (Type + Number) FB 615 Calling OBs The time interrupt OB in which the block is installed (e.g. OB 35). Function The block is used for controlling a setup drive which is driven by a SIMOCODE pro V motor controller. The SIMOCODE pro V is connected to the PLC via the Profibus. The block communicates directly with the Profibus device SIMOCODE pro V. Profibus In order to integrate the block, the type SIMOCODE pro V (PDM) is used for this purpose in the PCS7 program HW Konfig. This is part of the scope of supply of the PCS7 and does not need to be installed subsequently. In HW Konfig, in the catalogue, the profile Standard is set for this purpose. Now the folder PROFIBUS-DP is opened. There, the subfolders "DP V0 Slaves, Switchgear and SIMOCODE" are opened. Here, the entry SIMOCODE pro V (PDM) is located.
Fig. 141: HW Konfig with SIMOCODE pro V
This entry is used for the definition of the Profibus-DP slave. As standard, the base type 1 is used as a block. Following the definition of the Profibus slave, a setting must be carried out. To this end the object properties and then the page 'Parameterising the slave' must be opened.
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
Fig. 142: Object properties of SIMOCODE pro V PDM
Here, under "Station parameters" in the line "DPV1-Alarms" the entries "Diagnosis alarms" and "Process interrupt" must be activated by means of a tick. Only if the above-stated settings for a SIMOCODE pro V have been completely made, will the full functional scope of the block be ensured. Operating principle The block communicates directly with the SIMOCODE pro V motor controller. This device is defined as a Profibus slave. At the input SUBNETID, the number of the Profibus system, which the SIMOCODE pro V is connected to, must be entered. At the input DPPA_ADR the slave address of the SIMOCODE pro V must be entered and at the input DADDR the diagnose address of the SIMOCODE pro C must be entered. All these values may be taken from the hardware configuration of a STEP7 project. Using these values, the block can communicate automatically with the corresponding SIMOCODE pro V.
en-YN.YNT.001.A
3-895
User manual
Blocks 3-896
®
POLCID for administrators
Internally, the same logic is used as for the block UNID (FB 501). However, the block UNID_SVP reads some signals directly from the Profibus (SIMOCODE pro V) and these need not be connected as inputs or outputs. These are the inputs OLPT, AVBL, RCR1, LEMO, PWON and SEN1. They are read directly by the SIMOCODE pro V or written to the SIMOCODE pro V. These inputs and outputs will nevertheless be used in the internal logic. In addition, status signals are still used in the interlock system which the SIMOCODE pro V generates. In detail, these are the signals READY, FAULT, AUTO and IMIN. A valid starting command exists when the signals: 'STA1', 'ILC1', 'AVBL', 'OLPT', 'LEMO', 'PMI1', 'AUTO' and 'READY' are set and the stopping command 'STOP' is not set. In this case, the start enable signal 'SEN1' and the run command 'PWON' are set (activation signals for the motor). If the check-back signal 'RCR1' is set together with the speed monitor signal 'SPCL' when a valid starting command is active, the control state switches to selflatching status. It is a characteristic of this state that the operating bits 'OSG1', 'OPS1' are set and that the start release command 'SEN1' is reset while the run command 'PWON' is set. From this moment, the starting commands 'STA1' or 'STA2' can be rescinded without risking reset of the run command PWON. The setting drive is stopped correctly by setting the stopping command 'STOP' or when the process interlock 'ILC1' is deactivated. The monitoring time in seconds TIME1 when a drive is started specifies the period in which the check-back signal RCR1 must be set. In addition, it monitors the time during stopping when the check-back signal RCR1 must have been reset. If time = 0, no time monitoring of the starting and stopping procedure is employed. By means of the signals SST1 and SSTP an individual start of the drive can be realised in automatic mode. In the faceplate of the drive, the operator sets the signals SST1 or SSTP. After processing in the block, these signals are reset by the block. After operation of the signal SST1 the output SWST is set at first. By means of this output an external start-up warning can be started. If the start-up warning time has expired, then the input SWRE must be set. In this way, there is a valid starting command and the drive is then started as described above. With the exception of the combination with the signals SWST and SWRE the signal SST1 behaves in the same way as signal STA1. Using SSTP, the drive is stopped. SSTP behaves in the same way with the input STOP. With the signals LSER, LST1 and LSP1 operation of the drive is possible via external switches, keyboards or from the control panel. With the signal LSER the drive is switched to local operation. The availability of the drive disappears therewith. Using the parameter SWLO, it is selected whether the input SWRE is taken into consideration for the evaluation of the inputs LST1 and LSP1. Note Via the signals LST1 and LSP1 the drive can be started (1) or stopped ("0"). Via LST1 the drive is started independently from the interlock signals!
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
Via LSP1 the signals CVON, OLPT, PMI1 and LEMO are taken into consideration. As long as the start signals are pending the drive runs, if the start signal changes to zero the drive is stopped. The block additionally outputs the motor current of the drive at output A1. Standardised from 0 to 100 % of the rated current, the motor current is read by the SIMOCODE pro V. By means of the rated current ILH it is calibrated into the unit Ampere and filtered with BW and FF. If the block is used in combination with the temperature block, the block outputs the corresponding temperature in °C at the outputs Temp1, Temp2 and Temp3. The temperatures are acquired by means of PT100, using the associated temperature block. The temperatures can be assigned a shutdown limit (input ALH_TEMP) and a warning limit (input OLH_Temp). If the warning limit is reached; the SIMOCODE pro V generates a warning. If the temperature has reached or exceeded the alarm limit, the SIMOCODE pro V deactivates the drive, and an alarm message is generated.
en-YN.YNT.001.A
3-897
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-898
This filtration works according to the following formula: Y(n+1) = Y(n) + ( FF * ( VAL - Y(n) ) ) (n) :
Index of the last filtered measured value
(n+1) :
Index of the new filtered measured value
VAL :
Unfiltered input value
FF :
Filter factor (Range between 0 and 1)
The newly determined value will be processed further only then if it differs from the most recent determined value by at least the bandwidth (BW) value. The block cyclically reads the extended diagnosis data which the SIMOCODE pro V provides. These are e.g. the operating hours or the number of starts of the SIMOCODE pro V. These data are shown in the faceplate. The block is called up in the event of a change of the diagnosis data via an interrupt and will then read the same in an event-controlled fashion. In addition there exists a cycle for the reading of the diagnosis data. The cycle time can be parameterised in the input WACYC. The standard setting for the cycle time is 10800 seconds (3 hours). Via the input PAGE, the faceplate communicates which page of the diagnosis the plant operator has called up. The block then writes the required data into the outputs DWA, DWB and DWC. They are evaluated on the faceplate page called up. For the various different diagnosis pages, the content of the three outputs differs and will not be further described here. The faceplate is able to interpret the data accordingly. In addition, there is the input PRES. If PRES is set and the drive is available (DAVB), then the drive is preselected. If PRES is set, but the drive is not available, then the alarm EPSL is set. As a further logic PB_TO_VI is contained (see page 3-810) . The button for setting PB_VISU as well as the current status of TEXT_01 will only become visible in the faceplate, if the input EPB_TO_VI is set to 1. Internal logic The sequence of the flags is determined by the sequence in which they must be generated. In this relation, the flags marked (with ") must be taken into account in the setting and reset conditions! Auxiliary flag IAVBL
:=
AVBL_&AUTO_&-DOWNL
ICVON
:=
CVON_&SLAVE_OK
IOLPT
:=
(OLPT/TEST)_&-FAULT
S IRCR1 C IRCR1
= =
RCR1/(IMIN_&-AVBL_&OLPT) -RCR1_&-IMIN
ISTA1
:=
STA1_&READY
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
RESET
:=
-PWON_&(-EROP/ERES)
CLEROP
:=
EROP_&ERES
AVAIL
:=
IAVBL_&IOLPT_&LEMO_&PMI1
Data word S ERPI C ERPI
: :
-PMI1-ICVON/PMI1_&RESET
S ERSP C ERSP
: :
(-ISTA1/OPS1)_&ILC1_&PWON_&-SPCL_&-STOP_&-NOTA”ICVON/CLEROP
S ERRC C ERRC
: :
(-ISTA1/OPS1)_&ILC1_&PWON_&-IRCR1_&-STOP_&-NOTA”ICVON/CLEROP
S NOTA C NOTA
: :
-AVAIL/ERSP”/ERRC”/ETIM”-ICVON/AVAIL_&RESET
S EROP C EROP
: :
PWON_&ILC1_&NOTA”_&-STOP-ICVON/CLEROP
S OPS1 C OPS1
: :
PWON_&IRCR1_&SPCL-ICVON/-IRCR1/-ILC1
S GFLT C GFLT
: :
-IOLPT-ICVON/IOLPT_&RESET
S ERMS C ERMS
: :
-IAVBL_&IOLPT_&LEMO-ICVON/(IAVBL/-IOLPT/-LEMO))_&RESET
S EREO C EREO
: :
-LEMO-ICVON/LEMO_&RESET
OPL1
:=
-OPS1_&IRCR1_&-PWON_&-IAVBL_&IOLPT
S ETIM C ETIM
: :
-LCT1_&SEN1_&(-IRCR1/SPCL)-CLEROP
TEST
:=
TEST
S BLOCK C BLOCK
= =
BLOCK -ICVON/-BLOCK_&RESET
S DOWNL C DOWNL
= =
DOWNL -ICVON/-DOWNL_&RESET
S GWARN C GWARN
= =
GWARN -GWARN_&RESET
S EARTH C EARTH
= =
EARTH -ICVON/-EARTH_&RESET
S IMAX C IMAX
= =
IMAX -ICVON/-IMAX_&RESET
en-YN.YNT.001.A
3-899
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-900
S OVLD C OVLD
= =
OVLD/-OLPT -ICVON/-OVLD_&OLPT_&RESET
S THERM C THERM
= =
THERM -ICVON/-THERM_&RESET
S UNSYM C UNSYM
= =
UNSYM -ICVON/-UNSYM_&RESET
EPSL
:=
PRES_&-DAVB
PSLA
:=
-EPSL_&PRES
Status word S PWON C PWON
: :
ISTA1_&ILC1-ICVON/NOTA”/STOP/-ILC1
S OSG1 C OSG1
: :
OPS1-OPS1”
S SEN1 C SEN1
: :
PWON”OSG1”/-PWON”
EMOF
:=
EREO”
DAVB
:=
-NOTA”_&ICVON
EROR
:=
EROP”
DOFF
:=
-OSG1”
OPER
:=
IMIN
QBAD
:=
-SLAVE_OK
LOCA
:=
(-AVBL/LSER)_&SLAVE_OK
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
Block view
Fig. 143: UNID_SVP block
Starting characteristics During the CPU start-up the UNID_SVP block is deactivated. In the case of a simple STEP 7 programming this must be done manually. Following start-up the block waits for the number of cycles projected in the input RUNUPCYC, and will only be activated thereafter. A first start-up whilst the program is running is treated internally like a CPU startup. Time behaviour The block must be called via a time interrupt OB or OB1. It does not have a parameter for the sampling interval. Behaviour in case of a time error In the case of a time error the outputs will then be reset. In addition the internal state flags will be reset. Message actions The block UNID_SVP internally uses an ALARM_8P block for generating the messages. Messages are generated for the following tripping devices: ● Operating trouble (EROP) ● SIMOCODE pro V group fault (GFLT) ● Machine availability (AVBL)
en-YN.YNT.001.A
3-901
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-902
● Speed monitor (SPCL) ● Machine protection (PMI1) ● Local emergency off (LEMO) ● Monitoring time (ETIM) ● Check-back signal (RCR1) ● Motor blocked (BLOCK) ● SIMOCODE pro V to download mode (DOWNL) ● SIMOCODE pro V group warning (GWARN) ● Earth fault (EARTH) ● Maximum motor current (IMAX) ● Overload (OLPT and OVLD) ● Thermistor error (THERM) ● Overload and asymmetry (UNSYM) ● Preselection error (EPSL) The messages can be suppressed by setting the input SUPR or by resetting the input RLSA. The input SUPR, however, is activated by the operator interface (WinCC), and RLSA by the program. The inputs CVON (at value 0) and CSF (at value 1) also suppress the output of messages. Assignment of message text and message class to the block parameters
Mess. Block Default message text no. parameter
Message Suppressable class
1
EROP
$$BlockComment$$ @1I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
2
GFLT
$$BlockComment$$ @2I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
3
ERMS
$$BlockComment$$ @3I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
4
ERSP
$$BlockComment$$ @4I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
5
ERPI
$$BlockComment$$ @5I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
6
EREO
$$BlockComment$$ @6I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
7
ETIM
$$BlockComment$$ @7I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
3-903
Mess. Block Default message text no. parameter
Message Suppressable class
8
ERRC
$$BlockComment$$ @8I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
9
BLOCK
$$BlockComment$$ @1I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
10
DOWNL
$$BlockComment$$ @2I%t#POLCID_Standard@
PF
Yes
11
GWARN
$$BlockComment$$ @3I%t#POLCID_Standard@
WH
Yes
12
EARTH
$$BlockComment$$ @4I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
13
IMAX
$$BlockComment$$ @5I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
14
OVLD
$$BlockComment$$ @6I%t#POLCID_Standard@ - @9R%6.1f@A
AH
Yes
15
THERN
$$BlockComment$$ @7I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
16
UNSYM
$$BlockComment$$ @8I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
17
EPSL
$$BlockComment$$ @1I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
$$BlockComment$$ @2I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @3I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @4I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @5I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @6I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @7I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @8I%t#POLCID_Standard@
en-YN.YNT.001.A
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-904
Connections of UNID_SVP Connection (parameters)
Meaning
Data type
Def.
Type Attr. O&O Perm. values
SUBNETID
Number of the Profibus subsystem of the PLC
INT
0
I
DPPA_ADR
Slave address of the Profibus device
INT
0
I
DADDR
Diagnosis address of the Profibus slave
INT
0
I
STA1
Start drive
BOOL
0
I
Q
ILC1
Process-technological interlock
BOOL
1
I
Q
STOP
Stop drive
BOOL
0
I
Q
CVON
Control voltage on
BOOL
1
I
Q
PMI1
Machine protection interlock
BOOL
1
I
Q
SPCL
Speed monitor
BOOL
1
I
Q
CSF
Control system error
BOOL
0
I
Q
PRES
Preselection
BOOL
0
I
Q
DOWNL
Set SIMOCODE pro V to download mode
BOOL
0
I
Q
TEST
Set SIMOCODE pro V to test mode
BOOL
0
I
Q
LST1
Local start/stop without PMI1
BOOL
0
I
Q
LSP1
Local start/stop with PMI1
BOOL
0
I
Q
SWRE
Enabling start-up warning
BOOL
1
I
Q
ESST
Display of softkeys for single faceplate start
BOOL
0
I
+
ENRE
Display of softkeys for faceplate reset
BOOL
0
I
+
SWLO
Start-up warning also in local operating mode
BOOL
0
I
LSEL
Selection LSER switches Simocode device to local operating mode
BOOL
0
I
RLSA
Enabling alarm generation
BOOL
1
I
Q
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
3-905
Connection (parameters)
Meaning
Data type
Def.
Type Attr. O&O Perm. values
EPB_TO_VI
Display of softkey for PB_VISU and for display of status TEXT_01
BOOL
0
I
RES_VI
Reset signal from PB_VISU
BOOL
0
I
Q
TEXT_01
Status display
BOOL
0
I
Q
+
TIME1
Monitoring time setpoint value
REAL
5.0
I
BQ
+
BW
Belt width for filtering motor current value
INT
1
I
Q
FF
Filter factor motor current value
REAL
0.5
I
Q
ILH
Rated current for motor current value calibration
REAL
100.0
I
Q
WACYC
Waiting cycle for reading diagnosis data
REAL
10800.0 I
Q
RUNUPCYC
Waiting cycles at start
INT
3
I
EV_ID1
Message ID no. 1
DWORD 0
I
M
EV_ID2
Message ID no. 2
DWORD 0
I
M
EV_ID3
Message ID no. 3
DWORD 0
I
M
RESET
Resetting error SIMOCODE pro V
BOOL
0
IO
BQ
+
LSER
Enabling of local operation
BOOL
0
IO
BQ
+
SST1
Single start
BOOL
0
IO
B
+
SSTP
Single stop
BOOL
0
IO
B
+
SUPR
Suppression of alarms
BOOL
0
IO
B
+
PAGE
Activated page of the faceplate
INT
1
IO
B
+
VALUE_CODE Coding the values for transfer to the faceplate
INT
1
IO
B
+
OLH_TEMP
Temperature warning limit
INT
80
IO
BQ
+
ALH_TEMP
Temperature shutdown limit
INT
90
IO
BQ
+
EV1_SIG1
Index variable for message no. 1
INT
1
IO
EV1_SIG2
Index variable for message
INT
29
IO
en-YN.YNT.001.A
+
+
>0
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-906
Connection (parameters)
Meaning
Data type
Def.
Type Attr. O&O Perm. values
no. 2 EV1_SIG3
Index variable for message no. 3
INT
3
IO
EV1_SIG4
Index variable for message no. 4
INT
4
IO
EV1_SIG5
Index variable for message no. 5
INT
5
IO
EV1_SIG6
Index variable for message no. 6
INT
6
IO
EV1_SIG7
Index variable for message no. 7
INT
7
IO
EV1_SIG8
Index variable for message no. 8
INT
8
IO
EV2_SIG1
Index variable for message no. 9
INT
30
IO
EV2_SIG2
Index variable for message no. 10
INT
31
IO
EV2_SIG3
Index variable for message no. 11
INT
32
IO
EV2_SIG4
Index variable for message no. 12
INT
33
IO
EV2_SIG5
Index variable for message no. 13
INT
34
IO
EV2_SIG6
Index variable for message no. 14
INT
2
IO
EV2_SIG7
Index variable for message no. 15
INT
35
IO
EV2_SIG8
Index variable for message no. 16
INT
36
IO
EV3_SIG1
Index variable for message no. 17
INT
160
IO
EV3_SIG2
Index variable for message no. 18
INT
0
IO
EV3_SIG3
Index variable for message no. 19
INT
0
IO
EV3_SIG4
Index variable for message
INT
0
IO
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
Connection (parameters)
Meaning
3-907
Data type
Def.
Type Attr. O&O Perm. values
no. 20 EV3_SIG5
Index variable for message no. 21
INT
0
IO
EV3_SIG6
Index variable for message no. 22
INT
0
IO
EV3_SIG7
Index variable for message no. 23
INT
0
IO
EV3_SIG8
Index variable for message no. 24
INT
0
IO
OSG1
Operating message
BOOL
0
O
Q
EMOF
Emergency off activated
BOOL
0
O
Q
DAVB
Drive is available
BOOL
0
O
Q
EROR
Drive is faulty
BOOL
0
O
Q
DOFF
Drive is off
BOOL
0
O
Q
SWST
Start start-up warning
BOOL
0
O
Q
OPER
Drive is operating (locally or automatically)
BOOL
0
O
Q
QBAD
Profibus slave faulty
BOOL
0
O
Q
LOCA
Drive is in local operating mode
BOOL
0
O
Q
PB_VISU
Output bit
BOOL
0
O
BQ
+
ACT1
Current monitoring time
REAL
0.0
O
Q
+
A1
Current motor current
REAL
0.0
O
Q
+
OPTI
Current operating hours SIMOCODE pro V
REAL
0.0
O
Q
+
NOST
Number of starts performed
REAL
0.0
O
Q
+
NOOV
Number of overload trippings
REAL
0.0
O
Q
+
I_MAX
Maximum current in % of set current
REAL
0.0
O
TEMP1
Temperature 1 at temperature block
REAL
0.0
O
BQ
+
TEMP2
Temperature 2 at temperature block
REAL
0.0
O
BQ
+
en-YN.YNT.001.A
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-908
Connection (parameters)
Meaning
Data type
Def.
Type Attr. O&O Perm. values
TEMP3
Temperature 3 at temperature block
REAL
0.0
O
BQ
+
PW
Parameter word
DWORD 0
O
Q
+
DW
Data word
DWORD 0
O
Q
+
SW
Status word
DWORD 0
O
Q
+
DWA
Extended diagnosis data for faceplate
DWORD 0
O
Q
+
DWB
Extended diagnosis data for faceplate
DWORD 0
O
Q
+
DWC
Extended diagnosis data for faceplate
DWORD 0
O
Q
+
Operation and observation of UNID_SVP See the description of the block symbol and the faceplate in the corresponding manual in this regard. PW, DW and SW of UNID_SVP The inputs, outputs and the internal status of the respective block are mapped on the parameter word, the data word and the status word. The assignment of the bits is found in the following table:
> UNID_SVP < Bit
Parameter word
Data word
Status word
0
STA1
OPS1
SEN1
1 2
EROP ILC1
3
OSG1 NOTA
4
EMOF
5
DAVB
6
STOP
OPL1
EROR
7
CVON
8
GFLT
GFLT
DOFF
9
AVBL
ERMS
SWST
PWON
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
10
RCR1
3-909
ERSP
11 12
QBAD PMI1
ERPI
13 SPCL
15
LEMO
16
LSER
ERRC
17
LST1
TEST
ETIM
18
BLOCK LSP1
DOWNL
20 21
LOCA
EREO
14
19
OPER
GWARN SST1
EARTH
22
IMAX
23
SSTP
OVLD
24
SWRE
THERM
25
CSF
UNSYM
26
DOWNL
EPSL
27
TEST
PSLA
28
PRES
COLOUR_1
29
COLOUR_2
30
COLOUR_3
31
COLOUR_4 In the case of the COLOUR operating states (Maerz drives), the block UNID_SVP does not have all possible states. It features the states with the numbers 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7 ,11 and 14.
DWA, DWB and DWC of UNID_SVP The block has three additional data words: DWA, DWB and DWC. These words offer additional information on the SIMOCODE pro V motor controller and the Profibus slave. This information is shown in the associated faceplate. The assignment of the data words changes with the value of the input PAGE. When activating the corresponding page of the faceplate, the latter automatically sets the input PAGE to the value corresponding to the activated diagnosis page.
en-YN.YNT.001.A
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-910
The input PAGE may have the following values: Page
Activated diagnosis page of the faceplate
1
:
PROFIBUS – Information on the Profibus slave
2
:
SIMOCODE - Parts of data record 92 are read in
4
:
SIMOCODE - Parts of data records 94 and 95 are read in one after the other
8
SIMOCODE - Parts of data record 92 are read in
10
SIMOCODE - Parts of data record 132 are written
100
SIMOCODE - Data records are newly requested With the different values of PAGE the content of the data words DWA, DWB and DWC also varies. In addition, there is the variable VALUE_CODE. This variable encodes single values. The values with their associated VALUE_CODE will then be written sequentially to the data word A. A content list follows below:
> UNID_SVP with 'PAGE' = 1 < Bit
Data word A
Data word B
0
ST_NOEX
HARD_ID
1
ST_NORDY
2
ST_INSLR
3
ST_SENSU
4
ST_MASLO
5
ST_WATCH
6
ST_STDIA
7
ST_EXDIA
8
ST_EXDOV
9
ST_SYNC
10
ST_FREEZ
11
ST_PAREQ
12
ST_PARFA
13
ST_SLCCF
14
ST_SLDEA
15
ST_STASL
16
SLAVE_OK
Data word C
DPPA_ADR
SUBNETID
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
3-911
17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31
> UNID_SVP with 'PAGE' = 2 < Bit
Data word A
Data word B
0
GENER_FAULT
FAULT_TM_SF
1
WARNING
FAULT_TM_OR
2
FAULT_RUNT_ON
FAULT_PARA
3
FAULT_RUNT_OF
FAULT_TEST_SD
4
FAULT_FEED_ON
FAULT_OPO
5
FAULT_FEED_OF
6
FAULT_COLD_ST
WARN_ASYM
7
FAULT_UVO
WARN_OVL
8
STA_PLC
WARN_OVL_PF
9
FAULT_BLOCK_S
WARN_BLOCK
10
FAULT_DOUB_0
WARN_TH_OVL
11
FAULT_DOUB_1
WARN_CURR_HI
12
FAULT_END_PO
WARN_CURR_LO
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Data word C
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-912
13
FAULT_ANTIVAL
WARN_TM_HT
14
FAULT_OVLD
WARN_TM_SE
15
FAULT_OVLD_PF
WARN_TM_OR
16
FAULT_ASYM
17
FAULT_MOT_STA
18
FAULT_TH_OVLD
19
FAULT_IMAX
20
FAULT_IMIN
21
FAULT_INT_EF
22
FAULT_TM_TEMP
23
FAULT_EXT_F1
24
FAULT_EXT_F2
25
FAULT_BUS
26
FAULT_PLC
27
FAULT_HW_BU
28
FAULT_MODULE
29
FAULT_CONFIG
30
FAULT_TH_SC
31
FAULT_TH_WB
> UNID_SVP with 'PAGE' = 4 < VALUE_CODE BYTE
Data word A
101
1
HEAT_UP_MOT_MO
2
PHASE_ASYM
3-4
RECOV_TIME
1-4
TEMP1 (in °C)
3-4
TEMP2 (in °C)
1-2
TEMP3 (in °C)
3-4
TIME_TO_TRIP
1-2
I_L1
3-4
I_L2
103
105
107
Data word B
Data word C
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
109
3-913
1-2
I_L3
3-4
NO_OVLD
111
1-4
M_OP_HOURS
113
1-4
NO_START
> UNID_SVP with 'PAGE' = 8 < Bit
Data word A
0
GENER_FAULT
1
WARNING
2
STA_DEV
3
STA_BUS
4
STA_PLC
5
STA_CURR
6
ON11
7
ON1
8
OFF
9
ON2
10
ON22
11
START_ACTIVE
12
LOCK_ACTIVE
13
IDL_TIME
14
OPER_PRO_OFF
15
AUTO_MODE
16
TEST_POS_FEED
17
FEED_CLOSE
18
FEED_OPEN
19
TRQ_CLOSE
20
TRQ_OPEN
21
COOL_DOWN_TIM
22
BREA_TIM_ACT
23
EMER_STA_EXE
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Data word B
Data word C
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-914
24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31
> UNID_SVP with 'PAGE' = 10 < Byte
Data word A
1-2
TEMP_MAX
Data word B
Data word C
3-4
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
3.108 Maerz blocks: REVD_SCP: reversible drive with Simocode pro C and preselection Description of REVD_SCP Object name (Type + Number) FB 623 Calling OBs The time interrupt OB in which the block is installed (e.g. OB 35). Function The block is used for controlling a reversible drive which is driven by a SIMOCODE pro C motor controller. The SIMOCODE pro C is connected to the PLC via the Profibus. The block communicates directly with the Profibus device SIMOCODE pro C. Profibus In order to integrate the block, the type SIMOCODE pro C (PDM) is used for this purpose in the PCS7 program HW Konfig. This is part of the scope of supply of the PCS7 and does not need to be installed subsequently. In HW Konfig, in the catalogue, the profile Standard is set for this purpose. Now the folder PROFIBUS-DP is opened. There, the subfolders "DP V0 Slaves, Switchgear and SIMOCODE" are opened. Here, the entry SIMOCODE pro C (PDM) is located.
Fig. 144: HW Konfig with SIMOCODE pro C
This entry is used for the definition of the Profibus-DP slave. As standard, the base type 2 is used as a block. Following the definition of the Profibus slave, a setting must be carried out. To this end the object properties and then the page 'Parameterising the slave' must be opened.
en-YN.YNT.001.A
3-915
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-916
Fig. 145: Object properties of SIMOCODE-DPV1 PDM
Here, under "Station parameters" in the line "DPV1-Alarms" the entries "Diagnosis alarms" and "Process interrupt" must be activated by means of a tick. Only if the above-stated settings for a SIMOCODE pro C have been completely made, will the full functional scope of the block be ensured. Operating principle The block communicates directly with the SIMOCODE pro C motor controller. This device is defined as a Profibus slave. At the input SUBNETID, the number of the Profibus system, which the SIMOCODE pro C is connected to, must be entered. At the input DPPA_ADR the slave address of the SIMOCODE pro C must be entered and at the input DADDR the diagnose address of the SIMOCODE pro C must be entered. All these values may be taken from the hardware configuration of a STEP7 project. Using these values, the block can communicate automatically with the corresponding SIMOCODE pro C.
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
Internally, the same logic is used as for the block REVD (FB 503). However, the block REVD_SCP reads some signals directly from the Profibus (SIMOCODE pro C) and these need not be connected as inputs or outputs. These are the inputs OLPT, AVBL, RCR1, RCR2 LEMO, PWON, SEN1 and SEN2. They are read directly by the SIMOCODE pro C or written to the SIMOCODE pro C. These inputs and outputs will nevertheless be used in the internal logic. In addition, status signals are still used in the interlock system which the SIMOCODE pro C generates. In detail, these are the signals READY, FAULT, AUTO and IMIN. A valid starting command exists when the signals: 'STA1', 'ILC1', 'AVBL', 'OLPT', 'LEMO', 'PMI1', 'READY' or 'STA2', 'ILC2', 'AVBL', 'OLPT', LEMO', 'PMI2', 'READY' are set and the stopping command 'STOP' is reset. In this case, the start enable signal 'SEN1' or 'SEN2' and the run command 'PWON' are set (activation signals for the motor). If the check-back signal 'RCR1' or 'RCR1' together with the speed monitor signal 'SPCL' are set when a valid starting command is active, the control state switches to self-latching status. A characteristic of this status is that the operating bits 'OSG1', 'OPS1' are set or that 'OSG2', OPS2' are set while the run commands 'PWON' and 'SEN1' or 'SEN2' are active. From this moment, the starting commands 'STA1' or 'STA2' can be rescinded without risking reset of the run command PWON and SEN1 or SEN2. The reversible drive is stopped correctly when either the stopping command 'STOP' is set or when the process interlock 'ILC1' or 'ILC2' is missing. If the machine protection fails for both directions simultaneously, the error signal 'ERPI' is generated regardless of the current operating status. If the machine protection fails for one direction only, this is only detected and signalled when the drive is started or in operation in this direction. When the reversible drive is stationary and starting commands are issued simultaneously for both directions, no error is signalled. If the drive is running in one direction, starting commands for the other direction are ignored. The monitoring time TIME1 in seconds when the drive is started specifies the period in which the check-back signal RCR1/RCR2 must be set. If time = 0, no time monitoring of the start is employed. By means of the signals SST1, SST2 and SSTP an individual start of the drive can be realised in automatic mode. In the faceplate of the drive, the operator sets the signals SST1, SST2 or SSTP. After processing in the block, these signals are reset by the block. After operation of the signal SST1/2 the output SWST is set at first. By means of this output an external start-up warning can be started. If the start-up warning time has expired, then the input SWRE must be set. In this way, there is a valid starting command and the drive is then started as described above. With the exception of the combination with the signals SWST and SWRE the signals SST1/2 behave in the same way with signal STA1/2. Using SSTP, the drive is stopped. SSTP behaves in the same way with the input STOP.
en-YN.YNT.001.A
3-917
User manual
Blocks 3-918
®
POLCID for administrators
With the signals LSER, LST1/2 and LSP1/2 it is possible to operate the drive via external switches, keyboards or from the control panel. With the signal LSER the drive is switched to local operation. The availability of the drive disappears therewith. Via the signals LST1/2 and LSP1/2 the drive can be started. Using the parameter SWLO, it is selected whether the input SWRE is taken into consideration for the evaluation of the inputs LST1/2 and LSP1/2. Note Via the signals LST1/2 and LSP1/2, the drive can be started ("1") or stopped ("0"). Via LST1/2 the drive is started independently from the interlock signals! Via LSP1/2 the signals CVON, OLPT, PMI1/2 and LEMO are taken into consideration. As long as the start signals are pending the drive runs, if the start signal changes to zero the drive is stopped. The block additionally outputs the motor current of the drive at output A1. Standardised from 0 to 100 % of the rated current, the motor current is read by the SIMOCODE pro C. By means of the rated current ILH it is calibrated into the unit Ampere and filtered with BW and FF.
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
This filtration works according to the following formula: Y(n+1) = Y(n) + ( FF * ( VAL - Y(n) ) ) (n) :
Index of the last filtered measured value
(n+1) :
Index of the new filtered measured value
VAL :
Unfiltered input value
FF :
Filter factor (Range between 0 and 1) The newly determined value will be processed further only then if it differs from the most recent determined value by at least the bandwidth (BW) value. The block cyclically reads the extended diagnosis data which the SIMOCODE pro C provides. These are e.g. the operating hours or the number of starts of the SIMOCODE pro C. These data are shown in the faceplate. The block is called up in the event of a change of the diagnosis data via an interrupt and will then read the same in an event-controlled fashion. In addition there exists a cycle for the reading of the diagnosis data. The cycle time can be parameterised in the input WACYC. The standard setting for the cycle time is 10800 seconds (3 hours). Via the input PAGE, the faceplate communicates which page of the diagnosis the plant operator has called up. The block then writes the required data into the outputs DWA, DWB and DWC. They are evaluated on the faceplate page called up. For the various different diagnosis pages, the content of the three outputs differs and will not be further described here. The faceplate is able to interpret the data accordingly. In addition, there is the input PRES. If PRES is set and the drive is available (DAVB), then the drive is preselected. If PRES is set, but the drive is not available, then the alarm EPSL is set. As a further logic PB_TO_VI is contained (see Chap. 12.1) . The button for setting PB_VISU as well as the current status of TEXT_01 will only become visible in the faceplate, if the input EPB_TO_VI is set to 1. Internal logic The sequence of the flags is determined by the sequence in which they must be generated. In this relation, the flags marked (with ") must be taken into account in the setting and reset conditions!
en-YN.YNT.001.A
3-919
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-920
Auxiliary flag IAVBL
:=
AVBL_&AUTO_&-DOWNL
ICVON
:=
CVON_&SLAVE_OK
IOLPT
:=
(OLPT/TEST)_&-FAULT
S IRCR1 C IRCR1
= =
RCR1/(IMIN_&-AVBL_&OLPT) -RCR1_&-IMIN
ISTA1
:=
STA1_&READY
ISTA2
:=
STA2_&READY
GO1
:=
ISTA1_&ILC1
GO2
:=
ISTA2_&ILC2
RUN1
:=
SEN1/OSG1
RUN2
:=
SEN2/OSG2
RESET
:=
-PWON_&(-EROP/ERES)
PMNOT
:=
-PMI1_&-PMI2
CLEROP
:=
EROP_&ERES
AVAIL
:=
IAVBL_&IOLPT_&LEMO
RUNSTP
:=
ICVON/EROP”/STOP
Data word S ERPI C ERPI
: :
PMNOT/C-STOP_&(-EROP/ERES)_&PMI1_&ILC1_&(RUN1/ISTA1)_&-RUN2_&-GO2/PMI2_&ILC2_&(RUN2/ISTA2_&-RUN1_&-GO1)ICVON/RESET_&(PMI1_&PMI2/PMNOT_&(GO1_&GO2/STOP)/PMI1_&-GO2/PMI2_&-GO1))
S ERSP C ERSP
: :
PWON_&AVAIL_&-STOP_&(ILC1_&(OPS1/ISTA1_&SEN1)/ILC2_&(OPS2/-ISTA2_&SEN2))_&-SPCLICVON/CLEROP
S ERRC C ERRC
: :
PWON_&AVAIL_&-STOP_&(ILC1_&(OPS1/-ISTA1_&SEN1)_&IRCR1/ILC2_&(OPS2/-ISTA2_&SEN2)_&-RCR2)-ICVON/CLEROP
S NOTA C NOTA
: :
-AVAIL/ERPI”/ERSP”/ERRC”/ETIM”-ICVON/AVAIL_&-ERPI”_&RESET
S EROP C EROP
: :
(RUN1_&ILC1/RUN2_&ILC2)_&NOTA”_&-STOP/ERSP”/PMNOT_&ERPI”(-ICVON/CLEROP)_&(PMNOT/-ERPI”)
S OPS1 C OPS1
: :
SEN1_&IRCR1_&SPCL-ILC1/-ICVON/EROP/-IRCR1
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
S OPS2 C OPS2
: :
SEN2_&RCR2_&SPCL-ILC2/-ICVON/EROP/-RCR2
S GFLT C GFLT
: :
-IOLPT-ICVON/IOLPT_&RESET
S ERMS C ERMS
: :
-IAVBL_&IOLPT_&LEMO-ICVON/(IAVBL/-IOLPT/-LEMO)_&RESET
S EREO C EREO
: :
-LEMO-ICVON/LEMO_&RESET
OPL1
:=
-PWON_&-OPS1_&IRCR1_&IOLPT_&-IAVBL
OPL2
:=
-PWON_&-OPS2_&RCR2_&IOLPT_&-IAVBL
S ETIM C ETIM
: :
LCT1_&((SEN1_&(-IRCR1/-SPCL))/SEN2_&(-RCR2/-SPCL)))CLEROP
TEST
:=
TEST
S BLOCK C BLOCK
= =
BLOCK -ICVON/-BLOCK_&RESET
S DOWNL C DOWNL
= =
DOWNL -ICVON/-DOWNL_&RESET
S GWARN C GWARN
= =
GWARN -GWARN_&RESET
S EARTH C EARTH
= =
EARTH -ICVON/-EARTH_&RESET
S IMAX C IMAX
= =
IMAX -ICVON/-IMAX_&RESET
S OVLD C OVLD
= =
OVLD/-OLPT -ICVON/-OVLD_&OLPT_&RESET
S THERM C THERM
= =
THERM -ICVON/-THERM_&RESET
EPSL
:=
PRES_&-DAVB
PSLA
:=
-EPSL_&PRES
Status word OSG1 OSG2
:= :=
OPS1”OPS2”
S SEN1 C SEN1
: :
GO1_&-GO2_&-RUN2RUNSTP/NOTA”/-ILC1/OSG1”_&PSEN
S SEN2 C SEN2
: :
GO2_&-GO1_&-RUN1RUNSTP/NOTA”/-ILC2/OSG2”_&PSEN
en-YN.YNT.001.A
3-921
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-922
EMOF DAVB EROR
:= := :=
EREO”ICVON_&-NOTA”EROP”
S PWON C PWON
: :
SEN1”/SEN2”RUNSTP/NOTA”/(RUN1_&-ILC1)/(RUN2_&-ILC2)
DOFF
:=
-OSG1”_&-OSG2”
OPER
:=
IMIN
QBAD
:=
-SLAVE_OK
LOCA
:=
(-AVBL/LSER)_&SLAVE_OK
Block view
Fig. 146: REVD_SCP block
Starting characteristics During the CPU start-up the REVD_SCP block is deactivated. All internal state flags (shown in the data word) are reset. Following start-up the block waits for the number of cycles projected in the input RUNUPCYC, and will only be activated thereafter. A first start-up whilst the program is running is treated internally like a CPU startup. Time behaviour
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
The block must be called via a time interrupt OB or OB1. It does not have a parameter for the sampling interval. Behaviour in case of a time error In the case of a time error the outputs will then be reset. In addition the internal state flags will be reset. Message actions The block REVD_SCP internally uses an ALARM_8P block for generating the messages. Messages are generated for the following tripping devices: ● Operating trouble (EROP) ● SIMOCODE pro C group fault (GFLT) ● Machine availability (AVBL) ● Speed monitor (SPCL) ● Machine protection (PMI1) ● Local emergency off (LEMO) ● Monitoring time (ETIM) ● Check-back signal (RCR1) ● Motor blocked (BLOCK) ● SIMOCODE pro C to download mode (DOWNL) ● SIMOCODE pro C group warning (GWARN) ● Earth fault (EARTH) ● Maximum motor current (IMAX) ● Overload (OLPT and OVLD) ● Thermistor error (THERM) ● Overload and asymmetry (UNSYM) ● Preselection error (EPSL) The messages can be suppressed by setting the input SUPR or by resetting the input RLSA. The input SUPR, however, is activated by the operator interface (WinCC), and RLSA by the program. The inputs CVON (at value 0) and CSF (at value 1) also suppress the output of messages.
en-YN.YNT.001.A
3-923
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-924
Assignment of message text and message class to the block parameters
Default message text Mess. Block no. parameter
Message Suppressable class
1
EROP
$$BlockComment$$ @1I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
2
GFLT
$$BlockComment$$ @2I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
3
ERMS
$$BlockComment$$ @3I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
4
ERSP
$$BlockComment$$ @4I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
5
ERPI
$$BlockComment$$ @5I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
6
EREO
$$BlockComment$$ @6I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
7
ETIM
$$BlockComment$$ @7I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
8
ERRC
$$BlockComment$$ @8I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
9
BLOCK
$$BlockComment$$ @1I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
10
DOWNL
$$BlockComment$$ @2I%t#POLCID_Standard@
PF
Yes
11
GWARN
$$BlockComment$$ @3I%t#POLCID_Standard@
WH
Yes
12
EARTH
$$BlockComment$$ @4I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
13
IMAX
$$BlockComment$$ @5I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
14
OVLD
$$BlockComment$$ @6I%t#POLCID_Standard@ - @9R%6.1f@A
AH
Yes
15
THERN
$$BlockComment$$ @7I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
16
UNSYM
$$BlockComment$$ @8I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
17
EPSL
$$BlockComment$$ @1I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
3-925
Mess. Block Default message text no. parameter
Message Suppressable class
$$BlockComment$$ @2I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @3I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @4I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @5I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @6I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @7I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @8I%t#POLCID_Standard@ Connections of REVD_SCP Connection (parameters)
Meaning
Data type
Def.
Type Attr. O&O Perm. values
SUBNETID
Number of the Profibus subsystem of the PLC
INT
0
I
DPPA_ADR
Slave address of the Profibus device
INT
0
I
DADDR
Diagnosis address of the Profibus slave
INT
0
I
STA1
Start drive direction 1
BOOL
0
I
Q
STA2
Start drive direction 2
BOOL
0
I
Q
ILC1
Process-technological interlock direction 1
BOOL
1
I
Q
ILC2
Process-technological interlock direction 2
BOOL
1
I
Q
STOP
Stop drive
BOOL
0
I
Q
CVON
Control voltage on
BOOL
1
I
Q
PMI1
Machine protection interlock direction 1
BOOL
1
I
Q
en-YN.YNT.001.A
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-926
Connection (parameters)
Meaning
Data type
Def.
Type Attr. O&O Perm. values
PMI2
Machine protection interlock direction 2
BOOL
1
I
Q
SPCL
Speed monitor
BOOL
1
I
Q
CSF
Control system error
BOOL
0
I
Q
PRES
Preselection
BOOL
0
I
Q
DOWNL
Set SIMOCODE pro C to download mode
BOOL
0
I
Q
TEST
Set SIMOCODE pro C to test mode
BOOL
0
I
Q
LST1
Local start/stop without PMI1
BOOL
0
I
Q
LST2
Local start/stop without PMI2
BOOL
0
I
Q
LSP1
Local start/stop with PMI1
BOOL
0
I
Q
LSP2
Local start/stop with PMI2
BOOL
0
I
Q
SWRE
Enabling start-up warning
BOOL
1
I
Q
ESST
Display of softkeys for single faceplate start
BOOL
0
I
+
ENRE
Display of softkeys for faceplate reset
BOOL
0
I
+
SWLO
Start-up warning also in local operating mode
BOOL
0
I
LSEL
Selection LSER switches Simocode device to local operating mode
BOOL
0
I
RLSA
Enabling alarm generation
BOOL
1
I
EPB_TO_VI
Display of softkey for PB_VISU and for display of status TEXT_01
BOOL
0
I
RES_VI
Reset signal from PB_VISU
BOOL
0
I
Q
TEXT_01
Status display
BOOL
0
I
Q
+
TIME1
Monitoring time setpoint value
REAL
5.0
I
BQ
+
BW
Belt width for filtering motor current value
INT
1
I
Q
FF
Filter factor motor current value
REAL
0.5
I
Q
Q +
>0
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
3-927
Connection (parameters)
Meaning
Data type
Def.
Type Attr. O&O Perm. values
ILH
Rated current for motor current value calibration
REAL
100.0
I
Q
WACYC
Waiting cycle for reading diagnosis data
REAL
10800.0 I
Q
RUNUPCYC
Waiting cycles at start
INT
3
I
EV_ID1
Message ID no. 1
DWORD 0
I
M
EV_ID2
Message ID no. 2
DWORD 0
I
M
EV_ID3
Message ID no. 3
DWORD 0
I
M
RESET
Resetting error SIMOCODE pro C
BOOL
0
IO
BQ
+
LSER
Enabling of local operation
BOOL
0
IO
BQ
+
SST1
Single start direction 1
BOOL
0
IO
B
+
SST2
Single start direction 2
BOOL
0
IO
B
+
SSTP
Single stop
BOOL
0
IO
B
+
SUPR
Suppression of alarms
BOOL
0
IO
B
+
PAGE
Activated page of the faceplate
INT
1
IO
B
+
VALUE_CODE Coding the values for transfer to the faceplate
INT
1
IO
B
+
EV1_SIG1
Index variable for message no. 1
INT
1
IO
EV1_SIG2
Index variable for message no. 2
INT
29
IO
EV1_SIG3
Index variable for message no. 3
INT
3
IO
EV1_SIG4
Index variable for message no. 4
INT
4
IO
EV1_SIG5
Index variable for message no. 5
INT
5
IO
EV1_SIG6
Index variable for message no. 6
INT
6
IO
EV1_SIG7
Index variable for message no. 7
INT
7
IO
en-YN.YNT.001.A
+
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-928
Connection (parameters)
Meaning
Data type
Def.
Type Attr. O&O Perm. values
EV1_SIG8
Index variable for message no. 8
INT
8
IO
EV2_SIG1
Index variable for message no. 9
INT
30
IO
EV2_SIG2
Index variable for message no. 10
INT
31
IO
EV2_SIG3
Index variable for message no. 11
INT
32
IO
EV2_SIG4
Index variable for message no. 12
INT
33
IO
EV2_SIG5
Index variable for message no. 13
INT
34
IO
EV2_SIG6
Index variable for message no. 14
INT
2
IO
EV2_SIG7
Index variable for message no. 15
INT
35
IO
EV2_SIG8
Index variable for message no. 16
INT
36
IO
EV3_SIG1
Index variable for message no. 17
INT
160
IO
EV3_SIG2
Index variable for message no. 18
INT
0
IO
EV3_SIG3
Index variable for message no. 19
INT
0
IO
EV3_SIG4
Index variable for message no. 20
INT
0
IO
EV3_SIG5
Index variable for message no. 21
INT
0
IO
EV3_SIG6
Index variable for message no. 22
INT
0
IO
EV3_SIG7
Index variable for message no. 23
INT
0
IO
EV3_SIG8
Index variable for message no. 24
INT
0
IO
OSG1
Operating message direction 1 BOOL
0
O
Q
OSG2
Operating message direction 2 BOOL
0
O
Q
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
3-929
Connection (parameters)
Meaning
Data type
Def.
Type Attr. O&O Perm. values
EMOF
Emergency off activated
BOOL
0
O
Q
DAVB
Drive is available
BOOL
0
O
Q
EROR
Drive is faulty
BOOL
0
O
Q
DOFF
Drive is off
BOOL
0
O
Q
SWST
Start start-up warning
BOOL
0
O
Q
OPER
Drive is operating (locally or automatically)
BOOL
0
O
Q
QBAD
Profibus slave faulty
BOOL
0
O
Q
LOCA
Drive is in local operating mode
BOOL
0
O
Q
PB_VISU
Output bit
BOOL
0
O
BQ
+
ACT1
Current monitoring time
REAL
0.0
O
Q
+
A1
Current motor current
REAL
0.0
O
Q
+
OPTI
Current operating hours SIMOCODE pro C
REAL
0.0
O
Q
+
NOST
Number of starts performed
REAL
0.0
O
Q
+
NOOV
Number of overload trippings
REAL
0.0
O
Q
+
I_MAX
Maximum current in % of set current
REAL
0.0
O
PW
Parameter word
DWORD 0
O
Q
+
DW
Data word
DWORD 0
O
Q
+
SW
Status word
DWORD 0
O
Q
+
DWA
Extended diagnosis data for faceplate
DWORD 0
O
Q
+
DWB
Extended diagnosis data for faceplate
DWORD 0
O
Q
+
DWC
Extended diagnosis data for faceplate
DWORD 0
O
Q
+
Operation and observation of REVD_SCP See the description of the block symbol and the faceplate in the corresponding manual in this regard.
en-YN.YNT.001.A
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-930
PW, DW and SW of REVD_SCP The inputs, outputs and the internal status of the respective block are mapped on the parameter word, the data word and the status word. The assignment of the bits is found in the following table:
> REVD_SCP < Bit
Parameter word
Data word
Status word
0
STA1
OPS1
SEN1
1
STA2
EROP
SEN2
2
ILC1
OPS2
OSG1
3
ILC2
NOTA
OSG2
4
EMOF
5
DAVB
6
STOP
OPL1
EROR
7
CVON
OLP2
PWON
8
GFLT
GFLT
DOFF
9
AVBL
ERMS
SWST
10
RCR1
ERSP
OPER
11
RCR2
12
PMI1
ERPI
13
PMI2
EREO
14
SPCL
ETIM
15
LEMO
16
LSER
ERRC
17
LST1
TEST
18
LST2
BLOCK
19
LSP1
DOWNL
20
LSP2
GWARN
21
SST1
EARTH
22
SST2
IMAX
23
SSTP
OVLD
QBAD LOCA
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
3-931
24
SWRE
THERM
25
CSF
UNSYM
26
DOWNL
EPSL
27
TEST
PSLA
28
PRES
COLOUR_1
29
COLOUR_2
30
COLOUR_3
31
COLOUR_4 In the case of the COLOUR operating states (Maerz drives), the block REVD_SCP does not have all possible states. It features the states with the numbers 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 11 and 14.
DWA, DWB and DWC of REVD_SCP The block has three additional data words: DWA, DWB and DWC. These words offer additional information on the SIMOCODE pro C motor controller and the Profibus slave. This information is shown in the associated faceplate. The assignment of the data words changes with the value of the input PAGE. When activating the corresponding page of the faceplate, the latter automatically sets the input PAGE to the value corresponding to the activated diagnosis page. The input PAGE may have the following values: Page
Activated diagnosis page of the faceplate
1
:
PROFIBUS – Information on the Profibus slave
2
:
SIMOCODE - Parts of data record 92 are read in
4
:
SIMOCODE - Parts of data records 94 and 95 are read in one after the other
8
SIMOCODE - Parts of data record 92 are read in
100
SIMOCODE - Data records are newly requested With the different values of PAGE the content of the data words DWA, DWB and DWC also varies. In addition, there is the variable VALUE_CODE. This variable encodes single values. The values with their associated VALUE_CODE will then be written sequentially to the data word A.
en-YN.YNT.001.A
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-932
A content list follows below: > REVD_SCP with 'PAGE' = 1 < Bit
Data word A
Data word B
0
ST_NOEX
HARD_ID
1
ST_NORDY
2
ST_INSLR
3
ST_SENSU
4
ST_MASLO
5
ST_WATCH
6
ST_STDIA
7
ST_EXDIA
8
ST_EXDOV
9
ST_SYNC
10
ST_FREEZ
11
ST_PAREQ
12
ST_PARFA
13
ST_SLCCF
14
ST_SLDEA
15
ST_STASL
16
SLAVE_OK
Data word C
DPPA_ADR
SUBNETID
17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
3-933
28 29 30 31
> REVD_SCP with 'PAGE' = 2 < Bit
Data word A
Data word B
0
GENER_FAULT
FAULT_TM_SF
1
WARNING
FAULT_TM_OR
2
FAULT_RUNT_ON
FAULT_PARA
3
FAULT_RUNT_OF
FAULT_TEST_SD
4
FAULT_FEED_ON
FAULT_OPO
5
FAULT_FEED_OF
6
FAULT_COLD_ST
WARN_ASYM
7
FAULT_UVO
WARN_OVL
8
STA_PLC
WARN_OVL_PF
9
FAULT_BLOCK_S
WARN_BLOCK
10
FAULT_DOUB_0
WARN_TH_OVL
11
FAULT_DOUB_1
WARN_CURR_HI
12
FAULT_END_PO
WARN_CURR_LO
13
FAULT_ANTIVAL
WARN_TM_HT
14
FAULT_OVLD
WARN_TM_SE
15
FAULT_OVLD_PF
WARN_TM_OR
16
FAULT_ASYM
17
FAULT_MOT_STA
18
FAULT_TH_OVLD
19
FAULT_IMAX
20
FAULT_IMIN
21
FAULT_INT_EF
22
FAULT_TM_TEMP
23
FAULT_EXT_F1
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Data word C
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-934
24
FAULT_EXT_F2
25
FAULT_BUS
26
FAULT_PLC
27
FAULT_HW_BU
28
FAULT_MODULE
29
FAULT_CONFIG
30
FAULT_TH_SC
31
FAULT_TH_WB
> REVD_SCP with 'PAGE' = 4 < VALUE_CODE BYTE
Data word A
101
1
HEAT_UP_MOT_MO
2
PHASE_ASYM
3-4
RECOV_TIME
103
1-4
105
1-2 3-4
TIME_TO_TRIP
1-2
I_L1
3-4
I_L2
1-2
I_L3
3-4
NO_OVLD
111
1-4
M_OP_HOURS
113
1-4
NO_START
107
109
Data word B
Data word C
> REVD_SCP with 'PAGE' = 8 < Bit
Data word A
0
GENER_FAULT
1
WARNING
2
STA_DEV
3
STA_BUS
Data word B
Data word C
en-YN.YNT.001.A
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
4
STA_PLC
5
STA_CURR
6
ON11
7
ON1
8
OFF
9
ON2
10
ON22
11
START_ACTIVE
12
LOCK_ACTIVE
13
IDL_TIME
14
OPER_PRO_OFF
15
AUTO_MODE
16
TEST_POS_FEED
17
FEED_CLOSE
18
FEED_OPEN
19
TRQ_CLOSE
20
TRQ_OPEN
21
COOL_DOWN_TIM
22
BREA_TIM_ACT
23
EMER_STA_EXE
24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-935
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-936
3.109 Maerz blocks: REVD_SVP: reversible drive with Simocode pro V and preselection Description of REVD_SVP Object name (Type + Number) FB 616 Calling OBs The time interrupt OB in which the block is installed (e.g. OB 35). Function The block is used for controlling a reversible drive which is driven by a SIMOCODE pro V motor controller. The SIMOCODE pro V is connected to the PLC via the Profibus. The block communicates directly with the Profibus device SIMOCODE pro V. Profibus In order to integrate the block, the type SIMOCODE pro V (PDM) is used for this purpose in the PCS7 program HW Konfig. This is part of the scope of supply of the PCS7 and does not need to be installed subsequently. In HW Konfig, in the catalogue, the profile Standard is set for this purpose. Now the folder PROFIBUS-DP is opened. There, the subfolders "DP V0 Slaves, Switchgear and SIMOCODE" are opened. Here, the entry SIMOCODE pro V (PDM) is located.
Fig. 147: HW Konfig with SIMOCODE pro V
This entry is used for the definition of the Profibus-DP slave. As standard, the base type 1 is used as a block. Following the definition of the Profibus slave, a setting must be carried out. To this end the object properties and then the page 'Parameterising the slave' must be opened.
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
Fig. 148: Object properties of SIMOCODE pro V PDM
Here, under "Station parameters" in the line "DPV1-Alarms" the entries "Diagnosis alarms" and "Process interrupts" must be activated by means of a tick. Only if the above-stated settings for a SIMOCODE pro V have been completely made, will the full functional scope of the block be ensured. Operating principle The block communicates directly with the SIMOCODE pro V motor controller. This device is defined as a Profibus slave. At the input SUBNETID, the number of the Profibus system, which the SIMOCODE pro V is connected to, must be entered. At the input DPPA_ADR the slave address of the SIMOCODE pro V must be entered and at the input DADDR the diagnose address of the SIMOCODE pro C must be entered. All these values may be taken from the hardware configuration of a STEP7 project. Using these values, the block can communicate automatically with the corresponding SIMOCODE pro V.
en-YN.YNT.001.A
3-937
User manual
Blocks 3-938
®
POLCID for administrators
Internally, the same logic is used as for the block REVD (FB 503). However, the block REVD_SVP reads some signals directly from the Profibus (SIMOCODE pro V) and these need not be connected as inputs or outputs. These are the inputs OLPT, AVBL, RCR1, RCR2 LEMO, PWON, SEN1 and SEN2. They are read directly by the SIMOCODE pro V or written to the SIMOCODE pro V. Nevertheless these inputs and outputs are used in the internal logic. In addition, status signals are still used in the interlock system which the SIMOCODE pro V generates. In detail, these are the signals READY, FAULT, AUTO and IMIN. A valid starting command exists when the signals: 'STA1', 'ILC1', 'AVBL', 'OLPT', 'LEMO', 'PMI1', 'READY' or 'STA2', 'ILC2', 'AVBL', 'OLPT', LEMO', 'PMI2', 'READY' are set and the stopping command 'STOP' is reset. In this case, the start enable signal 'SEN1' or 'SEN2' and the run command 'PWON' are set (activation signals for the motor). If the check-back signal 'RCR1' or 'RCR1' together with the speed monitor signal 'SPCL' are set when a valid starting command is active, the control state switches to self-latching status. A characteristic of this status is that the operating bits 'OSG1', 'OPS1' are set or that 'OSG2', OPS2' are set while the run commands 'PWON' and 'SEN1' or 'SEN2' are active. From this moment, the starting commands 'STA1' or 'STA2' can be rescinded without risking reset of the run command PWON and SEN1 or SEN2. The reversible drive is stopped correctly when either the stopping command 'STOP' is set or when the process interlock 'ILC1' or 'ILC2' is missing. If the machine protection fails for both directions simultaneously, the error signal 'ERPI' is generated regardless of the current operating status. If the machine protection fails for one direction only, this is only detected and signalled when the drive is started or in operation in this direction. When the reversible drive is stationary and starting commands are issued simultaneously for both directions, no error is signalled. If the drive is running in one direction, starting commands for the other direction are ignored. The monitoring time TIME1 in seconds when the drive is started specifies the period in which the check-back signal RCR1/RCR2 must be set. If time = 0, no time monitoring of the start is employed. By means of the signals SST1, SST2 and SSTP an individual start of the drive can be realised in automatic mode. In the faceplate of the drive, the operator sets the signals SST1, SST2 or SSTP. After processing in the block, these signals are reset by the block. After operation of the signal SST1/2 the output SWST is set at first. By means of this output an external start-up warning can be started. If the start-up warning time has expired, then the input SWRE must be set. In this way, there is a valid starting command and the drive is then started as described above. With the exception of the combination with the signals SWST and SWRE the signals SST1/2 behave in the same way with signal STA1/2. Using SSTP, the drive is stopped. SSTP behaves in the same way with the input STOP.
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
With the signals LSER, LST1/2 and LSP1/2 it is possible to operate the drive via external switches, keyboards or from the control panel. With the signal LSER the drive is switched to local operation. The availability of the drive disappears therewith. Via the signals LST1/2 and LSP1/2 the drive can be started. Using the parameter SWLO, it is selected whether the input SWRE is taken into consideration for the evaluation of the inputs LST1/2 and LSP1/2. Note Via the signals LST1/2 and LSP1/2, the drive can be started ("1") or stopped ("0"). Via LST1/2 the drive is started independently from the interlock signals! Via LSP1/2 the signals CVON, OLPT, PMI1/2 and LEMO are taken into consideration. As long as the start signals are pending the drive runs, if the start signal changes to zero the drive is stopped. The block additionally outputs the motor current of the drive at output A1. Standardised from 0 to 100 % of the rated current, the motor current is read by the SIMOCODE pro V. By means of the rated current ILH it is calibrated into the unit Ampere and filtered with BW and FF. Y(n+1) = Y(n) + ( FF * ( VAL - Y(n) ) ) (n) :
Index of the last filtered measured value
(n+1) :
Index of the new filtered measured value
VAL :
Unfiltered input value
FF :
Filter factor (Range between 0 and 1)
The newly determined value will be processed further only then if it differs from the most recent determined value by at least the bandwidth (BW) value. The block cyclically reads the extended diagnosis data which the SIMOCODE pro V provides. These are e.g. the operating hours or the number of starts of the SIMOCODE pro V. These data are shown in the faceplate. The block is called up in the event of a change of the diagnosis data via an interrupt and will then read the same in an event-controlled fashion. In addition there exists a cycle for the reading of the diagnosis data. The cycle time can be parameterised in the input WACYC. The standard setting for the cycle time is 10800 seconds (3 hours). Via the input PAGE, the faceplate communicates which page of the diagnosis the plant operator has called up. The block then writes the required data into the outputs DWA, DWB and DWC. They are evaluated on the faceplate page called up. For the various different diagnosis pages, the content of the three outputs differs and will not be further described here. The faceplate is able to interpret the data accordingly. In addition, there is the input PRES. If PRES is set and the drive is available (DAVB), then the drive is preselected. If PRES is set, but the drive is not available, then the alarm EPSL is set.
en-YN.YNT.001.A
3-939
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-940
As a further logic PB_TO_VI is contained (see page 3-810) . The button for setting PB_VISU as well as the current status of TEXT_01 will only become visible in the faceplate, if the input EPB_TO_VI is set to 1. Internal logic The sequence of the flags is determined by the sequence in which they must be generated. In this relation, the flags marked (with ") must be taken into account in the setting and reset conditions! Auxiliary flag IAVBL
:=
AVBL_&AUTO_&-DOWNL
ICVON
:=
CVON_&SLAVE_OK
IOLPT
:=
(OLPT/TEST)_&-FAULT
S IRCR1 C IRCR1
= =
RCR1/(IMIN_&-AVBL_&OLPT) -RCR1_&-IMIN
ISTA1
:=
STA1_&READY
ISTA2
:=
STA2_&READY
GO1
:=
ISTA1_&ILC1
GO2
:=
ISTA2_&ILC2
RUN1
:=
SEN1/OSG1
RUN2
:=
SEN2/OSG2
RESET
:=
-PWON_&(-EROP/ERES)
PMNOT
:=
-PMI1_&-PMI2
CLEROP
:=
EROP_&ERES
AVAIL
:=
IAVBL_&IOLPT_&LEMO
RUNSTP
:=
ICVON/EROP”/STOP
Data word S ERPI C ERPI
: :
PMNOT/C-STOP_&(-EROP/ERES)_&PMI1_&ILC1_&(RUN1/ISTA1)_&-RUN2_&-GO2/PMI2_&ILC2_&(RUN2/ISTA2_&-RUN1_&-GO1)ICVON/RESET_&(PMI1_&PMI2/PMNOT_&(GO1_&GO2/STOP)/PMI1_&-GO2/PMI2_&-GO1))
S ERSP C ERSP
: :
PWON_&AVAIL_&-STOP_&(ILC1_&(OPS1/ISTA1_&SEN1)/ILC2_&(OPS2/-ISTA2_&SEN2))_&-SPCLICVON/CLEROP
S ERRC C ERRC
: :
PWON_&AVAIL_&-STOP_&(ILC1_&(OPS1/-ISTA1_&SEN1)_&IRCR1/ILC2_&(OPS2/-ISTA2_&SEN2)_&-RCR2)-ICVON/CLEROP
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
S NOTA C NOTA
: :
-AVAIL/ERPI”/ERSP”/ERRC”/ETIM”-ICVON/AVAIL_&-ERPI”_&RESET
S EROP C EROP
: :
(RUN1_&ILC1/RUN2_&ILC2)_&NOTA”_&-STOP/ERSP”/PMNOT_&ERPI”(-ICVON/CLEROP)_&(PMNOT/-ERPI”)
S OPS1 C OPS1
: :
SEN1_&IRCR1_&SPCL-ILC1/-ICVON/EROP/-IRCR1
S OPS2 C OPS2
: :
SEN2_&RCR2_&SPCL-ILC2/-ICVON/EROP/-RCR2
S GFLT C GFLT
: :
-IOLPT-ICVON/IOLPT_&RESET
S ERMS C ERMS
: :
-IAVBL_&IOLPT_&LEMO-ICVON/(IAVBL/-IOLPT/-LEMO)_&RESET
S EREO C EREO
: :
-LEMO-ICVON/LEMO_&RESET
OPL1
:=
-PWON_&-OPS1_&IRCR1_&IOLPT_&-IAVBL
OPL2
:=
-PWON_&-OPS2_&RCR2_&IOLPT_&-IAVBL
S ETIM C ETIM
: :
LCT1_&((SEN1_&(-IRCR1/-SPCL))/SEN2_&(-RCR2/-SPCL)))CLEROP
TEST
:=
TEST
S BLOCK C BLOCK
= =
BLOCK -ICVON/-BLOCK_&RESET
S DOWNL C DOWNL
= =
DOWNL -ICVON/-DOWNL_&RESET
S GWARN C GWARN
= =
GWARN -GWARN_&RESET
S EARTH C EARTH
= =
EARTH -ICVON/-EARTH_&RESET
S IMAX C IMAX
= =
IMAX -ICVON/-IMAX_&RESET
S OVLD C OVLD
= =
OVLD/-OLPT -ICVON/-OVLD_&OLPT_&RESET
S THERM C THERM
= =
THERM -ICVON/-THERM_&RESET
EPSL
:=
PRES_&-DAVB
PSLA
:=
-EPSL_&PRES
Status word
en-YN.YNT.001.A
3-941
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-942
OSG1 OSG2
:= :=
OPS1”OPS2”
S SEN1 C SEN1
: :
GO1_&-GO2_&-RUN2RUNSTP/NOTA”/-ILC1/OSG1”_&PSEN
S SEN2 C SEN2
: :
GO2_&-GO1_&-RUN1RUNSTP/NOTA”/-ILC2/OSG2”_&PSEN
EMOF DAVB EROR
:= := :=
EREO”ICVON_&-NOTA”EROP”
S PWON C PWON
: :
SEN1”/SEN2”RUNSTP/NOTA”/(RUN1_&-ILC1)/(RUN2_&-ILC2)
DOFF
:=
-OSG1”_&-OSG2”
OPER
:=
IMIN
QBAD
:=
-SLAVE_OK
LOCA
:=
(-AVBL/LSER)_&SLAVE_OK
Block view
Fig. 149: REVD_SVP block
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
Starting characteristics During the CPU start-up the REVD_SVP block is deactivated. All internal state flags (shown in the data word) are reset. Following start-up the block waits for the number of cycles projected in the input RUNUPCYC, and will only be activated thereafter. A first start-up whilst the program is running is treated internally like a CPU startup. Time behaviour The block must be called via a time interrupt OB or OB1. It does not have a parameter for the sampling interval. Behaviour in case of a time error In the case of a time error the outputs will then be reset. In addition the internal state flags will be reset. Message actions The block REVD_SVP internally uses an ALARM_8P block for generating the messages. Messages are generated for the following tripping devices: ● Operating trouble (EROP) ● SIMOCODE pro V group fault (GFLT) ● Machine availability (AVBL) ● Speed monitor (SPCL) ● Machine protection (PMI1) ● Local emergency off (LEMO) ● Monitoring time (ETIM) ● Check-back signal (RCR1) ● Motor blocked (BLOCK) ● SIMOCODE pro V to download mode (DOWNL) ● SIMOCODE pro V group warning (GWARN) ● Earth fault (EARTH) ● Maximum motor current (IMAX) ● Overload (OLPT and OVLD) ● Thermistor error (THERM) ● Overload and asymmetry (UNSYM) ● Preselection error (EPSL) The messages can be suppressed by setting the input SUPR or by resetting the input RLSA. The input SUPR, however, is activated by the operator interface (WinCC), and RLSA by the program. The inputs CVON (at value 0) and CSF (at value 1) also suppress the output of messages.
en-YN.YNT.001.A
3-943
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-944
Assignment of message text and message class to the block parameters
Default message text Mess. Block no. parameter
Message Suppressable class
1
EROP
$$BlockComment$$ @1I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
2
GFLT
$$BlockComment$$ @2I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
3
ERMS
$$BlockComment$$ @3I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
4
ERSP
$$BlockComment$$ @4I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
5
ERPI
$$BlockComment$$ @5I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
6
EREO
$$BlockComment$$ @6I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
7
ETIM
$$BlockComment$$ @7I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
8
ERRC
$$BlockComment$$ @8I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
9
BLOCK
$$BlockComment$$ @1I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
10
DOWNL
$$BlockComment$$ @2I%t#POLCID_Standard@
PF
Yes
11
GWARN
$$BlockComment$$ @3I%t#POLCID_Standard@
WH
Yes
12
EARTH
$$BlockComment$$ @4I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
13
IMAX
$$BlockComment$$ @5I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
14
OVLD
$$BlockComment$$ @6I%t#POLCID_Standard@ - @9R%6.1f@A
AH
Yes
15
THERN
$$BlockComment$$ @7I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
16
UNSYM
$$BlockComment$$ @8I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
17
EPSL
$$BlockComment$$ @1I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
3-945
Mess. Block Default message text no. parameter
Message Suppressable class
$$BlockComment$$ @2I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @3I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @4I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @5I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @6I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @7I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @8I%t#POLCID_Standard@
Connections of REVD_SVP Connection (parameters)
Meaning
Data type
Def.
Type Attr. O&O Perm. values
SUBNETID
Number of the Profibus subsystem of the PLC
INT
0
I
DPPA_ADR
Slave address of the Profibus device
INT
0
I
DADDR
Diagnosis address of the Profibus slave
INT
0
I
STA1
Start drive direction 1
BOOL
0
I
Q
STA2
Start drive direction 2
BOOL
0
I
Q
ILC1
Process-technological interlock direction 1
BOOL
1
I
Q
ILC2
Process-technological interlock direction 2
BOOL
1
I
Q
STOP
Stop drive
BOOL
0
I
Q
CVON
Control voltage on
BOOL
1
I
Q
PMI1
Machine protection interlock direction 1
BOOL
1
I
Q
en-YN.YNT.001.A
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-946
Connection (parameters)
Meaning
Data type
Def.
Type Attr. O&O Perm. values
PMI2
Machine protection interlock direction 2
BOOL
1
I
Q
SPCL
Speed monitor
BOOL
1
I
Q
CSF
Control system error
BOOL
0
I
Q
PRES
Preselection
BOOL
0
I
Q
DOWNL
Set SIMOCODE pro V to download mode
BOOL
0
I
Q
TEST
Set SIMOCODE pro V to test mode
BOOL
0
I
Q
LST1
Local start/stop without PMI1
BOOL
0
I
Q
LST2
Local start/stop without PMI2
BOOL
0
I
Q
LSP1
Local start/stop with PMI1
BOOL
0
I
Q
LSP2
Local start/stop with PMI2
BOOL
0
I
Q
SWRE
Enabling start-up warning
BOOL
1
I
Q
ESST
Display of softkeys for single faceplate start
BOOL
0
I
+
ENRE
Display of softkeys for faceplate reset
BOOL
0
I
+
SWLO
Start-up warning also in local operating mode
BOOL
0
I
LSEL
Selection LSER switches Simocode device to local operating mode
BOOL
0
I
RLSA
Enabling alarm generation
BOOL
1
I
EPB_TO_VI
Display of softkey for PB_VISU and for display of status TEXT_01
BOOL
0
I
RES_VI
Reset signal from PB_VISU
BOOL
0
I
Q
TEXT_01
Status display
BOOL
0
I
Q
+
TIME1
Monitoring time setpoint value
REAL
5.0
I
BQ
+
BW
Belt width for filtering motor current value
INT
1
I
Q
FF
Filter factor motor current value
REAL
0.5
I
Q
Q +
>0
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
3-947
Connection (parameters)
Meaning
Data type
Def.
Type Attr. O&O Perm. values
ILH
Rated current for motor current value calibration
REAL
100.0
I
Q
WACYC
Waiting cycle for reading diagnosis data
REAL
10800.0 I
Q
RUNUPCYC
Waiting cycles at start
INT
3
I
EV_ID1
Message ID no. 1
DWORD 0
I
M
EV_ID2
Message ID no. 2
DWORD 0
I
M
EV_ID3
Message ID no. 3
DWORD 0
I
M
RESET
Resetting error SIMOCODE pro V
BOOL
0
IO
BQ
+
LSER
Enabling of local operation
BOOL
0
IO
BQ
+
SST1
Single start direction 1
BOOL
0
IO
B
+
SST2
Single start direction 2
BOOL
0
IO
B
+
SSTP
Single stop
BOOL
0
IO
B
+
SUPR
Suppression of alarms
BOOL
0
IO
B
+
PAGE
Activated page of the faceplate
INT
1
IO
B
+
VALUE_CODE Coding the values for transfer to the faceplate
INT
1
IO
B
+
OLH_TEMP
Temperature warning limit
INT
80
I
BQ
+
ALH_TEMP
Temperature shutdown limit
INT
90
I
BQ
+
EV1_SIG1
Index variable for message no. 1
INT
1
IO
EV1_SIG2
Index variable for message no. 2
INT
29
IO
EV1_SIG3
Index variable for message no. 3
INT
3
IO
EV1_SIG4
Index variable for message no. 4
INT
4
IO
EV1_SIG5
Index variable for message no. 5
INT
5
IO
EV1_SIG6
Index variable for message no. 6
INT
6
IO
en-YN.YNT.001.A
+
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-948
Connection (parameters)
Meaning
Data type
Def.
Type Attr. O&O Perm. values
EV1_SIG7
Index variable for message no. 7
INT
7
IO
EV1_SIG8
Index variable for message no. 8
INT
8
IO
EV2_SIG1
Index variable for message no. 9
INT
30
IO
EV2_SIG2
Index variable for message no. 10
INT
31
IO
EV2_SIG3
Index variable for message no. 11
INT
32
IO
EV2_SIG4
Index variable for message no. 12
INT
33
IO
EV2_SIG5
Index variable for message no. 13
INT
34
IO
EV2_SIG6
Index variable for message no. 14
INT
2
IO
EV2_SIG7
Index variable for message no. 15
INT
35
IO
EV2_SIG8
Index variable for message no. 16
INT
36
IO
EV3_SIG1
Index variable for message no. 17
INT
160
IO
EV3_SIG2
Index variable for message no. 18
INT
0
IO
EV3_SIG3
Index variable for message no. 19
INT
0
IO
EV3_SIG4
Index variable for message no. 20
INT
0
IO
EV3_SIG5
Index variable for message no. 21
INT
0
IO
EV3_SIG6
Index variable for message no. 22
INT
0
IO
EV3_SIG7
Index variable for message no. 23
INT
0
IO
EV3_SIG8
Index variable for message no. 24
INT
0
IO
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
Connection (parameters)
Meaning
OSG1
3-949
Def.
Type Attr. O&O Perm. values
Operating message direction 1 BOOL
0
O
Q
OSG2
Operating message direction 2 BOOL
0
O
Q
EMOF
Emergency off activated
BOOL
0
O
Q
DAVB
Drive is available
BOOL
0
O
Q
EROR
Drive is faulty
BOOL
0
O
Q
DOFF
Drive is off
BOOL
0
O
Q
SWST
Start start-up warning
BOOL
0
O
Q
OPER
Drive is operating (locally or automatically)
BOOL
0
O
Q
QBAD
Profibus slave faulty
BOOL
0
O
Q
LOCA
Drive is in local operating mode
BOOL
0
O
Q
PB_VISU
Output bit
BOOL
0
O
BQ
+
ACT1
Current monitoring time
REAL
0.0
O
Q
+
A1
Current motor current
REAL
0.0
O
Q
+
OPTI
Current operating hours SIMOCODE pro V
REAL
0.0
O
Q
+
NOST
Number of starts performed
REAL
0.0
O
Q
+
NOOV
Number of overload trippings
REAL
0.0
O
Q
+
I_MAX
Maximum current in % of set current
REAL
0.0
O
TEMP1
Temperature 1 at temperature block
REAL
0.0
O
BQ
+
TEMP2
Temperature 2 at temperature block
REAL
0.0
O
BQ
+
TEMP3
Temperature 3 at temperature block
REAL
0.0
O
BQ
+
OLH-TEMPOUT
Warning limit for temperature block
REAL
0.0
O
ALH-TEMPOUT
Alarm limit for temperature block
REAL
0.0
O
PW
Parameter word
DWORD 0
O
Q
+
DW
Data word
DWORD 0
O
Q
+
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Data type
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-950
Connection (parameters)
Meaning
Data type
Def.
Type Attr. O&O Perm. values
SW
Status word
DWORD 0
O
Q
+
DWA
Extended diagnosis data for faceplate
DWORD 0
O
Q
+
DWB
Extended diagnosis data for faceplate
DWORD 0
O
Q
+
DWC
Extended diagnosis data for faceplate
DWORD 0
O
Q
+
Operation and observation of REVD_SVP See the description of the block symbol and the faceplate in the corresponding manual in this regard. PW, DW and SW of REVD_SVP The inputs, outputs and the internal status of the respective block are mapped on the parameter word, the data word and the status word. The assignment of the bits is found in the following table:
> REVD_SVP < Bit
Parameter word
Data word
Status word
0
STA1
OPS1
SEN1
1
STA2
EROP
SEN2
2
ILC1
OPS2
OSG1
3
ILC2
NOTA
OSG2
4
EMOF
5
DAVB
6
STOP
OPL1
EROR
7
CVON
OLP2
PWON
8
GFLT
GFLT
DOFF
9
AVBL
ERMS
SWST
10
RCR1
ERSP
OPER
11
RCR2
12
PMI1
QBAD ERPI
LOCA
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
3-951
13
PMI2
EREO
14
SPCL
ETIM
15
LEMO
16
LSER
ERRC
17
LST1
TEST
18
LST2
BLOCK
19
LSP1
DOWNL
20
LSP2
GWARN
21
SST1
EARTH
22
SST2
IMAX
23
SSTP
OVLD
24
SWRE
THERM
25
CSF
UNSYM
26
DOWNL
EPSL
27
TEST
PSLA
28
PRES
COLOUR_1
29
COLOUR_2
30
COLOUR_3
31
COLOUR_4 In the case of the COLOUR operating states (Maerz drives), the block REVD_SV does not have all possible states. It features the states with the numbers 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9,11 and 14.
DWA, DWB and DWC of REVD_SVP The block has three additional data words: DWA, DWB and DWC. These words offer additional information on the SIMOCODE pro V motor controller and the Profibus slave. This information is shown in the associated faceplate. The assignment of the data words changes with the value of the input PAGE. When activating the corresponding page of the faceplate, the latter automatically sets the input PAGE to the value corresponding to the activated diagnosis page.
en-YN.YNT.001.A
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-952
The input PAGE may have the following values: Page
Activated diagnosis page of the faceplate
1
:
PROFIBUS – Information on the Profibus slave
2
:
SIMOCODE - Parts of data record 92 are read in
4
:
SIMOCODE - Parts of data records 94 and 95 are read in one after the other
8
SIMOCODE - Parts of data record 92 are read in
10
SIMOCODE - Parts of data record 132 are written
100
SIMOCODE - Data records are newly requested With the different values of PAGE the content of the data words DWA, DWB and DWC also varies. In addition, there is the variable VALUE_CODE. This variable encodes single values. The values with their associated VALUE_CODE will then be written sequentially to the data word A. A content list follows below:
> REVD_SVP with 'PAGE' = 1 < Bit
Data word A
Data word B
0
ST_NOEX
HARD_ID
1
ST_NORDY
2
ST_INSLR
3
ST_SENSU
4
ST_MASLO
5
ST_WATCH
6
ST_STDIA
7
ST_EXDIA
8
ST_EXDOV
9
ST_SYNC
10
ST_FREEZ
11
ST_PAREQ
12
ST_PARFA
13
ST_SLCCF
14
ST_SLDEA
15
ST_STASL
16
SLAVE_OK
Data word C
DPPA_ADR
SUBNETID
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
3-953
17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31
> REVD_SVP with 'PAGE' = 2 < Bit
Data word A
Data word B
0
GENER_FAULT
FAULT_TM_SF
1
WARNING
FAULT_TM_OR
2
FAULT_RUNT_ON
FAULT_PARA
3
FAULT_RUNT_OF
FAULT_TEST_SD
4
FAULT_FEED_ON
FAULT_OPO
5
FAULT_FEED_OF
6
FAULT_COLD_ST
WARN_ASYM
7
FAULT_UVO
WARN_OVL
8
STA_PLC
WARN_OVL_PF
9
FAULT_BLOCK_S
WARN_BLOCK
10
FAULT_DOUB_0
WARN_TH_OVL
11
FAULT_DOUB_1
WARN_CURR_HI
12
FAULT_END_PO
WARN_CURR_LO
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Data word C
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-954
13
FAULT_ANTIVAL
WARN_TM_HT
14
FAULT_OVLD
WARN_TM_SE
15
FAULT_OVLD_PF
WARN_TM_OR
16
FAULT_ASYM
17
FAULT_MOT_STA
18
FAULT_TH_OVLD
19
FAULT_IMAX
20
FAULT_IMIN
21
FAULT_INT_EF
22
FAULT_TM_TEMP
23
FAULT_EXT_F1
24
FAULT_EXT_F2
25
FAULT_BUS
26
FAULT_PLC
27
FAULT_HW_BU
28
FAULT_MODULE
29
FAULT_CONFIG
30
FAULT_TH_SC
31
FAULT_TH_WB
> REVD_SVP with 'PAGE' = 4 < VALUE_CODE BYTE
Data word A
101
1
HEAT_UP_MOT_MO
2
PHASE_ASYM
3-4
RECOV_TIME
1-4
TEMP1 (in °C)
3-4
TEMP2 (in °C)
1-2
TEMP3 (in °C)
3-4
TIME_TO_TRIP
1-2
I_L1
3-4
I_L2
103
105
107
Data word B
Data word C
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
109
3-955
1-2
I_L3
3-4
NO_OVLD
111
1-4
M_OP_HOURS
113
1-4
NO_START
> REVD_SVP with 'PAGE' = 8 < Bit
Data word A
0
GENER_FAULT
1
WARNING
2
STA_DEV
3
STA_BUS
4
STA_PLC
5
STA_CURR
6
ON11
7
ON1
8
OFF
9
ON2
10
ON22
11
START_ACTIVE
12
LOCK_ACTIVE
13
IDL_TIME
14
OPER_PRO_OFF
15
AUTO_MODE
16
TEST_POS_FEED
17
FEED_CLOSE
18
FEED_OPEN
19
TRQ_CLOSE
20
TRQ_OPEN
21
COOL_DOWN_TIM
22
BREA_TIM_ACT
23
EMER_STA_EXE
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Data word B
Data word C
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-956
24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31
> REVD_SVP with 'PAGE' = 10 < Byte
Data word A
1-2
TEMP_MAX
Data word B
Data word C
3-4
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
3.110 Maerz blocks: RVDL_SCP: reversible drive with limit switches with SIMOCODE pro C and preselection. Description of RVDL_SCP
Object name (Type + Number) FB 624 Calling OBs The time interrupt OB in which the block is installed (e.g. OB 35). Function The block is used for controlling a reversible drive which is driven by a SIMOCODE pro C motor controller. The SIMOCODE pro C is connected to the PLC via the Profibus. The block communicates directly with the Profibus device SIMOCODE pro C. Profibus In order to integrate the block, the type SIMOCODE pro C (PDM) is used for this purpose in the PCS7 program HW Konfig. This is part of the scope of supply of the PCS7 and does not need to be installed subsequently. In HW Konfig, in the catalogue, the profile Standard is set for this purpose. Now the folder PROFIBUS-DP is opened. There, the subfolders "DP V0 Slaves, Switchgear and SIMOCODE" are opened. Here, the entry SIMOCODE pro C (PDM) is located.
Fig. 150: HW Konfig with SIMOCODE pro C
This entry is used for the definition of the Profibus-DP slave. As standard, the base type 2 is used as a block. Following the definition of the Profibus slave, a setting must be carried out. To this end the object properties and then the page 'Parameterising the slave' must be opened.
en-YN.YNT.001.A
3-957
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-958
Fig. 151: Object properties of SIMOCODE-DPV1 PDM
Here, under "Station parameters" in the line "DPV1-Alarms" the entries "Diagnosis alarms" and "Process interrupt" must be activated by means of a tick. Only if the above-stated settings for a SIMOCODE pro C have been completely made, will the full functional scope of the block be ensured. Operating principle The block communicates directly with the SIMOCODE pro C motor controller. This device is defined as a Profibus slave. At the input SUBNETID, the number of the Profibus system, which the SIMOCODE pro C is connected to, must be entered. At the input DPPA_ADR the slave address of the SIMOCODE pro C must be entered and at the input DADDR the diagnose address of the SIMOCODE pro C must be entered. All these values may be taken from the hardware configuration of a STEP7 project. Using these values, the block can communicate automatically with the corresponding SIMOCODE pro C.
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
Internally, the same logic is used as for the block RVDL (FB 504). However, the block RVDL_SCP reads some signals directly from the Profibus (SIMOCODE pro C) and these need not be connected as inputs or outputs. These are the inputs OLPT, AVBL, RCR1, RCR2, SEN1 and SEN2. They are read directly by the SIMOCODE pro C or written to the SIMOCODE pro C. These inputs and outputs will nevertheless be used in the internal logic. In addition, status signals are still used in the interlock system which the SIMOCODE pro C generates. In detail, these are the signals READY, FAULT, AUTO and IMIN. If one of the two end positions applies, the start of a drive can only be effected if a valid starting command for the direction leading away from the end position is given. If the drive was stopped between the end positions (caused by a fault), a valid starting command can optionally be given for one of the two directions. A valid starting command exists when the signals: 'STA1', 'ILC1', 'AVBL', 'OLPT', 'PMI1', 'READY' or 'STA2', 'ILC2', 'AVBL', 'OLPT', 'PMI2', 'READY' are set. In this case, the start enable signals 'SEN1' or 'SEN2' are set (motor activating signals) and the end position indicator 'POS1' or POS2' is cleared. If the check-back signal 'RCR1' or 'RCR2' is set while a valid starting command is present, the drive changes over to the operating condition which is characterised by the bits 'OSG1', 'OPS1' or 'OSG2', 'OPS2'. Correct stopping is performed by activation of the associated limit switch 'LSW1' or 'LSW2'. If the machine protection fails for both directions simultaneously, the error signal 'ERPI' is generated regardless of the current operating status. If the machine protection fails for one direction only, this is only detected and signalled when the drive is started or in operation in this direction. When the reversible drive with limit switches is stationary and starting commands are issued simultaneously for both directions, no error is signalled. If the drive is running in one direction, starting commands for the other direction are ignored. The time TIME1 monitors the time in seconds, e.g. for movement of the drive from POS1 to POS2, in which the associated limit switch must be set. If time = 0, no time monitoring of the movement is performed. By means of the signals SST1 and SST2 an individual start of the drive can be realised in automatic mode. In the faceplate of the drive, the operator sets the signals SST1 or SST2. After processing in the block, these signals are reset by the block. After operation of the signal SST1/2 the output SWST is set at first. By means of this output an external start-up warning can be started. If the start-up warning time has expired, then the input SWRE must be set. In this way, there is a valid starting command and the drive is then started as described above. With the exception of the combination with the signals SWST and SWRE the signals SST1/2 behave in the same way with signal STA1/2.
en-YN.YNT.001.A
3-959
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-960
With the signals LSER, LST1/2 and LSP1/2 it is possible to operate the drive via external switches, keyboards or from the control panel. With the signal LSER the drive is switched to local operation. The availability of the drive disappears therewith. Via the signals LST1/2 and LSP1/2 the drive can be started. Using the parameter SWLO, it is selected whether the input SWRE is taken into consideration for the evaluation of the inputs LST1/2 and LSP1/2. Note Via the signals LST1/2 and LSP1/2, the drive can be started ("1") or stopped ("0"). Via LST1/2 the drive is started independently from the interlock signals! Via LSP1/2 the signals CVON, OLPT and PMI1/2 are taken into consideration. As long as the start signals are pending the drive runs, if the start signal changes to zero the drive is stopped. The block additionally outputs the motor current of the drive at output A1. Standardised from 0 to 100 % of the rated current, the motor current is read by the SIMOCODE pro C. By means of the rated current ILH it is calibrated into the unit Ampere and filtered with BW and FF. This filtration works according to the following formula: Y(n+1) = Y(n) + ( FF * ( VAL - Y(n) ) ) (n) :
Index of the last filtered measured value
(n+1) :
Index of the new filtered measured value
VAL :
Unfiltered input value
FF :
Filter factor (Range between 0 and 1)
The newly determined value will be processed further only then if it differs from the most recent determined value by at least the bandwidth (BW) value. The block cyclically reads the extended diagnosis data which the SIMOCODE pro C provides. These are e.g. the operating hours or the number of starts of the SIMOCODE pro C. These data are shown in the faceplate. The block is called up in the event of a change of the diagnosis data via an interrupt and will then read the same in an event-controlled fashion. In addition there exists a cycle for the reading of the diagnosis data. The cycle time can be parameterised in the input WACYC. The standard setting for the cycle time is 10800 seconds (3 hours). Via the input PAGE, the faceplate communicates which page of the diagnosis the plant operator has called up. The block then writes the required data into the outputs DWA, DWB and DWC. They are evaluated on the faceplate page called up. For the various different diagnosis pages, the content of the three outputs differs and will not be further described here. The faceplate is able to interpret the data accordingly. In addition, there is the input PRES. If PRES is set and the drive is available (DAVB), then the drive is preselected. If PRES is set, but the drive is not available, then the alarm EPSL is set.
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
As a further logic PB_TO_VI is contained (see page 3-810) . The button for setting PB_VISU as well as the current status of TEXT_01 will only become visible in the faceplate, if the input EPB_TO_VI is set to 1. Internal logic The sequence of the flags is determined by the sequence in which they must be generated. In this relation, the flags marked (with ") must be taken into account in the setting and reset conditions! Auxiliary flag IAVBL
:=
AVBL_&AUTO_&-DOWNL
ICVON
:=
CVON_&SLAVE_OK
IOLPT
:=
(OLPT/TEST)_&-FAULT
S IRCR1 C IRCR1
= =
RCR1/(IMIN_&-AVBL_&OLPT) -RCR1_&-IMIN
ISTA1
:=
STA1_&READY
ISTA2
:=
STA2_&READY
GO1
:=
ISTA1_&ILC1
GO2
:=
ISTA2_&ILC2
NOSEN
:=
-(SEN1/SEN2)
RESET
:=
NOSEN_&(-EROP/ERES)
CLEROP
:=
EROP_&ERES
CLERPS
:=
ERPS_&ERES
LSWALL
:=
LSW1_&LSW2
LSWPOS
:=
-LSW1_&POS1_&-SEN2_&-OSG2/-LSW2_&POS2_&-SEN1_&-OSG1
AVAIL
:=
IAVBL_&IOLPT
Data word S ERPS C ERPS
en-YN.YNT.001.A
: :
(LSWALL/-CLERPS_&LSWPOS/(LSW1_&ILC2_&SEN2_&(ISTA2/AVAIL_&PMI2_&OPS2)/LSW2_&ILC1_&SEN1_&(ISTA1/AVAIL_&PMI1_&OPS1))/((LSW1.EQV.LSW2)_&(SEN1_&ISTA1_&ILC1/SEN2_&-ISTA2_&ILC2)))/ETIM”-ICVON/LSWALL_&ERPS_&RESET
3-961
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-962
S ERPI C ERPI
: :
(-PMI1_&-PMI2)/(-EROP/ERES)_&(-PMI1_&-LSW1_&GO1_&(SEN1/SEN2_&(LSW2/-GO2)/-PMI2_&-LSW2_&GO2_&(SEN2/SEN1_&(LSW1/-GO1))ICVON/(PMI1_&PMI2/ERPS”_&(PMI1/PMI2)/PMI1_&(GO2/LSW2/GO1_&-LSW1)/PMI2_&(-GO1/LSW1/GO2_&LSW2))_&RESET
S ERRC C ERRC
: :
AVAIL_&-ERPI”_&-ERPS_&(OPS1_&GO1_&-IRCR1_&LSW1/OPS2_&GO2_&-RCR2_&-LSW2)-ICVON/CLEROP
S NOTA C NOTA
: :
-AVAIL/ERPI”/ERPS”/ERRC”-ICVON/AVAIL_&-ERPI”_&ERPS”_&RESET
S EROP C EROP
: :
((SEN1_&ILC1_&-LSW1/SEN2_&ILC2_&LSW2)_&NOTA”)/(ERPS”/ERRC”_&(SEN1/SEN2/OSG1/OSG2))ICVON/CLEROP_&(ERPS_&-LSWPOS/-ERPS”)
S OPS1 C OPS1
: :
GO1_&SEN1_&IRCR1-ICVON/-GO1/LSW1/NOTA”
S OPS2 C OPS2
: :
GO2_&SEN2_&RCR2-ICVON/-GO2/LSW2/NOTA”
S GFLT C GFLT
: :
-IOLPT-ICVON/IOLPT_&RESET
S ERMS C ERMS
: :
-IAVBL_&IOLPT-ICVON/(IAVBL/-IOLPT)_&RESET
S ETIM C ETIM
: :
LCT1_&((SEN1_&-LSW1)/(SEN2_&-LSW2))-ICVON/RESET
S POS1 C POS1
: :
LSW1_&(-POS2/-LSW2_&CLERPS)-ICVON/LSWALL/LSW1_&(CLERPS/SEN2”/OSG2/-ERPS”_&LSW1)
S POS2 C POS2
: :
LSW2_&(-POS1/-LSW1_&CLERPS)-ICVON/LSWALL/LSW2_&(CLERPS/SEN1”/OSG1/-ERPS”_&LSW2)
OPL1
:=
-SEN1_&-OPS1_&IRCR1
OPL2
:=
-SEN2_&-OPS2_&RCR2
TEST
:=
TEST
S BLOCK C BLOCK
= =
BLOCK -ICVON/-BLOCK_&RESET
S DOWNL C DOWNL
= =
DOWNL -ICVON/-DOWNL_&RESET
S GWARN C GWARN
= =
GWARN -GWARN_&RESET
S EARTH C EARTH
= =
EARTH -ICVON/-EARTH_&RESET
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
S IMAX C IMAX
= =
IMAX -ICVON/-IMAX_&RESET
S OVLD C OVLD
= =
OVLD/-OLPT -ICVON/-OVLD_&OLPT_&RESET
S THERM C THERM
= =
THERM -ICVON/-THERM_&RESET
EPSL
:=
PRES_&-DAVB
PSLA
:=
-EPSL_&PRES
Status word S SEN1 C SEN1
: :
GO1_&(LSW2/-GO2)_&-SEN2-ICVON/-GO1/NOTA”/LSW1/EROP”
S SEN2 C SEN2
: :
GO2_&(LSW1/-GO1)_&-SEN1-ICVON/-GO2/NOTA”/LSW2/EROP”
OSG1
:=
OPS1”
OSG2
:=
OPS2”
DAVB
:=
ICVON_&-NOTA”
EROR
:=
EROP”
OPER
:=
IMIN
QBAD
:=
-SLAVE_OK
LOCA
:=
(-AVBL/LSER)_&SLAVE_OK
en-YN.YNT.001.A
3-963
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-964
Block view
Fig. 152: RVDL_SCP block
Starting characteristics During the CPU start-up the RVDL_SCP block is deactivated. All internal state flags (shown in the data word) are reset. Following start-up the block waits for the number of cycles projected in the input RUNUPCYC, and will only be activated thereafter. A first start-up whilst the program is running is treated internally like a CPU startup. Time behaviour The block must be called via a time interrupt OB or OB1. It does not have a parameter for the sampling interval. Behaviour in case of a time error In the case of a time error the outputs will then be reset. In addition the internal state flags will be reset. Message actions The block RVDL_SCP internally uses an ALARM_8P block for generating the messages. Messages are generated for the following tripping devices: ● Operating trouble (EROP) ● SIMOCODE pro C group fault (GFLT) ● Machine availability (AVBL)
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
3-965
● Machine protection (PMI1) ● Position monitoring (ERPS) ● Monitoring time (ETIM) ● Check-back signal (RCR1) ● Motor blocked (BLOCK) ● SIMOCODE pro C to download mode (DOWNL) ● SIMOCODE pro C group warning (GWARN) ● Earth fault (EARTH) ● Maximum motor current (IMAX) ● Overload (OLPT and OVLD) ● Thermistor error (THERM) ● Overload and asymmetry (UNSYM) ● Preselection error (EPSL) The messages can be suppressed by setting the input SUPR or by resetting the input RLSA. The input SUPR, however, is activated by the operator interface (WinCC), and RLSA by the program. The inputs CVON (at value 0) and CSF (at value 1) also suppress the output of messages. Assignment of message text and message class to the block parameters Mess. Block Default message text no. parameter
Message Suppressable class
1
EROP
$$BlockComment$$ @1I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
2
GFLT
$$BlockComment$$ @2I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
3
ERMS
$$BlockComment$$ @3I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
4
ERPI
$$BlockComment$$ @4I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
5
ERPS
$$BlockComment$$ @5I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
6
ETIM
$$BlockComment$$ @6I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
7
ERRC
$$BlockComment$$ @7I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
8
en-YN.YNT.001.A
$$BlockComment$$ @8I%t#POLCID_Standard@
Yes
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-966
Mess. Block Default message text no. parameter
Message Suppressable class
9
BLOCK
$$BlockComment$$ @1I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
10
DOWNL
$$BlockComment$$ @2I%t#POLCID_Standard@
PF
Yes
11
GWARN
$$BlockComment$$ @3I%t#POLCID_Standard@
WH
Yes
12
EARTH
$$BlockComment$$ @4I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
13
IMAX
$$BlockComment$$ @5I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
14
OVLD
$$BlockComment$$ @6I%t#POLCID_Standard@ - @9R%6.1f@A
AH
Yes
15
THERN
$$BlockComment$$ @7I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
16
UNSYM
$$BlockComment$$ @8I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
17
EPSL
$$BlockComment$$ @1I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
$$BlockComment$$ @2I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @3I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @4I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @5I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @6I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @7I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @8I%t#POLCID_Standard@
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
3-967
Connections of RVDL_SCP Connection (parameters)
Meaning
Data type
Def.
Type Attr. O&O Perm. values
SUBNETID
Number of the Profibus subsystem of the PLC
INT
0
I
DPPA_ADR
Slave address of the Profibus device
INT
0
I
DADDR
Diagnosis address of the Profibus slave
INT
0
I
STA1
Start drive direction 1
BOOL
0
I
Q
STA2
Start drive direction 2
BOOL
0
I
Q
ILC1
Process-technological interlock direction 1
BOOL
1
I
Q
ILC2
Process-technological interlock direction 2
BOOL
1
I
Q
LSW1
Limit switch direction 1
BOOL
0
I
Q
LSW2
Limit switch direction 2
BOOL
0
I
Q
CVON
Control voltage on
BOOL
1
I
Q
PMI1
Machine protection interlock direction 1
BOOL
1
I
Q
PMI2
Machine protection interlock direction 2
BOOL
1
I
Q
CSF
Control system error
BOOL
0
I
Q
PRES
Preselection
BOOL
0
I
Q
DOWNL
Set SIMOCODE pro C to download mode
BOOL
0
I
Q
TEST
Set SIMOCODE pro C to test mode
BOOL
0
I
Q
LST1
Local start/stop without PMI1
BOOL
0
I
Q
LST2
Local start/stop without PMI2
BOOL
0
I
Q
LSP1
Local start/stop with PMI1
BOOL
0
I
Q
LSP2
Local start/stop with PMI2
BOOL
0
I
Q
SWRE
Enabling start-up warning
BOOL
1
I
Q
en-YN.YNT.001.A
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-968
Connection (parameters)
Meaning
Data type
Def.
Type Attr. O&O Perm. values
ESST
Display of softkeys for single faceplate start
BOOL
0
I
+
ENRE
Display of softkeys for faceplate reset
BOOL
0
I
+
SWLO
Start-up warning also in local operating mode
BOOL
0
I
LSEL
Selection LSER switches Simocode device to local operating mode
BOOL
0
I
RLSA
Enabling alarm generation
BOOL
1
I
EPB_TO_VI
Display of softkey for PB_VISU and for display of status TEXT_01
BOOL
0
I
RES_VI
Reset signal from PB_VISU
BOOL
0
I
Q
TEXT_01
Status display
BOOL
0
I
Q
+
TIME1
Monitoring time setpoint value
REAL
5.0
I
BQ
+
BW
Belt width for filtering motor current value
INT
1
I
Q
FF
Filter factor motor current value
REAL
0.5
I
Q
ILH
Rated current for motor current value calibration
REAL
100.0
I
Q
WACYC
Waiting cycle for reading diagnosis data
REAL
10800.0 I
Q
RUNUPCYC
Waiting cycles at start
INT
3
I
EV_ID1
Message ID no. 1
DWORD 0
I
M
EV_ID2
Message ID no. 2
DWORD 0
I
M
EV_ID3
Message ID no. 3
DWORD 0
I
M
RESET
Resetting error SIMOCODE pro C
BOOL
0
IO
BQ
+
LSER
Enabling of local operation
BOOL
0
IO
BQ
+
SST1
Single start direction 1
BOOL
0
IO
B
+
SST2
Single start direction 2
BOOL
0
IO
B
+
SUPR
Suppression of alarms
BOOL
0
IO
B
+
Q +
>0
+
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
3-969
Connection (parameters)
Meaning
Data type
Def.
Type Attr. O&O Perm. values
PAGE
Activated page of the faceplate
INT
1
IO
B
+
VALUE_CODE Coding the values for transfer to the faceplate
INT
1
IO
B
+
EV1_SIG1
Index variable for message no. 1
INT
1
IO
EV1_SIG2
Index variable for message no. 2
INT
29
IO
EV1_SIG3
Index variable for message no. 3
INT
3
IO
EV1_SIG4
Index variable for message no. 4
INT
5
IO
EV1_SIG5
Index variable for message no. 5
INT
9
IO
EV1_SIG6
Index variable for message no. 6
INT
7
IO
EV1_SIG7
Index variable for message no. 7
INT
8
IO
EV1_SIG8
Index variable for message no. 8
INT
0
IO
EV2_SIG1
Index variable for message no. 9
INT
30
IO
EV2_SIG2
Index variable for message no. 10
INT
31
IO
EV2_SIG3
Index variable for message no. 11
INT
32
IO
EV2_SIG4
Index variable for message no. 12
INT
33
IO
EV2_SIG5
Index variable for message no. 13
INT
34
IO
EV2_SIG6
Index variable for message no. 14
INT
2
IO
EV2_SIG7
Index variable for message no. 15
INT
40
IO
EV2_SIG8
Index variable for message no. 16
INT
36
IO
en-YN.YNT.001.A
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-970
Connection (parameters)
Meaning
Data type
Def.
Type Attr. O&O Perm. values
EV3_SIG1
Index variable for message no. 17
INT
160
IO
EV3_SIG2
Index variable for message no. 18
INT
0
IO
EV3_SIG3
Index variable for message no. 19
INT
0
IO
EV3_SIG4
Index variable for message no. 20
INT
0
IO
EV3_SIG5
Index variable for message no. 21
INT
0
IO
EV3_SIG6
Index variable for message no. 22
INT
0
IO
EV3_SIG7
Index variable for message no. 23
INT
0
IO
EV3_SIG8
Index variable for message no. 24
INT
0
IO
OSG1
Operating message direction 1 BOOL
0
O
Q
OSG2
Operating message direction 2 BOOL
0
O
Q
DAVB
Drive is available
BOOL
0
O
Q
EROR
Drive is faulty
BOOL
0
O
Q
DOFF
Drive is off
BOOL
0
O
Q
OPER
Drive is operating (locally or automatically)
BOOL
0
O
Q
QBAD
Profibus slave faulty
BOOL
0
O
Q
SWST
Start start-up warning
BOOL
0
O
Q
LOCA
Drive is in local operating mode
BOOL
0
O
Q
PB_VISU
Output bit
BOOL
0
O
BQ
+
ACT1
Current monitoring time
REAL
0.0
O
Q
+
A1
Current motor current
REAL
0.0
O
Q
+
OPTI
Current operating hours SIMOCODE pro C
REAL
0.0
O
Q
+
NOST
Number of starts performed
REAL
0.0
O
Q
+
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
3-971
Connection (parameters)
Meaning
Data type
Def.
Type Attr. O&O Perm. values
NOOV
Number of overload trippings
REAL
0.0
O
I_MAX
Maximum current in % of set current
REAL
0.0
O
PW
Parameter word
DWORD 0
DW
Data word
SW
Q
+
O
Q
+
DWORD 0
O
Q
+
Status word
DWORD 0
O
Q
+
DWA
Extended diagnosis data for faceplate
DWORD 0
O
Q
+
DWB
Extended diagnosis data for faceplate
DWORD 0
O
Q
+
DWC
Extended diagnosis data for faceplate
DWORD 0
O
Q
+
Operation and observation of RVDL_SCP See the description of the block symbol and the faceplate in the corresponding manual in this regard. PW, DW and SW of RVDL_SCP The inputs, outputs and the internal status of the respective block are mapped on the parameter word, the data word and the status word. The assignment of the bits is found in the following table:
> RVDL_SCP < Bit
Parameter word
Data word
Status word
0
STA1
OPS1
SEN1
1
STA2
EROP
SEN2
2
ILC1
OPS2
OSG1
3
ILC2
NOTA
OSG2
4
LSW1
POS1
5
LSW2
POS2
DAVB
OPL1
EROR
6 7
CVON
OLP2
8
GFLT
GFLT
en-YN.YNT.001.A
DOFF
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-972
9
AVBL
ERMS
10
RCR1
OPER
11
RCR2
QBAD
12
PMI1
ERPI
LSW1I
13
PMI2
ERPS
LSW2I
ETIM
TRQ1
14 15
SWST
TRQ2
16
LSER
ERRC
SWST
17
LST1
TEST
LOCA
18
LST2
BLOCK
19
LSP1
DOWNL
20
LSP2
GWARN
21
SST1
EARTH
22
SST2
IMAX
23
OVLD
24
SWRE
THERM
25
CSF
UNSYM
26
DOWNL
EPSL
27
TEST
PSLA
28
PRES
COLOUR_1
29
COLOUR_2
30
COLOUR_3
31
COLOUR_4 In the case of the COLOUR operating states (Maerz drives) the block RVDL_SCP has all defined states from 1 to 11 and 14.
DWA, DWB and DWC of RVDL_SCP The block has three additional data words: DWA, DWB and DWC. These words offer additional information on the SIMOCODE pro C motor controller and the Profibus slave. This information is shown in the associated faceplate. The assignment of the data words changes with the value of the input PAGE. When activating the corresponding page of the faceplate, the latter automatically sets the input PAGE to the value corresponding to the activated diagnosis page.
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
3-973
The input PAGE may have the following values: Page
Activated diagnosis page of the faceplate
1
:
PROFIBUS – Information on the Profibus slave
2
:
SIMOCODE - Parts of data record 92 are read in
4
:
SIMOCODE - Parts of data records 94 and 95 are read in one after the other
8
SIMOCODE - Parts of data record 92 are read in
100
SIMOCODE - Data records are newly requested With the different values of PAGE the content of the data words DWA, DWB and DWC also varies. In addition, there is the variable VALUE_CODE. This variable encodes single values. The values with their associated VALUE_CODE will then be written sequentially to the data word A. A content list follows below:
> RVDL_SCP with 'PAGE' = 1 < Bit
Data word A
Data word B
0
ST_NOEX
HARD_ID
1
ST_NORDY
2
ST_INSLR
3
ST_SENSU
4
ST_MASLO
5
ST_WATCH
6
ST_STDIA
7
ST_EXDIA
8
ST_EXDOV
9
ST_SYNC
10
ST_FREEZ
11
ST_PAREQ
12
ST_PARFA
13
ST_SLCCF
14
ST_SLDEA
15
ST_STASL
16
SLAVE_OK
17
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Data word C
DPPA_ADR
SUBNETID
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-974
18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31
> RVDL_SCP with 'PAGE' = 2 < Bit
Data word A
Data word B
0
GENER_FAULT
FAULT_TM_SF
1
WARNING
FAULT_TM_OR
2
FAULT_RUNT_ON
FAULT_PARA
3
FAULT_RUNT_OF
FAULT_TEST_SD
4
FAULT_FEED_ON
FAULT_OPO
5
FAULT_FEED_OF
6
FAULT_COLD_ST
WARN_ASYM
7
FAULT_UVO
WARN_OVL
8
STA_PLC
WARN_OVL_PF
9
FAULT_BLOCK_S
WARN_BLOCK
10
FAULT_DOUB_0
WARN_TH_OVL
11
FAULT_DOUB_1
WARN_CURR_HI
12
FAULT_END_PO
WARN_CURR_LO
13
FAULT_ANTIVAL
WARN_TM_HT
Data word C
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
3-975
14
FAULT_OVLD
WARN_TM_SE
15
FAULT_OVLD_PF
WARN_TM_OR
16
FAULT_ASYM
17
FAULT_MOT_STA
18
FAULT_TH_OVLD
19
FAULT_IMAX
20
FAULT_IMIN
21
FAULT_INT_EF
22
FAULT_TM_TEMP
23
FAULT_EXT_F1
24
FAULT_EXT_F2
25
FAULT_BUS
26
FAULT_PLC
27
FAULT_HW_BU
28
FAULT_MODULE
29
FAULT_CONFIG
30
FAULT_TH_SC
31
FAULT_TH_WB
> RVDL_SCP with 'PAGE' = 4 < VALUE_CODE BYTE
Data word A
101
1
HEAT_UP_MOT_MO
2
PHASE_ASYM
3-4
RECOV_TIME
103
1-4
105
1-2
107
109
en-YN.YNT.001.A
3-4
TIME_TO_TRIP
1-2
I_L1
3-4
I_L2
1-2
I_L3
3-4
NO_OVLD
Data word B
Data word C
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-976
111
1-4
M_OP_HOURS
113
1-4
NO_START
> RVDL_SCP with 'PAGE' = 8 < Bit
Data word A
0
GENER_FAULT
1
WARNING
2
STA_DEV
3
STA_BUS
4
STA_PLC
5
STA_CURR
6
ON11
7
ON1
8
OFF
9
ON2
10
ON22
11
START_ACTIVE
12
LOCK_ACTIVE
13
IDL_TIME
14
OPER_PRO_OFF
15
AUTO_MODE
16
TEST_POS_FEED
17
FEED_CLOSE
18
FEED_OPEN
19
TRQ_CLOSE
20
TRQ_OPEN
21
COOL_DOWN_TIM
22
BREA_TIM_ACT
23
EMER_STA_EXE
Data word B
Data word C
24 25
en-YN.YNT.001.A
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
26 27 28 29 30 31
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-977
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-978
3.111 Maerz blocks: RVDL_SVP: reversible drive with limit switches with SIMOCODE pro V and preselection. Description of RVDL_SVP Object name (Type + Number) FB 617 Calling OBs The time interrupt OB in which the block is installed (e.g. OB 35). Function The block is used for controlling a reversible drive which is driven by a SIMOCODE pro V motor controller. The SIMOCODE pro V is connected to the PLC via the Profibus. The block communicates directly with the Profibus device SIMOCODE pro V. Profibus In order to integrate the block, the type SIMOCODE pro V (PDM) is used for this purpose in the PCS7 program HW Konfig. This is part of the scope of supply of the PCS7 and does not need to be installed subsequently. In HW Konfig, in the catalogue, the profile Standard is set for this purpose. Now the folder PROFIBUS-DP is opened. There, the subfolders "DP V0 Slaves, Switchgear and SIMOCODE" are opened. Here, the entry SIMOCODE pro V (PDM) is located.
Fig. 153: HW Konfig with SIMOCODE pro V
This entry is used for the definition of the Profibus-DP slave. As standard, the base type 1 is used as a block. Following the definition of the Profibus slave, a setting must be carried out. To this end the object properties and then the page 'Parameterising the slave' must be opened.
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
Fig. 154: Object properties of SIMOCODE pro V PDM
Here, under "Station parameters" in the line "DPV1-Alarms" the entries "Diagnosis alarms" and "Process interrupts" must be activated by means of a tick. Only if the above-stated settings for a SIMOCODE pro V have been completely made, will the full functional scope of the block be ensured. Operating principle The block communicates directly with the SIMOCODE pro V motor controller. This device is defined as a Profibus slave. At the input SUBNETID, the number of the Profibus system, which the SIMOCODE pro V is connected to, must be entered. At the input DPPA_ADR the slave address of the SIMOCODE pro V must be entered and at the input DADDR the diagnose address of the SIMOCODE pro C must be entered. All these values may be taken from the hardware configuration of a STEP7 project. Using these values, the block can communicate automatically with the corresponding SIMOCODE pro V.
en-YN.YNT.001.A
3-979
User manual
Blocks 3-980
®
POLCID for administrators
Internally, the same logic is used as for the block RVDL (FB 504). However, the block RVDL_SVP reads some signals directly from the Profibus (SIMOCODE pro V) and these need not be connected as inputs or outputs. These are the inputs OLPT, AVBL, RCR1, RCR2, SEN1 and SEN2. They are read directly by the SIMOCODE pro V or written to the SIMOCODE pro V. These inputs and outputs will nevertheless be used in the internal logic. In addition, status signals are still used in the interlock system which the SIMOCODE pro V generates. In detail, these are the signals READY, FAULT, AUTO and IMIN. If one of the two end positions applies, the start of a drive can only be effected if a valid starting command for the direction leading away from the end position is given. If the drive was stopped between the end positions (caused by a fault), a valid starting command can optionally be given for one of the two directions. A valid starting command exists when the signals: 'STA1', 'ILC1', 'AVBL', 'OLPT', 'PMI1', 'READY' or 'STA2', 'ILC2', 'AVBL', 'OLPT', 'PMI2', 'READY' are set. In this case, the start enable signals 'SEN1' or 'SEN2' are set (motor activating signals) and the end position indicator 'POS1' or POS2' is cleared. If the check-back signal 'RCR1' or 'RCR2' is set while a valid starting command is present, the drive changes over to the operating condition which is characterised by the bits 'OSG1', 'OPS1' or 'OSG2', 'OPS2'. Correct stopping is performed by activation of the associated limit switch 'LSW1' or 'LSW2'. If the machine protection fails for both directions simultaneously, the error signal 'ERPI' is generated regardless of the current operating status. If the machine protection fails for one direction only, this is only detected and signalled when the drive is started or in operation in this direction. When the reversible drive with limit switches is stationary and starting commands are issued simultaneously for both directions, no error is signalled. If the drive is running in one direction, starting commands for the other direction are ignored. The time TIME1 monitors the time in seconds, e.g. for movement of the drive from POS1 to POS2, in which the associated limit switch must be set. If time = 0, no time monitoring of the movement is performed. By means of the signals SST1 and SST2 an individual start of the drive can be realised in automatic mode. In the faceplate of the drive, the operator sets the signals SST1 or SST2. After processing in the block, these signals are reset by the block. After operation of the signal SST1/2 the output SWST is set at first. By means of this output an external start-up warning can be started. If the start-up warning time has expired, then the input SWRE must be set. In this way, there is a valid starting command and the drive is then started as described above. With the exception of the combination with the signals SWST and SWRE the signals SST1/2 behave in the same way with signal STA1/2.
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
With the signals LSER, LST1/2 and LSP1/2 it is possible to operate the drive via external switches, keyboards or from the control panel. With the signal LSER the drive is switched to local operation. The availability of the drive disappears therewith. Via the signals LST1/2 and LSP1/2 the drive can be started. Using the parameter SWLO, it is selected whether the input SWRE is taken into consideration for the evaluation of the inputs LST1/2 and LSP1/2. Note Via the signals LST1/2 and LSP1/2, the drive can be started ("1") or stopped ("0"). Via LST1/2 the drive is started independently from the interlock signals! Via LSP1/2 the signals CVON, OLPT and PMI1/2 are taken into consideration. As long as the start signals are pending the drive runs, if the start signal changes to zero the drive is stopped. The block additionally outputs the motor current of the drive at output A1. Standardised from 0 to 100 % of the rated current, the motor current is read by the SIMOCODE pro V. By means of the rated current ILH it is calibrated into the unit Ampere and filtered with BW and FF. This filtration works according to the following formula: Y(n+1) = Y(n) + ( FF * ( VAL - Y(n) ) ) (n) :
Index of the last filtered measured value
(n+1) :
Index of the new filtered measured value
VAL :
Unfiltered input value
FF :
Filter factor (Range between 0 and 1)
The newly determined value will be processed further only then if it differs from the most recent determined value by at least the bandwidth (BW) value. The block cyclically reads the extended diagnosis data which the SIMOCODE pro V provides. These are e.g. the operating hours or the number of starts of the SIMOCODE pro V. These data are shown in the faceplate. The block is called up in the event of a change of the diagnosis data via an interrupt and will then read the same in an event-controlled fashion. In addition there exists a cycle for the reading of the diagnosis data. The cycle time can be parameterised in the input WACYC. The standard setting for the cycle time is 10800 seconds (3 hours). Via the input PAGE, the faceplate communicates which page of the diagnosis the plant operator has called up. The block then writes the required data into the outputs DWA, DWB and DWC. They are evaluated on the faceplate page called up. For the various different diagnosis pages, the content of the three outputs differs and will not be further described here. The faceplate is able to interpret the data accordingly. In addition, there is the input PRES. If PRES is set and the drive is available (DAVB), then the drive is preselected. If PRES is set, but the drive is not available, then the alarm EPSL is set.
en-YN.YNT.001.A
3-981
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-982
As a further logic PB_TO_VI is contained (see page 3-810) . The button for setting PB_VISU as well as the current status of TEXT_01 will only become visible in the faceplate, if the input EPB_TO_VI is set to 1. Internal logic The sequence of the flags is determined by the sequence in which they must be generated. In this relation, the flags marked (with ") must be taken into account in the setting and reset conditions! Auxiliary flag IAVBL
:=
AVBL_&AUTO_&-DOWNL
ICVON
:=
CVON_&SLAVE_OK
IOLPT
:=
(OLPT/TEST)_&-FAULT
S IRCR1 C IRCR1
= =
RCR1/(IMIN_&-AVBL_&OLPT) -RCR1_&-IMIN
ISTA1
:=
STA1_&READY
ISTA2
:=
STA2_&READY
GO1
:=
ISTA1_&ILC1
GO2
:=
ISTA2_&ILC2
NOSEN
:=
-(SEN1/SEN2)
RESET
:=
NOSEN_&(-EROP/ERES)
CLEROP
:=
EROP_&ERES
CLERPS
:=
ERPS_&ERES
LSWALL
:=
LSW1_&LSW2
LSWPOS
:=
-LSW1_&POS1_&-SEN2_&-OSG2/-LSW2_&POS2_&-SEN1_&-OSG1
AVAIL
:=
IAVBL_&IOLPT
Data word S ERPS C ERPS
: :
(LSWALL/-CLERPS_&LSWPOS/(LSW1_&ILC2_&SEN2_&(ISTA2/AVAIL_&PMI2_&OPS2)/LSW2_&ILC1_&SEN1_&(ISTA1/AVAIL_&PMI1_&OPS1))/((LSW1.EQV.LSW2)_&(SEN1_&ISTA1_&ILC1/SEN2_&-ISTA2_&ILC2)))/ETIM”-ICVON/LSWALL_&ERPS_&RESET
S ERPI C ERPI
: :
(-PMI1_&-PMI2)/(-EROP/ERES)_&(-PMI1_&-LSW1_&GO1_&(SEN1/SEN2_&(LSW2/-GO2)/-PMI2_&-LSW2_&GO2_&(SEN2/SEN1_&(LSW1/-GO1))ICVON/(PMI1_&PMI2/ERPS”_&(PMI1/PMI2)/PMI1_&(GO2/LSW2/GO1_&-LSW1)/PMI2_&(-GO1/LSW1/GO2_&-
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
LSW2))_&RESET S ERRC C ERRC
: :
AVAIL_&-ERPI”_&-ERPS_&(OPS1_&GO1_&-IRCR1_&LSW1/OPS2_&GO2_&-RCR2_&-LSW2)-ICVON/CLEROP
S NOTA C NOTA
: :
-AVAIL/ERPI”/ERPS”/ERRC”-ICVON/AVAIL_&-ERPI”_&ERPS”_&RESET
S EROP C EROP
: :
((SEN1_&ILC1_&-LSW1/SEN2_&ILC2_&LSW2)_&NOTA”)/(ERPS”/ERRC”_&(SEN1/SEN2/OSG1/OSG2))ICVON/CLEROP_&(ERPS_&-LSWPOS/-ERPS”)
S OPS1 C OPS1
: :
GO1_&SEN1_&IRCR1-ICVON/-GO1/LSW1/NOTA”
S OPS2 C OPS2
: :
GO2_&SEN2_&RCR2-ICVON/-GO2/LSW2/NOTA”
S GFLT C GFLT
: :
-IOLPT-ICVON/IOLPT_&RESET
S ERMS C ERMS
: :
-IAVBL_&IOLPT-ICVON/(IAVBL/-IOLPT)_&RESET
S ETIM C ETIM
: :
LCT1_&((SEN1_&-LSW1)/(SEN2_&-LSW2))-ICVON/RESET
S POS1 C POS1
: :
LSW1_&(-POS2/-LSW2_&CLERPS)-ICVON/LSWALL/LSW1_&(CLERPS/SEN2”/OSG2/-ERPS”_&LSW1)
S POS2 C POS2
: :
LSW2_&(-POS1/-LSW1_&CLERPS)-ICVON/LSWALL/LSW2_&(CLERPS/SEN1”/OSG1/-ERPS”_&LSW2)
OPL1
:=
-SEN1_&-OPS1_&IRCR1
OPL2
:=
-SEN2_&-OPS2_&RCR2
TEST
:=
TEST
S BLOCK C BLOCK
= =
BLOCK -ICVON/-BLOCK_&RESET
S DOWNL C DOWNL
= =
DOWNL -ICVON/-DOWNL_&RESET
S GWARN C GWARN
= =
GWARN -GWARN_&RESET
S EARTH C EARTH
= =
EARTH -ICVON/-EARTH_&RESET
S IMAX C IMAX
= =
IMAX -ICVON/-IMAX_&RESET
S OVLD C OVLD
= =
OVLD/-OLPT -ICVON/-OVLD_&OLPT_&RESET
en-YN.YNT.001.A
3-983
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-984
S THERM C THERM
= =
THERM -ICVON/-THERM_&RESET
EPSL
:=
PRES_&-DAVB
PSLA
:=
-EPSL_&PRES
Status word S SEN1 C SEN1
: :
GO1_&(LSW2/-GO2)_&-SEN2-ICVON/-GO1/NOTA”/LSW1/EROP”
S SEN2 C SEN2
: :
GO2_&(LSW1/-GO1)_&-SEN1-ICVON/-GO2/NOTA”/LSW2/EROP”
OSG1
:=
OPS1”
OSG2
:=
OPS2”
DAVB
:=
ICVON_&-NOTA”
EROR
:=
EROP”
OPER
:=
IMIN
QBAD
:=
-SLAVE_OK
LOCA
:=
(-AVBL/LSER)_&SLAVE_OK
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
Block view
Fig. 155: RVDL_SVP block
Starting characteristics During the CPU start-up the RVDL_SVP block is deactivated. All internal state flags (shown in the data word) are reset. Following start-up the block waits for the number of cycles projected in the input RUNUPCYC, and will only be activated thereafter. A first start-up whilst the program is running is treated internally like a CPU startup. Time behaviour The block must be called via a time interrupt OB or OB1. It does not have a parameter for the sampling interval. Behaviour in case of a time error In the case of a time error the outputs will then be reset. In addition the internal state flags will be reset. Message actions The block RVDL_SVP internally uses an ALARM_8P block for generating the messages. Messages are generated for the following tripping devices: ● Operating trouble (EROP) ● SIMOCODE pro V group fault (GFLT) ● Machine availability (AVBL) ● Machine protection (PMI1)
en-YN.YNT.001.A
3-985
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-986
● Position monitoring (ERPS) ● Monitoring time (ETIM) ● Check-back signal (RCR1) ● Motor blocked (BLOCK) ● SIMOCODE pro V to download mode (DOWNL) ● SIMOCODE pro V group warning (GWARN) ● Earth fault (EARTH) ● Maximum motor current (IMAX) ● Overload (OLPT and OVLD) ● Thermistor error (THERM) ● Overload and asymmetry (UNSYM) ● Preselection error (EPSL) The messages can be suppressed by setting the input SUPR or by resetting the input RLSA. The input SUPR, however, is activated by the operator interface (WinCC), and RLSA by the program. The inputs CVON (at value 0) and CSF (at value 1) also suppress the output of messages. Assignment of message text and message class to the block parameters Mess. Block Default message text no. parameter
Message Suppressable class
1
EROP
$$BlockComment$$ @1I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
2
GFLT
$$BlockComment$$ @2I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
3
ERMS
$$BlockComment$$ @3I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
4
ERPI
$$BlockComment$$ @4I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
5
ERPS
$$BlockComment$$ @5I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
6
ETIM
$$BlockComment$$ @6I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
7
ERRC
$$BlockComment$$ @7I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
8 9
$$BlockComment$$ @8I%t#POLCID_Standard@ BLOCK
$$BlockComment$$ @1I%t#POLCID_Standard@
Yes AH
Yes
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
3-987
Mess. Block Default message text no. parameter
Message Suppressable class
10
DOWNL
$$BlockComment$$ @2I%t#POLCID_Standard@
PF
Yes
11
GWARN
$$BlockComment$$ @3I%t#POLCID_Standard@
WH
Yes
12
EARTH
$$BlockComment$$ @4I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
13
IMAX
$$BlockComment$$ @5I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
14
OVLD
$$BlockComment$$ @6I%t#POLCID_Standard@ - @9R%6.1f@A
AH
Yes
15
THERN
$$BlockComment$$ @7I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
16
UNSYM
$$BlockComment$$ @8I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
17
EPSL
$$BlockComment$$ @1I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
$$BlockComment$$ @2I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @3I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @4I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @5I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @6I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @7I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @8I%t#POLCID_Standard@
en-YN.YNT.001.A
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-988
Connections of RVDL_SVP Connection (parameters)
Meaning
Data type
Def.
Type Attr. O&O Perm. values
SUBNETID
Number of the Profibus subsystem of the PLC
INT
0
I
DPPA_ADR
Slave address of the Profibus device
INT
0
I
DADDR
Diagnosis address of the Profibus slave
INT
0
I
STA1
Start drive direction 1
BOOL
0
I
Q
STA2
Start drive direction 2
BOOL
0
I
Q
ILC1
Process-technological interlock direction 1
BOOL
1
I
Q
ILC2
Process-technological interlock direction 2
BOOL
1
I
Q
LSW1
Limit switch direction 1
BOOL
0
I
Q
LSW2
Limit switch direction 2
BOOL
0
I
Q
CVON
Control voltage on
BOOL
1
I
Q
PMI1
Machine protection interlock direction 1
BOOL
1
I
Q
PMI2
Machine protection interlock direction 2
BOOL
1
I
Q
CSF
Control system error
BOOL
0
I
Q
PRES
Preselection
BOOL
0
I
Q
DOWNL
Set SIMOCODE pro V to download mode
BOOL
0
I
Q
TEST
Set SIMOCODE pro V to test mode
BOOL
0
I
Q
LST1
Local start/stop without PMI1
BOOL
0
I
Q
LST2
Local start/stop without PMI2
BOOL
0
I
Q
LSP1
Local start/stop with PMI1
BOOL
0
I
Q
LSP2
Local start/stop with PMI2
BOOL
0
I
Q
SWRE
Enabling start-up warning
BOOL
1
I
Q
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
3-989
Connection (parameters)
Meaning
Data type
Def.
Type Attr. O&O Perm. values
ESST
Display of softkeys for single faceplate start
BOOL
0
I
+
ENRE
Display of softkeys for faceplate reset
BOOL
0
I
+
SWLO
Start-up warning also in local operating mode
BOOL
0
I
LSEL
Selection LSER switches Simocode device to local operating mode
BOOL
0
I
RLSA
Enabling alarm generation
BOOL
1
I
EPB_TO_VI
Display of softkey for PB_VISU and for display of status TEXT_01
BOOL
0
I
RES_VI
Reset signal from PB_VISU
BOOL
0
I
Q
TEXT_01
Status display
BOOL
0
I
Q
+
TIME1
Monitoring time setpoint value
REAL
5.0
I
BQ
+
BW
Belt width for filtering motor current value
INT
1
I
Q
FF
Filter factor motor current value
REAL
0.5
I
Q
ILH
Rated current for motor current value calibration
REAL
100.0
I
Q
WACYC
Waiting cycle for reading diagnosis data
REAL
10800.0 I
Q
RUNUPCYC
Waiting cycles at start
INT
3
I
EV_ID1
Message ID no. 1
DWORD 0
I
M
EV_ID2
Message ID no. 2
DWORD 0
I
M
EV_ID3
Message ID no. 3
DWORD 0
I
M
RESET
Resetting error SIMOCODE pro V
BOOL
0
IO
BQ
+
LSER
Enabling of local operation
BOOL
0
IO
BQ
+
SST1
Single start direction 1
BOOL
0
IO
B
+
SST2
Single start direction 2
BOOL
0
IO
B
+
SUPR
Suppression of alarms
BOOL
0
IO
B
+
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Q +
+
>0
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-990
Connection (parameters)
Meaning
Data type
Def.
Type Attr. O&O Perm. values
PAGE
Activated page of the faceplate
INT
1
IO
B
+
VALUE_CODE Coding the values for transfer to the faceplate
INT
1
IO
B
+
EV1_SIG1
Index variable for message no. 1
INT
1
IO
EV1_SIG2
Index variable for message no. 2
INT
29
IO
EV1_SIG3
Index variable for message no. 3
INT
3
IO
EV1_SIG4
Index variable for message no. 4
INT
5
IO
EV1_SIG5
Index variable for message no. 5
INT
9
IO
EV1_SIG6
Index variable for message no. 6
INT
7
IO
EV1_SIG7
Index variable for message no. 7
INT
8
IO
EV1_SIG8
Index variable for message no. 8
INT
0
IO
EV2_SIG1
Index variable for message no. 9
INT
30
IO
EV2_SIG2
Index variable for message no. 10
INT
31
IO
EV2_SIG3
Index variable for message no. 11
INT
32
IO
EV2_SIG4
Index variable for message no. 12
INT
33
IO
EV2_SIG5
Index variable for message no. 13
INT
34
IO
EV2_SIG6
Index variable for message no. 14
INT
2
IO
EV2_SIG7
Index variable for message no. 15
INT
40
IO
EV2_SIG8
Index variable for message no. 16
INT
36
IO
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
3-991
Connection (parameters)
Meaning
Data type
Def.
Type Attr. O&O Perm. values
EV3_SIG1
Index variable for message no. 17
INT
160
IO
EV3_SIG2
Index variable for message no. 18
INT
0
IO
EV3_SIG3
Index variable for message no. 19
INT
0
IO
EV3_SIG4
Index variable for message no. 20
INT
0
IO
EV3_SIG5
Index variable for message no. 21
INT
0
IO
EV3_SIG6
Index variable for message no. 22
INT
0
IO
EV3_SIG7
Index variable for message no. 23
INT
0
IO
EV3_SIG8
Index variable for message no. 24
INT
0
IO
OSG1
Operating message direction 1 BOOL
0
O
Q
OSG2
Operating message direction 2 BOOL
0
O
Q
DAVB
Drive is available
BOOL
0
O
Q
EROR
Drive is faulty
BOOL
0
O
Q
DOFF
Drive is off
BOOL
0
O
Q
SWST
Start start-up warning
BOOL
0
O
Q
OPER
Drive is operating (locally or automatically)
BOOL
0
O
Q
QBAD
Profibus slave faulty
BOOL
0
O
Q
LOCA
Drive is in local operating mode
BOOL
0
O
Q
LSW1I
Internal limit switch direction 1
BOOL
0
O
Q
LSW2I
Internal limit switch direction 2
BOOL
0
O
Q
TRQ1
Torque limit switch direction 1
BOOL
0
O
Q
TRQ2
Torque limit switch direction 2
BOOL
0
O
Q
PB_VISU
Output bit
BOOL
0
O
BQ
+
ACT1
Current monitoring time
REAL
0.0
O
Q
+
en-YN.YNT.001.A
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-992
Connection (parameters)
Meaning
Data type
Def.
Type Attr. O&O Perm. values
A1
Current motor current
REAL
0.0
O
Q
+
OPTI
Current operating hours SIMOCODE pro V
REAL
0.0
O
Q
+
NOST
Number of starts performed
REAL
0.0
O
Q
+
NOOV
Number of overload trippings
REAL
0.0
O
Q
+
I_MAX
Maximum current in % of set current
REAL
0.0
O
PW
Parameter word
DWORD 0
O
Q
+
DW
Data word
DWORD 0
O
Q
+
SW
Status word
DWORD 0
O
Q
+
DWA
Extended diagnosis data for faceplate
DWORD 0
O
Q
+
DWB
Extended diagnosis data for faceplate
DWORD 0
O
Q
+
DWC
Extended diagnosis data for faceplate
DWORD 0
O
Q
+
Operation and observation of RVDL_SVP See the description of the block symbol and the faceplate in the corresponding manual in this regard. PW, DW and SW of RVDL_SVP The inputs, outputs and the internal status of the respective block are mapped on the parameter word, the data word and the status word. The assignment of the bits is found in the following table:
> RVDL_SVP < Bit
Parameter word
Data word
Status word
0
STA1
OPS1
SEN1
1
STA2
EROP
SEN2
2
ILC1
OPS2
OSG1
3
ILC2
NOTA
OSG2
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
3-993
4
LSW1
POS1
5
LSW2
POS2
DAVB
OPL1
EROR
6 7
CVON
OLP2
8
GFLT
GFLT
DOFF
9
AVBL
ERMS
SWST
10
RCR1
OPER
11
RCR2
QBAD
12
PMI1
ERPI
LSW1I
13
PMI2
ERPS
LSW2I
ETIM
TRQ1
14 15
TRQ2
16
LSER
ERRC
SWST
17
LST1
TEST
LOCA
18
LST2
BLOCK
19
LSP1
DOWNL
20
LSP2
GWARN
21
SST1
EARTH
22
SST2
IMAX
23
OVLD
24
SWRE
THERM
25
CSF
UNSYM
26
DOWNL
EPSL
27
TEST
PSLA
28
PRES
COLOUR_1
29
COLOUR_2
30
COLOUR_3
31
COLOUR_4 In the case of the COLOUR operating states (Maerz drives) the block RVDL_SVP has all defined states from 1 to 11 and 14.
en-YN.YNT.001.A
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-994
DWA, DWB and DWC of RVDL_SVP The block has three additional data words: DWA, DWB and DWC. These words offer additional information on the SIMOCODE pro V motor controller and the Profibus slave. This information is shown in the associated faceplate. The assignment of the data words changes with the value of the input PAGE. When activating the corresponding page of the faceplate, the latter automatically sets the input PAGE to the value corresponding to the activated diagnosis page. The input PAGE may have the following values: Page
Activated diagnosis page of the faceplate
1
:
PROFIBUS – Information on the Profibus slave
2
:
SIMOCODE - Parts of data record 92 are read in
4
:
SIMOCODE - Parts of data records 94 and 95 are read in one after the other
8
SIMOCODE - Parts of data record 92 are read in
100
SIMOCODE - Data records are newly requested With the different values of PAGE the content of the data words DWA, DWB and DWC also varies. In addition, there is the variable VALUE_CODE. This variable encodes single values. The values with their associated VALUE_CODE will then be written sequentially to the data word A. A content list follows below:
> RVDL_SVP with 'PAGE' = 1 < Bit
Data word A
Data word B
Data word C
0
ST_NOEX
HARD_ID
DPPA_ADR
1
ST_NORDY
2
ST_INSLR
3
ST_SENSU
4
ST_MASLO
5
ST_WATCH
6
ST_STDIA
7
ST_EXDIA
8
ST_EXDOV
9
ST_SYNC
10
ST_FREEZ
11
ST_PAREQ
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
12
ST_PARFA
13
ST_SLCCF
14
ST_SLDEA
15
ST_STASL
16
SLAVE_OK
3-995
17 18 19 20 21 22 23
SUBNETID
24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31
> RVDL_SVP with 'PAGE' = 2 < Bit
Data word A
Data word B
0
GENER_FAULT
FAULT_TM_SF
1
WARNING
FAULT_TM_OR
2
FAULT_RUNT_ON
FAULT_PARA
3
FAULT_RUNT_OF
FAULT_TEST_SD
4
FAULT_FEED_ON
FAULT_OPO
5
FAULT_FEED_OF
6
FAULT_COLD_ST
WARN_ASYM
7
FAULT_UVO
WARN_OVL
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Data word C
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-996
8
STA_PLC
WARN_OVL_PF
9
FAULT_BLOCK_S
WARN_BLOCK
10
FAULT_DOUB_0
WARN_TH_OVL
11
FAULT_DOUB_1
WARN_CURR_HI
12
FAULT_END_PO
WARN_CURR_LO
13
FAULT_ANTIVAL
WARN_TM_HT
14
FAULT_OVLD
WARN_TM_SE
15
FAULT_OVLD_PF
WARN_TM_OR
16
FAULT_ASYM
17
FAULT_MOT_STA
18
FAULT_TH_OVLD
19
FAULT_IMAX
20
FAULT_IMIN
21
FAULT_INT_EF
22
FAULT_TM_TEMP
23
FAULT_EXT_F1
24
FAULT_EXT_F2
25
FAULT_BUS
26
FAULT_PLC
27
FAULT_HW_BU
28
FAULT_MODULE
29
FAULT_CONFIG
30
FAULT_TH_SC
31
FAULT_TH_WB
> RVDL_SVP with 'PAGE' = 4 < VALUE_CODE BYTE
Data word A
101
1
HEAT_UP_MOT_MO
2
PHASE_ASYM
3-4
RECOV_TIME
103
Data word B
Data word C
1-4
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
3-997
3-4 105
1-2 3-4
TIME_TO_TRIP
1-2
I_L1
3-4
I_L2
1-2
I_L3
3-4
NO_OVLD
111
1-4
M_OP_HOURS
113
1-4
NO_START
107
109
> RVDL_SVP with 'PAGE' = 8 < Bit
Data word A
0
GENER_FAULT
1
WARNING
2
STA_DEV
3
STA_BUS
4
STA_PLC
5
STA_CURR
6
ON11
7
ON1
8
OFF
9
ON2
10
ON22
11
START_ACTIVE
12
LOCK_ACTIVE
13
IDL_TIME
14
OPER_PRO_OFF
15
AUTO_MODE
16
TEST_POS_FEED
17
FEED_CLOSE
18
FEED_OPEN
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Data word B
Data word C
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-998
19
TRQ_CLOSE
20
TRQ_OPEN
21
COOL_DOWN_TIM
22
BREA_TIM_ACT
23
EMER_STA_EXE
24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
3.112 Maerz blocks: CONT_SVP: actuator with SIMOCODE pro V and preselection Description of CONT_SVP
Object name (Type + Number) FB 618 Calling OBs The time interrupt OB in which the block is installed (e.g. OB 35). Function The block is used for controlling a reversible drive which is driven by a SIMOCODE pro V motor controller. The SIMOCODE pro V is connected to the PLC via the Profibus. The block communicates directly with the Profibus device SIMOCODE pro V. Profibus In order to integrate the block, the type SIMOCODE pro V (PDM) is used for this purpose in the PCS7 program HW Konfig. This is part of the scope of supply of the PCS7 and does not need to be installed subsequently. In HW Konfig, in the catalogue, the profile Standard is set for this purpose. Now the folder PROFIBUS-DP is opened. There, the subfolders "DP V0 Slaves, Switchgear and SIMOCODE" are opened. Here, the entry SIMOCODE pro V (PDM) is located.
Fig. 156: HW Konfig with SIMOCODE pro V
This entry is used for the definition of the Profibus-DP slave. As standard, the base type 1 is used as a block. Following the definition of the Profibus slave, a setting must be carried out. To this end the object properties and then the page 'Parameterising the slave' must be opened.
en-YN.YNT.001.A
3-999
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-1000
Fig. 157: Object properties of SIMOCODE pro V PDM
Here, under "Station parameters" in the line "DPV1-Alarms" the entries "Diagnosis alarms" and "Process interrupts" must be activated by means of a tick. Only if the above-stated settings for a SIMOCODE pro V have been completely made, will the full functional scope of the block be ensured. Operating principle The block communicates directly with the SIMOCODE pro V motor controller. This device is defined as a Profibus slave. At the input SUBNETID, the number of the Profibus system, which the SIMOCODE pro V is connected to, must be entered. At the input DPPA_ADR the slave address of the SIMOCODE pro V must be entered and at the input DADDR the diagnose address of the SIMOCODE pro C must be entered. All these values may be taken from the hardware configuration of a STEP7 project. Using these values, the block can communicate automatically with the corresponding SIMOCODE pro V.
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
Internally, the same logic is used as for the block CONT_DO (FB 506). However, the block CONT_SVP reads some signals directly from the Profibus (SIMOCODE pro V) and these need not be connected as inputs or outputs. These are the inputs OLPT, AVBL, SEN1 and SEN2. They are read directly by the SIMOCODE pro V or written to the SIMOCODE pro V. These inputs and outputs will nevertheless be used in the internal logic. In addition, status signals are still used in the interlock system which the SIMOCODE pro V generates. In detail, these are the signals READY, FAULT, AUTO and IMIN. If the drive is available, i.e. the 'DAVB' bit in the status word is set, the CONT_DO operates as a three-step controller. If the deviation between the actual value ACT and the setpoint SET is greater than the switching difference SWIT, the output 'CLSE' or 'OPEN' in the data word is set according to the sign of the deviation and the bit 'SEN1' or 'SEN2' is simultaneously set in the status word, which must then be switched to the associated digital outputs in the drive program. The setpoint value is formed from the automatic setpoint value ASET (can be connected in the program) and the setpoint value from the faceplate SET. By means of the input AUTO it is selected which of the two setpoint values is activated. With AUTO = 0, setpoint value SET is active, and with AUTO = 1 setpoint value ASET is active. In the case of AUTO = 1 the setpoint value is deactivated in the faceplate and the value of SET is equalled to the value of ASET. A special function of the drive block is movement to specific positions in dependence on the control bits in the parameter word. For this, the limits HIGH and LOW are used as values. The setpoint is overwritten with a specified limit value by setting two bits in the parameter word. After releasing the forced limit, normal operation is resumed only if a new, changed setpoint is sent. During the travel time of the actuator the input of the position check-back must have changed by at least 0.0025 within the time TIMEOUT (in seconds). If not, a position error is created. After a fault the setpoint must change, in order that a new process is started. The setpoint must also be changed after a forced open/close, in order that it is approached to. The current set up setpoint is displayed in the variable CSET. The availability of the actuator is monitored in a similar manner as normal drives because the same signals are received from the inputs (CVON, OLPT AVBL and PMI1/2) Bit 'ERDS' is set when the associated input bit in the parameter word 'IODS' is set whereas these inputs influence the status bit 'DAVB': Switching of the input bit 'IODS' (analogue input fault) is performed with the availability flag of the analogue channel. Monitoring of the limit switches is performed in the same manner as in the 'VALV' block, i.e. non-availability is only signalled when both limit switches are closed.
en-YN.YNT.001.A
3-1001
User manual
Blocks 3-1002
®
POLCID for administrators
The limit position HIGH can be moved to by setting the input HILI, and the limit position LOW can be moved to by setting the input LOLI. The input RLS generally enables adjustment or blocks the same. At RLS = 0 both outputs SEN1 and SEN2 are deactivated. With the signals LSER, LST1/2 and LSP1/2 it is possible to operate the drive via external switches, keyboards or from the control panel. With the signal LSER the drive is switched to local operation. The availability of the drive disappears therewith. Via the signals LST1/2 and LSP1/2 the drive can be started. Note Via the signals LST1/2 and LSP1/2, the drive can be started ("1") or stopped ("0"). Via LST1/2 the drive is started independently from the interlock signals! Via LSP1/2 the signals CVON, OLPT and PMI1/2 are taken into consideration. As long as the start signals are pending the drive runs, if the start signal changes to zero the drive is stopped. The block additionally outputs the motor current of the drive at output A1. Standardised from 0 to 100 % of the rated current, the motor current is read by the SIMOCODE pro V. By means of the rated current ILH it is calibrated into the unit Ampere and filtered with BW and FF.
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
This filtration works according to the following formula: Y(n+1) = Y(n) + ( FF * ( VAL - Y(n) ) ) (n) :
Index of the last filtered measured value
(n+1) :
Index of the new filtered measured value
VAL :
Unfiltered input value
FF :
Filter factor (Range between 0 and 1)
The newly determined value will be processed further only then if it differs from the most recent determined value by at least the bandwidth (BW) value. The block cyclically reads the extended diagnosis data which the SIMOCODE pro V provides. These are e.g. the operating hours or the number of starts of the SIMOCODE pro V. These data are shown in the faceplate. The block is called up in the event of a change of the diagnosis data via an interrupt and will then read the same in an event-controlled fashion. In addition there exists a cycle for the reading of the diagnosis data. The cycle time can be parameterised in the input WACYC. The standard setting for the cycle time is 10800 seconds (3 hours). Via the input PAGE, the faceplate communicates which page of the diagnosis the plant operator has called up. The block then writes the required data into the outputs DWA, DWB and DWC. They are evaluated on the faceplate page called up. For the various different diagnosis pages, the content of the three outputs differs and will not be further described here. The faceplate is able to interpret the data accordingly. In addition, there is the input PRES. If PRES is set and the drive is available (DAVB), then the drive is preselected. If PRES is set, but the drive is not available, then the alarm EPSL is set. As a further logic PB_TO_VI is contained (see page 3-810) . The button for setting PB_VISU as well as the current status of TEXT_01 will only become visible in the faceplate, if the input EPB_TO_VI is set to 1. Internal logic The sequence of the flags is determined by the sequence in which they must be generated. In this relation, the flags marked (with ") must be taken into account in the setting and reset conditions!
en-YN.YNT.001.A
3-1003
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-1004
Auxiliary flag IAVBL
:=
AVBL_&AUTO_&-DOWNL
ICVON
:=
CVON_&SLAVE_OK
IOLPT
:=
(OLPT/TEST)_&-FAULT
IHILI
:=
HILI_&READY
ILOLI
:=
LOLI_&READY
Data word S URO1 C URO1
: :
IHILI-ICVON/(-IHILI/ILOLI)
S URO2 C URO2
: :
ILOLI-ICVON/(-ILOLI/IHILI)
S EROP C EROP
: :
(-IODS/LCT-IOLPT/-IAVBL/-PMI1/-PMI2)_&(CLSE/OPEN)ERES/ICVON
NOTA
:=
-ICVON/ERMS”/ERPI”/ERPS”/ERDS”/EROL”/EROP”
S POS1 C POS1
: :
LSW1-ICVON/(-LSW1/LSW2)
S POS2 C POS2
: :
LSW2-ICVON/(-LSW2/LSW1)
CMAN
:=
URO1”/URO2”
GFLT
:=
-IOLPT_&ICVON
ERMS
:=
-IAVBL_&ICVON
ERPI
:=
(-PMI1/-PMI2)_&ICVON
S ERPS C ERPS
: :
LSW1_&LSW2/LCT1_&(OPEN/CLSE)-ICVON/(-LSW1/LSW2)_&(ERES/EROP)
ERDS
:=
IODS_&ICVON
TEST
:=
TEST
S BLOCK C BLOCK
= =
BLOCK -ICVON/-BLOCK_&RESET
S DOWNL C DOWNL
= =
DOWNL -ICVON/-DOWNL_&RESET
S GWARN C GWARN
= =
GWARN -GWARN_&RESET
S EARTH C EARTH
= =
EARTH -ICVON/-EARTH_&RESET
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
S IMAX C IMAX
= =
IMAX -ICVON/-IMAX_&RESET
S OVLD C OVLD
= =
OVLD/-OLPT -ICVON/-OVLD_&OLPT_&RESET
S THERM C THERM
= =
THERM -ICVON/-THERM_&RESET
EPSL
:=
PRES_&-DAVB
PSLA
:=
-EPSL_&PRES
Status word URG1
:=
URO1
URG2
:=
URO2
DAVB
:=
-NOTA_&ICVON
EROR
:=
EROP
MANU
:=
CMAN
OPER
:=
IMIN
QBAD
:=
-SLAVE_OK
LOCA
:=
(-AVBL/LSER)_&SLAVE_OK
en-YN.YNT.001.A
3-1005
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-1006
Block view
Fig. 158: CONT_SVP block
Starting characteristics At CPU start-up the CONT_SVP block is deactivated. All internal state flags (shown in the data word) are reset. Following start-up the block waits for the number of cycles projected in the input RUNUPCYC, and will only be activated thereafter. A first start-up whilst the program is running is treated internally like a CPU startup. Time behaviour The block must be called via a time interrupt OB or OB1. It does not have a parameter for the sampling interval. Behaviour in case of a time error In the case of a time error the outputs will then be reset. In addition the internal state flags will be reset.
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
3-1007
Message actions The block CONT_SVP internally uses an ALARM_8P block for generating the messages. Messages are generated for the following tripping devices: ● Operating trouble (EROP) ● SIMOCODE pro V group fault (GFLT) ● Machine availability (AVBL) ● Position monitoring (ERPS) ● Machine protection (PMI1) ● Position check-back (IODS) ● Motor blocked (BLOCK) ● SIMOCODE pro V to download mode (DOWNL) ● SIMOCODE pro V group warning (GWARN) ● Earth fault (EARTH) ● Maximum motor current (IMAX) ● Overload (OLPT and OVLD) ● Thermistor error (THERM) ● Overload and asymmetry (UNSYM) ● Preselection error (EPSL) The messages can be suppressed by setting the input SUPR or by resetting the input RLSA. The input SUPR, however, is activated by the operator interface (WinCC), and RLSA by the program. The inputs CVON (at value 0) and CSF (at value 1) also suppress the output of messages. Assignment of message text and message class to the block parameters Mess. Block Default message text no. parameter
Message Suppressable class
1
EROP
$$BlockComment$$ @1I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
2
GFLT
$$BlockComment$$ @2I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
3
ERMS
$$BlockComment$$ @3I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
4
ERPS
$$BlockComment$$ @4I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
5
ERPI
$$BlockComment$$ @5I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
6
ERDS
$$BlockComment$$ @6I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
en-YN.YNT.001.A
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-1008
Mess. Block Default message text no. parameter
Message Suppressable class
7
$$BlockComment$$ @7I%t#POLCID_Standard@
Yes
8
$$BlockComment$$ @8I%t#POLCID_Standard@
Yes
9
BLOCK
$$BlockComment$$ @1I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
10
DOWNL
$$BlockComment$$ @2I%t#POLCID_Standard@
PF
Yes
11
GWARN
$$BlockComment$$ @3I%t#POLCID_Standard@
WH
Yes
12
EARTH
$$BlockComment$$ @4I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
13
IMAX
$$BlockComment$$ @5I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
14
OVLD
$$BlockComment$$ @6I%t#POLCID_Standard@ - @9R%6.1f@A
AH
Yes
15
THERN
$$BlockComment$$ @7I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
16
UNSYM
$$BlockComment$$ @8I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
17
EPSL
$$BlockComment$$ @1I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
$$BlockComment$$ @2I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @3I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @4I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @5I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @6I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @7I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @8I%t#POLCID_Standard@
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
3-1009
Connections of CONT_SVP Connection (parameters)
Meaning
Data type
Def.
Type Attr. O&O Perm. values
SUBNETID
Number of the Profibus subsystem of the PLC
INT
0
I
DPPA_ADR
Slave address of the Profibus device
INT
0
I
DADDR
Diagnosis address of the Profibus slave
INT
0
I
HILI
Setting HIGH setpoint value as active setpoint value
BOOL
0
I
Q
LOLI
Setting LOW setpoint value as BOOL active setpoint value
0
I
Q
LSW1
Limit switch direction 1
BOOL
0
I
Q
LSW2
Limit switch direction 2
BOOL
0
I
Q
CVON
Control voltage on
BOOL
1
I
Q
PMI1
Machine protection interlock direction 1
BOOL
1
I
Q
PMI2
Machine protection interlock direction 2
BOOL
1
I
Q
AUTO
Activate ASET ( = 1 ) or SET ( = 0 ) input
BOOL
0
I
Q
IODS
Fault input value ACT
BOOL
1
I
Q
RLS
Enabling outputs SEN1/2
BOOL
1
I
Q
CSF
Control system error
BOOL
0
I
Q
PRES
Preselection
BOOL
0
I
Q
DOWNL
Set SIMOCODE pro V to download mode
BOOL
0
I
Q
TEST
Set SIMOCODE pro V to test mode
BOOL
0
I
Q
LST1
Local start/stop without PMI1
BOOL
0
I
Q
LST2
Local start/stop without PMI2
BOOL
0
I
Q
LSP1
Local start/stop with PMI1
BOOL
0
I
Q
LSP2
Local start/stop with PMI2
BOOL
0
I
Q
en-YN.YNT.001.A
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-1010
Connection (parameters)
Meaning
Data type
Def.
Type Attr. O&O Perm. values
ENRE
Display of softkeys for faceplate reset
BOOL
0
I
LSEL
Selection LSER switches Simocode device to local operating mode
BOOL
0
I
RLSA
Enabling alarm generation
BOOL
1
I
EPB_TO_VI
Display of softkey for PB_VISU and for display of status TEXT_01
BOOL
0
I
RES_VI
Reset signal from PB_VISU
BOOL
0
I
Q
TEXT_01
Status display
BOOL
0
I
Q
ASET
Automatic setpoint value
REAL
0.0
I
Q
ACT
Current position check-back value
REAL
0.0
I
Q
+
HIGH
Upper limit value for setpoint value
REAL
0.0
I
BQ
+
LOW
Lower limit value for setpoint value
REAL
0.0
I
BQ
+
SWIT
Switching hysteresis for comparing setpoint value/actual value
REAL
0.0
I
BQ
+
SAFE
Safety position in case of system failure
REAL
0.0
I
BQ
+
TIMEOUT
Monitoring time for position change
REAL
0.0
I
BQ
+
BW
Belt width for filtering motor current value
INT
1
I
Q
FF
Filter factor motor current value
REAL
0.5
I
Q
ILH
Rated current for motor current value calibration
REAL
100.0
I
Q
WACYC
Waiting cycle for reading diagnosis data
REAL
10800.0 I
Q
RUNUPCYC
Waiting cycles at start
INT
3
I
EV_ID1
Message ID no. 1
DWORD 0
I
+
Q +
+
>0
>0
+
M
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
3-1011
Connection (parameters)
Meaning
Data type
EV_ID2
Message ID no. 2
DWORD 0
I
M
EV_ID3
Message ID no. 3
DWORD 0
I
M
RESET
Resetting error SIMOCODE pro V
BOOL
0
IO
BQ
+
LSER
Enabling of local operation
BOOL
0
IO
BQ
+
SUPR
Suppression of alarms
BOOL
0
IO
B
+
SET
Setpoint value for faceplate
REAL
0.0
IO
B
+
PAGE
Activated page of the faceplate
INT
1
IO
B
+
VALUE_CODE Coding the values for transfer to the faceplate
INT
1
IO
B
+
EV1_SIG1
Index variable for message no. 1
INT
1
IO
EV1_SIG2
Index variable for message no. 2
INT
29
IO
EV1_SIG3
Index variable for message no. 3
INT
3
IO
EV1_SIG4
Index variable for message no. 4
INT
9
IO
EV1_SIG5
Index variable for message no. 5
INT
5
IO
EV1_SIG6
Index variable for message no. 6
INT
10
IO
EV1_SIG7
Index variable for message no. 7
INT
0
IO
EV1_SIG8
Index variable for message no. 8
INT
0
IO
EV2_SIG1
Index variable for message no. 9
INT
30
IO
EV2_SIG2
Index variable for message no. 10
INT
31
IO
EV2_SIG3
Index variable for message no. 11
INT
32
IO
EV2_SIG4
Index variable for message no. 12
INT
33
IO
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Def.
Type Attr. O&O Perm. values
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-1012
Connection (parameters)
Meaning
Data type
Def.
Type Attr. O&O Perm. values
EV2_SIG5
Index variable for message no. 13
INT
34
IO
EV2_SIG6
Index variable for message no. 14
INT
2
IO
EV2_SIG7
Index variable for message no. 15
INT
40
IO
EV2_SIG8
Index variable for message no. 16
INT
36
IO
EV3_SIG1
Index variable for message no. 17
INT
160
IO
EV3_SIG2
Index variable for message no. 18
INT
0
IO
EV3_SIG3
Index variable for message no. 19
INT
0
IO
EV3_SIG4
Index variable for message no. 20
INT
0
IO
EV3_SIG5
Index variable for message no. 21
INT
0
IO
EV3_SIG6
Index variable for message no. 22
INT
0
IO
EV3_SIG7
Index variable for message no. 23
INT
0
IO
EV3_SIG8
Index variable for message no. 24
INT
0
IO
URG1
Forced open command pending (HILI)
BOOL
0
O
Q
URG2
Forced close command pending (LOLI)
BOOL
0
O
Q
DAVB
Drive is available
BOOL
0
O
Q
EROR
Drive is faulty
BOOL
0
O
Q
MANU
Actuator in manual operating mode (no HILI, LOLI)
BOOL
0
O
Q
OPER
Drive is operating (locally or automatically)
BOOL
0
O
Q
QBAD
Profibus slave faulty
BOOL
0
O
Q
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
3-1013
Connection (parameters)
Meaning
Data type
Def.
Type Attr. O&O Perm. values
LOCA
Drive is in local operating mode
BOOL
0
O
Q
LSW1I
Internal limit switch direction 1
BOOL
0
O
Q
LSW2I
Internal limit switch direction 2
BOOL
0
O
Q
TRQ1
Torque limit switch direction 1
BOOL
0
O
Q
TRQ2
Torque limit switch direction 2
BOOL
0
O
Q
PB_VISU
Output bit
BOOL
0
O
BQ
+
CSET
Active internal setpoint value
REAL
0.0
O
Q
+
A1
Current motor current
REAL
0.0
O
Q
+
OPTI
Current operating hours SIMOCODE pro V
REAL
0.0
O
Q
+
NOST
Number of starts performed
REAL
0.0
O
Q
+
NOOV
Number of overload trippings
REAL
0.0
O
Q
+
I_MAX
Maximum current in % of set current
REAL
0.0
O
PW
Parameter word
DWORD 0
O
Q
+
DW
Data word
DWORD 0
O
Q
+
SW
Status word
DWORD 0
O
Q
+
DWA
Extended diagnosis data for faceplate
DWORD 0
O
Q
+
DWB
Extended diagnosis data for faceplate
DWORD 0
O
Q
+
DWC
Extended diagnosis data for faceplate
DWORD 0
O
Q
+
Operation and observation of CONT_SVP See the description of the block symbol and the faceplate in the corresponding manual in this regard.
en-YN.YNT.001.A
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-1014
PW, DW and SW of CONT_SVP The inputs, outputs and the internal stati of the block are mapped on the parameter word, the data word and the status word. The assignment of the bits is found in the following table:
> CONT_SVP < Bit
Parameter word
Data word
Status word
0
HILI
URO1
URG1
1
LOLI
EROP
URG2
2
URO2
SEN1
3
NOTA
SEN2
4
LSW1
POS1
5
LSW2
POS2
DAVB
CMAN
EROR
6 7
CVON
MANU
8
GFLT
GFLT
9
AVBL
ERMS
10
OPER
11
QBAD
12
PMI1
ERPI
LSW1I
13
PMI2
ERPS
LSW2I
ERDS
TRQ1
14 15
AUTO
EPSL
TRQ2
16
IODS
CLSE
LOCA
17
RLS
OPEN
18
TEST
19
BLOCK
20
DOWNL
DOWNL
21
LSER
GWARN
22
LST1
EARTH
23
LST2
IMAX
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
3-1015
24
LSP1
OVLD
25
LSP2
THERM
26
CSF
UNSYM
27
TEST
PSLA
28
PRES
COLOUR_1
29
COLOUR_2
30
COLOUR_3
31
COLOUR_4 In the case of the COLOUR operating states (Maerz drives) the block CONT_SVP has all defined states from 1 to 11 and 14.
DWA, DWB and DWC of CONT_SVP The block has three additional data words: DWA, DWB and DWC. These words offer additional information on the SIMOCODE pro V motor controller and the Profibus slave. This information is shown in the associated faceplate. The assignment of the data words changes with the value of the input PAGE. When activating the corresponding page of the faceplate, the latter automatically sets the input PAGE to the value corresponding to the activated diagnosis page. The input PAGE may have the following values: Page
Activated diagnosis page of the faceplate
1
:
PROFIBUS – Information on the Profibus slave
2
:
SIMOCODE - Parts of data record 92 are read in
4
:
SIMOCODE - Parts of data records 94 and 95 are read in one after the other
8
SIMOCODE - Parts of data record 92 are read in
100
SIMOCODE - Data records are newly requested With the different values of PAGE the content of the data words DWA, DWB and DWC also varies. In addition, there is the variable VALUE_CODE. This variable encodes single values. The values with their associated VALUE_CODE will then be written sequentially to the data word A.
en-YN.YNT.001.A
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-1016
A content list follows below: > CONTL_SVP with 'PAGE' = 1 < Bit
Data word A
Data word B
0
ST_NOEX
HARD_ID
1
ST_NORDY
2
ST_INSLR
3
ST_SENSU
4
ST_MASLO
5
ST_WATCH
6
ST_STDIA
7
ST_EXDIA
8
ST_EXDOV
9
ST_SYNC
10
ST_FREEZ
11
ST_PAREQ
12
ST_PARFA
13
ST_SLCCF
14
ST_SLDEA
15
ST_STASL
16
SLAVE_OK
Data word C
DPPA_ADR
SUBNETID
17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
3-1017
28 29 30 31
> CONTL_SVP with 'PAGE' = 2 < Bit
Data word A
Data word B
0
GENER_FAULT
FAULT_TM_SF
1
WARNING
FAULT_TM_OR
2
FAULT_RUNT_ON
FAULT_PARA
3
FAULT_RUNT_OF
FAULT_TEST_SD
4
FAULT_FEED_ON
FAULT_OPO
5
FAULT_FEED_OF
6
FAULT_COLD_ST
WARN_ASYM
7
FAULT_UVO
WARN_OVL
8
STA_PLC
WARN_OVL_PF
9
FAULT_BLOCK_S
WARN_BLOCK
10
FAULT_DOUB_0
WARN_TH_OVL
11
FAULT_DOUB_1
WARN_CURR_HI
12
FAULT_END_PO
WARN_CURR_LO
13
FAULT_ANTIVAL
WARN_TM_HT
14
FAULT_OVLD
WARN_TM_SE
15
FAULT_OVLD_PF
WARN_TM_OR
16
FAULT_ASYM
17
FAULT_MOT_STA
18
FAULT_TH_OVLD
19
FAULT_IMAX
20
FAULT_IMIN
21
FAULT_INT_EF
22
FAULT_TM_TEMP
23
FAULT_EXT_F1
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Data word C
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-1018
24
FAULT_EXT_F2
25
FAULT_BUS
26
FAULT_PLC
27
FAULT_HW_BU
28
FAULT_MODULE
29
FAULT_CONFIG
30
FAULT_TH_SC
31
FAULT_TH_WB
> CONTL_SVP with 'PAGE' = 4 < VALUE_CODE BYTE
Data word A
101
1
HEAT_UP_MOT_MO
2
PHASE_ASYM
3-4
RECOV_TIME
103
Data word B
Data word C
1-4 3-4
105
1-2 3-4
TIME_TO_TRIP
1-2
I_L1
3-4
I_L2
1-2
I_L3
3-4
NO_OVLD
111
1-4
M_OP_HOURS
113
1-4
NO_START
107
109
> CONTL_SVP with 'PAGE' = 8 < Bit
Data word A
0
GENER_FAULT
1
WARNING
2
STA_DEV
Data word B
Data word C
en-YN.YNT.001.A
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
3
STA_BUS
4
STA_PLC
5
STA_CURR
6
ON11
7
ON1
8
OFF
9
ON2
10
ON22
11
START_ACTIVE
12
LOCK_ACTIVE
13
IDL_TIME
14
OPER_PRO_OFF
15
AUTO_MODE
16
TEST_POS_FEED
17
FEED_CLOSE
18
FEED_OPEN
19
TRQ_CLOSE
20
TRQ_OPEN
21
COOL_DOWN_TIM
22
BREA_TIM_ACT
23
EMER_STA_EXE
24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-1019
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-1020
3.113 Maerz blocks: MICROM_P: Siemens MICROMASTER frequency converter and preselection Description of MICROM_P
Object name (Type + Number) FB 620 Calling OBs The time interrupt OB in which the block is installed (e.g. OB 35). Function The block is used for controlling a type MICROMASTER frequency converter by Siemens. The frequency converter is connected to the PLC via the Profibus. The block communicates directly with the Profibus device. Profibus In order to integrate the block, the type MICROMASTER 4 is used for this purpose in the PCS7 program HW Konfig. This must be installed additionally. The GSD file necessary for this purpose can be obtained from the manufacturer. In addition, the supplier of the frequency converter normally also provides the appropriate GSD file. It must then be installed in HW Konfig. In HW Konfig, in the catalogue, the profile Standard is set for locating the same. Now the folder PROFIBUS-DP is opened. There the subfolders "Further field equipment, Drives and SIMOVERT" are opened. Here, the entry MICROMASTER 4 is found.
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
Fig. 159: HW Konfig with MICROMASTER 4
This entry is used for the definition of the Profibus-DP slave. As a block in block slot 1, 0 PKW, 4 PZD whole cons. is used. Operating principle The block communicates directly with the frequency converter. This device is defined as a Profibus slave. At the input SUBNETID, the number of the Profibus system, which the MICROMASTER is connected to, must be entered. At the input DPPA_ADR the slave address of the MICROMASTER must be entered and at the input DADDR the diagnose address of the MICROMASTER must be entered. All these values may be taken from the hardware configuration of a STEP7 project. Using these values, the block can communicate automatically with the corresponding frequency converter. Internally, the same logic is used as for the block UNID (FB 501). However, the block MICROM_P reads some signals directly from the Profibus and these need not be connected as inputs or outputs.
en-YN.YNT.001.A
3-1021
User manual
Blocks 3-1022
®
POLCID for administrators
These are the inputs OLPT, AVBL, RCR1, PWON and SEN1. They are read directly from the frequency converter, or they are written directly to the frequency converter. These inputs and outputs will nevertheless be used in the internal logic. In addition, the interlock system still uses status signals generated by the frequency converter. These are the signals OLPT1, OLPT2, RDY_SWIT, SWIT_INH and FAULT. A valid starting command exists when the signals: 'STA1', 'ILC1', 'AVBL', 'OLPT', 'LEMO' and 'PMI1' are set and the stopping command 'STOP' is not set. In this case, the start enable signal 'SEN1' and the run command 'PWON' are set (activation signals for the motor). If the check-back signal 'RCR1' is set together with the speed monitor signal 'SPCL' when a valid starting command is active, the control state switches to selflatching status. It is a characteristic of this state that the operating bits 'OSG1', 'OPS1' are set and that the start release command 'SEN1' is reset while the run command 'PWON' is set. From this moment, the starting commands 'STA1' or 'STA2' can be rescinded without risking reset of the run command PWON. The setting drive is stopped correctly by setting the stopping command 'STOP' or when the process interlock 'ILC1' is deactivated. The monitoring time in seconds TIME1 when a drive is started specifies the period in which the check-back signal RCR1 must be set. In addition, it monitors the time during stopping within which the check-back signal RCR1 must have been reset. If time = 0, no time monitoring of the start and stop is employed. By means of the signals SST1 and SSTP an individual start of the drive can be realised in automatic mode. In the faceplate of the drive, the operator sets the signals SST1 or SSTP. After processing in the block, these signals are reset by the block. After operation of the signal SST1 the output SWST is set at first. By means of this output an external start-up warning can be started. If the start-up warning time has expired, then the input SWRE must be set. In this way, there is a valid starting command and the drive is then started as described above. With the exception of the combination with the signals SWST and SWRE the signal SST1 behaves in the same way as signal STA1. Using SSTP, the drive is stopped. SSTP behaves in the same way with the input STOP. With the signals LSER, LST1 and LSP1 operation of the drive is possible via external switches, keyboards or from the control panel. With the signal LSER the drive is switched to local operation. The availability of the drive disappears therewith. Using the parameter SWLO, it is selected whether the input SWRE is taken into consideration for the evaluation of the inputs LST1 and LSP1. Note Via the signals LST1 and LSP1 the drive can be started (1) or stopped ("0"). Via LST1 the drive is started independently from the interlock signals!
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
Via LSP1 the signals CVON, OLPT, PMI1 and LEMO are taken into consideration. As long as the start signals are pending the drive runs, if the start signal changes to zero the drive is stopped. In addition, this block also supplies some analogue values of the frequency converter. The output SPED indicates the current rotation speed of the drive, and the output POWR contains the power input. The setpoint value is formed from the automatic setpoint value ASET (can be connected in the program) and the setpoint value from the faceplate SET. By means of the input AUTO it is selected which of the two setpoint values is activated. With AUTO = 0, setpoint value SET is active, and with AUTO = 1 setpoint value ASET is active. In the case of AUTO = 1 the setpoint value is deactivated in the faceplate and the value of SET is equalled to the value of ASET. The inputs ILHF and ILLF are the top and bottom limit value for the limitation of the setpoint value and the current rotation speed of the drive, and ILHC is the final value for the calibration of the nominal and actual values of the speed. The input ILHP is used to calibrate power. In addition, there is the input PRES. If PRES is set and the drive is available (DAVB), then the drive is preselected. If PRES is set, but the drive is not available, then the alarm EPSL is set. As a further logic PB_TO_VI is contained (see page 3-810) . The button for setting PB_VISU as well as the current status of TEXT_01 will only become visible in the faceplate, if the input EPB_TO_VI is set to 1. Internal logic The sequence of the flags is determined by the sequence in which they must be generated. In this relation, the flags marked (with ") must be taken into account in the setting and reset conditions! Auxiliary flag ICVON
:=
CVON_&SLAVE_OK
IPMI1
:=
PMI1&_-FAULT_&OLPT2
RESET
:=
-PWON_&(-EROP/ERES)
CLEROP
:=
EROP_&ERES
IAVBL
:=
(RDY_SWIT/RCR1)_&SWIT_INH_&REMOTE
AVAIL
:=
IAVBL_&OLPT_&LEMO_&IPMI1
en-YN.YNT.001.A
3-1023
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-1024
Data word S ERPI C ERPI
: :
-IPMI1-ICVON/IPMI1_&RESET
S ERSP C ERSP
: :
(-ISTA1/OPS1)_&ILC1_&PWON_&-SPCL_&-STOP_&-NOTA”ICVON/CLEROP
S ERRC C ERRC
: :
(-ISTA1/OPS1)_&ILC1_&PWON_&-RCR1_&-STOP_&-NOTA”ICVON/CLEROP
S NOTA C NOTA
: :
-AVAIL/ERSP”/ERRC”/ETIM”-ICVON/AVAIL_&RESET
S EROP C EROP
: :
PWON_&ILC1_&NOTA”_&-STOP-ICVON/CLEROP
S OPS1 C OPS1
: :
PWON_&RCR_&SPCL-ICVON/-RCR/-ILC1
S ERO1 C ERO1
: :
-OLPT1-ICVON/OLPT1_&RESET
S ERMS C ERMS
: :
-IAVBL_&OLPT_&LEMO-ICVON/(IAVBL/-OLPT/-LEMO))_&RESET
S EREO C EREO
: :
-LEMO-ICVON/LEMO_&RESET
OPL1
:=
-OPS1_&RCR1_&-PWON_&-IAVBL_&OLPT
S ETIM C ETIM
: :
-LCT1_&SEN1_&(-RCR1/SPCL)-CLEROP
S GWARN C GWARN
: :
-ALARM -CVON/(ALARM_&RESET)
S GFLT C GFLT
: :
FAULT_&OLPT2 -CVON/(-FAULT_&RESET)
S ERFR C ERFR
: :
FRQ_MAX -CVON/(-FRQ_MAX_&RESET)
S ERCL C ERCL
: :
-CLIM -CVON/(CLIM_&RESET)
S ERO2 C ERO2
: :
-OLPT2 -CVON/(OLPT2_&RESET)
S ERYS C ERYS
: :
-RDY_SWIT_&-RCR1 -CVON/(RDY_SWIT_&RESET)
S ERIN C ERIN
: :
SWIT_INH -CVON/(-SWIT_INH_&RESET)
EPSL
:=
PRES_&-DAVB
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
PSLA
:=
-EPSL_&PRES
Status word S PWON C PWON
: :
STA1_&ILC1-ICVON/NOTA”/STOP/-ILC1
S OSG1 C OSG1
: :
OPS1-OPS1”
S SEN1 C SEN1
: :
PWON”OSG1”/-PWON”
EMOF
:=
EREO”
DAVB
:=
-NOTA”_&ICVON
EROR
:=
EROP”
DOFF
:=
-OSG1”
OPER
:=
OPER_ENB_&SLAVE_OK
LOCA
:=
-AVBL_&SLAVE_OK
QBAD
:=
-SLAVE_OK
Block view
Fig. 160: MICROM_P block
en-YN.YNT.001.A
3-1025
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-1026
Starting characteristics During the CPU start-up the MICROM_P block is deactivated. All internal state flags (shown in the data word) are reset. Following start-up the block waits for the number of cycles projected in the input RUNUPCYC, and will only be activated thereafter. A first start-up whilst the program is running is treated internally like a CPU startup. Time behaviour The block must be called via a time interrupt OB or OB1. It does not have a parameter for the sampling interval. Behaviour in case of a time error In the case of a time error the outputs will then be reset. In addition the internal state flags will be reset. Message actions The block MICROM_P internally uses an ALARM_8P block for generating the messages. Messages are generated for the following tripping devices: ● Operating trouble (EROP) ● Overload (OLPT) ● Machine availability (AVBL) ● Speed monitor (SPCL) ● Machine protection (PMI1) ● Local emergency off (LEMO) ● Monitoring time (ETIM) ● Check-back signal (RCR1) ● MICROMAS group warning (ALARM) ● MICROMAS group fault (FAULT) ● Frequency > maximum (FRQ_MAX) ● Current limit (CLIM) ● Overload frequency converter (OLPT2) ● Not ready to be switched on (RDY_SWIT) ● Cut-in lock (SWIT_INH) ● Preselection error (EPSL) The messages can be suppressed by setting the input SUPR or by resetting the input RLSA. The input SUPR, however, is activated by the operator interface (WinCC), and RLSA by the program. The inputs CVON (at value 0) and CSF (at value 1) also suppress the output of messages. Assignment of message text and message class to the block parameters
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
3-1027
Mess. Block Default message text no. parameter
Message Suppressable class
1
EROP
$$BlockComment$$ @1I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
2
ERO1
$$BlockComment$$ @2I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
3
ERMS
$$BlockComment$$ @3I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
4
ERSP
$$BlockComment$$ @4I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
5
ERPI
$$BlockComment$$ @5I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
6
EREO
$$BlockComment$$ @6I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
7
ETIM
$$BlockComment$$ @7I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
8
ERRC
$$BlockComment$$ @8I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
9
GWARN
$$BlockComment$$ @1I%t#POLCID_Standard@
WH
Yes
10
GFLT
$$BlockComment$$ @2I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
11
ERFR
$$BlockComment$$ @3I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
12
ERCL
$$BlockComment$$ @4I%t#POLCID_Standard@
WH
Yes
13
ERO2
$$BlockComment$$ @5I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
14
ERYS
$$BlockComment$$ @6I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
15
ERIH
$$BlockComment$$ @7I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
AH
Yes
16 17
$$BlockComment$$ @8I%t#POLCID_Standard@ EPSL
18
en-YN.YNT.001.A
$$BlockComment$$ @1I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @2I%t#POLCID_Standard@
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-1028
Mess. Block Default message text no. parameter 19
$$BlockComment$$ @3I%t#POLCID_Standard@
20
$$BlockComment$$ @4I%t#POLCID_Standard@
21
$$BlockComment$$ @5I%t#POLCID_Standard@
22
$$BlockComment$$ @6I%t#POLCID_Standard@
23
$$BlockComment$$ @7I%t#POLCID_Standard@
24
$$BlockComment$$ @8I%t#POLCID_Standard@
Message Suppressable class
Connections of MICROM_P
Connection Meaning (parameters)
Data type
Def.
Type Attr. O&O Perm. values
SUBNETID
Number of the Profibus subsystem INT of the PLC
0
I
DPPA_ADR
Slave address of the Profibus device
INT
0
I
DADDR
Diagnosis address of the Profibus slave
INT
0
I
STA1
Start drive
BOOL
0
I
Q
ILC1
Process-technological interlock
BOOL
1
I
Q
STOP
Stop drive
BOOL
0
I
Q
CVON
Control voltage on
BOOL
1
I
Q
PMI1
Machine protection interlock
BOOL
1
I
Q
SPCL
Speed monitor
BOOL
1
I
Q
LEMO
Local emergency off
BOOL
1
I
Q
AUTO
Activate ASET ( = 1 ) or SET ( = 0 ) input
BOOL
0
I
Q
CSF
Control system error
BOOL
0
I
Q
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
3-1029
Connection Meaning (parameters)
Data type
Def.
Type Attr. O&O Perm. values
PRES
Preselection
BOOL
0
I
Q
LST1
Local start/stop without PMI1
BOOL
0
I
Q
LSP1
Local start/stop with PMI1
BOOL
0
I
Q
SINC
Increase speed locally
BOOL
0
I
Q
SDEC
Reduce speed locally
BOOL
0
I
Q
SWRE
Enabling start-up warning
BOOL
1
I
Q
ESST
Display of softkeys for single faceplate start
BOOL
0
I
+
ENRE
Display of softkeys for faceplate reset
BOOL
0
I
+
SWLO
Start-up warning also in local operating mode
BOOL
0
I
Q
RLSA
Enabling alarm generation
BOOL
1
I
Q
EPB_TO_VI
Display of softkey for PB_VISU and for display of status TEXT_01
BOOL
0
I
RES_VI
Reset signal from PB_VISU
BOOL
0
I
Q
TEXT_01
Status display
BOOL
0
I
Q
ASET
Automatic setpoint value
REAL
0.0
I
Q
ILHF
Upper limit value for speed
REAL
100.0 I
Q
+
ILLF
Lower limit value for speed
REAL
0.0
I
Q
+
ILHC
Upper limit value for speed calibration
REAL
100.0 I
Q
ILHP
Upper limit value for power calibration
REAL
100.0 I
Q
TIME1
Monitoring time setpoint value
REAL
5.0
I
BQ
RUNUPCYC
Waiting cycles at start
INT
3
I
EV_ID1
Message ID no. 1
DWORD 0
I
M
EV_ID2
Message ID no. 2
DWORD 0
I
M
EV_ID3
Message ID no. 3
DWORD 0
I
M
RESET
Resetting error Hasler
BOOL
0
IO
BQ
+
LSER
Enabling of local operation
BOOL
0
IO
BQ
+
SST1
Single start
BOOL
0
IO
B
+
en-YN.YNT.001.A
+
+
+
>0
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-1030
Connection Meaning (parameters)
Data type
Def.
Type Attr. O&O Perm. values
SSTP
Single stop
BOOL
0
IO
B
+
SUPR
Suppression of alarms
BOOL
0
IO
B
+
SET
Setpoint value for faceplate
REAL
0.0
IO
B
+
EV1_SIG1
Index variable for message no. 1
INT
1
IO
EV1_SIG2
Index variable for message no. 2
INT
171
IO
EV1_SIG3
Index variable for message no. 3
INT
3
IO
EV1_SIG4
Index variable for message no. 4
INT
4
IO
EV1_SIG5
Index variable for message no. 5
INT
5
IO
EV1_SIG6
Index variable for message no. 6
INT
6
IO
EV1_SIG7
Index variable for message no. 7
INT
7
IO
EV1_SIG8
Index variable for message no. 8
INT
8
IO
EV2_SIG1
Index variable for message no. 9
INT
136
IO
EV2_SIG2
Index variable for message no. 10
INT
137
IO
EV2_SIG3
Index variable for message no. 11
INT
81
IO
EV2_SIG4
Index variable for message no. 12
INT
138
IO
EV2_SIG5
Index variable for message no. 13
INT
139
IO
EV2_SIG6
Index variable for message no. 14
INT
140
IO
EV2_SIG7
Index variable for message no. 15
INT
141
IO
EV2_SIG8
Index variable for message no. 16
INT
0
IO
EV3_SIG1
Index variable for message no. 17
INT
160
IO
EV3_SIG2
Index variable for message no. 18
INT
0
IO
EV3_SIG3
Index variable for message no. 19
INT
0
IO
EV3_SIG4
Index variable for message no. 20
INT
0
IO
EV3_SIG5
Index variable for message no. 21
INT
0
IO
EV3_SIG6
Index variable for message no. 22
INT
0
IO
EV3_SIG7
Index variable for message no. 23
INT
0
IO
EV3_SIG8
Index variable for message no. 24
INT
0
IO
OSG1
Operating message
BOOL
0
O
Q
EMOF
Emergency off activated
BOOL
0
O
Q
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
Connection Meaning (parameters)
3-1031
Data type
Def.
Type Attr. O&O Perm. values
DAVB
Drive is available
BOOL
0
O
Q
EROR
Drive is faulty
BOOL
0
O
Q
DOFF
Drive is off
BOOL
0
O
Q
SWST
Start start-up warning
BOOL
0
O
Q
OPER
Drive is operating (locally or automatically)
BOOL
0
O
Q
QBAD
Profibus slave faulty
BOOL
0
O
Q
LOCA
Drive is in local operating mode
BOOL
0
O
Q
BREAK
Activating external holding brake
BOOL
0
O
Q
PB_VISU
Output bit
BOOL
0
O
BQ
+
SPED
Current speed
REAL
0.0
O
Q
+
POWR
Current power
REAL
0.0
O
Q
+
ACT1
Current monitoring time
REAL
0.0
O
Q
+
PW
Parameter word
DWORD 0
O
Q
+
DW
Data word
DWORD 0
O
Q
+
SW
Status word
DWORD 0
O
Q
+
DWA
Extended diagnosis data for faceplate
DWORD 0
O
Q
+
DWB
Extended diagnosis data for faceplate
DWORD 0
O
Q
+
DWC
Extended diagnosis data for faceplate
DWORD 0
O
Q
+
Operation and observation of MICROM_P See the description of the block symbol and the faceplate in the corresponding manual in this regard.
en-YN.YNT.001.A
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-1032
PW, DW and SW of MICROM_P The inputs, outputs and the internal status of the respective block are mapped on the parameter word, the data word and the status word. The assignment of the bits is found in the following table:
> MICROM_P < Bit
Parameter word
Data word
Status word
0
STA1
OPS1
SEN1
1 2
EROP ILC1
3
OSG1 NOTA
4
EMOF
5
DAVB
6
STOP
7
CVON
8
OLPT1
ERO1
DOFF
9
AVBL
ERMS
SWST
10
RCR1
ERSP
OPER
11
GFLT
12
PMI1
ERPI
LOCA
13
AUTO
EREO
BREAK
14
SPCL
ETIM
15
LEMO
16
LSER
ERRC
17
LST1
GWARN
18 19
LSP1
PWON
QBAD
ERFR ERCL
SST1
22 23
EROR
GFLT
20 21
OPL1
ERO2 ERYS
SSTP
ERIH
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
3-1033
24
SWRE
EPSL
25
CSF
PSLA
26
OLPT2
27
RDYS
28
INHB
COLOUR_1
29
PRES
COLOUR_2
30
COLOUR_3
31
COLOUR_4 In the case of the COLOUR operating states (Maerz drives), the block MICROM_P does not have all possible states. It features the states with the numbers 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 11, 12 ,13 and 14.
DWA, DWB and DWC of MICROM_P The block has three additional data words: DWA, DWB and DWC. These words offer additional information on the frequency converter and the Profibus slave. This information is shown in the associated faceplate. > MICROM_P < Bit
Data word A
Data word B
Data word C
0
ST_NOEX
HARD_ID
RDY_SWIT
1
ST_NORDY
RDY_OPER
2
ST_INSLR
OPER_ENB
3
ST_SENSU
FAULT
4
ST_MASLO
OFF2
5
ST_WATCH
OFF3
6
ST_STDIA
SWIT_INH
7
ST_EXDIA
ALARM
8
ST_EXDOV
ACTSET
9
ST_SYNC
REMOTE
10
ST_FREEZ
FRANGE
11
ST_PAREQ
CLIM
12
ST_PARFA
BREAK
13
ST_SLCCF
OLPT1
en-YN.YNT.001.A
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-1034
14
ST_SLDEA
DIR_L_R
15
ST_STASL
OLPT2
16
SLAVE_OK
DC_BREAK
17
SLAVE_MMCFC
FRQ_MAX
18
CURR_MAX
19
DPPA_ADR
FRQGACT
20
FRQLACT
21
FRQGSET
22
ULLIM
23
UGLIM
24
OPDIR
25
PILLIM
26
PISAT
27
SUBNETID
28 29 30 31 Profibus interface for MICROM_P The operation of this block with a frequency converter MICROMAS makes a specific Profibus layout on the part of the frequency converter necessary. It must be taken into account here that the LSB and MSB are rotated for bit values during communication. For Int- or Float-values this does not need to be taken into account. The tables below contain the data exchange as it must be defined on the part of the frequency converter. In the Profibus configuration 4 data words of input data and 4 words of output data are defined for the data exchange. In the case of this block 4 words of input data and 2 words of output data are used. These data are described in the following two tables. This signifies that no input words and 2 output words are reserves and are not used by the block. However, the defined data must occur in data exchange exactly in the sequence as defined below.
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
3-1035
Input data from MICROMAS: Word Bit no. no.
Type
MICROMAS designation
LSB
Description
POLCID design.
1st status word
0
0
Bit
Ready to be switched on
RDY_SWIT
0
1
Bit
Ready for operation
RDY_OPER
0
2
Bit
Enable operation
OPER_ENB
0
3
Bit
Group fault
FAULT
0
4
Bit
AUS2
Immediate pulse inhibitor, drive coasts
OFF2
0
5
Bit
AUS3
Quick stop, shutting down with shortest deceleration time
OFF3
0
6
Bit
Cut-in lock
SWIT_INH
0
7
Bit
Group warning
ALARM
MSB 0
8
Bit
Setpoint / actual value deviation within tolerance range
ACTSET
0
9
Bit
Operating mode remote operation
REMOTE
0
10
Bit
Frequency is greater than or equal to setpoint value
FRANGE
0
11
Bit
Motor current has reached current limit
CLIM
0
12
Bit
External holding brake
BREAK
0
13
Bit
Motor overload
OLPT1
0
14
Bit
Travel to left/right
DIR_L_R
0
15
Bit
Converter overload
OLPT2
2nd status word 1
Word
Frequency
SPEED
3rd status word 2
Word LSB
Effective power
POWER
4th status word
3
0
Bit
D.C. injection brake
3
1
Bit
Converter frequency less than shutdown FRQ_MAX limit
3
2
Bit
en-YN.YNT.001.A
DC_BREAK
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-1036
Word Bit no. no.
Type
3
3
3
MICROMAS designation
Description
POLCID design.
Bit
Motor current is greater than or equal to current limitation
CURR_MAX
4
Bit
Actual frequency is greater than reference frequency
FRQGACT
3
5
Bit
Actual frequency is lower than reference FRQLACT frequency
3
6
Bit
Actual frequency is greater than or equal to setpoint value
FRQGSET
3
7
Bit
Voltage lower than threshold value
ULLIM
MSB 3
8
Bit
Voltage greater than threshold value
UGLIM
3
9
Bit
Opposite direction
OPDIR
3
10
Bit
PI frequency is less than threshold value PILLIM
3
11
Bit
PI saturation
3
12
Bit
3
13
Bit
3
14
Bit
3
15
Bit
PISAT
Output data to MICROMAS: Word Bit no. no.
Type
LSB
MICROMAS designation
Description
POLCID design.
1st control word
0
0
Bit
Start/stop drive
OFF1
0
1
Bit
Immediate pulse inhibitor, drive coasts
OFF2
0
2
Bit
Quick stop, shutting down with shortest deceleration time
OFF3
0
3
Bit
Enable operation
OPER_ENB
0
4
Bit
Enable ramp generator
RAMP_ENB
0
5
Bit
Enabling ramp generator setpoint value
RAMP_UNF
0
6
Bit
Release setpoint value
SETP_ENB
0
7
Bit
Reset error
RESET
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
Word Bit no. no.
Type
MICROMAS designation
3-1037
Description
POLCID design.
MSB 0
8
Bit
Jogging right
JOG1
0
9
Bit
Jogging left
JOG2
0
10
Bit
Operating mode remote operation
REMOTE
0
11
Bit
Invert direction of rotation
DIR_INV
0
12
Bit
0
13
Bit
Motor potentiometer up
POTI_PL
0
14
Bit
Motor potentiometer down
POTI_MI
0
15
Bit
Activate parameter set local or remote
PAR_SET
2nd control word 1
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Word
Frequency setpoint value
SETP
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-1038
3.114 Maerz blocks: SIMO_LVP: Siemens SIMOVERT MASTERDRIVES frequency converter and preselection Description of SIMO_LVP Object name (Type + Number) FB 621 Calling OBs The time interrupt OB in which the block is installed (e.g. OB 35). Function The block is used for controlling a type SIMOVERT MASTERDRIVES frequency converter by Siemens. The frequency converter is connected to the PLC via the Profibus. The block communicates directly with the Profibus device. Profibus In order to integrate the block, the type MASTERDRIVES/DC MASTER CBP2 DPV1 is used for this purpose in the PCS7 program HW Konfig. This must be installed additionally. The GSD file necessary for this purpose can be obtained from the manufacturer. In addition, the supplier of the frequency converter normally also provides the appropriate GSD file. It must then be installed in HW Konfig. In HW Konfig, in the catalogue, the profile Standard is set for locating the same. Now the folder PROFIBUS-DP is opened. There the subfolder SIMOVERT is found. Here the entry MASTERDRIVES/DC MASTER CBP2 DPV1 is found.
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
Fig. 161: HW Konfig with MASTERDRIVES/DC MASTER CBP2 DPV1
This entry is used for the definition of the Profibus-DP slave. As a block in block slot 1, PPO 5: 4 PKW , 10 PZD is used. Operating principle The block communicates directly with the frequency converter. This device is defined as a Profibus slave. At the input SUBNETID, the number of the Profibus system, which the SIMOVERT MASTERDRIVES is connected to, must be entered. At the input DPPA_ADR the slave address of the SIMOVERT MASTERDRIVES must be entered and at the input DADDR the diagnose address of the SIMOVERT MASTERDRIVES must be entered. All these values may be taken from the hardware configuration of a STEP7 project. Using these values, the block can communicate automatically with the corresponding frequency converter. Internally, the same logic is used as for the block UNID (FB 501). However, the block SIMO_LVP reads some signals directly from the Profibus and these need not be connected as inputs or outputs. These are the inputs OLPT, AVBL, RCR1, PWON and SEN1. They are read directly from the frequency converter, or they are written directly to the frequency converter. These inputs and outputs will nevertheless be used in the internal logic. In addition, the interlock system still uses status signals generated by the frequency converter. This is the signal FAULT. A valid starting command exists when the signals: 'STA1', 'ILC1', 'AVBL', 'OLPT', 'LEMO' and 'PMI1' are set and the stopping command 'STOP' is not set. In this case, the start enable signal 'SEN1' and the run command 'PWON' are set (activation signals for the motor).
en-YN.YNT.001.A
3-1039
User manual
Blocks 3-1040
®
POLCID for administrators
If the check-back signal 'RCR1' is set together with the speed monitor signal 'SPCL' when a valid starting command is active, the control state switches to selflatching status. It is a characteristic of this state that the operating bits 'OSG1', 'OPS1' are set and that the start release command 'SEN1' is reset while the run command 'PWON' is set. From this moment, the starting commands 'STA1' or 'STA2' can be rescinded without risking reset of the run command PWON. The setting drive is stopped correctly by setting the stopping command 'STOP' or when the process interlock 'ILC1' is deactivated. The monitoring time in seconds TIME1 when a drive is started specifies the period in which the check-back signal RCR1 must be set. In addition, it monitors the time during stopping within which the check-back signal RCR1 must have been reset. If time = 0, no time monitoring of the start and stop is employed. By means of the signals SST1 and SSTP an individual start of the drive can be realised in automatic mode. In the faceplate of the drive, the operator sets the signals SST1 or SSTP. After processing in the block, these signals are reset by the block. After operation of the signal SST1 the output SWST is set at first. By means of this output an external start-up warning can be started. If the start-up warning time has expired, then the input SWRE must be set. In this way, there is a valid starting command and the drive is then started as described above. With the exception of the combination with the signals SWST and SWRE the signal SST1 behaves in the same way as signal STA1. Using SSTP, the drive is stopped. SSTP behaves in the same way with the input STOP. With the signals LSER, LST1 and LSP1 operation of the drive is possible via external switches, keyboards or from the control panel. With the signal LSER the drive is switched to local operation. The availability of the drive disappears therewith. Using the parameter SWLO, it is selected whether the input SWRE is taken into consideration for the evaluation of the inputs LST1 and LSP1. Note Via the signals LST1 and LSP1 the drive can be started (1) or stopped ("0"). Via LST1 the drive is started independently from the interlock signals! Via LSP1 the signals CVON, OLPT, PMI1 and LEMO are taken into consideration. As long as the start signals are pending the drive runs, if the start signal changes to zero the drive is stopped. In addition, this block also supplies some analogue values of the frequency converter. The output SPED indicates the current rotation speed of the drive, and the output POWR contains the power input. The setpoint value is formed from the automatic setpoint value ASET (can be connected in the program) and the setpoint value from the faceplate SET. By means of the input AUTO it is selected which of the two setpoint values is activated. With AUTO = 0, setpoint value SET is active, and with AUTO = 1 setpoint value ASET is active. In the case of AUTO = 1 the setpoint value is deactivated in the faceplate and the value of SET is equalled to the value of ASET.
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
The inputs ILHF and ILLF are the top and bottom limit value for the limitation of the setpoint value and the current rotation speed of the drive, and ILHC is the final value for the calibration of the nominal and actual values of the speed. The input ILHP calibrates power, and input ILHT calibrates torque. In addition, there is the input PRES. If PRES is set and the drive is available (DAVB), then the drive is preselected. If PRES is set, but the drive is not available, then the alarm EPSL is set. As a further logic PB_TO_VI is contained (see page 3-810). The button for setting PB_VISU as well as the current status of TEXT_01 will only become visible in the faceplate, if the input EPB_TO_VI is set to 1. Internal logic The sequence of the flags is determined by the sequence in which they must be generated. In this relation, the flags marked (with ") must be taken into account in the setting and reset conditions! Auxiliary flag ICVON
:=
CVON_&SLAVE_OK
IPMI1
:=
PMI1&_-FAULT
RESET
:=
-PWON_&(-EROP/ERES)
CLEROP
:=
EROP_&ERES
IAVBL
:=
(RDY_SWIT/RCR1)_&SWIT_INH_&REMOTE
AVAIL
:=
IAVBL_&OLPT_&LEMO_&IPMI1
Data word S ERPI C ERPI
: :
-IPMI1-ICVON/IPMI1_&RESET
S ERSP C ERSP
: :
(-ISTA1/OPS1)_&ILC1_&PWON_&-SPCL_&-STOP_&-NOTA”ICVON/CLEROP
S ERRC C ERRC
: :
(-ISTA1/OPS1)_&ILC1_&PWON_&-RCR1_&-STOP_&-NOTA”ICVON/CLEROP
S NOTA C NOTA
: :
-AVAIL/ERSP”/ERRC”/ETIM”-ICVON/AVAIL_&RESET
S EROP C EROP
: :
PWON_&ILC1_&NOTA”_&-STOP-ICVON/CLEROP
S OPS1 C OPS1
: :
PWON_&RCR_&SPCL-ICVON/-RCR/-ILC1
S EROL C EROL
: :
-OLPT-ICVON/OLPT_&RESET
S ERMS
:
-IAVBL_&OLPT_&LEMO-ICVON/(IAVBL/-OLPT/-LEMO))_&RESET
en-YN.YNT.001.A
3-1041
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-1042
C ERMS
:
S EREO C EREO
: :
-LEMO-ICVON/LEMO_&RESET
OPL1
:=
-OPS1_&RCR1_&-PWON_&-IAVBL_&OLPT
S ETIM C ETIM
: :
-LCT1_&SEN1_&(-RCR1/SPCL)-CLEROP
S GWARN C GWARN
: :
-ALARM -CVON/(ALARM_&RESET)
S GFLT C GFLT
: :
FAULT -CVON/(-FAULT_&RESET)
S ERYS C ERYS
: :
-RDY_SWIT_&-RCR1 -CVON/(RDY_SWIT_&RESET)
S ERIN C ERIN
: :
SWIT_INH -CVON/(-SWIT_INH_&RESET)
S ERUV C ERUV
: :
FRQ_MAX -CVON/(-FRQ_MAX_&RESET)
S ERFR C ERFR
: :
FRQ_MAX -CVON/(-FRQ_MAX_&RESET)
S ERTR C ERTR
: :
TEMP_RF -CVON/(-TEMP_RF_&RESET)
S ERTM C ERTM
: :
TEMP_MF -CVON/(-TEMP_MF_&RESET)
S ERTB C ERTB
: :
TURN_BL -CVON/(-TURN_BL_&RESET)
EPSL
:=
PRES_&-DAVB
PSLA
:=
-EPSL_&PRES
Status word S PWON C PWON
: :
STA1_&ILC1-ICVON/NOTA”/STOP/-ILC1
S OSG1 C OSG1
: :
OPS1-OPS1”
S SEN1 C SEN1
: :
PWON”OSG1”/-PWON”
EMOF
:=
EREO”
DAVB
:=
-NOTA”_&ICVON
EROR
:=
EROP”
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
DOFF
:=
-OSG1”
OPER
:=
OPER_ENB_&SLAVE_OK
LOCA
:=
-AVBL_&SLAVE_OK
QBAD
:=
-SLAVE_OK
en-YN.YNT.001.A
3-1043
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-1044
Block view
Fig. 162: SIMO_LVP block
Starting characteristics During the CPU start-up the SIMO_LVP block is deactivated. All internal state flags (shown in the data word) are reset. Following start-up the block waits for the number of cycles projected in the input RUNUPCYC, and will only be activated thereafter. A first start-up whilst the program is running is treated internally like a CPU startup. Time behaviour The block must be called via a time interrupt OB or OB1. It does not have a parameter for the sampling interval. Behaviour in case of a time error In the case of a time error the outputs will then be reset. In addition the internal state flags will be reset. Message actions The block SIMO_LVP internally uses an ALARM_8P block for generating the messages. Messages are generated for the following tripping devices: ● Operating trouble (EROP) ● Overload (OLPT) ● Machine availability (AVBL) ● Speed monitor (SPCL)
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
3-1045
● Machine protection (PMI1) ● Local emergency off (LEMO) ● Monitoring time (ETIM) ● Check-back signal (RCR1) ● SIMOV_LV group warning (ALARM) ● SIMOV_LV group fault (FAULT) ● Not ready to be switched on (RDY_SWIT) ● Cut-in lock (SWIT_INH) ● Undervoltage DC-link (UVOLT) ● Frequency > maximum (FRQ_MAX) ● Warning overload converter (OLPT_W) ● Error temperature inverter > maximum (TEMP_RF) ● Warning temperature inverter > maximum (TEMP_RW) ● Warning temperature motor > maximum (TEMP_MW) ● Error temperature motor > maximum (TEMP_MF) ● Error motor tilted or blocked (TURN_BL) ● Preselection error (EPSL) The messages can be suppressed by setting the input SUPR or by resetting the input RLSA. The input SUPR, however, is activated by the operator interface (WinCC), and RLSA by the program. The inputs CVON (at value 0) and CSF (at value 1) also suppress the output of messages. Assignment of message text and message class to the block parameters Mess. Block Default message text no. parameter
Message Suppressable class
1
EROP
$$BlockComment$$ @1I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
2
ERO1
$$BlockComment$$ @2I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
3
ERMS
$$BlockComment$$ @3I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
4
ERSP
$$BlockComment$$ @4I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
5
ERPI
$$BlockComment$$ @5I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
6
EREO
$$BlockComment$$ @6I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
7
ETIM
$$BlockComment$$ -
AH
Yes
en-YN.YNT.001.A
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-1046
Mess. Block Default message text no. parameter
Message Suppressable class
@7I%t#POLCID_Standard@ 8
ERRC
$$BlockComment$$ @8I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
9
GWARN
$$BlockComment$$ @1I%t#POLCID_Standard@
WH
Yes
10
GFLT
$$BlockComment$$ @2I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
11
ERYS
$$BlockComment$$ @3I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
12
ERIH
$$BlockComment$$ @4I%t#POLCID_Standard@
WH
Yes
13
ERUV
$$BlockComment$$ @5I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
14
ERFR
$$BlockComment$$ @6I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
15
WAOL
$$BlockComment$$ @7I%t#POLCID_Standard@
WH
Yes
16
$$BlockComment$$ @8I%t#POLCID_Standard@
17
ERTR
$$BlockComment$$ @1I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
18
WATR
$$BlockComment$$ @2I%t#POLCID_Standard@
WH
Yes
19
WATM
$$BlockComment$$ @3I%t#POLCID_Standard@
WH
Yes
20
ERTM
$$BlockComment$$ @4I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
21
ERTB
$$BlockComment$$ @5I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
AH
Yes
22
$$BlockComment$$ @6I%t#POLCID_Standard@
23
$$BlockComment$$ @7I%t#POLCID_Standard@
24
$$BlockComment$$ @8I%t#POLCID_Standard@
25
EPSL
$$BlockComment$$ -
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
3-1047
Mess. Block Default message text no. parameter
Message Suppressable class
@1I%t#POLCID_Standard@ 26
$$BlockComment$$ @2I%t#POLCID_Standard@
27
$$BlockComment$$ @3I%t#POLCID_Standard@
28
$$BlockComment$$ @4I%t#POLCID_Standard@
29
$$BlockComment$$ @5I%t#POLCID_Standard@
30
$$BlockComment$$ @6I%t#POLCID_Standard@
31
$$BlockComment$$ @7I%t#POLCID_Standard@
32
$$BlockComment$$ @8I%t#POLCID_Standard@
Connections of SIMO_LVP
Connection Meaning (parameters)
Data type
Def.
Type Attr. O&O Perm. values
SUBNETID
Number of the Profibus subsystem INT of the PLC
0
I
DPPA_ADR
Slave address of the Profibus device
INT
0
I
DADDR
Diagnosis address of the Profibus slave
INT
0
I
STA1
Start drive
BOOL
0
I
Q
ILC1
Process-technological interlock
BOOL
1
I
Q
STOP
Stop drive
BOOL
0
I
Q
CVON
Control voltage on
BOOL
1
I
Q
OLPT
Overload protection
BOOL
1
I
Q
PMI1
Machine protection interlock
BOOL
1
I
Q
SPCL
Speed monitor
BOOL
1
I
Q
en-YN.YNT.001.A
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-1048
Connection Meaning (parameters)
Data type
Def.
Type Attr. O&O Perm. values
LEMO
Local emergency off
BOOL
1
I
Q
AUTO
Activate ASET ( = 1 ) or SET ( = 0 ) input
BOOL
0
I
Q
CSF
Control system error
BOOL
0
I
Q
PRES
Preselection
BOOL
0
I
Q
LST1
Local start/stop without PMI1
BOOL
0
I
Q
LSP1
Local start/stop with PMI1
BOOL
0
I
Q
SINC
Increase speed locally
BOOL
0
I
Q
SDEC
Reduce speed locally
BOOL
0
I
Q
SWRE
Enabling start-up warning
BOOL
1
I
Q
ESST
Display of softkeys for single faceplate start
BOOL
0
I
+
ENRE
Display of softkeys for faceplate reset
BOOL
0
I
+
SWLO
Start-up warning also in local operating mode
BOOL
0
I
Q
RLSA
Enabling alarm generation
BOOL
1
I
Q
EPB_TO_VI
Display of softkey for PB_VISU and for display of status TEXT_01
BOOL
0
I
RES_VI
Reset signal from PB_VISU
BOOL
0
I
Q
TEXT_01
Status display
BOOL
0
I
Q
ASET
Automatic setpoint value
REAL
0.0
I
Q
ILHF
Upper limit value for speed
REAL
0.0
I
Q
+
ILLF
Lower limit value for speed
REAL
0.0
I
Q
+
ILHC
Upper limit value for speed calibration
REAL
100.0 I
Q
ILHP
Upper limit value for power calibration
REAL
100.0 I
Q
ILHT
Upper limit value for torque calibration
REAL
100.0 I
Q
TIME1
Monitoring time setpoint value
REAL
5.0
I
BQ
RUNUPCYC
Waiting cycles at start
INT
3
I
+
+
+
>0
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
3-1049
Connection Meaning (parameters)
Data type
EV_ID1
Message ID no. 1
DWORD 0
I
M
EV_ID2
Message ID no. 2
DWORD 0
I
M
EV_ID3
Message ID no. 3
DWORD 0
I
M
EV_ID4
Message ID no. 4
DWORD 0
I
M
RESET
Resetting error Hasler
BOOL
0
IO
BQ
+
LSER
Enabling of local operation
BOOL
0
IO
BQ
+
SST1
Single start
BOOL
0
IO
B
+
SSTP
Single stop
BOOL
0
IO
B
+
SUPR
Suppression of alarms
BOOL
0
IO
B
+
SET
Setpoint value for faceplate
REAL
0.0
IO
B
+
EV1_SIG1
Index variable for message no. 1
INT
1
IO
EV1_SIG2
Index variable for message no. 2
INT
2
IO
EV1_SIG3
Index variable for message no. 3
INT
3
IO
EV1_SIG4
Index variable for message no. 4
INT
4
IO
EV1_SIG5
Index variable for message no. 5
INT
5
IO
EV1_SIG6
Index variable for message no. 6
INT
6
IO
EV1_SIG7
Index variable for message no. 7
INT
7
IO
EV1_SIG8
Index variable for message no. 8
INT
8
IO
EV2_SIG1
Index variable for message no. 9
INT
142
IO
EV2_SIG2
Index variable for message no. 10
INT
143
IO
EV2_SIG3
Index variable for message no. 11
INT
122
IO
EV2_SIG4
Index variable for message no. 12
INT
141
IO
EV2_SIG5
Index variable for message no. 13
INT
144
IO
EV2_SIG6
Index variable for message no. 14
INT
88
IO
EV2_SIG7
Index variable for message no. 15
INT
145
IO
EV2_SIG8
Index variable for message no. 16
INT
0
IO
EV3_SIG1
Index variable for message no. 17
INT
146
IO
EV3_SIG2
Index variable for message no. 18
INT
147
IO
EV3_SIG3
Index variable for message no. 19
INT
148
IO
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Def.
Type Attr. O&O Perm. values
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-1050
Connection Meaning (parameters)
Data type
Def.
Type Attr. O&O Perm. values
EV3_SIG4
Index variable for message no. 20
INT
40
IO
EV3_SIG5
Index variable for message no. 21
INT
149
IO
EV3_SIG6
Index variable for message no. 22
INT
0
IO
EV3_SIG7
Index variable for message no. 23
INT
0
IO
EV3_SIG8
Index variable for message no. 24
INT
0
IO
EV4_SIG1
Index variable for message no. 25
INT
160
IO
EV4_SIG2
Index variable for message no. 26
INT
0
IO
EV4_SIG3
Index variable for message no. 27
INT
0
IO
EV4_SIG4
Index variable for message no. 28
INT
0
IO
EV4_SIG5
Index variable for message no. 29
INT
0
IO
EV4_SIG6
Index variable for message no. 30
INT
0
IO
EV4_SIG7
Index variable for message no. 31
INT
0
IO
EV4_SIG8
Index variable for message no. 32
INT
0
IO
OSG1
Operating message
BOOL
0
O
Q
EMOF
Emergency off activated
BOOL
0
O
Q
DAVB
Drive is available
BOOL
0
O
Q
EROR
Drive is faulty
BOOL
0
O
Q
DOFF
Drive is off
BOOL
0
O
Q
SWST
Start start-up warning
BOOL
0
O
Q
OPER
Drive is operating (locally or automatically)
BOOL
0
O
Q
QBAD
Profibus slave faulty
BOOL
0
O
Q
LOCA
Drive is in local operating mode
BOOL
0
O
Q
PB_VISU
Output bit
BOOL
0
O
BQ
+
SPED
Current speed
REAL
0.0
O
Q
+
POWR
Current power
REAL
0.0
O
Q
+
TORQ
Current torque
REAL
0.0
O
Q
+
TEMP
Current converter temperature
REAL
0.0
O
Q
+
ACT1
Current monitoring time
REAL
0.0
O
Q
+
PW
Parameter word
DWORD 0
O
Q
+
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
3-1051
Connection Meaning (parameters)
Data type
Def.
Type Attr. O&O Perm. values
DW
Data word
DWORD 0
O
Q
+
SW
Status word
DWORD 0
O
Q
+
DWA
Extended diagnosis data for faceplate
DWORD 0
O
Q
+
DWB
Extended diagnosis data for faceplate
DWORD 0
O
Q
+
DWC
Extended diagnosis data for faceplate
DWORD 0
O
Q
+
Operation and observation of SIMO_LVP See the description of the block symbol and the faceplate in the corresponding manual in this regard. PW, DW and SW of SIMO_LVP The inputs, outputs and the internal status of the respective block are mapped on the parameter word, the data word and the status word. The assignment of the bits is found in the following table:
> SIMO_LVP < Bit
Parameter word
Data word
Status word
0
STA1
OPS1
SEN1
1 2
EROP ILC1
3
OSG1 NOTA
4
EMOF
5
DAVB
6
STOP
7
CVON
8
OLPT
ERO1
DOFF
9
AVBL
ERMS
SWST
10
RCR1
ERSP
OPER
11
GFLT
en-YN.YNT.001.A
OPL1
EROR PWON
QBAD
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-1052
12
PMI1
ERPI
13
AUTO
EREO
14
SPCL
ETIM
15
LEMO
16
LSER
ERRC
17
LST1
GWARN
18 19
GFLT LSP1
20 21
LOCA
ERYS ERIH
SST1
22
ERUV ERFR
23
SSTP
ERTR
24
SWRE
ERTM
25
CSF
ERTB
26
RDYS
EPSL
27
INHB
PSLA
28
PRES
COLOUR_1
29
COLOUR_2
30
COLOUR_3
31
COLOUR_4 In the case of the COLOUR operating states (Maerz drives), the block SIMO_LVP does not have all possible states. It features the states with the numbers 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 11, 12,13 and 14.
DWA, DWB and DWC of SIMO_LVP The block has three additional data words: DWA, DWB and DWC. These words offer additional information on the frequency converter and the Profibus slave. This information is shown in the associated faceplate.
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
3-1053
> SIMO_LVP < Bit
Data word A
Data word B
0
ST_NOEX
RDY_SWIT
1
ST_NORDY
RDY_OPER
2
ST_INSLR
OPER_ENB
3
ST_SENSU
FAULT
4
ST_MASLO
OFF2
5
ST_WATCH
OFF3
6
ST_STDIA
SWIT_INH
7
ST_EXDIA
8
ST_EXDOV
ACTSET
9
ST_SYNC
REMOTE
10
ST_FREEZ
FRANGE
11
ST_PAREQ
UVOLT
12
ST_PARFA
MRACT
13
ST_SLCCF
RAMP_ACT
14
ST_SLDEA
DIR_L_R
15
ST_STASL
KIP_FLN
16
SLAVE_OK
CAT_ACT
17
SLAVE_SIVFC
SYNC
HARD_ID
18 19
Data word C
ALARM
FRQ_MAX DPPA_ADR
EXTFLT1
20
EXTFLT2
21
EXTWARN
22
OLPT_W
23
TEMP_RF
24
SUBNETID
TEMP_RW
25
TEMP_MW
26
TEMP_MF
27
TURN_BL
28
BRACT
en-YN.YNT.001.A
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-1054
29
SYNC_W
30
PRELOAD
31 Profibus interface for SIMO_LVP The operation of this block with a frequency converter SIMO_LVP makes a specific Profibus layout on the part of the frequency converter necessary. It must be taken into account here that the LSB and MSB are rotated for bit values during communication. For Int- or Float-values this does not need to be taken into account. The tables below contain the data exchange as it must be defined on the part of the frequency converter. In the Profibus configuration 14 data words of input data and 14 words of output data are defined for the data exchange. From these, respectively, the first four words are used only for the parameter assignment of the frequency converter. They are not used by the block but cannot be used for other purposes either. In the case of this block 6 words of input data and 2 words of output data are used. These data are described in the following two tables. This signifies that 4 input words and 8 output words are reserves and are not used by the block. However, the defined data must occur in data exchange exactly in the sequence as defined below. Input data from SIMOV_LVP: Word Bit no. no.
Type
SIMO_LVP designation:
LSB
Description
POLCID design.
1st status word
0
0
Bit
Ready to be switched on
RDY_SWIT
0
1
Bit
Ready for operation
RDY_OPER
0
2
Bit
Enable operation
OPER_ENB
0
3
Bit
Group fault
FAULT
0
4
Bit
AUS2
Immediate pulse inhibitor, drive coasts
OFF2
0
5
Bit
AUS3
Quick stop, shutting down with shortest deceleration time
OFF3
0
6
Bit
Cut-in lock
SWIT_INH
0
7
Bit
Group warning
ALARM
MSB 0
8
Bit
Setpoint / actual value deviation within tolerance range
ACTSET
0
9
Bit
Operating mode remote operation
REMOTE
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
Word Bit no. no.
Type
0
10
0
SIMO_LVP designation:
3-1055
Description
POLCID design.
Bit
Frequency is greater than or equal to setpoint value
FRANGE
11
Bit
Undervoltage in DC-link
UVOLT
0
12
Bit
Main contactor is activated
MRACT
0
13
Bit
Run-up initiator is active
RAMP_ACT
0
14
Bit
Travel to left/right
DIR_L_R
0
15
Bit
Function kinetic buffering or flexible yielding is active
KIP_FLN
2nd status word 1
Word
Frequency
SPEED
3rd status word 2
Word LSB
Torque
TORQUE
4th status word
3
0
Bit
Function catching active or exciter time running
CAT_ACT
3
1
Bit
Synchronicity reached
SYNC
3
2
Bit
Frequency is less than shutdown limit
FRQ_MAX
3
3
Bit
External error 1
EXTFLT1
3
4
Bit
External error 2
EXTFLT2
3
5
Bit
External warning
EXTWARN
3
6
Bit
Warning converter thermal overload
OLPT_W
3
7
Bit
Error temperature inverter > maximum
TEMP_RF
MSB 3
8
Bit
Warning temperature inverter > maximum
TEMP_RW
3
9
Bit
Warning temperature motor > maximum
TEMP_MW
3
10
Bit
Error temperature motor > maximum
TEMP_MF
3
11
Bit
3
12
Bit
Motor is tilted or blocked
TURN_BL
3
13
Bit
Bridging contactor is active
BRACT
en-YN.YNT.001.A
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-1056
Word Bit no. no.
Type
3
14
3
15
SIMO_LVP designation:
Description
POLCID design.
Bit
Warning synchronisation error
SYNC_W
Bit
Preloading active
PRELOAD
5th status word 4
Word
Effective power
POWER
6th status word 5
Word
Converter temperature
TEMP
Output data to SIMOV_LVP: Word Bit no. no.
Type
LSB
SIMO_LVP designation:
Description
POLCID design.
1st control word
0
0
Bit
Start/stop drive
OFF1
0
1
Bit
Immediate pulse inhibitor, drive coasts
OFF2
0
2
Bit
Quick stop, shutting down with shortest deceleration time
OFF3
0
3
Bit
Enable operation
OPER_ENB
0
4
Bit
Enable ramp generator
RAMP_ENB
0
5
Bit
Enabling ramp generator setpoint value
RAMP_UNF
0
6
Bit
Release setpoint value
SETP_ENB
0
7
Bit
Reset error
RESET
MSB 0
8
Bit
Jogging right
JOG1
0
9
Bit
Jogging left
JOG2
0
10
Bit
Operating mode remote operation
REMOTE
0
11
Bit
Command right rotating field
ROT_R
0
12
Bit
Command left rotating field
ROT_L
0
13
Bit
Motor potentiometer up
POTI_PL
0
14
Bit
Motor potentiometer down
POTI_MI
0
15
Bit
External error 1
EXTFLT1
2nd control word 1
Word
Frequency setpoint value
SETP
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
3.115 Maerz blocks: FRQCON_P: Frequency converter in general and preselection Description of FRQCON_P Object name (Type + Number) FB 622 Calling OBs The time interrupt OB in which the block is installed (e.g. OB 35). Function The block is used for controlling a frequency converter. The frequency converter is connected to the PLC via the Profibus. The block automatically determines the status of the frequency converter at the Profibus. The interlock system and control signals, however, will be connected to the block by means of inputs and outputs. Using this mechanism, the frequency converters from any manufacturer can be easily controlled and represented. Operating principle The block only determines the status of the frequency converter at the Profibus and represents the same accordingly. The device is defined as a Profibus slave. At the input SUBNETID, the number of the Profibus system, which the frequency converter is connected to, must be entered. At the input DPPA_ADR the slave address of the frequency converter must be entered and at the input DADDR the diagnose address of the frequency converter must be entered. At the input HARD_ID the hardware identification number of the Profibus slave must be stated, by means of which the frequency converter is controlled. All these values may be taken from the hardware configuration of a STEP7 project. Using these values, the block can communicate automatically with the corresponding frequency converter. Internally, the same logic is used as for the block UNID (FB 501). In addition, the interlock system also processes the collective fault signal of the device ;GFLT. The signals ;GWAR and FLT1 to FLT6 are not interlocked and are only used for signalling additional messages or faults. A valid starting command exists when the signals: 'STA1', 'ILC1', 'AVBL', 'OLPT', 'LEMO', 'PMI1' and 'GFLT' are set and the stopping command 'STOP' is not set. In this case, the start enable signal 'SEN1' and the run command 'PWON' are set (activation signals for the motor). If the check-back signal 'RCR1' is set together with the speed monitor signal 'SPCL' when a valid starting command is active, the control state switches to selflatching status. It is a characteristic of this state that the operating bits 'OSG1', 'OPS1' are set and that the start release command 'SEN1' is reset while the run command 'PWON' is set. From this moment, the starting commands 'STA1' or 'STA2' can be rescinded without risking reset of the run command PWON.
en-YN.YNT.001.A
3-1057
User manual
Blocks 3-1058
®
POLCID for administrators
The setting drive is stopped correctly by setting the stopping command 'STOP' or when the process interlock 'ILC1' is deactivated. The monitoring time in seconds TIME1 when a drive is started specifies the period in which the check-back signal RCR1 must be set. In addition, it monitors the time during stopping within which the check-back signal RCR1 must have been reset. If time = 0, no time monitoring of the start and stop is employed. By means of the signals SST1 and SSTP an individual start of the drive can be realised in automatic mode. In the faceplate of the drive, the operator sets the signals SST1 or SSTP. After processing in the block, these signals are reset by the block. After operation of the signal SST1 the output SWST is set at first. By means of this output an external start-up warning can be started. If the start-up warning time has expired, then the input SWRE must be set. In this way, there is a valid starting command and the drive is then started as described above. With the exception of the combination with the signals SWST and SWRE the signal SST1 behaves in the same way as signal STA1. Using SSTP, the drive is stopped. SSTP behaves in the same way with the input STOP. With the signals LSER, LST1 and LSP1 operation of the drive is possible via external switches, keyboards or from the control panel. With the signal LSER the drive is switched to local operation. The availability of the drive disappears therewith. Using the parameter SWLO, it is selected whether the input SWRE is taken into consideration for the evaluation of the inputs LST1 and LSP1. Via the signals LST1 and LSP1 the drive can be started (1) or stopped ("0"). Via LST1 the drive is started independently from the interlock signals! Note Via LSP1 the signals CVON, OLPT, PMI1 and LEMO are taken into consideration. As long as the start signals are pending the drive runs, if the start signal changes to zero the drive is stopped. In addition, this block also supplies some analogue values of the frequency converter. The output SPED indicates the current rotation speed of the drive, and the output POWR contains the power input. The setpoint value is formed from the automatic setpoint value ASET (can be connected in the program) and the setpoint value from the faceplate SET. By means of the input AUTO it is selected which of the two setpoint values is activated. With AUTO = 0, setpoint value SET is active, and with AUTO = 1 setpoint value ASET is active. In the case of AUTO = 1 the setpoint value is deactivated in the faceplate and the value of SET is equalled to the value of ASET. The inputs ILHF and ILLF are the top and bottom limit values for the limitation of the setpoint value and the current rotation speed. The analogue values for speed (I_SPEED), power (I_POWER) and torque (I_TORQUE) are connected via corresponding inputs with the block. For each input, there is a separate calibration factor (CAL_S, CAL_P and CAL_T). This is used to convert the input words into physical units of the type Float.
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
In addition, there is the input PRES. If PRES is set and the drive is available (DAVB), then the drive is preselected. If PRES is set, but the drive is not available, then the alarm EPSL is set. As a further logic PB_TO_VI is contained (see page 3-810) . The button for setting PB_VISU as well as the current status of TEXT_01 will only become visible in the faceplate, if the input EPB_TO_VI is set to 1. Internal logic The sequence of the flags is determined by the sequence in which they must be generated. In this relation, the flags marked (with ") must be taken into account in the setting and reset conditions! Auxiliary flag ICVON
:=
CVON_&SLAVE_OK
IPMI1
:=
PMI1&_GFLT
RESET
:=
-PWON_&(-EROP/ERES)
CLEROP
:=
EROP_&ERES
AVAIL
:=
AVBL_&OLPT_&LEMO_&IPMI1
Data word S ERPI C ERPI
: :
-IPMI1-ICVON/IPMI1_&RESET
S ERSP C ERSP
: :
(-ISTA1/OPS1)_&ILC1_&PWON_&-SPCL_&-STOP_&-NOTA”ICVON/CLEROP
S ERRC C ERRC
: :
(-ISTA1/OPS1)_&ILC1_&PWON_&-RCR1_&-STOP_&-NOTA”ICVON/CLEROP
S NOTA C NOTA
: :
-AVAIL/ERSP”/ERRC”/ETIM”-ICVON/AVAIL_&RESET
S EROP C EROP
: :
PWON_&ILC1_&NOTA”_&-STOP-ICVON/CLEROP
S OPS1 C OPS1
: :
PWON_&RCR_&SPCL-ICVON/-RCR/-ILC1
S EROL C EROL
: :
-OLPT-ICVON/OLPT_&RESET
S ERMS C ERMS
: :
-IAVBL_&OLPT_&LEMO-ICVON/(IAVBL/-OLPT/-LEMO))_&RESET
S EREO C EREO
: :
-LEMO-ICVON/LEMO_&RESET
OPL1
:=
-OPS1_&RCR1_&-PWON_&-IAVBL_&OLPT
en-YN.YNT.001.A
3-1059
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-1060
S ETIM C ETIM
: :
-LCT1_&SEN1_&(-RCR1/SPCL)-CLEROP
S GWARN C GWARN
: :
GWAR -CVON/(-GWAR_&RESET)
S GFLT C GFLT
: :
-GFLT -CVON/(GFLT_&RESET)
S ERF1 C ERF1
: :
-FLT1 -CVON/(FLT1_&RESET)
S ERF2 C ERF2
: :
-FLT2 -CVON/(FLT2_&RESET)
S ERF3 C ERF3
: :
-FLT3 -CVON/(FLT3_&RESET)
S ERF4 C ERF4
: :
-FLT4 -CVON/(FLT4_&RESET)
S ERF5 C ERF5
: :
-FLT5 -CVON/(FLT5_&RESET)
S ERF6 C ERF6
: :
-FLT6 -CVON/(FLT6_&RESET)
EPSL
:=
PRES_&-DAVB
PSLA
:=
-EPSL_&PRES
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
Status word S PWON C PWON
: :
STA1_&ILC1-ICVON/NOTA”/STOP/-ILC1
S OSG1 C OSG1
: :
OPS1-OPS1”
S SEN1 C SEN1
: :
PWON”OSG1”/-PWON”
EMOF
:=
EREO”
DAVB
:=
-NOTA”_&ICVON
EROR
:=
EROP”
DOFF
:=
-OSG1”
OPER
:=
RCR1_&SLAVE_OK
LOCA
:=
-AVBL_&SLAVE_OK
QBAD
:=
-SLAVE_OK
en-YN.YNT.001.A
3-1061
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-1062
Block view
Fig. 163: FRQCON_P block
Starting characteristics During the CPU start-up the FRQCON_P block is deactivated. All internal state flags (shown in the data word) are reset. Following start-up the block waits for the number of cycles projected in the input RUNUPCYC, and will only be activated thereafter. A first start-up whilst the program is running is treated internally like a CPU startup. Time behaviour The block must be called via a time interrupt OB or OB1. It does not have a parameter for the sampling interval.
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
3-1063
Behaviour in case of a time error In the case of a time error the outputs will then be reset. In addition the internal state flags will be reset. Message actions The block FRQCON_P internally uses an ALARM_8P block for generating the messages. Messages are generated for the following tripping devices: ● Operating trouble (EROP) ● Overload (OLPT) ● Machine availability (AVBL) ● Speed monitor (SPCL) ● Machine protection (PMI1) ● Local emergency off (LEMO) ● Monitoring time (ETIM) ● Check-back signal (RCR1) ● FRQCONV group warning (GWARN) ● FRQCONV group fault (GFLT) ● Error no. 1 FRQCONV (FLT1) ● Error no. 2 FRQCONV (FLT2) ● Error no. 3 FRQCONV (FLT3) ● Error no. 4 FRQCONV (FLT4) ● Error no. 5 FRQCONV (FLT5) ● Error no. 6 FRQCONV (FLT6) ● Preselection error (EPSL) The messages can be suppressed by setting the input SUPR or by resetting the input RLSA. The input SUPR, however, is activated by the operator interface (WinCC), and RLSA by the program. The inputs CVON (at value 0) and CSF (at value 1) also suppress the output of messages. Assignment of message text and message class to the block parameters Mess. Block Default message text no. parameter
Message Suppressable class
1
EROP
$$BlockComment$$ @1I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
2
ERO1
$$BlockComment$$ @2I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
3
ERMS
$$BlockComment$$ @3I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
en-YN.YNT.001.A
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-1064
Mess. Block Default message text no. parameter
Message Suppressable class
4
ERSP
$$BlockComment$$ @4I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
5
ERPI
$$BlockComment$$ @5I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
6
EREO
$$BlockComment$$ @6I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
7
ETIM
$$BlockComment$$ @7I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
8
ERRC
$$BlockComment$$ @8I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
9
GWARN
$$BlockComment$$ @1I%t#POLCID_Standard@
WH
Yes
10
GFLT
$$BlockComment$$ @2I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
11
ERF1
$$BlockComment$$ @3I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
12
ERF2
$$BlockComment$$ @4I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
13
ERF3
$$BlockComment$$ @5I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
14
ERF4
$$BlockComment$$ @6I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
15
ERF5
$$BlockComment$$ @7I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
16
ERF6
$$BlockComment$$ @8I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
17
EPSL
$$BlockComment$$ @1I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
18
$$BlockComment$$ @2I%t#POLCID_Standard@
19
$$BlockComment$$ @3I%t#POLCID_Standard@
20
$$BlockComment$$ @4I%t#POLCID_Standard@
21
$$BlockComment$$ @5I%t#POLCID_Standard@
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
3-1065
Mess. Block Default message text no. parameter 22
$$BlockComment$$ @6I%t#POLCID_Standard@
23
$$BlockComment$$ @7I%t#POLCID_Standard@
24
$$BlockComment$$ @8I%t#POLCID_Standard@
Message Suppressable class
Connections of FRQCON_P Connection Meaning (parameters)
Data type
Def.
Type Attr. O&O Perm. values
SUBNETID
Number of the Profibus subsystem of the PLC
INT
0
I
DPPA_ADR
Slave address of the Profibus device
INT
0
I
DADDR
Diagnosis address of the Profibus slave
INT
0
I
HARD_ID
Hardware ID of Profibus slave
WORD
0
I
STA1
Start drive
BOOL
0
I
Q
ILC1
Process-technological interlock
BOOL
1
I
Q
STOP
Stop drive
BOOL
0
I
Q
CVON
Control voltage on
BOOL
1
I
Q
OLPT
Overload protection
BOOL
1
I
Q
AVBL
Machine availability
BOOL
1
I
Q
RCR1
Check-back signal
BOOL
0
I
Q
GFLT
Frequency converter group fault
BOOL
1
I
Q
PMI1
Machine protection interlock
BOOL
1
I
Q
SPCL
Speed monitor
BOOL
1
I
Q
LEMO
Local emergency off
BOOL
1
I
Q
AUTO
Activate ASET ( = 1 ) or SET ( = 0 ) BOOL input
0
I
Q
CSF
Control system error
0
I
Q
en-YN.YNT.001.A
BOOL
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-1066
GWAR
Frequency converter group warning
BOOL
0
I
Q
FLT1
Fault 1 frequency converter
BOOL
1
I
Q
FLT2
Fault 2 frequency converter
BOOL
1
I
Q
FLT3
Fault 3 frequency converter
BOOL
1
I
Q
FLT4
Fault 4 frequency converter
BOOL
1
I
Q
FLT5
Fault 5 frequency converter
BOOL
1
I
Q
FLT6
Fault 6 frequency converter
BOOL
1
I
Q
PRES
Preselection
BOOL
0
I
Q
LST1
Local start/stop without PMI1
BOOL
0
I
Q
LSP1
Local start/stop with PMI1
BOOL
0
I
Q
SINC
Increase speed locally
BOOL
0
I
Q
SDEC
Reduce speed locally
BOOL
0
I
Q
SWRE
Enabling start-up warning
BOOL
1
I
Q
ESST
Display of softkeys for single faceplate start
BOOL
0
I
+
ENRE
Display of softkeys for faceplate reset
BOOL
0
I
+
SWLO
Start-up warning also in local operating mode
BOOL
0
I
Q
RLSA
Enabling alarm generation
BOOL
1
I
Q
EPB_TO_VI
Display of softkey for PB_VISU and BOOL for display of status TEXT_01
0
I
RES_VI
Reset signal from PB_VISU
BOOL
0
I
Q
TEXT_01
Status display
BOOL
0
I
Q
I_SPEED
Frequency converter speed
WORD
0
I
Q
I_POWER
Frequency converter power
WORD
0
I
Q
I_TORQUE
Frequency converter torque
WORD
0
I
Q
ASET
Automatic setpoint value
REAL
0.0
I
Q
ILHF
Upper limit value for speed
REAL
0.0
I
Q
+
ILLF
Lower limit value for speed
REAL
0.0
I
Q
+
CAL_S
Calibration factor for speed
REAL
0.01
I
Q
CAL_P
Calibration factor for power
REAL
0.01
I
Q
+
+
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
3-1067
CAL_T
Calibration factor for torque
REAL
0.01
I
Q
TIME1
Monitoring time setpoint value
REAL
5.0
I
BQ
RUNUPCYC
Waiting cycles at start
INT
3
I
EV_ID1
Message ID no. 1
DWORD 0
I
M
EV_ID2
Message ID no. 2
DWORD 0
I
M
EV_ID3
Message ID no. 3
DWORD 0
I
M
RESET
Resetting error Hasler
BOOL
0
IO
BQ
+
LSER
Enabling of local operation
BOOL
0
IO
BQ
+
SST1
Single start
BOOL
0
IO
B
+
SSTP
Single stop
BOOL
0
IO
B
+
SUPR
Suppression of alarms
BOOL
0
IO
B
+
SET
Setpoint value for faceplate
REAL
0.0
IO
B
+
EV1_SIG1
Index variable for message no. 1
INT
1
IO
EV1_SIG2
Index variable for message no. 2
INT
2
IO
EV1_SIG3
Index variable for message no. 3
INT
3
IO
EV1_SIG4
Index variable for message no. 4
INT
4
IO
EV1_SIG5
Index variable for message no. 5
INT
5
IO
EV1_SIG6
Index variable for message no. 6
INT
6
IO
EV1_SIG7
Index variable for message no. 7
INT
7
IO
EV1_SIG8
Index variable for message no. 8
INT
8
IO
EV2_SIG1
Index variable for message no. 9
INT
150
IO
EV2_SIG2
Index variable for message no. 10
INT
151
IO
EV2_SIG3
Index variable for message no. 11
INT
152
IO
EV2_SIG4
Index variable for message no. 12
INT
152
IO
EV2_SIG5
Index variable for message no. 13
INT
152
IO
EV2_SIG6
Index variable for message no. 14
INT
152
IO
EV2_SIG7
Index variable for message no. 15
INT
152
IO
EV2_SIG8
Index variable for message no. 16
INT
152
IO
EV3_SIG1
Index variable for message no. 17
INT
160
IO
EV3_SIG2
Index variable for message no. 18
INT
0
IO
EV3_SIG3
Index variable for message no. 19
INT
0
IO
en-YN.YNT.001.A
+
>0
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-1068
EV3_SIG4
Index variable for message no. 20
INT
0
IO
EV3_SIG5
Index variable for message no. 21
INT
0
IO
EV3_SIG6
Index variable for message no. 22
INT
0
IO
EV3_SIG7
Index variable for message no. 23
INT
0
IO
EV3_SIG8
Index variable for message no. 24
INT
0
IO
PWON
Run command for drive
BOOL
0
O
Q
OSG1
Operating message
BOOL
0
O
Q
SEN1
Start enabling
BOOL
0
O
Q
EMOF
Emergency off activated
BOOL
0
O
Q
DAVB
Drive is available
BOOL
0
O
Q
EROR
Drive is faulty
BOOL
0
O
Q
DOFF
Drive is off
BOOL
0
O
Q
SWST
Start start-up warning
BOOL
0
O
Q
OPER
Drive is operating (locally or automatically)
BOOL
0
O
Q
QBAD
Profibus slave faulty
BOOL
0
O
Q
LOCA
Drive is in local operating mode
BOOL
0
O
Q
O_PMI1
Machine protection
BOOL
0
O
Q
O_RES
Resetting faults
BOOL
0
O
Q
PB_VISU
Output bit
BOOL
0
O
BQ
O_SETP
Setpoint value of speed
WORD
0
O
Q
SPED
Current speed
REAL
0.0
O
Q
+
POWR
Current power
REAL
0.0
O
Q
+
TORQ
Current torque
REAL
0.0
O
Q
+
ACT1
Current monitoring time
REAL
0.0
O
Q
+
PW
Parameter word
DWORD 0
O
Q
+
DW
Data word
DWORD 0
O
Q
+
SW
Status word
DWORD 0
O
Q
+
DWA
Extended diagnosis data for faceplate
DWORD 0
O
Q
+
DWB
Extended diagnosis data for faceplate
DWORD 0
O
Q
+
+
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
3-1069
Operation and observation of FRQCON_P See the description of the block symbol and the faceplate in the corresponding manual in this regard. PW, DW and SW of FRQCON_P The inputs, outputs and the internal status of the respective block are mapped on the parameter word, the data word and the status word. The assignment of the bits is found in the following table:
> FRQCON_P < Bit
Parameter word
Data word
Status word
0
STA1
OPS1
SEN1
1 2
EROP ILC1
3
OSG1 NOTA
4
EMOF
5
DAVB
6
STOP
7
CVON
8
OLPT
ERO1
DOFF
9
AVBL
ERMS
SWST
10
RCR1
ERSP
OPER
11
GFLT
12
PMI1
ERPI
13
AUTO
EREO
14
SPCL
ETIM
15
LEMO
16
LSER
ERRC
17
LST1
GWARN
18 19
OPL1
PWON
QBAD
GFLT LSP1
en-YN.YNT.001.A
EROR
ERF1
LOCA
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-1070
20 21
ERF2 SST1
ERF3
22
ERF4
23
SSTP
ERF5
24
SWRE
ERF6
25
CSF
EPSL
26
PRES
PSLA
27 28
COLOUR_1
29
COLOUR_2
30
COLOUR_3
31
COLOUR_4 In the case of the COLOUR operating states (Maerz drives), the block FRQCON_P does not have all possible states. It features the states with the numbers 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 11, 12 ,13 and 14.
DWA and DWB of FRQCON_P The block has three additional data words: DWA and DWB. These words offer additional information on the frequency converter and the Profibus slave. This information is shown in the associated faceplate. > FRQCON_P < Bit
Data word A
Data word B
0
ST_NOEX
HARD_ID
1
ST_NORDY
2
ST_INSLR
3
ST_SENSU
4
ST_MASLO
5
ST_WATCH
6
ST_STDIA
7
ST_EXDIA
8
ST_EXDOV
9
ST_SYNC
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
10
ST_FREEZ
11
ST_PAREQ
12
ST_PARFA
13
ST_SLCCF
14
ST_SLDEA
15
ST_STASL
16
SLAVE_OK
17
SLAVE_FC
18
GFLT
19
GWAR
20
FLT1
21
FLT2
22
FLT3
23
FLT4
24
FLT5
25
FLT6
3-1071
DPPA_ADR
26 27 28 29 30 31
en-YN.YNT.001.A
SUBNETID
POLCID® for administrators
Code Word Order number POLYSIUS Order Code (POC)
Table of contents
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
Table of contents 1 1.1 1.2 1.3 1.4 1.4.1 1.4.2 1.4.3
Foreword ................................................................................................... 1-1 Target group.............................................................................................. 1-1 Scope of documentation ........................................................................... 1-1 Purpose of this manual ............................................................................. 1-1 Overview of the software .......................................................................... 1-2 Purpose of the software ......................................................................... 1-2 Function of the software ......................................................................... 1-2 Software environment ............................................................................ 1-2
2 Concepts ................................................................................................... 2-1 2.1 Process overview ...................................................................................... 2-1 2.1.1 Overview of the blocks ........................................................................... 2-1 2.1.2 Blocks of the group 'General Drive Control' ........................................... 2-2 2.1.3 Control principles for drives .................................................................... 2-4 2.2 Terminology .............................................................................................. 2-5 2.2.1 Basic terms............................................................................................. 2-5 2.2.2 Structure of the block description ........................................................... 2-7 2.2.3 Text library "POLCID_Standard" .......................................................... 2-12 2.2.4 Explanation of symbols ........................................................................ 2-18 2.2.5 Name of the parameter bits, data bits and status bits.......................... 2-18 2.2.6 Names of the analogue variables......................................................... 2-22 2.2.7 Representation of the block symbol ..................................................... 2-23 2.2.8 Names of internal auxiliary flags .......................................................... 2-27 2.2.9 Profibus-DP diagnosis data.................................................................. 2-29 2.2.10 Cyclical signals from the SIMOCODE-DP/pro C/V motor controller .... 2-30 2.2.11 Noncyclical signals from the SIMOCODE-DP motor controller............ 2-31 2.2.12 Noncyclical signals from the SIMOCODE-DP/pro C/V motor controller2-34 2.2.13 Signals from the AUMATIC Actuator.................................................... 2-38 2.2.14 Signals from Hasler dosing devices ..................................................... 2-39 2.2.15 Signals from General Electric frequency converters ............................ 2-42 2.2.16 Signals from multifunctional measuring device Gossen Metrawatt A20002-44 2.2.17 Signals from Pfister rotary weighfeeders ............................................. 2-45 2.2.18 Signals from ABB frequency converters .............................................. 2-47 2.2.19 Signals from Siemens frequency converters........................................ 2-48 2.2.20 Signals from general frequency converters.......................................... 2-51 3 3.1 3.2 3.3 3.4 3.5 3.6 3.7
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks........................................................................................................ 3-1 Data exchange block DB_SYS: POLCID data exchange ......................... 3-1 ® Data exchange block LAB_IN: Input data from POLAB ........................ 3-13 ® Data exchange block LAB_OUT: Output data to POLAB ..................... 3-16 ® Data exchange block LAB_ANA: Analysis results of POLAB ............... 3-21 A2000_PA: Parameter data for the Multimess A2000 measuring device3-23 A2000_DA: Measured values from the Multimess A2000 measuring device3-37 SEND_DB_DOSn: Values from the Disocont slave blocks to the Disocont master block............................................................................................ 3-44
User manual
Table of contents ®
POLCID for administrators
3.8 3.9 3.10 3.11 3.12 3.13 3.14 3.15 3.16 3.17 3.18 3.19 3.20 3.21 3.22 3.23 3.24 3.25 3.26 3.27 3.28 3.29 3.30 3.31 3.32 3.33 3.34 3.35 3.36 3.37 3.38 3.39 3.40 3.41 3.42 3.43 3.44 3.45
RECEIVE_DB_DOSn: Values to the Disocont slave blocks from the Disocont master block............................................................................. 3-47 COMMAND_MASTER: Values from the Disocont master block to the Disocont master PC ................................................................................ 3-51 STATUS_MASTER: Values from the Disocont master PC to the Disocont master block............................................................................................ 3-53 SEND_DB_DOSn: Transmit buffer memory of all values transmitted to the Disocont master PC. ............................................................................... 3-55 RECEIVE_DB_SCHENK_PC: Receive buffer memory of all values transmitted from the Disocont master PC............................................... 3-58 SEND_DB_KME: Values from the Disocont master block to the Disocont master PC (MKME) ................................................................................. 3-62 RECEIVE_DB_KME: Values to the Disocont master block from the Disocont master PC (MKME).................................................................. 3-65 DIRIS_PA: Parameter data for measuring device DIRIS A40 ................ 3-70 DIRIS_DA: Measured values for measuring device DIRIS A40 ............. 3-88 DIRIS_CA: Calibration values for measuring device DIRIS A40 ............ 3-96 General block POLCID: General control of the drives .......................... 3-104 General block TIME_GEN: Time base generator ................................. 3-108 General block GLO_R_OB: Global-Reset generation .......................... 3-110 General block CYC_BEG: Start cycle time measurement.................... 3-112 General block CYC_END: Stop cycle time measurement .................... 3-113 General drive control UNID: setting drive ............................................. 3-115 General drive control REVD: Reversible drive...................................... 3-124 General drive control RVDL: reversible drive with limit switches.......... 3-134 General drive control VALV: Valve control ........................................... 3-143 General drive control CONT_DO: Actuator with digital outputs............ 3-152 General drive control CONT_AO: Actuator with analogue output ........ 3-161 General drive control GROC: Group control......................................... 3-169 General drive control SEQU: operating sequence................................ 3-183 General drive control SISV: Signal alarming ........................................ 3-194 General drive control SITR: Signal transfer .......................................... 3-201 AILIM analogue value processing: Analogue limit value monitoring .... 3-204 SETP analogue value processing: Analogue setpoint value ................ 3-210 OPER analogue value processing: Operating hour counter................. 3-213 NCOU analogue value processing: Counter......................................... 3-216 RCOU analogue value processing: Resettable reverse counter .......... 3-219 AIDPL analogue value processing: Analogue value display ................ 3-221 STASTP analogue value processing: Start/stop with analogue value.. 3-222 SIDDPL: Analogue value display .......................................................... 3-224 Interlock system logic CCOP: Conditioned bit copying......................... 3-225 Interlock system logic CCOW: Conditioned bit copying with indication 3-226 Interlock system logic CNT: Pulse counter ........................................... 3-228 Interlock system logic NSD: Non-storing delay..................................... 3-230 Interlock system logic S: Storing........................................................... 3-232
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Table of contents
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
3.46 3.47 3.48 3.49 3.50 3.51 3.52 3.53 3.54 3.55 3.56 3.57 3.58 3.59 3.60 3.61 3.62 3.63 3.64 3.65 3.66 3.67 3.68 3.69 3.70 3.71 3.72 3.73 3.74 3.75 3.76 3.77 3.78 3.79 3.80
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Interlock system logic SD: Memory with delay ..................................... 3-234 Interlock system logic ST: Storing pulse ............................................... 3-236 Interlock system logic T: Pulse ............................................................. 3-238 Interlock system logic T_SYS: System time indicator........................... 3-240 Interlock system logic TON: On-delay .................................................. 3-242 Interlock system logic TOF: Switch-off delay........................................ 3-244 Interlock system logic DBL_FLAP: Double flap valve with valves ........ 3-246 Interlock system logic CHA_OPTI: Alternate operation of two devices 3-248 Interlock system logic STA_SEQ: Sequential start and stop................ 3-252 Mathematical function CMP_DW: Comparator for double words ......... 3-257 Mathematical function CMP_R: Comparator for floating point numbers3-259 Mathematical function CMP_W: Comparator for words........................ 3-261 Mathematical function CMP_B: Comparator for byte ........................... 3-263 Mathematical function MOV_R: Conditioned copying of a floating point number .................................................................................................. 3-265 Mathematical function MOV_W: Conditioned copying of a data word.. 3-267 Mathematical function MOV_DI: Conditioned copying of a double fixed point number ......................................................................................... 3-268 Mathematical Functions MOV_I: Conditioned copying of a fixed point number .................................................................................................. 3-269 Mathematical Functions MOV_DW: Conditioned copying of a double data word ...................................................................................................... 3-270 Mathematical Functions MOV_B: Conditioned copying of a data byte 3-271 Simocode-DP drive control UNID_ST: setting drive ............................. 3-272 Simocode-DP drive control REVD_ST: Reversible drive...................... 3-290 Simocode-DP drive control RVDL_ST: reversible drive with limit switches3-310 Simocode-DP drive control CONT_ST: Actuator.................................. 3-330 SIMOCODE pro drive control UNID_SC: Setup operation with SIMOCODE pro C ..................................................................................................... 3-350 SIMOCODE pro drive control UNID_SV: Setup operation with SIMOCODE pro V...................................................................................................... 3-369 SIMOCODE pro drive control REVD_SC: Reversible drive with SIMOCODE pro C................................................................................. 3-389 SIMOCODE pro drive control REVD_SV: Reversible drive with SIMOCODE pro V ................................................................................. 3-409 SIMOCODE pro drive control RVDL_SC: Reversible drive with limit switches with SIMOCODE pro C .......................................................... 3-431 SIMOCODE pro drive control RVDL_SV: Reversible drive with limit switches with SIMOCODE pro V........................................................... 3-450 SIMOCODE pro drive control CONT_SV: Actuator with SIMOCODE pro V3-470 Profibus Special Drive AUMATIC: Actuator AUMATIC......................... 3-490 Profibus Special Drive HASLER_B: Weighbelt feeder Hasler .............. 3-504 Profibus Special Drive HASLER_F: Hasler flowmeter.......................... 3-524 Profibus Special Drive AF300 G11: General Electric frequency converter3-548 Profibus Special Drive DB5IMV: General Electric DuraBilt 5i MV frequency converter ............................................................................................... 3-564
User manual
Table of contents ®
POLCID for administrators
3.81 Profibus Special Drive SLAVE_DP: Exchange Profibus data with DB . 3-582 3.82 Profibus Special Drive A2000: Multifunctional power measuring device3-585 3.83 Profibus Special Drive HASLER_L: Weighbelt feeder without load cell Hasler .................................................................................................... 3-606 3.84 Profibus Special Drive CSC_DRW: Pfister rotary weighfeeder ............ 3-627 3.85 Profibus Special Drive S7_DRIVE: Display Profibus data from DB...... 3-647 3.86 Profibus Special Drive S7_VALVE: Display Profibus data from DB ..... 3-653 3.87 Profibus Special Drive DISOCONT: Weighbelt feeder Schenk ............ 3-658 3.88 Profibus Special Drive DISO_MAS: Disocont Master PC (PROVIT 5000) Schenk .................................................................................................. 3-680 3.89 Profibus Special Drive DISO_SLA: Disocont slave .............................. 3-694 3.90 Profibus Special Drive COMBOX_P: Compressor control by Atlas Copco3-705 3.91 Profibus Special Drive ACS800: ABB ACS800 frequency converter ... 3-723 ® 3.92 Profibus Special Drive MOVIDRIV: SEW MOVIDRIVE frequency converter ............................................................................................... 3-738 3.93 Profibus Special Drive MICROMAS: Siemens MICROMASTER frequency converter ............................................................................................... 3-754 3.94 Profibus Special Drive SIMOV_LV: Siemens SIMOVERT MASTERDRIVES frequency converter .............................................................................. 3-771 3.95 Profibus Special Drive FRQCONV: Frequency converter in general ... 3-789 3.96 Profibus Special Drive DIRISA40: Multifunctional power measuring device3-803 3.97 Maerz blocks: PB_TO_VI: Preselection of the display ......................... 3-810 3.98 Maerz blocks: FACEPLATE: Status display ......................................... 3-812 3.99 Maerz blocks: PARA: Parameter transfer............................................. 3-815 3.100 Maerz blocks: AILIMEX: Analogue limit value monitoring expanded ... 3-817 3.101 Maerz blocks: UNID_P: Setup operation with preselection .................. 3-824 3.102 Maerz blocks: REVD_P: reversible drive with preselection .................. 3-833 3.103 Maerz blocks: RVDL_P: reversible drive with limit switches and preselection........................................................................................... 3-844 3.104 Maerz blocks: VALV_P: valve controller with preselection ................... 3-855 3.105 Maerz blocks: CONT_DOP: Actuator with digital outputs and preselection3-864 3.106 Maerz blocks: UNID_SCP: Setup drive with SIMOCODE pro C and preselection........................................................................................... 3-874 3.107 Maerz blocks: UNID_SVP: Setup drive with SIMOCODE pro V and preselection........................................................................................... 3-894 3.108 Maerz blocks: REVD_SCP: reversible drive with Simocode pro C and preselection........................................................................................... 3-915 3.109 Maerz blocks: REVD_SVP: reversible drive with Simocode pro V and preselection........................................................................................... 3-936 3.110 Maerz blocks: RVDL_SCP: reversible drive with limit switches with SIMOCODE pro C and preselection. .................................................... 3-957 3.111 Maerz blocks: RVDL_SVP: reversible drive with limit switches with SIMOCODE pro V and preselection. .................................................... 3-978 3.112 Maerz blocks: CONT_SVP: actuator with SIMOCODE pro V and preselection........................................................................................... 3-999
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Table of contents
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
3.113 Maerz blocks: MICROM_P: Siemens MICROMASTER frequency converter and preselection.................................................................................. 3-1020 3.114 Maerz blocks: SIMO_LVP: Siemens SIMOVERT MASTERDRIVES frequency converter and preselection................................................. 3-1038 3.115 Maerz blocks: FRQCON_P: Frequency converter in general and preselection......................................................................................... 3-1057
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Foreword
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
1
1-1
Foreword
1.1 Target group ®
This manual is intended for the administrators and programmers of the POLCID . Administrators are responsible for system maintenance, fault localisation and fault elimination. Programmers are responsible for the expansion and alteration of the system. In most cases one person will be responsible at the same time for administration as well as programming. Within the meaning of the above context this document only refers to administrators. As a precondition for the above-stated activities the following knowledge is required: ● Operation and administration of the operating systems Microsoft Windows XP Professional and Microsoft Windows Server 2003 ● Operation of the program package Microsoft Office ● Administration and programming of the Siemens PCS7 system
1.2 Scope of documentation ®
This document comprises a description of the POLCID blocks. The description of the complete operation of the Siemens PCS7 system as well as further details are contained in the following Siemens manuals: ● Master process control system PCS7 – Getting Started – Part 1 ● Master process control system PCS7 – Getting Started – Part 2 ● Master process control system PCS7 – PC configuration and authorisation ● Master process control system PCS7 – Engineering System ● Master process control system PCS7 – Operator System ● SIMATIC – The Process Device Manager ● CFC for S7 – Continuous Function Chart
1.3 Purpose of this manual ®
This manual enables you to manage and operate a POLCID system. As administrator you will be familiarised with the following activities:
en-YN.YNT.001.A
1.
Installing the system
2.
Create and edit projects
3.
Create data pool
4.
Using blocks
User manual
Foreword ®
POLCID for administrators
1-2
1.4 Overview of the software 1.4.1
Purpose of the software
®
POLCID , the process-engineering based master process control system, offers the user a logically structured system for the optimum control, regulation and monitoring of the processes in the cement manufacturing industry. 1.4.2
Function of the software ®
The POLCID master process control system hast to process optimally a very large number of signals and uses standardised functions for this purpose. This is a decentralised system whose components arranged at different levels are assigned predefined tasks. Owing to the modular structure with standard components, the system is scalable and can be efficiently adjusted to plants of any size. All process control tasks are easily performed with high reliability. 1.4.3
Software environment ®
POLCID is a master process control system based on the Siemens PCS7 system. It is an application software based on Microsoft Windows. Process control is possible via standard interfaces to other Polysius automation systems (POLAB, POLEXPERT, IMS, KTS) as well as freely programmable systems from other manufacturers. The system provides the option to separate the plant bus with the PLC systems completely from the terminal bus with the PCs. This leads to additional security for plant operation as no faults from the general computer network can enter the plant bus. A server or, optionally, a redundant server pair comprises two network links. The one connection is used to realise the communication with the PLC systems and to exchange data. With the second connection the prepared process data are made available to the clients for representing the process. A further process is the setup of redundant networks. The Ethernet networks as well as the field bus systems for connecting the I/O hardware may be designed as redundant networks, if required.
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Foreword
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
Fig. 1:
Structure of the POLCID® automation system
In the figure above there exists a central control room in which the server and most of the clients have been placed. The servers collect the process data, evaluate the same and make them available to all clients. The clients themselves have no direct access to the process data. Using this structure, local control panels can be set up with a standard client as operator workstation. Normally, in that case, a client and the PLC which controls the associated plant section will be placed in the local control room. These units will then be connected to the central control room via the corresponding networks. Using this technology, local control panels can be integrated very easily into the system structure in a fail-safe fashion. If the networks are executed redundantly, the function of any other local control panel will not be detrimentally affected if a local control panel fails. Note Microsoft, MS and Windows are registered trademarks of Microsoft Corporation. Other brands and their products are trademarks or registered trademarks and should be considered as being such.
en-YN.YNT.001.A
1-3
Concepts
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
2
Concepts
2.1 Process overview 2.1.1
Overview of the blocks ®
For POLCID an own library with blocks on Siemens PCS7 basis was developed in order to have a standardised logic for the activation and interlock system of machines and for the processing of signals. This logic has been co-ordinated with the Polysius standards, for example basic motor circuits and measuring points. In addition, the blocks in this library are compatible with the usual trade standards in the cement industry. In order to ensure a better overview the blocks are subdivided into several groups according to their function: ● Data exchange blocks ● Blocks for the data exchange between different blocks and for the ® POLAB laboratory automation system ● General blocks ● Blocks that are required for the general control of the other blocks ● General drive control ● Blocks for the control of different types of drives. Blocks for the control of drive groups and blocks for the sequential process control (operating sequences) ● Analogue value processing ● Blocks for the filtration and limit value monitoring of analogue input and analogue output values. Blocks for the processing of counters ● Interlock system logic ● Blocks for the general interlock system logics such as for example accumulators, delay times or pulse generators ● Mathematical functions ● Mathematical calculations and evaluations that are not contained within the PCS 7 scope of supply ● Simocode drive control ● Blocks for the activation of motor control units with Profibus interface of the type Simocode in connection with the interlock system logic of the general drive control system ● Special drives with Profibus interface ● Blocks for the control of special drives via a Profibus interface in connection with the interlock system logic of the general drive control system.
en-YN.YNT.001.A
2-1
User manual
Concepts ®
POLCID for administrators
2-2
● Blocks for Maerz Ofenbau ®
● Blocks with enhanced logic which are based on the POLCID standard blocks. However, for the requirements of Maerz Ofenbau the internal logic of the blocks was expanded. ®
In normal POLCID projects drives are assembled into groups. These drive groups will then be driven by the group control block (GROC, ® FB502). This block is not used in Maerz POLCID projects. ®
The reason for this is that there is a control block for Maerz POLCID projects, which controls the entire plant. This block again controls all drives of the plant. Therefore, no GROC is required. However, this requires the ability to preselect drives. Using a manual or automatic preselection mode, the corresponding drive is preselected for automatic operation by means of the associated central control block. ®
In the Maerz blocks the standard interlock system logic of the POLCID blocks has been taken over without change. An additional preselection option was created. 2.1.2
Blocks of the group 'General Drive Control' These blocks, also designated as nucleus blocks, feature a series of inputs which detect standardised signals from the process, lock the same and also report them to the plant operator. The basic idea of the drive interlock system logic (nucleus logic) and the operation is that entire drive groups are started and stopped instead of individual drives. A drive group controls any desired number of single drives. Groups of individual drives are combined in up to eight different operating modes. A nucleus block may comprise different functions: ● Monitoring and control of an individual drive ● Monitoring and control of a drive group ● Sequential control of a start or stop sequence (operating sequence) of drives ● Monitoring and reporting individual signals from the plant The following general functions and data flows are performed: ● The operator is given information about drives, drive groups and process signals from the data words of the blocks ● The operator gives commands for starting or stopping drive groups, which are transmitted to the control system via command bits ● The blocks are given information about individual drives and the starting or stopping conditions of the individual operating modes ● Starting/stopping commands by the operator are linked by group control programs and generate signals which activate the associated start or stop sequences (operating sequences). ● After activation, these operating sequences generate the starting/stopping commands for the respective drives in the sequence of the programmed steps.
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Concepts
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
2-3
Status information of the associated drives is required for correct execution of the individual steps. ● The blocks for drives receive digital or analogue information from the process and starting/stopping commands from the operating sequences They themselves send status information about status bits to other blocks (e.g. to operating sequence and group blocks) or as data words to the plant operator When the block is activated, a check is first made whether the input data has been changed. If this is not the case, the block is abandoned immediately. In the case of a changed parameter word, the status and data words are generated by the internal block logic. These data words are used in the master control system for display purposes. The status bits provide the information on the current state of the drive. They are used for the setting/reset of digital outputs and for further interlock system in the corresponding blocks. The following blocks are available: ● UNID
Setting drive
● REVD
Reversible drive
● RVDL
Reversible drive with limit switches
● VALV - Valve control ● CONT-DO
-
Actuator with digital outputs (+/-)
● CONT-AO -
Actuator with analogue output
● GROC
-
Group control
● SEQU - operating sequence ● SISV - Signal alarm ● SITR - Signal transfer The internal logic of the nuclei is defined by stating the setting and resetting conditions of the flags from the data word and the status word. The reset condition always has a higher priority than the setting condition. The symbolic names of the flags are obtained from the flag name table of the associated nucleus type.
en-YN.YNT.001.A
User manual
Concepts ®
POLCID for administrators
2-4
2.1.3
Control principles for drives The principles described in this section are fundamental for the internal logic of all drive control blocks. These principles will be explained here and assumed to be known in the following sections. ● Only if the control voltage applies, (that is, the bit "CVON" in the parameter word is "1" and the bit "CSF" in the parameter word is "0") the other flags of the parameter word is evaluated. ● If a "Not available" case (see below) exists, it is impossible to start a drive. ● Before a drive can be started, the starting command 'STA1/2' and the process interlock 'ILC1/2' must be active and (if permitted), the stopping command 'STOP' must have been cancelled. ● Under these conditions, the command 'SEN1/2' is issued to enable the start and, if it exists, the run command for drives 'PWON' is also issued (activation command for the drive). ● Two types of fault exist ● 'Not available' ('NOTA'): This is always the case when one or more single faults have occurred ● Operating trouble ('EROP'): This is the case when a 'not available' case occurs while a drive is running ● The acknowledgement of all faults of a drive in the dynamic process display (WinCC) or the setting of the "GRESET" input of the monitoring block "POLCID" causes that the drive will be released again for starting after a fault has been removed.
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Concepts
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
2.2 Terminology 2.2.1
Basic terms This owner's manual repeatedly uses the following basic terms: ● CFC Continuous Function Charts. A graphical editor in which a S7 program can be created. ● Organisation block All blocks of a S7 program must be called up in an organisation block (OB). The S7-PLC processes exclusively OBs. In order to be able to run a program, it must be fitted into an OB. ● Time interrupt OB This is an organisation block in a S7 PLC which is called up within a fixed cycle, for example at S7-400 the OB35 is called up every 100ms. In a time interrupt OB it is customary for all blocks to be installed. ● Time fault OB This organisation block (OB 80 at S7-400) is called up automatically, if the cycle time of a time interrupt OB is exceeded. In this block, it will then be possible to program specific responses to this event. ● Parameter word This is a double word (32 bit ) onto which all input bits of a block can be mapped. This is an output of a block and is used to represent the block status in the master control system. ● Data word This is a double word (32 bit) in which the internal operating and fault states of a block can be mapped. This is an output of a block and is used to represent the block status in the master control system. ● Status word On this double word (32 bit) the output bits of a block will be mapped. This is an output of a block and is used to represent the block status in the master control system. ● Parameter bit This signifies a bit from the parameter word. Normally, a parameter bit is simultaneously also a block input. ● Data bit This is a bit from the data word. Normally, this is an internal noting bit of the block which reflects a specific state of the block. ● Status bit This is a bit from the status word. A status bit is simultaneously also an output of a block.
en-YN.YNT.001.A
2-5
User manual
Concepts ®
POLCID for administrators
2-6
● Command bit Bits set on the master control system, which start a control function, such as for example starting or stopping a drive group. ● Block This is a function block which is used during programming. It has defined inputs and outputs and a defined function. It may comprise an interface for display (WinCC). ● Block symbol A block with an interface for display normally features a block symbol on the display (typical). This block symbol represents the current operating status of the block on the display. ● Display driver block In the display it is possible to activate a display driver block (faceplate) by means of the block symbol for a block. A faceplate is an overlaid window by means of which the plant operator receives additional information about the operating status of a block. A faceplate may also contain switching options for a plant operator. ● Profibus This refers to the Profibus-DP field bus system. This is a serial bus system by means of which field equipment (slaves) is connected to a PLC. ● Slave Properly designated as Profibus Slave. This refers to field equipment which is connected to a PLC via the Profibus-DP bus system. Here, the PLC is the master which controls the slaves and reads data off them. ● Master The Profibus master controls a maximum number of 125 Slaves. It reads defined data from the slaves and sends control data to the same. A master is normally a S7-PLC.
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Concepts
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
2.2.2
Structure of the block description Note The block descriptions always have the same structure. The sections used will only be mentioned if they are applicable and have the following meaning.
Title of the block description Example: General drive control UNID: Setting drive The title starts with the group of the function (General Drive Control) which this block belongs to. Next, the type name of the block (UNID) is specified. This symbolic name is entered in the symbol table and must be unique throughout the entire project. Next to the type name you will find the key word relating to the task or function of the block (setting drive). Object name (Type + Number) FB x The object name for the block type is composed of the implementation type function block = FB, function = FC or data block = DB and the block number x. Calling OBs Here, you find details on the organisation blocks (OBs), in which the block described must be embedded. When using the CFC, installation is effected in the cyclic OB (time interrupt) and automatically in the OBs listed in the task list of the block (e.g. in OB 100 for restarting). The CFC generates the necessary OBs during conversion. When using the blocks without CFC, you must program these OBs and call up their block instance from within them. Function Here, the function of the block is described in summary form. In the case of complex blocks, further information is contributed in the Section 'Mode of Operation'. Profibus This title is only found in blocks which communicate directly with a Profibus slave. If special settings need to be made there, these will be described here. Operating principle You will receive more detailed information on the function of individual inputs, operating modes, time sequences a.o. You should know the interrelationships described here in order to be able to use the block effectively.
en-YN.YNT.001.A
2-7
User manual
Concepts ®
POLCID for administrators
2-8
Internal logic This represents the internal logic of the block in a symbolic form. The operating mode of the block can be understood in detail by means of the internal logic. Starting characteristics Two modes of behaviour are differentiated: ● Initial run The block is called for the first time from the OB in which it is incorporated. Normally, this is the OB in which the standard process-related processing takes place (e.g. the time interrupt OB). The block adopts the state which corresponds to the input parameters. These can be preset values (see also "Connections") or already configured values, which you have e.g. parameterised in the CFC. The initial run characteristics are not specially described here, unless the block features any deviations from this rule. ● Start-up The block is processed once when the CPU starts up. This makes that the block is called from a starting OB (where it is additionally installed either automatically by the ES or, via STEP 7, manually by yourself). In such a case, the starting characteristics are described. Note here that the block outputs are preset with specific values and may have an effect on other blocks during CPU start-up, if these are processed first. The correct starting characteristics of the blocks lie in the project engineer's own responsibility. Time behaviour The block with this behaviour must be installed in a time interrupt OB. It calculates its time constants / parameters by means of its sampling interval (the time interval between two successive cyclic processing events). In the case of a CFC configuration on ES, the sampling interval is also determined by the speed reduction of the so-called sequence group. This ensures that the block is not processed at each OB pass. This sampling interval is entered in the connections section, in the parameter SAMPLE_T. For CFC configurations, this is done automatically after incorporation of the block into the OB and sequence group (for this reason this input is set to invisible within the CFC). In the case of the STEP 7 configuration, you must implement this manually. Time behaviour will be mentioned only if the block features the same. Time error Any blocks with this behaviour must be installed in the time error OB (OB 80). In the event of the cycle time being exceeded, a specific behaviour of the block will then be triggered. In the case of CFC programming the installation in the time error OB is effected automatically; in the case of a STEP 7 configuration the programmer must install the block manually.
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Concepts
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
2-9
Message actions The block with these actions reports various different events to the superordinate OS. If applicable, the necessary parameters for message generation are documented. Blocks without any message actions can be supplemented by additional annunciator blocks. A reference to the relevant message actions is shown in the description of the various individual message-enabled blocks. Assignment of message text and message class to the block parameters Message no.
Block parameter
Default message text
1
EROP
$$BlockComment$$ AH - Betriebsstörung
Message class
Suppressable Yes
… This table shows all messages of a block which the user can access with project engineering means. The columns have the following meanings: ● Message no. Consecutive number of the message ● Block parameter Name of the internal parameter / marker bit which triggers the associated message. ● Default message text Standard message text which is used whenever no special message text is entered.
en-YN.YNT.001.A
User manual
Concepts ®
POLCID for administrators
2-10
● Message class Class of the message. There are the following various message classes: Abbreviation
Type
AH
Alarm – high
AL
Alarm – low
WH
Warning – high
WL
Warning – low
PF
AS control system message – fault
PE
AS control system message – error
OF
OS control system message – fault
PM
Preventive maintenance – general
PA
Operating message – with acknowledgement ● Suppressable The message can be deactivated or activated at runtime.
Connections of ... The connections provide the data interface of the block. Using this data interface, you can pass data to the block and retrieve results from the same. Connection Meaning (parameters) TIME1
Data type Def.
Monitoring REAL time
0.0
Type
Attr.
O&O
Perm. values
I
Q
+
>0
In the table "Connections" all input and output parameters of the block type are shown, which the user can access with his project engineering means. They are alphabetically sorted. Elements that are reached only by the algorithm of the block are not shown (so-called internal variables). The columns have the following meanings: ● Connection Name of the parameter, derived from the English designation, e.g. PV_IN = Process Variable Input (process variable, controlled variable). Inasmuch as provided for by the SIMATIC conventions, the same name rules were used. The delivery state of the block representation in the CFC is characterised as follows: Connection name in bold print = connection visible, normal = invisible. ● Meaning Function (poss. brief description) ● Data type
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Concepts
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
2-11
S7 data type of the parameter (BOOL, REAL a.o.). ● Def. (Default) The value of the parameter before the first run of the block (if not changed by the configuration). ● Type Type of block algorithm access to the parameter; differentiates inputs, not inputs and outputs free from feedback (see table) Abbreviation
Type
I
Input. Value provision of the block (Display in the CFC: left block side)
O
Output. Output value. (Display in the CFC: right block side)
IO
Input/output. Interacting input which can be written to by means of the OS and returned from the block (Display in the CFC: left block side) ● Attr. (Attributes) Additional characteristics of the parameter when used under CFC. Any nonconnected input and input/output parameters can be parameterised (for FCs online only input/output parameters). Output parameters cannot be parameterised and can be transferred in the CFC by connection to an input of the same data type. Additional characteristics of the parameter are detailed as follows:
Abbreviation
Attribute
B
Can be operated (only via OS block). Write access is possible by an OS. In the CFC, it is set to invisible.
M
MESSAGE ID for annunciator block (e.g. ALARM_8P) not parameterisable.
Q
Interconnectable. The connection can be interconnected with another output of the same type.
en-YN.YNT.001.A
User manual
Concepts ®
POLCID for administrators
2-12
● O&O the parameters marked by a "+" can be operated or viewed via the associated OS block. ● Permissible values additional limit within the data type range of values. Operation and observation If a faceplate is available for the AS block, reference is made to the description of the associated faceplate and block symbol. 2.2.3
Text library "POLCID_Standard" ®
In the case of the POLCID blocks the texts for alarms and messages are not entered directly into the text line provided for this purpose. An indirect method is used by means of which the texts from the text library "POLCID_Standard“ are used via an index. To this end, each alarm and each message in a block is assigned an index variable of the type 'integer'. In this variable, the number of that index is entered whose text is to be indicated in the alarm or the message. The content of the text library "POLCID Standard“ can be represented as follows: Index
Text
0
Not used
1
Malfunction
2
Error: Overload
3
Error: Local/remote selector switch
4
Error: Speed monitor
5
Error: Machine protection
6
Error: Emergency off
7
Error: Monitoring time
8
Error: Check-back signal
9
Error: Item
10
Error: Position check-back
11
Error: Monitoring time
12
Error: Start-up warning
13
Error: Operating mode 0 not available
14
Error: Operating mode 1 not available
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Concepts
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
Index
Text
15
Error: Operating mode 2 not available
16
Error: Operating mode 3 not available
17
Error: Operating mode 4 not available
18
Error: Operating mode 5 not available
19
Error: Operating mode 6 not available
20
Error: Operating mode 7 not available
21
Error: Message signal 0
22
Error: Message signal 1
23
Error: Message signal 2
24
Error: Message signal 3
25
Error: Message signal 4
26
Error: Message signal 5
27
Error: Message signal 6
28
Error: Message signal 7
29
Simocode group error
30
Error: Motor blocked
31
Simocode in download mode
32
Simocode group warning
33
Error: Earth fault
34
Error: Motor current > maximum
35
Error: Thermistor
36
Error: Overload and asymmetry
37
Error: Torque > Max. when closing
38
Error: Torque > Max. when opening
39
AUMATIC group warning
40
Error: Motor temperature > maximum
41
Error: Phase jump
42
Error: Wrong command
43
Error: Clear status
44
AUMATIC group error
en-YN.YNT.001.A
2-13
User manual
Concepts ®
POLCID for administrators
2-14
Index
Text
45
Hasler group warning
46
Error: Skewing of the belt
47
Error: Belt speed measurement
48
Error: Belt motor temperature > maximum
49
Error: Communications with the master control system
50
Error: Emergency local operating mode
51
Error: Setpoint value < minimum
52
Error: Belt load < minimum
53
Error: Setpoint value > maximum
54
Error: Feed bin weight < minimum
55
Error: Feed bin weight > maximum
56
Error: Belt load > maximum
57
Error: Timeout interlock
58
Error: Belt index
59
Error: Belt calibration
60
Error: Volume flow < minimum
61
Error: Volume flow > maximum
62
Hasler group error
63
Error: Watchdog failure
64
Error: Both limit switches of dosing system
65
Error: Dosing system limit switch open
66
Error: Dosing system limit switch closed
67
Error: Check-back signal from rotary flow regulating valve
68
Error: Rotary flow regulating valve temperature
69
Error: Safety limit switch
70
Error: Calibration outside of limits
71
Group warning AF-300 G11
72
Group error AF-300 G11
73
Error: Bypass operation
74
Dura-Bilt 5i MV group warning
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Concepts
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
Index
Text
75
Dura-Bilt 5i MV group error
76
Error: Overcurrent > 5 minutes
77
Error: Overcurrent > 20 minutes
78
Error: Cabinet fan
79
Error: Current limit exceeded
80
Error: Communication frequency converter
81
Error: Speed limit exceeded
82
Error: Voltage U1 > maximum
83
Error: Voltage U2 > maximum
84
Error: Voltage U3 > maximum
85
Error: Current I1 > maximum
86
Error: Current I2 > maximum
87
Error: Current I3 > maximum
88
Error: Frequency > maximum
89
Error: Device not calibrated
90
Error: Wrong phase sequence
91
Error: Measuring input defective
92
Error: Impermissible parameter value
93
Error: Real time clock power failure
94
Error: Real time clock defective
95
Error: EEPROM setting parameter
96
Error: EEPROM power meter reading
97
Error: EEPROM defective
98
Error: Filling time expired
99
Error: Filling aborted
100
Pfister group error
101
Feed conveyor group error
102
Error: Load outside limits
103
Error: Control deviation rotation times
104
Error: Actuator dosing
en-YN.YNT.001.A
2-15
User manual
Concepts ®
POLCID for administrators
2-16
Index
Text
105
Error: Control deviation feed outside limits
106
Error: Profibus read error no.
107
Error: Aeration valve fuse
108
Error: Control voltage CSC
109
Error: Agitator
110
Pfister group warning
111
Schenk group warning
112
Error: Load cell input
113
Error: Tacho input
114
Error: Power failure
115
Error: Belt limit switch
116
Error: Belt sequence
117
Error: No enabling
118
Error: Mechanical components
119
Error: Electrical equipment
120
Error: Mechatronics
121
Error: Not ready
122
Error: Not ready to be switched on
123
Schenk group error
124
Error: Conveying capacity > maximum
125
Error: Conveying capacity < minimum
126
Error: Belt speed > maximum
127
Error: Belt speed < minimum
128
Error: Atlas Copco compressor
129
Group error Start
130
Error: General shutdown
131
Group warning ACS800
132
Group error ACS800
133
Error: Basic interlock ACS800
134
MOVIDRIVE group warning
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Concepts
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
Index
Text
135
MOVIDRIVE group error
136
Micromaster group warning
137
Micromaster group error
138
Warning: Motor current > maximum
139
Error: Converter overload
140
Error: Not ready for operation
141
Error: Cut-in lock
142
Simovert group warning
143
Simovert group error
144
Error: Undervoltage DC-link
145
Warning: Converter thermal overload
146
Error: Inverter temperature > maximum
147
Warning: Inverter temperature > maximum
148
Warning: Motor temperature > maximum
149
Error: Motor tilted or blocked
150
Converter group warning
151
Converter group error
152
Error: Converter fault
153
> upper instrument limit
154
> upper alarm limit
155
> upper operating limit
156
< lower operating limit
157
< lower alarm limit
158
< lower instrument limit
159
Error: Input fault
160
Error: Pre-selection
161
Error: Voltage U1 > minimum
162
Error: Voltage U2 > minimum
163
Error: Voltage U3 > minimum
164
Error: Current I1 > minimum
en-YN.YNT.001.A
2-17
User manual
Concepts ®
POLCID for administrators
2-18
Index
Text
165
Error: Current I2 > minimum
166
Error: Current I3 > minimum
167
Error: Frequency > minimum
168
Error: DC offset > maximum channel
169
Error: Loading on load cell > maximum
170
Error: Loading on load cell > minimum
2.2.4
Explanation of symbols In order to explain the internal logic of the blocks, the logic operations within the block are shown in a symbolic form below.
Symbolic form
Description
AAAA
:
Symbolic bitname
S AAAA
:
Setting condition for AAAA (Set)
C AAAA
:
Reset condition for AAAA (Reset)
AAAA“
:
AAAA value calculated from current data (in contrast to the values from the preceding cycle)
-AAAA
:
Negated value of AAAA
:=
:
Allocated value
_&
:
Logical AND operation
/
:
Logical OR operation (AND operation has a higher priority level than OR operation)
=
:
Logical equivalence (A_&B) / (-A_&-B))
-=
:
Logical antivalence (A_&B) / (-A_&-B))
<
:
Less than (A < B )
<=
:
Less than or equal to (A <= B )
>
:
Greater than (A > B )
>=
:
Greater than or equal to (A >= B )
<>
:
Not equal to (A > B )
2.2.5
Name of the parameter bits, data bits and status bits In this section there is a list of the names of the parameter bits, data bits and status bits. The bits are listed by name here, and a description will be given. In the text below the names described here are used.
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Concepts
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
2-19
ACTM
(GROC,S)
Activate mode
AUTO
(CONT,P)
Setpoint automatic
AVBL
( ,P)
Available
CLSE
(CONT,D)
Close actuator
CMAN
(CONT,D)
Controller manual
COLOUR_n ( ,D)
Colour for typical
CSF
( ,P)
Control system fault
CVON
( ,P)
Control voltage on
DACM
(GROC,S)
Deactivate mode
DAVB
( ,S)
Drive available
DOFF
( ,S)
Drive off
DSn
(SEQU,D)
Step n active
ERAV
(GROC,D)
Error: Startup-warning not available
ERDS
(CONT,D)
Error: Actuator
ERDn
(SISV ,P)
Error Delay n
EMOF
( ,S)
Emergency off
ERES
( ,P)
Error reset
EREO
( ,D)
Error: Emergency off
ERMS
( ,D)
Error: Motor switch
EROL
( ,D)
Error: Overload
EROP
( ,D)
Error: In operation
EROR
( ,S)
Error: In operation
ERPI
( ,D)
E: Protective interl.
ERPS
( ,D)
E: Position locking
ERSn
(SISV ,D)
Error: Signal n
ERSP
( ,D)
Error: Speed
ERRC
( ,D)
Error: RCR
ERTI
(GROC,D)
In GROC
ETIM
( ,D)
Error: Time supervision
F
(General)
Release output
GROF
(GROC,P)
Group off
en-YN.YNT.001.A
User manual
Concepts ®
POLCID for administrators
2-20
GRSP
(GROC,P)
Group stop
HILI
(CONT,P)
High limit
I
(General)
Input
IODS
(CONT,P)
No disturbed
LCT1
( ,D)
Local control time 1
LEMO
( ,P)
Local emergency off
LOCA
( ,S)
Operation mode local
LOLI
(CONT,P)
Low limit
LSER
( ,P)
Enable local service
LST1/2
( ,P)
Local start
LSP1/2
( ,P)
Local start prot. interlocking
LSW1/2
( ,P)
Limit switch 1/2
MANU
(CONT,S)
Controller manual
MAVn
(GROC,P)
Mode available n
MDAn
(GROC,D)
Mode available n
MDOn
(GROC,D)
Mode on:n
MIOP
(GROC,P)
Mode in operation
MOAC
(GROC,S)
Mode active
MODn
(GROC,S)
Mode n
MONn
(GROC,P)
Mode on:n
NOAV
(GROC,S)
In GROC not available
NOTA
( ,D)
Not available
O
(General)
Output
OLPT
( ,P)
Overload protection
OMDn
( ,D)
Operation mode: n
OPEN
(CONT,D)
Open actuator
OPER
( ,S)
Operation signal
OPL1/2
( ,D)
Operation local 1/2
OPS1/2
( ,S)
Operation signal 1/2
OSG1/2
( ,D)
Operation signal 1/2
PMI1/2
( ,P)
Protect. interl. 1/2
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Concepts
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
2-21
POS1/2
( ,P)
Position 1/2
PSEN
(REVD,P)
Permanent SEN
PWON
( ,P)
Power on
QBAD
( ,S)
Quality bad
R
(General)
Reset
RCR1/2
( ,P)
Revertive sign. 1/2
RLSn
(SISV ,P)
Release signal n
RLSA
( ,P)
Release alarming
RLST
(GROC,P)
Release time
SEN1/2
( , S)
Start enable
SET
(General)
Set initial value
SGIn
(SISV ,P)
Signal input n
SGOn
(SISV ,P)
Signal output n
SIn
(SEQU,P)
Step input n
SPCL
( ,P)
Speed control
SPn
(SEQU,S)
Step output n
STAT
(GROC,D)
Starting time
STA1/2
( ,P)
Start 1/2
STMn
(GROC,P)
Start mode n
STPT
(GROC,D)
Stopping time
SST1/2
( ,P)
Single start
SSTP
( ,P)
Single stop
SUPR
( ,P)
Suppress alarms
SWAV
(GROC,P)
Startup-warning available
SWLO
( ,P)
Selection startup warning local
SWRE
( ,P)
Startup warning release
SWST
( ,P)
Startup warning start
TIM
(General)
Hourly reset
TRES
(GROC,S)
Time reset
URG1/2
(CONT,D)
Urgent operation1/2
URO1/2
(CONT,S)
Urgent operation1/2
en-YN.YNT.001.A
User manual
Concepts ®
POLCID for administrators
2-22
UST1/2
(CONT,P)
Urgent start 1/2
WATI
(GROC,S)
Warning time
2.2.6
Names of the analogue variables In this section there is a list of the names of the input variables which are used for analogue values. The variables are listed here by name, and a description will be given. In the text below the names described here are used.
Name
Description (German)
Description (English)
A1
Actual output value
(actual value)
ACTn
Actual value for time monitoring system
(actual time)
ALH_F
Higher alarm limit
(alarm limit high)
ALL_F
Lower alarm limit
(alarm limit low)
A_IN
Automatic input value
(automatic input)
ASET
Automatic setpoint value
(automatic setpoint)
BW
Bandwidth for recalculation of the output value
(bandwidth)
C1
Actual counter output value
(actual counter)
CAL
Calibration factor
(calibration factor)
CI
Counter input value
(counter input)
CL
Last counter output value
(Last counter)
CNT_NR
Number permanent counter value
(no. permanent counter)
COLOUR
Colour for indication value
(colour)
CSET
Output setpoint value
(output setpoint)
FF
Filter factor
(filter factor)
FIX
Fix value
(fix value)
HIGH
Higher limit
(high limit)
IA1
Internal output value
(internal actual value)
ILH_F
Higher instrument limit
(instrument limit high)
ILL_F
Lower instrument limit
(instrument limit low)
IN
Input value
(input value)
LOW
Lower limit
(low limit)
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Concepts
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
2-23
Name
Description (German)
Description (English)
OLH_F
Higher operating limit
(operation limit high)
OLL_F
Lower operating limit
(operation limit low)
OPTI
Operating hour counter
(operation time counter)
RDATE
Date reset Time when reset input activated
(reset date)
RHOUR
Hour reset Time when reset input activated
(reset hour)
RMINUTE
Minute reset Time when reset input activated
(reset minute)
RSECOND
Second reset Time when reset input activated
(reset second)
SAFE
Safety position
(safety position)
SET
Manual setpoint value
(manual setpoint)
SET_VAL
Initial value
(initial value)
SWIT
Switching hysteresis
(switching difference)
TIMEn
Setpoint time monitor
(setpoint time)
TIMERn
Setpoint time monitor
(setpoint time)
VAL
Input value
(input value)
2.2.7
Representation of the block symbol In order to represent the colour and the operating status of the block symbol 4 bits are reserved in the data word (output DW) of a block. These bits are marked in the following text by COLOUR_1 to COLOUR_4. The combinations of these bits represent a specific operating status and thus simultaneously a specific colour of the block symbol.
en-YN.YNT.001.A
User manual
Concepts ®
POLCID for administrators
2-24
2.2.7.1
Symbols for normal actuators The interrelationships are shown in the following table:
No.
COLOUR
Operating condition
Colour
_1
_2
_3
_4
1
0
0
0
0
Available
White
2
0
0
0
1
Deactivated (bus fault)
Dark blue
3
0
0
1
0
Unacknowledged fault
Red / white
4
0
0
1
1
Fault
Red
5
0
1
0
0
Automatic mode direction 1
Green
6
0
1
0
1
Not available
Yellow
7
0
1
1
0
Local operation direction 1
Magenta
8
0
1
1
1
Local operation direction 2
Magenta
9
1
0
0
0
Automatic mode direction 2
Green
10
1
0
0
1
Limit switch direction 1 pending
White
11
1
0
1
0
Limit switch direction 2 pending
White
12
1
0
1
1
No control voltage
Dark grey
13
1
1
0
0
Automatic mode and fault
Green / red
14
1
1
0
1
Local operation and fault
Magenta / red
15
1
1
1
0
Not used
16
1
1
1
1
Not used
The table described above is valid for all normal drive blocks. It does not apply to the blocks for the company Maerz. The bits COLOUR_1 to COLOUR_4 are normally located in bit positions 28 to 31 in the data word. Some drive blocks do not have all operating states described. In this case the corresponding bit combinations are not used. The description for the blocks indicates the consecutive numbers of the operating states used there.
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Concepts
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
2.2.7.2
2-25
Symbols for Maerz actuators The interrelationships are shown in the following table:
No.
COLOUR
Operating condition
Colour
_1
_2
_3
_4
1
0
0
0
0
Available
White
2
0
0
0
1
Deactivated (bus fault)
Dark blue
3
0
0
1
0
Unacknowledged fault
Red / white
4
0
0
1
1
Fault
Red
5
0
1
0
0
Automatic mode direction 1
Green
6
0
1
0
1
Not available
Yellow
7
0
1
1
0
Local operation direction 1
Magenta
8
0
1
1
1
Local operation direction 2
Magenta
9
1
0
0
0
Automatic mode direction 2
Green
10
1
0
0
1
Limit switch direction 1 pending
White
11
1
0
1
0
Limit switch direction 2 pending
White
12
1
0
1
1
No control voltage
Dark grey
13
1
1
0
0
Automatic mode and fault
Green / red
14
1
1
0
1
Actuator preselected
Brown
15
1
1
1
0
Not used
16
1
1
1
1
Not used
The above-described table is valid for the Maerz blocks. For all Maerz blocks, the number 13 is either non-existent or it has the same signification as in the case of the normal blocks (automatic mode and fault). The bits COLOUR_1 to COLOUR_4 are normally located in bit positions 28 to 31 in the data word. Some drive blocks do not have all operating states described. In this case the corresponding bit combinations are not used. The description for the blocks indicates the consecutive numbers of the operating states used there.
en-YN.YNT.001.A
User manual
Concepts ®
POLCID for administrators
2-26
2.2.7.3
Symbols for Maerz valves The interrelationships are shown in the following table:
No.
COLOUR
Operating condition
Colour
_1
_2
_3
_4
1
0
0
0
0
Available
White
2
0
0
0
1
Deactivated (bus fault)
Dark blue
3
0
0
1
0
Unacknowledged fault
Red / white
4
0
0
1
1
Fault
Red
5
0
1
0
0
Automatic mode direction 1
Green
6
0
1
0
1
Not available
Yellow
7
0
1
1
0
Travel in direction 1
White / grey
8
0
1
1
1
Travel in direction 2
Green / grey
9
1
0
0
0
Automatic mode direction 2
Green
10
1
0
0
1
Limit switch direction 1 pending
White
11
1
0
1
0
Limit switch direction 2 pending
White
12
1
0
1
1
No control voltage
Dark grey
13
1
1
0
0
Fault for direction 1
Red / white
14
1
1
0
1
Actuator preselected
Brown
15
1
1
1
0
Fault for direction 2
Red / white
16
1
1
1
1
Not used
The above described table is valid for the Maerz valve blocks (VALV_P). The bits COLOUR_1 to COLOUR_4 are normally located in bit positions 28 to 31 in the data word. Some drive blocks do not have all operating states described. In this case the corresponding bit combinations are not used. The description for the blocks indicates the consecutive numbers of the operating states used there.
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Concepts
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
2.2.8
2-27
Names of internal auxiliary flags In the following description auxiliary flags with the same name occur. These are variables that store intermediate results in the internal logic and are not listed as inputs or outputs from the block. The signification of the auxiliary flags is described here.
Names of internal auxiliary variables
Description
AVAIL
Available for automatic operation
CLEROP
Reset non-static errors
CLERPS
Acknowledgement after position error
GO1
Starting command direction 1
GO2
Starting command direction 2
I_O
Internal memory
I_S
Internal memory
IAVBL
Available for automatic operation
ICVON
Control voltage on
IOLPT
Overload not available
IRCR1
Operation check-back signal, direction 1
IRCR2
Operation check-back signal, direction 2
ISTA1
Start, direction 1
ISTA2
Start, direction 2
LSWALL
Both limit switches pending at the same time
LSWPOS
One of the two final positions pending
NOAV
Not available
NOSEN
No output set
PMNOT
Both PMI inputs are not pending
RESET
Reset error
RUN1
Trigger signal direction 1
RUN2
Trigger signal direction 2
RUNSTP
Stopping command due to STOP or error
SLAVE_A2000
Profibus-DP slave is an A2000 measuring device
SLAVE_ABBFC
Profibus-DP slave is an ABB frequency converter
en-YN.YNT.001.A
User manual
Concepts ®
POLCID for administrators
2-28
Names of internal auxiliary variables
Description
SLAVE_AUMA
Profibus-DP slave is an AUMATIC actuator
SLAVE_DPV1
Profibus-DP slave operates in operating mode DPV1
SLAVE_FC
Profibus-DP slave is a frequency converter
SLAVE_GEFC
Profibus-DP slave is a General Electric frequency converter
SLAVE_HASL
Profibus-DP slave is a Hasler dosing device
SLAVE_MMCFC
Profibus-DP Slave is a Siemens MICROMASTER frequency converter
SLAVE_OK
Profibus-DP slave, no fault
SLAVE_PFIST
Profibus-DP slave is a Pfister rotary weighfeeder
SLAVE_SCH
Profibus-DP slave is a Schenk DISOCONT
SLAVE_SCH2
Profibus-DP slave is a Schenk DISOCONT Master
SLAVE_SIMO
Profibus-DP slave is a SIMOCODE device
SLAVE_SIVFC
Profibus-DP Slave is a Siemens SIMOVERT frequency converter
STAT_LOCAL
Local operating mode is pending at Hasler dosing device ( CTRPOINT = 1 )
STAT_MAINT
Local maintenance operating mode is pending at Hasler dosing device ( CTRPOINT = 2 )
STAT_REMOTE
Central operating mode is pending at Hasler dosing device ( CTRPOINT = 3 )
TDn
Waiting time n ended
TDAn
Waiting time is active
TDSn
Starting condition for waiting time
WDFI
Watchdog monitoring expired
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Concepts
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
2.2.9
2-29
Profibus-DP diagnosis data Each Profibus slave provides a data record of standard diagnosis data the structure of which is always identical. These data show the status of the Profibus slave and, in the case of most blocks which communicate directly with Profibus slaves, are represented by means of a faceplate. These data are described in the following list:
Name of the data record
Description
ST_NOEX
Station cannot be contacted by the master
ST_NORDY
Station is not ready for data exchange
ST_INSLR
Master was not able to interpret the response of the station
ST_SENSU
The requested function is not supported by the station
ST_MASLO
The station has been parameterised by another master
ST_WATCH
Time monitoring of this station is activated
ST_STDIA
Static diagnosis. The station is unable to transfer data
ST_EXDIA
There is information or a message.
ST_EXDOV
There are more diagnosis data than the station is able to store.
ST_SYNC
The Station received the control command "SYNC".
ST_FREEZ
The Station received the control command "FREEZE".
ST_PAREQ
The station parameters must be reassigned.
ST_PARFA
The parameterising data received last were faulty.
ST_SLCCF
The configuration data transmitted by the master are faulty.
ST_SLDEA
The station is deactivated, i.e. it is not processed
ST_STASL
The diagnosis data of the station have been read.
HARD_ID
Manufacturer identification number of the station
en-YN.YNT.001.A
User manual
Concepts ®
POLCID for administrators
2-30
Name of the data record
Description
DPPA_ADR
Profibus-DP address of the station
SUBNETID
Number of the Profibus line to which the station is connected
2.2.10 Cyclical signals from the SIMOCODE-DP/pro C/V motor controller In the following test, some blocks are described which communicate with the SIMOCODE motor controller and control this device. Here, a series of standardised signals is exchanged. In the following list, you will find the signal names and an explanation of the function. Name of the signal
Description
AUTO
SIMOCODE is in automatic mode
GFLT
SIMOCODE group fault
GWARN
SIMOCODE group warning
IMIN
Motor current detected
READY
SIMOCODE is ready for operation
BLOCK
Fault, motor blocked
DPOK
Fault, Profibus slave
EARTH
Fault, earth fault
IMAX
Fault, motor current > maximum
OVLD
Fault, SIMOCODE overload
THERM
Fault, motor thermistor
UNSYM
Fault, overload and asymmetrical load In addition, the blocks communicating with a SIMOCODE have some additional inputs and outputs that do not exist on the drives of the Nuclei group.
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Concepts
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
2-31
These are the following inputs and outputs: Name of the signal
Description
DOWNL
SIMOCODE is in "Download" mode (device can be reconfigured)
LSW1E
External limit switch closed
LSW1I
Internal limit switch closed
LSW2E
External limit switch open
LSW2I
Internal limit switch open
QBAD
Communication fault with Profibus slave
TEST
SIMOCODE is in "Test" mode (simulated internal operating message)
TRQ1
Torque limiting switch closed
TRQ2
Torque limiting switch open
2.2.11 Noncyclical signals from the SIMOCODE-DP motor controller In the case of the SIMOCODE-DP motor controller, extended status and diagnosis data can be requested via an acyclic communication (DPV1 communication). The blocks for controlling the SIMOCODE-DP (see from) (see page 3-272) read some important diagnosis data of the SIMOCODE-DP and display these in the associated faceplate. More detailed information on the function and programming of the SIMOCODEDP motor controller can be found in the appliance manual "Win-SIMOCODE-DP system manual“. The following data of the SIMOCODE-DP are used here: Name of the signal
Description
ON1
Motor is in operation in direction 1
OFF
Motor is off
ON2
Motor is in operation in direction 2
OVL_WAR
Overload warning pending
LOCK_OT
Interlock system time when switching over the motor is active
AUTO
SIMOCODE-DP is in automatic mode
FAULT
Group fault pending
WARNING
Group warning pending
READY
Motor is ready for operation
en-YN.YNT.001.A
User manual
Concepts ®
POLCID for administrators
2-32
Name of the signal
Description
IDL_TIM
Pause interval after normal stoppage is running
INI_PAR
The device has not yet been parameterised (The default settings are set)
PAR_ACT
Loaded parameters are active
COOL_TI
Cooling down time after overload triggering is active
CST
Test check-back signal (motor is in testing mode)
OPENING
Actuator opens
CLOSING
Actuator closes
POS_CLOS
Actuator limit switch closed
POS_OPEN
Actuator limit switch open
TRQ_CLOS
Actuator torque limit switch closed
TRQ_OPEN
Actuator torque limit switch open
DP_FAIL
Communication via Profibus-DP has failed
DP_BLOCK
Parameter blocking for parametering via Profibus DP is active
EM_START
Emergency start is active (cooling down time is not observed)
HW_TEST
Hardware test successful
EXT_SIG1
External message 1 pending
EXT_SIG2
External message 2 pending
EXT_SIG3
External message 3 pending
EX_WARN
External warning pending
UNSYM
Warning: asymmetry greater than 40%
PLC_CPU
PLC-CPU of the Profibus DP master has failed
SENS_SC
Warning: Short circuit in the thermistor sensor line
WA_EARTH
Warning: Earth fault detected
WA_OVLD
Warning: Overload detected
WA_UNSYM
Warning: Overload and asymmetry detected
WA_I1MAX
Warning: Current motor current is greater than set current Ie1
WA_I2MIN
Warning: Current motor current is less than set current Ie1
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Concepts
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
2-33
Name of the signal
Description
WA_I2MAX
Warning: Current motor current is greater than set current Ie2
WA_I2MIN
Warning: Current motor current is less than set current Ie2
WA_THERM
Warning: Thermistor motor temperature too high
ER_EARTH
Fault: Earth fault detected
ER_OVLD
Fault: Overload detected
ER_UNSYM
Fault: Overload and asymmetry detected
ER_I1MAX
Fault: Current motor current is greater than set current Ie1
ER_I2MIN
Fault: Current motor current is less than set current Ie1
ER_I2MAX
Fault: Current motor current is greater than set current Ie2
ER_I2MIN
Fault: Current motor current is less than set current Ie2
ER_THERM
Fault: Thermistor motor temperature too high
CURR_ON
Fault: Motor not switched on and motor current detected
CURR_OFF
Fault: Motor switched on and motor current not detected
MOT_STAL
Fault: Motor blocked (fivefold set current detected)
POS_STAL
Fault: Damper blocked (fivefold set current detected)
ER_DOUB0
Fault: Both torque limit switches contacted at the same time
ER_DOUB1
Fault: Both limit switches contacted at the same time
ER_ENDPO
Fault: Actuator has left end position without travel command
ER_NONEQ
Fault: Torque limit switch defective
RTS
Fault: Signal "Ready for switching on" not pending
OPO
Fault: Signal "Operation protection off" pending
UVO
Fault: Signal "Undervoltage off" pending
EXT_FLT1
Fault: Signal "External error 1" pending
EXT_FLT2
Fault: Signal "External error 2" pending
ER_CST
Fault: Signal "Test check-back" pending and motor current detected
ER_RT_ON
Fault: No motor current detected after ON command and expiry of running time
ER_RT_OF
Fault: Motor current detected after OFF command and expiry of running time
PARA_ER0
Fault: Discrepancies in current settings Ie1 / Ie2
en-YN.YNT.001.A
User manual
Concepts ®
POLCID for administrators
2-34
Name of the signal
Description
PARA_ER1
Fault: Wrong device type for earth fault / thermistor protection
PARA_ER2
Fault: Discrepancies in sensor settings
PARA_ER3
Fault: Discrepancies between current setting and control function
PARA_ER4
Fault: Allocation without operation block
PARA_ER5
Fault: Allocation without extension block
PARA_ER6
Fault: Bistable behaviour not available
PARA_ER7
Fault: Hardware error memory defective
RUN_TIME
Motor running time
NO_START
Number of starts
COUNTER1
Internal counter 1
COUNTER2
Internal counter 2
COOL_TIM
Cooling down time
NO_OVLD
Number of overload trippings
I_MAX
Maximum current
I_TRIP
Current value at the last overcurrent tripping
R_SENSOR
Resistance of the thermistor sensor
2.2.12 Noncyclical signals from the SIMOCODE-DP/pro C/V motor controller In the case of the SIMOCODE-pr C/V motor controller, extended status and diagnosis data can be requested via an acyclic communication (DPV1 communication). The blocks for controlling the SIMOCODE-pro C/V (see from) (see page 3-272) read some important diagnosis data of the SIMOCODE-pro C/V and display these in the associated faceplate. More detailed information on the function and programming of the SIMOCODEpro C/V motor controller can be found in the appliance manual "Win-SIMOCODEpro C/V system manual“. The following data of the SIMOCODE-pro C/V are used here: Name of the signal
Description
GENER_FAULT
Group fault pending
WARNING
Group warning pending
FAULT_RUNT_ON
Fault: Check-back signal ON command
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Concepts
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
Name of the signal
Description
FAULT_RUNT_OF
Fault: Check-back signal OFF command
FAULT_FEED_ON
Fault: Check-back signal ON
FAULT_FEED_OF
Fault: Check-back signal OFF
FAULT_COLD_ST
Fault: Cold operation (RMT)
FAULT_UVO
Fault: Power supply
FAULT_BLOCK_S
Fault: Damper blocked
FAULT_DOUB_0
Fault: Both torque limit switches contacted
FAULT_DOUB_1
Fault: Both limit switches contacted
FAULT_END_PO
Fault: Final position
FAULT_ANTIVAL
Fault: Antivalence
FAULT_OVLD
Fault: Overload
FAULT_OVLD_PF
Fault: Overload and phase error
FAULT_ASYM
Fault: Asymmetry
FAULT_MOT_STA
Fault: Motor blocked
FAULT_TH_OVLD
Fault: Thermistor overload
FAULT_IMAX
Fault: Overcurrent
FAULT_IMIN
Fault: Current less than minimum
FAULT_INT_EF
Fault: Internal earth fault
FAULT_TM_TEMP
Fault: Temperature greater than max (temperature block)
FAULT_EXT_F1
Fault: External error 1
FAULT_EXT_F1
Fault: External error 2
FAULT_BUS
Fault: Bus
FAULT_PLC
Fault: PLC
FAULT_HW_BU
Fault: Hardware basis unit
FAULT_MODULE
Fault: Block
FAULT_CONFIG
Fault: Configuration error
FAULT_TH_SC
Fault: Thermistor short circuit
FAULT_TH_WB
Fault: Thermistor cable breakage
FAULT_TM_SF
Fault: Temperature block sensor error
FAULT_TM_OR
Fault: Temperature block sensor outside measuring range
en-YN.YNT.001.A
2-35
User manual
Concepts ®
POLCID for administrators
2-36
Name of the signal
Description
FAULT_PARA
Fault: Faulty parameters
FAULT_TEST_SD
Fault: Test switch-off
FAULT_OPO
Fault: Operation protection off (BSA)
WARN_ASYM
Warning: Asymmetry
WARN_OVL
Warning: Overload
WARN_OVL_PF
Warning: Overload and phase error
WARN_BLOCK
Warning: Blockage
WARN_TH_OVL
Warning: Thermistor overload
WARN_CURR_HI
Warning: Overcurrent
WARN_CURR_LO
Warning: Current less than minimum
WARN_TM_HT
Warning: Temperature greater than max (temperature block)
WARN_TM_SE
Warning: Temperature block sensor error
WARN_TM_OR
Warning: Temperature block sensor outside measuring range
STA_DEV
Status: Device OK
STA_BUS
Status: Bus OK
STA_PLC
Status: PLC OK
STA_CURR
Status: Motor current flowing
ON11
Motor runs rapidly in direction 1
ON1
Motor runs in direction 1
OFF
Motor is off
ON2
Motor runs in direction 2
ON22
Motor runs rapidly in direction 2
START_ACTIVE
Motor starts
LOCK_ACTIVE
Interlock system time active
IDL_TIME
Waiting time (Star Delta)
OPER_PRO_OFF
Operation protection OFF
AUTO_MODE
Motor is in automatic mode
TEST_POS_FEED
Test position check-back signal
FEED_CLOSE
Check-back signal closed
FEED_OPEN
Check-back signal open
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Concepts
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
2-37
Name of the signal
Description
TRQ_CLOSE
Torque closed
TRQ_OPEN
Torque open
COOL_DOWN_TIM
Cooling down time running
BREA_TIM_ACT
Pause interval is active
EMER_STA_EXE
Emergency start executed
Table 1: Data record 92 (device diagnosis)
Name of the signal
Description
HEAT_UP_MOT_MO
Heating model in %
PHASE_ASYM
Phase asymmetry in %
RECOV_TIME
Time until re-switching on
TEMP1
Temperature block temperature 1
TEMP2
Temperature block temperature 2
TEMP3
Temperature block temperature 3
TIME_TO_TRIP
Time until tripping of overcurrent protection device
I_L1
Current conductor 1
I_L2
Current conductor 2
I_L3
Current conductor 3
Table 2: Data record 94 (measured values)
Name of the signal
Description
NO_OVLD
Number of overload trippings
M_OP_HOURS
Operating hours
RECOV_TIME
Time until re-switching on
NO_START
Number of starts
Table 3: Data record 95 (statistical values)
Name of the signal
Description
ALH_TEMP
Temperature alarm limit
OLH_TEMP
Temperature operating limit
Table 4: Data record 132 (extended device parameters)
en-YN.YNT.001.A
User manual
Concepts ®
POLCID for administrators
2-38
2.2.13 Signals from the AUMATIC Actuator The blocks which communicate with the AUMATIC Actuator and control these devices exchange a series of standardised signals. In the following list, you will find the signal names and an explanation of the function.
Name of the signal
Description
ACTSET
Actual value and setpoint value do not correspond (selected position reached)
CLEAR
"Global Control Clear" command received
COMWR
Wrong command
CONFIG
Configuration error
DIGINP1
Digital input 1
DIGINP2
Digital input 2
DIGINP3
Digital input 3
DIGINP4
Digital input 4
EDW
Running time warning (maximum running time exceeded)
GFLT
Group fault pending
GWARN
Group warning pending
IMPOS1
Intermediate position 1
IMPOS2
Intermediate position 2
IMPOS3
Intermediate position 3
IMPOS4
Intermediate position 4
INTF
Internal error
INTW
Internal warning
LOCAL
Local Selector switch in position "Local"
LSW1
Limit switch direction 1 (closed)
LSW2
Limit switch direction 2 (open)
NOAV
Not ready for remote operation
NOREF
Current position not calibrated (no reference movement performed)
NREMOTE
Selector switch is not set to position "Remote"
OPLOCA
Drive operates locally
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Concepts
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
2-39
Name of the signal
Description
OPMANU
Drive operates with hand wheel
OPREM
Drive operates in remote operation
PAUSE
Travel pause
PHASE
Phase error
PHASF
Phase error
POS
Current actuator position
POS1
Limit switch direction 1 (closed)
POS2
Limit switch direction 2 (open)
POSDIS
Wire breakage at analogue input E2 (current position)
PROPOR
Proportional travel
PULS
Enter cycle route
RCR
Drive operating
RCR1
Drive operating in direction 1 (close)
RCR2
Drive operating in direction 2 (open)
TEMP
Thermo error (motor protection)
TEMPF
Thermo error (motor protection)
TIMEW
Actuating time warning (maximum actuating time exceeded)
TORQ1
Torque direction 1 (close)
TORQ1F
Torque error direction 1 (close)
TORQ2
Torque direction 2 (open)
TORQ2F
Torque error direction 2 (open)
REMOTE
Selector switch in position "Remote"
2.2.14 Signals from Hasler dosing devices The blocks which communicate with Hasler dosing devices and control these devices exchange a series of standardised signals. In the following list, you will find the signal names and an explanation of the function. Name of the signal
Description
BTARA
Belt calibration in operation
AVBL
Dosing device available
en-YN.YNT.001.A
User manual
Concepts ®
POLCID for administrators
2-40
Name of the signal
Description
BTARA
Belt calibration running
CAVBL
Online calibration is available
CMEAS
Online calibration is in measuring phase
COUN1
Material counter 1
COUN2
Material counter 2
CRCR1
Online calibration is in operation
CRNGX
Online calibration result outside permissible limit values
CTRPOINT
Current monitoring position for dosing device ( 0 = central, 1 = local, 2 = local maintenance )
CWACC
Online calibration waiting for acceptance of results
DSW
Belt skew monitoring switch
EMERG
Local emergency operation
ERBI
Error - belt index
ERBMA2
Error - belt load > maximum
ERBMI2
Error - belt load < minimum
ERBTA
Error in belt calibration
ERCC
Error - Communication to master control system
ERBS
Belt speed measuring error
ERBT
Error - Belt motor temperature too high
ERHMA2
Error - feed bin weight > maximum
ERHMI2
Error - Feed bin weight < minimum
ERLSW1
Error - "limit switch closed" is expected but does not arrive
ERLSW2
Error - "limit switch open" is expected but does not arrive
ERLSWB
Error - Both limit switches for open and closed pending
ERLSWS
Error - safety limit switch (torque)
ERMMA2
Error - Mass flow > maximum
ERMMI2
Error - Mass flow < minimum
ERSMA2
Error - setpoint value > maximum
ERSMI2
Error - setpoint value < minimum
ERPROF
Error - rotary flow regulating valve position check-back signal
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Concepts
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
2-41
Name of the signal
Description
ERPROT
Error - rotary flow regulating valve temperature > maximum
ERRA
Error - refilling aborted
ERRT
Error - refilling time expired
ERWD
Error - communication monitoring (Watchdog)
GFLT
Group fault
HWT
Feed bin filling weight
HWT_LIM
Maximum refilling limit
HWTLIM_S
Maximum feed bin filling level setpoint value
FEED
Command - Start feed bin filling
FDRPOS1
Rotary flow regulating valve 1 current position
FDRPOS2
Rotary flow regulating valve 2 current position
FDR1LSC
Rotary flow regulating valve 1 is closed
FDR1LSO
Rotary flow regulating valve 1 is open
FDR2LSC
Rotary flow regulating valve 2 is closed
FDR2LSO
Rotary flow regulating valve 2 is open
FDREMERG
Selected rotary flow regulating valve in emergency local operating mode
FDRLSC
Selected rotary flow regulating valve is closed
FDRLSO
Selected rotary flow regulating valve is open
FLOWR
Current flow rate
GRAVI
Gravimetric operating mode
ILC1
Interlock system signal
ILCF
Error - monitoring time for interlock has expired
LOCAL
Dosing device in local operating mode
RCR1
Dosing device operation check-back signal
REMOTE
Dosing device in central operating mode
RESULT
Online calibration result
RFIL
Feed bin refilling
RFIL_OSG
Feed bin refilling in operation
RFIL_STA
Start feed bin refilling
en-YN.YNT.001.A
User manual
Concepts ®
POLCID for administrators
2-42
Name of the signal
Description
RFIL_STP
Stop feed bin refilling
SETFB
Setpoint value check-back signal
STPAL
Stop alarm (only this alarm stops the dosing device)
2.2.15 Signals from General Electric frequency converters The blocks which communicate with General Electric frequency converters and control these devices exchange a series of standardised signals. In the following list, you will find the signal names and an explanation of the function. Name of the signal
Description
ALARM
Alarm pending
ACTSET
Actual frequency value is equal to setpoint value
AVBL
Ready to be switched on
CLIM
Drive has reached current limit
COMOK
Communication is O.K.
CUT
"CUT“ detection
FLT
Group fault
FRANGE
Current frequency is equal to or greater than the setpoint value
FSTPR
Fast stop is active
FWD
Forwards operating mode
I_DECR
Reduce local speed
I_EMOF
Local emergency off device
I_INCR
Increase local speed
I_JOG
Local jog monitoring
I_PMI1
Machine protection interlock input
I_REMO
Central operating mode
I_START
Local start
I_TEMP
Motor temperature too high
OVLD
Overcurrent tripping
OVLD1
Overcurrent existing for more than 5 minutes
OVLD2
Overcurrent existing for more than 20 minutes
PMI1R
Machine protection interlock is active
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Concepts
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
2-43
Name of the signal
Description
POWER
Current power consumption
READY
Ready for operation
REMOTE
Available for remote operation
RESET
Reset of faults
RCR1
Drive operating
REV
Backwards operating mode
RUN
Drive operating
SETP
Frequency setpoint value (speed)
SPEED
Current frequency (speed)
SLIM
Drive has reached speed limit
STADIS
Switching on blocked
TORQUE
Current torque
VENT
Cabinet fan is in operation
en-YN.YNT.001.A
User manual
Concepts ®
POLCID for administrators
2-44
2.2.16 Signals from multifunctional measuring device Gossen Metrawatt A2000 Block which communicates with the multifunctional measuring device A2000 and exchanges a series of standardised signals. In the following list, you will find the signal names and an explanation of the function. Name of the signal
Description
ALARM1
Alarm 1 (relay 1) active
ALARM2
Alarm 2 (relay 2) active
CA_ERR
Device not calibrated (recalibriation required)
CL_ERR
Real time clock defective
CN_AL1
Condition for alarm 1 fulfilled
CN_AL2
Condition for alarm 2 fulfilled
CV_ERR
Real time clock power failure; real time value is wrong
DC_ERR
DC-Offset too large (measuring input defective)
EC_ERR
Power meter reading from EEPROM faulty
EP_ERR
Setting parameters from EEPROM faulty
EPR_ERR
EEPROM defective
FR_MAX
Supply frequency > 70Hz
FR_MIN
Supply frequency < 40Hz or not existing
I1_MAX
Current I1 overflow
I1_MIN
Current I1 < 0.8% of the measuring range or not existing
I2_MAX
Current I2 overflow
I2_MIN
Current I2 < 0.8% of the measuring range or not existing
I3_MAX
Current I3 overflow
I3_MIN
Current I3 < 0.8% of the measuring range or not existing
IN_ERR
Measuring input defective
PA_ERR
Parameter value impermissible, the transferred values are not taken over to the EEPROM
PH_ERR
Three-wire connection with sequence L1, L3, L2
U1_MAX
Voltage U1 overflow
U1_MIN
Voltage U1 < 0.7% of the measuring range or not existing
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Concepts
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
2-45
Name of the signal
Description
U2_MAX
Voltage U2 overflow
U2_MIN
Voltage U2< 0.7% of the measuring range or not existing
U3_MAX
Voltage U3 overflow
U3_MIN
Voltage U3< 0.7% of the measuring range or not existing
2.2.17 Signals from Pfister rotary weighfeeders Block which communicates with the rotary weighfeeder by Pfister and exchanges a series of standardised signals. In the following list, you will find the signal names and an explanation of the function. Name of the signal
Description
A120
Emergency off is active
A121
Volumetric filling level sensor of the feed bin
A122
Start enabling
A123
Motor message
A124
Rotor damper error
A125
Rotor damper is closed
A126
Rotor damper is open
A127
Temperature overload of rotor motor
A130
Silo damper error
A131
Open silo damper
A133
Correction exceeded
A134
Feed conveyor in operation
A135
Message from feed conveyor
A136
Feed conveyor motor temperature too high
A140
Check-back signal: Feed bin aeration is active
A141
Aeration error: aeration valve fuse
A142
Message: Power supply error or safety switch activated
A143
Message: Agitator motor temperature too high
A144
Message: maintenance switch or temperature overload
en-YN.YNT.001.A
User manual
Concepts ®
POLCID for administrators
2-46
Name of the signal
Description
A145
Message: OLM error, communication with PLC disturbed
AUTOLOC
CSC dosing controller in local automatic operating mode
AUTOREM
CSC dosing controller in remote automatic operating mode
DOFF
CSC dosing controller is deactivated
ERDEV
Error: Control deviation outside limits
ERDOS
Group fault, stoppage of dosing device
ERDRV
Error of dosing device drive
ERFIL
Feed conveyor group fault
ERLOD
Load outside limit values
ERTRK
Deviation between setpoint value and current rotation time
LMAX1
Maximum limit value, start limit for online calibration
LMAX2
Maximum limit value, refilling must be stopped
LMIN1
Minimum limit for online calibration
LMIN2
Minimum limit, feed bin is empty
LOCBOX
CSC dosing controller is in local operating mode
MODEADJ
CSC dosing controller is calibrated during operation
MSGSETP
CSC dosing controller in batch operating mode
OLCEND
Online calibration is finished
OLCFIL
Online calibration - Start refilling
OLCRCR
Online calibration is in operation
OLCSTA
Online calibration has started
RCR1
CSC dosing controller is in operation
REMOFF
Command block CSC dosing controller in remote operating mode
REMON
Command enabling CSC dosing controller from remote
RESET
Command acknowledge the errors of the CSC dosing controller
RESCOU
Command reset material quantity counter 1
SERVICE
CSC dosing controller in service operating mode
SPLOC
Local setpoint value is active
SPREM
Remote setpoint value is active
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Concepts
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
2-47
Name of the signal
Description
START
Starting command for CSC dosing controller in automatic mode
STOP
Stopping command for CSC dosing controller in automatic mode
2.2.18 Signals from ABB frequency converters The blocks which communicate with General Electric frequency converters and control these devices exchange a series of standardised signals. In the following list, you will find the signal names and an explanation of the function. Name of the signal
Description
ALARM
Alarm pending
AVBL
Ready to be switched on
CW
Command word from master to slave
FINT
Basic interlock (frequency converter stops)
FLT
Group fault
OLPT1
Overload tripping
PMI
Machine protection interlock is active
PON
Start/Stop frequency converter
POWER
Current power consumption
RESET
Reset of faults
RCR
Drive operating
SEN
Start pulse for frequency converter
SETP
Frequency setpoint value (speed)
SFIN
Selection for FINT operating principle ( 0 = FINT is interlocked on LEMO / 1 = FINT is interlocked on PMI1)
SPEED
Current frequency (speed)
en-YN.YNT.001.A
User manual
Concepts ®
POLCID for administrators
2-48
2.2.19 Signals from Siemens frequency converters The blocks which communicate with General Electric frequency converters and control these devices exchange a series of standardised signals. In the following list, you will find the signal names and an explanation of the function. Name of the signal
Description
ALARM
Alarm pending
ACTSET
Actual frequency value is equal to setpoint value
AVBL
Ready to be switched on
BRACT
Bridging contactor activated
BREAK
External holding brake
CAT_ACT
Function catching active or exciter time running
CLIM
Drive has reached current limit
CURR_MAX
Motor current is greater than or equal to limitation
DC_BREAK
D.C. injection brake
DIR_INV
Change direction of rotation
DIR_L_R
Direction of motor rotation left/right
ERCL
Error current limit reached
ERFR
Error frequency greater than maximum
ERIH
Cut-in lock error
ERO1
Error motor overload
ERO2
Error converter overload
ERTB
Error motor tilted or blocked
ERTM
Error motor temperature > maximum
ERTR
Error inverter temperature > maximum
ERUV
Error undervoltage
ERYS
Error not ready to be switched on
EXTFLT1
External error 1
EXTFLT2
External error 2
EXTWARN
External warning
FAULT
Group fault
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Concepts
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
2-49
Name of the signal
Description
FRANGE
Current frequency is equal to or greater than the setpoint value
FRQ_MAX
Frequency is less than shutdown limit
FRQGACT
Actual frequency is greater than reference frequency
FRQGSET
Actual frequency is greater than or equal to setpoint value
FRQLACT
Actual frequency is lower than reference frequency
JOG1
Jogging right
JOG2
Jogging left
KIP_FLN
Function kinetic buffering or flexible yielding is active
MRACT
Main contactor activated
OFF1
Start/Stop frequency converter
OFF2
Immediate pulse inhibitor, drive coasts
OFF3
Quick stop, shutting down with shortest deceleration time
OLPT_W
Warning converter thermal overload
OLPT1
Motor overload
OLPT2
converter overload
OPDIR
Change direction of rotation
OPER_ENB
Enable operation
PAR_SET
Selection parameter set local or remote
PILLIM
PI frequency is less than threshold value
PISAT
PI saturation
POTI_MI
Motor potentiometer lower
POTI_PL
Motor potentiometer higher
POWER
Current power consumption
PRELOAD
Preloading active
RAMP_ACT
Run-up initiator active
RAMP_ENB
Enabling ramp generator
RAMP_UNF
Enabling ramp generator setpoint value
RDY_OPER
Ready for operation
RDY_SWIT
Ready to be switched on
REMOTE
Available for remote operation
en-YN.YNT.001.A
User manual
Concepts ®
POLCID for administrators
2-50
Name of the signal
Description
RESET
Reset of faults
ROT_L
Command left rotating field
ROT_R
Command right rotating field
SETP
Frequency setpoint value (speed)
SETP_ENB
Enabling setpoint value
SPEED
Current frequency (speed)
SWIT_INH
Operation disabled
SYNC
Synchronicity reached
SYNC_W
Warning synchronisation error
TEMP
Converter temperature
TEMP_MF
Error temperature motor > maximum
TEMP_MW
Warning temperature motor > maximum
TEMP_RF
Error temperature inverter > maximum
TEMP_RW
Warning temperature inverter > maximum
TURN_BL
Error motor is tilted or blocked
UGLIM
Voltage greater than threshold value
ULLIM
Voltage lower than threshold value
UVOLT
undervoltage DC-link
WAOL
Warning converter overload
WATM
Warning motor temperature > maximum
WATR
Warning inverter temperature > maximum
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Concepts
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
2-51
2.2.20 Signals from general frequency converters The blocks which communicate with frequency converters and control these devices exchange a series of standardised signals. In the following list, you will find the signal names and an explanation of the function. Name of the signal
Description
ERF1
Error frequency converter faulty
ERF2
Error frequency converter faulty
ERF3
Error frequency converter faulty
ERF4
Error frequency converter faulty
ERF5
Error frequency converter faulty
ERF6
Error frequency converter faulty
GFLT
Frequency converter group fault
FLT1
Frequency converter fault
FLT2
Frequency converter fault
FLT3
Frequency converter fault
FLT4
Frequency converter fault
FLT5
Frequency converter fault
FLT6
Frequency converter fault
GWAR
Frequency converter group warning
GWARN
Frequency converter group warning
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
3
3-1
Blocks
3.1 Data exchange block DB_SYS: POLCID data exchange Description of DB_SYS Object name (Type + Number) DB 1 Function ®
The block is used for the data exchange of POLCID blocks between one another. The block contains signals that are necessary for the overall fault acknowledgement. In addition, it contains signals by means of which special alarms (EROP and MDAn) can be suppressed. Finally, it also contains a system ® time in seconds. This is the time base for all times in the POLCID blocks. Connections of DB_SYS Connection (parameters)
Meaning
Data type
GLOBAL_RESET
General error acknowledgement
BOOL 0
IO
Q
GLOBAL_RESET_OB30
Error acknowledgement in OB30
BOOL 0
IO
Q
GLOBAL_RESET_OB31
Error acknowledgement in OB31
BOOL 0
IO
Q
GLOBAL_RESET_OB32
Error acknowledgement in OB32
BOOL 0
IO
Q
GLOBAL_RESET_OB33
Error acknowledgement in OB33
BOOL 0
IO
Q
GLOBAL_RESET_OB34
Error acknowledgement in OB34
BOOL 0
IO
Q
GLOBAL_RESET_OB35
Error acknowledgement in OB35
BOOL 0
IO
Q
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Def.
Type Attr. O&O Perm. values
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-2
Connection (parameters)
Meaning
Data type
GLOBAL_RESET_OB36
Error acknowledgement in OB36
BOOL 0
IO
Q
GLOBAL_RESET_OB37
Error acknowledgement in OB37
BOOL 0
IO
Q
GLOBAL_RESET_OB38
Error acknowledgement in OB38
BOOL 0
IO
Q
C_GLOBAL_RESET_OB30 Start error acknowledgement in OB30
BOOL 0
IO
Q
C_GLOBAL_RESET_OB31 Start error acknowledgement in OB31
BOOL 0
IO
Q
C_GLOBAL_RESET_OB32 Start error acknowledgement in OB32
BOOL 0
IO
Q
C_GLOBAL_RESET_OB33 Start error acknowledgement in OB33
BOOL 0
IO
Q
C_GLOBAL_RESET_OB34 Start error acknowledgement in OB34
BOOL 0
IO
Q
C_GLOBAL_RESET_OB35 Start error acknowledgement in OB35
BOOL 0
IO
Q
C_GLOBAL_RESET_OB36 Start error acknowledgement in OB36
BOOL 0
IO
Q
C_GLOBAL_RESET_OB37 Start error acknowledgement in OB37
BOOL 0
IO
Q
C_GLOBAL_RESET_OB38 Start error acknowledgement in OB38
BOOL 0
IO
Q
ALARM_EROP
BOOL 0
IO
Q
EROP alarm suppression
Def.
Type Attr. O&O Perm. values
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
3-3
Connection (parameters)
Meaning
Data type
ALARM_GROC_MDA
MDA alarm suppression
BOOL 0
IO
Q
RESTART
System has restarted
BOOL 0
IO
Q
Spare04
Spare
BOOL 0
IO
Q
Spare05
Spare
BOOL 0
IO
Q
Spare06
Spare
BOOL 0
IO
Q
Spare07
Spare
BOOL 0
IO
Q
Spare08
Spare
BOOL 0
IO
Q
Spare09
Spare
BOOL 0
IO
Q
Spare10
Spare
BOOL 0
IO
Q
Spare11
Spare
BOOL 0
IO
Q
S_CYCLE_TIME_ERR
Memory bit for calling OB80 (cycle time error)
BOOL 0
IO
Q
S_CYCLE_TIME_ER30
Memory bit for calling OB80 (cycle time error) for use in OB30
BOOL 0
IO
Q
S_CYCLE_TIME_ER31
Memory bit for calling OB80 (cycle time error) for use in OB31
BOOL 0
IO
Q
S_CYCLE_TIME_ER32
Memory bit for calling OB80 (cycle time error) for use in OB32
BOOL 0
IO
Q
S_CYCLE_TIME_ER33
Memory bit for calling OB80 (cycle time error) for use in OB33
BOOL 0
IO
Q
S_CYCLE_TIME_ER34
Memory bit for calling OB80 (cycle time error) for use in OB34
BOOL 0
IO
Q
S_CYCLE_TIME_ER35
Memory bit for calling OB80 (cycle time error) for use in OB35
BOOL 0
IO
Q
S_CYCLE_TIME_ER36
Memory bit for calling OB80 (cycle time error) for use in OB36
BOOL 0
IO
Q
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Def.
Type Attr. O&O Perm. values
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-4
Connection (parameters)
Meaning
Data type
Def.
Type Attr. O&O Perm. values
S_CYCLE_TIME_ER37
Memory bit for calling OB80 (cycle time error) for use in OB37
BOOL 0
IO
Q
S_CYCLE_TIME_ER38
Memory bit for calling OB80 (cycle time error) for use in OB38
BOOL 0
IO
Q
CYCLE_TIME_ERROR
Memory bit for cycle time error
BOOL 0
IO
Q
CYCLE_TIME_ERR_30
Memory bit for cycle time error for use in OB30
BOOL 0
IO
Q
CYCLE_TIME_ERR_31
Memory bit for cycle time error for use in OB31
BOOL 0
IO
Q
CYCLE_TIME_ERR_32
Memory bit for cycle time error for use in OB32
BOOL 0
IO
Q
CYCLE_TIME_ERR_33
Memory bit for cycle time error for use in OB33
BOOL 0
IO
Q
CYCLE_TIME_ERR_34
Memory bit for cycle time error for use in OB34
BOOL 0
IO
Q
CYCLE_TIME_ERR_35
Memory bit for cycle time error for use in OB35
BOOL 0
IO
Q
CYCLE_TIME_ERR_36
Memory bit for cycle time error for use in OB36
BOOL 0
IO
Q
CYCLE_TIME_ERR_37
Memory bit for cycle time error for use in OB37
BOOL 0
IO
Q
CYCLE_TIME_ERR_38
Memory bit for cycle time error for use in OB38
BOOL 0
IO
Q
S_WARM_RESTART
Memory bit for calling OB100 (warm start)
BOOL 0
IO
Q
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
3-5
Connection (parameters)
Meaning
Data type
S_WARM_RESTART_30
Memory bit for calling OB100 (warm start) for use in OB30
BOOL 0
IO
Q
S_WARM_RESTART_31
Memory bit for calling OB100 (warm start) for use in OB31
BOOL 0
IO
Q
S_WARM_RESTART_32
Memory bit for calling OB100 (warm start) for use in OB32
BOOL 0
IO
Q
S_WARM_RESTART_33
Memory bit for calling OB100 (warm start) for use in OB33
BOOL 0
IO
Q
S_WARM_RESTART_34
Memory bit for calling OB100 (warm start) for use in OB34
BOOL 0
IO
Q
S_WARM_RESTART_35
Memory bit for calling OB100 (warm start) for use in OB35
BOOL 0
IO
Q
S_WARM_RESTART_36
Memory bit for calling OB100 (warm start) for use in OB36
BOOL 0
IO
Q
S_WARM_RESTART_37
Memory bit for calling OB100 (warm start) for use in OB37
BOOL 0
IO
Q
S_WARM_RESTART_38
Memory bit for calling OB100 (warm start) for use in OB38
BOOL 0
IO
Q
WARM_RESTART
Memory bit for warm start
BOOL 0
IO
Q
WARM_RESTART_OB30
Memory bit for warm start for use in OB30
BOOL 0
IO
Q
WARM_RESTART_OB31
Memory bit for warm start for use in OB31
BOOL 0
IO
Q
WARM_RESTART_OB32
Memory bit for warm start for use in OB32
BOOL 0
IO
Q
WARM_RESTART_OB33
Memory bit for warm start for use in OB33
BOOL 0
IO
Q
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Def.
Type Attr. O&O Perm. values
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-6
Connection (parameters)
Meaning
Data type
Def.
Type Attr. O&O Perm. values
WARM_RESTART_OB34
Memory bit for warm start for use in OB34
BOOL 0
IO
Q
WARM_RESTART_OB35
Memory bit for warm start for use in OB35
BOOL 0
IO
Q
WARM_RESTART_OB36
Memory bit for warm start for use in OB36
BOOL 0
IO
Q
WARM_RESTART_OB37
Memory bit for warm start for use in OB37
BOOL 0
IO
Q
WARM_RESTART_OB38
Memory bit for warm start for use in OB38
BOOL 0
IO
Q
S_NORM_RESTART
Memory bit for calling OB101 (restarting)
BOOL 0
IO
Q
S_NORM_RESTART_30
Memory bit for calling OB101 (restarting) for use in OB30
BOOL 0
IO
Q
S_NORM_RESTART_31
Memory bit for calling OB101 (restarting) for use in OB31
BOOL 0
IO
Q
S_NORM_RESTART_32
Memory bit for calling OB101 (restarting) for use in OB32
BOOL 0
IO
Q
S_NORM_RESTART_33
Memory bit for calling OB101 (restarting) for use in OB33
BOOL 0
IO
Q
S_NORM_RESTART_34
Memory bit for calling OB101 (restarting) for use in OB34
BOOL 0
IO
Q
S_NORM_RESTART_35
Memory bit for calling OB101 (restarting) for use in OB35
BOOL 0
IO
Q
S_NORM_RESTART_36
Memory bit for calling OB101 (restarting) for use in OB36
BOOL 0
IO
Q
S_NORM_RESTART_37
Memory bit for calling OB101 (restarting) for use in OB37
BOOL 0
IO
Q
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
3-7
Connection (parameters)
Meaning
Data type
S_NORM_RESTART_38
Memory bit for calling OB101 (restarting) for use in OB38
BOOL 0
IO
Q
NORM_RESTART
Memory bit for restarting
BOOL 0
IO
Q
NORM_RESTART_OB30
Memory bit for restarting for use in OB30
BOOL 0
IO
Q
NORM_RESTART_OB31
Memory bit for restarting for use in OB31
BOOL 0
IO
Q
NORM_RESTART_OB32
Memory bit for restarting for use in OB32
BOOL 0
IO
Q
NORM_RESTART_OB33
Memory bit for restarting for use in OB33
BOOL 0
IO
Q
NORM_RESTART_OB34
Memory bit for restarting for use in OB34
BOOL 0
IO
Q
NORM_RESTART_OB35
Memory bit for restarting for use in OB35
BOOL 0
IO
Q
NORM_RESTART_OB36
Memory bit for restarting for use in OB36
BOOL 0
IO
Q
NORM_RESTART_OB37
Memory bit for restarting for use in OB37
BOOL 0
IO
Q
NORM_RESTART_OB38
Memory bit for restarting for use in OB38
BOOL 0
IO
Q
S_COLD_RESTART
Memory bit for calling OB100 (cold start)
BOOL 0
IO
Q
S_COLD_RESTART_30
Memory bit for calling OB100 (cold start) for use in OB30
BOOL 0
IO
Q
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Def.
Type Attr. O&O Perm. values
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-8
Connection (parameters)
Meaning
Data type
Def.
Type Attr. O&O Perm. values
S_COLD_RESTART_31
Memory bit for calling OB100 (cold start) for use in OB31
BOOL 0
IO
Q
S_COLD_RESTART_32
Memory bit for calling OB100 (cold start) for use in OB32
BOOL 0
IO
Q
S_COLD_RESTART_33
Memory bit for calling OB100 (cold start) for use in OB33
BOOL 0
IO
Q
S_COLD_RESTART_34
Memory bit for calling OB100 (cold start) for use in OB34
BOOL 0
IO
Q
S_COLD_RESTART_35
Memory bit for calling OB100 (cold start) for use in OB35
BOOL 0
IO
Q
S_COLD_RESTART_36
Memory bit for calling OB100 (cold start) for use in OB36
BOOL 0
IO
Q
S_COLD_RESTART_37
Memory bit for calling OB100 (cold start) for use in OB37
BOOL 0
IO
Q
S_COLD_RESTART_38
Memory bit for calling OB100 (cold start) for use in OB38
BOOL 0
IO
Q
COLD_RESTART
Memory bit for cold start
BOOL 0
IO
Q
COLD_RESTART_OB30
Memory bit for cold start for use in OB30
BOOL 0
IO
Q
COLD_RESTART_OB31
Memory bit for cold start for use in OB31
BOOL 0
IO
Q
COLD_RESTART_OB32
Memory bit for cold start for use in OB32
BOOL 0
IO
Q
COLD_RESTART_OB33
Memory bit for cold start for use in OB33
BOOL 0
IO
Q
COLD_RESTART_OB34
Memory bit for cold start for use in OB34
BOOL 0
IO
Q
COLD_RESTART_OB35
Memory bit for cold start for use in OB35
BOOL 0
IO
Q
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
3-9
Connection (parameters)
Meaning
Data type
COLD_RESTART_OB36
Memory bit for cold start for use in OB36
BOOL 0
IO
Q
COLD_RESTART_OB37
Memory bit for cold start for use in OB37
BOOL 0
IO
Q
COLD_RESTART_OB38
Memory bit for cold start for use in OB38
BOOL 0
IO
Q
S_END_HOUR_DONE
Memory bit for end of BOOL 0 hour nearly reached is finished
IO
Q
S_END_HOUR
Memory bit for end of hour nearly reached
BOOL 0
IO
Q
S_END_HOUR_OB30
Memory bit for end of hour nearly reached for use in OB30
BOOL 0
IO
Q
S_END_HOUR_OB31
Memory bit for end of hour nearly reached for use in OB31
BOOL 0
IO
Q
S_END_HOUR_OB32
Memory bit for end of hour nearly reached for use in OB32
BOOL 0
IO
Q
S_END_HOUR_OB33
Memory bit for end of hour nearly reached for use in OB33
BOOL 0
IO
Q
S_END_HOUR_OB34
Memory bit for end of hour nearly reached for use in OB34
BOOL 0
IO
Q
S_END_HOUR_OB35
Memory bit for end of hour nearly reached for use in OB35
BOOL 0
IO
Q
S_END_HOUR_OB36
Memory bit for end of hour nearly reached for use in OB36
BOOL 0
IO
Q
S_END_HOUR_OB37
Memory bit for end of hour nearly reached for use in OB37
BOOL 0
IO
Q
S_END_HOUR_OB38
Memory bit for end of hour nearly reached for use in OB38
BOOL 0
IO
Q
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Def.
Type Attr. O&O Perm. values
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-10
Connection (parameters)
Meaning
Data type
Def.
Type Attr. O&O Perm. values
END_HOUR
Memory bit for end of hour nearly reached
BOOL 0
IO
Q
END_HOUR_OB30
Memory bit for end of hour nearly reached for use in OB30
BOOL 0
IO
Q
END_HOUR_OB31
Memory bit for end of hour nearly reached for use in OB31
BOOL 0
IO
Q
END_HOUR_OB32
Memory bit for end of hour nearly reached for use in OB32
BOOL 0
IO
Q
END_HOUR_OB33
Memory bit for end of hour nearly reached for use in OB33
BOOL 0
IO
Q
END_HOUR_OB34
Memory bit for end of hour nearly reached for use in OB34
BOOL 0
IO
Q
END_HOUR_OB35
Memory bit for end of hour nearly reached for use in OB35
BOOL 0
IO
Q
END_HOUR_OB36
Memory bit for end of hour nearly reached for use in OB36
BOOL 0
IO
Q
END_HOUR_OB37
Memory bit for end of hour nearly reached for use in OB37
BOOL 0
IO
Q
END_HOUR_OB38
Memory bit for end of hour nearly reached for use in OB38
BOOL 0
IO
Q
P_END_HOUR
Memory bit for pulse end of hour nearly reached
BOOL 0
IO
Q
P_END_HOUR_OB30
Memory bit for pulse end of hour nearly reached for use in OB30
BOOL 0
IO
Q
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
3-11
Connection (parameters)
Meaning
Data type
P_END_HOUR_OB31
Memory bit for pulse end of hour nearly reached for use in OB31
BOOL 0
IO
Q
P_END_HOUR_OB32
Memory bit for pulse end of hour nearly reached for use in OB32
BOOL 0
IO
Q
P_END_HOUR_OB33
Memory bit for pulse end of hour nearly reached for use in OB33
BOOL 0
IO
Q
P_END_HOUR_OB34
Memory bit for pulse end of hour nearly reached for use in OB34
BOOL 0
IO
Q
P_END_HOUR_OB35
Memory bit for pulse end of hour nearly reached for use in OB35
BOOL 0
IO
Q
P_END_HOUR_OB36
Memory bit for pulse end of hour nearly reached for use in OB36
BOOL 0
IO
Q
P_END_HOUR_OB37
Memory bit for pulse end of hour nearly reached for use in OB37
BOOL 0
IO
Q
P_END_HOUR_OB38
Memory bit for pulse end of hour nearly reached for use in OB38
BOOL 0
IO
Q
DIAG_MIN
Minimum permitted diagnosis address
INT
1
O
Q
DIAG_MAX
Maximum permitted diagnosis address
INT
16384 O
Q
SUBNET_MIN
Minimum permitted subnetwork number
INT
1
O
Q
SUBNET_MAX
Maximum permitted subnetwork number
INT
32
O
Q
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Def.
Type Attr. O&O Perm. values
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-12
Connection (parameters)
Meaning
Data type
Def.
Type Attr. O&O Perm. values
SLAVE_MIN
Minimum permitted slave address
INT
0
O
Q
SLAVE_MAX
Maximum permitted slave address
INT
127
O
Q
SYS_TIME
System time in seconds
REAL 0.0
IO
Q
DAT_TIM.YEAR
Year of the current date
BYTE 0
IO
Q
DAT_TIM.MONTH
Month of the current date
BYTE 0
IO
Q
DAT_TIM.DAY
Day of the current date
BYTE 0
IO
Q
DAT_TIM.HOUR
Hour of the current time
BYTE 0
IO
Q
DAT_TIM.MINU
Minute of the current time
BYTE 0
IO
Q
DAT_TIM.SCND
Second of the current time
BYTE 0
IO
Q
DAT_TIM.DAYW
Week day of the current date
BYTE 0
IO
Q
ADATE
System time
DATE 0
IO
Q
SUBNET_FAULT
Array for subnetwork errors [1..32,0..127]
BOOL 0
IO
Q
RACK_FAULT
Array for slave errors [1..16384]
BOOL 0
IO
Q
REQ_DIAGNOSTIC
Array for request to BOOL 0 call the diagnosis data [1..16384]
IO
Q
>0
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
3-13
3.2 Data exchange block LAB_IN: Input data from POLAB® Description of LAB_IN Object name (Type + Number) DB 2 Function ®
®
This block is a part of the data exchange between POLCID and the POLAB ® laboratory automation system. In this block, the input data of the POLAB laboratory automation system are written. Connections of LAB_IN Connection (parameters)
Meaning
Data type
Def. Type Attr. O&O Perm. values
POLAB_OSG
POLAB is in operation
BOOL
0
I
Q
POLAB_ERROR
POLAB fault
BOOL
0
I
Q
POLAB_CTR_ON
POLAB control system is in operation
BOOL
0
I
Q
SPARE003
Spare
BOOL
0
I
Q
SPARE004
Spare
BOOL
0
I
Q
SPARE005
Spare
BOOL
0
I
Q
SPARE006
Spare
BOOL
0
I
Q
SPARE007
Spare
BOOL
0
I
Q
SPARE010
Spare
BOOL
0
I
Q
SPARE011
Spare
BOOL
0
I
Q
SPARE012
Spare
BOOL
0
I
Q
SPARE013
Spare
BOOL
0
I
Q
SPARE014
Spare
BOOL
0
I
Q
SPARE015
Spare
BOOL
0
I
Q
SPARE016
Spare
BOOL
0
I
Q
SPARE017
Spare
BOOL
0
I
Q
SPARE020
Spare
BOOL
0
I
Q
SPARE021
Spare
BOOL
0
I
Q
SPARE022
Spare
BOOL
0
I
Q
en-YN.YNT.001.A
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-14
Connection (parameters)
Meaning
Data type
Def. Type Attr. O&O Perm. values
SPARE023
Spare
BOOL
0
I
Q
SPARE024
Spare
BOOL
0
I
Q
SPARE025
Spare
BOOL
0
I
Q
SPARE026
Spare
BOOL
0
I
Q
SPARE027
Spare
BOOL
0
I
Q
SPARE030
Spare
BOOL
0
I
Q
SPARE031
Spare
BOOL
0
I
Q
SPARE032
Spare
BOOL
0
I
Q
SPARE033
Spare
BOOL
0
I
Q
SPARE034
Spare
BOOL
0
I
Q
SPARE035
Spare
BOOL
0
I
Q
SPARE036
Spare
BOOL
0
I
Q
SPARE037
Spare
BOOL
0
I
Q
COMP1_SET
Component 1 setpoint value
REAL
0.0
I
Q
>0
COMP2_SET
Component 2 setpoint value
REAL
0.0
I
Q
>0
COMP3_SET
Component 3 setpoint value
REAL
0.0
I
Q
>0
COMP4_SET
Component 4 setpoint value
REAL
0.0
I
Q
>0
COMP5_SET
Component 5 setpoint value
REAL
0.0
I
Q
>0
COMP6_SET
Component 6 setpoint value
REAL
0.0
I
Q
>0
COMP7_SET
Component 7 setpoint value
REAL
0.0
I
Q
>0
COMP8_SET
Component 8 setpoint value
REAL
0.0
I
Q
>0
WATCHDOG_OUT1 Watchdog to POLAB 1
WORD 0
O
Q
WATCHDOG_OUT2 Watchdog to POLAB 2
WORD 0
O
Q
WATCHDOG_IN1
Watchdog from POLAB 1
WORD 0
I
Q
WATCHDOG_IN2
Watchdog from POLAB 2
WORD 0
I
Q
WATCHDOG_ERR1 Communication error with POLAB 1
BOOL
0
O
Q
WATCHDOG_ERR2 Communication error with POLAB 2
BOOL
0
O
Q
WATCHDOG_B442
BOOL
0
O
Q
Spare
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
3-15
Connection (parameters)
Meaning
Data type
Def. Type Attr. O&O Perm. values
WATCHDOG_B443
Spare
BOOL
0
O
Q
WATCHDOG_B444
Spare
BOOL
0
O
Q
WATCHDOG_B445
Spare
BOOL
0
O
Q
WATCHDOG_B446
Spare
BOOL
0
O
Q
WATCHDOG_B447
Spare
BOOL
0
O
Q
WATCHDOG_B450
Spare
BOOL
0
O
Q
WATCHDOG_B451
Spare
BOOL
0
O
Q
WATCHDOG_B452
Spare
BOOL
0
O
Q
WATCHDOG_B453
Spare
BOOL
0
O
Q
WATCHDOG_B454
Spare
BOOL
0
O
Q
WATCHDOG_B455
Spare
BOOL
0
O
Q
WATCHDOG_B456
Spare
BOOL
0
O
Q
WATCHDOG_B457
Spare
BOOL
0
O
Q
en-YN.YNT.001.A
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-16
3.3 Data exchange block LAB_OUT: Output data to POLAB® Description of LAB_OUT Object name (Type + Number) DB 3 Function ®
®
This block is a part of the data exchange between POLCID and the POLAB ® laboratory automation system. In this block, the output data of the POLAB laboratory automation system are written. Connections of LAB_OUT
Def. Type Attr. O&O Perm. values
Connection (parameters)
Meaning
Data type
COMP1_AVBL
Component 1 is available
BOOL 0
O
Q
COMP1_OSG1
Component 1 is in operation
BOOL 0
O
Q
COMP1_PART
Component 1 is participating
BOOL 0
O
Q
SPARE003
Spare
BOOL 0
O
Q
COMP2_AVBL
Component 2 is available
BOOL 0
O
Q
COMP2_OSG1
Component 2 is in operation
BOOL 0
O
Q
COMP2_PART
Component 2 is participating
BOOL 0
O
Q
SPARE007
Spare
BOOL 0
O
Q
COMP3_AVBL
Component 3 is available
BOOL 0
O
Q
COMP3_OSG1
Component 3 is in operation
BOOL 0
O
Q
COMP3_PART
Component 3 is participating
BOOL 0
O
Q
SPARE013
Spare
BOOL 0
O
Q
COMP4_AVBL
Component 4 is available
BOOL 0
O
Q
COMP4_OSG1
Component 4 is in operation
BOOL 0
O
Q
COMP4_PART
Component 4 is participating
BOOL 0
O
Q
SPARE017
Spare
BOOL 0
O
Q
COMP5_AVBL
Component 5 is available
BOOL 0
O
Q
COMP5_OSG1
Component 5 is in operation
BOOL 0
O
Q
COMP5_PART
Component 5 is participating
BOOL 0
O
Q
SPARE023
Spare
BOOL 0
O
Q
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
3-17
Connection (parameters)
Meaning
Data type
COMP6_AVBL
Component 6 is available
BOOL 0
O
Q
COMP6_OSG1
Component 6 is in operation
BOOL 0
O
Q
COMP6_PART
Component 6 is participating
BOOL 0
O
Q
SPARE027
Spare
BOOL 0
O
Q
COMP7_AVBL
Component 7 is available
BOOL 0
O
Q
COMP7_OSG1
Component 7 is in operation
BOOL 0
O
Q
COMP7_PART
Component 7 is participating
BOOL 0
O
Q
SPARE033
Spare
BOOL 0
O
Q
COMP8_AVBL
Component 8 is available
BOOL 0
O
Q
COMP8_OSG1
Component 8 is in operation
BOOL 0
O
Q
COMP8_PART
Component 8 is participating
BOOL 0
O
Q
SPARE037
Spare
BOOL 0
O
Q
PLNT_PART_OSG1 Plant section main machine in operation
BOOL 0
O
Q
PLNT_PART_MAT
Plant section main machine operates with material
BOOL 0
O
Q
SPARE042
Spare
BOOL 0
O
Q
SPARE043
Spare
BOOL 0
O
Q
TRSP_SA1_OSG1
Sampler 1 transport in operation
BOOL 0
O
Q
TRSP_SA1_MAT
Sampler 1 transport with material in operation
BOOL 0
O
Q
SPARE046
Spare
BOOL 0
O
Q
SPARE047
Spare
BOOL 0
O
Q
TRSP_SA2_OSG1
Sampler 2 transport in operation
BOOL 0
O
Q
TRSP_SA2_MAT
Sampler 2 transport with material in operation
BOOL 0
O
Q
SPARE052
Spare
BOOL 0
O
Q
SPARE053
Spare
BOOL 0
O
Q
TRSP_SA3_OSG1
Sampler 3 transport in operation
BOOL 0
O
Q
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Def. Type Attr. O&O Perm. values
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-18
Connection (parameters)
Meaning
Data type
Def. Type Attr. O&O Perm. values
TRSP_SA3_MAT
Sampler 3 transport with material in operation
BOOL 0
O
Q
SPARE056
Spare
BOOL 0
O
Q
SPARE057
Spare
BOOL 0
O
Q
TRSP_SA4_OSG1
Sampler 4 transport in operation
BOOL 0
O
Q
TRSP_SA4_MAT
Sampler 4 transport with material in operation
BOOL 0
O
Q
SPARE062
Spare
BOOL 0
O
Q
SPARE063
Spare
BOOL 0
O
Q
SPARE064
Spare
BOOL 0
O
Q
SPARE065
Spare
BOOL 0
O
Q
SPARE066
Spare
BOOL 0
O
Q
SPARE067
Spare
BOOL 0
O
Q
SPARE070
Spare
BOOL 0
O
Q
SPARE071
Spare
BOOL 0
O
Q
SPARE072
Spare
BOOL 0
O
Q
SPARE073
Spare
BOOL 0
O
Q
SPARE074
Spare
BOOL 0
O
Q
SPARE075
Spare
BOOL 0
O
Q
SPARE076
Spare
BOOL 0
O
Q
SPARE077
Spare
BOOL 0
O
Q
COMP1_ACT
Component 1 actual value
REAL 0.0
O
Q
>0
COMP1_SET
Component 1 setpoint value
REAL 0.0
O
Q
>0
COMP2_ACT
Component 2 actual value
REAL 0.0
O
Q
>0
COMP2_SET
Component 2 setpoint value
REAL 0.0
I
Q
>0
COMP3_ACT
Component 3 actual value
REAL 0.0
O
Q
>0
COMP3_SET
Component 3 setpoint value
REAL 0.0
I
Q
>0
COMP4_ACT
Component 4 actual value
REAL 0.0
O
Q
>0
COMP4_SET
Component 4 setpoint value
REAL 0.0
I
Q
>0
COMP5_ACT
Component 5 actual value
REAL 0.0
O
Q
>0
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
3-19
Connection (parameters)
Meaning
Data type
COMP5_SET
Component 5 setpoint value
REAL 0.0
I
Q
>0
COMP6_ACT
Component 6 actual value
REAL 0.0
O
Q
>0
COMP6_SET
Component 6 setpoint value
REAL 0.0
I
Q
>0
COMP7_ACT
Component 7 actual value
REAL 0.0
O
Q
>0
COMP7_SET
Component 7 setpoint value
REAL 0.0
I
Q
>0
COMP8_ACT
Component 8 actual value
REAL 0.0
O
Q
>0
COMP8_SET
Component 8 setpoint value
REAL 0.0
I
Q
>0
SAMP1_SILO
Target silo for sampler 1
REAL 0.0
I
Q
>0
SAMP1_TYPE
Material type for sampler 1
REAL 0.0
I
Q
>0
SAMP2_SILO
Target silo for sampler 2
REAL 0.0
I
Q
>0
SAMP2_TYPE
Material type for sampler 2
REAL 0.0
I
Q
>0
SAMP3_SILO
Target silo for sampler 3
REAL 0.0
I
Q
>0
SAMP3_TYPE
Material type for sampler 3
REAL 0.0
I
Q
>0
TOTAL_SET
Total feed rate setpoint value
REAL 0.0
I
Q
>0
TOTAL_ACT
Total feed rate actual value
REAL 0.0
I
Q
>0
COUNTER01
Material quantity counter
REAL 0.0
I
Q
>0
COUNTER02
Material quantity counter
REAL 0.0
I
Q
>0
COUNTER03
Material quantity counter
REAL 0.0
I
Q
>0
COUNTER04
Material quantity counter
REAL 0.0
I
Q
>0
COUNTER05
Material quantity counter
REAL 0.0
I
Q
>0
COUNTER06
Material quantity counter
REAL 0.0
I
Q
>0
COUNTER07
Material quantity counter
REAL 0.0
I
Q
>0
COUNTER08
Material quantity counter
REAL 0.0
I
Q
>0
COUNTER09
Material quantity counter
REAL 0.0
I
Q
>0
COUNTER10
Material quantity counter
REAL 0.0
I
Q
>0
COUNTER11
Material quantity counter
REAL 0.0
I
Q
>0
COUNTER12
Material quantity counter
REAL 0.0
I
Q
>0
COUNTER13
Material quantity counter
REAL 0.0
I
Q
>0
COUNTER14
Material quantity counter
REAL 0.0
I
Q
>0
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Def. Type Attr. O&O Perm. values
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-20
Connection (parameters)
Meaning
Data type
Def. Type Attr. O&O Perm. values
COUNTER15
Material quantity counter
REAL 0.0
I
Q
>0
COUNTER16
Material quantity counter
REAL 0.0
I
Q
>0
COUNTER17
Material quantity counter
REAL 0.0
I
Q
>0
COUNTER18
Material quantity counter
REAL 0.0
I
Q
>0
SPARE_R001
Spare
REAL 0.0
I
Q
SPARE_R002
Spare
REAL 0.0
I
Q
SPARE_R003
Spare
REAL 0.0
I
Q
SPARE_R004
Spare
REAL 0.0
I
Q
SPARE_R005
Spare
REAL 0.0
I
Q
SPARE_R006
Spare
REAL 0.0
I
Q
SPARE_R007
Spare
REAL 0.0
I
Q
SPARE_R008
Spare
REAL 0.0
I
Q
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
3-21
3.4 Data exchange block LAB_ANA: Analysis results of POLAB® Description of LAB_ANA Object name (Type + Number) DB 4 Function ®
®
This block is a part of the data exchange between POLCID and the POLAB ® laboratory automation system. In this block, the analysis results of the POLAB laboratory automation system are written. Connections of LAB_ANA Connection (parameters)
Meaning
Data type
Def. Type Attr. O&O Perm. values
POLAB_ANA01
Analysis result no. 01
REAL
0.0
I
Q
POLAB_ANA02
Analysis result no. 02
REAL
0.0
I
Q
POLAB_ANA03
Analysis result no. 03
REAL
0.0
I
Q
POLAB_ANA04
Analysis result no. 04
REAL
0.0
I
Q
POLAB_ANA05
Analysis result no. 05
REAL
0.0
I
Q
POLAB_ANA06
Analysis result no. 06
REAL
0.0
I
Q
POLAB_ANA07
Analysis result no. 07
REAL
0.0
I
Q
POLAB_ANA08
Analysis result no. 08
REAL
0.0
I
Q
POLAB_ANA09
Analysis result no. 09
REAL
0.0
I
Q
POLAB_ANA10
Analysis result no. 10
REAL
0.0
I
Q
POLAB_ANA11
Analysis result no. 11
REAL
0.0
I
Q
POLAB_ANA12
Analysis result no. 12
REAL
0.0
I
Q
POLAB_ANA13
Analysis result no. 13
REAL
0.0
I
Q
POLAB_ANA14
Analysis result no. 14
REAL
0.0
I
Q
POLAB_ANA15
Analysis result no. 15
REAL
0.0
I
Q
POLAB_ANA16
Analysis result no. 16
REAL
0.0
I
Q
POLAB_ANA17
Analysis result no. 17
REAL
0.0
I
Q
POLAB_ANA18
Analysis result no. 18
REAL
0.0
I
Q
POLAB_ANA19
Analysis result no. 19
REAL
0.0
I
Q
POLAB_ANA20
Analysis result no. 20
REAL
0.0
I
Q
en-YN.YNT.001.A
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-22
Connection (parameters)
Meaning
Data type
Def. Type Attr. O&O Perm. values
POLAB_ANA21
Analysis result no. 21
REAL
0.0
I
Q
POLAB_ANA22
Analysis result no. 22
REAL
0.0
I
Q
POLAB_ANA23
Analysis result no. 23
REAL
0.0
I
Q
POLAB_ANA24
Analysis result no. 24
REAL
0.0
I
Q
POLAB_ANA25
Analysis result no. 25
REAL
0.0
I
Q
POLAB_ANA26
Analysis result no. 26
REAL
0.0
I
Q
POLAB_ANA27
Analysis result no. 27
REAL
0.0
I
Q
POLAB_ANA28
Analysis result no. 28
REAL
0.0
I
Q
POLAB_ANA29
Analysis result no. 29
REAL
0.0
I
Q
POLAB_ANA30
Analysis result no. 30
REAL
0.0
I
Q
POLAB_ANA31
Analysis result no. 31
REAL
0.0
I
Q
POLAB_ANA32
Analysis result no. 32
REAL
0.0
I
Q
I
Q
POLAB_SAMPID Sample identification of current sample
STRING[15] 0
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
3-23
3.5 A2000_PA: Parameter data for the Multimess A2000 measuring device Description of A2000_PA Object name (Type + Number) DB 10 Function This block is used by the function block FB 530 (A2000) which is used for communication with the measuring device Gossen Metrawatt Multimess A2000. It contains parameter values which are required for requesting the different measured values from the Multimess A2000. When communicating with this measuring device via a Profibus interface, it is not defined fixed values that are transmitted but freely parameterisable values. The parameters for a specific measured value are transmitted to the device, after which the device then sends the corresponding measured value. The block listed below contains the parameters for all values that are transmitted to the block by the measuring device. The values will then be stored in a second data block DB 11 (A2000_DA) and can be used in the program from there. A request for a measured value always includes two consecutive bytes, the measured value number (NR) and the parameter index of the group (PI). Connections of A2000_PA Connection Meaning (parameters)
Data type
NR_00_01
Phase-to-neutral voltage U1
BYTE 1
I
Q
PI_00_01
Parameter index group 00 - phaseto-neutral voltages
BYTE 0
I
Q
NR_00_02
Phase-to-neutral voltage U2
BYTE 2
I
Q
PI_00_02
Parameter index group 00 - phaseto-neutral voltages
BYTE 0
I
Q
NR_00_03
Phase-to-neutral voltage U3
BYTE 3
I
Q
PI_00_03
Parameter index group 00 - phaseto-neutral voltages
BYTE 0
I
Q
NR_00_04
Total of phase-to-neutral voltages UΣ
BYTE 4
I
Q
PI_00_04
Parameter index group 00 - phaseto-neutral voltages
BYTE 0
I
Q
NR_01_01
Phase-to-phase voltage U12
BYTE 1
I
Q
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Def.
Type Attr. O&O Perm. values
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-24
Connection Meaning (parameters)
Data type
Def.
Type Attr. O&O Perm. values
PI_01_01
Parameter index group 01 - phaseto-phase voltages
BYTE 1
I
Q
NR_01_02
Phase-to-phase voltage U23
BYTE 2
I
Q
PI_01_02
Parameter index group 01 - phaseto-phase voltages
BYTE 1
I
Q
NR_01_03
Phase-to-phase voltage U31
BYTE 3
I
Q
PI_01_03
Parameter index group 01 - phaseto-phase voltages
BYTE 1
I
Q
NR_01_04
Total of phase-to-phase voltages U∆Σ
BYTE 4
I
Q
PI_01_04
Parameter index group 01 - phaseto-phase voltages
BYTE 1
I
Q
NR_02_01
Phase current I1
BYTE 1
I
Q
PI_02_01
Parameter index group 02 - phase currents
BYTE 2
I
Q
NR_02_02
Phase current I2
BYTE 2
I
Q
PI_02_02
Parameter index group 02 - phase currents
BYTE 2
I
Q
NR_02_03
Phase current I3
BYTE 3
I
Q
PI_02_03
Parameter index group 02 - phase currents
BYTE 2
I
Q
NR_02_04
Total of phase currents IΣ
BYTE 4
I
Q
PI_02_04
Parameter index group 02 - phase currents
BYTE 2
I
Q
NR_03_01
Average phase current I1AVG
BYTE 1
I
Q
PI_03_01
Parameter index group 03 - average BYTE 3 phase currents
I
Q
NR_03_02
Average phase current I2AVG
BYTE 2
I
Q
PI_03_02
Parameter index group 03 - average BYTE 3 phase currents
I
Q
NR_03_03
Average phase current I3AVG
BYTE 3
I
Q
PI_03_03
Parameter index group 03 - average BYTE 3 phase currents
I
Q
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
3-25
Connection Meaning (parameters)
Data type
NR_03_04
Average total of phase currents IΣAVG
BYTE 4
I
Q
PI_03_04
Parameter index group 03 - average BYTE 3 phase currents
I
Q
NR_04_01
Effective power P1
BYTE 1
I
Q
PI_04_01
Parameter index group 04 effective powers
BYTE 4
I
Q
NR_04_02
Effective power P2
BYTE 2
I
Q
PI_04_02
Parameter index group 04 effective powers
BYTE 4
I
Q
NR_04_03
Effective power P3
BYTE 3
I
Q
PI_04_03
Parameter index group 04 effective powers
BYTE 4
I
Q
NR_04_04
Total of effective powers PΣ
BYTE 4
I
Q
PI_04_04
Parameter index group 04 effective powers
BYTE 4
I
Q
NR_05_01
Reactive power Q1
BYTE 1
I
Q
PI_05_01
Parameter index group 05 - reactive BYTE 5 powers
I
Q
NR_05_02
Reactive power Q2
BYTE 2
I
Q
PI_05_02
Parameter index group 05 - reactive BYTE 5 powers
I
Q
NR_05_03
Reactive power Q3
BYTE 3
I
Q
PI_05_03
Parameter index group 05 - reactive BYTE 5 powers
I
Q
NR_05_04
Total of reactive powers QΣ
BYTE 4
I
Q
PI_05_04
Parameter index group 05 - reactive BYTE 5 powers
I
Q
NR_06_01
Apparent power S1
BYTE 1
I
Q
PI_06_01
Parameter index group 06 apparent powers
BYTE 6
I
Q
NR_06_02
Apparent power S2
BYTE 2
I
Q
PI_06_02
Parameter index group 06 apparent powers
BYTE 6
I
Q
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Def.
Type Attr. O&O Perm. values
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-26
Connection Meaning (parameters)
Data type
Def.
Type Attr. O&O Perm. values
NR_06_03
Apparent power S3
BYTE 3
I
Q
PI_06_03
Parameter index group 06 apparent powers
BYTE 6
I
Q
NR_06_04
Total of apparent powers SΣ
BYTE 4
I
Q
PI_06_04
Parameter index group 06 apparent powers
BYTE 6
I
Q
NR_07_01
Power factor PF1
BYTE 1
I
Q
PI_07_01
Parameter index group 07 - power factors
BYTE 7
I
Q
NR_07_02
Power factor PF2
BYTE 2
I
Q
PI_07_02
Parameter index group 07 - power factors
BYTE 7
I
Q
NR_07_03
Power factor PF3
BYTE 3
I
Q
PI_07_03
Parameter index group 07 - power factors
BYTE 7
I
Q
NR_07_04
Total of power factors PFΣ
BYTE 4
I
Q
PI_07_04
Parameter index group 07 - power factors
BYTE 7
I
Q
NR_13_01
Neutral conductor current IN
BYTE 1
I
Q
PI_13_01
Parameter index group 13 - neutral conductor currents
BYTE 13
I
Q
NR_13_02
Maximum value neutral conductor current IN max
BYTE 2
I
Q
PI_13_02
Parameter index group 13 - neutral conductor currents
BYTE 13
I
Q
NR_13_03
Average neutral conductor current IN AVGx
BYTE 3
I
Q
PI_13_03
Parameter index group 13 - neutral conductor currents
BYTE 13
I
Q
NR_13_04
Maximum value average neutral conductor current IN AVG MAX
BYTE 4
I
Q
PI_13_04
Parameter index group 13 - neutral conductor currents
BYTE 13
I
Q
NR_15_01
Supply frequency
BYTE 1
I
Q
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
3-27
Connection Meaning (parameters)
Data type
PI_15_01
Parameter index group 15 - supply frequency
BYTE 15
I
Q
NR_09_01
Effective power of current interval PInt Σ
BYTE 1
I
Q
PI_09_01
Effective power intervals
BYTE 9
I
Q
NR_10_01
Reactive power of current interval QInt Σ
BYTE 1
I
Q
PI_10_01
Reactive power intervals
BYTE 10
I
Q
NR_11_01
Apparent power of current interval SInt Σ
BYTE 1
I
Q
PI_11_01
Apparent power intervals
BYTE 11
I
Q
NR_00_08
Maximum value total of phase-toneutral voltages UΣMAX
BYTE 8
I
Q
PI_00_08
Parameter index group 00 - phaseto-neutral voltages
BYTE 0
I
Q
NR_01_08
Maximum value total of phase-tophase voltages U∆ΣMAX
BYTE 8
I
Q
PI_01_08
Parameter index group 01 - phaseto-phase voltages
BYTE 1
I
Q
NR_02_08
Maximum value total of phase currents IΣ
BYTE 8
I
Q
PI_02_08
Parameter index group 02 - phase currents
BYTE 2
I
Q
NR_03_08
Maximum value average total of phase currents IΣAVG MAX
BYTE 8
I
Q
PI_03_08
Parameter index group 03 - average BYTE 3 phase currents
I
Q
NR_04_08
Maximum value total of effective powers U∆ΣMAX
BYTE 8
I
Q
PI_04_08
Parameter index group 04 effective powers
BYTE 4
I
Q
NR_05_08
Maximum value total of reactive powers QΣMAX
BYTE 8
I
Q
PI_05_08
Parameter index group 05 - reactive BYTE 5 powers
I
Q
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Def.
Type Attr. O&O Perm. values
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-28
Connection Meaning (parameters)
Data type
Def.
Type Attr. O&O Perm. values
NR_06_08
Maximum value total of apparent powers SΣMAX
BYTE 8
I
Q
PI_06_08
Parameter index group 06 apparent powers
BYTE 6
I
Q
NR_07_08
Minimum value total of power factors PFΣMIN
BYTE 8
I
Q
PI_07_08
Parameter index group 07 - power factors
BYTE 7
I
Q
NR_00_05
Maximum value phase-to-neutral voltage U1MAX
BYTE 5
I
Q
PI_00_05
Parameter index group 00 - phaseto-neutral voltages
BYTE 0
I
Q
NR_00_06
Maximum value phase-to-neutral voltage U2MAX
BYTE 6
I
Q
PI_00_06
Parameter index group 00 - phaseto-neutral voltages
BYTE 0
I
Q
NR_00_07
Maximum value phase-to-neutral voltage U3MAX
BYTE 7
I
Q
PI_00_07
Parameter index group 00 - phaseto-neutral voltages
BYTE 0
I
Q
NR_01_05
Maximum value phase-to-phase voltage U12MAX
BYTE 5
I
Q
PI_01_05
Parameter index group 01 - phaseto-phase voltages
BYTE 1
I
Q
NR_01_06
Maximum value phase-to-phase voltage U23MAX
BYTE 6
I
Q
PI_01_06
Parameter index group 01 - phaseto-phase voltages
BYTE 1
I
Q
NR_01_07
Maximum value phase-to-phase voltage U31MAX
BYTE 7
I
Q
PI_01_07
Parameter index group 01 - phaseto-phase voltages
BYTE 1
I
Q
NR_02_05
Maximum value phase current I1
BYTE 5
I
Q
BYTE 2
I
Q
MAX
PI_02_05
Parameter index group 02 - phase currents
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
3-29
Connection Meaning (parameters)
Data type
NR_02_06
BYTE 6
I
Q
Parameter index group 02 - phase currents
BYTE 2
I
Q
Maximum value phase current I3
BYTE 7
I
Q
Maximum value phase current I2
Def.
Type Attr. O&O Perm. values
MAX
PI_02_06 NR_02_07
MAX
PI_02_07
Parameter index group 02 - phase currents
BYTE 2
I
Q
NR_03_05
Maximum value average phase current I1AVG MAX
BYTE 5
I
Q
PI_03_05
Parameter index group 03 - average BYTE 3 phase currents
I
Q
NR_03_06
Maximum value average phase current I2AVG MAX
BYTE 6
I
Q
PI_03_06
Parameter index group 03 - average BYTE 3 phase currents
I
Q
NR_03_07
Maximum value average phase current I3AVG MAX
BYTE 7
I
Q
PI_03_07
Parameter index group 03 - average BYTE 3 phase currents
I
Q
Maximum value effective power P1
BYTE 5
I
Q
NR_04_05
MAX
PI_04_05
Parameter index group 04 effective powers
BYTE 4
I
Q
NR_04_06
Maximum value effective power P2
BYTE 6
I
Q
Parameter index group 04 effective powers
BYTE 4
I
Q
Maximum value effective power P3
BYTE 7
I
Q
MAX
PI_04_06 NR_04_07
MAX
PI_04_07
Parameter index group 04 effective powers
BYTE 4
I
Q
NR_05_05
Maximum value reactive power Q1MAX
BYTE 5
I
Q
PI_05_05
Parameter index group 05 - reactive BYTE 5 powers
I
Q
en-YN.YNT.001.A
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-30
Connection Meaning (parameters)
Data type
Def.
Type Attr. O&O Perm. values
NR_05_06
Maximum value reactive power Q2MAX
BYTE 6
I
Q
PI_05_06
Parameter index group 05 - reactive BYTE 5 powers
I
Q
NR_05_07
Maximum value reactive power Q3MAX
BYTE 7
I
Q
PI_05_07
Parameter index group 05 - reactive BYTE 5 powers
I
Q
NR_06_05
Maximum value apparent power S1MAX
BYTE 5
I
Q
PI_06_05
Parameter index group 06 apparent powers
BYTE 6
I
Q
NR_06_06
Maximum value apparent power S2MAX
BYTE 6
I
Q
PI_06_06
Parameter index group 06 apparent powers
BYTE 6
I
Q
NR_06_07
Maximum value apparent power S3
BYTE 7
I
Q
MAX
PI_06_07
Parameter index group 06 apparent powers
BYTE 6
I
Q
NR_07_05
Minimum value power factor PF1 MIN BYTE 5
I
Q
PI_07_05
Parameter index group 07 - power factors
BYTE 7
I
Q
NR_07_06
Minimum value power factor PF2 MIN BYTE 6
I
Q
PI_07_06
Parameter index group 07 - power factors
BYTE 7
I
Q
NR_07_07
Minimum value power factor PF3 MIN BYTE 7
I
Q
PI_07_07
Parameter index group 07 - power factors
BYTE 7
I
Q
NR_08_01
Active energy supplied in low-load hours
BYTE 1
I
Q
PI_08_01
Parameter index group 08 - active energy meter
BYTE 8
I
Q
PIN08_01
Value not used
BYTE 1
I
Q
PID08_01
Value not used
BYTE 8
I
Q
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
3-31
Connection Meaning (parameters)
Data type
NR_08_02
Active energy drawn in low-load hours
BYTE 2
I
Q
PI_08_02
Parameter index group 08 - active energy meter
BYTE 8
I
Q
PIN08_02
Value not used
BYTE 2
I
Q
PID08_02
Value not used
BYTE 8
I
Q
NR_08_03
Active energy supplied in high-load hours
BYTE 3
I
Q
PI_08_03
Parameter index group 08 - active energy meter
BYTE 8
I
Q
PIN08_03
Value not used
BYTE 3
I
Q
PID08_03
Value not used
BYTE 8
I
Q
NR_08_04
Active energy drawn in high-load hours
BYTE 4
I
Q
PI_08_04
Parameter index group 08 - active energy meter
BYTE 8
I
Q
PIN08_04
Value not used
BYTE 4
I
Q
PID08_04
Value not used
BYTE 8
I
Q
NR_12_01
Active energy supplied in low-load hours
BYTE 1
I
Q
PI_12_01
Parameter index group 12 - reactive BYTE 12 energy meter
I
Q
PIN12_01
Value not used
BYTE 1
I
Q
PID12_01
Value not used
BYTE 12
I
Q
NR_12_02
Active energy drawn in low-load hours
BYTE 2
I
Q
PI_12_02
Parameter index group 12 - reactive BYTE 12 energy meter
I
Q
PIN12_02
Value not used
BYTE 2
I
Q
PID12_02
Value not used
BYTE 12
I
Q
NR_12_03
Active energy supplied in high-load hours
BYTE 3
I
Q
PI_12_03
Parameter index group 12 - reactive BYTE 12 energy meter
I
Q
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Def.
Type Attr. O&O Perm. values
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-32
Connection Meaning (parameters)
Data type
Def.
Type Attr. O&O Perm. values
PIN12_03
Value not used
BYTE 3
I
Q
PID12_03
Value not used
BYTE 12
I
Q
NR_12_04
Active energy drawn in high-load hours
BYTE 4
I
Q
PI_12_04
Parameter index group 12 - reactive BYTE 12 energy meter
I
Q
PIN12_04
Value not used
BYTE 4
I
Q
PID12_04
Value not used
BYTE 12
I
Q
NR_09_02
Effective power of 1st previous interval PInt Σ
BYTE 2
I
Q
PI_09_02
Effective power intervals
BYTE 9
I
Q
NR_09_03
Effective power of 2nd previous interval PInt Σ
BYTE 3
I
Q
PI_09_03
Effective power intervals
BYTE 9
I
Q
NR_09_04
Effective power of 3rd previous interval PInt Σ
BYTE 4
I
Q
PI_09_04
Effective power intervals
BYTE 9
I
Q
NR_09_05
Effective power of 4th previous interval PInt Σ
BYTE 5
I
Q
PI_09_05
Effective power intervals
BYTE 9
I
Q
NR_09_06
Effective power of 5th previous interval PInt Σ
BYTE 6
I
Q
PI_09_06
Effective power intervals
BYTE 9
I
Q
NR_09_07
Effective power of 6th previous interval PInt Σ
BYTE 7
I
Q
PI_09_07
Effective power intervals
BYTE 9
I
Q
NR_09_08
Effective power of 7th previous interval PInt Σ
BYTE 8
I
Q
PI_09_08
Effective power intervals
BYTE 9
I
Q
NR_09_09
Effective power of 8th previous interval PInt Σ
BYTE 9
I
Q
PI_09_09
Effective power intervals
BYTE 9
I
Q
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
3-33
Connection Meaning (parameters)
Data type
NR_09_10
Effective power of 9th previous interval PInt Σ
BYTE 10
I
Q
PI_09_10
Effective power intervals
BYTE 9
I
Q
NR_09_11
Effective power of 10th previous interval PInt Σ
BYTE 11
I
Q
PI_09_11
Effective power intervals
BYTE 9
I
Q
NR_09_12
Maximum value effective power of interval PInt Σ
BYTE 12
I
Q
PI_09_12
Effective power intervals
BYTE 9
I
Q
NR_10_02
Reactive power of 1st previous interval QInt Σ
BYTE 2
I
Q
PI_10_02
Reactive power intervals
BYTE 10
I
Q
NR_10_03
Reactive power of 2nd previous interval QInt Σ
BYTE 3
I
Q
PI_10_03
Reactive power intervals
BYTE 10
I
Q
NR_10_04
Reactive power of 3rd previous interval QInt Σ
BYTE 4
I
Q
PI_10_04
Reactive power intervals
BYTE 10
I
Q
NR_10_05
Reactive power of 4th previous interval QInt Σ
BYTE 5
I
Q
PI_10_05
Reactive power intervals
BYTE 10
I
Q
NR_10_06
Reactive power of 5th previous interval QInt Σ
BYTE 6
I
Q
PI_10_06
Reactive power intervals
BYTE 10
I
Q
NR_10_07
Reactive power of 6th previous interval QInt Σ
BYTE 7
I
Q
PI_10_07
Reactive power intervals
BYTE 10
I
Q
NR_10_08
Reactive power of 7th previous interval QInt Σ
BYTE 8
I
Q
PI_10_08
Reactive power intervals
BYTE 10
I
Q
NR_10_09
Reactive power of 8th previous interval QInt Σ
BYTE 9
I
Q
PI_10_09
Reactive power intervals
BYTE 10
I
Q
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Def.
Type Attr. O&O Perm. values
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-34
Connection Meaning (parameters)
Data type
Def.
Type Attr. O&O Perm. values
NR_10_10
Reactive power of 9th previous interval QInt Σ
BYTE 10
I
Q
PI_10_10
Reactive power intervals
BYTE 10
I
Q
NR_10_11
Reactive power of 10th previous interval QInt Σ
BYTE 11
I
Q
PI_10_11
Reactive power intervals
BYTE 10
I
Q
NR_10_12
Maximum value reactive power of interval QInt Σ
BYTE 12
I
Q
PI_10_12
Reactive power intervals
BYTE 10
I
Q
NR_11_02
Apparent power of 1st previous interval SInt Σ
BYTE 2
I
Q
PI_11_02
Apparent power intervals
BYTE 11
I
Q
NR_11_03
Apparent power of 2nd previous interval SInt Σ
BYTE 3
I
Q
PI_11_03
Apparent power intervals
BYTE 11
I
Q
NR_11_04
Apparent power of 3rd previous interval SInt Σ
BYTE 4
I
Q
PI_11_04
Apparent power intervals
BYTE 11
I
Q
NR_11_05
Apparent power of 4th previous interval SInt Σ
BYTE 5
I
Q
PI_11_05
Apparent power intervals
BYTE 11
I
Q
NR_11_06
Apparent power of 5th previous interval SInt Σ
BYTE 6
I
Q
PI_11_06
Apparent power intervals
BYTE 11
I
Q
NR_11_07
Apparent power of 6th previous interval SInt Σ
BYTE 7
I
Q
PI_11_07
Apparent power intervals
BYTE 11
I
Q
NR_11_08
Apparent power of 7th previous interval SInt Σ
BYTE 8
I
Q
PI_11_08
Apparent power intervals
BYTE 11
I
Q
NR_11_09
Apparent power of 8th previous interval SInt Σ
BYTE 9
I
Q
PI_11_09
Apparent power intervals
BYTE 11
I
Q
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
3-35
Connection Meaning (parameters)
Data type
NR_11_10
Apparent power of 9th previous interval SInt Σ
BYTE 10
I
Q
PI_11_10
Apparent power intervals
BYTE 11
I
Q
NR_11_11
Apparent power of 10th previous interval SInt Σ
BYTE 11
I
Q
PI_11_11
Apparent power intervals
BYTE 11
I
Q
NR_11_12
Maximum value apparent power of interval SInt Σ
BYTE 12
I
Q
PI_11_12
Apparent power intervals
BYTE 11
I
Q
PINXX_02
Not used
BYTE 1
I
Q
PIDXX_02
Not used
BYTE 0
I
Q
PINXX_03
Not used
BYTE 2
I
Q
PIDXX_03
Not used
BYTE 0
I
Q
PINXX_04
Not used
BYTE 3
I
Q
PIDXX_04
Not used
BYTE 0
I
Q
PINXX_05
Not used
BYTE 4
I
Q
PIDXX_05
Not used
BYTE 0
I
Q
PINXX_06
Not used
BYTE 1
I
Q
PIDXX_06
Not used
BYTE 1
I
Q
PINXX_07
Not used
BYTE 2
I
Q
PIDXX_07
Not used
BYTE 1
I
Q
PINXX_08
Not used
BYTE 3
I
Q
PIDXX_08
Not used
BYTE 1
I
Q
PINXX_09
Not used
BYTE 4
I
Q
PIDXX_09
Not used
BYTE 1
I
Q
PINXX_10
Not used
BYTE 1
I
Q
PIDXX_10
Not used
BYTE 2
I
Q
PINXX_11
Not used
BYTE 2
I
Q
PIDXX_11
Not used
BYTE 2
I
Q
PINXX_12
Not used
BYTE 3
I
Q
PIDXX_12
Not used
BYTE 2
I
Q
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Def.
Type Attr. O&O Perm. values
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-36
Connection Meaning (parameters)
Data type
Def.
Type Attr. O&O Perm. values
MF_N3
Multiplication factor 0.001
REAL 1.0e-3 I
Q
MF_N2
Multiplication factor 0.01
REAL 1.0e-2 I
Q
MF_N1
Multiplication factor 0.1
REAL 1.0e-1 I
Q
MF_P0
Multiplication factor 1
REAL 1.0e+0 I
Q
MF_P1
Multiplication factor 10
REAL 1.0e+1 I
Q
MF_P2
Multiplication factor 100
REAL 1.0e+2 I
Q
MF_P3
Multiplication factor 1,000
REAL 1.0e+3 I
Q
MF_P4
Multiplication factor 10,000
REAL 1.0e+4 I
Q
MF_P5
Multiplication factor 100,000
REAL 1.0e+5 I
Q
MF_P6
Multiplication factor 1,000,000
REAL 1.0e+6 I
Q
MF_P7
Multiplication factor 10,000,000
REAL 1.0e+7 I
Q
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
3-37
3.6 A2000_DA: Measured values from the Multimess A2000 measuring device Description of A2000_DA Object name (Type + Number) DB 11 Function This block is used by the function block FB 530 (A2000) which is used for communication with the measuring device Gossen Metrawatt Multimess A2000. It contains the measured values that are read from the Multimess A2000. When communicating with this measuring device via a Profibus interface, it is not defined fixed values that are transmitted but freely parameterisable values. The parameters for a specific measured value are transmitted to the device, after which the device then sends the corresponding measured value. The block DB 10 (A2000_PA) contains the parameters for all values that are transmitted to the block by the measuring device. The values will then be stored in the data block described below and can be used in the program from there. Connections of A2000_DA Connection Meaning (parameters)
Data type
PH_U1ACT
Phase-to-neutral voltage U1
REAL 0.0
I
Q
PH_U2ACT
Phase-to-neutral voltage U2
REAL 0.0
I
Q
PH_U3ACT
Phase-to-neutral voltage U3
REAL 0.0
I
Q
PH_UTACT
Total of phase-to-neutral voltages UΣ
REAL 0.0
I
Q
D_U12ACT
Phase-to-phase voltage U12
REAL 0.0
I
Q
D_U23ACT
Phase-to-phase voltage U23
REAL 0.0
I
Q
D_U31ACT
Phase-to-phase voltage U31
REAL 0.0
I
Q
D_UTACT
Total of phase-to-phase voltages U∆Σ
REAL 0.0
I
Q
PH_I1ACT
Phase current I1
REAL 0.0
I
Q
PH_I2ACT
Phase current I2
REAL 0.0
I
Q
PH_I3ACT
Phase current I3
REAL 0.0
I
Q
PH_ISACT
Total of phase currents IΣ
REAL 0.0
I
Q
PH_I1AVG
Average phase current I1AVG
REAL 0.0
I
Q
PH_I2AVG
Average phase current I2AVG
REAL 0.0
I
Q
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Def. Type Attr. O&O Perm. values
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-38
Connection Meaning (parameters)
Data type
PH_I3AVG
Average phase current I3AVG
REAL 0.0
I
Q
PH_ISAVG
Average total of phase currents IΣAVG
REAL 0.0
I
Q
P1ACT
Effective power P1
REAL 0.0
I
Q
P2ACT
Effective power P2
REAL 0.0
I
Q
P3ACT
Effective power P3
REAL 0.0
I
Q
PSACT
Total of effective powers PΣ
REAL 0.0
I
Q
Q1ACT
Reactive power Q1
REAL 0.0
I
Q
Q2ACT
Reactive power Q2
REAL 0.0
I
Q
Q3ACT
Reactive power Q3
REAL 0.0
I
Q
QSACT
Total of reactive powers QΣ
REAL 0.0
I
Q
S1ACT
Apparent power S1
REAL 0.0
I
Q
S2ACT
Apparent power S2
REAL 0.0
I
Q
S3ACT
Apparent power S3
REAL 0.0
I
Q
SSACT
Total of apparent powers SΣ
REAL 0.0
I
Q
PF1ACT
Power factor PF1
REAL 0.0
I
Q
PF2ACT
Power factor PF2
REAL 0.0
I
Q
PF3ACT
Power factor PF3
REAL 0.0
I
Q
PFSACT
Total of power factors PFΣ
REAL 0.0
I
Q
INACT
Neutral conductor current IN
REAL 0.0
I
Q
INMAX
Maximum value neutral conductor current IN max
REAL 0.0
I
Q
Average neutral conductor current IN
REAL 0.0
I
Q
INAVG
Def. Type Attr. O&O Perm. values
AVGx
INAMA
Maximum value average neutral conductor current IN AVG MAX
REAL 0.0
I
Q
FREQ
Supply frequency
REAL 0.0
I
Q
PACT_I01
Effective power of current interval PInt Σ REAL 0.0
I
Q
QACT_I01
Reactive power of current interval QInt Σ REAL 0.0
I
Q
SACT_I01
Apparent power of current interval SInt Σ REAL 0.0
I
Q
PH_UMAX
Maximum value total of phase-toneutral voltages UΣMAX
I
Q
REAL 0.0
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
3-39
Connection Meaning (parameters)
Data type
D_UTMAX
Maximum value total of phase-tophase voltages U∆ΣMAX
REAL 0.0
I
Q
PH_ISMAX
Maximum value total of phase currents REAL 0.0 IΣ
I
Q
PH_ISAMA
Maximum value average total of phase REAL 0.0 currents IΣAVG MAX
I
Q
PSMAX
Maximum value total of effective powers U∆ΣMAX
REAL 0.0
I
Q
QSMAX
Maximum value total of reactive powers QΣMAX
REAL 0.0
I
Q
SSMAX
Maximum value total of apparent powers SΣMAX
REAL 0.0
I
Q
PFSMIN
Minimum value total of power factors PFΣMIN
REAL 0.0
I
Q
PH_U1MAX
Maximum value phase-to-neutral voltage U1MAX
REAL 0.0
I
Q
PH_U2MAX
Maximum value phase-to-neutral voltage U2MAX
REAL 0.0
I
Q
PH_U3MAX
Maximum value phase-to-neutral voltage U3MAX
REAL 0.0
I
Q
D_U12MAX
Maximum value phase-to-phase voltage U12MAX
REAL 0.0
I
Q
D_U23MAX
Maximum value phase-to-phase voltage U23MAX
REAL 0.0
I
Q
D_U31MAX
Maximum value phase-to-phase voltage U31MAX
REAL 0.0
I
Q
PH_I1MAX
Maximum value phase current I1 MAX
REAL 0.0
I
Q
PH_I2MAX
Maximum value phase current I2 MAX
REAL 0.0
I
Q
PH_I3MAX
Maximum value phase current I3 MAX
REAL 0.0
I
Q
PH_I1AMA
Maximum value average phase current REAL 0.0 I1AVG MAX
I
Q
PH_I2AMA
Maximum value average phase current REAL 0.0 I2AVG MAX
I
Q
PH_I3AMA
Maximum value average phase current REAL 0.0 I3AVG MAX
I
Q
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Def. Type Attr. O&O Perm. values
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-40
Connection Meaning (parameters)
Data type
Def. Type Attr. O&O Perm. values
P1MAX
Maximum value effective power P1 MAX REAL 0.0
I
Q
P2MAX
Maximum value effective power P2 MAX REAL 0.0
I
Q
P3MAX
Maximum value effective power P3 MAX REAL 0.0
I
Q
Q1MAX
Maximum value reactive power Q1MAX
REAL 0.0
I
Q
Q2MAX
Maximum value reactive power Q2MAX
REAL 0.0
I
Q
Q3MAX
Maximum value reactive power Q3MAX
REAL 0.0
I
Q
S1MAX
Maximum value apparent power S1MAX REAL 0.0
I
Q
S2MAX
Maximum value apparent power S2MAX REAL 0.0
I
Q
Maximum value apparent power S3
REAL 0.0
I
Q
S3MAX
MAX
PF1MIN
Minimum value power factor PF1 MIN
REAL 0.0
I
Q
PF2MIN
Minimum value power factor PF2 MIN
REAL 0.0
I
Q
PF3MIN
Minimum value power factor PF3 MIN
REAL 0.0
I
Q
PTOT_INL
Active energy supplied in low-load hours
REAL 0.0
I
Q
DUMMY01
Value not used
REAL 0.0
I
Q
PTOT_IML
Active energy drawn in low-load hours
REAL 0.0
I
Q
DUMMY02
Value not used
REAL 0.0
I
Q
PTOT_INH
Active energy supplied in high-load hours
REAL 0.0
I
Q
DUMMY03
Value not used
REAL 0.0
I
Q
PTOT_IMH
Active energy drawn in high-load hours REAL 0.0
I
Q
DUMMY04
Value not used
REAL 0.0
I
Q
QTOT_INL
Active energy supplied in low-load hours
REAL 0.0
I
Q
DUMMY05
Value not used
REAL 0.0
I
Q
QTOT_IML
Active energy drawn in low-load hours
REAL 0.0
I
Q
DUMMY06
Value not used
REAL 0.0
I
Q
QTOT_INH
Active energy supplied in high-load hours
REAL 0.0
I
Q
DUMMY07
Value not used
REAL 0.0
I
Q
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
Connection Meaning (parameters)
3-41
Data type
Def. Type Attr. O&O Perm. values
QTOT_IMH
Active energy drawn in high-load hours REAL 0.0
I
Q
DUMMY08
Value not used
REAL 0.0
I
Q
PACT_I02
Effective power of 1st previous interval REAL 0.0 PInt Σ
I
Q
PACT_I03
Effective power of 2nd previous interval PInt Σ
REAL 0.0
I
Q
PACT_I04
Effective power of 3rd previous interval REAL 0.0 PInt Σ
I
Q
PACT_I05
Effective power of 4th previous interval REAL 0.0 PInt Σ
I
Q
PACT_I06
Effective power of 5th previous interval REAL 0.0 PInt Σ
I
Q
PACT_I07
Effective power of 6th previous interval REAL 0.0 PInt Σ
I
Q
PACT_I08
Effective power of 7th previous interval REAL 0.0 PInt Σ
I
Q
PACT_I09
Effective power of 8th previous interval REAL 0.0 PInt Σ
I
Q
PACT_I10
Effective power of 9th previous interval REAL 0.0 PInt Σ
I
Q
PACT_I11
Effective power of 10th previous interval PInt Σ
REAL 0.0
I
Q
PACT_MAX
Maximum value effective power of interval PInt Σ
REAL 0.0
I
Q
QACT_I02
Reactive power of 1st previous interval REAL 0.0 QInt Σ
I
Q
QACT_I03
Reactive power of 2nd previous interval QInt Σ
REAL 0.0
I
Q
QACT_I04
Reactive power of 3rd previous interval REAL 0.0 QInt Σ
I
Q
QACT_I05
Reactive power of 4th previous interval REAL 0.0 QInt Σ
I
Q
QACT_I06
Reactive power of 5th previous interval REAL 0.0 QInt Σ
I
Q
QACT_I07
Reactive power of 6th previous interval REAL 0.0 QInt Σ
I
Q
en-YN.YNT.001.A
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-42
Connection Meaning (parameters)
Data type
Def. Type Attr. O&O Perm. values
QACT_I08
Reactive power of 7th previous interval REAL 0.0 QInt Σ
I
Q
QACT_I09
Reactive power of 8th previous interval REAL 0.0 QInt Σ
I
Q
QACT_I10
Reactive power of 9th previous interval REAL 0.0 QInt Σ
I
Q
QACT_I11
Reactive power of 10th previous interval QInt Σ
REAL 0.0
I
Q
QACT_MAX
Maximum value reactive power of interval QInt Σ
REAL 0.0
I
Q
SACT_I02
Apparent power of 1st previous interval SInt Σ
REAL 0.0
I
Q
SACT_I03
Apparent power of 2nd previous interval SInt Σ
REAL 0.0
I
Q
SACT_I04
Apparent power of 3rd previous interval SInt Σ
REAL 0.0
I
Q
SACT_I05
Apparent power of 4th previous interval SInt Σ
REAL 0.0
I
Q
SACT_I06
Apparent power of 5th previous interval SInt Σ
REAL 0.0
I
Q
SACT_I07
Apparent power of 6th previous interval SInt Σ
REAL 0.0
I
Q
SACT_I08
Apparent power of 7th previous interval SInt Σ
REAL 0.0
I
Q
SACT_I09
Apparent power of 8th previous interval SInt Σ
REAL 0.0
I
Q
SACT_I10
Apparent power of 9th previous interval SInt Σ
REAL 0.0
I
Q
SACT_I11
Apparent power of 10th previous interval SInt Σ
REAL 0.0
I
Q
SACT_MAX
Maximum value apparent power of interval SINT Σ
REAL 0.0
I
Q
DUMMY09
Value not used
REAL 0.0
I
Q
DUMMY10
Value not used
REAL 0.0
I
Q
DUMMY11
Value not used
REAL 0.0
I
Q
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
3-43
Connection Meaning (parameters)
Data type
DUMMY12
Value not used
REAL 0.0
I
Q
DUMMY13
Value not used
REAL 0.0
I
Q
DUMMY14
Value not used
REAL 0.0
I
Q
DUMMY15
Value not used
REAL 0.0
I
Q
DUMMY16
Value not used
REAL 0.0
I
Q
DUMMY17
Value not used
REAL 0.0
I
Q
DUMMY18
Value not used
REAL 0.0
I
Q
DUMMY19
Value not used
REAL 0.0
I
Q
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Def. Type Attr. O&O Perm. values
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-44
3.7 SEND_DB_DOSn: Values from the Disocont slave blocks to the Disocont master block Description of SEND_DB_DOSn (n=1…10) Object name (Type + Number) DB 21…DB30 Function Via the data blocks DB21…DB30, the Disocont slave block FB535 (DISO_SLA) sends data to the Disocont master block FB534 (DISO_MAS). Connections of SEND_DB_DOSn Connection (parameters)
Meaning
Data type
Send.Telegramm_ID
Standard telegram weigher identification 1 to 16
WORD 16#0100... 1000
Send.Kommando.ID140B8_Volumetrisch
Preselection volumetric BOOL
0
Send.Kommando.ID140B9_FeuchtKorrek_Ein
Moisture correction on
BOOL
0
Send.Kommando.ID140BA_FeuchtKorrek_Aus
Moisture correction off
BOOL
0
Send.Kommando.ID140BB_Messantrieb_Aus
Measuring drive off
BOOL
0
Send.Kommando.ID140BC_PLS_KlapRueckMel
PLS flap check-back signal
BOOL
0
Send.Kommando.ID140BD_ZuteilManuel_AUF
Metering device OPEN manually (only ES)
BOOL
0
Send.Kommando.ID140BE_ZuteilManuelSTOP
Metering device STOP manually (only ES)
BOOL
0
Send.Kommando.ID140BF_ZuteilManuel_ZU
Metering device CLOSED manually (only ES)
BOOL
0
Send.Kommando.ID140B0_Waage_START
Start
BOOL
0
Send.Kommando.ID140B1_Waage_STOP
Stop
BOOL
0
Send.Kommando.ID140B2_Ereigniss_QUITT
Acknowledge events
BOOL
0
Send.Kommando.ID140B3_Waage_FREIGABE
Enabling
BOOL
0
Send.Kommando.ID140B4_Wahl_Volumet
Preselection volumetric BOOL
0
Send.Kommando.ID140B5_Wahl_Gravimet
Preselection
0
BOOL
Def.
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
Connection (parameters)
3-45
Meaning
Data type
Def.
Send.Kommando.ID140B6_FoerMengZ1_RESET Reset conveying rate counter 1
BOOL
0
Send.Kommando.ID140B7_FoerMengZ2_RESET Reset conveying rate counter 2
BOOL
0
Send.Kommando.ID150B8_Fuellen_START
Filling start
BOOL
0
Send.Kommando.ID150B9_Fuellen_STOP
Filling stop
BOOL
0
Send.Kommando.ID150BA_Leeren_START
Emptying start
BOOL
0
Send.Kommando.ID150BB_Leeren_STOP
Emptying stop
BOOL
0
Send.Kommando.ID150BC_BunkRegel_INITIA
Initialise bin controller
BOOL
0
Send.Kommando.ID150BD_FueOrganAktivier
Activate filling device
BOOL
0
Send.Kommando.ID150BE_ZuteilerBeteilig
Involve metering device
BOOL
0
Send.Kommando.ID150BF_ZuteilerSchliess
Close metering device
BOOL
0
Send.Kommando.ID150B0_WahlChargieren
Charge preselection
BOOL
0
Send.Kommando.ID150B1_AbwahlChargieren
Charge deselection
BOOL
0
Send.Kommando.ID150B2_BeendChargieren
Quit charging
BOOL
0
Send.Kommando.ID150B3_NechsCharLeerFar
Next batch with empty running
BOOL
0
Send.Kommando.ID150B4_Nachverladen
Reloading
BOOL
0
Send.Kommando.ID150B5_Notsollwert_EIN
Emergency setpoint value on
BOOL
0
Send.Kommando.ID150B6_Notsollwert_AUS
Emergency setpoint value off
BOOL
0
Send.Kommando.ID150B7_Messantrieb_EIN
Measuring drive on
BOOL
0
Send.Sollwert
Setpoint value kgh
Real
0.0
Send.Status_2
Status 2 requested
WORD 16#0310
Send.Zahler_1
Conveying rate counter WORD 16#0752 1 requested
Send.Zahler_2
Conveying rate counter WORD 16#0754 2 requested
Send.Drehzahl
Speed (not requested here)
gravimetric
en-YN.YNT.001.A
WORD 16#0000
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-46
Connection (parameters)
Meaning
Data type
Def.
Send.Bunker_Fuellstand
Bin filling level (not requested here)
WORD 16#0000
Send.Fuellgewicht
Batch weigher filling weight requested
WORD 16#0762
Send.Reserve1…23
Spare (IDs to request further values)
WORD 16#0000
Send.Reserve24…38
Spare
REAL
0.0
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
3-47
3.8 RECEIVE_DB_DOSn: Values to the Disocont slave blocks from the Disocont master block Description of RECEIVE_DB_DOSn (n=1…10) Object name (Type + Number) DB 31…DB40 Function Via the data blocks DB31…DB40, the Disocont slave block FB535 (DISO_SLA) sends data from the Disocont master block FB534 (DISO_MAS). Connections of RECEIVE_DB_DOSn Connection (parameters)
Meaning
Data type
Empfang.Telegramm_ID
Echo
WORD 16#0000
Empfang.Status.ID2F0B8_Normalbetrieb
Normal operation
BOOL
0
Empfang.Status.ID2F0B9_TastaturMode
Keyboard mode
BOOL
0
Empfang.Status.ID2F0BA_LocalBetrieb
Local operation
BOOL
0
Empfang.Status.ID2F0BB_SimulatioBetrieb
Simulation operation
BOOL
0
Empfang.Status.ID2F0BC_AnfahrBetrieb
Start up operation
BOOL
0
Empfang.Status.ID2F0BD_MessantriebLaeuf
Measuring drive operating
BOOL
0
Empfang.Status.ID2F0BE_VerzMessradDosie
Delay of measuring wheel dosing drive
BOOL
0
Empfang.Status.ID2F0BF_SollwertBegrenzt
Setpoint value limited
BOOL
0
Empfang.Status.ID2F0B0_WaageLaeuft
Balance running
BOOL
0
Empfang.Status.ID2F0B1_KeineFreigabe
No enabling
BOOL
0
Empfang.Status.ID2F0B2_FoerdermengenZae
Conveying rate counter active
BOOL
0
Empfang.Status.ID2F0B3_VolumetrischDos
Volumetric
BOOL
0
Empfang.Status.ID2F0B4_WahlspracheOK
Selected language OK
BOOL
0
Empfang.Status.ID2F0B5_SammelAlarm
Group alarm
BOOL
0
Empfang.Status.ID2F0B6_SammelWarnung
Group warning
BOOL
0
Empfang.Status.ID2F0B7_JustageAktiv
Adjustment active
BOOL
0
Empfang.Status.ID300B8_WaageTarieren
Calibrating
BOOL
0
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Def.
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-48
Connection (parameters)
Meaning
Data type
Def.
Empfang.Status.ID300B9_WaageNullstellen
Zeroising
BOOL
0
Empfang.Status.ID300BA_Gewichtskontroll
Weight monitoring
BOOL
0
Empfang.Status.ID300BB_ImpulsBandumlauf
Pulse / Belt circuit
BOOL
0
Empfang.Status.ID300BC_Justage_DAE
DAE adjustment
BOOL
0
Empfang.Status.ID300BD_Auto_NullAktiv
Auto zero active
BOOL
0
Empfang.Status.ID300BE_Vol_AustragsAdap
Vol. discharge adapter
BOOL
0
Empfang.Status.ID300BF_ReglerOptimierun
Controller optimisation
BOOL
0
Empfang.Status.ID300B0_WahlChargierung
Charging preselected
BOOL
0
Empfang.Status.ID300B1_ChargierungAktiv
Charging active
BOOL
0
Empfang.Status.ID300B2_AuslaufCharge
Batch discharge (series contact)
BOOL
0
Empfang.Status.ID300B3_ChargierLeerFahr
Charging with empty running
BOOL
0
Empfang.Status.ID300B4_NONSI_Aktiv
NONSI active
BOOL
0
Empfang.Status.ID300B5_TotzeitAktiv
Dead time active
BOOL
0
Empfang.Status.ID300B6_TotzeitSollAktiv
Dead time setpoint value active
BOOL
0
Empfang.Status.ID300B7_TotzeitEin_AusAk
Dead time ON / OFF active
BOOL
0
Empfang.Istwert
Actual value kgh
Real
0.0
Empfang.Status_2.ID310B8_FoerderStaerMax
Flow rate > max.
BOOL
0
Empfang.Status_2.ID310B9_FoerderStaerMin
Flow rate > min.
BOOL
0
Empfang.Status_2.ID310BA_BandbelMax
Belt load > max.
BOOL
0
Empfang.Status_2.ID310BB_BandbelMin
Belt load > min.
BOOL
0
Empfang.Status_2.ID310BC_GeschwMax
Speed > max.
BOOL
0
Empfang.Status_2.ID310BD_GeschwMin
Speed < min.
BOOL
0
Empfang.Status_2.ID310BE_BehaelWaageMax
Batch weigher > max.
BOOL
0
Empfang.Status_2.ID310BF_BehaelWaageMin
Batch weigher > min.
BOOL
0
Empfang.Status_2.ID310B0_MessendesSystem
Measuring system
BOOL
0
Empfang.Status_2.ID310B1_FuellendesSystem
Filling system
BOOL
0
Empfang.Status_2.ID310B2_FuellenAktiv
Filling active
BOOL
0
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
3-49
Connection (parameters)
Meaning
Data type
Def.
Empfang.Status-_2.ID310B3_LeerenAktiv
Emptying active
BOOL
0
Empfang.Status_2.ID310B4_Klappe_Offen
Flap open
BOOL
0
Empfang.Status_2.ID310B5_Klappe_Zu
Flap closed
BOOL
0
Empfang.Status_2.ID310B6_ChargiereinAktiv
2nd charging unit active
BOOL
0
Empfang.Status_2.ID310B7_BehaelWaageAktiv
Batch weigher active
BOOL
0
Empfang.Status_2.ID320B8_KME_Vorhanden
KME provided
BOOL
0
Empfang.Status_2.ID320B9_KME_TaraRelUeber
KME Tara relatively exceeded
BOOL
0
Empfang.Status_2.ID320BA_KME_TaraAbsUeber
KME Tara absolutely exceeded
BOOL
0
Empfang.Status_2.ID320BB_KME_BereRelUeber
KME range relatively exceeded
BOOL
0
Empfang.Status_2.ID320BC_KME_BereAbsUeber
KME range absolutely exceeded
BOOL
0
Empfang.Status_2.ID320BD_KME_MessungAngem KME measurement announced
BOOL
0
Empfang.Status_2.ID320BE_KME_Vorbereiten
KME prepare
BOOL
0
Empfang.Status_2.ID320BF_KME_Laeuft
KME running
BOOL
0
Empfang.Status_2.ID320B0_FuellRegelVorh
Filling level control provided
BOOL
0
Empfang.Status_2.ID320B1_FuellstandMax
Filling level > max.
BOOL
0
Empfang.Status_2.ID320B2_LuellstandMin
Filling level < min
BOOL
0
Empfang.Status_2.ID320B3_MesslastMax
Measuring load > max. BOOL
0
Empfang.Status_2.ID320B4_MesslastMin
Measuring load < min.
BOOL
0
Empfang.Status_2.ID320B5_DrehzahlMax
Speed > max.
BOOL
0
Empfang.Status_2.ID320B6_DrehzahlMin
Speed < min.
BOOL
0
Empfang.Status_2.ID320B7_KME_WartetQuitt
KME waiting for acknowledgement
BOOL
0
Empfang.Zaehler_1
Conveying rate counter 1
REAL
0.0
Empfang.Zaehler_2
Conveying rate counter 2
REAL
0.0
en-YN.YNT.001.A
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-50
Connection (parameters)
Meaning
Data type
Def.
Empfang.Drehzahl
Speed (not requested here)
REAL
0.0
Empfang.Bunker_Fuellstand
Bin filling level (not requested here)
REAL
0.0
Empfang.Fuellgewicht
Batch weigher filling weight
REAL
0.0
Empfang.Reserve1…23
Spare
REAL
0.0
Empfang.TelegrammDiagnose
Value must be zero
WORD 16#0000
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
3-51
3.9 COMMAND_MASTER: Values from the Disocont master block to the Disocont master PC Description of COMMAND_MASTER Object name (Type + Number) DB 41 Function From the data block DB41 the Disocont master block FB534 (DISO_MAS) sends data to the Disocont master PC. Connections of COMMAND_MASTER Connection (parameters)
Meaning
Data type
Def.
Send.Telegramm_ID
Standard telegram weigher identification group
WORD 16#1F00
Send.Kommando.nicht_vorhanden
BOOL
0
Send.Kommando. nicht_vorhanden1
BOOL
0
Send.Kommando. nicht_vorhanden2
BOOL
0
Send.Kommando. nicht_vorhanden3
BOOL
0
Send.Kommando. nicht_vorhanden4
BOOL
0
Send.Kommando. nicht_vorhanden5
BOOL
0
Send.Kommando. nicht_vorhanden6
BOOL
0
Send.Kommando. nicht_vorhanden7
BOOL
0
Send.Kommando.ID140B0_Gruppe_START
Start
BOOL
0
Send.Kommando.ID140B1_Gruppe_STOP
Stop
BOOL
0
Send.Kommando.ID140B2_Ereigniss_QUITT
Acknowledge events
BOOL
0
Send.Kommando. nicht_vorhanden8
BOOL
0
Send.Kommando. nicht_vorhanden9
BOOL
0
Send.Kommando. nicht_vorhanden10
BOOL
0
Send.Kommando.ID140B6_FoerMengZ1_RESET Reset conveying rate counter 1
BOOL
0
Send.Kommando.ID140B7_FoerMengZ2_RESET Reset conveying rate counter 2
BOOL
0
en-YN.YNT.001.A
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-52
Connection (parameters)
Meaning
Data type
Def.
Send.Kommando. nicht_vorhanden11
BOOL
0
Send.Kommando. nicht_vorhanden12
BOOL
0
Send.Kommando. nicht_vorhanden13
BOOL
0
Send.Kommando. nicht_vorhanden14
BOOL
0
Send.Kommando. nicht_vorhanden15
BOOL
0
Send.Kommando. nicht_vorhanden16
BOOL
0
Send.Kommando. nicht_vorhanden17
BOOL
0
Send.Kommando. nicht_vorhanden18
BOOL
0
Send.Kommando. nicht_vorhanden19
BOOL
0
Send.Kommando. nicht_vorhanden20
BOOL
0
Send.Kommando. nicht_vorhanden21
BOOL
0
Send.Kommando. nicht_vorhanden22
BOOL
0
Send.Kommando. nicht_vorhanden23
BOOL
0
Send.Kommando. nicht_vorhanden24
BOOL
0
Send.Kommando. nicht_vorhanden25
BOOL
0
Send.Kommando. nicht_vorhanden26
BOOL
0
Send.GruppenSollwert
Setpoint value kgh
REAL
0.0
Send.Reserve1…29
Spare
REAL
0.0
Send.Reserve30
Spare
WORD 16#0000
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
3-53
3.10 STATUS_MASTER: Values from the Disocont master PC to the Disocont master block Description of STATUS_MASTER Object name (Type + Number) DB 42 Function Via the data block DB41 the Disocont master block FB534 (DISO_MAS) receives data from the Disocont master PC. Connections of STATUS_MASTER Connection (parameters)
Meaning
Data type
Empfang.Telegramm_ID
Echo
WORD 16#0000
Empfang.Status.ID2F0B8_Normalbetrueb
Normal operation
BOOL
0
Empfang.Status.ID2F0B9_TastaturMode
Keyboard mode
BOOL
0
Empfang.Status. nicht_vorhanden1
BOOL
0
Empfang.Status. nicht_vorhanden2
BOOL
0
Empfang.Status. nicht_vorhanden3
BOOL
0
Empfang.Status. nicht_vorhanden4
BOOL
0
Empfang.Status. nicht_vorhanden5
BOOL
0
Empfang.Status. nicht_vorhanden6
BOOL
0
BOOL
0
BOOL
0
BOOL
0
Empfang.Status.nicht_vorhanden9
BOOL
0
Empfang.Status.nicht_vorhanden10
BOOL
0
BOOL
0
Empfang.Status.ID2F0B6_SammelWarnung Group warning
BOOL
0
Empfang.Status.nicht_vorhanden11
BOOL
0
Empfang.Status.nicht_vorhanden12
BOOL
0
Empfang.Status.nicht_vorhanden13
BOOL
0
Empfang.Status.ID2F0B0_GruppeLaeuft
Group active
Empfang.Status.nicht_vorhanden7 Empfang.Status.nicht_vorhanden8
Empfang.Status.ID2F0B5_SammelAlarm
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Acknowledge events
Group alarm
Def.
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-54
Connection (parameters)
Data type
Def.
Empfang.Status.nicht_vorhanden14
BOOL
0
Empfang.Status.nicht_vorhanden15
BOOL
0
Empfang.Status.nicht_vorhanden16
BOOL
0
Empfang.Status.nicht_vorhanden17
BOOL
0
Empfang.Status.nicht_vorhanden18
BOOL
0
Empfang.Status.nicht_vorhanden19
BOOL
0
Empfang.Status.nicht_vorhanden20
BOOL
0
Empfang.Status.nicht_vorhanden21
BOOL
0
Empfang.Status.nicht_vorhanden22
BOOL
0
Empfang.Status.nicht_vorhanden23
BOOL
0
Empfang.Status.nicht_vorhanden24
BOOL
0
Empfang.Status.nicht_vorhanden25
BOOL
0
Empfang.Status.nicht_vorhanden26
BOOL
0
Empfang.Status.nicht_vorhanden27
BOOL
0
REAL
0.0
REAL
0.0
Empfang.Ist_Foerderstaerke
Meaning
Actual flow rate
Empfang.Status.nicht_vorhanden33 Empfang.Foerdermengenzaehler_1
Conveying rate counter 1 (not requested)
REAL
0.0
Empfang.Foerdermengenzaehler_2
Conveying rate counter 2 (not requested)
REAL
0.0
Empfang.Wirksamer_Sollwert
Effective setpoint value (not requested)
REAL
0.0
Empfang.Reserve5…30
Spare
REAL
0.0
Empfang.TelegrammDiagnose
Value must be zero
WORD 16#0000
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
3-55
3.11 SEND_DB_DOSn: Transmit buffer memory of all values transmitted to the Disocont master PC. Description of SEND_DB_SCHENK_PC Object name (Type + Number) DB 45 Function The data block DB45 is used as a transmit buffer memory for the data from the Disocont master block FB534 (DISO_MAS) to the Disocont master PC. Connections of SEND_DB_SCHENK_PC Connection (parameters)
Meaning
Send.Telegramm_ID
Data type
Def.
WORD 16#0100
Send.Kommando.ID140B8_Volumetrisch
Preselection volumetric
BOOL
0
Send.Kommando.ID140B9_FeuchtKorrek_Ein
Moisture BOOL correction on
0
Send.Kommando.ID140BA_FeuchtKorrek_Aus
Moisture BOOL correction off
0
Send.Kommando.ID140BB_Messantrieb_Aus
Measuring drive off
BOOL
0
Send.Kommando.ID140BC_PLS_KlapRueckMel
PLS flap check-back signal
BOOL
0
Send.Kommando.ID140BD_ZuteilManuel_AUF
Metering device OPEN manually (only ES)
BOOL
0
Send.Kommando.ID140BE_ZuteilManuelSTOP
Metering BOOL device STOP manually (only ES)
0
Send.Kommando.ID140BF_ZuteilManuel_ZU
Metering device CLOSED manually (only ES)
0
en-YN.YNT.001.A
BOOL
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-56
Connection (parameters)
Meaning
Data type
Def.
Send.Kommando.ID140B0_Waage_START
Start
BOOL
0
Send.Kommando.ID140B1_Waage_STOP
Stop
BOOL
0
Send.Kommando.ID140B2_Ereigniss_QUITT
Acknowledge BOOL events
0
Send.Kommando.ID140B3_Waage_FREIGABE
Enabling
BOOL
0
Send.Kommando.ID140B4_Wahl_Volumet
Preselection volumetric
BOOL
0
Send.Kommando.ID140B5_Wahl_Gravimet
Preselection gravimetric
BOOL
0
Send.Kommando.ID140B6_FoerMengZ1_RESET
Reset conveying rate counter 1
BOOL
0
Send.Kommando.ID140B7_FoerMengZ2_RESET
Reset conveying rate counter 2
BOOL
0
Send.Kommando.ID150B8_Fuellen_START
Filling start
BOOL
0
Send.Kommando.ID150B9_Fuellen_STOP
Filling stop
BOOL
0
Send.Kommando.ID150BA_Leeren_START
Emptying start
BOOL
0
Send.Kommando.ID150BB_Leeren_STOP
Emptying stop
BOOL
0
Send.Kommando.ID150BC_BunkRegel_INITIA
Initialise bin controller
BOOL
0
Send.Kommando.ID150BD_FueOrganAktivier
Activate filling device
BOOL
0
Send.Kommando.ID150BE_ZuteilerBeteilig
Involve metering device
BOOL
0
Send.Kommando.ID150BF_ZuteilerSchliess
Close metering device
BOOL
0
Send.Kommando.ID150B0_WahlChargieren
Charge preselection
BOOL
0
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
3-57
Connection (parameters)
Meaning
Data type
Def.
Send.Kommando.ID150B1_AbwahlChargieren
Charge deselection
BOOL
0
Send.Kommando.ID150B2_BeendChargieren
Quit charging BOOL
0
Send.Kommando.ID150B3_NechsCharLeerFar
Next batch with empty running
BOOL
0
Send.Kommando.ID150B4_Nachverladen
Reloading
BOOL
0
Send.Kommando.ID150B5_Notsollwert_EIN
Emergency setpoint value on
BOOL
0
Send.Kommando.ID150B6_Notsollwert_AUS
Emergency setpoint value off
BOOL
0
Send.Kommando.ID150B7_Messantrieb_EIN
Measuring drive on
BOOL
0
Send.Sollwert
Setpoint value kgh
Real
0.0
Send.Status_2
Status 2 requested
WORD 16#0000
Send.Zahler_1
Conveying rate counter 1
WORD 16#0000
Send.Zahler_2
Conveying rate counter 2
WORD 16#0000
Send.Drehzahl
Rotation speed
WORD 16#0000
Send.Bunker_Fuellstand
Bin filling level
WORD 16#0000
Send.Fuellgewicht
Batch weigher filling weight
WORD 16#0000
Send.Reserve1…23
Spare
WORD 16#0000
Send.Reserve24…26,41,51,61,71,81,91,101,111,121,131,141,151 Spare
en-YN.YNT.001.A
REAL
0.0
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-58
3.12 RECEIVE_DB_SCHENK_PC: Receive buffer memory of all values transmitted from the Disocont master PC. Description of RECEIVE_DB_SCHENK_PC Object name (Type + Number) DB 46 Function The data block DB46 is used as a receive buffer memory for the data from the Disocont master PC to the Discocont master block FB534 (DISO_MAS). Connections of RECEIVE_DB_SCHENK_PC Connection (parameters)
Meaning
Data type
Def.
Empfang.Telegramm_ID
Echo
WORD 16#0000
Empfang.Status.ID2F0B8_Normalbetrieb
Normal operation
BOOL
0
Empfang.Status.ID2F0B9_TastaturMode
Keyboard mode
BOOL
0
Empfang.Status.ID2F0BA_LocalBetrieb
Local operation
BOOL
0
Empfang.Status.ID2F0BB_SimulatioBetrieb
Simulation operation
BOOL
0
Empfang.Status.ID2F0BC_AnfahrBetrieb
Start up operation
BOOL
0
Empfang.Status.ID2F0BD_MessantriebLaeuf
Measuring drive operating
BOOL
0
Empfang.Status.ID2F0BE_VerzMessradDosie
Delay of measuring wheel dosing drive
BOOL
0
Empfang.Status.ID2F0BF_SollwertBegrenzt
Setpoint value limited
BOOL
0
Empfang.Status.ID2F0B0_WaageLaeuft
Balance running
BOOL
0
Empfang.Status.ID2F0B1_KeineFreigabe
No enabling
BOOL
0
Empfang.Status.ID2F0B2_FoerdermengenZae
Conveying rate counter active
BOOL
0
Empfang.Status.ID2F0B3_VolumetrischDos
Volumetric
BOOL
0
Empfang.Status.ID2F0B4_WahlspracheOK
Selected language OK
BOOL
0
Empfang.Status.ID2F0B5_SammelAlarm
Group alarm
BOOL
0
Empfang.Status.ID2F0B6_SammelWarnung
Group warning
BOOL
0
Empfang.Status.ID2F0B7_JustageAktiv
Adjustment active
BOOL
0
Empfang.Status.ID300B8_WaageTarieren
Calibrating
BOOL
0
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
3-59
Connection (parameters)
Meaning
Data type
Def.
Empfang.Status.ID300B9_WaageNullstellen
Zeroising
BOOL
0
Empfang.Status.ID300BA_Gewichtskontroll
Weight monitoring
BOOL
0
Empfang.Status.ID300BB_ImpulsBandumlauf
Pulse / Belt circuit
BOOL
0
Empfang.Status.ID300BC_Justage_DAE
DAE adjustment
BOOL
0
Empfang.Status.ID300BD_Auto_NullAktiv
Auto zero active
BOOL
0
Empfang.Status.ID300BE_Vol_AustragsAdap
Vol. discharge adapter
BOOL
0
Empfang.Status.ID300BF_ReglerOptimierun
Controller optimisation
BOOL
0
Empfang.Status.ID300B0_WahlChargierung
Charging preselected
BOOL
0
Empfang.Status.ID300B1_ChargierungAktiv
Charging active
BOOL
0
Empfang.Status.ID300B2_AuslaufCharge
Batch discharge (series contact)
BOOL
0
Empfang.Status.ID300B3_ChargierLeerFahr
Charging with empty running
BOOL
0
Empfang.Status.ID300B4_NONSI_Aktiv
NONSI active
BOOL
0
Empfang.Status.ID300B5_TotzeitAktiv
Dead time active
BOOL
0
Empfang.Status.ID300B6_TotzeitSollAktiv
Dead time setpoint value active
BOOL
0
Empfang.Status.ID300B7_TotzeitEin_AusAk
Dead time ON / OFF active
BOOL
0
Empfang.Istwert
Actual value kgh
Real
0.0
Empfang.Status_2.ID310B8_FoerderStaerMax
Flow rate > max.
BOOL
0
Empfang.Status_2.ID310B9_FoerderStaerMin
Flow rate > min.
BOOL
0
Empfang.Status_2.ID310BA_BandbelMax
Belt load > max.
BOOL
0
Empfang.Status_2.ID310BB_BandbelMin
Belt load > min.
BOOL
0
Empfang.Status_2.ID310BC_GeschwMax
Speed > max.
BOOL
0
Empfang.Status_2.ID310BD_GeschwMin
Speed < min.
BOOL
0
Empfang.Status_2.ID310BE_BehaelWaageMax
Batch weigher > max.
BOOL
0
Empfang.Status_2.ID310BF_BehaelWaageMin
Batch weigher > min.
BOOL
0
Empfang.Status_2.ID310B0_MessendesSystem
Measuring system
BOOL
0
Empfang.Status_2.ID310B1_FuellendesSystem
Filling system
BOOL
0
Empfang.Status_2.ID310B2_FuellenAktiv
Filling active
BOOL
0
en-YN.YNT.001.A
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-60
Connection (parameters)
Meaning
Data type
Def.
Empfang.Status-_2.ID310B3_LeerenAktiv
Emptying active
BOOL
0
Empfang.Status_2.ID310B4_Klappe_Offen
Flap open
BOOL
0
Empfang.Status_2.ID310B5_Klappe_Zu
Flap closed
BOOL
0
Empfang.Status_2.ID310B6_ChargiereinAktiv
2nd charging unit active
BOOL
0
Empfang.Status_2.ID310B7_BehaelWaageAktiv
Batch weigher active
BOOL
0
Empfang.Status_2.ID320B8_KME_Vorhanden
KME provided
BOOL
0
Empfang.Status_2.ID320B9_KME_TaraRelUeber
KME Tara relatively exceeded
BOOL
0
Empfang.Status_2.ID320BA_KME_TaraAbsUeber
KME Tara absolutely exceeded
BOOL
0
Empfang.Status_2.ID320BB_KME_BereRelUeber
KME range relatively exceeded
BOOL
0
Empfang.Status_2.ID320BC_KME_BereAbsUeber
KME range absolutely exceeded
BOOL
0
Empfang.Status_2.ID320BD_KME_MessungAngem KME measurement announced
BOOL
0
Empfang.Status_2.ID320BE_KME_Vorbereiten
KME prepare
BOOL
0
Empfang.Status_2.ID320BF_KME_Laeuft
KME running
BOOL
0
Empfang.Status_2.ID320B0_FuellRegelVorh
Filling level control provided
BOOL
0
Empfang.Status_2.ID320B1_FuellstandMax
Filling level > max.
BOOL
0
Empfang.Status_2.ID320B2_LuellstandMin
Filling level < min
BOOL
0
Empfang.Status_2.ID320B3_MesslastMax
Measuring load > max. BOOL
0
Empfang.Status_2.ID320B4_MesslastMin
Measuring load < min.
BOOL
0
Empfang.Status_2.ID320B5_DrehzahlMax
Speed > max.
BOOL
0
Empfang.Status_2.ID320B6_DrehzahlMin
Speed < min.
BOOL
0
Empfang.Status_2.ID320B7_KME_WartetQuitt
KME waiting for acknowledgement
BOOL
0
Empfang.Zaehler_1
Conveying rate counter 1
REAL
0.0
Empfang.Zaehler_2
Conveying rate counter 2
REAL
0.0
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
3-61
Connection (parameters)
Meaning
Data type
Def.
Empfang.Drehzahl
Speed (not requested here)
REAL
0.0
Empfang.Bunker_Fuellstand
Bin filling level (not requested here)
REAL
0.0
Empfang.Fuellgewicht
Batch weigher filling weight
REAL
0.0
Empfang.Reserve1…23
Spare
REAL
0.0
Empfang.Reserve24
Spare
WORD 16#0000
en-YN.YNT.001.A
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-62
3.13 SEND_DB_KME: Values from the Disocont master block to the Disocont master PC (MKME) Description of SEND_DB_KME Object name (Type + Number) DB 43 Function Via the data block DB43 the Disocont master block FB534 (DISO_MAS) transmits data for the multi-weigher control measuring device (MKME) to the Disocont master PC. Connections of SEND_DB_KME Connection (parameters)
Meaning
Data type
Send.Telegramm_ID
Special telegram for MKME
WORD 16#2400
Send.Kommando.not_available
Def.
BYTE
16#0
Send.Kommando.Start_KME_tare
Start KME with target=Tara
BOOL
0
Send.Kommando.Start_KME_range
Start KME with target=range
BOOL
0
Send.Kommando.Correct_continuous_Scale Correct continuous weigher
BOOL
0
Send.Kommando.Reject_check_result
Reject monitoring result
BOOL
0
Send.Kommando.Release_KME
Enabling KME
BOOL
0
Send.Kommando.Prefeeder_Off
Metering device is OFF
BOOL
0
Send.Kommando.not_available1
BOOL
0
Send.Kommando.not_available2
BOOL
0
Send.Kommando.Scale09_T_check_result
Weigher 09: Result is transferred
BOOL
0
Send.Kommando.Scale10_T_check_result
Weigher 10: Result is transferred
BOOL
0
Send.Kommando.Scale11_T_check_result
Weigher 11: Result is transferred
BOOL
0
Send.Kommando.Scale12_T_check_result
Weigher 12: Result is transferred
BOOL
0
Send.Kommando.Scale13_T_check_result
Weigher 13: Result is transferred
BOOL
0
Send.Kommando.Scale14_T_check_result
Weigher 14: Result is
BOOL
0
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
Connection (parameters)
3-63
Meaning
Data type
Def.
transferred Send.Kommando.Scale15_T_check_result
Weigher 15: Result is transferred
BOOL
0
Send.Kommando.Scale16_T_check_result
Weigher 16: Result is transferred
BOOL
0
Send.Kommando.Scale01_T_check_result
Weigher 01: Result is transferred
BOOL
0
Send.Kommando.Scale02_T_check_result
Weigher 02: Result is transferred
BOOL
0
Send.Kommando.Scale03_T_check_result
Weigher 03: Result is transferred
BOOL
0
Send.Kommando.Scale04_T_check_result
Weigher 04: Result is transferred
BOOL
0
Send.Kommando.Scale05_T_check_result
Weigher 05: Result is transferred
BOOL
0
Send.Kommando.Scale06_T_check_result
Weigher 06: Result is transferred
BOOL
0
Send.Kommando.Scale07_T_check_result
Weigher 07: Result is transferred
BOOL
0
Send.Kommando.Scale08_T_check_result
Weigher 08: Result is transferred
BOOL
0
Send.KME_Status_Word3
KME Status 3 requested
WORD 16#0A40
Send.Check_quantity
Test quantity requested
WORD 16#0B00
Send.KMS_Bin_weigher_measurem
KMS - measured value for batch weigher requested
WORD 16#0B02
Send.KMK_measurem_value_total
KMK - total of measured values of all continuous weighers requested
WORD 16#0B04
Send.REL_KMS
REL (KMS) - relative total error of measurement regarding KMKS requested
WORD 16#0B06
Send.REL_KMK
REL (KMK) - relative total error of measurement regarding KMK requested
WORD 16#0B08
Send.Bin_level
Container filling level requested
WORD 16#0B0A
en-YN.YNT.001.A
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-64
Connection (parameters)
Meaning
Data type
Def.
Send.KME_result_F_Z
KME - result F/Z requested
WORD 16#0B0C
Send.Reserve1…23
Spare
WORD 16#0000
Send.Reserve24…38
Spare
REAL
0.0
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
3-65
3.14 RECEIVE_DB_KME: Values to the Disocont master block from the Disocont master PC (MKME) Description of RECEIVE_DB_KME Object name (Type + Number) DB 44 Function Via the data block DB43 the Disocont master block FB534 (DISO_MAS) receives data for the multi-weigher control measuring device (MKME) from the Disocont master PC. Connections of RECEIVE_DB_KME Connection (parameters)
Meaning
Data type
Def.
Empfang.Telegramm_ID
Echo
WORD
16#0000
Empfang.Status.No_Scale_selected
Error: No weigher participating
BOOL
0
Empfang.Status.No_Scale_started
Error: No weigher ON
BOOL
0
Empfang.Status.Bin_not_OK
Error: Container not OK
BOOL
0
Empfang.Status.Start_Stop_during_measur
Error: Weigher ON/OFF during KME
BOOL
0
Empfang.Status.Error_ABS
Error: ABS faulty > max. BOOL (min. 1 weigher)
0
Empfang.Status.Error_REL
Error: REL faulty > max. (min. 1 weigher)
BOOL
0
Empfang.Status.No_prefeeder_echo
Error: Lack of metering device echo
BOOL
0
Empfang.Status.Master_parameter_wrong
Error: Master parameters wrong or weigher parameters are not transferred
BOOL
0
Empfang.Status.KME_active
KME active
BOOL
0
Empfang.Status.Prefeeder_OFF
Metering device is OFF
BOOL
0
Empfang.Status.KME_waits_for_release
KME waiting for enabling
BOOL
0
Empfang.Status.Bin_filled
Bin is filled for
BOOL
0
en-YN.YNT.001.A
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-66
Connection (parameters)
Meaning
Data type
Def.
preparation Empfang.Status.Settling_time_ON
Stabilisation time running
BOOL
0
Empfang.Status.Check_measurement_ON
Check measurement running
BOOL
0
Empfang.Status.C_m_waits_f_corr_release
Check measurement waiting for correction enabling
BOOL
0
Empfang.Status.Correction_ON
Correction running
BOOL
0
Empfang.Status.not_available
BOOL
0
Empfang.Status.not_available1
BOOL
0
Empfang.Status.not_available2
BOOL
0
Empfang.Status.not_available3
BOOL
0
Empfang.Status.not_available4
BOOL
0
Empfang.Status.not_available5
BOOL
0
Empfang.Status.not_available6
BOOL
0
Empfang.Status.not_available7
BOOL
0
BOOL
0
Empfang.Status. not_available8
BOOL
0
Empfang.Status. not_available9
BOOL
0
Empfang.Status.Error_Bin_level_MIN
Error: Container filling level < min.
Empfang.Status.Automatic_correction_acq
Correction taken over automatically
BOOL
0
Empfang.Status.Corr_in_acc_w_act_feed_r
Correction according to actual flow rate
BOOL
0
Empfang.Status.Equal_corr_f_all_Scales
Correction is the same for all involved
BOOL
0
Empfang.Status.Corr_in_acc_w_nom_fedd_r
Correction according to nominal flow rate
BOOL
0
BOOL
0
Empfang.Status.not_available10 Empfang.Status_Word3.Scale09_Relativ_error
Weigher 09: Error relatively exceeded
BOOL
0
Empfang.Status_Word3.Scale10_Relativ_error
Weigher 10: Error
BOOL
0
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
Connection (parameters)
3-67
Meaning
Data type
Def.
relatively exceeded Empfang.Status_Word3.Scale11_Relativ_error
Weigher 11: Error relatively exceeded
BOOL
0
Empfang.Status_Word3.Scale12_Relativ_error
Weigher 12: Error relatively exceeded
BOOL
0
Empfang.Status_Word3.Scale13_Relativ_error
Weigher 13: Error relatively exceeded
BOOL
0
Empfang.Status_Word3.Scale14_Relativ_error
Weigher 14: Error relatively exceeded
BOOL
0
Empfang.Status_Word3.Scale15_Relativ_error
Weigher 15: Error relatively exceeded
BOOL
0
Empfang.Status_Word3.Scale16_Relativ_error
Weigher 16: Error relatively exceeded
BOOL
0
Empfang.Status_Word3.Scale01_Relativ_error
Weigher 01: Error relatively exceeded
BOOL
0
Empfang.Status_Word3.Scale02_Relativ_error
Weigher 02: Error relatively exceeded
BOOL
0
Empfang.Status_Word3.Scale03_Relativ_error
Weigher 03: Error relatively exceeded
BOOL
0
Empfang.Status_Word3.Scale04_Relativ_error
Weigher 04: Error relatively exceeded
BOOL
0
Empfang.Status_Word3.Scale05_Relativ_error
Weigher 05: Error relatively exceeded
BOOL
0
Empfang.Status_Word3.Scale06_Relativ_error
Weigher 06: Error relatively exceeded
BOOL
0
Empfang.Status_Word3.Scale07_Relativ_error
Weigher 07: Error relatively exceeded
BOOL
0
Empfang.Status_Word3.Scale08_Relativ_error
Weigher 08: Error relatively exceeded
BOOL
0
Empfang.Status_Word3.Scale09_Absolute_error Weigher 09: Error absolutely exceeded
BOOL
0
Empfang.Status_Word3.Scale10_Absolute_error Weigher 10: Error absolutely exceeded
BOOL
0
Empfang.Status_Word3.Scale11_Absolute_error Weigher 11: Error absolutely exceeded
BOOL
0
Empfang.Status_Word3.Scale12_Absolute_error Weigher 12: Error
BOOL
0
en-YN.YNT.001.A
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-68
Connection (parameters)
Meaning
Data type
Def.
Empfang.Status_Word3.Scale13_Absolute_error Weigher 13: Error absolutely exceeded
BOOL
0
Empfang.Status_Word3.Scale14_Absolute_error Weigher 14: Error absolutely exceeded
BOOL
0
Empfang.Status_Word3.Scale15_Absolute_error Weigher 15: Error absolutely exceeded
BOOL
0
Empfang.Status_Word3.Scale16_Absolute_error Weigher 16: Error absolutely exceeded
BOOL
0
Empfang.Status_Word3.Scale01_Absolute_error Weigher 01: Error absolutely exceeded
BOOL
0
Empfang.Status_Word3.Scale02_Absolute_error Weigher 02: Error absolutely exceeded
BOOL
0
Empfang.Status_Word3.Scale03_Absolute_error Weigher 03: Error absolutely exceeded
BOOL
0
Empfang.Status_Word3.Scale04_Absolute_error Weigher 04: Error absolutely exceeded
BOOL
0
Empfang.Status_Word3.Scale05_Absolute_error Weigher 05: Error absolutely exceeded
BOOL
0
Empfang.Status_Word3.Scale06_Absolute_error Weigher 06: Error absolutely exceeded
BOOL
0
Empfang.Status_Word3.Scale07_Absolute_error Weigher 07: Error absolutely exceeded
BOOL
0
Empfang.Status_Word3.Scale08_Absolute_error Weigher 08: Error absolutely exceeded
BOOL
0
Empfang.Check_quantity
Test quantity
REAL
0.0
Empfang.KMS_Bin_weigher_measurem
KMS - measured value for batch weigher
REAL
0.0
Empfang.KMK_measurem_value_total
KMK - total of measured REAL values of all continuous weighers
0.0
Empfang.REL_KMS
REL (KMS) - relative total error of measurement regarding KMS
REAL
0.0
Empfang.REL_KMK
REL (KMK) - relative
REAL
0.0
absolutely exceeded
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
Connection (parameters)
3-69
Meaning
Data type
Def.
total error of measurement regarding KMK Empfang.Bin_level
Container filling level
REAL
0.0
Empfang.KME_result_F_Z
KME - result F/Z
REAL
0.0
Reserve.Reserve1…22
Spare
DWORD 0.0
Reserve.TelegrammDiagnose
Value must be zero
WORD
en-YN.YNT.001.A
16#0000
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-70
3.15 DIRIS_PA: Parameter data for measuring device DIRIS A40 Description of DIRIS_PA Object name (Type + Number) DB 12 Function This block is used by the function block DIRISA40 (FB 547) which is used for communicating with the multifunctional performance measuring device Diris A40 by Socomec. This measuring device records a.o. voltages, currents and power. The communication takes place such that the function block transmits a parameter set for specific measured values to the measuring device, with the measuring device then returning the corresponding measured values. For its correct functioning, the function block requires three data blocks, of which one contains the parameters, one contains the calibration values, and the other the measured values transmitted. The parameter data block is normally DB 12 (DIRIS_PA) and contains the parameters for requesting all measured values. Connections of DIRIS_PA Connection (parameters)
Meaning
Data type
Def.
Cycle 00: Parameter settings RELAY1B
Byte0 bit0 relay 1
BOOL 0
RELAY2B
Byte0 bit1 relay 2
BOOL 0
RELAY3B
Byte0 bit2 relay 3
BOOL 0
RELAY4B
Byte0 bit3 relay 4
BOOL 0
CH_REL_CON
Byte0bit4 Changing the configuration of one relay
BOOL 0
RES_ONE_MES
Byte0 bit5 Resetting of a variable
BOOL 0
SPARE
Byte0 bit6 not used
BOOL 0
FRAME_MODE
Byte0 bit7 0 -> Table for parametering
BOOL 0
RELAY1
Byte1 status in resting position relay 1 0 : Open 1 : Closed
BYTE B#16#0
RELAY2
Byte2 status in resting position relay 1 0 : Open 1 : Closed
BYTE B#16#0
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
3-71
Connection (parameters)
Meaning
Data type
Def.
RELAY3
Byte3 status in resting position relay 1 0 : Open 1 : Closed
BYTE B#16#0
RELAY4
Byte4 status in resting position relay 1 0 : Open 1 : Closed
BYTE B#16#0
ALL_OUT1
Byte5 assignment OUT 1 BYTE B#16#0 (0=Command,1=I,2=U,3=P+,4=Q+,5=S,6=F,7=PFL,8=Thd 3I, 9=Thd 3U,10=In,11=TIME,12=V,13=Thd In,14=Thd 3V,15=P-,16= Q-,17=PFC)
LOW_TH_OUT1_1
Byte6 lower threshold OUT 1
BYTE B#16#0
LOW_TH_OUT1_2
Byte7 lower threshold OUT 1
BYTE B#16#0
LOW_TH_UNIT_OUT1 Byte8 unit lower threshold OUT 1 0:/ 1:k 2:M
BYTE B#16#0
UP_TH_OUT1_1
Byte9 upper threshold OUT 1
BYTE B#16#0
UP_TH_OUT1_2
Byte10 upper threshold OUT 1
BYTE B#16#0
UP_TH_UNIT_OUT1
Byte11 unit upper threshold OUT 1 0:/ 1:k 2:M
BYTE B#16#0
HY_OUT1
Byte12 hysteresis 0 to 99 OUT 1 (%)
BYTE B#16#0
TIM_DEL_OUT1_1
Byte13 delay OUT 1 (s)
BYTE B#16#0
TIM_DEL_OUT1_2
Byte14 delay OUT 1 (s)
BYTE B#16#0
ALL_OUT2
Byte15 assignment OUT 2 BYTE B#16#0 (0=Command,1=I,2=U,3=P+,4=Q+,5=S,6=F,7=PFL,8=Thd 3I, 9=Thd 3U,10=In,11=TIME,12=V,13=Thd In,14=Thd 3V,15=P-,16= Q-,17=PFC)
LOW_TH_OUT2_1
Byte16 lower threshold OUT 2
BYTE B#16#0
LOW_TH_OUT2_2
Byte17 lower threshold OUT 2
BYTE B#16#0
LOW_TH_UNIT_OUT2 Byte18 unit lower threshold OUT 2 0:/ 1:k 2:M
en-YN.YNT.001.A
BYTE B#16#0
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-72
Connection (parameters)
Meaning
Data type
Def.
UP_TH_OUT2_1
Byte19 upper threshold OUT 2
BYTE B#16#0
UP_TH_OUT2_2
Byte20 upper threshold OUT 2
BYTE B#16#0
UP_TH_UNIT_OUT2
Byte21 unit upper threshold OUT 2 0:/ 1:k 2:M
BYTE B#16#0
HY_OUT2
Byte22 hysteresis 0 to 99 OUT 2 (%)
BYTE B#16#0
TIM_DEL_OUT2_1
Byte23 delay OUT 2 (s)
BYTE B#16#0
TIM_DEL_OUT2_2
Byte24 delay OUT 2 (s)
BYTE B#16#0
KVARH_PLUS
Byte25 Bit0 resetting kvarh+
BOOL 0
KVA
Byte25 Bit1 resetting kVA
BOOL 0
KWH_MINUS
Byte25 Bit2 resetting kWh-
BOOL 0
KVARH_MINUS
Byte25 Bit3 resetting kvarh+
BOOL 0
ALL_PARA
Byte25 Bit4 resetting all parameters
BOOL 0
INPUT1_1
Byte25 Bit5 resetting input 1
BOOL 0
INPUT2_1
Byte25 Bit6 resetting input 2
BOOL 0
NOTUSED_1
Byte25 bit7 not used
BOOL 0
MAX3I
Byte26 bit0 resetting Max 3I
BOOL 0
MAXP_PLUS
Byte26 bit1 resetting max P+
BOOL 0
MAXP_MINUS
Byte26 bit2 resetting max P-
BOOL 0
MAXQ_PLUS
Byte26 bit3 resetting max Q+
BOOL 0
MAXQ_MINUS
Byte26 bit4 resetting max Q-
BOOL 0
MAXS
Byte26 bit5 resetting max S
BOOL 0
H_METER
Byte26 bit6 resetting hour counter
BOOL 0
KWH_PLUS
Byte26 bit7 resetting kWh+
BOOL 0
MINMAXU
Byte27 bit0 resetting min max U
BOOL 0
MINMAXF
Byte27 bit1 resetting minimum / maximum frequency
BOOL 0
MINMAXPF
Byte27 bit2 resetting min max PF
BOOL 0
MINMAXP
Byte27 bit3 resetting min max P
BOOL 0
MINMAXQ
Byte27 bit4 resetting min max Q
BOOL 0
MINMAXTHDI
Byte27 bit5 resetting min max Thd I
BOOL 0
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
3-73
Connection (parameters)
Meaning
Data type
Def.
MINMAXTHDIN
Byte27 bit6 resetting min max Thd In
BOOL 0
MINMAXTHDU
Byte27 bit7 resetting min max Thd U
BOOL 0
INPUT1
Byte28 Bit0 resetting input 1
BOOL 0
INPUT2
Byte28 Bit1 resetting input 2
BOOL 0
INPUT3
Byte28 Bit2 resetting input 3
BOOL 0
INPUT4
Byte28 Bit3 resetting input 4
BOOL 0
INPUT5
Byte28 Bit4 resetting input 5
BOOL 0
INPUT6
Byte28 Bit5 resetting input 6
BOOL 0
MINMAXI
Byte28 bit6 resetting min max I
BOOL 0
MINMAXIN
Byte28 bit7 resetting min max In
BOOL 0
NOTUSED_2
Byte29 not used
BYTE B#16#0
NOTUSED_3
Byte30 not used
BYTE B#16#0
NOTUSED_4
Byte31 not used
BYTE B#16#0
NOTUSED_5
Byte32 not used
BYTE B#16#0
Query cycle 01: Requesting 16 values (1-16) FRAME_NO1
Bit 0 - 6 : Table number, bit7: 1 -> address table
BYTE B#16#81
A_VAL_01_001_M
Address: Current phase 1 (msb)
BYTE B#16#0
A_VAL_01_001_L
Address: Current phase 1 (lsb)
BYTE B#16#0
A_VAL_01_002_M
Address: Current phase 2 (msb)
BYTE B#16#0
A_VAL_01_002_L
Address: Current phase 2 (lsb)
BYTE B#16#1
A_VAL_01_003_M
Address: Current phase 3 (msb)
BYTE B#16#0
A_VAL_01_003_L
Address: Current phase 3 (lsb)
BYTE B#16#2
A_VAL_01_004_M
Address: Current neutral conductor (msb)
BYTE B#16#0
A_VAL_01_004_L
Address: Current neutral conductor (lsb)
BYTE B#16#3
A_VAL_01_005_M
Address: Line-to-line voltage U12 (msb)
BYTE B#16#0
A_VAL_01_005_L
Address: Line-to-line voltage U12 (lsb)
BYTE B#16#4
A_VAL_01_006_M
Address: Line-to-line voltage U23 (msb)
BYTE B#16#0
A_VAL_01_006_L
Address: Line-to-line voltage U23 (lsb)
BYTE B#16#5
A_VAL_01_007_M
Address: Line-to-line voltage U31 (msb)
BYTE B#16#0
en-YN.YNT.001.A
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-74
Connection (parameters)
Meaning
Data type
Def.
A_VAL_01_007_L
Address: Line-to-line voltage U31 (lsb)
BYTE B#16#6
A_VAL_01_008_M
Address: Phase-to-neutral voltage phase 1 (msb)
BYTE B#16#0
A_VAL_01_008_L
Address: Phase-to-neutral voltage phase 1 (lsb)
BYTE B#16#7
A_VAL_01_009_M
Address: Phase-to-neutral voltage phase 2 (msb)
BYTE B#16#0
A_VAL_01_009_L
Address: Phase-to-neutral voltage phase 2 (lsb)
BYTE B#16#8
A_VAL_01_010_M
Address: Phase-to-neutral voltage phase 3 (msb)
BYTE B#16#0
A_VAL_01_010_L
Address: Phase-to-neutral voltage phase 3 (lsb)
BYTE B#16#9
A_VAL_01_011_M
Address: Frequency (msb)
BYTE B#16#0
A_VAL_01_011_L
Address: Frequency (lsb)
BYTE B#16#A
A_VAL_01_012_M
Address: Σ effective power (msb)
BYTE B#16#0
A_VAL_01_012_L
Address: Σ effective power (lsb)
BYTE B#16#B
A_VAL_01_013_M
Address: Σ reactive power (msb)
BYTE B#16#0
A_VAL_01_013_L
Address: Σ reactive power (lsb)
BYTE B#16#C
A_VAL_01_014_M
Address: Σ apparent power (msb)
BYTE B#16#0
A_VAL_01_014_L
Address: Σ apparent power (lsb)
BYTE B#16#D
A_VAL_01_015_M
Address: Σ power factor L/C (msb)
BYTE B#16#0
A_VAL_01_015_L
Address: Σ power factor L/C (lsb)
BYTE B#16#E
A_VAL_01_016_M
Address: I1 maximum (msb)
BYTE B#16#0
A_VAL_01_016_L
Address: I1 maximum (lsb)
BYTE B#16#F
Query cycle 02: Requesting 16 values (17-32) FRAME_NO2
Bit 0 - 6 : Table number, bit7: 1 -> address table
BYTE B#16#82
A_VAL_02_017_M
Address: I2 maximum (msb)
BYTE B#16#0
A_VAL_02_017_L
Address: I2 maximum (lsb)
BYTE B#16#10
A_VAL_02_018_M
Address: I3 maximum (msb)
BYTE B#16#0
A_VAL_02_018_L
Address: I3 maximum (lsb)
BYTE B#16#11
A_VAL_02_019_M
Address: Max. value effective power + (msb)
BYTE B#16#0
A_VAL_02_019_L
Address: Max. value effective power + (lsb)
BYTE B#16#12
A_VAL_02_020_M
Address: Max. value effective power - (msb)
BYTE B#16#0
A_VAL_02_020_L
Address: Max. value effective power - (lsb)
BYTE B#16#13
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
3-75
Connection (parameters)
Meaning
Data type
Def.
A_VAL_02_021_M
Address: Max. value reactive power + (msb)
BYTE B#16#0
A_VAL_02_021_L
Address: Max. value reactive power + (lsb)
BYTE B#16#14
A_VAL_02_022_M
Address: Max. value reactive power - (msb)
BYTE B#16#0
A_VAL_02_022_L
Address: Max. value reactive power - (lsb)
BYTE B#16#15
A_VAL_02_023_M
Address: Max. value apparent power (msb)
BYTE B#16#0
A_VAL_02_023_L
Address: Max. value apparent power (lsb)
BYTE B#16#16
A_VAL_02_024_M
Address: Active energy + <10000 (msb)
BYTE B#16#0
A_VAL_02_024_L
Address: Active energy + <10000 (lsb)
BYTE B#16#17
A_VAL_02_025_M
Address: Active energy + <10000 (msb)
BYTE B#16#0
A_VAL_02_025_L
Address: Active energy + <10000 (lsb)
BYTE B#16#18
A_VAL_02_026_M
Address: Reactive energy + <10000 (msb)
BYTE B#16#0
A_VAL_02_026_L
Address: Reactive energy + <10000 (lsb)
BYTE B#16#19
A_VAL_02_027_M
Address: Reactive energy + <10000 (msb)
BYTE B#16#0
A_VAL_02_027_L
Address: Reactive energy + <10000 (lsb)
BYTE B#16#1A
A_VAL_02_028_M
Address: Apparent energy + <10000 (msb)
BYTE B#16#0
A_VAL_02_028_L
Address: Apparent energy + <10000 (lsb)
BYTE B#16#1B
A_VAL_02_029_M
Address: Apparent energy + <10000 (msb)
BYTE B#16#0
A_VAL_02_029_L
Address: Apparent energy + <10000 (lsb)
BYTE B#16#1C
A_VAL_02_030_M
Address: Effective power phase 1 (msb)
BYTE B#16#0
A_VAL_02_030_L
Address: Effective power phase 1 (lsb)
BYTE B#16#1D
A_VAL_02_031_M
Address: Effective power phase 2 (msb)
BYTE B#16#0
A_VAL_02_031_L
Address: Effective power phase 2 (lsb)
BYTE B#16#1E
A_VAL_02_032_M
Address: Effective power phase 3 (msb)
BYTE B#16#0
A_VAL_02_032_L
Address: Effective power phase 3 (lsb)
BYTE B#16#1F
Query cycle 03: Requesting 16 values (33-48) FRAME_NO3
Bit 0 - 6 : Table number, bit7: 1 -> address table
BYTE B#16#83
A_VAL_03_033_M
Address: Reactive power phase 1 (msb)
BYTE B#16#0
A_VAL_03_033_L
Address: Reactive power phase 1 (lsb)
BYTE B#16#20
A_VAL_03_034_M
Address: Reactive power phase 2 (msb)
BYTE B#16#0
en-YN.YNT.001.A
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-76
Connection (parameters)
Meaning
Data type
Def.
A_VAL_03_034_L
Address: Reactive power phase 2 (lsb)
BYTE B#16#21
A_VAL_03_035_M
Address: Reactive power phase 3 (msb)
BYTE B#16#0
A_VAL_03_035_L
Address: Reactive power phase 3 (lsb)
BYTE B#16#22
A_VAL_03_036_M
Address: Apparent power phase 1 (msb)
BYTE B#16#0
A_VAL_03_036_L
Address: Apparent power phase 1 (lsb)
BYTE B#16#23
A_VAL_03_037_M
Address: Apparent power phase 2 (msb)
BYTE B#16#0
A_VAL_03_037_L
Address: Apparent power phase 2 (lsb)
BYTE B#16#24
A_VAL_03_038_M
Address: Apparent power phase 3 (msb)
BYTE B#16#0
A_VAL_03_038_L
Address: Apparent power phase 3 (lsb)
BYTE B#16#25
A_VAL_03_039_M
Address: Power factor phase 1 (msb)
BYTE B#16#0
A_VAL_03_039_L
Address: Power factor phase 1 (lsb)
BYTE B#16#26
A_VAL_03_040_M
Address: Power factor phase 2 (msb)
BYTE B#16#0
A_VAL_03_040_L
Address: Power factor phase 2 (lsb)
BYTE B#16#27
A_VAL_03_041_M
Address: Power factor phase 3 (msb)
BYTE B#16#0
A_VAL_03_041_L
Address: Power factor phase 3 (lsb)
BYTE B#16#28
A_VAL_03_042_M
Address: I1 average (msb)
BYTE B#16#0
A_VAL_03_042_L
Address: I1 average (lsb)
BYTE B#16#29
A_VAL_03_043_M
Address: I2 average (msb)
BYTE B#16#0
A_VAL_03_043_L
Address: I2 average (lsb)
BYTE B#16#2A
A_VAL_03_044_M
Address: I3 average (msb)
BYTE B#16#0
A_VAL_03_044_L
Address: I3 average (lsb)
BYTE B#16#2B
A_VAL_03_045_M
Address: Average value effective power + (msb)
BYTE B#16#0
A_VAL_03_045_L
Address: Average value effective power + (lsb)
BYTE B#16#2C
A_VAL_03_046_M
Address: Average value effective power - (msb)
BYTE B#16#0
A_VAL_03_046_L
Address: Average value effective power - (lsb)
BYTE B#16#2D
A_VAL_03_047_M
Address: Average value reactive power + (msb)
BYTE B#16#0
A_VAL_03_047_L
Address: Average value reactive power + (lsb)
BYTE B#16#2E
A_VAL_03_048_M
Address: Average value reactive power - (msb)
BYTE B#16#0
A_VAL_03_048_L
Address: Average value reactive power - (lsb)
BYTE B#16#2F
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
Connection (parameters)
Meaning
3-77
Data type
Def.
Query cycle 04: Requesting 16 values (49-64) FRAME_NO4
Bit 0 - 6 : Table number, bit7: 1 -> address table
BYTE B#16#84
A_VAL_04_049_M
Address: Average value apparent power (msb)
BYTE B#16#0
A_VAL_04_049_L
Address: Average value apparent power (lsb)
BYTE B#16#30
A_VAL_04_050_M
Address: Active energy - <10000 (msb)
BYTE B#16#0
A_VAL_04_050_L
Address: Active energy - <10000 (lsb)
BYTE B#16#31
A_VAL_04_051_M
Address: Active energy - <10000 (msb)
BYTE B#16#0
A_VAL_04_051_L
Address: Active energy - <10000 (lsb)
BYTE B#16#32
A_VAL_04_052_M
Address: Reactive energy - <10000 (msb)
BYTE B#16#0
A_VAL_04_052_L
Address: Reactive energy - <10000 (lsb)
BYTE B#16#33
A_VAL_04_053_M
Address: Reactive energy - <10000 (msb)
BYTE B#16#0
A_VAL_04_053_L
Address: Reactive energy - <10000 (lsb)
BYTE B#16#34
A_VAL_04_054_M
Address: Pulse counter input 1 <10000 (msb)
BYTE B#16#0
A_VAL_04_054_L
Address: Pulse counter input 1 <10000 (lsb)
BYTE B#16#35
A_VAL_04_055_M
Address: Pulse counter input 1 <10000 (msb)
BYTE B#16#0
A_VAL_04_055_L
Address: Pulse counter input 1 <10000 (lsb)
BYTE B#16#36
A_VAL_04_056_M
Address: Pulse counter input 2 <10000 (msb)
BYTE B#16#0
A_VAL_04_056_L
Address: Pulse counter input 2 <10000 (lsb)
BYTE B#16#37
A_VAL_04_057_M
Address: Pulse counter input 2 <10000 (msb)
BYTE B#16#0
A_VAL_04_057_L
Address: Pulse counter input 2 <10000 (lsb)
BYTE B#16#38
A_VAL_04_058_M
Address: Pulse counter input 3 <10000 (msb)
BYTE B#16#0
A_VAL_04_058_L
Address: Pulse counter input 3 <10000 (lsb)
BYTE B#16#39
A_VAL_04_059_M
Address: Pulse counter input 3 <10000 (msb)
BYTE B#16#0
A_VAL_04_059_L
Address: Pulse counter input 3 <10000 (lsb)
BYTE B#16#3A
A_VAL_04_060_M
Address: Pulse counter input 4 <10000 (msb)
BYTE B#16#0
A_VAL_04_060_L
Address: Pulse counter input 4 <10000 (lsb)
BYTE B#16#3B
A_VAL_04_061_M
Address: Pulse counter input 4 <10000 (msb)
BYTE B#16#0
A_VAL_04_061_L
Address: Pulse counter input 4 <10000 (lsb)
BYTE B#16#3C
A_VAL_04_062_M
Address: Status of inputs 1,2,3,4 (msb)
BYTE B#16#0
en-YN.YNT.001.A
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-78
Connection (parameters)
Meaning
Data type
Def.
A_VAL_04_062_L
Address: Status of inputs 1,2,3,4 (lsb)
BYTE B#16#3D
A_VAL_04_063_M
Address: Hour counter <10000 (msb)
BYTE B#16#0
A_VAL_04_063_L
Address: Hour counter >10000 (lsb)
BYTE B#16#91
A_VAL_04_064_M
Address: Hour counter >10000 (msb)
BYTE B#16#0
A_VAL_04_064_L
Address: Hour counter >10000 (lsb)
BYTE B#16#92
Query cycle 05-subcycle 00: Requesting 16 values (65-80) FRAME_NO50
Bit 0 - 6 : Table number, bit7: 1 -> address table
BYTE B#16#85
A_VAL_05_065_M
Address: Thd I1 (msb)
BYTE B#16#0
A_VAL_05_065_L
Address: Thd I1 (lsb)
BYTE B#16#3E
A_VAL_05_066_M
Address: Thd I2 (msb)
BYTE B#16#0
A_VAL_05_066_L
Address: Thd I2 (lsb)
BYTE B#16#3F
A_VAL_05_067_M
Address: Thd I3 (msb)
BYTE B#16#0
A_VAL_05_067_L
Address: Thd I3 (lsb)
BYTE B#16#40
A_VAL_05_068_M
Address: Thd In (msb)
BYTE B#16#0
A_VAL_05_068_L
Address: Thd In (lsb)
BYTE B#16#41
A_VAL_05_069_M
Address: Harmonic oscillation I1 rank 3 (msb)
BYTE B#16#0
A_VAL_05_069_L
Address: Harmonic oscillation I1 rank 3 (lsb)
BYTE B#16#42
A_VAL_05_070_M
Address: Harmonic oscillation I2 rank 3 (msb)
BYTE B#16#0
A_VAL_05_070_L
Address: Harmonic oscillation I2 rank 3 (lsb)
BYTE B#16#43
A_VAL_05_071_M
Address: Harmonic oscillation I3 rank 3 (msb)
BYTE B#16#0
A_VAL_05_071_L
Address: Harmonic oscillation I3 rank 3 (lsb)
BYTE B#16#44
A_VAL_05_072_M
Address: Harmonic oscillation IN rank 3 (msb)
BYTE B#16#0
A_VAL_05_072_L
Address: Harmonic oscillation IN rank 3 (lsb)
BYTE B#16#45
A_VAL_05_073_M
Address: Harmonic oscillation I1 rank 5 (msb)
BYTE B#16#0
A_VAL_05_073_L
Address: Harmonic oscillation I1 rank 5 (lsb)
BYTE B#16#46
A_VAL_05_074_M
Address: Harmonic oscillation I2 rank 5 (msb)
BYTE B#16#0
A_VAL_05_074_L
Address: Harmonic oscillation I2 rank 5 (lsb)
BYTE B#16#47
A_VAL_05_075_M
Address: Harmonic oscillation I3 rank 5 (msb)
BYTE B#16#0
A_VAL_05_075_L
Address: Harmonic oscillation I3 rank 5 (lsb)
BYTE B#16#48
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
3-79
Connection (parameters)
Meaning
Data type
Def.
A_VAL_05_076_M
Address: Harmonic oscillation IN rank 5 (msb)
BYTE B#16#0
A_VAL_05_076_L
Address: Harmonic oscillation IN rank 5 (lsb)
BYTE B#16#49
A_VAL_05_077_M
Address: Harmonic oscillation I1 rank 7 (msb)
BYTE B#16#0
A_VAL_05_077_L
Address: Harmonic oscillation I1 rank 7 (lsb)
BYTE B#16#4A
A_VAL_05_078_M
Address: Harmonic oscillation I2 rank 7 (msb)
BYTE B#16#0
A_VAL_05_078_L
Address: Harmonic oscillation I2 rank 7 (lsb)
BYTE B#16#4B
A_VAL_05_079_M
Address: Harmonic oscillation I3 rank 7 (msb)
BYTE B#16#0
A_VAL_05_079_L
Address: Harmonic oscillation I3 rank 7 (lsb)
BYTE B#16#4C
A_VAL_05_080_M
Address: Harmonic oscillation IN rank 7 (msb)
BYTE B#16#0
A_VAL_05_080_L
Address: Harmonic oscillation IN rank 7 (lsb)
BYTE B#16#4D
Query cycle 05-subcycle 01: Requesting 16 values (81-96) FRAME_NO51
Bit 0 - 6 : Table number, bit7: 1 -> address table
BYTE B#16#86
A_VAL_05_081_M
Address: Harmonic oscillation I1 rank 9 (msb)
BYTE B#16#0
A_VAL_05_081_L
Address: Harmonic oscillation I1 rank 9 (lsb)
BYTE B#16#4E
A_VAL_05_082_M
Address: Harmonic oscillation I2 rank 9 (msb)
BYTE B#16#0
A_VAL_05_082_L
Address: Harmonic oscillation I2 rank 9 (lsb)
BYTE B#16#4F
A_VAL_05_083_M
Address: Harmonic oscillation I3 rank 9 (msb)
BYTE B#16#0
A_VAL_05_083_L
Address: Harmonic oscillation I3 rank 9 (lsb)
BYTE B#16#50
A_VAL_05_084_M
Address: Harmonic oscillation IN rank 9 (msb)
BYTE B#16#0
A_VAL_05_084_L
Address: Harmonic oscillation IN rank 9 (lsb)
BYTE B#16#51
A_VAL_05_085_M
Address: Harmonic oscillation I1 rank 11 (msb)
BYTE B#16#0
A_VAL_05_085_L
Address: Harmonic oscillation I1 rank 11 l(sb)
BYTE B#16#52
A_VAL_05_086_M
Address: Harmonic oscillation I2 rank 11 (msb)
BYTE B#16#0
A_VAL_05_086_L
Address: Harmonic oscillation I2 rank 11 (lsb)
BYTE B#16#53
A_VAL_05_087_M
Address: Harmonic oscillation I3 rank 11 (msb)
BYTE B#16#0
A_VAL_05_087_L
Address: Harmonic oscillation I3 rank 11 (lsb)
BYTE B#16#54
A_VAL_05_088_M
Address: Harmonic oscillation IN rank 11 (msb)
BYTE B#16#0
A_VAL_05_088_L
Address: Harmonic oscillation IN rank 11 (lsb)
BYTE B#16#55
A_VAL_05_089_M
Address: Harmonic oscillation I1 rank 13 (msb)
BYTE B#16#0
en-YN.YNT.001.A
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-80
Connection (parameters)
Meaning
Data type
Def.
A_VAL_05_089_L
Address: Harmonic oscillation I1 rank 13 l(sb)
BYTE B#16#56
A_VAL_05_090_M
Address: Harmonic oscillation I2 rank 13 (msb)
BYTE B#16#0
A_VAL_05_090_L
Address: Harmonic oscillation I2 rank 13 (lsb)
BYTE B#16#57
A_VAL_05_091_M
Address: Harmonic oscillation I3 rank 13 (msb)
BYTE B#16#0
A_VAL_05_091_L
Address: Harmonic oscillation I3 rank 13 (lsb)
BYTE B#16#58
A_VAL_05_092_M
Address: Harmonic oscillation IN rank 13 (msb)
BYTE B#16#0
A_VAL_05_092_L
Address: Harmonic oscillation IN rank 13 (lsb)
BYTE B#16#59
A_VAL_05_093_M
Address: Harmonic oscillation I1 rank 15 (msb)
BYTE B#16#0
A_VAL_05_093_L
Address: Harmonic oscillation I1 rank 15 l(sb)
BYTE B#16#5A
A_VAL_05_094_M
Address: Harmonic oscillation I2 rank 15 (msb)
BYTE B#16#0
A_VAL_05_094_L
Address: Harmonic oscillation I2 rank 15 (lsb)
BYTE B#16#5B
A_VAL_05_095_M
Address: Harmonic oscillation I3 rank 15 (msb)
BYTE B#16#0
A_VAL_05_095_L
Address: Harmonic oscillation I3 rank 15 (lsb)
BYTE B#16#5C
A_VAL_05_096_M
Address: Harmonic oscillation IN rank 15 (msb)
BYTE B#16#0
A_VAL_05_096_L
Address: Harmonic oscillation IN rank 15 (lsb)
BYTE B#16#5D
Query cycle 05-subcycle 02: Requesting 16 values (97-112) FRAME_NO52
Bit 0 - 6 : Table number, bit7: 1 -> address table
BYTE B#16#87
A_VAL_05_097_M
Address: Thd U12 (msb)
BYTE B#16#0
A_VAL_05_097_L
Address: Thd U12 (lsb)
BYTE B#16#5E
A_VAL_05_098_M
Address: Thd U23 (msb)
BYTE B#16#0
A_VAL_05_098_L
Address: Thd U23 (lsb)
BYTE B#16#5F
A_VAL_05_099_M
Address: Thd U31 (msb)
BYTE B#16#0
A_VAL_05_099_L
Address: Thd U31 (lsb)
BYTE B#16#60
A_VAL_05_100_M
Address: Harmonic oscillation U12 rank 3 (msb)
BYTE B#16#0
A_VAL_05_100_L
Address: Harmonic oscillation U12 rank 3 (lsb)
BYTE B#16#61
A_VAL_05_101_M
Address: Harmonic oscillation U23 rank 3 (msb)
BYTE B#16#0
A_VAL_05_101_L
Address: Harmonic oscillation U23 rank 3 (lsb)
BYTE B#16#62
A_VAL_05_102_M
Address: Harmonic oscillation U31 rank 3 (msb)
BYTE B#16#0
A_VAL_05_102_L
Address: Harmonic oscillation U31 rank 3 (lsb)
BYTE B#16#63
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
3-81
Connection (parameters)
Meaning
Data type
Def.
A_VAL_05_103_M
Address: Harmonic oscillation U12 rank 5 (msb)
BYTE B#16#0
A_VAL_05_103_L
Address: Harmonic oscillation U12 rank 5 (lsb)
BYTE B#16#64
A_VAL_05_104_M
Address: Harmonic oscillation U23 rank 5 (msb)
BYTE B#16#0
A_VAL_05_104_L
Address: Harmonic oscillation U23 rank 5 (lsb)
BYTE B#16#65
A_VAL_05_105_M
Address: Harmonic oscillation U31 rank 5 (msb)
BYTE B#16#0
A_VAL_05_105_L
Address: Harmonic oscillation U31 rank 5 (lsb)
BYTE B#16#66
A_VAL_05_106_M
Address: Harmonic oscillation U12 rank 7 (msb)
BYTE B#16#0
A_VAL_05_106_L
Address: Harmonic oscillation U12 rank 7 (lsb)
BYTE B#16#67
A_VAL_05_107_M
Address: Harmonic oscillation U23 rank 7 (msb)
BYTE B#16#0
A_VAL_05_107_L
Address: Harmonic oscillation U23 rank 7 (lsb)
BYTE B#16#68
A_VAL_05_108_M
Address: Harmonic oscillation U31 rank 7 (msb)
BYTE B#16#0
A_VAL_05_108_L
Address: Harmonic oscillation U31 rank 7 (lsb)
BYTE B#16#69
A_VAL_05_109_M
Address: Harmonic oscillation U12 rank 9 (msb)
BYTE B#16#0
A_VAL_05_109_L
Address: Harmonic oscillation U12 rank 9 (lsb)
BYTE B#16#6A
A_VAL_05_110_M
Address: Harmonic oscillation U23 rank 9 (msb)
BYTE B#16#0
A_VAL_05_110_L
Address: Harmonic oscillation U23 rank 9 (lsb)
BYTE B#16#6B
A_VAL_05_111_M
Address: Harmonic oscillation U31 rank 9 (msb)
BYTE B#16#0
A_VAL_05_111_L
Address: Harmonic oscillation U31 rank 9 (lsb)
BYTE B#16#6C
A_VAL_05_112_M
Address: Harmonic oscillation U12 rank 11 (msb)
BYTE B#16#0
A_VAL_05_112_L
Address: Harmonic oscillation U12 rank 11 (lsb)
BYTE B#16#6D
Query cycle 05-subcycle 03: Requesting 16 values (113-128) FRAME_NO53
Bit 0 - 6 : Table number, bit7: 1 -> address table
BYTE B#16#88
A_VAL_05_113_M
Address: Harmonic oscillation U23 rank 11 (msb)
BYTE B#16#0
A_VAL_05_113_L
Address: Harmonic oscillation U23 rank 11 (lsb)
BYTE B#16#6E
A_VAL_05_114_M
Address: Harmonic oscillation U31 rank 11 (msb)
BYTE B#16#0
A_VAL_05_114_L
Address: Harmonic oscillation U31 rank 11 (lsb)
BYTE B#16#6F
A_VAL_05_115_M
Address: Harmonic oscillation U12 rank 13 (msb)
BYTE B#16#0
A_VAL_05_115_L
Address: Harmonic oscillation U12 rank 13 (lsb)
BYTE B#16#70
A_VAL_05_116_M
Address: Harmonic oscillation U23 rank 13 (msb)
BYTE B#16#0
en-YN.YNT.001.A
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-82
Connection (parameters)
Meaning
Data type
Def.
A_VAL_05_116_L
Address: Harmonic oscillation U23 rank 13 (lsb)
BYTE B#16#71
A_VAL_05_117_M
Address: Harmonic oscillation U31 rank 13 (msb)
BYTE B#16#0
A_VAL_05_117_L
Address: Harmonic oscillation U31 rank 13 (lsb)
BYTE B#16#72
A_VAL_05_118_M
Address: Harmonic oscillation U12 rank 15 (msb)
BYTE B#16#0
A_VAL_05_118_L
Address: Harmonic oscillation U12 rank 15 (lsb)
BYTE B#16#73
A_VAL_05_119_M
Address: Harmonic oscillation U23 rank 15 (msb)
BYTE B#16#0
A_VAL_05_119_L
Address: Harmonic oscillation U23 rank 15 (lsb)
BYTE B#16#74
A_VAL_05_120_M
Address: Harmonic oscillation U31 rank 15 (msb)
BYTE B#16#0
A_VAL_05_120_L
Address: Harmonic oscillation U31 rank 15 (lsb)
BYTE B#16#75
A_VAL_05_121_M
Address: Thd V1 (msb)
BYTE B#16#0
A_VAL_05_121_L
Address: Thd V1 (lsb)
BYTE B#16#76
A_VAL_05_122_M
Address: Thd V2 (msb)
BYTE B#16#0
A_VAL_05_122_L
Address: Thd V2 (lsb)
BYTE B#16#77
A_VAL_05_123_M
Address: Thd V3 (msb)
BYTE B#16#0
A_VAL_05_123_L
Address: Thd V3 (lsb)
BYTE B#16#78
A_VAL_05_124_M
Address: Harmonic oscillation V1 rank 3 (msb)
BYTE B#16#0
A_VAL_05_124_L
Address: Harmonic oscillation V1 rank 3 (lsb)
BYTE B#16#79
A_VAL_05_125_M
Address: Harmonic oscillation V2 rank 3 (msb)
BYTE B#16#0
A_VAL_05_125_L
Address: Harmonic oscillation V2 rank 3 (lsb)
BYTE B#16#7A
A_VAL_05_126_M
Address: Harmonic oscillation V3 rank 3 (msb)
BYTE B#16#0
A_VAL_05_126_L
Address: Harmonic oscillation V3 rank 3 (lsb)
BYTE B#16#7B
A_VAL_05_127_M
Address: Harmonic oscillation V1 rank 5 (msb)
BYTE B#16#0
A_VAL_05_127_L
Address: Harmonic oscillation V1 rank 5 (lsb)
BYTE B#16#7C
A_VAL_05_128_M
Address: Harmonic oscillation V2 rank 5 (msb)
BYTE B#16#0
A_VAL_05_128_L
Address: Harmonic oscillation V2 rank 5 (lsb)
BYTE B#16#7D
Query cycle 05-subcycle 04: Requesting 16 values (129-144) FRAME_NO54
Bit 0 - 6 : Table number, bit7: 1 -> address table
BYTE B#16#89
A_VAL_05_129_M
Address: Harmonic oscillation V3 rank 5 (msb)
BYTE B#16#0
A_VAL_05_129_L
Address: Harmonic oscillation V3 rank 5 (lsb)
BYTE B#16#7E
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
3-83
Connection (parameters)
Meaning
Data type
A_VAL_05_130_M
Address: Harmonic oscillation V1 rank 7 (msb)
BYTE B#16#0
A_VAL_05_130_L
Address: Harmonic oscillation V1 rank 7 (lsb)
BYTE B#16#7F
A_VAL_05_131_M
Address: Harmonic oscillation V2 rank 7 (msb)
BYTE B#16#0
A_VAL_05_131_L
Address: Harmonic oscillation V2 rank 7 (lsb)
BYTE B#16#80
A_VAL_05_132_M
Address: Harmonic oscillation V3 rank 7 (msb)
BYTE B#16#0
A_VAL_05_132_L
Address: Harmonic oscillation V3 rank 7 (lsb)
BYTE B#16#81
A_VAL_05_133_M
Address: Harmonic oscillation V1 rank 9 (msb)
BYTE B#16#0
A_VAL_05_133_L
Address: Harmonic oscillation V1 rank 9 (lsb)
BYTE B#16#82
A_VAL_05_134_M
Address: Harmonic oscillation V2 rank 9 (msb)
BYTE B#16#0
A_VAL_05_134_L
Address: Harmonic oscillation V2 rank 9 (lsb)
BYTE B#16#83
A_VAL_05_135_M
Address: Harmonic oscillation V3 rank 9 (msb)
BYTE B#16#0
A_VAL_05_135_L
Address: Harmonic oscillation V3 rank 9 (lsb)
BYTE B#16#84
A_VAL_05_136_M
Address: Harmonic oscillation V1 rank 11 (msb)
BYTE B#16#0
A_VAL_05_136_L
Address: Harmonic oscillation V1 rank 11 (lsb)
BYTE B#16#85
A_VAL_05_137_M
Address: Harmonic oscillation V2 rank 11 (msb)
BYTE B#16#0
A_VAL_05_137_L
Address: Harmonic oscillation V2 rank 11 (lsb)
BYTE B#16#86
A_VAL_05_138_M
Address: Harmonic oscillation V3 rank 11 (msb)
BYTE B#16#0
A_VAL_05_138_L
Address: Harmonic oscillation V3 rank 11 (lsb)
BYTE B#16#87
A_VAL_05_139_M
Address: Harmonic oscillation V1 rank 13 (msb)
BYTE B#16#0
A_VAL_05_139_L
Address: Harmonic oscillation V1 rank 13 (lsb)
BYTE B#16#88
A_VAL_05_140_M
Address: Harmonic oscillation V2 rank 13 (msb)
BYTE B#16#0
A_VAL_05_140_L
Address: Harmonic oscillation V2 rank 13 (lsb)
BYTE B#16#89
A_VAL_05_141_M
Address: Harmonic oscillation V3 rank 13 (msb)
BYTE B#16#0
A_VAL_05_141_L
Address: Harmonic oscillation V3 rank 13 (lsb)
BYTE B#16#8A
A_VAL_05_142_M
Address: Harmonic oscillation V1 rank 15 (msb)
BYTE B#16#0
A_VAL_05_142_L
Address: Harmonic oscillation V1 rank 15 (lsb)
BYTE B#16#8B
A_VAL_05_143_M
Address: Harmonic oscillation V2 rank 15 (msb)
BYTE B#16#0
A_VAL_05_143_L
Address: Harmonic oscillation V2 rank 15 (lsb)
BYTE B#16#8C
A_VAL_05_144_M
Address: Harmonic oscillation V3 rank 15 (msb)
BYTE B#16#0
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Def.
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-84
Connection (parameters)
Meaning
Data type
Def.
A_VAL_05_144_L
Address: Harmonic oscillation V3 rank 15 (lsb)
BYTE B#16#8D
Query cycle 05-subcycle 05: Requesting 16 values (145-160) FRAME_NO55
Bit 0 - 6 : Table number, bit7: 1 -> address table
BYTE B#16#8A
A_VAL_05_145_M
Address: I system (msb)
BYTE B#16#0
A_VAL_05_145_L
Address: I system (lsb)
BYTE B#16#8E
A_VAL_05_146_M
Address: U system (msb)
BYTE B#16#0
A_VAL_05_146_L
Address: U system (lsb)
BYTE B#16#8F
A_VAL_05_147_M
Address: V system (msb)
BYTE B#16#0
A_VAL_05_147_L
Address: V system (lsb)
BYTE B#16#90
A_VAL_05_148_M
Address: Alarm1 OUT 1 lower threshold (msb)
BYTE B#16#10
A_VAL_05_148_L
Address: Alarm1 OUT 1 lower threshold (lsb)
BYTE B#16#00
A_VAL_05_149_M
Address: Alarm1 OUT 1 upper threshold (msb)
BYTE B#16#10
A_VAL_05_149_L
Address: Alarm1 OUT 1 upper threshold (lsb)
BYTE B#16#01
A_VAL_05_150_M
Address: Alarm1 OUT 1 lower threshold value MSB (msb) BYTE B#16#10
A_VAL_05_150_L
Address: Alarm1 OUT 1 lower threshold value MSB (lsb)
BYTE B#16#02
A_VAL_05_151_M
Address: Alarm1 OUT 1 lower threshold value LSB (msb)
BYTE B#16#10
A_VAL_05_151_L
Address: Alarm1 OUT 1 lower threshold value LSB (lsb)
BYTE B#16#03
A_VAL_05_152_M
Address: Alarm1 OUT 1 upper threshold value MSB (msb) BYTE B#16#10
A_VAL_05_152_L
Address: Alarm1 OUT 1 upper threshold value MSB (lsb)
BYTE B#16#04
A_VAL_05_153_M
Address: Alarm1 OUT 1 upper threshold value LSB (msb)
BYTE B#16#10
A_VAL_05_153_L
Address: Alarm1 OUT 1 upper threshold value LSB (lsb)
BYTE B#16#05
A_VAL_05_154_M
Address: Alarm1 OUT 1 duration (msb)
BYTE B#16#10
A_VAL_05_154_L
Address: Alarm1 OUT 1 duration (lsb)
BYTE B#16#06
A_VAL_05_155_M
Address: Alarm2 OUT 1 lower threshold (msb)
BYTE B#16#10
A_VAL_05_155_L
Address: Alarm2 OUT 1 lower threshold (lsb)
BYTE B#16#07
A_VAL_05_156_M
Address: Alarm2 OUT 1 upper threshold (msb)
BYTE B#16#10
A_VAL_05_156_L
Address: Alarm2 OUT 1 upper threshold (lsb)
BYTE B#16#08
A_VAL_05_157_M
Address: Alarm2 OUT 1 lower threshold value MSB (msb) BYTE B#16#10
A_VAL_05_157_L
Address: Alarm2 OUT 1 lower threshold value MSB (msb) BYTE B#16#09
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
3-85
Connection (parameters)
Meaning
Data type
Def.
A_VAL_05_158_M
Address: Alarm2 OUT 1 lower threshold value LSB (msb)
BYTE B#16#10
A_VAL_05_158_L
Address: Alarm2 OUT 1 lower threshold value LSB (lsb)
BYTE B#16#0A
A_VAL_05_159_M
Address: Alarm2 OUT 1 upper threshold value MSB (msb) BYTE B#16#10
A_VAL_05_159_L
Address: Alarm2 OUT 1 upper threshold value MSB (msb) BYTE B#16#0B
A_VAL_05_160_M
Address: Alarm2 OUT 1 upper threshold value LSB (msb)
BYTE B#16#10
A_VAL_05_160_L
Address: Alarm2 OUT 1 upper threshold value LSB (lsb)
BYTE B#16#0C
Query cycle 05-subcycle 06: Requesting 16 values (161-176) FRAME_NO56
Bit 0 - 6 : Table number, bit7: 1 -> address table
BYTE B#16#8B
A_VAL_05_161_M
Address: Alarm2 OUT 1 duration (msb)
BYTE B#16#10
A_VAL_05_161_L
Address: Alarm2 OUT 1 duration (lsb)
BYTE B#16#0D
A_VAL_05_162_M
Address: Alarm3 OUT 1 lower threshold (msb)
BYTE B#16#10
A_VAL_05_162_L
Address: Alarm3 OUT 1 lower threshold (lsb)
BYTE B#16#0E
A_VAL_05_163_M
Address: Alarm3 OUT 1 upper threshold (msb)
BYTE B#16#10
A_VAL_05_163_L
Address: Alarm3 OUT 1 upper threshold (lsb)
BYTE B#16#0F
A_VAL_05_164_M
Address: Alarm3 OUT 1 lower threshold value MSB (msb) BYTE B#16#10
A_VAL_05_164_L
Address: Alarm3 OUT 1 lower threshold value MSB (lsb)
BYTE B#16#10
A_VAL_05_165_M
Address: Alarm3 OUT 1 lower threshold value LSB (msb)
BYTE B#16#10
A_VAL_05_165_L
Address: Alarm3 OUT 1 lower threshold value LSB (lsb)
BYTE B#16#11
A_VAL_05_166_M
Address: Alarm3 OUT 1 upper threshold value MSB (msb) BYTE B#16#10
A_VAL_05_166_L
Address: Alarm3 OUT 1 upper threshold value MSB (lsb)
BYTE B#16#12
A_VAL_05_167_M
Address: Alarm3 OUT 1 upper threshold value LSB (msb)
BYTE B#16#10
A_VAL_05_167_L
Address: Alarm3 OUT 1 upper threshold value LSB (lsb)
BYTE B#16#13
A_VAL_05_168_M
Address: Alarm3 OUT 1 duration (msb)
BYTE B#16#10
A_VAL_05_168_L
Address: Alarm3 OUT 1 duration (lsb)
BYTE B#16#14
A_VAL_05_169_M
Address: Alarm1 OUT 2 lower threshold (msb)
BYTE B#16#10
A_VAL_05_169_L
Address: Alarm1 OUT 2 lower threshold (lsb)
BYTE B#16#15
A_VAL_05_170_M
Address: Alarm1 OUT 2 upper threshold (msb)
BYTE B#16#10
A_VAL_05_170_L
Address: Alarm1 OUT 2 upper threshold (lsb)
BYTE B#16#16
A_VAL_05_171_M
Address: Alarm1 OUT 2 lower threshold value MSB (msb) BYTE B#16#10
en-YN.YNT.001.A
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-86
Connection (parameters)
Meaning
Data type
Def.
A_VAL_05_171_L
Address: Alarm1 OUT 2 lower threshold value MSB (lsb)
BYTE B#16#17
A_VAL_05_172_M
Address: Alarm1 OUT 2 lower threshold value LSB (msb)
BYTE B#16#10
A_VAL_05_172_L
Address: Alarm1 OUT 2 lower threshold value LSB (lsb)
BYTE B#16#18
A_VAL_05_173_M
Address: Alarm1 OUT 2 upper threshold value MSB (msb) BYTE B#16#10
A_VAL_05_173_L
Address: Alarm1 OUT 2 upper threshold value MSB (lsb)
BYTE B#16#19
A_VAL_05_174_M
Address: Alarm1 OUT 2 upper threshold value LSB (msb)
BYTE B#16#10
A_VAL_05_174_L
Address: Alarm1 OUT 2 upper threshold value LSB (lsb)
BYTE B#16#1A
A_VAL_05_175_M
Address: Alarm1 OUT 2 duration (msb)
BYTE B#16#10
A_VAL_05_175_L
Address: Alarm1 OUT 2 duration (lsb)
BYTE B#16#1B
A_VAL_05_176_M
Address: Alarm2 OUT 2 lower threshold (msb)
BYTE B#16#10
A_VAL_05_176_L
Address: Alarm2 OUT 2 lower threshold (lsb)
BYTE B#16#1C
Query cycle 05-subcycle 07: Requesting 16 values (177-192) FRAME_NO57
Bit 0 - 6 : Table number, bit7: 1 -> address table
BYTE B#16#8C
A_VAL_05_177_M
Address: Alarm2 OUT 2 upper threshold (msb)
BYTE B#16#10
A_VAL_05_177_L
Address: Alarm2 OUT 2 upper threshold (lsb)
BYTE B#16#0D
A_VAL_05_178_M
Address: Alarm2 OUT 2 lower threshold value MSB (msb) BYTE B#16#10
A_VAL_05_178_L
Address: Alarm2 OUT 2 lower threshold value MSB (lsb)
BYTE B#16#0E
A_VAL_05_179_M
Address: Alarm2 OUT 2 lower threshold value LSB (msb)
BYTE B#16#10
A_VAL_05_179_L
Address: Alarm2 OUT 2 lower threshold value LSB (lsb)
BYTE B#16#0F
A_VAL_05_180_M
Address: Alarm2 OUT 2 upper threshold value MSB (msb) BYTE B#16#10
A_VAL_05_180_L
Address: Alarm2 OUT 2 upper threshold value MSB (lsb)
BYTE B#16#10
A_VAL_05_181_M
Address: Alarm2 OUT 2 upper threshold value LSB (msb)
BYTE B#16#10
A_VAL_05_181_L
Address: Alarm2 OUT 2 upper threshold value LSB (lsb)
BYTE B#16#11
A_VAL_05_182_M
Address: Alarm2 OUT 2 duration (msb)
BYTE B#16#10
A_VAL_05_182_L
Address: Alarm2 OUT 2 duration (lsb)
BYTE B#16#12
A_VAL_05_183_M
Address: Alarm3 OUT 2 lower threshold (msb)
BYTE B#16#10
A_VAL_05_183_L
Address: Alarm3 OUT 2 lower threshold (lsb)
BYTE B#16#13
A_VAL_05_184_M
Address: Alarm3 OUT 2 upper threshold (msb)
BYTE B#16#10
A_VAL_05_184_L
Address: Alarm3 OUT 2 upper threshold (lsb)
BYTE B#16#14
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
3-87
Connection (parameters)
Meaning
A_VAL_05_185_M
Address: Alarm3 OUT 2 lower threshold value MSB (msb) BYTE B#16#10
A_VAL_05_185_L
Address: Alarm3 OUT 2 lower threshold value MSB (lsb)
BYTE B#16#15
A_VAL_05_186_M
Address: Alarm3 OUT 2 lower threshold value LSB (msb)
BYTE B#16#10
A_VAL_05_186_L
Address: Alarm3 OUT 2 lower threshold value LSB (lsb)
BYTE B#16#16
A_VAL_05_187_M
Address: Alarm3 OUT 2 upper threshold value MSB (msb) BYTE B#16#10
A_VAL_05_187_L
Address: Alarm3 OUT 2 upper threshold value MSB (lsb)
BYTE B#16#17
A_VAL_05_188_M
Address: Alarm3 OUT 2 upper threshold value LSB (msb)
BYTE B#16#10
A_VAL_05_188_L
Address: Alarm3 OUT 2 upper threshold value LSB (lsb)
BYTE B#16#18
A_VAL_05_189_M
Address: Alarm3 OUT 2 duration (msb)
BYTE B#16#10
A_VAL_05_189_L
Address: Alarm3 OUT 2 duration (lsb)
BYTE B#16#19
A_VAL_05_190_M
Address: Not used
BYTE B#16#0
A_VAL_05_190_L
Address: Not used
BYTE B#16#0
A_VAL_05_191_M
Address: Not used
BYTE B#16#0
A_VAL_05_191_L
Address: Not used
BYTE B#16#0
A_VAL_05_192_M
Address: Not used
BYTE B#16#0
A_VAL_05_192_L
Address: Not used
BYTE B#16#0
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Data type
Def.
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-88
3.16 DIRIS_DA: Measured values for measuring device DIRIS A40 Description of DIRIS_DA Object name (Type + Number) DB 13 Function This block is used by the function block DIRISA40 (FB 547) which is used for communicating with the multifunctional performance measuring device Diris A40 by Socomec. This measuring device records a.o. voltages, currents and power. The communication takes place such that the function block transmits a parameter set for specific measured values to the measuring device, with the measuring device then returning the corresponding measured values. For its correct functioning, the function block requires three data blocks, of which one contains the parameters, one contains the calibration values, and the other the measured values transmitted. The measured value data block is normally DB 13 (DIRIS_DA) and contains the receiving and calibrated measured values. The receiving values are multiplied by the corresponding calibration value from DB14. Currents are additionally multiplied by the transmission ratio RATIO_I, voltages are multiplied by RATIO_U and power with RATIO_I and RATIO_U. Connections of DIRIS_DA Connection (parameters)
Meaning
Data type
Def.
Reception cycle 01: Receiving 16 values (1-16) PHASE_1_I
Current phase 1 (A)
REAL 0.0
PHASE_2_I
Current phase 2 (A)
REAL 0.0
PHASE_3_I
Current phase 3 (A)
REAL 0.0
NEUTRAL_I
Current neutral conductor (A)
REAL 0.0
PH_TO_PH_U12
Line-to-line voltage U12 (V)
REAL 0.0
PH_TO_PH_U23
Line-to-line voltage U23 (V)
REAL 0.0
PH_TO_PH_U31
Line-to-line voltage U31 (V)
REAL 0.0
PH_TO_N_PH1
Phase-to-neutral voltage phase 1 (V)
REAL 0.0
PH_TO_N_PH2
Phase-to-neutral voltage phase 2 (V)
REAL 0.0
PH_TO_N_PH3
Phase-to-neutral voltage phase 3 (V)
REAL 0.0
FREQ
Frequency (Hz)
REAL 0.0
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
3-89
Connection (parameters)
Meaning
Data type
Def.
ACT_POWER
Σ effective power (kW)
REAL 0.0
REACT_POWER
Σ reactive power (kvar)
REAL 0.0
APPARENT_POWER
Σ apparent power (kVA)
REAL 0.0
POWER_FAC_LC
Σ power factor L/C
REAL 0.0
MAX_VAL_I1
I1 maximum (A)
REAL 0.0
Reception cycle 02: Receiving 16 values (17-32) MAX_VAL_I2
I2 maximum (A)
REAL 0.0
MAX_VAL_I3
I3 maximum (A)
REAL 0.0
MAX_ACT_POW_P
Max. value effective power + (kW)
REAL 0.0
MAX_ACT_POW_M
Max. value effective power - (kW)
REAL 0.0
MAX_REACT_POW_P Max. value reactive power + (kvar)
REAL 0.0
MAX_REACT_POW_M Max. value reactive power - (kvar)
REAL 0.0
MAX_APPAR_POW
Max. value apparent power (kVA)
REAL 0.0
ACT_EN_P_LESS
Active energy + <10000 (kWh)
REAL 0.0
ACT_EN_P_MORE
Active energy + >10000 (kWh)
REAL 0.0
REACT_EN_P_LESS
Reactive energy + <10000 (kvarh)
REAL 0.0
REACT_EN_P_MORE
Reactive energy + >10000 (kvarh)
REAL 0.0
APPAR_EN_P_LESS
Apparent energy + <10000 (kVAh)
REAL 0.0
APPAR_EN_P_MORE
Apparent energy + >10000 (kVAh)
REAL 0.0
ACT_POW_PH1
Effective power phase 1 (kW)
REAL 0.0
ACT_POW_PH2
Effective power phase 2 (kW)
REAL 0.0
ACT_POW_PH3
Effective power phase 3 (kW)
REAL 0.0
Reception cycle 03: Receiving 16 values (33-48) REACT_POW_PH1
Reactive power phase 1 (kvar)
REAL 0.0
REACT_POW_PH2
Reactive power phase 2 (kvar)
REAL 0.0
REACT_POW_PH3
Reactive power phase 3 (kvar)
REAL 0.0
APPAR_POW_PH1
Apparent power phase 1 (kVA)
REAL 0.0
APPAR_POW_PH2
Apparent power phase 2 (kVA)
REAL 0.0
APPAR_POW_PH3
Apparent power phase 3 (kVA)
REAL 0.0
en-YN.YNT.001.A
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-90
Connection (parameters)
Meaning
Data type
Def.
POW_FAC_PH1
Power factor phase 1
REAL 0.0
POW_FAC_PH2
Power factor phase 2
REAL 0.0
POW_FAC_PH3
Power factor phase 3
REAL 0.0
AVG_VAL_I1
I1 average (A)
REAL 0.0
AVG_VAL_I2
I2 average (A)
REAL 0.0
AVG_VAL_I3
I3 average (A)
REAL 0.0
AVG_ACT_POW_P
Average value effective power + (kW)
REAL 0.0
AVG_ACT_POW_M
Average value effective power - (kW)
REAL 0.0
AVG_REACT_POW_P Average value reactive power + (kvar)
REAL 0.0
AVG_REACT_POW_M Average value reactive power - (kvar)
REAL 0.0
Reception cycle 04: Receiving 16 values (49-64) AVG_APPAR_POW
Average value apparent power (kVA)
REAL 0.0
ACT_EN_M_LESS
Active energy - <10000 (kWh)
REAL 0.0
ACT_EN_M_MORE
Active energy - >10000 (kWh)
REAL 0.0
REACT_EN_M_LESS
Reactive energy - <10000 (kvarh)
REAL 0.0
REACT_EN_M_MORE Reactive energy - >10000 (kvarh)
REAL 0.0
IN_PU_M1_LESS
Pulse counter input 1 <10000
REAL 0.0
IN_PU_M1_MORE
Pulse counter input 1 >10000
REAL 0.0
IN_PU_M2_LESS
Pulse counter input 2 <10000
REAL 0.0
IN_PU_M2_MORE
Pulse counter input 2 >10000
REAL 0.0
IN_PU_M3_LESS
Pulse counter input 3 <10000
REAL 0.0
IN_PU_M3_MORE
Pulse counter input 3 >10000
REAL 0.0
IN_PU_M4_LESS
Pulse counter input 4 <10000
REAL 0.0
IN_PU_M4_MORE
Pulse counter input 4 >10000
REAL 0.0
STAT_IN
Status of inputs 1,2,3,4
REAL 0.0
HOUR_M_LESS
Hour counter <10000 (h)
REAL 0.0
HOUR_M_MORE
Hour counter >10000 (h)
REAL 0.0
Reception cycle 05, subcycle 00: Receiving 16 values (65-80) THD_I1
Thd I1 (%)
REAL 0.0
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
3-91
Connection (parameters)
Meaning
Data type
Def.
THD_I2
Thd I2 (%)
REAL 0.0
THD_I3
Thd I3 (%)
REAL 0.0
THD_IN
Thd In (%)
REAL 0.0
HAR_I1_R3
Harmonic oscillation I1 rank 3 (%)
REAL 0.0
HAR_I2_R3
Harmonic oscillation I2 rank 3 (%)
REAL 0.0
HAR_I3_R3
Harmonic oscillation I3 rank 3 (%)
REAL 0.0
HAR_IN_R3
Harmonic oscillation IN rank 3 (%)
REAL 0.0
HAR_I1_R5
Harmonic oscillation I1 rank 5 (%)
REAL 0.0
HAR_I2_R5
Harmonic oscillation I2 rank 5 (%)
REAL 0.0
HAR_I3_R5
Harmonic oscillation I3 rank 5 (%)
REAL 0.0
HAR_IN_R5
Harmonic oscillation IN rank 5 (%)
REAL 0.0
HAR_I1_R7
Harmonic oscillation I1 rank 7 (%)
REAL 0.0
HAR_I2_R7
Harmonic oscillation I2 rank 7 (%)
REAL 0.0
HAR_I3_R7
Harmonic oscillation I3 rank 7 (%)
REAL 0.0
HAR_IN_R7
Harmonic oscillation IN rank 7 (%)
REAL 0.0
Reception cycle 05, subcycle 01: Receiving 16 values (81-96) HAR_I1_R9
Harmonic oscillation I1 rank 9 (%)
REAL 0.0
HAR_I2_R9
Harmonic oscillation I2 rank 9 (%)
REAL 0.0
HAR_I3_R9
Harmonic oscillation I3 rank 9 (%)
REAL 0.0
HAR_IN_R9
Harmonic oscillation IN rank 9 (%)
REAL 0.0
HAR_I1_R11
Harmonic oscillation I1 rank 11 (%)
REAL 0.0
HAR_I2_R11
Harmonic oscillation I2 rank 11 (%)
REAL 0.0
HAR_I3_R11
Harmonic oscillation I3 rank 11 (%)
REAL 0.0
HAR_IN_R11
Harmonic oscillation IN rank 11 (%)
REAL 0.0
HAR_I1_R13
Harmonic oscillation I1 rank 13 (%)
REAL 0.0
HAR_I2_R13
Harmonic oscillation I2 rank 13 (%)
REAL 0.0
HAR_I3_R13
Harmonic oscillation I3 rank 13 (%)
REAL 0.0
HAR_IN_R13
Harmonic oscillation IN rank 13 (%)
REAL 0.0
HAR_I1_R15
Harmonic oscillation I1 rank 15 (%)
REAL 0.0
en-YN.YNT.001.A
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-92
Connection (parameters)
Meaning
Data type
Def.
HAR_I2_R15
Harmonic oscillation I2 rank 15 (%)
REAL 0.0
HAR_I3_R15
Harmonic oscillation I3 rank 15 (%)
REAL 0.0
HAR_IN_R15
Harmonic oscillation IN rank 15 (%)
REAL 0.0
Reception cycle 05, subcycle 02: Receiving 16 values (97-112) THD_U12
Thd U12 (%)
REAL 0.0
THD_U23
Thd U23 (%)
REAL 0.0
THD_U31
Thd U31 (%)
REAL 0.0
HAR_U12_R3
Harmonic oscillation U12 rank 3 (%)
REAL 0.0
HAR_U23_R3
Harmonic oscillation U23 rank 3 (%)
REAL 0.0
HAR_U31_R3
Harmonic oscillation U31 rank 3 (%)
REAL 0.0
HAR_U12_R5
Harmonic oscillation U12 rank 5 (%)
REAL 0.0
HAR_U23_R5
Harmonic oscillation U23 rank 5 (%)
REAL 0.0
HAR_U31_R5
Harmonic oscillation U31 rank 5 (%)
REAL 0.0
HAR_U12_R7
Harmonic oscillation U12 rank 7 (%)
REAL 0.0
HAR_U23_R7
Harmonic oscillation U23 rank 7 (%)
REAL 0.0
HAR_U31_R7
Harmonic oscillation U31 rank 7 (%)
REAL 0.0
HAR_U12_R9
Harmonic oscillation U12 rank 9 (%)
REAL 0.0
HAR_U23_R9
Harmonic oscillation U23 rank 9 (%)
REAL 0.0
HAR_U31_R9
Harmonic oscillation U31 rank 9 (%)
REAL 0.0
HAR_U12_R11
Harmonic oscillation U12 rank 11 (%)
REAL 0.0
Reception cycle 05, subcycle 03: Receiving 16 values (113-128) HAR_U23_R11
Harmonic oscillation U23 rank 11 (%)
REAL 0.0
HAR_U31_R11
Harmonic oscillation U31 rank 11 (%)
REAL 0.0
HAR_U12_R13
Harmonic oscillation U12 rank 13 (%)
REAL 0.0
HAR_U23_R13
Harmonic oscillation U23 rank 13 (%)
REAL 0.0
HAR_U31_R13
Harmonic oscillation U31 rank 13 (%)
REAL 0.0
HAR_U12_R15
Harmonic oscillation U12 rank 15 (%)
REAL 0.0
HAR_U23_R15
Harmonic oscillation U23 rank 15 (%)
REAL 0.0
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
3-93
Connection (parameters)
Meaning
Data type
Def.
HAR_U31_R15
Harmonic oscillation U31 rank 15 (%)
REAL 0.0
THD_V1
Thd V1 (%)
REAL 0.0
THD_V2
Thd V2 (%)
REAL 0.0
THD_V3
Thd V3 (%)
REAL 0.0
HAR_V1_R3
Harmonic oscillation V1 rank 3 (%)
REAL 0.0
HAR_V2_R3
Harmonic oscillation V2 rank 3 (%)
REAL 0.0
HAR_V3_R3
Harmonic oscillation V3 rank 3 (%)
REAL 0.0
HAR_V1_R5
Harmonic oscillation V1 rank 5 (%)
REAL 0.0
HAR_V2_R5
Harmonic oscillation V2 rank 5 (%)
REAL 0.0
Reception cycle 05, subcycle 04: Receiving 16 values (129-144) HAR_V3_R5
Harmonic oscillation V3 rank 5 (%)
REAL 0.0
HAR_V1_R7
Harmonic oscillation V1 rank 7 (%)
REAL 0.0
HAR_V2_R7
Harmonic oscillation V2 rank 7 (%)
REAL 0.0
HAR_V3_R7
Harmonic oscillation V3 rank 7 (%)
REAL 0.0
HAR_V1_R9
Harmonic oscillation V1 rank 9 (%)
REAL 0.0
HAR_V2_R9
Harmonic oscillation V2 rank 9 (%)
REAL 0.0
HAR_V3_R9
Harmonic oscillation V3 rank 9 (%)
REAL 0.0
HAR_V1_R11
Harmonic oscillation V1 rank 11 (%)
REAL 0.0
HAR_V2_R11
Harmonic oscillation V2 rank 11 (%)
REAL 0.0
HAR_V3_R11
Harmonic oscillation V3 rank 11 (%)
REAL 0.0
HAR_V1_R13
Harmonic oscillation V1 rank 13 (%)
REAL 0.0
HAR_V2_R13
Harmonic oscillation V2 rank 13 (%)
REAL 0.0
HAR_V3_R13
Harmonic oscillation V3 rank 13 (%)
REAL 0.0
HAR_V1_R15
Harmonic oscillation V1 rank 15 (%)
REAL 0.0
HAR_V2_R15
Harmonic oscillation V2 rank 15 (%)
REAL 0.0
HAR_V3_R15
Harmonic oscillation V3 rank 15 (%)
REAL 0.0
Reception cycle 05, subcycle 05: Receiving 16 values (145-160) I_SYSTEM
en-YN.YNT.001.A
I system (A)
REAL 0.0
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-94
Connection (parameters)
Meaning
Data type
Def.
U_SYSTEM
U system (V)
REAL 0.0
V_SYSTEM
V system (V)
REAL 0.0
AL1_OUT1_LO_THD
Alarm1 OUT 1 lower threshold
REAL 0.0
AL1_OUT1_UP_THD
Alarm1 OUT 1 upper threshold
REAL 0.0
AL1_OUT1_LO_MSB
Alarm1 OUT 1 lower threshold value MSB
REAL 0.0
AL1_OUT1_LO_LSB
Alarm1 OUT 1 lower threshold value LSB
REAL 0.0
AL1_OUT1_UP_MSB
Alarm1 OUT 1 upper threshold value MSB
REAL 0.0
AL1_OUT1_UP_LSB
Alarm1 OUT 1 upper threshold value LSB
REAL 0.0
AL1_OUT1_DUR
Alarm1 OUT 1 duration
REAL 0.0
AL2_OUT1_LO_THD
Alarm2 OUT 1 lower threshold
REAL 0.0
AL2_OUT1_UP_THD
Alarm2 OUT 1 upper threshold
REAL 0.0
AL2_OUT1_LO_MSB
Alarm2 OUT 1 lower threshold value MSB
REAL 0.0
AL2_OUT1_LO_LSB
Alarm2 OUT 1 lower threshold value LSB
REAL 0.0
AL2_OUT1_UP_MSB
Alarm2 OUT 1 upper threshold value MSB
REAL 0.0
AL2_OUT1_UP_LSB
Alarm2 OUT 1 upper threshold value LSB
REAL 0.0
Reception cycle 05, subcycle 06: Receiving 16 values (161-176) AL2_OUT1_DUR
Alarm2 OUT 1 duration
REAL 0.0
AL3_OUT1_LO_THD
Alarm3 OUT 1 lower threshold
REAL 0.0
AL3_OUT1_UP_THD
Alarm3 OUT 1 upper threshold
REAL 0.0
AL3_OUT1_LO_MSB
Alarm3 OUT 1 lower threshold value MSB
REAL 0.0
AL3_OUT1_LO_LSB
Alarm3 OUT 1 lower threshold value LSB
REAL 0.0
AL3_OUT1_UP_MSB
Alarm3 OUT 1 upper threshold value MSB
REAL 0.0
AL3_OUT1_UP_LSB
Alarm3 OUT 1 upper threshold value LSB
REAL 0.0
AL3_OUT1_DUR
Alarm3 OUT 1 duration
REAL 0.0
AL1_OUT2_LO_THD
Alarm1 OUT 2 lower threshold
REAL 0.0
AL1_OUT2_UP_THD
Alarm1 OUT 2 upper threshold
REAL 0.0
AL1_OUT2_LO_MSB
Alarm1 OUT 2 lower threshold value MSB
REAL 0.0
AL1_OUT2_LO_LSB
Alarm1 OUT 2 lower threshold value LSB
REAL 0.0
AL1_OUT2_UP_MSB
Alarm1 OUT 2 upper threshold value MSB
REAL 0.0
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
3-95
Connection (parameters)
Meaning
Data type
Def.
AL1_OUT2_UP_LSB
Alarm1 OUT 2 upper threshold value LSB
REAL 0.0
AL1_OUT2_DUR
Alarm1 OUT 2 duration
REAL 0.0
AL2_OUT2_LO_THD
Alarm2 OUT 2 lower threshold
REAL 0.0
Reception cycle 05, subcycle 07: Receiving 16 values (177-192) AL2_OUT2_UP_THD
Alarm2 OUT 2 upper threshold
REAL 0.0
AL2_OUT2_LO_MSB
Alarm2 OUT 2 lower threshold value MSB
REAL 0.0
AL2_OUT2_LO_LSB
Alarm2 OUT 2 lower threshold value LSB
REAL 0.0
AL2_OUT2_UP_MSB
Alarm2 OUT 2 upper threshold value MSB
REAL 0.0
AL2_OUT2_UP_LSB
Alarm2 OUT 2 upper threshold value LSB
REAL 0.0
AL2_OUT2_DUR
Alarm2 OUT 2 duration
REAL 0.0
AL3_OUT2_LO_THD
Alarm3 OUT 2 lower threshold
REAL 0.0
AL3_OUT2_UP_THD
Alarm3 OUT 2 upper threshold
REAL 0.0
AL3_OUT2_LO_MSB
Alarm3 OUT 2 lower threshold value MSB
REAL 0.0
AL3_OUT2_LO_LSB
Alarm3 OUT 2 lower threshold value LSB
REAL 0.0
AL3_OUT2_UP_MSB
Alarm3 OUT 2 upper threshold value MSB
REAL 0.0
AL3_OUT2_UP_LSB
Alarm3 OUT 2 upper threshold value LSB
REAL 0.0
AL3_OUT2_DUR
Alarm3 OUT 2 duration
REAL 0.0
SPARE190
Not used
REAL 0.0
SPARE191
Not used
REAL 0.0
SPARE192
Not used
REAL 0.0
en-YN.YNT.001.A
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-96
3.17 DIRIS_CA: Calibration values for measuring device DIRIS A40 Description of DIRIS_CA Object name (Type + Number) DB 14 Function This block is used by the function block DIRISA40 (FB 547) which is used for communicating with the multifunctional performance measuring device Diris A40 by Socomec. This measuring device records a.o. voltages, currents and power. The communication takes place such that the function block transmits a parameter set for specific measured values to the measuring device, with the measuring device then returning the corresponding measured values. For its correct functioning, the function block requires three data blocks, of which one contains the parameters, one contains the calibration values, and the other the measured values transmitted. The calibration values data block is normally DB 14 (DIRIS_CA) which contains the calibration values. Connections of DIRIS_CA Connection (parameters)
Meaning
Data type
Def.
Reception cycle 01: Calibrating 16 values (1-16) A_CAL_01_001
Current phase 1 (mA -> A)
REAL 0.001
A_CAL_01_002
Current phase 2 (mA -> A)
REAL 0.001
A_CAL_01_003
Current phase 3 (mA -> A)
REAL 0.001
A_CAL_01_004
Current neutral conductor (mA -> A)
REAL 0.001
A_CAL_01_005
Line-to-line voltage U12 (V/10 -> V)
REAL 0.1
A_CAL_01_006
Line-to-line voltage U23 (V/10 -> V)
REAL 0.1
A_CAL_01_007
Line-to-line voltage U31 (V/10 -> V)
REAL 0.1
A_CAL_01_008
Phase-to-neutral voltage phase 1 (V/10 -> V)
REAL 0.1
A_CAL_01_009
Phase-to-neutral voltage phase 2 (V/10 -> V)
REAL 0.1
A_CAL_01_010
Phase-to-neutral voltage phase 3 (V/10 -> V)
REAL 0.1
A_CAL_01_011
Frequency (Hz/100 -> Hz)
REAL 0.01
A_CAL_01_012
Σ effective power (kW/10 -> kW)
REAL 0.1
A_CAL_01_013
Σ reactive power (kvar/10 -> kvar)
REAL 0.1
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
3-97
Connection (parameters)
Meaning
Data type
Def.
A_CAL_01_014
Σ apparent power (kVA/10 -> kVA)
REAL 0.1
A_CAL_01_015
Σ power factor L/C (1/1000 -> 1)
REAL 0.001
A_CAL_01_016
I1 maximum (mA -> A)
REAL 0.001
Reception cycle 02: Calibrating 16 values (17-32) A_CAL_02_017
I2 maximum (mA -> A)
REAL 0.001
A_CAL_02_018
I3 maximum (mA -> A)
REAL 0.001
A_CAL_02_019
Max. value effective power + (kW/100 -> kW)
REAL 0.01
A_CAL_02_020
Max. value effective power - (kW/100 -> kW)
REAL 0.01
A_CAL_02_021
Max. value reactive power + (kvar/100 -> kvar)
REAL 0.01
A_CAL_02_022
Max. value reactive power - (kvar/100 -> kvar)
REAL 0.01
A_CAL_02_023
Max. value apparent power - (kVA/100 -> kVA)
REAL 0.01
A_CAL_02_024
Active energy + <10000 (kWh)
REAL 1.0
A_CAL_02_025
Active energy + >10000 (kWh)
REAL 1.0
A_CAL_02_026
Reactive energy + <10000 (kvarh)
REAL 1.0
A_CAL_02_027
Reactive energy + >10000 (kvarh)
REAL 1.0
A_CAL_02_028
Apparent energy + <10000 (kVAh)
REAL 1.0
A_CAL_02_029
Apparent energy + >10000 (kVAh)
REAL 1.0
A_CAL_02_030
Effective power phase 1 (kW/10 -> kW)
REAL 0.1
A_CAL_02_031
Effective power phase 2 (kW/10 -> kW)
REAL 0.1
A_CAL_02_032
Effective power phase 3 (kW/10 -> kW)
REAL 0.1
Reception cycle 03: Calibrating 16 values (33-48) A_CAL_03_033
Reactive power phase 1 (kvar/10 -> kvar)
REAL 0.1
A_CAL_03_034
Reactive power phase 2 (kvar/10 -> kvar)
REAL 0.1
A_CAL_03_035
Reactive power phase 3 (kvar/10 -> kvar)
REAL 0.1
A_CAL_03_036
Apparent power phase 1 (kVA/10 -> kVA)
REAL 0.1
A_CAL_03_037
Apparent power phase 2 (kVA/10 -> kVA)
REAL 0.1
A_CAL_03_038
Apparent power phase 3 (kVA/10 -> kVA)
REAL 0.1
A_CAL_03_039
Power factor phase 1 (1/1000 -> 1)
REAL 0.001
A_CAL_03_040
Power factor phase 2 (1/1000 -> 1)
REAL 0.001
en-YN.YNT.001.A
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-98
Connection (parameters)
Meaning
Data type
Def.
A_CAL_03_041
Power factor phase 3 (1/1000 -> 1)
REAL 0.001
A_CAL_03_042
I1 average (mA -> A)
REAL 0.001
A_CAL_03_043
I2 average (mA -> A)
REAL 0.001
A_CAL_03_044
I3 average (mA -> A)
REAL 0.001
A_CAL_03_045
Average value effective power + (kW/100 -> kW)
REAL 0.01
A_CAL_03_046
Average value effective power - (kW/100 -> kW)
REAL 0.01
A_CAL_03_047
Average value reactive power + (kvar/100 -> kvar)
REAL 0.01
A_CAL_03_048
Average value reactive power - (kvar/100 -> kvar)
REAL 0.01
Reception cycle 04: Calibrating 16 values (49-64) A_CAL_04_049
Average value apparent power (kVA/100 -> kVA)
REAL 0.01
A_CAL_04_050
Active energy - <10000 (kWh)
REAL 1.0
A_CAL_04_051
Active energy - >10000 (kWh)
REAL 1.0
A_CAL_04_052
Reactive energy - <10000 (kvarh)
REAL 1.0
A_CAL_04_053
Reactive energy - >10000 (kvarh)
REAL 1.0
A_CAL_04_054
Pulse counter input 1 <10000
REAL 1.0
A_CAL_04_055
Pulse counter input 1 >10000
REAL 1.0
A_CAL_04_056
Pulse counter input 2 <10000
REAL 1.0
A_CAL_04_057
Pulse counter input 2 >10000
REAL 1.0
A_CAL_04_058
Pulse counter input 3 <10000
REAL 1.0
A_CAL_04_059
Pulse counter input 3 >10000
REAL 1.0
A_CAL_04_060
Pulse counter input 4 <10000
REAL 1.0
A_CAL_04_061
Pulse counter input 4 >10000
REAL 1.0
A_CAL_04_062
Status of inputs 1,2,3,4
REAL 1.0
A_CAL_04_063
Hour counter <10000 (H/100)
REAL 0.01
A_CAL_04_064
Hour counter >10000 (H/100)
REAL 0.01
Reception cycle 05, subcycle 00: Calibrating 16 values (65-80) A_CAL_05_065
Thd I1 (%/10 -> %)
REAL 0.1
A_CAL_05_066
Thd I2 (%/10 -> %)
REAL 0.1
A_CAL_05_067
Thd I3 (%/10 -> %)
REAL 0.1
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
3-99
Connection (parameters)
Meaning
Data type
Def.
A_CAL_05_068
Thd In (%/10 -> %)
REAL 0.1
A_CAL_05_069
Harmonic oscillation I1 rank 3 (%/10 -> %)
REAL 0.1
A_CAL_05_070
Harmonic oscillation I2 rank 3 (%/10 -> %)
REAL 0.1
A_CAL_05_071
Harmonic oscillation I3 rank 3 (%/10 -> %)
REAL 0.1
A_CAL_05_072
Harmonic oscillation IN rank 3 (%/10 -> %)
REAL 0.1
A_CAL_05_073
Harmonic oscillation I1 rank 5 (%/10 -> %)
REAL 0.1
A_CAL_05_074
Harmonic oscillation I2 rank 5 (%/10 -> %)
REAL 0.1
A_CAL_05_075
Harmonic oscillation I3 rank 5 (%/10 -> %)
REAL 0.1
A_CAL_05_076
Harmonic oscillation IN rank 5 (%/10 -> %)
REAL 0.1
A_CAL_05_077
Harmonic oscillation I1 rank 7 (%/10 -> %)
REAL 0.1
A_CAL_05_078
Harmonic oscillation I2 rank 7 (%/10 -> %)
REAL 0.1
A_CAL_05_079
Harmonic oscillation I3 rank 7 (%/10 -> %)
REAL 0.1
A_CAL_05_080
Harmonic oscillation IN rank 7 (%/10 -> %)
REAL 0.1
Reception cycle 05, subcycle 01: Calibrating 16 values (81-96) A_CAL_05_081
Harmonic oscillation I1 rank 9 (%/10 -> %)
REAL 0.1
A_CAL_05_082
Harmonic oscillation I2 rank 9 (%/10 -> %)
REAL 0.1
A_CAL_05_083
Harmonic oscillation I3 rank 9 (%/10 -> %)
REAL 0.1
A_CAL_05_084
Harmonic oscillation IN rank 9 (%/10 -> %)
REAL 0.1
A_CAL_05_085
Harmonic oscillation I1 rank 11 (%/10 -> %)
REAL 0.1
A_CAL_05_086
Harmonic oscillation I2 rank 11 (%/10 -> %)
REAL 0.1
A_CAL_05_087
Harmonic oscillation I3 rank 11 (%/10 -> %)
REAL 0.1
A_CAL_05_088
Harmonic oscillation IN rank 11 (%/10 -> %)
REAL 0.1
A_CAL_05_089
Harmonic oscillation I1 rank 13 (%/10 -> %)
REAL 0.1
A_CAL_05_090
Harmonic oscillation I2 rank 13 (%/10 -> %)
REAL 0.1
A_CAL_05_091
Harmonic oscillation I3 rank 13 (%/10 -> %)
REAL 0.1
A_CAL_05_092
Harmonic oscillation IN rank 13 (%/10 -> %)
REAL 0.1
A_CAL_05_093
Harmonic oscillation I1 rank 15 (%/10 -> %)
REAL 0.1
A_CAL_05_094
Harmonic oscillation I2 rank 15 (%/10 -> %)
REAL 0.1
A_CAL_05_095
Harmonic oscillation I3 rank 15 (%/10 -> %)
REAL 0.1
en-YN.YNT.001.A
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-100
Connection (parameters)
Meaning
Data type
Def.
A_CAL_05_096
Harmonic oscillation IN rank 15 (%/10 -> %)
REAL 0.1
Reception cycle 05, subcycle 02: Calibrating 16 values (97-112) A_CAL_05_097
Thd U12 (%/10 -> %)
REAL 0.1
A_CAL_05_098
Thd U23 (%/10 -> %)
REAL 0.1
A_CAL_05_099
Thd U31 (%/10 -> %)
REAL 0.1
A_CAL_05_100
Harmonic oscillation U12 rank 3 (%/10 -> %)
REAL 0.1
A_CAL_05_101
Harmonic oscillation U23 rank 3 (%/10 -> %)
REAL 0.1
A_CAL_05_102
Harmonic oscillation U31 rank 3 (%/10 -> %)
REAL 0.1
A_CAL_05_103
Harmonic oscillation U12 rank 5 (%/10 -> %)
REAL 0.1
A_CAL_05_104
Harmonic oscillation U23 rank 5 (%/10 -> %)
REAL 0.1
A_CAL_05_105
Harmonic oscillation U31 rank 5 (%/10 -> %)
REAL 0.1
A_CAL_05_106
Harmonic oscillation U12 rank 7 (%/10 -> %)
REAL 0.1
A_CAL_05_107
Harmonic oscillation U23 rank 7 (%/10 -> %)
REAL 0.1
A_CAL_05_108
Harmonic oscillation U31 rank 7 (%/10 -> %)
REAL 0.1
A_CAL_05_109
Harmonic oscillation U12 rank 9 (%/10 -> %)
REAL 0.1
A_CAL_05_110
Harmonic oscillation U23 rank 9 (%/10 -> %)
REAL 0.1
A_CAL_05_111
Harmonic oscillation U31 rank 9 (%/10 -> %)
REAL 0.1
A_CAL_05_112
Harmonic oscillation U12 rank 11 (%/10 -> %)
REAL 0.1
Reception cycle 05, subcycle 03: Calibrating 16 values (113-128) A_CAL_05_113
Harmonic oscillation U23 rank 11 (%/10 -> %)
REAL 0.1
A_CAL_05_114
Harmonic oscillation U31 rank 11 (%/10 -> %)
REAL 0.1
A_CAL_05_115
Harmonic oscillation U12 rank 13 (%/10 -> %)
REAL 0.1
A_CAL_05_116
Harmonic oscillation U23 rank 13 (%/10 -> %)
REAL 0.1
A_CAL_05_117
Harmonic oscillation U31 rank 13 (%/10 -> %)
REAL 0.1
A_CAL_05_118
Harmonic oscillation U12 rank 15 (%/10 -> %)
REAL 0.1
A_CAL_05_119
Harmonic oscillation U23 rank 15 (%/10 -> %)
REAL 0.1
A_CAL_05_120
Harmonic oscillation U31 rank 15 (%/10 -> %)
REAL 0.1
A_CAL_05_121
Thd V1 (%/10 -> %)
REAL 0.1
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
3-101
Connection (parameters)
Meaning
Data type
Def.
A_CAL_05_122
Thd V2 (%/10 -> %)
REAL 0.1
A_CAL_05_123
Thd V3 (%/10 -> %)
REAL 0.1
A_CAL_05_124
Harmonic oscillation V1 rank 3 (%/10 -> %)
REAL 0.1
A_CAL_05_125
Harmonic oscillation V2 rank 3 (%/10 -> %)
REAL 0.1
A_CAL_05_126
Harmonic oscillation V3 rank 3 (%/10 -> %)
REAL 0.1
A_CAL_05_127
Harmonic oscillation V1 rank 5 (%/10 -> %)
REAL 0.1
A_CAL_05_128
Harmonic oscillation V2 rank 5 (%/10 -> %)
REAL 0.1
Reception cycle 05, subcycle 04: Calibrating 16 values (129-144) A_CAL_05_129
Harmonic oscillation V3 rank 5 (%/10 -> %)
REAL 0.1
A_CAL_05_130
Harmonic oscillation V1 rank 7 (%/10 -> %)
REAL 0.1
A_CAL_05_131
Harmonic oscillation V2 rank 7 (%/10 -> %)
REAL 0.1
A_CAL_05_132
Harmonic oscillation V3 rank 7 (%/10 -> %)
REAL 0.1
A_CAL_05_133
Harmonic oscillation V1 rank 9 (%/10 -> %)
REAL 0.1
A_CAL_05_134
Harmonic oscillation V2 rank 9 (%/10 -> %)
REAL 0.1
A_CAL_05_135
Harmonic oscillation V3 rank 9 (%/10 -> %)
REAL 0.1
A_CAL_05_136
Harmonic oscillation V1 rank 11 (%/10 -> %)
REAL 0.1
A_CAL_05_137
Harmonic oscillation V2 rank 11 (%/10 -> %)
REAL 0.1
A_CAL_05_138
Harmonic oscillation V3 rank 11 (%/10 -> %)
REAL 0.1
A_CAL_05_139
Harmonic oscillation V1 rank 13 (%/10 -> %)
REAL 0.1
A_CAL_05_140
Harmonic oscillation V2 rank 13 (%/10 -> %)
REAL 0.1
A_CAL_05_141
Harmonic oscillation V3 rank 13 (%/10 -> %)
REAL 0.1
A_CAL_05_142
Harmonic oscillation V1 rank 15 (%/10 -> %)
REAL 0.1
A_CAL_05_143
Harmonic oscillation V2 rank 15 (%/10 -> %)
REAL 0.1
A_CAL_05_144
Harmonic oscillation V3 rank 15 (%/10 -> %)
REAL 0.1
en-YN.YNT.001.A
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-102
Connection (parameters)
Meaning
Data type
Def.
Reception cycle 05, subcycle 05: Calibrating 16 values (145-160) A_CAL_05_145
I system (mA -> A)
REAL 0.001
A_CAL_05_146
U system (V/100 -> V)
REAL 0.01
A_CAL_05_147
V system (V/100 -> V)
REAL 0.01
A_CAL_05_148
Alarm1 OUT 1 lower threshold
REAL 1.0
A_CAL_05_149
Alarm1 OUT 1 upper threshold
REAL 1.0
A_CAL_05_150
Alarm1 OUT 1 lower threshold value MSB
REAL 1.0
A_CAL_05_151
Alarm1 OUT 1 lower threshold value LSB
REAL 1.0
A_CAL_05_152
Alarm1 OUT 1 upper threshold value MSB
REAL 1.0
A_CAL_05_153
Alarm1 OUT 1 upper threshold value LSB
REAL 1.0
A_CAL_05_154
Alarm1 OUT 1 duration
REAL 1.0
A_CAL_05_155
Alarm2 OUT 1 lower threshold
REAL 1.0
A_CAL_05_156
Alarm2 OUT 1 upper threshold
REAL 1.0
A_CAL_05_157
Alarm2 OUT 1 lower threshold value MSB
REAL 1.0
A_CAL_05_158
Alarm2 OUT 1 lower threshold value LSB
REAL 1.0
A_CAL_05_159
Alarm2 OUT 1 upper threshold value MSB
REAL 1.0
A_CAL_05_160
Alarm2 OUT 1 upper threshold value LSB
REAL 1.0
Reception cycle 05, subcycle 06: Calibrating 16 values (161-176) A_CAL_05_161
Alarm2 OUT 1 duration
REAL 1.0
A_CAL_05_162
Alarm3 OUT 1 lower threshold
REAL 1.0
A_CAL_05_163
Alarm3 OUT 1 upper threshold
REAL 10
A_CAL_05_164
Alarm3 OUT 1 lower threshold value MSB
REAL 1.0
A_CAL_05_165
Alarm3 OUT 1 lower threshold value LSB
REAL 1.0
A_CAL_05_166
Alarm3 OUT 1 upper threshold value MSB
REAL 1.0
A_CAL_05_167
Alarm3 OUT 1 upper threshold value LSB
REAL 1.0
A_CAL_05_168
Alarm3 OUT 1 duration
REAL 1.0
A_CAL_05_169
Alarm1 OUT 2 lower threshold
REAL 1.0
A_CAL_05_170
Alarm1 OUT 2 upper threshold
REAL 1.0
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
3-103
Connection (parameters)
Meaning
Data type
Def.
A_CAL_05_171
Alarm1 OUT 2 lower threshold value MSB
REAL 1.0
A_CAL_05_172
Alarm1 OUT 2 lower threshold value LSB
REAL 1.0
A_CAL_05_173
Alarm1 OUT 2 upper threshold value MSB
REAL 1.0
A_CAL_05_174
Alarm1 OUT 2 upper threshold value LSB
REAL 1.0
A_CAL_05_175
Alarm1 OUT 2 duration
REAL 1.0
A_CAL_05_176
Alarm2 OUT 2 lower threshold
REAL 1.0
Reception cycle 05, subcycle 07: Calibrating 16 values (177-192) A_CAL_05_017
Alarm2 OUT 2 upper threshold
REAL 1.0
A_CAL_05_018
Alarm2 OUT 2 lower threshold value MSB
REAL 1.0
A_CAL_05_019
Alarm2 OUT 2 lower threshold value LSB
REAL 1.0
A_CAL_05_020
Alarm2 OUT 2 upper threshold value MSB
REAL 1.0
A_CAL_05_021
Alarm2 OUT 2 upper threshold value LSB
REAL 1.0
A_CAL_05_022
Alarm2 OUT 2 duration
REAL 1.0
A_CAL_05_023
Alarm3 OUT 2 lower threshold
REAL 1.0
A_CAL_05_024
Alarm3 OUT 2 upper threshold
REAL 1.0
en-YN.YNT.001.A
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-104
3.18 General block POLCID: General control of the drives Description of POLCID Object name (Type + Number) FB 510 Calling OBs The OB in which the block is installed (e.g. OB 1). This may be a time interrupt OB or OB1. Additionally in the OB40, OB 80 (see time error), OB82, OB86, OB 100 (see starting characteristics), OB101 and OB102. Function The block monitors the communication with the superordinate master control system and deactivates all drives after communication fails. In addition, it can monitor the function of the I/O system and, in the event of any failure, also deactivate the drives. On the other hand, it registers all calls from relevant error OBs and sets corresponding bits in DB_SYS. These bits are evaluated by other blocks. In this way, only the POLCID block needs to be called in the error OBs. Note ® In a POLCID project, a POLCID block must be installed.
Operating principle The inputs TOGGLIN1 and TOGGLIN2 are cyclically set and reset by the master control system (normally WinCC-Server). The block checks whether the input changes. Optionally, the input WREC1 and WREC2 can be used for monitoring. It is monitored by the block for any changes. If no further change is detected in TOGGLIN1, TOGGLIN2, WREC1 and WREC2, then all drives will be deactivated on expiry of an adjustable waiting time TIMEOUT. The block is designed for co-operation with a redundant WinCC server pair. Here, the master server sets the inputs TOGGLIN1 and WREC1, and the standby server sets the inputs TOGGLIN2 and WREC2. The outputs ERR1 and ERR2 indicate when communication monitoring has been triggered. Here, ERR1 indicates the failure of the communication to the master server and ERR2 the failure of the communication to the standby server. The output CYCLE is set as long as the drives are activated. If the drives should be deactivated by e.g. communication failure, then CYCLE is reset. In the outputs ACT1 and ACT2, the waiting time is indicated which remains after communication failure to the master server (ACT1) and standby server (ACT2) until the drives are deactivated. The drives are deactivated only if the communication to both servers has failed. In addition, the function of the I/O system is monitored via the input IO_RUN. Even when IO_RUN is reset, the drives are deactivated.
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
3-105
By means of the input FORCE the communication monitoring to the master control system can be deactivated. If FORCE’ is set, then a failure of the communication monitoring no longer leads to a deactivation of the drives. The inlet TEST_MODE switches all drives to a test operation mode. These can then be operated without any external circuits and simulate operating feedback messages and other things on an internal basis. This function is used for testing a program without any I/O hardware. ®
Using GRESET the faults of all blocks can be reset. A POLCID PCS7 block will only be released after the faults have been acknowledged. These faults will normally be acknowledged via the master control system. Using GRESET all faults can be reset without acknowledgement by the master control system. The input C_ALARM_EROP enables the alarms for malfunction (EROP) in all blocks. With C_ALARM_EROP = 0 the malfunction is not alarmed. The input C_ALARM_GROC_MDA suppresses the alarms "Mode n not available" of the GROC block. In the case C_ALARM_EROP = 0 these faults are not alarmed.
Fig. 2:
POLCID block
Starting characteristics When the CPU starts up, all times and internal state flags of the POLCID block are reset. To this end, the block must be called up also in the starting OB. In the case of the CFC configuration this is done automatically. In the case of a simple STEP 7 programming this must be done manually. Following start-up the block waits for the number of cycles projected in the input RUNUPCYC, and will only be activated thereafter. A first start-up whilst the program is running is treated internally like a CPU startup. Time behaviour The block must be called via a time interrupt OB or OB1. It does not have a parameter for the sampling interval. Behaviour in case of a time error The block must also be installed in the time error OB. During CFC configuration this is done automatically, only in the case of STEP 7 programming this must be done manually. In the case of a time error the outputs will then be reset. In addition the internal state flags will be reset.
en-YN.YNT.001.A
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-106
Connections of POLCID Connection (parameters)
Meaning
Data type
Def. Type Attr. O&O Perm. values
FORCE
Bridging communication monitoring
BOOL 0
I
Q
IO_RUN
E/A system in operation
BOOL 1
I
Q
TEST_MODE
Drives in test operation
BOOL 0
I
GRESET
General alarm acknowledgement
BOOL 0
I
C_ALARM_EROP
EROP alarm suppression
BOOL 1
I
C_ALARM_GROC_MDA MDA alarm suppression
BOOL 1
I
TOGGLEIN1
Alternating signal communication master server
BOOL 0
I
B
TOGGLEIN2
Alternating signal communication standby server
BOOL 0
I
B
WREC1
Alternating signal communication master server
INT
0
I
B
WREC2
Alternating signal communication standby server
INT
0
I
B
TIMEOUT
Communication monitoring REAL 20.0 I time
GRESET
Resetting the fault of all blocks
BOOL 0
IO
BQ
ERR1
Communication failure master server
BOOL 0
O
Q
ERR2
Communication failure standby server
BOOL 0
O
Q
CYCL
Drives activated (cycle running)
BOOL 0
O
Q
TOGGLOUT
Alternating signal for monitoring communication to server
BOOL 0
O
BQ
+
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
3-107
Connection (parameters)
Meaning
Data type
Def. Type Attr. O&O Perm. values
WSND
Alternating signal for monitoring communication to server
INT
0
O
BQ
ACT1
Current communication monitoring time
BOOL 0
O
Q
ACT2
Current communication monitoring time
BOOL 0
O
Q
Operation and observation of POLCID The POLCID block does not have any block symbol and no faceplate either. It generates exclusively tags in the WinCC data pool. These can then be used in order to represent and animate symbols in the plant displays. Also, it is necessary to install a function in WinCC which changes cyclically the inputs TOGGLlN1 and TOGGLIN2 or WREC of the POLCID block.
en-YN.YNT.001.A
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-108
3.19 General block TIME_GEN: Time base generator Description of TIME_GEN Object name (Type + Number) FB 513 Calling OBs The time interrupt OB, into which the block is installed. The block must be installed mandatorily into a time interrupt OB. Function ®
The block generates a time base by means of which all other POLCID blocks make their internal time monitoring. Note ® In a POLCID project, a TIME_GEN block must be installed.
Operating principle Via the input SAMPLE_T, the cycle time of the calling time interrupt OB is communicated to the block. By means of this cycle time, the block determines the difference between two calls. Using this difference time, the output SYS_TIME is incremented. Using this output, the system time is incremented in seconds. If the output reaches the value 999999 seconds, it is reset to zero. In addition, the system time of the CPU is read out. As the CPU contains the system time in GMT (General Mean Time of Greenwich, Great Britain), the inputs SUTI (selection whether it is now summer time =1 or winter time =0) and ZONE (time difference in hours in relation to GMT) are required in order to indicate the local time. In addition, the value of SYS_TIME is written into the same name input of the DB_SYS. The system time is also written into the DB_SYS, in the inputs DAT_TIM and ADATE. There, it is read by all blocks which use this value.
Fig. 3:
TIME_GEN block
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
3-109
Connections of TIME_GEN Connection Meaning (parameters)
Data type
Def. Type Attr. O&O Perm. values
SAMPLE_T
Opening time of time interrupt OB
REAL 1.0
I
SUTI
Selection for summer time
BOOL 0
I
ZONE
Time difference to GMT
INT
I
SYS_TIME
System time output
REAL 0
en-YN.YNT.001.A
-1
O
>0
Q
>0
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-110
3.20 General block GLO_R_OB: Global-Reset generation Description of GLO_R_OB Object name (Type + Number) FB 511 Calling OBs The time interrupt OB, into which the block is installed. Function The block detects that a general alarm acknowledgement has been set and generates a signal acknowledgement with the same length as the time interrupt OB cycle, into which the block has been installed. In addition, it treats the time error and start-up bits from DB_SYS in the same way. Operating principle The block determines in which time interrupt OB it is called. It then reads the associated parameter from DB_SYS, C_GLOBAL_RESET_OB3n. If it is called e.g. in OB35, then it reads the parameter C_GLOBAL_RESET_OB35. If this is set, then the block sets the parameter GLOBAL_RESET_OB35 for exactly one cycle. The parameter C_GLOBAL_RESET_OB35 is reset immediately. All ® POLCID blocks located in OB35 read the parameter GLOBAL_RESET_OB35 from DB_SYS and thus reset their own faults. In DB_SYS there are also corresponding bits for calling OB80 (time fault), OB100 (warm start), OB101 (restart) and OB102 (cold start). These bits are structured in the same way and are treated in the same way as the bits for the GLOBAL_RESET. Note ® In each time interrupt OB or in OB1, in which POLCID blocks are installed, there must also be a GLO_R_OB block. Otherwise the superordinate alarm acknowledgement and the fault evaluation of the blocks do not function.
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
Fig. 4:
3-111
GLO_R_OB block
Connections of GLO_R_OB Connection Meaning (parameters) GRESET
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Data type
Def.
General alarm BOOL 0 acknowledgement signal
Type
Attr.
O
Q
O&O
Perm. values
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-112
3.21 General block CYC_BEG: Start cycle time measurement Description of CYC_BEG
Object name (Type + Number) FB 517 Calling OBs The OB, into which the block is installed. This block can be operated in all possible OBs Function This block is the start of a cycle time measurement. It requires the block CYC_END, in order to function. Operating principle In conjunction with the block CYC_END, the difference time between the call of the block CYC_BEG and the call of the block CYC_END is determined. This block reads the system time of the PLC and provides the same as a value in the format DINT at the output OTIM.
Fig. 5:
CYC_BEG block
Connections of CYC_BEG Connection Meaning (parameters)
Data type Def.
Type
Attr.
OTIM
DINT
O
Q
System time
0
O&O
Perm. values
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
3-113
3.22 General block CYC_END: Stop cycle time measurement Description of CYC_END Object name (Type + Number) FB 518 Calling OBs The OB, into which the block is installed. This block can be operated in all possible OBs Function This block is the end of a cycle time measurement. It requires the block CYC_BEG, in order to function. Operating principle In conjunction with the block CYC_BEG, the difference time between the call of the block CYC_BEG and the call of the block CYC_END can be determined. This block receives the system time linked as DINT value at the input ITIM (normally from the OTIM output of a CYC_BEG block). This block reads the system time of the PLC and, with the time ITM read in, determines the difference between calling CYC_BEG and CYC_END. As outputs, the current cycle time, as well as minimum, maximum and average cycle times are made available. By means of an R input the minimum, maximum and average values can be reset.
Fig. 6:
CYC_END block
Connections of CYC_END Connection Meaning (parameters)
Data type Def.
Type
Attr.
ITIM
System time start
DINT
0
I
Q
R
Resetting stored values
BOOL
0
I
Q
en-YN.YNT.001.A
O&O
Perm. values
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-114
Connection Meaning (parameters)
Data type Def.
Type
Attr.
ACT_TIM
Current INT cycle time
0
O
Q
MIN_TIM
Minimum INT cycle time
0
O
Q
AVE_TIM
Average INT cycle time
0
O
Q
MAX_TIM
Maximum INT cycle time
0
O
Q
O&O
Perm. values
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
3.23 General drive control UNID: setting drive Description of UNID Object name (Type + Number) FB 501 Calling OBs The time interrupt OB in which the block is installed (e.g. OB 35). Function The block is used for controlling a setup drive with a control signal (on/off). The operation feedback of the drive is monitored and must be connected as a digital signal to the input of the block. Operating principle A valid starting command exists when the signals: 'STA1', 'ILC1', 'AVBL', 'OLPT', 'LEMO' and 'PMI1' are set and the stopping command 'STOP' is not set. In this case, the start enable signal 'SEN1' and the run command 'PWON' are set (activation signals for the motor). If the check-back signal 'RCR1' is set together with the speed monitor signal 'SPCL' when a valid starting command is active, the control state switches to selflatching status. It is a characteristic of this state that the operating bits 'OSG1', 'OPS1' are set and that the start release command 'SEN1' is reset while the run command 'PWON' is set. From this moment, the starting commands 'STA1' or 'STA2' can be rescinded without risking reset of the run command PWON. The setting drive is stopped correctly by setting the stopping command 'STOP' or when the process interlock 'ILC1' is deactivated. The monitoring time TIME1 at the start of the drive in seconds states in which time the check-back signal RCR1 and the rotary monitoring signal must be set. In addition, it monitors the time during stopping after which the check-back signal RCR1 must be set. If time = 0, no time monitoring of the start and stop is employed. By means of the signals SST1 and SSTP an individual start of the drive can be realised in automatic mode. In the faceplate of the drive, the operator sets the signals SST1 or SSTP. After processing in the block, these signals are reset by the block. After operation of the signal SST1 the output SWST is set at first. By means of this output an external start-up warning can be started. If the start-up warning time has expired, then the input SWRE must be set. In this way, there is a valid starting command and the drive is then started as described above. With the exception of the combination with the signals SWST and SWRE the signal SST1 behaves in the same way as signal STA1. Using SSTP, the drive is stopped. SSTP behaves in the same way with the input STOP.
en-YN.YNT.001.A
3-115
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-116
With the signals LSER, LST1 and LSP1 operation of the drive is possible via external switches, keyboards or from the control panel. With the signal LSER the drive is switched to local operation. The availability of the drive disappears therewith. Using the parameter SWLO, it is selected whether the input SWRE is taken into consideration for the evaluation of the inputs LST1 and LSP1. Note Via the signals LST1 and LSP1 the drive can be started (1) or stopped ("0"). Via LST1 the drive is started independently from the interlock signals!
Via LSP1 the signals CVON, OLPT, PMI1 and LEMO are taken into consideration. As long as the start signal is pending the drive runs, if the start signal changes to zero the drive is stopped. Internal logic The sequence of the flags is determined by the sequence in which they must be generated. In this relation, the flags marked (with ") must be taken into account in the setting and reset conditions! Auxiliary flag RESET
:=
-PWON_&(-EROP/ERES)
CLEROP
:=
EROP_&ERES
AVAIL
:=
AVBL_&OLPT_&LEMO_&PMI1
Data word S ERPI C ERPI
: :
-PMI1 -CVON/PMI1_&RESET
S ERSP C ERSP
: :
(STA1/OPS1)_&ILC1_&PWON_&SPCL_&-STOP_&-NOTA” -CVON/CLEROP
S ERRC C ERRC
: :
(STA1/OPS1)_&ILC1_&PWON_&RCR1_&-STOP_&-NOTA” -CVON/CLEROP
S NOTA C NOTA
: :
-AVAIL/ERSP”/ERRC”/ETIM” -CVON/AVAIL_&RESET
S EROP C EROP
: :
PWON_&ILC1_&NOTA”_&STOP -CVON/CLEROP
S OPS1 C OPS1
: :
PWON_&RCR1_&SPCL -CVON/-RCR1/-ILC1
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
3-117
S EROL C EROL
: :
-OLPT -CVON/OLPT_&RESET
S ERMS C ERMS
: :
-AVBL_&OLPT_&LEMO -CVON/(AVBL/-OLPT/LEMO))_&RESET
S EREO C EREO
: :
-LEMO -CVON/LEMO_&RESET
OPL1
:=
-OPS1_&RCR1_&-PWON_&AVBL_&OLPT
S ETIM C ETIM
: :
-LCT1_&SEN1_&(-RCR1/SPCL) -CLEROP
Status word S PWON C PWON
: :
STA1_&ILC1 -CVON/NOTA”/STOP/-ILC1
S OSG1 C OSG1
: :
OPS1 -OPS1”
S SEN1 C SEN1
: :
PWON” OSG1”/-PWON”
EMOF
:=
EREO”
DAVB EROR
:= :=
-NOTA”_&CVON EROP”
DOFF
:=
-OSG1”
en-YN.YNT.001.A
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-118
Block view
Fig. 7:
UNID block
Starting characteristics During the CPU start-up the UNID block is deactivated. All internal state flags (shown in the data word) are reset. Following start-up the block waits for the number of cycles projected in the input RUNUPCYC, and will only be activated thereafter. A first start-up whilst the program is running is treated internally like a CPU startup. Time behaviour The block must be called via a time interrupt OB or OB1. It does not have a parameter for the sampling interval. Behaviour in case of a time error In the case of a time error the outputs will then be reset. In addition the internal state flags will be reset.
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
3-119
Message actions The block UNID internally uses an ALARM_8P block for generating the messages. Messages are generated for the following tripping devices: ● Operating trouble (EROP) ● Overload protection (OLPT) ● Machine availability (AVBL) ● Speed monitor (SPCL) ● Machine protection (PMI1) ● Local emergency off (LEMO) ● Monitoring time (ETIM) ● Check-back signal (RCR1) The messages can be suppressed by setting the input SUPR or by resetting the input RLSA. The input SUPR, however, is activated by the operator interface (WinCC), and RLSA by the program. The inputs CVON (at value 0) and CSF (at value 1) also suppress the output of messages. Assignment of message text and message class to the block parameters Message Block Default message text no. parameters
Message Suppressable class
1
EROP
$$BlockComment$$ @1I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
2
EROL
$$BlockComment$$ @2I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
3
ERMS
$$BlockComment$$ @3I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
4
ERSP
$$BlockComment$$ @4I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
5
ERPI
$$BlockComment$$ @5I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
6
EREO
$$BlockComment$$ @6I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
7
ETIM
$$BlockComment$$ @7I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
8
ERRC
$$BlockComment$$ @8I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
en-YN.YNT.001.A
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-120
Connections of UNID Connection Meaning (parameters)
Data type
Def. Type Attr. O&O Perm. values
STA1
Start drive
BOOL
0
I
Q
ILC1
Process-technological interlock
BOOL
1
I
Q
STOP
Stop drive
BOOL
0
I
Q
CVON
Control voltage on
BOOL
1
I
Q
OLPT
Overload protection
BOOL
1
I
Q
AVBL
Machine availability
BOOL
1
I
Q
RCR1
Check-back signal
BOOL
0
I
Q
PMI1
Machine protection interlock
BOOL
1
I
Q
SPCL
Speed monitor
BOOL
1
I
Q
LEMO
Local emergency off
BOOL
1
I
Q
CSF
Control system error
BOOL
0
I
Q
LST1
Local start/stop without PMI1
BOOL
0
I
Q
LSP1
Local start/stop with PMI1
BOOL
0
I
Q
SWRE
Enabling start-up warning
BOOL
1
I
Q
ESST
Display of softkeys for single faceplate start
BOOL
0
I
Q
SWLO
Start-up warning also in local operating mode
BOOL
0
I
Q
RLSA
Enabling alarm generation
BOOL
1
I
Q
TIME1
Monitoring time setpoint value
REAL
5.0
I
BQ
RUNUPCYC
Waiting cycles at start
INT
3
I
EV_ID
Message ID
DWORD 0
I
M
LSER
Enabling of local operation
BOOL
0
IO
BQ
+
SST1
Single start
BOOL
0
IO
B
+
SSTP
Single stop
BOOL
0
IO
B
+
SUPR
Suppression of alarms
BOOL
0
IO
B
+
EV_SIG1
Index variable for message no. 1
INT
1
IO
EV_SIG2
Index variable for message no. 2
INT
2
IO
+
+
>0
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
3-121
Connection Meaning (parameters)
Data type
Def. Type Attr. O&O Perm. values
EV_SIG3
Index variable for message no. 3
INT
3
IO
EV_SIG4
Index variable for message no. 4
INT
4
IO
EV_SIG5
Index variable for message no. 5
INT
5
IO
EV_SIG6
Index variable for message no. 6
INT
6
IO
EV_SIG7
Index variable for message no. 7
INT
7
IO
EV_SIG8
Index variable for message no. 8
INT
8
IO
PWON
Run command for drive
BOOL
0
O
Q
OSG1
Operating message
BOOL
0
O
Q
SEN1
Start enabling
BOOL
0
O
Q
EMOF
Emergency off activated
BOOL
0
O
Q
DAVB
Drive is available
BOOL
0
O
Q
EROR
Drive is faulty
BOOL
0
O
Q
DOFF
Drive is off
BOOL
0
O
Q
SWST
Start start-up warning
BOOL
0
O
Q
ACT1
Current monitoring time
REAL
0.0
O
Q
+
PW
Parameter word
DWORD 0
O
Q
+
DW
Data word
DWORD 0
O
Q
+
SW
Status word
DWORD 0
O
Q
+
Operation and observation of UNID See the description of the block symbol and the faceplate in the corresponding manual in this regard.
en-YN.YNT.001.A
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-122
PW, DW and SW of UNID The inputs, outputs and the internal status of the respective block are mapped on the parameter word, the data word and the status word. The assignment of the bits is found in the following table: > UNID < Bit
Parameter word
Data word
Status word
0
STA1
OPS1
SEN1
1 2
EROP ILC1
3
OSG1 NOTA
4
EMOF
5
DAVB
6
STOP
OPL1
EROR
7
CVON
8
OLPT
EROL
DOFF
9
AVBL
ERMS
SWST
10
RCR1
ERSP
PMI1
ERPI
PWON
11 12 13
EREO
14
SPCL
15
LEMO
16
LSER
17
LST1
ETIM
ERRC
18 19
LSP1
20 21
SST1
22 23
SSTP
24
SWRE
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
25
3-123
CSF
26 27 28
COLOUR_1
29
COLOUR_2
30
COLOUR_3
31
COLOUR_4 In the case of the COLOUR operating states, the block UNID does not have all possible states. It features the states with the numbers 1, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7 and 11.
en-YN.YNT.001.A
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-124
3.24 General drive control REVD: Reversible drive Description of REVD Object name (Type + Number) FB 503 Calling OBs The time interrupt OB in which the block is installed (e.g. OB 35). Function The block is used for controlling a reversible drive by means of a control signal (on/off) and two activation signals for both directions of the drive. The operating feedback messages of the drive are monitored and must be connected as digital signals at the input of the block. Operating principle A valid starting command exists if the signals STA1, ILC1, AVBL, OLPT, LEMO, PMI1 or STA2, ILC2, AVBL, OLPT, LEMO, PMI2 have been set and the stopping command STOP has been reset. In this case, the start enable signal 'SEN1' or 'SEN2' and the run command 'PWON' are set (activation signals for the motor). If the check-back signal 'RCR1' or 'RCR1' together with the speed monitor signal 'SPCL' are set when a valid starting command is active, the control state switches to self-latching status. A characteristic of this status is that the operating bits 'OSG1', 'OPS1' are set or that 'OSG2', OPS2' are set and the start enable signal 'SEN1' or 'SEN2' is being reset while the run command 'PWON' is active. From this moment, the starting commands 'STA1' or 'STA2' can be rescinded without risking reset of the run command PWON. The reversible drive is stopped correctly when either the stopping command 'STOP' is set or when the process interlock 'ILC1' or 'ILC2' is missing. If the machine protection fails for both directions simultaneously, the error signal 'ERPI' is generated regardless of the current operating status. If the machine protection fails for one direction only, this is only detected and signalled when the drive is started or in operation in this direction. When the reversible drive is stationary and starting commands are issued simultaneously for both directions, no error is signalled. If the drive is running in one direction, starting commands for the other direction are ignored. The monitoring time TIME1 in seconds when the drive is started specifies the period in which the check-back signal RCR1/RCR2 must be set. If time = 0, no time monitoring of the start is employed. Via the parameter PSEN it can be defined, that in the case of pending checkback signal the output signals SEN1/2 are not reset. By means of the signals SST1, SST2 and SSTP an individual start of the drive can be realised in automatic mode. In the faceplate of the drive, the operator sets the signals SST1, SST2 or SSTP. After processing in the block, these signals are reset by the block.
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
After operation of the signal SST1/2 the output SWST is set at first. By means of this output an external start-up warning can be started. If the start-up warning time has expired, then the input SWRE must be set. In this way, there is a valid starting command and the drive is then started as described above. With the exception of the combination with the signals SWST and SWRE the signals SST1/2 behave in the same way with signal STA1/2. Using SSTP, the drive is stopped. SSTP behaves in the same way with the input STOP. With the signals LSER, LST1/2 and LSP1/2 it is possible to operate the drive via external switches, keyboards or from the control panel. With the signal LSER the drive is switched to local operation. The availability of the drive disappears therewith. Via the signals LST1/2 and LSP1/2 the drive can be started. Using the parameter SWLO, it is selected whether the input SWRE is taken into consideration for the evaluation of the inputs LST1/2 and LSP1/2. Note Via the signals LST1/2 and LSP1/2, the drive can be started ("1") or stopped ("0"). Via LST1/2 the drive is started independently from the interlock signals! Via LSP1/2 the signals CVON, OLPT, PMI1/2 and LEMO are taken into consideration. As long as the start signals are pending the drive runs, if the start signal changes to zero the drive is stopped. Internal logic The sequence of the flags is determined by the sequence in which they must be generated. In this relation, the flags marked (with ") must be taken into account in the setting and reset conditions!
en-YN.YNT.001.A
3-125
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-126
Auxiliary flag GO1
:=
STA1_&ILC1
GO2
:=
STA2_&ILC2
RUN1
:=
SEN1/OSG1
RUN2
:=
SEN2/OSG2
RESET
:=
-PWON_&(-EROP/ERES)
PMNOT
:=
-PMI1_&-PMI2
CLEROP
:=
EROP_&ERES
AVAIL
:=
AVBL_&OLPT_&LEMO
RUNSTP
:=
CVON/EROP”/STOP
Data word S ERPI C ERPI
: :
PMNOT/C-STOP_&(-EROP/ERES)_&PMI1_& ILC1_&(RUN1/STA1)_&RUN2_&-GO2/PMI2_&ILC2_&(RUN2/STA2_&-RUN1_&GO1) -CVON/RESET_&(PMI1_&PMI2/-PMNOT _&(GO1_&GO2/STOP)/PMI1_&-GO2/ PMI2_&-GO1))
S ERSP C ERSP
: :
PWON_&AVAIL_&STOP_&(ILC1_&(OPS1/-STA1_& SEN1)/ILC2_&(OPS2/-STA2_&SEN2))_&SPCL -CVON/CLEROP
S ERRC C ERRC
: :
PWON_&AVAIL_&STOP_&(ILC1_&(OPS1/-STA1_& SEN1)_&-RCR1/ILC2_&(OPS2/STA2_&SEN2)_&-RCR2) -CVON/CLEROP
S NOTA C NOTA
: :
-AVAIL/ERPI”/ERSP”/ERRC”/ETIM” -CVON/AVAIL_&-ERPI”_&RESET
S EROP C EROP
: :
(RUN1_&ILC1/RUN2_&ILC2)_&NOTA”_&STOP/ ERSP”/-PMNOT_&ERPI” (-CVON/CLEROP)_&(PMNOT/-ERPI”)
S OPS1 C OPS1
: :
SEN1_&RCR1_&SPCL -ILC1/-CVON/EROP/-RCR1
S OPS2 C OPS2
: :
SEN2_&RCR2_&SPCL -ILC2/-CVON/EROP/-RCR2
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
3-127
S EROL C EROL
: :
-OLPT -CVON/OLPT_&RESET
S ERMS C ERMS
: :
-AVBL_&OLPT_&LEMO -CVON/(AVBL/-OLPT/-LEMO)_&RESET
S EREO C EREO
: :
-LEMO -CVON/LEMO_&RESET
OPL1
:=
-PWON_&-OPS1_&RCR1_&OLPT_&AVBL
OPL2
:=
-PWON_&-OPS2_&RCR2_&OLPT_&AVBL
S ETIM C ETIM
: :
LCT1_&((SEN1_&(-RCR1/SPCL))/SEN2_&(-RCR2/-SPCL))) CLEROP
Status word OSG1 OSG2
:= :=
OPS1” OPS2”
S SEN1 C SEN1
: :
GO1_&-GO2_&-RUN2 RUNSTP/NOTA”/ILC1/OSG1”_&PSEN
S SEN2 C SEN2
: :
GO2_&-GO1_&-RUN1 RUNSTP/NOTA”/ILC2/OSG2”_&PSEN
EMOF DAVB EROR
:= := :=
EREO” CVON_&-NOTA” EROP”
S PWON C PWON
: :
SEN1”/SEN2” RUNSTP/NOTA”/(RUN1_&ILC1)/(RUN2_&-ILC2)
DOFF
:=
-OSG1”_&-OSG2”
en-YN.YNT.001.A
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-128
Block view
Fig. 8:
REVD block
Starting characteristics During the CPU start-up the REVD block is deactivated. All internal state flags (shown in the data word) are reset. Following start-up the block waits for the number of cycles projected in the input RUNUPCYC, and will only be activated thereafter. A first start-up whilst the program is running is treated internally like a CPU start-up. Time behaviour The block must be called via a time interrupt OB or OB1. It does not have a parameter for the sampling interval. Behaviour in case of a time error In the case of a time error the outputs will then be reset. In addition the internal state flags will be reset. Message actions
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
3-129
The block REVD internally uses an ALARM_8P block for generating the messages. Messages are generated for the following tripping devices: ● Operating trouble (EROP) ● Overload protection (OLPT) ● Machine availability (AVBL) ● Speed monitor (SPCL) ● Machine protection (PMI1/2) ● Local emergency off (LEMO) ● Monitoring time (ETIM) ● Check-back signal (RCR1/2) The messages can be suppressed by setting the input SUPR or by resetting the input RLSA. The input SUPR, however, is activated by the operator interface (WinCC), and RLSA by the program. The inputs CVON (at value 0) and CSF (at value 1) also suppress the output of messages. Assignment of message text and message class to the block parameters Message Block Default message text no. parameters
Message Suppressable class
1
EROP
$$BlockComment$$ @1I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
2
EROL
$$BlockComment$$ @2I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
3
ERMS
$$BlockComment$$ @3I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
4
ERSP
$$BlockComment$$ @4I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
5
ERPI
$$BlockComment$$ @5I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
6
EREO
$$BlockComment$$ @6I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
7
ETIM
$$BlockComment$$ @7I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
8
ERRC
$$BlockComment$$ @8I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
en-YN.YNT.001.A
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-130
Connections of REVD Connection Meaning (parameters)
Data type
Def. Type Attr. O&O Perm. values
STA1
Start drive in direction 1
BOOL
0
I
Q
STA2
Start drive in direction 2
BOOL
0
I
Q
ILC1
Process-technological interlock, direction 1
BOOL
1
I
Q
ILC2
Process-technological interlock, direction 2
BOOL
1
I
Q
STOP
Stop drive
BOOL
0
I
Q
CVON
Control voltage on
BOOL
1
I
Q
OLPT
Overload protection
BOOL
1
I
Q
AVBL
Machine availability
BOOL
1
I
Q
RCR1
Check-back signal for direction 1
BOOL
0
I
Q
RCR2
Check-back signal for direction 2
BOOL
0
I
Q
PMI1
Machine protection interlock for direction 1
BOOL
1
I
Q
PMI2
Machine protection interlock for direction 2
BOOL
1
I
Q
SPCL
Speed monitor
BOOL
1
I
Q
LEMO
Local emergency off
BOOL
1
I
Q
CSF
Control system error
BOOL
0
I
Q
LST1
Local start/stop without PMI1 for direction 1
BOOL
0
I
Q
LST2
Local start/stop without PMI2 for direction 2
BOOL
0
I
Q
LSP1
Local start/stop with PMI1 for direction 1
BOOL
0
I
Q
LSP1
Local start/stop with PMI2 for direction 2
BOOL
0
I
Q
SWRE
Enabling start-up warning
BOOL
1
I
Q
ESST
Display of softkeys for single faceplate start
BOOL
0
I
Q
+
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
3-131
Connection Meaning (parameters)
Data type
Def. Type Attr. O&O Perm. values
PSEN
Selection of permanent SEN1 and SEN2
BOOL
1
I
SWLO
Start-up warning also in local operating mode
BOOL
0
I
Q
RLSA
Enabling alarm generation
BOOL
1
I
Q
TIME1
Monitoring time setpoint value
REAL
5.0
I
BQ
RUNUPCYC
Waiting cycles at start
INT
3
I
EV_ID
Message ID
DWORD 0
I
M
LSER
Enabling of local operation
BOOL
0
IO
BQ
+
SST1
Single start for direction 1
BOOL
0
IO
B
+
SST2
Single start for direction 2
BOOL
0
IO
B
+
SSTP
Single stop
BOOL
0
IO
B
+
SUPR
Suppression of alarms
BOOL
0
IO
B
+
EV_SIG1
Index variable for message no. 1
INT
1
IO
EV_SIG2
Index variable for message no. 2
INT
2
IO
EV_SIG3
Index variable for message no. 3
INT
3
IO
EV_SIG4
Index variable for message no. 4
INT
4
IO
EV_SIG5
Index variable for message no. 5
INT
5
IO
EV_SIG6
Index variable for message no. 6
INT
6
IO
EV_SIG7
Index variable for message no. 7
INT
7
IO
EV_SIG8
Index variable for message no. 8
INT
8
IO
SEN1
Enabling start for direction 1
BOOL
0
O
Q
SEN2
Enabling start for direction 2
BOOL
0
O
Q
OSG1
Operating message for direction 1
BOOL
0
O
Q
OSG2
Operating message for direction 2
BOOL
0
O
Q
EMOF
Emergency off activated
BOOL
0
O
Q
DAVB
Drive is available
BOOL
0
O
Q
EROR
Drive is faulty
BOOL
0
O
Q
PWON
Run command for drive
BOOL
0
O
Q
DOFF
Drive is off
BOOL
0
O
Q
en-YN.YNT.001.A
+
>0
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-132
Connection Meaning (parameters)
Data type
Def. Type Attr. O&O Perm. values
SWST
Start start-up warning
BOOL
0
O
Q
ACT1
Current monitoring time
REAL
0.0
O
Q
+
PW
Parameter word
DWORD 0
O
Q
+
DW
Data word
DWORD 0
O
Q
+
SW
Status word
DWORD 0
O
Q
+
Operation and observation of REVD See the description of the block symbol and the faceplate in the corresponding manual in this regard. PW, DW and SW of REVD The inputs, outputs and the internal status of the block are mapped on the parameter word, the data word and the status word. The assignment of the bits is found in the following table: > REVD < Bit
Parameter word
Data word
Status word
0
STA1
OPS1
SEN1
1
STA2
EROP
SEN2
2
ILC1
OPS2
OSG1
3
ILC2
NOTA
OSG2
4
EMOF
5
DAVB
6
STOP
OPL1
EROR
7
CVON
OPL2
PWON
8
OLPT
EROL
DOFF
9
AVBL
ERMS
SWST
10
RCR1
ERSP
11
RCR2
12
PMI1
ERPI
13
PMI2
EREO
14
SPCL
ETIM
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
15
LEMO
16
LSER
17
LST1
18
LST2
19
LSP1
20
LSP2
21
SST1
22
SST2
23
SSTP
24
SWRE
25
CSF
3-133
ERRC
26 27 28
COLOUR_1
29
COLOUR_2
30
COLOUR_3
31
COLOUR_4 In the case of the COLOUR operating states, the block REVD does not have all possible states. It features the states with the numbers 1, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9 and 11.
en-YN.YNT.001.A
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-134
3.25 General drive control RVDL: reversible drive with limit switches Description of REVD Object name (Type + Number) FB 504 Calling OBs The time interrupt OB in which the block is installed (e.g. OB 35). Function The block is used for controlling a reversible drive with limit switches by means of two activation signals for both directions of the drive. The operating feedback messages and limit switches of the drive must be connected as digital signals at the input of the block. The travel time of the drive is monitored until the limit switch is reached. Operating principle If one of the two end positions applies, the start of a drive can only be effected if a valid starting command for the direction leading away from the end position is given. If the drive was stopped between the end positions (caused by a fault), a valid starting command can optionally be given for one of the two directions. A valid starting command exists when the signals: 'STA1', 'ILC1', 'AVBL', 'OLPT', 'PMI1' or 'STA2', 'ILC2', 'AVBL', 'OLPT', 'PMI2' are set. In this case, the start enable signals 'SEN1' or 'SEN2' are set (motor activating signals) and the end position indicator 'POS1' or POS2' is cleared. If the check-back signal 'RCR1' or 'RCR2' is set while a valid starting command is present, the drive changes over to the operating condition which is characterised by the bits 'OSG1', 'OPS1' or 'OSG2', 'OPS2'. Correct stopping is performed by activation of the associated limit switch 'LSW1' or 'LSW2'. If the machine protection fails for both directions simultaneously, the error signal 'ERPI' is generated regardless of the current operating status. If the machine protection fails for one direction only, this is only detected and signalled when the drive is started or in operation in this direction. When the reversible drive with limit switches is stationary and starting commands are issued simultaneously for both directions, no error is signalled. If the drive is running in one direction, starting commands for the other direction are ignored. The time TIME1 monitors the time in seconds, e.g. for movement of the drive from POS1 to POS2, in which the associated limit switch must be set. If time = 0, no time monitoring of the movement is performed. By means of the signals SST1 and SST2 an individual start of the drive can be realised in automatic mode. In the faceplate of the drive, the operator sets the signals SST1 or SST2. After processing in the block, these signals are reset by the block.
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
3-135
After operation of the signal SST1/2 the output SWST is set at first. By means of this output an external start-up warning can be started. If the start-up warning time has expired, then the input SWRE must be set. In this way, there is a valid starting command and the drive is then started as described above. With the exception of the combination with the signals SWST and SWRE the signals SST1/2 behave in the same way with signal STA1/2. With the signals LSER, LST1/2 and LSP1/2 it is possible to operate the drive via external switches, keyboards or from the control panel. With the signal LSER the drive is switched to local operation. The availability of the drive disappears therewith. Using the signals LST1/2 and LSP1/2 the drive can then be started. The parameter SWLO is used to select whether the input SWRE is taken into consideration when evaluating the inputs LST1/2 and LSP1/2. Note Via the signals LST1/2 and LSP1/2, the drive can be started ("1") or stopped ("0"). Via LST1/2 the drive is started independently from the interlock signals! Via LSP1/2 the signals CVON, OLPT and PMI1/2 are taken into consideration. As long as the start signals are pending the drive runs, if the start signal changes to zero the drive is stopped. Internal logic The sequence of the flags is determined by the sequence in which they must be generated. In this relation, the flags marked (with ") must be taken into account in the setting and reset conditions! Auxiliary flag GO1
:=
STA1_&ILC1
GO2
:=
STA2_&ILC2
NOSEN
:=
-(SEN1/SEN2)
RESET
:=
NOSEN_&(-EROP/ERES)
CLEROP
:=
EROP_&ERES
CLERPS
:=
ERPS_&ERES
LSWALL
:=
LSW1_&LSW2
LSWPOS
:=
-LSW1_&POS1_&-SEN2_&-OSG2/-LSW2_&POS2 _&SEN1_&-OSG1
AVAIL
:=
AVBL_&OLPT
en-YN.YNT.001.A
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-136
Data word S ERPS C ERPS
: :
(LSWALL/-CLERPS_&LSWPOS/ (LSW1_&ILC2_&SEN2_&(STA2/AVAIL _&PMI2_&OPS2)/LSW2_&ILC1_&SEN1_& (STA1/AVAIL_&PMI1_&OPS1))/( (LSW1.EQV.LSW2)_&(SEN1_&STA1_&ILC1 /SEN2_&-STA2_&ILC2)))/ETIM” -CVON/-LSWALL_&ERPS_&RESET
S ERPI C ERPI
: :
(-PMI1_&-PMI2)/(-EROP/ERES)_& (-PMI1_&LSW1_&GO1_&(SEN1/-SEN2 _&(LSW2/-GO2)/-PMI2_&LSW2_&GO2_& (SEN2/-SEN1_&(LSW1/-GO1)) -CVON/(PMI1_&PMI2/ERPS”_&(PMI1/PMI2)/ PMI1_&(GO2/LSW2/GO1_&-LSW1) /PMI2_&(-GO1/LSW1/GO2_&LSW2)) _&RESET
S ERRC C ERRC
: :
AVAIL_&-ERPI”_&-ERPS_&(OPS1_& GO1_&-RCR1_&LSW1/OPS2_& GO2_&-RCR2_&-LSW2) -CVON/CLEROP
S NOTA C NOTA
: :
-AVAIL/ERPI”/ERPS”/ERRC” -CVON/AVAIL_&-ERPI”_&-ERPS”_&RESET
S EROP C EROP
: :
((SEN1_&ILC1_&-LSW1/SEN2_&ILC2_&-LSW2) _&NOTA”)/(ERPS”/ERRC”_&(SEN1/SEN2/OSG1/OSG2)) -CVON/CLEROP_&(ERPS_&-LSWPOS/-ERPS”)
S OPS1 C OPS1
: :
GO1_&SEN1_&RCR1 -CVON/-GO1/LSW1/NOTA”
S OPS2 C OPS2
: :
GO2_&SEN2_&RCR2 -CVON/-GO2/LSW2/NOTA”
S EROL C EROL
: :
-OLPT -CVON/OLPT_&RESET
S ERMS C ERMS
: :
-AVBL_&OLPT -CVON/(AVBL/-OLPT)_&RESET
S ETIM C ETIM
: :
LCT1_&((SEN1_&-LSW1)/(SEN2_&-LSW2)) -CVON/RESET
S POS1 C POS1
: :
LSW1_&(-POS2/-LSW2_&CLERPS) -CVON/LSWALL/-LSW1_&(CLERPS/SEN2”/OSG2/ERPS”_&LSW1)
S POS2 C POS2
: :
LSW2_&(-POS1/-LSW1_&CLERPS) -CVON/LSWALL/-LSW2_&(CLERPS/SEN1”/OSG1/ERPS”_&LSW2)
OPL1
:=
-SEN1_&-OPS1_&RCR1
OPL2
:=
-SEN2_&-OPS2_&RCR2
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
3-137
Status word S SEN1 C SEN1
: :
GO1_&(LSW2/-GO2)_&-SEN2 -CVON/-GO1/NOTA”/LSW1/EROP”
S SEN2 C SEN2
: :
GO2_&(LSW1/-GO1)_&-SEN1 -CVON/-GO2/NOTA”/LSW2/EROP”
OSG1
:=
OPS1”
OSG2
:=
OPS2”
DAVB
:=
CVON_&-NOTA”
EROR
:=
EROP”
Block view
Fig. 9:
REVL block
Starting characteristics
en-YN.YNT.001.A
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-138
During the CPU start-up the RVDL block is deactivated. All internal state flags (shown in the data word) are reset. Following start-up the block waits for the number of cycles projected in the input RUNUPCYC, and will only be activated thereafter. A first start-up whilst the program is running is treated internally like a CPU startup. Time behaviour The block must be called via a time interrupt OB or OB1. It does not have a parameter for the sampling interval. Behaviour in case of a time error In the case of a time error the outputs will then be reset. In addition the internal state flags will be reset. Message actions The block REVD internally uses an ALARM_8P block for generating the messages. Messages are generated for the following tripping devices: ● Operating trouble (EROP) ● Overload protection (OLPT) ● Machine availability (AVBL) ● Machine protection (PMI1/2) ● Position monitoring (ERPS) ● Monitoring time (ETIM) ● Check-back signal (RCR1/2) The messages can be suppressed by setting the input SUPR or by resetting the input RLSA. The input SUPR, however, is activated by the operator interface (WinCC), and RLSA by the program. The inputs CVON (at value 0) and CSF (at value 1) also suppress the output of messages. Assignment of message text and message class to the block parameters Message Block Default message text no. parameter
Message Suppressable class
1
EROP
$$BlockComment$$ @1I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
2
EROL
$$BlockComment$$ @2I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
3
ERMS
$$BlockComment$$ @3I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
4
ERPI
$$BlockComment$$ @4I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
5
ERPS
$$BlockComment$$ @5I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
3-139
Message Block Default message text no. parameter
Message Suppressable class
6
ETIM
$$BlockComment$$ @6I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
7
ERRC
$$BlockComment$$ @7I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
8
$$BlockComment$$ @8I%t#POLCID_Standard@
Connections of RVDL Connection Meaning (parameters)
Data type
Def. Type Attr. O&O Perm. values
STA1
Start drive in direction 1
BOOL
0
I
Q
STA2
Start drive in direction 2
BOOL
0
I
Q
ILC1
Process-technological interlock, direction 1
BOOL
1
I
Q
ILC2
Process-technological interlock, direction 2
BOOL
1
I
Q
LSW1
Limit switch for direction 1
BOOL
0
I
Q
LSW2
Limit switch for direction 2
BOOL
0
I
Q
CVON
Control voltage on
BOOL
1
I
Q
OLPT
Overload protection
BOOL
1
I
Q
AVBL
Machine availability
BOOL
1
I
Q
RCR1
Check-back signal for direction 1
BOOL
0
I
Q
RCR2
Check-back signal for direction 2
BOOL
0
I
Q
PMI1
Machine protection interlock for direction 1
BOOL
1
I
Q
PMI2
Machine protection interlock for direction 2
BOOL
1
I
Q
CSF
Control system error
BOOL
0
I
Q
LST1
Local start/stop without PMI1 for direction 1
BOOL
0
I
Q
LST2
Local start/stop without PMI2 for direction 2
BOOL
0
I
Q
LSP1
Local start/stop with PMI1 for direction 1
BOOL
0
I
Q
en-YN.YNT.001.A
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-140
Connection Meaning (parameters)
Data type
Def. Type Attr. O&O Perm. values
LSP1
Local start/stop with PMI2 for direction 2
BOOL
0
I
Q
SWRE
Enabling start-up warning
BOOL
1
I
Q
ESST
Display of softkeys for single faceplate start
BOOL
0
I
Q
RLSA
Enabling alarm generation
BOOL
1
I
Q
TIME1
Monitoring time setpoint value
REAL
5.0
I
BQ
RUNUPCYC
Waiting cycles at start
INT
3
I
EV_ID
Message ID
DWORD 0
I
M
LSER
Enabling of local operation
BOOL
0
IO
BQ
+
SST1
Single start for direction 1
BOOL
0
IO
B
+
SST2
Single start for direction 2
BOOL
0
IO
B
+
SUPR
Suppression of alarms
BOOL
0
IO
B
+
EV_SIG1
Index variable for message no. 1
INT
1
IO
EV_SIG2
Index variable for message no. 2
INT
2
IO
EV_SIG3
Index variable for message no. 3
INT
3
IO
EV_SIG4
Index variable for message no. 4
INT
5
IO
EV_SIG5
Index variable for message no. 5
INT
9
IO
EV_SIG6
Index variable for message no. 6
INT
7
IO
EV_SIG7
Index variable for message no. 7
INT
8
IO
EV_SIG8
Index variable for message no. 8
INT
0
IO
SEN1
Enabling start for direction 1
BOOL
0
O
Q
SEN2
Enabling start for direction 2
BOOL
0
O
Q
OSG1
Operating message for direction 1
BOOL
0
O
Q
OSG2
Operating message for direction 2
BOOL
0
O
Q
DAVB
Drive is available
BOOL
0
O
Q
EROR
Drive is faulty
BOOL
0
O
Q
DOFF
Drive is off
BOOL
0
O
Q
SWST
Start start-up warning
BOOL
0
O
Q
ACT1
Current monitoring time
REAL
0.0
O
Q
+
+
>0
+
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
3-141
Connection Meaning (parameters)
Data type
Def. Type Attr. O&O Perm. values
PW
Parameter word
DWORD 0
O
Q
+
DW
Data word
DWORD 0
O
Q
+
SW
Status word
DWORD 0
O
Q
+
Operation and observation of RVDL See the description of the block symbol and the faceplate in the corresponding manual in this regard. PW, DW and SW of REVL The inputs, outputs and the internal status of the respective block are mapped on the parameter word, the data word and the status word. The assignment of the bits is found in the following table: > RVDL< Bit
Parameter word
Data word
Status word
0
STA1
OPS1
SEN1
1
STA2
EROP
SEN2
2
ILC1
OPS2
OSG1
3
ILC2
NOTA
OSG2
4
LSW1
POS1
5
LSW2
POS2
DAVB
OPL1
EROR
6 7
CVON
OPL2
8
OLPT
EROL
DOFF
9
AVBL
ERMS
SWST
10
RCR1
11
RCR2
12
PMI1
ERPI
13
PMI2
ERPS
14
ETIM
15 16
en-YN.YNT.001.A
LSER
ERRC
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-142
17
LST1
18
LST2
19
LSP1
20
LSP2
21
SST1
22
SST2
23 24
SWRE
25
CSF
26 27 28
COLOUR_1
29
COLOUR_2
30
COLOUR_3
31
COLOUR_4 The block RVDL has the COLOUR operating states from 1 to 11.
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
3.26 General drive control VALV: Valve control Description of VALV Object name (Type + Number) FB 505 Calling OBs The time interrupt OB in which the block is installed (e.g. OB 35). Function Operating principle Apart from the initial state, a valve must always be activated in one of the two directions, i.e. the related output signal must be issued to the valve. If a valve is active in one direction, the starting command 'STA1' or 'STA2' can be reset without loss of the start enable signal 'SEN1' or 'SEN2'. Only a valid starting command for the other direction causes the valve to switch to the changed direction. The values of the limit switches 'LSW1' and 'LSW2' have no influence on the issue of control commands and serve only to generate position signals. If, however, both limit switches are set, the position error signal 'ERPS' is generated. If, in the case of a valve, one of the two limit switches is available, and simultaneously starting commands for both directions are given, then there will be no reaction. If the valve is active in one direction and starting commands are issued for both directions simultaneously, the command for the opposite direction is ignored. The time TIME1 monitors the time in seconds, e.g. for movement of the valve from POS1 to POS2, in which the associated limit switch must be set. If time = 0, no time monitoring of the movement is performed. By means of the signals SST1 and SST2 an individual start of the valve can be realised in automatic mode. In the faceplate associated with the valve, the operator sets the signals SST1 or SST2. After processing in the block, these signals are reset by the block. After operation of the signal SST1/2 the output SWST is set at first. By means of this output an external start-up warning can be started. If the start-up warning time has expired, then the input SWRE must be set. In this way, there is a valid starting command and the valve is then started as described above. With the exception of the combination with the signals SWST and SWRE the signals SST1/2 behave in the same way with signal STA1/2. With the signals LSER, LST1/2 and LSP1/2 it is possible to operate the valve via external switches, keyboards or from the control panel. With the signal LSER the valve is switched to local operation. The availability of the drive disappears therewith. Via the signals LST1/2 and LSP1/2 the valve can be started. Using the parameter SWLO, it is selected whether the input SWRE is taken into consideration for the evaluation of the inputs LST1/2 and LSP1/2.
en-YN.YNT.001.A
3-143
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-144
Note Via the signals LST1/2 and LSP1/2, the valve can be started ("1") or stopped ("0"). Via LST1/2 the valve is started independently from the interlock signals! Via LSP1/2 the signals CVON and OLPT are taken into consideration. As long as the start signals are pending the valve operates, if the start signal changes to zero the valve is stopped. Internal logic The sequence of the flags is determined by the sequence in which they must be generated. In this relation, the flags marked (with ") must be taken into account in the setting and reset conditions! Auxiliary flag NOSEN
:=
-(SEN1/SEN2)
RESET
:=
NOSEN_&(-EROP/ERES)
CLEROP
:=
EROP_&ERES
LSWALL
:=
LSW1_&LSW2
GO1
:=
STA1_&ILC1
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
3-145
Data word S ERPS C ERPS
: :
LSWALL/ETIM”/(SUPS_&(POS1_&SEN1_&-LSW1_&-GO2/ (POS2_&SEN2_&-LSW2_&-GO1)) -CVON/-LSWALL_&RESET
S NOTA C NOTA
: :
-OLPT/ERPS” -CVON/OLPT_&-ERPS”_&RESET
S EROP C EROP
: :
NOTA”_&(SEN1_&ILC1/SEN2_&ILC2/ERPS”&(SEN1/SEN2)) -CVON/CLEROP
S EROL C EROL
: :
-OLPT -CVON/OLPT_&RESET
S POS1 C POS1
: :
LSW1 -CVON/-LSW1/LSW2
S POS2 C POS2
: :
LSW2 -CVON/-LSW2/LSW1
S ETIM C ETIM
: :
LCT1_&((SEN1_&LSW1)/(SEN2_&LSW2)) -CVON/RESET
OPS1
:=
SEN1”
OPS2
:=
SEN2”
Status word S SEN1 C SEN1
: :
GO1_&-GO2 -CVON/-ILC1/NOTA”/GO2_&-STA1/EROP”
S SEN2 C SEN2
: :
GO2_&-GO1) -CVON/-ILC2/NOTA”/GO1_&-STA2/EROP”
DAVB
:=
CVON_&-NOTA”
EROR
:=
EROP”
en-YN.YNT.001.A
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-146
Block view
Fig. 10: VALV block
Starting characteristics During the CPU start-up the VALV block is deactivated. All internal state flags (shown in the data word) are reset. Following start-up the block waits for the number of cycles projected in the input RUNUPCYC, and will only be activated thereafter. A first start-up whilst the program is running is treated internally like a CPU startup. Time behaviour The block must be called via a time interrupt OB or OB1. It does not have a parameter for the sampling interval. Behaviour in case of a time error In the case of a time error the outputs will then be reset. In addition the internal state flags will be reset.
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
3-147
Message actions The block VALV internally uses an ALARM_8P block for generating the messages. Messages are generated for the following tripping devices: ● Operating trouble (EROP) ● Overload protection (OLPT) ● Position monitoring (ERPS) ● Monitoring time (ETIM) The messages can be suppressed by setting the input SUPR or by resetting the input RLSA. The input SUPR, however, is activated by the operator interface (WinCC), and RLSA by the program. The inputs CVON (at value 0) and CSF (at value 1) also suppress the output of messages. Assignment of message text and message class to the block parameters Message Block Default message text no. parameter
Message Suppressable class
1
EROP
$$BlockComment$$ @1I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
2
EROL
$$BlockComment$$ @2I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
3
ERPS
$$BlockComment$$ @3I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
4
ETIM
$$BlockComment$$ @4I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
5
$$BlockComment$$ @5I%t#POLCID_Standard@
6
$$BlockComment$$ @6I%t#POLCID_Standard@
7
$$BlockComment$$ @7I%t#POLCID_Standard@
8
$$BlockComment$$ @8I%t#POLCID_Standard@
en-YN.YNT.001.A
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-148
Connections of VALV Connection Meaning (parameters)
Data type
Def. Type Attr. O&O Perm. values
STA1
Start drive in direction 1
BOOL
0
I
Q
STA2
Start drive in direction 2
BOOL
0
I
Q
ILC1
Process-technological interlock, direction 1
BOOL
1
I
Q
ILC2
Process-technological interlock, direction 2
BOOL
1
I
Q
LSW1
Limit switch for direction 1
BOOL
0
I
Q
LSW2
Limit switch for direction 2
BOOL
0
I
Q
CVON
Control voltage on
BOOL
1
I
Q
OLPT
Overload protection
BOOL
1
I
Q
CSF
Control system error
BOOL
0
I
Q
LST1
Local start/stop without PMI1 for direction 1
BOOL
0
I
Q
LST2
Local start/stop without PMI2 for direction 2
BOOL
0
I
Q
LSP1
Local start/stop with PMI1 for direction 1
BOOL
0
I
Q
LSP1
Local start/stop with PMI2 for direction 2
BOOL
0
I
Q
SWRE
Enabling start-up warning
BOOL
1
I
Q
ESST
Display of softkeys for single faceplate start
BOOL
0
I
Q
SWLO
Start-up warning also in local operating mode
BOOL
0
I
Q
RLSA
Enabling alarm generation
BOOL
1
I
Q
TIME1
Monitoring time setpoint value
REAL
5.0
I
BQ
RUNUPCYC
Waiting cycles at start
INT
3
I
EV_ID
Message ID
DWORD 0
I
M
LSER
Enabling of local operation
BOOL
0
IO
BQ
+
SST1
Single start for direction 1
BOOL
0
IO
B
+
SST2
Single start for direction 2
BOOL
0
IO
B
+
+
+
>0
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
3-149
Connection Meaning (parameters)
Data type
Def. Type Attr. O&O Perm. values
SUPR
Suppression of alarms
BOOL
0
IO
EV_SIG1
Index variable for message no. 1
INT
1
IO
EV_SIG2
Index variable for message no. 2
INT
2
IO
EV_SIG3
Index variable for message no. 3
INT
9
IO
EV_SIG4
Index variable for message no. 4
INT
7
IO
EV_SIG5
Index variable for message no. 5
INT
0
IO
EV_SIG6
Index variable for message no. 6
INT
0
IO
EV_SIG7
Index variable for message no. 7
INT
0
IO
EV_SIG8
Index variable for message no. 8
INT
0
IO
SEN1
Enabling start for direction 1
BOOL
0
O
Q
SEN2
Enabling start for direction 2
BOOL
0
O
Q
DAVB
Drive is available
BOOL
0
O
Q
EROR
Drive is faulty
BOOL
0
O
Q
SWST
Start start-up warning
BOOL
0
O
Q
ACT1
Current monitoring time
REAL
0.0
O
Q
+
PW
Parameter word
DWORD 0
O
Q
+
DW
Data word
DWORD 0
O
Q
+
SW
Status word
DWORD 0
O
Q
+
B
+
Operation and observation of VALV See the description of the block symbol and the faceplate in the corresponding manual in this regard.
en-YN.YNT.001.A
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-150
PW, DW and SW of VALV The inputs, outputs and the internal status of the respective block are mapped on the parameter word, the data word and the status word. The assignment of the bits is found in the following table: >VALV< Bit
Parameter word
Data word
Status word
0
STA1
OPS1
SEN1
1
STA2
EROP
SEN2
2
ILC1
OPS2
3
ILC2
NOTA
4
LSW1
POS1
5
LSW2
POS2
6
DAVB EROR
7
CVON
8
OLPT
EROL
9
SWST
10 11 12 13
ERPS
14
ETIM
15 16
LSER
17
LST1
18
LST2
19
LSP1
20
LSP2
21
SST1
22
SST2
23 24
SWRE
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
25
3-151
CSF
26 27 28
COLOUR_1
29
COLOUR_2
30
COLOUR_3
31
COLOUR_4 The block VALV has the COLOUR operating states from 1 to 11.
en-YN.YNT.001.A
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-152
3.27 General drive control CONT_DO: Actuator with digital outputs Description of CONT_DO Object name (Type + Number) FB 506 Calling OBs The time interrupt OB in which the block is installed (e.g. OB 35). Function The block is used to control an actuator by means of two digital output signals for More or Less. The block features as an input the analogue value of the position of the actuator and a setpoint value. In this way, using the more/less outputs, it controls the actuator to the preset setpoint value. Operating principle If the drive is available, i.e. the 'DAVB' bit in the status word is set, the CONT_DO operates as a three-step controller. If the deviation between the actual value ACT and the setpoint SET is greater than the switching difference SWIT, the output 'CLSE' or 'OPEN' in the data word is set according to the sign of the deviation and the bit 'SEN1' or 'SEN2' is simultaneously set in the status word, which must then be switched to the associated digital outputs in the drive program. The setpoint value is formed from the automatic setpoint value ASET (can be connected in the program) and the setpoint value from the faceplate SET. By means of the input AUTO it is selected which of the two setpoint values is activated. With AUTO = 0, setpoint value SET is active, and with AUTO = 1 setpoint value ASET is active. In the case of AUTO = 1 the setpoint value is deactivated in the faceplate and the value of SET is equalled to the value of ASET. A special function of the drive block is movement to specific positions in dependence on the control bits in the parameter word. For this, the limits HIGH and LOW are used as values. The setpoint is overwritten with a specified limit value by setting two bits in the parameter word. After releasing the forced limit, normal operation is resumed only if a new, changed setpoint is sent. During the travel time of the actuator the input of the position check-back must have changed by at least 0.0025 within the time TIMEOUT (in seconds). If not, a position error is created. After a fault the setpoint must change, in order that a new process is started. The setpoint must also be changed after a forced open/close, in order that it is approached to. The current set up setpoint is displayed in the variable CSET.
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
The availability of the actuator is monitored in a similar manner as normal drives because the same signals are received from the inputs (CVON, OLPT AVBL and PMI1/2) Bit 'ERDS' is set when the associated input bit in the parameter word 'IODS' is set whereas these inputs influence the status bit 'DAVB': Switching of the input bit 'IODS' (analogue input fault) is performed with the availability flag of the analogue channel. Monitoring of the limit switches is performed in the same manner as in the 'VALV' block, i.e. non-availability is only signalled when both limit switches are closed. The limit position HIGH can be moved to by setting the input HILI, and the limit position LOW can be moved to by setting the input LOLI. The input RLS generally enables adjustment or blocks the same. At RLS = 0 both outputs SEN1 and SEN2 are deactivated. With the signals LSER, LST1/2 and LSP1/2 it is possible to operate the drive via external switches, keyboards or from the control panel. With the signal LSER the drive is switched to local operation. The availability of the drive disappears therewith. Via the signals LST1/2 and LSP1/2 the drive can be started. Using the parameter SWLO, it is selected whether the input SWRE is taken into consideration for the evaluation of the inputs LST1/2 and LSP1/2. Note Via the signals LST1/2 and LSP1/2, the drive can be started ("1") or stopped ("0"). Via LST1/2 the drive is started independently from the interlock signals! Via LSP1/2 the signals CVON, OLPT and PMI1/2 are taken into consideration. As long as the start signals are pending the drive runs, if the start signal changes to zero the drive is stopped. Internal logic The sequence of the flags is determined by the sequence in which they must be generated. In this relation, the flags marked (with ") must be taken into account in the setting and reset conditions!
en-YN.YNT.001.A
3-153
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-154
Data word S URO1 C URO1
: :
HILI -CVON/(-HILI/LOLI)
S URO2 C URO2
: :
LOCI -CVON/(-LOLI/HILI)
S EROP C EROP
: :
(-IODS/LCT-OLPT/-AVBL/-PMI1/-PMI2)_&(CLSE/OPEN) ERES/-CVON
NOTA
:=
-CVON/ERMS”/ERPI”/ERPS”/ERDS”/EROL”/EROP”
S POS1 C POS1
: :
LSW1 -CVON/(-LSW1/LSW2)
S POS2 C POS2
: :
LSW2 -CVON/(-LSW2/LSW1)
CMAN
:=
URO1”/URO2”
EROL
:=
-OLPT_&CVON
ERMS
:=
-AVBL_&CVON
ERPI
:=
(-PMI1/-PMI2)_&CVON
S ERPS C ERPS
: :
LSW1_&LSW2/LCT1_&(OPEN/CLSE) -CVON/(-LSW1/-LSW2)_&(ERES/EROP)
ERDS
:=
IODS_&CVON
Status word URG1
:=
URO1
URG2
:=
URO2
DAVB
:=
-NOTA_&CVON
EROR
:=
EROP
MANU
:=
CMAN
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
Block view
Fig. 11: CONT_DO block
Starting characteristics At CPU start-up the CONT_DO block is deactivated. All internal state flags (shown in the data word) are reset. Following start-up the block waits for the number of cycles projected in the input RUNUPCYC, and will only be activated thereafter. A first start-up whilst the program is running is treated internally like a CPU startup. Time behaviour The block must be called via a time interrupt OB or OB1. It does not have a parameter for the sampling interval. Behaviour in case of a time error In the case of a time error the outputs will then be reset. In addition the internal state flags will be reset.
en-YN.YNT.001.A
3-155
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-156
Message actions The block CONT_DO internally uses an ALARM_8P block for generating the messages. Messages are generated for the following tripping devices: ● Operating trouble (EROP) ● Overload protection (OLPT) ● Machine availability (AVBL) ● Position monitoring (ERPS) ● Machine protection (PMI1/2) ● Position check-back (IODS) The messages can be suppressed by setting the input SUPR or by resetting the input RLSA. The input SUPR, however, is activated by the operator interface (WinCC), and RLSA by the program. The inputs CVON (at value 0) and CSF (at value 1) also suppress the output of messages. Assignment of message text and message class to the block parameters Default message text Message Block no. parameter
Message Suppressable class
1
EROP
$$BlockComment$$ @1I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
2
EROL
$$BlockComment$$ @2I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
3
ERMS
$$BlockComment$$ @3I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
4
ERPS
$$BlockComment$$ @4I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
5
ERPI
$$BlockComment$$ @5I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
6
ETIM
$$BlockComment$$ @6I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
7
$$BlockComment$$ @7I%t#POLCID_Standard@
8
$$BlockComment$$ @8I%t#POLCID_Standard@
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
3-157
Connections of CONT_DO Connection Meaning (parameters)
Data type
Def. Type Attr. O&O Perm. values
HILI
Setting HIGH setpoint value as active setpoint value
BOOL
0
I
Q
LOLI
Setting LOW setpoint value as active setpoint value
BOOL
0
I
Q
LSW1
Limit switch for direction 1
BOOL
0
I
Q
LSW2
Limit switch for direction 2
BOOL
0
I
Q
CVON
Control voltage on
BOOL
1
I
Q
OLPT
Overload protection
BOOL
1
I
Q
AVBL
Machine availability
BOOL
1
I
Q
PMI1
Machine protection interlock for direction 1
BOOL
1
I
Q
PMI2
Machine protection interlock for direction 2
BOOL
1
I
Q
AUTO
Activate ASET ( = 1 ) or SET ( = 0 ) input
BOOL
0
I
Q
IODS
Fault input value ACT
BOOL
1
I
Q
RLS
Enabling outputs SEN1/2
BOOL
1
I
Q
CSF
Control system error
BOOL
0
I
Q
LST1
Local start/stop without PMI1 for direction 1
BOOL
0
I
Q
LST2
Local start/stop without PMI2 for direction 2
BOOL
0
I
Q
LSP1
Local start/stop with PMI1 for direction 1
BOOL
0
I
Q
LSP2
Local start/stop with PMI2 for direction 2
BOOL
0
I
Q
RLSA
Enabling alarm generation
BOOL
1
I
Q
ASET
Automatic setpoint value
REAL
0.0
I
Q
ACT
Current position check-back value
REAL
0.0
I
Q
+
HIGH
Upper limit value for setpoint value
REAL
0.0
I
BQ
+
LOW
Lower limit value for setpoint value
REAL
0.0
I
BQ
+
en-YN.YNT.001.A
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-158
Connection Meaning (parameters)
Data type
Def. Type Attr. O&O Perm. values
SWIT
Switching hysteresis for comparing setpoint value/actual value
REAL
0.0
I
BQ
+
SAFE
Safety position in case of system failure
REAL
0.0
I
BQ
+
TIMEOUT
Monitoring time for position change
REAL
0.0
I
BQ
+
RUNUPCYC
Waiting cycles at start
INT
3
I
EV_ID
Message ID
DWORD 0
I
M
LSER
Enabling of local operation
BOOL
0
IO
BQ
+
SUPR
Suppression of alarms
BOOL
0
IO
B
+
SET
Setpoint value for faceplate
REAL
0.0
IO
B
+
EV_SIG1
Index variable for message no. 1
INT
1
IO
EV_SIG2
Index variable for message no. 2
INT
2
IO
EV_SIG3
Index variable for message no. 3
INT
3
IO
EV_SIG4
Index variable for message no. 4
INT
9
IO
EV_SIG5
Index variable for message no. 5
INT
5
IO
EV_SIG6
Index variable for message no. 6
INT
10
IO
EV_SIG7
Index variable for message no. 7
INT
0
IO
EV_SIG8
Index variable for message no. 8
INT
0
IO
SEN1
Enabling start for direction 1
BOOL
0
O
Q
SEN2
Enabling start for direction 2
BOOL
0
O
Q
URG1
Forced open command pending (HILI)
BOOL
0
O
Q
URG2
Forced close command pending (LOLI)
BOOL
0
O
Q
DAVB
Drive is available
BOOL
0
O
Q
EROR
Drive is faulty
BOOL
0
O
Q
MANU
Actuator in manual operating mode (no HILI, LOLI)
BOOL
0
O
Q
CSET
Active internal setpoint value
REAL
0.0
O
Q
+
PW
Parameter word
DWORD 0
O
Q
+
DW
Data word
DWORD 0
O
Q
+
>0
>0
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
3-159
Connection Meaning (parameters)
Data type
SW
DWORD 0
Status word
Def. Type Attr. O&O Perm. values O
Q
+
Operation and observation of CONT_DO See the description of the block symbol and the faceplate in the corresponding manual in this regard. PW, DW and SW of CONT_DO The inputs, outputs and the internal status of the respective block are mapped on the parameter word, the data word and the status word. The assignment of the bits is found in the following table: > CONT_DO < Bit
Parameter word
Data word
Status word
0
HILI
URO1
URG1
1
LOLI
EROP
URG2
2
URO2
SEN1
3
NOTA
SEN2
4
LSW1
POS1
5
LSW2
POS2
DAVB
CMAN
EROR
6 7
CVON
MANU
8
OLPT
EROL
9
AVBL
ERMS
12
PMI1
ERPI
13
PMI2
ERPS
10 11
14
ERDS
15
AUTO
16
IODS
CLSE
17
RLS
OPEN
18
en-YN.YNT.001.A
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-160
19 20 21
LSER
22
LST1
23
LST2
24
LSP1
25
LSP2
26
CSF
27 28
COLOUR_1
29
COLOUR_2
30
COLOUR_3
31
COLOUR_4 The block CONT_DO has the COLOUR operating states from 1 to 11.
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
3.28 General drive control CONT_AO: Actuator with analogue output Description of CONT_AO Object name (Type + Number) FB 507 Calling OBs The time interrupt OB in which the block is installed (e.g. OB 35). Function The block is used for controlling an actuator by means of an analogue output signal. Operating principle A special function of the drive block is movement to specific positions in dependence on the control bits in the parameter word. For this, the limits HIGH and LOW are used as values. The setpoint is overwritten with a specified limit value by setting two bits in the parameter word. If no safety value and no forced limit are to be started up, then the value of the setpoint is switched to analogue output. After setting the forced limit the setpoint must first be changed, in order that it can be copied to the analogue output. The setpoint value is formed from the automatic setpoint value ASET (can be connected in the program) and the setpoint value from the faceplate SET. By means of the input AUTO it is selected which of the two setpoint values is activated. With AUTO = 0, setpoint value SET is active, and with AUTO = 1 setpoint value ASET is active. In the case of AUTO = 1 the setpoint value is deactivated in the faceplate and the value of SET is equalled to the value of ASET. The current set output value is displayed in the variable CSET. The availability of the actuator is monitored in a similar manner as normal drives because the same signals are received from the inputs (CVON, OLPT AVBL and PMI1/2) Bit 'ERDS' is set when the associated input bit in the parameter word 'IODS' is set whereas these inputs influence the status bit 'DAVB': Switching of the input bit 'IODS' (analogue input fault) is performed with the availability flag of the analogue channel. Monitoring of the limit switches is performed in the same manner as in the 'VALV' block, i.e. non-availability is only signalled when both limit switches are closed. The limit position HIGH can be moved to by setting the input HILI, and the limit position LOW can be moved to by setting the input LOLI. Internal logic The sequence of the flags is determined by the sequence in which they must be generated. In this relation, the flags marked (with ") must be taken into account in the setting and reset conditions! Data word
en-YN.YNT.001.A
3-161
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-162
S URO1 C URO1
: :
HILI -CVON/(-HILI/LOLI)
S URO2 C URO2
: :
LOLI -CVON/(-LOLI/HILI)
NOTA
:=
-CVON/ERMS”/ERPI”/ERPS”/ERDS”/EROL”/EROP”
EROP
:=
IODS_&CVON
S POS1 C POS1
: :
LSW1 -CVON/(-LSW1/LSW2)
S POS2 C POS2
: :
LSW2 -CVON/(-LSW2/LSW1)
CMAN
:=
URO1”/URO2”
EROL
:=
-OLPT_&CVON
ERMS
:=
-AVBL_&CVON
ERPS
:=
(LSW1_&LSW2)_&CVON
ERPI
:=
(-PMI1/-PMI2)_&CVON
ERDS
:=
IODS_&CVON
Status word URG1
:=
URO1
URG2
:=
URO2
DAVB
:=
-NOTA
EROR
:=
EROP
MANU
:=
CMAN
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
Block view
Fig. 12: CONT_AO block
en-YN.YNT.001.A
3-163
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-164
Starting characteristics At CPU start-up the CONT_AO block is deactivated. All internal state flags (shown in the data word) are reset. Following start-up the block waits for the number of cycles projected in the input RUNUPCYC, and will only be activated thereafter. A first start-up whilst the program is running is treated internally like a CPU startup. Time behaviour The block must be called via a time interrupt OB or OB1. It does not have a parameter for the sampling interval. Behaviour in case of a time error In the case of a time error the outputs will then be reset. In addition the internal state flags will be reset. Message actions The block CONT_AO internally uses an ALARM_8P block for generating the messages. Messages are generated for the following tripping devices: ● Operating trouble (EROP) ● Overload protection (OLPT) ● Machine availability (AVBL) ● Position monitoring (ERPS) ● Machine protection (PMI1/2) ● Position check-back (IODS) The messages can be suppressed by setting the input SUPR or by resetting the input RLSA. The input SUPR, however, is activated by the operator interface (WinCC), and RLSA by the program. The inputs CVON (at value 0) and CSF (at value 1) also suppress the output of messages. Assignment of message text and message class to the block parameters Message Block Default message text no. parameter
Message Suppressable class
1
EROP
$$BlockComment$$ @1I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
2
EROL
$$BlockComment$$ @2I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
3
ERMS
$$BlockComment$$ @3I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
4
ERPS
$$BlockComment$$ @4I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
5
ERPI
$$BlockComment$$ @5I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
3-165
Message Block Default message text no. parameter
Message Suppressable class
6
AH
ETIM
$$BlockComment$$ @6I%t#POLCID_Standard@
7
$$BlockComment$$ @7I%t#POLCID_Standard@
8
$$BlockComment$$ @8I%t#POLCID_Standard@
Yes
Connections of CONT_AO Connection Meaning (parameters)
Data type
Def. Type Attr. O&O Perm. values
HILI
Setting HIGH setpoint value as active setpoint value
BOOL
0
I
Q
LOLI
Setting LOW setpoint value as active setpoint value
BOOL
0
I
Q
LSW1
Limit switch for direction 1
BOOL
0
I
Q
LSW2
Limit switch for direction 2
BOOL
0
I
Q
CVON
Control voltage on
BOOL
1
I
Q
OLPT
Overload protection
BOOL
1
I
Q
AVBL
Machine availability
BOOL
1
I
Q
PMI1
Machine protection interlock for direction 1
BOOL
1
I
Q
PMI2
Machine protection interlock for direction 2
BOOL
1
I
Q
AUTO
Activate ASET ( = 1 ) or SET ( = 0 ) input
BOOL
0
I
Q
IODS
Fault input value ACT
BOOL
1
I
Q
CSF
Control system error
BOOL
0
I
Q
RLSA
Enabling alarm generation
BOOL
1
I
Q
ASET
Automatic setpoint value
REAL
0.0
I
Q
ACT
Current position check-back value
REAL
0.0
I
Q
+
HIGH
Upper limit value for setpoint value
REAL
0.0
I
BQ
+
LOW
Lower limit value for setpoint value
REAL
0.0
I
BQ
+
SAFE
Safety position in case of system
REAL
0.0
I
BQ
+
en-YN.YNT.001.A
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-166
Connection Meaning (parameters)
Data type
Def. Type Attr. O&O Perm. values
failure RUNUPCYC
Waiting cycles at start
INT
3
I
EV_ID
Message ID
DWORD 0
I
M
SUPR
Suppression of alarms
BOOL
0
IO
B
+
SET
Setpoint value for faceplate
REAL
0.0
IO
B
+
EV_SIG1
Index variable for message no. 1
INT
1
IO
EV_SIG2
Index variable for message no. 2
INT
2
IO
EV_SIG3
Index variable for message no. 3
INT
3
IO
EV_SIG4
Index variable for message no. 4
INT
9
IO
EV_SIG5
Index variable for message no. 5
INT
5
IO
EV_SIG6
Index variable for message no. 6
INT
10
IO
EV_SIG7
Index variable for message no. 7
INT
0
IO
EV_SIG8
Index variable for message no. 8
INT
0
IO
URG1
Forced open command pending (HILI)
BOOL
0
O
Q
URG2
Forced close command pending (LOLI)
BOOL
0
O
Q
DAVB
Drive is available
BOOL
0
O
Q
EROR
Drive is faulty
BOOL
0
O
Q
MANU
Actuator in manual operating mode (no HILI, LOLI)
BOOL
0
O
Q
CSET
Active internal setpoint value
REAL
0.0
O
Q
+
PW
Parameter word
DWORD 0
O
Q
+
DW
Data word
DWORD 0
O
Q
+
SW
Status word
DWORD 0
O
Q
+
Operation and observation of CONT_AO See the description of the block symbol and the faceplate in the corresponding manual in this regard.
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
3-167
PW, DW and SW of CONT_AO The inputs, outputs and the internal status of the respective block are mapped on the parameter word, the data word and the status word. The assignment of the bits is found in the following table: > CONT_AO < Bit
Parameter word
Data word
Status word
0
HILI
URO1
URG1
1
LOLI
EROP
URG2
2
URO2
3
NOTA
4
LSW1
POS1
5
LSW2
POS2
DAVB
CMAN
EROR
6 7
CVON
MANU
8
OLPT
EROL
9
AVBL
ERMS
12
PMI1
ERPI
13
PMI2
ERPS
10 11
14
ERDS
15
AUTO
16
IODS
CLSE
17
CSF
OPEN
18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25
en-YN.YNT.001.A
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-168
26 27 28
COLOUR_1
29
COLOUR_2
30
COLOUR_3
31
COLOUR_4 The block CONT_AO has the COLOUR operating states from 1 to 11.
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
3.29 General drive control GROC: Group control Description of GROC Object name (Type + Number) FB 502 Calling OBs The time interrupt OB in which the block is installed (e.g. OB 35). Function The block checks and controls a group of drives. This has the advantage that the plant operator does not need to start the drives individually, but can start a functional group of drives at the same time or successively within a single operating process. A group may comprise up to eight different operating modes, in which the drives can be started and stopped in various different ways Operating principle The functions of group control are as follows: ● Acceptance of start and stopping commands for drive groups from the control panel. ● Monitoring of the availability of the related operating modes. ● Control and monitoring of the starting and stopping phases of the activated groups. ● Transmission of the status signals of all groups to the control panel. Single drives which are functionally associated with one another in the process are consolidated into drive groups. It is characteristic of such groups that they can be operated in different (max. eight) operating modes (e.g. different transport routes to silos 1 -n, etc.). The operator is no longer responsible for switching each single drive on and off, but only determines the manner in which a group of several machines is operated or stopped. The start and stopping commands for these drive groups are transmitted to the GROC block where they are linked with all other significant status values. The results are values which represent the current status of the group and enabling signals for the starting and stopping operating sequences. For this reason, it is necessary to allocate every drive of a plant section to a drive group. In addition to the parameter, data and status words, for the fulfilment of its tasks, each GROC block is assigned several command bits in which the starting and stopping commands generated by the control panel for the up to max. eight different operating modes are stored. The significance of the parameter bits is as follows, the index (I) being used for one of the eight operating modes.
en-YN.YNT.001.A
3-169
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-170
● GRSP: stopping command for the entire drive group, i.e. it applies without specification of an operating mode and is generated directly from the command flag CM00; ● RLST: Terminates the warning time (WATI) and starts the enabling time. ● GROF: Must always be set when all drives of the group are stationary. ● STM(I): starting command for an operating mode of the drive group. The starting command given by the operator is written to CM01 for Start and to CM08...CM15 for the selected operating mode, i.e. CM08 for operating mode 0, CM09 for operating mode 1, ...CM15 for operating mode 7. These and other possible flags like e.g. process interlocks are used to generate the starting command; ● MON(I): Input showing that all drives affected by the operating mode are running and that thereby the start-up phase is complete. The following measures must be taken in the program: ● To avoid inadvertent starting of an operating mode, it is advisable to link the starting command of the command word with a process-related condition and only then to transfer this to STM(I) so that - apart from non-availability - a start is only possible at times which are appropriate to the process. ● The parameter bits 'GROF' and 'MAV(I)' must be generated from the status data of the affected drives for each operating mode. ● The stopping command must be transferred from the command flag 'CM00' to 'GRSP'. ● It must be ensured that the signals for the end of the warning time are generated according to the specifications of the process for the bit 'RLST' (taking account of the status bits 'WATI' and 'TRES'). ● Determination of the conditions for 'MON(I)': The operating signals of the involved drives do not need to be combined in all cases. If, for example, the last drive in a starting operating sequence fails first by a process interlock as the result of a fault, its operating signal alone generates the condition for MON (I). Significance of the status bits: ● ACTM: Activation command to start the drive in the associated operating mode, terminates the preparation time. ● DACM: Command to stop the drives of a group. ● WATI: Defines the warning time phase after a valid starting command. ● MOAC: Defines the end of the start-up phase and the period of the stationary phase of the operating mode. ● EROR: Defines a fault during the 'ACTM' and 'MOAX' phase. ● TRES: If set alone, defines the state of rest or the end of the 'DACM' phase; is additionally set in an 'EROR' case and can therefore be used as a reset command for any active time commands. Significance of the command word bits:
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
● CM00: stopping command for the group (attention: CM08...CM15 can also be set). ● CM01: starting command for an operating mode of the group (attention: CM08...CM15 designate the selected operating mode). ● CM08: Selected operating mode 0. . . . ● CM15: Selected operating mode 7. Two times exist to monitor the starting and stopping phases: ● TIME1: Monitoring time in seconds when the group is started. If time = 0, no time monitoring of the start is employed. ● TIME2: Monitoring time in seconds when the group is stopped. If time = 0, no time monitoring of the stop is employed. Using the signals CSM0 to CSM7, the respective operating modes of the group are started; the group is started with CSTP. The plant operator now sets the respective signal in the faceplate associated with the group. After the signal has been processed, it is reset within the block. The signals CSMx and CSTP are the commands of the plant operator for starting and stopping. These then generate the outputs CMxx. These outputs CMxx will then be used in the interlock system, in order to initiate the starting or stopping procedures of a GROC block. The signal CSM0 sets the outputs CM01 and CM08, the signal CSM 1 sets the outputs CM01 and CM09 up to the signal CSM7, which sets the outputs CM01 and CM15. The signal CSTP sets the output CM00. The outputs CMxx will only be set for a single processing cycle of the block and then reset.
en-YN.YNT.001.A
3-171
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-172
Internal logic The sequence of the flags is determined by the sequence in which they must be generated. In this relation, the flags marked (with ") must be taken into account in the setting and reset conditions! (I)
:
Index of the activated mode
(J)
:
Index of all other modes
(K)
:
Index of the selected mode
(L)
:
Index of all modes not selected
Auxiliary flag S NOAV C NOAV
: :
-MAV(I)_&PRTI/EROR” -EROR_&MAV(I)/(GRSP/STM(J)_&MAV(J)_&ERTI_HELP)/EROR_&GROF
Data word MIOP
:=
MOAC”
EROP
:=
EROR”/NOAV”
STAT
:=
WATI”/ACTM”
S STPT C STPT
: :
DACM”/-GROF_&(WATI_&GRSP/NOAV_&-EROR_&ERTI_&(GRSP/MAV(I))) GROF/STAT”
OMD(J)
:=
MOD(J)”
OMD(I)
:=
MOD(I)”
MDA(J)
:=
MAV(J)
MDA(I)
:=
MAV(I)
MAV(I)
:=
MAV(I)_&-ERTI_HELP
S ERTI C ERTI
: :
ERTI_HELP -EROR”_&(-NOAV”/STPT)_&-ERTI_HELP
S ERAV C ERAV
: :
STM(I)_&MAV(I)_&-ACTM_&-SWAV SWAV
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
3-173
Status word S ACTM C ACTM
: :
WATI_&RLST -MAV(I)/(MON(K)_&-WATI)/GRSP
S DACM C DACM
: :
GRSP_&((MOAC/ACTM)_&MAV(I)/EROR) GROF
S PRT C PRT
: :
STM(J)_&MAV(J)_&-ACTM_&-ERAV” GRSP/(NOAV”/(RLST_&WATI))
S MOAC C MOAC
: :
ACTM_&MON(K) -MAV(I)/GRSP/STM(L)_&MAV(L)/-MON(K)
S TRES C TRES
: :
WATI_&GRSP/DACM_&GROF/-MAV(I)_& (WATI/ACTM/MOAC) WATI”_&-NOAV”/DACM”/STM(L)_&MAV(L)
S EROR C EROR
: :
-MAV(I)_&(ACTM/MOAC/DACM)/MOAC_&-MON(I) GROF/STM(J)_&MAV(J)_&-ERTI_HELP/ MAV(I)_&(STM(I)/DACM)/GRSP
S MOD(J) C MOD(I)
: :
STM(J)_&MAV(J)_&-ACTM MOD(L)”/-MOAC”_&-ACTM”_&GROF_&WATI_&-ERTI_HELP
en-YN.YNT.001.A
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-174
Block view
Fig. 13: GROC block
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
Starting characteristics During the CPU start-up the UNID block is deactivated. All internal state flags (shown in the data word) are reset. Following start-up the block waits for the number of cycles projected in the input RUNUPCYC, and will only be activated thereafter. A first start-up whilst the program is running is treated internally like a CPU startup. Time behaviour The block must be called via a time interrupt OB or OB1. It does not have a parameter for the sampling interval. Behaviour in case of a time error In the case of a time error the outputs will then be reset. In addition the internal state flags will be reset. Message actions The block GROC internally uses an ALARM_8P block for generating the messages. Messages are generated for the following tripping devices: ● Operating trouble (EROP) ● Monitoring time (TIME1, TIME2) ● Start-up warning (STAV) ● Mode 0 available (MAV0) ● Mode 1 available (MAV1) ● Mode 2 available (MAV2) ● Mode 3 available (MAV3) ● Mode 4 available (MAV4) ● Mode 5 available (MAV5) ● Mode 6 available (MAV6) ● Mode 7 available (MAV7) The messages can be suppressed by setting the input SUPR or by resetting the input RLSA. The input SUPR, however, is activated by the operator interface (WinCC), and RLSA by the program. The inputs CVON (at value 0) and CSF (at value 1) also suppress the output of messages.
en-YN.YNT.001.A
3-175
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-176
Assignment of message text and message class to the block parameters Default message text Message Block no. parameter
Message Suppressable class
1
EROP
$$BlockComment$$ @1I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
2
ERTI
$$BlockComment$$ @2I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
3
ERAV
$$BlockComment$$ @3I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
4
$$BlockComment$$ @4I%t#POLCID_Standard@
5
$$BlockComment$$ @5I%t#POLCID_Standard@
6
$$BlockComment$$ @6I%t#POLCID_Standard@
7
$$BlockComment$$ @7I%t#POLCID_Standard@
8
$$BlockComment$$ @8I%t#POLCID_Standard@
9
MDA0
$$BlockComment$$ @1I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
10
MDA1
$$BlockComment$$ @2I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
11
MDA2
$$BlockComment$$ @3I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
12
MDA3
$$BlockComment$$ @4I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
13
MDA4
$$BlockComment$$ @5I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
14
MDA5
$$BlockComment$$ @6I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
15
MDA6
$$BlockComment$$ @7I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
16
MDA7
$$BlockComment$$ @8I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
3-177
Connections of GROC Connection Meaning (parameters)
Data type
Def. Type Attr. O&O Perm. values
GRSP
Stop group
BOOL
0
I
Q
GROF
All drives of the group have been stopped
BOOL
0
I
Q
RLST
Warning time expired, start enabling BOOL time
0
I
Q
SWAV
Start-up warning available
BOOL
1
I
Q
STM0
Start group in operating mode 0
BOOL
0
I
Q
STM1
Start group in operating mode 1
BOOL
0
I
Q
STM2
Start group in operating mode 2
BOOL
0
I
Q
STM3
Start group in operating mode 3
BOOL
0
I
Q
STM4
Start group in operating mode 4
BOOL
0
I
Q
STM5
Start group in operating mode 5
BOOL
0
I
Q
STM6
Start group in operating mode 6
BOOL
0
I
Q
STM7
Start group in operating mode 7
BOOL
0
I
Q
MAV0
Operating mode 0 of the group is available
BOOL
0
I
Q
MAV1
Operating mode 1 of the group is available
BOOL
0
I
Q
MAV2
Operating mode 2 of the group is available
BOOL
0
I
Q
MAV3
Operating mode 3 of the group is available
BOOL
0
I
Q
MAV4
Operating mode 4 of the group is available
BOOL
0
I
Q
MAV5
Operating mode 5 of the group is available
BOOL
0
I
Q
MAV6
Operating mode 6 of the group is available
BOOL
0
I
Q
MAV7
Operating mode 7 of the group is available
BOOL
0
I
Q
MON0
Operating mode 0 of the group is running
BOOL
0
I
Q
en-YN.YNT.001.A
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-178
Connection Meaning (parameters)
Data type
Def. Type Attr. O&O Perm. values
MON1
Operating mode 1 of the group is running
BOOL
0
I
Q
MON2
Operating mode 2 of the group is running
BOOL
0
I
Q
MON3
Operating mode 3 of the group is running
BOOL
0
I
Q
MON4
Operating mode 4 of the group is running
BOOL
0
I
Q
MON5
Operating mode 5 of the group is running
BOOL
0
I
Q
MON6
Operating mode 6 of the group is running
BOOL
0
I
Q
MON7
Operating mode 7 of the group is running
BOOL
0
I
Q
RLSA
Enabling alarm generation
BOOL
1
I
Q
TIME1
Monitoring time setpoint value for start
REAL
0.0
I
BQ
+
TIME2
Monitoring time setpoint value for stop
REAL
0.0
I
BQ
+
RUNUPCYC
Waiting cycles at start
INT
3
I
EV_ID1
Message ID no. 1
DWORD 0
I
M
EV_ID2
Message ID no. 2
DWORD 0
I
M
SUPR
Suppression of alarms
BOOL
0
IO
B
+
CSM0
Start of the group in operating mode BOOL 0
0
IO
B
+
CSM1
Start of the group in operating mode BOOL 1
0
IO
B
+
CSM2
Start of the group in operating mode BOOL 2
0
IO
B
+
CSM3
Start of the group in operating mode BOOL 3
0
IO
B
+
CSM4
Start of the group in operating mode BOOL 4
0
IO
B
+
CSM5
Start of the group in operating mode BOOL 5
0
IO
B
+
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
Connection Meaning (parameters)
3-179
Data type
Def. Type Attr. O&O Perm. values
CSM6
Start of the group in operating mode BOOL 6
0
IO
B
+
CSM7
Start of the group in operating mode BOOL 7
0
IO
B
+
CSTP
Stop of the group
BOOL
0
IO
B
+
EV1_SIG1
Index variable for message no. 1
INT
1
IO
EV1_SIG2
Index variable for message no. 2
INT
11
IO
EV1_SIG3
Index variable for message no. 3
INT
12
IO
EV1_SIG4
Index variable for message no. 4
INT
0
IO
EV1_SIG5
Index variable for message no. 5
INT
0
IO
EV1_SIG6
Index variable for message no. 6
INT
0
IO
EV1_SIG7
Index variable for message no. 7
INT
0
IO
EV1_SIG8
Index variable for message no. 8
INT
0
IO
EV2_SIG1
Index variable for message no. 9
INT
13
IO
EV2_SIG2
Index variable for message no. 10
INT
14
IO
EV2_SIG3
Index variable for message no. 11
INT
15
IO
EV2_SIG4
Index variable for message no. 12
INT
16
IO
EV2_SIG5
Index variable for message no. 13
INT
17
IO
EV2_SIG6
Index variable for message no. 14
INT
18
IO
EV2_SIG7
Index variable for message no. 15
INT
19
IO
EV2_SIG8
Index variable for message no. 16
INT
20
IO
CM00
Stop the group
BOOL
0
O
Q
CM01
Start the group
BOOL
0
O
Q
CM08
Selection operating mode 0
BOOL
0
O
Q
CM09
Selection operating mode 1
BOOL
0
O
Q
CM10
Selection operating mode 2
BOOL
0
O
Q
CM11
Selection operating mode 3
BOOL
0
O
Q
CM12
Selection operating mode 4
BOOL
0
O
Q
CM13
Selection operating mode 5
BOOL
0
O
Q
CM14
Selection operating mode 6
BOOL
0
O
Q
en-YN.YNT.001.A
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-180
Connection Meaning (parameters)
Data type
Def. Type Attr. O&O Perm. values
CM15
Selection operating mode 7
BOOL
0
O
Q
ACTM
Activate operating mode (starting the drives)
BOOL
0
O
Q
DACM
Deactivate operating mode (stopping the drives)
BOOL
0
O
Q
WATI
Activate warning time (start start-up warning)
BOOL
0
O
Q
MOAC
Group is operating in selected operating mode
BOOL
0
O
Q
EROR
Fault of the group
BOOL
0
O
Q
NOAV
Group is not available
BOOL
0
O
Q
TRES
Resetting the start-up process
BOOL
0
O
Q
MOD0
Operating mode 0 is selected
BOOL
0
O
Q
MOD1
Operating mode 1 is selected
BOOL
0
O
Q
MOD2
Operating mode 2 is selected
BOOL
0
O
Q
MOD3
Operating mode 3 is selected
BOOL
0
O
Q
MOD4
Operating mode 4 is selected
BOOL
0
O
Q
MOD5
Operating mode 5 is selected
BOOL
0
O
Q
MOD6
Operating mode 6 is selected
BOOL
0
O
Q
MOD7
Operating mode 7 is selected
BOOL
0
O
Q
ACT1
Current monitoring time of start
REAL
0.0
O
Q
+
>0
ACT2
Current monitoring time of stop
REAL
0.0
O
Q
+
>0
PW
Parameter word
DWORD 0
O
Q
+
DW
Data word
DWORD 0
O
Q
+
SW
Status word
DWORD 0
O
Q
+
Operation and observation of GROC See the description of the block symbol and the faceplate in the corresponding manual in this regard.
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
3-181
PW, DW and SW of GROC The inputs, outputs and the internal status of the respective block are mapped on the parameter word, the data word and the status word. The assignment of the bits is found in the following table: > GROC < Bit
Parameter word
Data word
Status word
0
GRSP
MIOP
ACTM
1
GROF
EROP
DACM
2
RLST
STAT
WATI
3
SWAV
STPT
4
ERTI
5
ERAV
MOAC
6
EROR
7
TRES
8
STM0
OMD0
MOD0
9
STM1
OMD1
MOD1
10
STM2
OMD2
MOD2
11
STM3
OMD3
MOD3
12
STM4
OMD4
MOD4
13
STM5
OMD5
MOD5
14
STM6
OMD6
MOD6
15
STM7
OMD7
MOD7
16
MAV0
MDA0
17
MAV1
MDA1
18
MAV2
MDA2
19
MAV3
MDA3
20
MAV4
MDA4
21
MAV5
MDA5
22
MAV6
MDA6
23
MAV7
MDA7
24
MON0
25
MON1
en-YN.YNT.001.A
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-182
26
MON2
27
MON3
28
MON4
COLOUR_1
29
MON5
COLOUR_2
30
MON6
COLOUR_3
31
MON7
COLOUR_4
In the case of the COLOUR operating states, the block GROC does not have all possible states. It only has the operating status with the number 3. As the operating states for drives are defined, it is not possible to simply take over all the other states for the GROC.
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
3-183
3.30 General drive control SEQU: operating sequence Description of SEQU Object name (Type + Number) FB 512 Calling OBs The time interrupt OB in which the block is installed (e.g. OB 35). Function Up to 32 individual steps are available in the block of an operating sequence. Internal logic of the block of an operating sequence: If the release input SQRE in the parameter word is not reset, all step outputs SPxx in the status word are reset. Because the data word is a copy of the status word, the following applies: DSxx:= SPxx (xx = 00...31) and therefore all bits of the data words are also reset. If the enable input SQRE changes from 0 to 1, then the first step flag SP00 is set in the status word, provided that the first step input SI01 is 0. If the first step input is subsequently set to 1, then the first step flag SP00 is reset and the next step flag SP01 is set. When one step switches to the next, the associated step input can return from 1 to 0 without influencing the status and data words. If several step inputs are set in sequence, the step flags are passed over. If a step is reached and the input conditions for the subsequent step are set, the waiting time is not started. A delay time (in seconds) exists for each step. The next step is only activated when this time has expired, i.e. if the time is 5 seconds, the input signal of the step must be active for 5 seconds before the step and status flags are set. If the input signal is active for less than 5 seconds, the time is terminated and must be restarted. Internal logic The sequence of the flags is determined by the sequence in which they must be generated. In this relation, the flags marked (with ") must be taken into account in the setting and reset conditions! (I)
:
Index of all steps from 0 to 31
(J)
:
Index of all steps from 1 to 31, not step 0
(J-1)
:
Index of the previous step
(J+1)
:
Index of the next step
en-YN.YNT.001.A
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-184
Auxiliary flag TDS(J)
:
SP(J-1)_&SI(J)_&-SI(J+1)
Data word DS(I)
:
SP(I) Status word
S SP00 C SP00
: :
SQRE_&-SP00&-SP01...&-SP31 -SQRE/SP01
S SP(J) C SP(J)
: :
SP(J-1)_&(TD(J)/SI(J))_&SI(J) -SQRE/SP(J+1)
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
Block view
Fig. 14: SEQU block
en-YN.YNT.001.A
3-185
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-186
Time behaviour The block must be called via a time interrupt OB or OB1. It does not have a parameter for the sampling interval. Connections of SEQU Connection (parameters)
Meaning
Data type
Def.
Type Attr.
SQRE
Enabling operating sequence
BOOL
0
I
Q
SI01
Step input 01
BOOL
0
I
Q
SI02
Step input 02
BOOL
0
I
Q
SI03
Step input 03
BOOL
0
I
Q
SI04
Step input 04
BOOL
0
I
Q
SI05
Step input 05
BOOL
0
I
Q
SI06
Step input 06
BOOL
0
I
Q
SI07
Step input 07
BOOL
0
I
Q
SI08
Step input 08
BOOL
0
I
Q
SI09
Step input 09
BOOL
0
I
Q
SI10
Step input 10
BOOL
0
I
Q
SI11
Step input 11
BOOL
0
I
Q
SI12
Step input 12
BOOL
0
I
Q
SI13
Step input 13
BOOL
0
I
Q
SI14
Step input 14
BOOL
0
I
Q
SI15
Step input 15
BOOL
0
I
Q
SI16
Step input 16
BOOL
0
I
Q
SI17
Step input 17
BOOL
0
I
Q
SI18
Step input 18
BOOL
0
I
Q
SI19
Step input 19
BOOL
0
I
Q
SI20
Step input 20
BOOL
0
I
Q
SI21
Step input 21
BOOL
0
I
Q
SI22
Step input 22
BOOL
0
I
Q
SI23
Step input 23
BOOL
0
I
Q
SI24
Step input 24
BOOL
0
I
Q
O&O Perm. values
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
3-187
Connection (parameters)
Meaning
Data type
Def.
Type Attr.
SI25
Step input 25
BOOL
0
I
Q
SI26
Step input 26
BOOL
0
I
Q
SI27
Step input 27
BOOL
0
I
Q
SI28
Step input 28
BOOL
0
I
Q
SI29
Step input 29
BOOL
0
I
Q
SI30
Step input 30
BOOL
0
I
Q
SI31
Step input 31
BOOL
0
I
Q
TIMER01
Setpoint value for REAL waiting time step 01
0.0
I
Q
TIMER02
Setpoint value for REAL waiting time step 02
0.0
I
Q
TIMER03
Setpoint value for REAL waiting time step 03
0.0
I
Q
TIMER04
Setpoint value for REAL waiting time step 04
0.0
I
Q
TIMER05
Setpoint value for REAL waiting time step 05
0.0
I
Q
TIMER06
Setpoint value for REAL waiting time step 06
0.0
I
Q
TIMER07
Setpoint value for REAL waiting time step 07
0.0
I
Q
TIMER08
Setpoint value for REAL waiting time step 08
0.0
I
Q
TIMER09
Setpoint value for REAL waiting time step 09
0.0
I
Q
TIMER10
Setpoint value for REAL waiting time step 10
0.0
I
Q
TIMER11
Setpoint value for REAL waiting time step 11
0.0
I
Q
TIMER12
Setpoint value for REAL waiting time step 12
0.0
I
Q
TIMER13
Setpoint value for REAL waiting time step 13
0.0
I
Q
TIMER14
Setpoint value for REAL waiting time step 14
0.0
I
Q
en-YN.YNT.001.A
O&O Perm. values
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-188
Connection (parameters)
Meaning
TIMER15
Def.
Type Attr.
Setpoint value for REAL waiting time step 15
0.0
I
Q
TIMER16
Setpoint value for REAL waiting time step 16
0.0
I
Q
TIMER17
Setpoint value for REAL waiting time step 17
0.0
I
Q
TIMER18
Setpoint value for REAL waiting time step 18
0.0
I
Q
TIMER19
Setpoint value for REAL waiting time step 19
0.0
I
Q
TIMER20
Setpoint value for REAL waiting time step 20
0.0
I
Q
TIMER21
Setpoint value for REAL waiting time step 21
0.0
I
Q
TIMER22
Setpoint value for REAL waiting time step 22
0.0
I
Q
TIMER23
Setpoint value for REAL waiting time step 23
0.0
I
Q
TIMER24
Setpoint value for REAL waiting time step 24
0.0
I
Q
TIMER25
Setpoint value for REAL waiting time step 25
0.0
I
Q
TIMER26
Setpoint value for REAL waiting time step 26
0.0
I
Q
TIMER27
Setpoint value for REAL waiting time step 27
0.0
I
Q
TIMER28
Setpoint value for REAL waiting time step 28
0.0
I
Q
TIMER29
Setpoint value for REAL waiting time step 29
0.0
I
Q
TIMER30
Setpoint value for REAL waiting time step 30
0.0
I
Q
TIMER31
Setpoint value for REAL waiting time step 31
0.0
I
Q
I
Q
NO_SQRE_INFO Operating sequence
Data type
STRING[40]
O&O Perm. values
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
Connection (parameters)
Meaning
3-189
Data type
Def.
Type Attr.
information text off STEP00_INFO
Step 00 information STRING[40] text active
I
Q
STEP01_INFO
Step 01 information STRING[40] text active
I
Q
STEP02_INFO
Step 02 information STRING[40] text active
I
Q
STEP03_INFO
Step 03 information STRING[40] text active
I
Q
STEP04_INFO
Step 04 information STRING[40] text active
I
Q
STEP05_INFO
Step 05 information STRING[40] text active
I
Q
STEP06_INFO
Step 06 information STRING[40] text active
I
Q
STEP07_INFO
Step 07 information STRING[40] text active
I
Q
STEP08_INFO
Step 08 information STRING[40] text active
I
Q
STEP09_INFO
Step 09 information STRING[40] text active
I
Q
STEP10_INFO
Step 10 information STRING[40] text active
I
Q
STEP11_INFO
Step 11 information STRING[40] text active
I
Q
STEP12_INFO
Step 12 information STRING[40] text active
I
Q
STEP13_INFO
Step 13 information STRING[40] text active
I
Q
STEP14_INFO
Step 14 information STRING[40] text active
I
Q
STEP15_INFO
Step 15 information STRING[40] text active
I
Q
STEP16_INFO
Step 16 information STRING[40] text active
I
Q
STEP17_INFO
Step 17 information STRING[40]
I
Q
en-YN.YNT.001.A
O&O Perm. values
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-190
Connection (parameters)
Meaning
Data type
Def.
Type Attr.
O&O Perm. values
text active STEP18_INFO
Step 18 information STRING[40] text active
I
Q
STEP19_INFO
Step 19 information STRING[40] text active
I
Q
STEP20_INFO
Step 20 information STRING[40] text active
I
Q
STEP21_INFO
Step 21 information STRING[40] text active
I
Q
STEP22_INFO
Step 22 information STRING[40] text active
I
Q
STEP23_INFO
Step 23 information STRING[40] text active
I
Q
STEP24_INFO
Step 24 information STRING[40] text active
I
Q
STEP25_INFO
Step 25 information STRING[40] text active
I
Q
STEP26_INFO
Step 26 information STRING[40] text active
I
Q
STEP27_INFO
Step 27 information STRING[40] text active
I
Q
STEP28_INFO
Step 28 information STRING[40] text active
I
Q
STEP29_INFO
Step 29 information STRING[40] text active
I
Q
STEP30_INFO
Step 30 information STRING[40] text active
I
Q
STEP31_INFO
Step 31 information STRING[40] text active
I
Q
SP00
Step output 00
BOOL
0
O
Q
SP01
Step output 01
BOOL
0
O
Q
SP02
Step output 02
BOOL
0
O
Q
SP03
Step output 03
BOOL
0
O
Q
SP04
Step output 04
BOOL
0
O
Q
SP05
Step output 05
BOOL
0
O
Q
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
3-191
Connection (parameters)
Meaning
Data type
Def.
Type Attr.
SP06
Step output 06
BOOL
0
O
Q
SP07
Step output 07
BOOL
0
O
Q
SP08
Step output 08
BOOL
0
O
Q
SP09
Step output 09
BOOL
0
O
Q
SP10
Step output 10
BOOL
0
O
Q
SP11
Step output 11
BOOL
0
O
Q
SP12
Step output 12
BOOL
0
O
Q
SP13
Step output 13
BOOL
0
O
Q
SP14
Step output 14
BOOL
0
O
Q
SP15
Step output 15
BOOL
0
O
Q
SP16
Step output 16
BOOL
0
O
Q
SP17
Step output 17
BOOL
0
O
Q
SP18
Step output 18
BOOL
0
O
Q
SP19
Step output 19
BOOL
0
O
Q
SP20
Step output 20
BOOL
0
O
Q
SP21
Step output 21
BOOL
0
O
Q
SP22
Step output 22
BOOL
0
O
Q
SP23
Step output 23
BOOL
0
O
Q
SP24
Step output 24
BOOL
0
O
Q
SP25
Step output 25
BOOL
0
O
Q
SP26
Step output 26
BOOL
0
O
Q
SP27
Step output 27
BOOL
0
O
Q
SP28
Step output 28
BOOL
0
O
Q
SP29
Step output 29
BOOL
0
O
Q
SP30
Step output 30
BOOL
0
O
Q
SP31
Step output 31
BOOL
0
O
Q
STEP
Number of the active step
INT
0
O
Q
+
PW
Parameter word
DWORD
0
O
Q
+
DW
Data word
DWORD
0
O
Q
+
en-YN.YNT.001.A
O&O Perm. values
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-192
Connection (parameters)
Meaning
Data type
Def.
Type Attr.
O&O Perm. values
SW
Status word
DWORD
0
O
Q
+
ACT
Current waiting time REAL of the active step
0.0
O
Q
+
INFO
Information text of the active step
O
Q
+
STRING[40]
Operation and observation of SEQU See the description of the block symbol and the faceplate in the corresponding manual in this regard. PW, DW and SW of SEQU The inputs, outputs and the internal status of the respective block are mapped on the parameter word, the data word and the status word. The assignment of the bits is found in the following table: > SEQU < Bit
Parameter word
Data word
Status word
0
SQRE
DS00
SP00
1
SI01
DS01
SP01
2
SI02
DS02
SP02
3
SI03
DS03
SP03
4
SI04
DS04
SP04
5
SI05
DS05
SP05
6
SI06
DS06
SP06
7
SI07
DS07
SP07
8
SI08
DS08
SP08
9
SI09
DS09
SP09
10
SI10
DS10
SP10
11
SI11
DS11
SP11
12
SI12
DS12
SP12
13
SI13
DS13
SP13
14
SI14
DS14
SP14
15
SI15
DS15
SP15
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
3-193
16
SI16
DS16
SP16
17
SI17
DS17
SP17
18
SI18
DS18
SP18
19
SI19
DS19
SP19
20
SI20
DS20
SP20
21
SI21
DS21
SP21
22
SI22
DS22
SP22
23
SI23
DS23
SP23
24
SI24
DS24
SP24
25
SI25
DS25
SP25
26
SI26
DS26
SP26
27
SI27
DS27
SP27
28
SI28
DS28
SP28
29
SI29
DS29
SP29
30
SI30
DS30
SP30
31
SI31
DS31
SP31
en-YN.YNT.001.A
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-194
3.31 General drive control SISV: Signal alarming Description of SISV Object name (Type + Number) FB 508 Calling OBs The time interrupt OB in which the block is installed (e.g. OB 35). Function The block is used for the alarming of up to eight individual signals. The signals can be suppressed or provided with a bridging time. Operating principle Each of the eight signals of an SISV block is monitored in the following manner: If the input SGIn is not set, then the data bit ERSn is set. This is the memory for the detected fault. This bit is used to generate an alarm. The output SGOn follows the input SGIn, but will only be reset after acknowledgement. By means of the input RLSn the respective alarm can be suppressed, that is, the data bit ERSn will only be set if the input SGIn is not set and the input RLSn is set. The output SGOn will then also be reset. By means of a bridging time TIMEn the triggering of an alarm can be delayed. If the time = 0, then the alarm will be triggered without delay. Internal logic The sequence of the flags is determined by the sequence in which they must be generated. In this relation, the flags marked (with ") must be taken into account in the setting and reset conditions! (I)
:
Index of all alarms from 0 to 7
Auxiliary flag TDS(I)
:=
-SG(I)_&RLS(I)
Data word S ERS(I) C ERS(I)
: :
-SGI(I)_&RLS(I)_&TD(I) (SGI(I) / -RLS(I))&_ERES
Status word S SGO(I) C SGO(I)
: :
-SGI(I)_&RLS(I)_&-ERS(I)&_ERES ERS(I)/-RLS(I)
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
Block view
Fig. 15:
SISV block
Starting characteristics At CPU start-up, all times of the SISV block are deactivated. All internal state flags (shown in the data word) are reset. Following start-up the block waits for the number of cycles projected in the input RUNUPCYC, and will only be activated thereafter. A first start-up whilst the program is running is treated internally like a CPU startup. Time behaviour The block must be called via a time interrupt OB or OB1. It does not have a parameter for the sampling interval. Behaviour in case of a time error In the case of a time error the outputs will then be reset. In addition the internal state flags will be reset.
en-YN.YNT.001.A
3-195
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-196
Message actions The block SISV internally uses an ALARM_8P block for generating the messages. Messages are generated for the following tripping devices: ● Fault input 0 (SGI0) ● Fault input 1 (SGI1) ● Fault input 2 (SGI2) ● Fault input 3 (SGI3) ● Fault input 4 (SGI4) ● Fault input 5 (SGI5) ● Fault input 6 (SGI6) ● Fault input 7 (SGI7) The messages can be suppressed by setting the input SUPR or by resetting the input RLSA. The input SUPR, however, is activated by the operator interface (WinCC), and RLSA by the program. Assignment of message text and message class to the block parameters Default message text Message Block no. parameter
Message Suppressable class
1
ERS0
$$BlockComment$$ @1I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
2
ERS1
$$BlockComment$$ @2I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
3
ERS2
$$BlockComment$$ @3I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
4
ERS3
$$BlockComment$$ @4I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
5
ERS4
$$BlockComment$$ @5I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
6
ERS5
$$BlockComment$$ @6I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
7
ERS6
$$BlockComment$$ @7I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
8
ERS7
$$BlockComment$$ @8I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
3-197
Connections of SISV Connection Meaning (parameters)
Data type
Def. Type Attr. O&O Perm. values
SGI0
Signal input alarm channel 0
BOOL
1
I
Q
RLS0
Enabling alarm channel 0
BOOL
1
I
Q
SGI1
Signal input alarm channel 1
BOOL
1
I
Q
RLS1
Enabling alarm channel 1
BOOL
1
I
Q
SGI2
Signal input alarm channel 2
BOOL
1
I
Q
RLS2
Enabling alarm channel 2
BOOL
1
I
Q
SGI3
Signal input alarm channel 3
BOOL
1
I
Q
RLS3
Enabling alarm channel 3
BOOL
1
I
Q
SGI4
Signal input alarm channel 4
BOOL
1
I
Q
RLS4
Enabling alarm channel 4
BOOL
1
I
Q
SGI5
Signal input alarm channel 5
BOOL
1
I
Q
RLS5
Enabling alarm channel 5
BOOL
1
I
Q
SGI6
Signal input alarm channel 6
BOOL
1
I
Q
RLS6
Enabling alarm channel 6
BOOL
1
I
Q
SGI7
Signal input alarm channel 7
BOOL
1
I
Q
RLS7
Enabling alarm channel 7
BOOL
1
I
Q
TIME0
Bridging time setpoint value alarm channel 0
REAL
0.0
I
BQ
+
>0
TIME1
Bridging time setpoint value alarm channel 1
REAL
0.0
I
BQ
+
>0
TIME2
Bridging time setpoint value alarm channel 2
REAL
0.0
I
BQ
+
>0
TIME3
Bridging time setpoint value alarm channel 3
REAL
0.0
I
BQ
+
>0
TIME4
Bridging time setpoint value alarm channel 4
REAL
0.0
I
BQ
+
>0
TIME5
Bridging time setpoint value alarm channel 5
REAL
0.0
I
BQ
+
>0
TIME6
Bridging time setpoint value alarm channel 6
REAL
0.0
I
BQ
+
>0
en-YN.YNT.001.A
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-198
Connection Meaning (parameters)
Data type
Def. Type Attr. O&O Perm. values
TIME7
Bridging time setpoint value alarm channel 7
REAL
0.0
RUNUPCYC
Waiting cycles at start
INT
3
EV_ID
Message ID
SUPR0
I
BQ
+
DWORD 0
I
M
Alarm suppression for alarm channel 0
BOOL
0
IO
BQ
+
SUPR1
Alarm suppression for alarm channel 1
BOOL
0
IO
BQ
+
SUPR2
Alarm suppression for alarm channel 2
BOOL
0
IO
BQ
+
SUPR3
Alarm suppression for alarm channel 3
BOOL
0
IO
BQ
+
SUPR4
Alarm suppression for alarm channel 4
BOOL
0
IO
BQ
+
SUPR5
Alarm suppression for alarm channel 5
BOOL
0
IO
BQ
+
SUPR6
Alarm suppression for alarm channel 6
BOOL
0
IO
BQ
+
SUPR7
Alarm suppression for alarm channel 7
BOOL
0
IO
BQ
+
EV_SIG1
Index variable for message no. 1
INT
21
IO
EV_SIG2
Index variable for message no. 2
INT
22
IO
EV_SIG3
Index variable for message no. 3
INT
23
IO
EV_SIG4
Index variable for message no. 4
INT
24
IO
EV_SIG5
Index variable for message no. 5
INT
25
IO
EV_SIG6
Index variable for message no. 6
INT
26
IO
EV_SIG7
Index variable for message no. 7
INT
27
IO
EV_SIG8
Index variable for message no. 8
INT
28
IO
SGO0
Signal output alarm channel 0
BOOL
0
O
Q
SGO1
Signal output alarm channel 1
BOOL
0
O
Q
SGO2
Signal output alarm channel 2
BOOL
0
O
Q
SGO3
Signal output alarm channel 3
BOOL
0
O
Q
SGO4
Signal output alarm channel 4
BOOL
0
O
Q
>0
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
Connection Meaning (parameters)
3-199
Data type
Def. Type Attr. O&O Perm. values
SGO5
Signal output alarm channel 5
BOOL
0
O
Q
SGO6
Signal output alarm channel 6
BOOL
0
O
Q
SGO7
Signal output alarm channel 7
BOOL
0
O
Q
ERS0
Alarm channel 0 set
BOOL
0
O
Q
ERS1
Alarm channel 1 set
BOOL
0
O
Q
ERS2
Alarm channel 2 set
BOOL
0
O
Q
ERS3
Alarm channel 3 set
BOOL
0
O
Q
ERS4
Alarm channel 4 set
BOOL
0
O
Q
ERS5
Alarm channel 5 set
BOOL
0
O
Q
ERS6
Alarm channel 6 set
BOOL
0
O
Q
ERS7
Alarm channel 7 set
BOOL
0
O
Q
BLINK0
Unacknowledged alarm pending for channel 0
BOOL
0
O
BQ
BLINK1
Unacknowledged alarm pending for channel 1
BOOL
0
O
BQ
BLINK2
Unacknowledged alarm pending for channel 2
BOOL
0
O
BQ
BLINK3
Unacknowledged alarm pending for channel 3
BOOL
0
O
BQ
BLINK4
Unacknowledged alarm pending for channel 4
BOOL
0
O
BQ
BLINK5
Unacknowledged alarm pending for channel 5
BOOL
0
O
BQ
BLINK6
Unacknowledged alarm pending for channel 6
BOOL
0
O
BQ
BLINK7
Unacknowledged alarm pending for channel 7
BOOL
0
O
BQ
ACT0
Current bridging time alarm channel REAL 0
0.0
O
BQ
>0
ACT1
Current bridging time alarm channel REAL 1
0.0
O
BQ
>0
ACT2
Current bridging time alarm channel REAL 2
0.0
O
BQ
>0
en-YN.YNT.001.A
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-200
Connection Meaning (parameters)
Data type
Def. Type Attr. O&O Perm. values
ACT3
Current bridging time alarm channel REAL 3
0.0
O
BQ
>0
ACT4
Current bridging time alarm channel REAL 4
0.0
O
BQ
>0
ACT5
Current bridging time alarm channel REAL 5
0.0
O
BQ
>0
ACT6
Current bridging time alarm channel REAL 6
0.0
O
BQ
>0
ACT7
Current bridging time alarm channel REAL 7
0.0
O
BQ
>0
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
3.32 General drive control SITR: Signal transfer Description of SITR Object name (Type + Number) FB 509 Calling OBs The time interrupt OB in which the block is installed (e.g. OB 35). Function The block is used for the transmission of up to eight signals to the operator interface. Operating principle The SITR block has eight input signals, SI0 to SI7. These signals are copied to the respectively associated output signals SG0 to SG7. Here, input 0 is copied to output 0, input 1 to output 1 etc. The outputs are shown in the display surface (WinCC) and can be used there for the animation and representation of symbols. Internal logic The sequence of the flags is determined by the sequence in which they must be generated. In this relation, the flags marked (with ") must be taken into account in the setting and reset conditions! (I)
:
Index of all inputs and outputs from 0 to 7 Outputs
SG(I)
en-YN.YNT.001.A
:=
SI(I)
3-201
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-202
Block view
Fig. 16: – SITR block
Connections of SITR Connection (parameters)
Meaning
Data type
Def.
Type
Attr.
O&O
SI0
Input signal 0
BOOL
0
I
Q
SI1
Input signal 1
BOOL
0
I
Q
SI2
Input signal 2
BOOL
0
I
Q
SI3
Input signal 3
BOOL
1
I
Q
SI4
Input signal 4
BOOL
0
I
Q
SI5
Input signal 5
BOOL
0
I
Q
SI6
Input signal 6
BOOL
0
I
Q
SI7
Input signal 7
BOOL
0
I
Q
SG0
Output signal 0
BOOL
0
O
Q
+
SG1
Output signal 1
BOOL
0
O
Q
+
SG2
Output signal 2
BOOL
0
O
Q
+
SG3
Output signal 3
BOOL
0
O
Q
+
Perm. values
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
3-203
Connection (parameters)
Meaning
Data type
Def.
Type
Attr.
O&O
SG4
Output signal 4
BOOL
0
O
Q
+
SG5
Output signal 5
BOOL
0
O
Q
+
SG6
Output signal 6
BOOL
0
O
Q
+
SG7
Output signal 7
BOOL
0
O
Q
+
Perm. values
Operation and observation of SITR The SITR block does not have any block symbol and no faceplate either. It generates exclusively tags in the WinCC data pool. These can then be used in order to represent and animate symbols in the plant displays.
en-YN.YNT.001.A
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-204
3.33 AILIM analogue value processing: Analogue limit value monitoring Description of AILIM Object name (Type + Number) FB 550 Calling OBs The time interrupt OB in which the block is installed (e.g. OB 35). Function The block is used for the monitoring and alarming of limit values for an input value. In addition, the input value is transmitted to display. Operating principle The input value is expected to be a physical quantity. As a rule, calibration is effected by means of the block CH_AI (FC 275). As in most cases this input value is a measured value which is subject to fluctuations or faults, the value will first be filtered in the block. This filtration works according to the following formula: Y(n+1) = Y(n) + ( FF * ( VAL – Y(n) ) ) (n)
Index of the last filtered measured value
(n+1)
Index of the new filtered measured value
VAL
Unfiltered input value
FF
Filter factor (Range between 0 and 1) The newly determined value will be processed further only then if it differs from the most recent determined value by at least the bandwidth (BW) value. The calculated value is now compared with the limit value. If a limit is violated, the associated limit marker is reset. At the input CSF a signal is connected which represents the quality of the input value (this is usually connected to the QBAD output of the calibration block CH_AI). CSF = 0 signifies that the input signal is not faulty and CSF = 1 signifies that the input signal is faulty. The signal CSF forms the output DST by inversion, which can then be connected further within the program. Using the input DTE it can be influenced whether, as far as the output DST is available, the limit value flags (ILH, ALH, OLH, OLL, ALL and ILL) are reset ( DTE=1) or whether they keep their original state (DTE=0).
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
3-205
The infringement of the limit values or the fault condition of the value can be issued as an alarm. By means of corresponding input bits these alarms can be suppressed individually, however. In addition, all alarms can be suppressed simultaneously via the faceplate. For the alarms, a delay time can be defined by which, in the event of any infringement of the limit values, the triggering of the alarm is delayed. In addition, a no action area around the limit value can be defined. Following the occurrence of a limit value alarm, the analogue value must first have left the no action area again before it can trigger another alarm. This prevents any continuous repeated triggering of alarms in the event of any fluttering of the analogue value around the limit value. Using the input F, a replacement value RVAL can be connected to the output. If the input F is set, then the input VAL is connected through to the output A1. However, if the input F is not set, then the input RVAL is connected to the output A1. Furthermore, the block offers the option to set the output value and status bits to a fixed value (to fix the same). If the input X is set, it is not the input VAL which is copied to the output value but the input FIX. This permits defective input values to be bridged, for e.g. the time needed for the repair of the connected measuring transducer. Internal logic The output A1 is formed with the filtered input value VAL. Outputs A1
:=
( VAL_&-X ) / (FIX_&X)
ILH
:=
A1 <= ILH_F
ALH
:=
A1 <= ALH_F
OLH
:=
A1 <= OLH_F
OLL
:=
A1 >= OLL_F
ALL
:=
A1 >= ALL_F
ILL
:=
A1 >= ILL_F
DST
:=
-CSF / X
IA1
:=
VAL
en-YN.YNT.001.A
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-206
Block view
Fig. 17: AILIM block
Starting characteristics At CPU start-up, all times of the AILIM block are deactivated. All internal state flags are reset. Following start-up the block waits for the number of cycles projected in the input RUNUPCYC, and will only be activated thereafter. A first start-up whilst the program is running is treated internally like a CPU startup. Time behaviour The block must be called via a time interrupt OB or OB1. It does not have a parameter for the sampling interval. Behaviour in case of a time error In the case of a time error the outputs will then be reset. In addition the internal state flags will be reset. Message actions The block AILIM internally uses an ALARM_8P block for generating the messages. Messages are generated for the following tripping devices: ● Upper instrument limit exceeded (ILH) ● Upper alarm limit exceeded (ALH) ● Upper operating limit exceeded (OLH) ● Lower operating limit not reached (OLL) ● Lower alarm limit not reached (ALL) ● Lower instrument limit not reached (ILL) ● Input signal faulty (DST) The messages can be suppressed by setting the input SUPR or by resetting the input RLSA. The input SUPR, however, is activated by the operator interface (WinCC), and RLSA by the program.
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
3-207
Assignment of message text and message class to the block parameters
Default message text Message Block no. parameter
Message Suppressable class
1
ILH
$$BlockComment$$ PF @1I%t#POLCID_Standard@ - @9R%6.1f@
Yes
2
ALH
$$BlockComment$$ AH @1I%t#POLCID_Standard@ - @9R%6.1f@
Yes
3
OLH
$$BlockComment$$ WH @1I%t#POLCID_Standard@ - @9R%6.1f@
Yes
4
OLL
$$BlockComment$$ WL @1I%t#POLCID_Standard@ - @9R%6.1f@
Yes
5
ALL
$$BlockComment$$ AL @1I%t#POLCID_Standard@ - @9R%6.1f@
Yes
6
ILL
$$BlockComment$$ PF @1I%t#POLCID_Standard@ - @9R%6.1f@
Yes
7
DST
$$BlockComment$$ PF @1I%t#POLCID_Standard@ - @9R%6.1f@
Yes
8
$$BlockComment$$ @1I%t#POLCID_Standard@ - @9R%6.1f@
Connections of AILIM Connection Meaning (parameters)
Data type
Def.
Type Attr. O&O Perm. values
VAL
Analogue input value
REAL
0.0
I
BQ
QC_VAL
Quality code for input VAL
BYTE
16#80 I
BQ
ILH_F
Upper instrument limit for VAL
REAL
0.0
I
BQ
+
ALH_F
Upper alarm limit for VAL
REAL
0.0
I
BQ
+
OLH_F
Upper operating limit for VAL
REAL
0.0
I
BQ
+
OLL_F
Lower operating limit for VAL
REAL
0.0
I
BQ
+
ALL_F
Lower alarm limit for VAL
REAL
0.0
I
BQ
+
ILL_F
Lower instrument limit for VAL
REAL
0.0
I
BQ
+
SUPR_ILH
Upper instrument limit alarm suppression
BOOL
0
I
B
+
SUPR_ALH
Upper alarm limit alarm
BOOL
0
I
B
+
en-YN.YNT.001.A
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-208
Connection Meaning (parameters)
Data type
Def.
Type Attr. O&O Perm. values
suppression SUPR_OLH
Upper operating limit alarm suppression
BOOL
0
I
B
+
SUPR_OLL
Lower operating limit alarm suppression
BOOL
0
I
B
+
SUPR_ALL
Lower alarm limit alarm suppression
BOOL
0
I
B
+
SUPR_ILL
Lower instrument limit alarm suppression
BOOL
0
I
B
+
SUPR_DST
Channel fault alarm suppression
BOOL
0
I
B
+
DTE
At CSF resetting all limit value flags
BOOL
1
I
X
Bridging VAL with FIX
BOOL
0
I
B
+
CSF
Control system error
BOOL
0
I
Q
F
Activating the substitute value RVAL at output A1
BOOL
0
I
Q
RLSA
Enabling alarm generation
BOOL
1
I
Q
BW
Belt width for recalculation
REAL
0.0
I
B
+
FF
Filter factor
REAL
0.0
I
B
+
FIX
Bridging value for VAL
REAL
0.0
I
B
+
NOAC
No action range for alarm triggering
REAL
0.0
I
B
+
RVAL
Substitute value if F has been set
REAL
0.0
I
Q
TIME1
Setpoint value for alarm delay time
REAL
0.0
I
B
RUNUPCYC
Waiting cycles at start
INT
3
I
EV_ID
Message ID
DWORD 0
I
M
SUPR
Suppression of alarms
BOOL
0
IO
B
EV_SIG1
Index variable for message no. 1
INT
155
IO
EV_SIG2
Index variable for message no. 2
INT
156
IO
EV_SIG3
Index variable for message no. 3
INT
157
IO
EV_SIG4
Index variable for message no. 4
INT
158
IO
+
+
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
3-209
Connection Meaning (parameters)
Data type
Def.
Type Attr. O&O Perm. values
EV_SIG5
Index variable for message no. 5
INT
159
IO
EV_SIG6
Index variable for message no. 6
INT
160
IO
EV_SIG7
Index variable for message no. 7
INT
161
IO
EV_SIG8
Index variable for message no. 8
INT
0
IO
A1
Filtered analogue output value
REAL
0.0
O
Q
ILH_O
Upper instrument limit for calibration
REAL
0.0
O
Q
ILL_O
Lower instrument limit for calibration
REAL
0.0
O
Q
ILH
Analogue value is greater than ILH_F
BOOL
0
O
Q
ALH
Analogue value is greater than ALH_F
BOOL
0
O
Q
OLH
Analogue value is greater than OLH_F
BOOL
0
O
Q
OLL
Analogue value is less than OLL_F
BOOL
0
O
Q
ALL
Analogue value is less than ALL_F
BOOL
0
O
Q
ILL
Analogue value is less than ILL_F BOOL
0
O
Q
DST
Analogue input channel is faulty
BOOL
0
O
Q
BLINK
Display flashing (for WinCC)
BOOL
0
O
Q
+
IA1
Internal analogue output value
REAL
0.0
O
Q
+
ACT1
Current alarm delay time value
REAL
0.0
O
Q
+
COLOUR
Colour for display (for WinCC)
DWORD 16#0
O
Q
+
+
Operation and observation of AILIM See the description of the block symbol and the faceplate in the corresponding manual in this regard.
en-YN.YNT.001.A
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-210
3.34 SETP analogue value processing: Analogue setpoint value Description of SETP Object name (Type + Number) FB 551 Calling OBs The time interrupt OB in which the block is installed (e.g. OB 35). Function The block reads an input value and transmits the same onwards to the output. From there, it can e.g. be output to the I/O hardware. Operating principle The input value is expected to be a physical quantity and is passed on without change to the output of the block. Generally, the output is then connected to the block CH_AO (FC 276), which then carries out the conversion for the requirements of the I/O hardware. The output value VAL is formed from the automatic input A_IN (can be connected in the program) and the input from the faceplate IN. By means of the input AUTO it is selected which of the two inputs is activated. With AUTO = 0 the input IN is active and with AUTO = 1 the input A_IN is active. In the case of AUTO = 1 the input is deactivated in the faceplate and the value of IN is equalled to the value of A_IN. By setting the input LIM_O, the output value VAL can be additionally limited. If LIM_O = 1, then the output value is limited upwards to the top limit value HIGH and downwards to the bottom limit value LOW. At LIM_O = 0 no limit is set. If the input NO_SAFE = 0, then the output VAL is set to the value of the input SAFE, if the communication to the master control system fails. At NO_SAFE = 1 the output value is not changed in the event of a communications failure.
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
3-211
Block view
Fig. 18: SETP block
Connections of SETP Connection (parameters)
Meaning
Data type
Def.
Type
Attr.
O&O
A_IN
Automatic input value
REAL
0.0
I
Q
+
SAFE
Safety position REAL
0.0
I
Q
+
HIGH
Upper limit value
REAL
0.0
I
Q
+
LOW
Lower limit value
REAL
0.0
I
Q
+
AUTO
Activate A_IN BOOL ( = 1 ) or IN ( = 0 ) input
0
I
Q
+
LIM_O
Limitation output value VAL
BOOL
0
I
Q
+
NO_SAFE
Safety position BOOL not activated
0
I
+
IN
Manual input value
0.0
I
+
en-YN.YNT.001.A
REAL
Perm. values
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-212
Connection (parameters)
Meaning
Data type
Def.
Type
Attr.
VAL
Output value
BOOL
0
I
Q
O&O
Perm. values
Operation and observation of SETP See the description of the block symbol and the faceplate in the corresponding manual in this regard.
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
3.35 OPER analogue value processing: Operating hour counter Description of OPER Object name (Type + Number) FB 552 Calling OBs The time interrupt OB in which the block is installed (e.g. OB 35). Function The block forms an operating hour counter which counts the duration of the input signal in hours. Operating principle The block counts the duration of input I. At I = 1 the block counts the time during which the signal maintains the level 1. If I changes to level 0, then the operating hour counter stops. If the input changes back to 1 then the counter runs on starting from the last value. The value of the current runtime is shown in output C1. By means of input R the operating hour counter can be reset. If input R changes from 0 to 1, the value in output C1 is copied into output CL, with the output C1 then being reset to zero. The time of the most recent resetting of the counter is shown in the outputs RDATE, RHOUR, RMINUTE and RSECOND. With RDATE being the date, RHOUR the hour, RMINUTE the minute and RSECOND the second of the last reset process. By means of the input SET the value of the counter (output C1) can be set to a specific value. With an edge alternation from 0 to 1 at the input SET the value of the input SET_VAL is taken over into output C1. Using the input TIM, an automatic reset of the counter can be initiated at each hour change. If the input TIM = 1 and the hour changes (for example from 1:59 pm to 2:00 pm), then the counter value will be copied automatically from C1 to CL, and C1 will then be reset. Note If automatic resetting (TIM is set) has been selected, then manual resetting (R input) is deactivated. Using input CNT_NR, the counter value can be taken over in a permanent counter of the PLC. In the case of the value CNT_NR = B#16#FF (decimal 255), permanent storage is deactivated. Then, for example, the counter value is reset when a program is loaded completely into the PLC. If CNT_NR has a different value than 255, then this value is interpreted as the number of the permanent counter memory in the PLC. Then the counter value will also be written into the corresponding permanent counter memory and will also be available again after the complete loading of the PLC.
en-YN.YNT.001.A
3-213
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-214
Note A PLC always has a limited number of permanent memory locations. For a S7416 e.g., there are eight memory locations. Thus, for a S7-416, the permitted numbers of CNT_NR are 0 to 7. This is the maximum number of permanent memory locations which can be stored for each PLC. This value must be taken from the documentation of the PLC used. Block view
Fig. 19: OPER block
Connections of OPER Connection (parameters)
Meaning
Data type
Def.
Type
Attr.
I
Input (activate counter)
BOOL
0
I
Q
R
Reset counter
BOOL
0
I
Q
TIM
Reset counter at hour change (=1)
BOOL
1
I
Q
SET
Set counter to initial value (SET_VAL)
BOOL
0
I
Q
CNT_NR
Number of the BYTE permanent
B#16#FF I
Q
O&O
Perm. values
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
Connection (parameters)
Meaning
3-215
Data type
Def.
Type
Attr.
PLC counter SET_VAL
Initial value for REAL counter
0.0
I
Q
C1
Current counter value
REAL
0.0
O
Q
CL
Counter value before last reset
REAL
0.0
O
Q
RDATE
Date of last reset
DATE
0
O
Q
RHOUR
Hour of last reset
INT
0
O
Q
RMINUTE
Minute of last reset
INT
0
O
Q
RSECOND
Second of last reset
INT
0
O
Q
en-YN.YNT.001.A
O&O
Perm. values
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-216
3.36 NCOU analogue value processing: Counter Description of NCOU Object name (Type + Number) FB 553 Calling OBs The time interrupt OB in which the block is installed (e.g. OB 35). Function The block forms a counter which calibrates the changes at the input value and adds the same to the counter output. Operating principle The block determines the changes at the input CI by computing the difference of the current value CI and the value CI from the preceding processing cycle. This difference is multiplied by the calibration factor CAL and adds the same to the counter output. A resetting of the input CI to zero will be interpreted as a change by the value 1 and will, accordingly, be added to the output C1. By means of input R the counter can be reset. If input R changes from 0 to 1, the value in output C1 is copied into output CL, with the output C1 then being reset to zero. The time of the most recent resetting of the counter is shown in the outputs RDATE, RHOUR, RMINUTE and RSECOND. With RDATE being the date, RHOUR the hour, RMINUTE the minute and RSECOND the second of the last reset process. By means of the input SET the value of the counter (output C1) can be set to a specific value. With an edge alternation from 0 to 1 at the input SET the value of the input SET_VAL is taken over into output C1. Using the input TIM, an automatic reset of the counter can be initiated at each hour change. If the input TIM = 1 and the hour changes (for example from 1:59 pm to 2:00 pm), then the counter value will be copied automatically from C1 to CL, and C1 will then be reset. Note If automatic resetting (TIM is set) has been selected, then manual resetting (R input) is deactivated. Using input CNT_NR, the counter value can be taken over in a permanent counter of the PLC. In the case of the value CNT_NR = B#16#FF (decimal 255), permanent storage is deactivated. Then, for example, the counter value is reset when a program is loaded completely into the PLC. If CNT_NR has a different value than 255, then this value is interpreted as the number of the permanent counter memory in the PLC. Then the counter value will also be written into the corresponding permanent counter memory and will also be available again after the complete loading of the PLC.
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
3-217
Note A PLC always has a limited number of permanent memory locations. For a S7416, there are eight memory locations. Thus, for a S7-416, the permitted numbers of CNT_NR are 0 to 7. This is the maximum number of permanent counters which can be stored for each PLC. This value must be taken from the documentation of the PLC used. Block view
Fig. 20: NCOU block
Connections of NCOU Connection (parameters)
Meaning
Data type
Def.
Type
Attr.
CI
Counter input value
INT
0
I
Q
CAL
Calibration factor
REAL
1.0
I
Q
R
Reset counter
BOOL
0
I
Q
TIM
Reset counter at hour change (=1)
BOOL
1
I
Q
SET
Set counter to initial value (SET_VAL)
BOOL
0
I
Q
en-YN.YNT.001.A
O&O
Perm. values
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-218
Connection (parameters)
Meaning
Data type
Def.
Type
Attr.
CNT_NR
Number of the BYTE permanent PLC counter
B#16#FF I
Q
SET_VAL
Initial value for REAL counter
0.0
I
Q
C1
Current counter value
REAL
0.0
O
Q
CL
Counter value before last reset
REAL
0.0
O
Q
RDATE
Date of last reset
DATE
0
O
Q
RHOUR
Hour of last reset
INT
0
O
Q
RMINUTE
Minute of last reset
INT
0
RSECOND
Second of last reset
INT
0
O
Q
O&O
Perm. values
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
3-219
3.37 RCOU analogue value processing: Resettable reverse counter Description of RCOU Object name (Type + Number) FB 554 Calling OBs The time interrupt OB in which the block is installed (e.g. OB 35). Function The block forms the reverse counter which calibrates the changes at the input value and subtracts the same from the counter output. Operating principle The block determines the changes at the input CI by computing the difference of the current value CI and the value CI from the preceding processing cycle. This difference is multiplied by the calibration factor CAL and subtracts the same from the counter output. A resetting of the input CI to zero will be interpreted as a change by the value 1 and will, accordingly, be subtracted from the output C1. By means of the input R the counter can be reset to an initial value. If input R changes from 0 to 1, the value of the input SET is copied to the output C1. From this initial value the changes will then be subtracted again from CI. Block view
Fig. 21: RCOU block
Connections of RCOU Connection (parameters)
Meaning
Data type
Def.
Type
Attr.
CI
Counter input value
INT
0
I
Q
CAL
Calibration
REAL
1.0
I
Q
en-YN.YNT.001.A
O&O
Perm. values
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-220
Connection (parameters)
Meaning
Data type
Def.
Type
Attr.
O&O
Perm. values
factor R
Reset counter
BOOL
0
I
Q
SET
Initial value of the counter
REAL
0.0
I
Q
C1
Current counter value
REAL
0.0
O
Q
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
3-221
3.38 AIDPL analogue value processing: Analogue value display Description of AIDPL Object name (Type + Number) FB 555 Calling OBs The time interrupt OB in which the block is installed (e.g. OB 35). Function The block reads an input value and transmits the same onwards to the output. From there, it can then be indicated in the display (WinCC). Operating principle The input value is passed on as a floating point value to the output. The output is configured such that the output value is shown in the display. The block is used for indicating e.g. analogue values which do not require any limit value monitoring and alarming such as e.g. in the case of the block AILIM. Block view
Fig. 22: AIDPL block
Connections of AIDPL Connection Meaning (parameters)
Data type
Def. Type Attr. O&O Perm. values
VAL
Input value
REAL
0.0
I
Q
A1
Output value
REAL
0.0
O
BQ
Operation and observation of AIDPL See the description of the block symbol and the faceplate in the corresponding manual in this regard.
en-YN.YNT.001.A
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-222
3.39 STASTP analogue value processing: Start/stop with analogue value Description of STASTP Object name (Type + Number) FB 556 Calling OBs The time interrupt OB in which the block is installed (e.g. OB 35). Function The block is used for controlling drives by means of the limit values of an analogue value. Operating principle The input value VAL is compared with the two values VALSTA and VALSTP. Using this comparison and the parameter INV the two outputs START and STOP are set. In general, the block is used for controlling the drives across the limits of analogue values. Parameter INV = 0 : If VAL is greater than VALSTA, then the output START is set. If the value VAL is less than VALSTP, then the output STOP is set. Parameter INV = 1 : If VAL is less than VALSTA, then the output START is set. If the value VAL is greater than VALSTP, then the output STOP is set. The input CSF indicates whether or not the value VAL is in a fault condition. If the input CSF is set, then the output START is reset and the output STOP is set, irrespective of all other values. Block view
Fig. 23: STASTP block
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
3-223
Connections of STASTP Connection Meaning (parameters)
Data type
Def. Type Attr. O&O Perm. values
VAL
Input value
REAL
0.0
I
BQ
VALSTA
Limit value for controlling output START
REAL
0.0
I
BQ
+
VALSTP
Limit value for controlling output STOP
REAL
0.0
I
BQ
+
ILHSTA
Upper instrument limit for VALSTA
REAL
0.0
I
BQ
ILLSTA
Lower instrument limit for VALSTA
REAL
0.0
I
BQ
ILHSTP
Upper instrument limit for VALSTP
REAL
0.0
I
BQ
ILLSTP
Lower instrument limit for VALSTP
REAL
0.0
I
BQ
INV
Inverting start/stop function
BOOL 0
I
BQ
CSF
Control system error
BOOL 0
I
Q
START
Start of a drive
BOOL 0
O
BQ
STOP
Stop of a drive
BOOL 0
O
BQ
Operation and observation of STASTP See the description of the block symbol and the faceplate in the corresponding manual in this regard.
en-YN.YNT.001.A
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-224
3.40 SIDDPL: Analogue value display Description of SIDDPL Object name (Type + Number) FB 557 Calling OBs The time interrupt OB in which the block is installed (e.g. OB 35). Function The block reads an input value and transmits the same onwards to the output. From there, it can then be indicated in the display (WinCC). Operating principle The input value is passed to the output as a character string with 15 characters. The output is configured such that the output value is shown in the display. ®
The block is used for indicating e.g. the sample ID of the POLAB system which is transmitted as a 15 digit character string. Block view
Fig. 24: SIDDPL block
Connections of SIDDPL Connection Meaning (parameters)
Data type
Def. Type Attr. O&O Perm. values
INP
Input value
STRING[15]
I
Q
OUT
Output value
STRING[15]
O
BQ
Operation and observation of SIDDPL See the description of the block symbol and the faceplate in the corresponding manual in this regard.
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
3-225
3.41 Interlock system logic CCOP: Conditioned bit copying Description of CCOP Object name (Type + Number) FB 570 Calling OBs The time interrupt OB in which the block is installed (e.g. OB 35). Function The block comprises the conditioned copying of a bit from the input to the output. Operating principle If the input F = 1, then the value of input I will be copied to output O. If the input F = 0, then the output will no longer be changed. Internal logic Outputs SO
=
I_&F
CO
=
-I_&F
Block view
Fig. 25: CCOP block
Connections of CCOP Connection (parameters)
Meaning
Data type
Def.
Type
Attr.
I
Input
BOOL
0
I
Q
F
Enabling
BOOL
0
I
Q
O
Output
BOOL
0
O
Q
en-YN.YNT.001.A
O&O
Perm. values
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-226
3.42 Interlock system logic CCOW: Conditioned bit copying with indication Description of CCOW Object name (Type + Number) FB 571 Calling OBs The time interrupt OB in which the block is installed (e.g. OB 35). Function The block comprises the conditioned copying of a bit from the input to the output. Operating principle If the input F = 1, then the value of input I will be copied to output O. If the input F = 0, then the output will no longer be changed. In addition to the function of the block CCOP, the output O is present in the display. If the input F = 0, then it is possible to change the output O from the faceplate. If F = 1 then input I will again be copied to O and the changes in the faceplate will be overwritten. Internal logic Outputs SO
=
I_&F
CO
=
-I_&F
Block view
Fig. 26: CCOW block
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
3-227
Connections of CCOW Connection (parameters)
Meaning
Data type
Def.
Type
Attr.
I
Input
BOOL
0
I
Q
F
Enabling
BOOL
0
I
Q
O
Output
BOOL
0
O
Q
O&O
Perm. values
Operation and observation of CCOW See the description of the block symbol and the faceplate in the corresponding manual in this regard.
en-YN.YNT.001.A
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-228
3.43 Interlock system logic CNT: Pulse counter Description of CNT Object name (Type + Number) FB 572 Calling OBs The time interrupt OB in which the block is installed (e.g. OB 35). Function The block is a pulse counter which is able to count upwards as well as downwards. Operating principle If at the input UP an edge alternation from 0 to 1 is detected, then the block of output ACT increments by the value 1. If, vice versa, an edge alternation from 0 to 1 is detected at the input DN, then the block decrements the output ACT by the value 1. If the output ACT changes to the value 32767, then an overflow takes place and the output is reset to zero. The output ACT is compared with the input SET. If ACT is greater or equal SET, then the output O is set to 1. If ACT is less or equal SET, then the output O is set to 0. Using input R, the counter is reset to the initial value INI. If an edge alternation from 0 to 1 is detected at input R, then the input INI is copied to the output ACT.
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
3-229
Block view
Fig. 27: CNT block
Connections of CNT Connection (parameters)
Meaning
Data type
Def.
Type
Attr.
SET
Counter setpoint value
INT
0
I
Q
INI
Counter initial value
INT
0
I
Q
R
Reset counter
BOOL
0
I
Q
UP
Count upwards
BOOL
0
I
Q
DN
Count downwards
BOOL
0
I
Q
ACT
Current counter value
INT
0
O
Q
O
Counter setpoint value reached
BOOL
0
O
Q
en-YN.YNT.001.A
O&O
Perm. values
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-230
3.44 Interlock system logic NSD: Non-storing delay Description of NSD Object name (Type + Number) FB 573 Calling OBs The time interrupt OB in which the block is installed (e.g. OB 35). Function The block comprises a non-storing delay. Operating principle If the input flag I is set, the defined delay SET is started. The output O is set after expiry of this time. Resetting the input flag I clears the output flag O. The time is reset if the input signal is not set. A resetting of the enable flag whilst the output flag is set, resets the output flag, but does not stop any currently running waiting time. Internal logic Auxiliary flag TDS1
:=
I
:=
I _& TD1 & F
Outputs O
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
3-231
Block view
Fig. 28: NSD block
Connections of NSD Connection (parameters)
Meaning
Data type
Def.
Type
Attr.
SET
Waiting time setpoint value
REAL
0.0
I
Q
I
Input start waiting time
BOOL
0
I
Q
F
Enabling output
BOOL
0
I
Q
ACT
Current waiting time
REAL
0.0
O
Q
O
Output waiting BOOL time finished
0
O
Q
en-YN.YNT.001.A
O&O
Perm. values
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-232
3.45 Interlock system logic S: Storing Description of S Object name (Type + Number) FB 574 Calling OBs The time interrupt OB in which the block is installed (e.g. OB 35). Function The block comprises storing. Operating principle Setting the input I whilst simultaneously resetting input R will set the internal memory. When input I is reset, the internal memory remains set. Only after input R has been set, will the internal memory be reset. Output O is set if the internal memory is set and the enable input F is set. When resetting input F, output O is reset but the internal memory remains set. If input F is set again, then output O is also set. Internal logic Auxiliary flag S I_O C I_O
= =
I R
:=
F _& I_O
Outputs O
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
3-233
Block view
Fig. 29: S block
Connections of S Connection (parameters)
Meaning
Data type
Def.
Type
Attr.
I
Set storing
BOOL
0
I
Q
R
Reset storing
BOOL
0
I
Q
F
Enabling output
BOOL
1
I
Q
O
Output storing set
BOOL
0
O
Q
en-YN.YNT.001.A
O&O
Perm. values
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-234
3.46 Interlock system logic SD: Memory with delay Description of SD Object name (Type + Number) FB 575 Calling OBs The time interrupt OB in which the block is installed (e.g. OB 35). Function The block comprises a memory with delayed output. (Storing Delayed). Operating principle Setting the input "I" whilst simultaneously resetting input "R" will set the internal memory. When input "I" is reset, the internal memory remains set. Only after input "R" has been set, will the internal memory be reset. Output "O" is set if the internal memory has been set, enable input "F" has been set and the waiting time "SET" has expired. When resetting input "F", output O is reset but the internal memory remains set. If input "F" is set again, then output "O" is also set. The internal memory will only be cleared by setting the reset input "R". Simultaneously, this resets the output. Internal logic Auxiliary flag S I_S C I_S
= =
I R
TDS1
:=
I_S
I_O
:=
I_S _& TD1
:=
F _& I_O
Outputs O
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
3-235
Block view
Fig. 30: SD block
Connections of SD Connection (parameters)
Meaning
Data type
Def.
Type
Attr.
SET
Delay time setpoint value
REAL
0.0
I
Q
I
Set storing
BOOL
0
I
Q
R
Reset storing
BOOL
0
I
Q
F
Enabling output
BOOL
1
I
Q
ACT
Current delay time value
REAL
0.0
O
Q
O
Output storing set
BOOL
0
O
Q
en-YN.YNT.001.A
O&O
Perm. values
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-236
3.47 Interlock system logic ST: Storing pulse Description of ST Object name (Type + Number) FB 576 Calling OBs The time interrupt OB in which the block is installed (e.g. OB 35). Function The block generates a storing pulse. (Storing Timed). Operating principle Setting the input I sets the internal memory. When input I is reset, the internal memory remains set. On expiry of the waiting time defined in input SET, the internal memory is reset. Output O is set if the internal memory is set and the enable input F is set. When resetting input F, output O is reset but the internal memory remains set. If input F is set again, then output O is also set. The expiry of the internal time is not related to the enable input F. If, during the phase in which the waiting time is running, input F should be reset, then the time will not be stopped. Internal logic Auxiliary flag S I_S C I_S
= =
I TD1
TDS1
:=
I_S
I_O
:=
I_S
:=
F _& I_O
Outputs O
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
3-237
Block view
Fig. 31: ST block
Connections of ST Connection (parameters)
Meaning
Data type
Def.
Type
Attr.
SET
Pulse time setpoint value
REAL
0.0
I
Q
I
Set storing
BOOL
0
I
Q
F
Enabling output
BOOL
1
I
Q
ACT
Current pulse time value
REAL
0.0
O
Q
O
Output storing set
BOOL
0
O
Q
en-YN.YNT.001.A
O&O
Perm. values
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-238
3.48 Interlock system logic T: Pulse Description of T Object name (Type + Number) FB 577 Calling OBs The time interrupt OB in which the block is installed (e.g. OB 35). Function The block generates a pulse. (Timed). Operating principle Setting the input I sets the internal flag. On expiry of the waiting time defined in input SET, the internal flag is reset. In addition, it will also be reset when input I is reset. Output O is set if the internal flag and the enable input F are set. When resetting input F, output O is reset but the internal flag remains set. If input F is set again, then output O is also set. The expiry of the internal time is not related to the enable input F. If, during the phase in which the pulse time is running, input F should be reset, then the time will not be stopped. Internal logic Auxiliary flag TDS1
:=
I
I_O
:=
TDA1
:=
F _& I_O
Outputs O
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
3-239
Block view
Fig. 32: T block
Connections of T Connection (parameters)
Meaning
Data type
Def.
Type
Attr.
SET
Pulse time setpoint value
REAL
0.0
I
Q
I
Start pulse time
BOOL
0
I
Q
F
Enabling output
BOOL
1
I
Q
ACT
Current pulse time value
REAL
0.0
O
Q
O
Output pulse time running
BOOL
0
O
Q
en-YN.YNT.001.A
O&O
Perm. values
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-240
3.49 Interlock system logic T_SYS: System time indicator Description of T_SYS Object name (Type + Number) FB 578 Calling OBs The time interrupt OB in which the block is installed (e.g. OB 35). Function The block reads the PLC system time and outputs the same. Operating principle The block reads the PLC system time and outputs the same at various outputs. All outputs are numerical values of the type integer and indicate a part of the system time. The output SCND contains the current second of the system time, the output MINU contains the current minute, and the output HOUR the current hour, of the system time. In DAY, the day of the month is indicated, in MONTH the month of the year and in YEAR the year. Finally, in DAY_W the day of the week is indicated. The corresponding values will be read from DB_SYS where they are stored by the block TIME_GEN. For the function of this block it is therefore absolutely necessary that the block TIME_GEN is present in the project. Block view
Fig. 33: T_SYS block
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
3-241
Connections of T_SYS Connection (parameters)
Meaning
Data type
Def.
Type
Attr.
SCND
Current second
INT
0
O
Q
0 to 59
MINU
Current minute INT
0
O
Q
0 to 59
HOUR
Current hour
INT
0
O
Q
0 to 23
DAY
Current day
INT
0
O
Q
1 to 31
MONTH
Current month INT
0
O
Q
1 to 12
YEAR
Current year
INT
0
O
Q
DAY_W
Current week day
INT
0
O
Q
en-YN.YNT.001.A
O&O
Perm. values
1 to 7
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-242
3.50 Interlock system logic TON: On-delay Description of TON Object name (Type + Number) FB 579 Calling OBs The time interrupt OB in which the block is installed (e.g. OB 35). Function The block generates an on-delay. (Timer ON delay). Operating principle Setting of the input I starts the internal time whose length is specified at input SET. Setting the input R resets the internal time and clears all outputs. During the runtime of the internal time output TT is set and on expiry of this time output DN is set. Output TT is also a pulse for a specific period and output DN is a delay. Resetting the output I or setting the input R resets the internal time and clears the two outputs TT and DN. Internal logic Auxiliary flag TDS1
:=
I_&-R
TT
:=
TDA1
DN
:=
TD1
Outputs
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
3-243
Block view
Fig. 34: TON block
Connections of TON Connection (parameters)
Meaning
Data type
Def.
Type
Attr.
SET
Pulse time setpoint value
REAL
0.0
I
Q
I
Start pulse time
BOOL
0
I
Q
R
Resetting pulse time
BOOL
1
I
Q
ACT
Current pulse time value
REAL
0.0
O
Q
TT
Output pulse time running
BOOL
0
O
Q
DN
Output pulse BOOL time is finished
0
O
Q
en-YN.YNT.001.A
O&O
Perm. values
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-244
3.51 Interlock system logic TOF: Switch-off delay Description of TOF Object name (Type + Number) FB 580 Calling OBs The time interrupt OB in which the block is installed (e.g. OB 35). Function The block generates a switch-off delay. (Timer OFF delay). Operating principle Resetting of the input I starts the internal time whose length is specified at input SET. Setting the input R resets the internal time and clears all outputs. During the runtime of the internal time output TT is set and on expiry of this time output DN is reset. Output TT is also a pulse for a specific period and output DN is a delay. Setting the input I or setting the input R resets the internal time and clears the output TT and sets the output DN. Internal logic Auxiliary flag TDS1
:=
I_&-R
TT
:=
TDA1
DN
:=
I / TDA1
Outputs
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
3-245
Block view
Fig. 35: TOF block
Connections of TOF Connection (parameters)
Meaning
Data type
Def.
Type
Attr.
SET
Pulse time setpoint value
REAL
0.0
I
Q
I
Start pulse time
BOOL
0
I
Q
R
Resetting pulse time
BOOL
1
I
Q
ACT
Current pulse time value
REAL
0.0
O
Q
TT
Output pulse time running
BOOL
0
O
Q
DN
Output pulse BOOL time is finished
0
O
Q
en-YN.YNT.001.A
O&O
Perm. values
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-246
3.52 Interlock system logic DBL_FLAP: Double flap valve with valves Description of DBL_FLAP Object name (Type + Number) FB 581 Calling OBs The time interrupt OB in which the block is installed (e.g. OB 35). Function The block drives two valve blocks which control a double flap valve. The block first opens the top valve, closes the same again, then opens the bottom valve and closes the same again. After a waiting time the cycle restarts with the top valve. Operating principle The block is activated with the setting of the input REL and starts its internal cycle. First the output LSTA2 is set for opening the bottom valve. Thereafter, input LLSW2 must be set which indicates the open position of the valve. Then the time for the opening duration of the bottom valve LO_TIM starts to run. On expiry of this time, output LSTA2 is reset and output LSTA1 is set for closing the top valve. If input LLSW1 is then set, which indicates the closed position of the valve, then the output USTA1 is reset. Then cycle pause time PA_TIM starts up. On expiry of this time period the top valve is opened. To this end, first the output USTA2 is set for opening the top valve. Thereafter, input ULSW2 must be set which indicates the open position of the valve. Then the time for the opening duration of the top valve UP_TIM starts to run. On expiry of this time, output USTA2 is reset and output USTA1 is set for closing the top valve. If input ULSW1 is then set, which indicates the closed position of the valve, then the output USTA1 is reset. If the bottom valve is closed again, waiting time WA_TIM starts to run. Then the cycle is restarted with the opening of the top valve. A waiting time does not run now.
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
3-247
Block view
Fig. 36: DBL_FLAP block
Connections of DBL_FLAP Connection Meaning (parameters)
Data type
Def.
Type Attr. O&O Perm. values
REL
Enabling operation
BOOL 0
I
Q
ULSW1
Limit switch closed upper valve
BOOL 0
I
Q
ULSW2
Limit switch open upper valve
BOOL 1
I
Q
LLSW1
Limit switch closed lower valve
BOOL 0
I
Q
LLSW2
Limit switch open lower valve
BOOL 0
I
Q
UP_TIM
Opening time setpoint value upper valve
REAL 3.0
I
Q
LO_TIM
Opening time setpoint value lower valve
REAL 5.0
I
Q
PA_TIM
Pause interval setpoint value
REAL 20.0
I
Q
WA_TIM
Waiting time setpoint value upper/lower valve
REAL 1.0
I
Q
USTA1
Output close upper valve
BOOL 0
O
Q
USTA2
Output open upper valve
BOOL 0
O
Q
LSTA1
Output close lower valve
BOOL 0
O
Q
LSTA2
Output open lower valve
BOOL 0
O
Q
en-YN.YNT.001.A
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-248
Connection Meaning (parameters) ACT
Current active time value
Data type
Def.
REAL 0.0
Type Attr. O&O Perm. values O
Q
3.53 Interlock system logic CHA_OPTI: Alternate operation of two devices Description of CHA_OPTI Object name (Type + Number) FB 588 Calling OBs The time interrupt OB in which the block is installed (e.g. OB 35). Function The block controls two devices. One of the two is activated. The change occurs after a selected runtime. If one of the two devices is not available, the other one will be automatically activated. Operating principle The block is activated by setting the input STA1. Using this signal, output REL is set. Now the function of the block is activated. With the input STOP the output REL is reset. If the output REL is not set, then the inputs STA1_OUT and STOP_OUT do not have any function. If REL is set, and if the input STA1_OUT is set, the outputs PWON1 or PWON2 are set. If the corresponding check-back signal is available (RCR1 for PWON1 and RCR2 for PWON2) the outputs PWON1 and PWON2 are reset. If STOP_OUT is now set, then the output PWOFF will be activated until both inputs RCR1 and RCR2 have been reset. Via the setpoint value TIME1 the runtime (in hours) is entered following which the other device is activated. The current runtime of the devices is counted by setting the inputs RCR1 and RCR2. The runtime of device 1 (RCR1) is shown in the output ACT1, and the runtime of device 2 (RCR2) is shown in the output ACT2. If device 1 is in operation, then the output PWON2 is set on expiry of the waiting time. This signal must be used to start the second device and to stop the first device. This is normally done by starting another mode from a GROC block. If RCR2 is available, PWON2 is reset. If runtime TIME1 for device 2 has now been reached, then the output PWON1 is set by means of which device 1 must be started and device 2 must be stopped. If RCR1 is available, PWON1 will be reset. If device 1 or 2 should not be available ( inputs AVBL1 or AVBL2 have been reset), then only the available device will be activated and no alternate operation will be carried out. If one of the devices should be in operation, the runtime not yet expired, and the associated availability signal (AVBL1 or AVBL2) be cancelled, then there will be a switchover to the other device without delay.
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
Using the edge alternation from 0 to 1 of the input R, the current runtimes ACT1 and ACT2 are reset. In this case, the runtime counter starts to increment again from zero for the active device.
en-YN.YNT.001.A
3-249
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-250
Internal logic Auxiliary flag ACT1_END
:=
ACT1 >= TIME1
ACT2_END
:=
ACT2 >= TIME1
ACT1_HIGH
:=
ACT1 >= ACT2
ACT2_HIGH
:=
ACT2 > ACT1
S REL_OUT C REL_OUT
: :
STA1_OUT_&RELSTOP_OUT/-REL
S PWON1_I C PWON1_I
: :
(REL_OUT_&AVBL1_&AVBL2_&-PWON1_I&-PWON2_I_&ACT1_HIGH)/(PWON2_I_&ACT2_END_&ACT2_HIGH)/(AVBL1&_AVBL2)(REL_OUT_&AVBL1_&AVBL2_&-PWON1_I&PWON2_I_&ACT1_HIGH)/(PWON1_I_&ACT1_END_&ACT1_HIGH)/AVBL1
S PWON2_I C PWON2_I
: :
(REL_OUT_&AVBL1_&AVBL2_&-PWON1_I&PWON2_I_&ACT1_HIGH)/(PWON1_I_&ACT1_END_&ACT1_HIGH)/(AVBL1&_AVBL2)(REL_OUT_&AVBL1_&AVBL2_&-PWON1_I&PWON2_I_&-ACT1_HIGH)/(PWON2_I_&ACT2_END_&ACT2_HIGH)/AVBL2
Outputs S REL C REL
: :
STA1 STOP
PWON1
:=
PWON1_I_&REL_OUT_&-RCR1
PWON2
:=
PWON2_I_&REL_OUT_&-RCR2
PWOFF
:=
-REL_OUT_&(RCR1/RCR2)
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
3-251
Block view
Fig. 37: CHA_OPTI block
Connections of CHA_OPTI Connection Meaning (parameters)
Data type
Def.
Type Attr. O&O Perm. values
STA1
Start enabling for operation
BOOL 0
I
Q
STOP
Stop enabling for operation
BOOL 0
I
Q
STA1_OUT
Start operation of the devices
BOOL 0
I
Q
STOP_OUT
Stop operation of the devices
BOOL 0
I
Q
AVBL1
Device 1 is available
BOOL 0
I
Q
AVBL2
Device 2 is available
BOOL 0
I
Q
RCR1
Device 1 is in operation
BOOL 0
I
Q
RCR2
Device 2 is in operation
BOOL 0
I
Q
R
Reset running time counter
BOOL 0
I
Q
TIME1
Running time setpoint value until device change
REAL 24.0
I
Q
RUNUPCYC
Waiting cycles at start
INT
I
REL
Enabling for operation
BOOL 0
O
Q
PWON1
Starting the first device
BOOL 0
O
Q
PWON2
Starting the second device
BOOL 0
O
Q
PWOFF
Stopping both devices
BOOL 0
O
Q
ACT1
Current running time of device 1
REAL 0.0
O
Q
en-YN.YNT.001.A
3
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-252
Connection Meaning (parameters) ACT2
Current running time of device 2
Data type
Def.
REAL 0.0
Type Attr. O&O Perm. values O
Q
3.54 Interlock system logic STA_SEQ: Sequential start and stop Description of STA_SEQ Object name (Type + Number) FB 589 Calling OBs The time interrupt OB in which the block is installed (e.g. OB 35). Function The block controls up to 10 devices. In the event of a start request one device after another will be started successively until the request is no longer available. If the stop request is available, one device after another will also be stopped until the request is no longer available Operating principle The block is activated by setting the input STA1. Using this signal, output REL is set. Now the function of the block is activated. With the input STOP the output REL is reset. If the output REL is not set, then the inputs STA1_OUT and STOP_OUT do not have any function. With REL set, and if input is STA1_OUT, a device is started. If STOP_OUT is now set, then a device is stopped. Each of the maximum 10 devices has a set of signals by means of which it is driven or by means of which the current status of the device is represented. Here, the signals are numbered from 01 to 10. For simplification, an x is inserted into the name instead of the number. If the input AVBLx is set, then the corresponding device is available. The input RCRx indicates that the corresponding device is in operation. Using output PWONx the corresponding device is started, and it is stopped with PWOFx. With the start request of the corresponding device, the output PWONx is set if AVBLx is set. It is reset, if the check-back signal RCRx is available. In the case of a stop request, the output PWOFx is set until the check-back signal RCRx has been reset. This procedure will always be carried out, when device starting and stopping are talked about. If the input STA1_OUT is available, and output REL is set, then the first device is started. On expiry of the waiting time which is specified in input TIME2, the next device is started. If the input STA1_OUT and the output REL should still be available, then the next device will be started on renewed expiry of the waiting time. The action is repeated until all 10 devices are in operation or the input STA1_OUT has been reset.
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
During stopping the devices are stopped again in reverse start sequence. If the input STOP_OUT is available, and output REL is set, then the most recently started device is stopped. On expiry of the waiting time TIME2, the last but one device started is stopped. This action is repeated until STOP_OUT has been reset or all 10 devices have been stopped. The actions described above show that the device started first has the longest runtime, and the device started last the shortest. In order to compensate for the different runtimes, a base load alternation operation is implemented. On expiry of the waiting time TIME1 there will be a change in the device which, if required, is started first and stopped last. In the output BASE_DEV the number of the device is indicated which is started first. Output ACT_DEV indicates the number of the devices which are activated. If a device should not be available (input AVBLx has been reset), it is skipped in the start and stop sequence. If, for example, the base load device is number 1, then the start sequence is Device 1, Device 2 etc. up to Device 10. The stop sequence will then be device 10, device 9 to device 1. However, if the base load device is number 4 then the start sequence will be Device 4 to Device 10 and thereafter Device 1 to Device 3. The stop sequence will then be device 3 to 1 and then again devices 10 to 4. Input R resets the waiting time 1 between the start of two devices as well as the waiting time 2 until the next change of the base load device.
en-YN.YNT.001.A
3-253
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-254
Block view
Fig. 38: Connections of STA_SEQ
Connections of STA_SEQ Connection Meaning (parameters)
Data type
Def.
Type Attr. O&O Perm. values
STA1
Start enabling for operation
BOOL 0
I
Q
STOP
Stop enabling for operation
BOOL 0
I
Q
STA1_OUT
Start operation of the devices
BOOL 0
I
Q
STOP_OUT
Stop operation of the devices
BOOL 0
I
Q
AVBL01
Device 1 is available
BOOL 0
I
Q
AVBL02
Device 2 is available
BOOL 0
I
Q
AVBL03
Device 3 is available
BOOL 0
I
Q
AVBL04
Device 4 is available
BOOL 0
I
Q
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
Connection Meaning (parameters)
3-255
Data type
Def.
Type Attr. O&O Perm. values
AVBL05
Device 5 is available
BOOL 0
I
Q
AVBL06
Device 6 is available
BOOL 0
I
Q
AVBL07
Device 7 is available
BOOL 0
I
Q
AVBL08
Device 8 is available
BOOL 0
I
Q
AVBL09
Device 9 is available
BOOL 0
I
Q
AVBL10
Device 10 is available
BOOL 0
I
Q
RCR01
Device 1 is in operation
BOOL 0
I
Q
RCR02
Device 2 is in operation
BOOL 0
I
Q
RCR03
Device 3 is in operation
BOOL 0
I
Q
RCR04
Device 4 is in operation
BOOL 0
I
Q
RCR05
Device 5 is in operation
BOOL 0
I
Q
RCR06
Device 6 is in operation
BOOL 0
I
Q
RCR07
Device 7 is in operation
BOOL 0
I
Q
RCR08
Device 8 is in operation
BOOL 0
I
Q
RCR09
Device 9 is in operation
BOOL 0
I
Q
RCR10
Device 10 is in operation
BOOL 0
I
Q
R
Reset running time counter
BOOL 0
I
Q
TIME1
Waiting time setpoint value until basic load change
REAL 24.0
I
Q
TIME2
Waiting time setpoint value before REAL 15.0 starting or stopping the next device
I
Q
RUNUPCYC
Waiting cycles at start
INT
I
REL
Enabling for operation
BOOL 0
O
Q
PWON01
Starting command device 1
BOOL 0
O
Q
PWON02
Starting command device 2
BOOL 0
O
Q
PWON03
Starting command device 3
BOOL 0
O
Q
PWON04
Starting command device 4
BOOL 0
O
Q
PWON05
Starting command device 5
BOOL 0
O
Q
PWON06
Starting command device 6
BOOL 0
O
Q
PWON07
Starting command device 7
BOOL 0
O
Q
en-YN.YNT.001.A
3
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-256
Connection Meaning (parameters)
Data type
Def.
Type Attr. O&O Perm. values
PWON08
Starting command device 8
BOOL 0
O
Q
PWON09
Starting command device 9
BOOL 0
O
Q
PWON10
Starting command device 10
BOOL 0
O
Q
PWOF01
Stopping command device 1
BOOL 0
O
Q
PWOF02
Stopping command device 2
BOOL 0
O
Q
PWOF03
Stopping command device 3
BOOL 0
O
Q
PWOF04
Stopping command device 4
BOOL 0
O
Q
PWOF05
Stopping command device 5
BOOL 0
O
Q
PWOF06
Stopping command device 6
BOOL 0
O
Q
PWOF07
Stopping command device 7
BOOL 0
O
Q
PWOF08
Stopping command device 8
BOOL 0
O
Q
PWOF09
Stopping command device 9
BOOL 0
O
Q
PWOF10
Stopping command device 10
BOOL 0
O
Q
ACT1
Current waiting time until basic load change
REAL 0.0
O
Q
ACT2
Current waiting time before starting REAL 0.0 or stopping the next device
O
Q
BASE_DEV
No. of the first device for start
INT
0
O
Q
ACT_DEV
Number of devices in operation
INT
0
O
Q
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
3-257
3.55 Mathematical function CMP_DW: Comparator for double words Description of CMP_DW Object name (Type + Number) FC 520 Calling OBs The time interrupt OB in which the block is installed (e.g. OB 35). Function The block compares two inputs of the type DWORD (double word). Operating principle The block compares the two inputs IN1 and IN2. Depending on the result of the comparison, the corresponding output is set. There is an output GT for "Greater than", GE for "Greater or equal", EQ for "Equal", LE for "Less or equal", L for "Less than" and NE for "Not Equal". Internal logic Outputs GT
:=
IN1 > IN2
GE
:=
IN1 >= IN2
EQ
:=
IN1 = IN2
NE
:=
IN1 <> IN2
LE
:=
IN1 <= IN2
LT
:=
IN1 < IN2
Block view
en-YN.YNT.001.A
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-258
Fig. 39: CMP_DW block
Connections of CMP_DW Connection (parameters)
Meaning
Data type
Def.
Type
Attr.
IN1
Input value 1
DWORD
0
I
Q
IN2
Input value 2
DWORD
0
I
Q
GT
IN1 is greater than IN2
BOOL
0
O
Q
GE
IN1 is greater than or equal to IN2
BOOL
0
O
Q
EQ
IN1 is equal to BOOL IN2
0
O
Q
NE
IN1 is not equal to IN2
BOOL
0
O
Q
LE
IN1 is less than or equal to IN2
BOOL
0
O
Q
LT
IN1 is less than IN2
BOOL
0
O
Q
O&O
Perm. values
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
3-259
3.56 Mathematical function CMP_R: Comparator for floating point numbers Description of CMP_R Object name (Type + Number) FC 521 Calling OBs The time interrupt OB in which the block is installed (e.g. OB 35). Function The block compares two inputs of the type REAL (floating point number). Operating principle The block compares the two inputs IN1 and IN2. Depending on the result of the comparison, the corresponding output is set. There is an output GT for "Greater than", GE for "Greater or equal", EQ for "Equal", LE for "Less or equal", LT for "Less than" and NE for "Not Equal". Internal logic Outputs GT
:=
IN1 > IN2
GE
:=
IN1 >= IN2
EQ
:=
IN1 = IN2
NE
:=
IN1 <> IN2
LE
:=
IN1 <= IN2
LT
:=
IN1 < IN2
en-YN.YNT.001.A
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-260
Block view
Fig. 40: CMP_R block
Connections of CMP_R Connection (parameters)
Meaning
Data type
Def.
Type
Attr.
IN1
Input value 1
REAL
0.0
I
Q
IN2
Input value 2
REAL
0.0
I
Q
GT
IN1 is greater than IN2
BOOL
0
O
Q
GE
IN1 is greater than or equal to IN2
BOOL
0
O
Q
EQ
IN1 is equal to BOOL IN2
0
O
Q
NE
IN1 is not equal to IN2
BOOL
0
O
Q
LE
IN1 is less than or equal to IN2
BOOL
0
O
Q
LT
IN1 is less than IN2
BOOL
0
O
Q
O&O
Perm. values
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
3-261
3.57 Mathematical function CMP_W: Comparator for words Description of CMP_W Object name (Type + Number) FC 522 Calling OBs The time interrupt OB in which the block is installed (e.g. OB 35). Function The block compares two inputs of the type WORD (word). Operating principle The block compares the two inputs IN1 and IN2. Depending on the result of the comparison, the corresponding output is set. There is an output GT for "Greater than", GE for "Greater or equal", EQ for "Equal", LE for "Less or equal", LT for "Less than" and NE for "Not Equal". Internal logic Outputs GT
:=
IN1 > IN2
GE
:=
IN1 >= IN2
EQ
:=
IN1 = IN2
NE
:=
IN1 <> IN2
LE
:=
IN1 <= IN2
LT
:=
IN1 < IN2
en-YN.YNT.001.A
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-262
Block view
Fig. 41: CMP_W block
Connections of CMP_W Connection (parameters)
Meaning
Data type
Def.
Type
Attr.
IN1
Input value 1
WORD
0
I
Q
IN2
Input value 2
WORD
0
I
Q
GT
IN1 is greater than IN2
BOOL
0
O
Q
GE
IN1 is greater than or equal to IN2
BOOL
0
O
Q
EQ
IN1 is equal to BOOL IN2
0
O
Q
NE
IN1 is not equal to IN2
BOOL
0
O
Q
LE
IN1 is less than or equal to IN2
BOOL
0
O
Q
LT
IN1 is less than IN2
BOOL
0
O
Q
O&O
Perm. values
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
3-263
3.58 Mathematical function CMP_B: Comparator for byte Description of CMP_B Object name (Type + Number) FC 523 Calling OBs The time interrupt OB in which the block is installed (e.g. OB 35). Function The block compares two inputs of the type BYTE (byte). Operating principle The block compares the two inputs IN1 and IN2. Depending on the result of the comparison, the corresponding output is set. There is an output GT for "Greater than", GE for "Greater or equal", EQ for "Equal", LE for "Less or equal", LT for "Less than" and NE for "Not Equal". Internal logic Outputs GT
:=
IN1 > IN2
GE
:=
IN1 >= IN2
EQ
:=
IN1 = IN2
NE
:=
IN1 <> IN2
LE
:=
IN1 <= IN2
LT
:=
IN1 < IN2
Block view
Fig. 42: CMP_B block
en-YN.YNT.001.A
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-264
Connections of CMP_B Connection (parameters)
Meaning
Data type
Def.
Type
Attr.
IN1
Input value 1
BYTE
0
I
Q
IN2
Input value 2
BYTE
0
I
Q
GT
IN1 is greater than IN2
BOOL
0
O
Q
GE
IN1 is greater than or equal to IN2
BOOL
0
O
Q
EQ
IN1 is equal to BOOL IN2
0
O
Q
NE
IN1 is not equal to IN2
BOOL
0
O
Q
LE
IN1 is less than or equal to IN2
BOOL
0
O
Q
LT
IN1 is less than IN2
BOOL
0
O
Q
O&O
Perm. values
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
3.59 Mathematical function MOV_R: Conditioned copying of a floating point number Description of MOV_R Object name (Type + Number) FB 582 Calling OBs The time interrupt OB in which the block is installed (e.g. OB 35). Function The block copies the input value IN to the output value OUT inasmuch as the input REL has been set. Operating principle If the input REL has been set, then with each call-up the value of the input IN is written into the output OUT. If REL has not been set, then the output OUT remains unaffected and keeps its most recent value.
en-YN.YNT.001.A
3-265
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-266
Block view
Fig. 43: MOV_R block
Connections of MOV_R Connection Meaning (parameters)
Data type
Def.
Type Attr. O&O Perm. values
0.0
I
Q
IN
Input value
REAL
REL
Enabling copying
BOOL 0
I
Q
OUT
Output value
REAL
O
Q
0.0
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
3-267
3.60 Mathematical function MOV_W: Conditioned copying of a data word Description of MOV_W Object name (Type + Number) FB 583 Calling OBs The time interrupt OB in which the block is installed (e.g. OB 35). Function The block copies the input value IN to the output value OUT inasmuch as the input REL has been set. Operating principle If the input REL has been set, then with each call-up the value of the input IN is written into the output OUT. If REL has not been set, then the output OUT remains unaffected and keeps its most recent value. Block view
Fig. 44: MOV_W block
Connections of MOV_W Connection Meaning (parameters)
Data type
Def.
Type Attr. O&O Perm. values
IN
Input value
WORD 0
I
Q
REL
Enabling copying
BOOL
I
Q
OUT
Output value
WORD 0
O
Q
en-YN.YNT.001.A
0
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-268
3.61 Mathematical function MOV_DI: Conditioned copying of a double fixed point number Description of MOV_DI Object name (Type + Number) FB 584 Calling OBs The time interrupt OB in which the block is installed (e.g. OB 35). Function The block copies the input value IN to the output value OUT inasmuch as the input REL has been set. Operating principle If the input REL has been set, then with each call-up the value of the input IN is written into the output OUT. If REL has not been set, then the output OUT remains unaffected and keeps its most recent value. Block view
Fig. 45: MOV_DI block
Connections of MOV_DI Connection Meaning (parameters)
Data type
Def.
Type Attr. O&O Perm. values
IN
Input value
DINT
0
I
Q
REL
Enabling copying
BOOL 0
I
Q
OUT
Output value
DINT
O
Q
0
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
3-269
3.62 Mathematical Functions MOV_I: Conditioned copying of a fixed point number Description of MOV_I Object name (Type + Number) FB 585 Calling OBs The time interrupt OB in which the block is installed (e.g. OB 35). Function The block copies the input value IN to the output value OUT inasmuch as the input REL has been set. Operating principle If the input REL has been set, then with each call-up the value of the input IN is written into the output OUT. If REL has not been set, then the output OUT remains unaffected and keeps its most recent value. Block view
Fig. 46: MOV_I block
Connections of MOV_I Connection Meaning (parameters)
Data type
Def.
Type Attr. O&O Perm. values
IN
Input value
INT
0
I
Q
REL
Enabling copying
BOOL 0
I
Q
OUT
Output value
INT
O
Q
en-YN.YNT.001.A
0
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-270
3.63 Mathematical Functions MOV_DW: Conditioned copying of a double data word Description of MOV_DW Object name (Type + Number) FB 586 Calling OBs The time interrupt OB in which the block is installed (e.g. OB 35). Function The block copies the input value IN to the output value OUT inasmuch as the input REL has been set. Operating principle If the input REL has been set, then with each call-up the value of the input IN is written into the output OUT. If REL has not been set, then the output OUT remains unaffected and keeps its most recent value. Block view
Fig. 47: MOV_DW block
Connections of MOV_DW Connection Meaning (parameters)
Data type
Def.
Type Attr. O&O Perm. values
IN
Input value
DWORD 0
I
Q
REL
Enabling copying
BOOL
I
Q
OUT
Output value
DWORD 0
O
Q
0
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
3-271
3.64 Mathematical Functions MOV_B: Conditioned copying of a data byte Description of MOV_B Object name (Type + Number) FB 587 Calling OBs The time interrupt OB in which the block is installed (e.g. OB 35). Function The block copies the input value IN to the output value OUT inasmuch as the input REL has been set. Operating principle If the input REL has been set, then with each call-up the value of the input IN is written into the output OUT. If REL has not been set, then the output OUT remains unaffected and keeps its most recent value. Block view
Fig. 48: MOV_B block
Connections of MOV_B Connection Meaning (parameters)
Data type
Def.
Type Attr. O&O Perm. values
IN
Input value
BYTE
0
I
Q
REL
Enabling copying
BOOL 0
I
Q
OUT
Output value
BYTE
O
Q
en-YN.YNT.001.A
0
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-272
3.65 Simocode-DP drive control UNID_ST: setting drive Description of UNID_ST Object name (Type + Number) FB 520 Calling OBs The time interrupt OB in which the block is installed (e.g. OB 35). Function The block is used for controlling a setup drive which is driven by a SIMOCODEDP motor controller. The SIMOCODE-DP is connected to the PLC via the Profibus. The block communicates directly with the Profibus device SIMOCODEDP. Profibus In order to integrate the block, the type SIMOCODE-DPV1 PDM is used for this purpose in the PCS7 program HW Konfig. This is part of the scope of supply of the PCS7 and does not need to be installed subsequently. In HW Konfig, in the catalogue, the profile Standard is set for this purpose. Now the folder PROFIBUS-DP is opened. There the subfolders Further field equipment, switchgear and SIMOCODE are openedHere, the entry SIMOCODEDPV1 PDM is located.
Fig. 49: HW Konfig with SIMOCODE
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
This entry is used for the definition of the Profibus-DP slave. As a block, DPV1: BasicType 2 compact is used. Following the definition of the Profibus slave, a setting must be carried out. To this end the object properties and then the page 'Parameterising the slave' must be opened.
Fig. 50: Object properties of SIMOCODE-DPV1 PDM
Here, under "Station parameters" in the line "Equipment-specific parameters" the entry "Diagnosing according to DPV1" must be activated with "Yes". Only if the above-stated settings for a SIMOCODE-DP have been completely made, will the full functional scope of the block be ensured. Operating principle The block communicates directly with the SIMOCODE-DP motor controller. This device is defined as a Profibus slave. At the input SUBNETID, the number of the Profibus system, which the SIMOCODE-DP is connected to, must be entered. At the input DPPA_ADR the slave address of the SIMOCODE-DP must be entered and at the input DADDR the diagnose address of the SIMOCODE-DP must be entered.
en-YN.YNT.001.A
3-273
User manual
Blocks 3-274
®
POLCID for administrators
All these values may be taken from the hardware configuration of a STEP7 project. Using these values, the block can communicate automatically with the corresponding SIMOCODE-DP. Internally, the same logic is used as for the block UNID (FB 501). However, the block UNID_ST reads some signals directly from the Profibus (SIMOCODE-DP) and these need not be connected as inputs or outputs. These are the inputs OLPT, AVBL, RCR1, LEMO, PWON and SEN1. They are read directly by SIMOCODE-DP or written to the SIMOCODE-DP. These inputs and outputs will nevertheless be used in the internal logic. In addition, status signals are still used in the interlock system which the SIMOCODE-DP generates. In detail, these are the signals READY, FAULT, AUTO and IMIN. A valid starting command exists when the signals: 'STA1', 'ILC1', 'AVBL', 'OLPT', 'LEMO', 'PMI1', 'AUTO' and 'READY' are set and the stopping command 'STOP' is not set. In this case, the start enable signal 'SEN1' and the run command 'PWON' are set (activation signals for the motor). If the check-back signal 'RCR1' is set together with the speed monitor signal 'SPCL' when a valid starting command is active, the control state switches to selflatching status. It is a characteristic of this state that the operating bits 'OSG1', 'OPS1' are set and that the start release command 'SEN1' is reset while the run command 'PWON' is set. From this moment, the starting commands 'STA1' or 'STA2' can be rescinded without risking reset of the run command PWON. The setting drive is stopped correctly by setting the stopping command 'STOP' or when the process interlock 'ILC1' is deactivated. The monitoring time in seconds TIME1 when a drive is started specifies the period in which the check-back signal RCR1 must be set. In addition, it monitors the time during stopping within which the check-back signal RCR1 must have been reset. If time = 0, no time monitoring of the start and stop is employed. By means of the signals SST1 and SSTP an individual start of the drive can be realised in automatic mode. In the faceplate of the drive, the operator sets the signals SST1 or SSTP. After processing in the block, these signals are reset by the block. After operation of the signal SST1 the output SWST is set at first. By means of this output an external start-up warning can be started. If the start-up warning time has expired, then the input SWRE must be set. In this way, there is a valid starting command and the drive is then started as described above. With the exception of the combination with the signals SWST and SWRE the signal SST1 behaves in the same way as signal STA1. Using SSTP, the drive is stopped. SSTP behaves in the same way with the input STOP. With the signals LSER, LST1 and LSP1 operation of the drive is possible via external switches, keyboards or from the control panel. With the signal LSER the drive is switched to local operation. The availability of the drive disappears therewith. Using the parameter SWLO, it is selected whether the input SWRE is taken into consideration for the evaluation of the inputs LST1 and LSP1.
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
Note Via the signals LST1 and LSP1 the drive can be started (1) or stopped ("0"). Via LST1 the drive is started independently from the interlock signals! Via LSP1 the signals CVON, OLPT, PMI1 and LEMO are taken into consideration. As long as the start signals are pending the drive runs, if the start signal changes to zero the drive is stopped. The block additionally outputs the motor current of the drive at output A1. Standardised from 0 to 100 % of the rated current, the motor current is read by the SIMOCODE-DP. By means of the rated current ILH it is calibrated into the unit Ampere and filtered with BW and FF. This filtration works according to the following formula: Y(n+1) = Y(n) + ( FF * ( VAL – Y(n) ) ) (n) :
Index of the last filtered measured value
(n+1) :
Index of the new filtered measured value
VAL :
Unfiltered input value
FF :
Filter factor (Range between 0 and 1)
The newly determined value will be processed further only then if it differs from the most recent determined value by at least the bandwidth (BW) value. The block cyclically reads the extended diagnosis data provided by the SIMOCODE-DP. These are e.g. the operating hours or the number of starts of the SIMOCODE-DP. These data are shown in the faceplate. The block is called up in the event of a change of the diagnosis data via an interrupt and will then read the same in an event-controlled fashion. In addition there exists a cycle for the reading of the diagnosis data. The cycle time can be parameterised in the input WACYC. The standard setting for the cycle time is 10800 seconds (3 hours). Via the input PAGE, the faceplate communicates which page of the diagnosis the plant operator has called up. The block then writes the required data into the outputs DWA, DWB and DWC. They are evaluated on the faceplate page called up.For the various different diagnosis pages, the content of the three outputs differs and will not be further described here. The faceplate is able to interpret the data accordingly.
en-YN.YNT.001.A
3-275
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-276
Internal logic The sequence of the flags is determined by the sequence in which they must be generated. In this relation, the flags marked (with ") must be taken into account in the setting and reset conditions! Auxiliary flag IAVBL
:=
AVBL_&AUTO_&-DOWNL
ICVON
:=
CVON_&SLAVE_OK
IOLPT
:=
(OLPT/TEST)_&-FAULT
S IRCR1 C IRCR1
= =
RCR1/(IMIN_&-AVBL_&OLPT) -RCR1_&-IMIN
ISTA1
:=
STA1_&READY
RESET
:=
-PWON_&(-EROP/ERES)
CLEROP
:=
EROP_&ERES
AVAIL
:=
IAVBL_&IOLPT_&LEMO_&PMI1
Data word S ERPI C ERPI
: :
-PMI1-ICVON/PMI1_&RESET
S ERSP C ERSP
: :
(-ISTA1/OPS1)_&ILC1_&PWON_&-SPCL_&-STOP_&-NOTA”ICVON/CLEROP
S ERRC C ERRC
: :
(-ISTA1/OPS1)_&ILC1_&PWON_&-IRCR1_&-STOP_&-NOTA”ICVON/CLEROP
S NOTA C NOTA
: :
-AVAIL/ERSP”/ERRC”/ETIM”-ICVON/AVAIL_&RESET
S EROP C EROP
: :
PWON_&ILC1_&NOTA”_&-STOP-ICVON/CLEROP
S OPS1 C OPS1
: :
PWON_&IRCR1_&SPCL-ICVON/-IRCR1/-ILC1
S GFLT C GFLT
: :
-IOLPT-ICVON/IOLPT_&RESET
S ERMS C ERMS
: :
-IAVBL_&IOLPT_&LEMO-ICVON/(IAVBL/-IOLPT/-LEMO))_&RESET
S EREO C EREO
: :
-LEMO-ICVON/LEMO_&RESET
OPL1
:=
-OPS1_&IRCR1_&-PWON_&-IAVBL_&IOLPT
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
S ETIM C ETIM
: :
-LCT1_&SEN1_&(-IRCR1/SPCL)-CLEROP
TEST
:=
TEST
S BLOCK C BLOCK
= =
BLOCK -ICVON/-BLOCK_&RESET
S DOWNL C DOWNL
= =
DOWNL -ICVON/-DOWNL_&RESET
S GWARN C GWARN
= =
GWARN -GWARN_&RESET
S EARTH C EARTH
= =
EARTH -ICVON/-EARTH_&RESET
S IMAX C IMAX
= =
IMAX -ICVON/-IMAX_&RESET
S OVLD C OVLD
= =
OVLD/-OLPT -ICVON/-OVLD_&OLPT_&RESET
S THERM C THERM
= =
THERM -ICVON/-THERM_&RESET
S UNSYM C UNSYM
= =
UNSYM -ICVON/-UNSYM_&RESET
Status word S PWON C PWON
: :
ISTA1_&ILC1-ICVON/NOTA”/STOP/-ILC1
S OSG1 C OSG1
: :
OPS1-OPS1”
S SEN1 C SEN1
: :
PWON”OSG1”/-PWON”
EMOF
:=
EREO”
DAVB
:=
-NOTA”_&ICVON
EROR
:=
EROP”
DOFF
:=
-OSG1”
OPER
:=
IMIN
QBAD
:=
-SLAVE_OK
LOCA
:=
(-AVBL/LSER)_&SLAVE_OK
en-YN.YNT.001.A
3-277
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-278
Block view
Fig. 51: UNID_ST block
Starting characteristics During the CPU start-up the UNID_ST block is deactivated. All internal state flags (shown in the data word) are reset. Following start-up the block waits for the number of cycles projected in the input RUNUPCYC, and will only be activated thereafter. A first start-up whilst the program is running is treated internally like a CPU startup. Time behaviour The block must be called via a time interrupt OB or OB1. It does not have a parameter for the sampling interval. Behaviour in case of a time error In the case of a time error the outputs will then be reset. In addition the internal state flags will be reset. Message actions The block UNID_ST internally uses an ALARM_8P block for generating the messages. Messages are generated for the following tripping devices: ● Operating trouble (EROP) ● SIMOCODE-DP group fault (GFLT) ● Machine availability (AVBL) ● Speed monitor (SPCL) ● Machine protection (PMI1) ● Local emergency off (LEMO) ● Monitoring time (ETIM) ● Check-back signal (RCR1)
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
3-279
● Motor blocked (BLOCK) ● SIMOCODE-DP to download mode (DOWNL) ● SIMOCODE-DP group warning (GWARN) ● Earth fault (EARTH) ● Maximum motor current (IMAX) ● Overload (OLPT and OVLD) ● Thermistor error (THERM) ● Overload and asymmetry (UNSYM) The messages can be suppressed by setting the input SUPR or by resetting the input RLSA. The input SUPR, however, is activated by the operator interface (WinCC), and RLSA by the program. The inputs CVON (at value 0) and CSF (at value 1) also suppress the output of messages. Assignment of message text and message class to the block parameters
Mess. Block Default message text no. parameter
Message Suppressable class
1
EROP
$$BlockComment$$ @1I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
2
GFLT
$$BlockComment$$ @2I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
3
ERMS
$$BlockComment$$ @3I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
4
ERSP
$$BlockComment$$ @4I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
5
ERPI
$$BlockComment$$ @5I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
6
EREO
$$BlockComment$$ @6I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
7
ETIM
$$BlockComment$$ @7I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
8
ERRC
$$BlockComment$$ @8I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
9
BLOCK
$$BlockComment$$ @1I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
10
DOWNL
$$BlockComment$$ @2I%t#POLCID_Standard@
PF
Yes
11
GWARN
$$BlockComment$$ -
WH
Yes
en-YN.YNT.001.A
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-280
Mess. Block Default message text no. parameter
Message Suppressable class
@3I%t#POLCID_Standard@ 12
EARTH
$$BlockComment$$ @4I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
13
IMAX
$$BlockComment$$ @5I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
14
OVLD
$$BlockComment$$ @6I%t#POLCID_Standard@ - @9R%6.1f@A
AH
Yes
15
THERN
$$BlockComment$$ @7I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
16
UNSYM
$$BlockComment$$ @8I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
Connections of UNID_ST Connection Meaning (parameters)
Data type
Def.
Type Attr. O&O Perm. values
SUNETID
Number of the Profibus subsystem of the PLC
INT
0
I
DPPA_ADR
Slave address of the Profibus device
INT
0
I
DADDR
Diagnosis address of the Profibus slave
INT
0
I
STA1
Start drive
BOOL
0
I
Q
ILC1
Process-technological interlock
BOOL
1
I
Q
STOP
Stop drive
BOOL
0
I
Q
CVON
Control voltage on
BOOL
1
I
Q
PMI1
Machine protection interlock
BOOL
1
I
Q
SPCL
Speed monitor
BOOL
1
I
Q
CSF
Control system error
BOOL
0
I
Q
DOWNL
Set SIMOCODE-DP to download mode
BOOL
0
I
Q
TEST
Set SIMOCODE-DP to test mode
BOOL
0
I
Q
LST1
Local start/stop without PMI1
BOOL
0
I
Q
LSP1
Local start/stop with PMI1
BOOL
0
I
Q
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
3-281
Connection Meaning (parameters)
Data type
Def.
Type Attr. O&O Perm. values
SWRE
Enabling start-up warning
BOOL
1
I
ESST
Display of softkeys for single faceplate start
BOOL
0
I
+
ENRE
Display of softkeys for faceplate BOOL reset
0
I
+
SWLO
Start-up warning also in local operating mode
BOOL
0
I
LSEL
Selection LSER switches Simocode device to local operating mode
BOOL
0
I
RLSA
Enabling alarm generation
BOOL
1
I
Q
TIME1
Monitoring time setpoint value
REAL
5.0
I
BQ
BW
Belt width for filtering motor current value
INT
1
I
Q
FF
Filter factor motor current value
REAL
0.5
I
Q
ILH
Rated current for motor current value calibration
REAL
100.0
I
Q
WACYC
Waiting cycle for reading diagnosis data
REAL
10800.0 I
Q
RUNUPCYC
Waiting cycles at start
INT
3
I
PAGE
Activated page of the faceplate
INT
1
I
B
EV_ID1
Message ID no. 1
DWORD 0
I
M
EV_ID2
Message ID no. 2
DWORD 0
I
M
RESET
Resetting error SIMOCODE-DP BOOL
0
IO
BQ
+
LSER
Enabling of local operation
BOOL
0
IO
BQ
+
SST1
Single start
BOOL
0
IO
B
+
SSTP
Single stop
BOOL
0
IO
B
+
SUPR
Suppression of alarms
BOOL
0
IO
B
+
EV1_SIG1
Index variable for message no. 1
INT
1
IO
EV1_SIG2
Index variable for message no. 2
INT
29
IO
EV1_SIG3
Index variable for message no.
INT
3
IO
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Q
+
+
+
>0
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-282
Connection Meaning (parameters)
Data type
Def.
Type Attr. O&O Perm. values
3 EV1_SIG4
Index variable for message no. 4
INT
4
IO
EV1_SIG5
Index variable for message no. 5
INT
5
IO
EV1_SIG6
Index variable for message no. 6
INT
6
IO
EV1_SIG7
Index variable for message no. 7
INT
7
IO
EV1_SIG8
Index variable for message no. 8
INT
8
IO
EV2_SIG1
Index variable for message no. 9
INT
30
IO
EV2_SIG2
Index variable for message no. 10
INT
31
IO
EV2_SIG3
Index variable for message no. 11
INT
32
IO
EV2_SIG4
Index variable for message no. 12
INT
33
IO
EV2_SIG5
Index variable for message no. 13
INT
34
IO
EV2_SIG6
Index variable for message no. 14
INT
2
IO
EV2_SIG7
Index variable for message no. 15
INT
35
IO
EV2_SIG8
Index variable for message no. 16
INT
36
IO
OSG1
Operating message
BOOL
0
O
Q
EMOF
Emergency off activated
BOOL
0
O
Q
DAVB
Drive is available
BOOL
0
O
Q
EROR
Drive is faulty
BOOL
0
O
Q
DOFF
Drive is off
BOOL
0
O
Q
SWST
Start start-up warning
BOOL
0
O
Q
OPER
Drive is operating (locally or automatically)
BOOL
0
O
Q
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
3-283
Connection Meaning (parameters)
Data type
Def.
Type Attr. O&O Perm. values
QBAD
Profibus slave faulty
BOOL
0
O
Q
LOCA
Drive is in local operating mode
BOOL
0
O
Q
ACT1
Current monitoring time
REAL
0.0
O
Q
+
A1
Current motor current
REAL
0.0
O
Q
+
OPTI
Current operating hours SIMOCODE-DP
REAL
0.0
O
Q
+
NOST
Number of starts performed
REAL
0.0
O
Q
+
NOOV
Number of overload trippings
REAL
0.0
O
Q
+
PW
Parameter word
DWORD 0
O
Q
+
DW
Data word
DWORD 0
O
Q
+
SW
Status word
DWORD 0
O
Q
+
DWA
Extended diagnosis data for faceplate
DWORD 0
O
Q
+
DWB
Extended diagnosis data for faceplate
DWORD 0
O
Q
+
DWC
Extended diagnosis data for faceplate
DWORD 0
O
Q
+
Operation and observation of UNID_ST See the description of the block symbol and the faceplate in the corresponding manual in this regard. PW, DW and SW of UNID_ST The inputs, outputs and the internal status of the respective block are mapped on the parameter word, the data word and the status word. The assignment of the bits is found in the following table: > UNID_ST < Bit
Parameter word
Data word
Status word
0
STA1
OPS1
SEN1
1 2
EROP ILC1
3
en-YN.YNT.001.A
OSG1 NOTA
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-284
4
EMOF
5
DAVB
6
STOP
OPL1
7
CVON
8
GFLT
GFLT
DOFF
9
AVBL
ERMS
SWST
10
RCR1
ERSP
OPER
PWON
11 12
QBAD PMI1
ERPI
13 SPCL
15
LEMO
16
LSER
ERRC
17
LST1
TEST
ETIM
18
BLOCK LSP1
DOWNL
20 21
LOCA
EREO
14
19
EROR
GWARN SST1
EARTH
22
IMAX
23
SSTP
OVLD
24
SWRE
THERM
25
CSF
UNSYM
26
DOWNL
27
TEST
28
COLOUR_1
29
COLOUR_2
30
COLOUR_3
31
COLOUR_4 In the case of the COLOUR operating states, the block UNID_ST does not have all possible states. It features the states with the numbers 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7 and 11.
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
DWA, DWB and DWC of UNID_ST The block has three additional data words: DWA, DWB and DWC. These words offer additional information on the SIMOCODE-DP motor controller and the Profibus slave. This information is shown in the associated faceplate. The assignment of the data words changes with the value of the input PAGE. When activating the corresponding page of the faceplate, the latter automatically sets the input PAGE to the value corresponding to the activated diagnosis page.
en-YN.YNT.001.A
3-285
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-286
The input PAGE may have the following values: Page
Activated diagnosis page of the faceplate
1
:
PROFIBUS – Information on the Profibus slave
2
:
SIMOCODE – Extended information on the SIMOCODE-DP motor controller
4
:
STATISTICS – Statistics data and motor current of the SIMOCODE-DP With the different values of PAGE the content of the data words DWA, DWB and DWC also varies. A content list follows below:
> UNID_ST with PAGE = 1 < Bit
Data word A
Data word B
0
ST_NOEX
HARD_ID
1
ST_NORDY
2
ST_INSLR
3
ST_SENSU
4
ST_MASLO
5
ST_WATCH
6
ST_STDIA
7
ST_EXDIA
8
ST_EXDOV
9
ST_SYNC
10
ST_FREEZ
11
ST_PAREQ
12
ST_PARFA
13
ST_SLCCF
14
ST_SLDEA
15
ST_STASL
16
SLAVE_OK
17
SLAVE_DPV1
18
SLAVE_SIMO
Data word C
DPPA_ADR
SUBNETID
19 20 21
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
3-287
22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31
> UNID_ST with PAGE = 2 < Bit
Data word A
Data word B
Data word C
0
ON1
WA_EARTH
ER_EARTH
1
OFF
WA_OVLD
ER_OVLD
2
ON2
WA_UNSYM
ER_UNSYM
3
OVL_WAR
WA_I1MAX
ER_THERM
4
AUTO
WA_I1MIN
ER_I1MAX
5
LOCK_OT
WA_I2MAX
ER_I1MIN
6
FAULT
WA_I2MIN
ER_I2MAX
7
WARNING
EXT_WARN
ER_I2MIN
8
READY
WA_THERM
CURR_ON
9
IDL_TIM
UNSYM
CURR_OFF
10
INI_PAR
SENS_SC
MOT_STAL
11
PAR_ACT
POS_STAL
12
COOL_TI
ER_DOUB0
13
CST
ER_DOUB1
14
OPENING
ER_ENDPO
15
CLOSING
ER_NONEQ
16
POS_CLOS
RTS
17
POS_OPEN
OPO
en-YN.YNT.001.A
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-288
18
TRQ_CLOS
UVO
19
TRQ_OPEN
EXT_FLT1
20
DP_BLOCK
EXT_FLT2
21
DP_FAIL
ER_CST
22
PLC_CPU
ER_RT_ON
23
EM_START
ER_RT_OF
24
HW_TEST
PARA_ER0
25
EXT_SIG1
PARA_ER1
26
EXT_SIG2
PARA_ER2
27
EXT_SIG3
PARA_ER3
28
PARA_ER4
29
PARA_ER5
30
PARA_ER6
31
PARA_ER7
> UNID_ST with PAGE = 4 < Bit
Data word A
Data word B
Data word C
0
RUN_TIME
NO_START
ACT_COLTI
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
3-289
14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31
en-YN.YNT.001.A
NO_OVLD
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-290
3.66 Simocode-DP drive control REVD_ST: Reversible drive Description of REVD_ST Object name (Type + Number) FB 521 Calling OBs The time interrupt OB in which the block is installed (e.g. OB 35). Function The block is used for controlling a reversible drive which is driven by a SIMOCODE-DP motor controller. The SIMOCODE-DP is connected to the PLC via the Profibus. The block communicates directly with the Profibus device SIMOCODE-DP. Profibus In order to integrate the block, the type SIMOCODE-DPV1 PDM is used for this purpose in the PCS7 program HW Konfig. This is part of the scope of supply of the PCS7 and does not need to be installed subsequently. In HW Konfig, in the catalogue, the profile Standard is set for this purpose. Now the folder PROFIBUS-DP is opened. There the subfolders Further field equipment, switchgear and SIMOCODE are opened. Here, the entry SIMOCODE-DPV1 PDM is located.
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
Fig. 52: HW Konfig with SIMOCODE
This entry is used for the definition of the Profibus-DP slave. As a block, DPV1: BasicType 2 compact is used. Following the definition of the Profibus slave, a setting must be carried out. To this end the object properties and then the page 'Parameterising the slave' must be opened.
en-YN.YNT.001.A
3-291
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-292
Fig. 53: Object properties of SIMOCODE-DPV1 PDM
Here, under "Station parameters" in the line "Equipment-specific parameters" the entry "Diagnosing according to DPV1" must be activated with "Yes". Only if the above-stated settings for a SIMOCODE-DP have been completely made, will the full functional scope of the block be ensured. Operating principle The block communicates directly with the SIMOCODE-DP motor controller. This device is defined as a Profibus slave. At the input SUBNETID, the number of the Profibus system, which the SIMOCODE-DP is connected to, must be entered. At the input DPPA_ADR the slave address of the SIMOCODE-DP must be entered and at the input DADDR the diagnose address of the SIMOCODE-DP must be entered. All these values may be taken from the hardware configuration of a STEP7 project. Using these values, the block can communicate automatically with the corresponding SIMOCODE-DP.
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
Internally, the same logic is used as for the block REVD (FB 503). However, the block REVD_ST reads some signals directly from the Profibus (SIMOCODE-DP) and these need not be connected as inputs or outputs. These are the inputs OLPT, AVBL, RCR1, RCR2 LEMO, PWON, SEN1 and SEN2. They are read directly by SIMOCODE-DP or written to the SIMOCODEDP. Nevertheless these inputs and outputs are used in the internal logic. In addition, status signals are still used in the interlock system which the SIMOCODE-DP generates. In detail, these are the signals READY, FAULT, AUTO and IMIN. A valid starting command exists when the signals: 'STA1', 'ILC1', 'AVBL', 'OLPT', 'LEMO', 'PMI1', 'READY' or 'STA2', 'ILC2', 'AVBL', 'OLPT', LEMO', 'PMI2', 'READY' are set and the stopping command 'STOP' is reset. In this case, the start enable signal 'SEN1' or 'SEN2' and the run command 'PWON' are set (activation signals for the motor). If the check-back signal 'RCR1' or 'RCR1' together with the speed monitor signal 'SPCL' are set when a valid starting command is active, the control state switches to self-latching status. A characteristic of this status is that the operating bits 'OSG1', 'OPS1' are set or that 'OSG1', OPS2' are set while the run commands 'PWON' and 'SEN1' or 'SEN2' are active. From this moment, the starting commands 'STA1' or 'STA2' can be rescinded without risking reset of the run command PWON and SEN1 or SEN2. The reversible drive is stopped correctly when either the stopping command 'STOP' is set or when the process interlock 'ILC1' or 'ILC2' is missing. If the machine protection fails for both directions simultaneously, the error signal 'ERPI' is generated regardless of the current operating status. If the machine protection fails for one direction only, this is only detected and signalled when the drive is started or in operation in this direction. When the reversible drive is stationary and starting commands are issued simultaneously for both directions, no error is signalled. If the drive is running in one direction, starting commands for the other direction are ignored. The monitoring time TIME1 in seconds when the drive is started specifies the period in which the check-back signal RCR1/RCR2 must be set. If time = 0, no time monitoring of the start is employed. By means of the signals SST1, SST2 and SSTP an individual start of the drive can be realised in automatic mode. In the faceplate of the drive, the operator sets the signals SST1, SST2 or SSTP. After processing in the block, these signals are reset by the block. After operation of the signal SST1/2 the output SWST is set at first. By means of this output an external start-up warning can be started. If the start-up warning time has expired, then the input SWRE must be set. In this way, there is a valid starting command and the drive is then started as described above. With the exception of the combination with the signals SWST and SWRE the signals SST1/2 behave in the same way with signal STA1/2. Using SSTP, the drive is stopped. SSTP behaves in the same way with the input STOP.
en-YN.YNT.001.A
3-293
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-294
With the signals LSER, LST1/2 and LSP1/2 it is possible to operate the drive via external switches, keyboards or from the control panel. With the signal LSER the drive is switched to local operation. The availability of the drive disappears therewith. Via the signals LST1/2 and LSP1/2 the drive can be started. Using the parameter SWLO, it is selected whether the input SWRE is taken into consideration for the evaluation of the inputs LST1/2 and LSP1/2. Note Via the signals LST1/2 and LSP1/2, the drive can be started ("1") or stopped ("0"). Via LST1/2 the drive is started independently from the interlock signals! Via LSP1/2 the signals CVON, OLPT, PMI1/2 and LEMO are taken into consideration. As long as the start signals are pending the drive runs, if the start signal changes to zero the drive is stopped. The block additionally outputs the motor current of the drive at output A1. Standardised from 0 to 100 % of the rated current, the motor current is read by the SIMOCODE-DP. By means of the rated current ILH it is calibrated into the unit Ampere and filtered with BW and FF. This filtration works according to the following formula: Y(n+1) = Y(n) + ( FF * ( VAL – Y(n) ) ) (n) :
Index of the last filtered measured value
(n+1) :
Index of the new filtered measured value
VAL :
Unfiltered input value
FF :
Filter factor (Range between 0 and 1)
The newly determined value will be processed further only then if it differs from the most recent determined value by at least the bandwidth (BW) value. The block cyclically reads the extended diagnosis data provided by the SIMOCODE-DP. These are e.g. the operating hours or the number of starts of the SIMOCODE-DP. These data are shown in the faceplate. The block is called up in the event of a change of the diagnosis data via an interrupt and will then read the same in an event-controlled fashion. In addition there exists a cycle for the reading of the diagnosis data. The cycle time can be parameterised in the input WACYC. The standard setting for the cycle time is 10800 seconds (3 hours). Via the input PAGE, the faceplate communicates which page of the diagnosis the plant operator has called up. The block then writes the required data into the outputs DWA, DWB and DWC. They are evaluated on the faceplate page called up. For the various different diagnosis pages, the content of the three outputs differs and will not be further described here. The faceplate is able to interpret the data accordingly. Internal logic
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
The sequence of the flags is determined by the sequence in which they must be generated. In this relation, the flags marked (with ") must be taken into account in the setting and reset conditions! Auxiliary flag IAVBL
:=
AVBL_&AUTO_&-DOWNL
ICVON
:=
CVON_&SLAVE_OK
IOLPT
:=
(OLPT/TEST)_&-FAULT
S IRCR1 C IRCR1
= =
RCR1/(IMIN_&-AVBL_&OLPT) -RCR1_&-IMIN
ISTA1
:=
STA1_&READY
ISTA2
:=
STA2_&READY
GO1
:=
ISTA1_&ILC1
GO2
:=
ISTA2_&ILC2
RUN1
:=
SEN1/OSG1
RUN2
:=
SEN2/OSG2
RESET
:=
-PWON_&(-EROP/ERES)
PMNOT
:=
-PMI1_&-PMI2
CLEROP
:=
EROP_&ERES
AVAIL
:=
IAVBL_&IOLPT_&LEMO
RUNSTP
:=
ICVON/EROP”/STOP
en-YN.YNT.001.A
3-295
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-296
Data word S ERPI C ERPI
: :
PMNOT/C-STOP_&(-EROP/ERES)_&PMI1_&ILC1_&(RUN1/ISTA1)_&-RUN2_&-GO2/PMI2_&ILC2_&(RUN2/ISTA2_&-RUN1_&-GO1)ICVON/RESET_&(PMI1_&PMI2/PMNOT_&(GO1_&GO2/STOP)/PMI1_&-GO2/PMI2_&-GO1))
S ERSP C ERSP
: :
PWON_&AVAIL_&-STOP_&(ILC1_&(OPS1/ISTA1_&SEN1)/ILC2_&(OPS2/-ISTA2_&SEN2))_&-SPCLICVON/CLEROP
S ERRC C ERRC
: :
PWON_&AVAIL_&-STOP_&(ILC1_&(OPS1/-ISTA1_&SEN1)_&IRCR1/ILC2_&(OPS2/-ISTA2_&SEN2)_&-RCR2)-ICVON/CLEROP
S NOTA C NOTA
: :
-AVAIL/ERPI”/ERSP”/ERRC”/ETIM”-ICVON/AVAIL_&-ERPI”_&RESET
S EROP C EROP
: :
(RUN1_&ILC1/RUN2_&ILC2)_&NOTA”_&-STOP/ERSP”/PMNOT_&ERPI”(-ICVON/CLEROP)_&(PMNOT/-ERPI”)
S OPS1 C OPS1
: :
SEN1_&IRCR1_&SPCL-ILC1/-ICVON/EROP/-IRCR1
S OPS2 C OPS2
: :
SEN2_&RCR2_&SPCL-ILC2/-ICVON/EROP/-RCR2
S GFLT C GFLT
: :
-IOLPT-ICVON/IOLPT_&RESET
S ERMS C ERMS
: :
-IAVBL_&IOLPT_&LEMO-ICVON/(IAVBL/-IOLPT/-LEMO)_&RESET
S EREO C EREO
: :
-LEMO-ICVON/LEMO_&RESET
OPL1
:=
-PWON_&-OPS1_&IRCR1_&IOLPT_&-IAVBL
OPL2
:=
-PWON_&-OPS2_&RCR2_&IOLPT_&-IAVBL
S ETIM C ETIM
: :
LCT1_&((SEN1_&(-IRCR1/-SPCL))/SEN2_&(-RCR2/-SPCL)))CLEROP
TEST
:=
TEST
S BLOCK C BLOCK
= =
BLOCK -ICVON/-BLOCK_&RESET
S DOWNL C DOWNL
= =
DOWNL -ICVON/-DOWNL_&RESET
S GWARN C GWARN
= =
GWARN -GWARN_&RESET
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
S EARTH C EARTH
= =
EARTH -ICVON/-EARTH_&RESET
S IMAX C IMAX
= =
IMAX -ICVON/-IMAX_&RESET
S OVLD C OVLD
= =
OVLD/-OLPT -ICVON/-OVLD_&OLPT_&RESET
S THERM C THERM
= =
THERM -ICVON/-THERM_&RESET
Status word OSG1 OSG2
:= :=
OPS1”OPS2”
S SEN1 C SEN1
: :
GO1_&-GO2_&-RUN2RUNSTP/NOTA”/-ILC1/OSG1”_&PSEN
S SEN2 C SEN2
: :
GO2_&-GO1_&-RUN1RUNSTP/NOTA”/-ILC2/OSG2”_&PSEN
EMOF DAVB EROR
:= := :=
EREO”ICVON_&-NOTA”EROP”
S PWON C PWON
: :
SEN1”/SEN2”RUNSTP/NOTA”/(RUN1_&-ILC1)/(RUN2_&-ILC2)
DOFF
:=
-OSG1”_&-OSG2”
OPER
:=
IMIN
QBAD
:=
-SLAVE_OK
LOCA
:=
(-AVBL/LSER)_&SLAVE_OK
en-YN.YNT.001.A
3-297
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-298
Block view
Fig. 54: REVD_ST block
Starting characteristics During the CPU start-up the REVD_ST block is deactivated. All internal state flags (shown in the data word) are reset. Following start-up the block waits for the number of cycles projected in the input RUNUPCYC, and will only be activated thereafter. A first start-up whilst the program is running is treated internally like a CPU startup. Time behaviour The block must be called via a time interrupt OB or OB1. It does not have a parameter for the sampling interval. Behaviour in case of a time error In the case of a time error the outputs will then be reset. In addition the internal state flags will be reset. Message actions The block REVD_ST internally uses an ALARM_8P block for generating the messages. Messages are generated for the following tripping devices: ● Operating trouble (EROP) ● SIMOCODE-DP group fault (GFLT) ● Machine availability (AVBL) ● Speed monitor (SPCL) ● Machine protection (PMI1) ● Local emergency off (LEMO)
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
3-299
● Monitoring time (ETIM) ● Check-back signal (RCR1) ● Motor blocked (BLOCK) ● SIMOCODE-DP to download mode (DOWNL) ● SIMOCODE-DP group warning (GWARN) ● Earth fault (EARTH) ● Maximum motor current (IMAX) ● Overload (OLPT and OVLD) ● Thermistor error (THERM) ● Overload and asymmetry (UNSYM) The messages can be suppressed by setting the input SUPR or by resetting the input RLSA. The input SUPR, however, is activated by the operator interface (WinCC), and RLSA by the program. The inputs CVON (at value 0) and CSF (at value 1) also suppress the output of messages. Assignment of message text and message class to the block parameters
Mess. Block Default message text no. parameter
Message Suppressable class
1
EROP
$$BlockComment$$ @1I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
2
GFLT
$$BlockComment$$ @2I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
3
ERMS
$$BlockComment$$ @3I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
4
ERSP
$$BlockComment$$ @4I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
5
ERPI
$$BlockComment$$ @5I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
6
EREO
$$BlockComment$$ @6I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
7
ETIM
$$BlockComment$$ @7I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
8
ERRC
$$BlockComment$$ @8I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
9
BLOCK
$$BlockComment$$ @1I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
10
DOWNL
$$BlockComment$$ @2I%t#POLCID_Standard@
PF
Yes
en-YN.YNT.001.A
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-300
Mess. Block Default message text no. parameter
Message Suppressable class
11
GWARN
$$BlockComment$$ @3I%t#POLCID_Standard@
WH
Yes
12
EARTH
$$BlockComment$$ @4I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
13
IMAX
$$BlockComment$$ @5I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
14
OVLD
$$BlockComment$$ @6I%t#POLCID_Standard@ - @9R%6.1f@A
AH
Yes
15
THERN
$$BlockComment$$ @7I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
16
UNSYM
$$BlockComment$$ @8I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
Connections of REVD_ST Connection Meaning (parameters)
Data type
Def.
Type Attr. O&O Perm. values
SUBNETID
Number of the Profibus subsystem of the PLC
INT
0
I
DPPA_ADR
Slave address of the Profibus device
INT
0
I
DADDR
Diagnosis address of the Profibus slave
INT
0
I
STA1
Start drive direction 1
BOOL
0
I
Q
STA2
Start drive direction 2
BOOL
0
I
Q
ILC1
Process-technological interlock direction 1
BOOL
1
I
Q
ILC2
Process-technological interlock direction 2
BOOL
1
I
Q
STOP
Stop drive
BOOL
0
I
Q
CVON
Control voltage on
BOOL
1
I
Q
PMI1
Machine protection interlock direction 1
BOOL
1
I
Q
PMI2
Machine protection interlock direction 2
BOOL
1
I
Q
SPCL
Speed monitor
BOOL
1
I
Q
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
Connection Meaning (parameters)
3-301
Data type
Def.
Type Attr. O&O Perm. values
CSF
Control system error
BOOL
0
I
Q
DOWNL
Set SIMOCODE-DP to download mode
BOOL
0
I
Q
TEST
Set SIMOCODE-DP to test mode
BOOL
0
I
Q
LST1
Local start/stop without PMI1
BOOL
0
I
Q
LST2
Local start/stop without PMI2
BOOL
0
I
Q
LSP1
Local start/stop with PMI1
BOOL
0
I
Q
LSP2
Local start/stop with PMI2
BOOL
0
I
Q
SWRE
Enabling start-up warning
BOOL
1
I
Q
ESST
Display of softkeys for single faceplate start
BOOL
0
I
+
ENRE
Display of softkeys for faceplate BOOL reset
0
I
+
SWLO
Start-up warning also in local operating mode
BOOL
0
I
LSEL
Selection LSER switches Simocode device to local operating mode
BOOL
0
I
RLSA
Enabling alarm generation
BOOL
1
I
Q
TIME1
Monitoring time setpoint value
REAL
5.0
I
BQ
BW
Belt width for filtering motor current value
INT
1
I
Q
FF
Filter factor motor current value
REAL
0.5
I
Q
ILH
Rated current for motor current value calibration
REAL
100.0
I
Q
WACYC
Waiting cycle for reading diagnosis data
REAL
10800.0 I
Q
RUNUPCYC
Waiting cycles at start
INT
3
I
PAGE
Activated page of the faceplate
INT
1
I
B
EV_ID1
Message ID no. 1
DWORD 0
I
M
EV_ID2
Message ID no. 2
DWORD 0
I
M
RESET
Resetting error SIMOCODE-DP BOOL
IO
BQ
en-YN.YNT.001.A
0
+
+
+
+
>0
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-302
Connection Meaning (parameters)
Data type
Def.
Type Attr. O&O Perm. values
LSER
Enabling of local operation
BOOL
0
IO
BQ
+
SST1
Single start direction 1
BOOL
0
IO
B
+
SST2
Single start direction 2
BOOL
0
IO
B
+
SSTP
Single stop
BOOL
0
IO
B
+
SUPR
Suppression of alarms
BOOL
0
IO
B
+
EV1_SIG1
Index variable for message no. 1
INT
1
IO
EV1_SIG2
Index variable for message no. 2
INT
29
IO
EV1_SIG3
Index variable for message no. 3
INT
3
IO
EV1_SIG4
Index variable for message no. 4
INT
4
IO
EV1_SIG5
Index variable for message no. 5
INT
5
IO
EV1_SIG6
Index variable for message no. 6
INT
6
IO
EV1_SIG7
Index variable for message no. 7
INT
7
IO
EV1_SIG8
Index variable for message no. 8
INT
8
IO
EV2_SIG1
Index variable for message no. 9
INT
30
IO
EV2_SIG2
Index variable for message no. 10
INT
31
IO
EV2_SIG3
Index variable for message no. 11
INT
32
IO
EV2_SIG4
Index variable for message no. 12
INT
33
IO
EV2_SIG5
Index variable for message no. 13
INT
34
IO
EV2_SIG6
Index variable for message no. 14
INT
2
IO
EV2_SIG7
Index variable for message no. 15
INT
35
IO
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
3-303
Connection Meaning (parameters)
Data type
Def.
Type Attr. O&O Perm. values
EV2_SIG8
Index variable for message no. 16
INT
36
IO
OSG1
Operating message direction 1
BOOL
0
O
Q
OSG2
Operating message direction 2
BOOL
0
O
Q
EMOF
Emergency off activated
BOOL
0
O
Q
DAVB
Drive is available
BOOL
0
O
Q
EROR
Drive is faulty
BOOL
0
O
Q
DOFF
Drive is off
BOOL
0
O
Q
SWST
Start start-up warning
BOOL
0
O
Q
OPER
Drive is operating (locally or automatically)
BOOL
0
O
Q
QBAD
Profibus slave faulty
BOOL
0
O
Q
LOCA
Drive is in local operating mode
BOOL
0
O
Q
ACT1
Current monitoring time
REAL
0.0
O
Q
+
A1
Current motor current
REAL
0.0
O
Q
+
OPTI
Current operating hours SIMOCODE-DP
REAL
0.0
O
Q
+
NOST
Number of starts performed
REAL
0.0
O
Q
+
NOOV
Number of overload trippings
REAL
0.0
O
Q
+
PW
Parameter word
DWORD 0
O
Q
+
DW
Data word
DWORD 0
O
Q
+
SW
Status word
DWORD 0
O
Q
+
DWA
Extended diagnosis data for faceplate
DWORD 0
O
Q
+
DWB
Extended diagnosis data for faceplate
DWORD 0
O
Q
+
DWC
Extended diagnosis data for faceplate
DWORD 0
O
Q
+
Operation and observation of REVD_ST See the description of the block symbol and the faceplate in the corresponding manual in this regard.
en-YN.YNT.001.A
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-304
PW, DW and SW of REVD_ST The inputs, outputs and the internal status of the respective block are mapped on the parameter word, the data word and the status word. The assignment of the bits is found in the following table: > REVD_ST < Bit
Parameter word
Data word
Status word
0
STA1
OPS1
SEN1
1
STA2
EROP
SEN2
2
ILC1
OPS2
OSG1
3
ILC2
NOTA
OSG2
4
EMOF
5
DAVB
6
STOP
OPL1
EROR
7
CVON
OLP2
PWON
8
GFLT
GFLT
DOFF
9
AVBL
ERMS
SWST
10
RCR1
ERSP
OPER
11
RCR2
12
PMI1
ERPI
13
PMI2
EREO
14
SPCL
ETIM
15
LEMO
16
LSER
ERRC
17
LST1
TEST
18
LST2
BLOCK
19
LSP1
DOWNL
20
LSP2
GWARN
21
SST1
EARTH
22
SST2
IMAX
23
SSTP
OVLD
24
SWRE
THERM
QBAD
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
25
CSF
26
DOWNL
27
TEST
3-305
UNSYM
28
COLOUR_1
29
COLOUR_2
30
COLOUR_3
31
COLOUR_4 In the case of the COLOUR operating states, the block REVD_ST does not have all possible states. It features the states with the numbers 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9 and 12.
DWA, DWB and DWC of REVD_ST The block has three additional data words: DWA, DWB and DWC. These words offer additional information on the SIMOCODE-DP motor controller and the Profibus slave. This information is shown in the associated faceplate. The assignment of the data words changes with the value of the input PAGE. When activating the corresponding page of the faceplate, the latter automatically sets the input PAGE to the value corresponding to the activated diagnosis page. The input PAGE may have the following values: Page
Activated diagnosis page of the faceplate
1
:
PROFIBUS – Information on the Profibus slave
2
:
SIMOCODE – Extended information on the SIMOCODE-DP motor controller
4
:
STATISTICS – Statistics data and motor current of the SIMOCODE-DP
en-YN.YNT.001.A
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-306
With the different values of PAGE the content of the data words DWA, DWB and DWC also varies. A content list follows below: > REVD_ST with PAGE = 1 < Bit
Data word A
Data word B
0
ST_NOEX
HARD_ID
1
ST_NORDY
2
ST_INSLR
3
ST_SENSU
4
ST_MASLO
5
ST_WATCH
6
ST_STDIA
7
ST_EXDIA
8
ST_EXDOV
9
ST_SYNC
10
ST_FREEZ
11
ST_PAREQ
12
ST_PARFA
13
ST_SLCCF
14
ST_SLDEA
15
ST_STASL
16
SLAVE_OK
17
SLAVE_DPV1
18
SLAVE_SIMO
Data word C
DPPA_ADR
SUBNETID
19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
3-307
27 28 29 30 31
> REVD_ST with PAGE = 2 < Bit
Data word A
Data word B
Data word C
0
ON1
WA_EARTH
ER_EARTH
1
OFF
WA_OVLD
ER_OVLD
2
ON2
WA_UNSYM
ER_UNSYM
3
OVL_WAR
WA_I1MAX
ER_THERM
4
AUTO
WA_I1MIN
ER_I1MAX
5
LOCK_OT
WA_I2MAX
ER_I1MIN
6
FAULT
WA_I2MIN
ER_I2MAX
7
WARNING
EXT_WARN
ER_I2MIN
8
READY
WA_THERM
CURR_ON
9
IDL_TIM
UNSYM
CURR_OFF
10
INI_PAR
SENS_SC
MOT_STAL
11
PAR_ACT
POS_STAL
12
COOL_TI
ER_DOUB0
13
CST
ER_DOUB1
14
OPENING
ER_ENDPO
15
CLOSING
ER_NONEQ
16
POS_CLOS
RTS
17
POS_OPEN
OPO
18
TRQ_CLOS
UVO
19
TRQ_OPEN
EXT_FLT1
20
DP_BLOCK
EXT_FLT2
21
DP_FAIL
ER_CST
22
PLC_CPU
ER_RT_ON
en-YN.YNT.001.A
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-308
23
EM_START
ER_RT_OF
24
HW_TEST
PARA_ER0
25
EXT_SIG1
PARA_ER1
26
EXT_SIG2
PARA_ER2
27
EXT_SIG3
PARA_ER3
28
PARA_ER4
29
PARA_ER5
30
PARA_ER6
31
PARA_ER7
> REVD_ST with PAGE = 4 < Bit
Data word A
Data word B
0
RUN_TIME
NO_START
Data word C
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
ACT_COLTI
8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
NO_OVLD
17 18
en-YN.YNT.001.A
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-309
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-310
3.67 Simocode-DP drive control RVDL_ST: reversible drive with limit switches Description of RVDL_ST Object name (Type + Number) FB 522 Calling OBs The time interrupt OB in which the block is installed (e.g. OB 35). Function The block is used for controlling a reversible drive with limit switches which is driven by a SIMOCODE-DP motor controller. The SIMOCODE-DP is connected to the PLC via the Profibus. The block communicates directly with the Profibus device SIMOCODE-DP. Profibus In order to integrate the block, the type SIMOCODE-DPV1 PDM is used for this purpose in the PCS7 program HW Konfig. This is part of the scope of supply of the PCS7 and does not need to be installed subsequently. In HW Konfig, in the catalogue, the profile Standard is set for this purpose. Now the folder PROFIBUS-DP is opened. There the subfolders Further field equipment, switchgear and SIMOCODE are opened. Here, the entry SIMOCODE-DPV1 PDM is located.
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
Fig. 55: HW Konfig with SIMOCODE
This entry is used for the definition of the Profibus-DP slave. As a block, DPV1: BasicType 2 compact is used. Following the definition of the Profibus slave, a setting must be carried out. To this end the object properties and then the page 'Parameterising the slave' must be opened.
en-YN.YNT.001.A
3-311
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-312
Fig. 56: Object properties of SIMOCODE-DPV1 PDM
Here, under "Station parameters" in the line "Equipment-specific parameters" the entry "Diagnosing according to DPV1" must be activated with "Yes". Only if the above-stated settings for a SIMOCODE-DP have been completely made, will the full functional scope of the block be ensured. Operating principle The block communicates directly with the SIMOCODE-DP-DP motor controller. This device is defined as a Profibus slave. At the input SUBNETID, the number of the Profibus system, which the SIMOCODE-DP is connected to, must be entered. At the input DPPA_ADR the slave address of the SIMOCODE-DP must be entered and at the input DADDR the diagnose address of the SIMOCODE-DP must be entered. All these values may be taken from the hardware configuration of a STEP7 project. Using these values, the block can communicate automatically with the corresponding SIMOCODE-DP.
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
Internally, the same logic is used as for the block RVDL (FB 504). However, the block RVDL_ST reads some signals directly from the Profibus (SIMOCODE-DP) and these need not be connected as inputs or outputs. These are the inputs OLPT, AVBL, RCR1, RCR2, SEN1 and SEN2. They are read directly by SIMOCODE-DP or written to the SIMOCODE-DP. Nevertheless these inputs and outputs are used in the internal logic. In addition, status signals are still used in the interlock system which the SIMOCODE-DP generates. In detail, these are the signals READY, FAULT, AUTO and IMIN. If one of the two end positions applies, the start of a drive can only be effected if a valid starting command for the direction leading away from the end position is given. If the drive was stopped between the end positions (caused by a fault), a valid starting command can optionally be given for one of the two directions. A valid starting command exists when the signals: 'STA1', 'ILC1', 'AVBL', 'OLPT', 'PMI1', 'READY' or 'STA2', 'ILC2', 'AVBL', 'OLPT', 'PMI2', 'READY' are set. In this case, the start enable signals 'SEN1' or 'SEN2' are set (motor activating signals) and the end position indicator 'POS1' or POS2' is cleared. If the check-back signal 'RCR1' or 'RCR2' is set while a valid starting command is present, the drive changes over to the operating condition which is characterised by the bits 'OSG1', 'OPS1' or 'OSG2', 'OPS2'. Correct stopping is performed by activation of the associated limit switch 'LSW1' or 'LSW2'. If the machine protection fails for both directions simultaneously, the error signal 'ERPI' is generated regardless of the current operating status. If the machine protection fails for one direction only, this is only detected and signalled when the drive is started or in operation in this direction. When the reversible drive with limit switches is stationary and starting commands are issued simultaneously for both directions, no error is signalled. If the drive is running in one direction, starting commands for the other direction are ignored. The time TIME1 monitors the time in seconds, e.g. for movement of the drive from POS1 to POS2, in which the associated limit switch must be set. If time = 0, no time monitoring of the movement is performed. By means of the signals SST1 and SST2 an individual start of the drive can be realised in automatic mode. In the faceplate of the drive, the operator sets the signals SST1 or SST2. After processing in the block, these signals are reset by the block. After operation of the signal SST1/2 the output SWST is set at first. By means of this output an external start-up warning can be started. If the start-up warning time has expired, then the input SWRE must be set. In this way, there is a valid starting command and the drive is then started as described above. With the exception of the combination with the signals SWST and SWRE the signals SST1/2 behave in the same way with signal STA1/2.
en-YN.YNT.001.A
3-313
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-314
With the signals LSER, LST1 and LSP1 operation of the drive is possible via external switches, keyboards or from the control panel. With the signal LSER the drive is switched to local operation. The availability of the drive disappears therewith. Using the parameter SWLO, it is selected whether the input SWRE is taken into consideration for the evaluation of the inputs LST1 and LSP1. Note Via the signals LST1/2 and LSP1/2, the drive can be started ("1") or stopped ("0"). Via LST1/2 the drive is started independently from the interlock signals! Via LSP1/2 the signals CVON, OLPT and PMI1/2 are taken into consideration. As long as the start signals are pending the drive runs, if the start signal changes to zero the drive is stopped. The block additionally outputs the motor current of the drive at output A1. Standardised from 0 to 100 % of the rated current, the motor current is read by the SIMOCODE-DP. By means of the rated current ILH it is calibrated into the unit Ampere and filtered with BW and FF. This filtration works according to the following formula: Y(n+1) = Y(n) + ( FF * ( VAL – Y(n) ) ) (n) :
Index of the last filtered measured value
(n+1) :
Index of the new filtered measured value
VAL :
Unfiltered input value
FF :
Filter factor (Range between 0 and 1)
The newly determined value will be processed further only then if it differs from the most recent determined value by at least the bandwidth (BW) value. The block cyclically reads the extended diagnosis data provided by the SIMOCODE-DP. These are e.g. the operating hours or the number of starts of the SIMOCODE-DP. These data are shown in the faceplate. The block is called up in the event of a change of the diagnosis data via an interrupt and will then read the same in an event-controlled fashion. In addition there exists a cycle for the reading of the diagnosis data. The cycle time can be parameterised in the input WACYC. The standard setting for the cycle time is 10800 seconds (3 hours). Via the input PAGE, the faceplate communicates which page of the diagnosis the plant operator has called up. The block then writes the required data into the outputs DWA, DWB and DWC. They are evaluated on the faceplate page called up. For the various different diagnosis pages, the content of the three outputs differs and will not be further described here. The faceplate is able to interpret the data accordingly. Internal logic The sequence of the flags is determined by the sequence in which they must be generated. In this relation, the flags marked (with ") must be taken into account in the setting and reset conditions!
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
Auxiliary flag IAVBL
:=
AVBL_&AUTO_&-DOWNL
ICVON
:=
CVON_&SLAVE_OK
IOLPT
:=
(OLPT/TEST)_&-FAULT
S IRCR1 C IRCR1
= =
RCR1/(IMIN_&-AVBL_&OLPT) -RCR1_&-IMIN
ISTA1
:=
STA1_&READY
ISTA2
:=
STA2_&READY
GO1
:=
ISTA1_&ILC1
GO2
:=
ISTA2_&ILC2
NOSEN
:=
-(SEN1/SEN2)
RESET
:=
NOSEN_&(-EROP/ERES)
CLEROP
:=
EROP_&ERES
CLERPS
:=
ERPS_&ERES
LSWALL
:=
LSW1_&LSW2
LSWPOS
:=
-LSW1_&POS1_&-SEN2_&-OSG2/-LSW2_&POS2_&-SEN1_&-OSG1
AVAIL
:=
IAVBL_&IOLPT
en-YN.YNT.001.A
3-315
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-316
Data word S ERPS C ERPS
: :
(LSWALL/-CLERPS_&LSWPOS/(LSW1_&ILC2_&SEN2_&(ISTA2/AVAIL_&PMI2_&OPS2)/LSW2_&ILC1_&SEN1_&(ISTA1/AVAIL_&PMI1_&OPS1))/((LSW1.EQV.LSW2)_&(SEN1_&ISTA1_&ILC1/SEN2_&-ISTA2_&ILC2)))/ETIM”-ICVON/LSWALL_&ERPS_&RESET
S ERPI C ERPI
::
S ERRC C ERRC
: :
AVAIL_&-ERPI”_&-ERPS_&(OPS1_&GO1_&-IRCR1_&LSW1/OPS2_&GO2_&-RCR2_&-LSW2)-ICVON/CLEROP
S NOTA C NOTA
: :
-AVAIL/ERPI”/ERPS”/ERRC”-ICVON/AVAIL_&-ERPI”_&ERPS”_&RESET
S EROP C EROP
: :
((SEN1_&ILC1_&-LSW1/SEN2_&ILC2_&LSW2)_&NOTA”)/(ERPS”/ERRC”_&(SEN1/SEN2/OSG1/OSG2))ICVON/CLEROP_&(ERPS_&-LSWPOS/-ERPS”)
S OPS1 C OPS1
: :
GO1_&SEN1_&IRCR1-ICVON/-GO1/LSW1/NOTA”
S OPS2 C OPS2
: :
GO2_&SEN2_&RCR2-ICVON/-GO2/LSW2/NOTA”
S GFLT C GFLT
: :
-IOLPT-ICVON/IOLPT_&RESET
S ERMS C ERMS
: :
-IAVBL_&IOLPT-ICVON/(IAVBL/-IOLPT)_&RESET
S ETIM C ETIM
: :
LCT1_&((SEN1_&-LSW1)/(SEN2_&-LSW2))-ICVON/RESET
S POS1 C POS1
: :
LSW1_&(-POS2/-LSW2_&CLERPS)-ICVON/LSWALL/LSW1_&(CLERPS/SEN2”/OSG2/-ERPS”_&LSW1)
S POS2 C POS2
: :
LSW2_&(-POS1/-LSW1_&CLERPS)-ICVON/LSWALL/LSW2_&(CLERPS/SEN1”/OSG1/-ERPS”_&LSW2)
OPL1
:=
-SEN1_&-OPS1_&IRCR1
OPL2
:=
-SEN2_&-OPS2_&RCR2
TEST
:=
TEST
S BLOCK C BLOCK
= =
BLOCK -ICVON/-BLOCK_&RESET
(-PMI1_&-PMI2)/(-EROP/ERES)_&(-PMI1_&-LSW1_&GO1_&(SEN1/SEN2_&(LSW2/-GO2)/-PMI2_&-LSW2_&GO2_&(SEN2/SEN1_&(LSW1/-GO1))ICVON/(PMI1_&PMI2/ERPS”_&(PMI1/PMI2)/PMI1_&(GO2/LSW2/GO1_&-LSW1)/PMI2_&(-GO1/LSW1/GO2_&LSW2))_&RESET
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
S DOWNL C DOWNL
= =
DOWNL -ICVON/-DOWNL_&RESET
S GWARN C GWARN
= =
GWARN -GWARN_&RESET
S EARTH C EARTH
= =
EARTH -ICVON/-EARTH_&RESET
S IMAX C IMAX
= =
IMAX -ICVON/-IMAX_&RESET
S OVLD C OVLD
= =
OVLD/-OLPT -ICVON/-OVLD_&OLPT_&RESET
S THERM C THERM
= =
THERM -ICVON/-THERM_&RESET
Status word S PWON C PWON
: :
ISTA1_&ILC1-ICVON/NOTA”/STOP/-ILC1
S OSG1 C OSG1
: :
OPS1-OPS1”
S SEN1 C SEN1
: :
PWON”OSG1”/-PWON”
EMOF
:=
EREO”
DAVB
:=
-NOTA”_&ICVON
EROR
:=
EROP”
DOFF
:=
-OSG1”
OPER
:=
IMIN
QBAD
:=
-SLAVE_OK
LOCA
:=
(-AVBL/LSER)_&SLAVE_OK
en-YN.YNT.001.A
3-317
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-318
Block view
Fig. 57: RVDL_ST block
Starting characteristics During the CPU start-up the RVDL_ST block is deactivated. All internal state flags (shown in the data word) are reset. Following start-up the block waits for the number of cycles projected in the input RUNUPCYC, and will only be activated thereafter. A first start-up whilst the program is running is treated internally like a CPU startup. Time behaviour The block must be called via a time interrupt OB or OB1. It does not have a parameter for the sampling interval. Behaviour in case of a time error In the case of a time error the outputs will then be reset. In addition the internal state flags will be reset. Message actions The block RVDL_ST internally uses an ALARM_8P block for generating the messages. Messages are generated for the following tripping devices: ● Operating trouble (EROP) ● SIMOCODE-DP group fault (GFLT) ● Machine availability (AVBL) ● Machine protection (PMI1) ● Position monitoring (ERPS)
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
3-319
● Monitoring time (ETIM) ● Check-back signal (RCR1) ● Motor blocked (BLOCK) ● SIMOCODE-DP to download mode (DOWNL) ● SIMOCODE-DP group warning (GWARN) ● Earth fault (EARTH) ● Maximum motor current (IMAX) ● Overload (OLPT and OVLD) ● Thermistor error (THERM) ● Overload and asymmetry (UNSYM) The messages can be suppressed by setting the input SUPR or by resetting the input RLSA. The input SUPR, however, is activated by the operator interface (WinCC), and RLSA by the program. Including the inputs CVON (at value 0) Assignment of message text and message class to the block parameters
Mess. Block Default message text no. parameter
Message Suppressable class
1
EROP
$$BlockComment$$ @1I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
2
GFLT
$$BlockComment$$ @2I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
3
ERMS
$$BlockComment$$ @3I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
4
ERSP
$$BlockComment$$ @4I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
5
ERPI
$$BlockComment$$ @5I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
6
EREO
$$BlockComment$$ @6I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
7
ETIM
$$BlockComment$$ @7I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
8
ERRC
$$BlockComment$$ @8I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
9
BLOCK
$$BlockComment$$ @1I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
10
DOWNL
$$BlockComment$$ @2I%t#POLCID_Standard@
PF
Yes
en-YN.YNT.001.A
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-320
Mess. Block Default message text no. parameter
Message Suppressable class
11
GWARN
$$BlockComment$$ @3I%t#POLCID_Standard@
WH
Yes
12
EARTH
$$BlockComment$$ @4I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
13
IMAX
$$BlockComment$$ @5I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
14
OVLD
$$BlockComment$$ @6I%t#POLCID_Standard@ - @9R%6.1f@A
AH
Yes
15
THERN
$$BlockComment$$ @7I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
16
UNSYM
$$BlockComment$$ @8I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
Connections of RVDL_ST Connection Meaning (parameters)
Data type
Def.
Type Attr. O&O Perm. values
SUBNETID
Number of the Profibus subsystem of the PLC
INT
0
I
DPPA_ADR
Slave address of the Profibus device
INT
0
I
DADDR
Diagnosis address of the Profibus slave
INT
0
I
STA1
Start drive
BOOL
0
I
Q
ILC1
Process-technological interlock
BOOL
1
I
Q
STOP
Stop drive
BOOL
0
I
Q
CVON
Control voltage on
BOOL
1
I
Q
PMI1
Machine protection interlock
BOOL
1
I
Q
SPCL
Speed monitor
BOOL
1
I
Q
CSF
Control system error
BOOL
0
I
Q
DOWNL
Set SIMOCODE-DP to download mode
BOOL
0
I
Q
TEST
Set SIMOCODE-DP to test mode
BOOL
0
I
Q
LST1
Local start/stop without PMI1
BOOL
0
I
Q
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
3-321
Connection Meaning (parameters)
Data type
Def.
Type Attr. O&O Perm. values
LSP1
Local start/stop with PMI1
BOOL
0
I
Q
SWRE
Enabling start-up warning
BOOL
1
I
Q
ESST
Display of softkeys for single faceplate start
BOOL
0
I
+
ENRE
Display of softkeys for faceplate BOOL reset
0
I
+
SWLO
Start-up warning also in local operating mode
BOOL
0
I
LSEL
Selection LSER switches Simocode device to local operating mode
BOOL
0
I
RLSA
Enabling alarm generation
BOOL
1
I
Q
TIME1
Monitoring time setpoint value
REAL
5.0
I
BQ
BW
Belt width for filtering motor current value
INT
1
I
Q
FF
Filter factor motor current value
REAL
0.5
I
Q
ILH
Rated current for motor current value calibration
REAL
100.0
I
Q
WACYC
Waiting cycle for reading diagnosis data
REAL
10800.0 I
Q
RUNUPCYC
Waiting cycles at start
INT
3
I
PAGE
Activated page of the faceplate
INT
1
I
B
EV_ID1
Message ID no. 1
DWORD 0
I
M
EV_ID2
Message ID no. 2
DWORD 0
I
M
RESET
Resetting error SIMOCODE-DP BOOL
0
IO
BQ
+
LSER
Enabling of local operation
BOOL
0
IO
BQ
+
SST1
Single start
BOOL
0
IO
B
+
SSTP
Single stop
BOOL
0
IO
B
+
SUPR
Suppression of alarms
BOOL
0
IO
B
+
EV1_SIG1
Index variable for message no. 1
INT
1
IO
EV1_SIG2
Index variable for message no. 2
INT
29
IO
en-YN.YNT.001.A
+
+
+
>0
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-322
Connection Meaning (parameters)
Data type
Def.
Type Attr. O&O Perm. values
EV1_SIG3
Index variable for message no. 3
INT
3
IO
EV1_SIG4
Index variable for message no. 4
INT
4
IO
EV1_SIG5
Index variable for message no. 5
INT
5
IO
EV1_SIG6
Index variable for message no. 6
INT
6
IO
EV1_SIG7
Index variable for message no. 7
INT
7
IO
EV1_SIG8
Index variable for message no. 8
INT
8
IO
EV2_SIG1
Index variable for message no. 9
INT
30
IO
EV2_SIG2
Index variable for message no. 10
INT
31
IO
EV2_SIG3
Index variable for message no. 11
INT
32
IO
EV2_SIG4
Index variable for message no. 12
INT
33
IO
EV2_SIG5
Index variable for message no. 13
INT
34
IO
EV2_SIG6
Index variable for message no. 14
INT
2
IO
EV2_SIG7
Index variable for message no. 15
INT
35
IO
EV2_SIG8
Index variable for message no. 16
INT
36
IO
OSG1
Operating message
BOOL
0
O
Q
EMOF
Emergency off activated
BOOL
0
O
Q
DAVB
Drive is available
BOOL
0
O
Q
EROR
Drive is faulty
BOOL
0
O
Q
DOFF
Drive is off
BOOL
0
O
Q
SWST
Start start-up warning
BOOL
0
O
Q
OPER
Drive is operating (locally or
BOOL
0
O
Q
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
3-323
Connection Meaning (parameters)
Data type
Def.
Type Attr. O&O Perm. values
automatically) QBAD
Profibus slave faulty
BOOL
0
O
Q
LOCA
Drive is in local operating mode
BOOL
0
O
Q
ACT1
Current monitoring time
REAL
0.0
O
Q
+
A1
Current motor current
REAL
0.0
O
Q
+
OPTI
Current operating hours SIMOCODE-DP
REAL
0.0
O
Q
+
NOST
Number of starts performed
REAL
0.0
O
Q
+
NOOV
Number of overload trippings
REAL
0.0
O
Q
+
PW
Parameter word
DWORD 0
O
Q
+
DW
Data word
DWORD 0
O
Q
+
SW
Status word
DWORD 0
O
Q
+
DWA
Extended diagnosis data for faceplate
DWORD 0
O
Q
+
DWB
Extended diagnosis data for faceplate
DWORD 0
O
Q
+
DWC
Extended diagnosis data for faceplate
DWORD 0
O
Q
+
Operation and observation of RVDL_ST See the description of the block symbol and the faceplate in the corresponding manual in this regard. PW, DW and SW of RVDL_ST The inputs, outputs and the internal status of the respective block are mapped on the parameter word, the data word and the status word. The assignment of the bits is found in the following table: > RVDL_ST < Bit
Parameter word
Data word
Status word
0
STA1
OPS1
SEN1
1 2
EROP ILC1
en-YN.YNT.001.A
OSG1
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-324
3
NOTA
4
EMOF
5
DAVB
6
STOP
OPL1
7
CVON
8
GFLT
GFLT
DOFF
9
AVBL
ERMS
SWST
10
RCR1
ERSP
OPER
PWON
11 12
QBAD PMI1
ERPI
13 SPCL
15
LEMO
16
LSER
ERRC
17
LST1
TEST
ETIM
18
BLOCK LSP1
DOWNL
20 21
LOCA
EREO
14
19
EROR
GWARN SST1
EARTH
22
IMAX
23
SSTP
OVLD
24
SWRE
THERM
25
CSF
UNSYM
26
DOWNL
27
TEST
28
COLOUR_1
29
COLOUR_2
30
COLOUR_3
31
COLOUR_4 In the case of the COLOUR operating states, the block RVDL_ST has all defined states from 1 to 11.
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
DWA, DWB and DWC of RVDL_ST The block has three additional data words: DWA, DWB and DWC. These words offer additional information on the SIMOCODE-DP motor controller and the Profibus slave. This information is shown in the associated faceplate. The assignment of the data words changes with the value of the input PAGE. When activating the corresponding page of the faceplate, the latter automatically sets the input PAGE to the value corresponding to the activated diagnosis page.
en-YN.YNT.001.A
3-325
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-326
The input PAGE may have the following values: Page
Activated diagnosis page of the faceplate
1
:
PROFIBUS – Information on the Profibus slave
2
:
SIMOCODE – Extended information on the SIMOCODE-DP motor controller
4
:
STATISTICS – Statistics data and motor current of the SIMOCODE-DP With the different values of PAGE the content of the data words DWA, DWB and DWC also varies. A content list follows below:
> RVDL_ST with PAGE = 1 < Bit
Data word A
Data word B
0
ST_NOEX
HARD_ID
1
ST_NORDY
2
ST_INSLR
3
ST_SENSU
4
ST_MASLO
5
ST_WATCH
6
ST_STDIA
7
ST_EXDIA
8
ST_EXDOV
9
ST_SYNC
10
ST_FREEZ
11
ST_PAREQ
12
ST_PARFA
13
ST_SLCCF
14
ST_SLDEA
15
ST_STASL
16
SLAVE_OK
17
SLAVE_DPV1
18
SLAVE_SIMO
Data word C
DPPA_ADR
SUBNETID
19 20 21
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
3-327
22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31
> RVDL_ST with PAGE = 2 < Bit
Data word A
Data word B
Data word C
0
ON1
WA_EARTH
ER_EARTH
1
OFF
WA_OVLD
ER_OVLD
2
ON2
WA_UNSYM
ER_UNSYM
3
OVL_WAR
WA_I1MAX
ER_THERM
4
AUTO
WA_I1MIN
ER_I1MAX
5
LOCK_OT
WA_I2MAX
ER_I1MIN
6
FAULT
WA_I2MIN
ER_I2MAX
7
WARNING
EXT_WARN
ER_I2MIN
8
READY
WA_THERM
CURR_ON
9
IDL_TIM
UNSYM
CURR_OFF
10
INI_PAR
SENS_SC
MOT_STAL
11
PAR_ACT
POS_STAL
12
COOL_TI
ER_DOUB0
13
CST
ER_DOUB1
14
OPENING
ER_ENDPO
15
CLOSING
ER_NONEQ
16
POS_CLOS
RTS
17
POS_OPEN
OPO
en-YN.YNT.001.A
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-328
18
TRQ_CLOS
UVO
19
TRQ_OPEN
EXT_FLT1
20
DP_BLOCK
EXT_FLT2
21
DP_FAIL
ER_CST
22
PLC_CPU
ER_RT_ON
23
EM_START
ER_RT_OF
24
HW_TEST
PARA_ER0
25
EXT_SIG1
PARA_ER1
26
EXT_SIG2
PARA_ER2
27
EXT_SIG3
PARA_ER3
28
PARA_ER4
29
PARA_ER5
30
PARA_ER6
31
PARA_ER7
> RVDL_ST with PAGE = 4 < Bit
Data word A
Data word B
Data word C
0
RUN_TIME
NO_START
ACT_COLTI
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
3-329
14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31
en-YN.YNT.001.A
NO_OVLD
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-330
3.68 Simocode-DP drive control CONT_ST: Actuator Description of CONT_ST Object name (Type + Number) FB 523 Calling OBs The time interrupt OB in which the block is installed (e.g. OB 35). Function The block is used for controlling an actuator with limit switches which is driven by a SIMOCODE-DP motor controller. The SIMOCODE-DP is connected to the PLC via the Profibus. The block communicates directly with the Profibus device SIMOCODE-DP. Profibus In order to integrate the block, the type SIMOCODE-DPV1 PDM is used for this purpose in the PCS7 program HW Konfig. This is part of the scope of supply of the PCS7 and does not need to be installed subsequently. In HW Konfig, in the catalogue, the profile Standard is set for this purpose. Now the folder PROFIBUS-DP is opened. There the subfolders Further field equipment, switchgear and SIMOCODE are opened. Here, the entry SIMOCODE-DPV1 PDM is located.
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
Fig. 58: HW Konfig with SIMOCODE
This entry is used for the definition of the Profibus-DP slave. As a block, DPV1: BasicType 2 compact is used. Following the definition of the Profibus slave, a setting must be carried out. To this end the object properties and then the page 'Parameterising the slave' must be opened.
en-YN.YNT.001.A
3-331
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-332
Fig. 59: Object properties of SIMOCODE-DPV1 PDM
Here, under "Station parameters" in the line "Equipment-specific parameters" the entry "Diagnosing according to DPV1" must be activated with "Yes". Only if the above-stated settings for a SIMOCODE-DP have been completely made, will the full functional scope of the block be ensured. Operating principle The block communicates directly with the SIMOCODE-DP motor controller. This device is defined as a Profibus slave. At the input SUBNETID, the number of the Profibus system, which the SIMOCODE-DP is connected to, must be entered. At the input DPPA_ADR the slave address of the SIMOCODE-DP must be entered and at the input DADDR the diagnose address of the SIMOCODE-DP must be entered. All these values may be taken from the hardware configuration of a STEP7 project. Using these values, the block can communicate automatically with the corresponding SIMOCODE-DP.
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
Internally, the same logic is used as for the block CONT_DO (FB 506). However, the block CONT_ST reads some signals directly from the Profibus (SIMOCODEDP) and these need not be connected as inputs or outputs. These are the inputs OLPT, AVBL, SEN1 and SEN2. They are read directly by SIMOCODE-DP or written to the SIMOCODE-DP. These inputs and outputs will nevertheless be used in the internal logic. In addition, status signals are still used in the interlock system which the SIMOCODE-DP generates. In detail, these are the signals READY, FAULT, AUTO and IMIN. If the drive is available, i.e. the 'DAVB' bit in the status word is set, the CONT_DO operates as a three-step controller. If the deviation between the actual value ACT and the setpoint SET is greater than the switching difference SWIT, the output 'CLSE' or 'OPEN' in the data word is set according to the sign of the deviation and the bit 'SEN1' or 'SEN2' is simultaneously set in the status word, which must then be switched to the associated digital outputs in the drive program. The setpoint value is formed from the automatic setpoint value ASET (can be connected in the program) and the setpoint value from the faceplate SET. By means of the input AUTO it is selected which of the two setpoint values is activated. With AUTO = 0, setpoint value SET is active, and with AUTO = 1 setpoint value ASET is active. In the case of AUTO = 1 the setpoint value is deactivated in the faceplate and the value of SET is equalled to the value of ASET. A special function of the drive block is movement to specific positions in dependence on the control bits in the parameter word. For this, the limits HIGH and LOW are used as values. The setpoint is overwritten with a specified limit value by setting two bits in the parameter word. After releasing the forced limit, normal operation is resumed only if a new, changed setpoint is sent. During the travel time of the actuator the input of the position check-back must have changed by at least 0.0025 within the time TIMEOUT (in seconds). If not, a position error is created. After a fault the setpoint must change, in order that a new process is started. The setpoint must also be changed after a forced open/close, in order that it is approached to. The current set up setpoint is displayed in the variable CSET. The availability of the actuator is monitored in a similar manner as normal drives because the same signals are received from the inputs (CVON, OLPT AVBL and PMI1/2) Bit 'ERDS' is set when the associated input bit in the parameter word 'IODS' is set whereas these inputs influence the status bit 'DAVB': Switching of the input bit 'IODS' (analogue input fault) is performed with the availability flag of the analogue channel. Monitoring of the limit switches is performed in the same manner as in the 'VALV' block, i.e. non-availability is only signalled when both limit switches are closed.
en-YN.YNT.001.A
3-333
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-334
The limit position HIGH can be moved to by setting the input HILI, and the limit position LOW can be moved to by setting the input LOLI. The input RLS generally enables adjustment or blocks the same. At RLS = 0 both outputs SEN1 and SEN2 are deactivated. With the signals LSER, LST1/2 and LSP1/2 it is possible to operate the drive via external switches, keyboards or from the control panel. With the signal LSER the drive is switched to local operation. The availability of the drive disappears therewith. Via the signals LST1/2 and LSP1/2 the drive can be started. Note Via the signals LST1/2 and LSP1/2, the drive can be started ("1") or stopped ("0"). Via LST1/2 the drive is started independently from the interlock signals! Via LSP1/2 the signals CVON, OLPT and PMI1/2 are taken into consideration. As long as the start signals are pending the drive runs, if the start signal changes to zero the drive is stopped. The block additionally outputs the motor current of the drive at output A1. Standardised from 0 to 100 % of the rated current, the motor current is read by the SIMOCODE-DP. By means of the rated current ILH it is calibrated into the unit Ampere and filtered with BW and FF. This filtration works according to the following formula: Y(n+1) = Y(n) + ( FF * ( VAL – Y(n) ) ) (n) :
Index of the last filtered measured value
(n+1) :
Index of the new filtered measured value
VAL :
Unfiltered input value
FF :
Filter factor (Range between 0 and 1)
The newly determined value will be processed further only then if it differs from the most recent determined value by at least the bandwidth (BW) value. The block cyclically reads the extended diagnosis data provided by the SIMOCODE-DP. These are e.g. the operating hours or the number of starts of the SIMOCODE-DP. These data are shown in the faceplate. The block is called up in the event of a change of the diagnosis data via an interrupt and will then read the same in an event-controlled fashion. In addition there exists a cycle for the reading of the diagnosis data. The cycle time can be parameterised in the input WACYC. The standard setting for the cycle time is 10800 seconds (3 hours). Via the input PAGE, the faceplate communicates which page of the diagnosis the plant operator has called up. The block then writes the required data into the outputs DWA, DWB and DWC. They are evaluated on the faceplate page called up. For the various different diagnosis pages, the content of the three outputs differs and will not be further described here. The faceplate is able to interpret the data accordingly. Internal logic
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
The sequence of the flags is determined by the sequence in which they must be generated. In this relation, the flags marked (with ") must be taken into account in the setting and reset conditions! Auxiliary flag IAVBL
:=
AVBL_&AUTO_&-DOWNL
ICVON
:=
CVON_&SLAVE_OK
IOLPT
:=
(OLPT/TEST)_&-FAULT
IHILI
:=
HILI_&READY
ILOLI
:=
LOLI_&READY
Data word S URO1 C URO1
: :
IHILI-ICVON/(-IHILI/ILOLI)
S URO2 C URO2
: :
ILOLI-ICVON/(-ILOLI/IHILI)
S EROP C EROP
: :
(-IODS/LCT-IOLPT/-IAVBL/-PMI1/-PMI2)_&(CLSE/OPEN)ERES/ICVON
NOTA
:=
-ICVON/ERMS”/ERPI”/ERPS”/ERDS”/EROL”/EROP”
S POS1 C POS1
: :
LSW1-ICVON/(-LSW1/LSW2)
S POS2 C POS2
: :
LSW2-ICVON/(-LSW2/LSW1)
CMAN
:=
URO1”/URO2”
GFLT
:=
-IOLPT_&ICVON
ERMS
:=
-IAVBL_&ICVON
ERPI
:=
(-PMI1/-PMI2)_&ICVON
S ERPS C ERPS
: :
LSW1_&LSW2/LCT1_&(OPEN/CLSE)-ICVON/(-LSW1/LSW2)_&(ERES/EROP)
ERDS
:=
IODS_&ICVON
TEST
:=
TEST
S BLOCK C BLOCK
= =
BLOCK -ICVON/-BLOCK_&RESET
S DOWNL C DOWNL
= =
DOWNL -ICVON/-DOWNL_&RESET
S GWARN C GWARN
= =
GWARN -GWARN_&RESET
en-YN.YNT.001.A
3-335
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-336
S EARTH C EARTH
= =
EARTH -ICVON/-EARTH_&RESET
S IMAX C IMAX
= =
IMAX -ICVON/-IMAX_&RESET
S OVLD C OVLD
= =
OVLD/-OLPT -ICVON/-OVLD_&OLPT_&RESET
S THERM C THERM
= =
THERM -ICVON/-THERM_&RESET
Status word URG1
:=
URO1
URG2
:=
URO2
DAVB
:=
-NOTA_&ICVON
EROR
:=
EROP
MANU
:=
CMAN
OPER
:=
IMIN
QBAD
:=
-SLAVE_OK
LOCA
:=
(-AVBL/LSER)_&SLAVE_OK
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
Block view
Fig. 60: CONT_ST block
Starting characteristics At CPU start-up the CONT_ST block is deactivated. All internal state flags (shown in the data word) are reset. Following start-up the block waits for the number of cycles projected in the input RUNUPCYC, and will only be activated thereafter. A first start-up whilst the program is running is treated internally like a CPU startup. Time behaviour The block must be called via a time interrupt OB or OB1. It does not have a parameter for the sampling interval. Behaviour in case of a time error In the case of a time error the outputs will then be reset. In addition the internal state flags will be reset. Message actions The block CONT_ST internally uses an ALARM_8P block for generating the messages. Messages are generated for the following tripping devices: ● Operating trouble (EROP) ● SIMOCODE-DP group fault (GFLT) ● Machine availability (AVBL)
en-YN.YNT.001.A
3-337
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-338
● Position monitoring (ERPS) ● Machine protection (PMI1) ● Position check-back (IODS) ● Motor blocked (BLOCK) ● SIMOCODE-DP to download mode (DOWNL) ● SIMOCODE-DP group warning (GWARN) ● Earth fault (EARTH) ● Maximum motor current (IMAX) ● Overload (OLPT and OVLD) ● Thermistor error (THERM) ● Overload and asymmetry (UNSYM) The messages can be suppressed by setting the input SUPR or by resetting the input RLSA. The input SUPR, however, is activated by the operator interface (WinCC), and RLSA by the program. The inputs CVON (at value 0) and CSF (at value 1) also suppress the output of messages. Assignment of message text and message class to the block parameters
Mess. Block Default message text no. parameters
Message Suppressable class
1
EROP
$$BlockComment$$ @1I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
2
GFLT
$$BlockComment$$ @2I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
3
ERMS
$$BlockComment$$ @3I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
4
ERPS
$$BlockComment$$ @4I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
5
ERPI
$$BlockComment$$ @5I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
6
ERDS
$$BlockComment$$ @6I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
7
$$BlockComment$$ @7I%t#POLCID_Standard@
Yes
8
$$BlockComment$$ @8I%t#POLCID_Standard@
Yes
9
BLOCK
$$BlockComment$$ @1I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
10
DOWNL
$$BlockComment$$ -
PF
Yes
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
3-339
Mess. Block Default message text no. parameters
Message Suppressable class
@2I%t#POLCID_Standard@ 11
GWARN
$$BlockComment$$ @3I%t#POLCID_Standard@
WH
Yes
12
EARTH
$$BlockComment$$ @4I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
13
IMAX
$$BlockComment$$ @5I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
14
OVLD
$$BlockComment$$ @6I%t#POLCID_Standard@ - @9R%6.1f@A
AH
Yes
15
THERN
$$BlockComment$$ @7I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
16
UNSYM
$$BlockComment$$ @8I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
Connections of CONT_ST Connection Meaning (parameters)
Data type
Def.
Type Attr. O&O Perm. values
SUBNETID
Number of the Profibus subsystem of the PLC
INT
0
I
DPPA_ADR
Slave address of the Profibus device
INT
0
I
DADDR
Diagnosis address of the Profibus slave
INT
0
I
HILI
Setting HIGH setpoint value as active setpoint value
BOOL
0
I
Q
LOLI
Setting LOW setpoint value as active setpoint value
BOOL
0
I
Q
LSW1
Limit switch direction 1
BOOL
0
I
Q
LSW2
Limit switch direction 2
BOOL
0
I
Q
CVON
Control voltage on
BOOL
1
I
Q
PMI1
Machine protection interlock direction 1
BOOL
1
I
Q
PMI2
Machine protection interlock direction 2
BOOL
1
I
Q
en-YN.YNT.001.A
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-340
Connection Meaning (parameters)
Data type
Def.
Type Attr. O&O Perm. values
AUTO
Activate ASET ( = 1 ) or SET ( = BOOL 0 ) input
0
I
Q
IODS
Fault input value ACT
BOOL
1
I
Q
RLS
Enabling outputs SEN1/2
BOOL
1
I
Q
CSF
Control system error
BOOL
0
I
Q
DOWNL
Set SIMOCODE-DP to download mode
BOOL
0
I
Q
TEST
Set SIMOCODE-DP to test mode
BOOL
0
I
Q
LST1
Local start/stop without PMI1
BOOL
0
I
Q
LST2
Local start/stop without PMI2
BOOL
0
I
Q
LSP1
Local start/stop with PMI1
BOOL
0
I
Q
LSP2
Local start/stop with PMI2
BOOL
0
I
Q
ENRE
Display of softkeys for faceplate BOOL reset
0
I
LSEL
Selection LSER switches Simocode device to local operating mode
BOOL
0
I
RLSA
Enabling alarm generation
BOOL
1
I
Q
ASET
Automatic setpoint value
REAL
0.0
I
Q
ACT
Current position check-back value
REAL
0.0
I
Q
+
HIGH
Upper limit value for setpoint value
REAL
0.0
I
BQ
+
LOW
Lower limit value for setpoint value
REAL
0.0
I
BQ
+
SWIT
Switching hysteresis for REAL comparing setpoint value/actual value
0.0
I
BQ
+
SAFE
Safety position in case of system failure
REAL
0.0
I
BQ
+
TIMEOUT
Monitoring time for position change
REAL
0.0
I
BQ
+
BW
Belt width for filtering motor current value
INT
1
I
Q
+
>0
>0
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
3-341
Connection Meaning (parameters)
Data type
Def.
Type Attr. O&O Perm. values
FF
Filter factor motor current value
REAL
0.5
I
Q
ILH
Rated current for motor current value calibration
REAL
100.0
I
Q
WACYC
Waiting cycle for reading diagnosis data
REAL
10800.0 I
Q
RUNUPCYC
Waiting cycles at start
INT
3
I
PAGE
Activated page of the faceplate
INT
1
I
B
EV_ID1
Message ID no. 1
DWORD 0
I
M
EV_ID2
Message ID no. 2
DWORD 0
I
M
RESET
Resetting error SIMOCODE-DP BOOL
0
IO
BQ
+
LSER
Enabling of local operation
BOOL
0
IO
BQ
+
SUPR
Suppression of alarms
BOOL
0
IO
B
+
SET
Setpoint value for faceplate
REAL
0.0
IO
B
+
EV1_SIG1
Index variable for message no. 1
INT
1
IO
EV1_SIG2
Index variable for message no. 2
INT
29
IO
EV1_SIG3
Index variable for message no. 3
INT
3
IO
EV1_SIG4
Index variable for message no. 4
INT
9
IO
EV1_SIG5
Index variable for message no. 5
INT
5
IO
EV1_SIG6
Index variable for message no. 6
INT
10
IO
EV1_SIG7
Index variable for message no. 7
INT
0
IO
EV1_SIG8
Index variable for message no. 8
INT
0
IO
EV2_SIG1
Index variable for message no. 9
INT
30
IO
EV2_SIG2
Index variable for message no. 10
INT
31
IO
en-YN.YNT.001.A
+
+
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-342
Connection Meaning (parameters)
Data type
Def.
Type Attr. O&O Perm. values
EV2_SIG3
Index variable for message no. 11
INT
32
IO
EV2_SIG4
Index variable for message no. 12
INT
33
IO
EV2_SIG5
Index variable for message no. 13
INT
34
IO
EV2_SIG6
Index variable for message no. 14
INT
2
IO
EV2_SIG7
Index variable for message no. 15
INT
40
IO
EV2_SIG8
Index variable for message no. 16
INT
36
IO
URG1
Forced open command pending BOOL (HILI)
0
O
Q
URG2
Forced close command pending BOOL (LOLI)
0
O
Q
DAVB
Drive is available
BOOL
0
O
Q
EROR
Drive is faulty
BOOL
0
O
Q
MANU
Actuator in manual operating mode (no HILI, LOLI)
BOOL
0
O
Q
OPER
Drive is operating (locally or automatically)
BOOL
0
O
Q
QBAD
Profibus slave faulty
BOOL
0
O
Q
LOCA
Drive is in local operating mode
BOOL
0
O
Q
LSW1I
Internal limit switch direction 1
BOOL
0
O
Q
LSW2I
Internal limit switch direction 2
BOOL
0
O
Q
TRQ1
Torque limit switch direction 1
BOOL
0
O
Q
TRQ2
Torque limit switch direction 2
BOOL
0
O
Q
LSW1E
External limit switch direction 1
BOOL
0
O
Q
LSW2E
External limit switch direction 2
BOOL
0
O
Q
CSET
Active internal setpoint value
REAL
0.0
O
Q
+
A1
Current motor current
REAL
0.0
O
Q
+
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
3-343
Connection Meaning (parameters)
Data type
Def.
Type Attr. O&O Perm. values
OPTI
Current operating hours SIMOCODE-DP
REAL
0.0
O
Q
+
NOST
Number of starts performed
REAL
0.0
O
Q
+
NOOV
Number of overload trippings
REAL
0.0
O
Q
+
PW
Parameter word
DWORD 0
O
Q
+
DW
Data word
DWORD 0
O
Q
+
SW
Status word
DWORD 0
O
Q
+
DWA
Extended diagnosis data for faceplate
DWORD 0
O
Q
+
DWB
Extended diagnosis data for faceplate
DWORD 0
O
Q
+
DWC
Extended diagnosis data for faceplate
DWORD 0
O
Q
+
Operation and observation of CONT_ST See the description of the block symbol and the faceplate in the corresponding manual in this regard. PW, DW and SW of CONT_ST The inputs, outputs and the internal status of the respective block are mapped on the parameter word, the data word and the status word. The assignment of the bits is found in the following table: > CONT_ST < Bit
Parameter word
Data word
Status word
0
HILI
URO1
URG1
1
LOLI
EROP
URG2
2
URO2
SEN1
3
NOTA
SEN2
4
LSW1
POS1
5
LSW2
POS2
DAVB
CMAN
EROR
6 7
CVON
en-YN.YNT.001.A
MANU
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-344
8
GFLT
GFLT
9
AVBL
ERMS
10
OPER
11
QBAD
12
PMI1
ERPI
LSW1I
13
PMI2
ERPS
LSW2I
ERDS
TRQ1
14 15
AUTO
TRQ2
16
IODS
CLSE
LSW1E
17
RLS
OPEN
LSW2E
18
TEST
LOCA
19
BLOCK
20
DOWNL
DOWNL
21
LSER
GWARN
22
LST1
EARTH
23
LST2
IMAX
24
LSP1
OVLD
25
LSP2
THERM
26
CSF
UNSYM
27
TEST
28
COLOUR_1
29
COLOUR_2
30
COLOUR_3
31
COLOUR_4 In the case of the COLOUR operating states, the block CONT_ST has all defined states from 1 to 11.
DWA, DWB and DWC of CONT_ST The block has three additional data words: DWA, DWB and DWC. These words offer additional information on the SIMOCODE-DP motor controller and the Profibus slave. This information is shown in the associated faceplate.
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
The assignment of the data words changes with the value of the input PAGE. When activating the corresponding page of the faceplate, the latter automatically sets the input PAGE to the value corresponding to the activated diagnosis page. The input PAGE may have the following values: Page
Activated diagnosis page of the faceplate
1
:
PROFIBUS – Information on the Profibus slave
2
:
SIMOCODE – Extended information on the SIMOCODE-DP motor controller
4
:
STATISTICS – Statistics data and motor current of the SIMOCODE-DP
en-YN.YNT.001.A
3-345
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-346
With the different values of PAGE the content of the data words DWA, DWB and DWC also varies. A content list follows below: > CONT_ST with PAGE = 1 < Bit
Data word A
Data word B
0
ST_NOEX
HARD_ID
1
ST_NORDY
2
ST_INSLR
3
ST_SENSU
4
ST_MASLO
5
ST_WATCH
6
ST_STDIA
7
ST_EXDIA
8
ST_EXDOV
9
ST_SYNC
10
ST_FREEZ
11
ST_PAREQ
12
ST_PARFA
13
ST_SLCCF
14
ST_SLDEA
15
ST_STASL
16
SLAVE_OK
17
SLAVE_DPV1
18
SLAVE_SIMO
Data word C
DPPA_ADR
SUBNETID
19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
3-347
27 28 29 30 31
> CONT_ST with PAGE = 2 < Bit
Data word A
Data word B
Data word C
0
ON1
WA_EARTH
ER_EARTH
1
OFF
WA_OVLD
ER_OVLD
2
ON2
WA_UNSYM
ER_UNSYM
3
OVL_WAR
WA_I1MAX
ER_THERM
4
AUTO
WA_I1MIN
ER_I1MAX
5
LOCK_OT
WA_I2MAX
ER_I1MIN
6
FAULT
WA_I2MIN
ER_I2MAX
7
WARNING
EXT_WARN
ER_I2MIN
8
READY
WA_THERM
CURR_ON
9
IDL_TIM
UNSYM
CURR_OFF
10
INI_PAR
SENS_SC
MOT_STAL
11
PAR_ACT
POS_STAL
12
COOL_TI
ER_DOUB0
13
CST
ER_DOUB1
14
OPENING
ER_ENDPO
15
CLOSING
ER_NONEQ
16
POS_CLOS
RTS
17
POS_OPEN
OPO
18
TRQ_CLOS
UVO
19
TRQ_OPEN
EXT_FLT1
20
DP_BLOCK
EXT_FLT2
21
DP_FAIL
ER_CST
22
PLC_CPU
ER_RT_ON
en-YN.YNT.001.A
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-348
23
EM_START
ER_RT_OF
24
HW_TEST
PARA_ER0
25
EXT_SIG1
PARA_ER1
26
EXT_SIG2
PARA_ER2
27
EXT_SIG3
PARA_ER3
28
PARA_ER4
29
PARA_ER5
30
PARA_ER6
31
PARA_ER7
> CONT_ST with PAGE = 4 < Bit
Data word A
Data word B
0
RUN_TIME
NO_START
Data word C
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
ACT_COLTI
8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
NO_OVLD
17 18
en-YN.YNT.001.A
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-349
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-350
3.69 SIMOCODE pro drive control UNID_SC: Setup operation with SIMOCODE pro C Description of UNID_SC Object name (Type + Number) FB 544 Calling OBs The time interrupt OB in which the block is installed (e.g. OB 35). Function The block is used for controlling a setup drive which is driven by a SIMOCODE pro C motor controller. The SIMOCODE pro C is connected to the PLC via the Profibus. The block communicates directly with the Profibus device SIMOCODE pro C. Profibus In order to integrate the block, the type SIMOCODE pro C (PDM) is used for this purpose in the PCS7 program HW Konfig. This is part of the scope of supply of the PCS7 and does not need to be installed subsequently. In HW Konfig, in the catalogue, the profile Standard is set for this purpose. Now the folder PROFIBUS-DP is opened. There, the subfolders "DP V0 Slaves, Switchgear and SIMOCODE" are opened. Here, the entry SIMOCODE pro C (PDM) is located.
Fig. 61: HW Konfig with SIMOCODE pro C
This entry is used for the definition of the Profibus-DP slave. As standard, the base type 2 is used as a block. Following the definition of the Profibus slave, a setting must be carried out. To this end the object properties and then the page 'Parameterising the slave' must be opened.
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
Fig. 62: Object properties of SIMOCODE-DPV1 PDM
Here, under "Station parameters" in the line "DPV1-Alarms" the entries "Diagnosis alarms" and "Process interrupt" must be activated by means of a tick. Only if the above-stated settings for a SIMOCODE pro C have been completely made, will the full functional scope of the block be ensured. Operating principle The block communicates directly with the SIMOCODE pro C motor controller. This device is defined as a Profibus slave. At the input SUBNETID, the number of the Profibus system, which the SIMOCODE pro C is connected to, must be entered. At the input DPPA_ADR the slave address of the SIMOCODE pro C must be entered and at the input DADDR the diagnose address of the SIMOCODE pro C must be entered. All these values may be taken from the hardware configuration of a STEP7 project. Using these values, the block can communicate automatically with the corresponding SIMOCODE pro C.
en-YN.YNT.001.A
3-351
User manual
Blocks 3-352
®
POLCID for administrators
Internally, the same logic is used as for the block UNID (FB 501). However, the block UNID_SC reads some signals directly from the Profibus (SIMOCODE pro C) and these need not be connected as inputs or outputs. These are the inputs OLPT, AVBL, RCR1, LEMO, PWON and SEN1. They are read directly by the SIMOCODE pro C or written to the SIMOCODE pro C. Nevertheless these inputs and outputs are used in the internal logic. In addition, status signals are still used in the interlock system which the SIMOCODE pro C generates. In detail, these are the signals READY, FAULT, AUTO and IMIN. A valid starting command exists when the signals: 'STA1', 'ILC1', 'AVBL', 'OLPT', 'LEMO', 'PMI1', 'AUTO' and 'READY' are set and the stopping command 'STOP' is not set. In this case, the start enable signal 'SEN1' and the run command 'PWON' are set (activation signals for the motor). If the check-back signal 'RCR1' is set together with the speed monitor signal 'SPCL' when a valid starting command is active, the control state switches to selflatching status. It is a characteristic of this state that the operating bits 'OSG1', 'OPS1' are set and that the start release command 'SEN1' is reset while the run command 'PWON' is set. From this moment, the starting commands 'STA1' or 'STA2' can be rescinded without risking reset of the run command PWON. The setting drive is stopped correctly by setting the stopping command 'STOP' or when the process interlock 'ILC1' is deactivated. The monitoring time in seconds TIME1 when a drive is started specifies the period in which the check-back signal RCR1 must be set. In addition, it monitors the time during stopping when the check-back signal RCR1 must have been reset. If time = 0, no time monitoring of the starting and stopping procedure is employed. By means of the signals SST1 and SSTP an individual start of the drive can be realised in automatic mode. In the faceplate of the drive, the operator sets the signals SST1 or SSTP. After processing in the block, these signals are reset by the block. After operation of the signal SST1 the output SWST is set at first. By means of this output an external start-up warning can be started. If the start-up warning time has expired, then the input SWRE must be set. In this way, there is a valid starting command and the drive is then started as described above. With the exception of the combination with the signals SWST and SWRE the signal SST1 behaves in the same way as signal STA1. Using SSTP, the drive is stopped. SSTP behaves in the same way with the input STOP. With the signals LSER, LST1 and LSP1 operation of the drive is possible via external switches, keyboards or from the control panel. With the signal LSER the drive is switched to local operation. The availability of the drive disappears therewith. Using the parameter SWLO, it is selected whether the input SWRE is taken into consideration for the evaluation of the inputs LST1 and LSP1. Note Via the signals LST1 and LSP1 the drive can be started (1) or stopped ("0"). Via LST1 the drive is started independently from the interlock signals!
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
3-353
Via LSP1 the signals CVON, OLPT, PMI1 and LEMO are taken into consideration. As long as the start signals are pending the drive runs, if the start signal changes to zero the drive is stopped. The block additionally outputs the motor current of the drive at output A1. Standardised from 0 to 100 % of the rated current, the motor current is read by the SIMOCODE pro C. By means of the rated current ILH it is calibrated into the unit Ampere and filtered with BW and FF. This filtration works according to the following formula: Y(n+1) = Y(n) + ( FF * ( VAL - Y(n) ) ) (n)
:
Index of the last filtered measured value
(n+1)
:
Index of the new filtered measured value
VAL
:
Unfiltered input value
FF
:
Filter factor (Range between 0 and 1)
The newly determined value will be processed further only then if it differs from the most recent determined value by at least the bandwidth (BW) value. The block cyclically reads the extended diagnosis data which the SIMOCODE pro C provides. These are e.g. the operating hours or the number of starts of the SIMOCODE pro C. These data are shown in the faceplate. The block is called up in the event of a change of the diagnosis data via an interrupt and will then read the same in an event-controlled fashion. In addition there exists a cycle for the reading of the diagnosis data. The cycle time can be parameterised in the input WACYC. The standard setting for the cycle time is 10800 seconds (3 hours). Via the input PAGE, the faceplate communicates which page of the diagnosis the plant operator has called up. The block then writes the required data into the outputs DWA, DWB and DWC. They are evaluated on the faceplate page called up. For the various different diagnosis pages, the content of the three outputs differs and will not be further described here. The faceplate is able to interpret the data accordingly. Internal logic The sequence of the flags is determined by the sequence in which they must be generated. In this relation, the flags marked (with ") must be taken into account in the setting and reset conditions! Auxiliary flag IAVBL
:=
AVBL_&AUTO_&-DOWNL
ICVON
:=
CVON_&SLAVE_OK
IOLPT
:=
(OLPT/TEST)_&-FAULT
S IRCR1 C IRCR1
= =
RCR1/(IMIN_&-AVBL_&OLPT) -RCR1_&-IMIN
en-YN.YNT.001.A
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-354
ISTA1
:=
STA1_&READY
RESET
:=
-PWON_&(-EROP/ERES)
CLEROP
:=
EROP_&ERES
AVAIL
:=
IAVBL_&IOLPT_&LEMO_&PMI1
Data word S ERPI C ERPI
: :
-PMI1-ICVON/PMI1_&RESET
S ERSP C ERSP
: :
(-ISTA1/OPS1)_&ILC1_&PWON_&-SPCL_&-STOP_&-NOTA”ICVON/CLEROP
S ERRC C ERRC
: :
(-ISTA1/OPS1)_&ILC1_&PWON_&-IRCR1_&-STOP_&-NOTA”ICVON/CLEROP
S NOTA C NOTA
: :
-AVAIL/ERSP”/ERRC”/ETIM”-ICVON/AVAIL_&RESET
S EROP C EROP
: :
PWON_&ILC1_&NOTA”_&-STOP-ICVON/CLEROP
S OPS1 C OPS1
: :
PWON_&IRCR1_&SPCL-ICVON/-IRCR1/-ILC1
S GFLT C GFLT
: :
-IOLPT-ICVON/IOLPT_&RESET
S ERMS C ERMS
: :
-IAVBL_&IOLPT_&LEMO-ICVON/(IAVBL/-IOLPT/-LEMO))_&RESET
S EREO C EREO
: :
-LEMO-ICVON/LEMO_&RESET
OPL1
:=
-OPS1_&IRCR1_&-PWON_&-IAVBL_&IOLPT
S ETIM C ETIM
: :
-LCT1_&SEN1_&(-IRCR1/SPCL)-CLEROP
TEST
:=
TEST
S BLOCK C BLOCK
= =
BLOCK -ICVON/-BLOCK_&RESET
S DOWNL C DOWNL
= =
DOWNL -ICVON/-DOWNL_&RESET
S GWARN C GWARN
= =
GWARN -GWARN_&RESET
S EARTH C EARTH
= =
EARTH -ICVON/-EARTH_&RESET
S IMAX
=
IMAX
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
C IMAX
=
-ICVON/-IMAX_&RESET
S OVLD C OVLD
= =
OVLD/-OLPT -ICVON/-OVLD_&OLPT_&RESET
S THERM C THERM
= =
THERM -ICVON/-THERM_&RESET
S UNSYM C UNSYM
= =
UNSYM -ICVON/-UNSYM_&RESET
Status word S PWON C PWON
: :
ISTA1_&ILC1-ICVON/NOTA”/STOP/-ILC1
S OSG1 C OSG1
: :
OPS1-OPS1”
S SEN1 C SEN1
: :
PWON”OSG1”/-PWON”
EMOF
:=
EREO”
DAVB
:=
-NOTA”_&ICVON
EROR
:=
EROP”
DOFF
:=
-OSG1”
OPER
:=
IMIN
QBAD
:=
-SLAVE_OK
LOCA
:=
(-AVBL/LSER)_&SLAVE_OK
en-YN.YNT.001.A
3-355
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-356
Block view
Fig. 63: UNID_SC block
Starting characteristics During the CPU start-up the UNID_SC block is deactivated. All internal state flags (shown in the data word) are reset. Following start-up the block waits for the number of cycles projected in the input RUNUPCYC, and will only be activated thereafter. A first start-up whilst the program is running is treated internally like a CPU startup. Time behaviour The block must be called via a time interrupt OB or OB1. It does not have a parameter for the sampling interval. Behaviour in case of a time error In the case of a time error the outputs will then be reset. In addition the internal state flags will be reset.
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
3-357
Message actions The block UNID_SC internally uses an ALARM_8P block for generating the messages. Messages are generated for the following tripping devices: ● Operating trouble (EROP) ● SIMOCODE pro C group fault (GFLT) ● Machine availability (AVBL) ● Speed monitor (SPCL) ● Machine protection (PMI1) ● Local emergency off (LEMO) ● Monitoring time (ETIM) ● Check-back signal (RCR1) ● Motor blocked (BLOCK) ● SIMOCODE pro C to download mode (DOWNL) ● SIMOCODE pro C group warning (GWARN) ● Earth fault (EARTH) ● Maximum motor current (IMAX) ● Overload (OLPT and OVLD) ● Thermistor error (THERM) ● Overload and asymmetry (UNSYM) The messages can be suppressed by setting the input SUPR or by resetting the input RLSA. The input SUPR, however, is activated by the operator interface (WinCC), and RLSA by the program. The inputs CVON (at value 0) and CSF (at value 1) also suppress the output of messages. Assignment of message text and message class to the block parameters
Mess. Block Default message text no. parameter
Message Suppressable class
1
EROP
$$BlockComment$$ @1I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
2
GFLT
$$BlockComment$$ @2I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
3
ERMS
$$BlockComment$$ @3I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
4
ERSP
$$BlockComment$$ @4I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
5
ERPI
$$BlockComment$$ @5I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
en-YN.YNT.001.A
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-358
Mess. Block Default message text no. parameter
Message Suppressable class
6
EREO
$$BlockComment$$ @6I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
7
ETIM
$$BlockComment$$ @7I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
8
ERRC
$$BlockComment$$ @8I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
9
BLOCK
$$BlockComment$$ @1I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
10
DOWNL
$$BlockComment$$ @2I%t#POLCID_Standard@
PF
Yes
11
GWARN
$$BlockComment$$ @3I%t#POLCID_Standard@
WH
Yes
12
EARTH
$$BlockComment$$ @4I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
13
IMAX
$$BlockComment$$ @5I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
14
OVLD
$$BlockComment$$ @6I%t#POLCID_Standard@ - @9R%6.1f@A
AH
Yes
15
THERN
$$BlockComment$$ @7I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
16
UNSYM
$$BlockComment$$ @8I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
Connections of UNID_SC Connection (parameters)
Meaning
Data type
Def.
Type Attr. O&O Perm. values
SUBNETID
Number of the Profibus subsystem of the PLC
INT
0
I
DPPA_ADR
Slave address of the Profibus device
INT
0
I
DADDR
Diagnosis address of the Profibus slave
INT
0
I
STA1
Start drive
BOOL
0
I
Q
ILC1
Process-technological interlock
BOOL
1
I
Q
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
3-359
Connection (parameters)
Meaning
Data type
Def.
Type Attr. O&O Perm. values
STOP
Stop drive
BOOL
0
I
Q
CVON
Control voltage on
BOOL
1
I
Q
PMI1
Machine protection interlock
BOOL
1
I
Q
SPCL
Speed monitor
BOOL
1
I
Q
CSF
Control system error
BOOL
0
I
Q
DOWNL
Set SIMOCODE pro C to download mode
BOOL
0
I
Q
TEST
Set SIMOCODE pro C to test mode
BOOL
0
I
Q
LST1
Local start/stop without PMI1
BOOL
0
I
Q
LSP1
Local start/stop with PMI1
BOOL
0
I
Q
SWRE
Enabling start-up warning
BOOL
1
I
Q
ESST
Display of softkeys for single faceplate start
BOOL
0
I
+
ENRE
Display of softkeys for faceplate reset
BOOL
0
I
+
SWLO
Start-up warning also in local operating mode
BOOL
0
I
LSEL
Selection LSER switches Simocode device to local operating mode
BOOL
0
I
RLSA
Enabling alarm generation
BOOL
1
I
Q
TIME1
Monitoring time setpoint value
REAL
5.0
I
BQ
BW
Belt width for filtering motor current value
INT
1
I
Q
FF
Filter factor motor current value
REAL
0.5
I
Q
ILH
Rated current for motor current value calibration
REAL
100.0
I
Q
WACYC
Waiting cycle for reading diagnosis data
REAL
10800.0 I
Q
RUNUPCYC
Waiting cycles at start
INT
3
I
EV_ID1
Message ID no. 1
DWORD 0
I
en-YN.YNT.001.A
M
+
+
>0
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-360
Connection (parameters)
Meaning
Data type
Def.
Type Attr. O&O Perm. values
EV_ID2
Message ID no. 2
DWORD 0
I
M
RESET
Resetting error SIMOCODE pro C
BOOL
0
IO
BQ
+
LSER
Enabling of local operation
BOOL
0
IO
BQ
+
SST1
Single start
BOOL
0
IO
B
+
SSTP
Single stop
BOOL
0
IO
B
+
SUPR
Suppression of alarms
BOOL
0
IO
B
+
PAGE
Activated page of the faceplate
INT
1
IO
B
+
VALUE_CODE Coding the values for transfer to the faceplate
INT
1
IO
B
+
EV1_SIG1
Index variable for message no. 1
INT
1
IO
EV1_SIG2
Index variable for message no. 2
INT
29
IO
EV1_SIG3
Index variable for message no. 3
INT
3
IO
EV1_SIG4
Index variable for message no. 4
INT
4
IO
EV1_SIG5
Index variable for message no. 5
INT
5
IO
EV1_SIG6
Index variable for message no. 6
INT
6
IO
EV1_SIG7
Index variable for message no. 7
INT
7
IO
EV1_SIG8
Index variable for message no. 8
INT
8
IO
EV2_SIG1
Index variable for message no. 9
INT
30
IO
EV2_SIG2
Index variable for message no. 10
INT
31
IO
EV2_SIG3
Index variable for message no. 11
INT
32
IO
EV2_SIG4
Index variable for message no. 12
INT
33
IO
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
3-361
Connection (parameters)
Meaning
Data type
Def.
Type Attr. O&O Perm. values
EV2_SIG5
Index variable for message no. 13
INT
34
IO
EV2_SIG6
Index variable for message no. 14
INT
2
IO
EV2_SIG7
Index variable for message no. 15
INT
35
IO
EV2_SIG8
Index variable for message no. 16
INT
36
IO
OSG1
Operating message
BOOL
0
O
Q
EMOF
Emergency off activated
BOOL
0
O
Q
DAVB
Drive is available
BOOL
0
O
Q
EROR
Drive is faulty
BOOL
0
O
Q
DOFF
Drive is off
BOOL
0
O
Q
SWST
Start start-up warning
BOOL
0
O
Q
OPER
Drive is operating (locally or automatically)
BOOL
0
O
Q
QBAD
Profibus slave faulty
BOOL
0
O
Q
LOCA
Drive is in local operating mode
BOOL
0
O
Q
ACT1
Current monitoring time
REAL
0.0
O
Q
+
A1
Current motor current
REAL
0.0
O
Q
+
OPTI
Current operating hours SIMOCODE pro C
REAL
0.0
O
Q
+
NOST
Number of starts performed
REAL
0.0
O
Q
+
NOOV
Number of overload trippings
REAL
0.0
O
Q
+
I_MAX
Maximum current in % of set current
REAL
0.0
O
Q
+
PW
Parameter word
DWORD 0
O
Q
+
DW
Data word
DWORD 0
O
Q
+
SW
Status word
DWORD 0
O
Q
+
DWA
Extended diagnosis data for faceplate
DWORD 0
O
Q
+
DWB
Extended diagnosis data for
DWORD 0
O
Q
+
en-YN.YNT.001.A
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-362
Connection (parameters)
Meaning
Data type
Def.
Type Attr. O&O Perm. values
faceplate DWC
Extended diagnosis data for faceplate
DWORD 0
O
Q
+
Operation and observation of UNID_SC See the description of the block symbol and the faceplate in the corresponding manual in this regard. PW, DW and SW of UNID_SC The inputs, outputs and the internal status of the respective block are mapped on the parameter word, the data word and the status word. The assignment of the bits is found in the following table:
> UNID_SC < Bit
Parameter word
Data word
Status word
0
STA1
OPS1
SEN1
1 2
EROP ILC1
3
OSG1 NOTA
4
EMOF
5
DAVB
6
STOP
OPL1
7
CVON
8
GFLT
GFLT
DOFF
9
AVBL
ERMS
SWST
10
RCR1
ERSP
OPER
PWON
11 12
EROR
QBAD PMI1
13
ERPI
LOCA
EREO
14
SPCL
15
LEMO
16
LSER
ETIM
ERRC
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
17
LST1
TEST
18 19
BLOCK LSP1
DOWNL
20 21
3-363
GWARN SST1
EARTH
22
IMAX
23
SSTP
OVLD
24
SWRE
THERM
25
CSF
UNSYM
26
DOWNL
27
TEST
28
COLOUR_1
29
COLOUR_2
30
COLOUR_3
31
COLOUR_4 In the case of the COLOUR operating states, the block UNID_SC does not have all possible states. It features the states with the numbers 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7 and 11.
DWA, DWB and DWC of UNID_SC The block has three additional data words: DWA, DWB and DWC. These words offer additional information on the SIMOCODE pro C motor controller and the Profibus slave. This information is shown in the associated faceplate. The assignment of the data words changes with the value of the input PAGE. When activating the corresponding page of the faceplate, the latter automatically sets the input PAGE to the value corresponding to the activated diagnosis page. The input PAGE may have the following values: Page
Activated diagnosis page of the faceplate
1
:
PROFIBUS – Information on the Profibus slave
2
:
SIMOCODE - Parts of data record 92 are read in
4
:
SIMOCODE - Parts of data records 94 and 95 are read in one after the other
8
SIMOCODE - Parts of data record 92 are read in
100
SIMOCODE - Data records are newly requested
en-YN.YNT.001.A
User manual
Blocks 3-364
®
POLCID for administrators
With the different values of PAGE the content of the data words DWA, DWB and DWC also varies. In addition, there is the variable VALUE_CODE. This variable encodes single values. The values with their associated VALUE_CODE will then be written sequentially to the data word A.
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
3-365
A content list follows below: > UNID_SC with PAGE = 1 < Bit
Data word A
Data word B
0
ST_NOEX
HARD_ID
1
ST_NORDY
2
ST_INSLR
3
ST_SENSU
4
ST_MASLO
5
ST_WATCH
6
ST_STDIA
7
ST_EXDIA
8
ST_EXDOV
9
ST_SYNC
10
ST_FREEZ
11
ST_PAREQ
12
ST_PARFA
13
ST_SLCCF
14
ST_SLDEA
15
ST_STASL
16
SLAVE_OK
17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Data word C
DPPA_ADR
SUBNETID
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-366
28 29 30 31
> UNID_SC with PAGE = 2 < Bit
Data word A
Data word B
0
GENER_FAULT
FAULT_TM_SF
1
WARNING
FAULT_TM_OR
2
FAULT_RUNT_ON
FAULT_PARA
3
FAULT_RUNT_OF
FAULT_TEST_SD
4
FAULT_FEED_ON
FAULT_OPO
5
FAULT_FEED_OF
6
FAULT_COLD_ST
WARN_ASYM
7
FAULT_UVO
WARN_OVL
8
STA_PLC
WARN_OVL_PF
9
FAULT_BLOCK_S
WARN_BLOCK
10
FAULT_DOUB_0
WARN_TH_OVL
11
FAULT_DOUB_1
WARN_CURR_HI
12
FAULT_END_PO
WARN_CURR_LO
13
FAULT_ANTIVAL
WARN_TM_HT
14
FAULT_OVLD
WARN_TM_SE
15
FAULT_OVLD_PF
WARN_TM_OR
16
FAULT_ASYM
17
FAULT_MOT_STA
18
FAULT_TH_OVLD
19
FAULT_IMAX
20
FAULT_IMIN
21
FAULT_INT_EF
22
FAULT_TM_TEMP
23
FAULT_EXT_F1
Data word C
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
24
FAULT_EXT_F2
25
FAULT_BUS
26
FAULT_PLC
27
FAULT_HW_BU
28
FAULT_MODULE
29
FAULT_CONFIG
30
FAULT_TH_SC
31
FAULT_TH_WB
3-367
> UNID_SC with PAGE = 4 < VALUE_CODE BYTE
Data word A
101
1
HEAT_UP_MOT_MO
2
PHASE_ASYM
3-4
RECOV_TIME
103
1-4
105
1-2 3-4
TIME_TO_TRIP
1-2
I_L1
3-4
I_L2
1-2
I_L3
3-4
NO_OVLD
111
1-4
M_OP_HOURS
113
1-4
NO_START
107
109
Data word B
> UNID_SC with PAGE = 8 < Bit
Data word A
0
GENER_FAULT
1
WARNING
2
STA_DEV
3
STA_BUS
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Data word B
Data word C
Data word C
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-368
4
STA_PLC
5
STA_CURR
6
ON11
7
ON1
8
OFF
9
ON2
10
ON22
11
START_ACTIVE
12
LOCK_ACTIVE
13
IDL_TIME
14
OPER_PRO_OFF
15
AUTO_MODE
16
TEST_POS_FEED
17
FEED_CLOSE
18
FEED_OPEN
19
TRQ_CLOSE
20
TRQ_OPEN
21
COOL_DOWN_TIM
22
BREA_TIM_ACT
23
EMER_STA_EXE
24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
3.70 SIMOCODE pro drive control UNID_SV: Setup operation with SIMOCODE pro V Description of UNID_SV Object name (Type + Number) FB 540 Calling OBs The time interrupt OB in which the block is installed (e.g. OB 35). Function The block is used for controlling a setup drive which is driven by a SIMOCODE pro V motor controller. The SIMOCODE pro V is connected to the PLC via the Profibus. The block communicates directly with the Profibus device SIMOCODE pro V. Profibus In order to integrate the block, the type SIMOCODE pro V (PDM) is used for this purpose in the PCS7 program HW Konfig. This is part of the scope of supply of the PCS7 and does not need to be installed subsequently. In HW Konfig, in the catalogue, the profile Standard is set for this purpose. Now the folder PROFIBUS-DP is opened. There, the subfolders "DP V0 Slaves, Switchgear and SIMOCODE" are opened. Here, the entry SIMOCODE pro V (PDM) is located.
Fig. 64: HW Konfig with SIMOCODE pro V
This entry is used for the definition of the Profibus-DP slave. As standard, the base type 1 is used as a block. Following the definition of the Profibus slave, a setting must be carried out. To this end the object properties and then the page 'Parameterising the slave' must be opened.
en-YN.YNT.001.A
3-369
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-370
Fig. 65: Object properties of SIMOCODE pro V PDM
Here, under "Station parameters" in the line "DPV1-Alarms" the entries "Diagnosis alarms" and "Process interrupt" must be activated by means of a tick. Only if the above-stated settings for a SIMOCODE pro V have been completely made, will the full functional scope of the block be ensured. Operating principle The block communicates directly with the SIMOCODE pro V motor controller. This device is defined as a Profibus slave. At the input SUBNETID, the number of the Profibus system, which the SIMOCODE pro V is connected to, must be entered. At the input DPPA_ADR the slave address of the SIMOCODE pro V must be entered and at the input DADDR the diagnose address of the SIMOCODE pro C must be entered. All these values may be taken from the hardware configuration of a STEP7 project. Using these values, the block can communicate automatically with the corresponding SIMOCODE pro V.
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
Internally, the same logic is used as for the block UNID (FB 501). However, the block UNID_SC reads some signals directly from the Profibus (SIMOCODE pro V) and these need not be connected as inputs or outputs. These are the inputs OLPT, AVBL, RCR1, LEMO, PWON and SEN1. They are read directly by the SIMOCODE pro V or written to the SIMOCODE pro V. Nevertheless these inputs and outputs are used in the internal logic. In addition, status signals are still used in the interlock system which the SIMOCODE pro V generates. In detail, these are the signals READY, FAULT, AUTO and IMIN. A valid starting command exists when the signals: 'STA1', 'ILC1', 'AVBL', 'OLPT', 'LEMO', 'PMI1', 'AUTO' and 'READY' are set and the stopping command 'STOP' is not set. In this case, the start enable signal 'SEN1' and the run command 'PWON' are set (activation signals for the motor). If the check-back signal 'RCR1' is set together with the speed monitor signal 'SPCL' when a valid starting command is active, the control state switches to selflatching status. It is a characteristic of this state that the operating bits 'OSG1', 'OPS1' are set and that the start release command 'SEN1' is reset while the run command 'PWON' is set. From this moment, the starting commands 'STA1' or 'STA2' can be rescinded without risking reset of the run command PWON. The setting drive is stopped correctly by setting the stopping command 'STOP' or when the process interlock 'ILC1' is deactivated. The monitoring time in seconds TIME1 when a drive is started specifies the period in which the check-back signal RCR1 must be set. In addition, it monitors the time during stopping when the check-back signal RCR1 must have been reset. If time = 0, no time monitoring of the starting and stopping procedure is employed. By means of the signals SST1 and SSTP an individual start of the drive can be realised in automatic mode. In the faceplate of the drive, the operator sets the signals SST1 or SSTP. After processing in the block, these signals are reset by the block. After operation of the signal SST1 the output SWST is set at first. By means of this output an external start-up warning can be started. If the start-up warning time has expired, then the input SWRE must be set. In this way, there is a valid starting command and the drive is then started as described above. With the exception of the combination with the signals SWST and SWRE the signal SST1 behaves in the same way as signal STA1. Using SSTP, the drive is stopped. SSTP behaves in the same way with the input STOP. With the signals LSER, LST1 and LSP1 operation of the drive is possible via external switches, keyboards or from the control panel. With the signal LSER the drive is switched to local operation. The availability of the drive disappears therewith. Using the parameter SWLO, it is selected whether the input SWRE is taken into consideration for the evaluation of the inputs LST1 and LSP1. Note Via the signals LST1 and LSP1 the drive can be started (1) or stopped ("0"). Via LST1 the drive is started independently from the interlock signals!
en-YN.YNT.001.A
3-371
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-372
Via LSP1 the signals CVON, OLPT, PMI1 and LEMO are taken into consideration. As long as the start signals are pending the drive runs, if the start signal changes to zero the drive is stopped. The block additionally outputs the motor current of the drive at output A1. Standardised from 0 to 100 % of the rated current, the motor current is read by the SIMOCODE pro V. By means of the rated current ILH it is calibrated into the unit Ampere and filtered with BW and FF. If the block is used in combination with the temperature block, the block outputs the corresponding temperature in °C at the outputs Temp1, Temp2 and Temp3. The temperatures are acquired by means of PT100, using the associated temperature block. The temperatures can be assigned a shutdown limit (input ALH_TEMP) and a warning limit (input OLH_Temp). If the warning limit is reached; the SIMOCODE pro V generates a warning. If the temperature has reached or exceeded the alarm limit, the SIMOCODE pro V deactivates the drive, and an alarm message is generated. This filtration works according to the following formula: Y(n+1) = Y(n) + ( FF * ( VAL - Y(n) ) ) (n)
:
Index of the last filtered measured value
(n+1)
:
Index of the new filtered measured value
VAL
:
Unfiltered input value
FF
:
Filter factor (Range between 0 and 1)
The newly determined value will be processed further only then if it differs from the most recent determined value by at least the bandwidth (BW) value. The block cyclically reads the extended diagnosis data which the SIMOCODE pro V provides. These are e.g. the operating hours or the number of starts of the SIMOCODE pro V. These data are shown in the faceplate. The block is called up in the event of a change of the diagnosis data via an interrupt and will then read the same in an event-controlled fashion. In addition there exists a cycle for the reading of the diagnosis data. The cycle time can be parameterised in the input WACYC. The standard setting for the cycle time is 10800 seconds (3 hours). Via the input PAGE, the faceplate communicates which page of the diagnosis the plant operator has called up. The block then writes the required data into the outputs DWA, DWB and DWC. They are evaluated on the faceplate page called up. For the various different diagnosis pages, the content of the three outputs differs and will not be further described here. The faceplate is able to interpret the data accordingly. Internal logic The sequence of the flags is determined by the sequence in which they must be generated. In this relation, the flags marked (with ") must be taken into account in the setting and reset conditions! Auxiliary flag
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
IAVBL
:=
AVBL_&AUTO_&-DOWNL
ICVON
:=
CVON_&SLAVE_OK
IOLPT
:=
(OLPT/TEST)_&-FAULT
S IRCR1 C IRCR1
= =
RCR1/(IMIN_&-AVBL_&OLPT) -RCR1_&-IMIN
ISTA1
:=
STA1_&READY
RESET
:=
-PWON_&(-EROP/ERES)
CLEROP
:=
EROP_&ERES
AVAIL
:=
IAVBL_&IOLPT_&LEMO_&PMI1
Data word S ERPI C ERPI
: :
-PMI1-ICVON/PMI1_&RESET
S ERSP C ERSP
: :
(-ISTA1/OPS1)_&ILC1_&PWON_&-SPCL_&-STOP_&-NOTA”ICVON/CLEROP
S ERRC C ERRC
: :
(-ISTA1/OPS1)_&ILC1_&PWON_&-IRCR1_&-STOP_&-NOTA”ICVON/CLEROP
S NOTA C NOTA
::
-AVAIL/ERSP”/ERRC”/ETIM”-ICVON/AVAIL_&RESET
S EROP C EROP
: :
PWON_&ILC1_&NOTA”_&-STOP-ICVON/CLEROP
S OPS1 C OPS1
::
PWON_&IRCR1_&SPCL-ICVON/-IRCR1/-ILC1
S GFLT C GFLT
: :
-IOLPT-ICVON/IOLPT_&RESET
S ERMS C ERMS
: :
-IAVBL_&IOLPT_&LEMO-ICVON/(IAVBL/-IOLPT/-LEMO))_&RESET
S EREO C EREO
: :
-LEMO-ICVON/LEMO_&RESET
OPL1
:=
-OPS1_&IRCR1_&-PWON_&-IAVBL_&IOLPT
S ETIM C ETIM
::
-LCT1_&SEN1_&(-IRCR1/SPCL)-CLEROP
TEST
:=
TEST
S BLOCK C BLOCK
= =
BLOCK -ICVON/-BLOCK_&RESET
en-YN.YNT.001.A
3-373
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-374
S DOWNL C DOWNL
= =
DOWNL -ICVON/-DOWNL_&RESET
S GWARN C GWARN
= =
GWARN -GWARN_&RESET
S EARTH C EARTH
= =
EARTH -ICVON/-EARTH_&RESET
S IMAX C IMAX
= =
IMAX -ICVON/-IMAX_&RESET
S OVLD C OVLD
= =
OVLD/-OLPT -ICVON/-OVLD_&OLPT_&RESET
S THERM C THERM
= =
THERM -ICVON/-THERM_&RESET
S UNSYM C UNSYM
= =
UNSYM -ICVON/-UNSYM_&RESET
Status word S PWON C PWON
: :
ISTA1_&ILC1-ICVON/NOTA”/STOP/-ILC1
S OSG1 C OSG1
: :
OPS1-OPS1”
S SEN1 C SEN1
: :
PWON”OSG1”/-PWON”
EMOF
:=
EREO”
DAVB
:=
-NOTA”_&ICVON
EROR
:=
EROP”
DOFF
:=
-OSG1”
OPER
:=
IMIN
QBAD
:=
-SLAVE_OK
LOCA
:=
(-AVBL/LSER)_&SLAVE_OK
Block view
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
Fig. 66: UNID_SV block
Starting characteristics During the CPU start-up the UNID_SV block is deactivated. In the case of a simple STEP 7 programming this must be done manually. Following start-up the block waits for the number of cycles projected in the input RUNUPCYC, and will only be activated thereafter. A first start-up whilst the program is running is treated internally like a CPU startup. Time behaviour The block must be called via a time interrupt OB or OB1. It does not have a parameter for the sampling interval. Behaviour in case of a time error In the case of a time error the outputs will then be reset. In addition the internal state flags will be reset.
en-YN.YNT.001.A
3-375
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-376
Message actions The block UNID_SV internally uses an ALARM_8P block for generating the messages. Messages are generated for the following tripping devices: ● Operating trouble (EROP) ● SIMOCODE pro V group fault (GFLT) ● Machine availability (AVBL) ● Speed monitor (SPCL) ● Machine protection (PMI1) ● Local emergency off (LEMO) ● Monitoring time (ETIM) ● Check-back signal (RCR1) ● Motor blocked (BLOCK) ● SIMOCODE pro V to download mode (DOWNL) ● SIMOCODE pro V group warning (GWARN) ● Earth fault (EARTH) ● Maximum motor current (IMAX) ● Overload (OLPT and OVLD) ● Thermistor error (THERM) ● Overload and asymmetry (UNSYM) The messages can be suppressed by setting the input SUPR or by resetting the input RLSA. The input SUPR, however, is activated by the operator interface (WinCC), and RLSA by the program. The inputs CVON (at value 0) and CSF (at value 1) also suppress the output of messages. Assignment of message text and message class to the block parameters Mess. Block Default message text no. parameter
Message Suppressable class
1
EROP
$$BlockComment$$ @1I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
2
GFLT
$$BlockComment$$ @2I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
3
ERMS
$$BlockComment$$ @3I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
4
ERSP
$$BlockComment$$ @4I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
5
ERPI
$$BlockComment$$ @5I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
3-377
Mess. Block Default message text no. parameter
Message Suppressable class
6
EREO
$$BlockComment$$ @6I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
7
ETIM
$$BlockComment$$ @7I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
8
ERRC
$$BlockComment$$ @8I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
9
BLOCK
$$BlockComment$$ @1I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
10
DOWNL
$$BlockComment$$ @2I%t#POLCID_Standard@
PF
Yes
11
GWARN
$$BlockComment$$ @3I%t#POLCID_Standard@
WH
Yes
12
EARTH
$$BlockComment$$ @4I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
13
IMAX
$$BlockComment$$ @5I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
14
OVLD
$$BlockComment$$ @6I%t#POLCID_Standard@ - @9R%6.1f@A
AH
Yes
15
THERN
$$BlockComment$$ @7I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
16
UNSYM
$$BlockComment$$ @8I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
en-YN.YNT.001.A
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-378
Connections of UNID_SV Connection (parameters)
Meaning
Data type
Def.
Type Attr. O&O Perm. values
SUBNETID
Number of the Profibus subsystem of the PLC
INT
0
I
DPPA_ADR
Slave address of the Profibus device
INT
0
I
DADDR
Diagnosis address of the Profibus slave
INT
0
I
STA1
Start drive
BOOL
0
I
Q
ILC1
Process-technological interlock
BOOL
1
I
Q
STOP
Stop drive
BOOL
0
I
Q
CVON
Control voltage on
BOOL
1
I
Q
PMI1
Machine protection interlock
BOOL
1
I
Q
SPCL
Speed monitor
BOOL
1
I
Q
CSF
Control system error
BOOL
0
I
Q
DOWNL
Set SIMOCODE pro V to download mode
BOOL
0
I
Q
TEST
Set SIMOCODE pro V to test mode
BOOL
0
I
Q
LST1
Local start/stop without PMI1
BOOL
0
I
Q
LSP1
Local start/stop with PMI1
BOOL
0
I
Q
SWRE
Enabling start-up warning
BOOL
1
I
Q
ESST
Display of softkeys for single faceplate start
BOOL
0
I
+
ENRE
Display of softkeys for faceplate reset
BOOL
0
I
+
SWLO
Start-up warning also in local operating mode
BOOL
0
I
LSEL
Selection LSER switches Simocode device to local operating mode
BOOL
0
I
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
3-379
Connection (parameters)
Meaning
Data type
Def.
Type Attr. O&O Perm. values
RLSA
Enabling alarm generation
BOOL
1
I
Q
TIME1
Monitoring time setpoint value
REAL
5.0
I
BQ
BW
Belt width for filtering motor INT current value
1
I
Q
FF
Filter factor motor current value
REAL
0.5
I
Q
ILH
Rated current for motor current value calibration
REAL
100.0
I
Q
WACYC
Waiting cycle for reading diagnosis data
REAL
10800.0 I
Q
RUNUPCYC
Waiting cycles at start
INT
3
I
EV_ID1
Message ID no. 1
DWORD 0
I
M
EV_ID2
Message ID no. 2
DWORD 0
I
M
RESET
Resetting error SIMOCODE pro V
BOOL
0
IO
BQ
+
LSER
Enabling of local operation
BOOL
0
IO
BQ
+
SST1
Single start
BOOL
0
IO
B
+
SSTP
Single stop
BOOL
0
IO
B
+
SUPR
Suppression of alarms
BOOL
0
IO
B
+
PAGE
Activated page of the faceplate
INT
1
IO
B
+
VALUE_CODE
Coding the values for transfer to the faceplate
INT
1
IO
B
+
OLH_TEMP
Temperature warning limit
INT
80
IO
BQ
+
ALH_TEMP
Temperature shutdown limit
INT
90
IO
BQ
+
EV1_SIG1
Index variable for message no. 1
INT
1
IO
EV1_SIG2
Index variable for message no. 2
INT
29
IO
EV1_SIG3
Index variable for message no. 3
INT
3
IO
en-YN.YNT.001.A
+
+
>0
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-380
Connection (parameters)
Meaning
Data type
Def.
Type Attr. O&O Perm. values
EV1_SIG4
Index variable for message no. 4
INT
4
IO
EV1_SIG5
Index variable for message no. 5
INT
5
IO
EV1_SIG6
Index variable for message no. 6
INT
6
IO
EV1_SIG7
Index variable for message no. 7
INT
7
IO
EV1_SIG8
Index variable for message no. 8
INT
8
IO
EV2_SIG1
Index variable for message no. 9
INT
30
IO
EV2_SIG2
Index variable for message no. 10
INT
31
IO
EV2_SIG3
Index variable for message no. 11
INT
32
IO
EV2_SIG4
Index variable for message no. 12
INT
33
IO
EV2_SIG5
Index variable for message no. 13
INT
34
IO
EV2_SIG6
Index variable for message no. 14
INT
2
IO
EV2_SIG7
Index variable for message no. 15
INT
35
IO
EV2_SIG8
Index variable for message no. 16
INT
36
IO
OSG1
Operating message
BOOL
0
O
Q
EMOF
Emergency off activated
BOOL
0
O
Q
DAVB
Drive is available
BOOL
0
O
Q
EROR
Drive is faulty
BOOL
0
O
Q
DOFF
Drive is off
BOOL
0
O
Q
SWST
Start start-up warning
BOOL
0
O
Q
OPER
Drive is operating (locally or automatically)
BOOL
0
O
Q
QBAD
Profibus slave faulty
BOOL
0
O
Q
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
3-381
Connection (parameters)
Meaning
Data type
Def.
Type Attr. O&O Perm. values
LOCA
Drive is in local operating mode
BOOL
0
O
Q
ACT1
Current monitoring time
REAL
0.0
O
Q
+
A1
Current motor current
REAL
0.0
O
Q
+
OPTI
Current operating hours SIMOCODE pro V
REAL
0.0
O
Q
+
NOST
Number of starts performed REAL
0.0
O
Q
+
NOOV
Number of overload trippings
REAL
0.0
O
Q
+
I_MAX
Maximum current in % of set current
REAL
0.0
O
TEMP1
Temperature 1 at temperature block
REAL
0.0
O
BQ
+
TEMP2
Temperature 2 at temperature block
REAL
0.0
O
BQ
+
TEMP3
Temperature 3 at temperature block
REAL
0.0
O
BQ
+
OLH_TEMP_OUT Temperature block warning REAL limit
0.0
O
Q
ALH_TEMP_OUT Temperature block shutdown limit
REAL
0.0
O
Q
PW
Parameter word
DWORD 0
O
Q
+
DW
Data word
DWORD 0
O
Q
+
SW
Status word
DWORD 0
O
Q
+
DWA
Extended diagnosis data for faceplate
DWORD 0
O
Q
+
DWB
Extended diagnosis data for faceplate
DWORD 0
O
Q
+
DWC
Extended diagnosis data for faceplate
DWORD 0
O
Q
+
Operation and observation of UNID_SV See the description of the block symbol and the faceplate in the corresponding manual in this regard.
en-YN.YNT.001.A
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-382
PW, DW and SW of UNID_SV The inputs, outputs and the internal status of the respective block are mapped on the parameter word, the data word and the status word. The assignment of the bits is found in the following table:
> UNID_SV < Bit
Parameter word
Data word
Status word
0
STA1
OPS1
SEN1
1 2
EROP ILC1
3
OSG1 NOTA
4
EMOF
5
DAVB
6
STOP
OPL1
7
CVON
8
GFLT
GFLT
DOFF
9
AVBL
ERMS
SWST
10
RCR1
ERSP
OPER
PWON
11 12
QBAD PMI1
13
ERPI
SPCL
15
LEMO
16
LSER
ERRC
17
LST1
TEST
18
ETIM
BLOCK LSP1
20 21
LOCA
EREO
14
19
EROR
DOWNL GWARN
SST1
22
EARTH IMAX
23
SSTP
OVLD
24
SWRE
THERM
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
25
CSF
26
DOWNL
27
TEST
3-383
UNSYM
28
COLOUR_1
29
COLOUR_2
30
COLOUR_3
31
COLOUR_4 In the case of the COLOUR operating states, the block UNID_SV does not have all possible states. It features the states with the numbers 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7 and 11.
DWA, DWB and DWC of UNID_SV The block has three additional data words: DWA, DWB and DWC. These words offer additional information on the SIMOCODE pro V motor controller and the Profibus slave. This information is shown in the associated faceplate. The assignment of the data words changes with the value of the input PAGE. When activating the corresponding page of the faceplate, the latter automatically sets the input PAGE to the value corresponding to the activated diagnosis page. The input PAGE may have the following values: Page
Activated diagnosis page of the faceplate
1
:
PROFIBUS – Information on the Profibus slave
2
:
SIMOCODE - Parts of data record 92 are read in
4
:
SIMOCODE - Parts of data records 94 and 95 are read in one after the other
8
SIMOCODE - Parts of data record 92 are read in
10
SIMOCODE - Parts of data record 132 are written
100
SIMOCODE - Data records are newly requested With the different values of PAGE the content of the data words DWA, DWB and DWC also varies. In addition, there is the variable VALUE_CODE. This variable encodes single values. The values with their associated VALUE_CODE will then be written sequentially to the data word A.
en-YN.YNT.001.A
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-384
A content list follows below: > UNID_SV with PAGE = 1 < Bit
Data word A
Data word B
0
ST_NOEX
HARD_ID
1
ST_NORDY
2
ST_INSLR
3
ST_SENSU
4
ST_MASLO
5
ST_WATCH
6
ST_STDIA
7
ST_EXDIA
8
ST_EXDOV
9
ST_SYNC
10
ST_FREEZ
11
ST_PAREQ
12
ST_PARFA
13
ST_SLCCF
14
ST_SLDEA
15
ST_STASL
16
SLAVE_OK
Data word C
DPPA_ADR
SUBNETID
17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
3-385
28 29 30 31
> UNID_SV with PAGE = 2 < Bit
Data word A
Data word B
0
GENER_FAULT
FAULT_TM_SF
1
WARNING
FAULT_TM_OR
2
FAULT_RUNT_ON
FAULT_PARA
3
FAULT_RUNT_OF
FAULT_TEST_SD
4
FAULT_FEED_ON
FAULT_OPO
5
FAULT_FEED_OF
6
FAULT_COLD_ST
WARN_ASYM
7
FAULT_UVO
WARN_OVL
8
STA_PLC
WARN_OVL_PF
9
FAULT_BLOCK_S
WARN_BLOCK
10
FAULT_DOUB_0
WARN_TH_OVL
11
FAULT_DOUB_1
WARN_CURR_HI
12
FAULT_END_PO
WARN_CURR_LO
13
FAULT_ANTIVAL
WARN_TM_HT
14
FAULT_OVLD
WARN_TM_SE
15
FAULT_OVLD_PF
WARN_TM_OR
16
FAULT_ASYM
17
FAULT_MOT_STA
18
FAULT_TH_OVLD
19
FAULT_IMAX
20
FAULT_IMIN
21
FAULT_INT_EF
22
FAULT_TM_TEMP
23
FAULT_EXT_F1
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Data word C
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-386
24
FAULT_EXT_F2
25
FAULT_BUS
26
FAULT_PLC
27
FAULT_HW_BU
28
FAULT_MODULE
29
FAULT_CONFIG
30
FAULT_TH_SC
31
FAULT_TH_WB
> UNID_SV with PAGE = 4 < VALUE_CODE BYTE
Data word A
101
1
HEAT_UP_MOT_MO
2
PHASE_ASYM
3-4
RECOV_TIME
1-4
TEMP1 (in °C)
3-4
TEMP2 (in °C)
1-2
TEMP3 (in °C)
3-4
TIME_TO_TRIP
1-2
I_L1
3-4
I_L2
1-2
I_L3
3-4
NO_OVLD
111
1-4
M_OP_HOURS
113
1-4
NO_START
103
105
107
109
Data word B
Data word C
> UNID_SV with PAGE = 8 < Bit
Data word A
0
GENER_FAULT
1
WARNING
2
STA_DEV
Data word B
Data word C
en-YN.YNT.001.A
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
3
STA_BUS
4
STA_PLC
5
STA_CURR
6
ON11
7
ON1
8
OFF
9
ON2
10
ON22
11
START_ACTIVE
12
LOCK_ACTIVE
13
IDL_TIME
14
OPER_PRO_OFF
15
AUTO_MODE
16
TEST_POS_FEED
17
FEED_CLOSE
18
FEED_OPEN
19
TRQ_CLOSE
20
TRQ_OPEN
21
COOL_DOWN_TIM
22
BREA_TIM_ACT
23
EMER_STA_EXE
24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-387
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-388
> UNID_SV with PAGE = 10 < Byte
Data word A
1-2
TEMP_MAX
Data word B
Data word C
3-4
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
3.71 SIMOCODE pro drive control REVD_SC: Reversible drive with SIMOCODE pro C Description of REVD_SC Object name (Type + Number) FB 560 Calling OBs The time interrupt OB in which the block is installed (e.g. OB 35). Function The block is used for controlling a reversible drive which is driven by a SIMOCODE pro C motor controller. The SIMOCODE pro C is connected to the PLC via the Profibus. The block communicates directly with the Profibus device SIMOCODE pro C. Profibus In order to integrate the block, the type SIMOCODE pro C (PDM) is used for this purpose in the PCS7 program HW Konfig. This is part of the scope of supply of the PCS7 and does not need to be installed subsequently. In HW Konfig, in the catalogue, the profile Standard is set for this purpose. Now the folder PROFIBUS-DP is opened. There, the subfolders "DP V0 Slaves, Switchgear and SIMOCODE" are opened. Here, the entry SIMOCODE pro C (PDM) is located.
Fig. 67: HW Konfig with SIMOCODE pro C
This entry is used for the definition of the Profibus-DP slave. As standard, the base type 2 is used as a block. Following the definition of the Profibus slave, a setting must be carried out. To this end the object properties and then the page 'Parameterising the slave' must be opened.
en-YN.YNT.001.A
3-389
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-390
Fig. 68: Object properties of SIMOCODE-DPV1 PDM
Here, under "Station parameters" in the line "DPV1-Alarms" the entries "Diagnosis alarms" and "Process interrupt" must be activated by means of a tick. Only if the above-stated settings for a SIMOCODE pro C have been completely made, will the full functional scope of the block be ensured. Operating principle The block communicates directly with the SIMOCODE pro C motor controller. This device is defined as a Profibus slave. At the input SUBNETID, the number of the Profibus system, which the SIMOCODE pro C is connected to, must be entered. At the input DPPA_ADR the slave address of the SIMOCODE pro C must be entered and at the input DADDR the diagnose address of the SIMOCODE pro C must be entered. All these values may be taken from the hardware configuration of a STEP7 project. Using these values, the block can communicate automatically with the corresponding SIMOCODE pro C.
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
Internally, the same logic is used as for the block REVD (FB 503). However, the block REVD_ST reads some signals directly from the Profibus (SIMOCODE pro C) and these need not be connected as inputs or outputs. These are the inputs OLPT, AVBL, RCR1, RCR2 LEMO, PWON, SEN1 and SEN2. They are read directly by the SIMOCODE pro C or written to the SIMOCODE pro C. Nevertheless these inputs and outputs are used in the internal logic. In addition, status signals are still used in the interlock system which the SIMOCODE pro C generates. In detail, these are the signals READY, FAULT, AUTO and IMIN. A valid starting command exists when the signals: 'STA1', 'ILC1', 'AVBL', 'OLPT', 'LEMO', 'PMI1', 'READY' or 'STA2', 'ILC2', 'AVBL', 'OLPT', LEMO', 'PMI2', 'READY' are set and the stopping command 'STOP' is reset. In this case, the start enable signal 'SEN1' or 'SEN2' and the run command 'PWON' are set (activation signals for the motor). If the check-back signal 'RCR1' or 'RCR1' together with the speed monitor signal 'SPCL' are set when a valid starting command is active, the control state switches to self-latching status. A characteristic of this status is that the operating bits 'OSG1', 'OPS1' are set or that 'OSG2', OPS2' are set while the run commands 'PWON' and 'SEN1' or 'SEN2' are active. From this moment, the starting commands 'STA1' or 'STA2' can be rescinded without risking reset of the run command PWON and SEN1 or SEN2. The reversible drive is stopped correctly when either the stopping command 'STOP' is set or when the process interlock 'ILC1' or 'ILC2' is missing. If the machine protection fails for both directions simultaneously, the error signal 'ERPI' is generated regardless of the current operating status. If the machine protection fails for one direction only, this is only detected and signalled when the drive is started or in operation in this direction. When the reversible drive is stationary and starting commands are issued simultaneously for both directions, no error is signalled. If the drive is running in one direction, starting commands for the other direction are ignored. The monitoring time TIME1 in seconds when the drive is started specifies the period in which the check-back signal RCR1/RCR2 must be set. If time = 0, no time monitoring of the start is employed. By means of the signals SST1, SST2 and SSTP an individual start of the drive can be realised in automatic mode. In the faceplate of the drive, the operator sets the signals SST1, SST2 or SSTP. After processing in the block, these signals are reset by the block. After operation of the signal SST1/2 the output SWST is set at first. By means of this output an external start-up warning can be started. If the start-up warning time has expired, then the input SWRE must be set. In this way, there is a valid starting command and the drive is then started as described above. With the exception of the combination with the signals SWST and SWRE the signals SST1/2 behave in the same way with signal STA1/2. Using SSTP, the drive is stopped. SSTP behaves in the same way with the input STOP.
en-YN.YNT.001.A
3-391
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-392
With the signals LSER, LST1/2 and LSP1/2 it is possible to operate the drive via external switches, keyboards or from the control panel. With the signal LSER the drive is switched to local operation. The availability of the drive disappears therewith. Via the signals LST1/2 and LSP1/2 the drive can be started. Using the parameter SWLO, it is selected whether the input SWRE is taken into consideration for the evaluation of the inputs LST1/2 and LSP1/2. Note Via the signals LST1/2 and LSP1/2, the drive can be started ("1") or stopped ("0"). Via LST1/2 the drive is started independently from the interlock signals! Via LSP1/2 the signals CVON, OLPT, PMI1/2 and LEMO are taken into consideration. As long as the start signals are pending the drive runs, if the start signal changes to zero the drive is stopped. The block additionally outputs the motor current of the drive at output A1. Standardised from 0 to 100 % of the rated current, the motor current is read by the SIMOCODE pro C. By means of the rated current ILH it is calibrated into the unit Ampere and filtered with BW and FF. This filtration works according to the following formula: Y(n+1) = Y(n) + ( FF * ( VAL - Y(n) ) ) (n)
:
Index of the last filtered measured value
(n+1)
:
Index of the new filtered measured value
VAL
:
Unfiltered input value
FF
:
Filter factor (Range between 0 and 1)
The newly determined value will be processed further only then if it differs from the most recent determined value by at least the bandwidth (BW) value. The block cyclically reads the extended diagnosis data which the SIMOCODE pro C provides. These are e.g. the operating hours or the number of starts of the SIMOCODE pro C. These data are shown in the faceplate. The block is called up in the event of a change of the diagnosis data via an interrupt and will then read the same in an event-controlled fashion. In addition there exists a cycle for the reading of the diagnosis data. The cycle time can be parameterised in the input WACYC. The standard setting for the cycle time is 10800 seconds (3 hours). Via the input PAGE, the faceplate communicates which page of the diagnosis the plant operator has called up. The block then writes the required data into the outputs DWA, DWB and DWC. They are evaluated on the faceplate page called up. For the various different diagnosis pages, the content of the three outputs differs and will not be further described here. The faceplate is able to interpret the data accordingly. Internal logic The sequence of the flags is determined by the sequence in which they must be generated. In this relation, the flags marked (with ") must be taken into account in the setting and reset conditions!
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
Auxiliary flag IAVBL
:=
AVBL_&AUTO_&-DOWNL
ICVON
:=
CVON_&SLAVE_OK
IOLPT
:=
(OLPT/TEST)_&-FAULT
S IRCR1 C IRCR1
= =
RCR1/(IMIN_&-AVBL_&OLPT) -RCR1_&-IMIN
ISTA1
:=
STA1_&READY
ISTA2
:=
STA2_&READY
GO1
:=
ISTA1_&ILC1
GO2
:=
ISTA2_&ILC2
RUN1
:=
SEN1/OSG1
RUN2
:=
SEN2/OSG2
RESET
:=
-PWON_&(-EROP/ERES)
PMNOT
:=
-PMI1_&-PMI2
CLEROP
:=
EROP_&ERES
AVAIL
:=
IAVBL_&IOLPT_&LEMO
RUNSTP
:=
ICVON/EROP”/STOP
en-YN.YNT.001.A
3-393
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-394
Data word S ERPI C ERPI
: :
PMNOT/C-STOP_&(-EROP/ERES)_&PMI1_&ILC1_&(RUN1/ISTA1)_&-RUN2_&-GO2/PMI2_&ILC2_&(RUN2/ISTA2_&-RUN1_&-GO1)ICVON/RESET_&(PMI1_&PMI2/PMNOT_&(GO1_&GO2/STOP)/PMI1_&-GO2/PMI2_&-GO1))
S ERSP C ERSP
: :
PWON_&AVAIL_&-STOP_&(ILC1_&(OPS1/ISTA1_&SEN1)/ILC2_&(OPS2/-ISTA2_&SEN2))_&-SPCLICVON/CLEROP
S ERRC C ERRC
: :
PWON_&AVAIL_&-STOP_&(ILC1_&(OPS1/-ISTA1_&SEN1)_&IRCR1/ILC2_&(OPS2/-ISTA2_&SEN2)_&-RCR2)-ICVON/CLEROP
S NOTA C NOTA
: :
-AVAIL/ERPI”/ERSP”/ERRC”/ETIM”-ICVON/AVAIL_&-ERPI”_&RESET
S EROP C EROP
: :
(RUN1_&ILC1/RUN2_&ILC2)_&NOTA”_&-STOP/ERSP”/PMNOT_&ERPI”(-ICVON/CLEROP)_&(PMNOT/-ERPI”)
S OPS1 C OPS1
: :
SEN1_&IRCR1_&SPCL-ILC1/-ICVON/EROP/-IRCR1
S OPS2 C OPS2
: :
SEN2_&RCR2_&SPCL-ILC2/-ICVON/EROP/-RCR2
S GFLT C GFLT
: :
-IOLPT-ICVON/IOLPT_&RESET
S ERMS C ERMS
: :
-IAVBL_&IOLPT_&LEMO-ICVON/(IAVBL/-IOLPT/-LEMO)_&RESET
S EREO C EREO
: :
-LEMO-ICVON/LEMO_&RESET
OPL1
:=
-PWON_&-OPS1_&IRCR1_&IOLPT_&-IAVBL
OPL2
:=
-PWON_&-OPS2_&RCR2_&IOLPT_&-IAVBL
S ETIM C ETIM
: :
LCT1_&((SEN1_&(-IRCR1/-SPCL))/SEN2_&(-RCR2/-SPCL)))CLEROP
TEST
:=
TEST
S BLOCK C BLOCK
= =
BLOCK -ICVON/-BLOCK_&RESET
S DOWNL C DOWNL
= =
DOWNL -ICVON/-DOWNL_&RESET
S GWARN C GWARN
= =
GWARN -GWARN_&RESET
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
S EARTH C EARTH
= =
EARTH -ICVON/-EARTH_&RESET
S IMAX C IMAX
= =
IMAX -ICVON/-IMAX_&RESET
S OVLD C OVLD
= =
OVLD/-OLPT -ICVON/-OVLD_&OLPT_&RESET
S THERM C THERM
= =
THERM -ICVON/-THERM_&RESET
Status word OSG1 OSG2
:= :=
OPS1”OPS2”
S SEN1 C SEN1
: :
GO1_&-GO2_&-RUN2RUNSTP/NOTA”/-ILC1/OSG1”_&PSEN
S SEN2 C SEN2
: :
GO2_&-GO1_&-RUN1RUNSTP/NOTA”/-ILC2/OSG2”_&PSEN
EMOF DAVB EROR
:= := :=
EREO”ICVON_&-NOTA”EROP”
S PWON C PWON
: :
SEN1”/SEN2”RUNSTP/NOTA”/(RUN1_&-ILC1)/(RUN2_&-ILC2)
DOFF
:=
-OSG1”_&-OSG2”
OPER
:=
IMIN
QBAD
:=
-SLAVE_OK
LOCA
:=
(-AVBL/LSER)_&SLAVE_OK
en-YN.YNT.001.A
3-395
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-396
Block view
Fig. 69: REVD_SC block
Starting characteristics During the CPU start-up the REVD_SC block is deactivated. All internal state flags (shown in the data word) are reset. Following start-up the block waits for the number of cycles projected in the input RUNUPCYC, and will only be activated thereafter. A first start-up whilst the program is running is treated internally like a CPU startup. Time behaviour The block must be called via a time interrupt OB or OB1. It does not have a parameter for the sampling interval. Behaviour in case of a time error In the case of a time error the outputs will then be reset. In addition the internal state flags will be reset. Message actions The block REVD_SC internally uses an ALARM_8P block for generating the messages. Messages are generated for the following tripping devices: ● Operating trouble (EROP) ● SIMOCODE pro C group fault (GFLT) ● Machine availability (AVBL) ● Speed monitor (SPCL) ● Machine protection (PMI1)
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
3-397
● Local emergency off (LEMO) ● Monitoring time (ETIM) ● Check-back signal (RCR1) ● Motor blocked (BLOCK) ● SIMOCODE pro C to download mode (DOWNL) ● SIMOCODE pro C group warning (GWARN) ● Earth fault (EARTH) ● Maximum motor current (IMAX) ● Overload (OLPT and OVLD) ● Thermistor error (THERM) ● Overload and asymmetry (UNSYM) The messages can be suppressed by setting the input SUPR or by resetting the input RLSA. The input SUPR, however, is activated by the operator interface (WinCC), and RLSA by the program. The inputs CVON (at value 0) and CSF (at value 1) also suppress the output of messages. Assignment of message text and message class to the block parameters
Mess. Block Default message text no. parameter
Message Suppressable class
1
EROP
$$BlockComment$$ @1I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
2
GFLT
$$BlockComment$$ @2I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
3
ERMS
$$BlockComment$$ @3I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
4
ERSP
$$BlockComment$$ @4I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
5
ERPI
$$BlockComment$$ @5I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
6
EREO
$$BlockComment$$ @6I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
7
ETIM
$$BlockComment$$ @7I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
8
ERRC
$$BlockComment$$ @8I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
9
BLOCK
$$BlockComment$$ @1I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
en-YN.YNT.001.A
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-398
Mess. Block Default message text no. parameter
Message Suppressable class
10
DOWNL
$$BlockComment$$ @2I%t#POLCID_Standard@
PF
Yes
11
GWARN
$$BlockComment$$ @3I%t#POLCID_Standard@
WH
Yes
12
EARTH
$$BlockComment$$ @4I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
13
IMAX
$$BlockComment$$ @5I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
14
OVLD
$$BlockComment$$ @6I%t#POLCID_Standard@ - @9R%6.1f@A
AH
Yes
15
THERN
$$BlockComment$$ @7I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
16
UNSYM
$$BlockComment$$ @8I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
Connections of REVD_SC Connection (parameters)
Meaning
Data type
Def.
Type Attr. O&O Perm. values
SUBNETID
Number of the Profibus subsystem of the PLC
INT
0
I
DPPA_ADR
Slave address of the Profibus device
INT
0
I
DADDR
Diagnosis address of the Profibus slave
INT
0
I
STA1
Start drive direction 1
BOOL
0
I
Q
STA2
Start drive direction 2
BOOL
0
I
Q
ILC1
Process-technological interlock direction 1
BOOL
1
I
Q
ILC2
Process-technological interlock direction 2
BOOL
1
I
Q
STOP
Stop drive
BOOL
0
I
Q
CVON
Control voltage on
BOOL
1
I
Q
PMI1
Machine protection interlock direction 1
BOOL
1
I
Q
PMI2
Machine protection interlock
BOOL
1
I
Q
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
Connection (parameters)
Meaning
3-399
Data type
Def.
Type Attr. O&O Perm. values
direction 2 SPCL
Speed monitor
BOOL
1
I
Q
CSF
Control system error
BOOL
0
I
Q
DOWNL
Set SIMOCODE pro C to download mode
BOOL
0
I
Q
TEST
Set SIMOCODE pro C to test mode
BOOL
0
I
Q
LST1
Local start/stop without PMI1
BOOL
0
I
Q
LST2
Local start/stop without PMI2
BOOL
0
I
Q
LSP1
Local start/stop with PMI1
BOOL
0
I
Q
LSP2
Local start/stop with PMI2
BOOL
0
I
Q
SWRE
Enabling start-up warning
BOOL
1
I
Q
ESST
Display of softkeys for single faceplate start
BOOL
0
I
+
ENRE
Display of softkeys for faceplate reset
BOOL
0
I
+
SWLO
Start-up warning also in local operating mode
BOOL
0
I
LSEL
Selection LSER switches Simocode device to local operating mode
BOOL
0
I
RLSA
Enabling alarm generation
BOOL
1
I
Q
TIME1
Monitoring time setpoint value
REAL
5.0
I
BQ
BW
Belt width for filtering motor current value
INT
1
I
Q
FF
Filter factor motor current value
REAL
0.5
I
Q
ILH
Rated current for motor current value calibration
REAL
100.0
I
Q
WACYC
Waiting cycle for reading diagnosis data
REAL
10800.0 I
Q
RUNUPCYC
Waiting cycles at start
INT
3
I
EV_ID1
Message ID no. 1
DWORD 0
I
en-YN.YNT.001.A
M
+
+
>0
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-400
Connection (parameters)
Meaning
Data type
Def.
Type Attr. O&O Perm. values
EV_ID2
Message ID no. 2
DWORD 0
I
M
RESET
Resetting error SIMOCODE pro C
BOOL
0
IO
BQ
+
LSER
Enabling of local operation
BOOL
0
IO
BQ
+
SST1
Single start direction 1
BOOL
0
IO
B
+
SST2
Single start direction 2
BOOL
0
IO
B
+
SSTP
Single stop
BOOL
0
IO
B
+
SUPR
Suppression of alarms
BOOL
0
IO
B
+
PAGE
Activated page of the faceplate
INT
1
IO
B
+
VALUE_CODE Coding the values for transfer to the faceplate
INT
1
IO
B
+
EV1_SIG1
Index variable for message no. 1
INT
1
IO
EV1_SIG2
Index variable for message no. 2
INT
29
IO
EV1_SIG3
Index variable for message no. 3
INT
3
IO
EV1_SIG4
Index variable for message no. 4
INT
4
IO
EV1_SIG5
Index variable for message no. 5
INT
5
IO
EV1_SIG6
Index variable for message no. 6
INT
6
IO
EV1_SIG7
Index variable for message no. 7
INT
7
IO
EV1_SIG8
Index variable for message no. 8
INT
8
IO
EV2_SIG1
Index variable for message no. 9
INT
30
IO
EV2_SIG2
Index variable for message no. 10
INT
31
IO
EV2_SIG3
Index variable for message no. 11
INT
32
IO
EV2_SIG4
Index variable for message
INT
33
IO
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
Connection (parameters)
Meaning
3-401
Data type
Def.
Type Attr. O&O Perm. values
no. 12 EV2_SIG5
Index variable for message no. 13
INT
34
IO
EV2_SIG6
Index variable for message no. 14
INT
2
IO
EV2_SIG7
Index variable for message no. 15
INT
35
IO
EV2_SIG8
Index variable for message no. 16
INT
36
IO
OSG1
Operating message direction 1 BOOL
0
O
Q
OSG2
Operating message direction 2 BOOL
0
O
Q
EMOF
Emergency off activated
BOOL
0
O
Q
DAVB
Drive is available
BOOL
0
O
Q
EROR
Drive is faulty
BOOL
0
O
Q
DOFF
Drive is off
BOOL
0
O
Q
SWST
Start start-up warning
BOOL
0
O
Q
OPER
Drive is operating (locally or automatically)
BOOL
0
O
Q
QBAD
Profibus slave faulty
BOOL
0
O
Q
LOCA
Drive is in local operating mode
BOOL
0
O
Q
ACT1
Current monitoring time
REAL
0.0
O
Q
+
A1
Current motor current
REAL
0.0
O
Q
+
OPTI
Current operating hours SIMOCODE pro C
REAL
0.0
O
Q
+
NOST
Number of starts performed
REAL
0.0
O
Q
+
NOOV
Number of overload trippings
REAL
0.0
O
Q
+
I_MAX
Maximum current in % of set current
REAL
0.0
O
PW
Parameter word
DWORD 0
O
Q
+
DW
Data word
DWORD 0
O
Q
+
SW
Status word
DWORD 0
O
Q
+
en-YN.YNT.001.A
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-402
Connection (parameters)
Meaning
Data type
Def.
Type Attr. O&O Perm. values
DWA
Extended diagnosis data for faceplate
DWORD 0
O
Q
+
DWB
Extended diagnosis data for faceplate
DWORD 0
O
Q
+
DWC
Extended diagnosis data for faceplate
DWORD 0
O
Q
+
Operation and observation of REVD_SC See the description of the block symbol and the faceplate in the corresponding manual in this regard. PW, DW and SW of REVD_SC The inputs, outputs and the internal stati of the block are mapped on the parameter word, the data word and the status word. The assignment of the bits is found in the following table: > REVD_SC < Bit
Parameter word
Data word
Status word
0
STA1
OPS1
SEN1
1
STA2
EROP
SEN2
2
ILC1
OPS2
OSG1
3
ILC2
NOTA
OSG2
4
EMOF
5
DAVB
6
STOP
OPL1
EROR
7
CVON
OLP2
PWON
8
GFLT
GFLT
DOFF
9
AVBL
ERMS
SWST
10
RCR1
ERSP
OPER
11
RCR2
12
PMI1
ERPI
13
PMI2
EREO
14
SPCL
ETIM
QBAD LOCA
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
3-403
15
LEMO
16
LSER
ERRC
17
LST1
TEST
18
LST2
BLOCK
19
LSP1
DOWNL
20
LSP2
GWARN
21
SST1
EARTH
22
SST2
IMAX
23
SSTP
OVLD
24
SWRE
THERM
25
CSF
UNSYM
26
DOWNL
27
TEST
28
COLOUR_1
29
COLOUR_2
30
COLOUR_3
31
COLOUR_4
DWA, DWB and DWC of REVD_SC The block has three additional data words: DWA, DWB and DWC. These words offer additional information on the SIMOCODE pro C motor controller and the Profibus slave. This information is shown in the associated faceplate. The assignment of the data words changes with the value of the input PAGE. When activating the corresponding page of the faceplate, the latter automatically sets the input PAGE to the value corresponding to the activated diagnosis page. The input PAGE may have the following values: Page
Activated diagnosis page of the faceplate
1
:
PROFIBUS – Information on the Profibus slave
2
:
SIMOCODE - Parts of data record 92 are read in
4
:
SIMOCODE - Parts of data records 94 and 95 are read in one after the other
8
SIMOCODE - Parts of data record 92 are read in
100
SIMOCODE - Data records are newly requested
en-YN.YNT.001.A
User manual
Blocks 3-404
®
POLCID for administrators
With the different values of PAGE the content of the data words DWA, DWB and DWC also varies. In addition, there is the variable VALUE_CODE. This variable encodes single values. The values with their associated VALUE_CODE will then be written sequentially to the data word A.
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
3-405
A content list follows below: > REVD_SC with PAGE = 1 < Bit
Data word A
Data word B
0
ST_NOEX
HARD_ID
1
ST_NORDY
2
ST_INSLR
3
ST_SENSU
4
ST_MASLO
5
ST_WATCH
6
ST_STDIA
7
ST_EXDIA
8
ST_EXDOV
9
ST_SYNC
10
ST_FREEZ
11
ST_PAREQ
12
ST_PARFA
13
ST_SLCCF
14
ST_SLDEA
15
ST_STASL
16
SLAVE_OK
17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Data word C
DPPA_ADR
SUBNETID
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-406
28 29 30 31
> REVD_SC with PAGE = 2 < Bit
Data word A
Data word B
0
GENER_FAULT
FAULT_TM_SF
1
WARNING
FAULT_TM_OR
2
FAULT_RUNT_ON
FAULT_PARA
3
FAULT_RUNT_OF
FAULT_TEST_SD
4
FAULT_FEED_ON
FAULT_OPO
5
FAULT_FEED_OF
6
FAULT_COLD_ST
WARN_ASYM
7
FAULT_UVO
WARN_OVL
8
STA_PLC
WARN_OVL_PF
9
FAULT_BLOCK_S
WARN_BLOCK
10
FAULT_DOUB_0
WARN_TH_OVL
11
FAULT_DOUB_1
WARN_CURR_HI
12
FAULT_END_PO
WARN_CURR_LO
13
FAULT_ANTIVAL
WARN_TM_HT
14
FAULT_OVLD
WARN_TM_SE
15
FAULT_OVLD_PF
WARN_TM_OR
16
FAULT_ASYM
17
FAULT_MOT_STA
18
FAULT_TH_OVLD
19
FAULT_IMAX
20
FAULT_IMIN
21
FAULT_INT_EF
22
FAULT_TM_TEMP
23
FAULT_EXT_F1
Data word C
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
24
FAULT_EXT_F2
25
FAULT_BUS
26
FAULT_PLC
27
FAULT_HW_BU
28
FAULT_MODULE
29
FAULT_CONFIG
30
FAULT_TH_SC
31
FAULT_TH_WB
3-407
> REVD_SC with PAGE = 4 < VALUE_CODE BYTE
Data word A
101
1
HEAT_UP_MOT_MO
2
PHASE_ASYM
3-4
RECOV_TIME
103
1-4
105
1-2 3-4
TIME_TO_TRIP
1-2
I_L1
3-4
I_L2
1-2
I_L3
3-4
NO_OVLD
111
1-4
M_OP_HOURS
113
1-4
NO_START
107
109
Data word B
> REVD_SC with PAGE = 8 < Bit
Data word A
0
GENER_FAULT
1
WARNING
2
STA_DEV
3
STA_BUS
4
STA_PLC
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Data word B
Data word C
Data word C
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-408
5
STA_CURR
6
ON11
7
ON1
8
OFF
9
ON2
10
ON22
11
START_ACTIVE
12
LOCK_ACTIVE
13
IDL_TIME
14
OPER_PRO_OFF
15
AUTO_MODE
16
TEST_POS_FEED
17
FEED_CLOSE
18
FEED_OPEN
19
TRQ_CLOSE
20
TRQ_OPEN
21
COOL_DOWN_TIM
22
BREA_TIM_ACT
23
EMER_STA_EXE
24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
3.72 SIMOCODE pro drive control REVD_SV: Reversible drive with SIMOCODE pro V Description of REVD_SV Object name (Type + Number) FB 541 Calling OBs The time interrupt OB in which the block is installed (e.g. OB 35). Function The block is used for controlling a reversible drive which is driven by a SIMOCODE pro V motor controller. The SIMOCODE pro V is connected to the PLC via the Profibus. The block communicates directly with the Profibus device SIMOCODE pro V. Profibus In order to integrate the block, the type SIMOCODE pro V (PDM) is used for this purpose in the PCS7 program HW Konfig. This is part of the scope of supply of the PCS7 and does not need to be installed subsequently. In HW Konfig, in the catalogue, the profile Standard is set for this purpose. Now the folder PROFIBUS-DP is opened. There, the subfolders "DP V0 Slaves, Switchgear and SIMOCODE" are opened. Here, the entry SIMOCODE pro V (PDM) is located.
Fig. 70: HW Konfig with SIMOCODE pro V
This entry is used for the definition of the Profibus-DP slave. As standard, the base type 1 is used as a block. Following the definition of the Profibus slave, a setting must be carried out. To this end the object properties and then the page 'Parameterising the slave' must be opened.
en-YN.YNT.001.A
3-409
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-410
Fig. 71: Object properties of SIMOCODE pro V PDM
Here, under "Station parameters" in the line "DPV1-Alarms" the entries "Diagnosis alarms" and "Process interrupt" must be activated by means of a tick. Only if the above-stated settings for a SIMOCODE pro V have been completely made, will the full functional scope of the block be ensured. Operating principle The block communicates directly with the SIMOCODE pro V motor controller. This device is defined as a Profibus slave. At the input SUBNETID, the number of the Profibus system, which the SIMOCODE pro V is connected to, must be entered. At the input DPPA_ADR the slave address of the SIMOCODE pro V must be entered and at the input DADDR the diagnose address of the SIMOCODE pro C must be entered. All these values may be taken from the hardware configuration of a STEP7 project. Using these values, the block can communicate automatically with the corresponding SIMOCODE pro V.
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
Internally, the same logic is used as for the block REVD (FB 503). However, the block REVD_SV reads some signals directly from the Profibus (SIMOCODE pro V) and these need not be connected as inputs or outputs. These are the inputs OLPT, AVBL, RCR1, RCR2 LEMO, PWON, SEN1 and SEN2. They are read directly by the SIMOCODE pro V or written to the SIMOCODE pro V. Nevertheless these inputs and outputs are used in the internal logic. In addition, status signals are still used in the interlock system which the SIMOCODE pro V generates. In detail, these are the signals READY, FAULT, AUTO and IMIN. A valid starting command exists when the signals: 'STA1', 'ILC1', 'AVBL', 'OLPT', 'LEMO', 'PMI1', 'READY' or 'STA2', 'ILC2', 'AVBL', 'OLPT', LEMO', 'PMI2', 'READY' are set and the stopping command 'STOP' is reset. In this case, the start enable signal 'SEN1' or 'SEN2' and the run command 'PWON' are set (activation signals for the motor). If the check-back signal 'RCR1' or 'RCR1' together with the speed monitor signal 'SPCL' are set when a valid starting command is active, the control state switches to self-latching status. A characteristic of this status is that the operating bits 'OSG1', 'OPS1' are set or that 'OSG2', OPS2' are set while the run commands 'PWON' and 'SEN1' or 'SEN2' are active. From this moment, the starting commands 'STA1' or 'STA2' can be rescinded without risking reset of the run command PWON and SEN1 or SEN2. The reversible drive is stopped correctly when either the stopping command 'STOP' is set or when the process interlock 'ILC1' or 'ILC2' is missing. If the machine protection fails for both directions simultaneously, the error signal 'ERPI' is generated regardless of the current operating status. If the machine protection fails for one direction only, this is only detected and signalled when the drive is started or in operation in this direction. When the reversible drive is stationary and starting commands are issued simultaneously for both directions, no error is signalled. If the drive is running in one direction, starting commands for the other direction are ignored. The monitoring time TIME1 in seconds when the drive is started specifies the period in which the check-back signal RCR1/RCR2 must be set. If time = 0, no time monitoring of the start is employed. By means of the signals SST1, SST2 and SSTP an individual start of the drive can be realised in automatic mode. In the faceplate of the drive, the operator sets the signals SST1, SST2 or SSTP. After processing in the block, these signals are reset by the block. After operation of the signal SST1/2 the output SWST is set at first. By means of this output an external start-up warning can be started. If the start-up warning time has expired, then the input SWRE must be set. In this way, there is a valid starting command and the drive is then started as described above. With the exception of the combination with the signals SWST and SWRE the signals SST1/2 behave in the same way with signal STA1/2. Using SSTP, the drive is stopped. SSTP behaves in the same way with the input STOP.
en-YN.YNT.001.A
3-411
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-412
With the signals LSER, LST1/2 and LSP1/2 it is possible to operate the drive via external switches, keyboards or from the control panel. With the signal LSER the drive is switched to local operation. The availability of the drive disappears therewith. Via the signals LST1/2 and LSP1/2 the drive can be started. Using the parameter SWLO, it is selected whether the input SWRE is taken into consideration for the evaluation of the inputs LST1/2 and LSP1/2. Note Via the signals LST1/2 and LSP1/2, the drive can be started ("1") or stopped ("0"). Via LST1/2 the drive is started independently from the interlock signals! Via LSP1/2 the signals CVON, OLPT, PMI1/2 and LEMO are taken into consideration. As long as the start signals are pending the drive runs, if the start signal changes to zero the drive is stopped. The block additionally outputs the motor current of the drive at output A1. Standardised from 0 to 100 % of the rated current, the motor current is read by the SIMOCODE pro V. By means of the rated current ILH it is calibrated into the unit Ampere and filtered with BW and FF. This filtration works according to the following formula: Y(n+1) = Y(n) + ( FF * ( VAL - Y(n) ) ) (n)
:
Index of the last filtered measured value
(n+1)
:
Index of the new filtered measured value
VAL
:
Unfiltered input value
FF
:
Filter factor (Range between 0 and 1)
The newly determined value will be processed further only then if it differs from the most recent determined value by at least the bandwidth (BW) value. The block cyclically reads the extended diagnosis data which the SIMOCODE pro V provides. These are e.g. the operating hours or the number of starts of the SIMOCODE pro V. These data are shown in the faceplate. The block is called up in the event of a change of the diagnosis data via an interrupt and will then read the same in an event-controlled fashion. In addition there exists a cycle for the reading of the diagnosis data. The cycle time can be parameterised in the input WACYC. The standard setting for the cycle time is 10800 seconds (3 hours). Via the input PAGE, the faceplate communicates which page of the diagnosis the plant operator has called up. The block then writes the required data into the outputs DWA, DWB and DWC. They are evaluated on the faceplate page called up. For the various different diagnosis pages, the content of the three outputs differs and will not be further described here. The faceplate is able to interpret the data accordingly. Internal logic
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
The sequence of the flags is determined by the sequence in which they must be generated. In this relation, the flags marked (with ") must be taken into account in the setting and reset conditions! Auxiliary flag IAVBL
:=
AVBL_&AUTO_&-DOWNL
ICVON
:=
CVON_&SLAVE_OK
IOLPT
:=
(OLPT/TEST)_&-FAULT
S IRCR1 C IRCR1
= =
RCR1/(IMIN_&-AVBL_&OLPT) -RCR1_&-IMIN
ISTA1
:=
STA1_&READY
ISTA2
:=
STA2_&READY
GO1
:=
ISTA1_&ILC1
GO2
:=
ISTA2_&ILC2
RUN1
:=
SEN1/OSG1
RUN2
:=
SEN2/OSG2
RESET
:=
-PWON_&(-EROP/ERES)
PMNOT
:=
-PMI1_&-PMI2
CLEROP
:=
EROP_&ERES
AVAIL
:=
IAVBL_&IOLPT_&LEMO
RUNSTP
:=
ICVON/EROP”/STOP
en-YN.YNT.001.A
3-413
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-414
Data word S ERPI C ERPI
: :
PMNOT/C-STOP_&(-EROP/ERES)_&PMI1_&ILC1_&(RUN1/ISTA1)_&-RUN2_&-GO2/PMI2_&ILC2_&(RUN2/ISTA2_&-RUN1_&-GO1)ICVON/RESET_&(PMI1_&PMI2/PMNOT_&(GO1_&GO2/STOP)/PMI1_&-GO2/PMI2_&-GO1))
S ERSP C ERSP
: :
PWON_&AVAIL_&-STOP_&(ILC1_&(OPS1/ISTA1_&SEN1)/ILC2_&(OPS2/-ISTA2_&SEN2))_&-SPCLICVON/CLEROP
S ERRC C ERRC
: :
PWON_&AVAIL_&-STOP_&(ILC1_&(OPS1/-ISTA1_&SEN1)_&IRCR1/ILC2_&(OPS2/-ISTA2_&SEN2)_&-RCR2)-ICVON/CLEROP
S NOTA C NOTA
: :
-AVAIL/ERPI”/ERSP”/ERRC”/ETIM”-ICVON/AVAIL_&-ERPI”_&RESET
S EROP C EROP
: :
(RUN1_&ILC1/RUN2_&ILC2)_&NOTA”_&-STOP/ERSP”/PMNOT_&ERPI”(-ICVON/CLEROP)_&(PMNOT/-ERPI”)
S OPS1 C OPS1
: :
SEN1_&IRCR1_&SPCL-ILC1/-ICVON/EROP/-IRCR1
S OPS2 C OPS2
: :
SEN2_&RCR2_&SPCL-ILC2/-ICVON/EROP/-RCR2
S GFLT C GFLT
: :
-IOLPT-ICVON/IOLPT_&RESET
S ERMS C ERMS
: :
-IAVBL_&IOLPT_&LEMO-ICVON/(IAVBL/-IOLPT/-LEMO)_&RESET
S EREO C EREO
: :
-LEMO-ICVON/LEMO_&RESET
OPL1
:=
-PWON_&-OPS1_&IRCR1_&IOLPT_&-IAVBL
OPL2
:=
-PWON_&-OPS2_&RCR2_&IOLPT_&-IAVBL
S ETIM C ETIM
: :
LCT1_&((SEN1_&(-IRCR1/-SPCL))/SEN2_&(-RCR2/-SPCL)))CLEROP
TEST
:=
TEST
S BLOCK C BLOCK
= =
BLOCK -ICVON/-BLOCK_&RESET
S DOWNL C DOWNL
= =
DOWNL -ICVON/-DOWNL_&RESET
S GWARN C GWARN
= =
GWARN -GWARN_&RESET
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
S EARTH C EARTH
= =
EARTH -ICVON/-EARTH_&RESET
S IMAX C IMAX
= =
IMAX -ICVON/-IMAX_&RESET
S OVLD C OVLD
= =
OVLD/-OLPT -ICVON/-OVLD_&OLPT_&RESET
S THERM C THERM
= =
THERM -ICVON/-THERM_&RESET
Status word OSG1 OSG2
:= :=
OPS1”OPS2”
S SEN1 C SEN1
: :
GO1_&-GO2_&-RUN2RUNSTP/NOTA”/-ILC1/OSG1”_&PSEN
S SEN2 C SEN2
: :
GO2_&-GO1_&-RUN1RUNSTP/NOTA”/-ILC2/OSG2”_&PSEN
EMOF DAVB EROR
:= := :=
EREO”ICVON_&-NOTA”EROP”
S PWON C PWON
::
SEN1”/SEN2”RUNSTP/NOTA”/(RUN1_&-ILC1)/(RUN2_&-ILC2)
DOFF
:=
-OSG1”_&-OSG2”
OPER
:=
IMIN
QBAD
:=
-SLAVE_OK
LOCA
:=
(-AVBL/LSER)_&SLAVE_OK
en-YN.YNT.001.A
3-415
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-416
Block view
Fig. 72: REVD_SV block
Starting characteristics During the CPU start-up the REVD_SV block is deactivated. All internal state flags (shown in the data word) are reset. Following start-up the block waits for the number of cycles projected in the input RUNUPCYC, and will only be activated thereafter. A first start-up whilst the program is running is treated internally like a CPU startup. Time behaviour The block must be called via a time interrupt OB or OB1. It does not have a parameter for the sampling interval. Behaviour in case of a time error In the case of a time error the outputs will then be reset. In addition the internal state flags will be reset.
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
3-417
Message actions The block REVD_SV internally uses an ALARM_8P block for generating the messages. Messages are generated for the following tripping devices: ● Operating trouble (EROP) ● SIMOCODE pro V group fault (GFLT) ● Machine availability (AVBL) ● Speed monitor (SPCL) ● Machine protection (PMI1) ● Local emergency off (LEMO) ● Monitoring time (ETIM) ● Check-back signal (RCR1) ● Motor blocked (BLOCK) ● SIMOCODE pro V to download mode (DOWNL) ● SIMOCODE pro V group warning (GWARN) ● Earth fault (EARTH) ● Maximum motor current (IMAX) ● Overload (OLPT and OVLD) ● Thermistor error (THERM) ● Overload and asymmetry (UNSYM) The messages can be suppressed by setting the input SUPR or by resetting the input RLSA. The input SUPR, however, is activated by the operator interface (WinCC), and RLSA by the program. The inputs CVON (at value 0) and CSF (at value 1) also suppress the output of messages. Assignment of message text and message class to the block parameters
Mess. Block Default message text no. parameter
Message Suppressable class
1
EROP
$$BlockComment$$ @1I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
2
GFLT
$$BlockComment$$ @2I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
3
ERMS
$$BlockComment$$ @3I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
4
ERSP
$$BlockComment$$ @4I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
5
ERPI
$$BlockComment$$ @5I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
en-YN.YNT.001.A
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-418
Mess. Block Default message text no. parameter
Message Suppressable class
6
EREO
$$BlockComment$$ @6I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
7
ETIM
$$BlockComment$$ @7I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
8
ERRC
$$BlockComment$$ @8I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
9
BLOCK
$$BlockComment$$ @1I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
10
DOWNL
$$BlockComment$$ @2I%t#POLCID_Standard@
PF
Yes
11
GWARN
$$BlockComment$$ @3I%t#POLCID_Standard@
WH
Yes
12
EARTH
$$BlockComment$$ @4I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
13
IMAX
$$BlockComment$$ @5I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
14
OVLD
$$BlockComment$$ @6I%t#POLCID_Standard@ - @9R%6.1f@A
AH
Yes
15
THERN
$$BlockComment$$ @7I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
16
UNSYM
$$BlockComment$$ @8I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
3-419
Connections of REVD_SV Connection (parameters)
Meaning
Data type
Def.
Type Attr. O&O Perm. values
SUBNETID
Number of the Profibus subsystem of the PLC
INT
0
I
DPPA_ADR
Slave address of the Profibus device
INT
0
I
DADDR
Diagnosis address of the Profibus slave
INT
0
I
STA1
Start drive direction 1
BOOL
0
I
Q
STA2
Start drive direction 2
BOOL
0
I
Q
ILC1
Process-technological interlock direction 1
BOOL
1
I
Q
ILC2
Process-technological interlock direction 2
BOOL
1
I
Q
STOP
Stop drive
BOOL
0
I
Q
CVON
Control voltage on
BOOL
1
I
Q
PMI1
Machine protection interlock direction 1
BOOL
1
I
Q
PMI2
Machine protection interlock direction 2
BOOL
1
I
Q
SPCL
Speed monitor
BOOL
1
I
Q
CSF
Control system error
BOOL
0
I
Q
DOWNL
Set SIMOCODE pro V to download mode
BOOL
0
I
Q
TEST
Set SIMOCODE pro V to test mode
BOOL
0
I
Q
LST1
Local start/stop without PMI1
BOOL
0
I
Q
LST2
Local start/stop without PMI2
BOOL
0
I
Q
LSP1
Local start/stop with PMI1
BOOL
0
I
Q
LSP2
Local start/stop with PMI2
BOOL
0
I
Q
SWRE
Enabling start-up warning
BOOL
1
I
Q
ESST
Display of softkeys for single faceplate start
BOOL
0
I
en-YN.YNT.001.A
+
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-420
Connection (parameters)
Meaning
Data type
Def.
Type Attr. O&O Perm. values
ENRE
Display of softkeys for faceplate reset
BOOL
0
I
SWLO
Start-up warning also in local operating mode
BOOL
0
I
LSEL
Selection LSER switches Simocode device to local operating mode
BOOL
0
I
RLSA
Enabling alarm generation
BOOL
1
I
Q
TIME1
Monitoring time setpoint value
REAL
5.0
I
BQ
BW
Belt width for filtering motor current value
INT
1
I
Q
FF
Filter factor motor current value
REAL
0.5
I
Q
ILH
Rated current for motor current value calibration
REAL
100.0
I
Q
WACYC
Waiting cycle for reading diagnosis data
REAL
10800.0 I
Q
RUNUPCYC
Waiting cycles at start
INT
3
I
EV_ID1
Message ID no. 1
DWORD 0
I
M
EV_ID2
Message ID no. 2
DWORD 0
I
M
RESET
Resetting error SIMOCODE pro V
BOOL
0
IO
BQ
+
LSER
Enabling of local operation
BOOL
0
IO
BQ
+
SST1
Single start direction 1
BOOL
0
IO
B
+
SST2
Single start direction 2
BOOL
0
IO
B
+
SSTP
Single stop
BOOL
0
IO
B
+
SUPR
Suppression of alarms
BOOL
0
IO
B
+
PAGE
Activated page of the faceplate
INT
1
IO
B
+
INT
1
IO
B
+
VALUE_CODE Coding the values for transfer to the faceplate
+
+
>0
+
OLH_TEMP
Temperature warning limit
INT
80
I
BQ
+
ALH_TEMP
Temperature shutdown limit
INT
90
I
BQ
+
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
3-421
Connection (parameters)
Meaning
Data type
Def.
Type Attr. O&O Perm. values
EV1_SIG1
Index variable for message no. 1
INT
1
IO
EV1_SIG2
Index variable for message no. 2
INT
29
IO
EV1_SIG3
Index variable for message no. 3
INT
3
IO
EV1_SIG4
Index variable for message no. 4
INT
4
IO
EV1_SIG5
Index variable for message no. 5
INT
5
IO
EV1_SIG6
Index variable for message no. 6
INT
6
IO
EV1_SIG7
Index variable for message no. 7
INT
7
IO
EV1_SIG8
Index variable for message no. 8
INT
8
IO
EV2_SIG1
Index variable for message no. 9
INT
30
IO
EV2_SIG2
Index variable for message no. 10
INT
31
IO
EV2_SIG3
Index variable for message no. 11
INT
32
IO
EV2_SIG4
Index variable for message no. 12
INT
33
IO
EV2_SIG5
Index variable for message no. 13
INT
34
IO
EV2_SIG6
Index variable for message no. 14
INT
2
IO
EV2_SIG7
Index variable for message no. 15
INT
35
IO
EV2_SIG8
Index variable for message no. 16
INT
36
IO
OSG1
Operating message direction 1 BOOL
0
O
Q
OSG2
Operating message direction 2 BOOL
0
O
Q
EMOF
Emergency off activated
0
O
Q
en-YN.YNT.001.A
BOOL
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-422
Connection (parameters)
Meaning
Data type
Def.
Type Attr. O&O Perm. values
DAVB
Drive is available
BOOL
0
O
Q
EROR
Drive is faulty
BOOL
0
O
Q
DOFF
Drive is off
BOOL
0
O
Q
SWST
Start start-up warning
BOOL
0
O
Q
OPER
Drive is operating (locally or automatically)
BOOL
0
O
Q
QBAD
Profibus slave faulty
BOOL
0
O
Q
LOCA
Drive is in local operating mode
BOOL
0
O
Q
ACT1
Current monitoring time
REAL
0.0
O
Q
+
A1
Current motor current
REAL
0.0
O
Q
+
OPTI
Current operating hours SIMOCODE pro V
REAL
0.0
O
Q
+
NOST
Number of starts performed
REAL
0.0
O
Q
+
NOOV
Number of overload trippings
REAL
0.0
O
Q
+
I_MAX
Maximum current in % of set current
REAL
0.0
O
TEMP1
Temperature 1 at temperature block
REAL
0.0
O
BQ
+
TEMP2
Temperature 2 at temperature block
REAL
0.0
O
BQ
+
TEMP3
Temperature 3 at temperature block
REAL
0.0
O
BQ
+
OLH_TEMP
Temperature warning limit
REAL
0.0
O
Q
ALH_TEMP
Temperature shutdown limit
REAL
0.0
O
Q
PW
Parameter word
DWORD 0
O
Q
+
DW
Data word
DWORD 0
O
Q
+
SW
Status word
DWORD 0
O
Q
+
DWA
Extended diagnosis data for faceplate
DWORD 0
O
Q
+
DWB
Extended diagnosis data for faceplate
DWORD 0
O
Q
+
DWC
Extended diagnosis data for
DWORD 0
O
Q
+
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
Connection (parameters)
Meaning
3-423
Data type
Def.
Type Attr. O&O Perm. values
faceplate Operation and observation of REVD_SV See the description of the block symbol and the faceplate in the corresponding manual in this regard.
en-YN.YNT.001.A
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-424
PW, DW and SW of REVD_SV The inputs, outputs and the internal status of the respective block are mapped on the parameter word, the data word and the status word. The assignment of the bits is found in the following table:
> REVD_SV < Bit
Parameter word
Data word
Status word
0
STA1
OPS1
SEN1
1
STA2
EROP
SEN2
2
ILC1
OPS2
OSG1
3
ILC2
NOTA
OSG2
4
EMOF
5
DAVB
6
STOP
OPL1
EROR
7
CVON
OLP2
PWON
8
GFLT
GFLT
DOFF
9
AVBL
ERMS
SWST
10
RCR1
ERSP
OPER
11
RCR2
12
PMI1
ERPI
13
PMI2
EREO
14
SPCL
ETIM
15
LEMO
16
LSER
ERRC
17
LST1
TEST
18
LST2
BLOCK
19
LSP1
DOWNL
20
LSP2
GWARN
21
SST1
EARTH
22
SST2
IMAX
23
SSTP
OVLD
QBAD LOCA
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
3-425
24
SWRE
THERM
25
CSF
UNSYM
26
DOWNL
27
TEST
28
COLOUR_1
29
COLOUR_2
30
COLOUR_3
31
COLOUR_4 In the case of the COLOUR operating states, the block REVD_SV does not have all possible states. It features the states with the numbers 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9 and 11.
DWA, DWB and DWC of REVD_SV The block has three additional data words: DWA, DWB and DWC. These words offer additional information on the SIMOCODE pro V motor controller and the Profibus slave. This information is shown in the associated faceplate. The assignment of the data words changes with the value of the input PAGE. When activating the corresponding page of the faceplate, the latter automatically sets the input PAGE to the value corresponding to the activated diagnosis page. The input PAGE may have the following values: Page
Activated diagnosis page of the faceplate
1
:
PROFIBUS – Information on the Profibus slave
2
:
SIMOCODE - Parts of data record 92 are read in
4
:
SIMOCODE - Parts of data records 94 and 95 are read in one after the other
8
SIMOCODE - Parts of data record 92 are read in
10
SIMOCODE - Parts of data record 132 are written
100
SIMOCODE - Data records are newly requested With the different values of PAGE the content of the data words DWA, DWB and DWC also varies. In addition, there is the variable VALUE_CODE. This variable encodes single values. The values with their associated VALUE_CODE will then be written sequentially to the data word A.
en-YN.YNT.001.A
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-426
A content list follows below: > REVD_SV with PAGE = 1 < Bit
Data word A
Data word B
0
ST_NOEX
HARD_ID
1
ST_NORDY
2
ST_INSLR
3
ST_SENSU
4
ST_MASLO
5
ST_WATCH
6
ST_STDIA
7
ST_EXDIA
8
ST_EXDOV
9
ST_SYNC
10
ST_FREEZ
11
ST_PAREQ
12
ST_PARFA
13
ST_SLCCF
14
ST_SLDEA
15
ST_STASL
16
SLAVE_OK
Data word C
DPPA_ADR
SUBNETID
17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
3-427
28 29 30 31
> REVD_SV with PAGE = 2 < Bit
Data word A
Data word B
0
GENER_FAULT
FAULT_TM_SF
1
WARNING
FAULT_TM_OR
2
FAULT_RUNT_ON
FAULT_PARA
3
FAULT_RUNT_OF
FAULT_TEST_SD
4
FAULT_FEED_ON
FAULT_OPO
5
FAULT_FEED_OF
6
FAULT_COLD_ST
WARN_ASYM
7
FAULT_UVO
WARN_OVL
8
STA_PLC
WARN_OVL_PF
9
FAULT_BLOCK_S
WARN_BLOCK
10
FAULT_DOUB_0
WARN_TH_OVL
11
FAULT_DOUB_1
WARN_CURR_HI
12
FAULT_END_PO
WARN_CURR_LO
13
FAULT_ANTIVAL
WARN_TM_HT
14
FAULT_OVLD
WARN_TM_SE
15
FAULT_OVLD_PF
WARN_TM_OR
16
FAULT_ASYM
17
FAULT_MOT_STA
18
FAULT_TH_OVLD
19
FAULT_IMAX
20
FAULT_IMIN
21
FAULT_INT_EF
22
FAULT_TM_TEMP
23
FAULT_EXT_F1
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Data word C
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-428
24
FAULT_EXT_F2
25
FAULT_BUS
26
FAULT_PLC
27
FAULT_HW_BU
28
FAULT_MODULE
29
FAULT_CONFIG
30
FAULT_TH_SC
31
FAULT_TH_WB
> REVD_SV with PAGE = 4 < VALUE_CODE BYTE
Data word A
101
1
HEAT_UP_MOT_MO
2
PHASE_ASYM
3-4
RECOV_TIME
1-4
TEMP1 (in °C)
3-4
TEMP2 (in °C)
1-2
TEMP3 (in °C)
3-4
TIME_TO_TRIP
1-2
I_L1
3-4
I_L2
1-2
I_L3
3-4
NO_OVLD
111
1-4
M_OP_HOURS
113
1-4
NO_START
103
105
107
109
Data word B
Data word C
> REVD_SV with PAGE = 8 < Bit
Data word A
0
GENER_FAULT
1
WARNING
2
STA_DEV
Data word B
Data word C
en-YN.YNT.001.A
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
3
STA_BUS
4
STA_PLC
5
STA_CURR
6
ON11
7
ON1
8
OFF
9
ON2
10
ON22
11
START_ACTIVE
12
LOCK_ACTIVE
13
IDL_TIME
14
OPER_PRO_OFF
15
AUTO_MODE
16
TEST_POS_FEED
17
FEED_CLOSE
18
FEED_OPEN
19
TRQ_CLOSE
20
TRQ_OPEN
21
COOL_DOWN_TIM
22
BREA_TIM_ACT
23
EMER_STA_EXE
24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-429
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-430
> REVD_SV with PAGE = 10 < Byte
Data word A
1-2
TEMP_MAX
Data word B
Data word C
3-4
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
3.73 SIMOCODE pro drive control RVDL_SC: Reversible drive with limit switches with SIMOCODE pro C Description of RVDL_SC Object name (Type + Number) FB 542 Calling OBs The time interrupt OB in which the block is installed (e.g. OB 35). Function The block is used for controlling a reversible drive which is driven by a SIMOCODE pro C motor controller. The SIMOCODE pro C is connected to the PLC via the Profibus. The block communicates directly with the Profibus device SIMOCODE pro C. Profibus In order to integrate the block, the type SIMOCODE pro C (PDM) is used for this purpose in the PCS7 program HW Konfig. This is part of the scope of supply of the PCS7 and does not need to be installed subsequently. In HW Konfig, in the catalogue, the profile Standard is set for this purpose. Now the folder PROFIBUS-DP is opened. There, the subfolders "DP V0 Slaves, Switchgear and SIMOCODE" are opened. Here, the entry SIMOCODE pro C (PDM) is located.
Fig. 73: HW Konfig with SIMOCODE pro C
This entry is used for the definition of the Profibus-DP slave. As standard, the base type 2 is used as a block. Following the definition of the Profibus slave, a setting must be carried out. To this end the object properties and then the page 'Parameterising the slave' must be opened.
en-YN.YNT.001.A
3-431
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-432
Fig. 74: Object properties of SIMOCODE-DPV1 PDM
Here, under "Station parameters" in the line "DPV1-Alarms" the entries "Diagnosis alarms" and "Process interrupt" must be activated by means of a tick. Only if the above-stated settings for a SIMOCODE pro C have been completely made, will the full functional scope of the block be ensured. Operating principle The block communicates directly with the SIMOCODE pro C motor controller. This device is defined as a Profibus slave. At the input SUBNETID, the number of the Profibus system, which the SIMOCODE pro C is connected to, must be entered. At the input DPPA_ADR the slave address of the SIMOCODE pro C must be entered and at the input DADDR the diagnose address of the SIMOCODE pro C must be entered. All these values may be taken from the hardware configuration of a STEP7 project. Using these values, the block can communicate automatically with the corresponding SIMOCODE pro C.
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
Internally, the same logic is used as for the block RVDL (FB 504). However, the block RVDL_ST reads some signals directly from the Profibus (SIMOCODE pro C) and these need not be connected as inputs or outputs. These are the inputs OLPT, AVBL, RCR1, RCR2, SEN1 and SEN2. They are read directly by the SIMOCODE pro C or written to the SIMOCODE pro C. These inputs and outputs will nevertheless be used in the internal logic. In addition, status signals are still used in the interlock system which the SIMOCODE pro C generates. In detail, these are the signals READY, FAULT, AUTO and IMIN. If one of the two end positions applies, the start of a drive can only be effected if a valid starting command for the direction leading away from the end position is given. If the drive was stopped between the end positions (caused by a fault), a valid starting command can optionally be given for one of the two directions. A valid starting command exists when the signals: 'STA1', 'ILC1', 'AVBL', 'OLPT', 'PMI1', 'READY' or 'STA2', 'ILC2', 'AVBL', 'OLPT', 'PMI2', 'READY' are set. In this case, the start enable signals 'SEN1' or 'SEN2' are set (motor activating signals) and the end position indicator 'POS1' or POS2' is cleared. If the check-back signal 'RCR1' or 'RCR2' is set while a valid starting command is present, the drive changes over to the operating condition which is characterised by the bits 'OSG1', 'OPS1' or 'OSG2', 'OPS2'. Correct stopping is performed by activation of the associated limit switch 'LSW1' or 'LSW2'. If the machine protection fails for both directions simultaneously, the error signal 'ERPI' is generated regardless of the current operating status. If the machine protection fails for one direction only, this is only detected and signalled when the drive is started or in operation in this direction. When the reversible drive with limit switches is stationary and starting commands are issued simultaneously for both directions, no error is signalled. If the drive is running in one direction, starting commands for the other direction are ignored. The time TIME1 monitors the time in seconds, e.g. for movement of the drive from POS1 to POS2, in which the associated limit switch must be set. If time = 0, no time monitoring of the movement is performed. By means of the signals SST1 and SST2 an individual start of the drive can be realised in automatic mode. In the faceplate of the drive, the operator sets the signals SST1 or SST2. After processing in the block, these signals are reset by the block. After operation of the signal SST1/2 the output SWST is set at first. By means of this output an external start-up warning can be started. If the start-up warning time has expired, then the input SWRE must be set. In this way, there is a valid starting command and the drive is then started as described above. With the exception of the combination with the signals SWST and SWRE the signals SST1/2 behave in the same way with signal STA1/2.
en-YN.YNT.001.A
3-433
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-434
With the signals LSER, LST1/2 and LSP1/2 it is possible to operate the drive via external switches, keyboards or from the control panel. With the signal LSER the drive is switched to local operation. The availability of the drive disappears therewith. Via the signals LST1/2 and LSP1/2 the drive can be started. Using the parameter SWLO, it is selected whether the input SWRE is taken into consideration for the evaluation of the inputs LST1/2 and LSP1/2. Note Via the signals LST1/2 and LSP1/2, the drive can be started ("1") or stopped ("0"). Via LST1/2 the drive is started independently from the interlock signals! Via LSP1/2 the signals CVON, OLPT and PMI1/2 are taken into consideration. As long as the start signals are pending the drive runs, if the start signal changes to zero the drive is stopped. The block additionally outputs the motor current of the drive at output A1. Standardised from 0 to 100 % of the rated current, the motor current is read by the SIMOCODE pro C. By means of the rated current ILH it is calibrated into the unit Ampere and filtered with BW and FF. This filtration works according to the following formula: Y(n+1) = Y(n) + ( FF * ( VAL - Y(n) ) ) (n)
:
Index of the last filtered measured value
(n+1)
:
Index of the new filtered measured value
VAL
:
Unfiltered input value
FF
:
Filter factor (Range between 0 and 1)
The newly determined value will be processed further only then if it differs from the most recent determined value by at least the bandwidth (BW) value. The block cyclically reads the extended diagnosis data which the SIMOCODE pro C provides. These are e.g. the operating hours or the number of starts of the SIMOCODE pro C. These data are shown in the faceplate. The block is called up in the event of a change of the diagnosis data via an interrupt and will then read the same in an event-controlled fashion. In addition there exists a cycle for the reading of the diagnosis data. The cycle time can be parameterised in the input WACYC. The standard setting for the cycle time is 10800 seconds (3 hours). Via the input PAGE, the faceplate communicates which page of the diagnosis the plant operator has called up. The block then writes the required data into the outputs DWA, DWB and DWC. They are evaluated on the faceplate page called up. For the various different diagnosis pages, the content of the three outputs differs and will not be further described here. The faceplate is able to interpret the data accordingly. Internal logic
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
The sequence of the flags is determined by the sequence in which they must be generated. In this relation, the flags marked (with ") must be taken into account in the setting and reset conditions! Auxiliary flag IAVBL
:=
AVBL_&AUTO_&-DOWNL
ICVON
:=
CVON_&SLAVE_OK
IOLPT
:=
(OLPT/TEST)_&-FAULT
S IRCR1 C IRCR1
= =
RCR1/(IMIN_&-AVBL_&OLPT) -RCR1_&-IMIN
ISTA1
:=
STA1_&READY
ISTA2
:=
STA2_&READY
GO1
:=
ISTA1_&ILC1
GO2
:=
ISTA2_&ILC2
NOSEN
:=
-(SEN1/SEN2)
RESET
:=
NOSEN_&(-EROP/ERES)
CLEROP
:=
EROP_&ERES
CLERPS
:=
ERPS_&ERES
LSWALL
:=
LSW1_&LSW2
LSWPOS
:=
-LSW1_&POS1_&-SEN2_&-OSG2/-LSW2_&POS2_&-SEN1_&-OSG1
AVAIL
:=
IAVBL_&IOLPT
Data word S ERPS C ERPS
: :
(LSWALL/-CLERPS_&LSWPOS/(LSW1_&ILC2_&SEN2_&(ISTA2/AVAIL_&PMI2_&OPS2)/LSW2_&ILC1_&SEN1_&(ISTA1/AVAIL_&PMI1_&OPS1))/((LSW1.EQV.LSW2)_&(SEN1_&ISTA1_&ILC1/SEN2_&-ISTA2_&ILC2)))/ETIM”-ICVON/LSWALL_&ERPS_&RESET
S ERP IC ERPI
: :
(-PMI1_&-PMI2)/(-EROP/ERES)_&(-PMI1_&-LSW1_&GO1_&(SEN1/SEN2_&(LSW2/-GO2)/-PMI2_&-LSW2_&GO2_&(SEN2/SEN1_&(LSW1/-GO1))ICVON/(PMI1_&PMI2/ERPS”_&(PMI1/PMI2)/PMI1_&(GO2/LSW2/GO1_&-LSW1)/PMI2_&(-GO1/LSW1/GO2_&LSW2))_&RESET
S ERRC C ERRC
: :
AVAIL_&-ERPI”_&-ERPS_&(OPS1_&GO1_&-IRCR1_&LSW1/OPS2_&GO2_&-RCR2_&-LSW2)-ICVON/CLEROP
S NOTA C NOTA
: :
-AVAIL/ERPI”/ERPS”/ERRC”-ICVON/AVAIL_&-ERPI”_&ERPS”_&RESET
en-YN.YNT.001.A
3-435
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-436
S EROP C EROP
: :
((SEN1_&ILC1_&-LSW1/SEN2_&ILC2_&LSW2)_&NOTA”)/(ERPS”/ERRC”_&(SEN1/SEN2/OSG1/OSG2))ICVON/CLEROP_&(ERPS_&-LSWPOS/-ERPS”)
S OPS1 C OPS1
: :
GO1_&SEN1_&IRCR1-ICVON/-GO1/LSW1/NOTA”
S OPS2 C OPS2
: :
GO2_&SEN2_&RCR2-ICVON/-GO2/LSW2/NOTA”
S GFLT C GFLT
::
-IOLPT-ICVON/IOLPT_&RESET
S ERMS C ERMS
: :
-IAVBL_&IOLPT-ICVON/(IAVBL/-IOLPT)_&RESET
S ETIM C ETIM
: :
LCT1_&((SEN1_&-LSW1)/(SEN2_&-LSW2))-ICVON/RESET
S POS1 C POS1
: :
LSW1_&(-POS2/-LSW2_&CLERPS)-ICVON/LSWALL/LSW1_&(CLERPS/SEN2”/OSG2/-ERPS”_&LSW1)
S POS2 C POS2
: :
LSW2_&(-POS1/-LSW1_&CLERPS)-ICVON/LSWALL/LSW2_&(CLERPS/SEN1”/OSG1/-ERPS”_&LSW2)
OPL1
:=
-SEN1_&-OPS1_&IRCR1
OPL2
:=
-SEN2_&-OPS2_&RCR2
TEST
:=
TEST
S BLOCK C BLOCK
= =
BLOCK -ICVON/-BLOCK_&RESET
S DOWNL C DOWNL
= =
DOWNL -ICVON/-DOWNL_&RESET
S GWARN C GWARN
= =
GWARN -GWARN_&RESET
S EARTH C EARTH
= =
EARTH -ICVON/-EARTH_&RESET
S IMAX C IMAX
= =
IMAX -ICVON/-IMAX_&RESET
S OVLD C OVLD
= =
OVLD/-OLPT -ICVON/-OVLD_&OLPT_&RESET
S THERM C THERM
= =
THERM -ICVON/-THERM_&RESET
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
Status word S SEN1 C SEN1
: :
GO1_&(LSW2/-GO2)_&-SEN2-ICVON/-GO1/NOTA”/LSW1/EROP”
S SEN2 C SEN2
: :
GO2_&(LSW1/-GO1)_&-SEN1-ICVON/-GO2/NOTA”/LSW2/EROP”
OSG1
:=
OPS1”
OSG2
:=
OPS2”
DAVB
:=
ICVON_&-NOTA”
EROR
:=
EROP”
OPER
:=
IMIN
QBAD
:=
-SLAVE_OK
LOCA
:=
(-AVBL/LSER)_&SLAVE_OK
Block view
Fig. 75: RVDL_SC block
Starting characteristics During the CPU start-up the RVDL_SC block is deactivated. All internal state flags (shown in the data word) are reset. Following start-up the block waits for the number of cycles projected in the input RUNUPCYC, and will only be activated thereafter. A first start-up whilst the program is running is treated internally like a CPU startup.
en-YN.YNT.001.A
3-437
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-438
Time behaviour The block must be called via a time interrupt OB or OB1. It does not have a parameter for the sampling interval. Behaviour in case of a time error In the case of a time error the outputs will then be reset. In addition the internal state flags will be reset. Message actions The block RVDL_SC internally uses an ALARM_8P block for generating the messages. Messages are generated for the following tripping devices: ● Operating trouble (EROP) ● SIMOCODE pro C group fault (GFLT) ● Machine availability (AVBL) ● Machine protection (PMI1) ● Position monitoring (ERPS) ● Monitoring time (ETIM) ● Check-back signal (RCR1) ● Motor blocked (BLOCK) ● SIMOCODE pro C to download mode (DOWNL) ● SIMOCODE pro C group warning (GWARN) ● Earth fault (EARTH) ● Maximum motor current (IMAX) ● Overload (OLPT and OVLD) ● Thermistor error (THERM) ● Overload and asymmetry (UNSYM) The messages can be suppressed by setting the input SUPR or by resetting the input RLSA. The input SUPR, however, is activated by the operator interface (WinCC), and RLSA by the program. The inputs CVON (at value 0) and CSF (at value 1) also suppress the output of messages.
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
3-439
Assignment of message text and message class to the block parameters
Default message text Mess. Block no. parameter
Message Suppressable class
1
EROP
$$BlockComment$$ @1I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
2
GFLT
$$BlockComment$$ @2I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
3
ERMS
$$BlockComment$$ @3I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
4
ERPI
$$BlockComment$$ @4I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
5
ERPS
$$BlockComment$$ @5I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
6
ETIM
$$BlockComment$$ @6I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
7
ERRC
$$BlockComment$$ @7I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
8
$$BlockComment$$ @8I%t#POLCID_Standard@
Yes
9
BLOCK
$$BlockComment$$ @1I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
10
DOWNL
$$BlockComment$$ @2I%t#POLCID_Standard@
PF
Yes
11
GWARN
$$BlockComment$$ @3I%t#POLCID_Standard@
WH
Yes
12
EARTH
$$BlockComment$$ @4I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
13
IMAX
$$BlockComment$$ @5I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
14
OVLD
$$BlockComment$$ @6I%t#POLCID_Standard@ - @9R%6.1f@A
AH
Yes
15
THERN
$$BlockComment$$ @7I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
16
UNSYM
$$BlockComment$$ @8I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
en-YN.YNT.001.A
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-440
Connections of RVDL_SC Connection (parameters)
Meaning
Data type
Def.
Type Attr. O&O Perm. values
SUBNETID
Number of the Profibus subsystem of the PLC
INT
0
I
DPPA_ADR
Slave address of the Profibus device
INT
0
I
DADDR
Diagnosis address of the Profibus slave
INT
0
I
STA1
Start drive direction 1
BOOL
0
I
Q
STA2
Start drive direction 2
BOOL
0
I
Q
ILC1
Process-technological interlock direction 1
BOOL
1
I
Q
ILC2
Process-technological interlock direction 2
BOOL
1
I
Q
LSW1
Limit switch direction 1
BOOL
0
I
Q
LSW2
Limit switch direction 2
BOOL
0
I
Q
CVON
Control voltage on
BOOL
1
I
Q
PMI1
Machine protection interlock direction 1
BOOL
1
I
Q
PMI2
Machine protection interlock direction 2
BOOL
1
I
Q
CSF
Control system error
BOOL
0
I
Q
DOWNL
Set SIMOCODE pro C to download mode
BOOL
0
I
Q
TEST
Set SIMOCODE pro C to test mode
BOOL
0
I
Q
LST1
Local start/stop without PMI1
BOOL
0
I
Q
LST2
Local start/stop without PMI2
BOOL
0
I
Q
LSP1
Local start/stop with PMI1
BOOL
0
I
Q
LSP2
Local start/stop with PMI2
BOOL
0
I
Q
SWRE
Enabling start-up warning
BOOL
1
I
Q
ESST
Display of softkeys for single faceplate start
BOOL
0
I
+
ENRE
Display of softkeys for
BOOL
0
I
+
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
Connection (parameters)
Meaning
3-441
Data type
Def.
Type Attr. O&O Perm. values
faceplate reset SWLO
Start-up warning also in local operating mode
BOOL
0
I
LSEL
Selection LSER switches Simocode device to local operating mode
BOOL
0
I
RLSA
Enabling alarm generation
BOOL
1
I
Q
TIME1
Monitoring time setpoint value
REAL
5.0
I
BQ
BW
Belt width for filtering motor current value
INT
1
I
Q
FF
Filter factor motor current value
REAL
0.5
I
Q
ILH
Rated current for motor current value calibration
REAL
100.0
I
Q
WACYC
Waiting cycle for reading diagnosis data
REAL
10800.0 I
Q
RUNUPCYC
Waiting cycles at start
INT
3
I
EV_ID1
Message ID no. 1
DWORD 0
I
M
EV_ID2
Message ID no. 2
DWORD 0
I
M
RESET
Resetting error SIMOCODE pro C
BOOL
0
IO
BQ
+
LSER
Enabling of local operation
BOOL
0
IO
BQ
+
SST1
Single start direction 1
BOOL
0
IO
B
+
SST2
Single start direction 2
BOOL
0
IO
B
+
SUPR
Suppression of alarms
BOOL
0
IO
B
+
PAGE
Activated page of the faceplate
INT
1
IO
B
+
VALUE_CODE Coding the values for transfer to the faceplate
INT
1
IO
B
+
EV1_SIG1
Index variable for message no. 1
INT
1
IO
EV1_SIG2
Index variable for message no. 2
INT
29
IO
EV1_SIG3
Index variable for message
INT
3
IO
en-YN.YNT.001.A
+
+
>0
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-442
Connection (parameters)
Meaning
Data type
Def.
Type Attr. O&O Perm. values
no. 3 EV1_SIG4
Index variable for message no. 4
INT
5
IO
EV1_SIG5
Index variable for message no. 5
INT
9
IO
EV1_SIG6
Index variable for message no. 6
INT
7
IO
EV1_SIG7
Index variable for message no. 7
INT
8
IO
EV1_SIG8
Index variable for message no. 8
INT
0
IO
EV2_SIG1
Index variable for message no. 9
INT
30
IO
EV2_SIG2
Index variable for message no. 10
INT
31
IO
EV2_SIG3
Index variable for message no. 11
INT
32
IO
EV2_SIG4
Index variable for message no. 12
INT
33
IO
EV2_SIG5
Index variable for message no. 13
INT
34
IO
EV2_SIG6
Index variable for message no. 14
INT
2
IO
EV2_SIG7
Index variable for message no. 15
INT
40
IO
EV2_SIG8
Index variable for message no. 16
INT
36
IO
OSG1
Operating message direction 1 BOOL
0
O
Q
OSG2
Operating message direction 2 BOOL
0
O
Q
DAVB
Drive is available
BOOL
0
O
Q
EROR
Drive is faulty
BOOL
0
O
Q
DOFF
Drive is off
BOOL
0
O
Q
OPER
Drive is operating (locally or automatically)
BOOL
0
O
Q
QBAD
Profibus slave faulty
BOOL
0
O
Q
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
3-443
Connection (parameters)
Meaning
Data type
Def.
Type Attr. O&O Perm. values
SWST
Start start-up warning
BOOL
0
O
Q
LOCA
Drive is in local operating mode
BOOL
0
O
Q
ACT1
Current monitoring time
REAL
0.0
O
Q
+
A1
Current motor current
REAL
0.0
O
Q
+
OPTI
Current operating hours SIMOCODE pro C
REAL
0.0
O
Q
+
NOST
Number of starts performed
REAL
0.0
O
Q
+
NOOV
Number of overload trippings
REAL
0.0
O
Q
+
I_MAX
Maximum current in % of set current
REAL
0.0
O
PW
Parameter word
DWORD 0
O
Q
+
DW
Data word
DWORD 0
O
Q
+
SW
Status word
DWORD 0
O
Q
+
DWA
Extended diagnosis data for faceplate
DWORD 0
O
Q
+
DWB
Extended diagnosis data for faceplate
DWORD 0
O
Q
+
DWC
Extended diagnosis data for faceplate
DWORD 0
O
Q
+
Operation and observation of RVDL_SC See the description of the block symbol and the faceplate in the corresponding manual in this regard. PW, DW and SW of RVDL_SC The inputs, outputs and the internal status of the respective block are mapped on the parameter word, the data word and the status word. The assignment of the bits is found in the following table:
> RVDL_SC < Bit
Parameter word
Data word
Status word
0
STA1
OPS1
SEN1
en-YN.YNT.001.A
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-444
1
STA2
EROP
SEN2
2
ILC1
OPS2
OSG1
3
ILC2
NOTA
OSG2
4
LSW1
POS1
5
LSW2
POS2
DAVB
OPL1
EROR
6 7
CVON
OLP2
8
GFLT
GFLT
DOFF
9
AVBL
ERMS
SWST
10
RCR1
OPER
11
RCR2
QBAD
12
PMI1
ERPI
LSW1I
13
PMI2
ERPS
LSW2I
ETIM
TRQ1
14 15
TRQ2
16
LSER
ERRC
SWST
17
LST1
TEST
LOCA
18
LST2
BLOCK
19
LSP1
DOWNL
20
LSP2
GWARN
21
SST1
EARTH
22
SST2
IMAX
23
OVLD
24
SWRE
THERM
25
CSF
UNSYM
26
DOWNL
27
TEST
28
COLOUR_1
29
COLOUR_2
30
COLOUR_3
31
COLOUR_4
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
3-445
In the case of the COLOUR operating states, the block RVDL_SC has all defined states from 1 to 11. DWA, DWB and DWC of RVDL_SC The block has three additional data words: DWA, DWB and DWC. These words offer additional information on the SIMOCODE pro C motor controller and the Profibus slave. This information is shown in the associated faceplate. The assignment of the data words changes with the value of the input PAGE. When activating the corresponding page of the faceplate, the latter automatically sets the input PAGE to the value corresponding to the activated diagnosis page. The input PAGE may have the following values: Page
Activated diagnosis page of the faceplate
1
:
PROFIBUS – Information on the Profibus slave
2
:
SIMOCODE - Parts of data record 92 are read in
4
:
SIMOCODE - Parts of data records 94 and 95 are read in one after the other
8
SIMOCODE - Parts of data record 92 are read in
100
SIMOCODE - Data records are newly requested With the different values of PAGE the content of the data words DWA, DWB and DWC also varies. In addition, there is the variable VALUE_CODE. This variable encodes single values. The values with their associated VALUE_CODE will then be written sequentially to the data word A. A content list follows below:
> RVDL_SC with PAGE = 1 < Bit
Data word A
Data word B
Data word C
0
ST_NOEX
HARD_ID
DPPA_ADR
1
ST_NORDY
2
ST_INSLR
3
ST_SENSU
4
ST_MASLO
5
ST_WATCH
6
ST_STDIA
7
ST_EXDIA
8
ST_EXDOV
9
ST_SYNC
en-YN.YNT.001.A
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-446
10
ST_FREEZ
11
ST_PAREQ
12
ST_PARFA
13
ST_SLCCF
14
ST_SLDEA
15
ST_STASL
16
SLAVE_OK
17 18 19 20 21 22 23
SUBNETID
24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31
> RVDL_SC with PAGE = 2 < Bit
Data word A
Data word B
0
GENER_FAULT
FAULT_TM_SF
1
WARNING
FAULT_TM_OR
2
FAULT_RUNT_ON
FAULT_PARA
3
FAULT_RUNT_OF
FAULT_TEST_SD
4
FAULT_FEED_ON
FAULT_OPO
5
FAULT_FEED_OF
Data word C
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
3-447
6
FAULT_COLD_ST
WARN_ASYM
7
FAULT_UVO
WARN_OVL
8
STA_PLC
WARN_OVL_PF
9
FAULT_BLOCK_S
WARN_BLOCK
10
FAULT_DOUB_0
WARN_TH_OVL
11
FAULT_DOUB_1
WARN_CURR_HI
12
FAULT_END_PO
WARN_CURR_LO
13
FAULT_ANTIVAL
WARN_TM_HT
14
FAULT_OVLD
WARN_TM_SE
15
FAULT_OVLD_PF
WARN_TM_OR
16
FAULT_ASYM
17
FAULT_MOT_STA
18
FAULT_TH_OVLD
19
FAULT_IMAX
20
FAULT_IMIN
21
FAULT_INT_EF
22
FAULT_TM_TEMP
23
FAULT_EXT_F1
24
FAULT_EXT_F2
25
FAULT_BUS
26
FAULT_PLC
27
FAULT_HW_BU
28
FAULT_MODULE
29
FAULT_CONFIG
30
FAULT_TH_SC
31
FAULT_TH_WB
> RVDL_SC with PAGE = 4 < VALUE_CODE BYTE
Data word A
101
1
HEAT_UP_MOT_MO
2
PHASE_ASYM
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Data word B
Data word C
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-448
3-4 103
1-4
105
1-2
RECOV_TIME
3-4
TIME_TO_TRIP
1-2
I_L1
3-4
I_L2
1-2
I_L3
3-4
NO_OVLD
111
1-4
M_OP_HOURS
113
1-4
NO_START
107
109
> RVDL_SC with PAGE = 8 < Bit
Data word A
0
GENER_FAULT
1
WARNING
2
STA_DEV
3
STA_BUS
4
STA_PLC
5
STA_CURR
6
ON11
7
ON1
8
OFF
9
ON2
10
ON22
11
START_ACTIVE
12
LOCK_ACTIVE
13
IDL_TIME
14
OPER_PRO_OFF
15
AUTO_MODE
16
TEST_POS_FEED
17
FEED_CLOSE
Data word B
Data word C
en-YN.YNT.001.A
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
18
FEED_OPEN
19
TRQ_CLOSE
20
TRQ_OPEN
21
COOL_DOWN_TIM
22
BREA_TIM_ACT
23
EMER_STA_EXE
24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-449
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-450
3.74 SIMOCODE pro drive control RVDL_SV: Reversible drive with limit switches with SIMOCODE pro V Description of RVDL_SV Object name (Type + Number) FB 542 Calling OBs The time interrupt OB in which the block is installed (e.g. OB 35). Function The block is used for controlling a reversible drive which is driven by a SIMOCODE pro V motor controller. The SIMOCODE pro V is connected to the PLC via the Profibus. The block communicates directly with the Profibus device SIMOCODE pro V. Profibus In order to integrate the block, the type SIMOCODE pro V (PDM) is used for this purpose in the PCS7 program HW Konfig. This is part of the scope of supply of the PCS7 and does not need to be installed subsequently. In HW Konfig, in the catalogue, the profile Standard is set for this purpose. Now the folder PROFIBUS-DP is opened. There, the subfolders "DP V0 Slaves, Switchgear and SIMOCODE" are opened. Here, the entry SIMOCODE pro V (PDM) is located.
Fig. 76: HW Konfig with SIMOCODE pro V
This entry is used for the definition of the Profibus-DP slave. As standard, the base type 1 is used as a block. Following the definition of the Profibus slave, a setting must be carried out. To this end the object properties and then the page 'Parameterising the slave' must be opened.
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
Fig. 77: Object properties of SIMOCODE pro V PDM
Here, under "Station parameters" in the line "DPV1-Alarms" the entries "Diagnosis alarms" and "Process interrupt" must be activated by means of a tick. Only if the above-stated settings for a SIMOCODE pro V have been completely made, will the full functional scope of the block be ensured. Operating principle The block communicates directly with the SIMOCODE pro V motor controller. This device is defined as a Profibus slave. At the input SUBNETID, the number of the Profibus system, which the SIMOCODE pro V is connected to, must be entered. At the input DPPA_ADR the slave address of the SIMOCODE pro V must be entered and at the input DADDR the diagnose address of the SIMOCODE pro C must be entered. All these values may be taken from the hardware configuration of a STEP7 project. Using these values, the block can communicate automatically with the corresponding SIMOCODE pro V.
en-YN.YNT.001.A
3-451
User manual
Blocks 3-452
®
POLCID for administrators
Internally, the same logic is used as for the block RVDL (FB 504). However, the block RVDL_ST reads some signals directly from the Profibus (SIMOCODE pro V) and these need not be connected as inputs or outputs. These are the inputs OLPT, AVBL, RCR1, RCR2, SEN1 and SEN2. They are read directly by the SIMOCODE pro V or written to the SIMOCODE pro V. Nevertheless these inputs and outputs are used in the internal logic. In addition, status signals are still used in the interlock system which the SIMOCODE pro V generates. In detail, these are the signals READY, FAULT, AUTO and IMIN. If one of the two end positions applies, the start of a drive can only be effected if a valid starting command for the direction leading away from the end position is given. If the drive was stopped between the end positions (caused by a fault), a valid starting command can optionally be given for one of the two directions. A valid starting command exists when the signals: 'STA1', 'ILC1', 'AVBL', 'OLPT', 'PMI1', 'READY' or 'STA2', 'ILC2', 'AVBL', 'OLPT', 'PMI2', 'READY' are set. In this case, the start enable signals 'SEN1' or 'SEN2' are set (motor activating signals) and the end position indicator 'POS1' or POS2' is cleared. If the check-back signal 'RCR1' or 'RCR2' is set while a valid starting command is present, the drive changes over to the operating condition which is characterised by the bits 'OSG1', 'OPS1' or 'OSG2', 'OPS2'. Correct stopping is performed by activation of the associated limit switch 'LSW1' or 'LSW2'. If the machine protection fails for both directions simultaneously, the error signal 'ERPI' is generated regardless of the current operating status. If the machine protection fails for one direction only, this is only detected and signalled when the drive is started or in operation in this direction. When the reversible drive with limit switches is stationary and starting commands are issued simultaneously for both directions, no error is signalled. If the drive is running in one direction, starting commands for the other direction are ignored. The time TIME1 monitors the time in seconds, e.g. for movement of the drive from POS1 to POS2, in which the associated limit switch must be set. If time = 0, no time monitoring of the movement is performed. By means of the signals SST1 and SST2 an individual start of the drive can be realised in automatic mode. In the faceplate of the drive, the operator sets the signals SST1 or SST2. After processing in the block, these signals are reset by the block. After operation of the signal SST1/2 the output SWST is set at first. By means of this output an external start-up warning can be started. If the start-up warning time has expired, then the input SWRE must be set. In this way, there is a valid starting command and the drive is then started as described above. With the exception of the combination with the signals SWST and SWRE the signals SST1/2 behave in the same way with signal STA1/2.
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
With the signals LSER, LST1/2 and LSP1/2 it is possible to operate the drive via external switches, keyboards or from the control panel. With the signal LSER the drive is switched to local operation. The availability of the drive disappears therewith. Via the signals LST1/2 and LSP1/2 the drive can be started. Using the parameter SWLO, it is selected whether the input SWRE is taken into consideration for the evaluation of the inputs LST1/2 and LSP1/2. Note Via the signals LST1/2 and LSP1/2, the drive can be started ("1") or stopped ("0"). Via LST1/2 the drive is started independently from the interlock signals! Via LSP1/2 the signals CVON, OLPT and PMI1/2 are taken into consideration. As long as the start signals are pending the drive runs, if the start signal changes to zero the drive is stopped. The block additionally outputs the motor current of the drive at output A1. Standardised from 0 to 100 % of the rated current, the motor current is read by the SIMOCODE pro V. By means of the rated current ILH it is calibrated into the unit Ampere and filtered with BW and FF. This filtration works according to the following formula: Y(n+1) = Y(n) + ( FF * ( VAL - Y(n) ) ) (n)
:
Index of the last filtered measured value
(n+1)
:
Index of the new filtered measured value
VAL
:
Unfiltered input value
FF
:
Filter factor (Range between 0 and 1)
The newly determined value will be processed further only then if it differs from the most recent determined value by at least the bandwidth (BW) value. The block cyclically reads the extended diagnosis data which the SIMOCODE pro V provides. These are e.g. the operating hours or the number of starts of the SIMOCODE pro V. These data are shown in the faceplate. The block is called up in the event of a change of the diagnosis data via an interrupt and will then read the same in an event-controlled fashion. In addition there exists a cycle for the reading of the diagnosis data. The cycle time can be parameterised in the input WACYC. The standard setting for the cycle time is 10800 seconds (3 hours). Via the input PAGE, the faceplate communicates which page of the diagnosis the plant operator has called up. The block then writes the required data into the outputs DWA, DWB and DWC. They are evaluated on the faceplate page called up. For the various different diagnosis pages, the content of the three outputs differs and will not be further described here. The faceplate is able to interpret the data accordingly. Internal logic
en-YN.YNT.001.A
3-453
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-454
The sequence of the flags is determined by the sequence in which they must be generated. In this relation, the flags marked (with ") must be taken into account in the setting and reset conditions! Auxiliary flag IAVBL
:=
AVBL_&AUTO_&-DOWNL
ICVON
:=
CVON_&SLAVE_OK
IOLPT
:=
(OLPT/TEST)_&-FAULT
S IRCR1 C IRCR1
= =
RCR1/(IMIN_&-AVBL_&OLPT) -RCR1_&-IMIN
ISTA1
:=
STA1_&READY
ISTA2
:=
STA2_&READY
GO1
:=
ISTA1_&ILC1
GO2
:=
ISTA2_&ILC2
NOSEN
:=
-(SEN1/SEN2)
RESET
:=
NOSEN_&(-EROP/ERES)
CLEROP
:=
EROP_&ERES
CLERPS
:=
ERPS_&ERES
LSWALL
:=
LSW1_&LSW2
LSWPOS
:=
-LSW1_&POS1_&-SEN2_&-OSG2/-LSW2_&POS2_&-SEN1_&-OSG1
AVAIL
:=
IAVBL_&IOLPT
Data word S ERPS C ERPS
: :
(LSWALL/-CLERPS_&LSWPOS/(LSW1_&ILC2_&SEN2_&(ISTA2/AVAIL_&PMI2_&OPS2)/LSW2_&ILC1_&SEN1_&(ISTA1/AVAIL_&PMI1_&OPS1))/((LSW1.EQV.LSW2)_&(SEN1_&ISTA1_&ILC1/SEN2_&-ISTA2_&ILC2)))/ETIM”-ICVON/LSWALL_&ERPS_&RESET
S ERPI C ERPI
: :
(-PMI1_&-PMI2)/(-EROP/ERES)_&(-PMI1_&-LSW1_&GO1_&(SEN1/SEN2_&(LSW2/-GO2)/-PMI2_&-LSW2_&GO2_&(SEN2/SEN1_&(LSW1/-GO1))ICVON/(PMI1_&PMI2/ERPS”_&(PMI1/PMI2)/PMI1_&(GO2/LSW2/GO1_&-LSW1)/PMI2_&(-GO1/LSW1/GO2_&LSW2))_&RESET
S ERRC C ERRC
: :
AVAIL_&-ERPI”_&-ERPS_&(OPS1_&GO1_&-IRCR1_&LSW1/OPS2_&GO2_&-RCR2_&-LSW2)-ICVON/CLEROP
S NOTA C NOTA
: :
-AVAIL/ERPI”/ERPS”/ERRC”-ICVON/AVAIL_&-ERPI”_&ERPS”_&RESET
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
S EROP C EROP
: :
((SEN1_&ILC1_&-LSW1/SEN2_&ILC2_&LSW2)_&NOTA”)/(ERPS”/ERRC”_&(SEN1/SEN2/OSG1/OSG2))ICVON/CLEROP_&(ERPS_&-LSWPOS/-ERPS”)
S OPS1 C OPS1
: :
GO1_&SEN1_&IRCR1-ICVON/-GO1/LSW1/NOTA”
S OPS2 C OPS2
: :
GO2_&SEN2_&RCR2-ICVON/-GO2/LSW2/NOTA”
S GFLT C GFLT
::
-IOLPT-ICVON/IOLPT_&RESET
S ERMS C ERMS
: :
-IAVBL_&IOLPT-ICVON/(IAVBL/-IOLPT)_&RESET
S ETIM C ETIM
: :
LCT1_&((SEN1_&-LSW1)/(SEN2_&-LSW2))-ICVON/RESET
S POS1 C POS1
: :
LSW1_&(-POS2/-LSW2_&CLERPS)-ICVON/LSWALL/LSW1_&(CLERPS/SEN2”/OSG2/-ERPS”_&LSW1)
S POS2 C POS2
::
LSW2_&(-POS1/-LSW1_&CLERPS)-ICVON/LSWALL/LSW2_&(CLERPS/SEN1”/OSG1/-ERPS”_&LSW2)
OPL1
:=
-SEN1_&-OPS1_&IRCR1
OPL2
:=
-SEN2_&-OPS2_&RCR2
TEST
:=
TEST
S BLOCK C BLOCK
= =
BLOCK -ICVON/-BLOCK_&RESET
S DOWNL C DOWNL
= =
DOWNL -ICVON/-DOWNL_&RESET
S GWARN C GWARN
= =
GWARN -GWARN_&RESET
S EARTH C EARTH
= =
EARTH -ICVON/-EARTH_&RESET
S IMAX C IMAX
= =
IMAX -ICVON/-IMAX_&RESET
S OVLD C OVLD
= =
OVLD/-OLPT -ICVON/-OVLD_&OLPT_&RESET
S THERM C THERM
= =
THERM -ICVON/-THERM_&RESET
en-YN.YNT.001.A
3-455
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-456
Status word S SEN1 C SEN1
: :
GO1_&(LSW2/-GO2)_&-SEN2-ICVON/-GO1/NOTA”/LSW1/EROP”
S SEN2 C SEN2
: :
GO2_&(LSW1/-GO1)_&-SEN1-ICVON/-GO2/NOTA”/LSW2/EROP”
OSG1
:=
OPS1”
OSG2
:=
OPS2”
DAVB
:=
ICVON_&-NOTA”
EROR
:=
EROP”
OPER
:=
IMIN
QBAD
:=
-SLAVE_OK
LOCA
:=
(-AVBL/LSER)_&SLAVE_OK
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
Block view
Fig. 78: RVDL_SV block
Starting characteristics During the CPU start-up the RVDL_SV block is deactivated. All internal state flags (shown in the data word) are reset. Following start-up the block waits for the number of cycles projected in the input RUNUPCYC, and will only be activated thereafter. A first start-up whilst the program is running is treated internally like a CPU startup. Time behaviour The block must be called via a time interrupt OB or OB1. It does not have a parameter for the sampling interval. Behaviour in case of a time error In the case of a time error the outputs will then be reset. In addition the internal state flags will be reset.
en-YN.YNT.001.A
3-457
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-458
Message actions The block RVDL_SV internally uses an ALARM_8P block for generating the messages. Messages are generated for the following tripping devices: ● Operating trouble (EROP) ● SIMOCODE pro V group fault (GFLT) ● Machine availability (AVBL) ● Machine protection (PMI1) ● Position monitoring (ERPS) ● Monitoring time (ETIM) ● Check-back signal (RCR1) ● Motor blocked (BLOCK) ● SIMOCODE pro V to download mode (DOWNL) ● SIMOCODE pro V group warning (GWARN) ● Earth fault (EARTH) ● Maximum motor current (IMAX) ● Overload (OLPT and OVLD) ● Thermistor error (THERM) ● Overload and asymmetry (UNSYM) The messages can be suppressed by setting the input SUPR or by resetting the input RLSA. The input SUPR, however, is activated by the operator interface (WinCC), and RLSA by the program. The inputs CVON (at value 0) and CSF (at value 1) also suppress the output of messages. Assignment of message text and message class to the block parameters
Mess. Block Default message text no. parameter
Message Suppressable class
1
EROP
$$BlockComment$$ @1I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
2
GFLT
$$BlockComment$$ @2I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
3
ERMS
$$BlockComment$$ @3I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
4
ERPI
$$BlockComment$$ @4I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
5
ERPS
$$BlockComment$$ @5I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
3-459
Mess. Block Default message text no. parameter
Message Suppressable class
6
ETIM
$$BlockComment$$ @6I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
7
ERRC
$$BlockComment$$ @7I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
8
$$BlockComment$$ @8I%t#POLCID_Standard@
Yes
9
BLOCK
$$BlockComment$$ @1I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
10
DOWNL
$$BlockComment$$ @2I%t#POLCID_Standard@
PF
Yes
11
GWARN
$$BlockComment$$ @3I%t#POLCID_Standard@
WH
Yes
12
EARTH
$$BlockComment$$ @4I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
13
IMAX
$$BlockComment$$ @5I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
14
OVLD
$$BlockComment$$ @6I%t#POLCID_Standard@ - @9R%6.1f@A
AH
Yes
15
THERN
$$BlockComment$$ @7I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
16
UNSYM
$$BlockComment$$ @8I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
Connections of RVDL_SV Connection (parameters)
Meaning
Data type
Def.
Type Attr. O&O Perm. values
SUBNETID
Number of the Profibus subsystem of the PLC
INT
0
I
DPPA_ADR
Slave address of the Profibus device
INT
0
I
DADDR
Diagnosis address of the Profibus slave
INT
0
I
STA1
Start drive direction 1
BOOL
0
I
Q
STA2
Start drive direction 2
BOOL
0
I
Q
ILC1
Process-technological
BOOL
1
I
Q
en-YN.YNT.001.A
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-460
Connection (parameters)
Meaning
Data type
Def.
Type Attr. O&O Perm. values
interlock direction 1 ILC2
Process-technological interlock direction 2
BOOL
1
I
Q
LSW1
Limit switch direction 1
BOOL
0
I
Q
LSW2
Limit switch direction 2
BOOL
0
I
Q
CVON
Control voltage on
BOOL
1
I
Q
PMI1
Machine protection interlock direction 1
BOOL
1
I
Q
PMI2
Machine protection interlock direction 2
BOOL
1
I
Q
CSF
Control system error
BOOL
0
I
Q
DOWNL
Set SIMOCODE pro V to download mode
BOOL
0
I
Q
TEST
Set SIMOCODE pro V to test mode
BOOL
0
I
Q
LST1
Local start/stop without PMI1
BOOL
0
I
Q
LST2
Local start/stop without PMI2
BOOL
0
I
Q
LSP1
Local start/stop with PMI1
BOOL
0
I
Q
LSP2
Local start/stop with PMI2
BOOL
0
I
Q
SWRE
Enabling start-up warning
BOOL
1
I
Q
ESST
Display of softkeys for single faceplate start
BOOL
0
I
+
ENRE
Display of softkeys for faceplate reset
BOOL
0
I
+
SWLO
Start-up warning also in local operating mode
BOOL
0
I
LSEL
Selection LSER switches Simocode device to local operating mode
BOOL
0
I
RLSA
Enabling alarm generation
BOOL
1
I
Q
TIME1
Monitoring time setpoint value
REAL
5.0
I
BQ
BW
Belt width for filtering motor current value
INT
1
I
Q
+
>0
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
3-461
Connection (parameters)
Meaning
Data type
Def.
Type Attr. O&O Perm. values
FF
Filter factor motor current value
REAL
0.5
I
Q
ILH
Rated current for motor current value calibration
REAL
100.0
I
Q
WACYC
Waiting cycle for reading diagnosis data
REAL
10800.0 I
Q
RUNUPCYC
Waiting cycles at start
INT
3
I
EV_ID1
Message ID no. 1
DWORD 0
I
M
EV_ID2
Message ID no. 2
DWORD 0
I
M
RESET
Resetting error SIMOCODE pro V
BOOL
0
IO
BQ
+
LSER
Enabling of local operation
BOOL
0
IO
BQ
+
SST1
Single start direction 1
BOOL
0
IO
B
+
SST2
Single start direction 2
BOOL
0
IO
B
+
SUPR
Suppression of alarms
BOOL
0
IO
B
+
PAGE
Activated page of the faceplate
INT
1
IO
B
+
VALUE_CODE Coding the values for transfer to the faceplate
INT
1
IO
B
+
EV1_SIG1
Index variable for message no. 1
INT
1
IO
EV1_SIG2
Index variable for message no. 2
INT
29
IO
EV1_SIG3
Index variable for message no. 3
INT
3
IO
EV1_SIG4
Index variable for message no. 4
INT
5
IO
EV1_SIG5
Index variable for message no. 5
INT
9
IO
EV1_SIG6
Index variable for message no. 6
INT
7
IO
EV1_SIG7
Index variable for message no. 7
INT
8
IO
EV1_SIG8
Index variable for message no. 8
INT
0
IO
en-YN.YNT.001.A
+
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-462
Connection (parameters)
Meaning
Data type
Def.
Type Attr. O&O Perm. values
EV2_SIG1
Index variable for message no. 9
INT
30
IO
EV2_SIG2
Index variable for message no. 10
INT
31
IO
EV2_SIG3
Index variable for message no. 11
INT
32
IO
EV2_SIG4
Index variable for message no. 12
INT
33
IO
EV2_SIG5
Index variable for message no. 13
INT
34
IO
EV2_SIG6
Index variable for message no. 14
INT
2
IO
EV2_SIG7
Index variable for message no. 15
INT
40
IO
EV2_SIG8
Index variable for message no. 16
INT
36
IO
OSG1
Operating message direction 1 BOOL
0
O
Q
OSG2
Operating message direction 2 BOOL
0
O
Q
DAVB
Drive is available
BOOL
0
O
Q
EROR
Drive is faulty
BOOL
0
O
Q
DOFF
Drive is off
BOOL
0
O
Q
OPER
Drive is operating (locally or automatically)
BOOL
0
O
Q
QBAD
Profibus slave faulty
BOOL
0
O
Q
LSW1I
Internal limit switch direction 1
BOOL
0
O
Q
LSW2I
Internal limit switch direction 2
BOOL
0
O
Q
TRQ1
Torque limit switch direction 1
BOOL
0
O
Q
TRQ2
Torque limit switch direction 2
BOOL
0
O
Q
LSW1E
External limit switch direction 1
BOOL
0
O
Q
LSW2E
External limit switch direction 2
BOOL
0
O
Q
SWST
Start start-up warning
BOOL
0
O
Q
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
3-463
Connection (parameters)
Meaning
Data type
Def.
Type Attr. O&O Perm. values
LOCA
Drive is in local operating mode
BOOL
0
O
Q
ACT1
Current monitoring time
REAL
0.0
O
Q
+
A1
Current motor current
REAL
0.0
O
Q
+
OPTI
Current operating hours SIMOCODE pro V
REAL
0.0
O
Q
+
NOST
Number of starts performed
REAL
0.0
O
Q
+
NOOV
Number of overload trippings
REAL
0.0
O
Q
+
I_MAX
Maximum current in % of set current
REAL
0.0
O
PW
Parameter word
DWORD 0
O
Q
+
DW
Data word
DWORD 0
O
Q
+
SW
Status word
DWORD 0
O
Q
+
DWA
Extended diagnosis data for faceplate
DWORD 0
O
Q
+
DWB
Extended diagnosis data for faceplate
DWORD 0
O
Q
+
DWC
Extended diagnosis data for faceplate
DWORD 0
O
Q
+
Operation and observation of RVDL_SV See the description of the block symbol and the faceplate in the corresponding manual in this regard. PW, DW and SW of RVDL_SV The inputs, outputs and the internal status of the respective block are mapped on the parameter word, the data word and the status word. The assignment of the bits is found in the following table:
> RVDL_SV < Bit
Parameter word
Data word
Status word
0
STA1
OPS1
SEN1
1
STA2
EROP
SEN2
en-YN.YNT.001.A
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-464
2
ILC1
OPS2
OSG1
3
ILC2
NOTA
OSG2
4
LSW1
POS1
5
LSW2
POS2
DAVB
OPL1
EROR
6 7
CVON
OLP2
8
GFLT
GFLT
DOFF
9
AVBL
ERMS
SWST
10
RCR1
OPER
11
RCR2
QBAD
12
PMI1
ERPI
LSW1I
13
PMI2
ERPS
LSW2I
ETIM
TRQ1
14 15
TRQ2
16
LSER
ERRC
SWST
17
LST1
TEST
LOCA
18
LST2
BLOCK
19
LSP1
DOWNL
20
LSP2
GWARN
21
SST1
EARTH
22
SST2
IMAX
23
OVLD
24
SWRE
THERM
25
CSF
UNSYM
26
DOWNL
27
TEST
28
COLOUR_1
29
COLOUR_2
30
COLOUR_3
31
COLOUR_4
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
3-465
In the case of the COLOUR operating states, the block RVDL_SV has all defined states from 1 to 11. DWA, DWB and DWC of RVDL_SV The block has three additional data words: DWA, DWB and DWC. These words offer additional information on the SIMOCODE pro V motor controller and the Profibus slave. This information is shown in the associated faceplate. The assignment of the data words changes with the value of the input PAGE. When activating the corresponding page of the faceplate, the latter automatically sets the input PAGE to the value corresponding to the activated diagnosis page. The input PAGE may have the following values: Page
Activated diagnosis page of the faceplate
1
:
PROFIBUS – Information on the Profibus slave
2
:
SIMOCODE - Parts of data record 92 are read in
4
:
SIMOCODE - Parts of data records 94 and 95 are read in one after the other
8
SIMOCODE - Parts of data record 92 are read in
100
SIMOCODE - Data records are newly requested With the different values of PAGE the content of the data words DWA, DWB and DWC also varies. In addition, there is the variable VALUE_CODE. This variable encodes single values. The values with their associated VALUE_CODE will then be written sequentially to the data word A. A content list follows below:
> RVDL_SV with PAGE = 1 < Bit
Data word A
Data word B
Data word C
0
ST_NOEX
HARD_ID
DPPA_ADR
1
ST_NORDY
2
ST_INSLR
3
ST_SENSU
4
ST_MASLO
5
ST_WATCH
6
ST_STDIA
7
ST_EXDIA
8
ST_EXDOV
9
ST_SYNC
en-YN.YNT.001.A
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-466
10
ST_FREEZ
11
ST_PAREQ
12
ST_PARFA
13
ST_SLCCF
14
ST_SLDEA
15
ST_STASL
16
SLAVE_OK
17 18 19 20 21 22 23
SUBNETID
24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31
> RVDL_SV with PAGE = 2 < Bit
Data word A
Data word B
0
GENER_FAULT
FAULT_TM_SF
1
WARNING
FAULT_TM_OR
2
FAULT_RUNT_ON
FAULT_PARA
3
FAULT_RUNT_OF
FAULT_TEST_SD
4
FAULT_FEED_ON
FAULT_OPO
5
FAULT_FEED_OF
Data word C
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
3-467
6
FAULT_COLD_ST
WARN_ASYM
7
FAULT_UVO
WARN_OVL
8
STA_PLC
WARN_OVL_PF
9
FAULT_BLOCK_S
WARN_BLOCK
10
FAULT_DOUB_0
WARN_TH_OVL
11
FAULT_DOUB_1
WARN_CURR_HI
12
FAULT_END_PO
WARN_CURR_LO
13
FAULT_ANTIVAL
WARN_TM_HT
14
FAULT_OVLD
WARN_TM_SE
15
FAULT_OVLD_PF
WARN_TM_OR
16
FAULT_ASYM
17
FAULT_MOT_STA
18
FAULT_TH_OVLD
19
FAULT_IMAX
20
FAULT_IMIN
21
FAULT_INT_EF
22
FAULT_TM_TEMP
23
FAULT_EXT_F1
24
FAULT_EXT_F2
25
FAULT_BUS
26
FAULT_PLC
27
FAULT_HW_BU
28
FAULT_MODULE
29
FAULT_CONFIG
30
FAULT_TH_SC
31
FAULT_TH_WB
> RVDL_SV with PAGE = 4 < VALUE_CODE BYTE
Data word A
101
1
HEAT_UP_MOT_MO
2
PHASE_ASYM
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Data word B
Data word C
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-468
3-4 103
RECOV_TIME
1-4 3-4
105
1-2 3-4
TIME_TO_TRIP
1-2
I_L1
3-4
I_L2
1-2
I_L3
3-4
NO_OVLD
111
1-4
M_OP_HOURS
113
1-4
NO_START
107
109
> RVDL_SV with PAGE = 8 < Bit
Data word A
0
GENER_FAULT
1
WARNING
2
STA_DEV
3
STA_BUS
4
STA_PLC
5
STA_CURR
6
ON11
7
ON1
8
OFF
9
ON2
10
ON22
11
START_ACTIVE
12
LOCK_ACTIVE
13
IDL_TIME
14
OPER_PRO_OFF
15
AUTO_MODE
16
TEST_POS_FEED
Data word B
Data word C
en-YN.YNT.001.A
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
17
FEED_CLOSE
18
FEED_OPEN
19
TRQ_CLOSE
20
TRQ_OPEN
21
COOL_DOWN_TIM
22
BREA_TIM_ACT
23
EMER_STA_EXE
24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-469
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-470
3.75 SIMOCODE pro drive control CONT_SV: Actuator with SIMOCODE pro V Description of CONT_SV Object name (Type + Number) FB 543 Calling OBs The time interrupt OB in which the block is installed (e.g. OB 35). Function The block is used for controlling a reversible drive which is driven by a SIMOCODE pro V motor controller. The SIMOCODE pro V is connected to the PLC via the Profibus. The block communicates directly with the Profibus device SIMOCODE pro V. Profibus In order to integrate the block, the type SIMOCODE pro V (PDM) is used for this purpose in the PCS7 program HW Konfig. This is part of the scope of supply of the PCS7 and does not need to be installed subsequently. In HW Konfig, in the catalogue, the profile Standard is set for this purpose. Now the folder PROFIBUS-DP is opened. There, the subfolders "DP V0 Slaves, Switchgear and SIMOCODE" are opened. Here, the entry SIMOCODE pro V (PDM) is located.
Fig. 79: HW Konfig with SIMOCODE pro V
This entry is used for the definition of the Profibus-DP slave. As standard, the base type 1 is used as a block. Following the definition of the Profibus slave, a setting must be carried out. To this end the object properties and then the page 'Parameterising the slave' must be opened.
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
Fig. 80: Object properties of SIMOCODE pro V PDM
Here, under "Station parameters" in the line "DPV1-Alarms" the entries "Diagnosis alarms" and "Process interrupt" must be activated by means of a tick. Only if the above-stated settings for a SIMOCODE pro V have been completely made, will the full functional scope of the block be ensured. Operating principle The block communicates directly with the SIMOCODE pro V motor controller. This device is defined as a Profibus slave. At the input SUBNETID, the number of the Profibus system, which the SIMOCODE pro V is connected to, must be entered. At the input DPPA_ADR the slave address of the SIMOCODE pro V must be entered and at the input DADDR the diagnose address of the SIMOCODE pro C must be entered. All these values may be taken from the hardware configuration of a STEP7 project. Using these values, the block can communicate automatically with the corresponding SIMOCODE pro V.
en-YN.YNT.001.A
3-471
User manual
Blocks 3-472
®
POLCID for administrators
Internally, the same logic is used as for the block CONT_DO (FB 506). However, the block CONT_SV reads some signals directly from the Profibus (SIMOCODE pro V) and these need not be connected as inputs or outputs. These are the inputs OLPT, AVBL, SEN1 and SEN2. They are read directly by the SIMOCODE pro V or written to the SIMOCODE pro V. Nevertheless these inputs and outputs are used in the internal logic. In addition, status signals are still used in the interlock system which the SIMOCODE pro V generates. In detail, these are the signals READY, FAULT, AUTO and IMIN. If the drive is available, i.e. the 'DAVB' bit in the status word is set, the CONT_DO operates as a three-step controller. If the deviation between the actual value ACT and the setpoint SET is greater than the switching difference SWIT, the output 'CLSE' or 'OPEN' in the data word is set according to the sign of the deviation and the bit 'SEN1' or 'SEN2' is simultaneously set in the status word, which must then be switched to the associated digital outputs in the drive program. The setpoint value is formed from the automatic setpoint value ASET (can be connected in the program) and the setpoint value from the faceplate SET. By means of the input AUTO it is selected which of the two setpoint values is activated. With AUTO = 0, setpoint value SET is active, and with AUTO = 1 setpoint value ASET is active. In the case of AUTO = 1 the setpoint value is deactivated in the faceplate and the value of SET is equalled to the value of ASET. A special function of the drive block is movement to specific positions in dependence on the control bits in the parameter word. For this, the limits HIGH and LOW are used as values. The setpoint is overwritten with a specified limit value by setting two bits in the parameter word. After releasing the forced limit, normal operation is resumed only if a new, changed setpoint is sent. During the travel time of the actuator the input of the position check-back must have changed by at least 0.0025 within the time TIMEOUT (in seconds). If not, a position error is created. After a fault the setpoint must change, in order that a new process is started. The setpoint must also be changed after a forced open/close, in order that it is approached to. The current set up setpoint is displayed in the variable CSET. The availability of the actuator is monitored in a similar manner as normal drives because the same signals are received from the inputs (CVON, OLPT AVBL and PMI1/2) Bit 'ERDS' is set when the associated input bit in the parameter word 'IODS' is set whereas these inputs influence the status bit 'DAVB': Switching of the input bit 'IODS' (analogue input fault) is performed with the availability flag of the analogue channel. Monitoring of the limit switches is performed in the same manner as in the 'VALV' block, i.e. non-availability is only signalled when both limit switches are closed.
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
The limit position HIGH can be moved to by setting the input HILI, and the limit position LOW can be moved to by setting the input LOLI. The input RLS generally enables adjustment or blocks the same. At RLS = 0 both outputs SEN1 and SEN2 are deactivated. With the signals LSER, LST1/2 and LSP1/2 it is possible to operate the drive via external switches, keyboards or from the control panel. With the signal LSER the drive is switched to local operation. The availability of the drive disappears therewith. Via the signals LST1/2 and LSP1/2 the drive can be started. Note Via the signals LST1/2 and LSP1/2, the drive can be started ("1") or stopped ("0"). Via LST1/2 the drive is started independently from the interlock signals! Via LSP1/2 the signals CVON, OLPT and PMI1/2 are taken into consideration. As long as the start signals are pending the drive runs, if the start signal changes to zero the drive is stopped. The block additionally outputs the motor current of the drive at output A1. Standardised from 0 to 100 % of the rated current, the motor current is read by the SIMOCODE pro V. By means of the rated current ILH it is calibrated into the unit Ampere and filtered with BW and FF.
en-YN.YNT.001.A
3-473
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-474
This filtration works according to the following formula: Y(n+1) = Y(n) + ( FF * ( VAL – Y(n) ) ) (n)
:
Index of the last filtered measured value
(n+1)
:
Index of the new filtered measured value
VAL
:
Unfiltered input value
FF
:
Filter factor (Range between 0 and 1)
The newly determined value will be processed further only then if it differs from the most recent determined value by at least the bandwidth (BW) value. The block cyclically reads the extended diagnosis data which the SIMOCODE pro V provides. These are e.g. the operating hours or the number of starts of the SIMOCODE pro V. These data are shown in the faceplate. The block is called up in the event of a change of the diagnosis data via an interrupt and will then read the same in an event-controlled fashion. In addition there exists a cycle for the reading of the diagnosis data. The cycle time can be parameterised in the input WACYC. The standard setting for the cycle time is 10800 seconds (3 hours). Via the input PAGE, the faceplate communicates which page of the diagnosis the plant operator has called up. The block then writes the required data into the outputs DWA, DWB and DWC. They are evaluated on the faceplate page called up. For the various different diagnosis pages, the content of the three outputs differs and will not be further described here. The faceplate is able to interpret the data accordingly. Internal logic The sequence of the flags is determined by the sequence in which they must be generated. In this relation, the flags marked (with ") must be taken into account in the setting and reset conditions! Auxiliary flag IAVBL
:=
AVBL_&AUTO_&-DOWNL
ICVON
:=
CVON_&SLAVE_OK
IOLPT
:=
(OLPT/TEST)_&-FAULT
IHILI
:=
HILI_&READY
ILOLI
:=
LOLI_&READY
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
Data word S URO1 C URO1
: :
IHILI-ICVON/(-IHILI/ILOLI)
S URO2 C URO2
: :
ILOLI-ICVON/(-ILOLI/IHILI)
S EROP C EROP
: :
(-IODS/LCT-IOLPT/-IAVBL/-PMI1/-PMI2)_&(CLSE/OPEN)ERES/ICVON
NOTA
:=
-ICVON/ERMS”/ERPI”/ERPS”/ERDS”/EROL”/EROP”
S POS1 C POS1
: :
LSW1-ICVON/(-LSW1/LSW2)
S POS2 C POS2
: :
LSW2-ICVON/(-LSW2/LSW1)
CMAN
:=
URO1”/URO2”
GFLT
:=
-IOLPT_&ICVON
ERMS
:=
-IAVBL_&ICVON
ERPI
:=
(-PMI1/-PMI2)_&ICVON
S ERPS C ERPS
: :
LSW1_&LSW2/LCT1_&(OPEN/CLSE)-ICVON/(-LSW1/LSW2)_&(ERES/EROP)
ERDS
:=
IODS_&ICVON
TEST
:=
TEST
S BLOCK C BLOCK
= =
BLOCK -ICVON/-BLOCK_&RESET
S DOWNL C DOWNL
= =
DOWNL -ICVON/-DOWNL_&RESET
S GWARN C GWARN
= =
GWARN -GWARN_&RESET
S EARTH C EARTH
= =
EARTH -ICVON/-EARTH_&RESET
S IMAX C IMAX
= =
IMAX -ICVON/-IMAX_&RESET
S OVLD C OVLD
= =
OVLD/-OLPT -ICVON/-OVLD_&OLPT_&RESET
S THERM C THERM
= =
THERM -ICVON/-THERM_&RESET
en-YN.YNT.001.A
3-475
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-476
Status word URG1
:=
URO1
URG2
:=
URO2
DAVB
:=
-NOTA_&ICVON
EROR
:=
EROP
MANU
:=
CMAN
OPER
:=
IMIN
QBAD
:=
-SLAVE_OK
LOCA
:=
(-AVBL/LSER)_&SLAVE_OK
Block view
Fig. 81: CONT_SV block
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
Starting characteristics During the CPU start-up the CONT_SV block is deactivated. All internal state flags (shown in the data word) are reset. Following start-up the block waits for the number of cycles projected in the input RUNUPCYC, and will only be activated thereafter. A first start-up whilst the program is running is treated internally like a CPU startup. Time behaviour The block must be called via a time interrupt OB or OB1. It does not have a parameter for the sampling interval. Behaviour in case of a time error In the case of a time error the outputs will then be reset. In addition the internal state flags will be reset. Message actions The block CONT_SV internally uses an ALARM_8P block for generating the messages. Messages are generated for the following tripping devices: ● Operating trouble (EROP) ● SIMOCODE pro V group fault (GFLT) ● Machine availability (AVBL) ● Position monitoring (ERPS) ● Machine protection (PMI1) ● Position check-back (IODS) ● Motor blocked (BLOCK) ● SIMOCODE pro V to download mode (DOWNL) ● SIMOCODE pro V group warning (GWARN) ● Earth fault (EARTH) ● Maximum motor current (IMAX) ● Overload (OLPT and OVLD) ● Thermistor error (THERM) ● Overload and asymmetry (UNSYM) The messages can be suppressed by setting the input SUPR or by resetting the input RLSA. The input SUPR, however, is activated by the operator interface (WinCC), and RLSA by the program. The inputs CVON (at value 0) and CSF (at value 1) also suppress the output of messages.
en-YN.YNT.001.A
3-477
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-478
Assignment of message text and message class to the block parameters
Default message text Mess. Block no. parameter
Message Suppressable class
1
EROP
$$BlockComment$$ @1I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
2
GFLT
$$BlockComment$$ @2I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
3
ERMS
$$BlockComment$$ @3I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
4
ERPS
$$BlockComment$$ @4I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
5
ERPI
$$BlockComment$$ @5I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
6
ERDS
$$BlockComment$$ @6I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
7
$$BlockComment$$ @7I%t#POLCID_Standard@
Yes
8
$$BlockComment$$ @8I%t#POLCID_Standard@
Yes
9
BLOCK
$$BlockComment$$ @1I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
10
DOWNL
$$BlockComment$$ @2I%t#POLCID_Standard@
PF
Yes
11
GWARN
$$BlockComment$$ @3I%t#POLCID_Standard@
WH
Yes
12
EARTH
$$BlockComment$$ @4I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
13
IMAX
$$BlockComment$$ @5I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
14
OVLD
$$BlockComment$$ @6I%t#POLCID_Standard@ - @9R%6.1f@A
AH
Yes
15
THERN
$$BlockComment$$ @7I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
16
UNSYM
$$BlockComment$$ @8I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
3-479
Connections of CONT_SV Connection (parameters)
Meaning
Data type
Def.
Type Attr. O&O Perm. values
SUBNETID
Number of the Profibus subsystem of the PLC
INT
0
I
DPPA_ADR
Slave address of the Profibus device
INT
0
I
DADDR
Diagnosis address of the Profibus slave
INT
0
I
HILI
Setting HIGH setpoint value as active setpoint value
BOOL
0
I
Q
LOLI
Setting LOW setpoint value as BOOL active setpoint value
0
I
Q
LSW1
Limit switch direction 1
BOOL
0
I
Q
LSW2
Limit switch direction 2
BOOL
0
I
Q
CVON
Control voltage on
BOOL
1
I
Q
PMI1
Machine protection interlock direction 1
BOOL
1
I
Q
PMI2
Machine protection interlock direction 2
BOOL
1
I
Q
AUTO
Activate ASET ( = 1 ) or SET ( = 0 ) input
BOOL
0
I
Q
IODS
Fault input value ACT
BOOL
1
I
Q
RLS
Enabling outputs SEN1/2
BOOL
1
I
Q
CSF
Control system error
BOOL
0
I
Q
DOWNL
Set SIMOCODE pro V to download mode
BOOL
0
I
Q
TEST
Set SIMOCODE pro V to test mode
BOOL
0
I
Q
LST1
Local start/stop without PMI1
BOOL
0
I
Q
LST2
Local start/stop without PMI2
BOOL
0
I
Q
LSP1
Local start/stop with PMI1
BOOL
0
I
Q
LSP2
Local start/stop with PMI2
BOOL
0
I
Q
ENRE
Display of softkeys for faceplate reset
BOOL
0
I
en-YN.YNT.001.A
+
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-480
Connection (parameters)
Meaning
Data type
Def.
Type Attr. O&O Perm. values
LSEL
Selection LSER switches Simocode device to local operating mode
BOOL
0
I
RLSA
Enabling alarm generation
BOOL
1
I
Q
ASET
Automatic setpoint value
REAL
0.0
I
Q
ACT
Current position check-back value
REAL
0.0
I
Q
+
HIGH
Upper limit value for setpoint value
REAL
0.0
I
BQ
+
LOW
Lower limit value for setpoint value
REAL
0.0
I
BQ
+
SWIT
Switching hysteresis for comparing setpoint value/actual value
REAL
0.0
I
BQ
+
SAFE
Safety position in case of system failure
REAL
0.0
I
BQ
+
TIMEOUT
Monitoring time for position change
REAL
0.0
I
BQ
+
BW
Belt width for filtering motor current value
INT
1
I
Q
FF
Filter factor motor current value
REAL
0.5
I
Q
ILH
Rated current for motor current value calibration
REAL
100.0
I
Q
WACYC
Waiting cycle for reading diagnosis data
REAL
10800.0 I
Q
RUNUPCYC
Waiting cycles at start
INT
3
I
EV_ID1
Message ID no. 1
DWORD 0
I
M
EV_ID2
Message ID no. 2
DWORD 0
I
M
RESET
Resetting error SIMOCODE pro V
BOOL
0
IO
BQ
+
LSER
Enabling of local operation
BOOL
0
IO
BQ
+
SUPR
Suppression of alarms
BOOL
0
IO
B
+
SET
Setpoint value for faceplate
REAL
0.0
IO
B
+
PAGE
Activated page of the
INT
1
IO
B
+
>0
>0
+
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
Connection (parameters)
Meaning
3-481
Data type
Def.
Type Attr. O&O Perm. values
VALUE_CODE Coding the values for transfer to the faceplate
INT
1
IO
EV1_SIG1
Index variable for message no. 1
INT
1
IO
EV1_SIG2
Index variable for message no. 2
INT
29
IO
EV1_SIG3
Index variable for message no. 3
INT
3
IO
EV1_SIG4
Index variable for message no. 4
INT
9
IO
EV1_SIG5
Index variable for message no. 5
INT
5
IO
EV1_SIG6
Index variable for message no. 6
INT
10
IO
EV1_SIG7
Index variable for message no. 7
INT
0
IO
EV1_SIG8
Index variable for message no. 8
INT
0
IO
EV2_SIG1
Index variable for message no. 9
INT
30
IO
EV2_SIG2
Index variable for message no. 10
INT
31
IO
EV2_SIG3
Index variable for message no. 11
INT
32
IO
EV2_SIG4
Index variable for message no. 12
INT
33
IO
EV2_SIG5
Index variable for message no. 13
INT
34
IO
EV2_SIG6
Index variable for message no. 14
INT
2
IO
EV2_SIG7
Index variable for message no. 15
INT
40
IO
EV2_SIG8
Index variable for message no. 16
INT
36
IO
URG1
Forced open command
BOOL
0
O
faceplate
en-YN.YNT.001.A
B
Q
+
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-482
Connection (parameters)
Meaning
Data type
Def.
Type Attr. O&O Perm. values
pending (HILI) URG2
Forced close command pending (LOLI)
BOOL
0
O
Q
DAVB
Drive is available
BOOL
0
O
Q
EROR
Drive is faulty
BOOL
0
O
Q
MANU
Actuator in manual operating mode (no HILI, LOLI)
BOOL
0
O
Q
OPER
Drive is operating (locally or automatically)
BOOL
0
O
Q
QBAD
Profibus slave faulty
BOOL
0
O
Q
LOCA
Drive is in local operating mode
BOOL
0
O
Q
LSW1I
Internal limit switch direction 1
BOOL
0
O
Q
LSW2I
Internal limit switch direction 2
BOOL
0
O
Q
TRQ1
Torque limit switch direction 1
BOOL
0
O
Q
TRQ2
Torque limit switch direction 2
BOOL
0
O
Q
CSET
Active internal setpoint value
REAL
0.0
O
Q
+
A1
Current motor current
REAL
0.0
O
Q
+
OPTI
Current operating hours SIMOCODE pro V
REAL
0.0
O
Q
+
NOST
Number of starts performed
REAL
0.0
O
Q
+
NOOV
Number of overload trippings
REAL
0.0
O
Q
+
I_MAX
Maximum current in % of set current
REAL
0.0
O
PW
Parameter word
DWORD 0
O
Q
+
DW
Data word
DWORD 0
O
Q
+
SW
Status word
DWORD 0
O
Q
+
DWA
Extended diagnosis data for faceplate
DWORD 0
O
Q
+
DWB
Extended diagnosis data for faceplate
DWORD 0
O
Q
+
DWC
Extended diagnosis data for faceplate
DWORD 0
O
Q
+
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
3-483
Operation and observation of CONT_SV See the description of the block symbol and the faceplate in the corresponding manual in this regard. PW, DW and SW of CONT_SV The inputs, outputs and the internal status of the respective block are mapped on the parameter word, the data word and the status word. The assignment of the bits is found in the following table:
> CONT_SV < Bit
Parameter word
Data word
Status word
0
HILI
URO1
URG1
1
LOLI
EROP
URG2
2
URO2
SEN1
3
NOTA
SEN2
4
LSW1
POS1
5
LSW2
POS2
DAVB
CMAN
EROR
6 7
CVON
MANU
8
GFLT
GFLT
9
AVBL
ERMS
10
OPER
11
QBAD
12
PMI1
ERPI
LSW1I
13
PMI2
ERPS
LSW2I
ERDS
TRQ1
14 15
AUTO
TRQ2
16
IODS
CLSE
17
RLS
OPEN
18
TEST
19
BLOCK
20
DOWNL
DOWNL
21
LSER
GWARN
en-YN.YNT.001.A
LOCA
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-484
22
LST1
EARTH
23
LST2
IMAX
24
LSP1
OVLD
25
LSP2
THERM
26
CSF
UNSYM
27
TEST
28
COLOUR_1
29
COLOUR_2
30
COLOUR_3
31
COLOUR_4 In the case of the COLOUR operating states, the block CONT_SV has all defined states from 1 to 11.
DWA, DWB and DWC of CONT_SV The block has three additional data words: DWA, DWB and DWC. These words offer additional information on the SIMOCODE pro V motor controller and the Profibus slave. This information is shown in the associated faceplate. The assignment of the data words changes with the value of the input PAGE. When activating the corresponding page of the faceplate, the latter automatically sets the input PAGE to the value corresponding to the activated diagnosis page. The input PAGE may have the following values: Page
Activated diagnosis page of the faceplate
1
:
PROFIBUS – Information on the Profibus slave
2
:
SIMOCODE - Parts of data record 92 are read in
4
:
SIMOCODE - Parts of data records 94 and 95 are read in one after the other
8
SIMOCODE - Parts of data record 92 are read in
100
SIMOCODE - Data records are newly requested With the different values of PAGE the content of the data words DWA, DWB and DWC also varies. In addition, there is the variable VALUE_CODE. This variable encodes single values. The values with their associated VALUE_CODE will then be written sequentially to the data word A.
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
3-485
A content list follows below: > CONTL_SV with PAGE = 1 < Bit
Data word A
Data word B
0
ST_NOEX
HARD_ID
1
ST_NORDY
2
ST_INSLR
3
ST_SENSU
4
ST_MASLO
5
ST_WATCH
6
ST_STDIA
7
ST_EXDIA
8
ST_EXDOV
9
ST_SYNC
10
ST_FREEZ
11
ST_PAREQ
12
ST_PARFA
13
ST_SLCCF
14
ST_SLDEA
15
ST_STASL
16
SLAVE_OK
17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Data word C
DPPA_ADR
SUBNETID
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-486
28 29 30 31
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
3-487
> CONTL_SV with PAGE = 2 < Bit
Data word A
Data word B
0
GENER_FAULT
FAULT_TM_SF
1
WARNING
FAULT_TM_OR
2
FAULT_RUNT_ON
FAULT_PARA
3
FAULT_RUNT_OF
FAULT_TEST_SD
4
FAULT_FEED_ON
FAULT_OPO
5
FAULT_FEED_OF
6
FAULT_COLD_ST
WARN_ASYM
7
FAULT_UVO
WARN_OVL
8
STA_PLC
WARN_OVL_PF
9
FAULT_BLOCK_S
WARN_BLOCK
10
FAULT_DOUB_0
WARN_TH_OVL
11
FAULT_DOUB_1
WARN_CURR_HI
12
FAULT_END_PO
WARN_CURR_LO
13
FAULT_ANTIVAL
WARN_TM_HT
14
FAULT_OVLD
WARN_TM_SE
15
FAULT_OVLD_PF
WARN_TM_OR
16
FAULT_ASYM
17
FAULT_MOT_STA
18
FAULT_TH_OVLD
19
FAULT_IMAX
20
FAULT_IMIN
21
FAULT_INT_EF
22
FAULT_TM_TEMP
23
FAULT_EXT_F1
24
FAULT_EXT_F2
25
FAULT_BUS
26
FAULT_PLC
27
FAULT_HW_BU
28
FAULT_MODULE
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Data word C
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-488
29
FAULT_CONFIG
30
FAULT_TH_SC
31
FAULT_TH_WB
> CONTL_SV with PAGE = 4 < VALUE_CODE BYTE
Data word A
101
1
HEAT_UP_MOT_MO
2
PHASE_ASYM
3-4
RECOV_TIME
103
Data word B
Data word C
1-4 3-4
105
1-2 3-4
TIME_TO_TRIP
1-2
I_L1
3-4
I_L2
1-2
I_L3
3-4
NO_OVLD
111
1-4
M_OP_HOURS
113
1-4
NO_START
107
109
> CONTL_SV with PAGE = 8 < Bit
Data word A
0
GENER_FAULT
1
WARNING
2
STA_DEV
3
STA_BUS
4
STA_PLC
5
STA_CURR
6
ON11
7
ON1
Data word B
Data word C
en-YN.YNT.001.A
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
8
OFF
9
ON2
10
ON22
11
START_ACTIVE
12
LOCK_ACTIVE
13
IDL_TIME
14
OPER_PRO_OFF
15
AUTO_MODE
16
TEST_POS_FEED
17
FEED_CLOSE
18
FEED_OPEN
19
TRQ_CLOSE
20
TRQ_OPEN
21
COOL_DOWN_TIM
22
BREA_TIM_ACT
23
EMER_STA_EXE
24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-489
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-490
3.76 Profibus Special Drive AUMATIC: Actuator AUMATIC Description of AUMATIC Object name (Type + Number) FB 524 Calling OBs The time interrupt OB in which the block is installed (e.g. OB 35). Function The block is used to control an actuator of the type AUMATIC. The AUMATIC actuator is connected to the PLC via the Profibus. The block communicates directly with the Profibus device AUMATIC. Profibus In order to integrate the block, the type AUMATIC is used for this purpose in the PCS7 program HW Konfig. This must be installed additionally. The GSD file necessary for this purpose can be downloaded from the manufacturer's web site www.auma.com. It must then be installed in HW Konfig. In HW Konfig, in the catalogue, the profile Standard is set for locating the same. Now the folder PROFIBUS-DP is opened. There the subfolders "Further field equipment and General" are opened. Here, the entry AUMATIC is found.
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
Fig. 82: HW Konfig with AUMATIC
This entry is used for the definition of the Profibus-DP slave. As a block for block slot 1 "22 byte in,8 byte out" are consistently used.
en-YN.YNT.001.A
3-491
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-492
Operating principle The block communicates directly with the AUMATIC actuator. This device is defined as a Profibus slave. At the input SUBNETID, the number of the Profibus system, which the AUMATIC is connected to, must be entered. At the input DPPA_ADR the slave address of the AUMATIC must be entered and at the input DADDR the diagnose address of the AUMATIC must be entered. All these values may be taken from the hardware configuration of a STEP7 project. Using these values, the block can communicate automatically with the corresponding AUMATIC. Internally, the same logic is used as for the block CONT_DO (FB 506). However, the block AUMATIC reads some signals directly from the Profibus (AUMATIC) and these need not be connected as inputs or outputs. These are the inputs LSW1, LSW2, AVBL, IODS, ACT, SEN1 and SEN2. They are read directly by the AUMATIC, or written directly to the AUMATIC. Nevertheless these inputs and outputs are used in the internal logic. In addition, status signals are still used in the interlock system which the AUMATIC generates. In detail, these are the signals REMOTE, NOAV, LOCAL, TRQ1F, TRQ2F, EROR and NREMOTE. If the drive is available, i.e. the 'DAVB' bit in the status word is set, the CONT_DO operates as a three-step controller. If the deviation between the actual value ACT and the setpoint is greater than the switching difference SWIT, the output 'CLSE' or 'OPEN' in the data word is set according to the sign of the deviation and the bit 'SEN1' or 'SEN2' is simultaneously set in the status word. The setpoint value is formed from the automatic setpoint value ASET (can be connected in the program) and the setpoint value from the faceplate SET. By means of the input AUTO it is selected which of the two setpoint values is activated. With AUTO = 0, setpoint value SET is active, and with AUTO = 1 setpoint value ASET is active. In the case of AUTO = 1 the setpoint value is deactivated in the faceplate and the value of SET is equalled to the value of ASET. A special function of the drive block is movement to specific positions in dependence on the control bits in the parameter word. For this, the limits HIGH and LOW are used as values. The setpoint is overwritten with a specified limit value by setting two bits in the parameter word. After releasing the forced limit, normal operation is resumed only if a new, changed setpoint is sent. During the travel time of the actuator the input of the position check-back must have changed by at least 0.0025 within the time TIMEOUT (in seconds). If not, a position error is created. After a fault the setpoint must change, in order that a new process is started. The setpoint must also be changed after a forced open/close, in order that it is approached to. The current set up setpoint is displayed in the variable CSET. This value is output as a setpoint value to the AUMATIC actuator.
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
The availability of the actuator is monitored in a similar manner as normal drives because the same signals are received from the inputs (CVON, OLPT AVBL and PMI1/2) Bit 'ERDS' is set when the associated input bit in the parameter word 'IODS' is set whereas these inputs influence the status bit 'DAVB': Switching of the input bit 'IODS' (analogue input fault) is performed with the availability flag of the analogue channel. Monitoring of the limit switches is performed in the same manner as in the 'VALV' block, i.e. non-availability is only signalled when both limit switches are closed. The limit position HIGH can be moved to by setting the input HILI, and the limit position LOW can be moved to by setting the input LOLI. The input RLS generally enables adjustment or blocks the same. At RLS = 0 both outputs SEN1 and SEN2 are deactivated. With the signals LSER, LST1/2 and LSP1/2 it is possible to operate the drive via external switches, keyboards or from the control panel. With the signal LSER the drive is switched to local operation. The availability of the drive disappears therewith. Via the signals LST1/2 and LSP1/2 the drive can be started. Note Via the signals LST1/2 and LSP1/2, the drive can be started ("1") or stopped ("0"). Via LST1/2 the drive is started independently from the interlock signals! Via LSP1/2 the signals CVON, OLPT and PMI1/2 are taken into consideration. As long as the start signals are pending the drive runs, if the start signal changes to zero the drive is stopped. Internal logic The sequence of the flags is determined by the sequence in which they must be generated. In this relation, the flags marked (with ") must be taken into account in the setting and reset conditions!
en-YN.YNT.001.A
3-493
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-494
Auxiliary flag ILSW1
:=
POS1_&LSW1
ILSW2
:=
POS2_&LSW2
ICVON
:=
CVON_&SLAVE_OK
IAVBL
:=
REMOTE_&-NOAV_&-LOCAL_&-NREMOTE
IPMI1
:=
PMI1_&(-EROR/(EROR_&TRQ2F))
IPMI2
:=
PMI2_&(-EROR/(EROR_&TRQ1F))
IIODS
:=
-POSDIS
Data word S URO1 C URO1
: :
HILI-ICVON/(-HILI/LOLI)
S URO2 C URO2
: :
LOLI-ICVON/(-LOLI/HILI)
S EROP C EROP
: :
(-IIODS/LCT-OLPT/-IAVBL/-IPMI1/-IPMI2)_&(CLSE/OPEN)ERES/ICVON
NOTA
:=
-ICVON/ERMS”/ERPI”/ERPS”/ERDS”/EROL”/EROP”
S POS1 C POS1
::
ILSW1-ICVON/(-ILSW1/ILSW2)
S POS2 C POS2
::
ILSW2-ICVON/(-ILSW2/ILSW1)
CMAN
:=
URO1”/URO2”
OLPT
:=
-OLPT_&ICVON
ERMS
:=
-IAVBL_&ICVON
ERPI
:=
(-IPMI1/-IPMI2)_&ICVON
S ERPS C ERPS
: :
ILSW1_&ILSW2/LCT1_&(OPEN/CLSE)-ICVON/(-ILSW1/ILSW2)_&(ERES/EROP)
ERDS
:=
IIODS_&ICVON
S TRQ1F C TRQ1F
= =
TRQ1F -CVON/(-TRQ1F_&RESET)
S TRQ2F C TRQ2F
= =
TRQ2F -CVON/(-TRQ2F_&RESET)
S WARN C WARN
= =
WARN -WARN_&RESET
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
S TEMPF C TEMPF
= =
TEMPF -CVON/(-TEMPF_&RESET)
S PHASF C PHASF
= =
PHASF -CVON/(-PHASF_&RESET)
S COMWR C COMWR
= =
COMWR -CVON/(-COMWR_&RESET)
S CLEAR C CLEAR
= =
CLEAR -CVON/(-CLEAR_&RESET)
S EROR C EROR
= =
EROR -CVON/(-EROR_&RESET)
Status word URG1
:=
URO1
URG2
:=
URO2
DAVB
:=
-NOTA_&ICVON
EROR
:=
EROP
MANU
:=
CMAN
OPER
:=
RCR1_&SLAVE_OK
QBAD
:=
-SLAVE_OK
LOCA
:=
(LOCAL/LSER)_&SLAVE_OK
LSW1
:=
LSW1
LSW2
:=
LSW2
TRQ1
:=
TRQ1
TRQ2
:=
TRQ2
en-YN.YNT.001.A
3-495
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-496
Block view
Fig. 83: AUMATIC block
Starting characteristics During the CPU start-up the AUMATIC block is deactivated. All internal state flags (shown in the data word) are reset. Following start-up the block waits for the number of cycles projected in the input RUNUPCYC, and will only be activated thereafter. A first start-up whilst the program is running is treated internally like a CPU startup. Time behaviour The block must be called via a time interrupt OB or OB1. It does not have a parameter for the sampling interval. Behaviour in case of a time error In the case of a time error the outputs will then be reset. In addition the internal state flags will be reset. Message actions The block AUMATIC internally uses an ALARM_8P block for generating the messages. Messages are generated for the following tripping devices: ● Operating trouble (EROP) ● Overload (OLPT) ● Machine availability (AVBL) ● Position monitoring (ERPS) ● Machine protection (PMI1) ● Position check-back (IODS)
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
3-497
● Torque at closing (TRQ1) ● Torque at opening (TRQ2) ● AUMATIC group warning(WARN) ● Motor temperature (TEMP) ● Phase jump (PHAS) ● Wrong command (COMWR) ● Status Global Command Clear (CLEAR) ● AUMATIC group fault (EROR) The messages can be suppressed by setting the input SUPR or by resetting the input RLSA. The input SUPR, however, is activated by the operator interface (WinCC), and RLSA by the program. The inputs CVON (at value 0) and CSF (at value 1) also suppress the output of messages. Assignment of message text and message class to the block parameters
Mess. Block Default message text no. parameter
Message Suppressable class
1
EROP
$$BlockComment$$ @1I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
2
OLPT
$$BlockComment$$ @2I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
3
ERMS
$$BlockComment$$ @3I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
4
ERPS
$$BlockComment$$ @4I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
5
ERPI
$$BlockComment$$ @5I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
6
ERDS
$$BlockComment$$ @6I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
7
$$BlockComment$$ @7I%t#POLCID_Standard@
Yes
8
$$BlockComment$$ @8I%t#POLCID_Standard@
Yes
9
TRQ1F
$$BlockComment$$ @1I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
10
TRQ2F
$$BlockComment$$ @2I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
11
WARN
$$BlockComment$$ @3I%t#POLCID_Standard@
WH
Yes
en-YN.YNT.001.A
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-498
Mess. Block Default message text no. parameter
Message Suppressable class
12
TEMPF
$$BlockComment$$ @4I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
13
PHASF
$$BlockComment$$ @5I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
14
COMWR
$$BlockComment$$ @6I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
15
CLEAR
$$BlockComment$$ @7I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
16
EROR
$$BlockComment$$ @8I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
Connections of AUMATIC Connection Meaning (parameters)
Data type
Def.
Type Attr. O&O Perm. values
SUBNETID
Number of the Profibus subsystem INT of the PLC
0
I
DPPA_ADR
Slave address of the Profibus device
INT
0
I
DADDR
Diagnosis address of the Profibus slave
INT
0
I
HILI
Setting HIGH setpoint value as active setpoint value
BOOL
0
I
Q
LOLI
Setting LOW setpoint value as active setpoint value
BOOL
0
I
Q
CVON
Control voltage on
BOOL
1
I
Q
OLPT
Overload protection
BOOL
1
I
Q
PMI1
Machine protection interlock direction 1
BOOL
1
I
Q
PMI2
Machine protection interlock direction 2
BOOL
1
I
Q
AUTO
Activate ASET ( = 1 ) or SET ( = 0 ) input
BOOL
0
I
Q
RLS
Enabling outputs SEN1/2
BOOL
1
I
Q
CSF
Control system error
BOOL
0
I
Q
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
3-499
Connection Meaning (parameters)
Data type
Def.
Type Attr. O&O Perm. values
LST1
Local start/stop without PMI1
BOOL
0
I
Q
LST2
Local start/stop without PMI2
BOOL
0
I
Q
LSP1
Local start/stop with PMI1
BOOL
0
I
Q
LSP2
Local start/stop with PMI2
BOOL
0
I
Q
ENRE
Display of softkeys for faceplate reset
BOOL
0
I
RLSA
Enabling alarm generation
BOOL
1
I
Q
ASET
Automatic setpoint value
REAL
0.0
I
Q
ACT
Current position check-back value
REAL
0.0
I
Q
+
HIGH
Upper limit value for setpoint value REAL
0.0
I
BQ
+
LOW
Lower limit value for setpoint value REAL
0.0
I
BQ
+
SWIT
Switching hysteresis for comparing REAL setpoint value/actual value
0.0
I
BQ
+
SAFE
Safety position in case of system failure
REAL
0.0
I
BQ
+
TIMEOUT
Monitoring time for position change
REAL
0.0
I
BQ
+
RUNUPCYC
Waiting cycles at start
INT
3
I
EV_ID1
Message ID no. 1
DWORD 0
I
M
EV_ID2
Message ID no. 2
DWORD 0
I
M
RESET
Resetting error AUMATIC
BOOL
0
IO
BQ
+
LSER
Enabling of local operation
BOOL
0
IO
BQ
+
SUPR
Suppression of alarms
BOOL
0
IO
B
+
SET
Setpoint value for faceplate
REAL
0.0
IO
B
+
EV1_SIG1
Index variable for message no. 1
INT
1
IO
EV1_SIG2
Index variable for message no. 2
INT
2
IO
EV1_SIG3
Index variable for message no. 3
INT
3
IO
EV1_SIG4
Index variable for message no. 4
INT
9
IO
EV1_SIG5
Index variable for message no. 5
INT
5
IO
EV1_SIG6
Index variable for message no. 6
INT
10
IO
EV1_SIG7
Index variable for message no. 7
INT
0
IO
en-YN.YNT.001.A
+
>0
>0
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-500
Connection Meaning (parameters)
Data type
Def.
Type Attr. O&O Perm. values
EV1_SIG8
Index variable for message no. 8
INT
0
IO
EV2_SIG1
Index variable for message no. 9
INT
37
IO
EV2_SIG2
Index variable for message no. 10
INT
38
IO
EV2_SIG3
Index variable for message no. 11
INT
39
IO
EV2_SIG4
Index variable for message no. 12
INT
40
IO
EV2_SIG5
Index variable for message no. 13
INT
41
IO
EV2_SIG6
Index variable for message no. 14
INT
42
IO
EV2_SIG7
Index variable for message no. 15
INT
43
IO
EV2_SIG8
Index variable for message no. 16
INT
44
IO
URG1
Forced open command pending (HILI)
BOOL
0
O
Q
URG2
Forced close command pending (LOLI)
BOOL
0
O
Q
DAVB
Drive is available
BOOL
0
O
Q
EROR
Drive is faulty
BOOL
0
O
Q
MANU
Actuator in manual operating mode (no HILI, LOLI)
BOOL
0
O
Q
OPER
Drive is operating (locally or automatically)
BOOL
0
O
Q
QBAD
Profibus slave faulty
BOOL
0
O
Q
LOCA
Drive is in local operating mode
BOOL
0
O
Q
LSW1
Limit switch direction 1
BOOL
0
O
Q
LSW2
Limit switch direction 2
BOOL
0
O
Q
TRQ1
Torque limit switch direction 1
BOOL
0
O
Q
TRQ2
Torque limit switch direction 2
BOOL
0
O
Q
CSET
Active internal setpoint value
REAL
0.0
O
Q
+
ACT
Current actuator position
REAL
0.0
O
Q
+
PW
Parameter word
DWORD 0
O
Q
+
DW
Data word
DWORD 0
O
Q
+
SW
Status word
DWORD 0
O
Q
+
DWA
Extended diagnosis data for
DWORD 0
O
Q
+
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
3-501
Connection Meaning (parameters)
Data type
Def.
Type Attr. O&O Perm. values
faceplate DWB
Extended diagnosis data for faceplate
DWORD 0
O
Q
+
DWC
Extended diagnosis data for faceplate
DWORD 0
O
Q
+
Operation and observation of AUMATIC See the description of the block symbol and the faceplate in the corresponding manual in this regard. PW, DW and SW of AUMATIC The inputs, outputs and the internal status of the block are mapped on the parameter word, the data word and the status word. The assignment of the bits is found in the following table: > AUMATIC < Bit
Parameter word
Data word
Status word
0
HILI
URO1
URG1
1
LOLI
EROP
URG2
2
URO2
SEN1
3
NOTA
SEN2
4
LSW1
POS1
5
LSW2
POS2
DAVB
CMAN
EROR
6 7
CVON
8
OLPT
EROL
9
AVBL
ERMS
10
RCR1
OPER
11
RCR2
QBAD
12
PMI1
ERPI
LSW1
13
PMI2
ERPS
LSW2
14
GFLT
ERDS
TRQ1
15
AUTO
en-YN.YNT.001.A
MANU
TRQ2
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-502
16
IODS
CLSE
17
RLS
OPEN
18
TRQ1F
19
TRQ2F
20
DOWNL
GWARN
21
LSER
TEMPF
22
LST1
PHASF
23
LST2
COMWR
24
LSP1
CLEAR
25
LSP2
GFLT
26
CSF
LOCA
27 28
COLOUR_1
29
COLOUR_2
30
COLOUR_3
31
COLOUR_4 In the case of the COLOUR operating states, the block AUMATIC has the states 1 to 11.
DWA, DWB and DWC of AUMATIC The block has three additional data words: DWA, DWB and DWC. These words offer additional information on the AUMATIC actuator and the Profibus slave. This information is shown in the associated faceplate. > AUMATIC < Bit
Data word A
Data word B
Data word C
0
ST_NOEX
TORQ2
HARD_ID
1
ST_NORDY
TORQ1
2
ST_INSLR
PAUSE
3
ST_SENSU
PROPOR
4
ST_MASLO
PULS
5
ST_WATCH
RCR
6
ST_STDIA
OPMANU
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
3-503
7
ST_EXDIA
OPREM
8
ST_EXDOV
OPLOCA
9
ST_SYNC
IMPOS1
10
ST_FREEZ
IMPOS2
11
ST_PAREQ
IMPOS3
12
ST_PARFA
IMPOS4
13
ST_SLCCF
DIGINP1
14
ST_SLDEA
DIGINP2
15
ST_STASL
DIGINP3
16
SLAVE_OK
DIGINP4
17
SLAVE_AUMA
COMWR
18
POS2
NREMOTE
19
POS1
CLEAR
20
ACTSET
CONFIG
21
NOAV
TORQ2F
22
RCR2
TORQ1F
23
RCR1
INTF
24
GWARN
INTW
25
GFLT
NOREF
26
TEMP
EDW
27
PHASE
TIMEW
28
REMOTE
POSDIS
29
LOCAL
30
LSW2
31
LSW1
en-YN.YNT.001.A
DPPA_ADR
SUBNETID
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-504
3.77 Profibus Special Drive HASLER_B: Weighbelt feeder Hasler Description of HASLER_B Object name (Type + Number) FB 525 Calling OBs The time interrupt OB in which the block is installed (e.g. OB 35). Function The block is used to control a weighbelt feeder by Hasler. The Hasler weighbelt feeder is connected to the PLC via the Profibus. The block communicates directly with the Profibus device HASLER_BW. Profibus In order to integrate the block, the type HASLER_BW is used for this purpose in the PCS7 program HW Konfig. This must be installed additionally. The GSD file necessary for this purpose can be obtained from the manufacturer. In addition, the supplier of the weighbelt normally also provides the appropriate GSD file. It must then be installed in HW Konfig. In HW Konfig, in the catalogue, the profile Standard is set for locating the same. Now the folder PROFIBUS-DP is opened. There the subfolders "Further field equipment and General" are opened. Here, the entry HASLER_BW is found.
en-YN.YNT.001.A
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
Fig. 84:
HW Konfig with HASLER_BW
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-505
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-506
This entry is used for the definition of the Profibus-DP slave. As a block in block slot 1, INPUT: 64 Byte (32 word) is used. For block slot 2, OUTPUT: 64 Byte (32 word) is defined. Operating principle The block communicates directly with the Hasler weighbelt feeder. This device is defined as a Profibus slave. At the input SUBNETID, the number of the Profibus system, which the HASLER_BW is connected to, must be entered. At the input DPPA_ADR the slave address of the HASLER_BW must be entered and at the input DADDR the diagnose address of the HASLER_BW must be entered. All these values may be taken from the hardware configuration of a STEP7 project. Using these values, the block can communicate automatically with the corresponding weighbelt feeder. Internally, the same logic is used as for the block UNID (FB 501). However, the block HASLER_BW reads some signals directly from the Profibus (HASLER_BW) and these need not be connected as inputs or outputs. These are the inputs AVBL, RCR1 and PWON. They are read directly from the weighbelt feeder or written directly to the same. Nevertheless these inputs and outputs are used in the internal logic. In addition, status signals are still used in the interlock system which the weighbelt feeder generates. In detail, these are the signals LOCAL and STPAL. A valid starting command exists when the signals: 'STA1', 'ILC1', 'AVBL', 'OLPT', 'LEMO' and 'PMI1' are set and the stopping command 'STOP' is not set. In this case, the start enable signal 'SEN1' and the run command 'PWON' are set (activation signals for the motor). If the check-back signal 'RCR1' is set together with the speed monitor signal 'SPCL' when a valid starting command is active, the control state switches to selflatching status. It is a characteristic of this state that the operating bits 'OSG1', 'OPS1' are set and that the start release command 'SEN1' is reset while the run command 'PWON' is set. From this moment, the starting commands 'STA1' or 'STA2' can be rescinded without risking reset of the run command PWON. The setting drive is stopped correctly by setting the stopping command 'STOP' or when the process interlock 'ILC1' is deactivated. The monitoring time in seconds TIME1 when a drive is started specifies the period in which the check-back signal RCR1 must be set. In addition, it monitors the time during stopping within which the check-back signal RCR1 must have been reset. If time = 0, no time monitoring of the start and stop is employed. By means of the signals SST1 and SSTP an individual start of the drive can be realised in automatic mode. In the faceplate of the drive, the operator sets the signals SST1 or SSTP. After processing in the block, these signals are reset by the block.
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
After operation of the signal SST1 the output SWST is set at first. By means of this output an external start-up warning can be started. If the start-up warning time has expired, then the input SWRE must be set. In this way, there is a valid starting command and the drive is then started as described above. With the exception of the combination with the signals SWST and SWRE the signal SST1 behaves in the same way as signal STA1. Using SSTP, the drive is stopped. SSTP behaves in the same way with the input STOP. With the signals LSER, LST1 and LSP1 operation of the drive is possible via external switches, keyboards or from the control panel. With the signal LSER the drive is switched to local operation. The availability of the drive disappears therewith. Using the parameter SWLO, it is selected whether the input SWRE is taken into consideration for the evaluation of the inputs LST1 and LSP1. Note Via the signals LST1 and LSP1 the drive can be started (1) or stopped ("0"). Via LST1 the drive is started independently from the interlock signals! Via LSP1 the signals CVON, OLPT, PMI1 and LEMO are taken into consideration. As long as the start signals are pending the drive runs, if the start signal changes to zero the drive is stopped. In addition, this block also supplies some analogue values of the weighbelt feeder. The output FLOW indicates the current conveying rate of the weighbelt, the outputs COUN1 and COUN2 contain material counters, HWT comprises the feed bin weight and SETF is the check-back signal of the preset setpoint value. The outputs HIGH and LOW contain the maximum and minimum conveying rates of the weighbelt, the output HWTMAX contains the maximum filling weight of the feed bin, the output BLOAD contains the current belt load and BLNOM the maximum belt load. The setpoint value is formed from the automatic setpoint value ASET (can be connected in the program) and the setpoint value from the faceplate SET. By means of the input AUTO it is selected which of the two setpoint values is activated. With AUTO = 0, setpoint value SET is active, and with AUTO = 1 setpoint value ASET is active. In the case of AUTO = 1 the setpoint value is deactivated in the faceplate and the value of SET is equalled to the value of ASET. The inputs HIGH and LOW are the top and bottom limit values for the setpoint value input of the plant operator. The input RESCOU can be used to clear the internal material counter of the weighbelt. The input GRAVI is used to set the weigher to gravimetric operation, and with the input VOLUM it can be set to volumetric operation. Using TARES, a belt calibration is started. Internal logic The sequence of the flags is determined by the sequence in which they must be generated. In this relation, the flags marked (with ") must be taken into account in the setting and reset conditions!
en-YN.YNT.001.A
3-507
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-508
Auxiliary flag IAVBL
:=
AVBL_&-LOCAL
ICVON
:=
CVON_&SLAVE_OK&-WDFI
IPMI1
:=
PMI1&_-STPAL
RESET
:=
-PWON_&(-EROP/ERES)
CLEROP
:=
EROP_&ERES
AVAIL
:=
IAVBL_&OLPT_&LEMO_&IPMI1
Data word S ERPI C ERPI
: :
-IPMI1-ICVON/IPMI1_&RESET
S ERSP C ERSP
: :
(-ISTA1/OPS1)_&ILC1_&PWON_&-SPCL_&-STOP_&-NOTA”ICVON/CLEROP
S ERRC C ERRC
: :
(-ISTA1/OPS1)_&ILC1_&PWON_&-RCR1_&-STOP_&-NOTA”ICVON/CLEROP
S NOTA C NOTA
: :
-AVAIL/ERSP”/ERRC”/ETIM”-ICVON/AVAIL_&RESET
S EROP C EROP
::
PWON_&ILC1_&NOTA”_&-STOP-ICVON/CLEROP
S OPS1 C OPS1
: :
PWON_&RCR1_&SPCL-ICVON/-RCR1/-ILC1
S EROL C EROL
: :
-OLPT-ICVON/OLPT_&RESET
S ERMS C ERMS
: :
-IAVBL_&OLPT_&LEMO-ICVON/(IAVBL/-OLPT/-LEMO))_&RESET
S EREO C EREO
: :
-LEMO-ICVON/LEMO_&RESET
OPL1
:=
-OPS1_&RCR1_&-PWON_&-IAVBL_&OLPT
S ETIM C ETIM
: :
-LCT1_&SEN1_&(-RCR1/SPCL)-CLEROP
S GWARN C GWARN
: :
GFLT_&-STPAL -CVON/(-GFLT_&-STPAL_&RESET)
S GFLT C GFLT
: :
STPAL -CVON/(-STPAL_&RESET)
S DSW C DSW
: :
DSW -CVON/(-DSW_&RESET)
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
S ERBS C ERBS
: :
ERBS -CVON/(-ERBS_&RESET)
S ERBT C ERBT
: :
ERBT -CVON/(-ERBT_&RESET)
S ERCC C ERCC
: :
ERCC -CVON/(-ERCC_&RESET)
S ERBI C ERBI
: :
ERBI -CVON/(-ERBI_&RESET)
S ERBTA C ERBTA
: :
ERBTA -CVON/(-ERBTA_&RESET)
S ERWD C ERWD
::
WDFI -CVON/(-WDFI_&RESET)
Status word S PWON C PWON
: :
ISTA1_&ILC1-ICVON/NOTA”/STOP/-ILC1
S OSG1 C OSG1
: :
OPS1-OPS1”
S SEN1 C SEN1
: :
PWON”OSG1”/-PWON”
EMOF
:=
EREO”
DAVB
:=
-NOTA”_&ICVON
EROR
:=
EROP”
DOFF
:=
-OSG1”
OPER
:=
RCR1_&SLAVE_OK
QBAD
:=
-SLAVE_OK
LOCA
:=
(STAT_LOCAL/STAT_MAINT/LSER)_& SLAVE_OK
GRAV
:=
GRAVI
TARA
:=
BTARA
en-YN.YNT.001.A
3-509
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-510
Block view
Fig. 85: HASLER_B block
Starting characteristics During the CPU start-up the HASLER_B block is deactivated. All internal state flags (shown in the data word) are reset. Following start-up the block waits for the number of cycles projected in the input RUNUPCYC, and will only be activated thereafter. A first start-up whilst the program is running is treated internally like a CPU startup. Time behaviour The block must be called via a time interrupt OB or OB1. It does not have a parameter for the sampling interval. Behaviour in case of a time error In the case of a time error the outputs will then be reset. In addition the internal state flags will be reset.
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
Message actions The block HASLER_B internally uses an ALARM_8P block for generating the messages. Messages are generated for the following tripping devices: ● Operating trouble (EROP) ● Overload (OLPT) ● Machine availability (AVBL) ● Speed monitor (SPCL) ● Machine protection (PMI1) ● Local emergency off (LEMO) ● Monitoring time (ETIM) ● Check-back signal (RCR1) ● Hasler group warning (GWARN) ● Belt skewing (DSW) ● Belt speed measurement (ERBS) ● Belt motor temperature(ERBT) ● Communication to master control system (ERCC) ● Emergency local operation (lEMERG) ● Setpoint value < minimum (ERSMI2) ● Belt load < minimum (ERBMI2) ● Setpoint value > maximum (ERSMA2) ● Feed bin weight < Minimum (ERHMI2) ● Feed bin weight > maximum (ERSHMA2) ● Belt load > maximum (ERBMA2) ● Timeout interlock (ILCF) ● Belt index (ERBI) ● Belt calibration (ERBTA) ● Volume flow < minimum (ERMMI2) ● Volume flow > maximum (ERMMA2) ● Hasler group fault (GFLT) ● Watchdog failure (ERWD) The messages can be suppressed by setting the input SUPR or by resetting the input RLSA. The input SUPR, however, is activated by the operator interface (WinCC), and RLSA by the program. The inputs CVON (at value 0) and CSF (at value 1) also suppress the output of messages.
en-YN.YNT.001.A
3-511
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-512
Assignment of message text and message class to the block parameters
Mess. Block Default message text no. parameter
Message Suppressable class
1
EROP
$$BlockComment$$ @1I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
2
OLPT
$$BlockComment$$ @2I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
3
ERMS
$$BlockComment$$ @3I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
4
ERSP
$$BlockComment$$ @4I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
5
ERPI
$$BlockComment$$ @5I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
6
EREO
$$BlockComment$$ @6I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
7
ETIM
$$BlockComment$$ @7I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
8
ERRC
$$BlockComment$$ @8I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
9
GWARN
$$BlockComment$$ @1I%t#POLCID_Standard@
WH
Yes
10
DSW
$$BlockComment$$ @2I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
11
ERBS
$$BlockComment$$ @3I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
12
ERBT
$$BlockComment$$ @4I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
13
ERCC
$$BlockComment$$ @5I%t#POLCID_Standard@
PF
Yes
14
EMERG
$$BlockComment$$ @6I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
15
ERSMI2
$$BlockComment$$ @7I%t#POLCID_Standard@
WL
Yes
16
ERBMI2
$$BlockComment$$ @8I%t#POLCID_Standard@
WL
Yes
17
ERSMA2
$$BlockComment$$ @1I%t#POLCID_Standard@
WH
Yes
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
3-513
Mess. Block Default message text no. parameter
Message Suppressable class
18
ERHMI2
$$BlockComment$$ @2I%t#POLCID_Standard@
WL
Yes
19
ERHMA2
$$BlockComment$$ @3I%t#POLCID_Standard@
WH
Yes
20
ERBMA2
$$BlockComment$$ @4I%t#POLCID_Standard@
WH
Yes
21
ILCF
$$BlockComment$$ @5I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
22
ERBI
$$BlockComment$$ @6I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
23
ERBTA
$$BlockComment$$ @7I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
24
ERMMI2
$$BlockComment$$ @8I%t#POLCID_Standard@
WL
Yes
25
ERMMA2
$$BlockComment$$ @1I%t#POLCID_Standard@
WH
Yes
26
GFLT
$$BlockComment$$ @2I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
27
ERWD
$$BlockComment$$ @3I%t#POLCID_Standard@
PF
Yes
28
$$BlockComment$$ @4I%t#POLCID_Standard@
29
$$BlockComment$$ @5I%t#POLCID_Standard@
30
$$BlockComment$$ @6I%t#POLCID_Standard@
31
$$BlockComment$$ @7I%t#POLCID_Standard@
32
$$BlockComment$$ @8I%t#POLCID_Standard@
en-YN.YNT.001.A
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-514
Connections of HASLER_B Connection Meaning (parameters)
Data type
Def.
Type Attr. O&O Perm. values
SUBNETID
Number of the Profibus subsystem INT of the PLC
0
I
DPPA_ADR
Slave address of the Profibus device
INT
0
I
DADDR
Diagnosis address of the Profibus slave
INT
0
I
STA1
Start drive
BOOL
0
I
Q
ILC1
Process-technological interlock
BOOL
1
I
Q
STOP
Stop drive
BOOL
0
I
Q
CVON
Control voltage on
BOOL
1
I
Q
OLPT
Overload protection
BOOL
1
I
Q
PMI1
Machine protection interlock
BOOL
1
I
Q
SPCL
Speed monitor
BOOL
1
I
Q
LEMO
Local emergency off
BOOL
1
I
Q
AUTO
Activate ASET ( = 1 ) or SET ( = 0 ) input
BOOL
0
I
Q
CSF
Control system error
BOOL
0
I
Q
LST1
Local start/stop without PMI1
BOOL
0
I
Q
LSP1
Local start/stop with PMI1
BOOL
0
I
Q
SWRE
Enabling start-up warning
BOOL
1
I
Q
TIM
Reset COUN1 at hour change (=1) BOOL
1
I
ESST
Display of softkeys for single faceplate start
BOOL
0
I
+
ENRE
Display of softkeys for faceplate reset
BOOL
0
I
+
ENMO
Display of softkeys for gravimetric/volumetric faceplate
BOOL
0
I
+
ENTA
Display of softkeys for belt calibration faceplate
BOOL
0
I
+
SWLO
Start-up warning also in local operating mode
BOOL
0
I
Q
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
Connection Meaning (parameters)
3-515
Data type
Def.
Type Attr. O&O Perm. values
RLSA
Enabling alarm generation
BOOL
1
I
Q
ASET
Automatic setpoint value
REAL
0.0
I
Q
TIME1
Monitoring time setpoint value
REAL
5.0
I
BQ
RUNUPCYC
Waiting cycles at start
INT
3
I
EV_ID1
Message ID no. 1
DWORD 0
I
M
EV_ID2
Message ID no. 2
DWORD 0
I
M
EV_ID3
Message ID no. 3
DWORD 0
I
M
EV_ID4
Message ID no. 4
DWORD 0
I
M
RESET
Resetting error Hasler
BOOL
0
IO
BQ
+
RESCOU
Reset material counter COUN1
BOOL
0
I
BQ
+
GRAVI
Gravimetric operating mode
BOOL
0
IO
BQ
+
VOLUM
Volumetric operating mode
BOOL
0
IO
BQ
+
TARES
Start belt calibration
BOOL
0
IO
BQ
+
LSER
Enabling of local operation
BOOL
0
IO
BQ
+
SST1
Single start
BOOL
0
IO
B
+
SSTP
Single stop
BOOL
0
IO
B
+
SUPR
Suppression of alarms
BOOL
0
IO
B
+
SET
Setpoint value for faceplate
REAL
0.0
IO
B
+
EV1_SIG1
Index variable for message no. 1
INT
1
IO
EV1_SIG2
Index variable for message no. 2
INT
2
IO
EV1_SIG3
Index variable for message no. 3
INT
3
IO
EV1_SIG4
Index variable for message no. 4
INT
4
IO
EV1_SIG5
Index variable for message no. 5
INT
5
IO
EV1_SIG6
Index variable for message no. 6
INT
6
IO
EV1_SIG7
Index variable for message no. 7
INT
7
IO
EV1_SIG8
Index variable for message no. 8
INT
8
IO
EV2_SIG1
Index variable for message no. 9
INT
45
IO
EV2_SIG2
Index variable for message no. 10
INT
46
IO
EV2_SIG3
Index variable for message no. 11
INT
47
IO
en-YN.YNT.001.A
+
>0
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-516
Connection Meaning (parameters)
Data type
Def.
Type Attr. O&O Perm. values
EV2_SIG4
Index variable for message no. 12
INT
48
IO
EV2_SIG5
Index variable for message no. 13
INT
49
IO
EV2_SIG6
Index variable for message no. 14
INT
50
IO
EV2_SIG7
Index variable for message no. 15
INT
51
IO
EV2_SIG8
Index variable for message no. 16
INT
52
IO
EV3_SIG1
Index variable for message no. 17
INT
53
IO
EV3_SIG2
Index variable for message no. 18
INT
54
IO
EV3_SIG3
Index variable for message no. 19
INT
55
IO
EV3_SIG4
Index variable for message no. 20
INT
56
IO
EV3_SIG5
Index variable for message no. 21
INT
57
IO
EV3_SIG6
Index variable for message no. 22
INT
58
IO
EV3_SIG7
Index variable for message no. 23
INT
59
IO
EV3_SIG8
Index variable for message no. 24
INT
60
IO
EV4_SIG1
Index variable for message no. 25
INT
61
IO
EV4_SIG2
Index variable for message no. 26
INT
62
IO
EV4_SIG3
Index variable for message no. 27
INT
63
IO
EV4_SIG4
Index variable for message no. 28
INT
0
IO
EV4_SIG5
Index variable for message no. 29
INT
0
IO
EV4_SIG6
Index variable for message no. 30
INT
0
IO
EV4_SIG7
Index variable for message no. 31
INT
0
IO
EV4_SIG8
Index variable for message no. 32
INT
0
IO
OSG1
Operating message
BOOL
0
O
Q
EMOF
Emergency off activated
BOOL
0
O
Q
DAVB
Drive is available
BOOL
0
O
Q
EROR
Drive is faulty
BOOL
0
O
Q
DOFF
Drive is off
BOOL
0
O
Q
SWST
Start start-up warning
BOOL
0
O
Q
OPER
Drive is operating (locally or automatically)
BOOL
0
O
Q
QBAD
Profibus slave faulty
BOOL
0
O
Q
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
Connection Meaning (parameters)
3-517
Data type
Def.
Type Attr. O&O Perm. values
LOCA
Drive is in local operating mode
BOOL
0
O
Q
GRAV
Gravimetric operating mode
BOOL
0
O
Q
TARA
Belt calibration running
BOOL
0
O
Q
HIGH
Upper limit value for setpoint value REAL
0.0
I
BQ
+
LOW
Lower limit value for setpoint value REAL
0.0
I
BQ
+
FLOW
Current conveying rate
REAL
0.0
O
Q
+
COUN1
Resettable material counter
REAL
0.0
O
Q
+
COUN2
Not resettable material counter
REAL
0.0
O
Q
+
SETF
Setpoint value check-back signal
REAL
0.0
O
Q
+
HWTMAX
Maximum feed bin filling weight
REAL
0.0
O
Q
+
HWT
Feed bin filling weight
REAL
0.0
O
Q
+
BLOAD
Current belt load
REAL
0.0
O
Q
+
BLNOM
Maximum belt load
REAL
0.0
O
Q
+
ACT1
Current monitoring time
REAL
0.0
O
Q
+
PW
Parameter word
DWORD 0
O
Q
+
DW
Data word
DWORD 0
O
Q
+
SW
Status word
DWORD 0
O
Q
+
DWA
Extended diagnosis data for faceplate
DWORD 0
O
Q
+
DWB
Extended diagnosis data for faceplate
DWORD 0
O
Q
+
DWC
Extended diagnosis data for faceplate
DWORD 0
O
Q
+
Operation and observation of HASLER_B See the description of the block symbol and the faceplate in the corresponding manual in this regard. PW, DW and SW of HASLER_B The inputs, outputs and the internal status of the respective block are mapped on the parameter word, the data word and the status word. The assignment of the bits is found in the following table:
en-YN.YNT.001.A
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-518
> HASLER_B < Bit
Parameter word
Data word
Status word
0
STA1
OPS1
SEN1
1 2
EROP ILC1
3
OSG1 NOTA
4
EMOF
5
DAVB
6
STOP
7
CVON
8
OLPT
EROL
DOFF
9
AVBL
ERMS
SWST
10
RCR1
ERSP
OPER
11
GFLT
12
PMI1
ERPI
GRAV
13
AUTO
EREO
TARA
14
SPCL
ETIM
LOCA
15
LEMO
16
LSER
ERRC
17
LST1
GWARN
18 19
EROR PWON
QBAD
GFLT LSP1
20 21
OPL1
DSW ERBS
SST1
22
ERBT ERCC
23
SSTP
ERBI
24
SWRE
ERBTA
25
CSF
ERWD
26 27 28
COLOUR_1
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
3-519
29
COLOUR_2
30
COLOUR_3
31
COLOUR_4 In the case of the COLOUR operating states, the block HASLER_B does not have all possible states. It features the states with the numbers 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 12 and 13.
DWA, DWB and DWC of HASLER_B The block has three additional data words: DWA, DWB and DWC. These words offer additional information on the Hasler weighbelt feeder and the Profibus slave. This information is shown in the associated faceplate. > HASLER_B < Bit
Data word A
0
ST_NOEX
DSW
1
ST_NORDY
ERBS
2
ST_INSLR
ERBT
3
ST_SENSU
ERCC
4
ST_MASLO
EMERG
5
ST_WATCH
ERSMI2
6
ST_STDIA
ERBMI2
7
ST_EXDIA
8
ST_EXDOV
ERHMI2
9
ST_SYNC
ERHMA2
10
ST_FREEZ
ERBMA2
11
ST_PAREQ
ILCF
12
ST_PARFA
ERBI
13
ST_SLCCF
ERBTA
14
ST_SLDEA
ERMMI2
15
ST_STASL
ERMMA2
16
SLAVE_OK
17
SLAVE_HASL
18
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Data word B
HARD_ID
DPPA_ADR
Data word C
ERSMA2
GFLT RCR1 AVBL
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-520
19
GRAVI
20
LOCAL
21
STPAL
22
ILC1
23
BTARA
24 25 26 27
SUBNETID
28 29 30 31 Profibus interface for HASLER_B If this block is used with a control by Hasler, the Hasler control system requires a specific Profibus layout. It must be taken into account here that the LSB and MSB are rotated for bit values during communication. For Int- or Float-values this does not need to be taken into account. The tables below contain the data exchange as it must be defined on the part of Hasler. In the Profibus configuration 32 data words of input data and 32 words of output data are defined for the data exchange. In the case of this block 25 words of input data and 4 words of output data are used. These data are described in the following two tables. This signifies that 7 input words and 28 output words are reserves and are not used by the block. However, the defined data must occur in data exchange exactly in the sequence as defined below. Input data from Hasler: Word Bit no. no.
Type
Hasler Description designation
LSB
POLCID design.
1st status word
0
0
Bit
ASW
97
Feed bin weight < minimum
ERHMI2
0
1
Bit
ASW
98
Feed bin weight > maximum
ERHMA2
0
2
Bit
ASW
102
Belt load > maximum
ERBMA2
0
3
Bit
ASW
24
Monitoring time for interlock expired
ILCF
0
4
Bit
ASW
84
Belt index error
ERBI
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
3-521
Word Bit no. no.
Type
Hasler Description designation
POLCID design.
0
5
Bit
ASW
90
Error in belt calibration
ERBTA
0
6
Bit
ASW
11
Mass flow < minimum
ERMMI2
0
7
Bit
ASW
10
Mass flow > maximum
ERMMA2
MSB 0
8
Bit
ASW
80
Belt skew monitoring switch
DSW
0
9
Bit
ASW
86
Belt speed measuring error
ERBS
0
10
Bit
ASW
201
Belt motor temperature too high
ERBT
0
11
Bit
ASW
21
Communications with the master control system
ERCC
0
12
Bit
ASW
61
Local emergency operation
EMERG
0
13
Bit
ASW
26
Setpoint value < minimum
ERSMI2
0
14
Bit
ASW
101
Belt load < minimum
ERBMI2
0
15
Bit
ASW
27
Setpoint value > maximum
ERSMA2
LSB
2nd status word
1
0
Bit
1
1
Bit
1
2
Bit
1
3
Bit
1
4
Bit
1
5
Bit
1
6
Bit
1
7
Bit
MSB 1
8
Bit
PSR
14
Group fault
GFLT
1
9
Bit
PSW
0
Operation check-back signal
RCR1
1
10
Bit
PSW
15
Available
AVBL
1
11
Bit
PSR
11
Gravimetric operating mode
GRAVI
1
12
Bit
PSW
47
Remote mode
REMOTE
1
13
Bit
PSW
25
Stop alarm (only this alarm stops the device)
STPAL
1
14
Bit
PSW
9
Interlock system signal
ILC1
en-YN.YNT.001.A
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-522
Word Bit no. no.
Type
Hasler Description designation
POLCID design.
1
Bit
PSR
BTARA
15
6
Belt calibration in operation 3rd and 4th status word
2/3
Float
Conveying rate
FLOWR
5th and 6th status word 4/5
Float
Material counter 1
COUN1
7th and 8th status word 6/7
Float
Set setpoint value
SETFB
9th and 10th status word 8/9
Float
Bin weight
HWT
11th status word 10
Int
Heart-Beat signal (Watchdog) 12th and 13th status word
11/12
Float
Material counter 2
COUN2
14th and 15th status word 13/14
Float
Minimum conveying rate
LOW
16th and 17th status word 15/16
Float
Maximum conveying rate
HIGH
18th and 19th status word 17/18
Float
Nominal bin weight
HWTMAX
20th and 21st status word 19/20
Float
Nominal belt load
BLOADMAX
22nd and 23rd status word 21/22
Float
Belt loading
BLOAD
24th and 25th status word 23
INT
Active monitoring position ( 0 = central, 1 = local, 2 = local maintenance )
CTRPOINT
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
3-523
Output data to Hasler: Word Bit no. no.
Type
Hasler designation
LSB
Description
POLCID design.
1st control word
0
0
Bit
0
1
Bit
0
2
Bit
0
3
Bit
0
4
Bit
0
5
Bit
0
6
Bit
0
7
Bit
CTR2
Start belt calibration
BTARA
MSB 0
8
Bit
CSTC
Start
START
0
9
Bit
CALC
Resetting alarms
RESET
0
10
Bit
CTOC
Resetting material counter 1
RESCOU
0
11
Bit
CSPC
Stop
STOP
0
12
Bit
CCPM
Selecting central operation
REMOTE
0
13
Bit
CCPA
Selecting local operating mode
LOCAL
0
14
Bit
CMAM
Selecting gravimetric operation
GRAVI
0
15
Bit
CVOM
Selecting volumetric operation
VOLUM
2nd control word 1
Heart-Beat signal (Watchdog) 3rd and 4th control word
2/3
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Material quantity setpoint value
SET
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-524
3.78 Profibus Special Drive HASLER_F: Hasler flowmeter Description of HASLER_F Object name (Type + Number) FB 526 Calling OBs The time interrupt OB in which the block is installed (e.g. OB 35). Function The block is used to control a flowmeter by Hasler. The Hasler flowmeter is connected to the PLC via the Profibus. The block communicates directly with the Profibus device HASLER_BW. Profibus In order to integrate the block, the type HASLER_BW is used for this purpose in the PCS7 program HW Konfig. This must be installed additionally. The GSD file necessary for this purpose can be obtained from the manufacturer. In addition, the supplier of the flowmeter normally also provides the appropriate GSD file. It must then be installed in HW Konfig. In HW Konfig, in the catalogue, the profile Standard is set for locating the same. Now the folder PROFIBUS-DP is opened. There the subfolders "Further field equipment and General" are opened. Here, the entry HASLER_BW is found.
en-YN.YNT.001.A
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
Fig. 86:
HW Konfig with HASLER_BW
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-525
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-526
This entry is used for the definition of the Profibus-DP slave. As a block in block slot 1, INPUT: 64 Byte (32 word) is used. For block slot 2, OUTPUT: 64 Byte (32 word) is defined. Operating principle The block communicates directly with the Hasler flowmeter. This device is defined as a Profibus slave. At the input SUBNETID, the number of the Profibus system, which the HASLER_BW is connected to, must be entered. At the input DPPA_ADR the slave address of the HASLER_BW must be entered and at the input DADDR the diagnose address of the HASLER_BW must be entered. All these values may be taken from the hardware configuration of a STEP7 project. Using these values, the block can communicate automatically with the corresponding weighbelt feeder. Internally, the same logic is used as for the block UNID (FB 501). However, the block HASLER_F reads some signals directly from the Profibus (HASLER_BW) and these need not be connected as inputs or outputs. These are the inputs AVBL, RCR1 and PWON. They are read directly from the flowmeter, or they are written directly to the flowmeter. Nevertheless these inputs and outputs are used in the internal logic. In addition, status signals are still used in the interlock system which the flowmeter generates. In detail, these are the signals LOCAL and STPAL. A valid starting command exists when the signals: 'STA1', 'ILC1', 'AVBL', 'OLPT', 'LEMO' and 'PMI1' are set and the stopping command 'STOP' is not set. In this case, the start enable signal 'SEN1' and the run command 'PWON' are set (activation signals for the motor). If the check-back signal 'RCR1' is set together with the speed monitor signal 'SPCL' when a valid starting command is active, the control state switches to selflatching status. It is a characteristic of this state that the operating bits 'OSG1', 'OPS1' are set and that the start release command 'SEN1' is reset while the run command 'PWON' is set. From this moment, the starting commands 'STA1' or 'STA2' can be rescinded without risking reset of the run command PWON. The setting drive is stopped correctly by setting the stopping command 'STOP' or when the process interlock 'ILC1' is deactivated. The monitoring time in seconds TIME1 when a drive is started specifies the period in which the check-back signal RCR1 must be set. In addition, it monitors the time during stopping within which the check-back signal RCR1 must have been reset. If time = 0, no time monitoring of the start and stop is employed. By means of the signals SST1 and SSTP an individual start of the drive can be realised in automatic mode. In the faceplate of the drive, the operator sets the signals SST1 or SSTP. After processing in the block, these signals are reset by the block.
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
After operation of the signal SST1 the output SWST is set at first. By means of this output an external start-up warning can be started. If the start-up warning time has expired, then the input SWRE must be set. In this way, there is a valid starting command and the drive is then started as described above. With the exception of the combination with the signals SWST and SWRE the signal SST1 behaves in the same way as signal STA1. Using SSTP, the drive is stopped. SSTP behaves in the same way with the input STOP. With the signals LSER, LST1 and LSP1 operation of the drive is possible via external switches, keyboards or from the control panel. With the signal LSER the drive is switched to local operation. The availability of the drive disappears therewith. Using the parameter SWLO, it is selected whether the input SWRE is taken into consideration for the evaluation of the inputs LST1 and LSP1. Via the signals LST1 and LSP1 the drive can be started (1) or stopped ("0"). Via LST1 the drive is started independently from the interlock signals! Via LSP1 the signals CVON, OLPT, PMI1 and LEMO are taken into consideration. As long as the start signals are pending the drive runs, if the start signal changes to zero the drive is stopped. In addition, this block also supplies some analogue values of the flowmeter. The output FLOW indicates the current conveying rate of the flowmeter, the outputs COUN1 and COUN2 contain material counters, HWT comprises the feed bin weight and SETF is the check-back signal of the preset setpoint value. The output DEV contains the last calibration result from the online calibration. The outputs HIGH and LOW contain the maximum and minimum flow rate of the flowmeter, and the output HWTMAX contains the maximum filling weight of the feed bin. The setpoint value is formed from the automatic setpoint value ASET (can be connected in the program) and the setpoint value from the faceplate SET. By means of the input AUTO it is selected which of the two setpoint values is activated. With AUTO = 0, setpoint value SET is active, and with AUTO = 1 setpoint value ASET is active. In the case of AUTO = 1 the setpoint value is deactivated in the faceplate and the value of SET is equalled to the value of ASET. The inputs HIGH and LOW are the top and bottom limit values for the setpoint value input of the plant operator. The input RESCOU can be used to clear the internal material counter of the flowmeter. The input GRAVI is used to set the weigher to gravimetric operation, and with the input VOLUM it can be set to volumetric operation. Using TARES, a belt calibration is started. Optionally, the flowmeter can control two dosing devices which are selected via a digital output. The control of these dosing devices is effected via the flowmeter. Internal logic The sequence of the flags is determined by the sequence in which they must be generated. In this relation, the flags marked (with ") must be taken into account in the setting and reset conditions!
en-YN.YNT.001.A
3-527
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-528
Auxiliary flag IAVBL
:=
AVBL_&-LOCAL
ICVON
:=
CVON_&SLAVE_OK&-WDFI
IPMI1
:=
PMI1&_-STPAL
RESET
:=
-PWON_&(-EROP/ERES)
CLEROP
:=
EROP_&ERES
AVAIL
:=
IAVBL_&OLPT_&LEMO_&IPMI1
Data word S ERPIC ERPI ::
-IPMI1-ICVON/IPMI1_&RESET
S ERSPC ERSP
::
(-ISTA1/OPS1)_&ILC1_&PWON_&-SPCL_&-STOP_&-NOTA”ICVON/CLEROP
S ERRCC ERRC
::
(-ISTA1/OPS1)_&ILC1_&PWON_&-RCR1_&-STOP_&-NOTA”ICVON/CLEROP
S NOTAC NOTA
::
-AVAIL/ERSP”/ERRC”/ETIM”-ICVON/AVAIL_&RESET
S EROPC EROP
::
PWON_&ILC1_&NOTA”_&-STOP-ICVON/CLEROP
S OPS1C OPS1
::
PWON_&RCR1_&SPCL-ICVON/-RCR1/-ILC1
S EROLC EROL
::
-OLPT-ICVON/OLPT_&RESET
S ERMSC ERMS
::
-IAVBL_&OLPT_&LEMO-ICVON/(IAVBL/-OLPT/-LEMO))_&RESET
S EREOC EREO
::
-LEMO-ICVON/LEMO_&RESET
OPL1
:=
-OPS1_&RCR1_&-PWON_&-IAVBL_&OLPT
S ETIMC ETIM
: :
-LCT1_&SEN1_&(-RCR1/SPCL)-CLEROP
S GWARN C GWARN
: :
GFLT_&-STPAL -CVON/(-GFLT_&-STPAL_&RESET)
S GFLT C GFLT
: :
STPAL -CVON/(-STPAL_&RESET)
S CRNGX C CRNGX
: :
CRNGX -CVON/(-CRNGX_&RESET)
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
S ERWD C ERWD
: :
WDFI -CVON/(-WDFI_&RESET)
Status word S PWON C PWON
: :
ISTA1_&ILC1-ICVON/NOTA”/STOP/-ILC1
S OSG1 C OSG1
: :
OPS1-OPS1”
S SEN1 C SEN1
: :
PWON”OSG1”/-PWON”
EMOF
:=
EREO”
DAVB
:=
-NOTA”_&ICVON
EROR
:=
EROP”
DOFF
:=
-OSG1”
OPER
:=
RCR1_&SLAVE_OK
QBAD
:=
-SLAVE_OK
LOCA
:=
(STAT_LOCAL/STAT_MAINT/LSER)_& SLAVE_OK
GRAV
:=
GRAVI
CAVBL
:=
CAVBL
CRCR1
:=
CRCR1
CMEAS
:=
CMEAS
CWACC
:=
CWACC
FEED
:=
FEED
en-YN.YNT.001.A
3-529
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-530
Block view
Fig. 87:
HASLER_F block
Starting characteristics During the CPU start-up the HASLER_F block is deactivated. All internal state flags (shown in the data word) are reset. Following start-up the block waits for the number of cycles projected in the input RUNUPCYC, and will only be activated thereafter. A first start-up whilst the program is running is treated internally like a CPU startup. Time behaviour The block must be called via a time interrupt OB or OB1. It does not have a parameter for the sampling interval. Behaviour in case of a time error In the case of a time error the outputs will then be reset. In addition the internal state flags will be reset.
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
Message actions The block HASLER_F internally uses an ALARM_8P block for generating the messages. Messages are generated for the following tripping devices: Operating trouble (EROP) Overload (OLPT) Machine availability (AVBL) Speed monitor (SPCL) Machine protection (PMI1) Local emergency off (LEMO) Monitoring time (ETIM) Check-back signal (RCR1) Hasler group warning (GWARN) Both limit switches pending (ERLSWB) Limit switch open (ERLSW2) Limit switch closed (ERLSW1) Communication to master control system (ERCC) Emergency local operation (lEMERG) Setpoint value < minimum (ERSMI2) Setpoint value > maximum (ERSMA2) Feed bin weight < Minimum (ERHMI2) Feed bin weight > maximum (ERSHMA2) Rotary flow regulating valve check-back signal (ERPROF) Timeout interlock (ILCF) Rotary flow regulating valve temperature (ERPROT) Safety limit switch (ERLSWS) Volume flow < minimum (ERMMI2) Volume flow > maximum (ERMMA2) Hasler group fault (GFLT) Watchdog failure (ERWD) Calibrating result outside the permitted limits (CRNGX) The messages can be suppressed by setting the input SUPR or by resetting the input RLSA. The input SUPR, however, is activated by the operator interface (WinCC), and RLSA by the program. The inputs CVON (at value 0) and CSF (at value 1) also suppress the output of messages.
en-YN.YNT.001.A
3-531
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-532
Assignment of message text and message class to the block parameters Default message text Mess. Block no. parameter
Message Suppressable class
1
EROP
$$BlockComment$$ @1I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
2
OLPT
$$BlockComment$$ @2I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
3
ERMS
$$BlockComment$$ @3I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
4
ERSP
$$BlockComment$$ @4I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
5
ERPI
$$BlockComment$$ @5I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
6
EREO
$$BlockComment$$ @6I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
7
ETIM
$$BlockComment$$ @7I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
8
ERRC
$$BlockComment$$ @8I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
9
GWARN
$$BlockComment$$ @1I%t#POLCID_Standard@
WH
Yes
10
ERLSWB
$$BlockComment$$ @2I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
11
ERLSW2
$$BlockComment$$ @3I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
12
ERLSW1
$$BlockComment$$ @4I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
13
ERCC
$$BlockComment$$ @5I%t#POLCID_Standard@
PF
Yes
14
EMERG
$$BlockComment$$ @6I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
15
ERSMI2
$$BlockComment$$ @7I%t#POLCID_Standard@
WL
Yes
16
ERSMA2
$$BlockComment$$ @8I%t#POLCID_Standard@
WH
Yes
17
ERHMI2
$$BlockComment$$ @1I%t#POLCID_Standard@
WL
Yes
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
3-533
Mess. Block Default message text no. parameter
Message Suppressable class
18
ERHMA2
$$BlockComment$$ @2I%t#POLCID_Standard@
WH
Yes
19
ERPROF
$$BlockComment$$ @3I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
20
ILCF
$$BlockComment$$ @4I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
21
ERPROT
$$BlockComment$$ @5I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
22
ERLSWS
$$BlockComment$$ @6I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
23
ERMMI2
$$BlockComment$$ @7I%t#POLCID_Standard@
WL
Yes
24
ERMMA2
$$BlockComment$$ @8I%t#POLCID_Standard@
WH
Yes
25
GFLT
$$BlockComment$$ @1I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
26
ERWD
$$BlockComment$$ @2I%t#POLCID_Standard@
PF
Yes
27
CRNGX
$$BlockComment$$ @3I%t#POLCID_Standard@
WH
Yes
28
$$BlockComment$$ @4I%t#POLCID_Standard@
29
$$BlockComment$$ @5I%t#POLCID_Standard@
30
$$BlockComment$$ @6I%t#POLCID_Standard@
31
$$BlockComment$$ @7I%t#POLCID_Standard@
32
$$BlockComment$$ @8I%t#POLCID_Standard@
en-YN.YNT.001.A
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-534
Connections of HASLER_F Connection Meaning (parameters)
Data type
Def.
Type Attr. O&O Perm. values
SUBNETID
Number of the Profibus subsystem INT of the PLC
0
I
DPPA_ADR
Slave address of the Profibus device
INT
0
I
DADDR
Diagnosis address of the Profibus slave
INT
0
I
STA1
Start drive
BOOL
0
I
Q
ILC1
Process-technological interlock
BOOL
1
I
Q
STOP
Stop drive
BOOL
0
I
Q
CVON
Control voltage on
BOOL
1
I
Q
OLPT
Overload protection
BOOL
1
I
Q
PMI1
Machine protection interlock
BOOL
1
I
Q
SPCL
Speed monitor
BOOL
1
I
Q
LEMO
Local emergency off
BOOL
1
I
Q
AUTO
Activate ASET ( = 1 ) or SET ( = 0 ) input
BOOL
0
I
Q
CSF
Control system error
BOOL
0
I
Q
CSTA
Starting online calibration
BOOL
0
I
Q
CABO
Aborting online calibration
BOOL
0
I
Q
FDOF
Feed bin filling system is off
BOOL
0
I
Q
LST1
Local start/stop without PMI1
BOOL
0
I
Q
LSP1
Local start/stop with PMI1
BOOL
0
I
Q
SWRE
Enabling start-up warning
BOOL
1
I
Q
TIM
Reset COUN1 at hour change (=1) BOOL
1
I
ESST
Display of softkeys for single faceplate start
BOOL
0
I
+
ENRE
Display of softkeys for faceplate reset
BOOL
0
I
+
ENMO
Display of softkeys for gravimetric/volumetric faceplate
BOOL
0
I
+
SWLO
Start-up warning also in local
BOOL
0
I
Q
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
Connection Meaning (parameters)
3-535
Data type
Def.
Type Attr. O&O Perm. values
operating mode RLSA
Enabling alarm generation
BOOL
1
I
Q
ASET
Automatic setpoint value
REAL
0.0
I
Q
TIME1
Monitoring time setpoint value
REAL
5.0
I
BQ
RUNUPCYC
Waiting cycles at start
INT
3
I
EV_ID1
Message ID no. 1
DWORD 0
I
M
EV_ID2
Message ID no. 2
DWORD 0
I
M
EV_ID3
Message ID no. 3
DWORD 0
I
M
EV_ID4
Message ID no. 4
DWORD 0
I
M
RESET
Resetting error Hasler
BOOL
0
IO
BQ
+
RESCOU
Reset material counter
BOOL
0
IO
BQ
+
GRAVI
Gravimetric operating mode
BOOL
0
IO
BQ
+
VOLUM
Volumetric operating mode
BOOL
0
IO
BQ
+
CACC
Accepting calibrating result
BOOL
0
IO
BQ
+
LSER
Enabling of local operation
BOOL
0
IO
BQ
+
SST1
Single start
BOOL
0
IO
B
+
SSTP
Single stop
BOOL
0
IO
B
+
SUPR
Suppression of alarms
BOOL
0
IO
B
+
SET
Setpoint value for faceplate
REAL
0.0
IO
B
+
EV1_SIG1
Index variable for message no. 1
INT
1
IO
EV1_SIG2
Index variable for message no. 2
INT
2
IO
EV1_SIG3
Index variable for message no. 3
INT
3
IO
EV1_SIG4
Index variable for message no. 4
INT
4
IO
EV1_SIG5
Index variable for message no. 5
INT
5
IO
EV1_SIG6
Index variable for message no. 6
INT
6
IO
EV1_SIG7
Index variable for message no. 7
INT
7
IO
EV1_SIG8
Index variable for message no. 8
INT
8
IO
EV2_SIG1
Index variable for message no. 9
INT
45
IO
EV2_SIG2
Index variable for message no. 10
INT
64
IO
en-YN.YNT.001.A
+
>0
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-536
Connection Meaning (parameters)
Data type
Def.
Type Attr. O&O Perm. values
EV2_SIG3
Index variable for message no. 11
INT
65
IO
EV2_SIG4
Index variable for message no. 12
INT
66
IO
EV2_SIG5
Index variable for message no. 13
INT
49
IO
EV2_SIG6
Index variable for message no. 14
INT
50
IO
EV2_SIG7
Index variable for message no. 15
INT
51
IO
EV2_SIG8
Index variable for message no. 16
INT
53
IO
EV3_SIG1
Index variable for message no. 17
INT
54
IO
EV3_SIG2
Index variable for message no. 18
INT
55
IO
EV3_SIG3
Index variable for message no. 19
INT
67
IO
EV3_SIG4
Index variable for message no. 20
INT
57
IO
EV3_SIG5
Index variable for message no. 21
INT
68
IO
EV3_SIG6
Index variable for message no. 22
INT
69
IO
EV3_SIG7
Index variable for message no. 23
INT
60
IO
EV3_SIG8
Index variable for message no. 24
INT
61
IO
EV4_SIG1
Index variable for message no. 25
INT
62
IO
EV4_SIG2
Index variable for message no. 26
INT
63
IO
EV4_SIG3
Index variable for message no. 27
INT
70
IO
EV4_SIG4
Index variable for message no. 28
INT
0
IO
EV4_SIG5
Index variable for message no. 29
INT
0
IO
EV4_SIG6
Index variable for message no. 30
INT
0
IO
EV4_SIG7
Index variable for message no. 31
INT
0
IO
EV4_SIG8
Index variable for message no. 32
INT
0
IO
OSG1
Operating message
BOOL
0
O
Q
EMOF
Emergency off activated
BOOL
0
O
Q
DAVB
Drive is available
BOOL
0
O
Q
EROR
Drive is faulty
BOOL
0
O
Q
DOFF
Drive is off
BOOL
0
O
Q
SWST
Start start-up warning
BOOL
0
O
Q
OPER
Drive is operating (locally or automatically)
BOOL
0
O
Q
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
3-537
Connection Meaning (parameters)
Data type
Def.
Type Attr. O&O Perm. values
QBAD
Profibus slave faulty
BOOL
0
O
Q
LOCA
Drive is in local operating mode
BOOL
0
O
Q
GRAV
Belt calibration running
BOOL
0
O
Q
CAVBL
Online calibration is available
BOOL
0
O
Q
CRCR1
Online calibration is in operation
BOOL
0
O
Q
CMEAS
Online calibration is in measuring phase
BOOL
0
O
Q
CWACC
Waiting for acceptance of calibrating result
BOOL
0
O
Q
FEED
Enabling feed bin filling system
BOOL
0
O
Q
F1_POS
Current position of rotary flow regulating valve 1
REAL
0.0
O
Q
+
F2_POS
Current position of rotary flow regulating valve 2
REAL
0.0
O
Q
+
HIGH
Upper limit value for setpoint value REAL
0.0
O
Q
+
LOW
Lower limit value for setpoint value REAL
0.0
O
Q
+
FLOW
Current conveying rate
REAL
0.0
O
Q
+
COUN1
Resettable material counter
REAL
0.0
O
Q
+
COUN2
Not resettable material counter
REAL
0.0
O
Q
+
SETF
Setpoint value check-back signal
REAL
0.0
O
Q
+
HWTMAX
Maximum feed bin filling weight
REAL
0.0
O
Q
+
HWT
Feed bin filling weight
REAL
0.0
O
Q
+
DEV
Online calibration result
REAL
0.0
O
Q
+
ACT1
Current monitoring time
REAL
0.0
O
Q
+
PW
Parameter word
DWORD 0
O
Q
+
DW
Data word
DWORD 0
O
Q
+
SW
Status word
DWORD 0
O
Q
+
DWA
Extended diagnosis data for faceplate
DWORD 0
O
Q
+
DWB
Extended diagnosis data for faceplate
DWORD 0
O
Q
+
DWC
Extended diagnosis data for
DWORD 0
O
Q
+
en-YN.YNT.001.A
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-538
Connection Meaning (parameters)
Data type
Def.
Type Attr. O&O Perm. values
faceplate DWD
Extended diagnosis data for faceplate
DWORD 0
O
Q
+
DWIP
Status of the digital inputs of the device
DWORD 0
O
Q
+
DWOP
Status of the digital outputs of the device
DWORD 0
O
Q
+
Operation and observation of HASLER_F See the description of the block symbol and the faceplate in the corresponding manual in this regard. PW, DW and SW of HASLER_F The inputs, outputs and the internal stati of the block are mapped on the parameter word, the data word and the status word. The assignment of the bits is found in the following table: > HASLER_F < Bit
Parameter word
Data word
Status word
0
STA1
OPS1
SEN1
1 2
EROP ILC1
3
OSG1 NOTA
4
EMOF
5
DAVB
6
STOP
OPL1
EROR
7
CVON
8
OLPT
EROL
DOFF
9
AVBL
ERMS
SWST
10
RCR1
ERSP
OPER
11
GFLT
12
PMI1
ERPI
GRAV
13
AUTO
EREO
CAVBL
PWON
QBAD
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
3-539
14
SPCL
ETIM
15
LEMO
16
LSER
ERRC
CWACC
17
LST1
GWARN
FEED
GFLT
LOCA
CMEAS
18 19
LSP1
CRNGX
20 21
CRCR1
ERWD SST1
22 23
SSTP
24
SWRE
25
CSF
26
CSTA
27
CABO
28
FDOF
COLOUR_1
29
COLOUR_2
30
COLOUR_3
31
COLOUR_4 In the case of the COLOUR operating states, the block HASLER_F does not have all possible states. It features the states with the numbers 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 12 and 13.
DWA, DWB and DWC of HASLER_F The block has four additional data words: DWA, DWB, DWC and DWD. These words offer additional information on the Hasler flowmeter and the Profibus slave. This information is shown in the associated faceplate. > HASLER_F < Bit
Data word A
Data word B
Data word C
Data word D
0
ST_NOEX
HARD_ID
ERLSWB
FDRTEMP
1
ST_NORDY
ERLSW2
FDRILC1
2
ST_INSLR
ERLSW1
FDREMERG
3
ST_SENSU
ERCC
FDRON
en-YN.YNT.001.A
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-540
4
ST_MASLO
EMERG
FDRLSO
5
ST_WATCH
ERSMI2
FDRLSC
6
ST_STDIA
ERSMA2
GATELSO
7
ST_EXDIA
ERHMI2
GATELSC
8
ST_EXDOV
ERHMA2
FDR1AVBL
9
ST_SYNC
ERPROF
FDR1TEMP
10
ST_FREEZ
ILCF
FDR1TORQ
11
ST_PAREQ
ERPROT
FDR1LSO
12
ST_PARFA
ERLSWS
FDR1LSC
13
ST_SLCCF
ERMMI2
FDR1ON
14
ST_SLDEA
ERMMA2
GATE1LSO
15
ST_STASL
GFLT
GATE1LSC
16
SLAVE_OK
RCR1
FDR2AVBL
17
SLAVE_HASL
AVBL
FDR2TEMP
GRAVI
FDR2TORQ
LOCAL
FDR2LSO
20
STPAL
FDR2LSC
21
ILC1
FDR2ON
22
CAVBL
GATE2LSO
23
CRCR1
GATE2LSC
24
CMEAS
GATEOPEN
25
CRNGX
FDRSTART
26
CWACC
FEED
18 19
27
DPPA_ADR
SUBNETID
28 29 30 31
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
3-541
Profibus interface for HASLER_F If this block is used with a control by Hasler, the Hasler control system requires a specific Profibus layout. It must be taken into account here that the LSB and MSB are rotated for bit values during communication. For Int- or Float-values this does not need to be taken into account. The tables below contain the data exchange as it must be defined on the part of Hasler. In the Profibus configuration 32 data words of input data and 32 words of output data are defined for the data exchange. In the case of this block 31 words of input data and 4 words of output data are used. These data are described in the following two tables. This signifies that 1 input words and 28 output words are reserves and are not used by the block. However, the defined data must occur in data exchange exactly in the sequence as defined below. Input data from Hasler: Word Bit no. no.
Type
Hasler Description designation
LSB
POLCID design.
1st status word
0
0
Bit
ASW
97
Feed bin weight < minimum
ERHMI2
0
1
Bit
ASW
98
Feed bin weight > maximum
ERHMA2
0
2
Bit
ASW
208
Error rotary flow regulating valve position check-back signal
ERPROF
0
3
Bit
ASW
24
Monitoring time for interlock expired
ILCF
0
4
Bit
ASW
209
Error rotary flow regulating valve temperature ERPROT > maximum
0
5
Bit
ASW
210
Safety limit switch (torque)
ERLSWS
0
6
Bit
ASW
11
Mass flow < minimum
ERMMI2
0
7
Bit
ASW
10
Mass flow > maximum
ERMMA2
MSB 0
8
Bit
ASW
212
Both limit switches pending
ERLSWB
0
9
Bit
ASW
213
Limit switch open expected, but has not arrived
ERLSW2
0
10
Bit
ASW
214
Limit switch closed expected, but has not arrived
ERLSW1
0
11
Bit
ASW
21
Communications with the master control system
ERCC
0
12
Bit
ASW
61
Local emergency operation
EMERG
0
13
Bit
ASW
26
Setpoint value < minimum
ERSMI2
0
14
Bit
ASW
en-YN.YNT.001.A
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-542
Word Bit no. no.
Type
Hasler Description designation
POLCID design.
0
Bit
ASW
ERSMA2
15
27
LSB
Setpoint value > maximum 2nd status word
1
0
Bit
PSW
148
Online calibration available
CAVBL
1
1
Bit
PSW
149
Online calibration in operation
CRCR1
1
2
Bit
PSW
150
Online calibration in measuring phase
CMEAS
1
3
Bit
ASW
91
Online calibration result outside limits
CRNGX
1
4
Bit
PSW
161
Online calibration waiting for takeover of result
CWACC
1
5
Bit
1
6
Bit
1
7
Bit
MSB 1
8
Bit
PSR
14
Group fault
GFLT
1
9
Bit
PSW
0
Operation check-back signal
RCR1
1
10
Bit
PSW
15
Available
AVBL
1
11
Bit
PSR
11
Gravimetric operating mode
GRAVI
1
12
Bit
PSW
47
Remote mode
REMOTE
1
13
Bit
PSW
25
Stop alarm (only this alarm stops the device)
STPAL
1
14
Bit
PSW
9
Interlock system signal
ILC1
1
15
Bit 3rd and 4th status word
2/3
Float
Conveying rate
FLOWR
5th and 6th status word 4/5
Float
Material counter 1
COUN1
7th and 8th status word 6/7
Float
Set setpoint value
SETFB
9th and 10th status word 8/9
Float
Position of rotary flow regulating valve 1
FDRPOS1
11th and 12th status word 10/11
Float
Position of rotary flow regulating valve 2
FDRPOS2
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
Word Bit no. no.
Type
3-543
Hasler Description designation
POLCID design.
13th and 14th status word 12/13
Float
Bin weight
HWT
15th and 16th status word 14/15
Float
Online calibration result
RESULT
17th status word 16
Int
Heart-Beat signal (Watchdog)
LSB
18th and 19th status word
17
0
Bit
MSB
31
Digital input 32
17
1
Bit
MSB
30
Digital input 31
17
2
Bit
MSB
29
Digital input 30
17
3
Bit
MSB
28
Digital input 29
17
4
Bit
MSB
27
Digital input 28
17
5
Bit
MSB
26
Digital input 27
17
6
Bit
MSB
25
Digital input 26
17
7
Bit
MSB
24
Digital input 25
MSB 17
8
Bit
MSB
23
Digital input 24
17
9
Bit
MSB
22
Digital input 23
17
10
Bit
MSB
21
Digital input 22
17
11
Bit
MSB
20
Digital input 21
17
12
Bit
MSB
19
Digital input 20
17
13
Bit
MSB
18
Digital input 19
17
14
Bit
MSB
17
Digital input 18
17
15
Bit
MSB
16
Digital input 17
LSB 18
0
Bit
LSB
15
Digital input 16
18
1
Bit
LSB
14
Digital input 15
18
2
Bit
LSB
13
Digital input 14 - rotary flow regulating valve open
FDRLSO
18
3
Bit
LSB
12
Digital input 13 - rotary flow regulating valve
FDRLSC
en-YN.YNT.001.A
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-544
Word Bit no. no.
Type
Hasler Description designation
POLCID design.
closed 18
4
Bit
LSB
11
Digital input 12 - rotary flow regulating valve 2 open
FDR2LSO
18
5
Bit
LSB
10
Digital input 11 - rotary flow regulating valve 1 open
FDR1LSO
18
6
Bit
LSB
9
Digital input 10 - rotary flow regulating valve 2 closed
FDR2LSC
18
7
Bit
LSB
8
Digital input 9 - rotary flow regulating valve 1 closed
FDR1LSC
FDREMERG
MSB 18
8
Bit
LSB
7
Digital input 8 - emergency off
18
9
Bit
LSB
6
Digital input 7
18
10
Bit
LSB
5
Digital input 6 - bypass check-back signal
18
11
Bit
LSB
4
Digital input 5 - interlock
18
12
Bit
LSB
3
Digital input 4 - dosing device check-back signal
18
13
Bit
LSB
2
Digital input 3
18
14
Bit
LSB
1
Digital input 2
18
15
Bit
LSB
0
Digital input 1 - normal check-back signal
LSB
20th and 21st status word
19
0
Bit
MSB
31
Digital output 32
19
1
Bit
MSB
30
Digital output 31
19
2
Bit
MSB
29
Digital output 30
19
3
Bit
MSB
28
Digital output 29
19
4
Bit
MSB
27
Digital output 28
19
5
Bit
MSB
26
Digital output 27
19
6
Bit
MSB
25
Digital output 26
19
7
Bit
MSB
24
Digital output 25
MSB 19
8
Bit
MSB
23
Digital output 24
19
9
Bit
MSB
22
Digital output 23
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
3-545
Word Bit no. no.
Type
Hasler Description designation
19
10
Bit
MSB
21
Digital output 22
19
11
Bit
MSB
20
Digital output 21
19
12
Bit
MSB
19
Digital output 20
19
13
Bit
MSB
18
Digital output 19
19
14
Bit
MSB
17
Digital output 18
19
15
Bit
MSB
16
Digital output 17
POLCID design.
LSB 20
0
Bit
LSB
15
Digital output 16
20
1
Bit
LSB
14
Digital output 15
20
2
Bit
LSB
13
Digital output 14
20
3
Bit
LSB
12
Digital output 13
20
4
Bit
LSB
11
Digital output 12
20
5
Bit
LSB
10
Digital output 11 - start filling feed bin
20
6
Bit
LSB
9
Digital output 10 - enabling drive
20
7
Bit
LSB
8
Digital output 9 - dosing in operation
MSB 20
8
Bit
LSB
7
Digital output 8
20
9
Bit
LSB
6
Digital output 7
20
10
Bit
LSB
5
Digital output 6
20
11
Bit
LSB
4
Digital output 5
20
12
Bit
LSB
3
Digital output 4
20
13
Bit
LSB
2
Digital output 3 - dosing motor
20
14
Bit
LSB
1
Digital output 2 - bypass valve
20
15
Bit
LSB
0
Digital output 1 - rotary flow regulating valve on 22nd and 23rd status word
21/22
Float
Material counter 2
COUN2
24th and 25th status word 23/24
Float
Minimum conveying rate 26th and 27th status word
en-YN.YNT.001.A
LOW
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-546
Word Bit no. no.
Type
25/26
Float
Hasler Description designation Maximum conveying rate
POLCID design. HIGH
28th and 29th status word 27/28
Float
Nominal bin weight
HWTMAX
30th status word 29
Int
Active monitoring position ( 0 = central, 1 = local, 2 = local maintenance )
CTRPOINT
Output data to Hasler: Word Bit no. no.
Type
Hasler designation
LSB
Description
POLCID design.
1st control word
0
0
Bit
COCS
Start online calibration
CSTART
0
1
Bit
COCA
Abort online calibration
CABORT
0
2
Bit
COCV
Accepting online calibration result
CACCEPT
0
3
Bit
0
4
Bit
0
5
Bit
0
6
Bit
0
7
Bit
MSB 0
8
Bit
CSTC
Start
START
0
9
Bit
CALC
Resetting alarms
RESET
0
10
Bit
CTOC
Resetting material counter 1
RESCOU
0
11
Bit
CSPC
Stop
STOP
0
12
Bit
CCPM
Selecting central operation
REMOTE
0
13
Bit
CCPA
Selecting local operating mode
LOCAL
0
14
Bit
CMAM
Selecting gravimetric operation
GRAVI
0
15
Bit
CVOM
Selecting volumetric operation
VOLUM
2nd control word 1
Heart-Beat signal (Watchdog) 3rd and 4th status word
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
Word Bit no. no. 2/3
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Type
Hasler designation
3-547
Description
POLCID design.
Material quantity setpoint value
SET
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-548
3.79 Profibus Special Drive AF300 G11: General Electric frequency converter Description of AF300 G11 Object name (Type + Number) FB 527 Calling OBs The time interrupt OB in which the block is installed (e.g. OB 35). Function The block is used for controlling a frequency converter of the type AF-300 G11 by General Electric. The frequency converter is connected to the PLC via the Profibus. The block communicates directly with the Profibus device. Profibus In order to integrate the block, the type OPC-G11S-PDP is used for this purpose in the PCS7 program HW Konfig. This must be installed additionally. The GSD file necessary for this purpose can be obtained from the manufacturer. In addition, the supplier of the frequency converter normally also provides the appropriate GSD file. It must then be installed in HW Konfig. In HW Konfig, in the catalogue, the profile Standard is set for locating the same. Now the folder PROFIBUS-DP is opened. There the subfolders "Further field equipment and Drives" are opened. Here, the entry OPC-G11S-PDP is found.
Fig. 88: HW Konfig with OPC-G11S-PDP
This entry is used for the definition of the Profibus-DP slave. Operating principle The block communicates directly with the frequency converter. This device is defined as a Profibus slave. At the input SUBNETID, the number of the Profibus system, which the AF-300 G11 is connected to, must be entered. At the input DPPA_ADR the slave address of the AF-300 G11 must be entered and at the input DADDR the diagnose address of the AF-300 G11 must be entered. All these values may be taken from the hardware configuration of a STEP7 project. Using these values, the block can communicate automatically with the corresponding frequency converter.
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
Internally, the same logic is used as for the block UNID (FB 501). However, the block AF-300 G11 reads some signals directly from the Profibus and these need not be connected as inputs or outputs. These are the inputs AVBL, RCR1 and PWON. They are read directly from the frequency converter, or they are written directly to the frequency converter. Nevertheless these inputs and outputs are used in the internal logic. In addition, the interlock system still uses status signals generated by the frequency converter. In detail these are the signals READY, REMOTE, STADIS, RUN and FLT. A valid starting command exists when the signals: 'STA1', 'ILC1', 'AVBL', 'OLPT', 'LEMO' and 'PMI1' are set and the stopping command 'STOP' is not set. In this case, the start enable signal 'SEN1' and the run command 'PWON' are set (activation signals for the motor). If the check-back signal 'RCR1' is set together with the speed monitor signal 'SPCL' when a valid starting command is active, the control state switches to selflatching status. It is a characteristic of this state that the operating bits 'OSG1', 'OPS1' are set and that the start release command 'SEN1' is reset while the run command 'PWON' is set. From this moment, the starting commands 'STA1' or 'STA2' can be rescinded without risking reset of the run command PWON. The setting drive is stopped correctly by setting the stopping command 'STOP' or when the process interlock 'ILC1' is deactivated. The monitoring time in seconds TIME1 when a drive is started specifies the period in which the check-back signal RCR1 must be set. In addition, it monitors the time during stopping within which the check-back signal RCR1 must have been reset. If time = 0, no time monitoring of the start and stop is employed. By means of the signals SST1 and SSTP an individual start of the drive can be realised in automatic mode. In the faceplate of the drive, the operator sets the signals SST1 or SSTP. After processing in the block, these signals are reset by the block. After operation of the signal SST1 the output SWST is set at first. By means of this output an external start-up warning can be started. If the start-up warning time has expired, then the input SWRE must be set. In this way, there is a valid starting command and the drive is then started as described above. With the exception of the combination with the signals SWST and SWRE the signal SST1 behaves in the same way as signal STA1. Using SSTP, the drive is stopped. SSTP behaves in the same way with the input STOP. With the signals LSER, LST1 and LSP1 operation of the drive is possible via external switches, keyboards or from the control panel. With the signal LSER the drive is switched to local operation. The availability of the drive disappears therewith. Using the parameter SWLO, it is selected whether the input SWRE is taken into consideration for the evaluation of the inputs LST1 and LSP1. Via the signals LST1 and LSP1 the drive can be started (1) or stopped ("0"). Via LST1 the drive is started independently from the interlock signals!
en-YN.YNT.001.A
3-549
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-550
Via LSP1 the signals CVON, OLPT, PMI1 and LEMO are taken into consideration. As long as the start signals are pending the drive runs, if the start signal changes to zero the drive is stopped. In addition, this block also supplies some analogue values of the frequency converter. The output SPED shows the current rotation speed of the drive, the output POWR contains the power input and TORQ is the current torque of the drive. The setpoint value is formed from the automatic setpoint value ASET (can be connected in the program) and the setpoint value from the faceplate SET. By means of the input AUTO it is selected which of the two setpoint values is activated. With AUTO = 0, setpoint value SET is active, and with AUTO = 1 setpoint value ASET is active. In the case of AUTO = 1 the setpoint value is deactivated in the faceplate and the value of SET is equalled to the value of ASET. The inputs ILHF and ILLF are the top and bottom limit value for the limitation of the setpoint value and the current rotation speed of the drive, and ILHC is the final value for the calibration of the nominal and actual values of the speed. The input ILHT is used to calibrate the torque. Some frequency converters of this type feature a bypass configuration. Here, the frequency converter can be bypassed and the drive can be operated as a standard AC drive. In bypass mode the block must be deactivated, as the frequency converter will then also be without function. If the input BYPS has been set, this signifies that the frequency converter is in bypass mode, and the block is set to "Not available". Internal logic The sequence of the flags is determined by the sequence in which they must be generated. In this relation, the flags marked (with ") must be taken into account in the setting and reset conditions! Auxiliary flag IAVBL
:=
AVBL_&REMOTE_&READY_&-STADIS_&-BYPS
ICVON
:=
CVON_&SLAVE_OK
IPMI1
:=
PMI1&_-FLT
RESET
:=
-PWON_&(-EROP/ERES)
CLEROP
:=
EROP_&ERES
AVAIL
:=
IAVBL_&OLPT_&LEMO_&IPMI1
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
Data word S ERPI C ERPI
: :
-IPMI1-ICVON/IPMI1_&RESET
S ERSP C ERSP
: :
(-ISTA1/OPS1)_&ILC1_&PWON_&-SPCL_&-STOP_&-NOTA”ICVON/CLEROP
S ERRC C ERRC
: :
(-ISTA1/OPS1)_&ILC1_&PWON_&-RCR1_&-STOP_&-NOTA”ICVON/CLEROP
S NOTA C NOTA
: :
-AVAIL/ERSP”/ERRC”/ETIM”-ICVON/AVAIL_&RESET
S EROP C EROP
: :
PWON_&ILC1_&NOTA”_&-STOP-ICVON/CLEROP
S OPS1 C OPS1
: :
PWON_&RCR1_&SPCL-ICVON/-RCR1/-ILC1
S EROL C EROL
: :
-OLPT-ICVON/OLPT_&RESET
S ERMS C ERMS
: :
-IAVBL_&OLPT_&LEMO-ICVON/(IAVBL/-OLPT/-LEMO))_&RESET
S EREO C EREO
: :
-LEMO-ICVON/LEMO_&RESET
OPL1
:=
-OPS1_&RCR1_&-PWON_&-IAVBL_&OLPT
S ETIM C ETIM
: :
-LCT1_&SEN1_&(-RCR1/SPCL)-CLEROP
S GWARN C GWARN
: :
ALARM_&-FLT -CVON/(-ALARM_&-FLT_&RESET)
S GFLT C GFLT
: :
FLT -CVON/(-FLT_&RESET)
S ERTH C ERTH
: :
THERM -CVON/(-THERM_&RESET)
S ERBY C ERBY
: :
BYPS -CVON/(-BYPS_&RESET)
en-YN.YNT.001.A
3-551
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-552
Status word S PWON C PWON
: :
ISTA1_&ILC1-ICVON/NOTA”/STOP/-ILC1
S OSG1 C OSG1
: :
OPS1-OPS1”
S SEN1 C SEN1
: :
PWON”OSG1”/-PWON”
EMOF
:=
EREO”
DAVB
:=
-NOTA”_&ICVON
EROR
:=
EROP”
DOFF
:=
-OSG1”
OPER
:=
RUN_&SLAVE_OK
LOCA
:=
(-REMO/LSER)_&SLAVE_OK
QBAD
:=
-SLAVE_OK
Block view
Fig. 89: AF300-G11 block
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
Starting characteristics During the CPU start-up the AF300-G11 block is deactivated. All internal state flags (shown in the data word) are reset. Following start-up the block waits for the number of cycles projected in the input RUNUPCYC, and will only be activated thereafter. A first start-up whilst the program is running is treated internally like a CPU startup. Time behaviour The block must be called via a time interrupt OB or OB1. It does not have a parameter for the sampling interval. Behaviour in case of a time error In the case of a time error the outputs will then be reset. In addition the internal state flags will be reset. Message actions The block AF300-G11 internally uses an ALARM_8P block for generating the messages. Messages are generated for the following tripping devices: Operating trouble (EROP) Overload (OLPT) Machine availability (AVBL) Speed monitor (SPCL) Machine protection (PMI1) Local emergency off (LEMO) Monitoring time (ETIM) Check-back signal (RCR1) Group warning AF-300 G11 (ALARM) Group fault AF-300 G11 (FLT) Thermistor (THERM) Bypass operation (BYPS) The messages can be suppressed by setting the input SUPR or by resetting the input RLSA. The input SUPR, however, is activated by the operator interface (WinCC), and RLSA by the program. The inputs CVON (at value 0) and CSF (at value 1) also suppress the output of messages.
en-YN.YNT.001.A
3-553
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-554
Assignment of message text and message class to the block parameters
Default message text Mess. Block no. parameter
Message Suppressable class
1
EROP
$$BlockComment$$ @1I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
2
OLPT
$$BlockComment$$ @2I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
3
ERMS
$$BlockComment$$ @3I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
4
ERSP
$$BlockComment$$ @4I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
5
ERPI
$$BlockComment$$ @5I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
6
EREO
$$BlockComment$$ @6I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
7
ETIM
$$BlockComment$$ @7I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
8
ERRC
$$BlockComment$$ @8I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
9
GWARN
$$BlockComment$$ @1I%t#POLCID_Standard@
WH
Yes
10
GFLT
$$BlockComment$$ @2I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
11
THERM
$$BlockComment$$ @3I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
12
ERBY
$$BlockComment$$ @4I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
13
$$BlockComment$$ @5I%t#POLCID_Standard@
14
$$BlockComment$$ @6I%t#POLCID_Standard@
15
$$BlockComment$$ @7I%t#POLCID_Standard@
16
$$BlockComment$$ @8I%t#POLCID_Standard@
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
3-555
Connections of AF300-G11 Connection Meaning (parameters)
Data type
Def.
Type Attr. O&O Perm. values
SUBNETID
Number of the Profibus subsystem INT of the PLC
0
I
DPPA_ADR
Slave address of the Profibus device
INT
0
I
DADDR
Diagnosis address of the Profibus slave
INT
0
I
STA1
Start drive
BOOL
0
I
Q
ILC1
Process-technological interlock
BOOL
1
I
Q
STOP
Stop drive
BOOL
0
I
Q
CVON
Control voltage on
BOOL
1
I
Q
OLPT
Overload protection
BOOL
1
I
Q
PMI1
Machine protection interlock
BOOL
1
I
Q
SPCL
Speed monitor
BOOL
1
I
Q
LEMO
Local emergency off
BOOL
1
I
Q
AUTO
Activate ASET ( = 1 ) or SET ( = 0 ) input
BOOL
0
I
Q
CSF
Control system error
BOOL
0
I
Q
BYPS
Bypass operating mode
BOOL
0
I
Q
LST1
Local start/stop without PMI1
BOOL
0
I
Q
LSP1
Local start/stop with PMI1
BOOL
0
I
Q
SWRE
Enabling start-up warning
BOOL
1
I
Q
ESST
Display of softkeys for single faceplate start
BOOL
0
I
+
ENRE
Display of softkeys for faceplate reset
BOOL
0
I
+
SWLO
Start-up warning also in local operating mode
BOOL
0
I
Q
RLSA
Enabling alarm generation
BOOL
1
I
Q
ASET
Automatic setpoint value
REAL
0.0
I
Q
ILHF
Upper limit value for speed
REAL
100.0 I
Q
+
ILLF
Lower limit value for speed
REAL
0.0
Q
+
en-YN.YNT.001.A
I
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-556
Connection Meaning (parameters)
Data type
Def.
Type Attr. O&O Perm. values
ILHC
Upper limit value for speed calibration
REAL
100.0 I
Q
ILHT
Upper limit value for torque calibration
REAL
100.0 I
Q
TIME1
Monitoring time setpoint value
REAL
5.0
I
BQ
RUNUPCYC
Waiting cycles at start
INT
3
I
EV_ID1
Message ID no. 1
DWORD 0
I
M
EV_ID2
Message ID no. 2
DWORD 0
I
M
RESET
Resetting error Hasler
BOOL
0
IO
BQ
+
LSER
Enabling of local operation
BOOL
0
IO
BQ
+
SST1
Single start
BOOL
0
IO
B
+
SSTP
Single stop
BOOL
0
IO
B
+
SUPR
Suppression of alarms
BOOL
0
IO
B
+
SET
Setpoint value for faceplate
REAL
0.0
IO
B
+
EV1_SIG1
Index variable for message no. 1
INT
1
IO
EV1_SIG2
Index variable for message no. 2
INT
2
IO
EV1_SIG3
Index variable for message no. 3
INT
3
IO
EV1_SIG4
Index variable for message no. 4
INT
4
IO
EV1_SIG5
Index variable for message no. 5
INT
5
IO
EV1_SIG6
Index variable for message no. 6
INT
6
IO
EV1_SIG7
Index variable for message no. 7
INT
7
IO
EV1_SIG8
Index variable for message no. 8
INT
8
IO
EV2_SIG1
Index variable for message no. 9
INT
71
IO
EV2_SIG2
Index variable for message no. 10
INT
72
IO
EV2_SIG3
Index variable for message no. 11
INT
35
IO
EV2_SIG4
Index variable for message no. 12
INT
73
IO
EV2_SIG5
Index variable for message no. 13
INT
0
IO
EV2_SIG6
Index variable for message no. 14
INT
0
IO
EV2_SIG7
Index variable for message no. 15
INT
0
IO
EV2_SIG8
Index variable for message no. 16
INT
0
IO
+
>0
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
Connection Meaning (parameters)
3-557
Data type
Def.
Type Attr. O&O Perm. values
OSG1
Operating message
BOOL
0
O
Q
EMOF
Emergency off activated
BOOL
0
O
Q
DAVB
Drive is available
BOOL
0
O
Q
EROR
Drive is faulty
BOOL
0
O
Q
DOFF
Drive is off
BOOL
0
O
Q
SWST
Start start-up warning
BOOL
0
O
Q
OPER
Drive is operating (locally or automatically)
BOOL
0
O
Q
QBAD
Profibus slave faulty
BOOL
0
O
Q
LOCA
Drive is in local operating mode
BOOL
0
O
Q
SPED
Current speed
REAL
0.0
O
Q
+
POWR
Current power
REAL
0.0
O
Q
+
TORQ
Current torque
REAL
0.0
O
Q
+
ACT1
Current monitoring time
REAL
0.0
O
Q
+
PW
Parameter word
DWORD 0
O
Q
+
DW
Data word
DWORD 0
O
Q
+
SW
Status word
DWORD 0
O
Q
+
DWA
Extended diagnosis data for faceplate
DWORD 0
O
Q
+
DWB
Extended diagnosis data for faceplate
DWORD 0
O
Q
+
DWC
Extended diagnosis data for faceplate
DWORD 0
O
Q
+
Operation and observation of AF300-G11 See the description of the block symbol and the faceplate in the corresponding manual in this regard. PW, DW and SW of AF-300 G11 The inputs, outputs and the internal stati of the block are mapped on the parameter word, the data word and the status word. The assignment of the bits is found in the following table:
en-YN.YNT.001.A
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-558
> AF300G11 < Bit
Parameter word
Data word
Status word
0
STA1
OPS1
SEN1
1 2
EROP ILC1
3
OSG1 NOTA
4
EMOF
5
DAVB
6
STOP
7
CVON
8
OLPT
EROL
DOFF
9
AVBL
ERMS
SWST
10
RCR1
ERSP
OPER
11
GFLT
12
PMI1
ERPI
13
AUTO
EREO
14
SPCL
ETIM
15
LEMO
16
LSER
ERRC
17
LST1
GWARN
18 19
EROR PWON
QBAD LOCA
GFLT LSP1
20 21
OPL1
EROV ERVE
SST1
ERBY
22 23
SSTP
24
SWRE
25
CSF
26
BYPS
27
OVLD
28
VENT
COLOUR_1
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
3-559
29
COLOUR_2
30
COLOUR_3
31
COLOUR_4 In the case of the COLOUR operating states, the block AF-300 G11 does not have all possible states. It features the states with the numbers 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 11, 12 and 13.
DWA, DWB and DWC of AF300G11 The block has two additional data words: DWA and DWB. These words offer additional information on the frequency converter and the Profibus slave. This information is shown in the associated faceplate. > AF300G11 < Bit
Data word A
0
ST_NOEX
I_TEMP
1
ST_NORDY
I_PMI1
2
ST_INSLR
I_REMO
3
ST_SENSU
I_START
4
ST_MASLO
I_JOG
5
ST_WATCH
I_INCR
6
ST_STDIA
I_DECR
7
ST_EXDIA
8
ST_EXDOV
9
ST_SYNC
10
ST_FREEZ
11
ST_PAREQ
12
ST_PARFA
13
ST_SLCCF
14
ST_SLDEA
15
ST_STASL
16
SLAVE_OK
17
SLAVE_GEFC
18
AVBL
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Data word B
HARD_ID
Data word C
I_EMOF RESET
DPPA_ADR
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-560
19
READY
20
RUN
21
FLT
22
PMI1R
23
FSTPR
24
STADIS
25
ALARM
26
ACTSET
27
REMOTE
28
FRANGE
29
FWD
30
REV
SUBNETID
31 Profibus interface for AF300G11 The operation of this block with a frequency converter AF-300 G11 makes a specific Profibus layout on the part of the frequency converter necessary. It must be taken into account here that the LSB and MSB are rotated for bit values during communication. For Int- or Float-values this does not need to be taken into account. The tables below contain the data exchange as it must be defined on the part of the frequency converter. In the Profibus configuration 6 data words of input data and 6 words of output data are defined for the data exchange. In the case of this block 5 words of input data and 2 words of output data are used. These data are described in the following two tables. This signifies that 1 input words and 4 output words are reserves and are not used by the block. However, the defined data must occur in data exchange exactly in the sequence as defined below.
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
3-561
Input data from AF300G11: Word Bit no. no.
Type
AF300-G11 designation
LSB
Description
POLCID design.
1st status word
0
0
Bit
Ready to switch on
Ready to be switched on
AVBL
0
1
Bit
Ready for operation
Ready for operation
READY
0
2
Bit
Operation enabled
Drive in operation
RUN
0
3
Bit
TRIP
Group fault
FLT
0
4
Bit
ON2
Check-back signal command ON2
PMI1R
0
5
Bit
ON3
Check-back signal command ON3
FSTPR
0
6
Bit
Start enable
Start enabling
STADIS
0
7
Bit
ALARM
Alarm
ALARM
Current frequency corresponds to setpoint value
ACTSET
Central operation is selected
REMOTE
Frequency within the permitted range
FRANGE
MSB 0
8
Bit
0
9
Bit
0
10
Bit
0
11
Bit
0
12
Bit
0
13
Bit
0
14
Bit
0
15
Bit
Bus Control
2nd status word 1
Word
Frequency
SPEED
3rd status word 2
Word
Effective power
POWER
4th status word 3
Word
LSB
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Torque
5th status word
TORQUE
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-562
Word Bit no. no.
Type
4
0
4
AF300-G11 designation
Description
POLCID design.
Bit
Direction of rotation forwards
FWD
1
Bit
Direction of rotation backwards
REV
4
2
Bit
Input X1
External temperature switch
I_TEMP
4
3
Bit
Input X2
Machine protection
I_PMI1
4
4
Bit
Input X3
Central operating mode
I_REMO
4
5
Bit
Input X4
Local start
I_START
4
6
Bit
Input X5
Local jog
I_JOG
4
7
Bit
Input X6
Increase local speed
I_INCR
MSB 4
8
Bit
Input X7
Reduce local speed
I_DECR
4
9
Bit
Input X8
Emergency off
I_EMOF
4
10
Bit
Input X9
4
11
Bit
4
12
Bit
4
13
Bit
4
14
Bit
4
15
Bit
Reset command pending
RESET
Description
POLCID design.
Output data to AF300G11: Word Bit no. no.
Type
AF300-G11 designation
LSB
1st control word
0
0
Bit
ON1
Normal starting/stopping command
PON1
0
1
Bit
ON2
Direct stop (without ramp function)
PMI1
0
2
Bit
ON3
Fast stop
FSTP
0
3
Bit
Operation enabled
Enabling operation
ILC1
0
4
Bit
Condit. for operation
Operating conditions enabling ramp generator
RMPDIS
0
5
Bit
Ramp gen. enabled
Start ramp generator
RMPSTP
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
3-563
Word Bit no. no.
Type
AF300-G11 designation
Description
POLCID design.
0
6
Bit
Setpoint enabled
Enabling setpoint value
SETENA
0
7
Bit
Fault acknowledge
Resetting error
RESET
MSB 0
8
Bit
0
9
Bit
0
10
Bit
Data valid
Data valid
DATAV
0
11
Bit
Reversing
Changing the direction of rotation
REV
0
12
Bit
0
13
Bit
0
14
Bit
0
15
Bit 2nd status word
1
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Word
Frequency setpoint value
SETP
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-564
3.80 Profibus Special Drive DB5IMV: General Electric DuraBilt 5i MV frequency converter Description of DB5IMV Object name (Type + Number) FB 528 Calling OBs The time interrupt OB in which the block is installed (e.g. OB 35). Function The block is used for controlling a frequency converter of the type DuraBilt 5i MV by General Electric. The frequency converter is connected to the PLC via the Profibus. The block communicates directly with the Profibus device. Profibus In order to integrate the block, the type AB-DT-PDP is used for this purpose in the PCS7 program HW Konfig. This must be installed additionally. The GSD file necessary for this purpose can be obtained from the manufacturer. In addition, the supplier of the frequency converter normally also provides the appropriate GSD file. It must then be installed in HW Konfig. In HW Konfig, in the catalogue, the profile Standard is set for locating the same. Now the folder PROFIBUS-DP is opened. There the subfolders "Further field equipment and General" are opened. Here, the entry AB-DT-PDP is found.
Fig. 90: HW Konfig with AB-DT-PDP
This entry is used for the definition of the Profibus-DP slave. As a block for block slot 1, INPUT/OUTPUT: 12 Byte is used. Operating principle The block communicates directly with the frequency converter. This device is defined as a Profibus slave. At the input SUBNETID, the number of the Profibus system, which the Dura-Bilt 5i MV is connected to, must be entered. At the input DPPA_ADR the slave address of the AB-DT-PDP must be entered and at the input DADDR the diagnose address of the DuraBilt 5i MV must be entered. All these values may be taken from the hardware configuration of a STEP7 project. Using these values, the block can communicate automatically with the corresponding frequency converter.
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
Internally, the same logic is used as for the block UNID (FB 501). However, the block DB5IMV reads some signals directly from the Profibus and these need not be connected as inputs or outputs. These are the inputs AVBL, RCR1 and PWON. They are read directly from the frequency converter, or they are written directly to the frequency converter. Nevertheless these inputs and outputs are used in the internal logic. In addition, the interlock system still uses status signals generated by the frequency converter. In detail, these are the signals REMOTE, COMOK, and FLT. A valid starting command exists when the signals: 'STA1', 'ILC1', 'AVBL', 'OLPT', 'LEMO' and 'PMI1' are set and the stopping command 'STOP' is not set. In this case, the start enable signal 'SEN1' and the run command 'PWON' are set (activation signals for the motor). If the check-back signal 'RCR1' is set together with the speed monitor signal 'SPCL' when a valid starting command is active, the control state switches to selflatching status. It is a characteristic of this state that the operating bits 'OSG1', 'OPS1' are set and that the start release command 'SEN1' is reset while the run command 'PWON' is set. From this moment, the starting commands 'STA1' or 'STA2' can be rescinded without risking reset of the run command PWON. The setting drive is stopped correctly by setting the stopping command 'STOP' or when the process interlock 'ILC1' is deactivated. The monitoring time in seconds TIME1 when a drive is started specifies the period in which the check-back signal RCR1 must be set. In addition, it monitors the time during stopping within which the check-back signal RCR1 must have been reset. If time = 0, no time monitoring of the start and stop is employed. By means of the signals SST1 and SSTP an individual start of the drive can be realised in automatic mode. In the faceplate of the drive, the operator sets the signals SST1 or SSTP. After processing in the block, these signals are reset by the block. After operation of the signal SST1 the output SWST is set at first. By means of this output an external start-up warning can be started. If the start-up warning time has expired, then the input SWRE must be set. In this way, there is a valid starting command and the drive is then started as described above. With the exception of the combination with the signals SWST and SWRE the signal SST1 behaves in the same way as signal STA1. Using SSTP, the drive is stopped. SSTP behaves in the same way with the input STOP. With the signals LSER, LST1 and LSP1 operation of the drive is possible via external switches, keyboards or from the control panel. With the signal LSER the drive is switched to local operation. The availability of the drive disappears therewith. Using the parameter SWLO, it is selected whether the input SWRE is taken into consideration for the evaluation of the inputs LST1 and LSP1. Via the signals LST1 and LSP1 the drive can be started (1) or stopped ("0"). Via LST1 the drive is started independently from the interlock signals!
en-YN.YNT.001.A
3-565
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-566
Via LSP1 the signals CVON, OLPT, PMI1 and LEMO are taken into consideration. As long as the start signals are pending the drive runs, if the start signal changes to zero the drive is stopped. In addition, this block also supplies some analogue values of the frequency converter. The output SPED indicates the current rotation speed of the drive, and the output POWR contains the power input. The setpoint value is formed from the automatic setpoint value ASET (can be connected in the program) and the setpoint value from the faceplate SET. By means of the input AUTO it is selected which of the two setpoint values is activated. With AUTO = 0, setpoint value SET is active, and with AUTO = 1 setpoint value ASET is active. In the case of AUTO = 1 the setpoint value is deactivated in the faceplate and the value of SET is equalled to the value of ASET. The inputs ILHF and ILLF are the top and bottom limit value for the limitation of the setpoint value and the current rotation speed of the drive, and ILHC is the final value for the calibration of the nominal and actual values of the speed. The input ILHT is used to calibrate the torque. Some frequency converters of this type feature a bypass configuration. Here, the frequency converter can be bypassed and the drive can be operated as a standard AC drive. In bypass mode the block must be deactivated, as the frequency converter will then also be without function. If the input BYPS has been set, this signifies that the frequency converter is in bypass mode, and the block is set to "Not available". Internal logic The sequence of the flags is determined by the sequence in which they must be generated. In this relation, the flags marked (with ") must be taken into account in the setting and reset conditions! Auxiliary flag IAVBL
:=
AVBL_&REMOTE_&-BYPS
ICVON
:=
CVON_&SLAVE_OK
IPMI1
:=
PMI1&_-FLT_&COMOK
RESET
:=
-PWON_&(-EROP/ERES)
CLEROP
:=
EROP_&ERES
AVAIL
:=
IAVBL_&OLPT_&LEMO_&IPMI1
Data word S ERPI C ERPI
: :
-IPMI1-ICVON/IPMI1_&RESET
S ERSP C ERSP
: :
(-ISTA1/OPS1)_&ILC1_&PWON_&-SPCL_&-STOP_&-NOTA”ICVON/CLEROP
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
S ERRC C ERRC
: :
(-ISTA1/OPS1)_&ILC1_&PWON_&-RCR1_&-STOP_&-NOTA”ICVON/CLEROP
S NOTA C NOTA
: :
-AVAIL/ERSP”/ERRC”/ETIM”-ICVON/AVAIL_&RESET
S EROP C EROP
: :
PWON_&ILC1_&NOTA”_&-STOP-ICVON/CLEROP
S OPS1 C OPS1
: :
PWON_&RCR1_&SPCL-ICVON/-RCR1/-ILC1
S EROL C EROL
: :
-OLPT-ICVON/OLPT_&RESET
S ERMS C ERMS
: :
-IAVBL_&OLPT_&LEMO-ICVON/(IAVBL/-OLPT/-LEMO))_&RESET
S EREO C EREO
: :
-LEMO-ICVON/LEMO_&RESET
OPL1
:=
-OPS1_&RCR1_&-PWON_&-IAVBL_&OLPT
S ETIM C ETIM
: :
-LCT1_&SEN1_&(-RCR1/SPCL)-CLEROP
S GWARN C GWARN
: :
ALARM_&-FLT -CVON/(-ALARM_&-FLT_&RESET)
S GFLT C GFLT
: :
FLT -CVON/(-FLT_&RESET)
S ERO1 C ERO1
: :
OVL1 -CVON/(-OVL1_&RESET)
S ERO2 C ERO2
: :
OVL2 -CVON/(-OVL2_&RESET)
S ERVE C ERVE
::
-VENT -CVON/(VENT_&RESET)
S ERBY C ERBY
::
BYPS -CVON/(-BYPS_&RESET)
S ERCL C ERCL
::
CLIM -CVON/(-CLIM_&RESET)
S ERCO C ERCO
::
-COMOK -CVON/(COMOK _&RESET)
S ERSL C ERSL
::
SLIM -CVON/(-SLIM_&RESET)
Status word S PWON
en-YN.YNT.001.A
::
ISTA1_&ILC1-ICVON/NOTA”/STOP/-ILC1
3-567
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-568
C PWON S OSG1 C OSG1
::
OPS1-OPS1”
S SEN1 C SEN1
::
PWON”OSG1”/-PWON”
EMOF
:=
EREO”
DAVB
:=
-NOTA”_&ICVON
EROR
:=
EROP”
DOFF
:=
-OSG1”
OPER
:=
RCR1_&SLAVE_OK
QBAD
:=
-SLAVE_OK
LOCA
:=
(LOCAL/LSER)_&SLAVE_OK
Block view
Fig. 91: DB5IMV block
Starting characteristics During the CPU start-up the DB5IMV block is deactivated. All internal state flags (shown in the data word) are reset. Following start-up the block waits for the number of cycles projected in the input RUNUPCYC, and will only be activated thereafter. A first start-up whilst the program is running is treated internally like a CPU startup. Time behaviour
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
The block must be called via a time interrupt OB or OB1. It does not have a parameter for the sampling interval. Behaviour in case of a time error In the case of a time error the outputs will then be reset. In addition the internal state flags will be reset.
en-YN.YNT.001.A
3-569
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-570
Message actions The block DB5IMV internally uses an ALARM_8P block for generating the messages. Messages are generated for the following tripping devices: ● Operating trouble (EROP) ● Overload (OLPT) ● Machine availability (AVBL) ● Speed monitor (SPCL) ● Machine protection (PMI1) ● Local emergency off (LEMO) ● Monitoring time (ETIM) ● Check-back signal (RCR1) ● Group warning DB5IMV (ALARM) ● Group fault DB5IMV (FLT) ● Drive overcurrent 5 minutes (OVL1) ● Drive overcurrent 20 minutes (OVL20) ● Cabinet fan (VENT) ● Bypass operation (BYPS) ● Current limit (CLIM) ● Communication monitoring (COMOK) ● Speed limit (SLIM) The messages can be suppressed by setting the input SUPR or by resetting the input RLSA. The input SUPR, however, is activated by the operator interface (WinCC), and RLSA by the program. The inputs CVON (at value 0) and CSF (at value 1) also suppress the output of messages. Assignment of message text and message class to the block parameters
Mess. Block Default message text no. parameter
Message Suppressable class
1
EROP
$$BlockComment$$ @1I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
2
OLPT
$$BlockComment$$ @2I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
3
ERMS
$$BlockComment$$ @3I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
4
ERSP
$$BlockComment$$ @4I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
3-571
5
ERPI
$$BlockComment$$ @5I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
6
EREO
$$BlockComment$$ @6I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
7
ETIM
$$BlockComment$$ @7I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
8
ERRC
$$BlockComment$$ @8I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
9
GWARN
$$BlockComment$$ @1I%t#POLCID_Standard@
WH
Yes
10
GFLT
$$BlockComment$$ @2I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
11
ERO1
$$BlockComment$$ @3I%t#POLCID_Standard@
WH
Yes
12
ERO2
$$BlockComment$$ @4I%t#POLCID_Standard@
WH
Yes
13
ERVE
$$BlockComment$$ @5I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
14
ERBY
$$BlockComment$$ @6I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
15
ERCL
$$BlockComment$$ @7I%t#POLCID_Standard@
WH
Yes
16
ERCO
$$BlockComment$$ @8I%t#POLCID_Standard@
OF
Yes
17
ERSL
$$BlockComment$$ @1I%t#POLCID_Standard@
WH
Yes
18
$$BlockComment$$ @2I%t#POLCID_Standard@
19
$$BlockComment$$ @3I%t#POLCID_Standard@
20
$$BlockComment$$ @4I%t#POLCID_Standard@
21
$$BlockComment$$ @5I%t#POLCID_Standard@
22
$$BlockComment$$ @6I%t#POLCID_Standard@
23
$$BlockComment$$ @7I%t#POLCID_Standard@
en-YN.YNT.001.A
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-572
24
$$BlockComment$$ @8I%t#POLCID_Standard@
Connections of DB5IMV Connection Meaning (parameters)
Data type
Def.
Type Attr. O&O Perm. values
SUBNETID
Number of the Profibus subsystem INT of the PLC
0
I
DPPA_ADR
Slave address of the Profibus device
INT
0
I
DADDR
Diagnosis address of the Profibus slave
INT
0
I
STA1
Start drive
BOOL
0
I
Q
ILC1
Process-technological interlock
BOOL
1
I
Q
STOP
Stop drive
BOOL
0
I
Q
CVON
Control voltage on
BOOL
1
I
Q
OLPT
Overload protection
BOOL
1
I
Q
PMI1
Machine protection interlock
BOOL
1
I
Q
SPCL
Speed monitor
BOOL
1
I
Q
LEMO
Local emergency off
BOOL
1
I
Q
AUTO
Activate ASET ( = 1 ) or SET ( = 0 ) input
BOOL
0
I
Q
CSF
Control system error
BOOL
0
I
Q
BYPS
Bypass operating mode
BOOL
0
I
Q
LST1
Local start/stop without PMI1
BOOL
0
I
Q
LSP1
Local start/stop with PMI1
BOOL
0
I
Q
SWRE
Enabling start-up warning
BOOL
1
I
Q
ESST
Display of softkeys for single faceplate start
BOOL
0
I
+
ENRE
Display of softkeys for faceplate reset
BOOL
0
I
+
SWLO
Start-up warning also in local operating mode
BOOL
0
I
Q
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
Connection Meaning (parameters)
3-573
Data type
Def.
Type Attr. O&O Perm. values
RLSA
Enabling alarm generation
BOOL
1
I
Q
ASET
Automatic setpoint value
REAL
0.0
I
Q
ILHF
Upper limit value for speed
REAL
100.0 I
Q
+
ILLF
Lower limit value for speed
REAL
0.0
I
Q
+
ILHC
Upper limit value for speed calibration
REAL
100.0 I
Q
ILHT
Upper limit value for torque calibration
REAL
100.0 I
Q
TIME1
Monitoring time setpoint value
REAL
5.0
I
BQ
RUNUPCYC
Waiting cycles at start
INT
3
I
EV_ID1
Message ID no. 1
DWORD 0
I
M
EV_ID2
Message ID no. 2
DWORD 0
I
M
EV_ID3
Message ID no. 3
DWORD 0
I
M
RESET
Resetting error Hasler
BOOL
0
IO
BQ
+
LSER
Enabling of local operation
BOOL
0
IO
BQ
+
SST1
Single start
BOOL
0
IO
B
+
SSTP
Single stop
BOOL
0
IO
B
+
SUPR
Suppression of alarms
BOOL
0
IO
B
+
SET
Setpoint value for faceplate
REAL
0.0
IO
B
+
EV1_SIG1
Index variable for message no. 1
INT
1
IO
EV1_SIG2
Index variable for message no. 2
INT
2
IO
EV1_SIG3
Index variable for message no. 3
INT
3
IO
EV1_SIG4
Index variable for message no. 4
INT
4
IO
EV1_SIG5
Index variable for message no. 5
INT
5
IO
EV1_SIG6
Index variable for message no. 6
INT
6
IO
EV1_SIG7
Index variable for message no. 7
INT
7
IO
EV1_SIG8
Index variable for message no. 8
INT
8
IO
EV2_SIG1
Index variable for message no. 9
INT
74
IO
EV2_SIG2
Index variable for message no. 10
INT
75
IO
EV2_SIG3
Index variable for message no. 11
INT
76
IO
en-YN.YNT.001.A
+
>0
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-574
Connection Meaning (parameters)
Data type
Def.
Type Attr. O&O Perm. values
EV2_SIG4
Index variable for message no. 12
INT
77
IO
EV2_SIG5
Index variable for message no. 13
INT
78
IO
EV2_SIG6
Index variable for message no. 14
INT
73
IO
EV2_SIG7
Index variable for message no. 15
INT
79
IO
EV2_SIG8
Index variable for message no. 16
INT
80
IO
EV2_SIG1
Index variable for message no. 17
INT
81
IO
EV2_SIG2
Index variable for message no. 18
INT
0
IO
EV2_SIG3
Index variable for message no. 19
INT
0
IO
EV2_SIG4
Index variable for message no. 20
INT
0
IO
EV2_SIG5
Index variable for message no. 21
INT
0
IO
EV2_SIG6
Index variable for message no. 22
INT
0
IO
EV2_SIG7
Index variable for message no. 23
INT
0
IO
EV2_SIG8
Index variable for message no. 24
INT
0
IO
OSG1
Operating message
BOOL
0
O
Q
EMOF
Emergency off activated
BOOL
0
O
Q
DAVB
Drive is available
BOOL
0
O
Q
EROR
Drive is faulty
BOOL
0
O
Q
DOFF
Drive is off
BOOL
0
O
Q
SWST
Start start-up warning
BOOL
0
O
Q
OPER
Drive is operating (locally or automatically)
BOOL
0
O
Q
QBAD
Profibus slave faulty
BOOL
0
O
Q
LOCA
Drive is in local operating mode
BOOL
0
O
Q
SPED
Current speed
REAL
0.0
O
Q
+
POWR
Current power
REAL
0.0
O
Q
+
TORQ
Current torque
REAL
0.0
O
Q
+
ACT1
Current monitoring time
REAL
0.0
O
Q
+
PW
Parameter word
DWORD 0
O
Q
+
DW
Data word
DWORD 0
O
Q
+
SW
Status word
DWORD 0
O
Q
+
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
3-575
Connection Meaning (parameters)
Data type
Def.
Type Attr. O&O Perm. values
DWA
Extended diagnosis data for faceplate
DWORD 0
O
Q
+
DWB
Extended diagnosis data for faceplate
DWORD 0
O
Q
+
Operation and observation of DB5IMV See the description of the block symbol and the faceplate in the corresponding manual in this regard. PW, DW and SW of DB5IMV The inputs, outputs and the internal stati of the block are mapped on the parameter word, the data word and the status word. The assignment of the bits is found in the following table: > DB5IMV < Bit
Parameter word
Data word
Status word
0
STA1
OPS1
SEN1
1 2
EROP ILC1
3
OSG1 NOTA
4
EMOF
5
DAVB
6
STOP
7
CVON
8
OLPT
EROL
DOFF
9
AVBL
ERMS
SWST
10
RCR1
ERSP
OPER
11
GFLT
12
PMI1
ERPI
13
AUTO
EREO
14
SPCL
ETIM
15
LEMO
16
LSER
en-YN.YNT.001.A
OPL1
EROR PWON
QBAD
ERRC
LOCA
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-576
17
LST1
GWARN
18 19
GFLT LSP1
ERO1
20 21
ERO2 SST1
ERVE
22
ERBY
23
SSTP
ERCL
24
SWRE
ERCO
25
CSF
ERSL
26
BYPS
27
OVL1
28
OVL2
COLOUR_1
29
VENT
COLOUR_2
30
COMOK
COLOUR_3
31
COLOUR_4 In the case of the COLOUR operating states, the block DB5IMV does not have all possible states. It features the states with the numbers 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 11, 12 and 13.
DWA and DWB of DB5IMV The block has two additional data words: DWA and DWB. These words offer additional information on the frequency converter and the Profibus slave. This information is shown in the associated faceplate. > DB5IMV < Bit
Data word A
Data word B
0
ST_NOEX
HARD_ID
1
ST_NORDY
2
ST_INSLR
3
ST_SENSU
4
ST_MASLO
5
ST_WATCH
6
ST_STDIA
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
7
ST_EXDIA
8
ST_EXDOV
9
ST_SYNC
10
ST_FREEZ
11
ST_PAREQ
12
ST_PARFA
13
ST_SLCCF
14
ST_SLDEA
15
ST_STASL
16
SLAVE_OK
17
SLAVE_GEFC
18
AVBL
19
READY
20
RUN
21
FLT
22
PMI1R
23
FSTPR
24
STADIS
25
ALARM
26
ACTSET
27
REMOTE
28
FRANGE
29
VENT
30
OVLD
3-577
DPPA_ADR
SUBNETID
31 Profibus interface for DB5IMV The operation of this block with a frequency converter DuraBilt 5i MV makes a specific Profibus layout on the part of the frequency converter necessary. It must be taken into account here that the LSB and MSB are rotated for bit values during communication. For Int- or Float-values this does not need to be taken into account. The tables below contain the data exchange as it must be defined on the part of the frequency converter.
en-YN.YNT.001.A
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-578
In the Profibus configuration 6 data words of input data and 6 words of output data are defined for the data exchange. In the case of this block 6 words of input data and 2 words of output data are used. These data are described in the following two tables. This signifies that no input word and 4 output words are reserves and are not used by the block. However, the defined data must occur in data exchange exactly in the sequence as defined below. Input data from DB5IMV: Word Bit no. no.
Type
DuraBilt 5i MV designation
Description
POLCID design.
READY
Ready for operation
AVBL
FAULT
Group fault
FLT
ALARM
Alarm
ALARM
LSB 0
0
Bit
0
1
Bit
0
2
Bit
0
3
Bit
0
4
Bit
0
5
Bit
0
6
Bit
0
7
Bit
MSB 0
8
Bit
0
9
Bit
0
10
Bit
CUT
Cut detection
CUT
0
11
Bit
C/L
Current limit reached
CLIM
0
12
Bit
Alternating signal for communication monitoring
HB_FBK
0
13
Bit
SP-LMT
Speed limit reached
SLIM
0
14
Bit
UV
Operating conditions
PMI1R
0
15
Bit
RNTD
Operation signal
RCR1
2nd status word 1
Word
Frequency
SPEED
3rd status word 2
Word LSB
Effective power
POWER
4th status word
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
Word Bit no. no.
Type
3
0
Bit
3
1
Bit
3
2
Bit
3
3
Bit
3
4
Bit
3
5
Bit
3
6
Bit
3
7
Bit
DuraBilt 5i MV designation
3-579
Description
POLCID design.
Cabinet fan in operation
VENT
MSB 3
8
Bit
3
9
Bit
3
10
Bit
3
11
Bit
3
12
Bit
Overcurrent 5min
Overcurrent for more than 5 minutes
OLPT1
3
13
Bit
Overcurrent 20min
Overcurrent for more than 20 minutes
OLPT2
3
14
Bit
3
15
Bit
LSB
5th status word
4
0
Bit
4
1
Bit
Central operating mode
REMOTE
4
2
Bit
Local operating mode
LOCAL
4
3
Bit
4
4
Bit
4
5
Bit
4
6
Bit
4
7
Bit
MSB 4
8
Bit
4
9
Bit
en-YN.YNT.001.A
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-580
Word Bit no. no.
Type
4
10
Bit
4
11
Bit
4
12
Bit
4
13
Bit
4
14
Bit
4
15
Bit
DuraBilt 5i MV designation
Description
POLCID design.
6th status word 5
Word
Torque
TORQUE
Description
POLCID design.
Output data to DB5IMV: Word Bit no. no.
Type
DuraBilt 5i MV designation
LSB
1st control word
0
0
Bit
0
1
Bit
0
2
Bit
0
3
Bit
0
4
Bit
0
5
Bit
0
6
Bit
0
7
Bit
UVS
Machine protection
PMI1
EXT
Ttarting command
PON1
EXTRST
Reset error
RESET
MSB 0
8
Bit
0
9
Bit
0
10
Bit
0
11
Bit
CLUTCH
Torque control system
SELTRQ
0
12
Bit
R-TEN
Change direction of rotation
REV
0
13
Bit
FLD
Field excitation
FLD
0
14
Bit
Alternating signal for communication monitoring
HB_REF
0
15
Bit
Open brake
BRAKE
B
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
Word Bit no. no.
Type
DuraBilt 5i MV designation
3-581
Description
POLCID design.
2nd status word 1
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Word
Frequency setpoint value
SETP
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-582
3.81 Profibus Special Drive SLAVE_DP: Exchange Profibus data with DB Description of SLAVE_DP Object name (Type + Number) FB 529 Calling OBs The time interrupt OB in which the block is installed (e.g. OB 35). Function The block is used for exchanging data between any Profibus slave and a data block. Operating principle The block reads data of a specified length from a specified Profibus slave and writes these data into a defined data block. It reads data from a second data block and writes these into the data area of the Profibus slave. At the input SUBNETID, the number of the Profibus system, which the slave is connected to, must be entered. At the input DPPA_ADR the slave address must be entered and at the input DADDR the diagnose address of the slave must be entered. All these values may be taken from the hardware configuration of a STEP7 project. Using these values, the block can communicate automatically with the corresponding slave. In the input SLOT_I the slot number of the slave is entered, in which the input data start. In DSTA_I the start offset in the target data block is stated, from which the Profibus data are entered. In the input DLEN_I the length of the input data to be transmitted is started in bytes. DBNR_I contains the number of the target data block. In the input SLOT_ O the slot number of the slave is entered, in which the output data start. In DSTA_O the start offset in the source data block, from which point onwards the data are on the Profibus for transfer, is entered. In the input DLEN_O the length of the output data to be transmitted is stated in bytes. DBNR_O contains the number of the source data block. Note The input as well as the output data on the slave may distribute across several block slots. However, it is absolutely necessary that the data area for inputs and outputs has associated addressing ranges, respectively. At the output QBAD it is possible to read off whether the communication with the slave is troublefree. If the communication is faulty, no data are transmitted to the Profibus and no new data are read from the Profibus either. Block view
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
Fig. 92:
SLAVE_DP block
Starting characteristics At CPU start-up the diagnostic program for the slave is called up by the SLAVE_DP block. In the case of a simple STEP 7 programming this must be done manually. Following start-up the block waits for the number of cycles projected in the input RUNUPCYC, and will only be activated thereafter. A first start-up whilst the program is running is treated internally like a CPU startup.
en-YN.YNT.001.A
3-583
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-584
Time behaviour The block must be called via a time interrupt OB or OB1. It does not have a parameter for the sampling interval. Behaviour in case of a time error In the case of a time error the outputs will then be reset. In addition the internal state flags will be reset. Connections of SLAVE_DP Connection Meaning (parameters)
Data type
Def.
Type Attr. O&O Perm. values
SUBNETID
Number of the Profibus subsystem of the PLC
INT
0
I
DPPA_ADR
Slave address of the Profibus device
INT
0
I
DADDR
Diagnosis address of the Profibus slave
INT
0
I
SLOT_I
Slot number for input data
INT
0
I
DSTA_I
Start offset in source data block
INT
0
I
DLEN_I
Data length for input data
INT
0
I
DBNR_I
Number of the source data block
INT
0
I
SLOT_I
Slot number for input data
INT
0
I
DSTA_I
Data offset in source data block
INT
0
I
DLEN_I
Data length for input data
INT
0
I
DBNR_I
Number of the source data block
INT
0
I
RUNUPCYC
Waiting cycles at start
INT
3
I
QBAD
Profibus slave faulty
BOOL 0
O
Q
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
3.82 Profibus Special Drive A2000: Multifunctional power measuring device Description of A2000 Object name (Type + Number) FB 530 Calling OBs The time interrupt OB in which the block is installed (e.g. OB 35). Function The block is used for communicating with the multifunctional power measuring device A2000 by Gossen Metrawatt. This measuring device acquires voltages, currents and power. Using this block, all values captured by the measuring device will be transmitted to the block. The communication will be realised such that the block transmits a parameter for a specific measured value to the measuring device, with the block then sending the corresponding measured value. For correct functioning the block requires two data blocks, one of which contains the parameters and the other the measured values transmitted. The parameter data block is normally DB 10 (A2000_PA) and contains the parameters for transmitting all measured values. The measured value data block is normally DB 11 (A2000_DA). This is where the function block FB 530 (A2000) stores all measured values received. Profibus In order to integrate the block, the type A2000 is used for this purpose in the PCS7 program HW Konfig. This must be installed additionally. The GSD file necessary for this purpose can be obtained from the manufacturer. The documentation and the GSD file can be found on the web page for download. It must then be installed in HW Konfig. In HW Konfig, in the catalogue, the profile Standard is set for locating the same. Now the folder PROFIBUS-DP is opened. There the subfolders "Further field equipment, I/O and Indicators" are opened. Here, the entry A2000 is found.
Fig. 93: HW Konfig with A2000
en-YN.YNT.001.A
3-585
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-586
Operating principle The block communicates directly with the measuring device A2000. This device is defined as a Profibus slave. At the input SUBNETID, the number of the Profibus system, which the A2000 is connected to, must be entered. At the input DPPA_ADR the slave address of the A2000 must be entered and at the input DADDR the diagnose address of the A2000 must be entered. All these values may be taken from the hardware configuration of a STEP7 project. Using these values, the block can communicate automatically with the corresponding measuring device. In the input DBNR_P, the number of the parameter data block (normally 10 for DB 10) is entered. At the input DBNR_M, the number of the measured values data block (normally 11 for DB 11) is entered. At the output QBAD it is possible to read off whether the communication with the slave is troublefree. If the communication is faulty, no data are transmitted to the Profibus and no new data are read from the Profibus either. The output DIM_U contains the measured value dimension of the voltage measured values (for example, the value 1000, if the voltage is transmitted in kV). The output DIM_I contains the dimension of the measured current values, the output DIM_P the dimension of the measured power values and the output DIM_E the dimension of the measured energy values. Block view
Fig. 94: A2000 block
Starting characteristics At CPU start-up the diagnostic program for the slave is called up by the A2000 block. Following start-up the block waits for the number of cycles projected in the input RUNUPCYC, and will only be activated thereafter. A first start-up whilst the program is running is treated internally like a CPU startup. Time behaviour The block must be called via a time interrupt OB or OB1. It does not have a parameter for the sampling interval.
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
Behaviour in case of a time error In the case of a time error the outputs will then be reset. In addition the internal state flags will be reset. Message actions The block HASLER_B internally uses an ALARM_8P block for generating the messages. Messages are generated for the following tripping devices: ● Voltage U1 < minimum (U1_MIN) ● Voltage U2 < minimum (U2_MIN) ● Voltage U3 < minimum (U3_MIN) ● Current I1 < minimum (I1_MIN) ● Current I2 < minimum (I2_MIN) ● Current I3 < minimum (I3_MIN) ● DC-Offset too large (DC_ERR) ● Supply frequency < minimum (FR_MIN) ● Voltage U1 > maximum (U1_MAX) ● Voltage U2 > maximum (U2_MAX) ● Voltage U3 > maximum (U3_MAX) ● Current I1 > maximum (I1_MAX) ● Current I2 > maximum (I2_MAX) ● Current I3 > maximum (I3_MAX) ● Supply frequency > maximum (FR_MAX) ● Device not calibrated (CA_ERR) ● Three-wire connection with sequence L1-L3-L2 (PH_ERR) ● Measuring input defective (IN_ERR) ● Parameter value impermissible (PA_ERR) ● Real time clock power failure (CV_ERR) ● Real time clock defective (CL_ERR) ● Setting parameters from EEPROM faulty (EP_ERR) ● Power meter reading from EEPROM faulty (EC_ERR) ● EEPROM defective (EPR_ERR) ● The messages can be suppressed by setting the input SUPR.
en-YN.YNT.001.A
3-587
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-588
Assignment of message text and message class to the block parameters Default message text Mess. Block no. parameter
Message Suppressable class
1
U1_MIN
$$BlockComment$$ @1I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AL
Yes
2
U2_MIN
$$BlockComment$$ @2I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AL
Yes
3
U3_MIN
$$BlockComment$$ @3I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AL
Yes
4
I1_MIN
$$BlockComment$$ @4I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AL
Yes
5
I2_MIN
$$BlockComment$$ @5I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AL
Yes
6
I3_MIN
$$BlockComment$$ @6I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AL
Yes
7
DC_ERR
$$BlockComment$$ @7I%t#POLCID_Standard@ @9%d@
AH
Yes
8
FR_MIN
$$BlockComment$$ @8I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AL
Yes
9
U1_MAX
$$BlockComment$$ @1I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
10
U2_MAX
$$BlockComment$$ @2I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
11
U3_MAX
$$BlockComment$$ @3I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
12
I1_MAX
$$BlockComment$$ @4I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
13
I2_MAX
$$BlockComment$$ @5I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
14
I3_MAX
$$BlockComment$$ @6I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
15
FR_MAX
$$BlockComment$$ @7I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
16
CA_ERR
$$BlockComment$$ @8I%t#POLCID_Standard@
PF
Yes
17
PH_ERR
$$BlockComment$$ @1I%t#POLCID_Standard@
WH
Yes
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
3-589
Mess. Block Default message text no. parameter
Message Suppressable class
18
IN_ERR
$$BlockComment$$ @2I%t#POLCID_Standard@
PF
Yes
19
PA_ERR
$$BlockComment$$ @3I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
20
CV_ERR
$$BlockComment$$ @4I%t#POLCID_Standard@
WH
Yes
21
CL_ERR
$$BlockComment$$ @5I%t#POLCID_Standard@
PF
Yes
22
EP_ERR
$$BlockComment$$ @6I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
23
EC_ERR
$$BlockComment$$ @7I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
24
EPR_ERR $$BlockComment$$ @8I%t#POLCID_Standard@
PF
Yes
Connections of A2000 Connection (parameters)
Meaning
Data type
Def.
Type Attr. O&O Perm. values
SUBNETID
Number of the Profibus subsystem of the PLC
INT
0
I
DPPA_ADR
Slave address of the Profibus device
INT
0
I
DADDR
Diagnosis address of the Profibus slave
INT
0
I
DBNR_P
Number of parameter data block
INT
10
I
DBNR_M
Number of measured value data block
INT
11
I
CYR_DIM
Cyclical reading of the measured BOOL value dimensions
1
I
B
ENRE
Display of softkeys for faceplate reset
BOOL
0
I
B
RLSA
Enabling alarm generation
BOOL
1
I
Q
CAL_U
Calibration factor for voltages
REAL
1
I
B
+
CAL_I
Calibration factor for currents
REAL
1
I
B
+
CAL_P
Calibration factor for powers
REAL
0.001 I
B
+
en-YN.YNT.001.A
+
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-590
Connection (parameters)
Meaning
Data type
Def.
CAL_E
Calibration factor for energy
REAL
0.001 I
B
LOW
Lower limit value for dimensions reading cycle
REAL
0
I
B
WACYC
Waiting cycle for reading dimensions
REAL
60
I
B
RUNUPCYC
Waiting cycles at start
INT
3
I
EV_ID1
Message ID no. 1
DWORD 0
I
M
EV_ID2
Message ID no. 2
DWORD 0
I
M
EV_ID3
Message ID no. 3
DWORD 0
I
M
RES_EGY
Resetting energy meter
BOOL
0
IO
B
+
RES_MA1
Resetting maximum values of voltage and current
BOOL
0
IO
B
+
RES_MA2
Resetting maximum values of power and energy
BOOL
0
IO
B
+
REQ_DIM
Requesting dimension reading
BOOL
0
IO
B
+
SUPR
Suppression of alarms
BOOL
0
IO
B
+
ENUP
Activating the softkeys for BOOL updating the measured values in the faceplate
0
IO
B
+
VALUE_CODE Coding for transferred measured INT value
1
IO
B
+
EV1_SIG1
Index variable for message no. 1 INT
161
IO
EV1_SIG2
Index variable for message no. 2 INT
162
IO
EV1_SIG3
Index variable for message no. 3 INT
163
IO
EV1_SIG4
Index variable for message no. 4 INT
164
IO
EV1_SIG5
Index variable for message no. 5 INT
165
IO
EV1_SIG6
Index variable for message no. 6 INT
166
IO
EV1_SIG7
Index variable for message no. 7 INT
167
IO
EV1_SIG8
Index variable for message no. 8 INT
168
IO
EV2_SIG1
Index variable for message no. 9 INT
82
IO
EV2_SIG2
Index variable for message no. 10
83
IO
INT
Type Attr. O&O Perm. values +
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
3-591
Connection (parameters)
Meaning
Data type
Def.
Type Attr. O&O Perm. values
EV2_SIG3
Index variable for message no. 11
INT
84
IO
EV2_SIG4
Index variable for message no. 12
INT
85
IO
EV2_SIG5
Index variable for message no. 13
INT
86
IO
EV2_SIG6
Index variable for message no. 14
INT
87
IO
EV2_SIG7
Index variable for message no. 15
INT
88
IO
EV2_SIG8
Index variable for message no. 16
INT
89
IO
EV2_SIG1
Index variable for message no. 17
INT
90
IO
EV2_SIG2
Index variable for message no. 18
INT
91
IO
EV2_SIG3
Index variable for message no. 19
INT
92
IO
EV2_SIG4
Index variable for message no. 20
INT
93
IO
EV2_SIG5
Index variable for message no. 21
INT
94
IO
EV2_SIG6
Index variable for message no. 22
INT
95
IO
EV2_SIG7
Index variable for message no. 23
INT
96
IO
EV2_SIG8
Index variable for message no. 24
INT
97
IO
ENRQ
Activating the softkeys for BOOL requesting the dimensions in the faceplate
0
O
BQ
QBAD
Profibus slave faulty
BOOL
0
O
BQ
DIM_U
Dimension for measured voltage REAL values
0
O
BQ
DIM_I
Dimension for measured current values
0
O
BQ
en-YN.YNT.001.A
REAL
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-592
Connection (parameters)
Meaning
Data type
Def.
Type Attr. O&O Perm. values
DIM_P
Dimension for measured power values
REAL
0
O
BQ
DIM_E
Dimension for measured energy values
REAL
0
O
BQ
VALUE
Measured value for display in faceplate
REAL
0
O
BQ
DW
Data word
DWORD 0
O
Q
+
DWA
Extended diagnosis data for faceplate
DWORD 0
O
Q
+
DWB
Extended diagnosis data for faceplate
DWORD 0
O
Q
+
Operation and observation of A2000 See the description of the block symbol and the faceplate in the corresponding manual in this regard. DW, DWA and DWB of A2000 The inputs, outputs and the internal stati of the block are mapped on the parameter word, the data word and the status word. The assignment of the bits is found in the following table: > A2000 < Bit
Data word
Data word A
Data word B
0
U1_MIN
ST_NOEX
HARD_ID
1
U2_MIN
ST_NORDY
2
U3_MIN
ST_INSLR
3
I1_MIN
ST_SENSU
4
I2_MIN
ST_MASLO
5
I3_MIN
ST_WATCH
6
DC_ERR
ST_STDIA
7
FR_MIN
ST_EXDIA
8
U1_MAX
ST_EXDOV
9
U2_MAX
ST_SYNC
10
U3_MAX
ST_FREEZ
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
3-593
11
I1_MAX
ST_PAREQ
12
I2_MAX
ST_PARFA
13
I3_MAX
ST_SLCCF
14
FR_MAX
ST_SLDEA
15
CA_ERR
ST_STASL
16
ALARM1
SLAVE_OK
17
ALARM2
SLAVE_A2000
18
CN_AL1
19
CN_AL2
20
PH_ERR
DPPA_ADR
21 22 23 24
IN_ERR
25
PA_ERR
26 27
CV_ERR
28
CL_ERR
29
EP_ERR
30
EC_ERR
31
EPR_ERR
en-YN.YNT.001.A
SUBNETID
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-594
VALUE_CODE and VALUE of A2000 The output VALUE is used with alternating content so that all measured values of the measuring device A2000 can be represented in the faceplate.. To this end, the variable VALUE_CODE contains an ID, indicating which value is currently found in the output VALUE. For this purpose, the faceplate writes an ID with the request of a value into VALUE_CODE. The function block writes the value requested into the output VALUE and changes the ID in the variable VALUE_CODE in order to make clear that the value requested is now available. The following table shows the IDs in VALUE_CODE and the associated significations: VALUE_CODE
Description
10000
:
Requesting measured value of phase-to-neutral voltage U1
10001
:
Measured value of phase-to-neutral voltage U1 available
10002
:
Requesting measured value of phase-to-neutral voltage U2
10003
:
Measured value of phase-to-neutral voltage U2 available
10004
:
Requesting measured value of phase-to-neutral voltage U3
10005
:
Measured value of phase-to-neutral voltage U3 available
10006
:
Requesting measured value of phase-to-neutral voltage total UΣ
10007
:
Measured value of phase-to-neutral voltage total UΣ available
10008
:
Requesting measured maximum value of phase-to-neutral voltage U1MAX
10009
:
Measured maximum value of phase-to-neutral voltage U1MAX available
10010
:
Requesting measured maximum value of phase-to-neutral voltage U2MAX
10011
:
Measured maximum value of phase-to-neutral voltage U2MAX available
10012
:
Requesting measured maximum value of phase-to-neutral voltage U3MAX
10013
:
Messwert Maximalwert Phasenspannung U3MAX steht bereit
10014
:
Requesting measured maximum value of phase-to-neutral voltage total UΣMAX
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
VALUE_CODE
3-595
Description
10015
:
Measured maximum value of phase-to-neutral voltage total UΣMAX available
10100
:
Requesting measured value of phase-to-phase voltage U12
10101
:
Measured value of phase-to-phase voltage U12 available
10102
:
Requesting measured value of phase-to-phase voltage U23
10103
:
Measured value of phase-to-phase voltage U23 available
10104
:
Requesting measured value of phase-to-phase voltage U31
10105
:
Measured value of phase-to-phase voltage U31 available
10106
:
Requesting measured value of phase-to-phase voltage total U∆Σ
10107
:
Measured value of phase-to-phase voltage total U∆Σ available
10108
:
Requesting measured maximum value of phase-to-phase voltage U12MAX
10109
:
Measured maximum value of phase-to-phase voltage U12MAX available
10110
:
Requesting maximum measured value of phase-to-phase voltage U23MAX
10111
:
Measured maximum value of phase-to-phase voltage U23MAX available
10112
:
Requesting maximum measured value of phase-to-phase voltage U31MAX
10113
:
Measured maximum value of phase-to-phase voltage U31MAX available
10114
:
Requesting measured maximum value of phase-to-phase voltage total U∆ΣMAX
10115
:
Measured maximum value total of phase-to-phase voltages U∆ΣMAX available
10200
:
Requesting measured value of phase current I1
10201
:
Measured value of phase current I1 available
10202
:
Requesting measured value of phase current I2
10203
:
Measured value of phase current I2 available
10204
:
Requesting measured value of phase current I3
10205
:
Measured value of phase current I3 available
en-YN.YNT.001.A
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-596
VALUE_CODE
Description
10206
:
Requesting measured value of phase current total IΣ
10207
:
Measured value of phase current total IΣ available
10208
:
Requesting measured maximum value of phase current I1MAX
10209
:
Measured maximum value of phase current I1MAX available
10210
:
Requesting measured maximum value of phase current I2MAX
10211
:
Measured maximum value of phase current I2MAX available
10212
:
Requesting measured maximum value of phase current I3MAX
10213
:
Measured maximum value of phase current I3MAX available
10214
:
Requesting measured maximum value of phase current total IΣMAX
10215
:
Measured maximum value of phase current total IΣMAX f
10300
:
Requesting measured average value of phase current I1AVG
10301
:
Measured average value of phase current I1AVG available
10302
:
Requesting measured average value of phase current I2AVG
10303
:
Measured average value of phase current I2AVG available
10304
:
Requesting measured average value of phase current I3AVG
10305
:
Measured average value of phase current I3AVG available
10306
:
Requesting measured average value of phase current total IΣAVG
10307
:
Measured average value of phase current total IΣAVG available
10308
:
Requesting measured maximum average value of phase current I1AVGMAX
10309
:
Measured maximum average value of phase current I1AVGMAX available
10310
:
Requesting measured maximum average value of phase current I2AVGMAX
10311
:
Measured maximum average value of phase current I2AVGMAX available
10312
:
Requesting measured maximum average value of phase current I3AVGMAX
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
VALUE_CODE
3-597
Description
10313
:
Measured maximum average value of phase current I3AVGMAX available
10314
:
Requesting measured maximum average value of phase current total IΣAVGMAX
10315
:
Measured maximum average value of phase current total IΣAVGMAX available
10400
:
Requesting measured value of effective power P1
10401
:
Measured value of effective power P1 available
10402
:
Requesting measured value of effective power P2
10403
:
Measured value of effective power P2 available
10404
:
Requesting measured value of effective power P3
10405
:
Measured value of effective power P3 available
10406
:
Requesting measured value of effective power total PΣ
10407
:
Measured value of effective power total PΣ available
10408
:
Requesting measured maximum value of effective power P1MAX
10409
:
Measured maximum value of effective power P1MAX available
10410
:
Requesting measured maximum value of effective power P2MAX
10411
:
Measured maximum value of effective power P2MAX available
10412
:
Requesting measured maximum value of effective power P3MAX
10413
:
Measured maximum value of effective power P3MAX available
10414
:
Requesting measured maximum value of effective power total PΣMAX
10415
:
Measured maximum value of effective power total PΣMAX available
10500
:
Requesting measured value of reactive power Q1
10501
:
Measured value of reactive power Q1 available
10502
:
Requesting measured value of reactive power Q2
10503
:
Measured value of reactive power Q2 available
10504
:
Requesting measured value of reactive power Q3
10505
:
Measured value of reactive power Q3 available
en-YN.YNT.001.A
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-598
VALUE_CODE
Description
10506
:
Requesting measured value of reactive power total QΣ
10507
:
Measured value of reactive power total QΣ available
10508
:
Requesting measured maximum value of reactive power Q1MAX
10509
:
Measured maximum value of reactive power Q1MAX available
10510
:
Requesting measured maximum value of reactive power Q2MAX
10511
:
Measured maximum value of reactive power Q2MAX available
10512
:
Requesting measured maximum value of reactive power Q3MAX
10513
:
Measured maximum value of reactive power Q3MAX available
10514
:
Requesting measured maximum value of reactive power total QΣMAX
10515
:
Measured maximum value of reactive power total QΣMAX available
10600
:
Requesting measured value of apparent power S1
10601
:
Measured value of apparent power S1 available
10602
:
Requesting measured value of apparent power S2
10603
:
Measured value of apparent power S2 available
10604
:
Requesting measured value of apparent power S3
10605
:
Measured value of apparent power S3 available
10606
:
Requesting measured value of apparent power total SΣ
10607
:
Measured value of apparent power total SΣ available
10608
:
Requesting measured maximum value of apparent power S1MAX
10609
:
Measured maximum value of apparent power S1MAX available
10610
:
Requesting measured maximum value of apparent power S2MAX
10611
:
Measured maximum value of apparent power S2MAX available
10612
:
Requesting measured maximum value of apparent power S3MAX
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
VALUE_CODE
3-599
Description
10613
:
Measured maximum value of apparent power S3MAX available
10614
:
Requesting measured maximum value of apparent power total SΣMAX
10615
:
Measured maximum value of apparent power total SΣMAX available
10700
:
Requesting measured value of power factor PF1
10701
:
Measured value of power factor PF1 available
10702
:
Requesting measured value of power factor PF2
10703
:
Measured value of power factor PF2 available
10704
:
Requesting measured value of power factor PF3
10705
:
Measured value of power factor PF3 available
10706
:
Requesting measured value of power factor total PFΣ
10707
:
Measured value of power factor total PFΣ available
10708
:
Requesting measured minimum value of power factor PF1MIN
10709
:
Measured minimum value of power factor PF1MIN available
10710
:
Requesting measured minimum value of power factor PF2MIN
10711
:
Measured minimum value of power factor PF2MIN available
10712
:
Requesting minimum measured value of power factor PF3MIN
10713
:
Measured minimum value of power factor PF3MIN available
10714
:
Requesting minimum measured value of power factor total PFΣMIN
10715
:
Measured minimum value of power factor total PFΣMIN available
10800
:
Requesting measured value of total active energy EPΣ-NT drawn during low-load hours
10801
:
Measured value of total active energy EPΣ-NT drawn during low-load hours available
10802
:
Requesting measured value of total active energy EPΣ+NT supplied during low-load hours
10803
:
Measured value of total active energy EPΣ+NT supplied during low-load hours available
10804
:
Requesting measured value of total active energy EPΣ-HT drawn during high-load hours
en-YN.YNT.001.A
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-600
VALUE_CODE
Description
10805
:
Measured value of total active energy EPΣ-HT drawn during high-load hours available
10806
:
Requesting measured value of total active energy EPΣ+HT supplied during high-load hours
10807
:
Measured value of total active energy EPΣ+HT supplied during high-load hours available
10900
:
Requesting measured value of effective power of current interval PInt Σ
10901
:
Measured value of effective power of current interval PInt Σ available
10902
:
Requesting measured value of effective power of 1st previous interval PInt Σ
10903
:
Measured value of effective power of 1st previous interval PInt Σ available
10904
:
Requesting measured value of effective power of 2nd previous interval PInt Σ
10905
:
Measured value of effective power of 2nd previous interval PInt Σ available
10906
:
Requesting measured value of effective power of 3rd previous interval PInt Σ
10907
:
Measured value of effective power of 3rd previous interval PInt Σ available
10908
:
Requesting measured value of effective power of 4th previous interval PInt Σ
10909
:
Measured value of effective power of 4th previous interval PInt Σ available
10910
:
Requesting measured value of effective power of 5th previous interval PInt Σ
10911
:
Measured value of effective power of 5th previous interval PInt Σ available
10912
:
Requesting measured value of effective power of 6th previous interval PInt Σ
10913
:
Measured value of effective power of 6th previous interval PInt Σ available
10914
:
Requesting measured value of effective power of 7th previous interval PInt Σ
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
VALUE_CODE
3-601
Description
10915
:
Measured value of effective power of 7th previous interval PInt Σ available
10916
:
Requesting measured value of effective power of 8th previous interval PInt Σ
10917
:
Measured value of effective power of 8th previous interval PInt Σ available
10918
:
Requesting measured value of effective power of 9th previous interval PInt Σ
10919
:
Measured value of effective power of 9th previous interval PInt Σ available
10920
:
Requesting measured value of effective power of 10th previous interval PInt Σ
10921
:
Measured value of effective power of 10th previous interval PInt Σ available
10922
:
Requesting measured maximum value of effective power of interval PInt Σ
10923
:
Measured maximum value of effective power of interval PInt Σ available
11000
:
Requesting measured value of reactive power of current interval QInt Σ
11001
:
Measured value of reactive power of current interval QInt Σ available
11002
:
Requesting measured value of reactive power of 1st previous interval QInt Σ
11003
:
Measured value of reactive power of 1st previous interval QInt Σ available
11004
:
Requesting measured value of reactive power of 2nd previous interval QInt Σ
11005
:
Measured value of reactive power of 2nd previous interval QInt Σ available
11006
:
Requesting measured value of reactive power of 3rd previous interval QInt Σ
11007
:
Measured value of reactive power of 3rd previous interval QInt Σ available
11008
:
Requesting measured value of reactive power of 4th previous interval QInt Σ
en-YN.YNT.001.A
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-602
VALUE_CODE
Description
11009
:
Measured value of reactive power of 4th previous interval QInt Σ available
11010
:
Requesting measured value of reactive power of 5th previous interval QInt Σ
11011
:
Measured value of reactive power of 5th previous interval QInt Σ available
11012
:
Requesting measured value of reactive power of 6th previous interval QInt Σ
11013
:
Measured value of reactive power of 6th previous interval QInt Σ available
11014
:
Requesting measured value of reactive power of 7th previous interval QInt Σ
11015
:
Measured value of reactive power of 7th previous interval QInt Σ available
11016
:
Requesting measured value of reactive power of 8th previous interval QInt Σ
11017
:
Measured value of reactive power of 8th previous interval QInt Σ available
11018
:
Requesting measured value of reactive power of 9th previous interval QInt Σ
11019
:
Measured value of reactive power of 9th previous interval QInt Σ available
11020
:
Requesting measured value of reactive power of 10th previous interval QInt Σ
11021
:
Measured value of reactive power of 10th previous interval QInt Σ available
11022
:
Requesting measured maximum value of reactive power of interval QInt Σ
11023
:
Measured maximum value of reactive power of interval QInt Σ available
11100
:
Requesting measured value of apparent power of current interval SInt Σ
11101
:
Measured value of apparent power of current interval SInt Σ available
11102
Requesting measured value of apparent power of 1st previous interval SInt Σ
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
VALUE_CODE
3-603
Description
11103
:
Measured value of apparent power of 1st previous interval SInt Σ available
11104
:
Requesting measured value of apparent power of 2nd previous interval SInt Σ
11105
:
Measured value of apparent power of 2nd previous interval SInt Σ available
11106
:
Requesting measured value of apparent power of 3rd previous interval SInt Σ
11107
:
Measured value of apparent power of 3rd previous interval SInt Σ available
11108
:
Requesting measured value of apparent power of 4th previous interval SInt Σ
11109
:
Measured value of apparent power of 4th previous interval SInt Σ available
11110
:
Requesting measured value of apparent power of 5th previous interval SInt Σ
11111
:
Measured value of apparent power of 5th previous interval SInt Σ available
11112
:
Requesting measured value of apparent power of 6th previous interval SInt Σ
11113
:
Measured value of apparent power of 6th previous interval SInt Σ available
11114
:
Requesting measured value of apparent power of 7th previous interval SInt Σ
11115
:
Measured value of apparent power of 7th previous interval SInt Σ available
11116
:
Requesting measured value of apparent power of 8th previous interval SInt Σ
11117
:
Measured value of apparent power of 8th previous interval SInt Σ available
11118
:
Requesting measured value of apparent power of 9th previous interval SInt Σ
11119
:
Measured value of apparent power of 9th previous interval SInt Σ available
11120
:
Requesting measured value of apparent power of 10th previous interval SInt Σ
en-YN.YNT.001.A
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-604
VALUE_CODE
Description
11121
:
Measured value of apparent power of 10th previous interval SInt Σ available
11122
:
Requesting measured maximum value of apparent power of interval SInt Σ
11123
:
Measured maximum value of apparent power of interval SInt Σ available
11200
:
Requesting measured value of total reactive energy EQΣ-NT drawn during low-load hours
11201
:
Measured value of total reactive energy EQΣ-NT drawn during low-load hours available
11202
:
Requesting measured value of total reactive energy EQΣ+NT supplied during low-load hours
11203
:
Measured value of total reactive energy EQΣ+NT supplied during low-load hours available
11204
:
Requesting measured value of total reactive energy EQΣ-HT drawn during high-load hours
11205
:
Measured value of total reactive energy EQΣ-HT drawn during high-load hours available
11206
:
Requesting measured value of total reactive energy EQΣ+HT supplied during high-load hours
11207
:
Measured value of total reactive energy EQΣ+HT supplied during high-load hours available
11300
:
Requesting measured value of neutral conductor current IN
11301
:
Measured value of neutral conductor current IN available
11302
:
Requesting measured maximum value of neutral conductor current IN MAX
11303
:
Measured maximum value of neutral conductor current IN MAX available
11304
:
Requesting measured average value of neutral conductor current IN AVG
11305
:
Measured average value of neutral conductor current IN AVG available
11306
:
Requesting measured maximum value of neutral conductor current IN MAX
11307
:
Measured maximum value of neutral conductor current IN MAX available
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
VALUE_CODE
3-605
Description
11500
:
Requesting measured value of supply frequency
11501
:
Measured value of supply frequency available
19999
:
End of the measured value transfer process
en-YN.YNT.001.A
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-606
3.83 Profibus Special Drive HASLER_L: Weighbelt feeder without load cell Hasler Description of HASLER_L Object name (Type + Number) FB 531 Calling OBs The time interrupt OB in which the block is installed (e.g. OB 35). Function The block is used to control a Hasler weighbelt feeder without load cell. The Hasler weighbelt feeder without load cell is connected to the PLC via the Profibus. The block communicates directly with the Profibus device HASLER_BW. Profibus In order to integrate the block, the type HASLER_BW is used for this purpose in the PCS7 program HW Konfig. This must be installed additionally. The GSD file necessary for this purpose can be obtained from the manufacturer. In addition, the supplier of the weighbelt normally also provides the appropriate GSD file. It must then be installed in HW Konfig. In HW Konfig, in the catalogue, the profile Standard is set for locating the same. Now the folder PROFIBUS-DP is opened. There the subfolders "Further field equipment and General" are opened. Here, the entry HASLER_BW is found.
en-YN.YNT.001.A
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
Fig. 95: HW Konfig with HASLER_BW
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-607
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-608
This entry is used for the definition of the Profibus-DP slave. As a block in block slot 1, INPUT: 64 Byte (32 word) is used. For block slot 2, OUTPUT: 64 Byte (32 word) is defined. Operating principle The block communicates directly with the Hasler weighbelt feeder without load cell. This device is defined as a Profibus slave. At the input SUBNETID, the number of the Profibus system, which the HASLER_BW is connected to, must be entered. At the input DPPA_ADR the slave address of the HASLER_BW must be entered and at the input DADDR the diagnose address of the HASLER_BW must be entered. All these values may be taken from the hardware configuration of a STEP7 project. Using these values, the block can communicate automatically with the corresponding weighbelt feeder without load cell. Internally, the same logic is used as for the block UNID (FB 501). However, the block HASLER_L reads some signals directly from the Profibus (HASLER_BW) and these need not be connected as inputs or outputs. These are the inputs AVBL, RCR1 and PWON. They are read directly by the weighbelt feeder without load cell, or they are written directly to the weighbelt feeder without load cell. Nevertheless these inputs and outputs are used in the internal logic. In addition, the interlock system still uses status signals generated by the weighbelt feeder without load cell. In detail, these are the signals LOCAL and STPAL. A valid starting command exists when the signals: 'STA1', 'ILC1', 'AVBL', 'OLPT', 'LEMO' and 'PMI1' are set and the stopping command 'STOP' is not set. In this case, the start enable signal 'SEN1' and the run command 'PWON' are set (activation signals for the motor). If the check-back signal 'RCR1' is set together with the speed monitor signal 'SPCL' when a valid starting command is active, the control state switches to selflatching status. It is a characteristic of this state that the operating bits 'OSG1', 'OPS1' are set and that the start release command 'SEN1' is reset while the run command 'PWON' is set. From this moment, the starting commands 'STA1' or 'STA2' can be rescinded without risking reset of the run command PWON. The setting drive is stopped correctly by setting the stopping command 'STOP' or when the process interlock 'ILC1' is deactivated. The monitoring time in seconds TIME1 when a drive is started specifies the period in which the check-back signal RCR1 must be set. In addition, it monitors the time during stopping within which the check-back signal RCR1 must have been reset. If time = 0, no time monitoring of the start and stop is employed. By means of the signals SST1 and SSTP an individual start of the drive can be realised in automatic mode. In the faceplate of the drive, the operator sets the signals SST1 or SSTP. After processing in the block, these signals are reset by the block.
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
After operation of the signal SST1 the output SWST is set at first. By means of this output an external start-up warning can be started. If the start-up warning time has expired, then the input SWRE must be set. In this way, there is a valid starting command and the drive is then started as described above. With the exception of the combination with the signals SWST and SWRE the signal SST1 behaves in the same way as signal STA1. Using SSTP, the drive is stopped. SSTP behaves in the same way with the input STOP. With the signals LSER, LST1 and LSP1 operation of the drive is possible via external switches, keyboards or from the control panel. With the signal LSER the drive is switched to local operation. The availability of the drive disappears therewith. Using the parameter SWLO, it is selected whether the input SWRE is taken into consideration for the evaluation of the inputs LST1 and LSP1. Note Via the signals LST1 and LSP1 the drive can be started (1) or stopped ("0"). Via LST1 the drive is started independently from the interlock signals! Via LSP1 the signals CVON, OLPT, PMI1 and LEMO are taken into consideration. As long as the start signals are pending the drive runs, if the start signal changes to zero the drive is stopped. In addition, this block also supplies some analogue values of the weighbelt feeder without load cell. The output FLOW indicates the current conveying rate of the weighbelt, the output COUN1 contains the material counter, HWT comprises the feed bin weight and SETF is the check-back signal of the preset setpoint value. The setpoint value is formed from the automatic setpoint value ASET (can be connected in the program) and the setpoint value from the faceplate SET. By means of the input AUTO it is selected which of the two setpoint values is activated. With AUTO = 0, setpoint value SET is active, and with AUTO = 1 setpoint value ASET is active. In the case of AUTO = 1 the setpoint value is deactivated in the faceplate and the value of SET is equalled to the value of ASET. The inputs HIGH and LOW are the top and bottom limit values for the setpoint value input of the plant operator. The input RESCOU can be used to clear the internal material counter of the weighbelt. The input GRAVI is used to set the weigher to gravimetric operation, and with the input VOLUM it can be set to volumetric operation. Using TARES, a belt calibration is started. Internal logic The sequence of the flags is determined by the sequence in which they must be generated. In this relation, the flags marked (with ") must be taken into account in the setting and reset conditions!
en-YN.YNT.001.A
3-609
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-610
Auxiliary flag IAVBL
:=
AVBL_&-LOCAL
ICVON
:=
CVON_&SLAVE_OK&-WDFI
IPMI1
:=
PMI1&_-STPAL
RESET
:=
-PWON_&(-EROP/ERES)
CLEROP
:=
EROP_&ERES
AVAIL
:=
IAVBL_&OLPT_&LEMO_&IPMI1
Data word S ERPI
:
-IPMI1
C ERPI
:
-ICVON/IPMI1_&RESET
S ERSP
:
(-ISTA1/OPS1)_&ILC1_&PWON_&-SPCL_&-STOP_&-NOTA”
C ERSP
:
-ICVON/CLEROP
S ERRC
:
(-ISTA1/OPS1)_&ILC1_&PWON_&-RCR1_&-STOP_&-NOTA”
C ERRC
:
-ICVON/CLEROP
S NOTA
:
-AVAIL/ERSP”/ERRC”/ETIM”
C NOTA
:
-ICVON/AVAIL_&RESET
S EROP
:
PWON_&ILC1_&NOTA”_&-STOP
C EROP
:
-ICVON/CLEROP
S OPS1
:
PWON_&RCR1_&SPCL
C OPS1
:
-ICVON/-RCR1/-ILC1
S EROL
:
-OLPT
C EROL
:
-ICVON/OLPT_&RESET
S ERMS
:
-IAVBL_&OLPT_&LEMO
C ERMS
:
-ICVON/(IAVBL/-OLPT/-LEMO))_&RESET
S EREO
:
-LEMO
C EREO
:
-ICVON/LEMO_&RESET
OPL1
:=
-OPS1_&RCR1_&-PWON_&-IAVBL_&OLPT
S ETIM
:
-LCT1_&SEN1_&(-RCR1/SPCL)
C ETIM
:
-CLEROP
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
S GWARN
:
GFLT_&-STPAL
C GWARN
:
-CVON/(-GFLT_&-STPAL_&RESET)
S GFLT
:
STPAL
C GFLT
:
-CVON/(-STPAL_&RESET)
S ERBT
:
ERBT
C ERBT
:
-CVON/(-ERBT_&RESET)
S ERCC
:
ERCC
C ERCC
:
-CVON/(-ERCC_&RESET)
S ERRT
:
ERRT
C ERRT
:
-CVON/(-ERRT_&RESET)
S ERRA
:
ERRA
C ERRA
:
-CVON/(-ERRA_&RESET)
S ERWD
:
WDFI
C ERWD
:
-CVON/(-WDFI_&RESET)
Status word S PWON
:
ISTA1_&ILC1
C PWON
:
-ICVON/NOTA”/STOP/-ILC1
S OSG1
:
OPS1
C OSG1
:
-OPS1”
S SEN1
:
PWON”
C SEN1
:
OSG1”/-PWON”
EMOF
:=
EREO”
DAVB
:=
-NOTA”_&ICVON
EROR
:=
EROP”
DOFF
:=
-OSG1”
OPER
:=
RCR1_&SLAVE_OK
QBAD
:=
-SLAVE_OK
LOCA
:=
(STAT_LOCAL/STAT_MAINT/LSER)_& SLAVE_OK
GRAV
:=
GRAVI
FEED
:=
FEED
en-YN.YNT.001.A
3-611
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-612
Block view
Fig. 96: HASLER_L block
Starting characteristics During the CPU start-up the HASLER_L block is deactivated. All internal state flags (shown in the data word) are reset. Following start-up the block waits for the number of cycles projected in the input RUNUPCYC, and will only be activated thereafter. A first start-up whilst the program is running is treated internally like a CPU startup. Time behaviour The block must be called via a time interrupt OB or OB1. It does not have a parameter for the sampling interval. Behaviour in case of a time error In the case of a time error the outputs will then be reset. In addition the internal state flags will be reset. Message actions The block HASLER_L internally uses an ALARM_8P block for generating the messages. Messages are generated for the following tripping devices: ● Operating trouble (EROP) ● Overload (OLPT)
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
3-613
● Machine availability (AVBL) ● Speed monitor (SPCL) ● Machine protection (PMI1) ● Local emergency off (LEMO) ● Monitoring time (ETIM) ● Check-back signal (RCR1) ● Hasler group warning (GWARN) ● Belt motor temperature(ERBT) ● Communication to master control system (ERCC) ● Emergency local operation (lEMERG) ● Setpoint value < minimum (ERSMI2) ● Setpoint value > maximum (ERSMA2) ● Feed bin weight < Minimum (ERHMI2) ● Feed bin weight > maximum (ERSHMA2) ● Timeout interlock (ILCF) ● Refilling time expired (REXP) ● Refilling aborted (RABO) ● Volume flow < minimum (ERMMI2) ● Volume flow > maximum (ERMMA2) ● Hasler group fault (GFLT) ● Watchdog failure (ERWD) The messages can be suppressed by setting the input SUPR or by resetting the input RLSA. The input SUPR, however, is activated by the operator interface (WinCC), and RLSA by the program. The inputs CVON (at value 0) and CSF (at value 1) also suppress the output of messages. Assignment of message text and message class to the block parameters Mess. Block Default message text no. parameter
Message Suppressable class
1
EROP
$$BlockComment$$ @1I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
2
OLPT
$$BlockComment$$ @2I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
3
ERMS
$$BlockComment$$ @3I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
4
ERSP
$$BlockComment$$ @4I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
5
ERPI
$$BlockComment$$ @5I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
en-YN.YNT.001.A
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-614
Mess. Block Default message text no. parameter
Message Suppressable class
6
EREO
$$BlockComment$$ @6I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
7
ETIM
$$BlockComment$$ @7I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
8
ERRC
$$BlockComment$$ @8I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
9
GWARN
$$BlockComment$$ @1I%t#POLCID_Standard@
WH
Yes
10
ERBT
$$BlockComment$$ @2I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
11
ERCC
$$BlockComment$$ @3I%t#POLCID_Standard@
PF
Yes
12
EMERG
$$BlockComment$$ @4I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
13
ERSMI2
$$BlockComment$$ @5I%t#POLCID_Standard@
WL
Yes
14
ERSMA2
$$BlockComment$$ @6I%t#POLCID_Standard@
WH
Yes
15
ERHMI2
$$BlockComment$$ @7I%t#POLCID_Standard@
WL
Yes
16
ERHMA2
$$BlockComment$$ @8I%t#POLCID_Standard@
WH
Yes
17
ILCF
$$BlockComment$$ @1I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
18
REXP
$$BlockComment$$ @2I%t#POLCID_Standard@
WH
Yes
19
RABO
$$BlockComment$$ @3I%t#POLCID_Standard@
WH
Yes
20
ERMMI2
$$BlockComment$$ @4I%t#POLCID_Standard@
WL
Yes
21
ERMMA2
$$BlockComment$$ @5I%t#POLCID_Standard@
WH
Yes
22
GFLT
$$BlockComment$$ @6I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
23
ERWD
$$BlockComment$$ @7I%t#POLCID_Standard@
PF
Yes
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
3-615
Mess. Block Default message text no. parameter 24
Message Suppressable class
$$BlockComment$$ @8I%t#POLCID_Standard@
Connections of HASLER_L
Connection Meaning (parameters)
Data type
Def.
Type Attr. O&O Perm. values
SUBNETID
Number of the Profibus subsystem INT of the PLC
0
I
DPPA_ADR
Slave address of the Profibus device
INT
0
I
DADDR
Diagnosis address of the Profibus slave
INT
0
I
STA1
Start drive
BOOL
0
I
Q
ILC1
Process-technological interlock
BOOL
1
I
Q
STOP
Stop drive
BOOL
0
I
Q
CVON
Control voltage on
BOOL
1
I
Q
OLPT
Overload protection
BOOL
1
I
Q
PMI1
Machine protection interlock
BOOL
1
I
Q
SPCL
Speed monitor
BOOL
1
I
Q
LEMO
Local emergency off
BOOL
1
I
Q
AUTO
Activate ASET ( = 1 ) or SET ( = 0 ) input
BOOL
0
I
Q
CSF
Control system error
BOOL
0
I
Q
FDOF
Feed bin filling system is off
BOOL
0
I
Q
LST1
Local start/stop without PMI1
BOOL
0
I
Q
LSP1
Local start/stop with PMI1
BOOL
0
I
Q
SWRE
Enabling start-up warning
BOOL
1
I
Q
TIM
Reset COUN1 at hour change (=1) BOOL
1
I
ESST
Display of softkeys for single faceplate start
BOOL
0
I
+
ENRE
Display of softkeys for faceplate
BOOL
0
I
+
en-YN.YNT.001.A
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-616
Connection Meaning (parameters)
Data type
Def.
Type Attr. O&O Perm. values
reset ENMO
Display of softkeys for gravimetric/volumetric faceplate
BOOL
0
I
+
SWLO
Start-up warning also in local operating mode
BOOL
0
I
Q
RLSA
Enabling alarm generation
BOOL
1
I
Q
ASET
Automatic setpoint value
REAL
0.0
I
Q
TIME1
Monitoring time setpoint value
REAL
5.0
I
BQ
RUNUPCYC
Waiting cycles at start
INT
3
I
EV_ID1
Message ID no. 1
DWORD 0
I
M
EV_ID2
Message ID no. 2
DWORD 0
I
M
EV_ID3
Message ID no. 3
DWORD 0
I
M
RESET
Resetting error Hasler
BOOL
0
IO
BQ
+
RESCOU
Reset material counter
BOOL
0
I
BQ
+
GRAVI
Gravimetric operating mode
BOOL
0
IO
BQ
+
VOLUM
Volumetric operating mode
BOOL
0
IO
BQ
+
LSER
Enabling of local operation
BOOL
0
IO
BQ
+
SST1
Single start
BOOL
0
IO
B
+
SSTP
Single stop
BOOL
0
IO
B
+
SUPR
Suppression of alarms
BOOL
0
IO
B
+
SET
Setpoint value for faceplate
REAL
0.0
IO
B
+
EV1_SIG1
Index variable for message no. 1
INT
1
IO
EV1_SIG2
Index variable for message no. 2
INT
2
IO
EV1_SIG3
Index variable for message no. 3
INT
3
IO
EV1_SIG4
Index variable for message no. 4
INT
4
IO
EV1_SIG5
Index variable for message no. 5
INT
5
IO
EV1_SIG6
Index variable for message no. 6
INT
6
IO
EV1_SIG7
Index variable for message no. 7
INT
7
IO
EV1_SIG8
Index variable for message no. 8
INT
8
IO
EV2_SIG1
Index variable for message no. 9
INT
45
IO
+
>0
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
3-617
Connection Meaning (parameters)
Data type
Def.
Type Attr. O&O Perm. values
EV2_SIG2
Index variable for message no. 10
INT
48
IO
EV2_SIG3
Index variable for message no. 11
INT
49
IO
EV2_SIG4
Index variable for message no. 12
INT
50
IO
EV2_SIG5
Index variable for message no. 13
INT
51
IO
EV2_SIG6
Index variable for message no. 14
INT
53
IO
EV2_SIG7
Index variable for message no. 15
INT
54
IO
EV2_SIG8
Index variable for message no. 16
INT
55
IO
EV2_SIG1
Index variable for message no. 17
INT
57
IO
EV2_SIG2
Index variable for message no. 18
INT
98
IO
EV2_SIG3
Index variable for message no. 19
INT
99
IO
EV2_SIG4
Index variable for message no. 20
INT
60
IO
EV2_SIG5
Index variable for message no. 21
INT
61
IO
EV2_SIG6
Index variable for message no. 22
INT
62
IO
EV2_SIG7
Index variable for message no. 23
INT
63
IO
EV2_SIG8
Index variable for message no. 24
INT
0
IO
OSG1
Operating message
BOOL
0
O
Q
EMOF
Emergency off activated
BOOL
0
O
Q
DAVB
Drive is available
BOOL
0
O
Q
EROR
Drive is faulty
BOOL
0
O
Q
DOFF
Drive is off
BOOL
0
O
Q
SWST
Start start-up warning
BOOL
0
O
Q
OPER
Drive is operating (locally or automatically)
BOOL
0
O
Q
QBAD
Profibus slave faulty
BOOL
0
O
Q
LOCA
Drive is in local operating mode
BOOL
0
O
Q
GRAV
Gravimetric operating mode
BOOL
0
O
Q
FEED
Enabling feed bin filling system
BOOL
0
O
Q
HIGH
Upper limit value for setpoint value REAL
0.0
I
BQ
+
LOW
Lower limit value for setpoint value REAL
0.0
I
BQ
+
FLOW
Current conveying rate
0.0
O
Q
+
en-YN.YNT.001.A
REAL
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-618
Connection Meaning (parameters)
Data type
Def.
Type Attr. O&O Perm. values
COUN1
Resettable material counter
REAL
0.0
O
Q
+
COUN2
Not resettable material counter
REAL
0.0
O
Q
+
SETF
Setpoint value check-back signal
REAL
0.0
O
Q
+
HWTMAX
Maximum feed bin filling weight
REAL
0.0
O
Q
+
HWT
Feed bin filling weight
REAL
0.0
O
Q
+
ACT1
Current monitoring time
REAL
0.0
O
Q
+
PW
Parameter word
DWORD 0
O
Q
+
DW
Data word
DWORD 0
O
Q
+
SW
Status word
DWORD 0
O
Q
+
DWA
Extended diagnosis data for faceplate
DWORD 0
O
Q
+
DWB
Extended diagnosis data for faceplate
DWORD 0
O
Q
+
DWC
Extended diagnosis data for faceplate
DWORD 0
O
Q
+
Operation and observation of HASLER_L
See the description of the block symbol and the faceplate in the corresponding manual in this regard. PW, DW and SW of HASLER_L
The inputs, outputs and the internal status of the respective block are mapped on the parameter word, the data word and the status word. The assignment of the bits is found in the following table:
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
3-619
> HASLER_L < Bit
Parameter word
Data word
Status word
0
STA1
OPS1
SEN1
1 2
EROP ILC1
3
OSG1 NOTA
4
EMOF
5
DAVB
6
STOP
7
CVON
8
OLPT
EROL
DOFF
9
AVBL
ERMS
SWST
10
RCR1
ERSP
OPER
11
GFLT
12
PMI1
ERPI
GRAV
13
AUTO
EREO
FEED
14
SPCL
ETIM
LOCA
15
LEMO
16
LSER
ERRC
17
LST1
GWARN
18 19
LSP1
QBAD
ERBT ERCC
SST1
22
ERRT ERRA
23
SSTP
ERWD
24
SWRE
ERBTA
25
CSF
ERWD
26
FDOF
27 28
en-YN.YNT.001.A
EROR PWON
GFLT
20 21
OPL1
COLOUR_1
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-620
29
COLOUR_2
30
COLOUR_3
31
COLOUR_4 In the case of the COLOUR operating states, the block HASLER_L does not have all possible states. It features the states with the numbers 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 12 and 13.
DWA, DWB and DWC of HASLER_L
The block has three additional data words: DWA, DWB and DWC. These words offer additional information on the Hasler weighbelt feeder without load cell and the Profibus slave. This information is shown in the associated faceplate. > HASLER_L < Bit
Data word A
0
ST_NOEX
ERBT
1
ST_NORDY
ERCC
2
ST_INSLR
EMERG
3
ST_SENSU
ERSMI2
4
ST_MASLO
ERSMA2
5
ST_WATCH
ERHMI2
6
ST_STDIA
ERHMA2
7
ST_EXDIA
8
ST_EXDOV
REXP
9
ST_SYNC
RABO
10
ST_FREEZ
ERMMI2
11
ST_PAREQ
ERMMA2
12
ST_PARFA
GFLT
13
ST_SLCCF
RCR1
14
ST_SLDEA
AVBL
15
ST_STASL
GRAVI
16
SLAVE_OK
17
SLAVE_HASL
18
Data word B
HARD_ID
DPPA_ADR
Data word C
ILCF
LOCAL STPAL ILC1
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
3-621
19
RFIL
20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27
SUBNETID
28 29 30 31 Profibus interface for HASLER_L
If this block is used with a control by Hasler, the Hasler control system requires a specific Profibus layout. It must be taken into account here that the LSB and MSB are rotated for bit values during communication. For Int- or Float-values this does not need to be taken into account. The tables below contain the data exchange as it must be defined on the part of Hasler. In the Profibus configuration 32 data words of input data and 32 words of output data are defined for the data exchange. In the case of this block 22 words of input data and 8 words of output data are used. These data are described in the following two tables. This signifies that 10 input words and 24 output words are reserves and are not used by the block. However, the defined data must occur in data exchange exactly in the sequence as defined below.
en-YN.YNT.001.A
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-622
Input data from Hasler: Word Bit no. no.
Type
Description Hasler designation
LSB
POLCID design.
1st status word
0
0
Bit
ASW
97
Feed bin weight < minimum
ERHMI2
0
1
Bit
ASW
98
Feed bin weight > maximum
ERHMA2
0
2
Bit
0
3
Bit
ASW
24
Monitoring time for interlock expired
ILCF
0
4
Bit
ASW
80
Refilling time expired
ERRT
0
5
Bit
ASW
86
Refilling aborted
ERRA
0
6
Bit
ASW
11
Mass flow < minimum
ERMMI2
0
7
Bit
ASW
10
Mass flow > maximum
ERMMA2
MSB 0
8
Bit
0
9
Bit
0
10
Bit
ASW
201
Motor temperature too high
ERBT
0
11
Bit
ASW
21
Communications with the master control system
ERCC
0
12
Bit
ASW
61
Local emergency operation
EMERG
0
13
Bit
ASW
26
Setpoint value < minimum
ERSMI2
0
14
Bit
0
15
Bit
ASW
27
Setpoint value > maximum
ERSMA2
LSB
2nd status word
1
0
Bit
1
1
Bit
1
2
Bit
1
3
Bit
1
4
Bit
1
5
Bit
1
6
Bit
1
7
Bit
MSB
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
3-623
Word Bit no. no.
Type
Hasler Description designation
POLCID design.
1
8
Bit
PSR
14
Group fault
GFLT
1
9
Bit
PSW
0
Operation check-back signal
RCR1
1
10
Bit
PSW
15
Available
AVBL
1
11
Bit
PSR
11
Gravimetric operating mode
GRAVI
1
12
Bit
PSW
47
Remote mode
REMOTE
1
13
Bit
PSW
25
Stop alarm (only this alarm stops the device)
STPAL
1
14
Bit
PSW
9
Interlock system signal
ILC1
1
15
Bit
PSR
129
Command feed bin filling
RFIL
3rd and 4th status word 2/3
Float
Conveying rate
FLOWR
5th and 6th status word 4/5
Float
Material counter 1
COUN1
7th and 8th status word 6/7
Float
Set setpoint value
SETFB
9th and 10th status word 8/9
Float
Bin weight
HWT
11th status word 10
Int
Heart-Beat signal (Watchdog) 12th and 13th status word
11/12
Float
Material counter 2
COUN2
14th and 15th status word 13/14
Float
Minimum conveying rate
LOW
16th and 17th status word 15/16
Float
Maximum conveying rate
HIGH
18th status word 17
Bit
Active monitoring position ( 0 = central, 1 = local, 2 = local maintenance )
CTRPOINT
19th and 20th status word 18/19
Float
Rotor speed setpoint value 21st and 22nd status word
en-YN.YNT.001.A
ROTSPEED
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-624
Word Bit no. no.
Type
20/21
Float
Hasler Description designation Maximum feed bin refilling limit
POLCID design. HWT_LIM
Output data to Hasler: Word Bit no. no.
Type
Hasler designation
LSB
Description
POLCID design.
1st control word
0
0
Bit
0
1
Bit
0
2
Bit
0
3
Bit
0
4
Bit
0
5
Bit
0
6
Bit
0
7
Bit
CCRF
Start feed bin refilling
RFIL_STA
MSB 0
8
Bit
CSTC
Start
START
0
9
Bit
CALC
Resetting alarms
RESET
0
10
Bit
CTOC
Resetting material counter 1
RESCOU
0
11
Bit
CSPC
Stop
STOP
0
12
Bit
CCPM
Selecting central operation
REMOTE
0
13
Bit
CCPA
Selecting local operating mode
LOCAL
0
14
Bit
CMAM
Selecting gravimetric operation
GRAVI
0
15
Bit
CVOM
Selecting volumetric operation
VOLUM
2nd control word 1
Heart-Beat signal (Watchdog) 3rd and 4th control word
2/3
Material quantity setpoint value LSB
SET
5th control word
4
0
Bit
4
1
Bit
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
Word Bit no. no.
Type
4
2
Bit
4
3
Bit
4
4
Bit
4
5
Bit
4
6
Bit
4
7
Bit
Hasler designation
3-625
Description
POLCID design.
Stop refilling
RFIL_STP
MSB 4
8
Bit
4
9
Bit
4
10
Bit
4
11
Bit
4
12
Bit
4
13
Bit
4
14
Bit
4
15
Bit
LSB
6th control word
5
0
Bit
5
1
Bit
5
2
Bit
5
3
Bit
5
4
Bit
5
5
Bit
5
6
Bit
5
7
Bit
MSB 5
8
Bit
5
9
Bit
5
10
Bit
5
11
Bit
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Refilling in operation
RFIL_OSG
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-626
Word Bit no. no.
Type
5
12
Bit
5
13
Bit
5
14
Bit
5
15
Bit
Hasler designation
Description
POLCID design.
7th and 8th control word 6/7
Maximum feed bin filling level setpoint value
S_HWTLIM
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
3.84 Profibus Special Drive CSC_DRW: Pfister rotary weighfeeder Description of CSC_DRW Object name (Type + Number) FB 532 Calling OBs The time interrupt OB in which the block is installed (e.g. OB 35). Function The block is used to control a rotary weighfeeder by Pfister. The Pfister rotary weighfeeder is connected to the PLC via the Profibus. The block communicates directly with the Profibus device CSC_DRW. Profibus In order to integrate the block, the type COM-DPS is used for this purpose in the PCS7 program HW Konfig. This must be installed additionally. The GSD file necessary for this purpose can be obtained from the manufacturer. In addition, the supplier of the weighbelt normally also provides the appropriate GSD file. It must then be installed in HW Konfig. In HW Konfig, in the catalogue, the profile Standard is set for locating the same. Now the folder PROFIBUS-DP is opened. There the subfolders "Further field equipment and General" are opened. This is where the entry COM-DPS is located.
Fig. 97: HW Konfig with COM-DPS
This entry is used for the definition of the Profibus-DP slave. As a block in block slot 1, 64 byte input con (0x40,0xBF) is used. For block slot 2, 64 byte output con (0x80,0xBF) is defined. Operating principle
en-YN.YNT.001.A
3-627
User manual
Blocks 3-628
®
POLCID for administrators
The block communicates directly with the Pfister rotary weighfeeder. This device is defined as a Profibus slave. At the input SUBNETID, the number of the Profibus system, which the CSC_DRW is connected to, must be entered. At the input DPPA_ADR the slave address of the CSC_DRW must be entered and at the input DADDR the diagnose address of the CSC_DRW must be entered. All these values may be taken from the hardware configuration of a STEP7 project. Using these values, the block can communicate automatically with the corresponding rotary weighfeeder. Internally, the same logic is used as for the block UNID (FB 501). However, the block CSC_DRW reads some signals directly from the Profibus and these need not be connected as inputs or outputs. These are the inputs AVBL, RCR1 and PWON. They are read directly from the rotary weighfeeder or written directly to the same. Nevertheless these inputs and outputs are used in the internal logic. In addition, status signals are still used in the interlock system which the rotary weighfeeder generates. In detail, these are the signals AUTOREM, AUTOLOC, LOCBOX, SERVICE and ERDOS. A valid starting command exists when the signals: 'STA1', 'ILC1', 'AVBL', 'OLPT', 'LEMO' and 'PMI1' are set and the stopping command 'STOP' is not set. In this case, the start enable signal 'SEN1' and the run command 'PWON' are set (activation signals for the motor). If the check-back signal 'RCR1' is set together with the speed monitor signal 'SPCL' when a valid starting command is active, the control state switches to selflatching status. It is a characteristic of this state that the operating bits 'OSG1', 'OPS1' are set and that the start release command 'SEN1' is reset while the run command 'PWON' is set. From this moment, the starting commands 'STA1' or 'STA2' can be rescinded without risking reset of the run command PWON. The setting drive is stopped correctly by setting the stopping command 'STOP' or when the process interlock 'ILC1' is deactivated. The monitoring time in seconds TIME1 when a drive is started specifies the period in which the check-back signal RCR1 must be set. In addition, it monitors the time during stopping within which the check-back signal RCR1 must have been reset. If time = 0, no time monitoring of the start and stop is employed. By means of the signals SST1 and SSTP an individual start of the drive can be realised in automatic mode. In the faceplate of the drive, the operator sets the signals SST1 or SSTP. After processing in the block, these signals are reset by the block. After operation of the signal SST1 the output SWST is set at first. By means of this output an external start-up warning can be started. If the start-up warning time has expired, then the input SWRE must be set. In this way, there is a valid starting command and the drive is then started as described above. With the exception of the combination with the signals SWST and SWRE the signal SST1 behaves in the same way as signal STA1. Using SSTP, the drive is stopped. SSTP behaves in the same way with the input STOP.
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
With the signals LSER, LST1 and LSP1 operation of the drive is possible via external switches, keyboards or from the control panel. With the signal LSER the drive is switched to local operation. The availability of the drive disappears therewith. Using the parameter SWLO, it is selected whether the input SWRE is taken into consideration for the evaluation of the inputs LST1 and LSP1. Note Via the signals LST1 and LSP1 the drive can be started (1) or stopped ("0"). Via LST1 the drive is started independently from the interlock signals! Via LSP1 the signals CVON, OLPT, PMI1 and LEMO are taken into consideration. As long as the start signals are pending the drive runs, if the start signal changes to zero the drive is stopped. In addition, this block also supplies some analogue values of the rotary weighfeeder. The output FLOW indicates the current conveying rate of the weighbelt, the outputs COUN1 and COUN2 contain material counters, HWT contains the feed bin weight, SETF is the check-back signal of the preset setpoint value and CORR is the correction factor which was determined during the last online calibration. The setpoint value is formed from the automatic setpoint value ASET (can be connected in the program) and the setpoint value from the faceplate SET. By means of the input AUTO it is selected which of the two setpoint values is activated. With AUTO = 0, setpoint value SET is active, and with AUTO = 1 setpoint value ASET is active. In the case of AUTO = 1 the setpoint value is deactivated in the faceplate and the value of SET is equalled to the value of ASET. The inputs HIGH and LOW are the top and bottom limit values for the setpoint value input of the plant operator. The input RESCOU can be used to clear the internal material counter of the rotor scale. Using CACC, the result of the last online calibration is accepted. Internal logic The sequence of the flags is determined by the sequence in which they must be generated. In this relation, the flags marked (with ") must be taken into account in the setting and reset conditions! Auxiliary flag IAVBL
:=
AUTOREM_&-AUTOLOC_&-LOCBOX_&-SERVICE
ICVON
:=
CVON_&SLAVE_OK
IPMI1
:=
PMI1&_-ERDOS
RESET
:=
-PWON_&(-EROP/ERES)
CLEROP
:=
EROP_&ERES
AVAIL
:=
IAVBL_&OLPT_&LEMO_&IPMI1
en-YN.YNT.001.A
3-629
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-630
Data word S ERPI
:
-IPMI1
C ERPI
:
-ICVON/IPMI1_&RESET
S ERRC
:
(-ISTA1/OPS1)_&ILC1_&PWON_&-RCR1_&-STOP_&-NOTA”
C ERRC
:
-ICVON/CLEROP
S NOTA
:
-AVAIL/ERSP”/ERRC”/ETIM”
C NOTA
:
-ICVON/AVAIL_&RESET
S EROP
:
PWON_&ILC1_&NOTA”_&-STOP
C EROP
:
-ICVON/CLEROP
S OPS1
:
PWON_&RCR1_&SPCL
C OPS1
:
-ICVON/-RCR1/-ILC1
S EROL
:
-OLPT
C EROL
:
-ICVON/OLPT_&RESET
S ERMS
:
-IAVBL_&OLPT_&LEMO
C ERMS
:
-ICVON/(IAVBL/-OLPT/-LEMO))_&RESET
S EREO
:
-LEMO
C EREO
:
-ICVON/LEMO_&RESET
OPL1
:=
-OPS1_&RCR1_&-PWON_&-IAVBL_&OLPT
S ETIM
:
-LCT1_&SEN1_&(-RCR1/SPCL)
C ETIM
:
-CLEROP
S ERFIL
:
ERFIL
C ERFIL
:
-CVON/(-ERFIL_&RESET)
S ERLOD
:
ERLOD
C ERLOD
:
-CVON/(-ERLOD_&RESET)
S ERTRK
:
ERTRK
C ERTRK
:
-CVON/(-ERTRK_&RESET)
S ERDEV
:
ERDEV
C ERDEV
:
-CVON/(-ERDEV_&RESET)
S ERCOD
:
ERCOD
C ERCOD
:
-CVON/(-ERCOD_&RESET)
S ERAER
:
ERAER
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
C ERAER
:
-CVON/(-ERAER_&RESET)
S ERLCB
:
ERLCB
C ERLCB
:
-CVON/(-ERLCB_&RESET)
S ERAGI
:
ERAGI
C ERAGI
:
-CVON/(-ERAGI_&RESET)
S EROLM
:
EROLM
C EROLM
:
-CVON/(-EROLM_&RESET)
Status word S PWON
:
ISTA1_&ILC1
C PWON
:
-ICVON/NOTA”/STOP/-ILC1
S OSG1
:
OPS1
C OSG1
:
-OPS1”
S SEN1
:
PWON”
C SEN1
:
OSG1”/-PWON”
EMOF
:=
EREO”
DAVB
:=
-NOTA”_&ICVON
EROR
:=
EROP”
DOFF
:=
-OSG1”
OPER
:=
RCR1_&SLAVE_OK
QBAD
:=
-SLAVE_OK
LOCA
:=
(AUTOLOC/LOCBOX/LSER)_&SLAVE_OK
CAVBL
:=
RCR1
CRCR1
:=
OLCRCR
CWACC
:=
OLCEND
CSTAT
:=
OLCSTA
FEED
:=
OLCFIL
Block view
en-YN.YNT.001.A
3-631
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-632
Fig. 98: CSC_DRW block
Starting characteristics During the CPU start-up the CSC_DRW block is deactivated. All internal state flags (shown in the data word) are reset. Following start-up the block waits for the number of cycles projected in the input RUNUPCYC, and will only be activated thereafter. A first start-up whilst the program is running is treated internally like a CPU startup. Time behaviour The block must be called via a time interrupt OB or OB1. It does not have a parameter for the sampling interval. Behaviour in case of a time error In the case of a time error the outputs will then be reset. In addition the internal state flags will be reset. Message actions The block CSC_DRW internally uses an ALARM_8P block for generating the messages. Messages are generated for the following tripping devices: ● Operating trouble (EROP) ● Overload (OLPT) ● Machine availability (AVBL)
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
● Speed monitor (SPCL) ● Machine protection (PMI1) ● Local emergency off (LEMO) ● Monitoring time (ETIM) ● Check-back signal (RCR1) ● Pfister group fault (GFLT) ● Feed conveyor group fault (ERFIL) ● Load outside the permitted limits (ERLOAD) ● Rotation time deviation (ERTRK) ● Error dosing device drive (ERDRV) ● Error dosing device control deviation (ERDEV) ● Read error of Profibus (ERCOD) ● Error aeration valve fuse (ERAER) ● Error CSC control voltage (ERLCB) ● Error agitator (ERAGI) ● Error communication to PLC (EROLIM)) ● Pfister group warning (GWARN) The messages can be suppressed by setting the input SUPR or by resetting the input RLSA. The input SUPR, however, is activated by the operator interface (WinCC), and RLSA by the program. The inputs CVON (at value 0) and CSF (at value 1) also suppress the output of messages.
en-YN.YNT.001.A
3-633
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-634
Assignment of message text and message class to the block parameters
Default message text Mess. Block no. parameter
Message Suppressable class
1
EROP
$$BlockComment$$ @1I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
2
OLPT
$$BlockComment$$ @2I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
3
ERMS
$$BlockComment$$ @3I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
4
ERSP
$$BlockComment$$ @4I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
5
ERPI
$$BlockComment$$ @5I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
6
EREO
$$BlockComment$$ @6I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
7
ETIM
$$BlockComment$$ @7I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
8
ERRC
$$BlockComment$$ @8I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
9
GFLT
$$BlockComment$$ @1I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
10
ERFIL
$$BlockComment$$ @2I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
11
ERLOD
$$BlockComment$$ @3I%t#POLCID_Standard@
WH
Yes
12
ERTRK
$$BlockComment$$ @4I%t#POLCID_Standard@
WH
Yes
13
ERDRV
$$BlockComment$$ @5I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
14
ERDEV
$$BlockComment$$ @6I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
15
ERCOD
$$BlockComment$$ @7I%t#POLCID_Standard@ @9%d@
PF
Yes
16
ERAER
$$BlockComment$$ @8I%t#POLCID_Standard@
WH
Yes
17
ERLCB
$$BlockComment$$ @1I%t#POLCID_Standard@
WH
Yes
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
3-635
Mess. Block Default message text no. parameter
Message Suppressable class
18
ERAGI
$$BlockComment$$ @2I%t#POLCID_Standard@
WH
Yes
19
EROLM
$$BlockComment$$ @3I%t#POLCID_Standard@
PF
Yes
20
GWARN
$$BlockComment$$ @4I%t#POLCID_Standard@
WH
Yes
21
$$BlockComment$$ @5I%t#POLCID_Standard@
22
$$BlockComment$$ @6I%t#POLCID_Standard@
23
$$BlockComment$$ @7I%t#POLCID_Standard@
24
$$BlockComment$$ @8I%t#POLCID_Standard@
Connections of CSC_DRW Connection (parameters)
Meaning
Data type
Def. Type Attr. O&O Perm. values
SUBNETID
Number of the Profibus subsystem of the PLC
INT
0
I
DPPA_ADR
Slave address of the Profibus device
INT
0
I
DADDR
Diagnosis address of the Profibus INT slave
0
I
STA1
Start drive
BOOL
0
I
Q
ILC1
Process-technological interlock
BOOL
1
I
Q
STOP
Stop drive
BOOL
0
I
Q
CVON
Control voltage on
BOOL
1
I
Q
OLPT
Overload protection
BOOL
1
I
Q
PMI1
Machine protection interlock
BOOL
1
I
Q
SPCL
Speed monitor
BOOL
1
I
Q
LEMO
Local emergency off
BOOL
1
I
Q
AUTO
Activate ASET ( = 1 ) or SET ( = 0 ) input
BOOL
0
I
Q
en-YN.YNT.001.A
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-636
Connection (parameters)
Meaning
Data type
Def. Type Attr. O&O Perm. values
CSF
Control system error
BOOL
0
I
Q
CSTA
Starting online calibration
BOOL
0
I
Q
CABO
Stopping online calibration
BOOL
0
I
Q
FDOF
Feed bin filling system is off
BOOL
0
I
Q
LST1
Local start/stop without PMI1
BOOL
0
I
Q
LSP1
Local start/stop with PMI1
BOOL
0
I
Q
SWRE
Enabling start-up warning
BOOL
1
I
Q
TIM
Reset COUN1 at hour change (=1)
BOOL
1
I
ESST
Display of softkeys for single faceplate start
BOOL
0
I
+
ENRE
Display of softkeys for faceplate reset
BOOL
0
I
+
ENLI
Display of softkeys for changing the limit values
BOOL
0
I
+
ENAE
Display of softkeys for aeration control system
BOOL
0
I
+
SWLO
Start-up warning also in local operating mode
BOOL
0
I
Q
RLSA
Enabling alarm generation
BOOL
1
I
Q
ASET
Automatic setpoint value
REAL
0
I
Q
RSET
Zero value correction factor setpoint value
REAL
0
I
HIGH
Upper limit value for setpoint value
REAL
0
I
BQ
+
LOW
Lower limit value for setpoint value
REAL
0
I
BQ
+
TIME1
Monitoring time setpoint value
REAL
5
I
BQ
+
>0
LINO
Number of the limit value to be changed
INT
0
I
BQ
+
>0
RUNUPCYC
Waiting cycles at start
INT
3
I
EV_ID1
Message ID no. 1
DWORD 0
I
M
EV_ID2
Message ID no. 2
DWORD 0
I
M
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
3-637
Connection (parameters)
Meaning
Data type
EV_ID3
Message ID no. 3
DWORD 0
I
M
RESET
Resetting error Hasler
BOOL
0
IO
BQ
+
RESCOU
Reset material counter
BOOL
0
I
BQ
+
CACC
Accepting online calibration result BOOL
0
IO
BQ
+
RACC
Accepting new zero value correction factor
BOOL
0
IO
BQ
+
LACT
New limit value is being sent
BOOL
0
IO
BQ
+
AERP
Start of permanent feed bin aeration
BOOL
0
IO
BQ
+
AERR
Enabling feed bin aeration
BOOL
0
IO
BQ
+
HOPE
Enabling feed bin emptying
BOOL
0
IO
BQ
+
LSER
Enabling of local operation
BOOL
0
IO
BQ
+
SST1
Single start
BOOL
0
IO
B
+
SSTP
Single stop
BOOL
0
IO
B
+
SUPR
Suppression of alarms
BOOL
0
IO
B
+
ENUPP
Activating the softkeys for requesting the values in the faceplate
BOOL
0
IO
B
+
ENUPS
Activating the softkeys for requesting the limit values in the faceplate
BOOL
0
IO
B
+
SET
Setpoint value for faceplate
REAL
0
IO
B
+
LSET
Coding for transferred measured value
REAL
0
IO
B
+
VALUE_CODE Coding for transferred measured value
INT
1
IO
B
+
LSET_CODE
Coding for transferred limit value
INT
1
IO
B
+
EV1_SIG1
Index variable for message no. 1
INT
1
IO
EV1_SIG2
Index variable for message no. 2
INT
2
IO
EV1_SIG3
Index variable for message no. 3
INT
3
IO
EV1_SIG4
Index variable for message no. 4
INT
4
IO
EV1_SIG5
Index variable for message no. 5
INT
5
IO
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Def. Type Attr. O&O Perm. values
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-638
Connection (parameters)
Meaning
Data type
Def. Type Attr. O&O Perm. values
EV1_SIG6
Index variable for message no. 6
INT
6
IO
EV1_SIG7
Index variable for message no. 7
INT
7
IO
EV1_SIG8
Index variable for message no. 8
INT
8
IO
EV2_SIG1
Index variable for message no. 9
INT
100
IO
EV2_SIG2
Index variable for message no. 10 INT
101
IO
EV2_SIG3
Index variable for message no. 11 INT
102
IO
EV2_SIG4
Index variable for message no. 12 INT
103
IO
EV2_SIG5
Index variable for message no. 13 INT
104
IO
EV2_SIG6
Index variable for message no. 14 INT
105
IO
EV2_SIG7
Index variable for message no. 15 INT
106
IO
EV2_SIG8
Index variable for message no. 16 INT
107
IO
EV2_SIG1
Index variable for message no. 17 INT
108
IO
EV2_SIG2
Index variable for message no. 18 INT
109
IO
EV2_SIG3
Index variable for message no. 19 INT
49
IO
EV2_SIG4
Index variable for message no. 20 INT
110
IO
EV2_SIG5
Index variable for message no. 21 INT
0
IO
EV2_SIG6
Index variable for message no. 22 INT
0
IO
EV2_SIG7
Index variable for message no. 23 INT
0
IO
EV2_SIG8
Index variable for message no. 24 INT
0
IO
OSG1
Operating message
BOOL
0
O
Q
EMOF
Emergency off activated
BOOL
0
O
Q
DAVB
Drive is available
BOOL
0
O
Q
EROR
Drive is faulty
BOOL
0
O
Q
DOFF
Drive is off
BOOL
0
O
Q
SWST
Start start-up warning
BOOL
0
O
Q
OPER
Drive is operating (locally or automatically)
BOOL
0
O
Q
QBAD
Profibus slave faulty
BOOL
0
O
Q
LOCA
Drive is in local operating mode
BOOL
0
O
Q
CAVBL
Online calibration is available
BOOL
0
O
Q
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
3-639
Connection (parameters)
Meaning
Data type
Def. Type Attr. O&O Perm. values
CRCR1
Online calibration is in operation
BOOL
0
O
Q
CWACC
Waiting for acceptance of calibrating result
BOOL
0
O
Q
CSTAT
Online calibration has started
BOOL
0
O
Q
FEED
Enabling feed bin filling system
BOOL
0
O
Q
FPOS
Current position of dosing system REAL
0
O
Q
FLOW
Current conveying rate
REAL
0
O
Q
+
COUN1
Resettable material counter
REAL
0
O
Q
+
COUN2
Resettable material counter
REAL
0
O
Q
+
SETF
Setpoint value check-back signal
REAL
0
O
Q
+
HWT
Feed bin filling weight
REAL
0
O
Q
+
CORR
Online calibration correction value REAL
0
O
Q
LOAD
Material loading of the rotor
REAL
0
O
Q
SPEED
Speed of the rotor drive
REAL
0
O
Q
SETFD
Feed conveyor speed setpoint value
REAL
0
O
Q
DEV
Deviation between setpoint value and actual value
REAL
0
O
Q
MLOAD
Material loading of the rotor
REAL
0
O
Q
SETFR
Setpoint output value to conveyor REAL Y
0
O
Q
CAMNT
Material quantity drawn during online calibration
REAL
0
O
Q
CACTM
Material quantity conveyed during REAL online calibration
0
O
Q
CORMAX
Maximum correction factor of online calibration
REAL
0
O
Q
CORTOT
Total value of zero value correction factor
REAL
0
O
Q
COROVF
Correction overflow value
REAL
0
O
Q
FEDMAX
Maximum flow rate
REAL
0
O
Q
HWMAX2
Maximum feed bin weight
REAL
0
O
Q
en-YN.YNT.001.A
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-640
Connection (parameters)
Meaning
Data type
Def. Type Attr. O&O Perm. values
HWMAX1
Maximum feed bin refilling weight
REAL
0
O
Q
DEVP
Maximum permitted deviation
REAL
0
O
Q
DEVT
Period of control deviation
REAL
0
O
Q
ACT1
Current monitoring time
REAL
0
O
Q
+
VALUE
Transferred measured value (to the display in WinCC)
REAL
0
O
Q
+
PW
Parameter word
DWORD 0
O
Q
+
DW
Data word
DWORD 0
O
Q
+
SW
Status word
DWORD 0
O
Q
+
DWA
Extended diagnosis data for faceplate
DWORD 0
O
Q
+
DWB
Extended diagnosis data for faceplate
DWORD 0
O
Q
+
DWC
Extended diagnosis data for faceplate
DWORD 0
O
Q
+
Operation and observation of CSC_DRW See the description of the block symbol and the faceplate in the corresponding manual in this regard. PW, DW and SW of CSC_DRW The inputs, outputs and the internal status of the respective block are mapped on the parameter word, the data word and the status word. The assignment of the bits is found in the following table:
> CSC_DRW < Bit
Parameter word
Data word
Status word
0
STA1
OPS1
SEN1
1 2 3
EROP ILC1
OSG1 NOTA
4
EMOF
5
DAVB
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
3-641
6
STOP
7
CVON
8
OLPT
EROL
DOFF
9
AVBL
ERMS
SWST
10
RCR1
ERSP
OPER
11
GFLT
12
PMI1
ERPI
CAVBL
13
AUTO
EREO
CRCR1
14
SPCL
ETIM
CWACC
15
LEMO
16
LSER
ERRC
FEED
17
LST1
GFLT
LOCA
18 19
EROR PWON
QBAD
CSTAT
ERFIL LSP1
20 21
OPL1
ERLOD ERTRK
SST1
22
ERDRV ERDEV
23
SSTP
ERCOD
24
SWRE
ERAER
25
CSF
ERLCB
26
CSTA
ERAGI
27
CABO
EROLM
28
FDOF
COLOUR_1
29
COLOUR_2
30
COLOUR_3
31
COLOUR_4 In the case of the COLOUR operating states, the block CSC_DRW does not have all possible states. It features the states with the numbers 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 12,13 and 14.
en-YN.YNT.001.A
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-642
DWA, DWB and DWC of CSC_DRW The block has three additional data words: DWA, DWB and DWC. These words offer additional information on the Hasler weighbelt feeder without load cell and the Profibus slave. This information is shown in the associated faceplate. > CSC_DRW < Bit
Data word A
Data word B
0
ST_NOEX
AUTOREM
1
ST_NORDY
MSGSETP
2
ST_INSLR
DOFF
3
ST_SENSU
MODEADJ
4
ST_MASLO
RCR1
5
ST_WATCH
LOCBOX
6
ST_STDIA
A140
7
ST_EXDIA
8
ST_EXDOV
A142
9
ST_SYNC
A143
10
ST_FREEZ
A144
11
ST_PAREQ
A145
12
ST_PARFA
A130
13
ST_SLCCF
A131
14
ST_SLDEA
A133
15
ST_STASL
A134
16
SLAVE_OK
A135
17
SLAVE_PFIST
A136
18
LMIN1
A120
19
LMIN2
20
LMAX1
A122
21
LMAX2
A123
22
EDOS
A124
23
ERFIL
A125
24
SPLOC
25
SPREM
HARD_ID
DPPA_ADR
SUBNETID
Data word C
A141
A121
A126 A127
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
3-643
26
ERLOD
START
27
ERTRK
STOP
28
ERDRV
REMON
29
ERDEV
REMOFF
30
SERVICE
RESET
31
AUTOLOC
RESCOU
VALUE_CODE and VALUE of CSC_DRW The output VALUE is used with alternating content so that all values of the rotor weighfeeder CSC_DRW can be represented in the faceplate. To this end, the variable VALUE_CODE contains an ID, indicating which value is currently found in the output VALUE. For this purpose, the faceplate writes an ID with the request of a value into VALUE_CODE. The function block writes the value requested into the output VALUE and changes the ID in the variable VALUE_CODE in order to make clear that the value requested is now available.
en-YN.YNT.001.A
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-644
The following table shows the IDs in VALUE_CODE and the associated significations: VALUE_CODE
Description
100
:
Requesting material loading
101
:
Value of material loading pending
102
:
Requesting rotor drive speed
103
:
Value of rotor drive speed pending
104
:
Requesting feed conveyor speed setpoint value
105
:
Value of feed conveyor speed setpoint pending
106
:
Requesting deviation between setpoint value and current flow rate
107
:
Value of deviation between setpoint value and current flow rate pending
108
:
Requesting material loading on the rotor
109
:
Value of material loading on the rotor pending
110
:
Requesting setpoint output value to conveyor Y
111
:
Value of setpoint output to conveyor Y pending
112
:
Requesting quantity of material drawn during online calibration
113
:
Value of quantity of material drawn during online calibration m
114
:
Requesting quantity of material supplied during online calibration
115
:
Value of quantity of material supplied during online calibration m
116
:
Requesting maximum value correction factor from online calibration
117
:
Value of maximum value correction factor from online calibration pending
118
:
Requesting total zero point correction value
119
:
Value of total zero point correction pending
120
:
Requesting correction overflow value
121
:
Value of correction overflow pending
122
:
Requesting maximum flow rate value
123
:
Value of maximum flow rate pending
124
:
Requesting maximum feed bin content
125
:
Value of maximum feed bin content pending
126
:
Requesting maximum refilling limit
127
:
Value of maximum refilling limit pending
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
VALUE_CODE
Description
128
:
Requesting maximum permitted deviation
129
:
Value of maximum permitted deviation pending
130
:
Requesting deviation time
131
:
Value of deviation time pending
999
:
End of the measured value transfer process
LSET_CODE and LSET of CSC_DRW The rotor weighfeeder CSC_DRW has several different setpoint values for parameterising the device. The output LSET is used with alternating content so that all values of the rotor weighfeeder CSC_DRW can be represented in the faceplate. To this end, the variable LSET_CODE contains an ID, indicating which value is currently found in the output LSET. For this purpose, the faceplate writes an ID with the request of a value into LSET_CODE. The function block writes the value requested into the input LSET and changes the ID in the variable LSET_CODE in order to make clear that the value requested is now available. The following table shows the IDs in LSET_CODE and the associated significations: LSET_CODE
Description
100
:
Requesting setpoint value for maximum rotor load
101
:
Value of setpoint for maximum rotor load pending
102
:
Requesting setpoint value for minimum rotor load
103
:
Value of setpoint for minimum rotor load pending
104
:
Requesting rotor empty load setpoint value
105
:
Value of rotor empty load setpoint pending
106
:
Requesting setpoint value for feed bin filling weight MaxMax
107
:
Value of setpoint for feed bin filling weight MaxMax pending
108
:
Requesting setpoint value for feed bin filling weight Max
109
:
Value of setpoint for feed bin filling weight Max pending
110
:
Requesting setpoint value for feed bin filling weight Min
111
:
Value of setpoint for feed bin filling weight Min pending
112
:
Requesting setpoint value for feed bin filling weight MinMin
113
:
Value of setpoint for feed bin filling weight MinMin pending
en-YN.YNT.001.A
3-645
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-646
LSET_CODE
Description
114
:
Requesting material quantity setpoint value for online calibration
115
:
Value of material quantity setpoint for online calibration pending
116
:
Requesting setpoint value for quantity Q
117
:
Value of setpoint for quantity Q pending
118
:
Requesting setpoint value for relative feed bin filling weight MaxMax
119
:
Value of setpoint for relative feed bin filling weight MaxMax pending
120
:
Requesting setpoint value for relative feed bin filling weight Max
121
:
Value of setpoint for relative feed bin filling weight Max pending
122
:
Requesting setpoint value for relative feed bin filling weight Min
123
:
Value of setpoint for relative feed bin filling weight Min pending
124
:
Requesting setpoint value for relative feed bin filling weight MinMin
125
:
Value of setpoint for relative feed bin filling weight MinMin pending
130
:
Writing setpoint value for maximum rotor load
131
:
Writing setpoint value for minimum rotor load
132
:
Writing rotor empty load setpoint value
133
:
Writing setpoint value for feed bin filling weight MaxMax
134
:
Writing setpoint value for feed bin filling weight Max
135
:
Writing setpoint value for feed bin filling weight Min
136
:
Writing setpoint value for feed bin filling weight MinMin
137
:
Writing material quantity setpoint value for online calibration
138
:
Writing setpoint value for quantity Q
139
:
Writing setpoint value for relative feed bin filling weight MaxMax
140
:
Writing setpoint value for relative feed bin filling weight Max
141
:
Writing setpoint value for relative feed bin filling weight Min
142
:
Setpoint value for relative feed bin filling weight MinMin
199
:
End of the setpoint value writing process
999
:
End of the measured value transfer process
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
3.85 Profibus Special Drive S7_DRIVE: Display Profibus data from DB Description of S7_DRIVE Object name (Type + Number) FB 514 Calling OBs The time interrupt OB in which the block is installed (e.g. OB 35). Function Function block for processing data words coming from Profibus slaves (S7 couplings) and indicating the condition of a drive. Operating principle Using the function block, data words from Profibus slaves (S7 couplings, e.g. Polysius S7 Stacker or reclaimer control subsystem) with the structure (data type) UDT19 ‘DB5_DR’ can be displayed and connected within the CFC. The data word from the Profibus slave is read in and evaluated from a DB by means of the data type UDT19 ‘DB5_DR’. Internal logic Data word of UDT19 ‘DB5_DR’ data type OPS1
:=
S7DW(Byte1,Bit0)”
EROP
:=
S7DW(Byte1,Bit2)”
OPS2
:=
S7DW(Byte1,Bit1)”
NOTA
:=
S7DW(Byte1,Bit5)”
OPL1
:=
S7DW(Byte1,Bit3)”
OPL2
:=
S7DW(Byte1,Bit4)”
EROL
:=
S7DW(Byte0,Bit0)”
ERMS
:=
S7DW(Byte0,Bit1)”
ERSP
:=
S7DW(Byte0,Bit2)”
ERPI
:=
S7DW(Byte0,Bit3)”
EREO
:=
S7DW(Byte0,Bit4)”
ETIM
:=
S7DW(Byte0,Bit7)”
ERRC
:=
S7DW(Byte0,Bit5)”
ERAL
:=
S7DW(Byte0,Bit6)”
en-YN.YNT.001.A
3-647
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-648
Status word OSG1
:=
OPS1”
OSG2
:=
OPS2”
EMOF
:=
EREO”
DAVB
:=
-NOTA”
EROR
:=
EROP”
DOFF
:=
-OSG1 _& -OSG2
Block view
Fig. 99: S7_DRIVE block
Time behaviour The block must be called via a time interrupt OB or OB1. It does not have a parameter for the sampling interval. Message actions The block S7_DRIVE internally uses two ALARM_8P blocks for generating the messages. Messages are generated for the following tripping devices: ● Operating trouble (EROP) ● Overload protection (OLPT) ● Machine availability (AVBL) ● Speed monitor (SPCL)
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
3-649
● Machine protection (PMI1/2) ● Local emergency off (LEMO) ● Monitoring time (ETIM) ● Check-back signal (RCR1/2) ● Skewing (ERAL) The messages can be suppressed by setting the input SUPR. Assignment of message text and message class to the block parameters
Message Block Default message text no. parameters
Message Suppressable class
1
EROP
$$BlockComment$$ @1I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
2
EROL
$$BlockComment$$ @2I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
3
ERMS
$$BlockComment$$ @3I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
4
ERSP
$$BlockComment$$ @4I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
5
ERPI
$$BlockComment$$ @5I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
6
EREO
$$BlockComment$$ @6I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
7
ETIM
$$BlockComment$$ @7I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
8
ERRC
$$BlockComment$$ @8I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
9
ERAL
$$BlockComment$$ @1I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
10
$$BlockComment$$ @2I%t#POLCID_Standard@
11
$$BlockComment$$ @3I%t#POLCID_Standard@
12
$$BlockComment$$ @4I%t#POLCID_Standard@
13
$$BlockComment$$ @5I%t#POLCID_Standard@
14
$$BlockComment$$ @6I%t#POLCID_Standard@
en-YN.YNT.001.A
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-650
Message Block Default message text no. parameters
Message Suppressable class
15
$$BlockComment$$ @7I%t#POLCID_Standard@
16
$$BlockComment$$ @8I%t#POLCID_Standard@
Connections of S7_DRIVE Connection Meaning (parameters)
Data type
Def. Type Attr. O&O Perm. values
S7DW
S7 data word from DB of UDT19 data type
WORD
0
I
Q
CSF
Control system error
BOOL
0
I
Q
INV
Swapping high and low bytes of the S7 data word
BOOL
0
I
RLSA
Enabling alarm generation
BOOL
1
I
RUNUPCYC
Waiting cycles at start
INT
3
I
EV_ID1
Message ID 1
DWORD 0
I
M
EV_ID2
Message ID 2
DWORD 0
I
M
SUPR
Suppression of alarms
BOOL
0
IO
B
EV1_SIG1
Index variable for message no. 1
INT
1
IO
EV1_SIG2
Index variable for message no. 2
INT
2
IO
EV1_SIG3
Index variable for message no. 3
INT
3
IO
EV1_SIG4
Index variable for message no. 4
INT
4
IO
EV1_SIG5
Index variable for message no. 5
INT
5
IO
EV1_SIG6
Index variable for message no. 6
INT
6
IO
EV1_SIG7
Index variable for message no. 7
INT
7
IO
EV1_SIG8
Index variable for message no. 8
INT
8
IO
EV2_SIG1
Index variable for message no. 9
INT
46
IO
EV2_SIG2
Index variable for message no. 10
INT
0
IO
EV2_SIG3
Index variable for message no. 11
INT
0
IO
EV2_SIG4
Index variable for message no. 12
INT
0
IO
EV2_SIG5
Index variable for message no. 13
INT
0
IO
+
Q
+
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
3-651
Connection Meaning (parameters)
Data type
Def. Type Attr. O&O Perm. values
EV2_SIG6
Index variable for message no. 14
INT
0
IO
EV2_SIG7
Index variable for message no. 15
INT
0
IO
EV2_SIG8
Index variable for message no. 16
INT
0
IO
OSG1
Operating message for direction 1
BOOL
0
O
Q
OSG2
Operating message for direction 2
BOOL
0
O
Q
EMOF
Emergency off activated
BOOL
0
O
Q
DAVB
Drive is available
BOOL
0
O
Q
EROR
Drive is faulty
BOOL
0
O
Q
DOFF
Drive is off
BOOL
0
O
Q
PW
Parameter word
DWORD 0
O
Q
+
DW
Data word
DWORD 0
O
Q
+
SW
Status word
DWORD 0
O
Q
+
Operating and observation of S7_DRIVE See the description of the block symbol and the faceplate in the corresponding manual in this regard. PW, DW and SW of S7_DRIVE The inputs, outputs and the internal status of the respective block are mapped on the parameter word, the data word and the status word. The assignment of the bits is found in the following table:
> S7_DRIVE < Bit
Parameter word
Data word
Status word
0
OPS1
1
EROP
2
OPS2
OSG1
3
NOTA
OSG2
4
EMOF
5
DAVB
6
en-YN.YNT.001.A
OPL1
EROR
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-652
7
OPL2
8
EROL
9
ERMS
10
ERSP
DOFF
11 12
ERPI
13
EREO
14
ETIM
15 16
ERRC
17
ERAL
18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25
CSF
26 27 28
COLOUR_1
29
COLOUR_2
30
COLOUR_3
31
COLOUR_4 In the case of the COLOUR operating states, the block S7_DRIVE does not have all possible states. It features the states with the numbers 1, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9 and 12.
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
3.86 Profibus Special Drive S7_VALVE: Display Profibus data from DB Description of S7_VALVE Object name (Type + Number) FB 515 Calling OBs The time interrupt OB in which the block is installed (e.g. OB 35). Function Function block for processing data words coming from Profibus slaves (S7 couplings) and indicating the condition of a valve. Operating principle Using the function block, data words from Profibus slaves (S7 couplings, e.g. Polysius S7 Stacker or reclaimer control subsystem) with the structure (data type) UDT20 ‘DB5_Va’ can be displayed and connected within the CFC. The data word from the Profibus slave is read in and evaluated from a DB by means of the data type UDT20 ‘DB5_Va’. Internal logic Data word of UDT20 ‘DB5_Va data type OPS1
:=
S7DW(Byte1,Bit0)”
EROP
:=
S7DW(Byte1,Bit2)”
OPS2
:=
S7DW(Byte1,Bit1)”
NOTA
:=
S7DW(Byte1,Bit5)”
POS1
:=
S7DW(Byte1,Bit6)”
POS2
:=
S7DW(Byte1,Bit7)”
OPL1
:=
S7DW(Byte1,Bit3)”
OPL2
:=
S7DW(Byte1,Bit4)”
EROL
:=
S7DW(Byte0,Bit0)”
ERMS
:=
S7DW(Byte0,Bit1)”
ERPS
:=
S7DW(Byte0,Bit5)”
ETIM
:=
S7DW(Byte0,Bit7)”
en-YN.YNT.001.A
3-653
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-654
Status word DAVB
:=
-NOTA”
EROR
:=
EROP”
LSW1
:=
POS1“
LSW2
:=
POS2“
Block view
Fig. 100: S7_VALVE block
Time behaviour The block must be called via a time interrupt OB or OB1. It does not have a parameter for the sampling interval. Message actions The block S7_VALVE internally uses one ALARM_8P block for generating the messages. Messages are generated for the following tripping devices: ● Operating trouble (EROP) ● Overload protection (OLPT) ● Machine availability (AVBL) ● Position monitoring (ERPS) ● Monitoring time (ETIM) The messages can be suppressed by setting the input SUPR.
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
3-655
Assignment of message text and message class to the block parameters
Message Block Default message text no. parameters
Message Suppressable class
1
EROP
$$BlockComment$$ @1I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
2
EROL
$$BlockComment$$ @2I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
3
ERMS
$$BlockComment$$ @3I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
4
ERPS
$$BlockComment$$ @4I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
5
ETIM
$$BlockComment$$ @5I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
6
$$BlockComment$$ @6I%t#POLCID_Standard@
7
$$BlockComment$$ @7I%t#POLCID_Standard@
8
$$BlockComment$$ @8I%t#POLCID_Standard@
Connections of S7_VALVE Connection Meaning (parameters)
Data type
Def. Type Attr. O&O Perm. values
S7DW
S7 data word from DB of UDT20 data type
WORD
0
I
Q
CSF
Control system error
BOOL
0
I
Q
INV
Swapping high and low bytes of the S7 data word
BOOL
0
I
RLSA
Enabling alarm generation
BOOL
1
I
RUNUPCYC
Waiting cycles at start
INT
3
I
EV_ID1
Message ID 1
DWORD 0
I
M
SUPR
Suppression of alarms
BOOL
0
IO
B
EV1_SIG1
Index variable for message no. 1
INT
1
IO
EV1_SIG2
Index variable for message no. 2
INT
2
IO
EV1_SIG3
Index variable for message no. 3
INT
3
IO
en-YN.YNT.001.A
+
Q
+
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-656
Connection Meaning (parameters)
Data type
Def. Type Attr. O&O Perm. values
EV1_SIG4
Index variable for message no. 4
INT
9
IO
EV1_SIG5
Index variable for message no. 5
INT
7
IO
EV1_SIG6
Index variable for message no. 6
INT
0
IO
EV1_SIG7
Index variable for message no. 7
INT
0
IO
EV1_SIG8
Index variable for message no. 8
INT
0
IO
DAVB
Drive is available
BOOL
0
O
Q
EROR
Drive is faulty
BOOL
0
O
Q
LSW1
Limit switch for direction 1
BOOL
0
O
Q
LSW2
Limit switch for direction 2
BOOL
0
O
Q
PW
Parameter word
DWORD 0
O
Q
+
DW
Data word
DWORD 0
O
Q
+
SW
Status word
DWORD 0
O
Q
+
Operating and observation of S7_VALVE See the description of the block symbol and the faceplate in the corresponding manual in this regard. PW, DW and SW of S7_VALVE The inputs, outputs and the internal status of the respective block are mapped on the parameter word, the data word and the status word. The assignment of the bits is found in the following table:
> S7_VALVE < Bit
Parameter word
Data word
Status word
0
OPS1
1
EROP
2
OPS2
3
NOTA
4
POS1
5
POS2
DAVB
6
OPL1
EROR
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
3-657
7
OPL2
8
EROL
9
ERMS
10 11 12
LSW1
13
ERPS
14
ETIM
LSW2
15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25
CSF
26 27 28
COLOUR_1
29
COLOUR_2
30
COLOUR_3
31
COLOUR_4
The block S7_VALVE has all defined COLOUR operating states.
en-YN.YNT.001.A
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-658
3.87 Profibus Special Drive DISOCONT: Weighbelt feeder Schenk Description of DISOCONT Object name (Type + Number) FB 533 Calling OBs The time interrupt OB in which the block is installed (e.g. OB 35). Function The block is used to control a weighbelt feeder by Schenk. The Schenk weighbelt feeder is connected to the PLC via the Profibus. The block communicates directly with the Profibus device (DP-Slave-Type) Disocont. The following weigher types are supported: ● VDB weighbelt feeder ● VBW weighbelt ● VDD flowmeter For parameterising the weighers the software Schenk EasyServ is used. This software is supplied together with the weigher. The program is connected to the weigher (Disocont) via the serial interface. For controlling via the Profibus, the EasyServ software must be used to make specific settings in the Disocont: ● View -> Parameter Online -> Blocks -> 20Comm. Field bus: P20.01 Protocol Type: PROFIBUS DP P20.14 PB-DP Address: Enter Profibus Address P20.17 PB-DP-Number-ID: 12 P20.23 PB-DP-Num-Set-Values: 3 Preset Ids Assignment Profibus Parameter to GSD block: PPO12:0 0 PKW,3 Set, 14 PZD; 42 Byte In (Mas->Slv), 56 Byte Out (Slv -> Mas) ● View -> Parameter Online -> Blocks -> Control Sources: P03.02 Switch on: FB P03.03 Setpoint value: FB P03.06 Enable: FB ● View -> Parameter Online -> Blocks -> Control Meas. Dev. Corresponding controls must be enabled for the FB. All analogue values are expected kg or kgh and converted to T or T/h in the Disocont block.
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
Profibus In order to integrate the block, the type Discont is used for this purpose in the PCS7 program HW Konfig. This must be installed additionally. The GSD file necessary for this purpose can be obtained from the manufacturer. In addition, the supplier of the weighbelt normally also provides the appropriate GSD file (DCV10456.gsd). It must then be installed in HW Konfig. In HW Konfig, in the catalogue, the profile Standard is set for locating the same. Now the folder PROFIBUS-DP is opened. There the subfolders "Further field equipment and Control" are opened. Here, the entry Disocont is found.
en-YN.YNT.001.A
3-659
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-660
Fig. 101: HW Konfig with Disocont (GSD file)
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
The entry PPO12:0 PKW,3 Set, 14 PZD is used for the definition of the ProfibusDP slave. Operating principle The block communicates directly with the Schenk weighbelt feeder. This device is defined as a Profibus slave. At the input SUBNETID, the number of the Profibus system (Master system no.), which the Disocont is connected to, must be entered.
Fig. 102: HW Konfig with Disocont (SUBNETID)
At the input DPPA_ADR the slave address of the Disocont must be entered and at the input DADDR the diagnose address of the Disocont must be entered.
en-YN.YNT.001.A
3-661
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-662
Fig. 103: HW Konfig with Disocont (Addresses)
All these values may be taken from the hardware configuration of a STEP7 project. Using these values, the block can communicate automatically with the corresponding weighbelt feeder. Internally, the same logic is used as for the block UNID (FB 501). However, the block DISOCONT reads some signals directly from the Profibus (Disocont) and these need not be connected as inputs or outputs. These are the inputs AVBL, RCR1 and PWON. They are read directly from the weighbelt feeder or written directly to the same. These inputs and outputs will nevertheless be used in the internal logic. In addition, status signals are still used in the interlock system which the weighbelt feeder generates. In detail, this is the signal ALARM. A valid starting command exists when the signals: 'STA1', 'ILC1', 'AVBL', 'OLPT', 'LEMO' and 'PMI1' are set and the stopping command 'STOP' is not set. In this case, the start enable signal 'SEN1' and the run command 'PWON' are set (activation signals for the motor). If the check-back signal 'RCR1' is set together with the speed monitor signal 'SPCL' when a valid starting command is active, the control state switches to selflatching status. It is a characteristic of this state that the operating bits 'OSG1', 'OPS1' are set and that the start release command 'SEN1' is reset while the run command 'PWON' is set. From this moment, the starting commands 'STA1' or 'STA2' can be rescinded without risking reset of the run command PWON. The setting drive is stopped correctly by setting the stopping command 'STOP' or when the process interlock 'ILC1' is deactivated.
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
The monitoring time in seconds TIME1 when a drive is started specifies the period in which the check-back signal RCR1 must be set. In addition, it monitors the time during stopping within which the check-back signal RCR1 must have been reset. If time = 0, no time monitoring of the start and stop is employed. By means of the signals SST1 and SSTP an individual start of the drive can be realised in automatic mode. In the faceplate of the drive, the operator sets the signals SST1 or SSTP. After processing in the block, these signals are reset by the block. After operation of the signal SST1 the output SWST is set at first. By means of this output an external start-up warning can be started. If the start-up warning time has expired, then the input SWRE must be set. In this way, there is a valid starting command and the drive is then started as described above. With the exception of the combination with the signals SWST and SWRE the signal SST1 behaves in the same way as signal STA1. Using SSTP, the drive is stopped. SSTP behaves in the same way with the input STOP. With the signals LSER, LST1 and LSP1 operation of the drive is possible via external switches, keyboards or from the control panel. With the signal LSER the drive is switched to local operation. The availability of the drive disappears therewith. Using the parameter SWLO, it is selected whether the input SWRE is taken into consideration for the evaluation of the inputs LST1 and LSP1. Note Via the signals LST1 and LSP1 the drive can be started (1) or stopped ("0"). Via LST1 the drive is started independently from the interlock signals! Via LSP1 the signals CVON, OLPT, PMI1 and LEMO are taken into consideration. As long as the start signals are pending the drive runs, if the start signal changes to zero the drive is stopped. In addition, this block also supplies some analogue values of the weighbelt feeder. The output FEED indicates the current conveying rate of the weighbelt, the output CI01 contains the conveying rate counter 1, the output CI02 contains the conveying rate counter 2 and HOFI contains the bin filling level. The setpoint value is formed from the automatic setpoint value ASET (can be connected in the program) and the setpoint value from the faceplate SET. By means of the input AUTO it is selected which of the two setpoint values is activated. With AUTO = 0, setpoint value SET is active, and with AUTO = 1 setpoint value ASET is active. In the case of AUTO = 1 the setpoint value is deactivated in the faceplate and the value of SET is equalled to the value of ASET. The inputs HIGH and LOW are the top and bottom limit values for the setpoint value input of the plant operator. The input ENRE makes the softkey for the signal RESET visible in the faceplate. RESET is used to acknowledge events. RESET is set for the duration of PULSETIM and then reset.
en-YN.YNT.001.A
3-663
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-664
Via the set TIMCI1 the conveying rate counter1 is reset at each full hour. RCI1 and MRCI1 are then deactivated. Using the inputs RCI1 / RCI2 the internal conveyor counters 1 and 2 of the weighbelt can be cleared directly at the block, if ENCI1 and TIMCI1 / ENCI2 are not set. With ENCI1 / ENCI2 the softkeys for the reset of the conveyor counters are shown. If ENCI1 / ENCI2 have been set, the conveyor counters can be cleared in the faceplate only via the softkeys using MRCI1 / MRCI2. MRCI1 / MRCI2 are set for the duration of PULSETIM and then again reset. MCRI1 is functional only when TIMCI1 is not set. With the input ENMO set, the softkeys for the changeover between gravimetric and volumetric operation are represented in the faceplate. With SGRV the weigher is set to gravimetric operation, and with SVOL it is set to volumetric operation. SGRV / SVOL are set for the duration of PULSETIM and then again reset. With the input ,ENUID the five freely available values in the faceplate are shown. With the inputs UID08, UID09 and UID10, different measured values can be requested per ID code. These are then placed in the variables VAL08, VAL09 and VAL10. With the input UID11, a status can be requested per ID code. This is then placed in the variable VAL11 (hexadecimal value). With the input UID12, a Long can be requested per ID code. This is then placed in the variable VAL12 (hexadecimal value). The ID codes are contained in the Schenk Manual "Field Bus Interface, Field bus Data" (BV-H2100DE). With the input KTST (Target Tara) or KRST (Target area), the internal KME is started. To this end KRLS must have been enabled. The result of the KME can be taken over into the faceplate via the softkey by means of KACC (visible when ENKAC is set). KACC is set for the duration of PULSETIM and then reset again. KREJ is used to cancel the KME. Internal logic The sequence of the flags is determined by the sequence in which they must be generated. In this relation, the flags marked (with ") must be taken into account in the setting and reset conditions!
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
Auxiliary flag IAVBL
:=
AVBL_&-LOCAL
ICVON
:=
CVON_&SLAVE_OK&-WDFI
IPMI1
:=
PMI1&_-ALARM
RESET
:=
-PWON_&(-EROP/ERES)
CLEROP
:=
EROP_&ERES
AVAIL
:=
IAVBL_&OLPT_&LEMO_&IPMI1
Data word S ERPI C ERPI
: :
-IPMI1-ICVON/IPMI1_&RESET
S ERSP C ERSP
: :
(-ISTA1/OPS1)_&ILC1_&PWON_&-SPCL_&-STOP_&-NOTA”ICVON/CLEROP
S ERRC C ERRC
: :
(-ISTA1/OPS1)_&ILC1_&PWON_&-RCR1_&-STOP_&-NOTA”ICVON/CLEROP
S NOTA C NOTA
: :
-AVAIL/ERSP”/ERRC”/ETIM”-ICVON/AVAIL_&RESET
S EROP C EROP
: :
PWON_&ILC1_&NOTA”_&-STOP-ICVON/CLEROP
S OPS1 C OPS1
: :
PWON_&RCR1_&SPCL-ICVON/-RCR1/-ILC1
S EROL C EROL
: :
-OLPT-ICVON/OLPT_&RESET
S ERMS C ERMS
: :
-IAVBL_&OLPT_&LEMO-ICVON/(IAVBL/-OLPT/-LEMO))_&RESET
S EREO C EREO
: :
-LEMO-ICVON/LEMO_&RESET
OPL1
:=
-OPS1_&RCR1_&-PWON_&-IAVBL_&OLPT
S ETIM C ETIM
: :
-LCT1_&SEN1_&(-RCR1/SPCL)-CLEROP
S GWARN C GWARN
: :
WARN_&SLAVE_OK -CVON/(-WARN_&RESET)
S GFLT C GFLT
: :
ALARM -CVON/(-ALARM_&RESET)
S ERCE C ERCE
: :
ERCE -CVON/(-ERCE_&RESET)
en-YN.YNT.001.A
3-665
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-666
S ERTA C ERTA
: :
ERTA -CVON/(-ERTA_&RESET)
S ERPW C ERPW
: :
ERPW -CVON/(-ERPW_&RESET)
S ERME C ERME
: :
ERME -CVON/(-ERME_&RESET)
S EREL C EREL
: :
EREL -CVON/(-EREL_&RESET)
S ERMT C ERMT
: :
ERMT -CVON/(-ERMT_&RESET)
Status word S PWON C PWON
: :
ISTA1_&ILC1-ICVON/NOTA”/STOP/-ILC1
S OSG1 C OSG1
: :
OPS1-OPS1”
S SEN1 C SEN1
: :
PWON”OSG1”/-PWON”
EMOF
:=
EREO”
DAVB
:=
-NOTA”_&ICVON
EROR
:=
EROP”
DOFF
:=
-OSG1”
OPER
:=
OPER_&SLAVE_OK
QBAD
:=
-SLAVE_OK
GRAV
:=
-VOLU
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
Block view
Fig. 104: DISOCONT block
en-YN.YNT.001.A
3-667
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-668
Starting characteristics During the CPU start-up the DISOCONT block is deactivated. All internal state flags (shown in the data word) are reset. Following start-up the block waits for the number of cycles projected in the input RUNUPCYC, and will only be activated thereafter. A first start-up whilst the program is running is treated internally like a CPU startup. Time behaviour The block must be called via a time interrupt OB or OB1. It does not have a parameter for the sampling interval. Behaviour in case of a time error In the case of a time error the outputs will then be reset. In addition the internal state flags will be reset. Message actions The block DISOCONT internally uses an ALARM_8P block for generating the messages. Messages are generated for the following tripping devices: ● Operating trouble (EROP) ● Overload (OLPT) ● Machine availability (AVBL) ● Speed monitor (SPCL) ● Machine protection (PMI1) ● Local emergency off (LEMO) ● Monitoring time (ETIM) ● Check-back signal (RCR1) ● General Schenk warning (GWARN) ● Load cell input (ERCE) ● Tachometer input (ERTA) ● Load cell load > MAX (CMAX) ● Load cell load < MIN (CMIN) ● Power failure (ERPW) ● Belt limit switch (BLSW) ● Belt sequence (BEFR) ● Belt skewing (BDFT) ● No enabling (NORL) ● Mechanics (ERME) ● Electrics (EREL) ● Mechatronics (ERMT) ● Not ready (NORE) ● Not ready to be switched on (NOAV)
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
3-669
● General Schenk alarm (GFLT) ● Conveying capacity > MAX (IMAX) ● Conveying capacity < MIN (IMIN) ● Belt load > MAX (LMAX) ● Belt load < MIN (LMIN) ● Speed > MAX (VMAX) ● Speed < MIN (VMIN) ● BIN > MAX (BMAX) ● BIN < MIN (BMIN) The messages can be suppressed by setting the input SUPR or by resetting the input RLSA. The input SUPR, however, is activated by the operator interface (WinCC), and RLSA by the program. The inputs CVON (at value 0) and CSF (at value 1) also suppress the output of messages. Assignment of message text and message class to the block parameters
Mess. Block Default message text no. parameter
Message Suppressable class
1
EROP
$$BlockComment$$ @1I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
2
OLPT
$$BlockComment$$ @2I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
3
ERMS
$$BlockComment$$ @3I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
4
ERSP
$$BlockComment$$ @4I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
5
ERPI
$$BlockComment$$ @5I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
6
EREO
$$BlockComment$$ @6I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
7
ETIM
$$BlockComment$$ @7I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
8
ERRC
$$BlockComment$$ @8I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
9
GWARN
$$BlockComment$$ @1I%t#POLCID_Standard@
WH
Yes
10
ERCE
$$BlockComment$$ @2I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
en-YN.YNT.001.A
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-670
Mess. Block Default message text no. parameter
Message Suppressable class
11
ERTA
$$BlockComment$$ @3I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
12
CMAX
$$BlockComment$$ @4I%t#POLCID_Standard@
WH
Yes
13
CMIN
$$BlockComment$$ @5I%t#POLCID_Standard@
WH
Yes
14
ERPW
$$BlockComment$$ @6I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
15
BLSW
$$BlockComment$$ @7I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
16
BEFR
$$BlockComment$$ @8I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
17
BDFT
$$BlockComment$$ @1I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
18
NORL
$$BlockComment$$ @2I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
19
ERME
$$BlockComment$$ @3I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
20
EREL
$$BlockComment$$ @4I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
21
ERMT
$$BlockComment$$ @5I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
22
NORE
$$BlockComment$$ @6I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
23
NOAV
$$BlockComment$$ @7I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
24
GFLT
$$BlockComment$$ @8I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
25
IMAX
$$BlockComment$$ @1I%t#POLCID_Standard@
WH
Yes
26
IMIN
$$BlockComment$$ @2I%t#POLCID_Standard@
WH
Yes
27
LMAX
$$BlockComment$$ @3I%t#POLCID_Standard@
WH
Yes
28
LMIN
$$BlockComment$$ @4I%t#POLCID_Standard@
WH
Yes
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
3-671
Mess. Block Default message text no. parameter
Message Suppressable class
29
VMAX
$$BlockComment$$ @5I%t#POLCID_Standard@
WH
Yes
30
VMIN
$$BlockComment$$ @6I%t#POLCID_Standard@
WH
Yes
31
BMAX
$$BlockComment$$ @7I%t#POLCID_Standard@
WH
Yes
32
BMIN
$$BlockComment$$ @8I%t#POLCID_Standard@
WH
Yes
Connections of DISOCONT Connection Meaning (parameters)
Data type
Def.
Type Attr. O&O Perm. values
SUBNETID
Number of the Profibus subsystem INT of the PLC
0
I
DPPA_ADR
Slave address of the Profibus device
INT
0
I
DADDR
Diagnosis address of the Profibus slave
INT
0
I
STA1
Start drive
BOOL
0
I
Q
ILC1
Process-technological interlock
BOOL
1
I
Q
STOP
Stop drive
BOOL
0
I
Q
CVON
Control voltage on
BOOL
1
I
Q
OLPT
Overload protection
BOOL
1
I
Q
PMI1
Machine protection interlock
BOOL
1
I
Q
SPCL
Speed monitor
BOOL
1
I
Q
LEMO
Local emergency off
BOOL
1
I
Q
AUTO
Activate ASET ( = 1 ) or SET ( = 0 ) input
BOOL
0
I
Q
CSF
Control system error
BOOL
0
I
Q
RELS
Enabling weigher
BOOL
0
I
Q
LST1
Local start/stop without PMI1
BOOL
0
I
Q
LSP1
Local start/stop with PMI1
BOOL
0
I
Q
SWRE
Enabling start-up warning
BOOL
1
I
Q
en-YN.YNT.001.A
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-672
Connection Meaning (parameters)
Data type
Def.
Type Attr. O&O Perm. values
TIMCI1
Automatic reset of conveying rate counter1 every hour on the hour RCI1 and MRCI1 are deactivated.
BOOL
1
I
KTST
Start internal KME with target Tara BOOL
0
I
Q
KRST
Start internal KME with target Range
BOOL
0
I
Q
KREJ
KME abort
BOOL
0
I
Q
KRLS
Enabling KME
BOOL
0
I
Q
KAET
Take over external correction value for Tara
BOOL
0
I
Q
KAER
Take over external correction value for Range
BOOL
0
I
Q
KSTE
Start external KME
BOOL
0
I
Q
ESST
Display of softkeys for single faceplate start
BOOL
0
I
+
ENMO
Display of softkeys for gravimetric and volumetric operating modes
BOOL
0
I
+
ENRE
Display of softkey for weigher reset
BOOL
0
I
+
ENCI1
Display of softkey for reset of conveying rate counter1 and changeover switch MRCI1 ( =1 ) or RCI1 ( =0 )
BOOL
0
I
+
ENCI2
Display of softkey for reset of conveying rate counter2 and changeover switch MRCI2 ( =1 ) or RCI2 ( =0 )
BOOL
0
I
+
ENUID
Display of user IDs
BOOL
0
I
+
ENKAC
Display of softkey for takeover of internal KME result
BOOL
0
I
+
RCI1
Reset conveying rate counter1 on the block
BOOL
0
I
Q
RCI2
Reset conveying rate counter2 on the block
BOOL
0
I
Q
SWLO
Start-up warning also in local operating mode
BOOL
0
I
Q
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
Connection Meaning (parameters)
3-673
Data type
Def.
Type Attr. O&O Perm. values
RLSA
Enabling alarm generation
BOOL
1
I
Q
ASET
Automatic setpoint value
REAL
0.0
I
Q
HIGH
Upper limit value for setpoint value REAL
100.0 I
BQ
+
LOW
Lower limit value for setpoint value REAL
0.0
I
BQ
+
TIME1
Monitoring time setpoint value
REAL
5.0
I
BQ
+
PULSETIM
Pulse duration for reset, SGRV, SVOL, MRCI1 and MRCI2
INT
3
I
RUNUPCYC
Waiting cycles at start
INT
3
I
EV_ID1
Message ID no. 1
DWORD 0
I
M
EV_ID2
Message ID no. 2
DWORD 0
I
M
EV_ID3
Message ID no. 3
DWORD 0
I
M
EV_ID4
Message ID no. 4
DWORD 0
I
M
RESET
Resetting error Schenk
BOOL
0
IO
B
+
SVOL
Volumetric operating mode
BOOL
0
IO
B
+
SGRV
Gravimetric operating mode
BOOL
0
IO
B
+
MRCI1
Reset conveying rate counter1 via faceplate
BOOL
0
IO
B
+
MRCI2
Reset conveying rate counter2 via faceplate
BOOL
0
IO
B
+
KACC
Take over KME result
BOOL
0
IO
B
+
LSER
Enabling of local operation
BOOL
0
IO
BQ
+
SST1
Single start
BOOL
0
IO
B
+
SSTP
Single stop
BOOL
0
IO
B
+
SUPR
Suppression of alarms
BOOL
0
IO
B
+
SET
Setpoint value for faceplate
REAL
0.0
IO
B
+
UID08
User definable ID code (measured WORD value)
0
IO
BQ
+
UID09
User definable ID code (measured WORD value)
0
IO
BQ
+
UID10
User definable ID code (measured WORD value)
0
IO
BQ
+
UID11
User definable ID code (status)
0
IO
BQ
+
en-YN.YNT.001.A
WORD
>0
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-674
Connection Meaning (parameters)
Data type
Def.
Type Attr. O&O Perm. values
UID12
User definable ID code (long)
WORD
0
IO
EV1_SIG1
Index variable for message no. 1
INT
1
IO
EV1_SIG2
Index variable for message no. 2
INT
2
IO
EV1_SIG3
Index variable for message no. 3
INT
3
IO
EV1_SIG4
Index variable for message no. 4
INT
4
IO
EV1_SIG5
Index variable for message no. 5
INT
5
IO
EV1_SIG6
Index variable for message no. 6
INT
6
IO
EV1_SIG7
Index variable for message no. 7
INT
7
IO
EV1_SIG8
Index variable for message no. 8
INT
8
IO
EV2_SIG1
Index variable for message no. 9
INT
111
IO
EV2_SIG2
Index variable for message no. 10
INT
112
IO
EV2_SIG3
Index variable for message no. 11
INT
113
IO
EV2_SIG4
Index variable for message no. 12
INT
169
IO
EV2_SIG5
Index variable for message no. 13
INT
170
IO
EV2_SIG6
Index variable for message no. 14
INT
114
IO
EV2_SIG7
Index variable for message no. 15
INT
115
IO
EV2_SIG8
Index variable for message no. 16
INT
116
IO
EV3_SIG1
Index variable for message no. 17
INT
46
IO
EV3_SIG2
Index variable for message no. 18
INT
117
IO
EV3_SIG3
Index variable for message no. 19
INT
118
IO
EV3_SIG4
Index variable for message no. 20
INT
119
IO
EV3_SIG5
Index variable for message no. 21
INT
120
IO
EV3_SIG6
Index variable for message no. 22
INT
121
IO
EV3_SIG7
Index variable for message no. 23
INT
122
IO
EV3_SIG8
Index variable for message no. 24
INT
123
IO
EV4_SIG1
Index variable for message no. 25
INT
124
IO
EV4_SIG2
Index variable for message no. 26
INT
125
IO
EV4_SIG3
Index variable for message no. 27
INT
56
IO
EV4_SIG4
Index variable for message no. 28
INT
52
IO
BQ
+
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
3-675
Connection Meaning (parameters)
Data type
Def.
Type Attr. O&O Perm. values
EV4_SIG5
Index variable for message no. 29
INT
126
IO
EV4_SIG6
Index variable for message no. 30
INT
127
IO
EV4_SIG7
Index variable for message no. 31
INT
55
IO
EV4_SIG8
Index variable for message no. 32
INT
54
IO
OSG1
Operating message
BOOL
0
O
Q
EMOF
Emergency off activated
BOOL
0
O
Q
DAVB
Drive is available
BOOL
0
O
Q
EROR
Drive is faulty
BOOL
0
O
Q
DOFF
Drive is off
BOOL
0
O
Q
SWST
Start start-up warning
BOOL
0
O
Q
OPER
Drive operating
BOOL
0
O
Q
QBAD
Profibus slave faulty
BOOL
0
O
Q
LOCA
Drive is in local operating mode
BOOL
0
O
Q
NORL
No enabling
BOOL
0
O
Q
CIAC
Conveying rate counter active
BOOL
0
O
Q
VOLU
Volumetric
BOOL
0
O
Q
AUTON
Normal operation
BOOL
0
O
Q
KACK
KME waiting for acknowledgement BOOL
0
O
Q
+
KME
KME provided
BOOL
0
O
Q
+
ATEX
KME Tara absolutely exceeded
BOOL
0
O
Q
+
RTEX
KME Tara relatively exceeded
BOOL
0
O
Q
+
AREX
KME range absolutely exceeded
BOOL
0
O
Q
+
RREX
KME range relatively exceeded
BOOL
0
O
Q
+
MEAN
KME measurement announced
BOOL
0
O
Q
+
PRME
KME provided
BOOL
0
O
Q
+
KACT
KME running
BOOL
0
O
Q
+
FEED
Actual flow rate
REAL
0.0
O
Q
+
CI01
Conveying rate counter 1
REAL
0.0
O
Q
+
CI02
Conveying rate counter 2
REAL
0.0
O
Q
+
en-YN.YNT.001.A
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-676
Connection Meaning (parameters)
Data type
Def.
Type Attr. O&O Perm. values
HOFI
Batch weigher filling weight
REAL
0.0
O
Q
+
KTRE
KME Tara relative
REAL
0.0
O
Q
+
KRRE
KME range relative
REAL
0.0
O
Q
+
VAL08
Value of UID08 request (measured value)
REAL
0.0
O
Q
+
VAL09
Value of UID09 request (measured value)
REAL
0.0
O
Q
+
VAL10
Value of UID10 request (measured value)
REAL
0.0
O
Q
+
VAL11
Value of UID11 request (status)
DWORD 0
O
Q
+
VAL12
Value of UID12 request (long)
DWORD 0
O
Q
+
ACT1
Current monitoring time
REAL
0.0
O
Q
+
EVT
Event group
WORD
0
O
Q
+
NR
Event number
WORD
0
O
Q
+
TYP
Event type
WORD
0
O
Q
+
PW
Parameter word
DWORD 0
O
Q
+
DW
Data word
DWORD 0
O
Q
+
SW
Status word
DWORD 0
O
Q
+
DWA
Extended diagnosis data for faceplate
DWORD 0
O
Q
+
DWB
Extended diagnosis data for faceplate
DWORD 0
O
Q
+
DWC
Extended diagnosis data for faceplate
DWORD 0
O
Q
+
Operation and observation of DISOCONT See the description of the block symbol and the faceplate in the corresponding manual in this regard. PW, DW and SW of DISOCONT The inputs, outputs and the internal status of the respective block are mapped on the parameter word, the data word and the status word. The assignment of the bits is found in the following table:
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
3-677
> DISOCONT < Bit
Parameter word
Data word
Status word
0
STA1
OPS1
SEN1
1 2
EROP ILC1
3
OSG1 NOTA
4
EMOF
5
DAVB
6
STOP
7
CVON
8
OLPT
EROL
DOFF
9
AVBL
ERMS
SWST
10
RCR1
ERSP
OPER
11
GFLT
12
PMI1
ERPI
GRAV
13
AUTO
EREO
LOCA
14
SPCL
ETIM
15
LEMO
16
LSER
ERRC
17
LST1
GWARN
18 19
LSP1
QBAD
ERCE ERTA
SST1
22
ERPW ERME
23
SSTP
EREL
24
SWRE
ERMT
25
CSF
26 27 28
en-YN.YNT.001.A
EROR PWON
GFLT
20 21
OPL1
COLOUR_1
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-678
29
COLOUR_2
30
COLOUR_3
31
COLOUR_4 In the case of the COLOUR operating states, the block Disocont does not have all possible states. It features the states with the numbers 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7 and 12.
DWA, DWB and DWC of DISOCONT The block has three additional data words: DWA, DWB and DWC. These words offer additional information on the Schenk weighbelt feeder and the Profibus slave. This information is shown in the associated faceplate. > DISOCONT < Bit
Data word A
0
ST_NOEX
AUTON
1
ST_NORDY
OPER
2
ST_INSLR
NORL
3
ST_SENSU
CIAC
4
ST_MASLO
VOLU
5
ST_WATCH
WARN
6
ST_STDIA
ALARM
7
ST_EXDIA
8
ST_EXDOV
ERTA
9
ST_SYNC
CMAX
10
ST_FREEZ
CMIN
11
ST_PAREQ
ERPW
12
ST_PARFA
BLSW
13
ST_SLCCF
BEFR
14
ST_SLDEA
BDFT
15
ST_STASL
NORL
16
SLAVE_OK
17
SLAVE_SCH
18
Data word B
HARD_ID
DPPA_ADR
Data word C
ERCE
ERME EREL ERMT
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
3-679
19
NORE
20
NOAV
21
IMAX
22
IMIN
23
LMAX
24
LMIN
25
VMAX
26
VMIN
27 28 29 30 31
en-YN.YNT.001.A
SUBNETID
BMAX BMIN
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-680
3.88 Profibus Special Drive DISO_MAS: Disocont Master PC (PROVIT 5000) Schenk Description of DISO_MAS
Object name (Type + Number) FB 534 Calling OBs The time interrupt OB in which the block is installed (e.g. OB 35). Function The block is used for the control of the Disocont Master PC PROVIT 5000 by Schenk. The Schenk Disocont Master PC is connected to the PLC via the Profibus. The block communicates directly with the Profibus device (DP-SlaveType) Disocont Master (PCI). For the perfect communication with the DISO_MAS block, the Disocont Master must be enabled for the field bus and the Profibus address entered. Profibus In order to integrate the block, the type Discont Master (PCI) is used for this purpose in the PCS7 program HW Konfig. This must be installed additionally. The GSD file necessary for this purpose can be obtained from the manufacturer. In addition, the supplier of the weighbelt normally also provides the appropriate GSD file (DCM_049F.gsd). It must then be installed in HW Konfig. In HW Konfig, in the catalogue, the profile Standard is set for locating the same. Now the folder PROFIBUS-DP is opened. There the subfolders "Further field equipment and General" are opened. Here, the entry Disocont Master (PCI) is found.
Fig. 105: HW_Konfig with Disocont Master (PCI) (GSD file)
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
Operating principle The block communicates directly with the Schenk Disocont Master PC. This device is defined as a Profibus slave. At the input SUBNETID, the number of the Profibus system (Master system no.), which the Disocont Master is connected to, must be entered.
Fig. 106: HW Konfig with Disocont (SUBNETID)
At the input DPPA_ADR the slave address of the Disocont Master must be entered and at the input DADDR the diagnose address of the Disocont Master must be entered.
en-YN.YNT.001.A
3-681
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-682
Fig. 107: HW Konfig with Disocont (Addresses)
All these values may be taken from the hardware configuration of a STEP7 project. Using these values, the block can communicate automatically with the corresponding Disocont Master PC. The entire communication is handled via data blocks. Via the data blocks, the data from the Disocont slave (block DISO_SLA FB535) are received and transmitted to the Disocont Master PC. The data from the Disocont Master PC are received by the block and passed on to the Disocont slaves via data blocks.
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
3-683
List of the data blocks: DB21...DB30
SEND_DB_DOS1....SEND_DB_DOS10
Values from Disocont slaves to the Disocont master PC.
DB31...DB40
RECEIVE_DB_DOS1...RECEIVE_DB_DOS10 Values from Disocont master PC to Disocont slaves.
DB41
COMMAND_MASTER
Values from DISO_MAS block to the Disocont master PC (group).
DB42
STATUS_MASTER
Values from Disocont master PC (group) to DISO_MAS block.
DB43
SEND_DB_KME
Values from DISO_MAS block to the Disocont master PC (MKME Multiple weigher check measuring device).
DB44
RECEIVE_DB_KME
Values from Disocont master PC (MKME) to DISO_MAS block.
DB45
SEND_DB_SCHENK_PC
Transmit buffer memory of all values transmitted to the Disocont master PC.
DB46
RECEIVE_DB_SCHENK_PC
Receive buffer memory of all values received from Disocont master PC.
(Parameter description of the data blocks: (see page 3-44) to (see page 3-65)) If the input RELS is set, the communication between the block and the Disocont Master PC is enabled. The inputs SCALE1 to SCALE10 respectively enable the communication to the individual weighers 1- 10. For each individual weigher the respective input must be set to 1. For MKME the input KME must be set. Weigher group GSTART and GSTOP starting and stopping of the weigher group. To this end, in the Disocont Master PC, individual weighers must be combined into a group.
en-YN.YNT.001.A
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-684
The group setpoint value is formed from the automatic setpoint value GASET (can be connected in the program) and the setpoint value from the faceplate GSET. By means of the input AUTO it is selected which of the two setpoint values is activated. With AUTO = 0, setpoint value GSET is active, and with AUTO = 1 setpoint value GASET is active. In the case of AUTO = 1 the setpoint value is deactivated in the faceplate and the value of SET is equalled to the value of GASET. The inputs HIGH and LOW are the top and bottom limit values for the group setpoint value input of the plant operator. The input ENRE makes the softkey for the signal RESET visible in the faceplate. RESET is used to acknowledge the events of the Disocont Master PC. RESET is set for the duration of PULSETIM and then reset. Using the inputs RCI1 / RCI2 the internal conveyor counters 1 and 2 of the Disocont Master PC can be cleared directly at the block, if ENCI1 and TIMCI1 / ENCI2 are not set. With ENCI1 / ENCI2 the softkeys for the reset of the conveyor counters are shown. If ENCI1 / ENCI2 have been set, the conveyor counters can be cleared in the faceplate only via the softkeys using MRCI1 / MRCI2. MRCI1 / MRCI2 are set for the duration of PULSETIM and then again reset. The output FEED indicates the current conveying rate of the group. Multiple weigher check measuring device With the input KTST (Target Tara) or KRST (Target area), MKME is started. To this end KRLS must have been enabled. The result of the KME can be taken over into the faceplate via the softkey by means of KACC (visible when ENKAC is set). KACC is set for the duration of PULSETIM and then reset again. Additionally, for results takeover, the weighers involved must be preselected. To this end, the inputs KACQ1 to KAQC10 are available. If the result should be taken over, KACC and the affected weighers KAQCn (n=1...10) must be set. With KREJ or by resetting KRLS, KME is cancelled.
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
Block view
Fig. 108: DISO_MAS block
Starting characteristics During the CPU start-up the DISO_MAS block is deactivated. All internal state flags (shown in the data word) are reset. Following start-up the block waits for the number of cycles projected in the input RUNUPCYC, and will only be activated thereafter.
en-YN.YNT.001.A
3-685
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-686
A first start-up whilst the program is running is treated internally like a CPU startup. Time behaviour The block must be called via a time interrupt OB or OB1. It does not have a parameter for the sampling interval. Behaviour in case of a time error In the case of a time error the outputs will then be reset. In addition the internal state flags will be reset. Message actions The block DISO_MAS internally uses an ALARM_8P block for generating the messages. Messages are generated for the following tripping devices: ● General Schenk warning (WARN) ● General Schenk alarm (ALARM) ● Watchdog (WATCH) The messages can be suppressed by setting the input SUPR or by resetting the input RLSA. The input SUPR, however, is activated by the operator interface (WinCC), and RLSA by the program. The inputs CVON (at value 0) and CSF (at value 1) also suppress the output of messages. Assignment of message text and message class to the block parameters
Mess. Block Default message text no. parameters
Message Suppressable class
1
ALARM
$$BlockComment$$ @1I%t#POLCID_Standard@
WH
Yes
2
WARN
$$BlockComment$$ @2I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
3
WATCH
$$BlockComment$$ @3I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
4
$$BlockComment$$ @4I%t#POLCID_Standard@
5
$$BlockComment$$ @5I%t#POLCID_Standard@
6
$$BlockComment$$ @6I%t#POLCID_Standard@
7
$$BlockComment$$ @7I%t#POLCID_Standard@
8
$$BlockComment$$ @8I%t#POLCID_Standard@
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
3-687
Connections of DISO_MAS Connection Meaning (parameters)
Data type
Def.
Type Attr. O&O Perm. values
SUBNETID
Number of the Profibus subsystem INT of the PLC
0
I
DPPA_ADR
Slave address of the Profibus device
INT
0
I
DADDR
Diagnosis address of the Profibus slave
INT
0
I
RELS
Enabling weigher
BOOL
0
I
Q
GSTART
Start weigher group
BOOL
0
I
Q
GSTOP
Stop weigher group
BOOL
0
I
Q
AUTO
Activate ASET ( = 1 ) or SET ( = 0 ) input
BOOL
0
I
Q
SCALE1
Enable communication to weigher 1
BOOL
0
I
Q
SCALE2
Enable communication to weigher 2
BOOL
0
I
Q
SCALE3
Enable communication to weigher 3
BOOL
0
I
Q
SCALE4
Enable communication to weigher 4
BOOL
0
I
Q
SCALE5
Enable communication to weigher 5
BOOL
0
I
Q
SCALE6
Enable communication to weigher 6
BOOL
0
I
Q
SCALE7
Enable communication to weigher 7
BOOL
0
I
Q
SCALE8
Enable communication to weigher 8
BOOL
0
I
Q
SCALE9
Enable communication to weigher 9
BOOL
0
I
Q
SCALE10
Enable communication to weigher 10
BOOL
0
I
Q
KME
Enable communication to MKME
BOOL
0
I
Q
KTST
Start internal KME with target Tara BOOL
0
I
Q
en-YN.YNT.001.A
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-688
Connection Meaning (parameters)
Data type
Def.
Type Attr. O&O Perm. values
KRST
Start internal KME with target Range
BOOL
0
I
Q
KREJ
Reject KME result
BOOL
0
I
Q
KRLS
Enabling KME
BOOL
0
I
Q
KACQ1
Enabling weigher 1 taking over result
BOOL
0
I
Q
KACQ2
Enabling weigher 2 taking over result
BOOL
0
I
Q
KACQ3
Enabling weigher 3 taking over result
BOOL
0
I
Q
KACQ4
Enabling weigher 4 taking over result
BOOL
0
I
Q
KACQ5
Enabling weigher 5 taking over result
BOOL
0
I
Q
KACQ6
Enabling weigher 6 taking over result
BOOL
0
I
Q
KACQ7
Enabling weigher 7 taking over result
BOOL
0
I
Q
KACQ8
Enabling weigher 8 taking over result
BOOL
0
I
Q
KACQ9
Enabling weigher 9 taking over result
BOOL
0
I
Q
KACQ10
Enabling weigher 10 taking over result
BOOL
0
I
Q
RCI1
Reset conveying rate counter1 on the block
BOOL
0
I
Q
RCI2
Reset conveying rate counter2 on the block
BOOL
0
I
Q
ENCI1
Display of softkey for reset of conveying rate counter1 and changeover switch MRCI1 ( =1 ) or RCI1 ( =0 )
BOOL
0
I
+
ENCI2
Display of softkey for reset of conveying rate counter2 and changeover switch MRCI2 ( =1 ) or RCI2 ( =0 )
BOOL
0
I
+
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
3-689
Connection Meaning (parameters)
Data type
Def.
Type Attr. O&O Perm. values
ENRE
Display of softkey for weigher reset
BOOL
0
I
+
ENKAC
Display of softkey for takeover of internal KME result
BOOL
0
I
+
GASET
Automatic group setpoint value
REAL
0.0
I
HIGH
Upper limit value for setpoint value REAL
100.0 I
BQ
+
LOW
Lower limit value for setpoint value REAL
0.0
I
BQ
+
RLSA
Enabling alarm generation
BOOL
1
I
Q
WSETCYC
Waiting cycle setpoint value for Watchdog
INT
10
I
PULSETIM
Pulse duration for reset, MRCI1 and MRCI2
INT
3
I
RUNUPCYC
Waiting cycles at start
INT
3
I
EV_ID1
Message ID no. 1
DWORD 0
I
M
RESET
Resetting error Schenk
BOOL
0
IO
B
+
MRCI1
Reset conveying rate counter1 via faceplate
BOOL
0
IO
B
+
MRCI2
Reset conveying rate counter2 via faceplate
BOOL
0
IO
B
+
KACC
Take over KME result
BOOL
0
IO
BQ
+
SUPR
Suppression of alarms
BOOL
0
IO
B
+
GSET
Group setpoint value for faceplate
REAL
0.0
IO
B
+
EV1_SIG1
Index variable for message no. 1
INT
123
IO
EV1_SIG2
Index variable for message no. 2
INT
111
IO
EV1_SIG3
Index variable for message no. 3
INT
63
IO
EV1_SIG4
Index variable for message no. 4
INT
0
IO
EV1_SIG5
Index variable for message no. 5
INT
0
IO
EV1_SIG6
Index variable for message no. 6
INT
0
IO
EV1_SIG7
Index variable for message no. 7
INT
0
IO
EV1_SIG8
Index variable for message no. 8
INT
0
IO
GOPER
Weigher group operating
BOOL
0
O
Q
QBAD
Profibus slave faulty
BOOL
0
O
Q
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Q
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-690
Connection Meaning (parameters)
Data type
Def.
Type Attr. O&O Perm. values
LOCA
Drive is in local operating mode
BOOL
0
O
Q
ALARM
General error
BOOL
0
O
Q
+
WARN
General warning
BOOL
0
O
Q
+
AUTON
Normal operation
BOOL
0
O
Q
+
KACT
KME running
BOOL
0
O
Q
+
KACK
KME waiting for acknowledgement BOOL
0
O
Q
+
FEED
Actual flow rate
REAL
0.0
O
Q
+
KCHECK
KME test quantity
REAL
0.0
O
Q
+
KBIN
KME measured value for batch weigher
REAL
0.0
O
Q
+
KSUM
KME total of measured values of all weighers
REAL
0.0
O
Q
+
KLBIN
KME container filling level
REAL
0.0
O
Q
+
KRES
KME result F/Z
REAL
0.0
O
Q
+
WACTCYC
Waiting cycles for Watchdog
INT
10
O
Q
DW
Data word
DWORD 0
O
Q
+
DWA
Extended diagnosis data for faceplate
DWORD 0
O
Q
+
DWB
Extended diagnosis data for faceplate
DWORD 0
O
Q
+
Operation and observation of DISO_MAS See the description of the block symbol and the faceplate in the corresponding manual in this regard.
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
3-691
PW, DW and SW of DISO_MAS The inputs, outputs and the internal status of the respective block are mapped on the parameter word, the data word and the status word. The assignment of the bits is found in the following table:
> DISO_MAS < Bit
Parameter word
0
Data word GOPER
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17
WARN
18
ALARM
19
WATCH
20
AUTON
21 22 23
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Status word
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-692
24 25 26 27 28
COLOUR_1
29
COLOUR_2
30
COLOUR_3
31
COLOUR_4 In the case of the COLOUR operating states, the block DISO_MAS does not have all possible states. It features the states with the numbers 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6 and 12.
DWA and DWB of DISO_MAS The block has two additional data words: DWA and DWB. These words offer additional information on the Schenk Disocont Master PC and the Profibus slave. This information is shown in the associated faceplate. > DISO_MAS < Bit
Data word A
Data word B
0
ST_NOEX
HARD_ID
1
ST_NORDY
2
ST_INSLR
3
ST_SENSU
4
ST_MASLO
5
ST_WATCH
6
ST_STDIA
7
ST_EXDIA
8
ST_EXDOV
9
ST_SYNC
10
ST_FREEZ
11
ST_PAREQ
12
ST_PARFA
13
ST_SLCCF
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
14
ST_SLDEA
15
ST_STASL
16
SLAVE_OK
17
SLAVE_SCH
3-693
18 19
DPPA_ADR
20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31
en-YN.YNT.001.A
SUBNETID
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-694
3.89 Profibus Special Drive DISO_SLA: Disocont slave Description of DISO_SLA Object name (Type + Number) FB 535 Calling OBs The time interrupt OB in which the block is installed (e.g. OB 35). Function The block is used for controlling the Disocont weighers by Schenk which are connected to a Disocont Master PC. The Schenk Disocont Master PC is connected to the PLC via the Profibus and controlled by the DISO_MAS block. The Disocont slave block communicates with the DISO_MAS block via data blocks.
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
3-695
Operating principle The entire communication is handled via data blocks. Via the data blocks, the data from the Disocont slaves are received and transmitted by the DISO_MAS block to the Disocont Master PC. The data from the Disocont Master PC are received by the DISO_MAS block and passed on to the Disocont slaves via data blocks. List of the data blocks: DB21...DB30
SEND_DB_DOS1....SEND_DB_DOS10
Values from Disocont slaves to the Disocont master PC.
DB31...DB40
RECEIVE_DB_DOS1...RECEIVE_DB_DOS10 Values from Disocont master PC to Disocont slaves. (Parameter description of the data blocks: see chapters 3.7 to 3.14) The input NUM is used to set the number of the Disocont weigher. The number must be identical with the weigher definition in the Disocont Master PC. Number 1 signifies, for example, that the Disocont slave transmits via the DB21 and receives via DB31. If input RELS is set, the weigher is enabled. START and STOP starting and stopping the weigher. To this end, individual weighers must be defined in the Disocont Master PC and no group. The setpoint value is formed from the automatic setpoint value ASET (can be connected in the program) and the setpoint value from the faceplate SET. By means of the input AUTO it is selected which of the two setpoint values is activated. With AUTO = 0, setpoint value SET is active, and with AUTO = 1 setpoint value ASET is active. In the case of AUTO = 1 the setpoint value is deactivated in the faceplate and the value of SET is equalled to the value of ASET. The inputs HIGH and LOW are the top and bottom limit values for the setpoint value input of the plant operator. The input ENRE makes the softkey for the signal RESET visible in the faceplate. RESET is used to acknowledge the results of the Disocont weigher. RESET is set for the duration of PULSETIM and then reset. Via the set TIMCI1 the conveying rate counter1 is reset at each full hour. RCI1 and MRCI1 are then deactivated. Using the inputs RCI1 / RCI2 the internal conveyor counters 1 and 2 of the Discont weigher can be cleared directly at the block, if ENCI1 and TIMCI1 / ENCI2 are not set. With ENCI1 / ENCI2 the softkeys for the reset of the conveyor counters are shown. If ENCI1 / ENCI2 have been set, the conveyor counters can be cleared in the faceplate only via the softkeys using MRCI1 / MRCI2. MRCI1 / MRCI2 are set for the duration of PULSETIM and then again reset. MCRI1 is functional only when TIMCI1 is not set.
en-YN.YNT.001.A
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-696
With the input ENMO set, the softkeys for the changeover between gravimetric and volumetric operation are represented in the faceplate. With SGRV the weigher is set to gravimetric operation, and with SVOL it is set to volumetric operation. SGRV / SVOL are set for the duration of PULSETIM and then again reset. In addition, this block also supplies some analogue values of the Disocont weigher. The output FEED indicates the current conveying rate of the weigher, the output CI01 contains the conveying rate counter 1, the output CI02 contains the conveying rate counter 2 and HOFI contains the bin filling level. Below, you will find an example for a CFC with a DISO_MAS block (connection to the Disocont Master PC via Profibus) and four DISO_SLA blocks (individual weighers).
Fig. 109: Example CFC
In the example a kiln feed bin with three continuous measuring dosing devices and a weighing system are shown. The Disocont slaves are numbered from 1 to 4 in accordance with the definition in the Disocont Master PC.
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
Block view
Fig. 110: DISO_SLA block
Starting characteristics During the CPU start-up the DISO_SLA block is deactivated. All internal state flags (shown in the data word) are reset. Following start-up the block waits for the number of cycles projected in the input RUNUPCYC, and will only be activated thereafter. A first start-up whilst the program is running is treated internally like a CPU startup. Time behaviour The block must be called via a time interrupt OB or OB1. It does not have a parameter for the sampling interval. Behaviour in case of a time error In the case of a time error the outputs will then be reset. In addition the internal state flags will be reset.
en-YN.YNT.001.A
3-697
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-698
Message actions The block DISO_SLA internally uses an ALARM_8P block for generating the messages. Messages are generated for the following tripping devices: ● General Schenk warning (WARN) ● General Schenk alarm (ALARM) ● Watchdog (WATCH) ● Conveying capacity > MAX (IMAX) ● Conveying capacity < MIN (IMIN) ● Belt load > MAX (LMAX) ● Belt load < MIN (LMIN) ● Speed > MAX (VMAX) ● Speed < MIN (VMIN) ● BIN > MAX (BMAX) ● BIN < MIN (BMIN) The messages can be suppressed by setting the input SUPR. Assignment of message text and message class to the block parameters
Mess. Block Default message text no. parameter
Message Suppressable class
1
WARN
$$BlockComment$$ @1I%t#POLCID_Standard@
WH
Yes
2
ALARM
$$BlockComment$$ @2I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
3
WATCH
$$BlockComment$$ @3I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
WH
Yes
4
$$BlockComment$$ @4I%t#POLCID_Standard@
5
$$BlockComment$$ @5I%t#POLCID_Standard@
6
$$BlockComment$$ @6I%t#POLCID_Standard@
7
$$BlockComment$$ @7I%t#POLCID_Standard@
8
$$BlockComment$$ @8I%t#POLCID_Standard@
9
IMAX
$$BlockComment$$ @1I%t#POLCID_Standard@
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
3-699
Mess. Block Default message text no. parameter
Message Suppressable class
10
IMIN
$$BlockComment$$ @2I%t#POLCID_Standard@
WH
Yes
11
LMAX
$$BlockComment$$ @3I%t#POLCID_Standard@
WH
Yes
12
LMIN
$$BlockComment$$ @4I%t#POLCID_Standard@
WH
Yes
13
VMAX
$$BlockComment$$ @5I%t#POLCID_Standard@
WH
Yes
14
VMIN
$$BlockComment$$ @6I%t#POLCID_Standard@
WH
Yes
15
BMAX
$$BlockComment$$ @7I%t#POLCID_Standard@
WH
Yes
16
BMIN
$$BlockComment$$ @8I%t#POLCID_Standard@
WH
Yes
Connections of DISO_SLA Connection Meaning (parameters)
Data type
Def.
Type Attr. O&O Perm. values
NUM
Number of Schenk weigher
INT
0
I
START
Start balance
BOOL
0
I
Q
STOP
Stop weigher
BOOL
0
I
Q
AUTO
Activate ASET ( = 1 ) or SET ( = 0 ) input
BOOL
0
I
Q
CSF
Control system error
BOOL
0
I
Q
RELS
Enabling weigher
BOOL
0
I
Q
TIMCI1
Automatic reset of conveying rate counter1 every hour on the hour RCI1 and MRCI1 are deactivated.
BOOL
1
I
RCI1
Reset conveying rate counter1 on the block
BOOL
0
I
Q
RCI2
Reset conveying rate counter2 on the block
BOOL
0
I
Q
en-YN.YNT.001.A
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-700
Connection Meaning (parameters)
Data type
Def.
Type Attr. O&O Perm. values
ENCI1
Display of softkey for reset of conveying rate counter1 and changeover switch MRCI1 ( =1 ) or RCI1 ( =0 )
BOOL
0
I
+
ENCI2
Display of softkey for reset of conveying rate counter2 and changeover switch MRCI2 ( =1 ) or RCI2 ( =0 )
BOOL
0
I
+
ENRE
Display of softkey for weigher reset
BOOL
0
I
+
ENMO
Display of softkeys for gravimetric and volumetric operating modes
BOOL
0
I
+
RLSA
Enabling alarm generation
BOOL
1
I
Q
ASET
Automatic setpoint value
REAL
0.0
I
Q
HIGH
Upper limit value for setpoint value REAL
100.0 I
BQ
+
LOW
Lower limit value for setpoint value REAL
0.0
I
BQ
+
PULSETIM
Pulse duration for reset, MRCI1 and MRCI2
INT
3
I
RUNUPCYC
Waiting cycles at start
INT
3
I
EV_ID1
Message ID no. 1
DWORD 0
I
M
EV_ID2
Message ID no. 2
DWORD 0
I
M
RESET
Resetting error Schenk
BOOL
0
IO
B
+
SVOL
Volumetric operating mode
BOOL
0
IO
B
+
SGRV
Gravimetric operating mode
BOOL
0
IO
B
+
MRCI1
Reset conveying rate counter1 via faceplate
BOOL
0
IO
B
+
MRCI2
Reset conveying rate counter2 via faceplate
BOOL
0
IO
B
+
SUPR
Suppression of alarms
BOOL
0
IO
B
+
SET
Setpoint value for faceplate
REAL
0.0
IO
B
+
EV1_SIG1
Index variable for message no. 1
INT
123
IO
EV1_SIG2
Index variable for message no. 2
INT
111
IO
EV1_SIG3
Index variable for message no. 3
INT
0
IO
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
3-701
Connection Meaning (parameters)
Data type
Def.
Type Attr. O&O Perm. values
EV1_SIG4
Index variable for message no. 4
INT
0
IO
EV1_SIG5
Index variable for message no. 5
INT
0
IO
EV1_SIG6
Index variable for message no. 6
INT
0
IO
EV1_SIG7
Index variable for message no. 7
INT
0
IO
EV1_SIG8
Index variable for message no. 8
INT
0
IO
EV2_SIG1
Index variable for message no. 1
INT
124
IO
EV2_SIG2
Index variable for message no. 2
INT
125
IO
EV2_SIG3
Index variable for message no. 3
INT
56
IO
EV2_SIG4
Index variable for message no. 4
INT
52
IO
EV2_SIG5
Index variable for message no. 5
INT
126
IO
EV2_SIG6
Index variable for message no. 6
INT
127
IO
EV2_SIG7
Index variable for message no. 7
INT
55
IO
EV2_SIG8
Index variable for message no. 8
INT
54
IO
OPER
Balance running
BOOL
0
O
Q
NORL
No enabling
BOOL
0
O
Q
CIAC
Conveying rate counter active
BOOL
0
O
Q
VOLU
Volumetric
BOOL
0
O
Q
ALARM
General error
BOOL
0
O
Q
+
WARN
General warning
BOOL
0
O
Q
+
AUTON
Normal operation
BOOL
0
O
Q
+
IMAX
Conveying capacity > MAX
BOOL
0
O
Q
+
IMIN
Conveying capacity < MIN
BOOL
0
O
Q
+
LMAX
Belt load > MAX
BOOL
0
O
Q
+
LMIN
Belt load > MIN
BOOL
0
O
Q
+
VMAX
Speed > MAX
BOOL
0
O
Q
+
VMIN
Speed < MIN
BOOL
0
O
Q
+
BMAX
BIN > MAX
BOOL
0
O
Q
+
BMIN
BIN < MIN
BOOL
0
O
Q
+
FEED
Actual flow rate
REAL
0.0
O
Q
+
en-YN.YNT.001.A
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-702
Connection Meaning (parameters)
Data type
Def.
Type Attr. O&O Perm. values
CI01
Conveying rate counter 1
REAL
0.0
O
Q
+
CI02
Conveying rate counter 2
REAL
0.0
O
Q
+
HOFI
Batch weigher filling weight
REAL
0.0
O
Q
+
DW
Data word
DWORD 0
O
Q
+
DWC
Extended diagnosis data for faceplate
DWORD 0
O
Q
+
Operation and observation of DISO_SLA See the description of the block symbol and the faceplate in the corresponding manual in this regard. PW, DW and SW of DISO_SLA The inputs, outputs and the internal status of the respective block are mapped on the parameter word, the data word and the status word. The assignment of the bits is found in the following table:
> DISO_SLA< Bit 0
Parameter word
Data word
Status word
GOPER
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
3-703
13 14 15 16 17
WARN
18
ALARM
19
WATCH
20
AUTON
21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28
COLOUR_1
29
COLOUR_2
30
COLOUR_3
31
COLOUR_4 In the case of the COLOUR operating states, the block DISO_SLA does not have all possible states. It features the states with the numbers 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6 and 12.
DWC of DISO_SLA The block has an additional data word: DWC. Additional information on the weigher is represented in this word. This information is shown in the associated faceplate. > DISO_SLA < Bit
Data word C
0
AUTON
1
OPER
2
NORL
3
CIAC
en-YN.YNT.001.A
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-704
4
VOLU
5
WARN
6
ALARM
7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21
IMAX
22
IMIN
23
LMAX
24
LMIN
25
VMAX
26
VMIN
27
BMAX
28
BMIN
29 30 31
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
3.90 Profibus Special Drive COMBOX_P: Compressor control by Atlas Copco Description of COMBOX_P Object name (Type + Number) FB 536 Calling OBs The time interrupt OB in which the block is installed (e.g. OB 35). Function The block is used for controlling the ComBox - P by Atlas Copco. The Atlas Copco ComBox - P is connected to the PLC via the Profibus. The block communicates directly with the Profibus device (DP-Slave-Type) ComBox - P. For setting up a Profibus connection to one or several compressors in the network, a special interface block must be inserted into the network. The ComBox - P. Via the ComBox - P, the communication to the compressors is effected on the CAN Bus. The Profibus protocol for the ComBox - P is contained in the operating instructions for the Profibus interface of the ComBox - P (BA for Profibus Protokoll Elektronikon ComBox - P rev2.pdf).
Fig. 111: Compressors in the network
en-YN.YNT.001.A
3-705
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-706
For the communication between the ComBox - P and the component COMBOX_P in the PLC, the following settings / preconditions must have been met: ● The communication is effected via one data record. That is, the ComBox - P must be programmed with a data record. ● In order to control the compressors via the Profibus interface, the control mode LAN Control must be selected at the compressor control systems (Elektronikon) (see operating instructions for the compressors e.g GA 90-15 MKIV 2004-04.pdf). As standard, the compressor will then adopt Controller Mode 4a (Switching the compressor on and off via the Profibus. Pressure control is effected via the compressor control system). Profibus In order to integrate the block, the type Profi2Can is used in the PCS7 program HW Konfig. This must be installed additionally. The GSD file necessary for this purpose can be obtained from the manufacturer. In addition, the supplier of the frequency converter normally also provides the appropriate GSD file (PROF2CAN.gsd). It must then be installed in HW Konfig. In HW Konfig, in the catalogue, the profile Standard is set for locating the same. Now the folder PROFIBUS-DP is opened. There the subfolders "Further field equipment and General" are opened. Here, the entry Profi2Can is found.
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
Fig. 112: HW Konfig with Profi2Can (GSD file)
The universal mode must be selected and defined as out/input type with a length of 8 bytes each.
en-YN.YNT.001.A
3-707
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-708
Fig. 113: HW Konfig with Profi2Can (configuration)
Operating principle The block communicates directly with Atlas Copco ComBox - P. This device is defined as a Profibus slave. At the input SUBNETID, the number of the Profibus system (Master system no.), which the ComBox - P is connected to, must be entered.
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
Fig. 114: HW Konfig with ComBox - P (SUBNETID)
At the input DPPA_ADR the slave address of the ComBox - P must be entered and at the input DADDR the diagnose address must be entered.
en-YN.YNT.001.A
3-709
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-710
Fig. 115: HW Konfig with ComBox - P (Addresses)
All these values may be taken from the hardware configuration of a STEP7 project. Using these values, the block can communicate automatically with the ComBox - P. At the CAN_NODE input, the CAN Bus address of the compressor control must be entered. If input F has been set, the communication between the block and the ComBox P is enabled. START and STOP switch the compressor control On and Off. If only one compressor control is connected to the ComBox - P via the CAN Bus, no Token control is required and the NOTOKEN input must be set to 1. If several compressor controls exist, these must be chained via ITOKEN and OTOKEN. A compressor control must receive the first token by setting FTOKEN.
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
Fig. 116: Example for three compressor controls at the ComBox - P
Up to 10 analogue values can be retrieved via the compressor control. The number (1 to 10) must be set at the input NUM_AI. For retrieval the inputs PARA_AIn (n=0 .. 9) must be connected to the parameter IDs. The parameter IDs can be different for each type of compressor and must therefore be taken from the parameter list of the respective compressor. A standard compressor may have 1 to 4 pressure inputs and 1 to 10 temperature inputs. The calibration of the values is effected via the inputs CAL_Ain (n=0...9). Pressures are transmitted e.g. in 0.001Bar and temperatures in 0.1°C. For each analogue input, a description may additionally be given by means of DESC_AIn (n=0...9). The outputs AIn contain the analogue values called up by the inputs PARA_Ain, multiplied by CAL_AIn (n=0...9). STAT_AIn contains the status registers for the analogue values. The output NODE_IDS indicates the compressors connected. Bit0 set signifies that the Node ID (CAN Bus address) 1 was found, and Bit1 signifies that the Node ID 2 was found, etc.
en-YN.YNT.001.A
3-711
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-712
Block view
Fig. 117: COMBOX_P block
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
3-713
Starting characteristics During the CPU start-up the COMBOX_P block is deactivated. All internal state flags (shown in the data word) are reset. Following start-up the block waits for the number of cycles projected in the input RUNUPCYC, and will only be activated thereafter. A first start-up whilst the program is running is treated internally like a CPU startup. Time behaviour The block must be called via a time interrupt OB or OB1. It does not have a parameter for the sampling interval. Behaviour in case of a time error In the case of a time error the outputs will then be reset. In addition the internal state flags will be reset. Message actions The block COMBOX_P internally uses an ALARM_8P block for generating the messages. Messages are generated for the following tripping devices: ● Error Atlas Copco Compressor (ER) ● General start failure (GEN_STA) ● General shutdown (GEN_SHUT) The messages can be suppressed by setting the input SUPR. Assignment of message text and message class to the block parameters
Mess. Block no. parameter
Default message text
Message Suppressable class
1
ER
$$BlockComment$$ @1I%t#POLCID_Standard@ @1I%2d@
AH
Yes
2
GEN_STA
$$BlockComment$$ @2I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
3
GEN_SHUT $$BlockComment$$ @3I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
4
$$BlockComment$$ @4I%t#POLCID_Standard@
5
$$BlockComment$$ @5I%t#POLCID_Standard@
6
$$BlockComment$$ @6I%t#POLCID_Standard@
7
$$BlockComment$$ @7I%t#POLCID_Standard@
en-YN.YNT.001.A
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-714
Mess. Block no. parameter
Default message text
8
$$BlockComment$$ @8I%t#POLCID_Standard@
Message Suppressable class
Connections of COMBOX_P Connection Meaning (parameters)
Data type
Def.
Type Attr. O&O Perm. values
SUBNETID
Number of the Profibus subsystem INT of the PLC
0
I
DPPA_ADR
Slave address of the Profibus device
INT
0
I
DADDR
Diagnosis address of the Profibus slave
INT
0
I
F
Enabling
BOOL
0
I
Q
START
Start compressor control system
BOOL
0
I
Q
STOP
Stop compressor control system
BOOL
0
I
Q
ITOKEN
Input token for linked compressor control systems
BOOL
0
I
Q
FTOKEN
First token. One compressor control system must be assigned the first token.
BOOL
0
I
NOTOKEN
No token control. Only one compressor control system existing
BOOL
0
I
RLSA
Enabling alarm generation
BOOL
1
I
CAN_NODE
CAN Bus address of compressor control system
INT
0
I
NUM_AI
Number of the analogue inputs to be read in
INT
0
I
PARA_AI0
Parameter ID for analogue input 0
INT
0
I
PARA_AI1
Parameter ID for analogue input 1
INT
0
I
PARA_AI2
Parameter ID for analogue input 2
INT
0
I
PARA_AI3
Parameter ID for analogue input 3
INT
0
I
PARA_AI4
Parameter ID for analogue input 4
INT
0
I
PARA_AI5
Parameter ID for analogue input 5
INT
0
I
Q
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
3-715
Connection Meaning (parameters)
Data type
Def.
Type Attr. O&O Perm. values
PARA_AI6
Parameter ID for analogue input 6
INT
0
I
PARA_AI7
Parameter ID for analogue input 7
INT
0
I
PARA_AI8
Parameter ID for analogue input 8
INT
0
I
PARA_AI9
Parameter ID for analogue input 9
INT
0
I
CAL_AI0
Calibration for analogue input 0
REAL
0
I
Q
CAL_AI1
Calibration for analogue input 1
REAL
0
I
Q
CAL_AI2
Calibration for analogue input 2
REAL
0
I
Q
CAL_AI3
Calibration for analogue input 3
REAL
0
I
Q
CAL_AI4
Calibration for analogue input 4
REAL
0
I
Q
CAL_AI5
Calibration for analogue input 5
REAL
0
I
Q
CAL_AI6
Calibration for analogue input 6
REAL
0
I
Q
CAL_AI7
Calibration for analogue input 7
REAL
0
I
Q
CAL_AI8
Calibration for analogue input 8
REAL
0
I
Q
CAL_AI9
Calibration for analogue input 9
REAL
0
I
Q
DESC_AI0
Description for analogue input 0
STRING 'Text for AI0'
I
Q
+
DESC_AI1
Description for analogue input 1
STRING 'Text for AI1'
I
Q
+
DESC_AI2
Description for analogue input 2
STRING 'Text for AI2'
I
Q
+
DESC_AI3
Description for analogue input 3
STRING 'Text for AI3'
I
Q
+
DESC_AI4
Description for analogue input 4
STRING 'Text for AI4'
I
Q
+
DESC_AI5
Description for analogue input 5
STRING 'Text for AI5'
I
Q
+
en-YN.YNT.001.A
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-716
Connection Meaning (parameters)
Data type
Def.
Type Attr. O&O Perm. values
DESC_AI6
Description for analogue input 6
STRING 'Text for AI6'
I
Q
+
DESC_AI7
Description for analogue input 7
STRING 'Text for AI7'
I
Q
+
DESC_AI8
Description for analogue input 8
STRING 'Text for AI8'
I
Q
+
DESC_AI9
Description for analogue input 9
STRING 'Text for AI9'
I
Q
+
RUNUPCYC
Waiting cycles at start
INT
3
I
TOKEN_ST
Token timeout time in seconds
INT
10
I
GENER_ST
General timeout time in seconds
INT
60
I
Q
EV_ID1
Message ID no. 1
DWORD 0
I
M
SUPR
Suppression of alarms
BOOL
0
IO
B
EV1_SIG1
Index variable for message no. 1
INT
128
IO
EV1_SIG2
Index variable for message no. 2
INT
129
IO
EV1_SIG3
Index variable for message no. 3
INT
130
IO
EV1_SIG4
Index variable for message no. 4
INT
0
IO
EV1_SIG5
Index variable for message no. 5
INT
0
IO
EV1_SIG6
Index variable for message no. 6
INT
0
IO
EV1_SIG7
Index variable for message no. 7
INT
0
IO
EV1_SIG8
Index variable for message no. 8
INT
0
IO
ER
Error signal
BOOL
0
O
Q
OTOKEN
Input token for linked compressor control systems
BOOL
0
O
Q
PRE_WARN
Pre-warning
BOOL
0
O
Q
GEN_WARN General warning
BOOL
0
O
Q
GEN_SH_W
General shutdown warning
BOOL
0
O
Q
GEN_SHUT
General shutdown
BOOL
0
O
Q
GEN_SERV
General service
BOOL
0
O
Q
+
+
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
Connection Meaning (parameters)
3-717
Data type
Def.
Type Attr. O&O Perm. values
QBAD
Profibus slave faulty
BOOL
0
O
Q
GEN_STA
General start error
BOOL
0
O
Q
EM_STOP
Emergency stop
BOOL
0
O
Q
MAN_AUT
Manual / automatic
BOOL
0
O
Q
LOC_REM
Local / remote
BOOL
0
O
Q
TIM_ACT
Timer not active / active
BOOL
0
O
Q
PWARN_R
Pre-warning service running time hours
BOOL
0
O
Q
PWARN_A
Pre-warning service accumulated M3
BOOL
0
O
Q
CMS_STOP
Mechanical compressor status: stopped
BOOL
0
O
Q
CMS_UNL
Mechanical compressor status: not BOOL loaded
0
O
Q
CMS_LOAD
Mechanical compressor status: loaded
BOOL
0
O
Q
CS_A
Compressor status: A
BOOL
0
O
Q
CS_V
Compressor status: V
BOOL
0
O
Q
CS_MCC_A
Compressor status MMC: A
BOOL
0
O
Q
CS_MCC_D
Compressor status MMC: E
BOOL
0
O
Q
COM_A
Compressor status VSD: A
BOOL
0
O
Q
COM_V
Compressor status VSD: V
BOOL
0
O
Q
CCM2A
Compressor control mode: 2a
BOOL
0
O
Q
CCM2B
Compressor control mode: 2b
BOOL
0
O
Q
CCM3A
Compressor control mode: 3a
BOOL
0
O
Q
CCM3B
Compressor control mode: 3b
BOOL
0
O
Q
CCM4A
Compressor control mode: 4a
BOOL
0
O
Q
CCM4B
Compressor control mode: 4b
BOOL
0
O
Q
CCM4C
Compressor control mode: 4c
BOOL
0
O
Q
CCM4D
Compressor control mode: 4d
BOOL
0
O
Q
NODE_IDS
Compressor connections
DWORD 0
O
Q
en-YN.YNT.001.A
+
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-718
Connection Meaning (parameters)
Data type
Def.
Type Attr. O&O Perm. values
RUN_HOUR
Running time hours
REAL
0
O
Q
+
LOA_HOUR
Loading hours
REAL
0
O
Q
+
ERR_CODE
Error code which was last INT pending. -1 = Token timeout. The block received the token, but did not receive a response from ComBox P by expiry of timeout time. -2 = General timeout. The block did not receive a token by expiry of timeout time. 1 ..7 = Error in data record or 1 ..3 = Error in header (see operating instructions for the Profibus interface of ComBox - P)
0
O
Q
+
AI0
Analogue value 0. Opened by PARA_AI0
REAL
0
O
Q
+
AI1
Analogue value 1. Opened by PARA_AI1
REAL
0
O
Q
+
AI2
Analogue value 2. Opened by PARA_AI2
REAL
0
O
Q
+
AI3
Analogue value 3. Opened by PARA_AI3
REAL
0
O
Q
+
AI4
Analogue value 4. Opened by PARA_AI4
REAL
0
O
Q
+
AI5
Analogue value 5. Opened by PARA_AI5
REAL
0
O
Q
+
AI6
Analogue value 6. Opened by PARA_AI6
REAL
0
O
Q
+
AI7
Analogue value 7. Opened by PARA_AI7
REAL
0
O
Q
+
AI8
Analogue value 8. Opened by PARA_AI8
REAL
0
O
Q
+
AI9
Analogue value 9. Opened by PARA_AI9
REAL
0
O
Q
+
STAT_AI0
Status register of AI0
WORD
0
O
Q
+
STAT_AI1
Status register of AI1
WORD
0
O
Q
+
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
3-719
Connection Meaning (parameters)
Data type
Def.
Type Attr. O&O Perm. values
STAT_AI2
Status register of AI2
WORD
0
O
Q
+
STAT_AI3
Status register of AI3
WORD
0
O
Q
+
STAT_AI4
Status register of AI4
WORD
0
O
Q
+
STAT_AI5
Status register of AI5
WORD
0
O
Q
+
STAT_AI6
Status register of AI6
WORD
0
O
Q
+
STAT_AI7
Status register of AI7
WORD
0
O
Q
+
STAT_AI8
Status register of AI8
WORD
0
O
Q
+
STAT_AI9
Status register of AI9
WORD
0
O
Q
+
ACT_TOK
Current token timeout time in seconds
REAL
0
O
Q
+
ACT_GEN
Current general timeout time in seconds
REAL
0
O
Q
+
DW
Data word
DWORD 0
O
Q
+
DWA
Extended diagnosis data for faceplate
DWORD 0
O
Q
+
DWB
Extended diagnosis data for faceplate
DWORD 0
O
Q
+
DWC
Status information for faceplate
DWORD 0
O
Q
+
Operation and observation of COMBOX_P See the description of the block symbol and the faceplate in the corresponding manual in this regard. PW, DW and SW of COMBOX_P The inputs, outputs and the internal status of the respective block are mapped on the parameter word, the data word and the status word. The assignment of the bits is found in the following table:
en-YN.YNT.001.A
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-720
> COMBOX_P < Bit
Parameter word
Data word
Status word
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28
COLOUR_1
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
3-721
29
COLOUR_2
30
COLOUR_3
31
COLOUR_4 In the case of the COLOUR operating states, the block COMBOX_P does not have all possible states. It features the states with the numbers 1, 2, 3, 4, and 5.
DWA, DWB and DWC of COMBOX_P The block has two additional data words: DWA, DWB and DWC. These words offer additional information on the Schenk Atlas Copco ComBox - P and the Profibus slave. This information is shown in the associated faceplate. > COMBOX_P < Bit
Data word A
Data word B
0
ST_NOEX
PRE_WARN
1
ST_NORDY
GEN_WARN
2
ST_INSLR
GEN_SH_W
3
ST_SENSU
GEN_SHUT
4
ST_MASLO
GEN_SERV
5
ST_WATCH
GEN_STA
6
ST_STDIA
EM_STOP
7
ST_EXDIA
8
ST_EXDOV
LOC_REM
9
ST_SYNC
TIM_ACT
10
ST_FREEZ
PWARN_R
11
ST_PAREQ
PWARN_A
12
ST_PARFA
CMS_STOP
13
ST_SLCCF
CMS_UNL
14
ST_SLDEA
CMS_LOAD
15
ST_STASL
CS_A
16
SLAVE_OK
17
SLAVE_SCH
HARD_ID
DPPA_ADR
Data word C
MAN_AUT
CS_V CS_MCC_A
18
CS_MCC_D
19
COM_A
en-YN.YNT.001.A
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-722
20
COM_V
21
CCM2A
22
CCM2B
23
CCM3A
24
CCM3B
25
CCM4A
26
CCM4B
27 28
SUBNETID
CCM4C CCM4D
29 30 31
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
3.91 Profibus Special Drive ACS800: ABB ACS800 frequency converter Description of ACS800 Object name (Type + Number) FB 537 Calling OBs The time interrupt OB in which the block is installed (e.g. OB 35). Function The block is used for controlling a type ACS800 frequency converter by ABB. The frequency converter is connected to the PLC via the Profibus. The block communicates directly with the Profibus device. Profibus In order to integrate the block, the type ABB Drives RPBA-01 is used for this purpose in the PCS7 program HW Konfig. This must be installed additionally. The GSD file necessary for this purpose can be obtained from the manufacturer. In addition, the supplier of the frequency converter normally also provides the appropriate GSD file. It must then be installed in HW Konfig. In HW Konfig, in the catalogue, the profile Standard is set for locating the same. Now the folder PROFIBUS-DP is opened. There the subfolders "Further field equipment and Drives" are opened. Here, the entry "ABB Drives RPBA-01" is found.
Fig. 118: HW Konfig with ABB Drives RPBA-01
This entry is used for the definition of the Profibus-DP slave. As a block in block slot 1, PPO Type 4 is used.
en-YN.YNT.001.A
3-723
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-724
Operating principle The block communicates directly with the frequency converter. This device is defined as a Profibus slave. At the input SUBNETID, the number of the Profibus system, which the ACS800 is connected to, must be entered. At the input DPPA_ADR the slave address of the ACS800 must be entered and at the input DADDR the diagnose address of the ACS800 must be entered. All these values may be taken from the hardware configuration of a STEP7 project. Using these values, the block can communicate automatically with the corresponding frequency converter. Internally, the same logic is used as for the block UNID (FB 501). However, the block ACS800 reads some signals directly from the Profibus and these need not be connected as inputs or outputs. These are the inputs OLPT, AVBL, RCR1, PWON and SEN1. They are read directly from the frequency converter, or they are written directly to the frequency converter. These inputs and outputs will nevertheless be used in the internal logic. In addition, the interlock system still uses status signals generated by the frequency converter. In detail, these are the signals FLT and FINT. A valid starting command exists when the signals: 'STA1', 'ILC1', 'AVBL', 'OLPT', 'LEMO' and 'PMI1' are set and the stopping command 'STOP' is not set. In this case, the start enable signal 'SEN1' and the run command 'PWON' are set (activation signals for the motor). If the check-back signal 'RCR1' is set together with the speed monitor signal 'SPCL' when a valid starting command is active, the control state switches to selflatching status. It is a characteristic of this state that the operating bits 'OSG1', 'OPS1' are set and that the start release command 'SEN1' is reset while the run command 'PWON' is set. From this moment, the starting commands 'STA1' or 'STA2' can be rescinded without risking reset of the run command PWON. The setting drive is stopped correctly by setting the stopping command 'STOP' or when the process interlock 'ILC1' is deactivated. The monitoring time in seconds TIME1 when a drive is started specifies the period in which the check-back signal RCR1 must be set. In addition, it monitors the time during stopping within which the check-back signal RCR1 must have been reset. If time = 0, no time monitoring of the start and stop is employed. By means of the signals SST1 and SSTP an individual start of the drive can be realised in automatic mode. In the faceplate of the drive, the operator sets the signals SST1 or SSTP. After processing in the block, these signals are reset by the block. After operation of the signal SST1 the output SWST is set at first. By means of this output an external start-up warning can be started. If the start-up warning time has expired, then the input SWRE must be set. In this way, there is a valid starting command and the drive is then started as described above. With the exception of the combination with the signals SWST and SWRE the signal SST1 behaves in the same way as signal STA1. Using SSTP, the drive is stopped. SSTP behaves in the same way with the input STOP.
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
With the signals LSER, LST1 and LSP1 operation of the drive is possible via external switches, keyboards or from the control panel. With the signal LSER the drive is switched to local operation. The availability of the drive disappears therewith. Using the parameter SWLO, it is selected whether the input SWRE is taken into consideration for the evaluation of the inputs LST1 and LSP1. Note Via the signals LST1 and LSP1 the drive can be started (1) or stopped ("0"). Via LST1 the drive is started independently from the interlock signals! Via LSP1 the signals CVON, OLPT, PMI1 and LEMO are taken into consideration. As long as the start signals are pending the drive runs, if the start signal changes to zero the drive is stopped. In addition, this block also supplies some analogue values of the frequency converter. The output SPED indicates the current rotation speed of the drive, and the output POWR contains the power input. The setpoint value is formed from the automatic setpoint value ASET (can be connected in the program) and the setpoint value from the faceplate SET. By means of the input AUTO it is selected which of the two setpoint values is activated. With AUTO = 0, setpoint value SET is active, and with AUTO = 1 setpoint value ASET is active. In the case of AUTO = 1 the setpoint value is deactivated in the faceplate and the value of SET is equalled to the value of ASET. The inputs ILHF and ILLF are the top and bottom limit value for the limitation of the setpoint value and the current rotation speed of the drive, and ILHC is the final value for the calibration of the nominal and actual values of the speed. The input ILHP is used to calibrate power. Internal logic The sequence of the flags is determined by the sequence in which they must be generated. In this relation, the flags marked (with ") must be taken into account in the setting and reset conditions! Auxiliary flag ICVON
:=
CVON_&SLAVE_OK
IPMI1
:=
PMI1_&FLT_&(FINT/-SFIN)
ILEMO
:=
LEMO_&(FINT/SFIN)
RESET
:=
-PWON_&(-EROP/ERES)
CLEROP
:=
EROP_&ERES
AVAIL
:=
AVBL_&OLPT_&LEMO_&IPMI1
en-YN.YNT.001.A
3-725
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-726
Data word S ERPI C ERPI
: :
-IPMI1-ICVON/IPMI1_&RESET
S ERSP C ERSP
: :
(-ISTA1/OPS1)_&ILC1_&PWON_&-SPCL_&-STOP_&-NOTA”ICVON/CLEROP
S ERRC C ERRC
: :
(-ISTA1/OPS1)_&ILC1_&PWON_&-RCR1_&-STOP_&-NOTA”ICVON/CLEROP
S NOTA C NOTA
: :
-AVAIL/ERSP”/ERRC”/ETIM”-ICVON/AVAIL_&RESET
S EROP C EROP
: :
PWON_&ILC1_&NOTA”_&-STOP-ICVON/CLEROP
S OPS1 C OPS1
: :
PWON_&RCR_&SPCL-ICVON/-RCR/-ILC1
S EROL C EROL
: :
-OLPT-ICVON/OLPT_&RESET
S ERMS C ERMS
: :
-IAVBL_&OLPT_&ILEMO-ICVON/(IAVBL/-OLPT/-ILEMO))_&RESET
S EREO C EREO
: :
-ILEMO-ICVON/ILEMO_&RESET
OPL1
:=
-OPS1_&RCR1_&-PWON_&-IAVBL_&OLPT
S ETIM C ETIM
: :
-LCT1_&SEN1_&(-RCR1/SPCL)-CLEROP
S GWARN C GWARN
: :
-ALARM -CVON/(ALARM_&RESET)
S GFLT C GFLT
: :
-FLT -CVON/(FLT_&RESET)
S ERFI C ERFI
: :
-FINT -CVON/(FINT_&RESET)
Status word S PWON C PWON
: :
STA1_&ILC1-ICVON/NOTA”/STOP/-ILC1
S OSG1 C OSG1
: :
OPS1-OPS1”
S SEN1 C SEN1
: :
PWON”OSG1”/-PWON”
EMOF
:=
EREO”
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
DAVB
:=
-NOTA”_&ICVON
EROR
:=
EROP”
DOFF
:=
-OSG1”
OPER
:=
RCR_&SLAVE_OK
LOCA
:=
-AVBL_&SLAVE_OK
QBAD
:=
-SLAVE_OK
en-YN.YNT.001.A
3-727
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-728
Block view
Fig. 119: ACS800 block
Starting characteristics During the CPU start-up the ACS800 block is deactivated. All internal state flags (shown in the data word) are reset. Following start-up the block waits for the number of cycles projected in the input RUNUPCYC, and will only be activated thereafter. A first start-up whilst the program is running is treated internally like a CPU startup. Time behaviour The block must be called via a time interrupt OB or OB1. It does not have a parameter for the sampling interval. Behaviour in case of a time error In the case of a time error the outputs will then be reset. In addition the internal state flags will be reset. Message actions The block ACS800 internally uses an ALARM_8P block for generating the messages. Messages are generated for the following tripping devices: ● Operating trouble (EROP) ● Overload (OLPT) ● Machine availability (AVBL) ● Speed monitor (SPCL) ● Machine protection (PMI1) ● Local emergency off (LEMO) ● Monitoring time (ETIM)
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
3-729
● Check-back signal (RCR) ● Group warning ACS800 (ALARM) ● Group fault ACS800 (FLT) ● Basic interlock (FINT) The messages can be suppressed by setting the input SUPR or by resetting the input RLSA. The input SUPR, however, is activated by the operator interface (WinCC), and RLSA by the program. The inputs CVON (at value 0) and CSF (at value 1) also suppress the output of messages. Assignment of message text and message class to the block parameters
Default message text Mess. Block no. parameter
Message Suppressable class
1
EROP
$$BlockComment$$ @1I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
2
OLPT
$$BlockComment$$ @2I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
3
ERMS
$$BlockComment$$ @3I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
4
ERSP
$$BlockComment$$ @4I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
5
ERPI
$$BlockComment$$ @5I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
6
EREO
$$BlockComment$$ @6I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
7
ETIM
$$BlockComment$$ @7I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
8
ERRC
$$BlockComment$$ @8I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
9
GWARN
$$BlockComment$$ @1I%t#POLCID_Standard@
WH
Yes
10
GFLT
$$BlockComment$$ @2I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
11
ERFI
$$BlockComment$$ @3I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
12
$$BlockComment$$ @4I%t#POLCID_Standard@
13
$$BlockComment$$ @5I%t#POLCID_Standard@
en-YN.YNT.001.A
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-730
Mess. Block Default message text no. parameter 14
$$BlockComment$$ @6I%t#POLCID_Standard@
15
$$BlockComment$$ @7I%t#POLCID_Standard@
16
$$BlockComment$$ @8I%t#POLCID_Standard@
Message Suppressable class
Connections of ACS800 Connection Meaning (parameters)
Data type
Def.
Type Attr. O&O Perm. values
SUBNETID
Number of the Profibus subsystem INT of the PLC
0
I
DPPA_ADR
Slave address of the Profibus device
INT
0
I
DADDR
Diagnosis address of the Profibus slave
INT
0
I
STA1
Start drive
BOOL
0
I
Q
ILC1
Process-technological interlock
BOOL
1
I
Q
STOP
Stop drive
BOOL
0
I
Q
CVON
Control voltage on
BOOL
1
I
Q
PMI1
Machine protection interlock
BOOL
1
I
Q
SPCL
Speed monitor
BOOL
1
I
Q
LEMO
Local emergency off
BOOL
1
I
Q
AUTO
Activate ASET ( = 1 ) or SET ( = 0 ) input
BOOL
0
I
Q
CSF
Control system error
BOOL
0
I
Q
LST1
Local start/stop without PMI1
BOOL
0
I
Q
LSP1
Local start/stop with PMI1
BOOL
0
I
Q
SWRE
Enabling start-up warning
BOOL
1
I
Q
ESST
Display of softkeys for single faceplate start
BOOL
0
I
+
ENRE
Display of softkeys for faceplate reset
BOOL
0
I
+
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
3-731
Connection Meaning (parameters)
Data type
Def.
Type Attr. O&O Perm. values
SWLO
Start-up warning also in local operating mode
BOOL
0
I
Q
SFIN
Selection whether FINT is interconnected to LEMO or PMI1
BOOL
0
I
Q
RLSA
Enabling alarm generation
BOOL
1
I
Q
ASET
Automatic setpoint value
REAL
0.0
I
Q
ILHF
Upper limit value for speed
REAL
100.0 I
Q
+
ILLF
Lower limit value for speed
REAL
0.0
I
Q
+
ILHC
Upper limit value for speed calibration
REAL
100.0 I
Q
ILHP
Upper limit value for power calibration
REAL
100.0 I
Q
TIME1
Monitoring time setpoint value
REAL
5.0
I
BQ
RUNUPCYC
Waiting cycles at start
INT
3
I
EV_ID1
Message ID no. 1
DWORD 0
I
M
EV_ID2
Message ID no. 2
DWORD 0
I
M
RESET
Resetting error Hasler
BOOL
0
IO
BQ
+
LSER
Enabling of local operation
BOOL
0
IO
BQ
+
SST1
Single start
BOOL
0
IO
B
+
SSTP
Single stop
BOOL
0
IO
B
+
SUPR
Suppression of alarms
BOOL
0
IO
B
+
SET
Setpoint value for faceplate
REAL
0.0
IO
B
+
EV1_SIG1
Index variable for message no. 1
INT
1
IO
EV1_SIG2
Index variable for message no. 2
INT
2
IO
EV1_SIG3
Index variable for message no. 3
INT
3
IO
EV1_SIG4
Index variable for message no. 4
INT
4
IO
EV1_SIG5
Index variable for message no. 5
INT
5
IO
EV1_SIG6
Index variable for message no. 6
INT
6
IO
EV1_SIG7
Index variable for message no. 7
INT
7
IO
EV1_SIG8
Index variable for message no. 8
INT
8
IO
EV2_SIG1
Index variable for message no. 9
INT
131
IO
en-YN.YNT.001.A
+
>0
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-732
Connection Meaning (parameters)
Data type
Def.
Type Attr. O&O Perm. values
EV2_SIG2
Index variable for message no. 10
INT
132
IO
EV2_SIG3
Index variable for message no. 11
INT
133
IO
EV2_SIG4
Index variable for message no. 12
INT
0
IO
EV2_SIG5
Index variable for message no. 13
INT
0
IO
EV2_SIG6
Index variable for message no. 14
INT
0
IO
EV2_SIG7
Index variable for message no. 15
INT
0
IO
EV2_SIG8
Index variable for message no. 16
INT
0
IO
OSG1
Operating message
BOOL
0
O
Q
EMOF
Emergency off activated
BOOL
0
O
Q
DAVB
Drive is available
BOOL
0
O
Q
EROR
Drive is faulty
BOOL
0
O
Q
DOFF
Drive is off
BOOL
0
O
Q
SWST
Start start-up warning
BOOL
0
O
Q
OPER
Drive is operating (locally or automatically)
BOOL
0
O
Q
QBAD
Profibus slave faulty
BOOL
0
O
Q
LOCA
Drive is in local operating mode
BOOL
0
O
Q
SPED
Current speed
REAL
0.0
O
Q
+
POWR
Current power
REAL
0.0
O
Q
+
ACT1
Current monitoring time
REAL
0.0
O
Q
+
PW
Parameter word
DWORD 0
O
Q
+
DW
Data word
DWORD 0
O
Q
+
SW
Status word
DWORD 0
O
Q
+
DWA
Extended diagnosis data for faceplate
DWORD 0
O
Q
+
DWB
Extended diagnosis data for faceplate
DWORD 0
O
Q
+
Operation and observation of ACS800 See the description of the block symbol and the faceplate in the corresponding manual in this regard.
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
3-733
PW, DW and SW of ACS800 The inputs, outputs and the internal status of the respective block are mapped on the parameter word, the data word and the status word. The assignment of the bits is found in the following table:
> ACS800 < Bit
Parameter word
Data word
Status word
0
STA1
OPS1
SEN1
1 2
EROP ILC1
3
OSG1 NOTA
4
EMOF
5
DAVB
6
STOP
7
CVON
8
OLPT
EROL
DOFF
9
AVBL
ERMS
SWST
10
RCR1
ERSP
OPER
11
GFLT
12
PMI1
ERPI
13
AUTO
EREO
14
SPCL
ETIM
15
LEMO
16
LSER
ERRC
17
LST1
GWARN
18 19
LSP1
SST1
22 23
SSTP
24
SWRE
en-YN.YNT.001.A
EROR PWON
QBAD
GFLT
20 21
OPL1
ERFI
LOCA
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-734
25
CSF
26
FINT
27 28
COLOUR_1
29
COLOUR_2
30
COLOUR_3
31
COLOUR_4 In the case of the COLOUR operating states, the block ACS800 does not have all possible states. It features the states with the numbers 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 11, 12 and 13.
DWA and DWB of ACS800 The block has two additional data words: DWA and DWB. These words offer additional information on the frequency converter and the Profibus slave. This information is shown in the associated faceplate. > ACS800 < Bit
Data word A
Data word B
0
ST_NOEX
HARD_ID
1
ST_NORDY
2
ST_INSLR
3
ST_SENSU
4
ST_MASLO
5
ST_WATCH
6
ST_STDIA
7
ST_EXDIA
8
ST_EXDOV
9
ST_SYNC
10
ST_FREEZ
11
ST_PAREQ
12
ST_PARFA
13
ST_SLCCF
14
ST_SLDEA
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
15
ST_STASL
16
SLAVE_OK
17
SLAVE_ABBFC
18
OLPT1
19
RCR
20
FLT
21
AVBL
22
ALARM
23
FINT
3-735
DPPA_ADR
24 25 26 27
SUBNETID
28 29 30 31
Profibus interface for ACS800 The operation of this block with a frequency converter ACS800 makes a specific Profibus layout on the part of the frequency converter necessary. It must be taken into account here that the LSB and MSB are rotated for bit values during communication. For Int- or Float-values this does not need to be taken into account. The tables below contain the data exchange as it must be defined on the part of the frequency converter. In the Profibus configuration 6 data words of input data and 6 words of output data are defined for the data exchange. In the case of this block 4 words of input data and 3 words of output data are used. These data are described in the following two tables. This signifies that 2 input words and 3 output words are reserves and are not used by the block. However, the defined data must occur in data exchange exactly in the sequence as defined below.
en-YN.YNT.001.A
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-736
Input data from ACS800: Word Bit no. no.
Type
ACS800 designation
Description
POLCID design.
1st status word 0
Word
Spare 2nd status word
1
Word
Frequency
SPEED
3rd status word 2
Word LSB
Effective power
POWER
4th status word
3
0
Bit
Overload
OLPT1
3
1
Bit
Operating message
RCR
3
2
Bit
Group fault
FLT
3
3
Bit
Available
AVBL
3
4
Bit
Group warning
ALARM
3
5
Bit
Basic interlock
FINT
3
6
Bit
3
7
Bit
MSB 3
8
Bit
3
9
Bit
3
10
Bit
3
11
Bit
3
12
Bit
3
13
Bit
3
14
Bit
3
15
Bit
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
3-737
Output data to ACS800: Word Bit no. no.
Type
ACS800 designation
Description
POLCID design.
1st control word 0
Word
Command word master after slave
CW
2nd control word 1
Word LSB
Frequency setpoint value
SETP
3rd control word
2
0
Bit
Start/Stop frequency converter
PON
2
1
Bit
Start pulse frequency converter
SEN
2
2
Bit
Emergency off
EMOF
2
3
Bit
Machine protection
PMI
2
4
Bit
Resetting error
RESET
2
5
Bit
2
6
Bit
2
7
Bit
MSB 2
8
Bit
2
9
Bit
2
10
Bit
2
11
Bit
2
12
Bit
2
13
Bit
2
14
Bit
2
15
Bit
en-YN.YNT.001.A
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-738
3.92 Profibus Special Drive MOVIDRIV: SEW MOVIDRIVE® frequency converter Description of MOVIDRIV Object name (Type + Number) FB 539 Calling OBs The time interrupt OB in which the block is installed (e.g. OB 35). Function ®
The block is used for controlling a type MOVIDRIVE frequency converter by SEW. The frequency converter is connected to the PLC via the Profibus. The block communicates directly with the Profibus device. Profibus In order to integrate the block, the type MOVIDRIVE DFP21 (DPV1) is used for this purpose in the PCS7 program HW Konfig. This must be installed additionally. The GSD file necessary for this purpose can be obtained from the manufacturer. In addition, the supplier of the frequency converter normally also provides the appropriate GSD file. It must then be installed in HW Konfig. In HW Konfig, in the catalogue, the profile Standard is set for locating the same. Now the folder PROFIBUS-DP is opened. There the subfolders "Further field equipment, Drives SEW and DPV1" are opened. Here, the entry MOVIDRIVE DFP21 (DPV1) is found.
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
Fig. 120: HW Konfig with MOVIDRIVE DFP21 (DPV1)
This entry is used for the definition of the Profibus-DP slave. As a block in block slot 1, 3PD (3 words) is used. Operating principle The block communicates directly with the frequency converter. This device is defined as a Profibus slave. At the input SUBNETID, the number of the Profibus ® system, which the MOVIDRIVE is connected to, must be entered. At the input ® DPPA_ADR the slave address of the MOVIDRIVE must be entered and at the ® input DADDR the diagnose address of the MOVIDRIVE must be entered. All these values may be taken from the hardware configuration of a STEP7 project. Using these values, the block can communicate automatically with the corresponding frequency converter. Internally, the same logic is used as for the block UNID (FB 501). However, the block MOVIDRIV reads some signals directly from the Profibus and these need not be connected as inputs or outputs. These are the inputs OLPT, AVBL, RCR1, PWON and SEN1. They are read directly from the frequency converter, or they are written directly to the frequency converter. These inputs and outputs will nevertheless be used in the internal logic.
en-YN.YNT.001.A
3-739
User manual
Blocks 3-740
®
POLCID for administrators
In addition, the interlock system still uses status signals generated by the frequency converter. This is the signal FLT. A valid starting command exists when the signals: 'STA1', 'ILC1', 'AVBL', 'OLPT', 'LEMO' and 'PMI1' are set and the stopping command 'STOP' is not set. In this case, the start enable signal 'SEN1' and the run command 'PWON' are set (activation signals for the motor). If the check-back signal 'RCR1' is set together with the speed monitor signal 'SPCL' when a valid starting command is active, the control state switches to selflatching status. It is a characteristic of this state that the operating bits 'OSG1', 'OPS1' are set and that the start release command 'SEN1' is reset while the run command 'PWON' is set. From this moment, the starting commands 'STA1' or 'STA2' can be rescinded without risking reset of the run command PWON. The setting drive is stopped correctly by setting the stopping command 'STOP' or when the process interlock 'ILC1' is deactivated. The monitoring time in seconds TIME1 when a drive is started specifies the period in which the check-back signal RCR1 must be set. In addition, it monitors the time during stopping within which the check-back signal RCR1 must have been reset. If time = 0, no time monitoring of the start and stop is employed. By means of the signals SST1 and SSTP an individual start of the drive can be realised in automatic mode. In the faceplate of the drive, the operator sets the signals SST1 or SSTP. After processing in the block, these signals are reset by the block. After operation of the signal SST1 the output SWST is set at first. By means of this output an external start-up warning can be started. If the start-up warning time has expired, then the input SWRE must be set. In this way, there is a valid starting command and the drive is then started as described above. With the exception of the combination with the signals SWST and SWRE the signal SST1 behaves in the same way as signal STA1. Using SSTP, the drive is stopped. SSTP behaves in the same way with the input STOP. With the signals LSER, LST1 and LSP1 operation of the drive is possible via external switches, keyboards or from the control panel. With the signal LSER the drive is switched to local operation. The availability of the drive disappears therewith. Using the parameter SWLO, it is selected whether the input SWRE is taken into consideration for the evaluation of the inputs LST1 and LSP1. Note Via the signals LST1 and LSP1 the drive can be started (1) or stopped ("0"). Via LST1 the drive is started independently from the interlock signals! Via LSP1 the signals CVON, OLPT, PMI1 and LEMO are taken into consideration. As long as the start signals are pending the drive runs, if the start signal changes to zero the drive is stopped. In addition, this block also supplies some analogue values of the frequency converter. The output SPED indicates the current rotation speed of the drive, and the output POWR contains the power input.
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
The setpoint value is formed from the automatic setpoint value ASET (can be connected in the program) and the setpoint value from the faceplate SET. By means of the input AUTO it is selected which of the two setpoint values is activated. With AUTO = 0, setpoint value SET is active, and with AUTO = 1 setpoint value ASET is active. In the case of AUTO = 1 the setpoint value is deactivated in the faceplate and the value of SET is equalled to the value of ASET. The inputs ILHF and ILLF are the top and bottom limit value for the limitation of the setpoint value and the current rotation speed of the drive, and ILHC is the final value for the calibration of the nominal and actual values of the speed. The input ILHP is used to calibrate power. Internal logic The sequence of the flags is determined by the sequence in which they must be generated. In this relation, the flags marked (with ") must be taken into account in the setting and reset conditions!
en-YN.YNT.001.A
3-741
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-742
Auxiliary flag ICVON
:=
CVON_&SLAVE_OK
IPMI1
:=
PMI1&_FLT
RESET
:=
-PWON_&(-EROP/ERES)
CLEROP
:=
EROP_&ERES
AVAIL
:=
AVBL_&OLPT_&LEMO_&IPMI1
Data word S ERPI C ERPI
: :
-IPMI1-ICVON/IPMI1_&RESET
S ERSP C ERSP
: :
(-ISTA1/OPS1)_&ILC1_&PWON_&-SPCL_&-STOP_&-NOTA”ICVON/CLEROP
S ERRC C ERRC
: :
(-ISTA1/OPS1)_&ILC1_&PWON_&-RCR1_&-STOP_&-NOTA”ICVON/CLEROP
S NOTA C NOTA
: :
-AVAIL/ERSP”/ERRC”/ETIM”-ICVON/AVAIL_&RESET
S EROP C EROP
: :
PWON_&ILC1_&NOTA”_&-STOP-ICVON/CLEROP
S OPS1 C OPS1
: :
PWON_&RCR_&SPCL-ICVON/-RCR/-ILC1
S EROL C EROL
: :
-OLPT-ICVON/OLPT_&RESET
S ERMS C ERMS
: :
-IAVBL_&OLPT_&LEMO-ICVON/(IAVBL/-OLPT/-LEMO))_&RESET
S EREO C EREO
: :
-LEMO-ICVON/LEMO_&RESET
OPL1
:=
-OPS1_&RCR1_&-PWON_&-IAVBL_&OLPT
S ETIM C ETIM
: :
-LCT1_&SEN1_&(-RCR1/SPCL)-CLEROP
S GWARN C GWARN
: :
-ALARM -CVON/(ALARM_&RESET)
S GFLT C GFLT
::
-FLT -CVON/(FLT_&RESET)
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
Status word S PWON C PWON
::
STA1_&ILC1-ICVON/NOTA”/STOP/-ILC1
S OSG1 C OSG1
: :
OPS1-OPS1”
S SEN1 C SEN1
: :
PWON”OSG1”/-PWON”
EMOF
:=
EREO”
DAVB
:=
-NOTA”_&ICVON
EROR
:=
EROP”
DOFF
:=
-OSG1”
OPER
:=
RCR_&SLAVE_OK
LOCA
:=
-AVBL_&SLAVE_OK
QBAD
:=
-SLAVE_OK
Block view
Fig. 121: MOVIDRIV block
Starting characteristics During the CPU start-up the MOVIDRIV block is deactivated. All internal state flags (shown in the data word) are reset. Following start-up the block waits for the number of cycles projected in the input RUNUPCYC, and will only be activated thereafter.
en-YN.YNT.001.A
3-743
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-744
A first start-up whilst the program is running is treated internally like a CPU startup. Time behaviour The block must be called via a time interrupt OB or OB1. It does not have a parameter for the sampling interval. Behaviour in case of a time error In the case of a time error the outputs will then be reset. In addition the internal state flags will be reset. Message actions The block MOVIDRIV internally uses an ALARM_8P block for generating the messages. Messages are generated for the following tripping devices: ● Operating trouble (EROP) ● Overload (OLPT) ● Machine availability (AVBL) ● Speed monitor (SPCL) ● Machine protection (PMI1) ● Local emergency off (LEMO) ● Monitoring time (ETIM) ● Check-back signal (RCR) ● MOVIDRIV group warning (ALARM) ● MOVIDRIV group fault (FLT) The messages can be suppressed by setting the input SUPR or by resetting the input RLSA. The input SUPR, however, is activated by the operator interface (WinCC), and RLSA by the program. The inputs CVON (at value 0) and CSF (at value 1) also suppress the output of messages. Assignment of message text and message class to the block parameters
Mess. Block Default message text no. parameter
Message Suppressable class
1
EROP
$$BlockComment$$ @1I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
2
OLPT
$$BlockComment$$ @2I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
3
ERMS
$$BlockComment$$ @3I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
4
ERSP
$$BlockComment$$ @4I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
5
ERPI
$$BlockComment$$ @5I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
3-745
Mess. Block Default message text no. parameter
Message Suppressable class
6
EREO
$$BlockComment$$ @6I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
7
ETIM
$$BlockComment$$ @7I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
8
ERRC
$$BlockComment$$ @8I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
9
GWARN
$$BlockComment$$ @1I%t#POLCID_Standard@
WH
Yes
10
GFLT
$$BlockComment$$ @2I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
11
$$BlockComment$$ @3I%t#POLCID_Standard@
12
$$BlockComment$$ @4I%t#POLCID_Standard@
13
$$BlockComment$$ @5I%t#POLCID_Standard@
14
$$BlockComment$$ @6I%t#POLCID_Standard@
15
$$BlockComment$$ @7I%t#POLCID_Standard@
16
$$BlockComment$$ @8I%t#POLCID_Standard@
Connections of MOVIDRIV Connection Meaning (parameters)
Data type
Def.
Type Attr. O&O Perm. values
SUBNETID
Number of the Profibus subsystem INT of the PLC
0
I
DPPA_ADR
Slave address of the Profibus device
INT
0
I
DADDR
Diagnosis address of the Profibus slave
INT
0
I
STA1
Start drive
BOOL
0
I
Q
ILC1
Process-technological interlock
BOOL
1
I
Q
STOP
Stop drive
BOOL
0
I
Q
en-YN.YNT.001.A
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-746
Connection Meaning (parameters)
Data type
Def.
Type Attr. O&O Perm. values
CVON
Control voltage on
BOOL
1
I
Q
PMI1
Machine protection interlock
BOOL
1
I
Q
SPCL
Speed monitor
BOOL
1
I
Q
LEMO
Local emergency off
BOOL
1
I
Q
AUTO
Activate ASET ( = 1 ) or SET ( = 0 ) input
BOOL
0
I
Q
CSF
Control system error
BOOL
0
I
Q
LST1
Local start/stop without PMI1
BOOL
0
I
Q
LSP1
Local start/stop with PMI1
BOOL
0
I
Q
SWRE
Enabling start-up warning
BOOL
1
I
Q
ESST
Display of softkeys for single faceplate start
BOOL
0
I
+
ENRE
Display of softkeys for faceplate reset
BOOL
0
I
+
SWLO
Start-up warning also in local operating mode
BOOL
0
I
Q
RLSA
Enabling alarm generation
BOOL
1
I
Q
ASET
Automatic setpoint value
REAL
0.0
I
Q
ILHF
Upper limit value for speed
REAL
100.0 I
Q
+
ILLF
Lower limit value for speed
REAL
0.0
I
Q
+
ILHC
Upper limit value for speed calibration
REAL
100.0 I
Q
ILHP
Upper limit value for power calibration
REAL
100.0 I
Q
TIME1
Monitoring time setpoint value
REAL
5.0
I
BQ
RUNUPCYC
Waiting cycles at start
INT
3
I
EV_ID1
Message ID no. 1
DWORD 0
I
M
EV_ID2
Message ID no. 2
DWORD 0
I
M
RESET
Resetting error Hasler
BOOL
0
IO
BQ
+
LSER
Enabling of local operation
BOOL
0
IO
BQ
+
SST1
Single start
BOOL
0
IO
B
+
SSTP
Single stop
BOOL
0
IO
B
+
+
>0
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
3-747
Connection Meaning (parameters)
Data type
Def.
Type Attr. O&O Perm. values
SUPR
Suppression of alarms
BOOL
0
IO
B
+
SET
Setpoint value for faceplate
REAL
0.0
IO
B
+
EV1_SIG1
Index variable for message no. 1
INT
1
IO
EV1_SIG2
Index variable for message no. 2
INT
2
IO
EV1_SIG3
Index variable for message no. 3
INT
3
IO
EV1_SIG4
Index variable for message no. 4
INT
4
IO
EV1_SIG5
Index variable for message no. 5
INT
5
IO
EV1_SIG6
Index variable for message no. 6
INT
6
IO
EV1_SIG7
Index variable for message no. 7
INT
7
IO
EV1_SIG8
Index variable for message no. 8
INT
8
IO
EV2_SIG1
Index variable for message no. 9
INT
135
IO
EV2_SIG2
Index variable for message no. 10
INT
136
IO
EV2_SIG3
Index variable for message no. 11
INT
0
IO
EV2_SIG4
Index variable for message no. 12
INT
0
IO
EV2_SIG5
Index variable for message no. 13
INT
0
IO
EV2_SIG6
Index variable for message no. 14
INT
0
IO
EV2_SIG7
Index variable for message no. 15
INT
0
IO
EV2_SIG8
Index variable for message no. 16
INT
0
IO
OSG1
Operating message
BOOL
0
O
Q
EMOF
Emergency off activated
BOOL
0
O
Q
DAVB
Drive is available
BOOL
0
O
Q
EROR
Drive is faulty
BOOL
0
O
Q
DOFF
Drive is off
BOOL
0
O
Q
SWST
Start start-up warning
BOOL
0
O
Q
OPER
Drive is operating (locally or automatically)
BOOL
0
O
Q
QBAD
Profibus slave faulty
BOOL
0
O
Q
LOCA
Drive is in local operating mode
BOOL
0
O
Q
SPED
Current speed
REAL
0.0
O
Q
+
POWR
Current power
REAL
0.0
O
Q
+
en-YN.YNT.001.A
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-748
Connection Meaning (parameters)
Data type
Def.
Type Attr. O&O Perm. values
ACT1
Current monitoring time
REAL
0.0
O
Q
+
PW
Parameter word
DWORD 0
O
Q
+
DW
Data word
DWORD 0
O
Q
+
SW
Status word
DWORD 0
O
Q
+
DWA
Extended diagnosis data for faceplate
DWORD 0
O
Q
+
DWB
Extended diagnosis data for faceplate
DWORD 0
O
Q
+
Operation and observation of MOVIDRIV See the description of the block symbol and the faceplate in the corresponding manual in this regard. PW, DW and SW of MOVIDRIV The inputs, outputs and the internal status of the respective block are mapped on the parameter word, the data word and the status word. The assignment of the bits is found in the following table:
> MOVIDRIV < Bit
Parameter word
Data word
Status word
0
STA1
OPS1
SEN1
1 2
EROP ILC1
3
OSG1 NOTA
4
EMOF
5
DAVB
6
STOP
OPL1
EROR
7
CVON
8
OLPT
EROL
DOFF
9
AVBL
ERMS
SWST
10
RCR1
ERSP
OPER
11
GFLT
PWON
QBAD
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
3-749
12
PMI1
ERPI
13
AUTO
EREO
14
SPCL
ETIM
15
LEMO
16
LSER
ERRC
17
LST1
GWARN
18 19
LOCA
GFLT LSP1
20 21
SST1
22 23
SSTP
24
SWRE
25
CSF
26 27 28
COLOUR_1
29
COLOUR_2
30
COLOUR_3
31
COLOUR_4 In the case of the COLOUR operating states, the block MOVIDRIV does not have all possible states. It features the states with the numbers 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 11, 12 and 13.
en-YN.YNT.001.A
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-750
DWA and DWB of MOVIDRIV The block has two additional data words: DWA and DWB. These words offer additional information on the frequency converter and the Profibus slave. This information is shown in the associated faceplate. > MOVIDRIV < Bit
Data word A
0
ST_NOEX
1
ST_NORDY
2
ST_INSLR
3
ST_SENSU
4
ST_MASLO
5
ST_WATCH
6
ST_STDIA
7
ST_EXDIA
8
ST_EXDOV
9
ST_SYNC
10
ST_FREEZ
11
ST_PAREQ
12
ST_PARFA
13
ST_SLCCF
14
ST_SLDEA
15
ST_STASL
16
SLAVE_OK
17
SLAVE_SEWFC
18
OLPT
19
RCR1
20
FLT
21
AVBL
22
ALARM
23
EMOF
24
Data word B
HARD_ID
DPPA_ADR
SUBNETID
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
3-751
25 26 27 28 29 30 31 Profibus interface for MOVIDRIV The operation of this block with a frequency converter MOVIDRIV makes a specific Profibus layout on the part of the frequency converter necessary. It must be taken into account here that the LSB and MSB are rotated for bit values during communication. For Int- or Float-values this does not need to be taken into account. The tables below contain the data exchange as it must be defined on the part of the frequency converter. In the Profibus configuration 3 data words of input data and 3 words of output data are defined for the data exchange. In the case of this block 3 words of input data and 2 words of output data are used. These data are described in the following two tables. This signifies that no input word and 1 output word are reserves and are not used by the block. However, the defined data must occur in data exchange exactly in the sequence as defined below. Input data from MOVIDRIV: Word Bit no. no.
Type
LSB
MOVIDRIV designation
Description
POLCID design.
1st status word
0
0
Bit
Overload
OLPT
0
1
Bit
Operating message
RCR1
0
2
Bit
Group fault
FLT
0
3
Bit
Group warning
ALARM
0
4
Bit
Available
AVBL
0
5
Bit
Emergency off
EMOF
0
6
Bit
0
7
Bit
MSB 0
8
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Bit
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-752
Word Bit no. no.
Type
0
9
Bit
0
10
Bit
0
11
Bit
0
12
Bit
0
13
Bit
0
14
Bit
0
15
Bit
MOVIDRIV designation
Description
POLCID design.
2nd status word 1
Word
Frequency
SPEED
3rd status word 2
Word
Effective power
POWER
Description
POLCID design.
Output data to MOVIDRIV: Word Bit no. no.
Type
MOVIDRIV designation
1st control word 0
Word
Command word master after slave
CW
2nd control word 1
Word LSB
Frequency setpoint value
SETP
3rd control word
0
0
Bit
0
1
Bit
0
2
Bit
0
3
Bit
0
4
Bit
0
5
Bit
0
6
Bit
0
7
Bit
Start/Stop frequency converter
PON1
Machine protection
PMI
Resetting error
RESET
MSB 0
8
Bit
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
Word Bit no. no.
Type
0
9
Bit
0
10
Bit
0
11
Bit
0
12
Bit
0
13
Bit
0
14
Bit
0
15
Bit
en-YN.YNT.001.A
MOVIDRIV designation
3-753
Description
POLCID design.
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-754
3.93 Profibus Special Drive MICROMAS: Siemens MICROMASTER frequency converter Description of MICROMAS Object name (Type + Number) FB 545 Calling OBs The time interrupt OB in which the block is installed (e.g. OB 35). Function The block is used for controlling a type MICROMASTER frequency converter by Siemens. The frequency converter is connected to the PLC via the Profibus. The block communicates directly with the Profibus device. Profibus In order to integrate the block, the type MICROMASTER 4 is used for this purpose in the PCS7 program HW Konfig. This must be installed additionally. The GSD file necessary for this purpose can be obtained from the manufacturer. In addition, the supplier of the frequency converter normally also provides the appropriate GSD file. It must then be installed in HW Konfig. In HW Konfig, in the catalogue, the profile Standard is set for locating the same. Now the folder PROFIBUS-DP is opened. There the subfolders "Further field equipment, Drives and SIMOVERT" are opened. Here, the entry MICROMASTER 4 is found.
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
Fig. 122: HW Konfig with MICROMASTER 4
This entry is used for the definition of the Profibus-DP slave. As a block in block slot 1, 0 PKW, 4 PZD whole cons. is used. Operating principle The block communicates directly with the frequency converter. This device is defined as a Profibus slave. At the input SUBNETID, the number of the Profibus system, which the MICROMASTER is connected to, must be entered. At the input DPPA_ADR the slave address of the MICROMASTER must be entered and at the input DADDR the diagnose address of the MICROMASTER must be entered. All these values may be taken from the hardware configuration of a STEP7 project. Using these values, the block can communicate automatically with the corresponding frequency converter. Internally, the same logic is used as for the block UNID (FB 501). However, the block MICROMAS reads some signals directly from the Profibus and these need not be connected as inputs or outputs.
en-YN.YNT.001.A
3-755
User manual
Blocks 3-756
®
POLCID for administrators
These are the inputs OLPT, AVBL, RCR1, PWON and SEN1. They are read directly from the frequency converter, or they are written directly to the frequency converter. These inputs and outputs will nevertheless be used in the internal logic. In addition, the interlock system still uses status signals generated by the frequency converter. These are the signals OLPT1, OLPT2, RDY_SWIT, SWIT_INH and FAULT. A valid starting command exists when the signals: 'STA1', 'ILC1', 'AVBL', 'OLPT', 'LEMO' and 'PMI1' are set and the stopping command 'STOP' is not set. In this case, the start enable signal 'SEN1' and the run command 'PWON' are set (activation signals for the motor). If the check-back signal 'RCR1' is set together with the speed monitor signal 'SPCL' when a valid starting command is active, the control state switches to selflatching status. It is a characteristic of this state that the operating bits 'OSG1', 'OPS1' are set and that the start release command 'SEN1' is reset while the run command 'PWON' is set. From this moment, the starting commands 'STA1' or 'STA2' can be rescinded without risking reset of the run command PWON. The setting drive is stopped correctly by setting the stopping command 'STOP' or when the process interlock 'ILC1' is deactivated. The monitoring time in seconds TIME1 when a drive is started specifies the period in which the check-back signal RCR1 must be set. In addition, it monitors the time during stopping within which the check-back signal RCR1 must have been reset. If time = 0, no time monitoring of the start and stop is employed. By means of the signals SST1 and SSTP an individual start of the drive can be realised in automatic mode. In the faceplate of the drive, the operator sets the signals SST1 or SSTP. After processing in the block, these signals are reset by the block. After operation of the signal SST1 the output SWST is set at first. By means of this output an external start-up warning can be started. If the start-up warning time has expired, then the input SWRE must be set. In this way, there is a valid starting command and the drive is then started as described above. With the exception of the combination with the signals SWST and SWRE the signal SST1 behaves in the same way as signal STA1. Using SSTP, the drive is stopped. SSTP behaves in the same way with the input STOP. With the signals LSER, LST1 and LSP1 operation of the drive is possible via external switches, keyboards or from the control panel. With the signal LSER the drive is switched to local operation. The availability of the drive disappears therewith. Using the parameter SWLO, it is selected whether the input SWRE is taken into consideration for the evaluation of the inputs LST1 and LSP1. Note Via the signals LST1 and LSP1 the drive can be started (1) or stopped ("0"). Via LST1 the drive is started independently from the interlock signals!
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
Via LSP1 the signals CVON, OLPT, PMI1 and LEMO are taken into consideration. As long as the start signals are pending the drive runs, if the start signal changes to zero the drive is stopped. In addition, this block also supplies some analogue values of the frequency converter. The output SPED indicates the current rotation speed of the drive, and the output POWR contains the power input. The setpoint value is formed from the automatic setpoint value ASET (can be connected in the program) and the setpoint value from the faceplate SET. By means of the input AUTO it is selected which of the two setpoint values is activated. With AUTO = 0, setpoint value SET is active, and with AUTO = 1 setpoint value ASET is active. In the case of AUTO = 1 the setpoint value is deactivated in the faceplate and the value of SET is equalled to the value of ASET. The inputs ILHF and ILLF are the top and bottom limit value for the limitation of the setpoint value and the current rotation speed of the drive, and ILHC is the final value for the calibration of the nominal and actual values of the speed. The input ILHP is used to calibrate power. Internal logic The sequence of the flags is determined by the sequence in which they must be generated. In this relation, the flags marked (with ") must be taken into account in the setting and reset conditions! Auxiliary flag ICVON
:=
CVON_&SLAVE_OK
IPMI1
:=
PMI1&_-FAULT_&OLPT2
RESET
:=
-PWON_&(-EROP/ERES)
CLEROP
:=
EROP_&ERES
IAVBL
:=
(RDY_SWIT/RCR1)_&SWIT_INH_&REMOTE
AVAIL
:=
IAVBL_&OLPT_&LEMO_&IPMI1
Data word S ERPI C ERPI
: :
-IPMI1-ICVON/IPMI1_&RESET
S ERSP C ERSP
: :
(-ISTA1/OPS1)_&ILC1_&PWON_&-SPCL_&-STOP_&-NOTA”ICVON/CLEROP
S ERRC C ERRC
: :
(-ISTA1/OPS1)_&ILC1_&PWON_&-RCR1_&-STOP_&-NOTA”ICVON/CLEROP
S NOTA C NOTA
: :
-AVAIL/ERSP”/ERRC”/ETIM”-ICVON/AVAIL_&RESET
S EROP C EROP
: :
PWON_&ILC1_&NOTA”_&-STOP-ICVON/CLEROP
en-YN.YNT.001.A
3-757
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-758
S OPS1 C OPS1
: :
PWON_&RCR_&SPCL-ICVON/-RCR/-ILC1
S ERO1 C ERO1
: :
-OLPT1-ICVON/OLPT1_&RESET
S ERMS C ERMS
: :
-IAVBL_&OLPT_&LEMO-ICVON/(IAVBL/-OLPT/-LEMO))_&RESET
S EREO C EREO
: :
-LEMO-ICVON/LEMO_&RESET
OPL1
:=
-OPS1_&RCR1_&-PWON_&-IAVBL_&OLPT
S ETIM C ETIM
: :
-LCT1_&SEN1_&(-RCR1/SPCL)-CLEROP
S GWARN C GWARN
: :
-ALARM -CVON/(ALARM_&RESET)
S GFLT C GFLT
: :
FAULT_&OLPT2 -CVON/(-FAULT_&RESET)
S ERFR C ERFR
: :
FRQ_MAX -CVON/(-FRQ_MAX_&RESET)
S ERCL C ERCL
: :
-CLIM -CVON/(CLIM_&RESET)
S ERO2 C ERO2
: :
-OLPT2 -CVON/(OLPT2_&RESET)
S ERYS C ERYS
: :
-RDY_SWIT_&-RCR1 -CVON/(RDY_SWIT_&RESET)
S ERIN C ERIN
: :
SWIT_INH -CVON/(-SWIT_INH_&RESET)
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
Status word S PWON C PWON
: :
STA1_&ILC1-ICVON/NOTA”/STOP/-ILC1
S OSG1 C OSG1
: :
OPS1-OPS1”
S SEN1 C SEN1
: :
PWON”OSG1”/-PWON”
EMOF
:=
EREO”
DAVB
:=
-NOTA”_&ICVON
EROR
:=
EROP”
DOFF
:=
-OSG1”
OPER
:=
OPER_ENB_&SLAVE_OK
LOCA
:=
-AVBL_&SLAVE_OK
QBAD
:=
-SLAVE_OK
Block view
Fig. 123: MICROMAS block
Starting characteristics During the CPU start-up the MICROMAS block is deactivated. All internal state flags (shown in the data word) are reset. Following start-up the block waits for the number of cycles projected in the input RUNUPCYC, and will only be activated thereafter. A first start-up whilst the program is running is treated internally like a CPU startup.
en-YN.YNT.001.A
3-759
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-760
Time behaviour The block must be called via a time interrupt OB or OB1. It does not have a parameter for the sampling interval. Behaviour in case of a time error In the case of a time error the outputs will then be reset. In addition the internal state flags will be reset. Message actions The block MICROMAS internally uses an ALARM_8P block for generating the messages. Messages are generated for the following tripping devices: ● Operating trouble (EROP) ● Overload (OLPT) ● Machine availability (AVBL) ● Speed monitor (SPCL) ● Machine protection (PMI1) ● Local emergency off (LEMO) ● Monitoring time (ETIM) ● Check-back signal (RCR1) ● MICROMAS group warning (ALARM) ● MICROMAS group fault (FAULT) ● Frequency > maximum (FRQ_MAX) ● Current limit (CLIM) ● Overload frequency converter (OLPT2) ● Not ready to be switched on (RDY_SWIT) ● Cut-in lock (SWIT_INH) The messages can be suppressed by setting the input SUPR or by resetting the input RLSA. The input SUPR, however, is activated by the operator interface (WinCC), and RLSA by the program. The inputs CVON (at value 0) and CSF (at value 1) also suppress the output of messages. Assignment of message text and message class to the block parameters
Mess. Block Default message text no. parameter
Message Suppressable class
1
EROP
$$BlockComment$$ @1I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
2
ERO1
$$BlockComment$$ @2I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
3
ERMS
$$BlockComment$$ @3I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
3-761
Mess. Block Default message text no. parameter
Message Suppressable class
4
ERSP
$$BlockComment$$ @4I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
5
ERPI
$$BlockComment$$ @5I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
6
EREO
$$BlockComment$$ @6I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
7
ETIM
$$BlockComment$$ @7I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
8
ERRC
$$BlockComment$$ @8I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
9
GWARN
$$BlockComment$$ @1I%t#POLCID_Standard@
WH
Yes
10
GFLT
$$BlockComment$$ @2I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
11
ERFR
$$BlockComment$$ @3I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
12
ERCL
$$BlockComment$$ @4I%t#POLCID_Standard@
WH
Yes
13
ERO2
$$BlockComment$$ @5I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
14
ERYS
$$BlockComment$$ @6I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
15
ERIH
$$BlockComment$$ @7I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
16
$$BlockComment$$ @8I%t#POLCID_Standard@
Connections of MICROMAS Connection Meaning (parameters)
Data type
Def.
Type Attr. O&O Perm. values
SUBNETID
Number of the Profibus subsystem INT of the PLC
0
I
DPPA_ADR
Slave address of the Profibus device
INT
0
I
DADDR
Diagnosis address of the Profibus slave
INT
0
I
en-YN.YNT.001.A
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-762
Connection Meaning (parameters)
Data type
Def.
Type Attr. O&O Perm. values
STA1
Start drive
BOOL
0
I
Q
ILC1
Process-technological interlock
BOOL
1
I
Q
STOP
Stop drive
BOOL
0
I
Q
CVON
Control voltage on
BOOL
1
I
Q
PMI1
Machine protection interlock
BOOL
1
I
Q
SPCL
Speed monitor
BOOL
1
I
Q
LEMO
Local emergency off
BOOL
1
I
Q
AUTO
Activate ASET ( = 1 ) or SET ( = 0 ) input
BOOL
0
I
Q
CSF
Control system error
BOOL
0
I
Q
LST1
Local start/stop without PMI1
BOOL
0
I
Q
LSP1
Local start/stop with PMI1
BOOL
0
I
Q
SINC
Increase speed locally
BOOL
0
I
Q
SDEC
Reduce speed locally
BOOL
0
I
Q
SWRE
Enabling start-up warning
BOOL
1
I
Q
ESST
Display of softkeys for single faceplate start
BOOL
0
I
+
ENRE
Display of softkeys for faceplate reset
BOOL
0
I
+
SWLO
Start-up warning also in local operating mode
BOOL
0
I
Q
RLSA
Enabling alarm generation
BOOL
1
I
Q
ASET
Automatic setpoint value
REAL
0.0
I
Q
ILHF
Upper limit value for speed
REAL
100.0 I
Q
+
ILLF
Lower limit value for speed
REAL
0.0
I
Q
+
ILHC
Upper limit value for speed calibration
REAL
100.0 I
Q
ILHP
Upper limit value for power calibration
REAL
100.0 I
Q
TIME1
Monitoring time setpoint value
REAL
5.0
I
BQ
RUNUPCYC
Waiting cycles at start
INT
3
I
EV_ID1
Message ID no. 1
DWORD 0
I
+
>0
M
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
3-763
Connection Meaning (parameters)
Data type
EV_ID2
Message ID no. 2
DWORD 0
I
M
RESET
Resetting error Hasler
BOOL
0
IO
BQ
+
LSER
Enabling of local operation
BOOL
0
IO
BQ
+
SST1
Single start
BOOL
0
IO
B
+
SSTP
Single stop
BOOL
0
IO
B
+
SUPR
Suppression of alarms
BOOL
0
IO
B
+
SET
Setpoint value for faceplate
REAL
0.0
IO
B
+
EV1_SIG1
Index variable for message no. 1
INT
1
IO
EV1_SIG2
Index variable for message no. 2
INT
171
IO
EV1_SIG3
Index variable for message no. 3
INT
3
IO
EV1_SIG4
Index variable for message no. 4
INT
4
IO
EV1_SIG5
Index variable for message no. 5
INT
5
IO
EV1_SIG6
Index variable for message no. 6
INT
6
IO
EV1_SIG7
Index variable for message no. 7
INT
7
IO
EV1_SIG8
Index variable for message no. 8
INT
8
IO
EV2_SIG1
Index variable for message no. 9
INT
136
IO
EV2_SIG2
Index variable for message no. 10
INT
137
IO
EV2_SIG3
Index variable for message no. 11
INT
81
IO
EV2_SIG4
Index variable for message no. 12
INT
138
IO
EV2_SIG5
Index variable for message no. 13
INT
139
IO
EV2_SIG6
Index variable for message no. 14
INT
140
IO
EV2_SIG7
Index variable for message no. 15
INT
141
IO
EV2_SIG8
Index variable for message no. 16
INT
0
IO
OSG1
Operating message
BOOL
0
O
Q
EMOF
Emergency off activated
BOOL
0
O
Q
DAVB
Drive is available
BOOL
0
O
Q
EROR
Drive is faulty
BOOL
0
O
Q
DOFF
Drive is off
BOOL
0
O
Q
SWST
Start start-up warning
BOOL
0
O
Q
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Def.
Type Attr. O&O Perm. values
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-764
Connection Meaning (parameters)
Data type
Def.
Type Attr. O&O Perm. values
OPER
Drive is operating (locally or automatically)
BOOL
0
O
Q
QBAD
Profibus slave faulty
BOOL
0
O
Q
LOCA
Drive is in local operating mode
BOOL
0
O
Q
BREAK
Activating external holding brake
BOOL
0
O
Q
SPED
Current speed
REAL
0.0
O
Q
+
POWR
Current power
REAL
0.0
O
Q
+
ACT1
Current monitoring time
REAL
0.0
O
Q
+
PW
Parameter word
DWORD 0
O
Q
+
DW
Data word
DWORD 0
O
Q
+
SW
Status word
DWORD 0
O
Q
+
DWA
Extended diagnosis data for faceplate
DWORD 0
O
Q
+
DWB
Extended diagnosis data for faceplate
DWORD 0
O
Q
+
DWC
Extended diagnosis data for faceplate
DWORD 0
O
Q
+
Operation and observation of MICROMAS See the description of the block symbol and the faceplate in the corresponding manual in this regard. PW, DW and SW of MICROMAS The inputs, outputs and the internal status of the respective block are mapped on the parameter word, the data word and the status word. The assignment of the bits is found in the following table:
> MICROMAS < Bit
Parameter word
Data word
Status word
0
STA1
OPS1
SEN1
1 2 3
EROP ILC1
OSG1 NOTA
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
3-765
4
EMOF
5
DAVB
6
STOP
7
CVON
8
OLPT1
ERO1
DOFF
9
AVBL
ERMS
SWST
10
RCR1
ERSP
OPER
11
GFLT
12
PMI1
ERPI
LOCA
13
AUTO
EREO
BREAK
14
SPCL
ETIM
15
LEMO
16
LSER
ERRC
17
LST1
GWARN
18 19
EROR PWON
QBAD
GFLT LSP1
20 21
OPL1
ERFR ERCL
SST1
22
ERO2 ERYS
23
SSTP
24
SWRE
25
CSF
26
OLPT2
27
RDYS
28
INHB
ERIH
COLOUR_1
29
COLOUR_2
30
COLOUR_3
31
COLOUR_4 In the case of the COLOUR operating states, the block MICROMAS does not have all possible states. It features the states with the numbers 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 11, 12 and 13.
en-YN.YNT.001.A
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-766
DWA, DWB and DWC of MICROMAS The block has three additional data words: DWA, DWB and DWC. These words offer additional information on the frequency converter and the Profibus slave. This information is shown in the associated faceplate. > MICROMAS < Bit
Data word A
Data word B
0
ST_NOEX
RDY_SWIT
1
ST_NORDY
RDY_OPER
2
ST_INSLR
OPER_ENB
3
ST_SENSU
FAULT
4
ST_MASLO
OFF2
5
ST_WATCH
OFF3
6
ST_STDIA
SWIT_INH
7
ST_EXDIA
8
ST_EXDOV
ACTSET
9
ST_SYNC
REMOTE
10
ST_FREEZ
FRANGE
11
ST_PAREQ
CLIM
12
ST_PARFA
BREAK
13
ST_SLCCF
OLPT1
14
ST_SLDEA
DIR_L_R
15
ST_STASL
OLPT2
16
SLAVE_OK
DC_BREAK
17
SLAVE_MMCFC
FRQ_MAX
HARD_ID
18 19
Data word C
ALARM
CURR_MAX DPPA_ADR
FRQGACT
20
FRQLACT
21
FRQGSET
22
ULLIM
23
UGLIM
24 25
SUBNETID
OPDIR PILLIM
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
3-767
26
PISAT
27 28 29 30 31 Profibus interface for MICROMAS The operation of this block with a frequency converter MICROMAS makes a specific Profibus layout on the part of the frequency converter necessary. It must be taken into account here that the LSB and MSB are rotated for bit values during communication. For Int- or Float-values this does not need to be taken into account. The tables below contain the data exchange as it must be defined on the part of the frequency converter. In the Profibus configuration 4 data words of input data and 4 words of output data are defined for the data exchange. In the case of this block 4 words of input data and 2 words of output data are used. These data are described in the following two tables. This signifies that no input words and 2 output words are reserves and are not used by the block. However, the defined data must occur in data exchange exactly in the sequence as defined below. Input data from MICROMAS: Word Bit no. no.
Type
MICROMAS designation
LSB
Description
POLCID design.
1st status word
0
0
Bit
Ready to be switched on
RDY_SWIT
0
1
Bit
Ready for operation
RDY_OPER
0
2
Bit
Enable operation
OPER_ENB
0
3
Bit
Group fault
FAULT
0
4
Bit
AUS2
Immediate pulse inhibitor, drive coasts
OFF2
0
5
Bit
AUS3
Quick stop, shutting down with shortest deceleration time
OFF3
0
6
Bit
Cut-in lock
SWIT_INH
0
7
Bit
Group warning
ALARM
Bit
Setpoint / actual value deviation within tolerance range
ACTSET
MSB 0
8
en-YN.YNT.001.A
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-768
Word Bit no. no.
Type
0
9
0
MICROMAS designation
Description
POLCID design.
Bit
Operating mode remote operation
REMOTE
10
Bit
Frequency is greater than or equal to setpoint value
FRANGE
0
11
Bit
Motor current has reached current limit
CLIM
0
12
Bit
External holding brake
BREAK
0
13
Bit
Motor overload
OLPT1
0
14
Bit
Travel to left/right
DIR_L_R
0
15
Bit
Converter overload
OLPT2
2nd status word 1
Word
Frequency
SPEED
3rd status word 2
Word LSB
Effective power
POWER
4th status word
3
0
Bit
D.C. injection brake
DC_BREAK
3
1
Bit
Converter frequency less than shutdown FRQ_MAX limit
3
2
Bit
3
3
Bit
Motor current is greater than or equal to current limitation
CURR_MAX
3
4
Bit
Actual frequency is greater than reference frequency
FRQGACT
3
5
Bit
Actual frequency is lower than reference FRQLACT frequency
3
6
Bit
Actual frequency is greater than or equal to setpoint value
FRQGSET
3
7
Bit
Voltage lower than threshold value
ULLIM
MSB 3
8
Bit
Voltage greater than threshold value
UGLIM
3
9
Bit
Opposite direction
OPDIR
3
10
Bit
PI frequency is less than threshold value PILLIM
3
11
Bit
PI saturation
3
12
Bit
PISAT
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
Word Bit no. no.
Type
3
13
Bit
3
14
Bit
3
15
Bit
en-YN.YNT.001.A
MICROMAS designation
3-769
Description
POLCID design.
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-770
Output data to MICROMAS: Word Bit no. no.
Type
LSB
MICROMAS designation
Description
POLCID design.
1st control word
0
0
Bit
Start/stop drive
OFF1
0
1
Bit
Immediate pulse inhibitor, drive coasts
OFF2
0
2
Bit
Quick stop, shutting down with shortest deceleration time
OFF3
0
3
Bit
Enable operation
OPER_ENB
0
4
Bit
Enable ramp generator
RAMP_ENB
0
5
Bit
Enabling ramp generator setpoint value
RAMP_UNF
0
6
Bit
Release setpoint value
SETP_ENB
0
7
Bit
Reset error
RESET
MSB 0
8
Bit
Jogging right
JOG1
0
9
Bit
Jogging left
JOG2
0
10
Bit
Operating mode remote operation
REMOTE
0
11
Bit
Invert direction of rotation
DIR_INV
0
12
Bit
0
13
Bit
Motor potentiometer up
POTI_PL
0
14
Bit
Motor potentiometer down
POTI_MI
0
15
Bit
Activate parameter set local or remote
PAR_SET
2nd control word 1
Word
Frequency setpoint value
SETP
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
3.94 Profibus Special Drive SIMOV_LV: Siemens SIMOVERT MASTERDRIVES frequency converter Description of SIMOV_LV Object name (Type + Number) FB 545 Calling OBs The time interrupt OB in which the block is installed (e.g. OB 35). Function The block is used for controlling a type SIMOVERT MASTERDRIVES frequency converter by Siemens. The frequency converter is connected to the PLC via the Profibus. The block communicates directly with the Profibus device. Profibus In order to integrate the block, the type MASTERDRIVES/DC MASTER CBP2 DPV1 is used for this purpose in the PCS7 program HW Konfig. This must be installed additionally. The GSD file necessary for this purpose can be obtained from the manufacturer. In addition, the supplier of the frequency converter normally also provides the appropriate GSD file. It must then be installed in HW Konfig. In HW Konfig, in the catalogue, the profile Standard is set for locating the same. Now the folder PROFIBUS-DP is opened. There the subfolder SIMOVERT is found. Here the entry MASTERDRIVES/DC MASTER CBP2 DPV1 is found.
en-YN.YNT.001.A
3-771
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-772
Fig. 124: HW Konfig with MASTERDRIVES/DC MASTER CBP2 DPV1
This entry is used for the definition of the Profibus-DP slave. As a block in block slot 1, PPO 5: 4 PKW , 10 PZD is used. Operating principle The block communicates directly with the frequency converter. This device is defined as a Profibus slave. At the input SUBNETID, the number of the Profibus system, which the SIMOVERT MASTERDRIVES is connected to, must be entered. At the input DPPA_ADR the slave address of the SIMOVERT MASTERDRIVES must be entered and at the input DADDR the diagnose address of the SIMOVERT MASTERDRIVES must be entered. All these values may be taken from the hardware configuration of a STEP7 project. Using these values, the block can communicate automatically with the corresponding frequency converter. Internally, the same logic is used as for the block UNID (FB 501). However, the block SIMOV_LV reads some signals directly from the Profibus and these need not be connected as inputs or outputs. These are the inputs OLPT, AVBL, RCR1, PWON and SEN1. They are read directly from the frequency converter, or they are written directly to the frequency converter. Nevertheless these inputs and outputs are used in the internal logic. In addition, the interlock system still uses status signals generated by the frequency converter. This is the signal FAULT. A valid starting command exists when the signals: 'STA1', 'ILC1', 'AVBL', 'OLPT', 'LEMO' and 'PMI1' are set and the stopping command 'STOP' is not set. In this case, the start enable signal 'SEN1' and the run command 'PWON' are set (activation signals for the motor).
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
If the check-back signal 'RCR1' is set together with the speed monitor signal 'SPCL' when a valid starting command is active, the control state switches to selflatching status. It is a characteristic of this state that the operating bits 'OSG1', 'OPS1' are set and that the start release command 'SEN1' is reset while the run command 'PWON' is set. From this moment, the starting commands 'STA1' or 'STA2' can be rescinded without risking reset of the run command PWON. The setting drive is stopped correctly by setting the stopping command 'STOP' or when the process interlock 'ILC1' is deactivated. The monitoring time in seconds TIME1 when a drive is started specifies the period in which the check-back signal RCR1 must be set. In addition, it monitors the time during stopping within which the check-back signal RCR1 must have been reset. If time = 0, no time monitoring of the start and stop is employed. By means of the signals SST1 and SSTP an individual start of the drive can be realised in automatic mode. In the faceplate of the drive, the operator sets the signals SST1 or SSTP. After processing in the block, these signals are reset by the block. After operation of the signal SST1 the output SWST is set at first. By means of this output an external start-up warning can be started. If the start-up warning time has expired, then the input SWRE must be set. In this way, there is a valid starting command and the drive is then started as described above. With the exception of the combination with the signals SWST and SWRE the signal SST1 behaves in the same way as signal STA1. Using SSTP, the drive is stopped. SSTP behaves in the same way with the input STOP. With the signals LSER, LST1 and LSP1 operation of the drive is possible via external switches, keyboards or from the control panel. With the signal LSER the drive is switched to local operation. The availability of the drive disappears therewith. Using the parameter SWLO, it is selected whether the input SWRE is taken into consideration for the evaluation of the inputs LST1 and LSP1. Note Via the signals LST1 and LSP1 the drive can be started (1) or stopped ("0"). Via LST1 the drive is started independently from the interlock signals! Via LSP1 the signals CVON, OLPT, PMI1 and LEMO are taken into consideration. As long as the start signals are pending the drive runs, if the start signal changes to zero the drive is stopped. In addition, this block also supplies some analogue values of the frequency converter. The output SPED indicates the current rotation speed of the drive, and the output POWR contains the power input. The setpoint value is formed from the automatic setpoint value ASET (can be connected in the program) and the setpoint value from the faceplate SET. By means of the input AUTO it is selected which of the two setpoint values is activated. With AUTO = 0, setpoint value SET is active, and with AUTO = 1 setpoint value ASET is active. In the case of AUTO = 1 the setpoint value is deactivated in the faceplate and the value of SET is equalled to the value of ASET.
en-YN.YNT.001.A
3-773
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-774
The inputs ILHF and ILLF are the top and bottom limit value for the limitation of the setpoint value and the current rotation speed of the drive, and ILHC is the final value for the calibration of the nominal and actual values of the speed. The input ILHP calibrates power, and input ILHT calibrates torque. Internal logic The sequence of the flags is determined by the sequence in which they must be generated. In this relation, the flags marked (with ") must be taken into account in the setting and reset conditions!
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
Auxiliary flag ICVON
:=
CVON_&SLAVE_OK
IPMI1
:=
PMI1&_-FAULT
RESET
:=
-PWON_&(-EROP/ERES)
CLEROP
:=
EROP_&ERES
IAVBL
:=
(RDY_SWIT/RCR1)_&SWIT_INH_&REMOTE
AVAIL
:=
IAVBL_&OLPT_&LEMO_&IPMI1
Data word S ERPI C ERPI
: :
-IPMI1-ICVON/IPMI1_&RESET
S ERSP C ERSP
: :
(-ISTA1/OPS1)_&ILC1_&PWON_&-SPCL_&-STOP_&-NOTA”ICVON/CLEROP
S ERRC C ERRC
: :
(-ISTA1/OPS1)_&ILC1_&PWON_&-RCR1_&-STOP_&-NOTA”ICVON/CLEROP
S NOTA C NOTA
: :
-AVAIL/ERSP”/ERRC”/ETIM”-ICVON/AVAIL_&RESET
S EROP C EROP
: :
PWON_&ILC1_&NOTA”_&-STOP-ICVON/CLEROP
S OPS1 C OPS1
: :
PWON_&RCR_&SPCL-ICVON/-RCR/-ILC1
S EROL C EROL
: :
-OLPT-ICVON/OLPT_&RESET
S ERMS C ERMS
: :
-IAVBL_&OLPT_&LEMO-ICVON/(IAVBL/-OLPT/-LEMO))_&RESET
S EREO C EREO
: :
-LEMO-ICVON/LEMO_&RESET
OPL1
:=
-OPS1_&RCR1_&-PWON_&-IAVBL_&OLPT
S ETIM C ETIM
: :
-LCT1_&SEN1_&(-RCR1/SPCL)-CLEROP
S GWARN C GWARN
: :
-ALARM -CVON/(ALARM_&RESET)
S GFLT C GFLT
::
FAULT -CVON/(-FAULT_&RESET)
S ERYS C ERYS
: :
-RDY_SWIT_&-RCR1 -CVON/(RDY_SWIT_&RESET)
en-YN.YNT.001.A
3-775
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-776
S ERIN C ERIN
: :
SWIT_INH -CVON/(-SWIT_INH_&RESET)
S ERUV C ERUV
: :
FRQ_MAX -CVON/(-FRQ_MAX_&RESET)
S ERFR C ERFR
: :
FRQ_MAX -CVON/(-FRQ_MAX_&RESET)
S ERTR C ERTR
: :
TEMP_RF -CVON/(-TEMP_RF_&RESET)
S ERTM C ERTM
: :
TEMP_MF -CVON/(-TEMP_MF_&RESET)
S ERTB C ERTB
: :
TURN_BL -CVON/(-TURN_BL_&RESET)
Status word S PWON C PWON
: :
STA1_&ILC1-ICVON/NOTA”/STOP/-ILC1
S OSG1 C OSG1
: :
OPS1-OPS1”
S SEN1 C SEN1
::
PWON”OSG1”/-PWON”
EMOF
:=
EREO”
DAVB
:=
-NOTA”_&ICVON
EROR
:=
EROP”
DOFF
:=
-OSG1”
OPER
:=
OPER_ENB_&SLAVE_OK
LOCA
:=
-AVBL_&SLAVE_OK
QBAD
:=
-SLAVE_OK
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
Block view
Fig. 125: SIMOV_LV block
Starting characteristics During the CPU start-up the SIMOV_LV block is deactivated. All internal state flags (shown in the data word) are reset. Following start-up the block waits for the number of cycles projected in the input RUNUPCYC, and will only be activated thereafter. A first start-up whilst the program is running is treated internally like a CPU startup. Time behaviour The block must be called via a time interrupt OB or OB1. It does not have a parameter for the sampling interval. Behaviour in case of a time error In the case of a time error the outputs will then be reset. In addition the internal state flags will be reset. Message actions The block SIMOV_LV internally uses an ALARM_8P block for generating the messages. Messages are generated for the following tripping devices: ● Operating trouble (EROP) ● Overload (OLPT) ● Machine availability (AVBL) ● Speed monitor (SPCL) ● Machine protection (PMI1) ● Local emergency off (LEMO)
en-YN.YNT.001.A
3-777
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-778
● Monitoring time (ETIM) ● Check-back signal (RCR1) ● SIMOV_LV group warning (ALARM) ● SIMOV_LV group fault (FAULT) ● Not ready to be switched on (RDY_SWIT) ● Cut-in lock (SWIT_INH) ● Undervoltage DC-link (UVOLT) ● Frequency > maximum (FRQ_MAX) ● Warning overload converter (OLPT_W) ● Error temperature inverter > maximum (TEMP_RF) ● Warning temperature inverter > maximum (TEMP_RW) ● Warning temperature motor > maximum (TEMP_MW) ● Error temperature motor > maximum (TEMP_MF) ● Error motor tilted or blocked (TURN_BL) The messages can be suppressed by setting the input SUPR or by resetting the input RLSA. The input SUPR, however, is activated by the operator interface (WinCC), and RLSA by the program. The inputs CVON (at value 0) and CSF (at value 1) also suppress the output of messages. Assignment of message text and message class to the block parameters
Mess. Block Default message text no. parameter
Message Suppressable class
1
EROP
$$BlockComment$$ @1I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
2
ERO1
$$BlockComment$$ @2I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
3
ERMS
$$BlockComment$$ @3I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
4
ERSP
$$BlockComment$$ @4I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
5
ERPI
$$BlockComment$$ @5I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
6
EREO
$$BlockComment$$ @6I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
7
ETIM
$$BlockComment$$ @7I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
8
ERRC
$$BlockComment$$ @8I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
3-779
Mess. Block Default message text no. parameter
Message Suppressable class
9
GWARN
$$BlockComment$$ @1I%t#POLCID_Standard@
WH
Yes
10
GFLT
$$BlockComment$$ @2I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
11
ERYS
$$BlockComment$$ @3I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
12
ERIH
$$BlockComment$$ @4I%t#POLCID_Standard@
WH
Yes
13
ERUV
$$BlockComment$$ @5I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
14
ERFR
$$BlockComment$$ @6I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
15
WAOL
$$BlockComment$$ @7I%t#POLCID_Standard@
WH
Yes
16
$$BlockComment$$ @8I%t#POLCID_Standard@
17
ERTR
$$BlockComment$$ @1I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
18
WATR
$$BlockComment$$ @2I%t#POLCID_Standard@
WH
Yes
19
WATM
$$BlockComment$$ @3I%t#POLCID_Standard@
WH
Yes
20
ERTM
$$BlockComment$$ @4I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
21
ERTB
$$BlockComment$$ @5I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
22
$$BlockComment$$ @6I%t#POLCID_Standard@
23
$$BlockComment$$ @7I%t#POLCID_Standard@
24
$$BlockComment$$ @8I%t#POLCID_Standard@
en-YN.YNT.001.A
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-780
Connections of SIMOV_LV Connection Meaning (parameters)
Data type
Def.
Type Attr. O&O Perm. values
SUBNETID
Number of the Profibus subsystem INT of the PLC
0
I
DPPA_ADR
Slave address of the Profibus device
INT
0
I
DADDR
Diagnosis address of the Profibus slave
INT
0
I
STA1
Start drive
BOOL
0
I
Q
ILC1
Process-technological interlock
BOOL
1
I
Q
STOP
Stop drive
BOOL
0
I
Q
CVON
Control voltage on
BOOL
1
I
Q
OLPT
Overload protection
BOOL
1
I
Q
PMI1
Machine protection interlock
BOOL
1
I
Q
SPCL
Speed monitor
BOOL
1
I
Q
LEMO
Local emergency off
BOOL
1
I
Q
AUTO
Activate ASET ( = 1 ) or SET ( = 0 ) input
BOOL
0
I
Q
CSF
Control system error
BOOL
0
I
Q
LST1
Local start/stop without PMI1
BOOL
0
I
Q
LSP1
Local start/stop with PMI1
BOOL
0
I
Q
SINC
Increase speed locally
BOOL
0
I
Q
SDEC
Reduce speed locally
BOOL
0
I
Q
SWRE
Enabling start-up warning
BOOL
1
I
Q
ESST
Display of softkeys for single faceplate start
BOOL
0
I
+
ENRE
Display of softkeys for faceplate reset
BOOL
0
I
+
SWLO
Start-up warning also in local operating mode
BOOL
0
I
Q
RLSA
Enabling alarm generation
BOOL
1
I
Q
ASET
Automatic setpoint value
REAL
0.0
I
Q
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
3-781
Connection Meaning (parameters)
Data type
Def.
Type Attr. O&O Perm. values
ILHF
Upper limit value for speed
REAL
0.0
I
Q
+
ILLF
Lower limit value for speed
REAL
0.0
I
Q
+
ILHC
Upper limit value for speed calibration
REAL
100.0 I
Q
ILHP
Upper limit value for power calibration
REAL
100.0 I
Q
ILHT
Upper limit value for torque calibration
REAL
100.0 I
Q
TIME1
Monitoring time setpoint value
REAL
5.0
I
BQ
RUNUPCYC
Waiting cycles at start
INT
3
I
EV_ID1
Message ID no. 1
DWORD 0
I
M
EV_ID2
Message ID no. 2
DWORD 0
I
M
EV_ID3
Message ID no. 2
DWORD 0
I
M
RESET
Resetting error Hasler
BOOL
0
IO
BQ
+
LSER
Enabling of local operation
BOOL
0
IO
BQ
+
SST1
Single start
BOOL
0
IO
B
+
SSTP
Single stop
BOOL
0
IO
B
+
SUPR
Suppression of alarms
BOOL
0
IO
B
+
SET
Setpoint value for faceplate
REAL
0.0
IO
B
+
EV1_SIG1
Index variable for message no. 1
INT
1
IO
EV1_SIG2
Index variable for message no. 2
INT
2
IO
EV1_SIG3
Index variable for message no. 3
INT
3
IO
EV1_SIG4
Index variable for message no. 4
INT
4
IO
EV1_SIG5
Index variable for message no. 5
INT
5
IO
EV1_SIG6
Index variable for message no. 6
INT
6
IO
EV1_SIG7
Index variable for message no. 7
INT
7
IO
EV1_SIG8
Index variable for message no. 8
INT
8
IO
EV2_SIG1
Index variable for message no. 9
INT
142
IO
EV2_SIG2
Index variable for message no. 10
INT
143
IO
EV2_SIG3
Index variable for message no. 11
INT
122
IO
EV2_SIG4
Index variable for message no. 12
INT
141
IO
en-YN.YNT.001.A
+
>0
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-782
Connection Meaning (parameters)
Data type
Def.
Type Attr. O&O Perm. values
EV2_SIG5
Index variable for message no. 13
INT
144
IO
EV2_SIG6
Index variable for message no. 14
INT
88
IO
EV2_SIG7
Index variable for message no. 15
INT
145
IO
EV2_SIG8
Index variable for message no. 16
INT
0
IO
EV3_SIG1
Index variable for message no. 17
INT
146
IO
EV3_SIG2
Index variable for message no. 18
INT
147
IO
EV3_SIG3
Index variable for message no. 19
INT
148
IO
EV3_SIG4
Index variable for message no. 20
INT
40
IO
EV3_SIG5
Index variable for message no. 21
INT
149
IO
EV3_SIG6
Index variable for message no. 22
INT
0
IO
EV3_SIG7
Index variable for message no. 23
INT
0
IO
EV3_SIG8
Index variable for message no. 24
INT
0
IO
OSG1
Operating message
BOOL
0
O
Q
EMOF
Emergency off activated
BOOL
0
O
Q
DAVB
Drive is available
BOOL
0
O
Q
EROR
Drive is faulty
BOOL
0
O
Q
DOFF
Drive is off
BOOL
0
O
Q
SWST
Start start-up warning
BOOL
0
O
Q
OPER
Drive is operating (locally or automatically)
BOOL
0
O
Q
QBAD
Profibus slave faulty
BOOL
0
O
Q
LOCA
Drive is in local operating mode
BOOL
0
O
Q
BREAK
Activating external holding brake
BOOL
0
O
Q
SPED
Current speed
REAL
0.0
O
Q
+
POWR
Current power
REAL
0.0
O
Q
+
TORQ
Current torque
REAL
0.0
O
Q
+
TEMP
Current converter temperature
REAL
0.0
O
Q
+
ACT1
Current monitoring time
REAL
0.0
O
Q
+
PW
Parameter word
DWORD 0
O
Q
+
DW
Data word
DWORD 0
O
Q
+
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
3-783
Connection Meaning (parameters)
Data type
Def.
Type Attr. O&O Perm. values
SW
Status word
DWORD 0
O
Q
+
DWA
Extended diagnosis data for faceplate
DWORD 0
O
Q
+
DWB
Extended diagnosis data for faceplate
DWORD 0
O
Q
+
DWC
Extended diagnosis data for faceplate
DWORD 0
O
Q
+
Operation and observation of SIMOV_LV See the description of the block symbol and the faceplate in the corresponding manual in this regard. PW, DW and SW of SIMOV_LV The inputs, outputs and the internal status of the respective block are mapped on the parameter word, the data word and the status word. The assignment of the bits is found in the following table:
> SIMOV_LV < Bit
Parameter word
Data word
Status word
0
STA1
OPS1
SEN1
1 2
EROP ILC1
3
OSG1 NOTA
4
EMOF
5
DAVB
6
STOP
7
CVON
8
OLPT
ERO1
DOFF
9
AVBL
ERMS
SWST
10
RCR1
ERSP
OPER
11
GFLT
12
PMI1
en-YN.YNT.001.A
OPL1
EROR PWON
QBAD ERPI
LOCA
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-784
13
AUTO
EREO
14
SPCL
ETIM
15
LEMO
16
LSER
ERRC
17
LST1
GWARN
18 19
GFLT LSP1
ERYS
20 21
ERIH SST1
ERUV
22
ERFR
23
SSTP
ERTR
24
SWRE
ERTM
25
CSF
ERTB
26
RDYS
27
INHB
28
COLOUR_1
29
COLOUR_2
30
COLOUR_3
31
COLOUR_4 In the case of the COLOUR operating states, the block SIMOV_LV does not have all possible states. It features the states with the numbers 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 11, 12 and 13.
DWA, DWB and DWC of SIMOV_LV The block has three additional data words: DWA, DWB and DWC. These words offer additional information on the frequency converter and the Profibus slave. This information is shown in the associated faceplate. > SIMOV_LV < Bit
Data word A
Data word B
Data word C
0
ST_NOEX
HARD_ID
RDY_SWIT
1
ST_NORDY
RDY_OPER
2
ST_INSLR
OPER_ENB
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
3-785
3
ST_SENSU
FAULT
4
ST_MASLO
OFF2
5
ST_WATCH
OFF3
6
ST_STDIA
SWIT_INH
7
ST_EXDIA
ALARM
8
ST_EXDOV
ACTSET
9
ST_SYNC
REMOTE
10
ST_FREEZ
FRANGE
11
ST_PAREQ
UVOLT
12
ST_PARFA
MRACT
13
ST_SLCCF
RAMP_ACT
14
ST_SLDEA
DIR_L_R
15
ST_STASL
KIP_FLN
16
SLAVE_OK
CAT_ACT
17
SLAVE_SIVFC
SYNC
18 19
FRQ_MAX DPPA_ADR
EXTFLT1
20
EXTFLT2
21
EXTWARN
22
OLPT_W
23
TEMP_RF
24
TEMP_RW
25
TEMP_MW
26
TEMP_MF
27
SUBNETID
TURN_BL
28
BRACT
29
SYNC_W
30
PRELOAD
31
en-YN.YNT.001.A
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-786
Profibus interface for SIMOV_LV The operation of this block with a frequency converter SIMOV_LV makes a specific Profibus layout on the part of the frequency converter necessary. It must be taken into account here that the LSB and MSB are rotated for bit values during communication. For Int- or Float-values this does not need to be taken into account. The tables below contain the data exchange as it must be defined on the part of the frequency converter. In the Profibus configuration 14 data words of input data and 14 words of output data are defined for the data exchange. From these, respectively, the first four words are used only for the parameter assignment of the frequency converter. They are not used by the block but cannot be used for other purposes either. In the case of this block 6 words of input data and 2 words of output data are used. These data are described in the following two tables. This signifies that 4 input words and 8 output words are reserves and are not used by the block. However, the defined data must occur in data exchange exactly in the sequence as defined below. Input data from SIMOV_LV: Word Bit no. no.
Type
SIMOV_LV designation
LSB
Description
POLCID design.
1st status word
0
0
Bit
Ready to be switched on
RDY_SWIT
0
1
Bit
Ready for operation
RDY_OPER
0
2
Bit
Enable operation
OPER_ENB
0
3
Bit
Group fault
FAULT
0
4
Bit
AUS2
Immediate pulse inhibitor, drive coasts
OFF2
0
5
Bit
AUS3
Quick stop, shutting down with shortest deceleration time
OFF3
0
6
Bit
Cut-in lock
SWIT_INH
0
7
Bit
Group warning
ALARM
MSB 0
8
Bit
Setpoint / actual value deviation within tolerance range
ACTSET
0
9
Bit
Operating mode remote operation
REMOTE
0
10
Bit
Frequency is greater than or equal to setpoint value
FRANGE
0
11
Bit
Undervoltage in DC-link
UVOLT
0
12
Bit
Main contactor is activated
MRACT
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
Word Bit no. no.
Type
0
13
0 0
Description
POLCID design.
Bit
Run-up initiator is active
RAMP_ACT
14
Bit
Travel to left/right
DIR_L_R
15
Bit
Function kinetic buffering or flexible yielding is active
KIP_FLN
Word
Frequency
SPEED
1
SIMOV_LV designation
3-787
3rd status word 2
Word LSB
Torque
TORQUE
4th status word
3
0
Bit
Function catching active or exciter time running
CAT_ACT
3
1
Bit
Synchronicity reached
SYNC
3
2
Bit
Frequency is less than shutdown limit
FRQ_MAX
3
3
Bit
External error 1
EXTFLT1
3
4
Bit
External error 2
EXTFLT2
3
5
Bit
External warning
EXTWARN
3
6
Bit
Warning converter thermal overload
OLPT_W
3
7
Bit
Error temperature inverter > maximum
TEMP_RF
MSB 3
8
Bit
Warning temperature inverter > maximum
TEMP_RW
3
9
Bit
Warning temperature motor > maximum
TEMP_MW
3
10
Bit
Error temperature motor > maximum
TEMP_MF
3
11
Bit
3
12
Bit
Motor is tilted or blocked
TURN_BL
3
13
Bit
Bridging contactor is active
BRACT
3
14
Bit
Warning synchronisation error
SYNC_W
3
15
Bit
Preloading active
PRELOAD
5th status word 4
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Word
Effective power
POWER
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-788
Word Bit no. no.
Type
SIMOV_LV designation
Description
POLCID design.
6th status word 5
Word
Converter temperature
TEMP
Description
POLCID design.
Output data to SIMOV_LV: Word Bit no. no.
Type
LSB
SIMOV_LV designation
1st control word
0
0
Bit
Start/stop drive
OFF1
0
1
Bit
Immediate pulse inhibitor, drive coasts
OFF2
0
2
Bit
Quick stop, shutting down with shortest deceleration time
OFF3
0
3
Bit
Enable operation
OPER_ENB
0
4
Bit
Enable ramp generator
RAMP_ENB
0
5
Bit
Enabling ramp generator setpoint value
RAMP_UNF
0
6
Bit
Release setpoint value
SETP_ENB
0
7
Bit
Reset error
RESET
MSB 0
8
Bit
Jogging right
JOG1
0
9
Bit
Jogging left
JOG2
0
10
Bit
Operating mode remote operation
REMOTE
0
11
Bit
Command right rotating field
ROT_R
0
12
Bit
Command left rotating field
ROT_L
0
13
Bit
Motor potentiometer up
POTI_PL
0
14
Bit
Motor potentiometer down
POTI_MI
0
15
Bit
External error 1
EXTFLT1
2nd control word 1
Word
Frequency setpoint value
SETP
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
3.95 Profibus Special Drive FRQCONV: Frequency converter in general Description of FRQCONV Object name (Type + Number) FB 545 Calling OBs The time interrupt OB in which the block is installed (e.g. OB 35). Function The block is used for controlling a frequency converter. The frequency converter is connected to the PLC via the Profibus. The block automatically determines the status of the frequency converter at the Profibus. The interlock system and control signals, however, will be connected to the block by means of inputs and outputs. Using this mechanism, the frequency converters from any manufacturer can be easily controlled and represented. Operating principle The block only determines the status of the frequency converter at the Profibus and represents the same accordingly. The device is defined as a Profibus slave. At the input SUBNETID, the number of the Profibus system, which the frequency converter is connected to, must be entered. At the input DPPA_ADR the slave address of the frequency converter must be entered and at the input DADDR the diagnose address of the frequency converter must be entered. At the input HARD_ID the hardware identification number of the Profibus slave must be stated, by means of which the frequency converter is controlled. All these values may be taken from the hardware configuration of a STEP7 project. Using these values, the block can communicate automatically with the corresponding frequency converter. Internally, the same logic is used as for the block UNID (FB 501). In addition, the interlock system also processes the collective fault signal of the device ;GFLT. The signals ;GWAR and FLT1 to FLT6 are not interlocked and are only used for signalling additional messages or faults. A valid starting command exists when the signals: 'STA1', 'ILC1', 'AVBL', 'OLPT', 'LEMO', 'PMI1' and 'GFLT' are set and the stopping command 'STOP' is not set. In this case, the start enable signal 'SEN1' and the run command 'PWON' are set (activation signals for the motor). If the check-back signal 'RCR1' is set together with the speed monitor signal 'SPCL' when a valid starting command is active, the control state switches to selflatching status. It is a characteristic of this state that the operating bits 'OSG1', 'OPS1' are set and that the start release command 'SEN1' is reset while the run command 'PWON' is set. From this moment, the starting commands 'STA1' or 'STA2' can be rescinded without risking reset of the run command PWON. The setting drive is stopped correctly by setting the stopping command 'STOP' or when the process interlock 'ILC1' is deactivated.
en-YN.YNT.001.A
3-789
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-790
The monitoring time in seconds TIME1 when a drive is started specifies the period in which the check-back signal RCR1 must be set. In addition, it monitors the time during stopping within which the check-back signal RCR1 must have been reset. If time = 0, no time monitoring of the start and stop is employed. By means of the signals SST1 and SSTP an individual start of the drive can be realised in automatic mode. In the faceplate of the drive, the operator sets the signals SST1 or SSTP. After processing in the block, these signals are reset by the block. After operation of the signal SST1 the output SWST is set at first. By means of this output an external start-up warning can be started. If the start-up warning time has expired, then the input SWRE must be set. In this way, there is a valid starting command and the drive is then started as described above. With the exception of the combination with the signals SWST and SWRE the signal SST1 behaves in the same way as signal STA1. Using SSTP, the drive is stopped. SSTP behaves in the same way with the input STOP. With the signals LSER, LST1 and LSP1 operation of the drive is possible via external switches, keyboards or from the control panel. With the signal LSER the drive is switched to local operation. The availability of the drive disappears therewith. Using the parameter SWLO, it is selected whether the input SWRE is taken into consideration for the evaluation of the inputs LST1 and LSP1. Note Via the signals LST1 and LSP1 the drive can be started (1) or stopped ("0"). Via LST1 the drive is started independently from the interlock signals! Via LSP1 the signals CVON, OLPT, PMI1 and LEMO are taken into consideration. As long as the start signals are pending the drive runs, if the start signal changes to zero the drive is stopped. In addition, this block also supplies some analogue values of the frequency converter. The output SPED indicates the current rotation speed of the drive, and the output POWR contains the power input. The setpoint value is formed from the automatic setpoint value ASET (can be connected in the program) and the setpoint value from the faceplate SET. By means of the input AUTO it is selected which of the two setpoint values is activated. With AUTO = 0, setpoint value SET is active, and with AUTO = 1 setpoint value ASET is active. In the case of AUTO = 1 the setpoint value is deactivated in the faceplate and the value of SET is equalled to the value of ASET. The inputs ILHF and ILLF are the top and bottom limit values for the limitation of the setpoint value and the current rotation speed. The analogue values for speed (I_SPEED), power (I_POWER) and torque (I_TORQUE) are connected via corresponding inputs with the block. For each input, there is a separate calibration factor (CAL_S, CAL_P and CAL_T). This is used to convert the input words into physical units of the type Float. Internal logic
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
The sequence of the flags is determined by the sequence in which they must be generated. In this relation, the flags marked (with ") must be taken into account in the setting and reset conditions! Auxiliary flag ICVON
:=
CVON_&SLAVE_OK
IPMI1
:=
PMI1&_GFLT
RESET
:=
-PWON_&(-EROP/ERES)
CLEROP
:=
EROP_&ERES
AVAIL
:=
AVBL_&OLPT_&LEMO_&IPMI1
Data word S ERPI C ERPI
: :
-IPMI1-ICVON/IPMI1_&RESET
S ERSP C ERSP
: :
(-ISTA1/OPS1)_&ILC1_&PWON_&-SPCL_&-STOP_&-NOTA”ICVON/CLEROP
S ERRC C ERRC
: :
(-ISTA1/OPS1)_&ILC1_&PWON_&-RCR1_&-STOP_&-NOTA”ICVON/CLEROP
S NOTA C NOTA
: :
-AVAIL/ERSP”/ERRC”/ETIM”-ICVON/AVAIL_&RESET
S EROP C EROP
: :
PWON_&ILC1_&NOTA”_&-STOP-ICVON/CLEROP
S OPS1 C OPS1
: :
PWON_&RCR_&SPCL-ICVON/-RCR/-ILC1
S EROL C EROL
: :
-OLPT-ICVON/OLPT_&RESET
S ERMS C ERMS
: :
-IAVBL_&OLPT_&LEMO-ICVON/(IAVBL/-OLPT/-LEMO))_&RESET
S EREO C EREO
: :
-LEMO-ICVON/LEMO_&RESET
OPL1
:=
-OPS1_&RCR1_&-PWON_&-IAVBL_&OLPT
S ETIM C ETIM
: :
-LCT1_&SEN1_&(-RCR1/SPCL)-CLEROP
S GWARN C GWARN
: :
GWAR -CVON/(-GWAR_&RESET)
S GFLT C GFLT
: :
-GFLT -CVON/(GFLT_&RESET)
S ERF1
:
-FLT1
en-YN.YNT.001.A
3-791
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-792
C ERF1
:
-CVON/(FLT1_&RESET)
S ERF2 C ERF2
: :
-FLT2 -CVON/(FLT2_&RESET)
S ERF3 C ERF3
: :
-FLT3 -CVON/(FLT3_&RESET)
S ERF4 C ERF4
: :
-FLT4 -CVON/(FLT4_&RESET)
S ERF5 C ERF5
: :
-FLT5 -CVON/(FLT5_&RESET)
S ERF6 C ERF6
: :
-FLT6 -CVON/(FLT6_&RESET)
Status word S PWON C PWON
::
STA1_&ILC1-ICVON/NOTA”/STOP/-ILC1
S OSG1 C OSG1
: :
OPS1-OPS1”
S SEN1 C SEN1
: :
PWON”OSG1”/-PWON”
EMOF
:=
EREO”
DAVB
:=
-NOTA”_&ICVON
EROR
:=
EROP”
DOFF
:=
-OSG1”
OPER
:=
RCR1_&SLAVE_OK
LOCA
:=
-AVBL_&SLAVE_OK
QBAD
:=
-SLAVE_OK
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
Block view
Fig. 126: FRQCONV block
Starting characteristics During the CPU start-up the FRQCONV block is deactivated. All internal state flags (shown in the data word) are reset. Following start-up the block waits for the number of cycles projected in the input RUNUPCYC, and will only be activated thereafter. A first start-up whilst the program is running is treated internally like a CPU startup. Time behaviour The block must be called via a time interrupt OB or OB1. It does not have a parameter for the sampling interval.
en-YN.YNT.001.A
3-793
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-794
Behaviour in case of a time error In the case of a time error the outputs will then be reset. In addition the internal state flags will be reset. Message actions The block FRQCONV internally uses an ALARM_8P block for generating the messages. Messages are generated for the following tripping devices: ● Operating trouble (EROP) ● Overload (OLPT) ● Machine availability (AVBL) ● Speed monitor (SPCL) ● Machine protection (PMI1) ● Local emergency off (LEMO) ● Monitoring time (ETIM) ● Check-back signal (RCR1) ● FRQCONV group warning (GWARN) ● FRQCONV group fault (GFLT) ● Error no. 1 FRQCONV (FLT1) ● Error no. 2 FRQCONV (FLT2) ● Error no. 3 FRQCONV (FLT3) ● Error no. 4 FRQCONV (FLT4) ● Error no. 5 FRQCONV (FLT5) ● Error no. 6 FRQCONV (FLT6) The messages can be suppressed by setting the input SUPR or by resetting the input RLSA. The input SUPR, however, is activated by the operator interface (WinCC), and RLSA by the program. The inputs CVON (at value 0) and CSF (at value 1) also suppress the output of messages. Assignment of message text and message class to the block parameters
Mess. Block Default message text no. parameters
Message Suppressable class
1
EROP
$$BlockComment$$ @1I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
2
ERO1
$$BlockComment$$ @2I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
3
ERMS
$$BlockComment$$ @3I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
4
ERSP
$$BlockComment$$ @4I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
3-795
Mess. Block Default message text no. parameters
Message Suppressable class
5
ERPI
$$BlockComment$$ @5I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
6
EREO
$$BlockComment$$ @6I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
7
ETIM
$$BlockComment$$ @7I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
8
ERRC
$$BlockComment$$ @8I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
9
GWARN
$$BlockComment$$ @1I%t#POLCID_Standard@
WH
Yes
10
GFLT
$$BlockComment$$ @2I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
11
ERF1
$$BlockComment$$ @3I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
12
ERF2
$$BlockComment$$ @4I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
13
ERF3
$$BlockComment$$ @5I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
14
ERF4
$$BlockComment$$ @6I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
15
ERF5
$$BlockComment$$ @7I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
16
ERF6
$$BlockComment$$ @8I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
en-YN.YNT.001.A
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-796
Connections of FRQCONV Connection Meaning (parameters)
Data type
Def.
Type Attr. O&O Perm. values
SUBNETID
Number of the Profibus subsystem INT of the PLC
0
I
DPPA_ADR
Slave address of the Profibus device
INT
0
I
DADDR
Diagnosis address of the Profibus slave
INT
0
I
HARD_ID
Hardware ID of Profibus slave
WORD
0
I
STA1
Start drive
BOOL
0
I
Q
ILC1
Process-technological interlock
BOOL
1
I
Q
STOP
Stop drive
BOOL
0
I
Q
CVON
Control voltage on
BOOL
1
I
Q
OLPT
Overload protection
BOOL
1
I
Q
AVBL
Machine availability
BOOL
1
I
Q
RCR1
Check-back signal
BOOL
0
I
Q
GFLT
Frequency converter group fault
BOOL
1
I
Q
PMI1
Machine protection interlock
BOOL
1
I
Q
SPCL
Speed monitor
BOOL
1
I
Q
LEMO
Local emergency off
BOOL
1
I
Q
AUTO
Activate ASET ( = 1 ) or SET ( = 0 ) input
BOOL
0
I
Q
CSF
Control system error
BOOL
0
I
Q
GWAR
Frequency converter group warning
BOOL
0
I
Q
FLT1
Fault 1 frequency converter
BOOL
1
I
Q
FLT2
Fault 2 frequency converter
BOOL
1
I
Q
FLT3
Fault 3 frequency converter
BOOL
1
I
Q
FLT4
Fault 4 frequency converter
BOOL
1
I
Q
FLT5
Fault 5 frequency converter
BOOL
1
I
Q
FLT6
Fault 6 frequency converter
BOOL
1
I
Q
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
3-797
Connection Meaning (parameters)
Data type
Def.
Type Attr. O&O Perm. values
LST1
Local start/stop without PMI1
BOOL
0
I
Q
LSP1
Local start/stop with PMI1
BOOL
0
I
Q
SINC
Increase speed locally
BOOL
0
I
Q
SDEC
Reduce speed locally
BOOL
0
I
Q
SWRE
Enabling start-up warning
BOOL
1
I
Q
ESST
Display of softkeys for single faceplate start
BOOL
0
I
+
ENRE
Display of softkeys for faceplate reset
BOOL
0
I
+
SWLO
Start-up warning also in local operating mode
BOOL
0
I
Q
RLSA
Enabling alarm generation
BOOL
1
I
Q
I_SPEED
Frequency converter speed
WORD
0
I
Q
I_POWER
Frequency converter power
WORD
0
I
Q
I_TORQUE
Frequency converter torque
WORD
0
I
Q
ASET
Automatic setpoint value
REAL
0.0
I
Q
ILHF
Upper limit value for speed
REAL
0.0
I
Q
+
ILLF
Lower limit value for speed
REAL
0.0
I
Q
+
CAL_S
Calibration factor for speed
REAL
0.01
I
Q
CAL_P
Calibration factor for power
REAL
0.01
I
Q
CAL_T
Calibration factor for torque
REAL
0.01
I
Q
TIME1
Monitoring time setpoint value
REAL
5.0
I
BQ
RUNUPCYC
Waiting cycles at start
INT
3
I
EV_ID1
Message ID no. 1
DWORD 0
I
M
EV_ID2
Message ID no. 2
DWORD 0
I
M
RESET
Resetting error Hasler
BOOL
0
IO
BQ
+
LSER
Enabling of local operation
BOOL
0
IO
BQ
+
SST1
Single start
BOOL
0
IO
B
+
SSTP
Single stop
BOOL
0
IO
B
+
SUPR
Suppression of alarms
BOOL
0
IO
B
+
SET
Setpoint value for faceplate
REAL
0.0
IO
B
+
en-YN.YNT.001.A
+
>0
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-798
Connection Meaning (parameters)
Data type
Def.
Type Attr. O&O Perm. values
EV1_SIG1
Index variable for message no. 1
INT
1
IO
EV1_SIG2
Index variable for message no. 2
INT
2
IO
EV1_SIG3
Index variable for message no. 3
INT
3
IO
EV1_SIG4
Index variable for message no. 4
INT
4
IO
EV1_SIG5
Index variable for message no. 5
INT
5
IO
EV1_SIG6
Index variable for message no. 6
INT
6
IO
EV1_SIG7
Index variable for message no. 7
INT
7
IO
EV1_SIG8
Index variable for message no. 8
INT
8
IO
EV2_SIG1
Index variable for message no. 9
INT
150
IO
EV2_SIG2
Index variable for message no. 10
INT
151
IO
EV2_SIG3
Index variable for message no. 11
INT
152
IO
EV2_SIG4
Index variable for message no. 12
INT
152
IO
EV2_SIG5
Index variable for message no. 13
INT
152
IO
EV2_SIG6
Index variable for message no. 14
INT
152
IO
EV2_SIG7
Index variable for message no. 15
INT
152
IO
EV2_SIG8
Index variable for message no. 16
INT
152
IO
PWON
Run command for drive
BOOL
0
O
Q
OSG1
Operating message
BOOL
0
O
Q
SEN1
Start enabling
BOOL
0
O
Q
EMOF
Emergency off activated
BOOL
0
O
Q
DAVB
Drive is available
BOOL
0
O
Q
EROR
Drive is faulty
BOOL
0
O
Q
DOFF
Drive is off
BOOL
0
O
Q
SWST
Start start-up warning
BOOL
0
O
Q
OPER
Drive is operating (locally or automatically)
BOOL
0
O
Q
QBAD
Profibus slave faulty
BOOL
0
O
Q
LOCA
Drive is in local operating mode
BOOL
0
O
Q
O_PMI1
Machine protection
BOOL
0
O
Q
O_RES
Resetting faults
BOOL
0
O
Q
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
3-799
Connection Meaning (parameters)
Data type
Def.
Type Attr. O&O Perm. values
O_SETP
Setpoint value of speed
WORD
0
O
Q
SPED
Current speed
REAL
0.0
O
Q
+
POWR
Current power
REAL
0.0
O
Q
+
TORQ
Current torque
REAL
0.0
O
Q
+
ACT1
Current monitoring time
REAL
0.0
O
Q
+
PW
Parameter word
DWORD 0
O
Q
+
DW
Data word
DWORD 0
O
Q
+
SW
Status word
DWORD 0
O
Q
+
DWA
Extended diagnosis data for faceplate
DWORD 0
O
Q
+
DWB
Extended diagnosis data for faceplate
DWORD 0
O
Q
+
Operation and observation of FRQCONV See the description of the block symbol and the faceplate in the corresponding manual in this regard. PW, DW and SW of FRQCONV The inputs, outputs and the internal status of the respective block are mapped on the parameter word, the data word and the status word. The assignment of the bits is found in the following table:
> FRQCONV < Bit
Parameter word
Data word
Status word
0
STA1
OPS1
SEN1
1 2
EROP ILC1
3
OSG1 NOTA
4
EMOF
5
DAVB
6
STOP
7
CVON
en-YN.YNT.001.A
OPL1
EROR PWON
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-800
8
OLPT
ERO1
DOFF
9
AVBL
ERMS
SWST
10
RCR1
ERSP
OPER
11
GFLT
12
PMI1
ERPI
13
AUTO
EREO
14
SPCL
ETIM
15
LEMO
16
LSER
ERRC
17
LST1
GWARN
QBAD
18 19
GFLT LSP1
ERF1
20 21
LOCA
ERF2 SST1
ERF3
22
ERF4
23
SSTP
ERF5
24
SWRE
ERF6
25
CSF
26 27 28
COLOUR_1
29
COLOUR_2
30
COLOUR_3
31
COLOUR_4 In the case of the COLOUR operating states, the block FRQCONV does not have all possible states. It features the states with the numbers 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 11, 12 and 13.
DWA and DWB of FRQCONV The block has three additional data words: DWA and DWB. These words offer additional information on the frequency converter and the Profibus slave. This information is shown in the associated faceplate.
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
3-801
> FRQCONV < Bit
Data word A
0
ST_NOEX
1
ST_NORDY
2
ST_INSLR
3
ST_SENSU
4
ST_MASLO
5
ST_WATCH
6
ST_STDIA
7
ST_EXDIA
8
ST_EXDOV
9
ST_SYNC
10
ST_FREEZ
11
ST_PAREQ
12
ST_PARFA
13
ST_SLCCF
14
ST_SLDEA
15
ST_STASL
16
SLAVE_OK
17
SLAVE_FC
18
GFLT
19
GWAR
20
FLT1
21
FLT2
22
FLT3
23
FLT4
24
FLT5
25
FLT6
26 27 28
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Data word B
HARD_ID
DPPA_ADR
SUBNETID
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-802
29 30 31
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
3.96 Profibus Special Drive DIRISA40: Multifunctional power measuring device Description of DIRISA40 Object name (Type + Number) FB 547 Calling OBs The time interrupt OB in which the block is installed (e.g. OB 35). Function The block is used for communication with the multifunctional power measuring device Diris A40 by Socomec. This measuring device records a.o. voltages, currents and power. Using this block, all values captured by the measuring device will be transmitted to the block. The communication takes place such that the block transmits a parameter set for specific measured values to the measuring device, with the measuring device then sending the corresponding measured values. For its correct functioning, the block requires three data blocks, of which one contains the parameters, one contains the calibration values, and the other the measured values transmitted. The parameter data block is normally DB 12 (DIRIS_PA) and contains the parameters for transmitting all measured values. The measured value data block is normally DB 13 (DIRIS_DA). This is where the function block FB 547 (DIRISA40) stores all measured values received. The calibration data block is DB 14 (DIRIS_CA). The measured value data block DB 13 (DIRIS_DA) contains the received and calibrated measured values. The receiving values are multiplied by the corresponding calibration value from DB14. Currents are additionally multiplied by the transmission ratio RATIO_I, voltages are multiplied by RATIO_U and power with RATIO_I and RATIO_U. It is to be noted here that the preset calibration values only take into account the standard transmission ratios of the values from the measuring device (e.g. currents will be transmitted in mA, that is, the standard calibration value 0.001 must be converted in A). Any current or voltage transformers used must be additionally taken into account (see RATIO_U and RATIO_I). Profibus In order to integrate the block, the type DIRIS AP is used for this purpose in the PCS7 program HW Konfig. This must be installed additionally. The GSD file required for this purpose can be obtained from the manufacturer (DIRIS_ap.gsd). It must then be installed in HW Konfig. In HW Konfig, in the catalogue, the profile Standard is set for locating the same. Now the folder PROFIBUS-DP is opened. There the subfolders "Further field equipment and General" are opened. Here, the entry DIRIS AP is found.
en-YN.YNT.001.A
3-803
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-804
Fig. 127: HW Konfig with DIRIS AP
The entry Specific Data is used for the definition of the Profibus-DP slave (slot 1).
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
Operating principle The block communicates directly with the measuring device DIRIS A40. This device is defined as a Profibus slave. At the input SUBNETID, the number of the Profibus system, which the DIRIS A40 is connected to, must be entered. At the input DPPA_ADR the slave address of the DIRIS A40 must be entered and at the input DADDR the diagnose address of the DIRIS A40 must be entered. All these values may be taken from the hardware configuration of a STEP7 project. Using these values, the block can communicate automatically with the corresponding measuring device. In the input DBNR_P, the number of the parameter data block (normally 12 for DB 12) is entered. At the input DBNR_V, the number of the measured values data block (normally 13 for DB 13) is entered. In the input DBNR_C, the number of the calibration data block (normally 14 for DB 14) is entered. RATIO_U and RATIO_I must be used to set the transmission ratios of the current and voltage transformers (e.g. current transformer in DIRIS set to CT = 500/5A signifies RATIO_I = 100.0). The power capacities are multiplied automatically with the product RATIO_I times RATIO_U. At the output QBAD it is possible to read off whether the communication with the slave is troublefree. If the communication is faulty, no data are transmitted to the Profibus and no new data are read from the Profibus either. Block view
Fig. 128: DIRISA40 block
en-YN.YNT.001.A
3-805
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-806
Starting characteristics At CPU start-up the diagnostic program for the slave is called up by the DIRIS A40 block. Following start-up the block waits for the number of cycles projected in the input RUNUPCYC, and will only be activated thereafter. A first start-up whilst the program is running is treated internally like a CPU startup. Time behaviour The block must be called via a time interrupt OB or OB1. It does not have a parameter for the sampling interval. Behaviour in case of a time error In the case of a time error the outputs will then be reset. In addition the internal state flags will be reset.
Connections of DIRISA40 Connection (parameters)
Meaning
Data type
Def. Type Attr. O&O Perm. values
SUBNETID
Number of the Profibus subsystem of the PLC
INT
0
I
DPPA_ADR
Slave address of the Profibus device
INT
0
I
DADDR
Diagnosis address of the Profibus slave
INT
0
I
ENRE
Display of softkeys for faceplate reset
BOOL
0
I
RELS
Enabling
BOOL
0
I
DBNR_P
Number of parameter data block
INT
12
I
DBNR_V
Number of measured value data block
INT
13
I
DBNR_C
Number of calibration data block
INT
14
I
RATIO_U
Transmission ratio for voltages
REAL
1.0
I
RATIO_I
Transmission ratio for currents
REAL
1.0
I
RUNUPCYC
Waiting cycles at start
INT
3
I
PULSETIM
Pulse duration for RES_HOUR, RES_ENERGY, RES_MAX_P, RES_MAX_I
INT
20
I
B
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
3-807
Connection (parameters)
Meaning
Data type
Def. Type Attr. O&O Perm. values
RES_HOUR
Reset hour counter via faceplate
BOOL
0
IO
B
+
BOOL
0
IO
B
+
RES_ENERGY Reset conveying power meter via faceplate RES_MAX_P
Reset maximum powers via faceplate
BOOL
0
IO
B
+
RES_MAX_I
Reset maximum currents via faceplate
BOOL
0
IO
B
+
ENUP
Activating the softkeys for updating the measured values in the faceplate
BOOL
0
IO
B
+
INT
1
IO
B
+
VALUE_CODE Coding for transferred measured value QBAD
Profibus slave faulty
BOOL
0
O
BQ
VALUE
Measured value for display in faceplate
REAL
0.0
O
BQ
DWA
Extended diagnosis data for faceplate
DWORD 0
O
Q
+
DWB
Extended diagnosis data for faceplate
DWORD 0
O
Q
+
Operation and observation of DIRIS A40 See the description of the block symbol and the faceplate in the corresponding manual in this regard.
en-YN.YNT.001.A
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-808
DWA and DWB of DIRISA40 The inputs, outputs and the internal status of the respective block are mapped on the parameter word, the data word and the status word. The assignment of the bits is found in the following table: > DIRISA40< Bit
Data word A
0
ST_NOEX
1
ST_NORDY
2
ST_INSLR
3
ST_SENSU
4
ST_MASLO
5
ST_WATCH
6
ST_STDIA
7
ST_EXDIA
8
ST_EXDOV
9
ST_SYNC
10
ST_FREEZ
11
ST_PAREQ
12
ST_PARFA
13
ST_SLCCF
14
ST_SLDEA
15
ST_STASL
16
SLAVE_OK
17
SLAVE_DIRIS
Data word B
HARD_ID
18 19
DPPA_ADR
20 21 22 23 24
SUBNETID
en-YN.YNT.001.A
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
25 26 27 28 29 30 31
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-809
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-810
3.97 Maerz blocks: PB_TO_VI: Preselection of the display Description of PB_TO_VI Object name (Type + Number) FB 601 Calling OBs The time interrupt OB in which the block is installed (e.g. OB 35). Function Pushbutton for the display. Operating principle Using the faceplate, the output PB_VISU can be set. PB_VISU is reset via the input RESET. As long as RESET is set, PB_VISU cannot be set. In Faceplate and in Typical, the input TEXT_01 indicates the respective status text (string_0 or string_1) for the state (0 or 1). Block view
Fig. 129: PB_TO_VI block
Connections of PB_TO_VI
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
3-811
Connection Meaning (parameters)
Data type
Def.
Type Attr. O&O Perm. values
RESET
Reset signal for PB_VISU
BOOL 0
I
Q
TEXT_01
Status display
BOOL 0
I
Q
+
PB_VISU
Output bit
BOOL 0
O
BQ
+
Operation and observation of PB_TO_VI See the description of the block symbol and the faceplate in the corresponding manual in this regard.
en-YN.YNT.001.A
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-812
3.98 Maerz blocks: FACEPLATE: Status display Description of FACEPLATE Object name (Type + Number) FB 602 Calling OBs The time interrupt OB in which the block is installed (e.g. OB 35). Function From a double word the individual single bits are displayed. Operating principle The input double word STATUS is split up into single bits STATE_00 to STATE_31. Block view
Fig. 130: FACEPLATE block
1.
-
Connections of FACEPLATE Connection Meaning (parameters)
Data type
Def.
Type Attr. O&O Perm. values
STATUS
Input status as double word
DWORD 0
I
Q
STATE_00
Statusbit 0
BOOL
0
O
Q
+
STATE_01
Statusbit 1
BOOL
0
O
Q
+
STATE_02
Statusbit 2
BOOL
0
O
Q
+
STATE_03
Statusbit 3
BOOL
0
O
Q
+
STATE_04
Statusbit 4
BOOL
0
O
Q
+
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
3-813
Connection Meaning (parameters)
Data type
Def.
Type Attr. O&O Perm. values
STATE_05
Statusbit 5
BOOL
0
O
Q
+
STATE_06
Statusbit 6
BOOL
0
O
Q
+
STATE_07
Statusbit 7
BOOL
0
O
Q
+
STATE_08
Statusbit 8
BOOL
0
O
Q
+
STATE_09
Statusbit 9
BOOL
0
O
Q
+
STATE_10
Statusbit 10
BOOL
0
O
Q
+
STATE_11
Statusbit 11
BOOL
0
O
Q
+
STATE_12
Statusbit 12
BOOL
0
O
Q
+
STATE_13
Statusbit 13
BOOL
0
O
Q
+
STATE_14
Statusbit 14
BOOL
0
O
Q
+
STATE_15
Statusbit 15
BOOL
0
O
Q
+
STATE_16
Statusbit 16
BOOL
0
O
Q
+
STATE_17
Statusbit 17
BOOL
0
O
Q
+
STATE_18
Statusbit 18
BOOL
0
O
Q
+
STATE_19
Statusbit 19
BOOL
0
O
Q
+
STATE_20
Statusbit 20
BOOL
0
O
Q
+
STATE_21
Statusbit 21
BOOL
0
O
Q
+
STATE_22
Statusbit 22
BOOL
0
O
Q
+
STATE_23
Statusbit 23
BOOL
0
O
Q
+
STATE_24
Statusbit 24
BOOL
0
O
Q
+
STATE_25
Statusbit 25
BOOL
0
O
Q
+
STATE_26
Statusbit 26
BOOL
0
O
Q
+
STATE_27
Statusbit 27
BOOL
0
O
Q
+
STATE_28
Statusbit 28
BOOL
0
O
Q
+
STATE_29
Statusbit 29
BOOL
0
O
Q
+
STATE_30
Statusbit 30
BOOL
0
O
Q
+
STATE_31
Statusbit 31
BOOL
0
O
Q
+
en-YN.YNT.001.A
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-814
Operation and observation of FACEPLATE See the description of the block symbol and the faceplate in the corresponding manual in this regard.
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
3.99 Maerz blocks: PARA: Parameter transfer Description of PARA Object name (Type + Number) FB 603 Calling OBs The time interrupt OB in which the block is installed (e.g. OB 35). Function Parameter changes by the interlock program and the display. Operating principle The output parameter OUT can be set via the input IN as well as via the faceplate (inhouse value VAL). Whenever IN changes, this value is copied to the output OUT and transmitted to the display via the value VAL. If the internal value VAL is changed by the faceplate, this value is copied to the output OUT. If the input FORCE is set, then no change by the faceplate is possible. The value IN will then be copied continuously to the output OUT. In addition, OUT can be limited to the values HIGH and LOW. In order to limit OUT by HIGH and LOW, the input LIM_O must be set. In addition, there is still the input ACT for indicating the nominal (current) value in the display.
en-YN.YNT.001.A
3-815
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-816
Block view
Fig. 131: PARA block
Connections of PARA Connection Meaning (parameters)
Data type
Def.
Type Attr. O&O Perm. values
IN
Input value
REAL
0.0
I
Q
+
ACT
Nominal value
REAL
0.0
I
Q
+
HIGH
Upper limit value
REAL
100
I
BQ
+
LOW
Lower limit value
REAL
0.0
I
BQ
+
FORCE
If set: IN is continuously copied to BOOL 0 OUT. Changes of Faceplate are no longer possible.
I
Q
LIM_O
Enabling the limit values
BOOL 0
I
Q
VAL
Value of Faceplate
REAL
0
IO
B
+
OUT
Output value
REAL
0
O
Q
+
Operation and observation of PARA See the description of the block symbol and the faceplate in the corresponding manual in this regard.
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
3.100 Maerz blocks: AILIMEX: Analogue limit value monitoring expanded Description of AILIMEX Object name (Type + Number) FB 604 Calling OBs The time interrupt OB in which the block is installed (e.g. OB 35). Function The block is used for the monitoring and alarming of limit values for an input value. In addition, the input value is transmitted to display. Operating principle The input value is expected to be a calibrated physical quantity. As a rule, calibration is effected by means of the block CH_AI (FC 275). As in most cases this input value is a measured value which is subject to fluctuations or faults, the value will first be filtered in the block. This filtration works according to the following formula: Y(n+1) = Y(n) + ( FF * ( VAL - Y(n) ) )
(n) :
Index of the last filtered measured value
(n+1) :
Index of the new filtered measured value
VAL :
Unfiltered input value
FF :
Filter factor (Range between 0 and 1) The newly determined value will be processed further only then if it differs from the most recent determined value by at least the bandwidth (BW) value. The calculated value is now compared with the limit value. If a limit is violated, the associated limit marker is reset. In addition, the limit values can only be changed within specified limits. For this purpose, there are the parameters ILH_MAX, ILH_MIN, ALH_MAX, ALH_MIN, OLH_MAX, OLH_MIN, OLL_MAX, OLL_MIN, ALL_MAX, ALL_MIN, ILL_MAX,and ILL_MIN. At the input CSF a signal is connected which represents the quality of the input value (this is usually connected to the QBAD output of the calibration block CH_AI). CSF = 0 signifies that the input signal is OK and CSF = 1 signifies that the input signal is faulty. The signal CSF forms the output DST by inversion, which can then be connected further within the program. Using the input DTE it can be influenced whether, as far as the output DST is available, the limit value flags (ILH, ALH, OLH, OLL, ALL and ILL) are reset ( DTE=1) or whether they keep their original state (DTE=0).
en-YN.YNT.001.A
3-817
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-818
The infringement of the limit values or the fault condition of the value can be issued as an alarm. By means of corresponding input bits these alarms can be suppressed individually, however. In addition, all alarms can be suppressed simultaneously via the faceplate. For the alarms, a delay time can be defined by which, in the event of any infringement of the limit values, the triggering of the alarm is delayed. In addition, a no action area around the limit value can be defined. Following the occurrence of a limit value alarm, the analogue value must first have left the no action area again before it can trigger another alarm. This prevents any continuous repeated triggering of alarms in the event of any fluttering of the analogue value around the limit value. Using the input F, a replacement value RVAL can be connected to the output. If the input F is set, then the input VAL is connected through to the output A1. However, if the input F is not set, then the input RVAL is connected to the output A1. Furthermore, the block offers the option to set the output value and status bits to a fixed value (to fix the same). If the input X is set, it is not the input VAL which is copied to the output value but the input FIX. This permits defective input values to be bridged, for e.g. the time needed for the repair of the connected measuring transducer. Internal logic The output A1 is formed with the filtered input value VAL. Outputs A1
:=
( VAL_&-X ) / (FIX_&X)
ILH
:=
A1 <= ILH_F
ALH
:=
A1 <= ALH_F
OLH
:=
A1 <= OLH_F
OLL
:=
A1 >= OLL_F
ALL
:=
A1 >= ALL_F
ILL
:=
A1 >= ILL_F
DST
:=
-CSF / X
IA1
:=
VAL
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
Block view
Fig. 132: AILIMEX block
Starting characteristics At CPU start-up, all times of the AILIMEX block are deactivated. All internal state flags are reset. Following start-up the block waits for the number of cycles projected in the input RUNUPCYC, and will only be activated thereafter. A first start-up whilst the program is running is treated internally like a CPU startup. Time behaviour The block must be called via a time interrupt OB or OB1. It does not have a parameter for the sampling interval. Behaviour in case of a time error In the case of a time error the outputs will then be reset. In addition the internal state flags will be reset. Message actions The block AILIMEX internally uses an ALARM_8P block for generating the messages. Messages are generated for the following tripping devices: ● Upper instrument limit exceeded (ILH) ● Upper alarm limit exceeded (ALH) ● Upper operating limit exceeded (OLH) ● Lower operating limit not reached (OLL) ● Lower alarm limit not reached (ALL) ● Lower instrument limit not reached (ILL) ● Input signal faulty (DST)
en-YN.YNT.001.A
3-819
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-820
The messages can be suppressed by setting the input SUPR or by resetting the input RLSA. The input SUPR, however, is activated by the operator interface (WinCC), and RLSA by the program. Assignment of message text and message class to the block parameters
Message Block Default message text no. parameters
Message Suppressable class
1
ILH
$$BlockComment$$ @1I%t#POLCID_Standard@ @9R%6.1f@
PF
Yes
2
ALH
$$BlockComment$$ @1I%t#POLCID_Standard@ @9R%6.1f@
AH
Yes
3
OLH
$$BlockComment$$ @1I%t#POLCID_Standard@ @9R%6.1f@
WH
Yes
4
OLL
$$BlockComment$$ @1I%t#POLCID_Standard@ @9R%6.1f@
WL
Yes
5
ALL
$$BlockComment$$ @1I%t#POLCID_Standard@ @9R%6.1f@
AL
Yes
6
ILL
$$BlockComment$$ @1I%t#POLCID_Standard@ @9R%6.1f@
PF
Yes
7
DST
$$BlockComment$$ @1I%t#POLCID_Standard@ @9R%6.1f@
PF
Yes
8
$$BlockComment$$ @1I%t#POLCID_Standard@ @9R%6.1f@
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
3-821
Connections of AILIMEX Connection Meaning (parameters)
Data type
Def.
Type Attr. O&O Perm. values
VAL
Analogue input value
REAL
0.0
I
BQ
QC_VAL
Quality code for input VAL
BYTE
16#80 I
BQ
ILH_F
Upper instrument limit for VAL
REAL
0.0
I
BQ
+
ILH_MAX
Upper limit value for ILH
REAL
100
I
Q
+
ILH_MIN
Lower limit value for IHL
REAL
0.0
I
Q
+
ALH_F
Upper alarm limit for VAL
REAL
0.0
I
BQ
+
ALH_MAX
Upper limit value for ALH
REAL
100
I
Q
+
ALH_MIN
Lower limit value for ALH
REAL
0.0
I
Q
+
OLH_F
Upper operating limit for VAL
REAL
0.0
I
BQ
+
OLH_MAX
Upper limit value for OLH
REAL
100
I
Q
+
OLH_MIN
Lower limit value for OLH
REAL
0.0
I
Q
+
OLL_F
Lower operating limit for VAL
REAL
0.0
I
BQ
+
OLL_MAX
Upper limit value for OLL
REAL
100
I
Q
+
OLL_MIN
Lower limit value for OLL
REAL
0.0
I
Q
+
ALL_F
Lower alarm limit for VAL
REAL
0.0
I
BQ
+
ALL_MAX
Upper limit value for ALL
REAL
100
I
Q
+
ALL_MIN
Lower limit value for ALL
REAL
0.0
I
Q
+
ILL_F
Lower instrument limit for VAL
REAL
0.0
I
BQ
+
ILL_MAX
Upper limit value for ILL
REAL
100
I
Q
+
ILL_MIN
Lower limit value for ILL
REAL
0.0
I
Q
+
SUPR_ILH
Upper instrument limit alarm suppression
BOOL
0
I
B
+
SUPR_ALH
Upper alarm limit alarm suppression
BOOL
0
I
B
+
SUPR_OLH
Upper operating limit alarm suppression
BOOL
0
I
B
+
SUPR_OLL
Lower operating limit alarm suppression
BOOL
0
I
B
+
en-YN.YNT.001.A
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-822
Connection Meaning (parameters)
Data type
Def.
Type Attr. O&O Perm. values
SUPR_ALL
Lower alarm limit alarm suppression
BOOL
0
I
B
+
SUPR_ILL
Lower instrument limit alarm suppression
BOOL
0
I
B
+
SUPR_DST
Channel fault alarm suppression
BOOL
0
I
B
+
DTE
At CSF resetting all limit value flags
BOOL
1
I
X
Bridging VAL with FIX
BOOL
0
I
B
+
CSF
Control system error
BOOL
0
I
Q
F
Activating the substitute value RVAL at output A1
BOOL
0
I
Q
RLSA
Enabling alarm generation
BOOL
1
I
Q
BW
Belt width for recalculation
REAL
0.0
I
B
+
FF
Filter factor
REAL
0.0
I
B
+
FIX
Bridging value for VAL
REAL
0.0
I
B
+
NOAC
No action range for alarm triggering
REAL
0.0
I
B
+
RVAL
Substitute value if F has been set
REAL
0.0
I
Q
TIME1
Setpoint value for alarm delay time
REAL
0.0
I
B
RUNUPCYC
Waiting cycles at start
INT
3
I
EV_ID
Message ID
DWORD 0
I
M
SUPR
Suppression of alarms
BOOL
0
IO
B
+
EV_SIG1
Index variable for message no. 1
INT
155
IO
EV_SIG2
Index variable for message no. 2
INT
156
IO
EV_SIG3
Index variable for message no. 3
INT
157
IO
EV_SIG4
Index variable for message no. 4
INT
158
IO
EV_SIG5
Index variable for message no. 5
INT
159
IO
EV_SIG6
Index variable for message no. 6
INT
160
IO
EV_SIG7
Index variable for message no. 7
INT
161
IO
EV_SIG8
Index variable for message no. 8
INT
0
IO
A1
Filtered analogue output value
REAL
0.0
O
Q
+
+
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
Connection Meaning (parameters)
3-823
Data type
Def.
Type Attr. O&O Perm. values
ILH_O
Upper instrument limit for calibration
REAL
0.0
O
Q
ILL_O
Lower instrument limit for calibration
REAL
0.0
O
Q
ILH
Analogue value is greater than ILH_F
BOOL
0
O
Q
ALH
Analogue value is greater than ALH_F
BOOL
0
O
Q
OLH
Analogue value is greater than OLH_F
BOOL
0
O
Q
OLL
Analogue value is less than OLL_F
BOOL
0
O
Q
ALL
Analogue value is less than ALL_F
BOOL
0
O
Q
ILL
Analogue value is less than ILL_F BOOL
0
O
Q
DST
Analogue input channel is faulty
BOOL
0
O
Q
BLINK
Display flashing (for WinCC)
BOOL
0
O
Q
+
IA1
Internal analogue output value
REAL
0.0
O
Q
+
ACT1
Current alarm delay time value
REAL
0.0
O
Q
+
COLOUR
Colour for display (for WinCC)
DWORD 16#0
O
Q
+
Operation and observation of AILIMEX See the description of the block symbol and the faceplate in the corresponding manual in this regard.
en-YN.YNT.001.A
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-824
3.101 Maerz blocks: UNID_P: Setup operation with preselection Description of UNID_P Object name (Type + Number) FB 610 Calling OBs The time interrupt OB in which the block is installed (e.g. OB 35. Function The block is used for controlling a setup drive with a control signal (on/off). The operation feedback of the drive is monitored and must be connected as a digital signal to the input of the block. Operating principle A valid starting command exists when the signals: 'STA1', 'ILC1', 'AVBL', 'OLPT', 'LEMO' and 'PMI1' are set and the stopping command 'STOP' is not set. In this case, the start enable signal 'SEN1' and the run command 'PWON' are set (activation signals for the motor). If the check-back signal 'RCR1' is set together with the speed monitor signal 'SPCL' when a valid starting command is active, the control state switches to selflatching status. It is a characteristic of this state that the operating bits 'OSG1', 'OPS1' are set and that the start release command 'SEN1' is reset while the run command 'PWON' is set. From this moment, the starting commands 'STA1' or 'STA2' can be rescinded without risking reset of the run command PWON. The setting drive is stopped correctly by setting the stopping command 'STOP' or when the process interlock 'ILC1' is deactivated. The monitoring time in seconds TIME1 when a drive is started specifies the period in which the check-back signal RCR1 must be set. In addition, it monitors the time during stopping within which the check-back signal RCR1 must have been reset. If time = 0, no time monitoring of the start and stop is employed. By means of the signals SST1 and SSTP an individual start of the drive can be realised in automatic mode. In the faceplate of the drive, the operator sets the signals SST1 or SSTP. After processing in the block, these signals are reset by the block. After operation of the signal SST1 the output SWST is set at first. By means of this output an external start-up warning can be started. If the start-up warning time has expired, then the input SWRE must be set. In this way, there is a valid starting command and the drive is then started as described above. With the exception of the combination with the signals SWST and SWRE the signal SST1 behaves in the same way as signal STA1. Using SSTP, the drive is stopped. SSTP behaves in the same way with the input STOP.
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
With the signals LSER, LST1 and LSP1 operation of the drive is possible via external switches, keyboards or from the control panel. With the signal LSER the drive is switched to local operation. The availability of the drive disappears therewith. Using the parameter SWLO, it is selected whether the input SWRE is taken into consideration for the evaluation of the inputs LST1 and LSP1. Note Via the signals LST1 and LSP1 the drive can be started (1) or stopped ("0"). Via LST1 the drive is started independently from the interlock signals! Via LSP1 the signals CVON, OLPT, PMI1 and LEMO are taken into consideration. As long as the start signals are pending the drive runs, if the start signal changes to zero the drive is stopped. In addition, there is the input PRES’. If PRES’ is set and the drive is available (DAVB’), then the drive is preselected. If PRES’ is set, but the drive is not available, then the alarm EPSL is set. As a further logic PB_TO_VI is contained (see page 3-810) . The button for setting PB_VISU as well as the current status of TEXT_01 will only become visible in the faceplate, if the input EPB_TO_VI is set to 1. Internal logic The sequence of the flags is determined by the sequence in which they must be generated. In this relation, the flags marked (with ") must be taken into account in the setting and reset conditions! Auxiliary flag RESET
:=
-PWON_&(-EROP/ERES)
CLEROP
:=
EROP_&ERES
AVAIL
:=
AVBL_&OLPT_&LEMO_&PMI1
Data word S ERPI C ERPI
: :
-PMI1-CVON/PMI1_&RESET
S ERSP C ERSP
: :
(-STA1/OPS1)_&ILC1_&PWON_&-SPCL_&-STOP_&-NOTA”CVON/CLEROP
S ERRC C ERRC
: :
(-STA1/OPS1)_&ILC1_&PWON_&-RCR1_&-STOP_&-NOTA”CVON/CLEROP
S NOTA C NOTA
: :
-AVAIL/ERSP”/ERRC”/ETIM”-CVON/AVAIL_&RESET
S EROP C EROP
: :
PWON_&ILC1_&NOTA”_&-STOP-CVON/CLEROP
S OPS1 C OPS1
: :
PWON_&RCR1_&SPCL-CVON/-RCR1/-ILC1
en-YN.YNT.001.A
3-825
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-826
S EROL C EROL
: :
-OLPT-CVON/OLPT_&RESET
S ERMS C ERMS
: :
-AVBL_&OLPT_&LEMO-CVON/(AVBL/-OLPT/-LEMO))_&RESET
S EREO C EREO
: :
-LEMO-CVON/LEMO_&RESET
OPL1
:=
-OPS1_&RCR1_&-PWON_&-AVBL_&OLPT
S ETIM C ETIM
: :
-LCT1_&SEN1_&(-RCR1/SPCL)-CLEROP
EPSL
:=
PRES_&-DAVB
PSLA
:=
-EPSL_&PRES
Status word S PWON C PWON
: :
STA1_&ILC1-CVON/NOTA”/STOP/-ILC1
S OSG1 C OSG1
: :
OPS1-OPS1”
S SEN1 C SEN1
: :
PWON”OSG1”/-PWON”
EMOF
:=
EREO”
DAVB
:=
-NOTA”_&CVON
EROR
:=
EROP”
DOFF
:=
-OSG1”
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
Block view
Fig. 133: UNID_P block
Starting characteristics During the CPU start-up the UNID_P block is deactivated. All internal state flags (shown in the data word) are reset. Following start-up the block waits for the number of cycles projected in the input RUNUPCYC, and will only be activated thereafter. A first start-up whilst the program is running is treated internally like a CPU startup. Time behaviour The block must be called via a time interrupt OB or OB1. It does not have a parameter for the sampling interval. Behaviour in case of a time error In the case of a time error the outputs will then be reset. In addition the internal state flags will be reset. Message actions The block UNID_P internally uses an ALARM_8P block for generating the messages. Messages are generated for the following tripping devices: ● Operating trouble (EROP) ● Overload protection (OLPT) ● Machine availability (AVBL) ● Speed monitor (SPCL) ● Machine protection (PMI1) ● Local emergency off (LEMO) ● Monitoring time (ETIM)
en-YN.YNT.001.A
3-827
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-828
● Check-back signal (RCR1) ● Preselection error (EPSL) The messages can be suppressed by setting the input SUPR or by resetting the input RLSA. The input SUPR, however, is activated by the operator interface (WinCC), and RLSA by the program. The inputs CVON (at value 0) and CSF (at value 1) also suppress the output of messages. Assignment of message text and message class to the block parameters
Message Block Default message text no. parameters
Message Suppressable class
1
EROP
$$BlockComment$$ @1I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
2
EROL
$$BlockComment$$ @2I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
3
ERMS
$$BlockComment$$ @3I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
4
ERSP
$$BlockComment$$ @4I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
5
ERPI
$$BlockComment$$ @5I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
6
EREO
$$BlockComment$$ @6I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
7
ETIM
$$BlockComment$$ @7I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
8
ERRC
$$BlockComment$$ @8I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
9
EPSL
$$BlockComment$$ @1I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
$$BlockComment$$ @2I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @3I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @4I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @5I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @6I%t#POLCID_Standard@
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
3-829
Message Block Default message text no. parameters
Message Suppressable class
$$BlockComment$$ @7I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @8I%t#POLCID_Standard@ Connections of UNID_P Connection Meaning (parameters)
Data type
Def. Type Attr. O&O Perm. values
STA1
Start drive
BOOL
0
I
Q
ILC1
Process-technological interlock
BOOL
1
I
Q
STOP
Stop drive
BOOL
0
I
Q
CVON
Control voltage on
BOOL
1
I
Q
OLPT
Overload protection
BOOL
1
I
Q
AVBL
Machine availability
BOOL
1
I
Q
RCR1
Check-back signal
BOOL
0
I
Q
PMI1
Machine protection interlock
BOOL
1
I
Q
SPCL
Speed monitor
BOOL
1
I
Q
LEMO
Local emergency off
BOOL
1
I
Q
CSF
Control system error
BOOL
0
I
Q
PRES
Preselection
BOOL
0
I
Q
LST1
Local start/stop without PMI1
BOOL
0
I
Q
LSP1
Local start/stop with PMI1
BOOL
0
I
Q
SWRE
Enabling start-up warning
BOOL
1
I
Q
ESST
Display of softkeys for single faceplate start
BOOL
0
I
Q
SWLO
Start-up warning also in local operating mode
BOOL
0
I
Q
RLSA
Enabling alarm generation
BOOL
1
I
Q
EPB_TO_VI
Display of softkey for PB_VISU and for display of status TEXT_01
BOOL
0
I
RESET
Reset signal from PB_VISU
BOOL
0
I
Q
TEXT_01
Status display
BOOL
0
I
Q
en-YN.YNT.001.A
+
+
+
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-830
Connection Meaning (parameters)
Data type
Def. Type Attr. O&O Perm. values
TIME1
Monitoring time setpoint value
REAL
5.0
I
RUNUPCYC
Waiting cycles at start
INT
3
I
EV_ID1
Message ID1
DWORD 0
I
M
EV_ID2
Message ID2
DWORD 0
I
LSER
Enabling of local operation
BOOL
0
SST1
Single start
BOOL
SSTP
Single stop
SUPR
BQ
+
>0
BQ
+
>0
IO
BQ
+
0
IO
B
+
BOOL
0
IO
B
+
Suppression of alarms
BOOL
0
IO
B
+
EV1_SIG1
Index variable for message no. 1
INT
1
IO
EV1_SIG2
Index variable for message no. 2
INT
2
IO
EV1_SIG3
Index variable for message no. 3
INT
3
IO
EV1_SIG4
Index variable for message no. 4
INT
4
IO
EV1_SIG5
Index variable for message no. 5
INT
5
IO
EV1_SIG6
Index variable for message no. 6
INT
6
IO
EV1_SIG7
Index variable for message no. 7
INT
7
IO
EV1_SIG8
Index variable for message no. 8
INT
8
IO
EV2_SIG1
Index variable for message no. 9
INT
160 IO
EV2_SIG2
Index variable for message no. 10
INT
0
IO
EV2_SIG3
Index variable for message no. 11
INT
0
IO
EV2_SIG4
Index variable for message no. 12
INT
0
IO
EV2_SIG5
Index variable for message no. 13
INT
0
IO
EV2_SIG6
Index variable for message no. 14
INT
0
IO
EV2_SIG7
Index variable for message no. 15
INT
0
IO
EV2_SIG8
Index variable for message no. 16
INT
0
IO
PWON
Run command for drive
BOOL
0
O
Q
OSG1
Operating message
BOOL
0
O
Q
SEN1
Start enabling
BOOL
0
O
Q
EMOF
Emergency off activated
BOOL
0
O
Q
DAVB
Drive is available
BOOL
0
O
Q
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
3-831
Connection Meaning (parameters)
Data type
Def. Type Attr. O&O Perm. values
EROR
Drive is faulty
BOOL
0
O
Q
DOFF
Drive is off
BOOL
0
O
Q
SWST
Start start-up warning
BOOL
0
O
Q
PB_VISU
Output bit
BOOL
0
O
BQ
+
ACT1
Current monitoring time
REAL
0.0
O
Q
+
PW
Parameter word
DWORD 0
O
Q
+
DW
Data word
DWORD 0
O
Q
+
SW
Status word
DWORD 0
O
Q
+
Operation and observation of UNID_P See the description of the block symbol and the faceplate in the corresponding manual in this regard. PW, DW and SW of UNID_P The inputs, outputs and the respective status of the block are mapped on the parameter word, the data word and the status word. The assignment of the bits is found in the following table:
> UNID_P < Bit
Parameter word
Data word
Status word
0
STA1
OPS1
SEN1
1 2
EROP ILC1
3
OSG1 NOTA
4
EMOF
5
DAVB
6
STOP
7
CVON
8
OLPT
EROL
DOFF
9
AVBL
ERMS
SWST
10
RCR1
ERSP
en-YN.YNT.001.A
OPL1
EROR PWON
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-832
11 12
PMI1
13
ERPI EREO
14
SPCL
15
LEMO
16
LSER
ERRC
17
LST1
EPSL
18 19
ETIM
PSLA LSP1
20 21
SST1
22 23
SSTP
24
SWRE
25
CSF
26
PRES
27 28
COLOUR_1
29
COLOUR_2
30
COLOUR_3
31
COLOUR_4 In the case of the COLOUR operating states (Maerz drives), the block UNID_P does not have all possible states. It features the states with the numbers 1, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 11 and 14.
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
3.102 Maerz blocks: REVD_P: reversible drive with preselection Description of REVD_P Object name (Type + Number) FB 611 Calling OBs The time interrupt OB in which the block is installed (e.g. OB 35). Function The block is used for controlling a reversible drive by means of a control signal (on/off) and two activation signals for both directions of the drive. The operating feedback messages of the drive are monitored and must be connected as digital signals at the input of the block. Operating principle A valid starting command exists when the signals: 'STA1', 'ILC1', 'AVBL', 'OLPT', 'LEMO', 'PMI1' or 'STA2', 'ILC2', 'AVBL', 'OLPT', LEMO', 'PMI2' are set and the stopping command 'STOP' is reset. In this case, the start enable signal 'SEN1' or 'SEN2' and the run command 'PWON' are set (activation signals for the motor). If the check-back signal 'RCR1' or 'RCR1' together with the speed monitor signal 'SPCL' are set when a valid starting command is active, the control state switches to self-latching status. A characteristic of this status is that the operating bits 'OSG1', 'OPS1' are set or that 'OSG2', OPS2' are set and the start enable signal 'SEN1' or 'SEN2' is being reset while the run command 'PWON' is active. From this moment, the starting commands 'STA1' or 'STA2' can be rescinded without risking reset of the run command PWON. The reversible drive is stopped correctly when either the stopping command 'STOP' is set or when the process interlock 'ILC1' or 'ILC2' is missing. If the machine protection fails for both directions simultaneously, the error signal 'ERPI' is generated regardless of the current operating status. If the machine protection fails for one direction only, this is only detected and signalled when the drive is started or in operation in this direction. When the reversible drive is stationary and starting commands are issued simultaneously for both directions, no error is signalled. If the drive is running in one direction, starting commands for the other direction are ignored. The monitoring time TIME1 in seconds when the drive is started specifies the period in which the check-back signal RCR1/RCR2 must be set. If time = 0, no time monitoring of the start is employed. Via the parameter PSEN it can be defined, that in the case of pending checkback signal the output signals SEN1/2 are not reset. By means of the signals SST1, SST2 and SSTP an individual start of the drive can be realised in automatic mode. In the faceplate of the drive, the operator sets the signals SST1, SST2 or SSTP. After processing in the block, these signals are reset by the block.
en-YN.YNT.001.A
3-833
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-834
After operation of the signal SST1/2 the output SWST is set at first. By means of this output an external start-up warning can be started. If the start-up warning time has expired, then the input SWRE must be set. In this way, there is a valid starting command and the drive is then started as described above. With the exception of the combination with the signals SWST and SWRE the signals SST1/2 behave in the same way with signal STA1/2. Using SSTP, the drive is stopped. SSTP behaves in the same way with the input STOP. With the signals LSER, LST1/2 and LSP1/2 it is possible to operate the drive via external switches, keyboards or from the control panel. With the signal LSER the drive is switched to local operation. The availability of the drive disappears therewith. Via the signals LST1/2 and LSP1/2 the drive can be started. Using the parameter SWLO, it is selected whether the input SWRE is taken into consideration for the evaluation of the inputs LST1/2 and LSP1/2. Note Via the signals LST1/2 and LSP1/2, the drive can be started ("1") or stopped ("0"). Via LST1/2 the drive is started independently from the interlock signals! Via LSP1/2 the signals CVON, OLPT, PMI1/2 and LEMO are taken into consideration. As long as the start signals are pending the drive runs, if the start signal changes to zero the drive is stopped. In addition, there is the input PRES. If PRES is set and the drive is available (DAVB), then the drive is preselected. If PRES is set, but the drive is not available, then the alarm EPSL is set. As a further logic PB_TO_VI is contained (see page 3-810) . The button for setting PB_VISU as well as the current status of TEXT_01 will only become visible in the faceplate, if the input EPB_TO_VI is set to 1. Internal logic The sequence of the flags is determined by the sequence in which they must be generated. In this relation, the flags marked (with ") must be taken into account in the setting and reset conditions! Auxiliary flag GO1
:=
STA1_&ILC1
GO2
:=
STA2_&ILC2
RUN1
:=
SEN1/OSG1
RUN2
:=
SEN2/OSG2
RESET
:=
-PWON_&(-EROP/ERES)
PMNOT
:=
-PMI1_&-PMI2
CLEROP
:=
EROP_&ERES
AVAIL
:=
AVBL_&OLPT_&LEMO
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
RUNSTP
:=
CVON/EROP”/STOP
Data word S ERPI C ERPI
: :
PMNOT/C-STOP_&(-EROP/ERES)_&PMI1_&ILC1_&(RUN1/STA1)_&-RUN2_&-GO2/PMI2_&ILC2_&(RUN2/STA2_&-RUN1_&-GO1)CVON/RESET_&(PMI1_&PMI2/PMNOT_&(GO1_&GO2/STOP)/PMI1_&-GO2/PMI2_&-GO1))
S ERSP C ERSP
: :
PWON_&AVAIL_&-STOP_&(ILC1_&(OPS1/STA1_&SEN1)/ILC2_&(OPS2/-STA2_&SEN2))_&-SPCLCVON/CLEROP
S ERRC C ERRC
: :
PWON_&AVAIL_&-STOP_&(ILC1_&(OPS1/-STA1_&SEN1)_&RCR1/ILC2_&(OPS2/-STA2_&SEN2)_&-RCR2)-CVON/CLEROP
S NOTA C NOTA
: :
-AVAIL/ERPI”/ERSP”/ERRC”/ETIM”-CVON/AVAIL_&-ERPI”_&RESET
S EROP C EROP
: :
(RUN1_&ILC1/RUN2_&ILC2)_&NOTA”_&-STOP/ERSP”/PMNOT_&ERPI”(-CVON/CLEROP)_&(PMNOT/-ERPI”)
S OPS1 C OPS1
: :
SEN1_&RCR1_&SPCL-ILC1/-CVON/EROP/-RCR1
S OPS2 C OPS2
: :
SEN2_&RCR2_&SPCL-ILC2/-CVON/EROP/-RCR2
S EROL C EROL
: :
-OLPT-CVON/OLPT_&RESET
S ERMS C ERMS
: :
-AVBL_&OLPT_&LEMO-CVON/(AVBL/-OLPT/-LEMO)_&RESET
S EREO C EREO
: :
-LEMO-CVON/LEMO_&RESET
OPL1
:=
-PWON_&-OPS1_&RCR1_&OLPT_&-AVBL
OPL2
:=
-PWON_&-OPS2_&RCR2_&OLPT_&-AVBL
S ETIM C ETIM
: :
LCT1_&((SEN1_&(-RCR1/-SPCL))/SEN2_&(-RCR2/-SPCL)))CLEROP
EPSL
:=
PRES_&-DAVB
PSLA
:=
-EPSL_&PRES
Status word OSG1 OSG2
:= :=
OPS1”OPS2”
S SEN1
:
GO1_&-GO2_&-RUN2RUNSTP/NOTA”/-ILC1/OSG1”_&PSEN
en-YN.YNT.001.A
3-835
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-836
C SEN1
:
S SEN2 C SEN2
: :
GO2_&-GO1_&-RUN1RUNSTP/NOTA”/-ILC2/OSG2”_&PSEN
EMOF DAVB EROR
:= := :=
EREO”CVON_&-NOTA”EROP”
S PWON C PWON
: :
SEN1”/SEN2”RUNSTP/NOTA”/(RUN1_&-ILC1)/(RUN2_&-ILC2)
DOFF
:=
-OSG1”_&-OSG2”
Block view
Fig. 134: REVD_P block
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
Starting characteristics During the CPU start-up the REVD_P block is deactivated. All internal state flags (shown in the data word) are reset. Following start-up the block waits for the number of cycles projected in the input RUNUPCYC, and will only be activated thereafter. A first start-up whilst the program is running is treated internally like a CPU startup. Time behaviour The block must be called via a time interrupt OB or OB1. It does not have a parameter for the sampling interval. Behaviour in case of a time error In the case of a time error the outputs will then be reset. In addition the internal state flags will be reset. Message actions The block REVD_P internally uses an ALARM_8P block for generating the messages. Messages are generated for the following tripping devices: ● Operating trouble (EROP) ● Overload protection (OLPT) ● Machine availability (AVBL) ● Speed monitor (SPCL) ● Machine protection (PMI1/2) ● Local emergency off (LEMO) ● Monitoring time (ETIM) ● Check-back signal (RCR1/2) ● Preselection error (EPSL) The messages can be suppressed by setting the input SUPR or by resetting the input RLSA. The input SUPR, however, is activated by the operator interface (WinCC), and RLSA by the program. The inputs CVON (at value 0) and CSF (at value 1) also suppress the output of messages.
en-YN.YNT.001.A
3-837
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-838
Assignment of message text and message class to the block parameters
Default message text Message Block no. parameter
Message Suppressable class
1
EROP
$$BlockComment$$ @1I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
2
EROL
$$BlockComment$$ @2I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
3
ERMS
$$BlockComment$$ @3I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
4
ERSP
$$BlockComment$$ @4I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
5
ERPI
$$BlockComment$$ @5I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
6
EREO
$$BlockComment$$ @6I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
7
ETIM
$$BlockComment$$ @7I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
8
ERRC
$$BlockComment$$ @8I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
9
EPSL
$$BlockComment$$ @1I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
$$BlockComment$$ @2I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @3I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @4I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @5I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @6I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @7I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @8I%t#POLCID_Standard@
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
3-839
Connections of REVD_P Connection Meaning (parameters)
Data type
Def. Type Attr. O&O Perm. values
STA1
Start drive in direction 1
BOOL
0
I
Q
STA2
Start drive in direction 2
BOOL
0
I
Q
ILC1
Process-technological interlock, direction 1
BOOL
1
I
Q
ILC2
Process-technological interlock, direction 2
BOOL
1
I
Q
STOP
Stop drive
BOOL
0
I
Q
CVON
Control voltage on
BOOL
1
I
Q
OLPT
Overload protection
BOOL
1
I
Q
AVBL
Machine availability
BOOL
1
I
Q
RCR1
Check-back signal for direction 1
BOOL
0
I
Q
RCR2
Check-back signal for direction 2
BOOL
0
I
Q
PMI1
Machine protection interlock for direction 1
BOOL
1
I
Q
PMI2
Machine protection interlock for direction 2
BOOL
1
I
Q
SPCL
Speed monitor
BOOL
1
I
Q
LEMO
Local emergency off
BOOL
1
I
Q
CSF
Control system error
BOOL
0
I
Q
PRES
Preselection
BOOL
0
I
Q
LST1
Local start/stop without PMI1 for direction 1
BOOL
0
I
Q
LST2
Local start/stop without PMI2 for direction 2
BOOL
0
I
Q
LSP1
Local start/stop with PMI1 for direction 1
BOOL
0
I
Q
LSP1
Local start/stop with PMI2 for direction 2
BOOL
0
I
Q
SWRE
Enabling start-up warning
BOOL
1
I
Q
ESST
Display of softkeys for single faceplate start
BOOL
0
I
Q
en-YN.YNT.001.A
+
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-840
Connection Meaning (parameters)
Data type
Def. Type Attr. O&O Perm. values
PSEN
Selection of permanent SEN1 and SEN2
BOOL
1
I
SWLO
Start-up warning also in local operating mode
BOOL
0
I
Q
RLSA
Enabling alarm generation
BOOL
1
I
Q
EPB_TO_VI
Display of softkey for PB_VISU and for display of status TEXT_01
BOOL
0
I
RESET
Reset signal from PB_VISU
BOOL
0
I
Q
TEXT_01
Status display
BOOL
0
I
Q
+
TIME1
Monitoring time setpoint value
REAL
5.0
I
BQ
+
RUNUPCYC
Waiting cycles at start
INT
3
I
EV_ID1
Message ID no. 1
DWORD 0
I
M
EV_ID2
Message ID no. 2
DWORD 0
I
M
LSER
Enabling of local operation
BOOL
0
IO
BQ
+
SST1
Single start for direction 1
BOOL
0
IO
B
+
SST2
Single start for direction 2
BOOL
0
IO
B
+
SSTP
Single stop
BOOL
0
IO
B
+
SUPR
Suppression of alarms
BOOL
0
IO
B
+
EV1_SIG1
Index variable for message no. 1
INT
1
IO
EV1_SIG2
Index variable for message no. 2
INT
2
IO
EV1_SIG3
Index variable for message no. 3
INT
3
IO
EV1_SIG4
Index variable for message no. 4
INT
4
IO
EV1_SIG5
Index variable for message no. 5
INT
5
IO
EV1_SIG6
Index variable for message no. 6
INT
6
IO
EV1_SIG7
Index variable for message no. 7
INT
7
IO
EV1_SIG8
Index variable for message no. 8
INT
8
IO
EV2_SIG1
Index variable for message no. 9
INT
160 IO
EV2_SIG2
Index variable for message no. 10
INT
0
IO
EV2_SIG3
Index variable for message no. 11
INT
0
IO
EV2_SIG4
Index variable for message no. 12
INT
0
IO
EV2_SIG5
Index variable for message no. 13
INT
0
IO
+
>0
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
3-841
Connection Meaning (parameters)
Data type
Def. Type Attr. O&O Perm. values
EV2_SIG6
Index variable for message no. 14
INT
0
IO
EV2_SIG7
Index variable for message no. 15
INT
0
IO
EV2_SIG8
Index variable for message no. 16
INT
0
IO
SEN1
Enabling start for direction 1
BOOL
0
O
Q
SEN2
Enabling start for direction 2
BOOL
0
O
Q
OSG1
Operating message for direction 1
BOOL
0
O
Q
OSG2
Operating message for direction 2
BOOL
0
O
Q
EMOF
Emergency off activated
BOOL
0
O
Q
DAVB
Drive is available
BOOL
0
O
Q
EROR
Drive is faulty
BOOL
0
O
Q
PWON
Run command for drive
BOOL
0
O
Q
DOFF
Drive is off
BOOL
0
O
Q
SWST
Start start-up warning
BOOL
0
O
Q
PB_VISU
Output bit
BOOL
0
O
BQ
+
ACT1
Current monitoring time
REAL
0.0
O
Q
+
PW
Parameter word
DWORD 0
O
Q
+
DW
Data word
DWORD 0
O
Q
+
SW
Status word
DWORD 0
O
Q
+
Operation and observation of REVD_P See the description of the block symbol and the faceplate in the corresponding manual in this regard. PW, DW and SW of REVD_P The inputs, outputs and the internal status of the respective block are mapped on the parameter word, the data word and the status word. The assignment of the bits is found in the following table:
en-YN.YNT.001.A
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-842
> REVD_P < Bit
Parameter word
Data word
Status word
0
STA1
OPS1
SEN1
1
STA2
EROP
SEN2
2
ILC1
OPS2
OSG1
3
ILC2
NOTA
OSG2
4
EMOF
5
DAVB
6
STOP
OPL1
EROR
7
CVON
OPL2
PWON
8
OLPT
EROL
DOFF
9
AVBL
ERMS
SWST
10
RCR1
ERSP
11
RCR2
12
PMI1
ERPI
13
PMI2
EREO
14
SPCL
ETIM
15
LEMO
16
LSER
ERRC
17
LST1
EPSL
18
LST2
PSLA
19
LSP1
20
LSP2
21
SST1
22
SST2
23
SSTP
24
SWRE
25
CSF
26
PRES
27 28
COLOUR_1
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
3-843
29
COLOUR_2
30
COLOUR_3
31
COLOUR_4 In the case of the COLOUR operating states (Maerz drives), the block REVD_P does not have all possible states. It features the states with the numbers 1, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 11 and 14.
en-YN.YNT.001.A
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-844
3.103 Maerz blocks: RVDL_P: reversible drive with limit switches and preselection Description of RVDL_P Object name (Type + Number) FB 612 Calling OBs The time interrupt OB in which the block is installed (e.g. OB 35). Function The block is used for controlling a reversible drive with limit switches by means of two activation signals for both directions of the drive. The operating feedback messages and limit switches of the drive must be connected as digital signals at the input of the block. The travel time of the drive is monitored until the limit switch is reached. Operating principle If one of the two end positions applies, the start of a drive can only be effected if a valid starting command for the direction leading away from the end position is given. If the drive was stopped between the end positions (caused by a fault), a valid starting command can optionally be given for one of the two directions. A valid starting command exists when the signals: 'STA1', 'ILC1', 'AVBL', 'OLPT', 'PMI1' or 'STA2', 'ILC2', 'AVBL', 'OLPT', 'PMI2' are set. In this case, the start enable signals 'SEN1' or 'SEN2' are set (motor activating signals) and the end position indicator 'POS1' or POS2' is cleared. If the check-back signal 'RCR1' or 'RCR2' is set while a valid starting command is present, the drive changes over to the operating condition which is characterised by the bits 'OSG1', 'OPS1' or 'OSG2', 'OPS2'. Correct stopping is performed by activation of the associated limit switch 'LSW1' or 'LSW2'. If the machine protection fails for both directions simultaneously, the error signal 'ERPI' is generated regardless of the current operating status. If the machine protection fails for one direction only, this is only detected and signalled when the drive is started or in operation in this direction. When the reversible drive with limit switches is stationary and starting commands are issued simultaneously for both directions, no error is signalled. If the drive is running in one direction, starting commands for the other direction are ignored. The time TIME1 monitors the time in seconds, e.g. for movement of the drive from POS1 to POS2, in which the associated limit switch must be set. If time = 0, no time monitoring of the movement is performed. By means of the signals SST1 and SST2 an individual start of the drive can be realised in automatic mode. In the faceplate of the drive, the operator sets the signals SST1 or SST2. After processing in the block, these signals are reset by the block.
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
After operation of the signal SST1/2 the output SWST is set at first. By means of this output an external start-up warning can be started. If the start-up warning time has expired, then the input SWRE must be set. In this way, there is a valid starting command and the drive is then started as described above. With the exception of the combination with the signals SWST and SWRE the signals SST1/2 behave in the same way with signal STA1/2. With the signals LSER, LST1/2 and LSP1/2 it is possible to operate the drive via external switches, keyboards or from the control panel. With the signal LSER the drive is switched to local operation. The availability of the drive disappears therewith. Via the signals LST1/2 and LSP1/2 the drive can be started. Using the parameter SWLO, it is selected whether the input SWRE is taken into consideration for the evaluation of the inputs LST1/2 and LSP1/2. Note Via the signals LST1/2 and LSP1/2, the drive can be started ("1") or stopped ("0"). Via LST1/2 the drive is started independently from the interlock signals! Via LSP1/2 the signals CVON, OLPT and PMI1/2 are taken into consideration. As long as the start signals are pending the drive runs, if the start signal changes to zero the drive is stopped. In addition, there is the input PRES. If PRES is set and the drive is available (DAVB), then the drive is preselected. If PRES is set, but the drive is not available, then the alarm EPSL is set. As a further logic PB_TO_VI is contained (see page 3-810) . The button for setting PB_VISU as well as the current status of TEXT_01 will only become visible in the faceplate, if the input EPB_TO_VI is set to 1. Internal logic The sequence of the flags is determined by the sequence in which they must be generated. In this relation, the flags marked (with ") must be taken into account in the setting and reset conditions!
en-YN.YNT.001.A
3-845
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-846
Auxiliary flag GO1
:=
STA1_&ILC1
GO2
:=
STA2_&ILC2
NOSEN
:=
-(SEN1/SEN2)
RESET
:=
NOSEN_&(-EROP/ERES)
CLEROP
:=
EROP_&ERES
CLERPS
:=
ERPS_&ERES
LSWALL
:=
LSW1_&LSW2
LSWPOS
:=
-LSW1_&POS1_&-SEN2_&-OSG2/-LSW2_&POS2_&-SEN1_&-OSG1
AVAIL
:=
AVBL_&OLPT
Data word S ERPS C ERPS
: :
(LSWALL/-CLERPS_&LSWPOS/(LSW1_&ILC2_&SEN2_&(STA2/AVAIL_&PMI2_&OPS2)/LSW2_&ILC1_&SEN1_&(STA1/AVAIL_&PMI1_&OPS1))/((LSW1.EQV.LSW2)_&(SEN1_&STA1_&ILC1/SEN2_&-STA2_&ILC2)))/ETIM”-CVON/LSWALL_&ERPS_&RESET
S ERPI C ERPI
: :
(-PMI1_&-PMI2)/(-EROP/ERES)_&(-PMI1_&-LSW1_&GO1_&(SEN1/SEN2_&(LSW2/-GO2)/-PMI2_&-LSW2_&GO2_&(SEN2/SEN1_&(LSW1/-GO1))CVON/(PMI1_&PMI2/ERPS”_&(PMI1/PMI2)/PMI1_&(GO2/LSW2/GO1_&-LSW1)/PMI2_&(-GO1/LSW1/GO2_&LSW2))_&RESET
S ERRC C ERRC
: :
AVAIL_&-ERPI”_&-ERPS_&(OPS1_&GO1_&-RCR1_&LSW1/OPS2_&GO2_&-RCR2_&-LSW2)-CVON/CLEROP
S NOTA C NOTA
: :
-AVAIL/ERPI”/ERPS”/ERRC”-CVON/AVAIL_&-ERPI”_&ERPS”_&RESET
S EROP C EROP
: :
((SEN1_&ILC1_&-LSW1/SEN2_&ILC2_&LSW2)_&NOTA”)/(ERPS”/ERRC”_&(SEN1/SEN2/OSG1/OSG2))CVON/CLEROP_&(ERPS_&-LSWPOS/-ERPS”)
S OPS1 C OPS1
: :
GO1_&SEN1_&RCR1-CVON/-GO1/LSW1/NOTA”
S OPS2 C OPS2
: :
GO2_&SEN2_&RCR2-CVON/-GO2/LSW2/NOTA”
S EROL C EROL
: :
-OLPT-CVON/OLPT_&RESET
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
S ERMS C ERMS
: :
-AVBL_&OLPT-CVON/(AVBL/-OLPT)_&RESET
S ETIM C ETIM
: :
LCT1_&((SEN1_&-LSW1)/(SEN2_&-LSW2))-CVON/RESET
S POS1 C POS1
: :
LSW1_&(-POS2/-LSW2_&CLERPS)-CVON/LSWALL/LSW1_&(CLERPS/SEN2”/OSG2/-ERPS”_&LSW1)
S POS2 C POS2
: :
LSW2_&(-POS1/-LSW1_&CLERPS)-CVON/LSWALL/LSW2_&(CLERPS/SEN1”/OSG1/-ERPS”_&LSW2)
OPL1
:=
-SEN1_&-OPS1_&RCR1
OPL2
:=
-SEN2_&-OPS2_&RCR2
EPSL
:=
PRES_&-DAVB
PSLA
:=
-EPSL_&PRES
Status word
S SEN1 C SEN1
: :
GO1_&(LSW2/-GO2)_&-SEN2-CVON/-GO1/NOTA”/LSW1/EROP”
S SEN2 C SEN2
: :
GO2_&(LSW1/-GO1)_&-SEN1-CVON/-GO2/NOTA”/LSW2/EROP”
OSG1
:=
OPS1”
OSG2
:=
OPS2”
DAVB
:=
CVON_&-NOTA”
EROR
:=
EROP”
en-YN.YNT.001.A
3-847
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-848
Block view
Fig. 135: RVDL_P block
Starting characteristics During the CPU start-up the RVDL_P block is deactivated. All internal state flags (shown in the data word) are reset. Following start-up the block waits for the number of cycles projected in the input RUNUPCYC, and will only be activated thereafter. A first start-up whilst the program is running is treated internally like a CPU startup. Time behaviour The block must be called via a time interrupt OB or OB1. It does not have a parameter for the sampling interval. Behaviour in case of a time error In the case of a time error the outputs will then be reset. In addition the internal state flags will be reset. Message actions The block RVDL_P internally uses an ALARM_8P block for generating the messages. Messages are generated for the following tripping devices: ● Operating trouble (EROP) ● Overload protection (OLPT) ● Machine availability (AVBL) ● Machine protection (PMI1/2)
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
3-849
● Position monitoring (ERPS) ● Monitoring time (ETIM) ● Check-back signal (RCR1/2) ● Preselection error (EPSL) The messages can be suppressed by setting the input SUPR or by resetting the input RLSA. The input SUPR, however, is activated by the operator interface (WinCC), and RLSA by the program. The inputs CVON (at value 0) and CSF (at value 1) also suppress the output of messages. Assignment of message text and message class to the block parameters
Default message text Message Block no. parameter
Message Suppressable class
1
EROP
$$BlockComment$$ @1I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
2
EROL
$$BlockComment$$ @2I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
3
ERMS
$$BlockComment$$ @3I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
4
ERPI
$$BlockComment$$ @4I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
5
ERPS
$$BlockComment$$ @5I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
6
ETIM
$$BlockComment$$ @6I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
7
ERRC
$$BlockComment$$ @7I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
AH
Yes
8 9
$$BlockComment$$ @8I%t#POLCID_Standard@ EPSL
$$BlockComment$$ @1I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @2I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @3I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @4I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @5I%t#POLCID_Standard@
en-YN.YNT.001.A
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-850
Message Block Default message text no. parameter
Message Suppressable class
$$BlockComment$$ @6I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @7I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @8I%t#POLCID_Standard@ Connections of RVDL_P Connection Meaning (parameters)
Data type
Def. Type Attr. O&O Perm. values
STA1
Start drive in direction 1
BOOL
0
I
Q
STA2
Start drive in direction 2
BOOL
0
I
Q
ILC1
Process-technological interlock, direction 1
BOOL
1
I
Q
ILC2
Process-technological interlock, direction 2
BOOL
1
I
Q
LSW1
Limit switch for direction 1
BOOL
0
I
Q
LSW2
Limit switch for direction 2
BOOL
0
I
Q
CVON
Control voltage on
BOOL
1
I
Q
OLPT
Overload protection
BOOL
1
I
Q
AVBL
Machine availability
BOOL
1
I
Q
RCR1
Check-back signal for direction 1
BOOL
0
I
Q
RCR2
Check-back signal for direction 2
BOOL
0
I
Q
PMI1
Machine protection interlock for direction 1
BOOL
1
I
Q
PMI2
Machine protection interlock for direction 2
BOOL
1
I
Q
CSF
Control system error
BOOL
0
I
Q
PRES
Preselection
BOOL
0
I
Q
LST1
Local start/stop without PMI1 for direction 1
BOOL
0
I
Q
LST2
Local start/stop without PMI2 for direction 2
BOOL
0
I
Q
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
3-851
Connection Meaning (parameters)
Data type
Def. Type Attr. O&O Perm. values
LSP1
Local start/stop with PMI1 for direction 1
BOOL
0
I
Q
LSP1
Local start/stop with PMI2 for direction 2
BOOL
0
I
Q
SWRE
Enabling start-up warning
BOOL
1
I
Q
ESST
Display of softkeys for single faceplate start
BOOL
0
I
Q
RLSA
Enabling alarm generation
BOOL
1
I
Q
EPB_TO_VI
Display of softkey for PB_VISU and for display of status TEXT_01
BOOL
0
I
RESET
Reset signal from PB_VISU
BOOL
0
I
Q
TEXT_01
Status display
BOOL
0
I
Q
+
TIME1
Monitoring time setpoint value
REAL
5.0
I
BQ
+
RUNUPCYC
Waiting cycles at start
INT
3
I
EV_ID1
Message ID1
DWORD 0
I
M
EV_ID2
Message ID2
DWORD 0
I
M
LSER
Enabling of local operation
BOOL
0
IO
BQ
+
SST1
Single start for direction 1
BOOL
0
IO
B
+
SST2
Single start for direction 2
BOOL
0
IO
B
+
SUPR
Suppression of alarms
BOOL
0
IO
B
+
EV1_SIG1
Index variable for message no. 1
INT
1
IO
EV1_SIG2
Index variable for message no. 2
INT
2
IO
EV1_SIG3
Index variable for message no. 3
INT
3
IO
EV1_SIG4
Index variable for message no. 4
INT
5
IO
EV1_SIG5
Index variable for message no. 5
INT
9
IO
EV1_SIG6
Index variable for message no. 6
INT
7
IO
EV1_SIG7
Index variable for message no. 7
INT
8
IO
EV1_SIG8
Index variable for message no. 8
INT
0
IO
EV2_SIG1
Index variable for message no. 9
INT
160 IO
EV2_SIG2
Index variable for message no. 10
INT
0
IO
EV2_SIG3
Index variable for message no. 11
INT
0
IO
en-YN.YNT.001.A
+
+
>0
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-852
Connection Meaning (parameters)
Data type
Def. Type Attr. O&O Perm. values
EV2_SIG4
Index variable for message no. 12
INT
0
IO
EV2_SIG5
Index variable for message no. 13
INT
0
IO
EV2_SIG6
Index variable for message no. 14
INT
0
IO
EV2_SIG7
Index variable for message no. 15
INT
0
IO
EV2_SIG8
Index variable for message no. 16
INT
0
IO
SEN1
Enabling start for direction 1
BOOL
0
O
Q
SEN2
Enabling start for direction 2
BOOL
0
O
Q
OSG1
Operating message for direction 1
BOOL
0
O
Q
OSG2
Operating message for direction 2
BOOL
0
O
Q
DAVB
Drive is available
BOOL
0
O
Q
EROR
Drive is faulty
BOOL
0
O
Q
DOFF
Drive is off
BOOL
0
O
Q
SWST
Start start-up warning
BOOL
0
O
Q
PB_VISU
Output bit
BOOL
0
O
BQ
+
ACT1
Current monitoring time
REAL
0.0
O
Q
+
PW
Parameter word
DWORD 0
O
Q
+
DW
Data word
DWORD 0
O
Q
+
SW
Status word
DWORD 0
O
Q
+
Operation and observation of RVDL_P See the description of the block symbol and the faceplate in the corresponding manual in this regard. PW, DW and SW of RVDL_P The inputs, outputs and the internal status of the respective block are mapped on the parameter word, the data word and the status word. The assignment of the bits is found in the following table:
> RVDL_P < Bit
Parameter word
Data word
Status word
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
3-853
0
STA1
OPS1
SEN1
1
STA2
EROP
SEN2
2
ILC1
OPS2
OSG1
3
ILC2
NOTA
OSG2
4
LSW1
POS1
5
LSW2
POS2
DAVB
OPL1
EROR
6 7
CVON
OPL2
8
OLPT
EROL
DOFF
9
AVBL
ERMS
SWST
10
RCR1
11
RCR2
12
PMI1
ERPI
13
PMI2
ERPS
14
ETIM
15 16
LSER
ERRC
17
LST1
EPSL
18
LST2
PSLA
19
LSP1
20
LSP2
21
SST1
22
SST2
23 24
SWRE
25
CSF
26
PRES
27 28
COLOUR_1
29
COLOUR_2
30
COLOUR_3
en-YN.YNT.001.A
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-854
31
COLOUR_4
The block RVDL_P has the COLOUR operating states (Maerz drives) from 1 to 11 and 14.
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
3.104 Maerz blocks: VALV_P: valve controller with preselection Description of VALV_P Object name (Type + Number) FB 613 Calling OBs The time interrupt OB in which the block is installed (e.g. OB 35). Function The block is used for controlling a magnet coil of a valve with limit switches by means of two activation signals for both directions of the valve. The limit switches of the valve are connected as digital signals at the input of the block. The travel time of the drive is monitored until the limit switch is reached. Operating principle Apart from the initial state, a valve must always be active in one of the two directions, i.e. the related output signal must be issued to the valve. If a valve is active in one direction, the starting command 'STA1' or 'STA2' can be reset without loss of the start enable signal 'SEN1' or 'SEN2'. Only a valid starting command for the other direction causes the valve to switch to the changed direction. The values of the limit switches 'LSW1' and 'LSW2' have no influence on the issue of control commands and serve only to generate position signals. If, however, both limit switches are set, the position error signal 'ERPS' is generated. If, in the case of a valve, one of the two limit switch flags is available, and simultaneously starting commands for both directions are given, then there will be no reaction. If the valve is active in one direction and starting commands are issued for both directions simultaneously, the starting command for the opposite direction is ignored. The time TIME1 monitors the time in seconds, e.g. for movement of the valve from POS1 to POS2, in which the associated limit switch flag must be set. If time = 0, no time monitoring of the movement is performed. By means of the signals SST1 and SST2 an individual start of the valve can be realised in automatic mode. In the faceplate associated with the valve, the operator sets the signals SST1 or SST2. After processing in the block, these signals are reset by the block. After operation of the signal SST1/2 the output SWST is set at first. By means of this output an external start-up warning can be started. If the start-up warning time has expired, then the input SWRE must be set. In this way, there is a valid starting command and the valve is then started as described above. With the exception of the combination with the signals SWST and SWRE the signals SST1/2 behave in the same way with signal STA1/2.
en-YN.YNT.001.A
3-855
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-856
With the signals LSER, LST1/2 and LSP1/2 it is possible to operate the valve via external switches, keyboards or from the control panel. With the signal LSER the valve is switched to local operation. The availability of the drive disappears therewith. Via the signals LST1/2 and LSP1/2 the valve can be started. Using the parameter SWLO, it is selected whether the input SWRE is taken into consideration for the evaluation of the inputs LST1/2 and LSP1/2. Note Via the signals LST1/2 and LSP1/2, the valve can be started (1) or stopped (0). Via LST1/2 the valve is started independently from the interlock signals! Via LSP1/2 the signals CVON and OLPT are taken into consideration. As long as the start signals are pending the valve operates, if the start signal changes to zero the valve is stopped. In addition, there is the input PRES. If PRES is set and the drive is available (DAVB), then the drive is preselected. If PRES is set, but the drive is not available, then the alarm EPSL is set. As a further logic PB_TO_VI is contained (see page 3-810) . The button for setting PB_VISU as well as the current status of TEXT_01 will only become visible in the faceplate, if the input EPB_TO_VI is set to 1. Internal logic The sequence of the flags is determined by the sequence in which they must be generated. In this relation, the flags marked (with ") must be taken into account in the setting and reset conditions! Auxiliary flag NOSEN
:=
-(SEN1/SEN2)
RESET
:=
NOSEN_&(-EROP/ERES)
CLEROP
:=
EROP_&ERES
LSWALL
:=
LSW1_&LSW2
GO1
:=
STA1_&ILC1
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
Data word S ERPS C ERPS
: :
LSWALL/ETIM”/(SUPS_&(POS1_&SEN1_&-LSW1_&GO2/(POS2_&SEN2_&-LSW2_&-GO1))-CVON/-LSWALL_&RESET
S NOTA C NOTA
: :
-OLPT/ERPS”-CVON/OLPT_&-ERPS”_&RESET
S EROP C EROP
: :
NOTA”_&(SEN1_&ILC1/SEN2_&ILC2/ERPS”&(SEN1/SEN2))CVON/CLEROP
S EROL C EROL
: :
-OLPT-CVON/OLPT_&RESET
S POS1 C POS1
: :
LSW1-CVON/-LSW1/LSW2
S POS2 C POS2
: :
LSW2-CVON/-LSW2/LSW1
S ETIM C ETIM
: :
LCT1_&((SEN1_&LSW1)/(SEN2_&LSW2))-CVON/RESET
OPS1
:=
SEN1”
OPS2
:=
SEN2”
EPSL
:=
PRES_&-DAVB
PSLA
:=
-EPSL_&PRES
Status word S SEN1 C SEN1
: :
GO1_&-GO2-CVON/-ILC1/NOTA”/GO2_&-STA1/EROP”
S SEN2 C SEN2
: :
GO2_&-GO1)-CVON/-ILC2/NOTA”/GO1_&-STA2/EROP”
DAVB
:=
CVON_&-NOTA”
EROR
:=
EROP”
en-YN.YNT.001.A
3-857
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-858
Block view
Fig. 136: VALV_P block
Starting characteristics During the CPU start-up the VALV_P block is deactivated. All internal state flags (shown in the data word) are reset. Following start-up the block waits for the number of cycles projected in the input RUNUPCYC, and will only be activated thereafter. A first start-up whilst the program is running is treated internally like a CPU startup. Time behaviour The block must be called via a time interrupt OB or OB1. It does not have a parameter for the sampling interval. Behaviour in case of a time error In the case of a time error the outputs will then be reset. In addition the internal state flags will be reset. Message actions The block VALV internally uses an ALARM_8P block for generating the messages. Messages are generated for the following tripping devices: ● Operating trouble (EROP) ● Overload protection (OLPT) ● Position monitoring (ERPS) ● Monitoring time (ETIM) ● Preselection error (EPSL)
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
3-859
The messages can be suppressed by setting the input SUPR or by resetting the input RLSA. The input SUPR, however, is activated by the operator interface (WinCC), and RLSA by the program. The inputs CVON (at value 0) and CSF (at value 1) also suppress the output of messages. Assignment of message text and message class to the block parameters
Message Block Default message text no. parameter
Message Suppressable class
1
EROP
$$BlockComment$$ @1I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
2
EROL
$$BlockComment$$ @2I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
3
ERPS
$$BlockComment$$ @3I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
4
ETIM
$$BlockComment$$ @4I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
AH
Yes
5
$$BlockComment$$ @5I%t#POLCID_Standard@
6
$$BlockComment$$ @6I%t#POLCID_Standard@
7
$$BlockComment$$ @7I%t#POLCID_Standard@
8
$$BlockComment$$ @8I%t#POLCID_Standard@
9
EPSL
$$BlockComment$$ @1I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @2I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @3I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @4I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @5I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @6I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @7I%t#POLCID_Standard@
en-YN.YNT.001.A
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-860
Message Block Default message text no. parameter
Message Suppressable class
$$BlockComment$$ @8I%t#POLCID_Standard@ Connections of VALV_P Connection Meaning (parameters)
Data type
Def. Type Attr. O&O Perm. values
STA1
Start drive in direction 1
BOOL
0
I
Q
STA2
Start drive in direction 2
BOOL
0
I
Q
ILC1
Process-technological interlock, direction 1
BOOL
1
I
Q
ILC2
Process-technological interlock, direction 2
BOOL
1
I
Q
LSW1
Limit switch for direction 1
BOOL
0
I
Q
LSW2
Limit switch for direction 2
BOOL
0
I
Q
CVON
Control voltage on
BOOL
1
I
Q
OLPT
Overload protection
BOOL
1
I
Q
CSF
Control system error
BOOL
0
I
Q
PRES
Preselection
BOOL
0
I
Q
LST1
Local start/stop without PMI1 for direction 1
BOOL
0
I
Q
LST2
Local start/stop without PMI2 for direction 2
BOOL
0
I
Q
LSP1
Local start/stop with PMI1 for direction 1
BOOL
0
I
Q
LSP1
Local start/stop with PMI2 for direction 2
BOOL
0
I
Q
SWRE
Enabling start-up warning
BOOL
1
I
Q
ESST
Display of softkeys for single faceplate start
BOOL
0
I
Q
SWLO
Start-up warning also in local operating mode
BOOL
0
I
Q
RLSA
Enabling alarm generation
BOOL
1
I
Q
EPB_TO_VI
Display of softkey for PB_VISU and for display of status TEXT_01
BOOL
0
I
+
+
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
3-861
Connection Meaning (parameters)
Data type
Def. Type Attr. O&O Perm. values
RESET
Reset signal from PB_VISU
BOOL
0
I
Q
TEXT_01
Status display
BOOL
0
I
Q
+
TIME1
Monitoring time setpoint value
REAL
5.0
I
BQ
+
RUNUPCYC
Waiting cycles at start
INT
3
I
EV_ID1
Message ID1
DWORD 0
I
M
EV_ID2
Message ID2
DWORD 0
I
M
LSER
Enabling of local operation
BOOL
0
IO
BQ
+
SST1
Single start for direction 1
BOOL
0
IO
B
+
SST2
Single start for direction 2
BOOL
0
IO
B
+
SUPR
Suppression of alarms
BOOL
0
IO
B
+
EV1_SIG1
Index variable for message no. 1
INT
1
IO
EV1_SIG2
Index variable for message no. 2
INT
2
IO
EV1_SIG3
Index variable for message no. 3
INT
9
IO
EV1_SIG4
Index variable for message no. 4
INT
7
IO
EV1_SIG5
Index variable for message no. 5
INT
0
IO
EV1_SIG6
Index variable for message no. 6
INT
0
IO
EV1_SIG7
Index variable for message no. 7
INT
0
IO
EV1_SIG8
Index variable for message no. 8
INT
0
IO
EV2_SIG1
Index variable for message no. 9
INT
160 IO
EV2_SIG2
Index variable for message no. 10
INT
0
IO
EV2_SIG3
Index variable for message no. 11
INT
0
IO
EV2_SIG4
Index variable for message no. 12
INT
0
IO
EV2_SIG5
Index variable for message no. 13
INT
0
IO
EV2_SIG6
Index variable for message no. 14
INT
0
IO
EV2_SIG7
Index variable for message no. 15
INT
0
IO
EV2_SIG8
Index variable for message no. 16
INT
0
IO
SEN1
Enabling start for direction 1
BOOL
0
O
Q
SEN2
Enabling start for direction 2
BOOL
0
O
Q
DAVB
Drive is available
BOOL
0
O
Q
en-YN.YNT.001.A
>0
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-862
Connection Meaning (parameters)
Data type
Def. Type Attr. O&O Perm. values
EROR
Drive is faulty
BOOL
0
O
Q
SWST
Start start-up warning
BOOL
0
O
Q
PB_VISU
Output bit
BOOL
0
O
BQ
+
ACT1
Current monitoring time
REAL
0.0
O
Q
+
PW
Parameter word
DWORD 0
O
Q
+
DW
Data word
DWORD 0
O
Q
+
SW
Status word
DWORD 0
O
Q
+
Operation and observation of VALV_P See the description of the block symbol and the faceplate in the corresponding manual in this regard. PW, DW and SW of VALV_P The inputs, outputs and the internal status of the respective block are mapped on the parameter word, the data word and the status word. The assignment of the bits is found in the following table:
> VALV _P< Bit
Parameter word
Data word
Status word
0
STA1
OPS1
SEN1
1
STA2
EROP
SEN2
2
ILC1
OPS2
3
ILC2
NOTA
4
LSW1
POS1
5
LSW2
POS2
6
EROR
7
CVON
8
OLPT
9
DAVB
EROL SWST
10 11
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
3-863
12 13
ERPS
14
ETIM
15 16
LSER
17
LST1
EPSL
18
LST2
PSLA
19
LSP1
20
LSP2
21
SST1
22
SST2
23 24
SWRE
25
CSF
26
PRES
27 28
COLOUR_1
29
COLOUR_2
30
COLOUR_3
31
COLOUR_4 The block VALV_P has the COLOUR operating states (Maerz valves) from 1 to 11 and 13 to 15.
en-YN.YNT.001.A
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-864
3.105 Maerz blocks: CONT_DOP: Actuator with digital outputs and preselection Description of CONT_DOP Object name (Type + Number) FB 614 Calling OBs The time interrupt OB in which the block is installed (e.g. OB 35). Function The block is used to control an actuator by means of two digital output signals for More or Less. The block features as an input the analogue value of the position of the actuator and a setpoint value. In this way, using the more/less outputs, it controls the actuator to the preset setpoint value. Operating principle If the drive is available, i.e. the 'DAVB' bit in the status word is set, the CONT_DOP operates as a three-step controller. If the deviation between the actual value ACT and the setpoint SET is greater than the switching difference SWIT, the output 'CLSE' or 'OPEN' in the data word is set according to the sign of the deviation and the bit 'SEN1' or 'SEN2' is simultaneously set in the status word, which must then be switched to the associated digital outputs in the drive program. The setpoint value is formed from the automatic setpoint value ASET (can be connected in the program) and the setpoint value from the faceplate SET. By means of the input AUTO it is selected which of the two setpoint values is activated. With AUTO = 0, setpoint value SET is active, and with AUTO = 1 setpoint value ASET is active. In the case of AUTO = 1 the setpoint value is deactivated in the faceplate and the value of SET is equalled to the value of ASET. A special function of the drive block is movement to specific positions in dependence on the control bits in the parameter word. For this, the limits HIGH and LOW are used as values. The setpoint is overwritten with a specified limit value by setting two bits in the parameter word. After releasing the forced limit, normal operation is resumed only if a new, changed setpoint is sent. During the travel time of the actuator the input of the position check-back must have changed by at least 0.0025 within the time TIMEOUT (in seconds). If not, a position error is created. After a fault the setpoint must change, in order that a new process is started. The setpoint must also be changed after a forced open/close, in order that it is approached to. The current set up setpoint is displayed in the variable CSET.
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
The availability of the actuator is monitored in a similar manner as normal drives because the same signals are received from the inputs (CVON, OLPT AVBL and PMI1/2) Bit 'ERDS' is set when the associated input bit in the parameter word 'IODS' is set whereas these inputs influence the status bit 'DAVB': Switching of the input bit 'IODS' (analogue input fault) is performed with the availability flag of the analogue channel. Monitoring of the limit switches is performed in the same manner as in the 'VALV' block, i.e. non-availability is only signalled when both limit switches are closed. The limit position HIGH can be moved to by setting the input HILI, and the limit position LOW can be moved to by setting the input LOLI. The input RLS generally enables adjustment or blocks the same. At RLS = 0 both outputs SEN1 and SEN2 are deactivated. With the signals LSER, LST1/2 and LSP1/2 it is possible to operate the drive via external switches, keyboards or from the control panel. With the signal LSER the drive is switched to local operation. The availability of the drive disappears therewith. Via the signals LST1/2 and LSP1/2 the drive can be started. Using the parameter SWLO, it is selected whether the input SWRE is taken into consideration for the evaluation of the inputs LST1/2 and LSP1/2. Note Via the signals LST1/2 and LSP1/2, the drive can be started ("1") or stopped ("0"). Via LST1/2 the drive is started independently from the interlock signals! Via LSP1/2 the signals CVON, OLPT and PMI1/2 are taken into consideration. As long as the start signals are pending the drive runs, if the start signal changes to zero the drive is stopped. In addition, there is the input PRES. If PRES is set and the drive is available (DAVB), then the drive is preselected. If PRES is set, but the drive is not available, then the alarm EPSL is set. As a further logic PB_TO_VI is contained (see page 3-810) . The button for setting PB_VISU as well as the current status of TEXT_01 will only become visible in the faceplate, if the input EPB_TO_VI is set to 1. Internal logic The sequence of the flags is determined by the sequence in which they must be generated. In this relation, the flags marked (with ") must be taken into account in the setting and reset conditions!
en-YN.YNT.001.A
3-865
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-866
Data word S URO1 C URO1
: :
HILI-CVON/(-HILI/LOLI)
S URO2 C URO2
: :
LOCI-CVON/(-LOLI/HILI)
S EROP C EROP
: :
(-IODS/LCT-OLPT/-AVBL/-PMI1/-PMI2)_&(CLSE/OPEN)ERES/-CVON
NOTA
:=
-CVON/ERMS”/ERPI”/ERPS”/ERDS”/EROL”/EROP”
S POS1 C POS1
: :
LSW1-CVON/(-LSW1/LSW2)
S POS2 C POS2
: :
LSW2-CVON/(-LSW2/LSW1)
CMAN
:=
URO1”/URO2”
EROL
:=
-OLPT_&CVON
ERMS
:=
-AVBL_&CVON
ERPI
:=
(-PMI1/-PMI2)_&CVON
S ERPS C ERPS
: :
LSW1_&LSW2/LCT1_&(OPEN/CLSE)-CVON/(-LSW1/LSW2)_&(ERES/EROP)
ERDS
:=
IODS_&CVON
EPSL
:=
PRES_&-DAVB
PSLA
:=
-EPSL_&PRES
Status word URG1
:=
URO1
URG2
:=
URO2
DAVB
:=
-NOTA_&CVON
EROR
:=
EROP
MANU
:=
CMAN
Block view
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
Fig. 137: CONT_DOP block
Starting characteristics At CPU start-up the CONT_DOP block is deactivated. All internal state flags (shown in the data word) are reset. Following start-up the block waits for the number of cycles projected in the input RUNUPCYC, and will only be activated thereafter. A first start-up whilst the program is running is treated internally like a CPU startup. Time behaviour The block must be called via a time interrupt OB or OB1. It does not have a parameter for the sampling interval. Behaviour in case of a time error In the case of a time error the outputs will then be reset. In addition the internal state flags will be reset. Message actions The block CONT_DOP internally uses an ALARM_8P block for generating the messages. Messages are generated for the following tripping devices: ● Operating trouble (EROP) ● Overload protection (OLPT) ● Machine availability (AVBL) ● Position monitoring (ERPS)
en-YN.YNT.001.A
3-867
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-868
● Machine protection (PMI1/2) ● Position check-back (IODS) ● Preselection error (EPSL) The messages can be suppressed by setting the input SUPR or by resetting the input RLSA. The input SUPR, however, is activated by the operator interface (WinCC), and RLSA by the program. The inputs CVON (at value 0) and CSF (at value 1) also suppress the output of messages. Assignment of message text and message class to the block parameters
Message Block Default message text no. parameter
Message Suppressable class
1
EROP
$$BlockComment$$ @1I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
2
EROL
$$BlockComment$$ @2I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
3
ERMS
$$BlockComment$$ @3I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
4
ERPS
$$BlockComment$$ @4I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
5
ERPI
$$BlockComment$$ @5I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
6
ETIM
$$BlockComment$$ @6I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
AH
Yes
7
$$BlockComment$$ @7I%t#POLCID_Standard@
8
$$BlockComment$$ @8I%t#POLCID_Standard@
9
EPSL
$$BlockComment$$ @1I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @2I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @3I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @4I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @5I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ -
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
3-869
Message Block Default message text no. parameter
Message Suppressable class
@6I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @7I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @8I%t#POLCID_Standard@ Connections of CONT_DOP Connection Meaning (parameters)
Data type
Def. Type Attr. O&O Perm. values
HILI
Setting HIGH setpoint value as active setpoint value
BOOL
0
I
Q
LOLI
Setting LOW setpoint value as active setpoint value
BOOL
0
I
Q
LSW1
Limit switch for direction 1
BOOL
0
I
Q
LSW2
Limit switch for direction 2
BOOL
0
I
Q
CVON
Control voltage on
BOOL
1
I
Q
OLPT
Overload protection
BOOL
1
I
Q
AVBL
Machine availability
BOOL
1
I
Q
PMI1
Machine protection interlock for direction 1
BOOL
1
I
Q
PMI2
Machine protection interlock for direction 2
BOOL
1
I
Q
AUTO
Activate ASET ( = 1 ) or SET ( = 0 ) input
BOOL
0
I
Q
IODS
Fault input value ACT
BOOL
1
I
Q
RLS
Enabling outputs SEN1/2
BOOL
1
I
Q
CSF
Control system error
BOOL
0
I
Q
PRES
Preselection
BOOL
0
I
Q
LST1
Local start/stop without PMI1 for direction 1
BOOL
0
I
Q
LST2
Local start/stop without PMI2 for direction 2
BOOL
0
I
Q
LSP1
Local start/stop with PMI1 for direction 1
BOOL
0
I
Q
en-YN.YNT.001.A
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-870
Connection Meaning (parameters)
Data type
Def. Type Attr. O&O Perm. values
LSP1
Local start/stop with PMI2 for direction 2
BOOL
0
I
Q
RLSA
Enabling alarm generation
BOOL
1
I
Q
EPB_TO_VI
Display of softkey for PB_VISU and for display of status TEXT_01
BOOL
0
I
RESET
Reset signal from PB_VISU
BOOL
0
I
Q
TEXT_01
Status display
BOOL
0
I
Q
+
TIME1
Monitoring time setpoint value
REAL
5.0
I
BQ
+
RUNUPCYC
Waiting cycles at start
INT
3
I
ASET
Automatic setpoint value
REAL
0.0
I
Q
ACT
Current position check-back value
REAL
0.0
I
Q
+
HIGH
Upper limit value for setpoint value
REAL
0.0
I
BQ
+
LOW
Lower limit value for setpoint value
REAL
0.0
I
BQ
+
SWIT
Switching hysteresis for comparing setpoint value/actual value
REAL
0.0
I
BQ
+
SAFE
Safety position in case of system failure
REAL
0.0
I
BQ
+
TIMEOUT
Monitoring time for position change
REAL
0.0
I
BQ
+
RUNUPCYC
Waiting cycles at start
INT
3
I
EV_ID1
Message ID1
DWORD 0
I
M
EV_ID2
Message ID
DWORD 0
I
M
LSER
Enabling of local operation
BOOL
0
IO
BQ
+
SUPR
Suppression of alarms
BOOL
0
IO
B
+
SET
Setpoint value for faceplate
REAL
0.0
IO
B
+
EV1_SIG1
Index variable for message no. 1
INT
1
IO
EV1_SIG2
Index variable for message no. 2
INT
2
IO
EV1_SIG3
Index variable for message no. 3
INT
3
IO
EV1_SIG4
Index variable for message no. 4
INT
9
IO
EV1_SIG5
Index variable for message no. 5
INT
5
IO
EV1_SIG6
Index variable for message no. 6
INT
10
IO
EV1_SIG7
Index variable for message no. 7
INT
0
IO
+
>0
>0
>0
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
3-871
Connection Meaning (parameters)
Data type
Def. Type Attr. O&O Perm. values
EV1_SIG8
Index variable for message no. 8
INT
0
EV2_SIG1
Index variable for message no. 9
INT
160 IO
EV2_SIG2
Index variable for message no. 10
INT
0
IO
EV2_SIG3
Index variable for message no. 11
INT
0
IO
EV2_SIG4
Index variable for message no. 12
INT
0
IO
EV2_SIG5
Index variable for message no. 13
INT
0
IO
EV2_SIG6
Index variable for message no. 14
INT
0
IO
EV2_SIG7
Index variable for message no. 15
INT
0
IO
EV2_SIG8
Index variable for message no. 16
INT
0
IO
SEN1
Enabling start for direction 1
BOOL
0
O
Q
SEN2
Enabling start for direction 2
BOOL
0
O
Q
URG1
Forced open command pending (HILI)
BOOL
0
O
Q
URG2
Forced close command pending (LOLI)
BOOL
0
O
Q
DAVB
Drive is available
BOOL
0
O
Q
EROR
Drive is faulty
BOOL
0
O
Q
MANU
Actuator in manual operating mode (no HILI, LOLI)
BOOL
0
O
Q
PB_VISU
Output bit
BOOL
0
O
BQ
+
CSET
Active internal setpoint value
REAL
0.0
O
Q
+
PW
Parameter word
DWORD 0
O
Q
+
DW
Data word
DWORD 0
O
Q
+
SW
Status word
DWORD 0
O
Q
+
IO
Operation and observation of CONT_DOP See the description of the block symbol and the faceplate in the corresponding manual in this regard.
en-YN.YNT.001.A
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-872
PW, DW and SW of CONT_DOP The inputs, outputs and the internal status of the respective block are mapped on the parameter word, the data word and the status word. The assignment of the bits is found in the following table:
> CONT_DOP < Bit
Parameter word
Data word
Status word
0
HILI
URO1
URG1
1
LOLI
EROP
URG2
2
URO2
SEN1
3
NOTA
SEN2
4
LSW1
POS1
5
LSW2
POS2
DAVB
CMAN
EROR
6 7
CVON
MANU
8
OLPT
EROL
9
AVBL
ERMS
12
PMI1
ERPI
13
PMI2
ERPS
10 11
14
ERDS
15
AUTO
16
IODS
CLSE
17
RLS
OPEN
18
EPSL
19
PSLA
20 21
LSER
22
LST1
23
LST2
24
LSP1
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
25
LSP2
26
CSF
27
PRES
3-873
28
COLOUR_1
29
COLOUR_2
30
COLOUR_3
31
COLOUR_4 The block CONT_DOP has the COLOUR operating states (Maerz drives) from 1 to 11 and 14.
en-YN.YNT.001.A
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-874
3.106 Maerz blocks: UNID_SCP: Setup drive with SIMOCODE pro C and preselection Description of UNID_SCP Object name (Type + Number) FB 619 Calling OBs The time interrupt OB in which the block is installed (e.g. OB 35). Function The block is used for controlling a setup drive which is driven by a SIMOCODE pro C motor controller. The SIMOCODE pro C is connected to the PLC via the Profibus. The block communicates directly with the Profibus device SIMOCODE pro C. Profibus In order to integrate the block, the type SIMOCODE pro C (PDM) is used for this purpose in the PCS7 program HW Konfig. This is part of the scope of supply of the PCS7 and does not need to be installed subsequently. In HW Konfig, in the catalogue, the profile Standard is set for this purpose. Now the folder PROFIBUS-DP is opened. There, the subfolders "DP V0 Slaves, Switchgear and SIMOCODE" are opened. Here, the entry SIMOCODE pro C (PDM) is located.
Fig. 138: HW Konfig with SIMOCODE pro C
This entry is used for the definition of the Profibus-DP slave. As standard, the base type 2 is used as a block. Following the definition of the Profibus slave, a setting must be carried out. To this end the object properties and then the page 'Parameterising the slave' must be opened.
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
Fig. 139: Object properties of SIMOCODE-DPV1 PDM
Here, under "Station parameters" in the line "DPV1-Alarms" the entries "Diagnosis alarms" and "Process interrupt" must be activated by means of a tick. Only if the above-stated settings for a SIMOCODE pro C have been completely made, will the full functional scope of the block be ensured. Operating principle The block communicates directly with the SIMOCODE pro C motor controller. This device is defined as a Profibus slave. At the input SUBNETID, the number of the Profibus system, which the SIMOCODE pro C is connected to, must be entered. At the input DPPA_ADR the slave address of the SIMOCODE pro C must be entered and at the input DADDR the diagnose address of the SIMOCODE pro C must be entered. All these values may be taken from the hardware configuration of a STEP7 project. Using these values, the block can communicate automatically with the corresponding SIMOCODE pro C.
en-YN.YNT.001.A
3-875
User manual
Blocks 3-876
®
POLCID for administrators
Internally, the same logic is used as for the block UNID (FB 501). However, the block UNID_SCP reads some signals directly from the Profibus (SIMOCODE pro C) and these need not be connected as inputs or outputs. These are the inputs OLPT, AVBL, RCR1, LEMO, PWON and SEN1. They are read directly by the SIMOCODE pro C or written to the SIMOCODE pro C. These inputs and outputs will nevertheless be used in the internal logic. In addition, status signals are still used in the interlock system which the SIMOCODE pro C generates. In detail, these are the signals READY, FAULT, AUTO and IMIN. A valid starting command exists when the signals: 'STA1', 'ILC1', 'AVBL', 'OLPT', 'LEMO', 'PMI1', 'AUTO' and 'READY' are set and the stopping command 'STOP' is not set. In this case, the start enable signal 'SEN1' and the run command 'PWON' are set (activation signals for the motor). If the check-back signal 'RCR1' is set together with the speed monitor signal 'SPCL' when a valid starting command is active, the control state switches to selflatching status. It is a characteristic of this state that the operating bits 'OSG1', 'OPS1' are set and that the start release command 'SEN1' is reset while the run command 'PWON' is set. From this moment, the starting commands 'STA1' or 'STA2' can be rescinded without risking reset of the run command PWON. The setting drive is stopped correctly by setting the stopping command 'STOP' or when the process interlock 'ILC1' is deactivated. The monitoring time in seconds TIME1 when a drive is started specifies the period in which the check-back signal RCR1 must be set. In addition, it monitors the time during stopping when the check-back signal RCR1 must have been reset. If time = 0, no time monitoring of the starting and stopping procedure is employed. By means of the signals SST1 and SSTP an individual start of the drive can be realised in automatic mode. In the faceplate of the drive, the operator sets the signals SST1 or SSTP. After processing in the block, these signals are reset by the block. After operation of the signal SST1 the output SWST is set at first. By means of this output an external start-up warning can be started. If the start-up warning time has expired, then the input SWRE must be set. In this way, there is a valid starting command and the drive is then started as described above. With the exception of the combination with the signals SWST and SWRE the signal SST1 behaves in the same way as signal STA1. Using SSTP, the drive is stopped. SSTP behaves in the same way with the input STOP. With the signals LSER, LST1 and LSP1 operation of the drive is possible via external switches, keyboards or from the control panel. With the signal LSER the drive is switched to local operation. The availability of the drive disappears therewith. Using the parameter SWLO, it is selected whether the input SWRE is taken into consideration for the evaluation of the inputs LST1 and LSP1. Note Via the signals LST1 and LSP1 the drive can be started (1) or stopped ("0"). Via LST1 the drive is started independently from the interlock signals!
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
Via LSP1 the signals CVON, OLPT, PMI1 and LEMO are taken into consideration. As long as the start signals are pending the drive runs, if the start signal changes to zero the drive is stopped. The block additionally outputs the motor current of the drive at output A1. Standardised from 0 to 100 % of the rated current, the motor current is read by the SIMOCODE pro C. By means of the rated current ILH it is calibrated into the unit Ampere and filtered with BW and FF. This filtration works according to the following formula: Y(n+1) = Y(n) + ( FF * ( VAL - Y(n) ) ) (n) :
Index of the last filtered measured value
(n+1) :
Index of the new filtered measured value
VAL :
Unfiltered input value
FF :
Filter factor (Range between 0 and 1)
The newly determined value will be processed further only then if it differs from the most recent determined value by at least the bandwidth (BW) value. The block cyclically reads the extended diagnosis data which the SIMOCODE pro C provides. These are e.g. the operating hours or the number of starts of the SIMOCODE pro C. These data are shown in the faceplate. The block is called up in the event of a change of the diagnosis data via an interrupt and will then read the same in an event-controlled fashion. In addition there exists a cycle for the reading of the diagnosis data. The cycle time can be parameterised in the input WACYC. The standard setting for the cycle time is 10800 seconds (3 hours). Via the input PAGE, the faceplate communicates which page of the diagnosis the plant operator has called up. The block then writes the required data into the outputs DWA, DWB and DWC. They are evaluated on the faceplate page called up. For the various different diagnosis pages, the content of the three outputs differs and will not be further described here. The faceplate is able to interpret the data accordingly. In addition, there is the input PRES. If PRES is set and the drive is available (DAVB), then the drive is preselected. If PRES is set, but the drive is not available, then the alarm EPSL is set. As a further logic PB_TO_VI is contained (see page 3-810) . The button for setting PB_VISU as well as the current status of TEXT_01 will only become visible in the faceplate, if the input EPB_TO_VI is set to 1.
en-YN.YNT.001.A
3-877
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-878
Internal logic The sequence of the flags is determined by the sequence in which they must be generated. In this relation, the flags marked (with ") must be taken into account in the setting and reset conditions! Auxiliary flag IAVBL
:=
AVBL_&AUTO_&-DOWNL
ICVON
:=
CVON_&SLAVE_OK
IOLPT
:=
(OLPT/TEST)_&-FAULT
S IRCR1 C IRCR1
= =
RCR1/(IMIN_&-AVBL_&OLPT) -RCR1_&-IMIN
ISTA1
:=
STA1_&READY
RESET
:=
-PWON_&(-EROP/ERES)
CLEROP
:=
EROP_&ERES
AVAIL
:=
IAVBL_&IOLPT_&LEMO_&PMI1
Data word S ERPI C ERPI
: :
-PMI1-ICVON/PMI1_&RESET
S ERSP C ERSP
: :
(-ISTA1/OPS1)_&ILC1_&PWON_&-SPCL_&-STOP_&-NOTA”ICVON/CLEROP
S ERRC C ERRC
: :
(-ISTA1/OPS1)_&ILC1_&PWON_&-IRCR1_&-STOP_&-NOTA”ICVON/CLEROP
S NOTA C NOTA
: :
-AVAIL/ERSP”/ERRC”/ETIM”-ICVON/AVAIL_&RESET
S EROP C EROP
: :
PWON_&ILC1_&NOTA”_&-STOP-ICVON/CLEROP
S OPS1 C OPS1
: :
PWON_&IRCR1_&SPCL-ICVON/-IRCR1/-ILC1
S GFLT C GFLT
: :
-IOLPT-ICVON/IOLPT_&RESET
S ERMS C ERMS
: :
-IAVBL_&IOLPT_&LEMO-ICVON/(IAVBL/-IOLPT/-LEMO))_&RESET
S EREO C EREO
: :
-LEMO-ICVON/LEMO_&RESET
OPL1
:=
-OPS1_&IRCR1_&-PWON_&-IAVBL_&IOLPT
S ETIM
:
-LCT1_&SEN1_&(-IRCR1/SPCL)-CLEROP
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
C ETIM
:
TEST
:=
TEST
S BLOCK C BLOCK
= =
BLOCK -ICVON/-BLOCK_&RESET
S DOWNL C DOWNL
= =
DOWNL -ICVON/-DOWNL_&RESET
S GWARN C GWARN
= =
GWARN -GWARN_&RESET
S EARTH C EARTH
= =
EARTH -ICVON/-EARTH_&RESET
S IMAX C IMAX
= =
IMAX -ICVON/-IMAX_&RESET
S OVLD C OVLD
= =
OVLD/-OLPT -ICVON/-OVLD_&OLPT_&RESET
S THERM C THERM
= =
THERM -ICVON/-THERM_&RESET
S UNSYM C UNSYM
= =
UNSYM -ICVON/-UNSYM_&RESET
EPSL
:=
PRES_&-DAVB
PSLA
:=
-EPSL_&PRES
Status word S PWON C PWON
: :
ISTA1_&ILC1-ICVON/NOTA”/STOP/-ILC1
S OSG1 C OSG1
: :
OPS1-OPS1”
S SEN1 C SEN1
: :
PWON”OSG1”/-PWON”
EMOF
:=
EREO”
DAVB
:=
-NOTA”_&ICVON
EROR
:=
EROP”
DOFF
:=
-OSG1”
OPER
:=
IMIN
QBAD
:=
-SLAVE_OK
LOCA
:=
(-AVBL/LSER)_&SLAVE_OK
en-YN.YNT.001.A
3-879
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-880
Block view
Fig. 140: UNID_SCP block
Starting characteristics During the CPU start-up the UNID_SCP block is deactivated. All internal state flags (shown in the data word) are reset. Following start-up the block waits for the number of cycles projected in the input RUNUPCYC, and will only be activated thereafter. A first start-up whilst the program is running is treated internally like a CPU startup. Time behaviour The block must be called via a time interrupt OB or OB1. It does not have a parameter for the sampling interval. Behaviour in case of a time error In the case of a time error the outputs will then be reset. In addition the internal state flags will be reset.
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
3-881
Message actions The block UNID_SC internally uses an ALARM_8P block for generating the messages. Messages are generated for the following tripping devices: ● Operating trouble (EROP) ● SIMOCODE pro C group fault (GFLT) ● Machine availability (AVBL) ● Speed monitor (SPCL) ● Machine protection (PMI1) ● Local emergency off (LEMO) ● Monitoring time (ETIM) ● Check-back signal (RCR1) ● Motor blocked (BLOCK) ● SIMOCODE pro C to download mode (DOWNL) ● SIMOCODE pro C group warning (GWARN) ● Earth fault (EARTH) ● Maximum motor current (IMAX) ● Overload (OLPT and OVLD) ● Thermistor error (THERM) ● Overload and asymmetry (UNSYM) ● Preselection error (EPSL) The messages can be suppressed by setting the input SUPR or by resetting the input RLSA. The input SUPR, however, is activated by the operator interface (WinCC), and RLSA by the program. The inputs CVON (at value 0) and CSF (at value 1) also suppress the output of messages. Assignment of message text and message class to the block parameters
Mess. Block Default message text no. parameter
Message Suppressable class
1
EROP
$$BlockComment$$ @1I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
2
GFLT
$$BlockComment$$ @2I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
3
ERMS
$$BlockComment$$ @3I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
4
ERSP
$$BlockComment$$ @4I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
5
ERPI
$$BlockComment$$ @5I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
en-YN.YNT.001.A
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-882
Mess. Block Default message text no. parameter
Message Suppressable class
6
EREO
$$BlockComment$$ @6I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
7
ETIM
$$BlockComment$$ @7I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
8
ERRC
$$BlockComment$$ @8I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
9
BLOCK
$$BlockComment$$ @1I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
10
DOWNL
$$BlockComment$$ @2I%t#POLCID_Standard@
PF
Yes
11
GWARN
$$BlockComment$$ @3I%t#POLCID_Standard@
WH
Yes
12
EARTH
$$BlockComment$$ @4I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
13
IMAX
$$BlockComment$$ @5I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
14
OVLD
$$BlockComment$$ @6I%t#POLCID_Standard@ - @9R%6.1f@A
AH
Yes
15
THERN
$$BlockComment$$ @7I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
16
UNSYM
$$BlockComment$$ @8I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
17
EPSL
$$BlockComment$$ @1I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
$$BlockComment$$ @2I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @3I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @4I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @5I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @6I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @7I%t#POLCID_Standard@
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
3-883
Mess. Block Default message text no. parameter
Message Suppressable class
$$BlockComment$$ @8I%t#POLCID_Standard@ Connections of UNID_SCP
Connection (parameters)
Meaning
Data type
Def.
Type Attr. O&O Perm. values
SUBNETID
Number of the Profibus subsystem of the PLC
INT
0
I
DPPA_ADR
Slave address of the Profibus device
INT
0
I
DADDR
Diagnosis address of the Profibus slave
INT
0
I
STA1
Start drive
BOOL
0
I
Q
ILC1
Process-technological interlock
BOOL
1
I
Q
STOP
Stop drive
BOOL
0
I
Q
CVON
Control voltage on
BOOL
1
I
Q
PMI1
Machine protection interlock
BOOL
1
I
Q
SPCL
Speed monitor
BOOL
1
I
Q
CSF
Control system error
BOOL
0
I
Q
PRES
Preselection
BOOL
0
I
Q
DOWNL
Set SIMOCODE pro C to download mode
BOOL
0
I
Q
TEST
Set SIMOCODE pro C to test mode
BOOL
0
I
Q
LST1
Local start/stop without PMI1
BOOL
0
I
Q
LSP1
Local start/stop with PMI1
BOOL
0
I
Q
SWRE
Enabling start-up warning
BOOL
1
I
Q
ESST
Display of softkeys for single faceplate start
BOOL
0
I
+
ENRE
Display of softkeys for faceplate reset
BOOL
0
I
+
en-YN.YNT.001.A
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-884
Connection (parameters)
Meaning
Data type
Def.
Type Attr. O&O Perm. values
SWLO
Start-up warning also in local operating mode
BOOL
0
I
LSEL
Selection LSER switches Simocode device to local operating mode
BOOL
0
I
RLSA
Enabling alarm generation
BOOL
1
I
EPB_TO_VI
Display of softkey for PB_VISU and for display of status TEXT_01
BOOL
0
I
RES_VI
Reset signal from PB_VISU
BOOL
0
I
Q
TEXT_01
Status display
BOOL
0
I
Q
+
TIME1
Monitoring time setpoint value
REAL
5.0
I
BQ
+
BW
Belt width for filtering motor current value
INT
1
I
Q
FF
Filter factor motor current value
REAL
0.5
I
Q
ILH
Rated current for motor current value calibration
REAL
100.0
I
Q
WACYC
Waiting cycle for reading diagnosis data
REAL
10800.0 I
Q
RUNUPCYC
Waiting cycles at start
INT
3
I
EV_ID1
Message ID no. 1
DWORD 0
I
M
EV_ID2
Message ID no. 2
DWORD 0
I
M
EV_ID3
Message ID no. 3
DWORD 0
I
M
RESET
Resetting error SIMOCODE pro C
BOOL
0
IO
BQ
+
LSER
Enabling of local operation
BOOL
0
IO
BQ
+
SST1
Single start
BOOL
0
IO
B
+
SSTP
Single stop
BOOL
0
IO
B
+
SUPR
Suppression of alarms
BOOL
0
IO
B
+
PAGE
Activated page of the faceplate
INT
1
IO
B
+
INT
1
IO
B
+
VALUE_CODE Coding the values for transfer to the faceplate
Q +
>0
+
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
3-885
Connection (parameters)
Meaning
Data type
Def.
Type Attr. O&O Perm. values
EV1_SIG1
Index variable for message no. 1
INT
1
IO
EV1_SIG2
Index variable for message no. 2
INT
29
IO
EV1_SIG3
Index variable for message no. 3
INT
3
IO
EV1_SIG4
Index variable for message no. 4
INT
4
IO
EV1_SIG5
Index variable for message no. 5
INT
5
IO
EV1_SIG6
Index variable for message no. 6
INT
6
IO
EV1_SIG7
Index variable for message no. 7
INT
7
IO
EV1_SIG8
Index variable for message no. 8
INT
8
IO
EV2_SIG1
Index variable for message no. 9
INT
30
IO
EV2_SIG2
Index variable for message no. 10
INT
31
IO
EV2_SIG3
Index variable for message no. 11
INT
32
IO
EV2_SIG4
Index variable for message no. 12
INT
33
IO
EV2_SIG5
Index variable for message no. 13
INT
34
IO
EV2_SIG6
Index variable for message no. 14
INT
2
IO
EV2_SIG7
Index variable for message no. 15
INT
35
IO
EV2_SIG8
Index variable for message no. 16
INT
36
IO
EV3_SIG1
Index variable for message no. 17
INT
160
IO
EV3_SIG2
Index variable for message no. 18
INT
0
IO
en-YN.YNT.001.A
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-886
Connection (parameters)
Meaning
Data type
Def.
Type Attr. O&O Perm. values
EV3_SIG3
Index variable for message no. 19
INT
0
IO
EV3_SIG4
Index variable for message no. 20
INT
0
IO
EV3_SIG5
Index variable for message no. 21
INT
0
IO
EV3_SIG6
Index variable for message no. 22
INT
0
IO
EV3_SIG7
Index variable for message no. 23
INT
0
IO
EV3_SIG8
Index variable for message no. 24
INT
0
IO
OSG1
Operating message
BOOL
0
O
Q
EMOF
Emergency off activated
BOOL
0
O
Q
DAVB
Drive is available
BOOL
0
O
Q
EROR
Drive is faulty
BOOL
0
O
Q
DOFF
Drive is off
BOOL
0
O
Q
SWST
Start start-up warning
BOOL
0
O
Q
OPER
Drive is operating (locally or automatically)
BOOL
0
O
Q
QBAD
Profibus slave faulty
BOOL
0
O
Q
LOCA
Drive is in local operating mode
BOOL
0
O
Q
PB_VISU
Output bit
BOOL
0
O
BQ
+
ACT1
Current monitoring time
REAL
0.0
O
Q
+
A1
Current motor current
REAL
0.0
O
Q
+
OPTI
Current operating hours SIMOCODE pro C
REAL
0.0
O
Q
+
NOST
Number of starts performed
REAL
0.0
O
Q
+
NOOV
Number of overload trippings
REAL
0.0
O
Q
+
I_MAX
Maximum current in % of set current
REAL
0.0
O
Q
+
PW
Parameter word
DWORD 0
O
Q
+
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
3-887
Connection (parameters)
Meaning
Data type
Def.
Type Attr. O&O Perm. values
DW
Data word
DWORD 0
O
Q
+
SW
Status word
DWORD 0
O
Q
+
DWA
Extended diagnosis data for faceplate
DWORD 0
O
Q
+
DWB
Extended diagnosis data for faceplate
DWORD 0
O
Q
+
DWC
Extended diagnosis data for faceplate
DWORD 0
O
Q
+
Operation and observation of UNID_SCP See the description of the block symbol and the faceplate in the corresponding manual in this regard. PW, DW and SW of UNID_SCP The inputs, outputs and the internal status of the respective block are mapped on the parameter word, the data word and the status word. The assignment of the bits is found in the following table:
> UNID_SCP < Bit
Parameter word
Data word
Status word
0
STA1
OPS1
SEN1
1 2
EROP ILC1
3
OSG1 NOTA
4
EMOF
5
DAVB
6
STOP
7
CVON
8
GFLT
GFLT
DOFF
9
AVBL
ERMS
SWST
10
RCR1
ERSP
OPER
en-YN.YNT.001.A
OPL1
EROR PWON
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-888
11 12
QBAD PMI1
ERPI
13
EREO
14
SPCL
15
LEMO
16
LSER
ERRC
17
LST1
TEST
ETIM
18 19
BLOCK LSP1
DOWNL
20 21
LOCA
GWARN SST1
EARTH
22
IMAX
23
SSTP
OVLD
24
SWRE
THERM
25
CSF
UNSYM
26
DOWNL
EPSL
27
TEST
PSLA
28
PRES
COLOUR_1
29
COLOUR_2
30
COLOUR_3
31
COLOUR_4 In the case of the COLOUR operating states (Maerz drives), the block UNID_SCP does not have all possible states. It features the states with the numbers 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7 ,11 and 14.
DWA, DWB and DWC of UNID_SCP The block has three additional data words: DWA, DWB and DWC. These words offer additional information on the SIMOCODE pro C motor controller and the Profibus slave. This information is shown in the associated faceplate. The assignment of the data words changes with the value of the input PAGE. When activating the corresponding page of the faceplate, the latter automatically sets the input PAGE to the value corresponding to the activated diagnosis page.
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
3-889
The input PAGE may have the following values: Page
Activated diagnosis page of the faceplate
1
:
PROFIBUS – Information on the Profibus slave
2
:
SIMOCODE - Parts of data record 92 are read in
4
:
SIMOCODE - Parts of data records 94 and 95 are read in one after the other
8
SIMOCODE - Parts of data record 92 are read in
100
SIMOCODE - Data records are newly requested With the different values of PAGE the content of the data words DWA, DWB and DWC also varies. In addition, there is the variable VALUE_CODE. This variable encodes single values. The values with their associated VALUE_CODE will then be written sequentially to the data word A. A content list follows below:
> UNID_SCP with 'PAGE' = 1 < Bit
Data word A
Data word B
0
ST_NOEX
HARD_ID
1
ST_NORDY
2
ST_INSLR
3
ST_SENSU
4
ST_MASLO
5
ST_WATCH
6
ST_STDIA
7
ST_EXDIA
8
ST_EXDOV
9
ST_SYNC
10
ST_FREEZ
11
ST_PAREQ
12
ST_PARFA
13
ST_SLCCF
14
ST_SLDEA
15
ST_STASL
16
SLAVE_OK
17
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Data word C
DPPA_ADR
SUBNETID
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-890
18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31
> UNID_SCP with 'PAGE' = 2 < Bit
Data word A
Data word B
0
GENER_FAULT
FAULT_TM_SF
1
WARNING
FAULT_TM_OR
2
FAULT_RUNT_ON
FAULT_PARA
3
FAULT_RUNT_OF
FAULT_TEST_SD
4
FAULT_FEED_ON
FAULT_OPO
5
FAULT_FEED_OF
6
FAULT_COLD_ST
WARN_ASYM
7
FAULT_UVO
WARN_OVL
8
STA_PLC
WARN_OVL_PF
9
FAULT_BLOCK_S
WARN_BLOCK
10
FAULT_DOUB_0
WARN_TH_OVL
11
FAULT_DOUB_1
WARN_CURR_HI
12
FAULT_END_PO
WARN_CURR_LO
13
FAULT_ANTIVAL
WARN_TM_HT
Data word C
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
3-891
14
FAULT_OVLD
WARN_TM_SE
15
FAULT_OVLD_PF
WARN_TM_OR
16
FAULT_ASYM
17
FAULT_MOT_STA
18
FAULT_TH_OVLD
19
FAULT_IMAX
20
FAULT_IMIN
21
FAULT_INT_EF
22
FAULT_TM_TEMP
23
FAULT_EXT_F1
24
FAULT_EXT_F2
25
FAULT_BUS
26
FAULT_PLC
27
FAULT_HW_BU
28
FAULT_MODULE
29
FAULT_CONFIG
30
FAULT_TH_SC
31
FAULT_TH_WB
> UNID_SCP with 'PAGE' = 4 < VALUE_CODE BYTE
Data word A
101
1
HEAT_UP_MOT_MO
2
PHASE_ASYM
3-4
RECOV_TIME
103
1-4
105
1-2
107
109
en-YN.YNT.001.A
3-4
TIME_TO_TRIP
1-2
I_L1
3-4
I_L2
1-2
I_L3
3-4
NO_OVLD
Data word B
Data word C
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-892
111
1-4
M_OP_HOURS
113
1-4
NO_START
> UNID_SCP with 'PAGE' = 8 < Bit
Data word A
0
GENER_FAULT
1
WARNING
2
STA_DEV
3
STA_BUS
4
STA_PLC
5
STA_CURR
6
ON11
7
ON1
8
OFF
9
ON2
10
ON22
11
START_ACTIVE
12
LOCK_ACTIVE
13
IDL_TIME
14
OPER_PRO_OFF
15
AUTO_MODE
16
TEST_POS_FEED
17
FEED_CLOSE
18
FEED_OPEN
19
TRQ_CLOSE
20
TRQ_OPEN
21
COOL_DOWN_TIM
22
BREA_TIM_ACT
23
EMER_STA_EXE
Data word B
Data word C
24 25
en-YN.YNT.001.A
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
26 27 28 29 30 31
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-893
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-894
3.107 Maerz blocks: UNID_SVP: Setup drive with SIMOCODE pro V and preselection Description of UNID_SVP Object name (Type + Number) FB 615 Calling OBs The time interrupt OB in which the block is installed (e.g. OB 35). Function The block is used for controlling a setup drive which is driven by a SIMOCODE pro V motor controller. The SIMOCODE pro V is connected to the PLC via the Profibus. The block communicates directly with the Profibus device SIMOCODE pro V. Profibus In order to integrate the block, the type SIMOCODE pro V (PDM) is used for this purpose in the PCS7 program HW Konfig. This is part of the scope of supply of the PCS7 and does not need to be installed subsequently. In HW Konfig, in the catalogue, the profile Standard is set for this purpose. Now the folder PROFIBUS-DP is opened. There, the subfolders "DP V0 Slaves, Switchgear and SIMOCODE" are opened. Here, the entry SIMOCODE pro V (PDM) is located.
Fig. 141: HW Konfig with SIMOCODE pro V
This entry is used for the definition of the Profibus-DP slave. As standard, the base type 1 is used as a block. Following the definition of the Profibus slave, a setting must be carried out. To this end the object properties and then the page 'Parameterising the slave' must be opened.
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
Fig. 142: Object properties of SIMOCODE pro V PDM
Here, under "Station parameters" in the line "DPV1-Alarms" the entries "Diagnosis alarms" and "Process interrupt" must be activated by means of a tick. Only if the above-stated settings for a SIMOCODE pro V have been completely made, will the full functional scope of the block be ensured. Operating principle The block communicates directly with the SIMOCODE pro V motor controller. This device is defined as a Profibus slave. At the input SUBNETID, the number of the Profibus system, which the SIMOCODE pro V is connected to, must be entered. At the input DPPA_ADR the slave address of the SIMOCODE pro V must be entered and at the input DADDR the diagnose address of the SIMOCODE pro C must be entered. All these values may be taken from the hardware configuration of a STEP7 project. Using these values, the block can communicate automatically with the corresponding SIMOCODE pro V.
en-YN.YNT.001.A
3-895
User manual
Blocks 3-896
®
POLCID for administrators
Internally, the same logic is used as for the block UNID (FB 501). However, the block UNID_SVP reads some signals directly from the Profibus (SIMOCODE pro V) and these need not be connected as inputs or outputs. These are the inputs OLPT, AVBL, RCR1, LEMO, PWON and SEN1. They are read directly by the SIMOCODE pro V or written to the SIMOCODE pro V. These inputs and outputs will nevertheless be used in the internal logic. In addition, status signals are still used in the interlock system which the SIMOCODE pro V generates. In detail, these are the signals READY, FAULT, AUTO and IMIN. A valid starting command exists when the signals: 'STA1', 'ILC1', 'AVBL', 'OLPT', 'LEMO', 'PMI1', 'AUTO' and 'READY' are set and the stopping command 'STOP' is not set. In this case, the start enable signal 'SEN1' and the run command 'PWON' are set (activation signals for the motor). If the check-back signal 'RCR1' is set together with the speed monitor signal 'SPCL' when a valid starting command is active, the control state switches to selflatching status. It is a characteristic of this state that the operating bits 'OSG1', 'OPS1' are set and that the start release command 'SEN1' is reset while the run command 'PWON' is set. From this moment, the starting commands 'STA1' or 'STA2' can be rescinded without risking reset of the run command PWON. The setting drive is stopped correctly by setting the stopping command 'STOP' or when the process interlock 'ILC1' is deactivated. The monitoring time in seconds TIME1 when a drive is started specifies the period in which the check-back signal RCR1 must be set. In addition, it monitors the time during stopping when the check-back signal RCR1 must have been reset. If time = 0, no time monitoring of the starting and stopping procedure is employed. By means of the signals SST1 and SSTP an individual start of the drive can be realised in automatic mode. In the faceplate of the drive, the operator sets the signals SST1 or SSTP. After processing in the block, these signals are reset by the block. After operation of the signal SST1 the output SWST is set at first. By means of this output an external start-up warning can be started. If the start-up warning time has expired, then the input SWRE must be set. In this way, there is a valid starting command and the drive is then started as described above. With the exception of the combination with the signals SWST and SWRE the signal SST1 behaves in the same way as signal STA1. Using SSTP, the drive is stopped. SSTP behaves in the same way with the input STOP. With the signals LSER, LST1 and LSP1 operation of the drive is possible via external switches, keyboards or from the control panel. With the signal LSER the drive is switched to local operation. The availability of the drive disappears therewith. Using the parameter SWLO, it is selected whether the input SWRE is taken into consideration for the evaluation of the inputs LST1 and LSP1. Note Via the signals LST1 and LSP1 the drive can be started (1) or stopped ("0"). Via LST1 the drive is started independently from the interlock signals!
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
Via LSP1 the signals CVON, OLPT, PMI1 and LEMO are taken into consideration. As long as the start signals are pending the drive runs, if the start signal changes to zero the drive is stopped. The block additionally outputs the motor current of the drive at output A1. Standardised from 0 to 100 % of the rated current, the motor current is read by the SIMOCODE pro V. By means of the rated current ILH it is calibrated into the unit Ampere and filtered with BW and FF. If the block is used in combination with the temperature block, the block outputs the corresponding temperature in °C at the outputs Temp1, Temp2 and Temp3. The temperatures are acquired by means of PT100, using the associated temperature block. The temperatures can be assigned a shutdown limit (input ALH_TEMP) and a warning limit (input OLH_Temp). If the warning limit is reached; the SIMOCODE pro V generates a warning. If the temperature has reached or exceeded the alarm limit, the SIMOCODE pro V deactivates the drive, and an alarm message is generated.
en-YN.YNT.001.A
3-897
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-898
This filtration works according to the following formula: Y(n+1) = Y(n) + ( FF * ( VAL - Y(n) ) ) (n) :
Index of the last filtered measured value
(n+1) :
Index of the new filtered measured value
VAL :
Unfiltered input value
FF :
Filter factor (Range between 0 and 1)
The newly determined value will be processed further only then if it differs from the most recent determined value by at least the bandwidth (BW) value. The block cyclically reads the extended diagnosis data which the SIMOCODE pro V provides. These are e.g. the operating hours or the number of starts of the SIMOCODE pro V. These data are shown in the faceplate. The block is called up in the event of a change of the diagnosis data via an interrupt and will then read the same in an event-controlled fashion. In addition there exists a cycle for the reading of the diagnosis data. The cycle time can be parameterised in the input WACYC. The standard setting for the cycle time is 10800 seconds (3 hours). Via the input PAGE, the faceplate communicates which page of the diagnosis the plant operator has called up. The block then writes the required data into the outputs DWA, DWB and DWC. They are evaluated on the faceplate page called up. For the various different diagnosis pages, the content of the three outputs differs and will not be further described here. The faceplate is able to interpret the data accordingly. In addition, there is the input PRES. If PRES is set and the drive is available (DAVB), then the drive is preselected. If PRES is set, but the drive is not available, then the alarm EPSL is set. As a further logic PB_TO_VI is contained (see page 3-810) . The button for setting PB_VISU as well as the current status of TEXT_01 will only become visible in the faceplate, if the input EPB_TO_VI is set to 1. Internal logic The sequence of the flags is determined by the sequence in which they must be generated. In this relation, the flags marked (with ") must be taken into account in the setting and reset conditions! Auxiliary flag IAVBL
:=
AVBL_&AUTO_&-DOWNL
ICVON
:=
CVON_&SLAVE_OK
IOLPT
:=
(OLPT/TEST)_&-FAULT
S IRCR1 C IRCR1
= =
RCR1/(IMIN_&-AVBL_&OLPT) -RCR1_&-IMIN
ISTA1
:=
STA1_&READY
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
RESET
:=
-PWON_&(-EROP/ERES)
CLEROP
:=
EROP_&ERES
AVAIL
:=
IAVBL_&IOLPT_&LEMO_&PMI1
Data word S ERPI C ERPI
: :
-PMI1-ICVON/PMI1_&RESET
S ERSP C ERSP
: :
(-ISTA1/OPS1)_&ILC1_&PWON_&-SPCL_&-STOP_&-NOTA”ICVON/CLEROP
S ERRC C ERRC
: :
(-ISTA1/OPS1)_&ILC1_&PWON_&-IRCR1_&-STOP_&-NOTA”ICVON/CLEROP
S NOTA C NOTA
: :
-AVAIL/ERSP”/ERRC”/ETIM”-ICVON/AVAIL_&RESET
S EROP C EROP
: :
PWON_&ILC1_&NOTA”_&-STOP-ICVON/CLEROP
S OPS1 C OPS1
: :
PWON_&IRCR1_&SPCL-ICVON/-IRCR1/-ILC1
S GFLT C GFLT
: :
-IOLPT-ICVON/IOLPT_&RESET
S ERMS C ERMS
: :
-IAVBL_&IOLPT_&LEMO-ICVON/(IAVBL/-IOLPT/-LEMO))_&RESET
S EREO C EREO
: :
-LEMO-ICVON/LEMO_&RESET
OPL1
:=
-OPS1_&IRCR1_&-PWON_&-IAVBL_&IOLPT
S ETIM C ETIM
: :
-LCT1_&SEN1_&(-IRCR1/SPCL)-CLEROP
TEST
:=
TEST
S BLOCK C BLOCK
= =
BLOCK -ICVON/-BLOCK_&RESET
S DOWNL C DOWNL
= =
DOWNL -ICVON/-DOWNL_&RESET
S GWARN C GWARN
= =
GWARN -GWARN_&RESET
S EARTH C EARTH
= =
EARTH -ICVON/-EARTH_&RESET
S IMAX C IMAX
= =
IMAX -ICVON/-IMAX_&RESET
en-YN.YNT.001.A
3-899
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-900
S OVLD C OVLD
= =
OVLD/-OLPT -ICVON/-OVLD_&OLPT_&RESET
S THERM C THERM
= =
THERM -ICVON/-THERM_&RESET
S UNSYM C UNSYM
= =
UNSYM -ICVON/-UNSYM_&RESET
EPSL
:=
PRES_&-DAVB
PSLA
:=
-EPSL_&PRES
Status word S PWON C PWON
: :
ISTA1_&ILC1-ICVON/NOTA”/STOP/-ILC1
S OSG1 C OSG1
: :
OPS1-OPS1”
S SEN1 C SEN1
: :
PWON”OSG1”/-PWON”
EMOF
:=
EREO”
DAVB
:=
-NOTA”_&ICVON
EROR
:=
EROP”
DOFF
:=
-OSG1”
OPER
:=
IMIN
QBAD
:=
-SLAVE_OK
LOCA
:=
(-AVBL/LSER)_&SLAVE_OK
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
Block view
Fig. 143: UNID_SVP block
Starting characteristics During the CPU start-up the UNID_SVP block is deactivated. In the case of a simple STEP 7 programming this must be done manually. Following start-up the block waits for the number of cycles projected in the input RUNUPCYC, and will only be activated thereafter. A first start-up whilst the program is running is treated internally like a CPU startup. Time behaviour The block must be called via a time interrupt OB or OB1. It does not have a parameter for the sampling interval. Behaviour in case of a time error In the case of a time error the outputs will then be reset. In addition the internal state flags will be reset. Message actions The block UNID_SVP internally uses an ALARM_8P block for generating the messages. Messages are generated for the following tripping devices: ● Operating trouble (EROP) ● SIMOCODE pro V group fault (GFLT) ● Machine availability (AVBL)
en-YN.YNT.001.A
3-901
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-902
● Speed monitor (SPCL) ● Machine protection (PMI1) ● Local emergency off (LEMO) ● Monitoring time (ETIM) ● Check-back signal (RCR1) ● Motor blocked (BLOCK) ● SIMOCODE pro V to download mode (DOWNL) ● SIMOCODE pro V group warning (GWARN) ● Earth fault (EARTH) ● Maximum motor current (IMAX) ● Overload (OLPT and OVLD) ● Thermistor error (THERM) ● Overload and asymmetry (UNSYM) ● Preselection error (EPSL) The messages can be suppressed by setting the input SUPR or by resetting the input RLSA. The input SUPR, however, is activated by the operator interface (WinCC), and RLSA by the program. The inputs CVON (at value 0) and CSF (at value 1) also suppress the output of messages. Assignment of message text and message class to the block parameters
Mess. Block Default message text no. parameter
Message Suppressable class
1
EROP
$$BlockComment$$ @1I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
2
GFLT
$$BlockComment$$ @2I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
3
ERMS
$$BlockComment$$ @3I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
4
ERSP
$$BlockComment$$ @4I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
5
ERPI
$$BlockComment$$ @5I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
6
EREO
$$BlockComment$$ @6I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
7
ETIM
$$BlockComment$$ @7I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
3-903
Mess. Block Default message text no. parameter
Message Suppressable class
8
ERRC
$$BlockComment$$ @8I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
9
BLOCK
$$BlockComment$$ @1I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
10
DOWNL
$$BlockComment$$ @2I%t#POLCID_Standard@
PF
Yes
11
GWARN
$$BlockComment$$ @3I%t#POLCID_Standard@
WH
Yes
12
EARTH
$$BlockComment$$ @4I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
13
IMAX
$$BlockComment$$ @5I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
14
OVLD
$$BlockComment$$ @6I%t#POLCID_Standard@ - @9R%6.1f@A
AH
Yes
15
THERN
$$BlockComment$$ @7I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
16
UNSYM
$$BlockComment$$ @8I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
17
EPSL
$$BlockComment$$ @1I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
$$BlockComment$$ @2I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @3I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @4I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @5I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @6I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @7I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @8I%t#POLCID_Standard@
en-YN.YNT.001.A
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-904
Connections of UNID_SVP Connection (parameters)
Meaning
Data type
Def.
Type Attr. O&O Perm. values
SUBNETID
Number of the Profibus subsystem of the PLC
INT
0
I
DPPA_ADR
Slave address of the Profibus device
INT
0
I
DADDR
Diagnosis address of the Profibus slave
INT
0
I
STA1
Start drive
BOOL
0
I
Q
ILC1
Process-technological interlock
BOOL
1
I
Q
STOP
Stop drive
BOOL
0
I
Q
CVON
Control voltage on
BOOL
1
I
Q
PMI1
Machine protection interlock
BOOL
1
I
Q
SPCL
Speed monitor
BOOL
1
I
Q
CSF
Control system error
BOOL
0
I
Q
PRES
Preselection
BOOL
0
I
Q
DOWNL
Set SIMOCODE pro V to download mode
BOOL
0
I
Q
TEST
Set SIMOCODE pro V to test mode
BOOL
0
I
Q
LST1
Local start/stop without PMI1
BOOL
0
I
Q
LSP1
Local start/stop with PMI1
BOOL
0
I
Q
SWRE
Enabling start-up warning
BOOL
1
I
Q
ESST
Display of softkeys for single faceplate start
BOOL
0
I
+
ENRE
Display of softkeys for faceplate reset
BOOL
0
I
+
SWLO
Start-up warning also in local operating mode
BOOL
0
I
LSEL
Selection LSER switches Simocode device to local operating mode
BOOL
0
I
RLSA
Enabling alarm generation
BOOL
1
I
Q
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
3-905
Connection (parameters)
Meaning
Data type
Def.
Type Attr. O&O Perm. values
EPB_TO_VI
Display of softkey for PB_VISU and for display of status TEXT_01
BOOL
0
I
RES_VI
Reset signal from PB_VISU
BOOL
0
I
Q
TEXT_01
Status display
BOOL
0
I
Q
+
TIME1
Monitoring time setpoint value
REAL
5.0
I
BQ
+
BW
Belt width for filtering motor current value
INT
1
I
Q
FF
Filter factor motor current value
REAL
0.5
I
Q
ILH
Rated current for motor current value calibration
REAL
100.0
I
Q
WACYC
Waiting cycle for reading diagnosis data
REAL
10800.0 I
Q
RUNUPCYC
Waiting cycles at start
INT
3
I
EV_ID1
Message ID no. 1
DWORD 0
I
M
EV_ID2
Message ID no. 2
DWORD 0
I
M
EV_ID3
Message ID no. 3
DWORD 0
I
M
RESET
Resetting error SIMOCODE pro V
BOOL
0
IO
BQ
+
LSER
Enabling of local operation
BOOL
0
IO
BQ
+
SST1
Single start
BOOL
0
IO
B
+
SSTP
Single stop
BOOL
0
IO
B
+
SUPR
Suppression of alarms
BOOL
0
IO
B
+
PAGE
Activated page of the faceplate
INT
1
IO
B
+
VALUE_CODE Coding the values for transfer to the faceplate
INT
1
IO
B
+
OLH_TEMP
Temperature warning limit
INT
80
IO
BQ
+
ALH_TEMP
Temperature shutdown limit
INT
90
IO
BQ
+
EV1_SIG1
Index variable for message no. 1
INT
1
IO
EV1_SIG2
Index variable for message
INT
29
IO
en-YN.YNT.001.A
+
+
>0
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-906
Connection (parameters)
Meaning
Data type
Def.
Type Attr. O&O Perm. values
no. 2 EV1_SIG3
Index variable for message no. 3
INT
3
IO
EV1_SIG4
Index variable for message no. 4
INT
4
IO
EV1_SIG5
Index variable for message no. 5
INT
5
IO
EV1_SIG6
Index variable for message no. 6
INT
6
IO
EV1_SIG7
Index variable for message no. 7
INT
7
IO
EV1_SIG8
Index variable for message no. 8
INT
8
IO
EV2_SIG1
Index variable for message no. 9
INT
30
IO
EV2_SIG2
Index variable for message no. 10
INT
31
IO
EV2_SIG3
Index variable for message no. 11
INT
32
IO
EV2_SIG4
Index variable for message no. 12
INT
33
IO
EV2_SIG5
Index variable for message no. 13
INT
34
IO
EV2_SIG6
Index variable for message no. 14
INT
2
IO
EV2_SIG7
Index variable for message no. 15
INT
35
IO
EV2_SIG8
Index variable for message no. 16
INT
36
IO
EV3_SIG1
Index variable for message no. 17
INT
160
IO
EV3_SIG2
Index variable for message no. 18
INT
0
IO
EV3_SIG3
Index variable for message no. 19
INT
0
IO
EV3_SIG4
Index variable for message
INT
0
IO
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
Connection (parameters)
Meaning
3-907
Data type
Def.
Type Attr. O&O Perm. values
no. 20 EV3_SIG5
Index variable for message no. 21
INT
0
IO
EV3_SIG6
Index variable for message no. 22
INT
0
IO
EV3_SIG7
Index variable for message no. 23
INT
0
IO
EV3_SIG8
Index variable for message no. 24
INT
0
IO
OSG1
Operating message
BOOL
0
O
Q
EMOF
Emergency off activated
BOOL
0
O
Q
DAVB
Drive is available
BOOL
0
O
Q
EROR
Drive is faulty
BOOL
0
O
Q
DOFF
Drive is off
BOOL
0
O
Q
SWST
Start start-up warning
BOOL
0
O
Q
OPER
Drive is operating (locally or automatically)
BOOL
0
O
Q
QBAD
Profibus slave faulty
BOOL
0
O
Q
LOCA
Drive is in local operating mode
BOOL
0
O
Q
PB_VISU
Output bit
BOOL
0
O
BQ
+
ACT1
Current monitoring time
REAL
0.0
O
Q
+
A1
Current motor current
REAL
0.0
O
Q
+
OPTI
Current operating hours SIMOCODE pro V
REAL
0.0
O
Q
+
NOST
Number of starts performed
REAL
0.0
O
Q
+
NOOV
Number of overload trippings
REAL
0.0
O
Q
+
I_MAX
Maximum current in % of set current
REAL
0.0
O
TEMP1
Temperature 1 at temperature block
REAL
0.0
O
BQ
+
TEMP2
Temperature 2 at temperature block
REAL
0.0
O
BQ
+
en-YN.YNT.001.A
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-908
Connection (parameters)
Meaning
Data type
Def.
Type Attr. O&O Perm. values
TEMP3
Temperature 3 at temperature block
REAL
0.0
O
BQ
+
PW
Parameter word
DWORD 0
O
Q
+
DW
Data word
DWORD 0
O
Q
+
SW
Status word
DWORD 0
O
Q
+
DWA
Extended diagnosis data for faceplate
DWORD 0
O
Q
+
DWB
Extended diagnosis data for faceplate
DWORD 0
O
Q
+
DWC
Extended diagnosis data for faceplate
DWORD 0
O
Q
+
Operation and observation of UNID_SVP See the description of the block symbol and the faceplate in the corresponding manual in this regard. PW, DW and SW of UNID_SVP The inputs, outputs and the internal status of the respective block are mapped on the parameter word, the data word and the status word. The assignment of the bits is found in the following table:
> UNID_SVP < Bit
Parameter word
Data word
Status word
0
STA1
OPS1
SEN1
1 2
EROP ILC1
3
OSG1 NOTA
4
EMOF
5
DAVB
6
STOP
OPL1
EROR
7
CVON
8
GFLT
GFLT
DOFF
9
AVBL
ERMS
SWST
PWON
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
10
RCR1
3-909
ERSP
11 12
QBAD PMI1
ERPI
13 SPCL
15
LEMO
16
LSER
ERRC
17
LST1
TEST
ETIM
18
BLOCK LSP1
DOWNL
20 21
LOCA
EREO
14
19
OPER
GWARN SST1
EARTH
22
IMAX
23
SSTP
OVLD
24
SWRE
THERM
25
CSF
UNSYM
26
DOWNL
EPSL
27
TEST
PSLA
28
PRES
COLOUR_1
29
COLOUR_2
30
COLOUR_3
31
COLOUR_4 In the case of the COLOUR operating states (Maerz drives), the block UNID_SVP does not have all possible states. It features the states with the numbers 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7 ,11 and 14.
DWA, DWB and DWC of UNID_SVP The block has three additional data words: DWA, DWB and DWC. These words offer additional information on the SIMOCODE pro V motor controller and the Profibus slave. This information is shown in the associated faceplate. The assignment of the data words changes with the value of the input PAGE. When activating the corresponding page of the faceplate, the latter automatically sets the input PAGE to the value corresponding to the activated diagnosis page.
en-YN.YNT.001.A
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-910
The input PAGE may have the following values: Page
Activated diagnosis page of the faceplate
1
:
PROFIBUS – Information on the Profibus slave
2
:
SIMOCODE - Parts of data record 92 are read in
4
:
SIMOCODE - Parts of data records 94 and 95 are read in one after the other
8
SIMOCODE - Parts of data record 92 are read in
10
SIMOCODE - Parts of data record 132 are written
100
SIMOCODE - Data records are newly requested With the different values of PAGE the content of the data words DWA, DWB and DWC also varies. In addition, there is the variable VALUE_CODE. This variable encodes single values. The values with their associated VALUE_CODE will then be written sequentially to the data word A. A content list follows below:
> UNID_SVP with 'PAGE' = 1 < Bit
Data word A
Data word B
0
ST_NOEX
HARD_ID
1
ST_NORDY
2
ST_INSLR
3
ST_SENSU
4
ST_MASLO
5
ST_WATCH
6
ST_STDIA
7
ST_EXDIA
8
ST_EXDOV
9
ST_SYNC
10
ST_FREEZ
11
ST_PAREQ
12
ST_PARFA
13
ST_SLCCF
14
ST_SLDEA
15
ST_STASL
16
SLAVE_OK
Data word C
DPPA_ADR
SUBNETID
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
3-911
17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31
> UNID_SVP with 'PAGE' = 2 < Bit
Data word A
Data word B
0
GENER_FAULT
FAULT_TM_SF
1
WARNING
FAULT_TM_OR
2
FAULT_RUNT_ON
FAULT_PARA
3
FAULT_RUNT_OF
FAULT_TEST_SD
4
FAULT_FEED_ON
FAULT_OPO
5
FAULT_FEED_OF
6
FAULT_COLD_ST
WARN_ASYM
7
FAULT_UVO
WARN_OVL
8
STA_PLC
WARN_OVL_PF
9
FAULT_BLOCK_S
WARN_BLOCK
10
FAULT_DOUB_0
WARN_TH_OVL
11
FAULT_DOUB_1
WARN_CURR_HI
12
FAULT_END_PO
WARN_CURR_LO
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Data word C
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-912
13
FAULT_ANTIVAL
WARN_TM_HT
14
FAULT_OVLD
WARN_TM_SE
15
FAULT_OVLD_PF
WARN_TM_OR
16
FAULT_ASYM
17
FAULT_MOT_STA
18
FAULT_TH_OVLD
19
FAULT_IMAX
20
FAULT_IMIN
21
FAULT_INT_EF
22
FAULT_TM_TEMP
23
FAULT_EXT_F1
24
FAULT_EXT_F2
25
FAULT_BUS
26
FAULT_PLC
27
FAULT_HW_BU
28
FAULT_MODULE
29
FAULT_CONFIG
30
FAULT_TH_SC
31
FAULT_TH_WB
> UNID_SVP with 'PAGE' = 4 < VALUE_CODE BYTE
Data word A
101
1
HEAT_UP_MOT_MO
2
PHASE_ASYM
3-4
RECOV_TIME
1-4
TEMP1 (in °C)
3-4
TEMP2 (in °C)
1-2
TEMP3 (in °C)
3-4
TIME_TO_TRIP
1-2
I_L1
3-4
I_L2
103
105
107
Data word B
Data word C
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
109
3-913
1-2
I_L3
3-4
NO_OVLD
111
1-4
M_OP_HOURS
113
1-4
NO_START
> UNID_SVP with 'PAGE' = 8 < Bit
Data word A
0
GENER_FAULT
1
WARNING
2
STA_DEV
3
STA_BUS
4
STA_PLC
5
STA_CURR
6
ON11
7
ON1
8
OFF
9
ON2
10
ON22
11
START_ACTIVE
12
LOCK_ACTIVE
13
IDL_TIME
14
OPER_PRO_OFF
15
AUTO_MODE
16
TEST_POS_FEED
17
FEED_CLOSE
18
FEED_OPEN
19
TRQ_CLOSE
20
TRQ_OPEN
21
COOL_DOWN_TIM
22
BREA_TIM_ACT
23
EMER_STA_EXE
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Data word B
Data word C
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-914
24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31
> UNID_SVP with 'PAGE' = 10 < Byte
Data word A
1-2
TEMP_MAX
Data word B
Data word C
3-4
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
3.108 Maerz blocks: REVD_SCP: reversible drive with Simocode pro C and preselection Description of REVD_SCP Object name (Type + Number) FB 623 Calling OBs The time interrupt OB in which the block is installed (e.g. OB 35). Function The block is used for controlling a reversible drive which is driven by a SIMOCODE pro C motor controller. The SIMOCODE pro C is connected to the PLC via the Profibus. The block communicates directly with the Profibus device SIMOCODE pro C. Profibus In order to integrate the block, the type SIMOCODE pro C (PDM) is used for this purpose in the PCS7 program HW Konfig. This is part of the scope of supply of the PCS7 and does not need to be installed subsequently. In HW Konfig, in the catalogue, the profile Standard is set for this purpose. Now the folder PROFIBUS-DP is opened. There, the subfolders "DP V0 Slaves, Switchgear and SIMOCODE" are opened. Here, the entry SIMOCODE pro C (PDM) is located.
Fig. 144: HW Konfig with SIMOCODE pro C
This entry is used for the definition of the Profibus-DP slave. As standard, the base type 2 is used as a block. Following the definition of the Profibus slave, a setting must be carried out. To this end the object properties and then the page 'Parameterising the slave' must be opened.
en-YN.YNT.001.A
3-915
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-916
Fig. 145: Object properties of SIMOCODE-DPV1 PDM
Here, under "Station parameters" in the line "DPV1-Alarms" the entries "Diagnosis alarms" and "Process interrupt" must be activated by means of a tick. Only if the above-stated settings for a SIMOCODE pro C have been completely made, will the full functional scope of the block be ensured. Operating principle The block communicates directly with the SIMOCODE pro C motor controller. This device is defined as a Profibus slave. At the input SUBNETID, the number of the Profibus system, which the SIMOCODE pro C is connected to, must be entered. At the input DPPA_ADR the slave address of the SIMOCODE pro C must be entered and at the input DADDR the diagnose address of the SIMOCODE pro C must be entered. All these values may be taken from the hardware configuration of a STEP7 project. Using these values, the block can communicate automatically with the corresponding SIMOCODE pro C.
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
Internally, the same logic is used as for the block REVD (FB 503). However, the block REVD_SCP reads some signals directly from the Profibus (SIMOCODE pro C) and these need not be connected as inputs or outputs. These are the inputs OLPT, AVBL, RCR1, RCR2 LEMO, PWON, SEN1 and SEN2. They are read directly by the SIMOCODE pro C or written to the SIMOCODE pro C. These inputs and outputs will nevertheless be used in the internal logic. In addition, status signals are still used in the interlock system which the SIMOCODE pro C generates. In detail, these are the signals READY, FAULT, AUTO and IMIN. A valid starting command exists when the signals: 'STA1', 'ILC1', 'AVBL', 'OLPT', 'LEMO', 'PMI1', 'READY' or 'STA2', 'ILC2', 'AVBL', 'OLPT', LEMO', 'PMI2', 'READY' are set and the stopping command 'STOP' is reset. In this case, the start enable signal 'SEN1' or 'SEN2' and the run command 'PWON' are set (activation signals for the motor). If the check-back signal 'RCR1' or 'RCR1' together with the speed monitor signal 'SPCL' are set when a valid starting command is active, the control state switches to self-latching status. A characteristic of this status is that the operating bits 'OSG1', 'OPS1' are set or that 'OSG2', OPS2' are set while the run commands 'PWON' and 'SEN1' or 'SEN2' are active. From this moment, the starting commands 'STA1' or 'STA2' can be rescinded without risking reset of the run command PWON and SEN1 or SEN2. The reversible drive is stopped correctly when either the stopping command 'STOP' is set or when the process interlock 'ILC1' or 'ILC2' is missing. If the machine protection fails for both directions simultaneously, the error signal 'ERPI' is generated regardless of the current operating status. If the machine protection fails for one direction only, this is only detected and signalled when the drive is started or in operation in this direction. When the reversible drive is stationary and starting commands are issued simultaneously for both directions, no error is signalled. If the drive is running in one direction, starting commands for the other direction are ignored. The monitoring time TIME1 in seconds when the drive is started specifies the period in which the check-back signal RCR1/RCR2 must be set. If time = 0, no time monitoring of the start is employed. By means of the signals SST1, SST2 and SSTP an individual start of the drive can be realised in automatic mode. In the faceplate of the drive, the operator sets the signals SST1, SST2 or SSTP. After processing in the block, these signals are reset by the block. After operation of the signal SST1/2 the output SWST is set at first. By means of this output an external start-up warning can be started. If the start-up warning time has expired, then the input SWRE must be set. In this way, there is a valid starting command and the drive is then started as described above. With the exception of the combination with the signals SWST and SWRE the signals SST1/2 behave in the same way with signal STA1/2. Using SSTP, the drive is stopped. SSTP behaves in the same way with the input STOP.
en-YN.YNT.001.A
3-917
User manual
Blocks 3-918
®
POLCID for administrators
With the signals LSER, LST1/2 and LSP1/2 it is possible to operate the drive via external switches, keyboards or from the control panel. With the signal LSER the drive is switched to local operation. The availability of the drive disappears therewith. Via the signals LST1/2 and LSP1/2 the drive can be started. Using the parameter SWLO, it is selected whether the input SWRE is taken into consideration for the evaluation of the inputs LST1/2 and LSP1/2. Note Via the signals LST1/2 and LSP1/2, the drive can be started ("1") or stopped ("0"). Via LST1/2 the drive is started independently from the interlock signals! Via LSP1/2 the signals CVON, OLPT, PMI1/2 and LEMO are taken into consideration. As long as the start signals are pending the drive runs, if the start signal changes to zero the drive is stopped. The block additionally outputs the motor current of the drive at output A1. Standardised from 0 to 100 % of the rated current, the motor current is read by the SIMOCODE pro C. By means of the rated current ILH it is calibrated into the unit Ampere and filtered with BW and FF.
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
This filtration works according to the following formula: Y(n+1) = Y(n) + ( FF * ( VAL - Y(n) ) ) (n) :
Index of the last filtered measured value
(n+1) :
Index of the new filtered measured value
VAL :
Unfiltered input value
FF :
Filter factor (Range between 0 and 1) The newly determined value will be processed further only then if it differs from the most recent determined value by at least the bandwidth (BW) value. The block cyclically reads the extended diagnosis data which the SIMOCODE pro C provides. These are e.g. the operating hours or the number of starts of the SIMOCODE pro C. These data are shown in the faceplate. The block is called up in the event of a change of the diagnosis data via an interrupt and will then read the same in an event-controlled fashion. In addition there exists a cycle for the reading of the diagnosis data. The cycle time can be parameterised in the input WACYC. The standard setting for the cycle time is 10800 seconds (3 hours). Via the input PAGE, the faceplate communicates which page of the diagnosis the plant operator has called up. The block then writes the required data into the outputs DWA, DWB and DWC. They are evaluated on the faceplate page called up. For the various different diagnosis pages, the content of the three outputs differs and will not be further described here. The faceplate is able to interpret the data accordingly. In addition, there is the input PRES. If PRES is set and the drive is available (DAVB), then the drive is preselected. If PRES is set, but the drive is not available, then the alarm EPSL is set. As a further logic PB_TO_VI is contained (see Chap. 12.1) . The button for setting PB_VISU as well as the current status of TEXT_01 will only become visible in the faceplate, if the input EPB_TO_VI is set to 1. Internal logic The sequence of the flags is determined by the sequence in which they must be generated. In this relation, the flags marked (with ") must be taken into account in the setting and reset conditions!
en-YN.YNT.001.A
3-919
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-920
Auxiliary flag IAVBL
:=
AVBL_&AUTO_&-DOWNL
ICVON
:=
CVON_&SLAVE_OK
IOLPT
:=
(OLPT/TEST)_&-FAULT
S IRCR1 C IRCR1
= =
RCR1/(IMIN_&-AVBL_&OLPT) -RCR1_&-IMIN
ISTA1
:=
STA1_&READY
ISTA2
:=
STA2_&READY
GO1
:=
ISTA1_&ILC1
GO2
:=
ISTA2_&ILC2
RUN1
:=
SEN1/OSG1
RUN2
:=
SEN2/OSG2
RESET
:=
-PWON_&(-EROP/ERES)
PMNOT
:=
-PMI1_&-PMI2
CLEROP
:=
EROP_&ERES
AVAIL
:=
IAVBL_&IOLPT_&LEMO
RUNSTP
:=
ICVON/EROP”/STOP
Data word S ERPI C ERPI
: :
PMNOT/C-STOP_&(-EROP/ERES)_&PMI1_&ILC1_&(RUN1/ISTA1)_&-RUN2_&-GO2/PMI2_&ILC2_&(RUN2/ISTA2_&-RUN1_&-GO1)ICVON/RESET_&(PMI1_&PMI2/PMNOT_&(GO1_&GO2/STOP)/PMI1_&-GO2/PMI2_&-GO1))
S ERSP C ERSP
: :
PWON_&AVAIL_&-STOP_&(ILC1_&(OPS1/ISTA1_&SEN1)/ILC2_&(OPS2/-ISTA2_&SEN2))_&-SPCLICVON/CLEROP
S ERRC C ERRC
: :
PWON_&AVAIL_&-STOP_&(ILC1_&(OPS1/-ISTA1_&SEN1)_&IRCR1/ILC2_&(OPS2/-ISTA2_&SEN2)_&-RCR2)-ICVON/CLEROP
S NOTA C NOTA
: :
-AVAIL/ERPI”/ERSP”/ERRC”/ETIM”-ICVON/AVAIL_&-ERPI”_&RESET
S EROP C EROP
: :
(RUN1_&ILC1/RUN2_&ILC2)_&NOTA”_&-STOP/ERSP”/PMNOT_&ERPI”(-ICVON/CLEROP)_&(PMNOT/-ERPI”)
S OPS1 C OPS1
: :
SEN1_&IRCR1_&SPCL-ILC1/-ICVON/EROP/-IRCR1
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
S OPS2 C OPS2
: :
SEN2_&RCR2_&SPCL-ILC2/-ICVON/EROP/-RCR2
S GFLT C GFLT
: :
-IOLPT-ICVON/IOLPT_&RESET
S ERMS C ERMS
: :
-IAVBL_&IOLPT_&LEMO-ICVON/(IAVBL/-IOLPT/-LEMO)_&RESET
S EREO C EREO
: :
-LEMO-ICVON/LEMO_&RESET
OPL1
:=
-PWON_&-OPS1_&IRCR1_&IOLPT_&-IAVBL
OPL2
:=
-PWON_&-OPS2_&RCR2_&IOLPT_&-IAVBL
S ETIM C ETIM
: :
LCT1_&((SEN1_&(-IRCR1/-SPCL))/SEN2_&(-RCR2/-SPCL)))CLEROP
TEST
:=
TEST
S BLOCK C BLOCK
= =
BLOCK -ICVON/-BLOCK_&RESET
S DOWNL C DOWNL
= =
DOWNL -ICVON/-DOWNL_&RESET
S GWARN C GWARN
= =
GWARN -GWARN_&RESET
S EARTH C EARTH
= =
EARTH -ICVON/-EARTH_&RESET
S IMAX C IMAX
= =
IMAX -ICVON/-IMAX_&RESET
S OVLD C OVLD
= =
OVLD/-OLPT -ICVON/-OVLD_&OLPT_&RESET
S THERM C THERM
= =
THERM -ICVON/-THERM_&RESET
EPSL
:=
PRES_&-DAVB
PSLA
:=
-EPSL_&PRES
Status word OSG1 OSG2
:= :=
OPS1”OPS2”
S SEN1 C SEN1
: :
GO1_&-GO2_&-RUN2RUNSTP/NOTA”/-ILC1/OSG1”_&PSEN
S SEN2 C SEN2
: :
GO2_&-GO1_&-RUN1RUNSTP/NOTA”/-ILC2/OSG2”_&PSEN
en-YN.YNT.001.A
3-921
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-922
EMOF DAVB EROR
:= := :=
EREO”ICVON_&-NOTA”EROP”
S PWON C PWON
: :
SEN1”/SEN2”RUNSTP/NOTA”/(RUN1_&-ILC1)/(RUN2_&-ILC2)
DOFF
:=
-OSG1”_&-OSG2”
OPER
:=
IMIN
QBAD
:=
-SLAVE_OK
LOCA
:=
(-AVBL/LSER)_&SLAVE_OK
Block view
Fig. 146: REVD_SCP block
Starting characteristics During the CPU start-up the REVD_SCP block is deactivated. All internal state flags (shown in the data word) are reset. Following start-up the block waits for the number of cycles projected in the input RUNUPCYC, and will only be activated thereafter. A first start-up whilst the program is running is treated internally like a CPU startup. Time behaviour
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
The block must be called via a time interrupt OB or OB1. It does not have a parameter for the sampling interval. Behaviour in case of a time error In the case of a time error the outputs will then be reset. In addition the internal state flags will be reset. Message actions The block REVD_SCP internally uses an ALARM_8P block for generating the messages. Messages are generated for the following tripping devices: ● Operating trouble (EROP) ● SIMOCODE pro C group fault (GFLT) ● Machine availability (AVBL) ● Speed monitor (SPCL) ● Machine protection (PMI1) ● Local emergency off (LEMO) ● Monitoring time (ETIM) ● Check-back signal (RCR1) ● Motor blocked (BLOCK) ● SIMOCODE pro C to download mode (DOWNL) ● SIMOCODE pro C group warning (GWARN) ● Earth fault (EARTH) ● Maximum motor current (IMAX) ● Overload (OLPT and OVLD) ● Thermistor error (THERM) ● Overload and asymmetry (UNSYM) ● Preselection error (EPSL) The messages can be suppressed by setting the input SUPR or by resetting the input RLSA. The input SUPR, however, is activated by the operator interface (WinCC), and RLSA by the program. The inputs CVON (at value 0) and CSF (at value 1) also suppress the output of messages.
en-YN.YNT.001.A
3-923
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-924
Assignment of message text and message class to the block parameters
Default message text Mess. Block no. parameter
Message Suppressable class
1
EROP
$$BlockComment$$ @1I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
2
GFLT
$$BlockComment$$ @2I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
3
ERMS
$$BlockComment$$ @3I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
4
ERSP
$$BlockComment$$ @4I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
5
ERPI
$$BlockComment$$ @5I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
6
EREO
$$BlockComment$$ @6I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
7
ETIM
$$BlockComment$$ @7I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
8
ERRC
$$BlockComment$$ @8I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
9
BLOCK
$$BlockComment$$ @1I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
10
DOWNL
$$BlockComment$$ @2I%t#POLCID_Standard@
PF
Yes
11
GWARN
$$BlockComment$$ @3I%t#POLCID_Standard@
WH
Yes
12
EARTH
$$BlockComment$$ @4I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
13
IMAX
$$BlockComment$$ @5I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
14
OVLD
$$BlockComment$$ @6I%t#POLCID_Standard@ - @9R%6.1f@A
AH
Yes
15
THERN
$$BlockComment$$ @7I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
16
UNSYM
$$BlockComment$$ @8I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
17
EPSL
$$BlockComment$$ @1I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
3-925
Mess. Block Default message text no. parameter
Message Suppressable class
$$BlockComment$$ @2I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @3I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @4I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @5I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @6I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @7I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @8I%t#POLCID_Standard@ Connections of REVD_SCP Connection (parameters)
Meaning
Data type
Def.
Type Attr. O&O Perm. values
SUBNETID
Number of the Profibus subsystem of the PLC
INT
0
I
DPPA_ADR
Slave address of the Profibus device
INT
0
I
DADDR
Diagnosis address of the Profibus slave
INT
0
I
STA1
Start drive direction 1
BOOL
0
I
Q
STA2
Start drive direction 2
BOOL
0
I
Q
ILC1
Process-technological interlock direction 1
BOOL
1
I
Q
ILC2
Process-technological interlock direction 2
BOOL
1
I
Q
STOP
Stop drive
BOOL
0
I
Q
CVON
Control voltage on
BOOL
1
I
Q
PMI1
Machine protection interlock direction 1
BOOL
1
I
Q
en-YN.YNT.001.A
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-926
Connection (parameters)
Meaning
Data type
Def.
Type Attr. O&O Perm. values
PMI2
Machine protection interlock direction 2
BOOL
1
I
Q
SPCL
Speed monitor
BOOL
1
I
Q
CSF
Control system error
BOOL
0
I
Q
PRES
Preselection
BOOL
0
I
Q
DOWNL
Set SIMOCODE pro C to download mode
BOOL
0
I
Q
TEST
Set SIMOCODE pro C to test mode
BOOL
0
I
Q
LST1
Local start/stop without PMI1
BOOL
0
I
Q
LST2
Local start/stop without PMI2
BOOL
0
I
Q
LSP1
Local start/stop with PMI1
BOOL
0
I
Q
LSP2
Local start/stop with PMI2
BOOL
0
I
Q
SWRE
Enabling start-up warning
BOOL
1
I
Q
ESST
Display of softkeys for single faceplate start
BOOL
0
I
+
ENRE
Display of softkeys for faceplate reset
BOOL
0
I
+
SWLO
Start-up warning also in local operating mode
BOOL
0
I
LSEL
Selection LSER switches Simocode device to local operating mode
BOOL
0
I
RLSA
Enabling alarm generation
BOOL
1
I
EPB_TO_VI
Display of softkey for PB_VISU and for display of status TEXT_01
BOOL
0
I
RES_VI
Reset signal from PB_VISU
BOOL
0
I
Q
TEXT_01
Status display
BOOL
0
I
Q
+
TIME1
Monitoring time setpoint value
REAL
5.0
I
BQ
+
BW
Belt width for filtering motor current value
INT
1
I
Q
FF
Filter factor motor current value
REAL
0.5
I
Q
Q +
>0
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
3-927
Connection (parameters)
Meaning
Data type
Def.
Type Attr. O&O Perm. values
ILH
Rated current for motor current value calibration
REAL
100.0
I
Q
WACYC
Waiting cycle for reading diagnosis data
REAL
10800.0 I
Q
RUNUPCYC
Waiting cycles at start
INT
3
I
EV_ID1
Message ID no. 1
DWORD 0
I
M
EV_ID2
Message ID no. 2
DWORD 0
I
M
EV_ID3
Message ID no. 3
DWORD 0
I
M
RESET
Resetting error SIMOCODE pro C
BOOL
0
IO
BQ
+
LSER
Enabling of local operation
BOOL
0
IO
BQ
+
SST1
Single start direction 1
BOOL
0
IO
B
+
SST2
Single start direction 2
BOOL
0
IO
B
+
SSTP
Single stop
BOOL
0
IO
B
+
SUPR
Suppression of alarms
BOOL
0
IO
B
+
PAGE
Activated page of the faceplate
INT
1
IO
B
+
VALUE_CODE Coding the values for transfer to the faceplate
INT
1
IO
B
+
EV1_SIG1
Index variable for message no. 1
INT
1
IO
EV1_SIG2
Index variable for message no. 2
INT
29
IO
EV1_SIG3
Index variable for message no. 3
INT
3
IO
EV1_SIG4
Index variable for message no. 4
INT
4
IO
EV1_SIG5
Index variable for message no. 5
INT
5
IO
EV1_SIG6
Index variable for message no. 6
INT
6
IO
EV1_SIG7
Index variable for message no. 7
INT
7
IO
en-YN.YNT.001.A
+
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-928
Connection (parameters)
Meaning
Data type
Def.
Type Attr. O&O Perm. values
EV1_SIG8
Index variable for message no. 8
INT
8
IO
EV2_SIG1
Index variable for message no. 9
INT
30
IO
EV2_SIG2
Index variable for message no. 10
INT
31
IO
EV2_SIG3
Index variable for message no. 11
INT
32
IO
EV2_SIG4
Index variable for message no. 12
INT
33
IO
EV2_SIG5
Index variable for message no. 13
INT
34
IO
EV2_SIG6
Index variable for message no. 14
INT
2
IO
EV2_SIG7
Index variable for message no. 15
INT
35
IO
EV2_SIG8
Index variable for message no. 16
INT
36
IO
EV3_SIG1
Index variable for message no. 17
INT
160
IO
EV3_SIG2
Index variable for message no. 18
INT
0
IO
EV3_SIG3
Index variable for message no. 19
INT
0
IO
EV3_SIG4
Index variable for message no. 20
INT
0
IO
EV3_SIG5
Index variable for message no. 21
INT
0
IO
EV3_SIG6
Index variable for message no. 22
INT
0
IO
EV3_SIG7
Index variable for message no. 23
INT
0
IO
EV3_SIG8
Index variable for message no. 24
INT
0
IO
OSG1
Operating message direction 1 BOOL
0
O
Q
OSG2
Operating message direction 2 BOOL
0
O
Q
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
3-929
Connection (parameters)
Meaning
Data type
Def.
Type Attr. O&O Perm. values
EMOF
Emergency off activated
BOOL
0
O
Q
DAVB
Drive is available
BOOL
0
O
Q
EROR
Drive is faulty
BOOL
0
O
Q
DOFF
Drive is off
BOOL
0
O
Q
SWST
Start start-up warning
BOOL
0
O
Q
OPER
Drive is operating (locally or automatically)
BOOL
0
O
Q
QBAD
Profibus slave faulty
BOOL
0
O
Q
LOCA
Drive is in local operating mode
BOOL
0
O
Q
PB_VISU
Output bit
BOOL
0
O
BQ
+
ACT1
Current monitoring time
REAL
0.0
O
Q
+
A1
Current motor current
REAL
0.0
O
Q
+
OPTI
Current operating hours SIMOCODE pro C
REAL
0.0
O
Q
+
NOST
Number of starts performed
REAL
0.0
O
Q
+
NOOV
Number of overload trippings
REAL
0.0
O
Q
+
I_MAX
Maximum current in % of set current
REAL
0.0
O
PW
Parameter word
DWORD 0
O
Q
+
DW
Data word
DWORD 0
O
Q
+
SW
Status word
DWORD 0
O
Q
+
DWA
Extended diagnosis data for faceplate
DWORD 0
O
Q
+
DWB
Extended diagnosis data for faceplate
DWORD 0
O
Q
+
DWC
Extended diagnosis data for faceplate
DWORD 0
O
Q
+
Operation and observation of REVD_SCP See the description of the block symbol and the faceplate in the corresponding manual in this regard.
en-YN.YNT.001.A
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-930
PW, DW and SW of REVD_SCP The inputs, outputs and the internal status of the respective block are mapped on the parameter word, the data word and the status word. The assignment of the bits is found in the following table:
> REVD_SCP < Bit
Parameter word
Data word
Status word
0
STA1
OPS1
SEN1
1
STA2
EROP
SEN2
2
ILC1
OPS2
OSG1
3
ILC2
NOTA
OSG2
4
EMOF
5
DAVB
6
STOP
OPL1
EROR
7
CVON
OLP2
PWON
8
GFLT
GFLT
DOFF
9
AVBL
ERMS
SWST
10
RCR1
ERSP
OPER
11
RCR2
12
PMI1
ERPI
13
PMI2
EREO
14
SPCL
ETIM
15
LEMO
16
LSER
ERRC
17
LST1
TEST
18
LST2
BLOCK
19
LSP1
DOWNL
20
LSP2
GWARN
21
SST1
EARTH
22
SST2
IMAX
23
SSTP
OVLD
QBAD LOCA
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
3-931
24
SWRE
THERM
25
CSF
UNSYM
26
DOWNL
EPSL
27
TEST
PSLA
28
PRES
COLOUR_1
29
COLOUR_2
30
COLOUR_3
31
COLOUR_4 In the case of the COLOUR operating states (Maerz drives), the block REVD_SCP does not have all possible states. It features the states with the numbers 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 11 and 14.
DWA, DWB and DWC of REVD_SCP The block has three additional data words: DWA, DWB and DWC. These words offer additional information on the SIMOCODE pro C motor controller and the Profibus slave. This information is shown in the associated faceplate. The assignment of the data words changes with the value of the input PAGE. When activating the corresponding page of the faceplate, the latter automatically sets the input PAGE to the value corresponding to the activated diagnosis page. The input PAGE may have the following values: Page
Activated diagnosis page of the faceplate
1
:
PROFIBUS – Information on the Profibus slave
2
:
SIMOCODE - Parts of data record 92 are read in
4
:
SIMOCODE - Parts of data records 94 and 95 are read in one after the other
8
SIMOCODE - Parts of data record 92 are read in
100
SIMOCODE - Data records are newly requested With the different values of PAGE the content of the data words DWA, DWB and DWC also varies. In addition, there is the variable VALUE_CODE. This variable encodes single values. The values with their associated VALUE_CODE will then be written sequentially to the data word A.
en-YN.YNT.001.A
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-932
A content list follows below: > REVD_SCP with 'PAGE' = 1 < Bit
Data word A
Data word B
0
ST_NOEX
HARD_ID
1
ST_NORDY
2
ST_INSLR
3
ST_SENSU
4
ST_MASLO
5
ST_WATCH
6
ST_STDIA
7
ST_EXDIA
8
ST_EXDOV
9
ST_SYNC
10
ST_FREEZ
11
ST_PAREQ
12
ST_PARFA
13
ST_SLCCF
14
ST_SLDEA
15
ST_STASL
16
SLAVE_OK
Data word C
DPPA_ADR
SUBNETID
17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
3-933
28 29 30 31
> REVD_SCP with 'PAGE' = 2 < Bit
Data word A
Data word B
0
GENER_FAULT
FAULT_TM_SF
1
WARNING
FAULT_TM_OR
2
FAULT_RUNT_ON
FAULT_PARA
3
FAULT_RUNT_OF
FAULT_TEST_SD
4
FAULT_FEED_ON
FAULT_OPO
5
FAULT_FEED_OF
6
FAULT_COLD_ST
WARN_ASYM
7
FAULT_UVO
WARN_OVL
8
STA_PLC
WARN_OVL_PF
9
FAULT_BLOCK_S
WARN_BLOCK
10
FAULT_DOUB_0
WARN_TH_OVL
11
FAULT_DOUB_1
WARN_CURR_HI
12
FAULT_END_PO
WARN_CURR_LO
13
FAULT_ANTIVAL
WARN_TM_HT
14
FAULT_OVLD
WARN_TM_SE
15
FAULT_OVLD_PF
WARN_TM_OR
16
FAULT_ASYM
17
FAULT_MOT_STA
18
FAULT_TH_OVLD
19
FAULT_IMAX
20
FAULT_IMIN
21
FAULT_INT_EF
22
FAULT_TM_TEMP
23
FAULT_EXT_F1
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Data word C
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-934
24
FAULT_EXT_F2
25
FAULT_BUS
26
FAULT_PLC
27
FAULT_HW_BU
28
FAULT_MODULE
29
FAULT_CONFIG
30
FAULT_TH_SC
31
FAULT_TH_WB
> REVD_SCP with 'PAGE' = 4 < VALUE_CODE BYTE
Data word A
101
1
HEAT_UP_MOT_MO
2
PHASE_ASYM
3-4
RECOV_TIME
103
1-4
105
1-2 3-4
TIME_TO_TRIP
1-2
I_L1
3-4
I_L2
1-2
I_L3
3-4
NO_OVLD
111
1-4
M_OP_HOURS
113
1-4
NO_START
107
109
Data word B
Data word C
> REVD_SCP with 'PAGE' = 8 < Bit
Data word A
0
GENER_FAULT
1
WARNING
2
STA_DEV
3
STA_BUS
Data word B
Data word C
en-YN.YNT.001.A
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
4
STA_PLC
5
STA_CURR
6
ON11
7
ON1
8
OFF
9
ON2
10
ON22
11
START_ACTIVE
12
LOCK_ACTIVE
13
IDL_TIME
14
OPER_PRO_OFF
15
AUTO_MODE
16
TEST_POS_FEED
17
FEED_CLOSE
18
FEED_OPEN
19
TRQ_CLOSE
20
TRQ_OPEN
21
COOL_DOWN_TIM
22
BREA_TIM_ACT
23
EMER_STA_EXE
24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-935
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-936
3.109 Maerz blocks: REVD_SVP: reversible drive with Simocode pro V and preselection Description of REVD_SVP Object name (Type + Number) FB 616 Calling OBs The time interrupt OB in which the block is installed (e.g. OB 35). Function The block is used for controlling a reversible drive which is driven by a SIMOCODE pro V motor controller. The SIMOCODE pro V is connected to the PLC via the Profibus. The block communicates directly with the Profibus device SIMOCODE pro V. Profibus In order to integrate the block, the type SIMOCODE pro V (PDM) is used for this purpose in the PCS7 program HW Konfig. This is part of the scope of supply of the PCS7 and does not need to be installed subsequently. In HW Konfig, in the catalogue, the profile Standard is set for this purpose. Now the folder PROFIBUS-DP is opened. There, the subfolders "DP V0 Slaves, Switchgear and SIMOCODE" are opened. Here, the entry SIMOCODE pro V (PDM) is located.
Fig. 147: HW Konfig with SIMOCODE pro V
This entry is used for the definition of the Profibus-DP slave. As standard, the base type 1 is used as a block. Following the definition of the Profibus slave, a setting must be carried out. To this end the object properties and then the page 'Parameterising the slave' must be opened.
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
Fig. 148: Object properties of SIMOCODE pro V PDM
Here, under "Station parameters" in the line "DPV1-Alarms" the entries "Diagnosis alarms" and "Process interrupts" must be activated by means of a tick. Only if the above-stated settings for a SIMOCODE pro V have been completely made, will the full functional scope of the block be ensured. Operating principle The block communicates directly with the SIMOCODE pro V motor controller. This device is defined as a Profibus slave. At the input SUBNETID, the number of the Profibus system, which the SIMOCODE pro V is connected to, must be entered. At the input DPPA_ADR the slave address of the SIMOCODE pro V must be entered and at the input DADDR the diagnose address of the SIMOCODE pro C must be entered. All these values may be taken from the hardware configuration of a STEP7 project. Using these values, the block can communicate automatically with the corresponding SIMOCODE pro V.
en-YN.YNT.001.A
3-937
User manual
Blocks 3-938
®
POLCID for administrators
Internally, the same logic is used as for the block REVD (FB 503). However, the block REVD_SVP reads some signals directly from the Profibus (SIMOCODE pro V) and these need not be connected as inputs or outputs. These are the inputs OLPT, AVBL, RCR1, RCR2 LEMO, PWON, SEN1 and SEN2. They are read directly by the SIMOCODE pro V or written to the SIMOCODE pro V. Nevertheless these inputs and outputs are used in the internal logic. In addition, status signals are still used in the interlock system which the SIMOCODE pro V generates. In detail, these are the signals READY, FAULT, AUTO and IMIN. A valid starting command exists when the signals: 'STA1', 'ILC1', 'AVBL', 'OLPT', 'LEMO', 'PMI1', 'READY' or 'STA2', 'ILC2', 'AVBL', 'OLPT', LEMO', 'PMI2', 'READY' are set and the stopping command 'STOP' is reset. In this case, the start enable signal 'SEN1' or 'SEN2' and the run command 'PWON' are set (activation signals for the motor). If the check-back signal 'RCR1' or 'RCR1' together with the speed monitor signal 'SPCL' are set when a valid starting command is active, the control state switches to self-latching status. A characteristic of this status is that the operating bits 'OSG1', 'OPS1' are set or that 'OSG2', OPS2' are set while the run commands 'PWON' and 'SEN1' or 'SEN2' are active. From this moment, the starting commands 'STA1' or 'STA2' can be rescinded without risking reset of the run command PWON and SEN1 or SEN2. The reversible drive is stopped correctly when either the stopping command 'STOP' is set or when the process interlock 'ILC1' or 'ILC2' is missing. If the machine protection fails for both directions simultaneously, the error signal 'ERPI' is generated regardless of the current operating status. If the machine protection fails for one direction only, this is only detected and signalled when the drive is started or in operation in this direction. When the reversible drive is stationary and starting commands are issued simultaneously for both directions, no error is signalled. If the drive is running in one direction, starting commands for the other direction are ignored. The monitoring time TIME1 in seconds when the drive is started specifies the period in which the check-back signal RCR1/RCR2 must be set. If time = 0, no time monitoring of the start is employed. By means of the signals SST1, SST2 and SSTP an individual start of the drive can be realised in automatic mode. In the faceplate of the drive, the operator sets the signals SST1, SST2 or SSTP. After processing in the block, these signals are reset by the block. After operation of the signal SST1/2 the output SWST is set at first. By means of this output an external start-up warning can be started. If the start-up warning time has expired, then the input SWRE must be set. In this way, there is a valid starting command and the drive is then started as described above. With the exception of the combination with the signals SWST and SWRE the signals SST1/2 behave in the same way with signal STA1/2. Using SSTP, the drive is stopped. SSTP behaves in the same way with the input STOP.
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
With the signals LSER, LST1/2 and LSP1/2 it is possible to operate the drive via external switches, keyboards or from the control panel. With the signal LSER the drive is switched to local operation. The availability of the drive disappears therewith. Via the signals LST1/2 and LSP1/2 the drive can be started. Using the parameter SWLO, it is selected whether the input SWRE is taken into consideration for the evaluation of the inputs LST1/2 and LSP1/2. Note Via the signals LST1/2 and LSP1/2, the drive can be started ("1") or stopped ("0"). Via LST1/2 the drive is started independently from the interlock signals! Via LSP1/2 the signals CVON, OLPT, PMI1/2 and LEMO are taken into consideration. As long as the start signals are pending the drive runs, if the start signal changes to zero the drive is stopped. The block additionally outputs the motor current of the drive at output A1. Standardised from 0 to 100 % of the rated current, the motor current is read by the SIMOCODE pro V. By means of the rated current ILH it is calibrated into the unit Ampere and filtered with BW and FF. Y(n+1) = Y(n) + ( FF * ( VAL - Y(n) ) ) (n) :
Index of the last filtered measured value
(n+1) :
Index of the new filtered measured value
VAL :
Unfiltered input value
FF :
Filter factor (Range between 0 and 1)
The newly determined value will be processed further only then if it differs from the most recent determined value by at least the bandwidth (BW) value. The block cyclically reads the extended diagnosis data which the SIMOCODE pro V provides. These are e.g. the operating hours or the number of starts of the SIMOCODE pro V. These data are shown in the faceplate. The block is called up in the event of a change of the diagnosis data via an interrupt and will then read the same in an event-controlled fashion. In addition there exists a cycle for the reading of the diagnosis data. The cycle time can be parameterised in the input WACYC. The standard setting for the cycle time is 10800 seconds (3 hours). Via the input PAGE, the faceplate communicates which page of the diagnosis the plant operator has called up. The block then writes the required data into the outputs DWA, DWB and DWC. They are evaluated on the faceplate page called up. For the various different diagnosis pages, the content of the three outputs differs and will not be further described here. The faceplate is able to interpret the data accordingly. In addition, there is the input PRES. If PRES is set and the drive is available (DAVB), then the drive is preselected. If PRES is set, but the drive is not available, then the alarm EPSL is set.
en-YN.YNT.001.A
3-939
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-940
As a further logic PB_TO_VI is contained (see page 3-810) . The button for setting PB_VISU as well as the current status of TEXT_01 will only become visible in the faceplate, if the input EPB_TO_VI is set to 1. Internal logic The sequence of the flags is determined by the sequence in which they must be generated. In this relation, the flags marked (with ") must be taken into account in the setting and reset conditions! Auxiliary flag IAVBL
:=
AVBL_&AUTO_&-DOWNL
ICVON
:=
CVON_&SLAVE_OK
IOLPT
:=
(OLPT/TEST)_&-FAULT
S IRCR1 C IRCR1
= =
RCR1/(IMIN_&-AVBL_&OLPT) -RCR1_&-IMIN
ISTA1
:=
STA1_&READY
ISTA2
:=
STA2_&READY
GO1
:=
ISTA1_&ILC1
GO2
:=
ISTA2_&ILC2
RUN1
:=
SEN1/OSG1
RUN2
:=
SEN2/OSG2
RESET
:=
-PWON_&(-EROP/ERES)
PMNOT
:=
-PMI1_&-PMI2
CLEROP
:=
EROP_&ERES
AVAIL
:=
IAVBL_&IOLPT_&LEMO
RUNSTP
:=
ICVON/EROP”/STOP
Data word S ERPI C ERPI
: :
PMNOT/C-STOP_&(-EROP/ERES)_&PMI1_&ILC1_&(RUN1/ISTA1)_&-RUN2_&-GO2/PMI2_&ILC2_&(RUN2/ISTA2_&-RUN1_&-GO1)ICVON/RESET_&(PMI1_&PMI2/PMNOT_&(GO1_&GO2/STOP)/PMI1_&-GO2/PMI2_&-GO1))
S ERSP C ERSP
: :
PWON_&AVAIL_&-STOP_&(ILC1_&(OPS1/ISTA1_&SEN1)/ILC2_&(OPS2/-ISTA2_&SEN2))_&-SPCLICVON/CLEROP
S ERRC C ERRC
: :
PWON_&AVAIL_&-STOP_&(ILC1_&(OPS1/-ISTA1_&SEN1)_&IRCR1/ILC2_&(OPS2/-ISTA2_&SEN2)_&-RCR2)-ICVON/CLEROP
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
S NOTA C NOTA
: :
-AVAIL/ERPI”/ERSP”/ERRC”/ETIM”-ICVON/AVAIL_&-ERPI”_&RESET
S EROP C EROP
: :
(RUN1_&ILC1/RUN2_&ILC2)_&NOTA”_&-STOP/ERSP”/PMNOT_&ERPI”(-ICVON/CLEROP)_&(PMNOT/-ERPI”)
S OPS1 C OPS1
: :
SEN1_&IRCR1_&SPCL-ILC1/-ICVON/EROP/-IRCR1
S OPS2 C OPS2
: :
SEN2_&RCR2_&SPCL-ILC2/-ICVON/EROP/-RCR2
S GFLT C GFLT
: :
-IOLPT-ICVON/IOLPT_&RESET
S ERMS C ERMS
: :
-IAVBL_&IOLPT_&LEMO-ICVON/(IAVBL/-IOLPT/-LEMO)_&RESET
S EREO C EREO
: :
-LEMO-ICVON/LEMO_&RESET
OPL1
:=
-PWON_&-OPS1_&IRCR1_&IOLPT_&-IAVBL
OPL2
:=
-PWON_&-OPS2_&RCR2_&IOLPT_&-IAVBL
S ETIM C ETIM
: :
LCT1_&((SEN1_&(-IRCR1/-SPCL))/SEN2_&(-RCR2/-SPCL)))CLEROP
TEST
:=
TEST
S BLOCK C BLOCK
= =
BLOCK -ICVON/-BLOCK_&RESET
S DOWNL C DOWNL
= =
DOWNL -ICVON/-DOWNL_&RESET
S GWARN C GWARN
= =
GWARN -GWARN_&RESET
S EARTH C EARTH
= =
EARTH -ICVON/-EARTH_&RESET
S IMAX C IMAX
= =
IMAX -ICVON/-IMAX_&RESET
S OVLD C OVLD
= =
OVLD/-OLPT -ICVON/-OVLD_&OLPT_&RESET
S THERM C THERM
= =
THERM -ICVON/-THERM_&RESET
EPSL
:=
PRES_&-DAVB
PSLA
:=
-EPSL_&PRES
Status word
en-YN.YNT.001.A
3-941
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-942
OSG1 OSG2
:= :=
OPS1”OPS2”
S SEN1 C SEN1
: :
GO1_&-GO2_&-RUN2RUNSTP/NOTA”/-ILC1/OSG1”_&PSEN
S SEN2 C SEN2
: :
GO2_&-GO1_&-RUN1RUNSTP/NOTA”/-ILC2/OSG2”_&PSEN
EMOF DAVB EROR
:= := :=
EREO”ICVON_&-NOTA”EROP”
S PWON C PWON
: :
SEN1”/SEN2”RUNSTP/NOTA”/(RUN1_&-ILC1)/(RUN2_&-ILC2)
DOFF
:=
-OSG1”_&-OSG2”
OPER
:=
IMIN
QBAD
:=
-SLAVE_OK
LOCA
:=
(-AVBL/LSER)_&SLAVE_OK
Block view
Fig. 149: REVD_SVP block
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
Starting characteristics During the CPU start-up the REVD_SVP block is deactivated. All internal state flags (shown in the data word) are reset. Following start-up the block waits for the number of cycles projected in the input RUNUPCYC, and will only be activated thereafter. A first start-up whilst the program is running is treated internally like a CPU startup. Time behaviour The block must be called via a time interrupt OB or OB1. It does not have a parameter for the sampling interval. Behaviour in case of a time error In the case of a time error the outputs will then be reset. In addition the internal state flags will be reset. Message actions The block REVD_SVP internally uses an ALARM_8P block for generating the messages. Messages are generated for the following tripping devices: ● Operating trouble (EROP) ● SIMOCODE pro V group fault (GFLT) ● Machine availability (AVBL) ● Speed monitor (SPCL) ● Machine protection (PMI1) ● Local emergency off (LEMO) ● Monitoring time (ETIM) ● Check-back signal (RCR1) ● Motor blocked (BLOCK) ● SIMOCODE pro V to download mode (DOWNL) ● SIMOCODE pro V group warning (GWARN) ● Earth fault (EARTH) ● Maximum motor current (IMAX) ● Overload (OLPT and OVLD) ● Thermistor error (THERM) ● Overload and asymmetry (UNSYM) ● Preselection error (EPSL) The messages can be suppressed by setting the input SUPR or by resetting the input RLSA. The input SUPR, however, is activated by the operator interface (WinCC), and RLSA by the program. The inputs CVON (at value 0) and CSF (at value 1) also suppress the output of messages.
en-YN.YNT.001.A
3-943
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-944
Assignment of message text and message class to the block parameters
Default message text Mess. Block no. parameter
Message Suppressable class
1
EROP
$$BlockComment$$ @1I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
2
GFLT
$$BlockComment$$ @2I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
3
ERMS
$$BlockComment$$ @3I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
4
ERSP
$$BlockComment$$ @4I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
5
ERPI
$$BlockComment$$ @5I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
6
EREO
$$BlockComment$$ @6I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
7
ETIM
$$BlockComment$$ @7I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
8
ERRC
$$BlockComment$$ @8I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
9
BLOCK
$$BlockComment$$ @1I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
10
DOWNL
$$BlockComment$$ @2I%t#POLCID_Standard@
PF
Yes
11
GWARN
$$BlockComment$$ @3I%t#POLCID_Standard@
WH
Yes
12
EARTH
$$BlockComment$$ @4I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
13
IMAX
$$BlockComment$$ @5I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
14
OVLD
$$BlockComment$$ @6I%t#POLCID_Standard@ - @9R%6.1f@A
AH
Yes
15
THERN
$$BlockComment$$ @7I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
16
UNSYM
$$BlockComment$$ @8I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
17
EPSL
$$BlockComment$$ @1I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
3-945
Mess. Block Default message text no. parameter
Message Suppressable class
$$BlockComment$$ @2I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @3I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @4I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @5I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @6I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @7I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @8I%t#POLCID_Standard@
Connections of REVD_SVP Connection (parameters)
Meaning
Data type
Def.
Type Attr. O&O Perm. values
SUBNETID
Number of the Profibus subsystem of the PLC
INT
0
I
DPPA_ADR
Slave address of the Profibus device
INT
0
I
DADDR
Diagnosis address of the Profibus slave
INT
0
I
STA1
Start drive direction 1
BOOL
0
I
Q
STA2
Start drive direction 2
BOOL
0
I
Q
ILC1
Process-technological interlock direction 1
BOOL
1
I
Q
ILC2
Process-technological interlock direction 2
BOOL
1
I
Q
STOP
Stop drive
BOOL
0
I
Q
CVON
Control voltage on
BOOL
1
I
Q
PMI1
Machine protection interlock direction 1
BOOL
1
I
Q
en-YN.YNT.001.A
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-946
Connection (parameters)
Meaning
Data type
Def.
Type Attr. O&O Perm. values
PMI2
Machine protection interlock direction 2
BOOL
1
I
Q
SPCL
Speed monitor
BOOL
1
I
Q
CSF
Control system error
BOOL
0
I
Q
PRES
Preselection
BOOL
0
I
Q
DOWNL
Set SIMOCODE pro V to download mode
BOOL
0
I
Q
TEST
Set SIMOCODE pro V to test mode
BOOL
0
I
Q
LST1
Local start/stop without PMI1
BOOL
0
I
Q
LST2
Local start/stop without PMI2
BOOL
0
I
Q
LSP1
Local start/stop with PMI1
BOOL
0
I
Q
LSP2
Local start/stop with PMI2
BOOL
0
I
Q
SWRE
Enabling start-up warning
BOOL
1
I
Q
ESST
Display of softkeys for single faceplate start
BOOL
0
I
+
ENRE
Display of softkeys for faceplate reset
BOOL
0
I
+
SWLO
Start-up warning also in local operating mode
BOOL
0
I
LSEL
Selection LSER switches Simocode device to local operating mode
BOOL
0
I
RLSA
Enabling alarm generation
BOOL
1
I
EPB_TO_VI
Display of softkey for PB_VISU and for display of status TEXT_01
BOOL
0
I
RES_VI
Reset signal from PB_VISU
BOOL
0
I
Q
TEXT_01
Status display
BOOL
0
I
Q
+
TIME1
Monitoring time setpoint value
REAL
5.0
I
BQ
+
BW
Belt width for filtering motor current value
INT
1
I
Q
FF
Filter factor motor current value
REAL
0.5
I
Q
Q +
>0
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
3-947
Connection (parameters)
Meaning
Data type
Def.
Type Attr. O&O Perm. values
ILH
Rated current for motor current value calibration
REAL
100.0
I
Q
WACYC
Waiting cycle for reading diagnosis data
REAL
10800.0 I
Q
RUNUPCYC
Waiting cycles at start
INT
3
I
EV_ID1
Message ID no. 1
DWORD 0
I
M
EV_ID2
Message ID no. 2
DWORD 0
I
M
EV_ID3
Message ID no. 3
DWORD 0
I
M
RESET
Resetting error SIMOCODE pro V
BOOL
0
IO
BQ
+
LSER
Enabling of local operation
BOOL
0
IO
BQ
+
SST1
Single start direction 1
BOOL
0
IO
B
+
SST2
Single start direction 2
BOOL
0
IO
B
+
SSTP
Single stop
BOOL
0
IO
B
+
SUPR
Suppression of alarms
BOOL
0
IO
B
+
PAGE
Activated page of the faceplate
INT
1
IO
B
+
VALUE_CODE Coding the values for transfer to the faceplate
INT
1
IO
B
+
OLH_TEMP
Temperature warning limit
INT
80
I
BQ
+
ALH_TEMP
Temperature shutdown limit
INT
90
I
BQ
+
EV1_SIG1
Index variable for message no. 1
INT
1
IO
EV1_SIG2
Index variable for message no. 2
INT
29
IO
EV1_SIG3
Index variable for message no. 3
INT
3
IO
EV1_SIG4
Index variable for message no. 4
INT
4
IO
EV1_SIG5
Index variable for message no. 5
INT
5
IO
EV1_SIG6
Index variable for message no. 6
INT
6
IO
en-YN.YNT.001.A
+
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-948
Connection (parameters)
Meaning
Data type
Def.
Type Attr. O&O Perm. values
EV1_SIG7
Index variable for message no. 7
INT
7
IO
EV1_SIG8
Index variable for message no. 8
INT
8
IO
EV2_SIG1
Index variable for message no. 9
INT
30
IO
EV2_SIG2
Index variable for message no. 10
INT
31
IO
EV2_SIG3
Index variable for message no. 11
INT
32
IO
EV2_SIG4
Index variable for message no. 12
INT
33
IO
EV2_SIG5
Index variable for message no. 13
INT
34
IO
EV2_SIG6
Index variable for message no. 14
INT
2
IO
EV2_SIG7
Index variable for message no. 15
INT
35
IO
EV2_SIG8
Index variable for message no. 16
INT
36
IO
EV3_SIG1
Index variable for message no. 17
INT
160
IO
EV3_SIG2
Index variable for message no. 18
INT
0
IO
EV3_SIG3
Index variable for message no. 19
INT
0
IO
EV3_SIG4
Index variable for message no. 20
INT
0
IO
EV3_SIG5
Index variable for message no. 21
INT
0
IO
EV3_SIG6
Index variable for message no. 22
INT
0
IO
EV3_SIG7
Index variable for message no. 23
INT
0
IO
EV3_SIG8
Index variable for message no. 24
INT
0
IO
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
Connection (parameters)
Meaning
OSG1
3-949
Def.
Type Attr. O&O Perm. values
Operating message direction 1 BOOL
0
O
Q
OSG2
Operating message direction 2 BOOL
0
O
Q
EMOF
Emergency off activated
BOOL
0
O
Q
DAVB
Drive is available
BOOL
0
O
Q
EROR
Drive is faulty
BOOL
0
O
Q
DOFF
Drive is off
BOOL
0
O
Q
SWST
Start start-up warning
BOOL
0
O
Q
OPER
Drive is operating (locally or automatically)
BOOL
0
O
Q
QBAD
Profibus slave faulty
BOOL
0
O
Q
LOCA
Drive is in local operating mode
BOOL
0
O
Q
PB_VISU
Output bit
BOOL
0
O
BQ
+
ACT1
Current monitoring time
REAL
0.0
O
Q
+
A1
Current motor current
REAL
0.0
O
Q
+
OPTI
Current operating hours SIMOCODE pro V
REAL
0.0
O
Q
+
NOST
Number of starts performed
REAL
0.0
O
Q
+
NOOV
Number of overload trippings
REAL
0.0
O
Q
+
I_MAX
Maximum current in % of set current
REAL
0.0
O
TEMP1
Temperature 1 at temperature block
REAL
0.0
O
BQ
+
TEMP2
Temperature 2 at temperature block
REAL
0.0
O
BQ
+
TEMP3
Temperature 3 at temperature block
REAL
0.0
O
BQ
+
OLH-TEMPOUT
Warning limit for temperature block
REAL
0.0
O
ALH-TEMPOUT
Alarm limit for temperature block
REAL
0.0
O
PW
Parameter word
DWORD 0
O
Q
+
DW
Data word
DWORD 0
O
Q
+
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Data type
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-950
Connection (parameters)
Meaning
Data type
Def.
Type Attr. O&O Perm. values
SW
Status word
DWORD 0
O
Q
+
DWA
Extended diagnosis data for faceplate
DWORD 0
O
Q
+
DWB
Extended diagnosis data for faceplate
DWORD 0
O
Q
+
DWC
Extended diagnosis data for faceplate
DWORD 0
O
Q
+
Operation and observation of REVD_SVP See the description of the block symbol and the faceplate in the corresponding manual in this regard. PW, DW and SW of REVD_SVP The inputs, outputs and the internal status of the respective block are mapped on the parameter word, the data word and the status word. The assignment of the bits is found in the following table:
> REVD_SVP < Bit
Parameter word
Data word
Status word
0
STA1
OPS1
SEN1
1
STA2
EROP
SEN2
2
ILC1
OPS2
OSG1
3
ILC2
NOTA
OSG2
4
EMOF
5
DAVB
6
STOP
OPL1
EROR
7
CVON
OLP2
PWON
8
GFLT
GFLT
DOFF
9
AVBL
ERMS
SWST
10
RCR1
ERSP
OPER
11
RCR2
12
PMI1
QBAD ERPI
LOCA
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
3-951
13
PMI2
EREO
14
SPCL
ETIM
15
LEMO
16
LSER
ERRC
17
LST1
TEST
18
LST2
BLOCK
19
LSP1
DOWNL
20
LSP2
GWARN
21
SST1
EARTH
22
SST2
IMAX
23
SSTP
OVLD
24
SWRE
THERM
25
CSF
UNSYM
26
DOWNL
EPSL
27
TEST
PSLA
28
PRES
COLOUR_1
29
COLOUR_2
30
COLOUR_3
31
COLOUR_4 In the case of the COLOUR operating states (Maerz drives), the block REVD_SV does not have all possible states. It features the states with the numbers 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9,11 and 14.
DWA, DWB and DWC of REVD_SVP The block has three additional data words: DWA, DWB and DWC. These words offer additional information on the SIMOCODE pro V motor controller and the Profibus slave. This information is shown in the associated faceplate. The assignment of the data words changes with the value of the input PAGE. When activating the corresponding page of the faceplate, the latter automatically sets the input PAGE to the value corresponding to the activated diagnosis page.
en-YN.YNT.001.A
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-952
The input PAGE may have the following values: Page
Activated diagnosis page of the faceplate
1
:
PROFIBUS – Information on the Profibus slave
2
:
SIMOCODE - Parts of data record 92 are read in
4
:
SIMOCODE - Parts of data records 94 and 95 are read in one after the other
8
SIMOCODE - Parts of data record 92 are read in
10
SIMOCODE - Parts of data record 132 are written
100
SIMOCODE - Data records are newly requested With the different values of PAGE the content of the data words DWA, DWB and DWC also varies. In addition, there is the variable VALUE_CODE. This variable encodes single values. The values with their associated VALUE_CODE will then be written sequentially to the data word A. A content list follows below:
> REVD_SVP with 'PAGE' = 1 < Bit
Data word A
Data word B
0
ST_NOEX
HARD_ID
1
ST_NORDY
2
ST_INSLR
3
ST_SENSU
4
ST_MASLO
5
ST_WATCH
6
ST_STDIA
7
ST_EXDIA
8
ST_EXDOV
9
ST_SYNC
10
ST_FREEZ
11
ST_PAREQ
12
ST_PARFA
13
ST_SLCCF
14
ST_SLDEA
15
ST_STASL
16
SLAVE_OK
Data word C
DPPA_ADR
SUBNETID
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
3-953
17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31
> REVD_SVP with 'PAGE' = 2 < Bit
Data word A
Data word B
0
GENER_FAULT
FAULT_TM_SF
1
WARNING
FAULT_TM_OR
2
FAULT_RUNT_ON
FAULT_PARA
3
FAULT_RUNT_OF
FAULT_TEST_SD
4
FAULT_FEED_ON
FAULT_OPO
5
FAULT_FEED_OF
6
FAULT_COLD_ST
WARN_ASYM
7
FAULT_UVO
WARN_OVL
8
STA_PLC
WARN_OVL_PF
9
FAULT_BLOCK_S
WARN_BLOCK
10
FAULT_DOUB_0
WARN_TH_OVL
11
FAULT_DOUB_1
WARN_CURR_HI
12
FAULT_END_PO
WARN_CURR_LO
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Data word C
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-954
13
FAULT_ANTIVAL
WARN_TM_HT
14
FAULT_OVLD
WARN_TM_SE
15
FAULT_OVLD_PF
WARN_TM_OR
16
FAULT_ASYM
17
FAULT_MOT_STA
18
FAULT_TH_OVLD
19
FAULT_IMAX
20
FAULT_IMIN
21
FAULT_INT_EF
22
FAULT_TM_TEMP
23
FAULT_EXT_F1
24
FAULT_EXT_F2
25
FAULT_BUS
26
FAULT_PLC
27
FAULT_HW_BU
28
FAULT_MODULE
29
FAULT_CONFIG
30
FAULT_TH_SC
31
FAULT_TH_WB
> REVD_SVP with 'PAGE' = 4 < VALUE_CODE BYTE
Data word A
101
1
HEAT_UP_MOT_MO
2
PHASE_ASYM
3-4
RECOV_TIME
1-4
TEMP1 (in °C)
3-4
TEMP2 (in °C)
1-2
TEMP3 (in °C)
3-4
TIME_TO_TRIP
1-2
I_L1
3-4
I_L2
103
105
107
Data word B
Data word C
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
109
3-955
1-2
I_L3
3-4
NO_OVLD
111
1-4
M_OP_HOURS
113
1-4
NO_START
> REVD_SVP with 'PAGE' = 8 < Bit
Data word A
0
GENER_FAULT
1
WARNING
2
STA_DEV
3
STA_BUS
4
STA_PLC
5
STA_CURR
6
ON11
7
ON1
8
OFF
9
ON2
10
ON22
11
START_ACTIVE
12
LOCK_ACTIVE
13
IDL_TIME
14
OPER_PRO_OFF
15
AUTO_MODE
16
TEST_POS_FEED
17
FEED_CLOSE
18
FEED_OPEN
19
TRQ_CLOSE
20
TRQ_OPEN
21
COOL_DOWN_TIM
22
BREA_TIM_ACT
23
EMER_STA_EXE
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Data word B
Data word C
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-956
24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31
> REVD_SVP with 'PAGE' = 10 < Byte
Data word A
1-2
TEMP_MAX
Data word B
Data word C
3-4
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
3.110 Maerz blocks: RVDL_SCP: reversible drive with limit switches with SIMOCODE pro C and preselection. Description of RVDL_SCP
Object name (Type + Number) FB 624 Calling OBs The time interrupt OB in which the block is installed (e.g. OB 35). Function The block is used for controlling a reversible drive which is driven by a SIMOCODE pro C motor controller. The SIMOCODE pro C is connected to the PLC via the Profibus. The block communicates directly with the Profibus device SIMOCODE pro C. Profibus In order to integrate the block, the type SIMOCODE pro C (PDM) is used for this purpose in the PCS7 program HW Konfig. This is part of the scope of supply of the PCS7 and does not need to be installed subsequently. In HW Konfig, in the catalogue, the profile Standard is set for this purpose. Now the folder PROFIBUS-DP is opened. There, the subfolders "DP V0 Slaves, Switchgear and SIMOCODE" are opened. Here, the entry SIMOCODE pro C (PDM) is located.
Fig. 150: HW Konfig with SIMOCODE pro C
This entry is used for the definition of the Profibus-DP slave. As standard, the base type 2 is used as a block. Following the definition of the Profibus slave, a setting must be carried out. To this end the object properties and then the page 'Parameterising the slave' must be opened.
en-YN.YNT.001.A
3-957
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-958
Fig. 151: Object properties of SIMOCODE-DPV1 PDM
Here, under "Station parameters" in the line "DPV1-Alarms" the entries "Diagnosis alarms" and "Process interrupt" must be activated by means of a tick. Only if the above-stated settings for a SIMOCODE pro C have been completely made, will the full functional scope of the block be ensured. Operating principle The block communicates directly with the SIMOCODE pro C motor controller. This device is defined as a Profibus slave. At the input SUBNETID, the number of the Profibus system, which the SIMOCODE pro C is connected to, must be entered. At the input DPPA_ADR the slave address of the SIMOCODE pro C must be entered and at the input DADDR the diagnose address of the SIMOCODE pro C must be entered. All these values may be taken from the hardware configuration of a STEP7 project. Using these values, the block can communicate automatically with the corresponding SIMOCODE pro C.
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
Internally, the same logic is used as for the block RVDL (FB 504). However, the block RVDL_SCP reads some signals directly from the Profibus (SIMOCODE pro C) and these need not be connected as inputs or outputs. These are the inputs OLPT, AVBL, RCR1, RCR2, SEN1 and SEN2. They are read directly by the SIMOCODE pro C or written to the SIMOCODE pro C. These inputs and outputs will nevertheless be used in the internal logic. In addition, status signals are still used in the interlock system which the SIMOCODE pro C generates. In detail, these are the signals READY, FAULT, AUTO and IMIN. If one of the two end positions applies, the start of a drive can only be effected if a valid starting command for the direction leading away from the end position is given. If the drive was stopped between the end positions (caused by a fault), a valid starting command can optionally be given for one of the two directions. A valid starting command exists when the signals: 'STA1', 'ILC1', 'AVBL', 'OLPT', 'PMI1', 'READY' or 'STA2', 'ILC2', 'AVBL', 'OLPT', 'PMI2', 'READY' are set. In this case, the start enable signals 'SEN1' or 'SEN2' are set (motor activating signals) and the end position indicator 'POS1' or POS2' is cleared. If the check-back signal 'RCR1' or 'RCR2' is set while a valid starting command is present, the drive changes over to the operating condition which is characterised by the bits 'OSG1', 'OPS1' or 'OSG2', 'OPS2'. Correct stopping is performed by activation of the associated limit switch 'LSW1' or 'LSW2'. If the machine protection fails for both directions simultaneously, the error signal 'ERPI' is generated regardless of the current operating status. If the machine protection fails for one direction only, this is only detected and signalled when the drive is started or in operation in this direction. When the reversible drive with limit switches is stationary and starting commands are issued simultaneously for both directions, no error is signalled. If the drive is running in one direction, starting commands for the other direction are ignored. The time TIME1 monitors the time in seconds, e.g. for movement of the drive from POS1 to POS2, in which the associated limit switch must be set. If time = 0, no time monitoring of the movement is performed. By means of the signals SST1 and SST2 an individual start of the drive can be realised in automatic mode. In the faceplate of the drive, the operator sets the signals SST1 or SST2. After processing in the block, these signals are reset by the block. After operation of the signal SST1/2 the output SWST is set at first. By means of this output an external start-up warning can be started. If the start-up warning time has expired, then the input SWRE must be set. In this way, there is a valid starting command and the drive is then started as described above. With the exception of the combination with the signals SWST and SWRE the signals SST1/2 behave in the same way with signal STA1/2.
en-YN.YNT.001.A
3-959
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-960
With the signals LSER, LST1/2 and LSP1/2 it is possible to operate the drive via external switches, keyboards or from the control panel. With the signal LSER the drive is switched to local operation. The availability of the drive disappears therewith. Via the signals LST1/2 and LSP1/2 the drive can be started. Using the parameter SWLO, it is selected whether the input SWRE is taken into consideration for the evaluation of the inputs LST1/2 and LSP1/2. Note Via the signals LST1/2 and LSP1/2, the drive can be started ("1") or stopped ("0"). Via LST1/2 the drive is started independently from the interlock signals! Via LSP1/2 the signals CVON, OLPT and PMI1/2 are taken into consideration. As long as the start signals are pending the drive runs, if the start signal changes to zero the drive is stopped. The block additionally outputs the motor current of the drive at output A1. Standardised from 0 to 100 % of the rated current, the motor current is read by the SIMOCODE pro C. By means of the rated current ILH it is calibrated into the unit Ampere and filtered with BW and FF. This filtration works according to the following formula: Y(n+1) = Y(n) + ( FF * ( VAL - Y(n) ) ) (n) :
Index of the last filtered measured value
(n+1) :
Index of the new filtered measured value
VAL :
Unfiltered input value
FF :
Filter factor (Range between 0 and 1)
The newly determined value will be processed further only then if it differs from the most recent determined value by at least the bandwidth (BW) value. The block cyclically reads the extended diagnosis data which the SIMOCODE pro C provides. These are e.g. the operating hours or the number of starts of the SIMOCODE pro C. These data are shown in the faceplate. The block is called up in the event of a change of the diagnosis data via an interrupt and will then read the same in an event-controlled fashion. In addition there exists a cycle for the reading of the diagnosis data. The cycle time can be parameterised in the input WACYC. The standard setting for the cycle time is 10800 seconds (3 hours). Via the input PAGE, the faceplate communicates which page of the diagnosis the plant operator has called up. The block then writes the required data into the outputs DWA, DWB and DWC. They are evaluated on the faceplate page called up. For the various different diagnosis pages, the content of the three outputs differs and will not be further described here. The faceplate is able to interpret the data accordingly. In addition, there is the input PRES. If PRES is set and the drive is available (DAVB), then the drive is preselected. If PRES is set, but the drive is not available, then the alarm EPSL is set.
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
As a further logic PB_TO_VI is contained (see page 3-810) . The button for setting PB_VISU as well as the current status of TEXT_01 will only become visible in the faceplate, if the input EPB_TO_VI is set to 1. Internal logic The sequence of the flags is determined by the sequence in which they must be generated. In this relation, the flags marked (with ") must be taken into account in the setting and reset conditions! Auxiliary flag IAVBL
:=
AVBL_&AUTO_&-DOWNL
ICVON
:=
CVON_&SLAVE_OK
IOLPT
:=
(OLPT/TEST)_&-FAULT
S IRCR1 C IRCR1
= =
RCR1/(IMIN_&-AVBL_&OLPT) -RCR1_&-IMIN
ISTA1
:=
STA1_&READY
ISTA2
:=
STA2_&READY
GO1
:=
ISTA1_&ILC1
GO2
:=
ISTA2_&ILC2
NOSEN
:=
-(SEN1/SEN2)
RESET
:=
NOSEN_&(-EROP/ERES)
CLEROP
:=
EROP_&ERES
CLERPS
:=
ERPS_&ERES
LSWALL
:=
LSW1_&LSW2
LSWPOS
:=
-LSW1_&POS1_&-SEN2_&-OSG2/-LSW2_&POS2_&-SEN1_&-OSG1
AVAIL
:=
IAVBL_&IOLPT
Data word S ERPS C ERPS
en-YN.YNT.001.A
: :
(LSWALL/-CLERPS_&LSWPOS/(LSW1_&ILC2_&SEN2_&(ISTA2/AVAIL_&PMI2_&OPS2)/LSW2_&ILC1_&SEN1_&(ISTA1/AVAIL_&PMI1_&OPS1))/((LSW1.EQV.LSW2)_&(SEN1_&ISTA1_&ILC1/SEN2_&-ISTA2_&ILC2)))/ETIM”-ICVON/LSWALL_&ERPS_&RESET
3-961
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-962
S ERPI C ERPI
: :
(-PMI1_&-PMI2)/(-EROP/ERES)_&(-PMI1_&-LSW1_&GO1_&(SEN1/SEN2_&(LSW2/-GO2)/-PMI2_&-LSW2_&GO2_&(SEN2/SEN1_&(LSW1/-GO1))ICVON/(PMI1_&PMI2/ERPS”_&(PMI1/PMI2)/PMI1_&(GO2/LSW2/GO1_&-LSW1)/PMI2_&(-GO1/LSW1/GO2_&LSW2))_&RESET
S ERRC C ERRC
: :
AVAIL_&-ERPI”_&-ERPS_&(OPS1_&GO1_&-IRCR1_&LSW1/OPS2_&GO2_&-RCR2_&-LSW2)-ICVON/CLEROP
S NOTA C NOTA
: :
-AVAIL/ERPI”/ERPS”/ERRC”-ICVON/AVAIL_&-ERPI”_&ERPS”_&RESET
S EROP C EROP
: :
((SEN1_&ILC1_&-LSW1/SEN2_&ILC2_&LSW2)_&NOTA”)/(ERPS”/ERRC”_&(SEN1/SEN2/OSG1/OSG2))ICVON/CLEROP_&(ERPS_&-LSWPOS/-ERPS”)
S OPS1 C OPS1
: :
GO1_&SEN1_&IRCR1-ICVON/-GO1/LSW1/NOTA”
S OPS2 C OPS2
: :
GO2_&SEN2_&RCR2-ICVON/-GO2/LSW2/NOTA”
S GFLT C GFLT
: :
-IOLPT-ICVON/IOLPT_&RESET
S ERMS C ERMS
: :
-IAVBL_&IOLPT-ICVON/(IAVBL/-IOLPT)_&RESET
S ETIM C ETIM
: :
LCT1_&((SEN1_&-LSW1)/(SEN2_&-LSW2))-ICVON/RESET
S POS1 C POS1
: :
LSW1_&(-POS2/-LSW2_&CLERPS)-ICVON/LSWALL/LSW1_&(CLERPS/SEN2”/OSG2/-ERPS”_&LSW1)
S POS2 C POS2
: :
LSW2_&(-POS1/-LSW1_&CLERPS)-ICVON/LSWALL/LSW2_&(CLERPS/SEN1”/OSG1/-ERPS”_&LSW2)
OPL1
:=
-SEN1_&-OPS1_&IRCR1
OPL2
:=
-SEN2_&-OPS2_&RCR2
TEST
:=
TEST
S BLOCK C BLOCK
= =
BLOCK -ICVON/-BLOCK_&RESET
S DOWNL C DOWNL
= =
DOWNL -ICVON/-DOWNL_&RESET
S GWARN C GWARN
= =
GWARN -GWARN_&RESET
S EARTH C EARTH
= =
EARTH -ICVON/-EARTH_&RESET
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
S IMAX C IMAX
= =
IMAX -ICVON/-IMAX_&RESET
S OVLD C OVLD
= =
OVLD/-OLPT -ICVON/-OVLD_&OLPT_&RESET
S THERM C THERM
= =
THERM -ICVON/-THERM_&RESET
EPSL
:=
PRES_&-DAVB
PSLA
:=
-EPSL_&PRES
Status word S SEN1 C SEN1
: :
GO1_&(LSW2/-GO2)_&-SEN2-ICVON/-GO1/NOTA”/LSW1/EROP”
S SEN2 C SEN2
: :
GO2_&(LSW1/-GO1)_&-SEN1-ICVON/-GO2/NOTA”/LSW2/EROP”
OSG1
:=
OPS1”
OSG2
:=
OPS2”
DAVB
:=
ICVON_&-NOTA”
EROR
:=
EROP”
OPER
:=
IMIN
QBAD
:=
-SLAVE_OK
LOCA
:=
(-AVBL/LSER)_&SLAVE_OK
en-YN.YNT.001.A
3-963
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-964
Block view
Fig. 152: RVDL_SCP block
Starting characteristics During the CPU start-up the RVDL_SCP block is deactivated. All internal state flags (shown in the data word) are reset. Following start-up the block waits for the number of cycles projected in the input RUNUPCYC, and will only be activated thereafter. A first start-up whilst the program is running is treated internally like a CPU startup. Time behaviour The block must be called via a time interrupt OB or OB1. It does not have a parameter for the sampling interval. Behaviour in case of a time error In the case of a time error the outputs will then be reset. In addition the internal state flags will be reset. Message actions The block RVDL_SCP internally uses an ALARM_8P block for generating the messages. Messages are generated for the following tripping devices: ● Operating trouble (EROP) ● SIMOCODE pro C group fault (GFLT) ● Machine availability (AVBL)
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
3-965
● Machine protection (PMI1) ● Position monitoring (ERPS) ● Monitoring time (ETIM) ● Check-back signal (RCR1) ● Motor blocked (BLOCK) ● SIMOCODE pro C to download mode (DOWNL) ● SIMOCODE pro C group warning (GWARN) ● Earth fault (EARTH) ● Maximum motor current (IMAX) ● Overload (OLPT and OVLD) ● Thermistor error (THERM) ● Overload and asymmetry (UNSYM) ● Preselection error (EPSL) The messages can be suppressed by setting the input SUPR or by resetting the input RLSA. The input SUPR, however, is activated by the operator interface (WinCC), and RLSA by the program. The inputs CVON (at value 0) and CSF (at value 1) also suppress the output of messages. Assignment of message text and message class to the block parameters Mess. Block Default message text no. parameter
Message Suppressable class
1
EROP
$$BlockComment$$ @1I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
2
GFLT
$$BlockComment$$ @2I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
3
ERMS
$$BlockComment$$ @3I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
4
ERPI
$$BlockComment$$ @4I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
5
ERPS
$$BlockComment$$ @5I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
6
ETIM
$$BlockComment$$ @6I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
7
ERRC
$$BlockComment$$ @7I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
8
en-YN.YNT.001.A
$$BlockComment$$ @8I%t#POLCID_Standard@
Yes
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-966
Mess. Block Default message text no. parameter
Message Suppressable class
9
BLOCK
$$BlockComment$$ @1I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
10
DOWNL
$$BlockComment$$ @2I%t#POLCID_Standard@
PF
Yes
11
GWARN
$$BlockComment$$ @3I%t#POLCID_Standard@
WH
Yes
12
EARTH
$$BlockComment$$ @4I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
13
IMAX
$$BlockComment$$ @5I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
14
OVLD
$$BlockComment$$ @6I%t#POLCID_Standard@ - @9R%6.1f@A
AH
Yes
15
THERN
$$BlockComment$$ @7I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
16
UNSYM
$$BlockComment$$ @8I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
17
EPSL
$$BlockComment$$ @1I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
$$BlockComment$$ @2I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @3I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @4I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @5I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @6I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @7I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @8I%t#POLCID_Standard@
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
3-967
Connections of RVDL_SCP Connection (parameters)
Meaning
Data type
Def.
Type Attr. O&O Perm. values
SUBNETID
Number of the Profibus subsystem of the PLC
INT
0
I
DPPA_ADR
Slave address of the Profibus device
INT
0
I
DADDR
Diagnosis address of the Profibus slave
INT
0
I
STA1
Start drive direction 1
BOOL
0
I
Q
STA2
Start drive direction 2
BOOL
0
I
Q
ILC1
Process-technological interlock direction 1
BOOL
1
I
Q
ILC2
Process-technological interlock direction 2
BOOL
1
I
Q
LSW1
Limit switch direction 1
BOOL
0
I
Q
LSW2
Limit switch direction 2
BOOL
0
I
Q
CVON
Control voltage on
BOOL
1
I
Q
PMI1
Machine protection interlock direction 1
BOOL
1
I
Q
PMI2
Machine protection interlock direction 2
BOOL
1
I
Q
CSF
Control system error
BOOL
0
I
Q
PRES
Preselection
BOOL
0
I
Q
DOWNL
Set SIMOCODE pro C to download mode
BOOL
0
I
Q
TEST
Set SIMOCODE pro C to test mode
BOOL
0
I
Q
LST1
Local start/stop without PMI1
BOOL
0
I
Q
LST2
Local start/stop without PMI2
BOOL
0
I
Q
LSP1
Local start/stop with PMI1
BOOL
0
I
Q
LSP2
Local start/stop with PMI2
BOOL
0
I
Q
SWRE
Enabling start-up warning
BOOL
1
I
Q
en-YN.YNT.001.A
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-968
Connection (parameters)
Meaning
Data type
Def.
Type Attr. O&O Perm. values
ESST
Display of softkeys for single faceplate start
BOOL
0
I
+
ENRE
Display of softkeys for faceplate reset
BOOL
0
I
+
SWLO
Start-up warning also in local operating mode
BOOL
0
I
LSEL
Selection LSER switches Simocode device to local operating mode
BOOL
0
I
RLSA
Enabling alarm generation
BOOL
1
I
EPB_TO_VI
Display of softkey for PB_VISU and for display of status TEXT_01
BOOL
0
I
RES_VI
Reset signal from PB_VISU
BOOL
0
I
Q
TEXT_01
Status display
BOOL
0
I
Q
+
TIME1
Monitoring time setpoint value
REAL
5.0
I
BQ
+
BW
Belt width for filtering motor current value
INT
1
I
Q
FF
Filter factor motor current value
REAL
0.5
I
Q
ILH
Rated current for motor current value calibration
REAL
100.0
I
Q
WACYC
Waiting cycle for reading diagnosis data
REAL
10800.0 I
Q
RUNUPCYC
Waiting cycles at start
INT
3
I
EV_ID1
Message ID no. 1
DWORD 0
I
M
EV_ID2
Message ID no. 2
DWORD 0
I
M
EV_ID3
Message ID no. 3
DWORD 0
I
M
RESET
Resetting error SIMOCODE pro C
BOOL
0
IO
BQ
+
LSER
Enabling of local operation
BOOL
0
IO
BQ
+
SST1
Single start direction 1
BOOL
0
IO
B
+
SST2
Single start direction 2
BOOL
0
IO
B
+
SUPR
Suppression of alarms
BOOL
0
IO
B
+
Q +
>0
+
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
3-969
Connection (parameters)
Meaning
Data type
Def.
Type Attr. O&O Perm. values
PAGE
Activated page of the faceplate
INT
1
IO
B
+
VALUE_CODE Coding the values for transfer to the faceplate
INT
1
IO
B
+
EV1_SIG1
Index variable for message no. 1
INT
1
IO
EV1_SIG2
Index variable for message no. 2
INT
29
IO
EV1_SIG3
Index variable for message no. 3
INT
3
IO
EV1_SIG4
Index variable for message no. 4
INT
5
IO
EV1_SIG5
Index variable for message no. 5
INT
9
IO
EV1_SIG6
Index variable for message no. 6
INT
7
IO
EV1_SIG7
Index variable for message no. 7
INT
8
IO
EV1_SIG8
Index variable for message no. 8
INT
0
IO
EV2_SIG1
Index variable for message no. 9
INT
30
IO
EV2_SIG2
Index variable for message no. 10
INT
31
IO
EV2_SIG3
Index variable for message no. 11
INT
32
IO
EV2_SIG4
Index variable for message no. 12
INT
33
IO
EV2_SIG5
Index variable for message no. 13
INT
34
IO
EV2_SIG6
Index variable for message no. 14
INT
2
IO
EV2_SIG7
Index variable for message no. 15
INT
40
IO
EV2_SIG8
Index variable for message no. 16
INT
36
IO
en-YN.YNT.001.A
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-970
Connection (parameters)
Meaning
Data type
Def.
Type Attr. O&O Perm. values
EV3_SIG1
Index variable for message no. 17
INT
160
IO
EV3_SIG2
Index variable for message no. 18
INT
0
IO
EV3_SIG3
Index variable for message no. 19
INT
0
IO
EV3_SIG4
Index variable for message no. 20
INT
0
IO
EV3_SIG5
Index variable for message no. 21
INT
0
IO
EV3_SIG6
Index variable for message no. 22
INT
0
IO
EV3_SIG7
Index variable for message no. 23
INT
0
IO
EV3_SIG8
Index variable for message no. 24
INT
0
IO
OSG1
Operating message direction 1 BOOL
0
O
Q
OSG2
Operating message direction 2 BOOL
0
O
Q
DAVB
Drive is available
BOOL
0
O
Q
EROR
Drive is faulty
BOOL
0
O
Q
DOFF
Drive is off
BOOL
0
O
Q
OPER
Drive is operating (locally or automatically)
BOOL
0
O
Q
QBAD
Profibus slave faulty
BOOL
0
O
Q
SWST
Start start-up warning
BOOL
0
O
Q
LOCA
Drive is in local operating mode
BOOL
0
O
Q
PB_VISU
Output bit
BOOL
0
O
BQ
+
ACT1
Current monitoring time
REAL
0.0
O
Q
+
A1
Current motor current
REAL
0.0
O
Q
+
OPTI
Current operating hours SIMOCODE pro C
REAL
0.0
O
Q
+
NOST
Number of starts performed
REAL
0.0
O
Q
+
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
3-971
Connection (parameters)
Meaning
Data type
Def.
Type Attr. O&O Perm. values
NOOV
Number of overload trippings
REAL
0.0
O
I_MAX
Maximum current in % of set current
REAL
0.0
O
PW
Parameter word
DWORD 0
DW
Data word
SW
Q
+
O
Q
+
DWORD 0
O
Q
+
Status word
DWORD 0
O
Q
+
DWA
Extended diagnosis data for faceplate
DWORD 0
O
Q
+
DWB
Extended diagnosis data for faceplate
DWORD 0
O
Q
+
DWC
Extended diagnosis data for faceplate
DWORD 0
O
Q
+
Operation and observation of RVDL_SCP See the description of the block symbol and the faceplate in the corresponding manual in this regard. PW, DW and SW of RVDL_SCP The inputs, outputs and the internal status of the respective block are mapped on the parameter word, the data word and the status word. The assignment of the bits is found in the following table:
> RVDL_SCP < Bit
Parameter word
Data word
Status word
0
STA1
OPS1
SEN1
1
STA2
EROP
SEN2
2
ILC1
OPS2
OSG1
3
ILC2
NOTA
OSG2
4
LSW1
POS1
5
LSW2
POS2
DAVB
OPL1
EROR
6 7
CVON
OLP2
8
GFLT
GFLT
en-YN.YNT.001.A
DOFF
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-972
9
AVBL
ERMS
10
RCR1
OPER
11
RCR2
QBAD
12
PMI1
ERPI
LSW1I
13
PMI2
ERPS
LSW2I
ETIM
TRQ1
14 15
SWST
TRQ2
16
LSER
ERRC
SWST
17
LST1
TEST
LOCA
18
LST2
BLOCK
19
LSP1
DOWNL
20
LSP2
GWARN
21
SST1
EARTH
22
SST2
IMAX
23
OVLD
24
SWRE
THERM
25
CSF
UNSYM
26
DOWNL
EPSL
27
TEST
PSLA
28
PRES
COLOUR_1
29
COLOUR_2
30
COLOUR_3
31
COLOUR_4 In the case of the COLOUR operating states (Maerz drives) the block RVDL_SCP has all defined states from 1 to 11 and 14.
DWA, DWB and DWC of RVDL_SCP The block has three additional data words: DWA, DWB and DWC. These words offer additional information on the SIMOCODE pro C motor controller and the Profibus slave. This information is shown in the associated faceplate. The assignment of the data words changes with the value of the input PAGE. When activating the corresponding page of the faceplate, the latter automatically sets the input PAGE to the value corresponding to the activated diagnosis page.
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
3-973
The input PAGE may have the following values: Page
Activated diagnosis page of the faceplate
1
:
PROFIBUS – Information on the Profibus slave
2
:
SIMOCODE - Parts of data record 92 are read in
4
:
SIMOCODE - Parts of data records 94 and 95 are read in one after the other
8
SIMOCODE - Parts of data record 92 are read in
100
SIMOCODE - Data records are newly requested With the different values of PAGE the content of the data words DWA, DWB and DWC also varies. In addition, there is the variable VALUE_CODE. This variable encodes single values. The values with their associated VALUE_CODE will then be written sequentially to the data word A. A content list follows below:
> RVDL_SCP with 'PAGE' = 1 < Bit
Data word A
Data word B
0
ST_NOEX
HARD_ID
1
ST_NORDY
2
ST_INSLR
3
ST_SENSU
4
ST_MASLO
5
ST_WATCH
6
ST_STDIA
7
ST_EXDIA
8
ST_EXDOV
9
ST_SYNC
10
ST_FREEZ
11
ST_PAREQ
12
ST_PARFA
13
ST_SLCCF
14
ST_SLDEA
15
ST_STASL
16
SLAVE_OK
17
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Data word C
DPPA_ADR
SUBNETID
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-974
18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31
> RVDL_SCP with 'PAGE' = 2 < Bit
Data word A
Data word B
0
GENER_FAULT
FAULT_TM_SF
1
WARNING
FAULT_TM_OR
2
FAULT_RUNT_ON
FAULT_PARA
3
FAULT_RUNT_OF
FAULT_TEST_SD
4
FAULT_FEED_ON
FAULT_OPO
5
FAULT_FEED_OF
6
FAULT_COLD_ST
WARN_ASYM
7
FAULT_UVO
WARN_OVL
8
STA_PLC
WARN_OVL_PF
9
FAULT_BLOCK_S
WARN_BLOCK
10
FAULT_DOUB_0
WARN_TH_OVL
11
FAULT_DOUB_1
WARN_CURR_HI
12
FAULT_END_PO
WARN_CURR_LO
13
FAULT_ANTIVAL
WARN_TM_HT
Data word C
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
3-975
14
FAULT_OVLD
WARN_TM_SE
15
FAULT_OVLD_PF
WARN_TM_OR
16
FAULT_ASYM
17
FAULT_MOT_STA
18
FAULT_TH_OVLD
19
FAULT_IMAX
20
FAULT_IMIN
21
FAULT_INT_EF
22
FAULT_TM_TEMP
23
FAULT_EXT_F1
24
FAULT_EXT_F2
25
FAULT_BUS
26
FAULT_PLC
27
FAULT_HW_BU
28
FAULT_MODULE
29
FAULT_CONFIG
30
FAULT_TH_SC
31
FAULT_TH_WB
> RVDL_SCP with 'PAGE' = 4 < VALUE_CODE BYTE
Data word A
101
1
HEAT_UP_MOT_MO
2
PHASE_ASYM
3-4
RECOV_TIME
103
1-4
105
1-2
107
109
en-YN.YNT.001.A
3-4
TIME_TO_TRIP
1-2
I_L1
3-4
I_L2
1-2
I_L3
3-4
NO_OVLD
Data word B
Data word C
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-976
111
1-4
M_OP_HOURS
113
1-4
NO_START
> RVDL_SCP with 'PAGE' = 8 < Bit
Data word A
0
GENER_FAULT
1
WARNING
2
STA_DEV
3
STA_BUS
4
STA_PLC
5
STA_CURR
6
ON11
7
ON1
8
OFF
9
ON2
10
ON22
11
START_ACTIVE
12
LOCK_ACTIVE
13
IDL_TIME
14
OPER_PRO_OFF
15
AUTO_MODE
16
TEST_POS_FEED
17
FEED_CLOSE
18
FEED_OPEN
19
TRQ_CLOSE
20
TRQ_OPEN
21
COOL_DOWN_TIM
22
BREA_TIM_ACT
23
EMER_STA_EXE
Data word B
Data word C
24 25
en-YN.YNT.001.A
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
26 27 28 29 30 31
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-977
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-978
3.111 Maerz blocks: RVDL_SVP: reversible drive with limit switches with SIMOCODE pro V and preselection. Description of RVDL_SVP Object name (Type + Number) FB 617 Calling OBs The time interrupt OB in which the block is installed (e.g. OB 35). Function The block is used for controlling a reversible drive which is driven by a SIMOCODE pro V motor controller. The SIMOCODE pro V is connected to the PLC via the Profibus. The block communicates directly with the Profibus device SIMOCODE pro V. Profibus In order to integrate the block, the type SIMOCODE pro V (PDM) is used for this purpose in the PCS7 program HW Konfig. This is part of the scope of supply of the PCS7 and does not need to be installed subsequently. In HW Konfig, in the catalogue, the profile Standard is set for this purpose. Now the folder PROFIBUS-DP is opened. There, the subfolders "DP V0 Slaves, Switchgear and SIMOCODE" are opened. Here, the entry SIMOCODE pro V (PDM) is located.
Fig. 153: HW Konfig with SIMOCODE pro V
This entry is used for the definition of the Profibus-DP slave. As standard, the base type 1 is used as a block. Following the definition of the Profibus slave, a setting must be carried out. To this end the object properties and then the page 'Parameterising the slave' must be opened.
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
Fig. 154: Object properties of SIMOCODE pro V PDM
Here, under "Station parameters" in the line "DPV1-Alarms" the entries "Diagnosis alarms" and "Process interrupts" must be activated by means of a tick. Only if the above-stated settings for a SIMOCODE pro V have been completely made, will the full functional scope of the block be ensured. Operating principle The block communicates directly with the SIMOCODE pro V motor controller. This device is defined as a Profibus slave. At the input SUBNETID, the number of the Profibus system, which the SIMOCODE pro V is connected to, must be entered. At the input DPPA_ADR the slave address of the SIMOCODE pro V must be entered and at the input DADDR the diagnose address of the SIMOCODE pro C must be entered. All these values may be taken from the hardware configuration of a STEP7 project. Using these values, the block can communicate automatically with the corresponding SIMOCODE pro V.
en-YN.YNT.001.A
3-979
User manual
Blocks 3-980
®
POLCID for administrators
Internally, the same logic is used as for the block RVDL (FB 504). However, the block RVDL_SVP reads some signals directly from the Profibus (SIMOCODE pro V) and these need not be connected as inputs or outputs. These are the inputs OLPT, AVBL, RCR1, RCR2, SEN1 and SEN2. They are read directly by the SIMOCODE pro V or written to the SIMOCODE pro V. These inputs and outputs will nevertheless be used in the internal logic. In addition, status signals are still used in the interlock system which the SIMOCODE pro V generates. In detail, these are the signals READY, FAULT, AUTO and IMIN. If one of the two end positions applies, the start of a drive can only be effected if a valid starting command for the direction leading away from the end position is given. If the drive was stopped between the end positions (caused by a fault), a valid starting command can optionally be given for one of the two directions. A valid starting command exists when the signals: 'STA1', 'ILC1', 'AVBL', 'OLPT', 'PMI1', 'READY' or 'STA2', 'ILC2', 'AVBL', 'OLPT', 'PMI2', 'READY' are set. In this case, the start enable signals 'SEN1' or 'SEN2' are set (motor activating signals) and the end position indicator 'POS1' or POS2' is cleared. If the check-back signal 'RCR1' or 'RCR2' is set while a valid starting command is present, the drive changes over to the operating condition which is characterised by the bits 'OSG1', 'OPS1' or 'OSG2', 'OPS2'. Correct stopping is performed by activation of the associated limit switch 'LSW1' or 'LSW2'. If the machine protection fails for both directions simultaneously, the error signal 'ERPI' is generated regardless of the current operating status. If the machine protection fails for one direction only, this is only detected and signalled when the drive is started or in operation in this direction. When the reversible drive with limit switches is stationary and starting commands are issued simultaneously for both directions, no error is signalled. If the drive is running in one direction, starting commands for the other direction are ignored. The time TIME1 monitors the time in seconds, e.g. for movement of the drive from POS1 to POS2, in which the associated limit switch must be set. If time = 0, no time monitoring of the movement is performed. By means of the signals SST1 and SST2 an individual start of the drive can be realised in automatic mode. In the faceplate of the drive, the operator sets the signals SST1 or SST2. After processing in the block, these signals are reset by the block. After operation of the signal SST1/2 the output SWST is set at first. By means of this output an external start-up warning can be started. If the start-up warning time has expired, then the input SWRE must be set. In this way, there is a valid starting command and the drive is then started as described above. With the exception of the combination with the signals SWST and SWRE the signals SST1/2 behave in the same way with signal STA1/2.
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
With the signals LSER, LST1/2 and LSP1/2 it is possible to operate the drive via external switches, keyboards or from the control panel. With the signal LSER the drive is switched to local operation. The availability of the drive disappears therewith. Via the signals LST1/2 and LSP1/2 the drive can be started. Using the parameter SWLO, it is selected whether the input SWRE is taken into consideration for the evaluation of the inputs LST1/2 and LSP1/2. Note Via the signals LST1/2 and LSP1/2, the drive can be started ("1") or stopped ("0"). Via LST1/2 the drive is started independently from the interlock signals! Via LSP1/2 the signals CVON, OLPT and PMI1/2 are taken into consideration. As long as the start signals are pending the drive runs, if the start signal changes to zero the drive is stopped. The block additionally outputs the motor current of the drive at output A1. Standardised from 0 to 100 % of the rated current, the motor current is read by the SIMOCODE pro V. By means of the rated current ILH it is calibrated into the unit Ampere and filtered with BW and FF. This filtration works according to the following formula: Y(n+1) = Y(n) + ( FF * ( VAL - Y(n) ) ) (n) :
Index of the last filtered measured value
(n+1) :
Index of the new filtered measured value
VAL :
Unfiltered input value
FF :
Filter factor (Range between 0 and 1)
The newly determined value will be processed further only then if it differs from the most recent determined value by at least the bandwidth (BW) value. The block cyclically reads the extended diagnosis data which the SIMOCODE pro V provides. These are e.g. the operating hours or the number of starts of the SIMOCODE pro V. These data are shown in the faceplate. The block is called up in the event of a change of the diagnosis data via an interrupt and will then read the same in an event-controlled fashion. In addition there exists a cycle for the reading of the diagnosis data. The cycle time can be parameterised in the input WACYC. The standard setting for the cycle time is 10800 seconds (3 hours). Via the input PAGE, the faceplate communicates which page of the diagnosis the plant operator has called up. The block then writes the required data into the outputs DWA, DWB and DWC. They are evaluated on the faceplate page called up. For the various different diagnosis pages, the content of the three outputs differs and will not be further described here. The faceplate is able to interpret the data accordingly. In addition, there is the input PRES. If PRES is set and the drive is available (DAVB), then the drive is preselected. If PRES is set, but the drive is not available, then the alarm EPSL is set.
en-YN.YNT.001.A
3-981
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-982
As a further logic PB_TO_VI is contained (see page 3-810) . The button for setting PB_VISU as well as the current status of TEXT_01 will only become visible in the faceplate, if the input EPB_TO_VI is set to 1. Internal logic The sequence of the flags is determined by the sequence in which they must be generated. In this relation, the flags marked (with ") must be taken into account in the setting and reset conditions! Auxiliary flag IAVBL
:=
AVBL_&AUTO_&-DOWNL
ICVON
:=
CVON_&SLAVE_OK
IOLPT
:=
(OLPT/TEST)_&-FAULT
S IRCR1 C IRCR1
= =
RCR1/(IMIN_&-AVBL_&OLPT) -RCR1_&-IMIN
ISTA1
:=
STA1_&READY
ISTA2
:=
STA2_&READY
GO1
:=
ISTA1_&ILC1
GO2
:=
ISTA2_&ILC2
NOSEN
:=
-(SEN1/SEN2)
RESET
:=
NOSEN_&(-EROP/ERES)
CLEROP
:=
EROP_&ERES
CLERPS
:=
ERPS_&ERES
LSWALL
:=
LSW1_&LSW2
LSWPOS
:=
-LSW1_&POS1_&-SEN2_&-OSG2/-LSW2_&POS2_&-SEN1_&-OSG1
AVAIL
:=
IAVBL_&IOLPT
Data word S ERPS C ERPS
: :
(LSWALL/-CLERPS_&LSWPOS/(LSW1_&ILC2_&SEN2_&(ISTA2/AVAIL_&PMI2_&OPS2)/LSW2_&ILC1_&SEN1_&(ISTA1/AVAIL_&PMI1_&OPS1))/((LSW1.EQV.LSW2)_&(SEN1_&ISTA1_&ILC1/SEN2_&-ISTA2_&ILC2)))/ETIM”-ICVON/LSWALL_&ERPS_&RESET
S ERPI C ERPI
: :
(-PMI1_&-PMI2)/(-EROP/ERES)_&(-PMI1_&-LSW1_&GO1_&(SEN1/SEN2_&(LSW2/-GO2)/-PMI2_&-LSW2_&GO2_&(SEN2/SEN1_&(LSW1/-GO1))ICVON/(PMI1_&PMI2/ERPS”_&(PMI1/PMI2)/PMI1_&(GO2/LSW2/GO1_&-LSW1)/PMI2_&(-GO1/LSW1/GO2_&-
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
LSW2))_&RESET S ERRC C ERRC
: :
AVAIL_&-ERPI”_&-ERPS_&(OPS1_&GO1_&-IRCR1_&LSW1/OPS2_&GO2_&-RCR2_&-LSW2)-ICVON/CLEROP
S NOTA C NOTA
: :
-AVAIL/ERPI”/ERPS”/ERRC”-ICVON/AVAIL_&-ERPI”_&ERPS”_&RESET
S EROP C EROP
: :
((SEN1_&ILC1_&-LSW1/SEN2_&ILC2_&LSW2)_&NOTA”)/(ERPS”/ERRC”_&(SEN1/SEN2/OSG1/OSG2))ICVON/CLEROP_&(ERPS_&-LSWPOS/-ERPS”)
S OPS1 C OPS1
: :
GO1_&SEN1_&IRCR1-ICVON/-GO1/LSW1/NOTA”
S OPS2 C OPS2
: :
GO2_&SEN2_&RCR2-ICVON/-GO2/LSW2/NOTA”
S GFLT C GFLT
: :
-IOLPT-ICVON/IOLPT_&RESET
S ERMS C ERMS
: :
-IAVBL_&IOLPT-ICVON/(IAVBL/-IOLPT)_&RESET
S ETIM C ETIM
: :
LCT1_&((SEN1_&-LSW1)/(SEN2_&-LSW2))-ICVON/RESET
S POS1 C POS1
: :
LSW1_&(-POS2/-LSW2_&CLERPS)-ICVON/LSWALL/LSW1_&(CLERPS/SEN2”/OSG2/-ERPS”_&LSW1)
S POS2 C POS2
: :
LSW2_&(-POS1/-LSW1_&CLERPS)-ICVON/LSWALL/LSW2_&(CLERPS/SEN1”/OSG1/-ERPS”_&LSW2)
OPL1
:=
-SEN1_&-OPS1_&IRCR1
OPL2
:=
-SEN2_&-OPS2_&RCR2
TEST
:=
TEST
S BLOCK C BLOCK
= =
BLOCK -ICVON/-BLOCK_&RESET
S DOWNL C DOWNL
= =
DOWNL -ICVON/-DOWNL_&RESET
S GWARN C GWARN
= =
GWARN -GWARN_&RESET
S EARTH C EARTH
= =
EARTH -ICVON/-EARTH_&RESET
S IMAX C IMAX
= =
IMAX -ICVON/-IMAX_&RESET
S OVLD C OVLD
= =
OVLD/-OLPT -ICVON/-OVLD_&OLPT_&RESET
en-YN.YNT.001.A
3-983
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-984
S THERM C THERM
= =
THERM -ICVON/-THERM_&RESET
EPSL
:=
PRES_&-DAVB
PSLA
:=
-EPSL_&PRES
Status word S SEN1 C SEN1
: :
GO1_&(LSW2/-GO2)_&-SEN2-ICVON/-GO1/NOTA”/LSW1/EROP”
S SEN2 C SEN2
: :
GO2_&(LSW1/-GO1)_&-SEN1-ICVON/-GO2/NOTA”/LSW2/EROP”
OSG1
:=
OPS1”
OSG2
:=
OPS2”
DAVB
:=
ICVON_&-NOTA”
EROR
:=
EROP”
OPER
:=
IMIN
QBAD
:=
-SLAVE_OK
LOCA
:=
(-AVBL/LSER)_&SLAVE_OK
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
Block view
Fig. 155: RVDL_SVP block
Starting characteristics During the CPU start-up the RVDL_SVP block is deactivated. All internal state flags (shown in the data word) are reset. Following start-up the block waits for the number of cycles projected in the input RUNUPCYC, and will only be activated thereafter. A first start-up whilst the program is running is treated internally like a CPU startup. Time behaviour The block must be called via a time interrupt OB or OB1. It does not have a parameter for the sampling interval. Behaviour in case of a time error In the case of a time error the outputs will then be reset. In addition the internal state flags will be reset. Message actions The block RVDL_SVP internally uses an ALARM_8P block for generating the messages. Messages are generated for the following tripping devices: ● Operating trouble (EROP) ● SIMOCODE pro V group fault (GFLT) ● Machine availability (AVBL) ● Machine protection (PMI1)
en-YN.YNT.001.A
3-985
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-986
● Position monitoring (ERPS) ● Monitoring time (ETIM) ● Check-back signal (RCR1) ● Motor blocked (BLOCK) ● SIMOCODE pro V to download mode (DOWNL) ● SIMOCODE pro V group warning (GWARN) ● Earth fault (EARTH) ● Maximum motor current (IMAX) ● Overload (OLPT and OVLD) ● Thermistor error (THERM) ● Overload and asymmetry (UNSYM) ● Preselection error (EPSL) The messages can be suppressed by setting the input SUPR or by resetting the input RLSA. The input SUPR, however, is activated by the operator interface (WinCC), and RLSA by the program. The inputs CVON (at value 0) and CSF (at value 1) also suppress the output of messages. Assignment of message text and message class to the block parameters Mess. Block Default message text no. parameter
Message Suppressable class
1
EROP
$$BlockComment$$ @1I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
2
GFLT
$$BlockComment$$ @2I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
3
ERMS
$$BlockComment$$ @3I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
4
ERPI
$$BlockComment$$ @4I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
5
ERPS
$$BlockComment$$ @5I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
6
ETIM
$$BlockComment$$ @6I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
7
ERRC
$$BlockComment$$ @7I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
8 9
$$BlockComment$$ @8I%t#POLCID_Standard@ BLOCK
$$BlockComment$$ @1I%t#POLCID_Standard@
Yes AH
Yes
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
3-987
Mess. Block Default message text no. parameter
Message Suppressable class
10
DOWNL
$$BlockComment$$ @2I%t#POLCID_Standard@
PF
Yes
11
GWARN
$$BlockComment$$ @3I%t#POLCID_Standard@
WH
Yes
12
EARTH
$$BlockComment$$ @4I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
13
IMAX
$$BlockComment$$ @5I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
14
OVLD
$$BlockComment$$ @6I%t#POLCID_Standard@ - @9R%6.1f@A
AH
Yes
15
THERN
$$BlockComment$$ @7I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
16
UNSYM
$$BlockComment$$ @8I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
17
EPSL
$$BlockComment$$ @1I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
$$BlockComment$$ @2I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @3I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @4I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @5I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @6I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @7I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @8I%t#POLCID_Standard@
en-YN.YNT.001.A
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-988
Connections of RVDL_SVP Connection (parameters)
Meaning
Data type
Def.
Type Attr. O&O Perm. values
SUBNETID
Number of the Profibus subsystem of the PLC
INT
0
I
DPPA_ADR
Slave address of the Profibus device
INT
0
I
DADDR
Diagnosis address of the Profibus slave
INT
0
I
STA1
Start drive direction 1
BOOL
0
I
Q
STA2
Start drive direction 2
BOOL
0
I
Q
ILC1
Process-technological interlock direction 1
BOOL
1
I
Q
ILC2
Process-technological interlock direction 2
BOOL
1
I
Q
LSW1
Limit switch direction 1
BOOL
0
I
Q
LSW2
Limit switch direction 2
BOOL
0
I
Q
CVON
Control voltage on
BOOL
1
I
Q
PMI1
Machine protection interlock direction 1
BOOL
1
I
Q
PMI2
Machine protection interlock direction 2
BOOL
1
I
Q
CSF
Control system error
BOOL
0
I
Q
PRES
Preselection
BOOL
0
I
Q
DOWNL
Set SIMOCODE pro V to download mode
BOOL
0
I
Q
TEST
Set SIMOCODE pro V to test mode
BOOL
0
I
Q
LST1
Local start/stop without PMI1
BOOL
0
I
Q
LST2
Local start/stop without PMI2
BOOL
0
I
Q
LSP1
Local start/stop with PMI1
BOOL
0
I
Q
LSP2
Local start/stop with PMI2
BOOL
0
I
Q
SWRE
Enabling start-up warning
BOOL
1
I
Q
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
3-989
Connection (parameters)
Meaning
Data type
Def.
Type Attr. O&O Perm. values
ESST
Display of softkeys for single faceplate start
BOOL
0
I
+
ENRE
Display of softkeys for faceplate reset
BOOL
0
I
+
SWLO
Start-up warning also in local operating mode
BOOL
0
I
LSEL
Selection LSER switches Simocode device to local operating mode
BOOL
0
I
RLSA
Enabling alarm generation
BOOL
1
I
EPB_TO_VI
Display of softkey for PB_VISU and for display of status TEXT_01
BOOL
0
I
RES_VI
Reset signal from PB_VISU
BOOL
0
I
Q
TEXT_01
Status display
BOOL
0
I
Q
+
TIME1
Monitoring time setpoint value
REAL
5.0
I
BQ
+
BW
Belt width for filtering motor current value
INT
1
I
Q
FF
Filter factor motor current value
REAL
0.5
I
Q
ILH
Rated current for motor current value calibration
REAL
100.0
I
Q
WACYC
Waiting cycle for reading diagnosis data
REAL
10800.0 I
Q
RUNUPCYC
Waiting cycles at start
INT
3
I
EV_ID1
Message ID no. 1
DWORD 0
I
M
EV_ID2
Message ID no. 2
DWORD 0
I
M
EV_ID3
Message ID no. 3
DWORD 0
I
M
RESET
Resetting error SIMOCODE pro V
BOOL
0
IO
BQ
+
LSER
Enabling of local operation
BOOL
0
IO
BQ
+
SST1
Single start direction 1
BOOL
0
IO
B
+
SST2
Single start direction 2
BOOL
0
IO
B
+
SUPR
Suppression of alarms
BOOL
0
IO
B
+
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Q +
+
>0
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-990
Connection (parameters)
Meaning
Data type
Def.
Type Attr. O&O Perm. values
PAGE
Activated page of the faceplate
INT
1
IO
B
+
VALUE_CODE Coding the values for transfer to the faceplate
INT
1
IO
B
+
EV1_SIG1
Index variable for message no. 1
INT
1
IO
EV1_SIG2
Index variable for message no. 2
INT
29
IO
EV1_SIG3
Index variable for message no. 3
INT
3
IO
EV1_SIG4
Index variable for message no. 4
INT
5
IO
EV1_SIG5
Index variable for message no. 5
INT
9
IO
EV1_SIG6
Index variable for message no. 6
INT
7
IO
EV1_SIG7
Index variable for message no. 7
INT
8
IO
EV1_SIG8
Index variable for message no. 8
INT
0
IO
EV2_SIG1
Index variable for message no. 9
INT
30
IO
EV2_SIG2
Index variable for message no. 10
INT
31
IO
EV2_SIG3
Index variable for message no. 11
INT
32
IO
EV2_SIG4
Index variable for message no. 12
INT
33
IO
EV2_SIG5
Index variable for message no. 13
INT
34
IO
EV2_SIG6
Index variable for message no. 14
INT
2
IO
EV2_SIG7
Index variable for message no. 15
INT
40
IO
EV2_SIG8
Index variable for message no. 16
INT
36
IO
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
3-991
Connection (parameters)
Meaning
Data type
Def.
Type Attr. O&O Perm. values
EV3_SIG1
Index variable for message no. 17
INT
160
IO
EV3_SIG2
Index variable for message no. 18
INT
0
IO
EV3_SIG3
Index variable for message no. 19
INT
0
IO
EV3_SIG4
Index variable for message no. 20
INT
0
IO
EV3_SIG5
Index variable for message no. 21
INT
0
IO
EV3_SIG6
Index variable for message no. 22
INT
0
IO
EV3_SIG7
Index variable for message no. 23
INT
0
IO
EV3_SIG8
Index variable for message no. 24
INT
0
IO
OSG1
Operating message direction 1 BOOL
0
O
Q
OSG2
Operating message direction 2 BOOL
0
O
Q
DAVB
Drive is available
BOOL
0
O
Q
EROR
Drive is faulty
BOOL
0
O
Q
DOFF
Drive is off
BOOL
0
O
Q
SWST
Start start-up warning
BOOL
0
O
Q
OPER
Drive is operating (locally or automatically)
BOOL
0
O
Q
QBAD
Profibus slave faulty
BOOL
0
O
Q
LOCA
Drive is in local operating mode
BOOL
0
O
Q
LSW1I
Internal limit switch direction 1
BOOL
0
O
Q
LSW2I
Internal limit switch direction 2
BOOL
0
O
Q
TRQ1
Torque limit switch direction 1
BOOL
0
O
Q
TRQ2
Torque limit switch direction 2
BOOL
0
O
Q
PB_VISU
Output bit
BOOL
0
O
BQ
+
ACT1
Current monitoring time
REAL
0.0
O
Q
+
en-YN.YNT.001.A
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-992
Connection (parameters)
Meaning
Data type
Def.
Type Attr. O&O Perm. values
A1
Current motor current
REAL
0.0
O
Q
+
OPTI
Current operating hours SIMOCODE pro V
REAL
0.0
O
Q
+
NOST
Number of starts performed
REAL
0.0
O
Q
+
NOOV
Number of overload trippings
REAL
0.0
O
Q
+
I_MAX
Maximum current in % of set current
REAL
0.0
O
PW
Parameter word
DWORD 0
O
Q
+
DW
Data word
DWORD 0
O
Q
+
SW
Status word
DWORD 0
O
Q
+
DWA
Extended diagnosis data for faceplate
DWORD 0
O
Q
+
DWB
Extended diagnosis data for faceplate
DWORD 0
O
Q
+
DWC
Extended diagnosis data for faceplate
DWORD 0
O
Q
+
Operation and observation of RVDL_SVP See the description of the block symbol and the faceplate in the corresponding manual in this regard. PW, DW and SW of RVDL_SVP The inputs, outputs and the internal status of the respective block are mapped on the parameter word, the data word and the status word. The assignment of the bits is found in the following table:
> RVDL_SVP < Bit
Parameter word
Data word
Status word
0
STA1
OPS1
SEN1
1
STA2
EROP
SEN2
2
ILC1
OPS2
OSG1
3
ILC2
NOTA
OSG2
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
3-993
4
LSW1
POS1
5
LSW2
POS2
DAVB
OPL1
EROR
6 7
CVON
OLP2
8
GFLT
GFLT
DOFF
9
AVBL
ERMS
SWST
10
RCR1
OPER
11
RCR2
QBAD
12
PMI1
ERPI
LSW1I
13
PMI2
ERPS
LSW2I
ETIM
TRQ1
14 15
TRQ2
16
LSER
ERRC
SWST
17
LST1
TEST
LOCA
18
LST2
BLOCK
19
LSP1
DOWNL
20
LSP2
GWARN
21
SST1
EARTH
22
SST2
IMAX
23
OVLD
24
SWRE
THERM
25
CSF
UNSYM
26
DOWNL
EPSL
27
TEST
PSLA
28
PRES
COLOUR_1
29
COLOUR_2
30
COLOUR_3
31
COLOUR_4 In the case of the COLOUR operating states (Maerz drives) the block RVDL_SVP has all defined states from 1 to 11 and 14.
en-YN.YNT.001.A
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-994
DWA, DWB and DWC of RVDL_SVP The block has three additional data words: DWA, DWB and DWC. These words offer additional information on the SIMOCODE pro V motor controller and the Profibus slave. This information is shown in the associated faceplate. The assignment of the data words changes with the value of the input PAGE. When activating the corresponding page of the faceplate, the latter automatically sets the input PAGE to the value corresponding to the activated diagnosis page. The input PAGE may have the following values: Page
Activated diagnosis page of the faceplate
1
:
PROFIBUS – Information on the Profibus slave
2
:
SIMOCODE - Parts of data record 92 are read in
4
:
SIMOCODE - Parts of data records 94 and 95 are read in one after the other
8
SIMOCODE - Parts of data record 92 are read in
100
SIMOCODE - Data records are newly requested With the different values of PAGE the content of the data words DWA, DWB and DWC also varies. In addition, there is the variable VALUE_CODE. This variable encodes single values. The values with their associated VALUE_CODE will then be written sequentially to the data word A. A content list follows below:
> RVDL_SVP with 'PAGE' = 1 < Bit
Data word A
Data word B
Data word C
0
ST_NOEX
HARD_ID
DPPA_ADR
1
ST_NORDY
2
ST_INSLR
3
ST_SENSU
4
ST_MASLO
5
ST_WATCH
6
ST_STDIA
7
ST_EXDIA
8
ST_EXDOV
9
ST_SYNC
10
ST_FREEZ
11
ST_PAREQ
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
12
ST_PARFA
13
ST_SLCCF
14
ST_SLDEA
15
ST_STASL
16
SLAVE_OK
3-995
17 18 19 20 21 22 23
SUBNETID
24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31
> RVDL_SVP with 'PAGE' = 2 < Bit
Data word A
Data word B
0
GENER_FAULT
FAULT_TM_SF
1
WARNING
FAULT_TM_OR
2
FAULT_RUNT_ON
FAULT_PARA
3
FAULT_RUNT_OF
FAULT_TEST_SD
4
FAULT_FEED_ON
FAULT_OPO
5
FAULT_FEED_OF
6
FAULT_COLD_ST
WARN_ASYM
7
FAULT_UVO
WARN_OVL
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Data word C
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-996
8
STA_PLC
WARN_OVL_PF
9
FAULT_BLOCK_S
WARN_BLOCK
10
FAULT_DOUB_0
WARN_TH_OVL
11
FAULT_DOUB_1
WARN_CURR_HI
12
FAULT_END_PO
WARN_CURR_LO
13
FAULT_ANTIVAL
WARN_TM_HT
14
FAULT_OVLD
WARN_TM_SE
15
FAULT_OVLD_PF
WARN_TM_OR
16
FAULT_ASYM
17
FAULT_MOT_STA
18
FAULT_TH_OVLD
19
FAULT_IMAX
20
FAULT_IMIN
21
FAULT_INT_EF
22
FAULT_TM_TEMP
23
FAULT_EXT_F1
24
FAULT_EXT_F2
25
FAULT_BUS
26
FAULT_PLC
27
FAULT_HW_BU
28
FAULT_MODULE
29
FAULT_CONFIG
30
FAULT_TH_SC
31
FAULT_TH_WB
> RVDL_SVP with 'PAGE' = 4 < VALUE_CODE BYTE
Data word A
101
1
HEAT_UP_MOT_MO
2
PHASE_ASYM
3-4
RECOV_TIME
103
Data word B
Data word C
1-4
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
3-997
3-4 105
1-2 3-4
TIME_TO_TRIP
1-2
I_L1
3-4
I_L2
1-2
I_L3
3-4
NO_OVLD
111
1-4
M_OP_HOURS
113
1-4
NO_START
107
109
> RVDL_SVP with 'PAGE' = 8 < Bit
Data word A
0
GENER_FAULT
1
WARNING
2
STA_DEV
3
STA_BUS
4
STA_PLC
5
STA_CURR
6
ON11
7
ON1
8
OFF
9
ON2
10
ON22
11
START_ACTIVE
12
LOCK_ACTIVE
13
IDL_TIME
14
OPER_PRO_OFF
15
AUTO_MODE
16
TEST_POS_FEED
17
FEED_CLOSE
18
FEED_OPEN
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Data word B
Data word C
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-998
19
TRQ_CLOSE
20
TRQ_OPEN
21
COOL_DOWN_TIM
22
BREA_TIM_ACT
23
EMER_STA_EXE
24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
3.112 Maerz blocks: CONT_SVP: actuator with SIMOCODE pro V and preselection Description of CONT_SVP
Object name (Type + Number) FB 618 Calling OBs The time interrupt OB in which the block is installed (e.g. OB 35). Function The block is used for controlling a reversible drive which is driven by a SIMOCODE pro V motor controller. The SIMOCODE pro V is connected to the PLC via the Profibus. The block communicates directly with the Profibus device SIMOCODE pro V. Profibus In order to integrate the block, the type SIMOCODE pro V (PDM) is used for this purpose in the PCS7 program HW Konfig. This is part of the scope of supply of the PCS7 and does not need to be installed subsequently. In HW Konfig, in the catalogue, the profile Standard is set for this purpose. Now the folder PROFIBUS-DP is opened. There, the subfolders "DP V0 Slaves, Switchgear and SIMOCODE" are opened. Here, the entry SIMOCODE pro V (PDM) is located.
Fig. 156: HW Konfig with SIMOCODE pro V
This entry is used for the definition of the Profibus-DP slave. As standard, the base type 1 is used as a block. Following the definition of the Profibus slave, a setting must be carried out. To this end the object properties and then the page 'Parameterising the slave' must be opened.
en-YN.YNT.001.A
3-999
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-1000
Fig. 157: Object properties of SIMOCODE pro V PDM
Here, under "Station parameters" in the line "DPV1-Alarms" the entries "Diagnosis alarms" and "Process interrupts" must be activated by means of a tick. Only if the above-stated settings for a SIMOCODE pro V have been completely made, will the full functional scope of the block be ensured. Operating principle The block communicates directly with the SIMOCODE pro V motor controller. This device is defined as a Profibus slave. At the input SUBNETID, the number of the Profibus system, which the SIMOCODE pro V is connected to, must be entered. At the input DPPA_ADR the slave address of the SIMOCODE pro V must be entered and at the input DADDR the diagnose address of the SIMOCODE pro C must be entered. All these values may be taken from the hardware configuration of a STEP7 project. Using these values, the block can communicate automatically with the corresponding SIMOCODE pro V.
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
Internally, the same logic is used as for the block CONT_DO (FB 506). However, the block CONT_SVP reads some signals directly from the Profibus (SIMOCODE pro V) and these need not be connected as inputs or outputs. These are the inputs OLPT, AVBL, SEN1 and SEN2. They are read directly by the SIMOCODE pro V or written to the SIMOCODE pro V. These inputs and outputs will nevertheless be used in the internal logic. In addition, status signals are still used in the interlock system which the SIMOCODE pro V generates. In detail, these are the signals READY, FAULT, AUTO and IMIN. If the drive is available, i.e. the 'DAVB' bit in the status word is set, the CONT_DO operates as a three-step controller. If the deviation between the actual value ACT and the setpoint SET is greater than the switching difference SWIT, the output 'CLSE' or 'OPEN' in the data word is set according to the sign of the deviation and the bit 'SEN1' or 'SEN2' is simultaneously set in the status word, which must then be switched to the associated digital outputs in the drive program. The setpoint value is formed from the automatic setpoint value ASET (can be connected in the program) and the setpoint value from the faceplate SET. By means of the input AUTO it is selected which of the two setpoint values is activated. With AUTO = 0, setpoint value SET is active, and with AUTO = 1 setpoint value ASET is active. In the case of AUTO = 1 the setpoint value is deactivated in the faceplate and the value of SET is equalled to the value of ASET. A special function of the drive block is movement to specific positions in dependence on the control bits in the parameter word. For this, the limits HIGH and LOW are used as values. The setpoint is overwritten with a specified limit value by setting two bits in the parameter word. After releasing the forced limit, normal operation is resumed only if a new, changed setpoint is sent. During the travel time of the actuator the input of the position check-back must have changed by at least 0.0025 within the time TIMEOUT (in seconds). If not, a position error is created. After a fault the setpoint must change, in order that a new process is started. The setpoint must also be changed after a forced open/close, in order that it is approached to. The current set up setpoint is displayed in the variable CSET. The availability of the actuator is monitored in a similar manner as normal drives because the same signals are received from the inputs (CVON, OLPT AVBL and PMI1/2) Bit 'ERDS' is set when the associated input bit in the parameter word 'IODS' is set whereas these inputs influence the status bit 'DAVB': Switching of the input bit 'IODS' (analogue input fault) is performed with the availability flag of the analogue channel. Monitoring of the limit switches is performed in the same manner as in the 'VALV' block, i.e. non-availability is only signalled when both limit switches are closed.
en-YN.YNT.001.A
3-1001
User manual
Blocks 3-1002
®
POLCID for administrators
The limit position HIGH can be moved to by setting the input HILI, and the limit position LOW can be moved to by setting the input LOLI. The input RLS generally enables adjustment or blocks the same. At RLS = 0 both outputs SEN1 and SEN2 are deactivated. With the signals LSER, LST1/2 and LSP1/2 it is possible to operate the drive via external switches, keyboards or from the control panel. With the signal LSER the drive is switched to local operation. The availability of the drive disappears therewith. Via the signals LST1/2 and LSP1/2 the drive can be started. Note Via the signals LST1/2 and LSP1/2, the drive can be started ("1") or stopped ("0"). Via LST1/2 the drive is started independently from the interlock signals! Via LSP1/2 the signals CVON, OLPT and PMI1/2 are taken into consideration. As long as the start signals are pending the drive runs, if the start signal changes to zero the drive is stopped. The block additionally outputs the motor current of the drive at output A1. Standardised from 0 to 100 % of the rated current, the motor current is read by the SIMOCODE pro V. By means of the rated current ILH it is calibrated into the unit Ampere and filtered with BW and FF.
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
This filtration works according to the following formula: Y(n+1) = Y(n) + ( FF * ( VAL - Y(n) ) ) (n) :
Index of the last filtered measured value
(n+1) :
Index of the new filtered measured value
VAL :
Unfiltered input value
FF :
Filter factor (Range between 0 and 1)
The newly determined value will be processed further only then if it differs from the most recent determined value by at least the bandwidth (BW) value. The block cyclically reads the extended diagnosis data which the SIMOCODE pro V provides. These are e.g. the operating hours or the number of starts of the SIMOCODE pro V. These data are shown in the faceplate. The block is called up in the event of a change of the diagnosis data via an interrupt and will then read the same in an event-controlled fashion. In addition there exists a cycle for the reading of the diagnosis data. The cycle time can be parameterised in the input WACYC. The standard setting for the cycle time is 10800 seconds (3 hours). Via the input PAGE, the faceplate communicates which page of the diagnosis the plant operator has called up. The block then writes the required data into the outputs DWA, DWB and DWC. They are evaluated on the faceplate page called up. For the various different diagnosis pages, the content of the three outputs differs and will not be further described here. The faceplate is able to interpret the data accordingly. In addition, there is the input PRES. If PRES is set and the drive is available (DAVB), then the drive is preselected. If PRES is set, but the drive is not available, then the alarm EPSL is set. As a further logic PB_TO_VI is contained (see page 3-810) . The button for setting PB_VISU as well as the current status of TEXT_01 will only become visible in the faceplate, if the input EPB_TO_VI is set to 1. Internal logic The sequence of the flags is determined by the sequence in which they must be generated. In this relation, the flags marked (with ") must be taken into account in the setting and reset conditions!
en-YN.YNT.001.A
3-1003
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-1004
Auxiliary flag IAVBL
:=
AVBL_&AUTO_&-DOWNL
ICVON
:=
CVON_&SLAVE_OK
IOLPT
:=
(OLPT/TEST)_&-FAULT
IHILI
:=
HILI_&READY
ILOLI
:=
LOLI_&READY
Data word S URO1 C URO1
: :
IHILI-ICVON/(-IHILI/ILOLI)
S URO2 C URO2
: :
ILOLI-ICVON/(-ILOLI/IHILI)
S EROP C EROP
: :
(-IODS/LCT-IOLPT/-IAVBL/-PMI1/-PMI2)_&(CLSE/OPEN)ERES/ICVON
NOTA
:=
-ICVON/ERMS”/ERPI”/ERPS”/ERDS”/EROL”/EROP”
S POS1 C POS1
: :
LSW1-ICVON/(-LSW1/LSW2)
S POS2 C POS2
: :
LSW2-ICVON/(-LSW2/LSW1)
CMAN
:=
URO1”/URO2”
GFLT
:=
-IOLPT_&ICVON
ERMS
:=
-IAVBL_&ICVON
ERPI
:=
(-PMI1/-PMI2)_&ICVON
S ERPS C ERPS
: :
LSW1_&LSW2/LCT1_&(OPEN/CLSE)-ICVON/(-LSW1/LSW2)_&(ERES/EROP)
ERDS
:=
IODS_&ICVON
TEST
:=
TEST
S BLOCK C BLOCK
= =
BLOCK -ICVON/-BLOCK_&RESET
S DOWNL C DOWNL
= =
DOWNL -ICVON/-DOWNL_&RESET
S GWARN C GWARN
= =
GWARN -GWARN_&RESET
S EARTH C EARTH
= =
EARTH -ICVON/-EARTH_&RESET
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
S IMAX C IMAX
= =
IMAX -ICVON/-IMAX_&RESET
S OVLD C OVLD
= =
OVLD/-OLPT -ICVON/-OVLD_&OLPT_&RESET
S THERM C THERM
= =
THERM -ICVON/-THERM_&RESET
EPSL
:=
PRES_&-DAVB
PSLA
:=
-EPSL_&PRES
Status word URG1
:=
URO1
URG2
:=
URO2
DAVB
:=
-NOTA_&ICVON
EROR
:=
EROP
MANU
:=
CMAN
OPER
:=
IMIN
QBAD
:=
-SLAVE_OK
LOCA
:=
(-AVBL/LSER)_&SLAVE_OK
en-YN.YNT.001.A
3-1005
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-1006
Block view
Fig. 158: CONT_SVP block
Starting characteristics At CPU start-up the CONT_SVP block is deactivated. All internal state flags (shown in the data word) are reset. Following start-up the block waits for the number of cycles projected in the input RUNUPCYC, and will only be activated thereafter. A first start-up whilst the program is running is treated internally like a CPU startup. Time behaviour The block must be called via a time interrupt OB or OB1. It does not have a parameter for the sampling interval. Behaviour in case of a time error In the case of a time error the outputs will then be reset. In addition the internal state flags will be reset.
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
3-1007
Message actions The block CONT_SVP internally uses an ALARM_8P block for generating the messages. Messages are generated for the following tripping devices: ● Operating trouble (EROP) ● SIMOCODE pro V group fault (GFLT) ● Machine availability (AVBL) ● Position monitoring (ERPS) ● Machine protection (PMI1) ● Position check-back (IODS) ● Motor blocked (BLOCK) ● SIMOCODE pro V to download mode (DOWNL) ● SIMOCODE pro V group warning (GWARN) ● Earth fault (EARTH) ● Maximum motor current (IMAX) ● Overload (OLPT and OVLD) ● Thermistor error (THERM) ● Overload and asymmetry (UNSYM) ● Preselection error (EPSL) The messages can be suppressed by setting the input SUPR or by resetting the input RLSA. The input SUPR, however, is activated by the operator interface (WinCC), and RLSA by the program. The inputs CVON (at value 0) and CSF (at value 1) also suppress the output of messages. Assignment of message text and message class to the block parameters Mess. Block Default message text no. parameter
Message Suppressable class
1
EROP
$$BlockComment$$ @1I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
2
GFLT
$$BlockComment$$ @2I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
3
ERMS
$$BlockComment$$ @3I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
4
ERPS
$$BlockComment$$ @4I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
5
ERPI
$$BlockComment$$ @5I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
6
ERDS
$$BlockComment$$ @6I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
en-YN.YNT.001.A
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-1008
Mess. Block Default message text no. parameter
Message Suppressable class
7
$$BlockComment$$ @7I%t#POLCID_Standard@
Yes
8
$$BlockComment$$ @8I%t#POLCID_Standard@
Yes
9
BLOCK
$$BlockComment$$ @1I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
10
DOWNL
$$BlockComment$$ @2I%t#POLCID_Standard@
PF
Yes
11
GWARN
$$BlockComment$$ @3I%t#POLCID_Standard@
WH
Yes
12
EARTH
$$BlockComment$$ @4I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
13
IMAX
$$BlockComment$$ @5I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
14
OVLD
$$BlockComment$$ @6I%t#POLCID_Standard@ - @9R%6.1f@A
AH
Yes
15
THERN
$$BlockComment$$ @7I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
16
UNSYM
$$BlockComment$$ @8I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
17
EPSL
$$BlockComment$$ @1I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
$$BlockComment$$ @2I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @3I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @4I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @5I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @6I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @7I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @8I%t#POLCID_Standard@
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
3-1009
Connections of CONT_SVP Connection (parameters)
Meaning
Data type
Def.
Type Attr. O&O Perm. values
SUBNETID
Number of the Profibus subsystem of the PLC
INT
0
I
DPPA_ADR
Slave address of the Profibus device
INT
0
I
DADDR
Diagnosis address of the Profibus slave
INT
0
I
HILI
Setting HIGH setpoint value as active setpoint value
BOOL
0
I
Q
LOLI
Setting LOW setpoint value as BOOL active setpoint value
0
I
Q
LSW1
Limit switch direction 1
BOOL
0
I
Q
LSW2
Limit switch direction 2
BOOL
0
I
Q
CVON
Control voltage on
BOOL
1
I
Q
PMI1
Machine protection interlock direction 1
BOOL
1
I
Q
PMI2
Machine protection interlock direction 2
BOOL
1
I
Q
AUTO
Activate ASET ( = 1 ) or SET ( = 0 ) input
BOOL
0
I
Q
IODS
Fault input value ACT
BOOL
1
I
Q
RLS
Enabling outputs SEN1/2
BOOL
1
I
Q
CSF
Control system error
BOOL
0
I
Q
PRES
Preselection
BOOL
0
I
Q
DOWNL
Set SIMOCODE pro V to download mode
BOOL
0
I
Q
TEST
Set SIMOCODE pro V to test mode
BOOL
0
I
Q
LST1
Local start/stop without PMI1
BOOL
0
I
Q
LST2
Local start/stop without PMI2
BOOL
0
I
Q
LSP1
Local start/stop with PMI1
BOOL
0
I
Q
LSP2
Local start/stop with PMI2
BOOL
0
I
Q
en-YN.YNT.001.A
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-1010
Connection (parameters)
Meaning
Data type
Def.
Type Attr. O&O Perm. values
ENRE
Display of softkeys for faceplate reset
BOOL
0
I
LSEL
Selection LSER switches Simocode device to local operating mode
BOOL
0
I
RLSA
Enabling alarm generation
BOOL
1
I
EPB_TO_VI
Display of softkey for PB_VISU and for display of status TEXT_01
BOOL
0
I
RES_VI
Reset signal from PB_VISU
BOOL
0
I
Q
TEXT_01
Status display
BOOL
0
I
Q
ASET
Automatic setpoint value
REAL
0.0
I
Q
ACT
Current position check-back value
REAL
0.0
I
Q
+
HIGH
Upper limit value for setpoint value
REAL
0.0
I
BQ
+
LOW
Lower limit value for setpoint value
REAL
0.0
I
BQ
+
SWIT
Switching hysteresis for comparing setpoint value/actual value
REAL
0.0
I
BQ
+
SAFE
Safety position in case of system failure
REAL
0.0
I
BQ
+
TIMEOUT
Monitoring time for position change
REAL
0.0
I
BQ
+
BW
Belt width for filtering motor current value
INT
1
I
Q
FF
Filter factor motor current value
REAL
0.5
I
Q
ILH
Rated current for motor current value calibration
REAL
100.0
I
Q
WACYC
Waiting cycle for reading diagnosis data
REAL
10800.0 I
Q
RUNUPCYC
Waiting cycles at start
INT
3
I
EV_ID1
Message ID no. 1
DWORD 0
I
+
Q +
+
>0
>0
+
M
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
3-1011
Connection (parameters)
Meaning
Data type
EV_ID2
Message ID no. 2
DWORD 0
I
M
EV_ID3
Message ID no. 3
DWORD 0
I
M
RESET
Resetting error SIMOCODE pro V
BOOL
0
IO
BQ
+
LSER
Enabling of local operation
BOOL
0
IO
BQ
+
SUPR
Suppression of alarms
BOOL
0
IO
B
+
SET
Setpoint value for faceplate
REAL
0.0
IO
B
+
PAGE
Activated page of the faceplate
INT
1
IO
B
+
VALUE_CODE Coding the values for transfer to the faceplate
INT
1
IO
B
+
EV1_SIG1
Index variable for message no. 1
INT
1
IO
EV1_SIG2
Index variable for message no. 2
INT
29
IO
EV1_SIG3
Index variable for message no. 3
INT
3
IO
EV1_SIG4
Index variable for message no. 4
INT
9
IO
EV1_SIG5
Index variable for message no. 5
INT
5
IO
EV1_SIG6
Index variable for message no. 6
INT
10
IO
EV1_SIG7
Index variable for message no. 7
INT
0
IO
EV1_SIG8
Index variable for message no. 8
INT
0
IO
EV2_SIG1
Index variable for message no. 9
INT
30
IO
EV2_SIG2
Index variable for message no. 10
INT
31
IO
EV2_SIG3
Index variable for message no. 11
INT
32
IO
EV2_SIG4
Index variable for message no. 12
INT
33
IO
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Def.
Type Attr. O&O Perm. values
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-1012
Connection (parameters)
Meaning
Data type
Def.
Type Attr. O&O Perm. values
EV2_SIG5
Index variable for message no. 13
INT
34
IO
EV2_SIG6
Index variable for message no. 14
INT
2
IO
EV2_SIG7
Index variable for message no. 15
INT
40
IO
EV2_SIG8
Index variable for message no. 16
INT
36
IO
EV3_SIG1
Index variable for message no. 17
INT
160
IO
EV3_SIG2
Index variable for message no. 18
INT
0
IO
EV3_SIG3
Index variable for message no. 19
INT
0
IO
EV3_SIG4
Index variable for message no. 20
INT
0
IO
EV3_SIG5
Index variable for message no. 21
INT
0
IO
EV3_SIG6
Index variable for message no. 22
INT
0
IO
EV3_SIG7
Index variable for message no. 23
INT
0
IO
EV3_SIG8
Index variable for message no. 24
INT
0
IO
URG1
Forced open command pending (HILI)
BOOL
0
O
Q
URG2
Forced close command pending (LOLI)
BOOL
0
O
Q
DAVB
Drive is available
BOOL
0
O
Q
EROR
Drive is faulty
BOOL
0
O
Q
MANU
Actuator in manual operating mode (no HILI, LOLI)
BOOL
0
O
Q
OPER
Drive is operating (locally or automatically)
BOOL
0
O
Q
QBAD
Profibus slave faulty
BOOL
0
O
Q
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
3-1013
Connection (parameters)
Meaning
Data type
Def.
Type Attr. O&O Perm. values
LOCA
Drive is in local operating mode
BOOL
0
O
Q
LSW1I
Internal limit switch direction 1
BOOL
0
O
Q
LSW2I
Internal limit switch direction 2
BOOL
0
O
Q
TRQ1
Torque limit switch direction 1
BOOL
0
O
Q
TRQ2
Torque limit switch direction 2
BOOL
0
O
Q
PB_VISU
Output bit
BOOL
0
O
BQ
+
CSET
Active internal setpoint value
REAL
0.0
O
Q
+
A1
Current motor current
REAL
0.0
O
Q
+
OPTI
Current operating hours SIMOCODE pro V
REAL
0.0
O
Q
+
NOST
Number of starts performed
REAL
0.0
O
Q
+
NOOV
Number of overload trippings
REAL
0.0
O
Q
+
I_MAX
Maximum current in % of set current
REAL
0.0
O
PW
Parameter word
DWORD 0
O
Q
+
DW
Data word
DWORD 0
O
Q
+
SW
Status word
DWORD 0
O
Q
+
DWA
Extended diagnosis data for faceplate
DWORD 0
O
Q
+
DWB
Extended diagnosis data for faceplate
DWORD 0
O
Q
+
DWC
Extended diagnosis data for faceplate
DWORD 0
O
Q
+
Operation and observation of CONT_SVP See the description of the block symbol and the faceplate in the corresponding manual in this regard.
en-YN.YNT.001.A
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-1014
PW, DW and SW of CONT_SVP The inputs, outputs and the internal stati of the block are mapped on the parameter word, the data word and the status word. The assignment of the bits is found in the following table:
> CONT_SVP < Bit
Parameter word
Data word
Status word
0
HILI
URO1
URG1
1
LOLI
EROP
URG2
2
URO2
SEN1
3
NOTA
SEN2
4
LSW1
POS1
5
LSW2
POS2
DAVB
CMAN
EROR
6 7
CVON
MANU
8
GFLT
GFLT
9
AVBL
ERMS
10
OPER
11
QBAD
12
PMI1
ERPI
LSW1I
13
PMI2
ERPS
LSW2I
ERDS
TRQ1
14 15
AUTO
EPSL
TRQ2
16
IODS
CLSE
LOCA
17
RLS
OPEN
18
TEST
19
BLOCK
20
DOWNL
DOWNL
21
LSER
GWARN
22
LST1
EARTH
23
LST2
IMAX
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
3-1015
24
LSP1
OVLD
25
LSP2
THERM
26
CSF
UNSYM
27
TEST
PSLA
28
PRES
COLOUR_1
29
COLOUR_2
30
COLOUR_3
31
COLOUR_4 In the case of the COLOUR operating states (Maerz drives) the block CONT_SVP has all defined states from 1 to 11 and 14.
DWA, DWB and DWC of CONT_SVP The block has three additional data words: DWA, DWB and DWC. These words offer additional information on the SIMOCODE pro V motor controller and the Profibus slave. This information is shown in the associated faceplate. The assignment of the data words changes with the value of the input PAGE. When activating the corresponding page of the faceplate, the latter automatically sets the input PAGE to the value corresponding to the activated diagnosis page. The input PAGE may have the following values: Page
Activated diagnosis page of the faceplate
1
:
PROFIBUS – Information on the Profibus slave
2
:
SIMOCODE - Parts of data record 92 are read in
4
:
SIMOCODE - Parts of data records 94 and 95 are read in one after the other
8
SIMOCODE - Parts of data record 92 are read in
100
SIMOCODE - Data records are newly requested With the different values of PAGE the content of the data words DWA, DWB and DWC also varies. In addition, there is the variable VALUE_CODE. This variable encodes single values. The values with their associated VALUE_CODE will then be written sequentially to the data word A.
en-YN.YNT.001.A
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-1016
A content list follows below: > CONTL_SVP with 'PAGE' = 1 < Bit
Data word A
Data word B
0
ST_NOEX
HARD_ID
1
ST_NORDY
2
ST_INSLR
3
ST_SENSU
4
ST_MASLO
5
ST_WATCH
6
ST_STDIA
7
ST_EXDIA
8
ST_EXDOV
9
ST_SYNC
10
ST_FREEZ
11
ST_PAREQ
12
ST_PARFA
13
ST_SLCCF
14
ST_SLDEA
15
ST_STASL
16
SLAVE_OK
Data word C
DPPA_ADR
SUBNETID
17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
3-1017
28 29 30 31
> CONTL_SVP with 'PAGE' = 2 < Bit
Data word A
Data word B
0
GENER_FAULT
FAULT_TM_SF
1
WARNING
FAULT_TM_OR
2
FAULT_RUNT_ON
FAULT_PARA
3
FAULT_RUNT_OF
FAULT_TEST_SD
4
FAULT_FEED_ON
FAULT_OPO
5
FAULT_FEED_OF
6
FAULT_COLD_ST
WARN_ASYM
7
FAULT_UVO
WARN_OVL
8
STA_PLC
WARN_OVL_PF
9
FAULT_BLOCK_S
WARN_BLOCK
10
FAULT_DOUB_0
WARN_TH_OVL
11
FAULT_DOUB_1
WARN_CURR_HI
12
FAULT_END_PO
WARN_CURR_LO
13
FAULT_ANTIVAL
WARN_TM_HT
14
FAULT_OVLD
WARN_TM_SE
15
FAULT_OVLD_PF
WARN_TM_OR
16
FAULT_ASYM
17
FAULT_MOT_STA
18
FAULT_TH_OVLD
19
FAULT_IMAX
20
FAULT_IMIN
21
FAULT_INT_EF
22
FAULT_TM_TEMP
23
FAULT_EXT_F1
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Data word C
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-1018
24
FAULT_EXT_F2
25
FAULT_BUS
26
FAULT_PLC
27
FAULT_HW_BU
28
FAULT_MODULE
29
FAULT_CONFIG
30
FAULT_TH_SC
31
FAULT_TH_WB
> CONTL_SVP with 'PAGE' = 4 < VALUE_CODE BYTE
Data word A
101
1
HEAT_UP_MOT_MO
2
PHASE_ASYM
3-4
RECOV_TIME
103
Data word B
Data word C
1-4 3-4
105
1-2 3-4
TIME_TO_TRIP
1-2
I_L1
3-4
I_L2
1-2
I_L3
3-4
NO_OVLD
111
1-4
M_OP_HOURS
113
1-4
NO_START
107
109
> CONTL_SVP with 'PAGE' = 8 < Bit
Data word A
0
GENER_FAULT
1
WARNING
2
STA_DEV
Data word B
Data word C
en-YN.YNT.001.A
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
3
STA_BUS
4
STA_PLC
5
STA_CURR
6
ON11
7
ON1
8
OFF
9
ON2
10
ON22
11
START_ACTIVE
12
LOCK_ACTIVE
13
IDL_TIME
14
OPER_PRO_OFF
15
AUTO_MODE
16
TEST_POS_FEED
17
FEED_CLOSE
18
FEED_OPEN
19
TRQ_CLOSE
20
TRQ_OPEN
21
COOL_DOWN_TIM
22
BREA_TIM_ACT
23
EMER_STA_EXE
24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks 3-1019
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-1020
3.113 Maerz blocks: MICROM_P: Siemens MICROMASTER frequency converter and preselection Description of MICROM_P
Object name (Type + Number) FB 620 Calling OBs The time interrupt OB in which the block is installed (e.g. OB 35). Function The block is used for controlling a type MICROMASTER frequency converter by Siemens. The frequency converter is connected to the PLC via the Profibus. The block communicates directly with the Profibus device. Profibus In order to integrate the block, the type MICROMASTER 4 is used for this purpose in the PCS7 program HW Konfig. This must be installed additionally. The GSD file necessary for this purpose can be obtained from the manufacturer. In addition, the supplier of the frequency converter normally also provides the appropriate GSD file. It must then be installed in HW Konfig. In HW Konfig, in the catalogue, the profile Standard is set for locating the same. Now the folder PROFIBUS-DP is opened. There the subfolders "Further field equipment, Drives and SIMOVERT" are opened. Here, the entry MICROMASTER 4 is found.
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
Fig. 159: HW Konfig with MICROMASTER 4
This entry is used for the definition of the Profibus-DP slave. As a block in block slot 1, 0 PKW, 4 PZD whole cons. is used. Operating principle The block communicates directly with the frequency converter. This device is defined as a Profibus slave. At the input SUBNETID, the number of the Profibus system, which the MICROMASTER is connected to, must be entered. At the input DPPA_ADR the slave address of the MICROMASTER must be entered and at the input DADDR the diagnose address of the MICROMASTER must be entered. All these values may be taken from the hardware configuration of a STEP7 project. Using these values, the block can communicate automatically with the corresponding frequency converter. Internally, the same logic is used as for the block UNID (FB 501). However, the block MICROM_P reads some signals directly from the Profibus and these need not be connected as inputs or outputs.
en-YN.YNT.001.A
3-1021
User manual
Blocks 3-1022
®
POLCID for administrators
These are the inputs OLPT, AVBL, RCR1, PWON and SEN1. They are read directly from the frequency converter, or they are written directly to the frequency converter. These inputs and outputs will nevertheless be used in the internal logic. In addition, the interlock system still uses status signals generated by the frequency converter. These are the signals OLPT1, OLPT2, RDY_SWIT, SWIT_INH and FAULT. A valid starting command exists when the signals: 'STA1', 'ILC1', 'AVBL', 'OLPT', 'LEMO' and 'PMI1' are set and the stopping command 'STOP' is not set. In this case, the start enable signal 'SEN1' and the run command 'PWON' are set (activation signals for the motor). If the check-back signal 'RCR1' is set together with the speed monitor signal 'SPCL' when a valid starting command is active, the control state switches to selflatching status. It is a characteristic of this state that the operating bits 'OSG1', 'OPS1' are set and that the start release command 'SEN1' is reset while the run command 'PWON' is set. From this moment, the starting commands 'STA1' or 'STA2' can be rescinded without risking reset of the run command PWON. The setting drive is stopped correctly by setting the stopping command 'STOP' or when the process interlock 'ILC1' is deactivated. The monitoring time in seconds TIME1 when a drive is started specifies the period in which the check-back signal RCR1 must be set. In addition, it monitors the time during stopping within which the check-back signal RCR1 must have been reset. If time = 0, no time monitoring of the start and stop is employed. By means of the signals SST1 and SSTP an individual start of the drive can be realised in automatic mode. In the faceplate of the drive, the operator sets the signals SST1 or SSTP. After processing in the block, these signals are reset by the block. After operation of the signal SST1 the output SWST is set at first. By means of this output an external start-up warning can be started. If the start-up warning time has expired, then the input SWRE must be set. In this way, there is a valid starting command and the drive is then started as described above. With the exception of the combination with the signals SWST and SWRE the signal SST1 behaves in the same way as signal STA1. Using SSTP, the drive is stopped. SSTP behaves in the same way with the input STOP. With the signals LSER, LST1 and LSP1 operation of the drive is possible via external switches, keyboards or from the control panel. With the signal LSER the drive is switched to local operation. The availability of the drive disappears therewith. Using the parameter SWLO, it is selected whether the input SWRE is taken into consideration for the evaluation of the inputs LST1 and LSP1. Note Via the signals LST1 and LSP1 the drive can be started (1) or stopped ("0"). Via LST1 the drive is started independently from the interlock signals!
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
Via LSP1 the signals CVON, OLPT, PMI1 and LEMO are taken into consideration. As long as the start signals are pending the drive runs, if the start signal changes to zero the drive is stopped. In addition, this block also supplies some analogue values of the frequency converter. The output SPED indicates the current rotation speed of the drive, and the output POWR contains the power input. The setpoint value is formed from the automatic setpoint value ASET (can be connected in the program) and the setpoint value from the faceplate SET. By means of the input AUTO it is selected which of the two setpoint values is activated. With AUTO = 0, setpoint value SET is active, and with AUTO = 1 setpoint value ASET is active. In the case of AUTO = 1 the setpoint value is deactivated in the faceplate and the value of SET is equalled to the value of ASET. The inputs ILHF and ILLF are the top and bottom limit value for the limitation of the setpoint value and the current rotation speed of the drive, and ILHC is the final value for the calibration of the nominal and actual values of the speed. The input ILHP is used to calibrate power. In addition, there is the input PRES. If PRES is set and the drive is available (DAVB), then the drive is preselected. If PRES is set, but the drive is not available, then the alarm EPSL is set. As a further logic PB_TO_VI is contained (see page 3-810) . The button for setting PB_VISU as well as the current status of TEXT_01 will only become visible in the faceplate, if the input EPB_TO_VI is set to 1. Internal logic The sequence of the flags is determined by the sequence in which they must be generated. In this relation, the flags marked (with ") must be taken into account in the setting and reset conditions! Auxiliary flag ICVON
:=
CVON_&SLAVE_OK
IPMI1
:=
PMI1&_-FAULT_&OLPT2
RESET
:=
-PWON_&(-EROP/ERES)
CLEROP
:=
EROP_&ERES
IAVBL
:=
(RDY_SWIT/RCR1)_&SWIT_INH_&REMOTE
AVAIL
:=
IAVBL_&OLPT_&LEMO_&IPMI1
en-YN.YNT.001.A
3-1023
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-1024
Data word S ERPI C ERPI
: :
-IPMI1-ICVON/IPMI1_&RESET
S ERSP C ERSP
: :
(-ISTA1/OPS1)_&ILC1_&PWON_&-SPCL_&-STOP_&-NOTA”ICVON/CLEROP
S ERRC C ERRC
: :
(-ISTA1/OPS1)_&ILC1_&PWON_&-RCR1_&-STOP_&-NOTA”ICVON/CLEROP
S NOTA C NOTA
: :
-AVAIL/ERSP”/ERRC”/ETIM”-ICVON/AVAIL_&RESET
S EROP C EROP
: :
PWON_&ILC1_&NOTA”_&-STOP-ICVON/CLEROP
S OPS1 C OPS1
: :
PWON_&RCR_&SPCL-ICVON/-RCR/-ILC1
S ERO1 C ERO1
: :
-OLPT1-ICVON/OLPT1_&RESET
S ERMS C ERMS
: :
-IAVBL_&OLPT_&LEMO-ICVON/(IAVBL/-OLPT/-LEMO))_&RESET
S EREO C EREO
: :
-LEMO-ICVON/LEMO_&RESET
OPL1
:=
-OPS1_&RCR1_&-PWON_&-IAVBL_&OLPT
S ETIM C ETIM
: :
-LCT1_&SEN1_&(-RCR1/SPCL)-CLEROP
S GWARN C GWARN
: :
-ALARM -CVON/(ALARM_&RESET)
S GFLT C GFLT
: :
FAULT_&OLPT2 -CVON/(-FAULT_&RESET)
S ERFR C ERFR
: :
FRQ_MAX -CVON/(-FRQ_MAX_&RESET)
S ERCL C ERCL
: :
-CLIM -CVON/(CLIM_&RESET)
S ERO2 C ERO2
: :
-OLPT2 -CVON/(OLPT2_&RESET)
S ERYS C ERYS
: :
-RDY_SWIT_&-RCR1 -CVON/(RDY_SWIT_&RESET)
S ERIN C ERIN
: :
SWIT_INH -CVON/(-SWIT_INH_&RESET)
EPSL
:=
PRES_&-DAVB
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
PSLA
:=
-EPSL_&PRES
Status word S PWON C PWON
: :
STA1_&ILC1-ICVON/NOTA”/STOP/-ILC1
S OSG1 C OSG1
: :
OPS1-OPS1”
S SEN1 C SEN1
: :
PWON”OSG1”/-PWON”
EMOF
:=
EREO”
DAVB
:=
-NOTA”_&ICVON
EROR
:=
EROP”
DOFF
:=
-OSG1”
OPER
:=
OPER_ENB_&SLAVE_OK
LOCA
:=
-AVBL_&SLAVE_OK
QBAD
:=
-SLAVE_OK
Block view
Fig. 160: MICROM_P block
en-YN.YNT.001.A
3-1025
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-1026
Starting characteristics During the CPU start-up the MICROM_P block is deactivated. All internal state flags (shown in the data word) are reset. Following start-up the block waits for the number of cycles projected in the input RUNUPCYC, and will only be activated thereafter. A first start-up whilst the program is running is treated internally like a CPU startup. Time behaviour The block must be called via a time interrupt OB or OB1. It does not have a parameter for the sampling interval. Behaviour in case of a time error In the case of a time error the outputs will then be reset. In addition the internal state flags will be reset. Message actions The block MICROM_P internally uses an ALARM_8P block for generating the messages. Messages are generated for the following tripping devices: ● Operating trouble (EROP) ● Overload (OLPT) ● Machine availability (AVBL) ● Speed monitor (SPCL) ● Machine protection (PMI1) ● Local emergency off (LEMO) ● Monitoring time (ETIM) ● Check-back signal (RCR1) ● MICROMAS group warning (ALARM) ● MICROMAS group fault (FAULT) ● Frequency > maximum (FRQ_MAX) ● Current limit (CLIM) ● Overload frequency converter (OLPT2) ● Not ready to be switched on (RDY_SWIT) ● Cut-in lock (SWIT_INH) ● Preselection error (EPSL) The messages can be suppressed by setting the input SUPR or by resetting the input RLSA. The input SUPR, however, is activated by the operator interface (WinCC), and RLSA by the program. The inputs CVON (at value 0) and CSF (at value 1) also suppress the output of messages. Assignment of message text and message class to the block parameters
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
3-1027
Mess. Block Default message text no. parameter
Message Suppressable class
1
EROP
$$BlockComment$$ @1I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
2
ERO1
$$BlockComment$$ @2I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
3
ERMS
$$BlockComment$$ @3I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
4
ERSP
$$BlockComment$$ @4I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
5
ERPI
$$BlockComment$$ @5I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
6
EREO
$$BlockComment$$ @6I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
7
ETIM
$$BlockComment$$ @7I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
8
ERRC
$$BlockComment$$ @8I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
9
GWARN
$$BlockComment$$ @1I%t#POLCID_Standard@
WH
Yes
10
GFLT
$$BlockComment$$ @2I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
11
ERFR
$$BlockComment$$ @3I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
12
ERCL
$$BlockComment$$ @4I%t#POLCID_Standard@
WH
Yes
13
ERO2
$$BlockComment$$ @5I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
14
ERYS
$$BlockComment$$ @6I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
15
ERIH
$$BlockComment$$ @7I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
AH
Yes
16 17
$$BlockComment$$ @8I%t#POLCID_Standard@ EPSL
18
en-YN.YNT.001.A
$$BlockComment$$ @1I%t#POLCID_Standard@ $$BlockComment$$ @2I%t#POLCID_Standard@
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-1028
Mess. Block Default message text no. parameter 19
$$BlockComment$$ @3I%t#POLCID_Standard@
20
$$BlockComment$$ @4I%t#POLCID_Standard@
21
$$BlockComment$$ @5I%t#POLCID_Standard@
22
$$BlockComment$$ @6I%t#POLCID_Standard@
23
$$BlockComment$$ @7I%t#POLCID_Standard@
24
$$BlockComment$$ @8I%t#POLCID_Standard@
Message Suppressable class
Connections of MICROM_P
Connection Meaning (parameters)
Data type
Def.
Type Attr. O&O Perm. values
SUBNETID
Number of the Profibus subsystem INT of the PLC
0
I
DPPA_ADR
Slave address of the Profibus device
INT
0
I
DADDR
Diagnosis address of the Profibus slave
INT
0
I
STA1
Start drive
BOOL
0
I
Q
ILC1
Process-technological interlock
BOOL
1
I
Q
STOP
Stop drive
BOOL
0
I
Q
CVON
Control voltage on
BOOL
1
I
Q
PMI1
Machine protection interlock
BOOL
1
I
Q
SPCL
Speed monitor
BOOL
1
I
Q
LEMO
Local emergency off
BOOL
1
I
Q
AUTO
Activate ASET ( = 1 ) or SET ( = 0 ) input
BOOL
0
I
Q
CSF
Control system error
BOOL
0
I
Q
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
3-1029
Connection Meaning (parameters)
Data type
Def.
Type Attr. O&O Perm. values
PRES
Preselection
BOOL
0
I
Q
LST1
Local start/stop without PMI1
BOOL
0
I
Q
LSP1
Local start/stop with PMI1
BOOL
0
I
Q
SINC
Increase speed locally
BOOL
0
I
Q
SDEC
Reduce speed locally
BOOL
0
I
Q
SWRE
Enabling start-up warning
BOOL
1
I
Q
ESST
Display of softkeys for single faceplate start
BOOL
0
I
+
ENRE
Display of softkeys for faceplate reset
BOOL
0
I
+
SWLO
Start-up warning also in local operating mode
BOOL
0
I
Q
RLSA
Enabling alarm generation
BOOL
1
I
Q
EPB_TO_VI
Display of softkey for PB_VISU and for display of status TEXT_01
BOOL
0
I
RES_VI
Reset signal from PB_VISU
BOOL
0
I
Q
TEXT_01
Status display
BOOL
0
I
Q
ASET
Automatic setpoint value
REAL
0.0
I
Q
ILHF
Upper limit value for speed
REAL
100.0 I
Q
+
ILLF
Lower limit value for speed
REAL
0.0
I
Q
+
ILHC
Upper limit value for speed calibration
REAL
100.0 I
Q
ILHP
Upper limit value for power calibration
REAL
100.0 I
Q
TIME1
Monitoring time setpoint value
REAL
5.0
I
BQ
RUNUPCYC
Waiting cycles at start
INT
3
I
EV_ID1
Message ID no. 1
DWORD 0
I
M
EV_ID2
Message ID no. 2
DWORD 0
I
M
EV_ID3
Message ID no. 3
DWORD 0
I
M
RESET
Resetting error Hasler
BOOL
0
IO
BQ
+
LSER
Enabling of local operation
BOOL
0
IO
BQ
+
SST1
Single start
BOOL
0
IO
B
+
en-YN.YNT.001.A
+
+
+
>0
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-1030
Connection Meaning (parameters)
Data type
Def.
Type Attr. O&O Perm. values
SSTP
Single stop
BOOL
0
IO
B
+
SUPR
Suppression of alarms
BOOL
0
IO
B
+
SET
Setpoint value for faceplate
REAL
0.0
IO
B
+
EV1_SIG1
Index variable for message no. 1
INT
1
IO
EV1_SIG2
Index variable for message no. 2
INT
171
IO
EV1_SIG3
Index variable for message no. 3
INT
3
IO
EV1_SIG4
Index variable for message no. 4
INT
4
IO
EV1_SIG5
Index variable for message no. 5
INT
5
IO
EV1_SIG6
Index variable for message no. 6
INT
6
IO
EV1_SIG7
Index variable for message no. 7
INT
7
IO
EV1_SIG8
Index variable for message no. 8
INT
8
IO
EV2_SIG1
Index variable for message no. 9
INT
136
IO
EV2_SIG2
Index variable for message no. 10
INT
137
IO
EV2_SIG3
Index variable for message no. 11
INT
81
IO
EV2_SIG4
Index variable for message no. 12
INT
138
IO
EV2_SIG5
Index variable for message no. 13
INT
139
IO
EV2_SIG6
Index variable for message no. 14
INT
140
IO
EV2_SIG7
Index variable for message no. 15
INT
141
IO
EV2_SIG8
Index variable for message no. 16
INT
0
IO
EV3_SIG1
Index variable for message no. 17
INT
160
IO
EV3_SIG2
Index variable for message no. 18
INT
0
IO
EV3_SIG3
Index variable for message no. 19
INT
0
IO
EV3_SIG4
Index variable for message no. 20
INT
0
IO
EV3_SIG5
Index variable for message no. 21
INT
0
IO
EV3_SIG6
Index variable for message no. 22
INT
0
IO
EV3_SIG7
Index variable for message no. 23
INT
0
IO
EV3_SIG8
Index variable for message no. 24
INT
0
IO
OSG1
Operating message
BOOL
0
O
Q
EMOF
Emergency off activated
BOOL
0
O
Q
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
Connection Meaning (parameters)
3-1031
Data type
Def.
Type Attr. O&O Perm. values
DAVB
Drive is available
BOOL
0
O
Q
EROR
Drive is faulty
BOOL
0
O
Q
DOFF
Drive is off
BOOL
0
O
Q
SWST
Start start-up warning
BOOL
0
O
Q
OPER
Drive is operating (locally or automatically)
BOOL
0
O
Q
QBAD
Profibus slave faulty
BOOL
0
O
Q
LOCA
Drive is in local operating mode
BOOL
0
O
Q
BREAK
Activating external holding brake
BOOL
0
O
Q
PB_VISU
Output bit
BOOL
0
O
BQ
+
SPED
Current speed
REAL
0.0
O
Q
+
POWR
Current power
REAL
0.0
O
Q
+
ACT1
Current monitoring time
REAL
0.0
O
Q
+
PW
Parameter word
DWORD 0
O
Q
+
DW
Data word
DWORD 0
O
Q
+
SW
Status word
DWORD 0
O
Q
+
DWA
Extended diagnosis data for faceplate
DWORD 0
O
Q
+
DWB
Extended diagnosis data for faceplate
DWORD 0
O
Q
+
DWC
Extended diagnosis data for faceplate
DWORD 0
O
Q
+
Operation and observation of MICROM_P See the description of the block symbol and the faceplate in the corresponding manual in this regard.
en-YN.YNT.001.A
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-1032
PW, DW and SW of MICROM_P The inputs, outputs and the internal status of the respective block are mapped on the parameter word, the data word and the status word. The assignment of the bits is found in the following table:
> MICROM_P < Bit
Parameter word
Data word
Status word
0
STA1
OPS1
SEN1
1 2
EROP ILC1
3
OSG1 NOTA
4
EMOF
5
DAVB
6
STOP
7
CVON
8
OLPT1
ERO1
DOFF
9
AVBL
ERMS
SWST
10
RCR1
ERSP
OPER
11
GFLT
12
PMI1
ERPI
LOCA
13
AUTO
EREO
BREAK
14
SPCL
ETIM
15
LEMO
16
LSER
ERRC
17
LST1
GWARN
18 19
LSP1
PWON
QBAD
ERFR ERCL
SST1
22 23
EROR
GFLT
20 21
OPL1
ERO2 ERYS
SSTP
ERIH
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
3-1033
24
SWRE
EPSL
25
CSF
PSLA
26
OLPT2
27
RDYS
28
INHB
COLOUR_1
29
PRES
COLOUR_2
30
COLOUR_3
31
COLOUR_4 In the case of the COLOUR operating states (Maerz drives), the block MICROM_P does not have all possible states. It features the states with the numbers 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 11, 12 ,13 and 14.
DWA, DWB and DWC of MICROM_P The block has three additional data words: DWA, DWB and DWC. These words offer additional information on the frequency converter and the Profibus slave. This information is shown in the associated faceplate. > MICROM_P < Bit
Data word A
Data word B
Data word C
0
ST_NOEX
HARD_ID
RDY_SWIT
1
ST_NORDY
RDY_OPER
2
ST_INSLR
OPER_ENB
3
ST_SENSU
FAULT
4
ST_MASLO
OFF2
5
ST_WATCH
OFF3
6
ST_STDIA
SWIT_INH
7
ST_EXDIA
ALARM
8
ST_EXDOV
ACTSET
9
ST_SYNC
REMOTE
10
ST_FREEZ
FRANGE
11
ST_PAREQ
CLIM
12
ST_PARFA
BREAK
13
ST_SLCCF
OLPT1
en-YN.YNT.001.A
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-1034
14
ST_SLDEA
DIR_L_R
15
ST_STASL
OLPT2
16
SLAVE_OK
DC_BREAK
17
SLAVE_MMCFC
FRQ_MAX
18
CURR_MAX
19
DPPA_ADR
FRQGACT
20
FRQLACT
21
FRQGSET
22
ULLIM
23
UGLIM
24
OPDIR
25
PILLIM
26
PISAT
27
SUBNETID
28 29 30 31 Profibus interface for MICROM_P The operation of this block with a frequency converter MICROMAS makes a specific Profibus layout on the part of the frequency converter necessary. It must be taken into account here that the LSB and MSB are rotated for bit values during communication. For Int- or Float-values this does not need to be taken into account. The tables below contain the data exchange as it must be defined on the part of the frequency converter. In the Profibus configuration 4 data words of input data and 4 words of output data are defined for the data exchange. In the case of this block 4 words of input data and 2 words of output data are used. These data are described in the following two tables. This signifies that no input words and 2 output words are reserves and are not used by the block. However, the defined data must occur in data exchange exactly in the sequence as defined below.
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
3-1035
Input data from MICROMAS: Word Bit no. no.
Type
MICROMAS designation
LSB
Description
POLCID design.
1st status word
0
0
Bit
Ready to be switched on
RDY_SWIT
0
1
Bit
Ready for operation
RDY_OPER
0
2
Bit
Enable operation
OPER_ENB
0
3
Bit
Group fault
FAULT
0
4
Bit
AUS2
Immediate pulse inhibitor, drive coasts
OFF2
0
5
Bit
AUS3
Quick stop, shutting down with shortest deceleration time
OFF3
0
6
Bit
Cut-in lock
SWIT_INH
0
7
Bit
Group warning
ALARM
MSB 0
8
Bit
Setpoint / actual value deviation within tolerance range
ACTSET
0
9
Bit
Operating mode remote operation
REMOTE
0
10
Bit
Frequency is greater than or equal to setpoint value
FRANGE
0
11
Bit
Motor current has reached current limit
CLIM
0
12
Bit
External holding brake
BREAK
0
13
Bit
Motor overload
OLPT1
0
14
Bit
Travel to left/right
DIR_L_R
0
15
Bit
Converter overload
OLPT2
2nd status word 1
Word
Frequency
SPEED
3rd status word 2
Word LSB
Effective power
POWER
4th status word
3
0
Bit
D.C. injection brake
3
1
Bit
Converter frequency less than shutdown FRQ_MAX limit
3
2
Bit
en-YN.YNT.001.A
DC_BREAK
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-1036
Word Bit no. no.
Type
3
3
3
MICROMAS designation
Description
POLCID design.
Bit
Motor current is greater than or equal to current limitation
CURR_MAX
4
Bit
Actual frequency is greater than reference frequency
FRQGACT
3
5
Bit
Actual frequency is lower than reference FRQLACT frequency
3
6
Bit
Actual frequency is greater than or equal to setpoint value
FRQGSET
3
7
Bit
Voltage lower than threshold value
ULLIM
MSB 3
8
Bit
Voltage greater than threshold value
UGLIM
3
9
Bit
Opposite direction
OPDIR
3
10
Bit
PI frequency is less than threshold value PILLIM
3
11
Bit
PI saturation
3
12
Bit
3
13
Bit
3
14
Bit
3
15
Bit
PISAT
Output data to MICROMAS: Word Bit no. no.
Type
LSB
MICROMAS designation
Description
POLCID design.
1st control word
0
0
Bit
Start/stop drive
OFF1
0
1
Bit
Immediate pulse inhibitor, drive coasts
OFF2
0
2
Bit
Quick stop, shutting down with shortest deceleration time
OFF3
0
3
Bit
Enable operation
OPER_ENB
0
4
Bit
Enable ramp generator
RAMP_ENB
0
5
Bit
Enabling ramp generator setpoint value
RAMP_UNF
0
6
Bit
Release setpoint value
SETP_ENB
0
7
Bit
Reset error
RESET
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
Word Bit no. no.
Type
MICROMAS designation
3-1037
Description
POLCID design.
MSB 0
8
Bit
Jogging right
JOG1
0
9
Bit
Jogging left
JOG2
0
10
Bit
Operating mode remote operation
REMOTE
0
11
Bit
Invert direction of rotation
DIR_INV
0
12
Bit
0
13
Bit
Motor potentiometer up
POTI_PL
0
14
Bit
Motor potentiometer down
POTI_MI
0
15
Bit
Activate parameter set local or remote
PAR_SET
2nd control word 1
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Word
Frequency setpoint value
SETP
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-1038
3.114 Maerz blocks: SIMO_LVP: Siemens SIMOVERT MASTERDRIVES frequency converter and preselection Description of SIMO_LVP Object name (Type + Number) FB 621 Calling OBs The time interrupt OB in which the block is installed (e.g. OB 35). Function The block is used for controlling a type SIMOVERT MASTERDRIVES frequency converter by Siemens. The frequency converter is connected to the PLC via the Profibus. The block communicates directly with the Profibus device. Profibus In order to integrate the block, the type MASTERDRIVES/DC MASTER CBP2 DPV1 is used for this purpose in the PCS7 program HW Konfig. This must be installed additionally. The GSD file necessary for this purpose can be obtained from the manufacturer. In addition, the supplier of the frequency converter normally also provides the appropriate GSD file. It must then be installed in HW Konfig. In HW Konfig, in the catalogue, the profile Standard is set for locating the same. Now the folder PROFIBUS-DP is opened. There the subfolder SIMOVERT is found. Here the entry MASTERDRIVES/DC MASTER CBP2 DPV1 is found.
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
Fig. 161: HW Konfig with MASTERDRIVES/DC MASTER CBP2 DPV1
This entry is used for the definition of the Profibus-DP slave. As a block in block slot 1, PPO 5: 4 PKW , 10 PZD is used. Operating principle The block communicates directly with the frequency converter. This device is defined as a Profibus slave. At the input SUBNETID, the number of the Profibus system, which the SIMOVERT MASTERDRIVES is connected to, must be entered. At the input DPPA_ADR the slave address of the SIMOVERT MASTERDRIVES must be entered and at the input DADDR the diagnose address of the SIMOVERT MASTERDRIVES must be entered. All these values may be taken from the hardware configuration of a STEP7 project. Using these values, the block can communicate automatically with the corresponding frequency converter. Internally, the same logic is used as for the block UNID (FB 501). However, the block SIMO_LVP reads some signals directly from the Profibus and these need not be connected as inputs or outputs. These are the inputs OLPT, AVBL, RCR1, PWON and SEN1. They are read directly from the frequency converter, or they are written directly to the frequency converter. These inputs and outputs will nevertheless be used in the internal logic. In addition, the interlock system still uses status signals generated by the frequency converter. This is the signal FAULT. A valid starting command exists when the signals: 'STA1', 'ILC1', 'AVBL', 'OLPT', 'LEMO' and 'PMI1' are set and the stopping command 'STOP' is not set. In this case, the start enable signal 'SEN1' and the run command 'PWON' are set (activation signals for the motor).
en-YN.YNT.001.A
3-1039
User manual
Blocks 3-1040
®
POLCID for administrators
If the check-back signal 'RCR1' is set together with the speed monitor signal 'SPCL' when a valid starting command is active, the control state switches to selflatching status. It is a characteristic of this state that the operating bits 'OSG1', 'OPS1' are set and that the start release command 'SEN1' is reset while the run command 'PWON' is set. From this moment, the starting commands 'STA1' or 'STA2' can be rescinded without risking reset of the run command PWON. The setting drive is stopped correctly by setting the stopping command 'STOP' or when the process interlock 'ILC1' is deactivated. The monitoring time in seconds TIME1 when a drive is started specifies the period in which the check-back signal RCR1 must be set. In addition, it monitors the time during stopping within which the check-back signal RCR1 must have been reset. If time = 0, no time monitoring of the start and stop is employed. By means of the signals SST1 and SSTP an individual start of the drive can be realised in automatic mode. In the faceplate of the drive, the operator sets the signals SST1 or SSTP. After processing in the block, these signals are reset by the block. After operation of the signal SST1 the output SWST is set at first. By means of this output an external start-up warning can be started. If the start-up warning time has expired, then the input SWRE must be set. In this way, there is a valid starting command and the drive is then started as described above. With the exception of the combination with the signals SWST and SWRE the signal SST1 behaves in the same way as signal STA1. Using SSTP, the drive is stopped. SSTP behaves in the same way with the input STOP. With the signals LSER, LST1 and LSP1 operation of the drive is possible via external switches, keyboards or from the control panel. With the signal LSER the drive is switched to local operation. The availability of the drive disappears therewith. Using the parameter SWLO, it is selected whether the input SWRE is taken into consideration for the evaluation of the inputs LST1 and LSP1. Note Via the signals LST1 and LSP1 the drive can be started (1) or stopped ("0"). Via LST1 the drive is started independently from the interlock signals! Via LSP1 the signals CVON, OLPT, PMI1 and LEMO are taken into consideration. As long as the start signals are pending the drive runs, if the start signal changes to zero the drive is stopped. In addition, this block also supplies some analogue values of the frequency converter. The output SPED indicates the current rotation speed of the drive, and the output POWR contains the power input. The setpoint value is formed from the automatic setpoint value ASET (can be connected in the program) and the setpoint value from the faceplate SET. By means of the input AUTO it is selected which of the two setpoint values is activated. With AUTO = 0, setpoint value SET is active, and with AUTO = 1 setpoint value ASET is active. In the case of AUTO = 1 the setpoint value is deactivated in the faceplate and the value of SET is equalled to the value of ASET.
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
The inputs ILHF and ILLF are the top and bottom limit value for the limitation of the setpoint value and the current rotation speed of the drive, and ILHC is the final value for the calibration of the nominal and actual values of the speed. The input ILHP calibrates power, and input ILHT calibrates torque. In addition, there is the input PRES. If PRES is set and the drive is available (DAVB), then the drive is preselected. If PRES is set, but the drive is not available, then the alarm EPSL is set. As a further logic PB_TO_VI is contained (see page 3-810). The button for setting PB_VISU as well as the current status of TEXT_01 will only become visible in the faceplate, if the input EPB_TO_VI is set to 1. Internal logic The sequence of the flags is determined by the sequence in which they must be generated. In this relation, the flags marked (with ") must be taken into account in the setting and reset conditions! Auxiliary flag ICVON
:=
CVON_&SLAVE_OK
IPMI1
:=
PMI1&_-FAULT
RESET
:=
-PWON_&(-EROP/ERES)
CLEROP
:=
EROP_&ERES
IAVBL
:=
(RDY_SWIT/RCR1)_&SWIT_INH_&REMOTE
AVAIL
:=
IAVBL_&OLPT_&LEMO_&IPMI1
Data word S ERPI C ERPI
: :
-IPMI1-ICVON/IPMI1_&RESET
S ERSP C ERSP
: :
(-ISTA1/OPS1)_&ILC1_&PWON_&-SPCL_&-STOP_&-NOTA”ICVON/CLEROP
S ERRC C ERRC
: :
(-ISTA1/OPS1)_&ILC1_&PWON_&-RCR1_&-STOP_&-NOTA”ICVON/CLEROP
S NOTA C NOTA
: :
-AVAIL/ERSP”/ERRC”/ETIM”-ICVON/AVAIL_&RESET
S EROP C EROP
: :
PWON_&ILC1_&NOTA”_&-STOP-ICVON/CLEROP
S OPS1 C OPS1
: :
PWON_&RCR_&SPCL-ICVON/-RCR/-ILC1
S EROL C EROL
: :
-OLPT-ICVON/OLPT_&RESET
S ERMS
:
-IAVBL_&OLPT_&LEMO-ICVON/(IAVBL/-OLPT/-LEMO))_&RESET
en-YN.YNT.001.A
3-1041
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-1042
C ERMS
:
S EREO C EREO
: :
-LEMO-ICVON/LEMO_&RESET
OPL1
:=
-OPS1_&RCR1_&-PWON_&-IAVBL_&OLPT
S ETIM C ETIM
: :
-LCT1_&SEN1_&(-RCR1/SPCL)-CLEROP
S GWARN C GWARN
: :
-ALARM -CVON/(ALARM_&RESET)
S GFLT C GFLT
: :
FAULT -CVON/(-FAULT_&RESET)
S ERYS C ERYS
: :
-RDY_SWIT_&-RCR1 -CVON/(RDY_SWIT_&RESET)
S ERIN C ERIN
: :
SWIT_INH -CVON/(-SWIT_INH_&RESET)
S ERUV C ERUV
: :
FRQ_MAX -CVON/(-FRQ_MAX_&RESET)
S ERFR C ERFR
: :
FRQ_MAX -CVON/(-FRQ_MAX_&RESET)
S ERTR C ERTR
: :
TEMP_RF -CVON/(-TEMP_RF_&RESET)
S ERTM C ERTM
: :
TEMP_MF -CVON/(-TEMP_MF_&RESET)
S ERTB C ERTB
: :
TURN_BL -CVON/(-TURN_BL_&RESET)
EPSL
:=
PRES_&-DAVB
PSLA
:=
-EPSL_&PRES
Status word S PWON C PWON
: :
STA1_&ILC1-ICVON/NOTA”/STOP/-ILC1
S OSG1 C OSG1
: :
OPS1-OPS1”
S SEN1 C SEN1
: :
PWON”OSG1”/-PWON”
EMOF
:=
EREO”
DAVB
:=
-NOTA”_&ICVON
EROR
:=
EROP”
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
DOFF
:=
-OSG1”
OPER
:=
OPER_ENB_&SLAVE_OK
LOCA
:=
-AVBL_&SLAVE_OK
QBAD
:=
-SLAVE_OK
en-YN.YNT.001.A
3-1043
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-1044
Block view
Fig. 162: SIMO_LVP block
Starting characteristics During the CPU start-up the SIMO_LVP block is deactivated. All internal state flags (shown in the data word) are reset. Following start-up the block waits for the number of cycles projected in the input RUNUPCYC, and will only be activated thereafter. A first start-up whilst the program is running is treated internally like a CPU startup. Time behaviour The block must be called via a time interrupt OB or OB1. It does not have a parameter for the sampling interval. Behaviour in case of a time error In the case of a time error the outputs will then be reset. In addition the internal state flags will be reset. Message actions The block SIMO_LVP internally uses an ALARM_8P block for generating the messages. Messages are generated for the following tripping devices: ● Operating trouble (EROP) ● Overload (OLPT) ● Machine availability (AVBL) ● Speed monitor (SPCL)
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
3-1045
● Machine protection (PMI1) ● Local emergency off (LEMO) ● Monitoring time (ETIM) ● Check-back signal (RCR1) ● SIMOV_LV group warning (ALARM) ● SIMOV_LV group fault (FAULT) ● Not ready to be switched on (RDY_SWIT) ● Cut-in lock (SWIT_INH) ● Undervoltage DC-link (UVOLT) ● Frequency > maximum (FRQ_MAX) ● Warning overload converter (OLPT_W) ● Error temperature inverter > maximum (TEMP_RF) ● Warning temperature inverter > maximum (TEMP_RW) ● Warning temperature motor > maximum (TEMP_MW) ● Error temperature motor > maximum (TEMP_MF) ● Error motor tilted or blocked (TURN_BL) ● Preselection error (EPSL) The messages can be suppressed by setting the input SUPR or by resetting the input RLSA. The input SUPR, however, is activated by the operator interface (WinCC), and RLSA by the program. The inputs CVON (at value 0) and CSF (at value 1) also suppress the output of messages. Assignment of message text and message class to the block parameters Mess. Block Default message text no. parameter
Message Suppressable class
1
EROP
$$BlockComment$$ @1I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
2
ERO1
$$BlockComment$$ @2I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
3
ERMS
$$BlockComment$$ @3I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
4
ERSP
$$BlockComment$$ @4I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
5
ERPI
$$BlockComment$$ @5I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
6
EREO
$$BlockComment$$ @6I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
7
ETIM
$$BlockComment$$ -
AH
Yes
en-YN.YNT.001.A
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-1046
Mess. Block Default message text no. parameter
Message Suppressable class
@7I%t#POLCID_Standard@ 8
ERRC
$$BlockComment$$ @8I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
9
GWARN
$$BlockComment$$ @1I%t#POLCID_Standard@
WH
Yes
10
GFLT
$$BlockComment$$ @2I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
11
ERYS
$$BlockComment$$ @3I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
12
ERIH
$$BlockComment$$ @4I%t#POLCID_Standard@
WH
Yes
13
ERUV
$$BlockComment$$ @5I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
14
ERFR
$$BlockComment$$ @6I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
15
WAOL
$$BlockComment$$ @7I%t#POLCID_Standard@
WH
Yes
16
$$BlockComment$$ @8I%t#POLCID_Standard@
17
ERTR
$$BlockComment$$ @1I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
18
WATR
$$BlockComment$$ @2I%t#POLCID_Standard@
WH
Yes
19
WATM
$$BlockComment$$ @3I%t#POLCID_Standard@
WH
Yes
20
ERTM
$$BlockComment$$ @4I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
21
ERTB
$$BlockComment$$ @5I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
AH
Yes
22
$$BlockComment$$ @6I%t#POLCID_Standard@
23
$$BlockComment$$ @7I%t#POLCID_Standard@
24
$$BlockComment$$ @8I%t#POLCID_Standard@
25
EPSL
$$BlockComment$$ -
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
3-1047
Mess. Block Default message text no. parameter
Message Suppressable class
@1I%t#POLCID_Standard@ 26
$$BlockComment$$ @2I%t#POLCID_Standard@
27
$$BlockComment$$ @3I%t#POLCID_Standard@
28
$$BlockComment$$ @4I%t#POLCID_Standard@
29
$$BlockComment$$ @5I%t#POLCID_Standard@
30
$$BlockComment$$ @6I%t#POLCID_Standard@
31
$$BlockComment$$ @7I%t#POLCID_Standard@
32
$$BlockComment$$ @8I%t#POLCID_Standard@
Connections of SIMO_LVP
Connection Meaning (parameters)
Data type
Def.
Type Attr. O&O Perm. values
SUBNETID
Number of the Profibus subsystem INT of the PLC
0
I
DPPA_ADR
Slave address of the Profibus device
INT
0
I
DADDR
Diagnosis address of the Profibus slave
INT
0
I
STA1
Start drive
BOOL
0
I
Q
ILC1
Process-technological interlock
BOOL
1
I
Q
STOP
Stop drive
BOOL
0
I
Q
CVON
Control voltage on
BOOL
1
I
Q
OLPT
Overload protection
BOOL
1
I
Q
PMI1
Machine protection interlock
BOOL
1
I
Q
SPCL
Speed monitor
BOOL
1
I
Q
en-YN.YNT.001.A
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-1048
Connection Meaning (parameters)
Data type
Def.
Type Attr. O&O Perm. values
LEMO
Local emergency off
BOOL
1
I
Q
AUTO
Activate ASET ( = 1 ) or SET ( = 0 ) input
BOOL
0
I
Q
CSF
Control system error
BOOL
0
I
Q
PRES
Preselection
BOOL
0
I
Q
LST1
Local start/stop without PMI1
BOOL
0
I
Q
LSP1
Local start/stop with PMI1
BOOL
0
I
Q
SINC
Increase speed locally
BOOL
0
I
Q
SDEC
Reduce speed locally
BOOL
0
I
Q
SWRE
Enabling start-up warning
BOOL
1
I
Q
ESST
Display of softkeys for single faceplate start
BOOL
0
I
+
ENRE
Display of softkeys for faceplate reset
BOOL
0
I
+
SWLO
Start-up warning also in local operating mode
BOOL
0
I
Q
RLSA
Enabling alarm generation
BOOL
1
I
Q
EPB_TO_VI
Display of softkey for PB_VISU and for display of status TEXT_01
BOOL
0
I
RES_VI
Reset signal from PB_VISU
BOOL
0
I
Q
TEXT_01
Status display
BOOL
0
I
Q
ASET
Automatic setpoint value
REAL
0.0
I
Q
ILHF
Upper limit value for speed
REAL
0.0
I
Q
+
ILLF
Lower limit value for speed
REAL
0.0
I
Q
+
ILHC
Upper limit value for speed calibration
REAL
100.0 I
Q
ILHP
Upper limit value for power calibration
REAL
100.0 I
Q
ILHT
Upper limit value for torque calibration
REAL
100.0 I
Q
TIME1
Monitoring time setpoint value
REAL
5.0
I
BQ
RUNUPCYC
Waiting cycles at start
INT
3
I
+
+
+
>0
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
3-1049
Connection Meaning (parameters)
Data type
EV_ID1
Message ID no. 1
DWORD 0
I
M
EV_ID2
Message ID no. 2
DWORD 0
I
M
EV_ID3
Message ID no. 3
DWORD 0
I
M
EV_ID4
Message ID no. 4
DWORD 0
I
M
RESET
Resetting error Hasler
BOOL
0
IO
BQ
+
LSER
Enabling of local operation
BOOL
0
IO
BQ
+
SST1
Single start
BOOL
0
IO
B
+
SSTP
Single stop
BOOL
0
IO
B
+
SUPR
Suppression of alarms
BOOL
0
IO
B
+
SET
Setpoint value for faceplate
REAL
0.0
IO
B
+
EV1_SIG1
Index variable for message no. 1
INT
1
IO
EV1_SIG2
Index variable for message no. 2
INT
2
IO
EV1_SIG3
Index variable for message no. 3
INT
3
IO
EV1_SIG4
Index variable for message no. 4
INT
4
IO
EV1_SIG5
Index variable for message no. 5
INT
5
IO
EV1_SIG6
Index variable for message no. 6
INT
6
IO
EV1_SIG7
Index variable for message no. 7
INT
7
IO
EV1_SIG8
Index variable for message no. 8
INT
8
IO
EV2_SIG1
Index variable for message no. 9
INT
142
IO
EV2_SIG2
Index variable for message no. 10
INT
143
IO
EV2_SIG3
Index variable for message no. 11
INT
122
IO
EV2_SIG4
Index variable for message no. 12
INT
141
IO
EV2_SIG5
Index variable for message no. 13
INT
144
IO
EV2_SIG6
Index variable for message no. 14
INT
88
IO
EV2_SIG7
Index variable for message no. 15
INT
145
IO
EV2_SIG8
Index variable for message no. 16
INT
0
IO
EV3_SIG1
Index variable for message no. 17
INT
146
IO
EV3_SIG2
Index variable for message no. 18
INT
147
IO
EV3_SIG3
Index variable for message no. 19
INT
148
IO
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Def.
Type Attr. O&O Perm. values
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-1050
Connection Meaning (parameters)
Data type
Def.
Type Attr. O&O Perm. values
EV3_SIG4
Index variable for message no. 20
INT
40
IO
EV3_SIG5
Index variable for message no. 21
INT
149
IO
EV3_SIG6
Index variable for message no. 22
INT
0
IO
EV3_SIG7
Index variable for message no. 23
INT
0
IO
EV3_SIG8
Index variable for message no. 24
INT
0
IO
EV4_SIG1
Index variable for message no. 25
INT
160
IO
EV4_SIG2
Index variable for message no. 26
INT
0
IO
EV4_SIG3
Index variable for message no. 27
INT
0
IO
EV4_SIG4
Index variable for message no. 28
INT
0
IO
EV4_SIG5
Index variable for message no. 29
INT
0
IO
EV4_SIG6
Index variable for message no. 30
INT
0
IO
EV4_SIG7
Index variable for message no. 31
INT
0
IO
EV4_SIG8
Index variable for message no. 32
INT
0
IO
OSG1
Operating message
BOOL
0
O
Q
EMOF
Emergency off activated
BOOL
0
O
Q
DAVB
Drive is available
BOOL
0
O
Q
EROR
Drive is faulty
BOOL
0
O
Q
DOFF
Drive is off
BOOL
0
O
Q
SWST
Start start-up warning
BOOL
0
O
Q
OPER
Drive is operating (locally or automatically)
BOOL
0
O
Q
QBAD
Profibus slave faulty
BOOL
0
O
Q
LOCA
Drive is in local operating mode
BOOL
0
O
Q
PB_VISU
Output bit
BOOL
0
O
BQ
+
SPED
Current speed
REAL
0.0
O
Q
+
POWR
Current power
REAL
0.0
O
Q
+
TORQ
Current torque
REAL
0.0
O
Q
+
TEMP
Current converter temperature
REAL
0.0
O
Q
+
ACT1
Current monitoring time
REAL
0.0
O
Q
+
PW
Parameter word
DWORD 0
O
Q
+
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
3-1051
Connection Meaning (parameters)
Data type
Def.
Type Attr. O&O Perm. values
DW
Data word
DWORD 0
O
Q
+
SW
Status word
DWORD 0
O
Q
+
DWA
Extended diagnosis data for faceplate
DWORD 0
O
Q
+
DWB
Extended diagnosis data for faceplate
DWORD 0
O
Q
+
DWC
Extended diagnosis data for faceplate
DWORD 0
O
Q
+
Operation and observation of SIMO_LVP See the description of the block symbol and the faceplate in the corresponding manual in this regard. PW, DW and SW of SIMO_LVP The inputs, outputs and the internal status of the respective block are mapped on the parameter word, the data word and the status word. The assignment of the bits is found in the following table:
> SIMO_LVP < Bit
Parameter word
Data word
Status word
0
STA1
OPS1
SEN1
1 2
EROP ILC1
3
OSG1 NOTA
4
EMOF
5
DAVB
6
STOP
7
CVON
8
OLPT
ERO1
DOFF
9
AVBL
ERMS
SWST
10
RCR1
ERSP
OPER
11
GFLT
en-YN.YNT.001.A
OPL1
EROR PWON
QBAD
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-1052
12
PMI1
ERPI
13
AUTO
EREO
14
SPCL
ETIM
15
LEMO
16
LSER
ERRC
17
LST1
GWARN
18 19
GFLT LSP1
20 21
LOCA
ERYS ERIH
SST1
22
ERUV ERFR
23
SSTP
ERTR
24
SWRE
ERTM
25
CSF
ERTB
26
RDYS
EPSL
27
INHB
PSLA
28
PRES
COLOUR_1
29
COLOUR_2
30
COLOUR_3
31
COLOUR_4 In the case of the COLOUR operating states (Maerz drives), the block SIMO_LVP does not have all possible states. It features the states with the numbers 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 11, 12,13 and 14.
DWA, DWB and DWC of SIMO_LVP The block has three additional data words: DWA, DWB and DWC. These words offer additional information on the frequency converter and the Profibus slave. This information is shown in the associated faceplate.
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
3-1053
> SIMO_LVP < Bit
Data word A
Data word B
0
ST_NOEX
RDY_SWIT
1
ST_NORDY
RDY_OPER
2
ST_INSLR
OPER_ENB
3
ST_SENSU
FAULT
4
ST_MASLO
OFF2
5
ST_WATCH
OFF3
6
ST_STDIA
SWIT_INH
7
ST_EXDIA
8
ST_EXDOV
ACTSET
9
ST_SYNC
REMOTE
10
ST_FREEZ
FRANGE
11
ST_PAREQ
UVOLT
12
ST_PARFA
MRACT
13
ST_SLCCF
RAMP_ACT
14
ST_SLDEA
DIR_L_R
15
ST_STASL
KIP_FLN
16
SLAVE_OK
CAT_ACT
17
SLAVE_SIVFC
SYNC
HARD_ID
18 19
Data word C
ALARM
FRQ_MAX DPPA_ADR
EXTFLT1
20
EXTFLT2
21
EXTWARN
22
OLPT_W
23
TEMP_RF
24
SUBNETID
TEMP_RW
25
TEMP_MW
26
TEMP_MF
27
TURN_BL
28
BRACT
en-YN.YNT.001.A
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-1054
29
SYNC_W
30
PRELOAD
31 Profibus interface for SIMO_LVP The operation of this block with a frequency converter SIMO_LVP makes a specific Profibus layout on the part of the frequency converter necessary. It must be taken into account here that the LSB and MSB are rotated for bit values during communication. For Int- or Float-values this does not need to be taken into account. The tables below contain the data exchange as it must be defined on the part of the frequency converter. In the Profibus configuration 14 data words of input data and 14 words of output data are defined for the data exchange. From these, respectively, the first four words are used only for the parameter assignment of the frequency converter. They are not used by the block but cannot be used for other purposes either. In the case of this block 6 words of input data and 2 words of output data are used. These data are described in the following two tables. This signifies that 4 input words and 8 output words are reserves and are not used by the block. However, the defined data must occur in data exchange exactly in the sequence as defined below. Input data from SIMOV_LVP: Word Bit no. no.
Type
SIMO_LVP designation:
LSB
Description
POLCID design.
1st status word
0
0
Bit
Ready to be switched on
RDY_SWIT
0
1
Bit
Ready for operation
RDY_OPER
0
2
Bit
Enable operation
OPER_ENB
0
3
Bit
Group fault
FAULT
0
4
Bit
AUS2
Immediate pulse inhibitor, drive coasts
OFF2
0
5
Bit
AUS3
Quick stop, shutting down with shortest deceleration time
OFF3
0
6
Bit
Cut-in lock
SWIT_INH
0
7
Bit
Group warning
ALARM
MSB 0
8
Bit
Setpoint / actual value deviation within tolerance range
ACTSET
0
9
Bit
Operating mode remote operation
REMOTE
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
Word Bit no. no.
Type
0
10
0
SIMO_LVP designation:
3-1055
Description
POLCID design.
Bit
Frequency is greater than or equal to setpoint value
FRANGE
11
Bit
Undervoltage in DC-link
UVOLT
0
12
Bit
Main contactor is activated
MRACT
0
13
Bit
Run-up initiator is active
RAMP_ACT
0
14
Bit
Travel to left/right
DIR_L_R
0
15
Bit
Function kinetic buffering or flexible yielding is active
KIP_FLN
2nd status word 1
Word
Frequency
SPEED
3rd status word 2
Word LSB
Torque
TORQUE
4th status word
3
0
Bit
Function catching active or exciter time running
CAT_ACT
3
1
Bit
Synchronicity reached
SYNC
3
2
Bit
Frequency is less than shutdown limit
FRQ_MAX
3
3
Bit
External error 1
EXTFLT1
3
4
Bit
External error 2
EXTFLT2
3
5
Bit
External warning
EXTWARN
3
6
Bit
Warning converter thermal overload
OLPT_W
3
7
Bit
Error temperature inverter > maximum
TEMP_RF
MSB 3
8
Bit
Warning temperature inverter > maximum
TEMP_RW
3
9
Bit
Warning temperature motor > maximum
TEMP_MW
3
10
Bit
Error temperature motor > maximum
TEMP_MF
3
11
Bit
3
12
Bit
Motor is tilted or blocked
TURN_BL
3
13
Bit
Bridging contactor is active
BRACT
en-YN.YNT.001.A
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-1056
Word Bit no. no.
Type
3
14
3
15
SIMO_LVP designation:
Description
POLCID design.
Bit
Warning synchronisation error
SYNC_W
Bit
Preloading active
PRELOAD
5th status word 4
Word
Effective power
POWER
6th status word 5
Word
Converter temperature
TEMP
Output data to SIMOV_LVP: Word Bit no. no.
Type
LSB
SIMO_LVP designation:
Description
POLCID design.
1st control word
0
0
Bit
Start/stop drive
OFF1
0
1
Bit
Immediate pulse inhibitor, drive coasts
OFF2
0
2
Bit
Quick stop, shutting down with shortest deceleration time
OFF3
0
3
Bit
Enable operation
OPER_ENB
0
4
Bit
Enable ramp generator
RAMP_ENB
0
5
Bit
Enabling ramp generator setpoint value
RAMP_UNF
0
6
Bit
Release setpoint value
SETP_ENB
0
7
Bit
Reset error
RESET
MSB 0
8
Bit
Jogging right
JOG1
0
9
Bit
Jogging left
JOG2
0
10
Bit
Operating mode remote operation
REMOTE
0
11
Bit
Command right rotating field
ROT_R
0
12
Bit
Command left rotating field
ROT_L
0
13
Bit
Motor potentiometer up
POTI_PL
0
14
Bit
Motor potentiometer down
POTI_MI
0
15
Bit
External error 1
EXTFLT1
2nd control word 1
Word
Frequency setpoint value
SETP
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
3.115 Maerz blocks: FRQCON_P: Frequency converter in general and preselection Description of FRQCON_P Object name (Type + Number) FB 622 Calling OBs The time interrupt OB in which the block is installed (e.g. OB 35). Function The block is used for controlling a frequency converter. The frequency converter is connected to the PLC via the Profibus. The block automatically determines the status of the frequency converter at the Profibus. The interlock system and control signals, however, will be connected to the block by means of inputs and outputs. Using this mechanism, the frequency converters from any manufacturer can be easily controlled and represented. Operating principle The block only determines the status of the frequency converter at the Profibus and represents the same accordingly. The device is defined as a Profibus slave. At the input SUBNETID, the number of the Profibus system, which the frequency converter is connected to, must be entered. At the input DPPA_ADR the slave address of the frequency converter must be entered and at the input DADDR the diagnose address of the frequency converter must be entered. At the input HARD_ID the hardware identification number of the Profibus slave must be stated, by means of which the frequency converter is controlled. All these values may be taken from the hardware configuration of a STEP7 project. Using these values, the block can communicate automatically with the corresponding frequency converter. Internally, the same logic is used as for the block UNID (FB 501). In addition, the interlock system also processes the collective fault signal of the device ;GFLT. The signals ;GWAR and FLT1 to FLT6 are not interlocked and are only used for signalling additional messages or faults. A valid starting command exists when the signals: 'STA1', 'ILC1', 'AVBL', 'OLPT', 'LEMO', 'PMI1' and 'GFLT' are set and the stopping command 'STOP' is not set. In this case, the start enable signal 'SEN1' and the run command 'PWON' are set (activation signals for the motor). If the check-back signal 'RCR1' is set together with the speed monitor signal 'SPCL' when a valid starting command is active, the control state switches to selflatching status. It is a characteristic of this state that the operating bits 'OSG1', 'OPS1' are set and that the start release command 'SEN1' is reset while the run command 'PWON' is set. From this moment, the starting commands 'STA1' or 'STA2' can be rescinded without risking reset of the run command PWON.
en-YN.YNT.001.A
3-1057
User manual
Blocks 3-1058
®
POLCID for administrators
The setting drive is stopped correctly by setting the stopping command 'STOP' or when the process interlock 'ILC1' is deactivated. The monitoring time in seconds TIME1 when a drive is started specifies the period in which the check-back signal RCR1 must be set. In addition, it monitors the time during stopping within which the check-back signal RCR1 must have been reset. If time = 0, no time monitoring of the start and stop is employed. By means of the signals SST1 and SSTP an individual start of the drive can be realised in automatic mode. In the faceplate of the drive, the operator sets the signals SST1 or SSTP. After processing in the block, these signals are reset by the block. After operation of the signal SST1 the output SWST is set at first. By means of this output an external start-up warning can be started. If the start-up warning time has expired, then the input SWRE must be set. In this way, there is a valid starting command and the drive is then started as described above. With the exception of the combination with the signals SWST and SWRE the signal SST1 behaves in the same way as signal STA1. Using SSTP, the drive is stopped. SSTP behaves in the same way with the input STOP. With the signals LSER, LST1 and LSP1 operation of the drive is possible via external switches, keyboards or from the control panel. With the signal LSER the drive is switched to local operation. The availability of the drive disappears therewith. Using the parameter SWLO, it is selected whether the input SWRE is taken into consideration for the evaluation of the inputs LST1 and LSP1. Via the signals LST1 and LSP1 the drive can be started (1) or stopped ("0"). Via LST1 the drive is started independently from the interlock signals! Note Via LSP1 the signals CVON, OLPT, PMI1 and LEMO are taken into consideration. As long as the start signals are pending the drive runs, if the start signal changes to zero the drive is stopped. In addition, this block also supplies some analogue values of the frequency converter. The output SPED indicates the current rotation speed of the drive, and the output POWR contains the power input. The setpoint value is formed from the automatic setpoint value ASET (can be connected in the program) and the setpoint value from the faceplate SET. By means of the input AUTO it is selected which of the two setpoint values is activated. With AUTO = 0, setpoint value SET is active, and with AUTO = 1 setpoint value ASET is active. In the case of AUTO = 1 the setpoint value is deactivated in the faceplate and the value of SET is equalled to the value of ASET. The inputs ILHF and ILLF are the top and bottom limit values for the limitation of the setpoint value and the current rotation speed. The analogue values for speed (I_SPEED), power (I_POWER) and torque (I_TORQUE) are connected via corresponding inputs with the block. For each input, there is a separate calibration factor (CAL_S, CAL_P and CAL_T). This is used to convert the input words into physical units of the type Float.
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
In addition, there is the input PRES. If PRES is set and the drive is available (DAVB), then the drive is preselected. If PRES is set, but the drive is not available, then the alarm EPSL is set. As a further logic PB_TO_VI is contained (see page 3-810) . The button for setting PB_VISU as well as the current status of TEXT_01 will only become visible in the faceplate, if the input EPB_TO_VI is set to 1. Internal logic The sequence of the flags is determined by the sequence in which they must be generated. In this relation, the flags marked (with ") must be taken into account in the setting and reset conditions! Auxiliary flag ICVON
:=
CVON_&SLAVE_OK
IPMI1
:=
PMI1&_GFLT
RESET
:=
-PWON_&(-EROP/ERES)
CLEROP
:=
EROP_&ERES
AVAIL
:=
AVBL_&OLPT_&LEMO_&IPMI1
Data word S ERPI C ERPI
: :
-IPMI1-ICVON/IPMI1_&RESET
S ERSP C ERSP
: :
(-ISTA1/OPS1)_&ILC1_&PWON_&-SPCL_&-STOP_&-NOTA”ICVON/CLEROP
S ERRC C ERRC
: :
(-ISTA1/OPS1)_&ILC1_&PWON_&-RCR1_&-STOP_&-NOTA”ICVON/CLEROP
S NOTA C NOTA
: :
-AVAIL/ERSP”/ERRC”/ETIM”-ICVON/AVAIL_&RESET
S EROP C EROP
: :
PWON_&ILC1_&NOTA”_&-STOP-ICVON/CLEROP
S OPS1 C OPS1
: :
PWON_&RCR_&SPCL-ICVON/-RCR/-ILC1
S EROL C EROL
: :
-OLPT-ICVON/OLPT_&RESET
S ERMS C ERMS
: :
-IAVBL_&OLPT_&LEMO-ICVON/(IAVBL/-OLPT/-LEMO))_&RESET
S EREO C EREO
: :
-LEMO-ICVON/LEMO_&RESET
OPL1
:=
-OPS1_&RCR1_&-PWON_&-IAVBL_&OLPT
en-YN.YNT.001.A
3-1059
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-1060
S ETIM C ETIM
: :
-LCT1_&SEN1_&(-RCR1/SPCL)-CLEROP
S GWARN C GWARN
: :
GWAR -CVON/(-GWAR_&RESET)
S GFLT C GFLT
: :
-GFLT -CVON/(GFLT_&RESET)
S ERF1 C ERF1
: :
-FLT1 -CVON/(FLT1_&RESET)
S ERF2 C ERF2
: :
-FLT2 -CVON/(FLT2_&RESET)
S ERF3 C ERF3
: :
-FLT3 -CVON/(FLT3_&RESET)
S ERF4 C ERF4
: :
-FLT4 -CVON/(FLT4_&RESET)
S ERF5 C ERF5
: :
-FLT5 -CVON/(FLT5_&RESET)
S ERF6 C ERF6
: :
-FLT6 -CVON/(FLT6_&RESET)
EPSL
:=
PRES_&-DAVB
PSLA
:=
-EPSL_&PRES
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
Status word S PWON C PWON
: :
STA1_&ILC1-ICVON/NOTA”/STOP/-ILC1
S OSG1 C OSG1
: :
OPS1-OPS1”
S SEN1 C SEN1
: :
PWON”OSG1”/-PWON”
EMOF
:=
EREO”
DAVB
:=
-NOTA”_&ICVON
EROR
:=
EROP”
DOFF
:=
-OSG1”
OPER
:=
RCR1_&SLAVE_OK
LOCA
:=
-AVBL_&SLAVE_OK
QBAD
:=
-SLAVE_OK
en-YN.YNT.001.A
3-1061
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-1062
Block view
Fig. 163: FRQCON_P block
Starting characteristics During the CPU start-up the FRQCON_P block is deactivated. All internal state flags (shown in the data word) are reset. Following start-up the block waits for the number of cycles projected in the input RUNUPCYC, and will only be activated thereafter. A first start-up whilst the program is running is treated internally like a CPU startup. Time behaviour The block must be called via a time interrupt OB or OB1. It does not have a parameter for the sampling interval.
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
3-1063
Behaviour in case of a time error In the case of a time error the outputs will then be reset. In addition the internal state flags will be reset. Message actions The block FRQCON_P internally uses an ALARM_8P block for generating the messages. Messages are generated for the following tripping devices: ● Operating trouble (EROP) ● Overload (OLPT) ● Machine availability (AVBL) ● Speed monitor (SPCL) ● Machine protection (PMI1) ● Local emergency off (LEMO) ● Monitoring time (ETIM) ● Check-back signal (RCR1) ● FRQCONV group warning (GWARN) ● FRQCONV group fault (GFLT) ● Error no. 1 FRQCONV (FLT1) ● Error no. 2 FRQCONV (FLT2) ● Error no. 3 FRQCONV (FLT3) ● Error no. 4 FRQCONV (FLT4) ● Error no. 5 FRQCONV (FLT5) ● Error no. 6 FRQCONV (FLT6) ● Preselection error (EPSL) The messages can be suppressed by setting the input SUPR or by resetting the input RLSA. The input SUPR, however, is activated by the operator interface (WinCC), and RLSA by the program. The inputs CVON (at value 0) and CSF (at value 1) also suppress the output of messages. Assignment of message text and message class to the block parameters Mess. Block Default message text no. parameter
Message Suppressable class
1
EROP
$$BlockComment$$ @1I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
2
ERO1
$$BlockComment$$ @2I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
3
ERMS
$$BlockComment$$ @3I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
en-YN.YNT.001.A
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-1064
Mess. Block Default message text no. parameter
Message Suppressable class
4
ERSP
$$BlockComment$$ @4I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
5
ERPI
$$BlockComment$$ @5I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
6
EREO
$$BlockComment$$ @6I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
7
ETIM
$$BlockComment$$ @7I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
8
ERRC
$$BlockComment$$ @8I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
9
GWARN
$$BlockComment$$ @1I%t#POLCID_Standard@
WH
Yes
10
GFLT
$$BlockComment$$ @2I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
11
ERF1
$$BlockComment$$ @3I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
12
ERF2
$$BlockComment$$ @4I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
13
ERF3
$$BlockComment$$ @5I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
14
ERF4
$$BlockComment$$ @6I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
15
ERF5
$$BlockComment$$ @7I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
16
ERF6
$$BlockComment$$ @8I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
17
EPSL
$$BlockComment$$ @1I%t#POLCID_Standard@
AH
Yes
18
$$BlockComment$$ @2I%t#POLCID_Standard@
19
$$BlockComment$$ @3I%t#POLCID_Standard@
20
$$BlockComment$$ @4I%t#POLCID_Standard@
21
$$BlockComment$$ @5I%t#POLCID_Standard@
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
3-1065
Mess. Block Default message text no. parameter 22
$$BlockComment$$ @6I%t#POLCID_Standard@
23
$$BlockComment$$ @7I%t#POLCID_Standard@
24
$$BlockComment$$ @8I%t#POLCID_Standard@
Message Suppressable class
Connections of FRQCON_P Connection Meaning (parameters)
Data type
Def.
Type Attr. O&O Perm. values
SUBNETID
Number of the Profibus subsystem of the PLC
INT
0
I
DPPA_ADR
Slave address of the Profibus device
INT
0
I
DADDR
Diagnosis address of the Profibus slave
INT
0
I
HARD_ID
Hardware ID of Profibus slave
WORD
0
I
STA1
Start drive
BOOL
0
I
Q
ILC1
Process-technological interlock
BOOL
1
I
Q
STOP
Stop drive
BOOL
0
I
Q
CVON
Control voltage on
BOOL
1
I
Q
OLPT
Overload protection
BOOL
1
I
Q
AVBL
Machine availability
BOOL
1
I
Q
RCR1
Check-back signal
BOOL
0
I
Q
GFLT
Frequency converter group fault
BOOL
1
I
Q
PMI1
Machine protection interlock
BOOL
1
I
Q
SPCL
Speed monitor
BOOL
1
I
Q
LEMO
Local emergency off
BOOL
1
I
Q
AUTO
Activate ASET ( = 1 ) or SET ( = 0 ) BOOL input
0
I
Q
CSF
Control system error
0
I
Q
en-YN.YNT.001.A
BOOL
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-1066
GWAR
Frequency converter group warning
BOOL
0
I
Q
FLT1
Fault 1 frequency converter
BOOL
1
I
Q
FLT2
Fault 2 frequency converter
BOOL
1
I
Q
FLT3
Fault 3 frequency converter
BOOL
1
I
Q
FLT4
Fault 4 frequency converter
BOOL
1
I
Q
FLT5
Fault 5 frequency converter
BOOL
1
I
Q
FLT6
Fault 6 frequency converter
BOOL
1
I
Q
PRES
Preselection
BOOL
0
I
Q
LST1
Local start/stop without PMI1
BOOL
0
I
Q
LSP1
Local start/stop with PMI1
BOOL
0
I
Q
SINC
Increase speed locally
BOOL
0
I
Q
SDEC
Reduce speed locally
BOOL
0
I
Q
SWRE
Enabling start-up warning
BOOL
1
I
Q
ESST
Display of softkeys for single faceplate start
BOOL
0
I
+
ENRE
Display of softkeys for faceplate reset
BOOL
0
I
+
SWLO
Start-up warning also in local operating mode
BOOL
0
I
Q
RLSA
Enabling alarm generation
BOOL
1
I
Q
EPB_TO_VI
Display of softkey for PB_VISU and BOOL for display of status TEXT_01
0
I
RES_VI
Reset signal from PB_VISU
BOOL
0
I
Q
TEXT_01
Status display
BOOL
0
I
Q
I_SPEED
Frequency converter speed
WORD
0
I
Q
I_POWER
Frequency converter power
WORD
0
I
Q
I_TORQUE
Frequency converter torque
WORD
0
I
Q
ASET
Automatic setpoint value
REAL
0.0
I
Q
ILHF
Upper limit value for speed
REAL
0.0
I
Q
+
ILLF
Lower limit value for speed
REAL
0.0
I
Q
+
CAL_S
Calibration factor for speed
REAL
0.01
I
Q
CAL_P
Calibration factor for power
REAL
0.01
I
Q
+
+
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
3-1067
CAL_T
Calibration factor for torque
REAL
0.01
I
Q
TIME1
Monitoring time setpoint value
REAL
5.0
I
BQ
RUNUPCYC
Waiting cycles at start
INT
3
I
EV_ID1
Message ID no. 1
DWORD 0
I
M
EV_ID2
Message ID no. 2
DWORD 0
I
M
EV_ID3
Message ID no. 3
DWORD 0
I
M
RESET
Resetting error Hasler
BOOL
0
IO
BQ
+
LSER
Enabling of local operation
BOOL
0
IO
BQ
+
SST1
Single start
BOOL
0
IO
B
+
SSTP
Single stop
BOOL
0
IO
B
+
SUPR
Suppression of alarms
BOOL
0
IO
B
+
SET
Setpoint value for faceplate
REAL
0.0
IO
B
+
EV1_SIG1
Index variable for message no. 1
INT
1
IO
EV1_SIG2
Index variable for message no. 2
INT
2
IO
EV1_SIG3
Index variable for message no. 3
INT
3
IO
EV1_SIG4
Index variable for message no. 4
INT
4
IO
EV1_SIG5
Index variable for message no. 5
INT
5
IO
EV1_SIG6
Index variable for message no. 6
INT
6
IO
EV1_SIG7
Index variable for message no. 7
INT
7
IO
EV1_SIG8
Index variable for message no. 8
INT
8
IO
EV2_SIG1
Index variable for message no. 9
INT
150
IO
EV2_SIG2
Index variable for message no. 10
INT
151
IO
EV2_SIG3
Index variable for message no. 11
INT
152
IO
EV2_SIG4
Index variable for message no. 12
INT
152
IO
EV2_SIG5
Index variable for message no. 13
INT
152
IO
EV2_SIG6
Index variable for message no. 14
INT
152
IO
EV2_SIG7
Index variable for message no. 15
INT
152
IO
EV2_SIG8
Index variable for message no. 16
INT
152
IO
EV3_SIG1
Index variable for message no. 17
INT
160
IO
EV3_SIG2
Index variable for message no. 18
INT
0
IO
EV3_SIG3
Index variable for message no. 19
INT
0
IO
en-YN.YNT.001.A
+
>0
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-1068
EV3_SIG4
Index variable for message no. 20
INT
0
IO
EV3_SIG5
Index variable for message no. 21
INT
0
IO
EV3_SIG6
Index variable for message no. 22
INT
0
IO
EV3_SIG7
Index variable for message no. 23
INT
0
IO
EV3_SIG8
Index variable for message no. 24
INT
0
IO
PWON
Run command for drive
BOOL
0
O
Q
OSG1
Operating message
BOOL
0
O
Q
SEN1
Start enabling
BOOL
0
O
Q
EMOF
Emergency off activated
BOOL
0
O
Q
DAVB
Drive is available
BOOL
0
O
Q
EROR
Drive is faulty
BOOL
0
O
Q
DOFF
Drive is off
BOOL
0
O
Q
SWST
Start start-up warning
BOOL
0
O
Q
OPER
Drive is operating (locally or automatically)
BOOL
0
O
Q
QBAD
Profibus slave faulty
BOOL
0
O
Q
LOCA
Drive is in local operating mode
BOOL
0
O
Q
O_PMI1
Machine protection
BOOL
0
O
Q
O_RES
Resetting faults
BOOL
0
O
Q
PB_VISU
Output bit
BOOL
0
O
BQ
O_SETP
Setpoint value of speed
WORD
0
O
Q
SPED
Current speed
REAL
0.0
O
Q
+
POWR
Current power
REAL
0.0
O
Q
+
TORQ
Current torque
REAL
0.0
O
Q
+
ACT1
Current monitoring time
REAL
0.0
O
Q
+
PW
Parameter word
DWORD 0
O
Q
+
DW
Data word
DWORD 0
O
Q
+
SW
Status word
DWORD 0
O
Q
+
DWA
Extended diagnosis data for faceplate
DWORD 0
O
Q
+
DWB
Extended diagnosis data for faceplate
DWORD 0
O
Q
+
+
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
3-1069
Operation and observation of FRQCON_P See the description of the block symbol and the faceplate in the corresponding manual in this regard. PW, DW and SW of FRQCON_P The inputs, outputs and the internal status of the respective block are mapped on the parameter word, the data word and the status word. The assignment of the bits is found in the following table:
> FRQCON_P < Bit
Parameter word
Data word
Status word
0
STA1
OPS1
SEN1
1 2
EROP ILC1
3
OSG1 NOTA
4
EMOF
5
DAVB
6
STOP
7
CVON
8
OLPT
ERO1
DOFF
9
AVBL
ERMS
SWST
10
RCR1
ERSP
OPER
11
GFLT
12
PMI1
ERPI
13
AUTO
EREO
14
SPCL
ETIM
15
LEMO
16
LSER
ERRC
17
LST1
GWARN
18 19
OPL1
PWON
QBAD
GFLT LSP1
en-YN.YNT.001.A
EROR
ERF1
LOCA
User manual
Blocks ®
POLCID for administrators
3-1070
20 21
ERF2 SST1
ERF3
22
ERF4
23
SSTP
ERF5
24
SWRE
ERF6
25
CSF
EPSL
26
PRES
PSLA
27 28
COLOUR_1
29
COLOUR_2
30
COLOUR_3
31
COLOUR_4 In the case of the COLOUR operating states (Maerz drives), the block FRQCON_P does not have all possible states. It features the states with the numbers 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 11, 12 ,13 and 14.
DWA and DWB of FRQCON_P The block has three additional data words: DWA and DWB. These words offer additional information on the frequency converter and the Profibus slave. This information is shown in the associated faceplate. > FRQCON_P < Bit
Data word A
Data word B
0
ST_NOEX
HARD_ID
1
ST_NORDY
2
ST_INSLR
3
ST_SENSU
4
ST_MASLO
5
ST_WATCH
6
ST_STDIA
7
ST_EXDIA
8
ST_EXDOV
9
ST_SYNC
en-YN.YNT.001.A
Blocks
User manual ®
POLCID for administrators
10
ST_FREEZ
11
ST_PAREQ
12
ST_PARFA
13
ST_SLCCF
14
ST_SLDEA
15
ST_STASL
16
SLAVE_OK
17
SLAVE_FC
18
GFLT
19
GWAR
20
FLT1
21
FLT2
22
FLT3
23
FLT4
24
FLT5
25
FLT6
3-1071
DPPA_ADR
26 27 28 29 30 31
en-YN.YNT.001.A
SUBNETID
More Documents from "Yonni Shaolin"
